Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS 2

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 1, 2017.
    Registration No. 333-              

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware   5961   81-4777373
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

5 Crosby Street
New York, New York 10013
(347) 719-4312
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



Matthew B. Salzberg
President and Chief Executive Officer
Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.
5 Crosby Street
New York, New York 10013
(347) 719-4312
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Mark G. Borden, Esq.
David A. Westenberg, Esq.
Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP
60 State Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
Telephone: (617) 526-6000
Telecopy: (617) 526-5000
  Benjamin C. Singer, Esq.
General Counsel and Secretary
Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.
5 Crosby Street
New York, New York 10013
Telephone: (347) 765-1896
Telecopy: (646) 627-8815
  Mark T. Bettencourt, Esq.
Gregg L. Katz, Esq.
Goodwin Procter LLP
100 Northern Avenue
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
Telephone: (617) 570-1000
Telecopy: (617) 523-1231

            Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

            If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  o

            If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

            If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

            If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

            Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

Emerging growth company  ý

            If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 

Title of Each Class of Securities To Be Registered

  Proposed Maximum Aggregate
Offering Price (1)
  Amount of
Registration Fee (2)
 

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $100,000,000   $11,590.00

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2)
Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.



             The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, dated                                          , 2017.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

                        Shares

GRAPHIC

Class A Common Stock

                                      

           This is the initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. All of the                          shares of Class A common stock are being sold by us.

           Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $             . We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "APRN."

           We have two classes of voting common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock, and one class of non-voting stock, Class C capital stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C capital stock are identical, except for voting and conversion rights. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote, and each share of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes. Shares of Class C capital stock have no voting rights, except as otherwise required by law. Each outstanding share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, except for certain exceptions and permitted transfers described in our restated certificate of incorporation, and each outstanding share of Class B common stock held by a stockholder who is a natural person, or held by the permitted transferees of such stockholder, will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon the death or permanent and total disability of such stockholder, subject to a conversion delay of nine months in the event of the death or permanent and total disability of one of our founders. In addition, all outstanding Class B common stock will convert automatically into Class A common stock, on a share-for-share basis, upon the date which is nine months after the death or disability of Matthew B. Salzberg, our president and chief executive officer, or when the outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent less than 5% of the combined voting power of the outstanding Class A common stock and Class B common stock. All outstanding Class C capital stock will convert automatically into Class A common stock, on a share-for-share basis, on the date fixed therefor by our board of directors that is between 31 and 90 days following the conversion of all outstanding Class B common stock into Class A common stock. Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock will collectively hold approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, and Matthew B. Salzberg will hold approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock.

           As an "emerging growth company," we are eligible for reduced public company reporting requirements. See "Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company."

                                      

           See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 16 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of Class A common stock.

                                      

           Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission or other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

                                      

  Per Share   Total
 

Initial public offering price

  $   $  

Underwriting discount (1)

  $   $  

Proceeds, before expenses

  $   $  

                   

(1)          See "Underwriting" beginning on page 164 of this prospectus for a description of the compensation paid to underwriters.

           To the extent that the underwriters sell more than                          shares of Class A common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional                          shares from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

                                      

           The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                          , 2017.

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   Morgan Stanley   Citigroup   Barclays

 

RBC Capital Markets   SunTrust Robinson Humphrey   Stifel

 

Canaccord Genuity   Needham & Company   Oppenheimer & Co.   Raymond James   William Blair

                                      

Prospectus dated                          , 2017.


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

  Page

Prospectus Summary

  1

The Offering

  10

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

  13

Risk Factors

  16

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

  48

Use of Proceeds

  49

Dividend Policy

  49

Capitalization

  50

Dilution

  52

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

  55

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  59

Business

  92

Management

  118

Executive Compensation

  126

Related Person Transactions

  141

Principal Stockholders

  146

Description of Capital Stock

  149

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

  156

Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Class A Common Stock

  159

Underwriting

  164

Industry and Other Data

  170

Legal Matters

  170

Experts

  170

Where You Can Find More Information

  170

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-1



          No dealer, salesperson, or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our Class A common stock.

          For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit our initial public offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our Class A common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

           This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information appearing in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and the risk factors beginning on page 16, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our Class A common stock. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms "Blue Apron Holdings," "Blue Apron," "our company," "we," "us," and "our" in this prospectus to refer to Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries.


BLUE APRON

          Blue Apron's mission is to make incredible home cooking accessible to everyone.

          We believe that sharing home-cooked meals with our families and loved ones is an important way to demonstrate our values and affection. It is at our kitchen tables, over a meal, where we often celebrate our milestones, acknowledge our setbacks, and appreciate the comfort of each other's company. Modern life has made this more difficult—many of us are too busy to grocery shop, lack the skills or confidence to cook, or cannot easily find the quality ingredients that make home cooking enjoyable.

          By creating unique cooking experiences built on original recipes, high-quality, pre-portioned ingredients, and engaging content, we make incredible home cooking accessible. Along the way, as we introduce new flavors, new ingredients, new techniques, and tried-and-true cooking fundamentals, our customers keep learning. That's why we named our company Blue Apron: chefs around the world wear blue aprons when learning to cook. To us, that apron symbolizes lifelong learning, a value that permeates everything we do.

          Our vision for the future is ambitious: to build a better food system. We are transforming the way that food is produced, distributed, and consumed. We believe a better food system will benefit not only consumers and stockholders, but also the planet, and we manage our business for the benefit of all three.

Overview

          Blue Apron was founded in 2012 premised on a simple desire—our founders wanted to cook at home with their families, but they found grocery shopping and menu planning burdensome, time consuming, and expensive. This problem inspired Blue Apron's first delivery: a box with three recipes—seared hanger steak, barbecue Cornish game hen, and lemongrass shrimp with soba noodles—and the pre-portioned ingredients needed to cook them. Since that initial delivery, we have scaled rapidly, developing our expertise and an ever-more ambitious vision. From inception through March 31, 2017, we have delivered over 159 million meals to households across the United States, which represents approximately 25 million paid orders.

          Our core product is the cooking experience we help our customers create. Central to these experiences are the original recipes we design and send along with fresh, seasonal ingredients directly to our customers. We offer our customers two flexible plans—our 2-Person Plan and our Family Plan. Our recipes are accompanied by printed and digital content, including how-to instructions and the stories of our suppliers and specialty ingredients. We also sell wine, which can be paired with our meals, and we sell kitchen tools and staples we use in our test kitchens where we create new recipes.

          Our customers often cook with us multiple times each week, and they trust us to craft delicious recipes and to select interesting, high-quality ingredients to feed their families and loved ones. Hailing from 48 states, our customers span ages, geographies, income brackets, and culinary expertise. They include recent college graduates, young couples, families, singles, and

1


Table of Contents

empty nesters. Our passionate, committed, and engaged community of home cooks tell us, through emails, phone calls, and social media, how much Blue Apron has changed their lives.

Our Business Model

          We have reimagined the traditional grocery business model and developed an integrated ecosystem that employs technology and expertise across many disciplines. Our supply-demand coordination activities—demand planning, recipe creation, recipe merchandising, and marketing—drive our end-to-end value chain. We gather and infer information about our customers' tastes, food preferences, and order behavior to forecast near-term and long-term demand. We also manage and influence demand, including through our content, proprietary software tools, and e-commerce experience. For example, our flexible recipe design process allows us to adjust recipes close to the time of delivery, enabling us to coordinate customer preferences with expected ingredient supply to help mitigate supply chain risks. Because our customers select recipes instead of specific ingredients, we can make adjustments while maintaining a consistent, high-quality customer experience. Our innovative direct-to-consumer business model enables us to:

    eliminate middlemen and work in a direct, coordinated manner with our suppliers to reduce costs so we can make our products available affordably and at scale;

    provide consumers with differentiated, specialty ingredients, many of which are not widely available and are exclusive to us;

    develop and implement proprietary technology across our fulfillment operations to effectively manage our frequently changing, high-throughput, perishable inventory; and

    design and optimize a cost-effective delivery network capable of reaching over 99% of the U.S. population.

          Our greatest strength is our highly collaborative and multidisciplinary team, which includes agricultural scientists, software and industrial engineers, data scientists, brand and direct marketers, quality and fulfillment associates, operations specialists, photographers, customer experience representatives, recipe writers, and world-class chefs. Our shared commitment to making home cooking accessible to everyone defines our work and focuses our efforts.

2


Table of Contents

Our Value Proposition

          The benefits of our innovative business model extend to multiple stakeholders—our customers, our stockholders, and the planet.

GRAPHIC

          For descriptions of how we define and calculate Customers, Orders and Average Order Value, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Financial and Operating Metrics."

Selected Financial Results

          In 2014, 2015, and 2016, we generated $77.8 million, $340.8 million, and $795.4 million in net revenue, respectively, representing growth of 338% from 2014 to 2015 and growth of 133% from 2015 to 2016. In the three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, we generated $172.1 million and $244.8 million in net revenue, respectively, representing growth of 42%. In the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, we incurred net losses of $(30.8) million,

3


Table of Contents

$(47.0) million, and $(54.9) million, respectively, and in the three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, we generated net income of $3.0 million and incurred net losses of $(52.2) million, respectively. In the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, our adjusted EBITDA was $(26.5) million, $(42.9) million, and $(43.6) million, respectively, and in the three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, our adjusted EBITDA was $5.0 million and $(46.3) million, respectively. In the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, our net cash from (used in) operating activities was $(16.9) million, $(26.4) million, and $(23.5) million, respectively, and in the three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, our net cash from (used in) operating activities was $6.0 million and $(19.0) million, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. See "Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for information regarding our use of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable measure calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP.

Our Products

          Meals.     We create original recipes that we develop every week. Our customers can choose the recipes they would like to receive from each week's menu, and we deliver those recipes to their doorsteps along with the pre-portioned ingredients required to cook them.

          Our customers can plan their orders to complement their individual tastes and lifestyles, making their order selections on our website or through our mobile application. We design our recipes to evoke a sense of discovery for our customers and to be both accessible to new home cooks and interesting for experienced ones. Our culinary team begins the recipe creation process with various seasonal ingredients grown by our farm suppliers. Our chefs apply to these raw ingredients their expertise and insights from our customer feedback and recipe ratings to create new offerings every week. Some recipes offer comfort foods with a twist while others involve less familiar culinary traditions. Every week our chefs go back to the kitchen, inventing original recipes to deliver variety to our customers.

          Wine.     For many people, a good glass of wine makes dinner better, so in September 2015 we launched Blue Apron Wine, our direct-to-consumer wine delivery service. We work directly with vineyards and acclaimed winemakers, including our in-house winemaker, to create custom Blue Apron wines that pair with our meals. Blue Apron Wine uses an integrated supply chain and proprietary sourcing relationships to deliver high-quality wines at compelling values.

          Market.     To better equip our customers to excel as home cooks, in November 2014 we launched Blue Apron Market, our e-commerce marketplace featuring a curated selection of cooking tools, utensils, and pantry items recommended by our culinary team. All of our recipe cards feature cooking tools and utensils from Blue Apron Market, creating an integrated brand experience for our community of home cooks and repeated merchandising opportunities for our company.

Our Market Opportunity

          Our market opportunity is broad, as we believe our customers choose to buy Blue Apron meals instead of shopping at grocery stores, ordering takeout, or eating at restaurants.

          In 2016, according to a Euromonitor study commissioned by us, aggregate sales in the U.S. grocery market were $781.5 billion, and aggregate sales in the global grocery market were more than eight times larger. For purposes of this study, the grocery market includes retail sales of fresh foods, packaged foods, hot drinks, soft drinks, and alcoholic drinks across grocery retailers, variety stores, warehouses clubs, mass merchandisers, and Internet retailers. According to this study, online sales in 2016 represented only $9.7 billion, or approximately 1.2%, of the overall grocery market in the United States, but are expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate

4


Table of Contents

(excluding the impact of price inflation), or CAGR, of 8.5% between 2017 and 2020, compared to the broader grocery market, which is expected to grow at a CAGR of 1.3% in the same period.

          We believe an opportunity exists to increase online grocery penetration to the level of penetration that exists in many other retail markets. Conventional grocery stores currently face many of the same challenges online as they do offline. They have high inventory counts, compete in the sale of commodity products, and confront considerable waste. In addition, conventional grocery stores generally have relatively low gross margin structures and are highly capital-intensive given their large retail footprints, making it difficult for them to invest in technology and innovation.

          In 2016, according to the Euromonitor study we commissioned, aggregate sales in the U.S. restaurant market were $543.1 billion and aggregate sales in the global restaurant market were almost five times larger. According to the Euromonitor study we commissioned, online sales in 2016 represented only $12.0 billion, or approximately 2.2%, of the overall U.S. restaurant market, but are expected to grow at a CAGR of 22.6% between 2017 and 2020, compared to the broader restaurant market, which is expected to grow at a CAGR of 1.6% in the same period.

          We believe that our business is poised to capture share from the grocery and restaurant markets and to benefit from shifts in consumer preferences, including a growing interest in cooking, prioritization of experiences over goods, and increasing interest by consumers in where their food comes from.

Our Strengths

          Our strengths as a company include the following:

    Powerful and emotional brand connection.   Many of our customers cook Blue Apron meals, drink Blue Apron wine, use tools from Blue Apron Market, and share these cooking experiences with their families and loved ones multiple times each week. We believe that we have developed a powerful and emotional connection with our customers through the frequency of these touchpoints and the experiential nature of our products. Our customers share their culinary triumphs through email, social media, blogs, and phone calls, telling us how Blue Apron has changed their lives.

    Superior products at compelling values.   We provide our customers with distinct cooking experiences centered on original recipes that our professional culinary team crafts each week, frequently around specialty ingredients cultivated or produced exclusively for us.

    Constant product innovation.   We invent new, differentiated products every week by designing new recipes, incorporating varied ingredients, and creating original content that tells compelling stories. Our constant product innovation process enables us to deliver the type of variety that our customers expect with the quality that they deserve.

    Attractive unit economics.   We benefit from favorable customer acquisition costs due to our strong customer relationships and engagement. Once we have acquired a new customer, we have historically had efficient payback periods on our marketing expenses as reflected by our Orders per Customer, Average Order Value, and a high rate of Repeat Orders, which we define as an Order from a Customer who has previously placed an Order in any period. As we have continued to scale our business, grow our direct supplier relationships, and introduce increased automation into our fulfillment centers, we have reduced our cost of goods sold as a percentage of net revenue. Our operating cash flow benefits from our favorable working capital dynamics.

    Hard-to-replicate value chain.   We have made substantial investments in direct supplier relationships, talent, infrastructure, technology, and data to build an interconnected value chain. We work with over 300 different suppliers and the majority of our food purchases are

5


Table of Contents

      from suppliers who have entered into exclusivity arrangements with us. These efforts enable us to deliver high-quality food at compelling values, utilizing ingredients that are often unique to us. We have built a diverse team and developed the processes to coordinate closely between such functions as professional chefs, technologists, and supply chain experts. Our value chain is supported by custom-built fulfillment and logistics operations to manage frequently changing, high-throughput, perishable inventory.

    Proprietary technology and data.   Technology and analytics underpin every part of our business. We have ongoing interactions with our customers through our website, recipe and delivery calendar tools, and mobile application, through which customers tell us, and from which we can infer, their tastes and preferences. We then combine this data and information with our proprietary software systems, using forecasting tools and data science to predict orders for specific recipes and to optimize our culinary, supply chain, and logistics operations.

    Expertise across diverse competencies.   Our business model requires competencies across a wide range of industries and expertise, including developing a lifestyle brand, building a direct-to-consumer Internet business, curating engaging content, managing and forecasting demand, sourcing ingredients of all types, inventing new recipes weekly, pioneering developments in agricultural science, and building an end-to-end value chain. We have scaled our organization by attracting top talent in all of our functional areas, and our business model relies on, and our culture encourages, collaboration across these teams.

Our Growth Strategy

          We have grown rapidly since our founding, but we believe we have only scratched the surface in terms of the role we can play in consumers' homes and around their dinner tables. Our growth strategy includes the following:

    Increase market penetration with our core product.   As a relatively young brand, we believe we have an opportunity to grow awareness and to attract new customers to our core product, and relatively modest increases in penetration represent large revenue growth opportunities for us.

    Expand our core product to fit more lifestyles.   We are developing product expansion initiatives to fit the lifestyles of a broader customer set in order to continue to expand our addressable market and drive greater satisfaction among current customers, thereby increasing their Average Order Value and rate of Repeat Orders.

    Broaden our product portfolio.   We are focused on opportunities to launch new products that further create an integrated brand experience.

    Develop new brands and new channels.   We believe we have a powerful brand that we can leverage to develop new brands and channels.

    International expansion.   We have built a trusted brand, proprietary technology, processes, and a diverse set of competencies that we believe would enable us over time to pursue attractive opportunities outside of the United States.

Risks Associated with Our Business

          You should consider carefully the risks described under the "Risk Factors" section beginning on page 16 and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks, which include the following, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, cash flow, and

6


Table of Contents

prospects, which could cause the trading price of our Class A common stock to decline and could result in a partial or total loss of your investment:

    We have a limited operating history and a novel business model, which make it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter.

    We have a history of losses, and we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability.

    If we fail to cost-effectively acquire new customers or retain our existing customers, our business could be materially adversely affected.

    If we fail to manage future growth effectively, our business could be materially adversely affected.

    Food safety and food-borne illness incidents may materially adversely affect our business by exposing us to lawsuits or enforcement actions, increasing our operating costs, and reducing demand for our product offerings.

    Our business depends on a strong and trusted brand, and any failure to maintain, protect, or enhance our brand could materially adversely affect our business.

    Changes in consumer tastes and preferences or in consumer spending and other economic or financial market conditions could materially adversely affect our business.

    Changes in food and supply costs and availability could materially adversely affect our business.

    If we fail to successfully develop new product offerings and enhance our existing product offerings, our ability to attract new customers and retain existing customers, and our business, financial condition, and operating results, may be materially adversely affected.

    Our historical revenue growth has masked seasonal fluctuations in our operating results. In the future, our seasonal patterns may become more pronounced and seasonality could have a material impact on our results.

    Increased competition presents an ongoing threat to the success of our business.

    If we do not successfully build out and operate our fulfillment centers and logistics channels, including by expanding our use of automation, our business could be materially adversely affected.

    If we lose key management or fail to meet our growing need for qualified employees with specialized skills, our business, financial condition, and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

    Our tri-class capital structure has the effect of concentrating voting control with our president and chief executive officer, Matthew B. Salzberg, and the other holders of Class B common stock.

Our Corporate Structure

          Blue Apron, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware on December 5, 2011 under the name Petridish Media, Inc. and changed its name to Blue Apron, Inc. on August 29, 2012. Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., the issuer in this offering, was incorporated in Delaware on December 22, 2016 to enable Blue Apron, Inc. to implement a holding company organizational structure, effected by a merger conducted pursuant to Section 251(g) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as described below. We refer to this transaction as our corporate reorganization.

          Immediately prior to our corporate reorganization, Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. was a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Apron, Inc., and Blue Apron Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware

7


Table of Contents

corporation which we refer to as Merger Sub, was a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. Both Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and Merger Sub were organized for the sole purpose of implementing our corporate reorganization. On December 28, 2016, Merger Sub merged with and into Blue Apron, Inc., with Blue Apron, Inc. continuing as the surviving corporation. Each issued and outstanding share of common stock of Blue Apron, Inc. was converted into one share of common stock of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and each issued and outstanding share of preferred stock of Blue Apron, Inc. was converted into one share of preferred stock of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. The separate corporate existence of Merger Sub ceased and all of the issued and outstanding shares of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. owned by Blue Apron, Inc. were automatically canceled and retired. As a result of our corporate reorganization, each stockholder of Blue Apron, Inc. became a stockholder of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., holding the same proportional equity interests and voting power as of immediately prior to our corporate reorganization, and Blue Apron, Inc. became a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. The certificate of incorporation and bylaws of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. were amended and restated to be identical to those of Blue Apron, Inc. as of immediately prior to our corporate reorganization, and the initial directors and executive officers of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. were the same individuals who were directors and executive officers of Blue Apron, Inc. as of immediately prior to our corporate reorganization. On December 28, 2016, immediately after the merger, Blue Apron, Inc. converted into Blue Apron, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which we refer to as Opco.

          In connection with our corporate reorganization, Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. assumed the Restated Blue Apron, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as previously amended, and then amended and restated the plan in its entirety. We refer to the Restated Blue Apron, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as so amended and restated, as the Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. also assumed Blue Apron, Inc.'s obligations under the various investor agreements that had been entered into in connection with the Series D preferred stock financing of Blue Apron, Inc. in May 2015. The other liabilities of Blue Apron, Inc., including under its revolving credit facility, were not assumed by Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. in our corporate reorganization and therefore continue to be obligations of Opco, and the assets of Blue Apron, Inc. were not transferred to Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and continue to be assets of Opco.

          In connection with our corporate reorganization, we also implemented a tri-class capital structure consisting of two classes of voting common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock, and one class of non-voting stock, Class C capital stock. To implement the tri-class capital structure, all then-outstanding shares of common stock, each then having one vote per share, were reclassified into shares of Class B common stock, having ten votes per share, and all then-outstanding securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock became convertible into or exercisable for Class B common stock. For a description of our tri-class capital structure, see "Description of Capital Stock—Class A, Class B and Class C Stock."

Our Corporate Information

          Our principal executive offices are located at 5 Crosby Street, New York, New York 10013, and our telephone number at that address is (347) 719-4312. Our website address is www.blueapron.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase shares of our Class A common stock.

          "Blue Apron," our logo, and other trademarks or trade names of Blue Apron, LLC appearing in this prospectus are our property. This prospectus also contains trademarks and trade names of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or ™ symbols,

8


Table of Contents

but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

          We qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies, including:

    reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

    exemption from the requirements to hold non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and golden parachute payments; and

    exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

          We may take advantage of these exemptions up until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue, we have more than $700 million in market value of our stock held by non-affiliates (and we have been a public company for at least 12 months and have filed one annual report on Form 10-K) or we issue more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt securities over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available exemptions. We have taken advantage of certain reduced reporting obligations in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

          In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, while we are an emerging growth company we will not be subject to new or revised accounting standards at the same time that they become applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

9


Table of Contents

 


THE OFFERING

Class A common stock offered

                        shares

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

                      shares

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

                      shares

Class C capital stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

                      shares

Total Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C capital stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

                      shares

Underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock

 

                      shares

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of our Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $                      , assuming an initial public offering price of $                      per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for the Class A common stock, facilitate access to the public equity markets, increase our visibility in the marketplace and obtain additional capital.

 

We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to repay $        million of indebtedness outstanding under our revolving credit agreement. We intend to use the balance of the net proceeds of this offering for working capital, capital expenditures, and general corporate purposes. Entities affiliated with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Capital Inc., and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., who are acting as underwriters in this offering, are lenders under our revolving credit agreement and thus may receive a portion of the proceeds from this offering. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Underwriting."

Voting rights

 

We have two classes of voting common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock, and one class of non-voting stock, Class C capital stock. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote and each share of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes. Shares of Class C capital stock have no voting rights, except as otherwise required by law.

10


Table of Contents

 

Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, unless otherwise required by law. Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock will collectively hold approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, and Matthew B. Salzberg, our president and chief executive officer, will hold approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. As a result, the holders of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors and the approval of any change in control transaction.

Directed share program

 

At our request, the underwriters have reserved 5% of the shares of Class A common stock in this offering for sale to persons designated by us at the initial public offering price. The number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the directed shares in the program. Any directed shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered hereby. See "Underwriting."

Dividend policy

 

We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy."

Risk factors

 

You should read the "Risk Factors" section beginning on page 16 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider before deciding to invest in shares of our Class A common stock.

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

 

"APRN"



          The number of shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C capital stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 152,462,830 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of April 30, 2017 (assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock upon the completion of this offering), no shares of Class A common stock outstanding as of April 30, 2017 and 42,687 shares of Class C capital stock outstanding as of April 30, 2017, and excludes:

    11,564,727 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan as of April 30, 2017, with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.78 per share;

11


Table of Contents

    546,819 shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan as of April 30, 2017;

                          shares of Class A common stock that will be reserved for issuance under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan upon the closing of this offering;

           shares of Class A common stock that will be reserved for issuance under the 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan upon the closing of this offering; and

             shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of an aggregate principal amount of $63.5 million and all accrued and unpaid interest outstanding on our convertible promissory notes, or the convertible notes, upon the closing of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

          In addition, the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan upon the closing of this offering will be subject to automatic annual increases in accordance with the terms of such plans.

          Except as otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus assumes:

    the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering;

    the issuance of                  shares of Class B common stock upon the automatic conversion of an aggregate principal amount of $63.5 million and all accrued and unpaid interest outstanding on the convertible notes upon the closing of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus);

    no exercise of the outstanding options described above; and

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional                          shares from us.



          All share information contained in this prospectus has been adjusted to reflect the following stock splits as if they had been in effect during all periods presented:

    On July 22, 2013, we effected a forward stock split pursuant to which (1) each then-outstanding share of common stock became ten shares of common stock and (2) the number of shares issuable upon conversion or exercise of all then-outstanding securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock was increased by a factor of ten and the exercise or conversion price therefor was reduced by a factor of ten.

    On February 11, 2015, we effected another forward stock split pursuant to which (1) each then-outstanding share of common stock became five shares of common stock and (2) the number of shares issuable upon conversion or exercise of all then-outstanding securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock was increased by a factor of five and the exercise or conversion price therefor was reduced by a factor of five.

12


Table of Contents

 


SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

           The following table presents summary consolidated financial data for our business for the periods indicated. The summary consolidated statements of operations data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2017 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements for those periods included elsewhere in this prospectus, and except as described in the notes thereto, have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such information for such periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future. You should read this summary consolidated financial data in conjunction with the sections entitled "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

  Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 

  2014     2015     2016     2016     2017    

    (in thousands, except share and per-share amounts)  

                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                               

Net revenue

  $ 77,806   $ 340,803   $ 795,416   $ 172,098   $ 244,843  

Operating expenses:

                               

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

    72,223     263,271     532,682     112,523     168,531  

Marketing

    13,960     51,362     144,141     25,413     60,605  

Product, technology, general, and administrative

    21,811     70,151     165,179     29,690     63,210  

Depreciation and amortization

    611     2,917     8,217     1,485     4,180  

Total operating expenses

    108,605     387,701     850,219     169,111     296,526  

Income (loss) from operations

    (30,799 )   (46,898 )   (54,803 )   2,987     (51,683 )

Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net

    (4 )   (6 )   25     57     (470 )

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (30,803 )   (46,904 )   (54,778 )   3,044     (52,153 )

Provision for income taxes

        (61 )   (108 )   (27 )   (41 )

Net income (loss)

  $ (30,803 ) $ (46,965 ) $ (54,886 ) $ 3,017   $ (52,194 )

13


Table of Contents

  Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 

  2014     2015     2016     2016     2017    

    (in thousands, except share and per-share amounts)  

                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Net income (loss) per share attributable to Class B common and Class C capital stockholders:

                               

Basic

  $ (0.88 ) $ (0.92 ) $ (0.84 ) $   $ (0.78 )

Diluted

  $ (0.88 ) $ (0.92 ) $ (0.84 ) $   $ (0.78 )

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to Class B common and Class C capital stockholders:

                               

Basic

    34,841,852     51,137,406     65,425,609     61,973,247     67,090,001  

Diluted

    34,841,852     51,137,406     65,425,609     69,307,608     67,090,001  

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to Class B common and Class C capital stockholders (unaudited)(1):

                               

Basic

              $           $    

Diluted

              $           $    

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to Class B common and Class C capital stockholders (unaudited)(1):

                               

Basic

                               

Diluted

                               

 

  Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 

  2014     2015     2016     2016     2017    

    (in thousands)  

Other Financial Data:

                               

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

  $ (26,523 ) $ (42,876 ) $ (43,621 ) $ 5,048   $ (46,265 )

14


Table of Contents

 

  As of March 31, 2017    

    (in thousands)
(unaudited)
 

 

Actual  

  Pro Forma(3)     Pro Forma
As Adjusted(4)
 
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 61,167   $                 $    

Working capital(5)

    (84,826 )            

Total assets

    322,465              

Total liabilities

    311,477              

Convertible preferred stock

    194,869              

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (183,881 )            

(1)
Pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share have been calculated assuming (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock and (ii) the automatic conversion of an aggregate principal amount of $63.5 million and all accrued and unpaid interest on the convertible notes into                   shares of Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $                  per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

(2)
See "Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for information regarding our use of non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation of such measures to their most directly comparable GAAP equivalents.

(3)
The pro forma column in the consolidated balance sheet data table above reflects (i) the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock in connection with our initial public offering and (ii) the automatic conversion of an aggregate principal amount of $63.5 million and all accrued and unpaid interest outstanding on the convertible notes into             shares of Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering, assuming an initial offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

(4)
The pro forma as adjusted column in the consolidated balance sheet data table above also reflects our sale of                          shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the initial public offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $              per share, which is the midpoint of the initial public offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital and total stockholders' equity (deficit) on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $              million, assuming that the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us.

(5)
We define working capital as current assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents) less current liabilities.

15


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

           Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock. Our business, financial condition, operating results, cash flow and prospects could be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks or uncertainties. In that case, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a limited operating history and a novel business model, which make it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter.

          We have a limited operating history and a novel business model, which make it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter in seeking to execute on our strategies. These risks and difficulties include our ability to:

          If the demand for our products does not develop as we expect, or if we fail to address the needs of our customers or fail to maintain relationships with our suppliers, our business would be materially harmed. The cumulative effects of these factors or our inability to manage any of the risks and challenges identified above and elsewhere in this section could result in, among other things, large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results, meaning that comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful and that we might fail to meet industry, financial analyst or investor expectations for any period. If we are unable to successfully address these risks and challenges, our business, financial condition and operating results would be materially adversely affected.

16


Table of Contents

We have a history of losses, and we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability.

          We have experienced net losses in each year since our inception. In the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, we incurred net losses of $(30.8) million, $(47.0) million and $(54.9) million, respectively. In the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, we generated net income of $3.0 million and incurred net losses of $(52.2) million, respectively. We anticipate that our operating expenses and capital expenditures will increase substantially in the foreseeable future as we continue to invest to increase our customer base and supplier network, expand our marketing channels, invest in our distribution and fulfillment infrastructure, hire additional employees and enhance our technology and infrastructure capabilities. Our expansion efforts may prove more expensive than we anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue and margins sufficiently to offset these higher expenses. We incur significant expenses in developing our technology, building out our fulfillment centers, obtaining and storing ingredients and other products, and marketing the products we offer. In addition, many of our expenses, including the costs associated with our existing and future fulfillment centers, are fixed. Accordingly, we may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability, and we may incur significant losses for the foreseeable future.

If we fail to cost-effectively acquire new customers or retain our existing customers, or if we fail to derive revenue from our existing customers consistent with our historical performance, our business could be materially adversely affected.

          Our success, and our ability to increase revenue and operate profitably, depends in part on our ability to cost-effectively acquire new customers, to retain existing customers, and to keep existing customers engaged so that they continue to purchase products from us. If we are unable to cost-effectively acquire new customers, retain our existing customers or keep existing customers engaged, our business, financial condition and operating results would be materially adversely affected. Further, if customers do not perceive our product offerings to be of sufficient value and quality, or if we fail to offer new and relevant product offerings, we may not be able to attract or retain customers or engage existing customers so that they continue to purchase products from us. Many of our new customers originate from referrals from existing customers, and therefore we must ensure that our existing customers remain loyal to us in order to continue receiving those referrals.

          Our new customers typically evaluate whether our product offerings fit their lifestyles, tastes and preferences before deciding whether to continue purchasing our product offerings and, if so, the frequency at which they make purchases. Our net revenue in any period is essentially a function of our ability to attract and retain customers and the frequency and size of the orders placed by those customers. While an increase in order frequency or size could potentially offset losses of customers and, similarly, an increase in the number of customers could potentially offset a reduction in the frequency or size of the orders placed by our customers, any inability by us to continue to derive net revenue from our existing customers consistent with our historical performance could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          We spend significant amounts on advertising and other marketing activities, such as television, digital and social media, direct mail, radio and podcasts, and email, to acquire new customers, retain and engage existing customers, and promote our brand, and we expect our marketing expenses to continue to comprise a significant portion of our operating expenses. For 2014, 2015 and 2016, our marketing expenses were $14.0 million, $51.4 million and $144.1 million, respectively, representing approximately 17.9%, 15.1% and 18.1% of net revenue, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, our marketing expenses were $25.4 million and $60.6 million, respectively, representing approximately 14.8% and 24.8% of net revenue,

17


Table of Contents

respectively. Despite our focus on marketing activities, we may fail to identify cost-efficient marketing opportunities as we scale our investments in marketing or fail to fully understand or estimate the conditions and behaviors that drive customer behavior. If any of our marketing activities prove less successful than anticipated in attracting new customers or retaining existing customers, we may not be able to recover our marketing spend, our cost to acquire new customers may increase, and our existing customers may reduce the frequency or size of their purchases from us. In addition, our third-party marketing partners may not provide adequate value for their services. Any of the foregoing events could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we fail to manage future growth effectively, our business could be materially adversely affected.

          We have grown rapidly since inception and anticipate further growth. For example, our net revenue increased from $77.8 million in 2014 to $340.8 million in 2015 and to $795.4 million in 2016, and from $172.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to $244.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The number of our full-time employees increased from 1,051 at December 31, 2014 to 2,997 at December 31, 2015, to 5,028 at December 31, 2016 and to 5,202 at March 31, 2017. This growth has placed significant demands on our management, financial, operational, technological and other resources. The anticipated growth and expansion of our business and our product offerings will place significant demands on our management and operations teams and require significant additional resources to meet our needs, which may not be available in a cost-effective manner or at all. We are also required to manage relationships with various suppliers and other third parties, and expend time and effort to integrate new suppliers into our fulfillment operations. If we do not effectively manage our growth, we may not be able to execute on our business plan, respond to competitive pressures, take advantage of market opportunities, satisfy customer requirements or maintain high-quality product offerings.

Food safety and food-borne illness incidents or advertising or product mislabeling may materially adversely affect our business by exposing us to lawsuits, product recalls or regulatory enforcement actions, increasing our operating costs and reducing demand for our product offerings.

          Selling food for human consumption involves inherent legal and other risks, and there is increasing governmental scrutiny of and public awareness regarding food safety. Unexpected side effects, illness, injury or death related to allergens, food-borne illnesses or other food safety incidents (including food tampering or contamination) caused by products we sell, or involving suppliers that supply us with ingredients and other products, could result in the discontinuance of sales of these products or our relationships with such suppliers, or otherwise result in increased operating costs or harm to our reputation. Shipment of adulterated products, even if inadvertent, can result in criminal or civil liability. Such incidents could also expose us to product liability, negligence or other lawsuits, including consumer class action lawsuits. Any claims brought against us may exceed or be outside the scope of our existing or future insurance policy coverage or limits. Any judgment against us that is in excess of our policy limits or not covered by our policies or not subject to insurance would have to be paid from our cash reserves, which would reduce our capital resources.

          The occurrence of food-borne illnesses or other food safety incidents could also adversely affect the price and availability of affected ingredients, resulting in higher costs and a reduction in our sales. Furthermore, any instances of food contamination, whether or not caused by our products, could subject us or our suppliers to a food recall pursuant to the Food Safety Modernization Act of the United States Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and comparable

18


Table of Contents

state laws. Food recalls could result in significant losses due to their costs, the destruction of product inventory, lost sales due to the unavailability of the product for a period of time and potential loss of existing customers and a potential negative impact on our ability to attract new customers due to negative consumer experiences or as a result of an adverse impact on our brand and reputation.

          In addition, food companies have been subject to targeted, large-scale tampering as well as to opportunistic, individual product tampering, and we could be a target for product tampering. Forms of tampering could include the introduction of foreign material, chemical contaminants and pathological organisms into consumer products as well as product substitution. In the near future, FDA requirements will require companies like us to analyze, prepare and implement mitigation strategies specifically to address tampering designed to inflict widespread public health harm. If we do not adequately address the possibility, or any actual instance, of product tampering, we could face possible seizure or recall of our products and the imposition of civil or criminal sanctions, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our business depends on a strong and trusted brand, and any failure to maintain, protect or enhance our brand, including as a result of events outside our control, could materially adversely affect our business.

          We have developed a strong and trusted brand that has contributed significantly to the success of our business, and we believe our continued success depends on our ability to maintain and grow the value of the Blue Apron brand. Maintaining, promoting and positioning our brand and reputation will depend on, among other factors, the success of our food safety, quality assurance, marketing and merchandising efforts and our ability to provide a consistent, high-quality customer experience. Any negative publicity, regardless of its accuracy, could materially adversely affect our business. Brand value is based in large part on perceptions of subjective qualities, and any incident that erodes the loyalty of our customers or suppliers, including adverse publicity or a governmental investigation or litigation, could significantly reduce the value of our brand and significantly damage our business.

          We believe that our customers hold us and our products to a high food safety standard. Therefore, real or perceived quality or food safety concerns or failures to comply with applicable food regulations and requirements, whether or not ultimately based on fact and whether or not involving us (such as incidents involving our competitors), could cause negative publicity and lost confidence in our company, brand or products, which could in turn harm our reputation and sales, and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          In addition, in recent years, there has been a marked increase in the use of social media platforms and other forms of Internet-based communications that provide individuals with access to broad audiences, and the availability of information on social media platforms is virtually immediate, as can be its impact. Many social media platforms immediately publish the content their participants post, often without filters or checks on accuracy of the content posted. Furthermore, other Internet-based or traditional media outlets may in turn reference or republish such social media content to an even broader audience. Information concerning us, regardless of its accuracy, may be posted on such platforms at any time. Information posted may be adverse to our interests or may be inaccurate, each of which may materially harm our brand, reputation, performance, prospects and business, and such harm may be immediate and we may have little or no opportunity to respond or to seek redress or a correction.

          The value of our brand also depends on effective customer support to provide a high-quality customer experience, which requires significant personnel expense. If not managed properly, this expense could impact our profitability. Failure to manage or train our own or outsourced customer

19


Table of Contents

support representatives properly could compromise our ability to handle customer complaints effectively.

Changes in consumer tastes and preferences or in consumer spending and other economic or financial market conditions could materially adversely affect our business.

          Our operating results may be materially adversely affected by changes in consumer tastes. Our success depends in part on our ability to anticipate the tastes, eating habits and lifestyle preferences of consumers and to offer products that appeal to consumer tastes and preferences. Consumer tastes and preferences may change from time to time and can be affected by a number of different trends and other factors that are beyond our control. For example, our sales could be materially adversely affected by changes in consumer demand in response to nutritional and dietary trends, dietary concerns regarding items such as calories, sodium, carbohydrates or fat, or concerns regarding food safety. Our competitors may react more efficiently and effectively to these changes than we can. We cannot provide any assurances regarding our ability to respond effectively to changes in consumer health perceptions or our ability to adapt our product offerings to trends in eating habits. If we fail to anticipate, identify or react to these changes and trends, or to introduce new and improved products on a timely basis, we may experience reduced demand for our products, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          In addition, the business of selling food products over the Internet is dynamic and continues to evolve. The market segment for food delivery has grown significantly, and this growth may not continue. If customers cease to find value in this model or otherwise lose interest in our product offerings or our business model generally, we may not acquire new customers in numbers sufficient to grow our business or retain existing customers at rates consistent with our business model, and our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

          Furthermore, preferences and overall economic conditions that impact consumer confidence and spending, including discretionary spending, could have a material impact on our business. Economic conditions affecting disposable consumer income such as employment levels, business conditions, changes in housing market conditions, the availability of credit, interest rates, tax rates, fuel and energy costs, the effect of natural disasters or acts of terrorism, and other matters could reduce consumer spending or cause consumers to shift their spending to lower-priced alternatives, each of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Changes in food costs and availability could materially adversely affect our business.

          The success of our business depends in part on our ability to anticipate and react to changes in food and supply costs and availability. We are susceptible to increases in food costs as a result of factors beyond our control, such as general economic conditions, market changes, increased competition, general risk of inflation, exchange rate fluctuations, seasonal fluctuations, shortages or interruptions, weather conditions, changes in global climates, global demand, food safety concerns, generalized infectious diseases, changes in law or policy, declines in fertile or arable lands, product recalls and government regulations. In particular, food deflation could reduce the attractiveness of our product offerings relative to competing products and thus reduce our sales growth and overall sales, while food inflation, particularly periods of rapid inflation, could reduce our profitability as there may be a lag between the time of the price increase and the time at which we are able to increase the price of our product offerings. We generally do not have long-term supply contracts or guaranteed purchase commitments with our food suppliers, and we do not hedge our commodity risks. In limited circumstances, we may enter into strategic purchasing commitment contracts with certain suppliers, but many of these contracts are relatively short in duration and may provide only

20


Table of Contents

limited protection from price fluctuations, and the use of these arrangements may limit our ability to benefit from favorable price movements. As a result, we may not be able to anticipate, react to or mitigate against cost fluctuations which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          Any increase in the prices of the ingredients most critical to our recipes, or scarcity of such ingredients, such as vegetables, poultry, beef, pork and seafood, would adversely affect our operating results. Alternatively, in the event of cost increases or decrease of availability with respect to one or more of our key ingredients, we may choose to temporarily suspend including such ingredients in our recipes, rather than paying the increased cost for the ingredients. Any such changes to our available recipes could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we fail to successfully develop new product offerings and enhance our existing product offerings, our ability to attract new customers and retain existing customers, and our business, financial condition and operating results, may be materially adversely affected.

          Our customers have a wide variety of options for purchasing food, including traditional and online grocery stores and restaurants, and consumer tastes and preferences may change from time to time. Our ability to attract new customers, retain existing customers, and increase customer engagement with us will depend in part on our ability to create successful new product offerings and to improve upon and enhance our existing product offerings. As a result, we may introduce significant changes to our existing product offerings or develop and introduce new and unproven product offerings. If our new or enhanced product offerings are unsuccessful, including because they fail to generate sufficient revenue or operating profit to justify our investments in them, our business and operating results could be materially adversely affected. Furthermore, new customer demands, tastes or interests, superior competitive offerings or a deterioration in our product quality or our ability to bring new or enhanced product offerings to market quickly and efficiently could negatively affect the attractiveness of our products and the economics of our business and require us to make substantial changes to and additional investments in our product offerings or business model.

          Developing and launching new product offerings or enhancements to our existing product offerings involves significant risks and uncertainties, including risks related to the reception of such product offerings by our existing and potential future customers, potential increases in operational complexity and increased strain on our operational and internal resources (including an impairment of our ability to accurately forecast demand and related supply) and negative publicity in the event such new or enhanced product offerings are perceived to be unsuccessful. In addition, developing and launching new product offerings and enhancements to our existing product offerings may involve significant upfront capital investments and such investments may not prove to be justified. Any of the foregoing risks and challenges could materially adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our historical revenue growth has masked seasonal fluctuations in our operating results. As our growth rate moderates or seasonal patterns become more pronounced, seasonality could have a material impact on our results.

          Our business is seasonal in nature, which impacts the levels at which customers engage with our products and brand, and, as a result, the growth trends of our revenue and our expenses fluctuate from quarter to quarter. For example, we anticipate that the first quarter of each year will generally represent our strongest quarter in terms of customer engagement. Conversely, during the summer months and the end of year holidays, when people are vacationing more often or have

21


Table of Contents

less predictable weekly routines, we generally anticipate lower customer engagement. In addition, our marketing strategies, which may be informed by these seasonal trends, will impact our quarterly results of operations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." These trends may cause our cash requirements to vary from quarter to quarter depending on the variability in the volume and timing of sales. We believe that these seasonal trends have affected and will continue to affect our quarterly results. Our historical revenue growth has masked the impact of seasonality, but as our growth rate moderates or seasonal spending by our customers becomes more pronounced, seasonality could have a more significant impact on our operating results from period to period.

Increased competition presents an ongoing threat to the success of our business.

          We expect competition in food sales generally, and with companies providing food delivery in particular, to continue to increase. We compete with other food and meal-delivery companies, the supermarket industry, a wide array of food retailers (including natural and organic, specialty, conventional, mass, discount and other food retail formats), conventional supermarkets, other food retailers, and online supermarket retailers. We also compete with a wide array of casual dining and quick-service restaurants and other food service businesses in the restaurants industry, as well as a broad range of online wine retailers, wine specialty stores and retail liquor stores. In addition, we compete with food manufacturers, consumer packaged goods companies, providers of logistics services, and other food and ingredient producers. Any international expansion of our business will present additional challenges from competition unique to each new market, compounded by the fact that we currently do not have experience offering our products outside of the United States.

          We believe that our ability to compete depends upon many factors both within and beyond our control, including:

          Some of our current competitors have, and potential competitors may have, longer operating histories, larger fulfillment infrastructures, greater technical capabilities, significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources and larger customer bases than we do. In addition, some of our other current or potential competitors may be smaller, less regulated, and have a greater ability to reposition their product offerings than companies that, like us, operate at a larger scale. These factors may allow our competitors to derive greater sales and profits from their existing customer base, acquire customers at lower costs or respond more quickly than we can to changes in consumer demand and tastes. These competitors may engage in more extensive research and development efforts, undertake more far-reaching marketing campaigns and adopt more aggressive

22


Table of Contents

pricing policies, which may allow them to build larger customer bases or generate additional sales more effectively than we do.

If we do not successfully build out and operate our fulfillment centers and logistics channels, including by expanding our use of automation, our business could be materially adversely affected.

          If we do not successfully build out and operate our fulfillment centers, we may experience insufficient or excess fulfillment capacity, increased costs, impairment charges or other harm to our business. We have encountered in the past, and may encounter in the future, difficulty in hiring a sufficient number of employees to adequately staff our fulfillment centers, requiring us to use temporary workers through third parties at greater cost and with lower levels of performance. If we do not have sufficient fulfillment capacity or experience problems or delays in fulfilling orders, our customers may experience delays in receiving their meal deliveries, which could harm our reputation and our customer relationships and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, any disruption in, or the loss of operations at, one or more of our fulfillment centers, even on a short term basis, could delay or postpone production of our products, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          We have designed and built our own fulfillment center infrastructure, including customizing third-party inventory and package handling software systems, which is tailored to meet the specific needs of our business. Furthermore, we are expanding the use of automated production equipment and processes in our existing fulfillment centers and are incorporating automated production equipment and processes into our new Linden, New Jersey fulfillment center that we are in the process of building out. As we continue to add capacity, capabilities and automated production equipment and processes to our fulfillment centers, our fulfillment operations will become increasingly complex and challenging. Any failure to hire, train or retain employees capable of operating our fulfillment centers could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. We also may be unable to procure and implement automated production equipment and processes on a timely basis, and they may not operate as intended or achieve anticipated cost efficiencies. For example, suppliers could miss their equipment delivery schedules, new production lines and operations could improve less rapidly than expected, or not at all, the equipment or processes could require longer design time than anticipated or redesigning after installation, and new production technology may involve equipment and processes with which we are not fully experienced. Difficulties we experience in automating our fulfillment processes could impair our ability to reduce costs and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, any disruption in the operation of our fulfillment centers, including due to factors such as earthquakes, fires, floods, power losses, telecommunications failures, acts of war or terrorism, human errors and similar events or disruptions, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          Assuming we continue to grow, we will need to continue to add additional fulfillment and storage capacity in order to meet customer demand. For example, we are in the process of building out a new fulfillment center in Linden, New Jersey and have entered into a lease for another new fulfillment center in Fairfield, California, which is currently under construction. See "Business—Facilities." We expect to incur higher capital expenditures in the future, primarily related to our new fulfillment centers. For a discussion of our projected future capital expenditures, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations—Liquidity." The timing and amount of our projected capital expenditures is dependent upon a number of factors, including the actual and forecasted growth in our business, and may vary significantly from our estimates, and we cannot assure you that these and any other new fulfillment

23


Table of Contents

centers will be timely constructed, that we will effectively integrate new facilities into our existing fulfillment operations, that our fulfillment software systems will continue to meet our business needs, or that we will be able to execute our expansion plans or recruit qualified managerial and operational personnel necessary to support our expansion plans. The expansion of our fulfillment capacity will put pressure on our managerial, financial, operational, technological and other resources.

          If we are unable to expand our fulfillment operations and increase our fulfillment capacity or to effectively control expansion-related expenses, or if we grow faster than we anticipate, we may exceed our fulfillment center capacity sooner than we anticipate, we may experience problems fulfilling orders in a timely manner or our customers may experience delays in receiving their purchases, any of which could harm our reputation and our relationships with our customers. Many of the expenses and investments with respect to our fulfillment centers are fixed, and any expansion of such fulfillment centers will require additional investment of capital. We expect to incur higher capital expenditures in the future for our fulfillment center operations. We may incur such expenses or make such investments in advance of expected sales, and such expected sales may not occur.

Our ability to source quality ingredients and other products is critical to our business, and any disruption to our supply or supply chain could materially adversely affect our business.

          We depend on frequent deliveries of ingredients and other products from a variety of local, regional, national and international suppliers, and some of our suppliers may depend on a variety of other local, regional, national and international suppliers to fulfill the purchase orders we place with them. The availability of such ingredients and other products at competitive prices depends on many factors beyond our control, including the number and size of farms, ranches and vineyards that provide crops, livestock and raw materials for making wine that meet our quality and production standards.

          We rely on our suppliers, and their supply chains, to meet our quality and production standards and specifications and supply ingredients and other products in a timely and safe manner. We have developed and implemented a series of measures to ensure the safety and quality of our third party-supplied products, including using contract specifications, certificates of identity for some products or ingredients, sample testing by suppliers and sensory based testing. However, no safety and quality measures can eliminate the possibility that suppliers may provide us with defective or out-of-specification products against which regulators may take action or which may subject us to litigation or require a recall. Suppliers may provide us with food that is or may be unsafe, food that is below our quality standards or food that is improperly labeled. In addition to a negative customer experience, we could face possible seizure or recall of our products and the imposition of civil or criminal sanctions if we incorporate a defective or out-of-specification item into one of our deliveries.

          Furthermore, there are many factors beyond our control which could cause shortages or interruptions in the supply of our ingredients and other products, including adverse weather, environmental factors, natural disasters, unanticipated demand, labor or distribution problems, changes in law or policy, food safety issues by our suppliers and their supply chains, and the financial health of our suppliers and their supply chains. Production of the agricultural products used in our business may also be materially adversely affected by drought, water scarcity, temperature extremes, scarcity of agricultural labor, changes in government agricultural programs or subsidies, import restrictions, scarcity of suitable agricultural land, crop conditions, crop or animal diseases or crop pests. Failure to take adequate steps to mitigate the likelihood or potential effect of such events, or to effectively manage such events if they occur, may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results, particularly in circumstances where an ingredient or product is sourced from a single supplier or location.

24


Table of Contents

          In addition, unexpected delays in deliveries from suppliers that ship directly to our fulfillment centers or increases in transportation costs (including through increased fuel costs) could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Labor shortages or work stoppages in the transportation industry, long-term disruptions to the national transportation infrastructure, reduction in capacity and industry-specific regulations such as hours-of-service rules that lead to delays or interruptions of deliveries could also materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          We currently source certain of our ingredients from suppliers located outside of the United States. Any event causing a disruption or delay of imports from suppliers located outside of the United States, including weather, drought, crop-related diseases, the imposition of import or export restrictions, restrictions on the transfer of funds or increased tariffs, destination-based taxes, value-added taxes, quotas or increased regulatory requirements, could increase the cost or reduce the supply of our ingredients and the other materials required by our product offerings, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Furthermore, our suppliers' operations may be adversely affected by political and financial instability, resulting in the disruption of trade from exporting countries, restrictions on the transfer of funds or other trade disruptions, each of which could adversely affect our access or ability to source ingredients and other materials used in our product offerings on a timely or cost-effective basis.

The reliable and cost-effective storage, transport and delivery of ingredients and other products and our product offerings is critical to our business, and any interruptions, delays or failures could materially adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.

          We maintain arrangements with third parties to store ingredients and other products, to deliver ingredients and other products from our suppliers to our fulfillment centers and to transport ingredients and other products between our fulfillment centers. Interruptions or failures in these services could delay or prevent the delivery of these ingredients and other products to us and therefore adversely affect our ability to fulfill our customers' orders. These interruptions may be due to events that are beyond our control or the control of the third parties with whom we contract. In addition, we are in the process of expanding our internal capabilities with respect to storing ingredients and other products and transporting ingredients and other products both from our suppliers to our storage locations and fulfillment centers and between our storage locations and fulfillment centers. These expansion efforts may fail to meet our expectations and may not prove to be cost-effective or as operationally efficient as our current arrangements with third parties, each of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          We also maintain arrangements with third-party transport carriers to deliver the food products we sell to our customers. Interruptions, delays or failures in these carrier services could prevent the timely or proper delivery of these products, which may result in significant product inventory losses given the highly perishable nature of our food products. These interruptions may be due to events that are beyond our control or the control of these carriers, including adverse weather and natural disasters. If we are not able to maintain acceptable pricing and other terms with these carriers or they experience performance problems or other difficulties, we may not be able to deliver orders in a timely manner and meet customer expectations, and our business and reputation could suffer.

          We rely on third-party transport carriers for the delivery of our wines to our customers. State and federal laws regulate the ability of transport carriers to transport wine, and carriers may be required to obtain licenses in order to deliver wine to our customers. Changes in our access to those carriers, including changes in prices or changes in our relationships with those carriers, changes in the laws allowing third-party transport of wine, or regulatory discipline against licenses held by those carriers, could materially adversely affect our wine business.

25


Table of Contents

          Delivery of the products we sell to our customers could also be affected or interrupted by the merger, acquisition, insolvency, or government shut-down of the carriers we engage to make deliveries. If the products we sell are not delivered in proper condition or on a timely basis, our business and reputation could suffer.

Any failure to adequately store, maintain and deliver quality perishable foods could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          Our ability to adequately store, maintain and deliver quality perishable foods is critical to our business. We store food products, which are highly perishable, in refrigerated fulfillment centers and ship them to our customers inside boxes that are insulated with thermal liners and frozen refrigerants to maintain appropriate temperatures in transit and use refrigerated third-party delivery trucks to support temperature control for shipments to certain locations. Keeping our food products at specific temperatures maintains freshness and enhances food safety. In the event of extended power outages, natural disasters or other catastrophic occurrences, failures of the refrigeration systems in our fulfillment centers or third-party delivery trucks, failure to use adequate packaging to maintain appropriate temperatures, or other circumstances both within and beyond our control, our inability to store highly perishable inventory at specific temperatures could result in significant product inventory losses as well as increased risk of food-borne illnesses and other food safety risks. Improper handling or storage of food by a customer—without any fault by us—could result in food-borne illnesses, which could nonetheless result in negative publicity and harm to our brand and reputation. The occurrence of any of these risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we lose key management or fail to meet our growing need for qualified employees with specialized skills, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

          Our continued success is dependent upon our ability to retain key management, particularly Matthew B. Salzberg, our president and chief executive officer, Matthew J. Wadiak, our chief operating officer, and Ilia M. Papas, our chief technology officer. Messrs. Salzberg, Wadiak and Papas and our other executive officers are employees "at will" and could elect to terminate their employment with us at any time. We do not maintain "key person" insurance on the lives of Messrs. Salzberg, Wadiak or Papas or other executive officers.

          Our continued success is also dependent upon our ability to attract and retain other qualified employees possessing a broad range of skills and expertise. We may need to offer higher compensation and other benefits in order to attract and retain key personnel in the future, and, to attract top talent, we must offer competitive compensation packages before we have the opportunity to validate the productivity and effectiveness of new employees. Additionally, we may not be able to hire new employees quickly enough to meet our needs. If we fail to meet our hiring needs or successfully integrate our new hires, our efficiency and ability to meet our forecasts and our employee morale, productivity and retention could all suffer. Any of these factors could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We rely on our proprietary technology and data to forecast customer demand and to manage our supply chain, and any failure of this technology could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          We rely on our proprietary technology and data to forecast demand and predict our customers' orders, determine the amounts of ingredients and other supply to purchase, and to optimize our in-bound and out-bound logistics for delivery and transport of our supply to our fulfillment centers and of our product offerings to customers. If this technology fails or produces

26


Table of Contents

inaccurate results at any step in this process—such as if the data we collect from customers is insufficient or incorrect, if we over or underestimate future demand, or if we fail to optimize delivery routes to our customers—we could experience increased food waste or shortages in key ingredients, the operational efficiency of our supply chain may suffer (including as a result of excess or shortage of fulfillment center capacity) or our customers may experience delays or failures in the delivery of our product offerings, for example by missing ingredients. Moreover, forecasts and predictions based on historical data, regardless of any historical patterns or the quality of the underlying data, are inherently uncertain, and unforeseen changes in consumer tastes or external events could result in material inaccuracy of our forecasts and predictions, which could result in disruptions in our business and our incurrence of significant costs and waste. Furthermore, any interruptions or delays in our ability to use or access our proprietary technology could lead to interruptions or delays in our supply chain. The occurrence of any of the foregoing risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The termination of, or material changes to, our relationships with key suppliers or vendors could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          We currently depend on a limited number of suppliers for some of our key ingredients. We strive to work with suppliers that engage in certain growing, raising or farming standards that we believe are superior to conventional practices and that can deliver products that are specific to our quality, food safety and production standards. Currently, there are a limited number of meat and seafood suppliers that are able to simultaneously meet our standards and volume requirements. As such, these suppliers could be difficult to replace if we were no longer able to rely on them. We also work with suppliers that grow specialty or unique ingredients for us. It can take a significant amount of time and resources to identify, develop and maintain relationships with certain suppliers, including suppliers that grow specialty or unique products for us. In the event of any disruptions to our relationships with our specialty crop growers, the ingredients they grow for us would be difficult to replace. The termination of, or material changes to, arrangements with key suppliers or vendors, disagreements with key suppliers or vendors as to payment or other terms, or the failure of a key supplier or vendor to meet its contractual obligations to us may require us to contract with alternative suppliers or vendors. For example, the failure of a key supplier to meet its obligations to us or otherwise deliver ingredients at the volumes that meet our quality and production standards could require us to make purchases from alternative suppliers or make changes to our product offerings. If we have to replace key suppliers or vendors, we may be subject to pricing or other terms less favorable than those we currently enjoy, and it may be difficult to identify and secure relationships with alternative suppliers or vendors that are able to meet our volume requirements, food safety and quality or other standards. If we cannot replace or engage suppliers or vendors who meet our specifications and standards in a short period of time, we could encounter increased expenses, shortages of ingredients and other items, disruptions or delays in customer shipments or other harm. In this event, we could experience a significant reduction in sales and incur higher costs for replacement goods and customer refunds during the shortage or thereafter, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          In our wine business, we rely on the use of third-party alternating proprietorship winemaking facilities. We rely on the host or owner of such facilities to ensure that the facilities are operational and maintained in good condition. Changes in our access to those facilities, including changes in prices or changes in our relationships with the third parties who own and operate those facilities, or regulatory discipline against licenses held by those third parties, or any failure by such third parties to maintain their facilities in good condition, may impair our ability to produce wines at such facilities and could materially adversely affect our wine business.

27


Table of Contents

Higher labor costs due to statutory and regulatory changes could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          Various federal and state labor laws govern our relationships with our employees and affect operating costs. These laws include employee classifications as exempt or non-exempt, minimum wage requirements, unemployment tax rates, workers' compensation rates, overtime, family leave, workplace health and safety standards, payroll taxes, citizenship requirements and other wage and benefit requirements for employees classified as non-exempt. As our employees are paid at rates set above, but related to, the applicable minimum wage, further increases in the minimum wage could increase our labor costs. Significant additional government regulations could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Unionization activities may disrupt our operations and adversely affect our profitability.

          Although none of our employees is currently covered under a collective bargaining agreement, our employees may elect to be represented by labor unions in the future. If a significant number of our employees were to become unionized and collective bargaining agreement terms were to deviate significantly from our current compensation and benefits structure, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected. In addition, a labor dispute involving some or all of our employees may harm our reputation, disrupt our operations and reduce our revenues, and the resolution of labor disputes may increase our costs.

Disruptions in our data and information systems could harm our reputation and our ability to run our business.

          We rely extensively on data and information systems for our supply chain, order processing, fulfillment operations, financial reporting, human resources and various other operations, processes and transactions. Furthermore, a significant portion of the communications between, and storage of personal data of, our personnel, customers and suppliers depends on information technology. Our data and information systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, security breaches (including breaches of our transaction processing or other systems that could result in the compromise of confidential customer data), catastrophic events, data breaches and usage errors by our employees or third-party service providers. Our data and information technology systems may also fail to perform as we anticipate, and we may encounter difficulties in adapting these systems to changing technologies or expanding them to meet the future needs of our business. If our systems are breached, damaged or cease to function properly, we may have to make significant investments to fix or replace them, suffer interruptions in our operations, incur liability to our customers and others or face costly litigation, and our reputation with our customers may be harmed. We also rely on third-parties for a majority of our data and information systems, including for third-party hosting and payment processing. If these facilities fail, or if they suffer a security breach or interruption or degradation of service, a significant amount of our data could be lost or compromised and our ability to operate our business and deliver our product offerings could be materially impaired. In addition, various third parties, such as our suppliers and payment processors, also rely heavily on information technology systems, and any failure of these systems could also cause loss of sales, transactional or other data and significant interruptions to our business. Any material interruption in the data and information technology systems we rely on, including the data or information technology systems of third-parties, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

28


Table of Contents

Our business is subject to data security risks, including security breaches.

          We, or our third-party vendors on our behalf, collect, process, store and transmit substantial amounts of information, including information about our customers. We take steps to protect the security and integrity of the information we collect, process, store or transmit, but there is no guarantee that inadvertent or unauthorized use or disclosure will not occur or that third parties will not gain unauthorized access to this information despite such efforts. Security breaches, computer malware, computer hacking attacks and other compromises of information security measures have become more prevalent in the business world and may occur on our systems or those of our vendors in the future. Large Internet companies and websites have from time to time disclosed sophisticated and targeted attacks on portions of their websites, and an increasing number have reported such attacks resulting in breaches of their information security. We and our third-party vendors are at risk of suffering from similar attacks and breaches. Although we take steps to maintain confidential and proprietary information on our information systems, these measures and technology may not adequately prevent security breaches and we rely on our third-party vendors to take appropriate measures to protect the security and integrity of the information on those information systems. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or to sabotage information systems change frequently and may not be known until launched against us, we may be unable to anticipate or prevent these attacks. In addition, a party who is able to illicitly obtain a customer's identification and password credentials may be able to access the customer's account and certain account data.

          Any actual or suspected security breach or other compromise of our security measures or those of our third-party vendors, whether as a result of hacking efforts, denial-of-service attacks, viruses, malicious software, break-ins, phishing attacks, social engineering or otherwise, could harm our reputation and business, damage our brand and make it harder to retain existing customers or acquire new ones, require us to expend significant capital and other resources to address the breach, and result in a violation of applicable laws, regulations or other legal obligations. Our insurance policies may not be adequate to reimburse us for direct losses caused by any such security breach or indirect losses due to resulting customer attrition.

          We rely on email and other messaging services to connect with our existing and potential customers. Our customers may be targeted by parties using fraudulent spoofing and phishing emails to misappropriate passwords, payment information or other personal information or to introduce viruses through Trojan horse programs or otherwise through our customers' computers, smartphones, tablets or other devices. Despite our efforts to mitigate the effectiveness of such malicious email campaigns through product improvements, spoofing and phishing may damage our brand and increase our costs. Any of these events or circumstances could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We are subject to risks associated with payments to us from our customers and other third parties, including risks associated with fraud.

          Nearly all of our customers' payments are made by credit card or debit card. We currently rely exclusively on one third-party vendor to provide payment processing services, including the processing of payments from credit cards and debit cards, and our business would be disrupted if this vendor becomes unwilling or unable to provide these services to us and we are unable to find a suitable replacement on a timely basis. We are also subject to payment brand operating rules, payment card industry data security standards and certification requirements, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it more difficult or impossible for us to comply. If we fail to comply with these rules or requirements, we may be subject to fines and higher transaction fees and lose our ability to accept credit and debit card payments from customers, which would make our services less convenient and attractive to our customers and likely result in a substantial reduction in

29


Table of Contents

revenue. We may also incur losses as a result of claims that the customer did not authorize given purchases, fraud, erroneous transmissions and customers who have closed bank accounts or have insufficient funds in their accounts to satisfy payments owed to us.

          We are subject to, or voluntarily comply with, a number of other laws and regulations relating to the payments we accept from our customers and third parties, including with respect to money laundering, money transfers, privacy, and information security, and electronic fund transfers. These laws and regulations could change or be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. If we were found to be in violation of any of these applicable laws or regulations, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties and higher transaction fees or lose our ability to accept credit and debit card payments from our customers, process electronic funds transfers or facilitate other types of online payments, which may make our services less convenient and less attractive to our customers and diminish the customer experience.

We may require additional capital to fund the expansion of our business, and our inability to obtain such capital could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          To support our expanding business, we must have sufficient capital to continue to make significant investments. We cannot assure you that cash generated by our operations will be sufficient to allow us to fund such expansion. If cash flows from operations are not sufficient, we may need additional equity or debt financing to provide the funds required to expand our business. If such financing is not available on satisfactory terms or at all, we may be unable to expand our business or to develop new business at the rate desired, and our operating results may suffer. Debt financing increases expenses, may contain covenants that restrict the operation of our business, and must be repaid regardless of operating results. For example, covenants contained in our revolving credit agreement include limitations on our ability to pay dividends; create, incur or assume indebtedness or liens; consummate a merger, sale, disposition or similar transaction; engage in transaction with affiliates; and make investments. Equity financing, or debt financing that is convertible into equity, could result in dilution to our existing stockholders.

          Our inability to obtain adequate capital resources, whether in the form of equity or debt, to fund our business and growth strategies may require us to delay, scale back or eliminate some or all of our operations or the expansion of our business, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our results could be adversely affected by natural disasters, public health crises, political crises or other catastrophic events.

          Natural disasters, such as hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, earthquakes, droughts and other adverse weather and climate conditions; unforeseen public health crises, such as pandemics and epidemics; crop or animal diseases; crop pests; political crises, such as terrorist attacks, war and other political instability or uncertainty; or other catastrophic events, whether occurring in the United States or internationally, could disrupt our operations or the operations of one or more of our suppliers. In particular, these types of events could impact our supply chain from or to the impacted region given our dependency on frequent deliveries of ingredients and other products from a variety of local, regional and national suppliers. In addition, these types of events could adversely affect consumer spending in the impacted regions or our ability to deliver our products to our customers. To the extent any of these events occur, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

30


Table of Contents

We may be unsuccessful in making, integrating and maintaining acquisitions, joint ventures and strategic investments.

          We expect to evaluate and consider a wide array of potential strategic transactions, including acquisitions and dispositions of businesses, joint ventures, new technologies, services, products and other assets and strategic investments. Any of these transactions could be material to our business, financial condition and operating results. The process of integrating any acquired business or operating any joint venture may create unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. We may face difficulties in incorporating supply or distribution channels, technology and rights into our existing product offerings, and we may experience unanticipated expenses relating to these and other integration processes. We may also face known and unknown liabilities associated with a company we acquire or in which we invest.

          We may not realize the anticipated benefits of any or all of our acquisitions, joint ventures or investments in the time frame expected or at all. Valuations supporting our acquisitions and strategic investments could change rapidly. Following any such transaction, we could determine that such valuations have experienced impairments or other-than-temporary declines in fair value which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results through the write-off of goodwill and other impairment charges.

Failure to establish and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

          We are not currently required to comply with the rules of the SEC implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to comply with the SEC's rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of controls over financial reporting. Though we will be required to disclose changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis, we will not be required to make our first annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. As an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date we are no longer an emerging growth company. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating.

          To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we have undertaken various actions, and may need to take additional actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring additional accounting or internal audit staff. Testing and maintaining internal control can divert our management's attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. Additionally, when evaluating our internal control over financial reporting, we may identify material weaknesses that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the applicable deadline imposed upon us for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. If we identify any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting once we are no longer an emerging growth company, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our

31


Table of Contents

Class A common stock could be materially adversely affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

We may be accused of infringing or violating the intellectual property rights of others.

          Other parties have claimed or may claim in the future that we infringe or violate their trademarks, patents, copyrights, domain names, publicity rights or other proprietary rights. Such claims, regardless of their merit, could result in litigation or other proceedings and could require us to expend significant financial resources and attention by our management and other personnel that otherwise would be focused on our business operations, result in injunctions against us that prevent us from using material intellectual property rights, or require us to pay damages to third parties. We may need to obtain licenses from third parties who allege that we have infringed or violated their rights, but such licenses may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. In addition, we may not be able to obtain or use on terms that are favorable to us, or at all, licenses or other rights with respect to intellectual property that we do not own, which would require us to develop alternative intellectual property. To the extent we rely on open source software, we may face claims from third parties that claim ownership of the open source software or derivative works that were developed using such software, or otherwise seek to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license. Similar claims might also be asserted regarding our in-house software. These risks have been amplified by the increase in intellectual property claims by third parties whose sole or primary business is to assert such claims. As our business expands, we are likely to be subject to intellectual property claims against us with increasing frequency, scope and magnitude. We may also be obligated to indemnify affiliates or other partners who are accused of violating third parties' intellectual property rights by virtue of those affiliates or partners' agreements with us, and this could increase our costs in defending such claims and our damages. Furthermore, such affiliates and partners may discontinue their relationship with us either as a result of injunctions or otherwise. The occurrence of these results could harm our brand or materially adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property rights.

          We regard our customer lists and other consumer data, trademarks, service marks, domain names, copyrights, trade dress, trade secrets, know-how, proprietary technology and similar intellectual property as critical to our success. We cannot be sure that our intellectual property portfolio will not be infringed, violated or otherwise challenged by third parties, or that we will be successful in enforcing, defending or combatting any such infringements, violations, or challenges. We also cannot be sure that the law might not change in a way that would affect the nature or extent of our intellectual property ownership.

          We rely on registered and unregistered trademark, copyright and trade secret protection and other intellectual property protections under applicable law to protect these proprietary rights. While we have taken steps toward procuring trademark registration for several of our trademarks in key countries around the world and have entered or may enter into contracts to assist with the procurement and protection of our trademarks, we cannot assure you that our common law, applied-for, or registered trademarks are valid and enforceable, that our trademark registrations and applications or use of our trademarks will not be challenged by known or unknown third parties, or that any pending trademark applications will issue or provide us with any competitive advantage. Effective intellectual property protection may not be available to us or may be challenged by third parties. Furthermore, regulations governing domain names may not protect our trademarks and other proprietary rights that may be displayed on or in conjunction with our website and other

32


Table of Contents

marketing media. We may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring or retaining domain names that are similar to, infringe upon, or diminish the value of our trademarks and other proprietary rights.

          We also rely on confidentiality, supplier, license and other agreements with our employees, suppliers and others. There is no guarantee that these third parties will comply with these agreements and refrain from misappropriating our proprietary rights. Misappropriation of our proprietary rights could materially adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

          We may not be able to discover or determine the extent of any unauthorized use or infringement or violation of our intellectual property or proprietary rights. Third parties also may take actions that diminish the value of our proprietary rights or our reputation. The protection of our intellectual property may require the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. Moreover, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may not adequately protect our proprietary rights or prevent third parties from continuing to infringe or misappropriate these rights. We also cannot be certain that others will not independently develop or otherwise acquire equivalent or superior technology or other intellectual property rights, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation could be costly, time-consuming and distracting to management, result in a diversion of resources, the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. These steps may be inadequate to protect our intellectual property. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to use information that we regard as proprietary to create product offerings that compete with ours.

          We currently operate only in the United States. To the extent that we determine to expand our business internationally, we will encounter additional risks, including different, uncertain or more stringent laws relating to intellectual property rights and protection.

Risks Related to Government Regulation of Our Food Operations

We are subject to extensive governmental regulations, which require significant expenditures and ongoing compliance efforts.

          We are subject to extensive federal, state and local regulations. Our food processing facilities and products are subject to inspection by the U.S. Department of Agriculture, or USDA, the FDA and various state and local health and agricultural agencies. Applicable statutes and regulations governing food products include rules for labeling the content of specific types of foods, the nutritional value of that food and its serving size, as well as rules that protect against contamination of products by food-borne pathogens. Many jurisdictions also provide that food producers adhere to good manufacturing or production practices (the definitions of which may vary by jurisdiction) with respect to processing food. Recently, the food safety practices and procedures in the meat processing industry have been subject to more intense scrutiny and oversight by the USDA, and future outbreaks of diseases among cattle, poultry or pigs could lead to further governmental regulation of our business or of our suppliers. In addition, our fulfillment centers are subject to

33


Table of Contents

various federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to workplace safety and workplace health. Failure to comply with all applicable laws and regulations could subject us or our suppliers to civil remedies, including fines, injunctions, product recalls or seizures and criminal sanctions, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. Furthermore, compliance with current or future laws or regulations could require us to make significant expenditures or otherwise materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Even inadvertent, non-negligent or unknowing violations of federal, state or local regulatory requirements could expose us to adverse governmental action and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, which governs the shipment of foods in interstate commerce, generally does not distinguish between intentional and unknowing, non-negligent violations of the law's requirements. Most state and local laws operate similarly. Consequently, almost any deviation from subjective or objective requirements of the FDCA or state or local law leaves us vulnerable to a variety of civil and criminal penalties. As a rapidly growing company, we often deploy new equipment, update our facilities or occupy new facilities. These activities require us to adjust our operations and regulatory compliance systems to meet rapidly changing conditions. Although we have adopted and implemented systems to prevent the production of unsafe or mislabeled products, any failure of those systems to prevent or anticipate an instance or category of deficiency could result in significant business interruption and financial losses to us. The occurrence of events that are difficult to prevent completely, such as the introduction of pathogenic organisms from the outside environment into our facilities, also may result in the failure of our products to meet legal standards. Under these conditions we could be exposed to civil and criminal regulatory action.

          In some instances we may be responsible or held liable for the activities and compliance of our third-party vendors and suppliers, despite limited visibility into their operations. Although we monitor and carefully select our third-party vendors and suppliers, they may fail to adhere to regulatory standards, or our quality standards or labor and employment practices, and we may fail to identify deficiencies or violations on a timely basis or at all. In addition, recent legislation in California called the Transparency in Supply Chains Act of 2010 requires us to audit our suppliers with respect to certain risks related to slavery and human trafficking and to mitigate any such risks in our operations, and any failure to disclose issues or other non-compliance could subject us to action by the California Attorney General.

          We cannot assure you that we will always be in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations or that we will be able to comply with any future laws and regulations. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Changes to law, regulation or policy applicable to foods could leave us vulnerable to adverse governmental action and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          The food industry is highly regulated. We invest significant resources in our efforts to comply with the local, state and federal food regulatory regimes under which we operate. However, we cannot assure you that existing laws and regulations will not be revised or that new, more restrictive laws and regulations will not be adopted or become applicable to us or the products we distribute. We also operate under a business model that is relatively new to the food industry, in which we rapidly source, process, store and package meal ingredients—including fresh fruits and vegetables, and poultry, beef and seafood, each of which may be subject to a unique regulatory regime—and

34


Table of Contents

ship them directly to consumers in the course of e-commerce transactions. Our business model leaves our business particularly susceptible to changes in and reinterpretations of compliance policies of the FDA and other government agencies, and some of our competitors may interpret the applicability of the same or similar laws and regulations to their businesses differently than we interpret them. Furthermore, certain recently promulgated FDA regulations, such as the requirements regarding food defense, are not yet in effect, and it is unclear how the FDA may interpret and enforce many other recent regulations, presenting considerable future uncertainty. The recent U.S. presidential election, bringing with it a change in senior federal government officials and policy priorities, creates additional uncertainty.

          Our existing compliance structures may be insufficient to address the changing regulatory environment and changing expectations from government regulators regarding our business model. This may result in gaps in compliance coverage or the omission of necessary new compliance activity. Furthermore, the expansion of our business internationally would require us to comply with foreign laws and regulations, including those related to food safety, employment and health and safety, each of which may be materially different than the laws and regulations applicable to us in the United States. In addition, and regardless of our prospective compliance status, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected by future changes in applicable law and regulations.

          Furthermore, we recently began conducting livestock and poultry operations, which are subject to a variety of federal, state and local legal and regulatory requirements, including regarding the discharge of materials and pollutants and animal welfare.

Our facilities and operations are governed by numerous and sometimes conflicting registration, licensing and reporting requirements.

          Our fulfillment centers are required to be registered with the federal government and, depending on their location, are also subject to the authority of state and local governments. In some cases, disparate registration and licensing requirements lead to legal uncertainty, inconsistent government classifications of our operations and unpredictable governmental actions. Regulators may also change prior interpretations of governing licensing and registration requirements. Our relatively new business model leaves us particularly susceptible to these factors. If we misapply or misidentify licensing or registration requirements, fail to maintain our registrations or licenses or otherwise violate applicable requirements, our products may be subject to seizure or recall and our operations subject to injunction. This could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          Similarly, we are required to submit reports to the FDA's Reportable Food Registry in the event that we determine a product may present a serious danger to consumers. The reporting requirement may be triggered based on a subjective assessment of incomplete and changing facts. Our inventory moves very rapidly throughout our supply and distribution chain. Should we fail, in a timely fashion, to identify and report a potentially reportable event which, subsequently, is determined to have been reportable, government authorities may institute civil or criminal enforcement actions against us, and may result in civil litigation against us or criminal charges against certain of our employees. This could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Good manufacturing process standards and food safety compliance metrics are complex, highly subjective and selectively enforced.

          The federal regulatory scheme governing food products establishes guideposts and objectives for complying with legal requirements rather than providing clear direction on when particular

35


Table of Contents

standards apply or how they must be met. For example, new FDA regulations referred to as Hazard Analysis and Risk-Based Preventive Controls for Human Food require that we evaluate food safety hazards inherent to our specific products and operations. We must then implement "preventive controls" in cases where we determine that qualified food safety personnel would recommend that we do so. Determining what constitutes a food safety hazard, or what a qualified food safety expert might recommend to prevent such a hazard, requires evaluating a variety of situational factors. This analysis is necessarily subjective, and a government regulator may find our analysis or conclusions inadequate. Similarly, the standard of "good manufacturing practice" to which we are held in our food production operations relies on a hypothesis regarding what individuals and organizations qualified in food manufacturing and food safety would find to be appropriate practices in the context of our operations. Our business model, and the scale and nature of our operations, have relatively few meaningful comparisons among traditional food companies. Government regulators may disagree with our analyses and decisions regarding the good manufacturing practices appropriate for our operations.

          Decisions made or processes adopted by us in producing our meals are subject to after-the-fact review by government authorities, sometimes years after the fact. Similarly, governmental agencies and personnel within those agencies may alter, clarify or even reverse previous interpretations of compliance requirements and the circumstances under which they will institute formal enforcement activity. It is not always possible accurately to predict regulators' responses to actual or alleged food-production deficiencies due to the large degree of discretion afforded regulators. We may be vulnerable to civil or criminal enforcement action by government regulators if they disagree with our analyses, conclusions, actions or practices. This could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Packaging, labeling and advertising requirements are subject to varied interpretation and selective enforcement.

          We operate under a novel business model in which we source, process, store and package meal ingredients and ship them directly to consumers. Most FDA requirements for mandatory food labeling are decades old and were adopted prior to the advent of large-scale, direct-to-consumer food sales and e-commerce platforms. Consequently, we, like our competitors, must make judgments regarding how best to comply with labeling and packaging regulations and industry practices not designed with our specific business model in mind. Government regulators may disagree with these judgments, leaving us open to civil or criminal enforcement action. This could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          We are subject to detailed and complex requirements for how our products may be labeled and advertised, which may also be supplemented by guidance from governmental agencies. Generally speaking, these requirements divide information into mandatory information that we must present to consumers and voluntary information that we may present to consumers. Packaging, labeling, disclosure and advertising regulations may describe what mandatory information must be provided to consumers, where and how that information is to be displayed physically on our materials or elsewhere, the terms, words or phrases in which it must be disclosed, and the penalties for non-compliance.

          Voluntary statements made by us to our customers, whether on our packages, websites, in print, in radio, on television or in package inserts, can be subject to FDA regulation, Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, regulation, USDA regulation, state and local regulation, or any combination of the foregoing. These statements may be subject to specific requirements, subjective regulatory evaluation, or both. FDA, FTC, USDA and state- and local-level regulations and guidance can be confusing and subject to conflicting interpretations. Guidelines, standards and market practice for, and consumers' understandings of, certain types of voluntary statements, such as those

36


Table of Contents

characterizing the nutritional and other attributes of food products, continue to evolve rapidly, and regulators may attempt to impose civil or criminal penalties against us if they disagree with our approach to using voluntary statements. Furthermore, in recent years the FDA has increased enforcement of its regulations with respect to nutritional, health and other claims related to food products, and plaintiffs have commenced legal actions against a number of companies that market food products positioned as "natural" or "healthy," asserting false, misleading and deceptive advertising and labeling claims, including claims related to such food being "all natural" or that they lack any genetically modified ingredients. Should we become subject to similar claims or actions, consumers may avoid purchasing products from us or seek alternatives, even if the basis for the claim is unfounded, and the cost of defending against any such claims could be significant. The occurrence of any of the foregoing risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Risks Related to Government Regulation of our Wine Business

If we do not comply with the specialized regulations and laws that regulate the alcoholic beverage industry, our business could be materially adversely affected.

          Alcoholic beverages are highly regulated at both the federal and state levels. Regulated areas include production, importation, product labeling, taxes, marketing, pricing, delivery, ownership restrictions, prohibitions on sales to minors, and relationships among alcoholic beverage producers, wholesalers and retailers. We cannot assure you that we will always be in full compliance with all applicable regulations or laws, that we will be able to comply with any future regulations and laws, that we will not incur material costs or liabilities in connection with compliance with applicable regulatory and legal requirements, or that such regulations and laws will not materially adversely affect our wine business.

          Licenses issued by state and federal alcoholic beverage regulatory agencies are required in order to produce, sell and ship wine. We have state and federal licenses, and must remain in compliance with state and federal laws in order to keep our licenses in good standing. Compliance failures can result in fines, license suspension or license revocation. In some cases, compliance failures can also result in cease and desist orders, injunctive proceedings or other criminal or civil penalties. If our licenses do not remain in good standing, our wine business could be materially adversely affected.

          Our wine business relies substantially on state laws that authorize the shipping of wine by out-of-state producers directly to in-state consumers. Those laws are relatively new in many states, and it is common for the laws to be modified. Adverse changes to laws allowing a producer to ship wine to consumers across state lines could materially adversely affect our wine business.

Other Risks Related to Government Regulation

Government regulation of the Internet, e-commerce and other aspects of our business is evolving, and we may experience unfavorable changes in or failure to comply with existing or future regulations and laws.

          We are subject to a number of regulations and laws that apply generally to businesses, as well as regulations and laws specifically governing the Internet and e-commerce and the marketing, sale and delivery of goods and services over the Internet. Existing and future regulations and laws may impede the growth and availability of the Internet and online services and may limit our ability to grow our business. These laws and regulations, which continue to evolve, cover taxation, tariffs, privacy and data protection, data security, pricing, content, copyrights, distribution, mobile and other communications, advertising practices, electronic contracts, sales procedures, automatic subscription renewals, credit card processing procedures, consumer protections, the provision of

37


Table of Contents

online payment services, unencumbered Internet access to our services, the design and operation of websites, and the characteristics and quality of product offerings that are offered online. We cannot guarantee that we have been or will be fully compliant in every jurisdiction, as it is not entirely clear how existing laws and regulations governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other taxes, consumer protection, libel and personal privacy apply or will be enforced with respect to the Internet and e-commerce, as many of these laws were adopted prior to the advent of the Internet and e-commerce and do not contemplate or address the unique issues they raise. Moreover, as e-commerce continues to evolve, increasing regulation and enforcement efforts by federal and state agencies and the prospects for private litigation claims related to our data collection, privacy policies or other e-commerce practices become more likely. In addition, the adoption of any laws or regulations, or the imposition of other legal requirements, that adversely affect our ability to market, sell, and deliver our products could decrease our ability to offer, or customer demand for, our offerings, resulting in lower revenue, and existing or future laws or regulations could impair our ability to expand our product offerings, which could also result in lower revenue and make us more vulnerable to increased competition. Future regulations, or changes in laws and regulations or their existing interpretations or applications, could also require us to change our business practices, raise compliance costs or other costs of doing business and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Failure to comply with privacy-related obligations, including federal and state privacy laws and regulations and other legal obligations, or the expansion of current or the enactment of new privacy-related obligations could materially adversely affect our business.

          A variety of federal and state laws and regulations govern the collection, use, retention, sharing, transfer and security of customer data. We also may choose to comply with, or may be required to comply with, self-regulatory obligations or other industry standards with respect to our collection, use, retention, sharing or security of customer data.

          We strive to comply with all applicable laws, regulations, self-regulatory requirements, policies and legal obligations relating to privacy, data usage, and data protection. It is possible, however, that these laws, regulations and other obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and which may conflict with other rules or requirements or our practices. We cannot guarantee that our practices have complied, comply, or will comply fully with all such laws, regulations, requirements and obligations.

          We have posted our privacy policy which describes our practice related to the collection, use and disclosure of customer data on our website and in our mobile application. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with our posted privacy policy or with any federal or state laws, regulations, self-regulatory requirements, industry standards, or other legal obligations could result in claims, proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities, customers or others, or other liabilities, or could result in a loss of customers, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, a failure or perceived failure to comply with industry standards or with our own privacy policy and practices could result in a loss of customers and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          Additionally, existing privacy-related laws, regulations, self-regulatory obligations and other legal obligations are evolving and are subject to potentially differing interpretations. Various federal and state legislative and regulatory bodies may expand current laws or enact new laws regarding privacy matters, and courts may interpret existing privacy-related laws and regulations in new or different manners. In addition, as we expand our business internationally we may be subject to non-U.S. privacy, data protection, consumer protection and other laws and regulations, which in some cases are more restrictive than those in the United States. For example, the European Union traditionally has imposed stricter obligations under such laws than the United States. Consequently, the expansion of our operations internationally may require changes to the ways we collect and use consumer information.

38


Table of Contents

          Changes in privacy-related laws, regulations, self-regulatory obligations and other legal obligations, or changes in industry standards or consumer sentiment, could require us to incur substantial costs or to change our business practices, including changing, limiting or ceasing altogether the collection, use, sharing, or transfer of data relating to consumers. Any of these effects could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

If government regulations relating to the Internet or other areas of our business change, we may need to alter the manner in which we conduct our business, or incur greater operating expenses, which could materially adversely affect our business.

          The adoption or modification of laws or regulations relating to the Internet or other areas of our business could limit or otherwise adversely affect the manner in which we currently conduct our business. In addition, the continued growth and development of the market for e-commerce may lead to more stringent consumer protection laws, which may impose additional burdens on us. If we are required to comply with new regulations or legislation or new interpretations of existing regulations or legislation, this compliance could cause us to incur additional expenses or alter our business model, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our failure to collect state or local sales, use or other similar taxes could result in substantial tax liabilities, including for past sales, as well as penalties and interest, and our business could be materially adversely affected.

          We do not collect state or local sales, use or other similar taxes in any jurisdictions in which we do not have a physical presence, in reliance on court decisions or applicable exemptions that restrict or preclude the imposition of obligations to collect state and local sales, use and other similar taxes with respect to online sales of our products. In addition, we do not collect state or local sales, use or other similar taxes in certain jurisdictions in which we do have a physical presence in reliance on applicable exemptions. However, an increasing number of states have considered or adopted laws or administrative practices that attempt to impose obligations on remote sellers and online marketplaces to collect taxes on their behalf, and our reliance on such case law and exemptions in certain jurisdictions could be challenged. A successful assertion by one or more states requiring us to collect taxes where we do not do so could result in substantial tax liabilities, including for past sales as well as penalties and interest, and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Changes in tax treatment of companies engaged in e-commerce could materially adversely affect the commercial use of our sites and our business, financial condition and operating results.

          Due to the global nature of the Internet, it is possible that various states or, if we expand internationally, foreign countries, might attempt to impose additional or new regulation on our business or levy additional or new sales, income or other taxes relating to our activities. Tax authorities at the international, federal, state and local levels are currently reviewing the appropriate treatment of companies engaged in e-commerce. New or revised international, federal, state or local tax regulations may subject us or our customers to additional sales, income and other taxes. For example, Congress is considering various approaches to legislation that would require companies engaged in e-commerce to collect sales tax taxes on Internet revenue. We cannot predict the effect of current attempts to impose sales, income or other taxes on e-commerce. New or revised taxes and, in particular, sales taxes, value-added taxes and similar taxes would likely increase the cost of doing business online and decrease the attractiveness of selling products over the Internet. New taxes could also create significant increases in internal costs necessary to

39


Table of Contents

capture data and collect and remit taxes. Any of these events could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations which could subject our business to higher tax liability.

          We may be limited in the portion of net operating loss carryforwards that we can use in the future to offset taxable income for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, we had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of $57.0 million and $62.9 million, respectively, and state net operating loss carryforwards of $35.8 million and $42.0 million, respectively. In general, Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, limits the ability of a company that undergoes an "ownership change" (generally defined as a greater than 50-percentage-point cumulative change (by value) in the equity ownership of certain stockholders over a rolling three-year period) to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carry forwards and certain built-in losses recognized in years after the ownership change. Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which may be outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code. Furthermore, Section 383 of the Code generally limits the amount of tax liability in any post-ownership change year that can be reduced by pre-ownership change tax credit carryforwards. If we were to undergo an "ownership change," it could materially limit our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets. In addition, our federal and state net operating loss carryforwards will each expire at various dates beginning in 2033, if not utilized. Our net operating loss carryforwards may expire unutilized or underutilized, which could prevent us from offsetting future taxable income.

Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock and this Offering

An active trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop, and you may not be able to resell your shares of our Class A common stock at or above the initial offering price.

          Before this offering, there was no public trading market for our Class A common stock. If a market for our Class A common stock does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of Class A common stock at an attractive price, at the time that you would like to sell them, or at all. The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters. This initial public offering price may not be indicative of the market price of our Class A common stock after the offering. We cannot predict the prices at which our Class A common stock will trade. It is possible that in one or more future periods our results of operations may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors and, as a result of these and other factors, the price of our Class A common stock may fall.

The market price of our Class A common stock may be volatile, which could result in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares in this offering.

          The market price of our Class A common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations after this offering, and it may decline below the initial public offering price. Some of the factors that may cause the market price of our Class A common stock to fluctuate include:

40


Table of Contents

          In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company's securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Because of the potential volatility of our stock price, we may become the target of securities litigation in the future. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management's attention and resources from our business.

Our quarterly operating results or other operating metrics may fluctuate significantly, which could cause the trading price of our Class A common stock to decline.

          Our quarterly operating results and other operating metrics have fluctuated in the past and may in the future fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including:

41


Table of Contents

          Any one of the factors above or the cumulative effect of some of the factors above may result in significant fluctuations in our operating results.

          The variability and unpredictability of our quarterly operating results or other operating metrics could result in our failure to meet our expectations or those of any analysts that cover us or investors with respect to revenue or other operating results for a particular period. If we fail to meet or exceed such expectations for these or any other reasons, the market price of our Class A common stock could fall substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits.

We will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds of this offering and may not use them effectively.

          Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds of this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. We expect to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to repay indebtedness outstanding under our revolving credit agreement and the balance of the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds." Because we will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, our management may fail to apply these funds effectively, which could materially adversely affect our ability to operate and grow our business. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use the net proceeds from this offering.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish, or cease publishing, research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock or the stock of other companies in our industry, the price of our stock and trading volume could decline.

          The trading market for our Class A common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by industry or financial analysts. If no analysts or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock would likely decrease. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluations of our stock or the stock of other companies in our industry, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

Purchasers in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment as a result of this offering.

          If you purchase Class A common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $             per share, representing the difference between the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock and the outstanding principal amount of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, our outstanding convertible notes into Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering. Moreover, to the extent outstanding options are exercised, you will incur further dilution. See the "Dilution" section of this prospectus.

42


Table of Contents

Because we do not expect to pay any dividends on our Class A common stock for the foreseeable future, investors in this offering may never receive a return on their investment.

          You should not rely on an investment in our Class A common stock to provide dividend income. We do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends to holders of our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. Instead, we plan to retain any earnings to maintain and expand our existing operations. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their Class A common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any return on their investment. As a result, investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our Class A common stock.

Our tri-class capital structure has the effect of concentrating voting control with our president and chief executive officer, Matthew B. Salzberg, and the other holders of Class B common stock. This structure will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters, including a change of control, and might affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

          We are offering shares of Class A common stock in this offering. Upon completion of this offering, our capital structure will consist of three classes of stock: Class B common stock, with ten votes per share; Class A common stock, with one vote per share; and non-voting Class C capital stock. Upon completion of this offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering: stockholders who hold shares of Class B common stock, including our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, will together hold approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock; our executive officers, directors, stockholders that own greater than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and their respective affiliated entities will together hold approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock; and our president and chief executive officer, Matthew B. Salzberg, will hold approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Because of the ten-to-one voting ratio between the Class B common stock and Class A common stock, the holders of Class B common stock collectively will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock and therefore be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, so long as the outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent at least 9.1% of the total number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock. This concentrated control will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters, including a change of control of our company, for the foreseeable future, and might affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

          Future transfers by holders of Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting into Class A common stock, with limited exceptions and permitted transfers described in our restated certificate of incorporation. In addition, each outstanding share of Class B common stock held by a stockholder who is a natural person, or held by the permitted transferees of such stockholder, will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon the death or permanent and total disability of such stockholder, subject to a conversion delay of nine months in the event of the death or permanent and total disability of one of our founders, Matthew B. Salzberg, Ilia M. Papas or Matthew J. Wadiak. The conversion of Class B common stock into Class A common stock will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares of Class B common stock in the long term. If, for example, Mr. Salzberg retains a significant portion of his holdings of Class B common stock for an extended period of time, he could, in the future, control a majority of the combined voting power of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock. For a description of our tri-class capital structure, see "Description of Capital Stock—Class A, Class B and Class C Stock."

43


Table of Contents

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the public market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

          If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market after the lock-up and legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our Class A common stock could substantially decline. Based on shares outstanding as of April 30, 2017, on the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of                          shares of Class A common stock,                           shares of Class B common stock, and no shares of Class C capital stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding options, and after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock and the automatic conversion of the outstanding aggregate principal amount of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, our outstanding convertible notes into shares of Class B common stock (excluding the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). This includes the                          shares of Class A common stock that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately. The remaining                          shares of our Class A common stock and             shares of our Class B common stock, which together represent         % of our outstanding shares after this offering, are currently, and will be following the closing of this offering, restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements but will be able to be sold, subject to any applicable volume limitations, under federal securities laws with respect to affiliate sales. Each of our directors, executive officers, and other holders of substantially all our outstanding shares have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which the holders of such securities have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, they will not dispose of or hedge any of their capital stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing to and including (i) with respect to 20% of the securities subject to these agreements, 120 days after the date of this prospectus and (ii) with respect to the remaining balance of the securities subject to these agreements, 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, if such 120-day or 180-day period would end during the period beginning 14 calendar days prior to the end of one of our fiscal quarters or our fiscal year and ending on the day after the second full trading day following the date on which we publicly release earnings for such fiscal quarter or fiscal year, the applicable restricted period will end on the day after the second full trading day following the date on which we publicly release such earnings. Upon each release of the foregoing restrictions, our securityholders subject to a lock-up agreement will be able to sell our shares in the public market. In addition, the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, release all or some portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements prior to a release of the foregoing restrictions. For a description of the lock-up agreements, see the "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriting" sections of this prospectus.

          In addition, as of April 30, 2017, there were 11,564,727 shares of Class B common stock subject to outstanding options and an additional 546,819 shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans that will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by any applicable vesting requirements, lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of 151,324,376 shares of our Class B common stock as of April 30, 2017, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register all shares of Class A common stock that we may issue under our employee benefit plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements and the restrictions imposed on our affiliates under Rule 144.

44


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our Class A common stock.

          Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares of our Class A common stock. These provisions may also prevent or delay attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management. Our corporate governance documents include provisions:

          As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders holding shares representing more than 15% of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock from engaging in certain business combinations with us. Any provision of our restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our Class A common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our Class A common stock.

          The existence of the foregoing provisions and anti-takeover measures could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our Class A common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your Class A common stock in an acquisition.

Our restated certificate provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

          Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee or stockholder of our company to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law or as to which the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our restated certificate of incorporation further provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an

45


Table of Contents

alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. These choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder's ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.

          Most members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition to being a public company subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents will require significant attention from our management team and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management's attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.

          As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly, and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company. Among other things, the Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management's attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and operating results. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire even more employees in the future, which will increase our costs and expenses.

          We are currently evaluating our internal controls, identifying and remediating any deficiencies in those internal controls and documenting the results of our evaluation, testing and remediation. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that we are unable to remediate before the end of the same fiscal year in which the material weakness is identified, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our auditors are unable to attest to management's report on the effectiveness of our internal controls, which will be required after we are no longer an emerging growth company, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our Class A common stock to decline.

46


Table of Contents

          In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations, and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expense and a diversion of management's time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

          We also expect that being a public company and these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.

We are an "emerging growth company," and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

          We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, subject to specified conditions. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted, and intend, to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue, we have more than $700 million in market value of our stock held by non-affiliates (and we have been a public company for at least 12 months and have filed one annual report on Form 10-K) or we issue more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt securities over a three-year period. These exemptions include reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation and exemptions from the requirements to hold non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and golden parachute payments, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements. In this prospectus, we have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

          In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, while we are an emerging growth company we will not be subject to new or revised accounting standards at the same time that they become applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. Accordingly, we will incur additional costs in connection with complying with the accounting standards applicable to public companies at such time or times as they become applicable to us.

47


Table of Contents


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

          This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical fact contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy and plans, and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

          In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as "may," "should," "expects," "plans," "anticipates," "could," "intends," "target," "projects," "contemplates," "believes," "estimates," "predicts," "potential," or "continue," or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are only predictions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in the "Risk Factors" section and elsewhere in this prospectus. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Some of the key factors that could cause actual results to differ from our expectations include:

          While we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, whether as a result of any new information, future events, or otherwise, we have no current intention of doing so except to the extent required by applicable law.

48


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

          We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of our Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $              million, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us in this offering, we estimate that the net proceeds will be approximately $              million.

          A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds from this offering by approximately $              million, assuming that the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us.

          The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our Class A common stock, facilitate access to the public equity markets, increase our visibility in the marketplace and obtain additional capital.

          We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to repay $              million of indebtedness outstanding under our revolving credit facility. For a summary of the terms of our revolving credit facility, including the interest rate and maturity date, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Revolving Credit Facility." Entities affiliated with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Capital Inc., and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., who are acting as underwriters in this offering, are lenders under our revolving credit agreement and thus may receive a portion of the proceeds from this offering. See "Underwriting."

          We intend to use the balance of the net proceeds of this offering for working capital, capital expenditures and general corporate purposes. In addition, we believe that opportunities may exist from time to time to expand our current business through acquisitions of or investments in complementary products, technologies or businesses. While we have no current agreements, commitments or understandings for any specific acquisitions at this time, we may use a portion of the net proceeds for these purposes.

          Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds of this offering, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds. The timing and amount of our actual expenditures will be based on many factors, including cash flows from operations, the anticipated growth of our business, and the availability and terms of alternative financing sources to fund our growth. Pending their use as described above, we intend to invest our net proceeds from this offering in short-term, interest-bearing investment-grade securities, certificates of deposit, bank deposits, or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.


DIVIDEND POLICY

          We have never declared or paid any dividends on our capital stock. We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare and pay cash dividends, if any, will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a variety of factors, including applicable laws, our financial condition, results of operations, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects, general business or financial market conditions, and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our revolving credit facility contains covenants that could restrict our ability to pay cash dividends.

49


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

          The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2017, as follows:

          You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" section and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

    As of March 31, 2017
 

    Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 

    (in thousands, except share and
per-share amounts)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 61,167   $     $    

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 17,371,402 shares authorized, 14,500,938 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 0 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    194,869              

Stockholders' equity (deficit):

                   

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value: 177,000,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 177,000,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding pro forma; 177,000,000 shares authorized,                      shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted

                 

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value: 175,000,000 shares authorized; 67,156,678 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 175,000,000 shares authorized,                       shares issued and outstanding pro forma; 175,000,000 shares authorized,                        shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted

    7              

Class C capital stock, $0.0001 par value: 2,000,000 shares authorized; 42,687 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 2,000,000 shares authorized, 42,687 shares issued and outstanding pro forma; 2,000,000 shares authorized, 42,687 shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted

                 

Additional paid-in capital

    6,860              

Accumulated deficit

    (190,748 )            

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (183,881 )            

Total capitalization

  $ 10,988   $                $    

50


Table of Contents

          A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total stockholders' equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $             , assuming that the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us.

          The table above is illustrative only and excludes:

          In addition, the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan upon the closing of this offering will be subject to automatic annual increases in accordance with the terms of such plans.

51


Table of Contents


DILUTION

          If you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering.

          Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2017 was $             , or $         per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2017, after giving effect to (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering and (2) the automatic conversion of an aggregate principal amount of $63.5 million and all accrued and unpaid interest on the convertible notes into                   shares of Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering assuming an initial public offering price of $              per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

          After giving effect to (1) the sale of                          shares of Class A common stock that we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $              per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us, and (2) the pro forma adjustments described in the preceding paragraph, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2017 would have been approximately $              million, or approximately $             per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of approximately $             per share to new investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the amount of cash that a new investor paid for a share of Class A common stock.

          The following table illustrates this dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock

      $            

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2017

  $                 

Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value attributable to investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering

           

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering

           

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering

      $    

          A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering by approximately $             per share, and dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering by approximately $             per share, assuming that the number of shares of Class A common stock offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us.

          If the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be $             per share, and the dilution in net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing

52


Table of Contents

shares in this offering would be $             per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

          The following table summarizes, as of March 31, 2017, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into Class B common stock, the total consideration paid to us in cash and the average price per share that existing stockholders and new investors paid. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of Class A common stock of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us.

    Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price
 

    Number     Percent     Number     Percent     Per Share
 

Existing stockholders

                        % $                     % $                

New investors

                          $    

Total

          100 %         100 %      

          The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us in this offering. If the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares in this offering, our existing stockholders would own         % and our new investors would own         % of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding after our initial public offering.

          The foregoing table is based on                  shares of Class B common stock and 42,687 shares of Class C capital stock outstanding as of March 31, 2017 (which includes 67,156,678 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2017 and which assumes the automatic conversion of (i) all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock upon the completion of this offering and (ii) an aggregate principal amount of $63.5 million and all accrued and unpaid interest outstanding on the convertible notes into                   shares of Class B common stock, assuming an initial offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus)) and no shares of Class A common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2017, and excludes:

          To the extent that outstanding options are exercised, new options or other equity rights are issued under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan or we issue additional shares of capital stock in the future, there will be further dilution to new investors. If all outstanding options had been exercised as of March 31, 2017, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $             per share, and the total dilution per share to new investors would be

53


Table of Contents

$             per share. In addition, the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is subject to automatic annual increases in accordance with the terms of such plans, which may result in further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

          We may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or securities convertible into equity, the issuance of these securities may result in further dilution to our stockholders.

54


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

           The following table sets forth our selected consolidated financial data. The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015, and 2016, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2017 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements for those periods included elsewhere in this prospectus, and except as described in the notes thereto, have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such information for such periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period. You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

55


Table of Contents

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

    2014     2015     2016     2016     2017
 

    (in thousands, except share and per-share numbers)  

                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                               

Net revenue

  $ 77,806   $ 340,803   $ 795,416   $ 172,098   $ 244,843  

Operating expenses:

                               

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

    72,223     263,271     532,682     112,523     168,531  

Marketing

    13,960     51,362     144,141     25,413     60,605  

Product, technology, general and administrative

    21,811     70,151     165,179     29,690     63,210  

Depreciation and amortization

    611     2,917     8,217     1,485     4,180  

Total operating expenses

    108,605     387,701     850,219     169,111     296,526  

Income (loss) from operations

    (30,799 )   (46,898 )   (54,803 )   2,987     (51,683 )

Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net

    (4 )   (6 )   25     57     (470 )

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (30,803 )   (46,904 )   (54,778 )   3,044     (52,153 )

Provision for income taxes

        (61 )   (108 )   (27 )   (41 )

Net income (loss)

  $ (30,803 ) $ (46,965 ) $ (54,886 ) $ 3,017   $ (52,194 )

Net income (loss) per share attributable to Class B common and Class C capital stockholders:

                               

Basic

  $ (0.88 ) $ (0.92 ) $ (0.84 ) $   $ (0.78 )

Diluted

  $ (0.88 ) $ (0.92 ) $ (0.84 ) $   $ (0.78 )

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to Class B common and Class C capital stockholders:

                               

Basic

    34,841,852     51,137,406     65,425,609     61,973,247     67,090,001  

Diluted

    34,841,852     51,137,406     65,425,609     69,307,608     67,090,001  

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to Class B common and Class C capital stockholders (unaudited)(1):

                               

Basic

              $           $    

Diluted

              $           $    

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable Class B common and Class C capital stockholders (unaudited)(1):

                               

Basic

                               

Diluted

                               

56


Table of Contents


    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 

    2014     2015     2016     2016     2017
 

    (in thousands)  

Other Financial Data:

                               

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

  $ (26,523 ) $ (42,876 ) $ (43,621 ) $ 5,048   $ (46,265 )

 

    December 31,     March 31,
 

    2015     2016     2017
 

    (in thousands)  

                (unaudited)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 126,860   $ 81,468   $ 61,167  

Working capital(3)

    (27,581 )   (58,108 )   (84,826 )

Total assets

    164,973     273,407     322,465  

Total liabilities

    52,038     211,938     311,477  

Convertible preferred stock

    194,869     194,869     194,869  

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (81,934 )   (133,400 )   (183,881 )

(1)
Pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share have been calculated assuming (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock and (ii) the automatic conversion of an aggregate principal amount of $63.5 million and all accrued and unpaid interest on the convertible notes into                                        shares of Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering assuming an initial public offering price of $                  per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

(2)
See "—Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for information regarding our use of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to its most directly comparable GAAP equivalent.

(3)
We define working capital as current assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents) less current liabilities.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

          To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we monitor and have presented within this prospectus adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP financial measure. This non-GAAP financial measure is not based on any standardized methodology prescribed by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and is not necessarily comparable to similarly-titled measures presented by other companies.

          We define adjusted EBITDA as earnings (loss) before interest and other income and expense, taxes, depreciation, amortization and share-based compensation expense. We have presented adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of certain items in calculating adjusted EBITDA can produce a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business.

          We use adjusted EBITDA to evaluate our operating performance and trends and make planning decisions. We believe adjusted EBITDA helps identify underlying trends in our business that could otherwise be masked by the effect of the expenses that we exclude. Accordingly, we believe that adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results, enhancing the overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects, and allowing for greater transparency with respect to key financial metrics used by our management in its financial and operational decision-making.

57


Table of Contents

          Our adjusted EBITDA is not prepared in accordance with GAAP, and should not be considered in isolation of, or as an alternative to, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to the use of adjusted EBITDA rather than net income (loss), which is the most directly comparable GAAP equivalent. Some of these limitations are:

    adjusted EBITDA excludes share-based compensation expense, as share-based compensation expense has recently been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy;

    adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation and amortization expense and, although these are non-cash expenses, the assets being depreciated may have to be replaced in the future;

    adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest, which reduces cash available to us;

    adjusted EBITDA does not reflect income tax payments that reduce cash available to us; and

    other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

          Because of these limitations, we consider, and you should consider, adjusted EBITDA together with other operating and financial performance measures presented in accordance with GAAP. The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, for each of the periods presented.

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 

    2014     2015     2016     2016     2017
 

    (in thousands)  

Adjusted EBITDA

                               

Net income (loss)

  $ (30,803 ) $ (46,965 ) $ (54,886 ) $ 3,017   $ (52,194 )

Share-based compensation

    3,665     1,105     2,965     576     1,238  

Depreciation and amortization

    611     2,917     8,217     1,485     4,180  

Interest (income) expense, net

    4     6     (25 )   (57 )   470  

Provision for income taxes

        61     108     27     41  

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (26,523 ) $ (42,876 ) $ (43,621 ) $ 5,048   $ (46,265 )

58


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

           You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the section titled "Risk Factors." In this discussion, we use financial measures that are considered non-GAAP financial measures under Securities and Exchange Commission rules. These rules require supplemental explanation and reconciliation, which is included elsewhere in this prospectus. Investors should not consider non-GAAP financial measures in isolation from or in substitution for, financial information presented in compliance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In the below discussion, we use the term basis points to refer to units of one-hundredth of one percent.

Overview

          Blue Apron's mission is to make incredible home cooking accessible to everyone.

          Our core product is the cooking experience we help our customers create. Central to these experiences are the original recipes we design and send along with fresh, seasonal ingredients directly to our customers. We offer our customers two flexible plans—our 2-Person Plan and our Family Plan. Our recipes are accompanied by printed and digital content, including how-to instructions and the stories of our suppliers and specialty ingredients. We also sell wine, which can be paired with our meals, through Blue Apron Wine, our direct-to-consumer wine delivery service. Through Blue Apron Market, our e-commerce marketplace, we sell kitchen tools and staples we use in our test kitchens. In addition, we sell the products of BN Ranch, a premium supplier of sustainable beef, poultry and lamb, which we acquired in February 2017.

          We have grown our net revenue from $77.8 million for 2014 to $340.8 million for 2015 and to $795.4 million for 2016, representing growth of 338% from 2014 to 2015 and growth of 133% from 2015 to 2016. Our net revenue increased from $172.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to $244.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017, representing a 42% increase. From our inception through March 31, 2017 we have derived over 99% of our net revenue from sales of our meals. For a discussion of the key opportunities and challenges we face in growing our business, see "—Key Factors Affecting Our Performance."

Key Financial and Operating Metrics

          We use the following key financial and operating metrics to evaluate our business and operations, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, project our future performance, and make strategic decisions. You should read the key financial and operating metrics in conjunction with the following discussion of our results of operations and financial

59


Table of Contents

condition and together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 

    2014     2015     2016     2016     2017
 

    (in thousands)  

Net revenue

  $ 77,806   $ 340,803   $ 795,416   $ 172,098   $ 244,843  

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (26,523 ) $ (42,876 ) $ (43,621 ) $ 5,048   $ (46,265 )

Net cash from (used in) operating activities

  $ (16,859 ) $ (26,396 ) $ (23,545 ) $ 5,955   $ (19,039 )

 

    Three Months Ended        

    March 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    September 30,
2016
    December 31,
2016
    March 31,
2017
 

Orders (in thousands)

    2,903     3,399     3,597     3,674     4,273  

Customers (in thousands)

    649     766     907     879     1,036  

Average Order Value

  $ 59.28   $ 59.40   $ 57.12   $ 58.78   $ 57.23  

Orders per Customer

    4.5     4.4     4.0     4.2     4.1  

Average Revenue per Customer

  $ 265   $ 264   $ 227   $ 246   $ 236  

Net revenue (in thousands)

  $ 172,098   $ 201,924   $ 205,452   $ 215,942   $ 244,843  

Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands)

  $ 5,048   $ 7,976   $ (34,627 ) $ (22,018 ) $ (46,265 )

Orders

          We define Orders as the number of paid orders by our Customers across our meal, wine and market products sold on our e-commerce platforms in any reporting period, inclusive of orders that may have eventually been refunded or credited to customers. Orders, together with Average Order Value, is an indicator of the net revenue we expect to recognize in a given period. We view Orders delivered as a key indicator of our scale and growth. Orders has limitations as a financial and operating metric as it does not reflect the product mix chosen by our customers or the purchasing behavior of our customers. For example, we view Repeat Orders as a useful metric when evaluating revenue retention. We define a Repeat Order as an Order from a Customer who has previously placed an Order in any period, including the current period. Repeat Orders has limitations as a financial and operating metric as it does not measure the frequency or the value of Orders. Because of these and other limitations, we consider, and you should consider, Orders (and Repeat Orders) in conjunction with our other metrics, including net revenue, net income (loss), adjusted EBITDA, Average Order Value and Orders per Customer.

Customers

          We determine our number of Customers by counting the total number of individual customers who have paid for at least one Order from Blue Apron across our meal, wine or market products sold on our e-commerce platforms in a given reporting period. For example, the number of Customers in the first quarter of 2017 was determined based on the total number of individual customers who paid for at least one Order across our meal, wine or market products in the three months ended March 31, 2017. We view the number of Customers as a key indicator of our scale and growth. Customers has limitations as a financial and operating metric as it does not reflect the product mix chosen by our customers, Order frequency, or the purchasing behavior of our

60


Table of Contents

customers. Because of these and other limitations, we consider, and you should consider, Customers in conjunction with our other metrics, including net revenue, net income (loss), adjusted EBITDA, Orders per Customer and Average Revenue per Customer.

Average Order Value

          We define Average Order Value as our net revenue from our meal, wine and market products sold on our e-commerce platforms in a given reporting period divided by the number of Orders in that period. We view Average Order Value as a key indicator of the mix of our product offerings chosen by our customers, the mix of promotional discounts, and the purchasing behavior of our customers.

Orders per Customer

          We define Orders per Customer as the number of Orders in a given reporting period divided by the number of Customers in that period. We view Orders per Customer as a key indicator of our customers' purchasing patterns, including their repeat purchase behavior.

Average Revenue per Customer

          We define Average Revenue per Customer as our net revenue from our meal, wine and market products sold on our e-commerce platforms in a given reporting period divided by the number of Customers in that period. We view Average Revenue per Customer as a key indicator of our customers' purchasing patterns, including their repeat purchase behavior.

Adjusted EBITDA

          Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure defined by us as earnings (loss) before interest income and expense, taxes, depreciation, amortization and share-based compensation expense. We have presented adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of certain items in calculating adjusted EBITDA can produce a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business. Accordingly, we believe that adjusted EBITDA provides useful information in understanding and evaluating our operating results. Please see "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for a discussion of the use of non-GAAP financial measures and for a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

          We believe that our performance and future success depends on a number of factors that present significant opportunities but also pose risks and challenges, including those discussed below and under "Risk Factors."

Customer Lifecycle Management and Marketing Efficiency

Customer Acquisition, Customer Retention, Customer Engagement and Brand Awareness

          Our growth will depend in part on our ability to cost-effectively launch marketing campaigns that attract and retain customers and successfully promote awareness of our brand. We use various offline paid advertising channels (such as television, direct mail, radio, and podcasts) and online paid advertising channels (such as digital and social media and email). We typically

61


Table of Contents

complement our paid advertising channels by offering promotional discounts to new customers for use on their first Order, a practice we began emphasizing in 2016. We also attract new customers by word of mouth, including through our customer referral program, through which certain existing customers may invite others to receive a complimentary meal delivery. We intend to continue investing in marketing and offering promotional discounts to drive customer acquisition. We are also increasingly focused on using marketing to drive customer retention, customer engagement and brand awareness, and to support that effort we have expanded our investment in offline paid marketing.

          In addition to marketing, we continue to invest in our products, brand and overall customer experience, each of which further drives customer acquisition, customer retention and customer engagement and encourages repeat purchases. We also engage with our customers through social media, our website, blog, in-box content and mobile application, including through how-to videos, visual imagery and original stories about our ingredients and suppliers, to deepen our customers' connection with our brand. Our flexible platform allows customers to interact with us by either actively managing or passively receiving orders, and we believe this flexibility drives higher customer engagement, loyalty and retention over the long term.

Marketing Efficiency

          In managing our marketing expenses, we evaluate the efficiency of our marketing efforts in connection with our goal of maximizing customer lifetime value. We evaluate our marketing efficiency primarily from three perspectives: (1) our marketing spend per customer, or Cost per Customer, (2) our cumulative net revenue generated per Customer and (3) the associated cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue, which we view as a key measure of our operational efficiency.

          To illustrate the efficiency of our marketing initiatives, we compared in the chart below the cumulative net revenue per Customer over specific time increments from their first purchase with our cumulative Cost per Customer for the corresponding time period.

62


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


(1)
Cost per Customer, or CPC, is calculated as cumulative marketing expenses for the years 2014, 2015, 2016 and the first quarter of 2017, divided by the total number of Customers acquired during such period. The Cumulative Net Revenue columns reflect cumulative net revenue per Customer from Customers acquired between 2014 and 2016. Each column reflects cumulative net revenue for the Customers in the applicable cohort divided by the total number of Customers in that cohort. The chart presents the average cumulative net revenue generated by all Customers included in the applicable cohorts, including from Customers that ordered only once and then ceased ordering as well as those Customers that continued to order from us and thus ordered multiple times. For a Customer to be included in the calculation for a particular column, the length of time that has elapsed since the Customer first purchased from us must be at least as long as the time period indicated for such column. Accordingly, the number of Customers included in the cumulative net revenue per Customer columns decreases as the time intervals increase. For example, the six-month column is calculated using the cumulative net revenue during the first six months following a Customer's first purchase from all Customers who first purchased from us between January 1, 2014 and September 30, 2016 (i.e., Customers who first purchased at least six months prior to the end of the first quarter of 2017). Customers acquired after September 30, 2016 are not included in any Cumulative Net Revenue column calculations because their first purchase occurred less than six months before the end of the first quarter of 2017.

          Using the same methodology as above, cumulative net revenue per Customer for the six months after such Customer's first Order was $402 for 2014 cohorts, $451 for 2015 cohorts and $387 for 2016 cohorts. We believe Cost per Customer accurately represents our average marketing spend per Customer for the periods presented. Cumulative net revenue per Customer is driven by our ability to retain and engage Customers once we have acquired them, and therefore we believe cumulative net revenue per Customer accurately portrays Customer behavior relative to the costs incurred to acquire, engage and retain Customers.

          We believe the above cohorted cumulative net revenue per Customer analysis illustrates our historical costs to acquire, retain and engage customers and the efficiency of our marketing expenses. For example, as reflected above, our average Cumulative Net Revenue per Customer in the six-month period following the acquisition of such Customers was equal to more than four times our Cost per Customer of $94. The chart above also illustrates that, while we derive significant

63


Table of Contents

revenue from those Customers that continue to make purchases from us, over time our Customers on average order less frequently or sometimes cease ordering, as evidenced by the declining increases in cumulative net revenue per Customer over the time intervals presented.

          Our cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization as a percentage of net revenue has decreased from 93% in 2014 to 77% in 2015 and to 67% in 2016. Together with the information presented in the above chart, we view our cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue as a measure of our operating efficiency and unit economics and thus important for understanding the efficiency of our marketing spend and the lifetime value of Customers.

          We chose to use a six-month interval following a Customer's first purchase to illustrate marketing efficiency because we believe that such presentation enables us to reflect the effects of the ordering behaviors both of those Customers who, during that relatively short period, determine that our product offerings do not fit their lifestyles, tastes or preferences, as well as those Customers who continue to order from us. We believe that any shorter period of time would not accurately account for Customers who cease purchasing after their first few purchases, while any longer period of time would, by definition, exclude our most recently acquired Customers and thus provide less visibility into recent trends.

          For the 2015 cohorts, our cumulative net revenue was positively impacted by the introduction of our Family Plan in the first quarter of 2015, which increased our ability to meet the needs of a wider range of customers and enabled us to introduce higher per Order price points. In addition, we opened our third fulfillment center in Arlington, Texas in the third quarter of 2015, which enabled us to expand our delivery capability to over 99% of the U.S. population and to more cost-effectively deliver products to customers located in the central United States.

          Over the course of the three-year period from 2014 to 2016, promotional discounts became an important part of our marketing strategy to attract new customers and accordingly have impacted our marketing efficiency. For example, the primary driver for the decline in cumulative net revenue per Customer for the six-months after such Customer's first paid Order from $402 to $387 from 2014 to 2016 was the increased use of promotional discounts to attract new Customers.

          We are currently in the process of introducing additional product expansions to increase both customer flexibility (the ability to select greater or fewer recipes per Order) and the number of recipe options (the ability to choose from a greater number of recipes each week). We expect that this product expansion will favorably impact our cumulative net revenue per Customer.

64


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

          During the period from 2014 to 2016, our marketing expenses increased from $14 million to $144 million, an increase of approximately 930%. As part of scaling our marketing strategy, we have increased marketing expenses related to all three of our major advertising channels (offline media, online media and our customer referral program). Beginning in 2016, however, a larger portion of our spending has been on offline channels. We believe increased emphasis on offline channels will drive stronger brand awareness, customer engagement and, ultimately, customer retention. During 2016, 92% of our net revenue was generated from Repeat Orders, ranging from 89% to 93% across each of the four quarters of 2016. For the three months ended March 31, 2017, 92% of our net revenue was generated from Repeat Orders.

          In addition, in 2016 we began adjusting our marketing strategies around seasonal trends in our business, and we anticipate that the first quarter of each year will generally represent our strongest quarter in terms of customer engagement. See "—Quarterly Results of Operations and Other Financial and Operations Data—Marketing." As a result, we expect that the first quarter of 2017 will represent our highest levels of quarterly marketing expenses as a percentage of net revenue in 2017 and that our quarterly marketing expenses as a percentage of net revenue will decline during the balance of 2017.

Product Offerings

          Our ability to enhance our existing products and introduce new products will impact our revenue and results of operations. We make ongoing changes to our products intended to enhance the customer experience. Today, to accommodate various customer lifestyles, we offer both a 2-Person Plan and a Family Plan for our meals, each with flexibility in recipe selection. In addition, for certain customers, we offer increased flexibility (greater or fewer recipes per order) and additional options (the ability to choose from a greater number of recipes) in our product offerings, and we plan to make this increased flexibility and additional options available to all customers in the future. We are also focused on brand extensions that are complementary to our meal

65


Table of Contents

experience, such as Blue Apron Wine and Blue Apron Market. We believe that by introducing new products and increasing the choices available, we will better attract and retain customers. Our customers' choices from among our product offerings will impact our revenue and results of operations, and as we introduce additional products and increase flexibility in our existing products, our customers' behavior and engagement with us may change.

Operational Execution

          Our ability to effectively coordinate supply and demand and execute across our end-to-end value chain impacts our customer experience and our operating results. We begin by working with our suppliers, often months in advance of creating our menus. We then continue to forecast demand as well as monitor and evaluate our expected supply of ingredients, retaining flexibility to finalize recipes in the weeks leading up to shipment. We operate three technology-enabled, refrigerated fulfillment centers that collectively employ approximately 4,600 employees as of April 30, 2017. Each fulfillment center includes an operation that portions ingredients into exact quantities for each week's recipes using a combination of automated methods, manual labor, and warehousing, packaging and shipping operations. We utilize a company-managed, third-party delivery network that optimizes outbound logistics, including packing materials and the choice of carrier, on a zip code by zip code basis to ensure cost-effective, timely and safe delivery of our orders.

Capital Investment to Support our Growth

          Our strategic investments in our fulfillment center operations will significantly impact our ability to continue to grow our business, introduce new products, increase variety to customers, and create efficiencies in our cost structure. We have made significant investments to scale our operations and support the growth of our business, and we plan to continue this investment. In the near term, we plan to further invest in equipping our fulfillment centers with automated portioning and packaging equipment, which we believe will increase our operational efficiency. In 2016, we also signed leases and began building out two new fulfillment centers in New Jersey and California.

Seasonality

          We experience seasonality in our business that impacts the level at which customers engage with our products and brand. While we believe these seasonal trends have affected and will continue to affect our results, our historical trajectory of rapid growth has masked these effects to date. We anticipate that the first quarter of each year will generally represent our strongest quarter in terms of customer engagement. Conversely, during the summer months and the end of year holidays, when people are vacationing more often or have less predictable weekly routines, we generally anticipate lower customer engagement. Our marketing strategies, which are informed by these seasonal trends, will impact our quarterly results of operations. We expect the impact of these trends on our financial results to be more pronounced in the future.

Components of Our Results of Operations

Net Revenue

          We generate net revenue primarily from the sale of meals to customers through our 2-Person and Family Plans. We also generate net revenue through sales of Blue Apron Wine, which we began offering in September 2015, and through sales on Blue Apron Market, which we launched in November 2014. In addition, we generate net revenue through the sale of products of BN Ranch, which we acquired in February 2017. We deduct promotional discounts and customer credits and refunds expected to be issued to determine net revenue. Customers who receive a damaged meal

66


Table of Contents

or wine order or are dissatisfied with a meal or wine order and contact us within seven days of receipt of the order may receive a full or partial refund, full or partial credit against future purchase, or replacement, at our sole discretion. Credits only remain available for customers who maintain a valid account with us. Customers who return an unused, undamaged Blue Apron Market product within 30 days of receipt receive a full refund.

          Credit card charges are recorded in deferred revenue until the criteria for revenue recognition have been met. Because we generally charge credit cards in advance of shipment and, historically, customers have most frequently requested delivery of their meals earlier in the week, our deferred revenue balance at the end of a financial reporting period may fluctuate significantly based on the day of the week on which that period ends. Consequently, large changes in deferred revenue at any particular time are not meaningful indicators of our financial results or future revenue trends.

Cost of Goods Sold, excluding Depreciation and Amortization

          Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, consists of product and fulfillment costs. Product costs include the cost of food, packaging for food that is portioned prior to delivery to customers, labor and related personnel costs incurred to portion food for our meals, inbound shipping costs, and cost of products sold through Blue Apron Wine, Blue Apron Market, and BN Ranch. Fulfillment costs consist of costs incurred in the shipping and handling of inventory including the shipping costs to our customers, labor and related personnel costs related to receiving, inspecting, warehousing, picking inventory, and preparing customer orders for shipment, and the cost of packaging materials and shipping supplies. While we expect these expenses to increase in dollar amount to support our growth, we expect such expenses to decrease as a percentage of net revenue over time as we continue to scale our business.

Marketing

          Our marketing expenses consist primarily of costs incurred to acquire new customers, retain existing customers and build our brand awareness through various offline and online paid advertising channels, including television, digital and social media, direct mail, radio and podcasts, and email.

          Also included in marketing expenses are the costs of orders through our customer referral program, in which certain existing customers may invite others to receive a complimentary meal delivery, as well as costs paid to third parties to market our products. The cost of the customer referral program is based on our costs incurred for fulfilling a complimentary meal delivery, including product and fulfillment costs. We expect to continue to incur marketing expenses to attract and retain customers as well as to promote brand awareness. We anticipate that our marketing strategies, which may be informed by the seasonal trends in our business and the competitive landscape of our market, will fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter and impact our quarterly results of operations.

Product, Technology, General and Administrative

          Product, technology, general and administrative expenses consist of costs related to the development of our products and technology, general and administrative expenses and overhead expenses, which include: payroll and related expenses for employees involved in the application, production, and maintenance of our platform and other technology infrastructure costs; payroll and related expenses for employees performing corporate and other managerial functions; facilities costs such as occupancy and rent costs for our corporate offices and fulfillment centers; and payment processing fees, professional fees, and other general corporate and administrative costs. While we expect these expenses to increase in dollar amount to support our growth, we expect

67


Table of Contents

such expenses to decrease as a percentage of net revenue over time as we continue to scale our business.

Depreciation and Amortization

          Depreciation and amortization consists of depreciation expense for our property and equipment and amortization expense for capitalized software development costs.

Interest and Other Income and Expense

          Interest and other income and expense consists primarily of interest expense associated with our revolving credit facility and capital lease financings, offset by interest income on cash and short-term investments balances.

Provision for Income Taxes

          Our provision for income taxes and our effective tax rates are affected by permanent differences between GAAP and statutory tax laws, certain one-time items, and the impact of valuation allowances. For the year ended December 31, 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2017, we recorded a tax expense of $0.1 million and $0.0 million, respectively, resulting in an effective tax rate of (0.2)% and (0.1)%, respectively. This effective tax rate is lower than the statutory rate as we established a valuation allowance which reduced the tax benefit of our operating loss. In addition, we recorded a state tax provision in certain jurisdictions in which net operating losses were not available.

          As of December 31, 2016, we had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of $62.9 million and state net operating loss carryforwards of $42.0 million. The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards are subject to limitations under applicable tax laws and will expire at various dates beginning in 2033, if not utilized. See Note 14, "Income Taxes" in our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

68


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

          The following sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated.

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 

    2014     2015     2016     2016     2017
 

    (in thousands)  

Net revenue

  $ 77,806   $ 340,803   $ 795,416   $ 172,098   $ 244,843  

Operating expenses:

                               

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

    72,223     263,271     532,682     112,523     168,531  

Marketing

    13,960     51,362     144,141     25,413     60,605  

Product, technology, general and administrative

    21,811     70,151     165,179     29,690     63,210  

Depreciation and amortization

    611     2,917     8,217     1,485     4,180  

Total operating expenses:

    108,605     387,701     850,219     169,111     296,526  

Income (loss) from operations

    (30,799 )   (46,898 )   (54,803 )   2,987     (51,683 )

Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net

    (4 )   (6 )   25     57     (470 )

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (30,803 )   (46,904 )   (54,778 )   3,044     (52,153 )

Provision for income taxes

        (61 )   (108 )   (27 )   (41 )

Net income (loss)

  $ (30,803 ) $ (46,965 ) $ (54,886 ) $ 3,017     (52,194 )

          The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data as a percentage of net revenue for each of the periods indicated.

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended
March 31
 

    2014     2015     2016     2016     2017
 

    (as a percentage of net revenue)  

Net revenue

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Operating expenses:

                               

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

    92.8 %   77.3 %   67.0 %   65.4 %   68.8 %

Marketing

    17.9 %   15.1 %   18.1 %   14.8 %   24.8 %

Product, technology, general and administrative

    28.0 %   20.6 %   20.8 %   17.3 %   25.8 %

Depreciation and amortization          

    0.8 %   0.9 %   1.0 %   0.9 %   1.7 %

Total operating expenses:

    139.6 %   113.8 %   106.9 %   98.3 %   121.1 %

Income (loss) from operations

    (39.6 )%   (13.8 )%   (6.9 )%   1.7 %   (21.1 )%

Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net

    (0.0 )%   (0.0 )%   0.0 %   0.0 %   (0.2 )%

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (39.6 )%   (13.8 )%   (6.9 )%   1.8 %   (21.3 )%

Provision for income taxes

        (0.0 )%   (0.0 )%   (0.0 )%   (0.0 )%

Net income (loss)

    (39.6 )%   (13.8 )%   (6.9 )%   1.8 %   (21.3 )%

69


Table of Contents

Three Months Ended March 31, 2016 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

Net Revenue

    Three Months
Ended March 31,
       

    2016     2017     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Net revenue

  $ 172,098   $ 244,843     42 %

          Net revenue increased by $72.7 million, or 42%, from $172.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to $244.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase in net revenue was primarily due to the increase in Orders during the three months ended March 31, 2017 driven by our continued focus on customer acquisition and retention and the continued scaling of our business.

Operating Expenses

Cost of Goods Sold, excluding Depreciation and Amortization

    Three Months
Ended March 31,
       

    2016     2017     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

  $ 112,523   $ 168,531     50 %

% of net revenue

    65.4 %   68.8 %      

          Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased by $56.0 million, or 50%, from $112.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to $168.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. This increase was driven by an increase in Orders. As a percentage of net revenue, cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased from 65.4% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to 68.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase in cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue was primarily due to:

    an increase of 290 basis points in labor costs primarily driven by wage increases in our California fulfillment center and increased headcount, such as in supervisor roles, in our fulfillment center operations in anticipation of an increase in product demand and to support our planned product expansion by offering greater flexibility in recipes;

    an increase of 150 basis points primarily due to an annual rate increase from shipping carriers and the expansion of our refrigerated shipping network, which enabled both a reduction in fulfillment packaging costs and improved delivery service to customers; and

    a decrease of 80 basis points in food and product packaging costs driven by operational improvements and improved pricing with suppliers.

70


Table of Contents

Marketing

    Three Months
Ended March 31,
       

    2016     2017     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Marketing

  $ 25,413   $ 60,605     138 %

% of net revenue

    14.8 %   24.8 %      

          Marketing expenses increased by $35.2 million, or 138%, from $25.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to $60.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. This increase was primarily driven by our continued investment in various offline and online paid advertising channels and our customer referral program to drive customer acquisition as well as an increasing focus on customer retention and brand awareness. As a percentage of net revenue, marketing expenses increased from 14.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to 24.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2017. This increase as a percentage of net revenue primarily included an increase of 1080 basis points for advertising and promotional activity driven by our seasonal marketing strategies in the three months ended March 31, 2017 to increase marketing investment during a period of expected high customer engagement, partially offset by a decrease of 90 basis points in our customer referral program primarily driven by a decrease in the mix of customer referral orders versus total Orders. In addition, this increase in advertising and promotional activity as a percentage of net revenue was driven by increased investment in offline media reflecting our increased focus on customer retention and brand awareness in the three months ended March 31, 2017. Throughout the remainder of 2017, we anticipate our quarterly marketing expense as a percentage of net revenue will decline from the seasonally high levels incurred in the first quarter of 2017.

Product, Technology, General and Administrative

    Three Months
Ended March 31,
       

    2016     2017     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Product, technology, general and administrative

  $ 29,690   $ 63,210     113 %

% of net revenue

    17.3 %   25.8 %      

          Product, technology, general and administrative expenses increased by $33.5 million, or 113%, from $29.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to $63.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. This increase was primarily due to increased investment to support the growth in our business, including:

    an increase of $17.7 million in personnel costs primarily driven by increased headcount in corporate and other managerial positions;

    an increase of $7.9 million in facilities costs for our corporate offices and fulfillment centers, including occupancy and rent; and

    an increase of $7.7 million in corporate overhead and administrative costs, which includes an increase of $1.4 million in payment processing fees driven by the increase in net revenue.

          As a percentage of net revenue, product, technology, general and administrative expenses increased from 17.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to 25.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2017 primarily due to increased investment to support the growth in our business

71


Table of Contents

and execute on key business initiatives, such as fulfillment center and other operational improvements and planned product expansion.

Depreciation and Amortization

    Three Months
Ended March 31,
       

    2016     2017     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Depreciation and amortization

  $ 1,485   $ 4,180     181 %

% of net revenue

    0.9 %   1.7 %      

          Depreciation and amortization increased by $2.7 million, or 181%, from $1.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to $4.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. This increase was primarily driven by continued investment in our property and equipment in our fulfillment centers to support the growth in our business. As a percentage of net revenue, depreciation and amortization increased from 0.9% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to 1.7% for the three months ended March 31, 2017.

Income (Loss) from Operations

    Three Months
Ended March 31,
       

    2016     2017     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Income (loss) from operations

  $ 2,987   $ (51,683 )   (1,830 )%

% of net revenue

    1.7 %   (21.1 )%      

          Income (loss) from operations for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017 was $3.0 million and $(51.7) million, respectively. This decrease was due to an increase in operating expenses of $127.4 million, which more than offset the increase in net revenue of $72.7 million. As a percentage of net revenue, income (loss) from operations was 1.7% and (21.1)% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. This decrease as a percentage of net revenue was primarily driven by an increase in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue primarily due to our seasonal marketing strategies and increased investment to support the growth in our business.

Income Taxes

          The provision for income taxes recorded in the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017 reflects state income taxes in certain jurisdictions in which net operating losses were not available to offset our tax obligations.

72


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2016

Net Revenue

    Year Ended
December 31,
       

    2015     2016     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Net revenue

  $ 340,803   $ 795,416     133 %

          Net revenue increased by $454.6 million, or 133%, from $340.8 million for 2015 to $795.4 million for 2016. The increase in net revenue was primarily due to a 133% increase in Orders during 2016 driven by our continued focus on customer acquisition and retention and the continued scaling of our business. Substantially all of the growth in our net revenue from 2015 to 2016 was driven by new customers, as evidenced by the relatively narrow ranges in the quarterly amounts of Average Order Values ($57.12 to $59.40) and Orders per Customer (3.9 to 4.6) in 2015 and 2016. While our marketing expenses have historically been primarily focused on customer acquisition, we anticipate adding additional products and increasing the portion of our marketing expenses focused on brand awareness and customer retention in order to drive increased customer engagement and growth in our net revenue from existing customers.

Operating Expenses

Cost of Goods Sold, excluding Depreciation and Amortization

    Year Ended
December 31,
       

    2015     2016     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

  $ 263,271   $ 532,682     102 %

% of net revenue

    77.3 %   67.0 %      

          Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased by $269.4 million, or 102%, from $263.3 million for 2015 to $532.7 million for 2016. This increase was driven by an increase in Orders. As a percentage of net revenue, cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, decreased from 77.3% for 2015 to 67.0% for 2016. The decrease in cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue was primarily due to:

    a decrease of 500 basis points in labor costs driven by operational efficiencies including production optimization, increased automation and more efficient labor planning, including less reliance on higher-priced temporary labor;

    a decrease of 290 basis points in shipping, fulfillment packaging and other direct fulfillment costs driven by operational and pricing improvements and increased use of more cost-effective shipping methods; and

    a decrease of 220 basis points in food and product packaging costs driven by operational improvements and improved pricing primarily due to increased direct relationships with farms and other suppliers.

73


Table of Contents

Marketing

    Year Ended
December 31,
       

    2015     2016     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Marketing

  $ 51,362   $ 144,141     181 %

% of net revenue

    15.1 %   18.1 %      

          Marketing expenses increased by $92.8 million, or 181%, from $51.4 million for 2015 to $144.1 million for 2016. This increase was primarily driven by our continued investment in customer acquisition, including through direct mail, online and television campaigns and our customer referral program. As a percentage of net revenue, marketing expenses increased from 15.1% for 2015 to 18.1% for 2016. This increase as a percentage of net revenue primarily included an increase of 400 basis points for advertising and promotional activity, partially offset by a decrease of 90 basis points in our customer referral program primarily driven by a decrease in cost per Order.

Product, Technology, General and Administrative

    Year Ended
December 31,
       

    2015     2016     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Product, technology, general and administrative

  $ 70,151   $ 165,179     135 %

% of net revenue

    20.6 %   20.8 %      

          Product, technology, general and administrative expenses increased by $95.0 million, or 135%, from $70.2 million for 2015 to $165.2 million for 2016. This increase was primarily due to increased investment to support the growth in our business, including:

    an increase of $48.2 million in personnel costs primarily driven by increased headcount in corporate and other managerial positions;

    an increase of $23.5 million in facilities costs for our corporate offices and fulfillment centers, including occupancy and rent; and

    an increase of $22.8 million in corporate overhead and administrative costs, which includes an increase of $9.3 million in payment processing fees driven by the increase in net revenue.

          As a percentage of net revenue, product, technology, general and administrative expenses increased from 20.6% for 2015 to 20.8% for 2016.

Depreciation and Amortization

    Year Ended
December 31,
       

    2015     2016     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Depreciation and amortization

  $ 2,917   $ 8,217     182 %

% of net revenue

    0.9 %   1.0 %      

74


Table of Contents

          Depreciation and amortization increased by $5.3 million, or 182%, from $2.9 million for 2015 to $8.2 million for 2016. This increase was primarily driven by continued investment in our property, equipment, and technology to support the growth in our business. As a percentage of net revenue, depreciation and amortization increased from 0.9% for 2015 to 1.0% for 2016.

Income (loss) from Operations

    Year Ended
December 31,
       

    2015     2016     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Loss from operations

  $ (46,898 ) $ (54,803 )   17 %

% of net revenue

    (13.8 )%   (6.9 )%      

          Loss from operations increased by $7.9 million, or 17%, from $46.9 million for 2015 to $54.8 million for 2016. This increase was due to an increase in net revenue of $454.6 million, which was more than offset by an increase in operating expenses of $462.5 million. As a percentage of net revenue, loss from operations decreased from 13.8% for 2015 to 6.9% for 2016. This decrease as a percentage of net revenue was primarily driven by a decrease as a percentage of net revenue in cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization as a result of the continued scaling of our business.

Income Taxes

          The provision for income taxes recorded in 2015 and 2016 reflects state income taxes in certain jurisdictions in which net operating losses were not available to offset our tax obligations.

Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

Net Revenue

    Year Ended
December 31,
       

    2014     2015     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Net revenue

  $ 77,806   $ 340,803     338 %

          Net revenue increased by $263.0 million, or 338%, from $77.8 million for 2014 to $340.8 million for 2015. This increase was primarily due to an increase in Orders driven by continued focus on customer acquisition and the continued scaling of our business. Substantially all of the growth in our net revenue from 2014 to 2015 was driven by new customers.

Operating Expenses

Cost of Goods Sold, excluding Depreciation and Amortization

    Year Ended
December 31,
       

    2014     2015     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

  $ 72,223   $ 263,271     265 %

% of net revenue

    92.8 %   77.3 %      

75


Table of Contents

          Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased by $191.0 million, or 265%, from $72.2 million for 2014 to $263.3 million for 2015. This increase was driven by an increase in Orders. As a percentage of net revenue, cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, decreased from 92.8% for 2014 to 77.3% for 2015. This decrease as a percentage of net revenue was primarily due to:

    a decrease of 1090 basis points in shipping, fulfillment packaging and other direct fulfillment costs driven by improved pricing and operational improvements including packaging efficiencies as well as increased use of more cost-effective shipping methods;

    a decrease of 250 basis points in labor costs driven by more efficient labor planning, including less reliance on higher-priced temporary labor; and

    a decrease of 240 basis points in food and product packaging costs driven by pricing and operational improvements.

Marketing

    Year Ended
December 31,
       

    2014     2015     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Marketing

  $ 13,960   $ 51,362     268 %

% of net revenue

    17.9 %   15.1 %      

          Marketing expenses increased by $37.4 million, or 268%, from $14.0 million for 2014 to $51.4 million for 2015. This increase was primarily driven by continued investment in customer acquisition, including through our customer referral program and direct mail, online and television campaigns. As a percentage of net revenue, marketing expenses decreased from 17.9% for 2014 to 15.1% for 2015. This decrease as a percentage of net revenue was primarily the result of a decrease of 350 basis points in our customer referral program due to a decrease in the mix of customer referral orders versus total Orders as well as a decrease in cost per Order, partially offset by an increase of 100 basis points in advertising and promotional activity driven by an increase in direct mail campaigns.

Product, Technology, General and Administrative

    Year Ended
December 31,
       

    2014     2015     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Product, technology, general and administrative

  $ 21,811   $ 70,151     222 %

% of net revenue

    28.0 %   20.6 %      

          Product, technology, general and administrative expenses increased by $48.3 million, or 222%, from $21.8 million for 2014 to $70.2 million for 2015. This increase in product, technology, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to increased investment to support the growth of our business including:

    an increase of $19.5 million in personnel costs primarily driven by increased headcount in corporate and other managerial positions;

76


Table of Contents

    an increase of $15.5 million in corporate overhead and administrative costs, which includes an increase of $5.8 million in payment processing fees driven by the increase in net revenue; and

    an increase of $13.3 million in facilities costs for our corporate offices and fulfillment centers, including occupancy and rent.

          As a percentage of net revenue, product, technology, general and administrative expenses decreased from 28.0% for 2014 to 20.6% for 2015 primarily due to the continued scaling of our business.

Depreciation and Amortization

    Year Ended
December 31,
       

    2014     2015     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Depreciation and amortization

  $ 611   $ 2,917     377 %

% of net revenue

    0.8 %   0.9 %      

          Depreciation and amortization increased by $2.3 million, or 377%, from $0.6 million for 2015 to $2.9 million for 2015. This increase was primarily driven by increased investment in our property and equipment and technology to support the growth in our business. As a percentage of net revenue, depreciation and amortization increased from 0.8% for 2014 to 0.9% for 2015.

Income (loss) from Operations

    Year Ended
December 31,
       

    2014     2015     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Loss from operations

  $ (30,799 ) $ (46,898 )   52 %

% of net revenue

    (39.6 )%   (13.8 )%      

          Loss from operations increased by $16.1 million, or 52%, from $30.8 million for 2014 to $46.9 million for 2015. This increase was due to an increase in net revenue of $263.0 million, which was more than offset by an increase in operating expenses of $279.1 million. As a percentage of net revenue, loss from operations decreased from 39.6% for 2014 to 13.8% for 2015. This decrease as a percentage of net revenue was due to decreases in cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, marketing and product, technology, general and administrative expenses primarily driven by the continued scaling of our business.

Income Taxes

          The provision for income taxes recorded in 2015 reflects state income taxes due as a result of opening our fulfillment center in Arlington, Texas in 2015 in which net operating losses were not available to offset our tax obligations. We did not incur income tax expense in 2014.

Quarterly Results of Operations and Other Financial and Operations Data

          The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data and other financial and operating data for each of the nine quarters beginning with the three months ended March 31, 2015, as well as, where applicable, the percentage of net revenue for each line item shown. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared

77


Table of Contents

on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and in the opinion of our management, reflects all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of our consolidated results of operations for these periods. This data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly results of operations are not necessarily indicative of our results of operations to be expected for any future period.

    Three Months Ended
 

    March 31,
2015
    June 30,
2015
    September, 30,
2015
    December 31,
2015
    March 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    September 30,
2016
    December 31,
2016
    March 31,
2017
 

    (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                               

Net revenue

  $ 48,586   $ 73,271   $ 102,283   $ 116,663   $ 172,098   $ 201,924   $ 205,452   $ 215,942   $ 244,843  

Operating expenses:

                                                       

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

    37,579     54,999     83,705     86,988     112,523     127,322     145,644     147,193     168,531  

Marketing

    8,374     12,837     15,960     14,191     25,413     32,031     49,618     37,079     60,605  

Product, technology, general and administrative

    9,520     14,202     21,191     25,238     29,690     35,307     45,589     54,593     63,210  

Depreciation and amortization

    381     526     768     1,242     1,485     1,774     1,992     2,966     4,180  

Total operating expenses:

    55,854     82,564     121,624     127,659     169,111     196,434     242,843     241,831     296,526  

Income (loss) from operations

    (7,268 )   (9,293 )   (19,341 )   (10,996 )   2,987     5,490     (37,391 )   (25,889 )   (51,683 )

Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net

    6         (4 )   (8 )   57     71     59     (162 )   (470 )

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (7,262 )   (9,293 )   (19,345 )   (11,004 )   3,044     5,561     (37,332 )   (26,051 )   (52,153 )

Provision for income taxes

        (1 )   (21 )   (39 )   (27 )   (28 )   (27 )   (26 )   (41 )

Net income (loss)

  $ (7,262 ) $ (9,294 ) $ (19,366 ) $ (11,043 ) $ 3,017   $ 5,533   $ (37,359 ) $ (26,077 ) $ (52,194 )

    (as a percentage of net revenue)        

Net revenue

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Operating expenses:

                                                       

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

    77.3 %   75.1 %   81.8 %   74.6 %   65.4 %   63.1 %   70.9 %   68.2 %   68.8 %

Marketing

    17.2 %   17.5 %   15.6 %   12.2 %   14.8 %   15.9 %   24.2 %   17.2 %   24.8 %

Product, technology, general and administrative

    19.6 %   19.4 %   20.7 %   21.6 %   17.3 %   17.5 %   22.2 %   25.3 %   25.8 %

Depreciation and amortization

    0.8 %   0.7 %   0.8 %   1.1 %   0.9 %   0.9 %   1.0 %   1.4 %   1.7 %

Total operating expenses:

    115.0 %   112.7 %   118.9 %   109.4 %   98.3 %   97.3 %   118.2 %   112.0 %   121.1 %

Income (loss) from operations

    (15.0 )%   (12.7 )%   (18.9 )%   (9.4 )%   1.7 %   2.7 %   (18.2 )%   (12.0 )%   (21.1 )%

Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net

    0.0 %       (0.0 )%   (0.0 )%   0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   (0.1 )%   (0.2 )%

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (14.9 )%   (12.7 )%   (18.9 )%   (9.4 )%   1.8 %   2.8 %   (18.2 )%   (12.1 )%   (21.3 )%

Provision for income taxes

        (0.0 )%   (0.0 )%   (0.0 )%   (0.0 )%   (0.0 )%   (0.0 )%   (0.0 )%   (0.0 )%

Net income (loss)

    (14.9 )%   (12.7 )%   (18.9 )%   (9.5 )%   1.8 %   2.7 %   (18.2 )%   (12.1 )%   (21.3 )%

Other Financial and Operations Data:

                               

Orders (in thousands)

    841     1,247     1,763     1,970     2,903     3,399     3,597     3,674     4,273  

Customers (in thousands)

    213     303     414     429     649     766     907     879     1,036  

Average Order Value

  $ 57.77   $ 58.74   $ 58.01   $ 59.21   $ 59.28   $ 59.40   $ 57.12   $ 58.78   $ 57.23  

Orders per Customer

    3.9     4.1     4.3     4.6     4.5     4.4     4.0     4.2     4.1  

Average Revenue per Customer

  $ 228   $ 242   $ 247   $ 272   $ 265   $ 264   $ 227   $ 246   $ 236  

Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands)(1)

  $ (6,689 ) $ (8,525 ) $ (18,310 ) $ (9,352 ) $ 5,048   $ 7,976   $ (34,627 ) $ (22,018 ) $ (46,265 )

(1)
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure defined by us as earnings (loss) before interest income and expense, taxes, depreciation, amortization and share-based compensation expense. Please see "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for a discussion of the use of non-GAAP financial measures. The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

78


Table of Contents

    Three Months Ended        

    March 31,
2015
    June 30,
2015
    September, 30,
2015
    December 31,
2015
    March 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    September 30,
2016
    December 31,
2016
    March 31,
2017
 

    (in thousands)        

Reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA

                                     

Net income (loss)

  $ (7,262 ) $ (9,294 ) $ (19,366 ) $ (11,043 ) $ 3,017   $ 5,533   $ (37,359 ) $ (26,077 ) $ (52,194 )

Share-based compensation

    198     242     263     402     576     712     772     905     1,238  

Depreciation and amortization

    381     526     768     1,242     1,485     1,774     1,992     2,966     4,180  

Interest (income) expense, net

    (6 )   0     4     8     (57 )   (71 )   (59 )   162     470  

Provision for income taxes

    0     1     21     39     27     28     27     26     41  

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (6,689 ) $ (8,525 ) $ (18,310 ) $ (9,352 ) $ 5,048   $ 7,976   $ (34,627 ) $ (22,018 ) $ (46,265 )

          Seasonality.     Our business is seasonal in nature and, as a result, the growth trends of our revenue and expenses fluctuate from quarter to quarter. For example, we anticipate that the first quarter of each year will generally represent our strongest quarter in terms of customer engagement. Conversely, during the summer months and the end of year holidays, when people are vacationing more often or have less predictable weekly routines, we generally anticipate lower customer engagement. While we believe these seasonal trends have affected and will continue to affect our quarterly results, our trajectory of rapid growth has masked these effects to date. As our growth rates begin to moderate, the impact of these seasonality trends on our results of operations will become more pronounced.

          Net revenue.     Our quarterly net revenue increased sequentially quarter-to-quarter for all periods presented primarily due to the increase in Orders driven by our continued focus on customer acquisition and retention and the continued scaling of our business. In addition, in the third quarter of 2016, we increased promotional activity, including discounts to new customers, in part in response to increased competitive promotional activity. This resulted in increased customer acquisition in the third quarter of 2016, while decreasing the Average Order Value, Orders per Customer and Average Revenue per Customer. In the future, we anticipate that net revenue will generally exhibit our business's seasonality trends discussed above and will also be impacted by the timing of our promotional and marketing activity.

          Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization.     Our quarterly cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased sequentially quarter-to-quarter for all periods presented, primarily due to the increase in Orders during the periods. In addition to the seasonal trends driving our net revenue, the higher outside temperatures of the summer months require more expensive fulfillment packaging material for our meals in order to maintain the proper temperature during delivery to the customer. In the summer months, we also have increased access to seasonal produce for use in our recipes, including specialty ingredients, which is expected to result in increased food and product packaging costs during such periods.

          In addition to these seasonal trends, we have also experienced fluctuations from quarter-to-quarter in our costs of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, as we have expanded our fulfillment center network, implemented process changes in our fulfillment centers in an effort to drive operational efficiencies, and made changes to our recipes and the suppliers from whom we purchase ingredients. During the three months ended September 30, 2015, the increase in our costs of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015, was also due to higher labor and fulfillment costs, in part due to the recently opened fulfillment center in Texas. The increase in cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue during the three months ended September 30, 2016 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2016 and June 30, 2016, was also due to increased reliance on higher-priced temporary workers and an increase in shipping and other direct fulfillment costs in part due to the expansions within our New Jersey and California fulfillment centers. While these expenses as a percentage of net revenue may fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter based on seasonality in our business and the other factors discussed above, we expect such expenses to decrease as a percentage of net revenue over time as we continue to scale our business.

79


Table of Contents

          Marketing.     Our marketing expenses have generally increased quarter-to-quarter for the periods presented, primarily due to increased marketing activities to attract new customers and retain existing customers. The increase in marketing expenses in the third quarter of 2016 was also in part in response to increased competitive promotional activity during this period as the competitive landscape grew throughout 2016. We anticipate that our marketing strategies, which may be informed by the seasonal trends in our business, (as was the case in the first quarter of 2017), as well as the competitive landscape, will fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter and impact our quarterly results of operations. For example, we anticipate that the first quarter of each year will generally represent our strongest quarter in terms of customer engagement. Conversely, during the summer months and the end of year holidays, when people are vacationing more often or have less predictable weekly routines, we generally anticipate lower levels of customer engagement. Our marketing strategies are informed by these seasonal trends, and we anticipate that the levels of our marketing expenses will vary based on the anticipated level of customer engagement. We expect continued competitive marketing and promotional activity, which, along with other factors, may also affect the timing and amount of our marketing expenses.

          Product, technology, general and administrative expenses.     Our product, technology, general and administrative expenses increased sequentially quarter-to-quarter for all periods presented, primarily due to increases in personnel expenses as a result of increased headcount and general and administrative expenses supporting the growth of our business. In addition, the increase is a result of an increase in facilities costs related to expansion in our fulfillment centers. Lastly, the increase in product, technology, general and administrative expenses in the third and fourth quarters of 2016 and the first quarter of 2017 is also due to an increase in personnel costs driven by increased hiring in corporate positions.

          Depreciation and amortization.     Our depreciation and amortization increased sequentially quarter-to-quarter for all periods presented, driven by increased investment in our technology and property and equipment in our fulfillment centers and corporate offices to support the growth in our business.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

          Our cash requirements are principally for working capital and capital expenditures in support of the growth in our business, including construction and automation at our fulfillment centers. Historically, we have financed our operations through private sales of equity securities and payments received from customers. Since our inception, we have raised a total of $194.9 million from the sale of convertible preferred stock, net of costs associated with such financings. In 2016, we also entered into a revolving credit facility, which is classified as long-term debt in our consolidated balance sheet. Long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs, was $44.5 million as of December 31, 2016 and $99.6 million as of March 31, 2017. We did not have any debt prior to 2016. In May 2017, we issued and sold $63.5 million in aggregate principal amount of convertible notes to entities affiliated with Fidelity. See "Related Person Transactions—Convertible Note Financing."

80


Table of Contents

          The following table presents the major components of net cash flows from and used in operating, investing, and financing activities for the periods indicated.

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 

    2014     2015     2016     2016     2017
 

    (in thousands)  

Net cash from (used in) operating activities

  $ (16,859 ) $ (26,396 ) $ (23,545 ) $ 5,955   $ (19,039 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (10,325 )   (5,936 )   (66,456 )   (5,743 )   (56,263 )

Net cash from (used in) financing activities

    44,784     137,046     44,609     (39 )   55,001  

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    17,600     104,714     (45,392 )   173     (20,301 )

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

    4,546     22,146     126,860     126,860     81,468  

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

  $ 22,146   $ 126,860   $ 81,468   $ 127,033   $ 61,167  

          Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, money market accounts, and amounts held by third-party financial institutions for credit and debit card transactions, which generally settle within three business days. Because we generally charge credit cards in advance of shipment and, historically, customers have most frequently requested delivery of their meals earlier in the week, amounts due for credit and debit card transactions as of the end of a financial reporting period may fluctuate significantly based upon the day of the week on which that period ends.

          Total restricted cash was $0.4 million, $4.1 million and $4.0 million as of December 31, 2015, December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, respectively. Restricted cash reflects pledged cash deposited into savings accounts that is used as security primarily for fulfillment centers and office space leases. Restricted cash that relates to leases extended beyond one year has been classified as a long-term asset.

          We define working capital as the difference between our current assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents) and current liabilities. Our working capital was $(27.6) million, $(58.1) million, and $(84.8) million as of December 31, 2015, December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, respectively.

          We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with cash generated from operations and available borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. However, our liquidity assumptions may prove to be incorrect, and we may seek to increase the borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility or raise additional funds through equity or debt financing arrangements. Our future capital requirements and the availability and accessibility to additional funds will depend on many factors, including those described in the section of this prospectus captioned "Risk Factors."

Net Cash from (used in) Operating Activities

          Net cash from (used in) operating activities consists primarily of net income adjusted for certain non-cash items and changes in operating assets and liabilities.

          For the three months ended March 31, 2017, net cash used in operating activities was $19.0 million and consisted of a net loss of $52.2 million increased for non-cash items of $5.9 million and cash from operating assets and liabilities of $27.3 million. Operating assets and liabilities consisted primarily of increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $34.0 million, partially offset by a decrease in deferred revenue of $2.5 million

81


Table of Contents

and increases in inventory and other receivables of $8.9 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, net cash from operating activities was $6.0 million and consisted of net income of $3.0 million increased for non-cash items of $2.5 million and cash from operating assets and liabilities of $0.4 million. Operating assets and liabilities consisted primarily of increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $6.8 million, offset by increases in inventory of $6.6 million.

          In 2016, net cash used in operating activities was $23.5 million and consisted of a net loss of $54.9 million increased for non-cash items of $11.4 million and cash from operating assets and liabilities of $19.9 million. Operating assets and liabilities consisted primarily of increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $30.5 million and deferred revenue of $18.0 million, partially offset by increases in inventory and prepaid expenses and other current assets of $29.3 million.

          In 2015, net cash used in operating activities was $26.4 million and consisted of a net loss of $47.0 million increased for non-cash items of $5.8 million and cash from operating assets and liabilities of $14.8 million. Operating assets and liabilities consisted primarily of increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $29.9 million and deferred revenue $4.0 million, partially offset by increases in inventory and prepaid expenses and other current assets of $19.6 million.

          In 2014, net cash used in operating activities was $16.9 million and consisted of a net loss of $30.8 million increased for non-cash items of $4.7 million and cash from operating assets and liabilities of $9.2 million. Operating assets and liabilities consisted primarily of increases in accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other current liabilities of $10.3 million and deferred revenue of $1.4 million, partially offset by increases in inventory, prepaid expenses, and other current assets of $2.1 million.

Net Cash used in Investing Activities

          Net cash used in investing activities primarily relates to capital expenditures to support our growth and drive efficiency in fulfillment center operations and investment in software development.

          For the three months ended March 31, 2017, net cash used in investing activities was $56.3 million and consisted primarily of $55.0 million for purchases of property and equipment and capitalized software costs of $0.1 million and $1.2 million of cash paid for an acquisition. Capital expenditures in the three months ended March 31, 2017 were driven by the continued construction and investments in automation equipment at our fulfillment centers and the acquisition of fixed assets to support the continued growth of our business. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, net cash used in investing activities was $5.7 million and consisted primarily of capitalized software costs of $0.6 million, purchases of property and equipment of $2.7 million, and an increase in restricted cash of $2.4 million.

          In 2016, net cash used in investing activities was $66.5 million and consisted primarily of $59.7 million for purchases of property and equipment, capitalized software costs of $3.2 million, and an increase in restricted cash of $3.6 million. Capital expenditures in 2016 were driven by the expansion and construction at our fulfillment centers, investments in automation equipment at our fulfillment centers to drive efficiency, expansion of our corporate headquarters, and the acquisition of fixed assets to support our business growth. In 2016, we started construction at our new fulfillment centers in New Jersey and California. As a result of the nature of our involvement in the construction of these new fulfillment centers, we are considered to be the owner for accounting purposes. We follow build-to-suit accounting for these arrangements and capitalize the fair value of the buildings and direct construction costs incurred along with a corresponding facility financing liability. At the end of the construction period, we assess whether these arrangements qualify for sales recognition under sale-leaseback accounting guidance. If upon completion of construction,

82


Table of Contents

the arrangement does not meet the sale-leaseback criteria, we will continue to be considered the owner of the buildings for accounting purposes. We expect to incur higher capital expenditures in the future primarily related to our new fulfillment centers, including construction costs and automation equipment to optimize and drive efficiency in our fulfillment center operations. As of March 31, 2017, our projected remaining capital expenditures are expected to amount to approximately $100.0 million to $180.0 million in the aggregate for 2017 and 2018. The timing and amount of these projected expenditures is dependent upon a number of factors, including the actual and forecasted growth in our business and may vary significantly from our estimates.

          In 2015, net cash used in investing activities was $5.9 million and consisted primarily of capitalized software costs of $1.6 million and purchases of property and equipment of $10.4 million, partially offset by the maturity of corporate bonds purchased for investment in 2014 that matured in 2015. Capital expenditures in 2015 primarily related to the acquisition of fixed assets to support our business growth and the opening of our Arlington, Texas fulfillment center.

          In 2014, net cash used in investing activities was $10.3 million and consisted primarily of purchases of short-term investments of $6.1 million and purchases of property and equipment of $3.7 million. Capital expenditures in 2014 primarily related to the acquisition of fixed assets to support our business growth and the opening of our Jersey City, New Jersey fulfillment center.

Net Cash from (used in) Financing Activities

          Net cash from (used in) financing activities primarily relates to proceeds from our issuance of convertible preferred stock and our net borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

          For the three months ended March 31, 2017, financing activities provided $55.0 million in cash primarily from $55.0 million in borrowings under our revolving credit facility, net of issuance costs. The proceeds from the borrowings are being used to finance our increased capital expenditures. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, net cash used in financing activities was $0.0 million and consisted primarily of principal payments on capital lease obligations, partially offset by net proceeds from issuance of common stock.

          In 2016, financing activities provided $44.6 million in cash primarily from $44.5 million in borrowings under our revolving credit facility, net of issuance costs. The proceeds from the borrowings are being used to finance our increased capital expenditures.

          In 2015, financing activities provided $137.0 million in cash as a result of $137.1 million of proceeds from the issuance of our Series D convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs.

          In 2014, financing activities provided $44.8 million in cash primarily from $49.8 million of proceeds from the issuance of our Series C convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs, offset by $5.0 million of common stock repurchases.

Revolving Credit Facility

          In August 2016, we entered into the revolving credit facility. The revolving credit facility matures in August 2019 and advances thereunder are secured by certain of our tangible and intangible assets. Absent any default, the revolving credit facility can be terminated at our discretion. As of December 31, 2016, we had $45.0 million in outstanding borrowings and $0.3 million in issued letters of credit under the revolving credit facility. As of March 31, 2017, we had $100.0 million in outstanding borrowings and $0.3 million in issued letters of credit under the revolving credit facility. In April 2017, we drew an additional $25.0 million, increasing the total outstanding borrowings to $125.0 million. In May 2017, we amended our revolving credit facility to permit the issuance of our convertible notes and to increase the amount available to borrow by $25.0 million to an aggregate maximum amount of $175.0 million. In May 2017, we also cancelled a previously issued letter of credit for $0.7 million and issued a letter of credit for $1.1 million under

83


Table of Contents

the revolving credit facility, increasing total letters of credit under the revolving credit facility to $1.4 million.

          Borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest, at our option, at (1) a base rate based on the highest of prime rate, the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and an adjusted LIBOR rate for a one-month interest period plus 1.00%, plus in each case a margin ranging from 0.50% to 1.00% or (2) an adjusted LIBOR rate plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.00%, based on our total leverage ratio for the preceding four fiscal quarters and our status as a public or non-public company. We are also obligated under the revolving credit facility to pay certain customary fees, including an unused commitment fee on undrawn amounts of 0.15%.

          The revolving credit facility contains certain restrictive covenants, including limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness and liens, restrictions on affiliate transactions, restrictions on the sale or other disposition of collateral and limitations on dividends and stock repurchases. As of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, we were in compliance with all of our covenants under our revolving credit facility.

          Entities affiliated with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Capital Inc. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., who are acting as underwriters in this offering, are lenders under our revolving credit facility and thus may receive a portion of the proceeds from this offering. See "Underwriting."

Contractual Obligations

          At December 31, 2016, our debt and certain other significant contractual financial obligations that will affect our future liquidity were as follows:

    2017     2018     2019     2020     2021     Thereafter     Total
 

    (in thousands)  

Revolving credit facility(1)

  $ 1,317   $ 1,317   $ 45,855   $   $   $   $ 48,489  

Operating lease obligations(2)

    9,945     9,687     6,304     5,246     5,183     18,765     55,130  

Capital lease obligations(3)

    276     255     153     85     13         782  

Build-to-suit lease obligations(4)

    2,693     4,782     4,902     5,025     5,152     29,269     51,823  

Total

  $ 14,231   $ 16,041   $ 57,214   $ 10,356   $ 10,348   $ 48,034   $ 156,224  

(1)
Includes estimated interest payments based on currently effective interest rates as of December 31, 2016, timing of scheduled payments, and the maturity date of our revolving credit facility.

(2)
Includes non-cancelable operating leases for office space in New York, New York including our headquarters, and Austin, Texas and fulfillment centers in Jersey City, New Jersey, Richmond, California and Arlington, Texas. We also have various non-cancelable operating leases for certain automation equipment.

(3)
Includes estimated interest payments attributable to our capital lease obligations, all of which have fixed interest rates.

(4)
Includes lease payments for fulfillment centers in New Jersey and California for which we are deemed to be the owner for accounting purposes. We follow build-to-suit accounting for these arrangements and capitalize the fair value of the buildings and direct construction costs incurred along with a corresponding facility financing liability. At the end of the construction period we assess whether these arrangements qualify for sales recognition under sale-leaseback accounting guidance. If upon completion of construction, the arrangement does not meet the sale-leaseback criteria, we will continue to be considered the owner of the buildings for accounting purposes.

          Other than the borrowings disclosed above in the "Revolving Credit Facility" section and changes which occur in the normal course of business, as of March 31, 2017, there were no significant changes to the contractual obligations reported at December 31, 2016. In May 2017, we commenced a non-cancellable purchase commitment with a food supplier. Based on projected minimum purchase volumes and expected pricing, our minimum purchase obligation is estimated to be approximately $42.5 million in the aggregate through 2020. Total purchases under the

84


Table of Contents

contract may be higher than the minimum non-cancellable commitment. In addition, in May 2017, we amended the lease for one of our principal executive offices in New York, New York to extend the term through October 2019 and lease additional office space at the location. The amendment resulted in an increase of $7.6 million in the minimum lease payments required over the remaining term of the lease arrangement.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

          As of December 31, 2015, December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, except for operating leases entered into in the normal course of business as discussed above.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks

          We are exposed to certain market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily consist of interest rates, food prices and inflation as follows:

Interest Rates

          Our cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, money market accounts, and amounts held by third-party financial institutions for credit and debit card transactions. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing return without significantly increasing risk. Because our cash and cash equivalents have a relatively short maturity, the fair value of our portfolio of cash and cash equivalents is not particularly sensitive to interest rate changes. We determined that the nominal difference in basis points for investing our cash and cash equivalents in longer-term investments did not warrant a change in our investment strategy. In future periods, we will continue to evaluate our investment policy in order to ensure that we continue to meet our overall objectives.

          We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with our revolving credit facility. See "Liquidity and Capital Resources—Revolving Credit Facility" above.

Food Prices

          Our profitability is dependent on, among other things, our ability to anticipate and react to food costs. We have been able to effectively manage cost variations resulting from a number of factors, including market conditions, shortages or interruptions in supply due to weather or other conditions beyond our control and inflation, through our recipe creation process. We typically begin working with our suppliers months in advance to plan our supply needs, while maintaining flexibility to adjust our recipes, and therefore our ingredients, in the weeks leading up to shipment. However, substantial increases in food prices could impact our operating results to the extent that such increases cannot be mitigated through our recipe planning.

Inflation Risk

          We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, results of operations, or financial condition. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Estimates

          In preparing our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities that are reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying disclosures. We believe that the estimates, assumptions

85


Table of Contents

and judgments involved in the accounting policies described below have the greatest potential impact on our financial statements because they involve the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies. Accordingly, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions. See note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for information about these critical accounting policies, as well as a description of our other accounting policies.

Revenue Recognition

          We recognize revenue when the following four criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred; (3) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue, net of promotional discounts, is deferred at the time cash is collected and recognized at the time risk of ownership transfers to the customer. We also defer revenue from the sale of gift cards and prepaid orders until all criteria for revenue recognition are met. Net revenue is reduced for actual and estimated customer credits and refunds expected to be issued. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, credits and refunds represented 4.8%, 4.4%, and 3.3% of net revenue, respectively.

          We periodically enter into agreements with third parties to market our products. We record revenue from such arrangements at the gross amount as we are the primary obligor with the customer, provide primary customer service for such products sold on our website, have latitude in establishing price and selecting such products sold on our website, and maintain inventory risk. Payments received in advance under these agreements are recorded as deferred revenue until all criteria for revenue recognition are met.

Inventories, Net

          Inventories, net consist primarily of bulk and prepped food, products available for resale, packaging, and containers which are stated at the lower of cost or market. Inventory costs consist of product costs, inbound shipping and handling costs and applicable direct labor costs. Inventories are valued on a first-in, first-out cost basis. We record an inventory valuation reserve when applicable, based on currently available information, about the likely method of disposition, such as through sales to individual customers, donations or liquidations, and expected recoverable values of each inventory category.

Leases

          We categorize lease agreements at their inception as either operating or capital leases. For operating leases, we recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. For capital leases, we record a leased asset with a corresponding liability. Payments are recorded as reductions to the liability with an interest charge recorded based on the remaining liability.

          We review leases for which we are involved in construction to determine if we are considered to be the owner for accounting purposes during the construction period. If we are determined to be the owner for accounting purposes, we follow build-to-suit accounting and capitalize the fair value of the building and direct construction costs incurred along with a corresponding facility financing liability. At the end of the construction period we assess whether these arrangements qualify for sales recognition under sale-leaseback accounting guidance. If upon completion of construction, the arrangement does not meet the sale-leaseback criteria, we will continue to be considered the owner of the building for accounting purposes.

86


Table of Contents

Recoverability of Long-Lived Assets

          Our long-lived assets consist of property, equipment and capitalized software development costs. We periodically evaluate whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate the remaining estimated useful life of long-lived assets may warrant revision or that the remaining balance may not be recoverable. These factors may include a significant deterioration of operating results, changes in business plans, or changes in anticipated cash flows. Recoverability is measured by comparing the carrying amount of an asset group to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated. If future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment is recognized in earnings to the extent that the carrying value exceeds fair value. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, no impairment of long-lived assets was indicated.

Income Taxes

          We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Management makes an assessment of the likelihood that the resulting deferred tax assets will be realized. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets in the jurisdiction from which they arise, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. In evaluating the objective evidence that historical results provide, we consider three years of cumulative operating income (loss). Based on our historical operating losses, we have recorded a full valuation allowance against our federal and state net operating loss carryforwards. If and when we achieve profitability in future years, we expect to realize some or all of our net operating loss carryforwards, subject to limitations imposed by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. See "Risk Factors—Other Risks Related to Government Regulation—Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations which could subject our business to higher tax liability."

          The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations in a multitude of jurisdictions. ASC 740 states that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, on the basis of the technical merits. We (1) record unrecognized tax benefits as liabilities in accordance with ASC 740 and (2) adjust these liabilities when our judgment changes as a result of the evaluation of new information not previously available. Because of the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a resolution that is materially different from our current estimate of the unrecognized tax benefit. These differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which new information is available.

Share-Based Payments

          We recognize share-based compensation for share-based awards, including stock options, based on the estimated fair value of the awards, net of estimated forfeitures. We estimate the fair value of stock options on the grant date generally using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and recognize the related share-based compensation on a straight-line basis over the period in which the employee is required to provide services, generally up to four years. For stock

87


Table of Contents

repurchases, we recognize any excess of the repurchase price over the fair value of the instruments repurchased as additional share-based compensation.

          We determined the assumptions for the Black-Scholes option-pricing model as discussed below. Each of these inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgment to determine.

    Fair Value of Our Common Stock . Because our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of our common stock, as discussed in "—Common Stock Valuations" below.

    Expected Term . The expected term represents the period that the share-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term of stock options granted has been determined using the simplified method, which uses the midpoint between the vesting date and the contractual term.

    Risk-Free Interest Rate.   The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the date of grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury constant maturity notes with terms approximately equal to the share-based awards' expected term.

    Expected Volatility.   Because we do not have a trading history of our common stock, the expected volatility was derived from the average historical stock volatilities of several public companies within our industry that we consider to be comparable to our business over a period equivalent to the expected term of the share-based awards.

    Dividend Rate . The expected dividend is zero as we have not paid and do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future.

    Forfeiture rate.   We estimate our forfeiture rate based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures and we will continue to evaluate the adequacy of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover behavior and other factors. The impact from any forfeiture rate adjustment would be recognized in full in the period of adjustment and if the actual number of future forfeitures differs from our estimates, we might be required to record adjustments to share-based compensation in future periods.

          If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model change significantly, share-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously.

          The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the periods presented:

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,
 

    2014     2015     2016     2016     2017
 

Expected term (in years)

    5.99 - 6.13     5.86 - 6.06     5.85 - 6.93     5.97 - 6.93     3.49 - 6.01  

Risk-free interest rate

    1.67 - 1.94 %   1.63 - 1.82 %   1.28 - 2.19 %   1.36 - 1.50 %   1.79 - 2.27 %

Expected volatility

    47.56 - 68.38 %   58.95 - 61.51 %   49.83 - 60.37 %   59.71 - 60.37 %   46.35 - 49.24 %

Dividend rate

                     

          In February 2016, we granted an option to purchase 481,123 shares of our Class B common stock with an exercise price of $62.35 (which was higher than the fair market value of a share of our Class B common stock on the date of grant and was intended as further incentive to create substantial long-term stockholder value) to one of our executive officers. In addition to the typical vesting requirement for our options as discussed above, this grant allows for acceleration provisions including full and immediate vesting upon certain termination events. As this grant was determined to include a market condition, we utilized the Monte Carlo simulation valuation model to value the grant. The total grant date fair value of this grant was $0.5 million and is recognized as expense over the derived service period of 5.7 years.

88


Table of Contents

Common Stock Valuations

          The fair value of shares of common stock has historically been determined by our board of directors, with input from management, based upon information available at the time of grant. Given the absence of a public market for our common stock and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , our board of directors has exercised reasonable judgment and considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock including:

    contemporaneous third-party valuations of our common stock;

    the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of preferred stock relative to the common stock;

    market performance of comparable publicly traded peer companies;

    the prices of convertible preferred stock sold by us to third-party investors;

    our operating and financial performance;

    the lack of marketability of our common stock;

    the U.S. and global economic and capital market conditions and outlook; and

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions.

          We granted stock options with the following exercise prices between January 1, 2016 and the date of this prospectus:

Grant Date
  Class B
Common Shares
Underlying Options
Granted
 
  Exercise Price
Per Share
 
  Fair Value Per
Class B
Common Share at
Grant Date
 
 

February 29, 2016

    1,836,211   $ 3.69   $ 3.69  

February 29, 2016

    481,123   $ 62.35 (1) $ 3.69  

June 3, 2016

    472,000   $ 4.03   $ 4.03  

August 29, 2016

    744,000   $ 5.44   $ 5.44  

December 22, 2016

    1,753,000   $ 5.53   $ 5.53  

March 13, 2017

    1,435,350   $ 7.04   $ 7.04  

March 13, 2017

    46,656   $ 7.75 (2) $ 7.04  

April 25, 2017

    767,340   $ 12.37   $ 12.37  

April 30, 2017

    161,676   $ 12.37   $ 12.37  

May 19, 2017

    222,940   $ 15.99   $ 15.99  

(1)
Represents a grant with an exercise price of $62.35 (which was higher than the fair market value of a share of our Class B common stock on the date of grant) to one of our executive officers. See "—Share-Based Payments" above for further discussion.

(2)
Represents a grant with an exercise price of $7.75 (which is equal to 110% of the fair market value of a share of our Class B common stock on the date of grant) to one of our executive officers in accordance with our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, which requires that if, at the time we grant an incentive stock option, the optionee owns stock that holds more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of the Company's stock, the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair value of the common stock on the grant date.

          Based on the initial public offering price of                          per share, the intrinsic value of stock options outstanding at                                        , 2017 was                           million, of which                          

89


Table of Contents


 million related to stock options that were vested and                           million related to stock options that were unvested, in each case at that date.

          In valuing our common stock, our board of directors determined the equity value of our business using the market approach. The market approach relies on an analysis of publicly traded companies similar in industry and/or business model to our company. This methodology uses these guideline companies to develop relevant market multiples and ratios, using metrics such as revenue, earnings before interest and taxes, or EBIT, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, net income and/or tangible book value. These multiples and values are then applied to our company's corresponding financial metrics. Since no two companies are perfectly comparable, premiums or discounts may be applied to the subject company's metrics if its position in its industry is significantly different from the position of the guideline companies, or if its intangible attributes are significantly different. The market approach also uses actual prices paid in merger and acquisition transactions for companies similar to our company. Exit multiples of total purchase price paid to revenues, EBIT, EBITDA, net income and/or book value may be developed for each comparable transaction, if the data is available, and then applied to our company's corresponding financial metrics.

          For valuations through September 30, 2016, the equity value determined was allocated to the common stock using the option-pricing method, or OPM. The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on an equity value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of the preferred stock. Therefore, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to the stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event such as a merger, sale or initial public offering, assuming the enterprise has funds available to make a liquidation preference meaningful and collectible by the stockholders. The common stock is modeled to be a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the preferred stock is liquidated. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to price the call options. The OPM is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is so difficult to predict that forecasts would be highly speculative.

          Beginning with the December 31, 2016 valuation, we changed the methodology for allocating our equity value to our common stock to a probability weighted expected return method, or PWERM. We made this change as greater certainty developed regarding a possible liquidity event. The PWERM methodology relies on a forward-looking analysis to predict the possible future value of a company. Under this method, discrete future outcomes, including initial public offering, non-IPO scenarios, and a merger or sale are weighted based on our estimate of the probability of each scenario. We applied a hybrid method of the PWERM where the non-IPO scenario is modeled using an OPM to reflect the full distribution of possible non-IPO outcomes. The hybrid method is useful when certain discrete future outcomes can be predicted, but also accounts for uncertainty regarding the timing or likelihood of specific alternative exit events.

Emerging Growth Company Status

          We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not "emerging growth companies." We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an "emerging growth company." Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an "emerging growth company" can take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards and as a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. We may take advantage of these

90


Table of Contents

exemptions up until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue, we have more than $700.0 million in market value of our stock held by non-affiliates (and we have been a public company for at least 12 months and have filed one annual report on Form 10-K) or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt securities over a three-year period.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

          In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09 ("ASU 2014-09"), Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). ASU 2014-09 affects any entity that enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards. The new guidance will supersede the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and most industry-specific guidance. The new standard also includes enhanced disclosures which are significantly more comprehensive than those in existing revenue standards. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-08, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Principal versus Agent Considerations)," to clarify the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-10, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing)," to clarify the implementation guidance on identifying performance obligations and licensing. In May 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-12, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients)," to clarify the implementation guidance on assessing collectibility, presentation of sales taxes, noncash consideration and completed contracts and contract modifications at transition. In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-20, "Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers)," to clarify the guidance or to correct unintended application of guidance. For non-public entities, the guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Non-public entities are permitted to adopt the standard as early as annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods therein. We are evaluating the impact this new guidance may have on our consolidated financial statements.

          In February 2016, the FASB issued its final standard on lease accounting, Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 ("ASU 2016-02"), Leases (Topic 842), which supersedes Topic 840, Leases. The new accounting standard requires the recognition of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for all long-term leases, including operating leases, on the balance sheet. The new standard also provides additional guidance on the measurement of the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities and will require enhanced disclosures about our leasing arrangements. For non-public entities, the new standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. We are evaluating the impact this new guidance may have on our consolidated financial statements.

          In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-09 ("ASU 2016-09"), Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. ASU 2016-09 simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. Some of the areas of simplification apply only to non-public entities. For non-public entities, the amendments in ASU 2016-09 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. We are evaluating the impact this new guidance may have on our consolidated financial statements.

91


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

          Blue Apron's mission is to make incredible home cooking accessible to everyone.

          We believe that sharing home-cooked meals with our families and loved ones is an important way to demonstrate our values and affection. It is at our kitchen tables, over a meal, where we often celebrate our milestones, acknowledge our setbacks, and appreciate the comfort of each other's company. Modern life has made this more difficult—many of us are too busy to grocery shop, lack the skills or confidence to cook, or cannot easily find the quality ingredients that make home cooking enjoyable.

          By creating unique cooking experiences built on original recipes, high-quality, pre-portioned ingredients, and engaging content, we make incredible home cooking accessible. Along the way, as we introduce new flavors, new ingredients, new techniques, and tried-and-true cooking fundamentals, our customers keep learning. That's why we named our company Blue Apron: chefs around the world wear blue aprons when learning to cook. To us, that apron symbolizes lifelong learning, a value that permeates everything we do.

          Our vision for the future is ambitious: to build a better food system. We are transforming the way that food is produced, distributed, and consumed. We believe a better food system will benefit not only consumers and stockholders, but also the planet, and we manage our business for the benefit of all three.

Overview

GRAPHIC

          Blue Apron was founded in 2012 premised on a simple desire—our founders wanted to cook at home with their families, but they found grocery shopping and menu planning burdensome, time consuming, and expensive. This problem inspired Blue Apron's first delivery: a box with three recipes—seared hanger steak, barbecue Cornish game hen, and lemongrass shrimp with soba noodles—and the pre-portioned ingredients needed to cook them. Since that initial delivery, we have scaled rapidly, developing our expertise and an ever-more ambitious vision. From inception through March 31, 2017, we have delivered over 159 million meals to households across the United States, which represents approximately 25 million paid orders.

          Our core product is the cooking experience we help our customers create. These experiences extend from discovering new recipes, ingredients, and cooking techniques to preparing meals with families and loved ones to sharing photos and stories of culinary triumphs. Central to these experiences are the original recipes we design and send along with fresh, seasonal ingredients directly to our customers. We offer our customers two flexible plans—our 2-Person Plan and our Family Plan. Our recipes are accompanied by printed and digital content, including how-to

92


Table of Contents

instructions and the stories of our suppliers and specialty ingredients. We also sell wine, which can be paired with our meals, and we sell kitchen tools and staples we use in our test kitchens where we create new recipes.

          Our customers often cook with us multiple times each week, and they trust us to craft delicious recipes and to select interesting, high-quality ingredients to feed their families and loved ones. Hailing from 48 states, our customers span ages, geographies, income brackets, and culinary expertise. They include recent college graduates, young couples, families, singles, and empty nesters. Our passionate, committed, and engaged community of home cooks tell us, through emails, phone calls, and social media, how much Blue Apron has changed their lives.

Our Business Model

          We have reimagined the traditional grocery business model and developed an integrated ecosystem that employs technology and expertise across many disciplines. Our supply-demand coordination activities—demand planning, recipe creation, recipe merchandising, and marketing—drive our end-to-end value chain. We gather and infer information about our customers' tastes, food preferences, and order behavior to forecast near-term and long-term demand. We also manage and influence demand, including through our content, proprietary software tools, and e-commerce experience. For example, our flexible recipe design process allows us to adjust recipes close to the time of delivery, enabling us to coordinate customer preferences with expected ingredient supply to help mitigate supply chain risks. Because our customers select recipes instead of specific ingredients, we can make adjustments while maintaining a consistent, high-quality customer experience. Our innovative direct-to-consumer business model enables us to:

          Our greatest strength is our highly collaborative and multidisciplinary team, which includes agricultural scientists, software and industrial engineers, data scientists, brand and direct marketers, quality and fulfillment associates, operations specialists, photographers, customer experience representatives, recipe writers, and world-class chefs. Our shared commitment to making home cooking accessible to everyone defines our work and focuses our efforts.

93


Table of Contents

Our Value Proposition

          The benefits of our innovative business model extend to multiple stakeholders—our customers, our stockholders, and the planet.

GRAPHIC

          For descriptions of how we define and calculate Customers, Orders, and Average Order Value, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Financial and Operating Metrics."

Selected Financial Results

          In 2014, 2015, and 2016, we generated $77.8 million, $340.8 million, and $795.4 million in net revenue, respectively, representing growth of 338% from 2014 to 2015 and growth of 133% from 2015 to 2016. In the three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, we generated $172.1 million and $244.8 million in net revenue, respectively, representing growth of 42%. In 2014, 2015, and 2016, we incurred net losses of $(30.8) million, $(47.0) million, and $(54.9) million,

94


Table of Contents

respectively, and in the three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, we generated net income of $3.0 million and incurred net losses of $(52.2) million, respectively. In the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, our adjusted EBITDA was $(26.5) million, $(42.9) million, and $(43.6) million, respectively, and in the three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, our adjusted EBITDA was $5.0 million and $(46.3) million, respectively. In the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, our net cash from (used in) operating activities was $(16.9) million, $(26.4) million, and $(23.5) million, respectively, and in the three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, our net cash from (used in) operating activities was $6.0 million and $(19.0) million, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. See "Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for information regarding our use of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable measure calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP.

Our Products

Meals

GRAPHIC

          We create original recipes that we develop every week. Our recipes feature fresh, seasonal ingredients. Our customers can choose the recipes they would like to receive from each week's menu, and we deliver those recipes to their doorsteps along with the pre-portioned ingredients required to cook them. Customers prepare their own meals: prepping, chopping, and cooking the ingredients with their families and loved ones.

          Our customers can plan their orders to complement their individual tastes and lifestyles. Some customers prefer to let our recipe recommendation algorithm choose their recipes based on the food preferences they have provided to us, while other customers actively choose (up to six weeks in advance of delivery) which recipes to receive. Customers can choose to receive orders once per week, or less frequently if that better suits their schedules. Customers can make their order selections on our website or through our mobile application.

Plans

          We currently offer two meal plans:

          Our 2-Person Plan includes three recipes per week (chosen from six options), each of which serves two people. This plan costs $59.94 per week, or $9.99 per person per meal (serving), and shipping is free.

          Our Family Plan includes two or four recipes per week (chosen from four options), each of which serves four people. This plan costs $69.92 for two recipes per week or $139.84 for four recipes per week, or $8.74 per person per meal (serving), and shipping is free.

          In addition, for certain customers, we offer increased flexibility (greater or fewer recipes per order) and additional options (the ability to choose from a greater number of recipes) in our

95


Table of Contents

product offerings, and we plan to make this increased flexibility and additional options available to all customers in the future.

          Based on the number of Orders in 2016 per plan type, 78% of our meal Orders were for the 2-Person Plan and 22% were for the Family Plan.

Menu Design

GRAPHIC

          We design our menus—the mix of recipes we offer each week—with our customers' tastes and preferences in mind. Our approach to menu design seeks to balance ingredient supply and cost while appealing to a variety of customer lifestyles across a broad range of demographics and taste profiles. We create at least ten recipes per week between our 2-Person and Family Plans, striving for a balanced mix of ingredients, cuisines, familiarity, discovery, and preparation times.

96


Table of Contents

Recipes

          

GRAPHIC

          We design our recipes to evoke a sense of discovery for our customers and to be both accessible to new home cooks and interesting for experienced ones. The insights that we extract from consumer research and our customer data underpin a smart recipe design process that simultaneously allows for product variety and supply chain flexibility. Our culinary team, including chefs who are alumni of some of the best restaurants in the world—such as Michelin-starred Per Se and Blue Hill at Stone Barns—begins the recipe creation process with various seasonal ingredients grown by our farm suppliers. Our chefs apply to these raw ingredients their expertise and insights from our customer feedback and recipe ratings to create new offerings every week, with an eye towards what is accessible for families to eat week-in and week-out. Some recipes offer comfort foods with a twist—like short rib burgers with a hoppy cheddar sauce—while others involve less familiar culinary traditions, like spring miso ramen. Our recipes typically range from 500 to 800 calories per serving, include an average of nine ingredients, and are typically designed to take less than 45 minutes to prepare. Every week our chefs go back to the kitchen, inventing original recipes to deliver variety to our customers.

97


Table of Contents

Ingredients

          The phrase "a great recipe is composed of incredible ingredients" is a core Blue Apron philosophy, so much so it is inscribed on the wall of our office. We are committed to sourcing fresh, high-quality ingredients from farmers, ranchers, fishermen, and artisans year round. Our recipes change every week based on the season and often feature specialty ingredients not readily available elsewhere. By merchandising these ingredients into carefully crafted recipes, we are able to introduce our customers to ingredients they may have never experienced before.

GRAPHIC

98


Table of Contents

          We also partner with artisan suppliers to create ingredients specifically for our recipes, such as fresh nettle pasta, custom spice blends, or bespoke ramen noodles from a third-generation noodle maker.

GRAPHIC

          Our ingredient standards are critically important to us and our customers. Our customers trust us to select ingredients for them, and we must deliver on that trust with every baby artichoke, maitake mushroom, and wild-caught Alaskan salmon filet. We source only non-GMO (genetically modified organism) ingredients and buy from a variety of certified organic producers. All of our beef, poultry, and pork comes from animals given exclusively vegetarian feed and not treated with added hormones or sub-therapeutic antibiotics. Based on the foregoing standards and our analysis of Nielsen retailer data on pounds of fresh beef, chicken, and pork sold in the United States in 2016, we believe that our beef standards are higher than 97% of beef sold, our chicken standards are higher than 92% of chicken sold, and our pork standards are higher than 99% of pork sold. Similarly, we source high-quality seafood consistent with the standards established by Monterey Bay Aquarium Seafood Watch, one of the world's most respected sustainable seafood organizations.

          We encourage our farm partners to use an organic systems-based approach that utilizes organic practices and seeks to rebuild and enhance biological systems that increase crop health, yields, and productivity, build soil health, improve biodiversity, encourage energy conservation, and reduce greenhouse gas emissions, water pollution, and costs.

99


Table of Contents

Wine

GRAPHIC

          For many people, a good glass of wine makes dinner better, so in September 2015 we launched Blue Apron Wine, our direct-to-consumer wine delivery service. Blue Apron Wine uses an integrated supply chain and direct sourcing relationships to deliver high-quality wines at compelling values. Each month, we work directly with vineyards and acclaimed winemakers, including our in-house winemaker, to create custom Blue Apron wines that are specially crafted for our customers and are not available elsewhere. Our wines pair with our meals and are sized for a dinner for two (in 500ml bottles, rather than traditional 750ml bottles). Each wine delivery costs $65.99 (including shipping) and consists of three red wines and three white wines (or rosé, depending on the season), tasting notes, pairing tips, and the story behind each wine. We are a licensed winery, and currently ship directly to customers in 31 states and Washington, D.C. We estimate that these 31 states, together with Washington, D.C., represent approximately 85% of the U.S. wine-drinking population. Our customers can choose to purchase wine alone or to purchase both meals and wine. As with our meals, customers may choose to actively manage their wine orders by adjusting deliveries to fit their schedules, or they may simply sign up and receive a delivery each month.

Market

GRAPHIC

          To better equip our customers to excel as home cooks, in November 2014 we launched Blue Apron Market, our e-commerce marketplace. Blue Apron Market features a curated selection of cooking tools, utensils, and pantry items, many of which are not available elsewhere and which are recommended by our culinary team. Some of our best-selling items include a custom Togiharu handcrafted Japanese Chef's knife, Luminarc prep bowls, the Microplane zester-grater, the Eddington olive wood spoon, and Jacobsen Salt Co. all-purpose kosher sea salt. Customers may also purchase our seasonal cookbooks, which will be published by Harper Wave, an imprint of HarperCollins Publishers, and sold through bookstores and will feature recipes for weeknight meals, large format feasts, desserts, and culinary projects. All of our recipe cards feature cooking tools and utensils from Blue Apron Market, creating an integrated brand experience for our community of home cooks and repeated merchandising opportunities for our company.

100


Table of Contents

Digital Experience and Content

          

GRAPHIC

          Customers can find recipes, register their preferences, manage their accounts, and make purchases on our site or on our mobile application. As of December 31, 2016, the Blue Apron iOS mobile application had been downloaded over 1.3 million times. Our digital customer experience is immersive: we offer how-to cooking videos, stories about our suppliers, and our collection of over 1,000 recipes that customers can revisit on their own.

          Our ingredients have stories, and we communicate our commitment to our vision and the quality of our products by telling those stories. Through printed content included in our deliveries or on digital and social channels, we highlight the origins of our recipes and ingredients and help our customers understand why our recipes and ingredients are special. We also share the stories of our suppliers and explain why the ingredients they grow and create are of high quality.

How We Do It

          We have architected an integrated ecosystem that enables us to source high-quality, differentiated ingredients, design original recipes around those ingredients, and combine them into compelling cooking experiences that we deliver to customers across the United States. Our interconnected end-to-end value chain allows us to execute cost-effectively and at scale. Coordination between our culinary team, marketing practices, and technology tools helps us pair customer demand with supply, as well as to work with our suppliers to deliver high-quality food at compelling values. Our fulfillment and logistics operations are built to support our ongoing product innovation.

GRAPHIC

Supply-Demand Coordination

          Our supply-demand coordination activities include demand planning, recipe creation, recipe merchandising, and marketing. We use near-term and long-term demand forecasting based on proprietary data and software to inform decisions at every step of our value chain, from decisions about fulfillment center capacity to crop planning by our farm partners to predicting our supply needs to

101


Table of Contents

ingredient purchasing. This process continues through recipe creation and merchandising, as we craft recipes around available ingredients, often just a few weeks prior to delivery. We have also tailored our marketing strategies based on these demand forecasts and planning to optimize our marketing return-on-investment.

Demand Planning

          Our deep understanding of our customers' preferences and behaviors is core to our integrated business model. We have ongoing interactions with our customers—when they input their food preferences on our website, rate recipes, make their recipe selections, or set their delivery schedules—and we are constantly learning from their explicit and implicit choices and preferences. We also have created machine learning models that take into account these explicit and implicit customer behaviors to develop near-term and long-term demand forecasts that inform our demand and supply coordination tools, such as recipe creation and merchandising, and drive operational execution.

Recipe Creation and Merchandising

          As our culinary team crafts original recipes, they consider the availability of various ingredients, drawing upon real-time data from our proprietary planning software, and use their culinary expertise to adjust recipes and change ingredients up to six weeks prior to delivery. For example, if a farmer has a better-than-expected yield, we may buy more of that farmer's ingredients and incorporate them into additional recipes. Once recipes are created, we can also merchandise them through our website and mobile application in ways that influence and coordinate customer demand with our supply. For example, our recipe recommendation algorithm, which pre-sets customers' orders each week, balances customer preferences, supply availability, and capacity at our fulfillment centers to make informed recommendations.

          These capabilities—combined with the fact that our customers come to us for varied cooking experiences rather than specific ingredients or menu items—buffer us from price and supply volatility while maintaining the quality of our customers' experiences.

GRAPHIC

102


Table of Contents

Marketing as Demand Driver

          Our marketing activities are informed by our demand forecasting and planning, seasonal and geographic operational factors, and insights from our proprietary customer data. For example, we run targeted email and social media campaigns to drive customer demand to, among other things, optimize our operational capacity for specific days of the week or in particular geographies. Because of our integrated technology platform, we are able to implement real-time product marketing updates across our platform.

Supplier Partnerships

          Our deep supplier relationships, built on a foundation of trust, provide us access to a supply of high-quality ingredients and enable us to reduce costs and enhance utilization of our planet's resources. Current strategies we employ with some of our suppliers to support this approach include:

Direct Supplier Relationships

          In 2016, we purchased from over 300 food suppliers. Approximately 70% of our food spending in 2016 was with suppliers who had entered into exclusivity arrangements with us in which they have agreed not to supply any other company that sells boxed meals or recipes and pre-portioned ingredients to consumers. Our direct relationships allow us to deliver flavorful and unique ingredients in a scaled and cost-effective way.

Farm Partnerships Program

          We plan seasonal menus around healthy crop rotations. In the fourth quarter of 2015, we launched our Farm Partnerships Program to promote sound agricultural practices, while also reducing overall costs. Over the course of 2016, our team of agricultural and environmental scientists worked with over 70 farmers through this program to help build soil health and improve crop yields. Throughout the year, our team collects regional data (such as soil maps), academic research, and data from our farmer partners to inform and recommend planting timelines and varietal spacing techniques. Using this information, farm partners can better align growing seasons with healthy farmland practices. We believe that by supporting our farm partners in this way, we can cost-effectively procure high-quality, hard to find ingredients at scale.

103


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

Whole Animal Utilization

          Similar to many high-end restaurants which buy whole animals and use different cuts across their menus, we are able to reduce waste, lower costs, and access premium supplies by partnering with suppliers to source whole animals. In the first quarter of 2017, we acquired the assets of BN Ranch, a premium supplier of sustainable beef, poultry, and lamb to support our whole animal utilization program and better coordinate our supply and demand. Its founder, Bill Niman, a thought leader in animal husbandry and welfare with decades of experience, has joined the Blue

104


Table of Contents

Apron team. Under his leadership, we plan to further develop our animal welfare and husbandry standards for beef, pork, and poultry and to champion our whole animal utilization program.

GRAPHIC

Operations

          Our purchasing, production, fulfillment, and logistics operations are integrated with our demand management and supplier relationships. Successfully integrating these disparate activities requires us to possess a variety of competencies: a team with deep, ingredient-specific relationships; a technology-enabled platform that connects our end-to-end operations; and a scalable architecture that adapts to surges in demand as well as variations in available supply.

Informed Purchasing

          While we work directly with our suppliers months in advance to plan our supply needs, we place purchase orders closer to the delivery date, after coordinating supply and demand through processes such as recipe merchandizing and analyzing the outputs of our demand planning tools.

Production and Fulfillment

          Our fulfillment centers are engineered to effectively manage our variable, high-throughput, perishable inventory as well as flexible production and labor needs. Because we prep and ship perishable products, our fulfillment centers must adhere to stringent food and safety standards, temperature protocols, and regulatory guidelines. We also station quality managers from our culinary team (many of whom are former professional chefs) in our fulfillment centers to ensure that our deliveries adhere to our quality standards.

105


Table of Contents

          To support our fulfillment operations, we have developed proprietary technology for every step of the process. Upon receipt of deliveries from suppliers, we use our proprietary receiving and inventory tools to assess incoming ingredients for quality. Ingredients are then moved throughout our centers in specified tracks, either to our prep kitchen (which portions the ingredients into specific quantities for each week's recipes), pack lines, box sorters, or cold storage. When ingredients are ready to be prepped, we use a proprietary kitchen prep software program that demonstrates to fulfillment associates how to prep ingredients for each recipe, and provides instructions on selecting the correct type of packaging for each ingredient. The prepped ingredients are then sorted into cold storage with our grocery tracker software that empowers packers to quickly access ingredients at the time of assembly. When ingredients are ready to be packed, we use packline assembly software that displays a schematic of how to pack ingredients into boxes to maintain ingredient quality. We track productivity and capture data throughout the production process to enable our analytics team to identify areas of improvement and enhanced efficiency.

Logistics

          Our logistics team designs, manages, and optimizes a ground-based delivery network comprised of several third-party partners capable of delivering to geographies covering over 99% of the U.S. population. We analyze outbound logistics on a zip code by zip code basis to enable cost-effective and timely delivery of our orders, while also adjusting the packaging of our ingredients and other components of our fulfillment operations based on the expected delivery route, weather, or ultimate destination. All of our packaging materials are chosen with environmental impact in mind. Our packaging is recyclable, and we offer customers the option of returning our packaging to us for recycling free of charge through our returns program. Our packaging innovation team, with the support of third-party sustainability experts, is focused on innovating to improve our packaging design, lower overall costs, and reduce our carbon footprint.

106


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

Our Brand and Marketing

          Several nights a week, our customers invite us into their homes. We take part in some of the most joyful parts of their days, helping them create a meal for their families and loved ones. Their challenges are opportunities for us to learn together, and their accomplishments are among our proudest achievements. We hear their success stories every day.

          The bond we have developed with our customers is forged in frequency and trust. For the first quarter of 2017, we had 4.1 Orders per Customer. During 2016, 92% of our net revenue was generated from Repeat Orders, which we define as an Order from a Customer who has previously placed an Order in any period. We have established trust with our customers: the trust required for them to order fresh food online, trust in our expertise in creating a delicious recipe, and trust in our ability to select ingredients on their behalf.

107


Table of Contents

          Our customers have been our best marketers. We see them share their Blue Apron moments through social media, blogs, and referrals. Of our Customers for the first quarter of 2017, 34% were acquired through our customer referral program, in which certain existing customers may invite others to receive a complimentary meal delivery.

          In addition to customer referrals, we utilize paid and organic channels to increase awareness of our brand and attract new customers. We have expanded our marketing efforts to include a variety of paid advertising across digital channels (such as online video, social media, display, search engine marketing, and sponsored content) and offline channels (such as national television commercials, direct mail, podcasts, and radio). According to a Lightspeed Consulting study commissioned by us, our unaided brand awareness increased from 9% to 33% between August 2015 and January 2017 and our aided brand awareness increased from 27% to 69% over the same time frame. This study measured the brand awareness of companies, like Blue Apron, that deliver fresh, pre-portioned ingredients and recipes, and was limited to persons satisfying target audience criteria that we believe are indicative of consumers who are most likely to be interested in these products.

          Our marketing activities are driven by a mix of brand marketing and quantitative and return-on-investment strategies that focuses on payback timelines and the lifetime values of our customers. Based on our customers' Order frequency and an Average Order Value of $57.23 for the first quarter of 2017, we believe we have efficient payback on our marketing expenses.

Our Customers

GRAPHIC

          Our customers represent a broad range of demographics. They include recent college graduates, young couples, families, singles, and empty nesters, hailing from 48 states and representing a wide range of age groups and incomes. Customers of all kinds are able to successfully incorporate Blue Apron into a wide variety of lifestyles.

108


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Source: Customer email survey of Blue Apron account holders, November 2016, with 1,804 respondents.

          Our customers mirror the general geographical population distribution of the United States. According to the 2015 Current Population Survey by the U.S. Census Bureau, the top ten states account for 54% of total U.S. households. Similarly, as of December 31, 2016, we estimate that these states accounted for 54% of our Customers for the fourth quarter of 2016.

109


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


U.S. households data from 2015 U.S. Census Bureau Current Population Survey. Blue Apron Customers as of December 31, 2016.

Our Market Opportunity

          Our market opportunity is broad, as we believe our customers choose to buy Blue Apron meals instead of shopping at grocery stores, ordering take out, or eating at restaurants.

          In 2016, according to a Euromonitor study commissioned by us, aggregate sales in the U.S. grocery market were $781.5 billion and aggregate sales in the global grocery market were more than eight times larger. For purposes of this study, the grocery market includes retail sales of fresh foods, packaged foods, hot drinks, soft drinks, and alcoholic drinks across grocery retailers, variety stores, warehouse clubs, mass merchandisers, and Internet retailers. According to this study, online sales in 2016 represented only $9.7 billion, or approximately 1.2%, of the overall grocery market in the United States, but are expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (excluding the impact of price inflation), or CAGR, of 8.5% between 2017 and 2020, compared to the broader grocery market, which is expected to grow at a CAGR of 1.3% in the same period.

          We believe an opportunity exists to increase online grocery penetration to the level of penetration that exists in many other retail markets. Conventional grocery stores currently face many of the same challenges online as offline. They have high inventory counts and compete in the sale of commodity products, and confront considerable waste. In addition, conventional grocery stores generally have relatively low gross margin structures and are highly capital-intensive given their large retail footprints, making it difficult for them to invest in technology and innovation.

110


Table of Contents

          In 2016, according to the Euromonitor study we commissioned, aggregate sales in the U.S. restaurant market were $543.1 billion and aggregate sales in the global restaurant market were almost five times larger. According to the Euromonitor study we commissioned, online sales in 2016 represented only $12.0 billion, or approximately 2.2%, of the overall U.S. restaurant market, but are expected to grow at a CAGR of 22.6% between 2017 and 2020, compared to the broader restaurant market, which is expected to grow at a CAGR of 1.6% in the same period.

          According to the Euromonitor study we commissioned, U.S. meal plan delivery accounted for approximately $2.0 billion of sales in 2016.

          We believe that our business is poised to capture share from the overall $1.3 trillion grocery and restaurant markets and to benefit from shifts in consumer preferences, including:

Our Strengths

          Our strengths as a company include the following:

Powerful and emotional brand connection

          Many of our customers cook Blue Apron meals, drink Blue Apron wine, use tools from Blue Apron Market, and share these cooking experiences with their families and loved ones multiple times each week. We believe that we have developed a powerful and emotional connection with our customers through the frequency of these touchpoints and the experiential nature of our products. Our customers trust us to create new, delicious recipes each week, choose their ingredients for them, and provide transparency into where their food comes from. They share their culinary triumphs through email, social media, blogs, and phone calls, telling us how Blue Apron has given them the confidence to cook, brought them closer with their families and friends, and changed their lives.

Superior products at compelling values

          We provide our customers with distinct cooking experiences centered on original recipes that our professional culinary team crafts each week, frequently around specialty ingredients cultivated or produced exclusively for us. In addition, we sell custom Blue Apron wines as well as curated kitchen tools and staples through Blue Apron Market to further enhance the integrated experience for our customers. Because of the efficiencies in our value chain, we are able to provide our products at attractive price points. We believe our ingredients are often fresher and of higher quality than those found in traditional and online grocery stores, and consumers also receive ingredients in the pre-portioned amounts necessary to cook our meals. In addition, our recipes often feature specialty ingredients that are not readily found at many traditional grocery stores.

111


Table of Contents

Constant product innovation

          We invent new, differentiated products every week by designing new recipes, incorporating varied ingredients, and creating original content that tells compelling stories. Our constant product innovation process enables us to deliver the type of variety that our customers expect with the quality that they deserve. During 2016, we created over 400 original recipes and 50 wines, and introduced fairytale eggplant, pink lemons, and purple daikon radishes to our customers. We have designed our operations and developed expertise across our entire team that allows us to execute successfully at this velocity.

Attractive unit economics

          We benefit from favorable customer acquisition costs due to our strong customer relationships and engagement. Of our Customers for the fourth quarter of 2016, 39% were acquired through our customer referral program. Once we have acquired a new customer, we have historically had efficient payback periods on our marketing expenses due to the cumulative revenue that we have generated from these customers . This net revenue payback is driven by our Orders per Customer and Average Order Value, which were 4.2 and $58.78, respectively, for the fourth quarter of 2016. We also benefit from Repeat Orders. During 2016, 92% of our net revenue was generated from Repeat Orders.

          As we have continued to scale our business, grow our direct supplier relationships, and introduce increased automation into our fulfillment centers, we have become more cost efficient. Our cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue decreased from 92.8% to 67.0% from 2014 to 2016. Our operating cash flow benefits from our favorable working capital dynamics. In 2014, 2015, and 2016, our net cash used in operating activities was $16.9 million, $26.4 million and $23.5 million, respectively, which represented 21.7%, 7.7% and 3.0% as a percentage of net revenue, respectively.

Hard-to-replicate value chain

          We have made substantial investments in direct supplier relationships, talent, infrastructure, technology, and data to build an interconnected value chain. We work with over 300 different suppliers and the majority of our food purchases are from suppliers who have entered into exclusivity arrangements with us. These efforts enable us to deliver high-quality food at compelling values, utilizing ingredients that are often unique to us. We have built a diverse team and developed the processes to coordinate closely between such functions as professional chefs, technologists, and supply chain experts. Our value chain is supported by custom-built fulfillment and logistics operations to manage frequently changing, high-throughput, perishable inventory.

Proprietary technology and data

          Technology and analytics underpin every part of our business. We have ongoing interactions with our customers through our website, recipe and delivery calendar tools, and mobile application, through which customers tell us, and from which we can infer, their tastes and preferences. We then combine this data and information with our proprietary software systems to inform nearly every decision we make, using forecasting tools and data science to predict orders for specific recipes and to optimize our culinary, supply chain, and logistics operations. Our proprietary technology includes collaborative crop planning, flexible recipe design, labor scheduling and planning, real-time inventory management, customer feedback analysis, and inbound supply and customer delivery route optimization.

112


Table of Contents

Expertise across diverse competencies

          Our business model requires competencies across a wide range of industries and expertise, including developing a lifestyle brand, building a direct-to-consumer Internet business, curating engaging content, managing and forecasting demand, sourcing ingredients of all types, inventing new recipes weekly, pioneering developments in agricultural science, and building an end-to-end value chain. We have scaled our organization by attracting top talent in all of our functional areas, and our business model relies on, and our culture encourages, collaboration across these teams — agricultural scientists with software engineers, recipe writers and chefs with data scientists. Our shared commitment to making home cooking accessible to everyone defines our work and focuses our efforts.

Growth Strategy

          We have grown rapidly since our founding, but we believe we have only scratched the surface in terms of the role we can play in consumers' homes and around their dinner tables. Our growth strategy includes the following:

Increase market penetration with our core product

          We have built a large and engaged community of customers. According to Euromonitor, there were 125.7 million households in the United States as of December 31, 2016. Based on our Customers for the fourth quarter of 2016, this implies that our market penetration is 0.7%. As a young brand, we believe we have an opportunity to grow awareness and to attract new customers to our core product. Due to the large size of our potential market, relatively modest increases in penetration represent large revenue growth opportunities for us.

Expand our core product to fit more lifestyles

          As we expand our operational capabilities, increase the automation in our fulfillment centers, and grow our supplier network, we plan to expand our core product by offering greater flexibility in the number of recipes per order and greater diversity in the number of recipes from which customers may choose. In the future, we may introduce similar flexibility for wine. We are developing product expansion initiatives to fit the lifestyles of a broader customer set in order to continue to expand our addressable market and drive greater satisfaction among current customers, thereby increasing their Average Order Value and rate of Repeat Orders.

Broaden our product portfolio

          We are focused on opportunities to launch new products that further create an integrated brand experience. Past examples include our introduction of Blue Apron Market and Blue Apron Wine. We continue to evaluate opportunities to launch new products and services that further our mission to make incredible home cooking accessible to everyone.

Develop new brands and new channels

          We believe we have built a powerful brand that we can leverage to further develop additional new brands and channels. For example, we recently acquired BN Ranch, a premium supplier of sustainable beef, poultry, and lamb. In addition to reducing our costs and increasing our supply chain capabilities, we believe this acquisition gives us an opportunity to develop BN Ranch as a high-quality meat and poultry brand. We also plan to consider additional channels to reach new customers efficiently using our Blue Apron brand and routinely evaluate new partnerships that will further our reach and mission. In addition, we may opportunistically expand our business through strategic acquisitions or vertical integration opportunities.

113


Table of Contents

International expansion

          We have built a trusted brand, proprietary technology, processes, and a diverse set of competencies that we believe would enable us over time to pursue attractive opportunities outside of the United States. We do not currently have a specific time frame for international expansion.

Culture and Employees

          We believe that our team is, and will continue to be, our most valuable asset. We are incredibly proud of the culture we have created throughout our company—across all of our offices and fulfillment centers—and which is driven by our company values: lifelong learning, trust, quality, teamwork, and empowerment.

          As we rapidly scale our organization, we are investing in employee engagement programs that encourage growth, development, and recognition across our entire workforce. For example, in our fulfillment centers, we launched an operational excellence program focused on equipping our fulfillment center associates with leadership skills that help accelerate their path to management roles within our company. At our corporate offices, we mirrored that program by creating a comprehensive leadership training curriculum that includes workshops and one-on-one leadership coaching for every senior manager and above.

          We apply our company value of lifelong learning to ourselves as a young organization, and we are constantly seeking feedback from not only our customers and partners but also our employees to find ways to improve. We believe all of our employees have great ideas to contribute, and we are committed to listening and continuing to build our culture.

          As of April 30, 2017, we had 5,137 full-time employees, of which more than 85% were engaged in fulfillment operations. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Our Competition

          The markets in which we compete are evolving rapidly and intensely competitive, and we face an array of competitors from many different industry sectors. Our current and potential competitors include: (1) other food and meal delivery companies; (2) the supermarket industry; (3) a wide array of food retailers, including natural and organic, specialty, conventional, mass, discount, and other food retail formats; (4) conventional supermarkets; (5) other food retailers; (6) online supermarket retailers; (7) casual dining and quick-service restaurants and other food service businesses in the restaurant industry; (8) online wine retailers, wine specialty stores, and retail liquor stores; and (9) food manufacturers, consumer packaged goods companies, providers of logistics services, and other food and ingredient producers.

          We believe that the principal competitive factors upon which we compete include: brand, reputation, and customer satisfaction; price; product quality, and safety; value perception; convenience; customer service; reliable and timely fulfillment; and variety, quality, and flexibility of product offering, and we believe that we are the largest provider of fresh, pre-portioned ingredients and recipes in the United States.

          Although we believe that we compete effectively on the basis of each of these factors, we expect competition to increase. Some of our current competitors have, and potential competitors may have, longer operating histories, larger fulfillment infrastructures, greater technical capabilities, significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources and larger customer bases than we do. In addition, some of our other current or potential competitors may be smaller, less regulated, and have a greater ability to reposition their product offerings than companies that, like us, operate

114


Table of Contents

at a larger scale. These factors may allow competitors to derive greater sales and profits from their existing customer base, acquire customers at lower costs, or respond more quickly than we can to changes in consumer demand and tastes. Generally, the competition within these industries may be driven by research and development efforts, marketing campaigns, or pricing strategies which may allow participants within these industries to gain or lose customers or sales.

Intellectual Property

          Our ability to protect our intellectual property rights, including our proprietary technology and our customer data, will be an important factor in the continued growth and success of our business. We seek to protect our intellectual property rights through a combination of trademark, copyright and trade secret protection, and other intellectual property protections under applicable law. We register domain names, trademarks and service marks in the United States and abroad. We also seek to protect and avoid disclosure of our intellectual property through confidentiality, non-disclosure and invention assignment agreements with our employees, and through appropriate agreements with our suppliers and others. We do not hold any patents.

Government Regulation

          Our business is subject to a variety of federal, state, and local regulatory requirements, including regulation of our food and wine operations.

Government Regulation of Foods and Food Companies

          Food companies, such as Blue Apron, are subject to extensive government regulation. Federal statutes applicable to food production include, for example, the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, the Federal Meat Inspection Act, the Poultry Products Inspection Act, the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, the Nutrition Labeling and Education Act, the Food Allergen Labeling and Consumer Protection Act, the FDA Food Safety Modernization Act, and the Federal Trade Commission Act. Federal regulators have promulgated extensive regulatory schemes to implement these and other relevant statutes. These evolving regulatory structures govern matters including manufacturing, formulating, labeling, advertising, packaging, storing, and implementing safety measures for our food products. Legal changes and uncertainty regarding the regulation of food products have accelerated in recent years. In particular, the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, has been implementing the FDA Food Safety Modernization Act by promulgating substantial numbers of new regulations and introducing multiple versions of non-binding, draft guidance documents suggesting new compliance measures for the food industry. Understanding within the food industry of how to apply these regulations and the suggestions offered in FDA guidance documents continues to evolve.

          State and local jurisdictions also regulate U.S. food manufacturing facilities. For example, we currently produce and fulfill products in the states of California, New Jersey, and Texas. State and local governments exert regulatory authority over our operations in these jurisdictions. The states and localities in which a food production facility is located can impose registration, licensing, and inspection requirements in addition to those imposed by federal law. Some also enforce significant consumer protection-focused statutory schemes, which can impose additional costs and complexity on food producers.

          Food companies in the U.S. are subject to government inspection with or without notice at any time, with concomitant responsibility to provide access to facilities and equipment, produce extensive operational documentation, and furnish product, packaging, and labeling samples for governmental examination. Federal, state, and local governmental agencies enjoy extensive

115


Table of Contents

discretion to determine whether, when and how to conduct these activities. Food companies are therefore vulnerable to unexpected business interruptions and publicity.

          All food companies in the United States bear legal responsibility for any violation of applicable food regulatory law, whether that violation is negligent, non-negligent, or deliberate. Any U.S. company found to have violated food regulatory laws may have its products seized, its operations enjoined, its goods recalled from the market and destroyed, and its business exposed to significant adverse publicity. It is also possible that new laws or regulations, or changes in the enforcement of existing requirements, might require us to change our compliance policies, incur additional cost, or result in unexpected liabilities that could be significant.

Food Safety and Quality Assurance

          We maintain a food safety and quality program to verify that the food products supplied to our customers are processed in a safe and sanitary environment and are in compliance with regulatory requirements and our internal food quality and safety standards. All meat and poultry products that we source are processed in facilities inspected by the U.S. Department of Agriculture, or USDA, or by the equivalent agencies in countries deemed eligible by USDA for exporting meat and poultry to the United States. Accordingly, these products must conform to USDA requirements. All food and packaging suppliers are prequalified and have agreed to comply with our requirements. While we perform supplier inspections and conduct product audits to evaluate suppliers and products for compliance with our company standards and specifications, we may not be able to prevent individual suppliers from failing to comply with food safety laws or our requirements, and we may not be able to locate each failure to comply with food safety laws or our requirements prior to shipments of food products. We operate a toll free, customer call center to capture and address telephonic and electronic customer complaints, including complaints about the quality of our food products.

Government Regulation of Our Wine Business

          The production, sale, and shipment of wine in the United States are each regulated by the federal government and by each state government. There is not uniformity among state laws, so business models that are national in scope must account for the state-by-state rules to achieve compliance.

          Our wholly-owned subsidiary BAW, Inc., or BAW, is a licensed California winery, and must comply with federal and California law controlling winery operations. Various regulations control production, excise tax, labeling, alcohol content and recordkeeping. In addition, the promotion and marketing of wine, including pricing, is sometimes regulated by federal or state regulations. For example, wine marketing cannot be targeted to children, and some states restrict excessive discounts on wine. To assist with federal and state regulatory compliance, BAW employs an experienced staff winemaker and relies on various other internal and external personnel with relevant experience.

          Alcohol distribution in the United States is traditionally conducted through a "three-tier" system, in which alcohol passes from manufacturer to wholesaler to retailer in each state, before it can be sold to a consumer. However, applicable regulations permit manufacturers to ship wine directly to consumers around the country. As a licensed California winery, BAW relies on such exceptions to sell and ship wine to the residents of 31 states plus the District of Columbia. Each state permit held by BAW has specific compliance requirements, such as monthly reporting, limits on the amount of wine that can be shipped to a given household, and obtaining an adult signature on delivery.

116


Table of Contents

Facilities

          Our principal executive offices are located in New York, New York, where we lease approximately 65,000 square feet of space pursuant to various leases that expire beginning in January 2019, with options to extend the applicable term for periods ranging from April 2020 to January 2024. We expect to take possession of approximately 25,000 additional square feet of office space under one such lease in June 2018. We are currently exploring opportunities to consolidate our current principal executive offices into a single office in the New York, New York metro area. Our customer service operations and certain back-office functions are based in Austin, Texas, where we lease approximately 65,000 square feet of space pursuant to a lease expiring in August 2022, with an option to extend the term for one five-year period.

          Our current fulfillment centers occupy leased facilities in Richmond, California, Jersey City, New Jersey, and Arlington, Texas. Our fulfillment center in Richmond, California occupies approximately 158,000 square feet of space pursuant to a lease expiring in May 2019; our fulfillment center in Jersey City, New Jersey occupies approximately 202,000 square feet of space pursuant to a lease expiring in January 2025 with an option to extend the term for two consecutive five-year periods and a sublease expiring in November 2018 with an option to extend the term for two successive one-year periods; and our fulfillment center in Arlington, Texas occupies approximately 104,000 square feet of space pursuant to a lease expiring in July 2024. We believe that our current fulfillment center facilities are adequate to meet our immediate needs but cannot accommodate significant expansion.

          We are completing the build out of a new fulfillment center in Linden, New Jersey and have entered into a lease for another new fulfillment center in Fairfield, California, which is currently under construction. Upon completion of the build out, the new fulfillment center in Linden, New Jersey will occupy approximately 495,000 square feet of space pursuant to a lease expiring in August 2026 with an option to extend the term for two consecutive five-year periods. The new fulfillment center in Fairfield, California will occupy approximately 431,000 square feet of space pursuant to a lease expiring 126 months after the commencement date, which expiration is currently estimated to be in early 2028, with an option to extend the term for two consecutive five-year periods. Upon completion of our new fulfillment centers in Linden, New Jersey and Fairfield, California, we anticipate that such fulfillment centers, together with our Arlington, Texas fulfillment center, will comprise our primary fulfillment operations for the foreseeable future. We are evaluating, and intend to continue to evaluate, our ongoing real property and operational needs, including as they relate to our Jersey City, New Jersey and Richmond, California locations.

Legal Proceedings

          We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. From time to time, we may be subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of our business activities. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have a material adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors.

117


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

          The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors as of April 30, 2017:

Name
  Age     Position  

Matthew B. Salzberg

  33   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Bradley J. Dickerson

  52   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Ilia M. Papas

  35   Chief Technology Officer

Matthew J. Wadiak

  39   Chief Operating Officer

Jared Cluff

  39   Chief Marketing Officer

Pablo Cussatti

  46   Senior Vice President of Operations and Fulfillment

Benjamin C. Singer

  40   General Counsel and Secretary

Julie M.B. Bradley (1)(2)

  48   Director

Tracy Britt Cool (1)(3)

  32   Director

Kenneth A. Fox (1)

  46   Director

Robert P. Goodman (2)

  56   Director

Gary R. Hirshberg (2)(3)

  62   Director

Brian P. Kelley (3)

  56   Director

(1)
Member of audit committee

(2)
Member of compensation committee

(3)
Member of nominating and corporate governance committee

           Matthew B. Salzberg, one of our founders, has served as our president, chief executive officer, and a director of Blue Apron since inception, and previously served as our treasurer until January 2017. Before co-founding Blue Apron, Mr. Salzberg was employed as a senior associate by Bessemer Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, from June 2010 to January 2012, and as an analyst by The Blackstone Group, a private equity firm, from June 2005 to June 2008. Mr. Salzberg holds an A.B. degree in economics from Harvard College and an M.B.A. degree from Harvard Business School. We believe that Mr. Salzberg is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive knowledge of our company and the industry in which we compete, and his vision and leadership as a co-founder and as our president and chief executive officer. Effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement for this offering, Mr. Salzberg has been appointed the chairman of our board of directors. See "—Board Leadership Structure."

           Bradley J. Dickerson has served as our chief financial officer since February 2016 and as our treasurer since January 2017. Before joining Blue Apron, Mr. Dickerson was employed by Under Armour, Inc., a supplier of branded performance apparel, footwear, and accessories, serving as chief financial officer from March 2008 to February 2016, as vice president of accounting and finance from February 2006 to February 2008, and as corporate controller from July 2004 to February 2006. Prior to that, he served as chief financial officer of Macquarie Aviation North America, an aviation lessor, from January 2003 to July 2004, and in various capacities with Network Building & Consulting, a designer and builder of wireless telecommunications networks, from 1994 to 2003, including as chief financial officer from 1998 to 2003. Mr. Dickerson holds a B.S. degree in accounting from the University of Akron and an M.B.A. degree from Loyola University Maryland.

           Ilia M. Papas, one of our founders, has served as our chief technology officer since February 2012. Before co-founding Blue Apron, Mr. Papas was employed as director, technical architect by Optaros, Inc., an information technology and services company, from September 2006 to February

118


Table of Contents

2012, and as a software engineer by Molecular (now Isobar), a digital agency, from September 2004 to August 2006. Mr. Papas holds a B.A. degree in computer science from Tufts University.

           Matthew J. Wadiak , one of our founders, has served as our chief operating officer since May 2015 and previously served as our chief product officer from August 2012 to May 2015. Before co-founding Blue Apron, Mr. Wadiak was chief executive officer of Cooks' Venture, a private culinary marketing and events company, from 2003 to July 2012, and founded Plank Pilates Studio, a boutique fitness studio, in 2009. In addition to his work at Blue Apron, Mr. Wadiak is a member of the advisory board of The Charlie Cart Project, a non-profit that is bringing food and culinary education to schools across America through immersive lessons. Mr. Wadiak classically trained under Chef Paul Bertolli at Oliveto in California, in addition to training under various chefs in Italy and the United States. He holds an AOS degree in Culinary Arts from the Culinary Institute of America, where he is an honoree in the Society of Fellows.

           Jared Cluff has served as our chief marketing officer since April 2016 and previously served as our vice president of marketing from February 2014 to March 2016. Before joining Blue Apron, Mr. Cluff was employed: by Fab.com, an e-commerce company, as senior vice president of marketing from January 2013 to February 2014 and as vice president of marketing from April 2012 to December 2012; by Avidtrips, an online travel company, as chief operating officer from March 2011 to April 2012; by Ask.com, a question answering-focused web search engine, as senior vice president of marketing from June 2009 to March 2011; and as vice president of user acquisition from April 2008 to June 2009; and by Match.com, an online dating service, as director of online marketing from July 2005 to March 2008. Prior to that, Mr. Cluff held several marketing positions with E*TRADE, an online financial services company. Mr. Cluff holds a B.A. degree in economics from Stanford University and an M.B.A. degree from Northwestern University.

           Pablo Cussatti has served as our senior vice president of operations and fulfillment since September 2016. Before joining Blue Apron, Mr. Cussatti was employed by Pinnacle Foods, a packaged foods company, as senior vice president of manufacturing from May 2012 to September 2016; by Dean Foods, a food and beverage company, as vice president of operations from October 2010 to May 2012; by PepsiCo, a food, snack, and beverage company, as vice president of manufacturing from May 2001 to October 2010; and by Campbell Soup, a manufacturer and marketer of branded food and beverage products, as a product manager from November 1997 to May 2001. Mr. Cussatti holds a B.S. degree in mechanical engineering from Columbia University.

           Benjamin C. Singer has served as our general counsel and secretary since November 2014. Before joining Blue Apron, Mr. Singer was employed by Gilt Groupe, an e-commerce company, as vice president, associate general counsel, and assistant secretary from April 2012 to November 2014 and as assistant general counsel from April 2011 to April 2012. Prior to that, Mr. Singer was an associate attorney at the law firms Kirkland & Ellis LLP from May 2007 to April 2011 and Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. from September 2004 to May 2007. Mr. Singer holds a B.A. degree in philosophy and religious studies from Indiana University and a J.D. degree from The University of Texas School of Law.

           Julie M.B. Bradley has been a director of Blue Apron since November 2015. From October 2011 to November 2015, she served as senior vice president, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, and treasurer of TripAdvisor, Inc., an online travel planning and booking site. Prior to joining TripAdvisor, from July 2005 to April 2011, Ms. Bradley served as senior vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer and secretary of Art Technology Group, Inc., a provider of e-commerce software solutions and services. Prior to joining Art Technology Group, Ms. Bradley was at Akamai Technologies, Inc., a global provider of cloud services for delivering, optimizing and securing content and business applications over the Internet, from April 2000 to June 2005, most recently serving as vice president of finance. Previously, Ms. Bradley was an accountant with Deloitte LLP.

119


Table of Contents

Ms. Bradley has served on the board of directors of Wayfair.com since September 2012 and served on the board of directors of Constant Contact, Inc. from June 2015 to February 2016 and on the board of directors of ExactTarget, Inc. from September 2012 to July 2013. Ms. Bradley holds a B.A. degree in economics from Wheaton College and is a certified public accountant. We believe that Ms. Bradley is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her financial and accounting expertise and her experience in corporate development.

           Tracy Britt Cool has been a director of Blue Apron since January 2017. Since November 2014, Ms. Cool has served as chief executive officer of Pampered Chef, a provider of high-quality kitchenware solutions distributed through independent cooking consultants. Ms. Cool joined Berkshire Hathaway, Pampered Chef's parent company, in December 2009 as financial assistant to the chairman. Since June 2013, Ms. Cool has served as a director of The Kraft Heinz Company, one of the largest food and beverage companies in the world, and its predecessor H.J. Heinz Company. Ms. Cool also serves as chairman of the following Berkshire Hathaway subsidiaries: Benjamin Moore & Co., a leading manufacturer and retailer of paints and architectural coatings (since June 2012); Larson-Juhl, a manufacturer and distributor of wood and metal framing products (since January 2012); and Oriental Trading Company, a direct merchant of party suppliers, arts and crafts, toys and novelties (since November 2012). From November 2012 to October 2014, Ms. Cool also served as chairman of Johns Manville, a manufacturer of commercial and industrial roofing systems, fire-protection systems, thermal and acoustical insulation, glass textile wall coverings, and flooring. Ms. Cool holds an A.B. degree in economics from Harvard College and an M.B.A. degree from Harvard Business School. We believe that Ms. Cool is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her experience as chairman of several Berkshire Hathaway subsidiaries, as well as her insight into financial, investment, and other complex subjects.

           Kenneth A. Fox has been a director of Blue Apron since April 2014. Mr. Fox has been a managing partner of Stripes Group, a private equity firm which he founded, since 2008. Before founding Stripes Group, Mr. Fox co-founded a number of companies including Internet Capital Group and A10 Capital, a commercial real estate lender. Mr. Fox has served on the board of directors of a number of private and public companies in the areas of technology and branded consumer products. Mr. Fox holds a B.S. degree in economics from Pennsylvania State University. We believe that Mr. Fox is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in working with entrepreneurial companies, particularly e-commerce companies, and his experience on other boards of directors.

           Robert P. Goodman has been a director of Blue Apron since November 2015. Mr. Goodman is a partner of Bessemer Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, and is a managing member of Deer Management Co. LLC, the management company for Bessemer Venture Partners' investment funds, including, but not limited to, Bessemer Venture Partners VIII L.P. and Bessemer Venture Partners VIII Institutional L.P. Prior to joining Bessemer in 1998, he founded and served as the chief executive officer of three privately held telecommunications companies. Mr. Goodman served on the board of directors of Millennial Media, Inc. from June 2009 to October 2015, on the board of directors of Broadsoft, Inc. from April 1999 to December 2012, and has also served on the board of directors of a number of private companies in the areas of software, mobile, and communications. Mr. Goodman holds a B.A. degree in Latin American studies from Brown University and an M.B.A. degree from Columbia University. We believe that Mr. Goodman is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in working with entrepreneurial companies, particularly technology companies, and his experience on boards of directors of both public and private companies. Effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement for this offering, Mr. Goodman has been appointed the lead independent director on our board of directors. See "—Board Leadership Structure."

120


Table of Contents

           Gary R. Hirshberg has been a director of Blue Apron since October 2016. Mr. Hirshberg co-founded Stonyfield Farm, Inc., a producer of organic dairy-related products, in 1983, and served as the company's chief executive officer until January 2012. He currently serves as chairman of Stonyfield Farm, which is now majority-owned by Groupe Danone, a French food product company. Mr. Hirshberg has received numerous awards for corporate and environmental leadership, including twelve honorary degrees, and has served on a variety of nonprofit and corporate boards. Mr. Hirshberg holds a B.A. degree in environmental studies from Hampshire College. We believe that Mr. Hirshberg is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in founding and building an entrepreneurial company, his knowledge of the organic foods industry and sustainable business practices, and his service on the boards of directors of various private companies in the organic and food industries.

           Brian P. Kelley has been a director of Blue Apron since April 2017. Mr. Kelley has been a partner at Lindsay Goldberg LLC, a private equity firm, since January 2017. From December 2012 to May 2016, he served as president and chief executive officer of Keurig Green Mountain, Inc., a beverage company which was acquired by JAB Holding Company in March 2016. From April 2007 to November 2012, Mr. Kelley was employed by The Coca-Cola Company, a consumer beverage company, serving as the president of still/non-carbonated beverages and supply chain from April 2007 to August 2012 and president, Coca-Cola Refreshments from August 2012 to November 2012. From July 2002 to April 2007, Mr. Kelley served as president and chief executive officer of Sirva, Inc., a relocation services company. Previously, Mr. Kelley held executive and other positions with Ford Motor Company, General Electric, and Procter & Gamble. Mr. Kelley has served as a member of the board of directors of Keurig Green Mountain since December 2012 and of AMAG Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a pharmaceutical company, since December 2016. Mr. Kelley holds a B.A. degree in economics from the College of the Holy Cross. We believe that Mr. Kelley is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in the consumer product industry and his experience on other public company boards of directors.

          The periods of time of service to Blue Apron listed above include service to Blue Apron, Inc. prior to our corporate reorganization in December 2016. See "Prospectus Summary—Our Corporate Structure."

          There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Composition of the Board of Directors

          Our board of directors currently consists of seven members. The current members of our board of directors were elected pursuant to a voting agreement among certain of our preferred and common stockholders. The agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering, at which time there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal.

          In accordance with the terms of our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, each of whose members will serve for staggered three year terms. Upon the closing of this offering, the members of the classes will be divided as follows:

    the class I directors will be                                        , and their term will expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders held after the closing of this offering;

    the class II directors will be                                        , and their term will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders held after the closing of this offering; and

121


Table of Contents

    the class III directors will be                                        , and their term will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders held after the closing of this offering.

          Our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provides that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management.

          Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least                          of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors. Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be eligible to be elected for a new three-year term at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their term expires. An election of our directors by our stockholders will be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election.

Director Independence

          Under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company's board of directors within a specified period of the completion of its initial public offering. In addition, the rules of the NYSE require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company's audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Under the rules of the NYSE, a director will only qualify as an "independent director" if, in the opinion of that company's board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

          Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

          In June 2017, our board of directors undertook a review of the composition of our board of directors and its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that each of Mses. Bradley and Cool and Messrs. Fox, Goodman, Hirshberg, and Kelley is an "independent director" as defined under the rules of the NYSE. Our board of directors also determined that Ms. Bradley, Ms. Cool, and Mr. Fox, who comprise our audit committee, Ms. Bradley, Mr. Goodman, and Mr. Hirshberg, who comprise our compensation committee, and Ms. Cool, Mr. Hirshberg, and Mr. Kelley, who comprise our nominating and corporate governance committee, satisfy the independence standards for such committees established by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the rules of the NYSE, as applicable. In making such determinations, our board of directors considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director and any institutional stockholder with which he or she is affiliated.

122


Table of Contents

Board Leadership Structure

          Our corporate governance guidelines provide that the roles of chairman of the board and chief executive officer may be separated or combined. Our board of directors has considered its leadership structure and determined that Mr. Salzberg should serve both as our chief executive officer and as chairman of the board, effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement for this offering. Since inception, Mr. Salzberg has served as our president and chief executive officer and has been an integral part of the leadership of our company and our board of directors, and his strategic vision has guided our growth and performance. Our board of directors believes that having Mr. Salzberg also serve as our chairman will facilitate the board's decision-making process and enable Mr. Salzberg to act as the key link between the board of directors and other members of management. As our board of directors has determined that each of our directors other than Mr. Salzberg is independent, our board of directors believes that the independent directors provide effective oversight of management. In addition, our board of directors has appointed Mr. Goodman to serve as our lead independent director, effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement for this offering. As lead independent director, Mr. Goodman will preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors, serve as a liaison between our chairman and the independent directors, and perform such additional duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine and delegate.

Board Committees

          Our board of directors has established audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate governance committees, each of which operates under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors. Following this offering, a copy of each committee's charter will be posted on the corporate governance section of our website, www.blueapron.com . Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase shares of our Class A common stock.

Audit Committee

          The audit committee's responsibilities include:

    appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our registered public accounting firm;

    overseeing the work of our registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from such firm;

    reviewing and discussing with management and the registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

    coordinating our board of directors' oversight of our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures, and code of business conduct and ethics;

    discussing our risk management policies;

    establishing policies regarding hiring employees from the registered public accounting firm and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns;

    meeting independently with our registered public accounting firm and management;

    reviewing and approving or ratifying any related person transactions; and

    preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules.

123


Table of Contents

          All audit services and all non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be provided to us by our independent registered public accounting firm must be approved in advance by our audit committee.

          The members of our audit committee are Ms. Bradley (chair), Ms. Cool, and Mr. Fox. Our board of directors has determined that Ms. Bradley is an "audit committee financial expert" as defined by applicable SEC rules.

Compensation Committee

          The compensation committee's responsibilities include:

    annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer;

    determining the compensation of our chief executive officer;

    reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to, the compensation of our other executive officers;

    overseeing an evaluation of our senior executives;

    overseeing and administering our cash and equity incentive plans;

    reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to director compensation;

    reviewing and discussing annually with management our "Compensation Discussion and Analysis" disclosure to the extent such disclosure is required by SEC rules; and

    preparing annual compensation committee reports to the extent required by SEC rules.

          The members of our compensation committee are Mr. Goodman (chair), Ms. Bradley, and Mr. Hirshberg.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

          The nominating and corporate governance committee's responsibilities include:

    identifying individuals qualified to become board members;

    recommending to our board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board's committees;

    reviewing and making recommendations to the board with respect to management succession planning;

    developing and recommending to the board corporate governance principles; and

    overseeing an annual evaluation of the board.

          The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Mr. Hirshberg (chair), Ms. Cool, and Mr. Kelley.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

          None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve as members of our board of directors or our compensation committee.

124


Table of Contents

None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company, nor have they ever been an officer or employee of our company.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

          We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Following this offering, we will post a current copy of the code on our website, www.blueapron.com . In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or NYSE listing rules concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code.

125


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

          The following table sets forth the total compensation paid to our chief executive officer and each of our two other most highly compensated executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2016. We refer to these three individuals as our "named executive officers."

Name and Principal Position
  Year     Salary
($)
 
  Bonus
($)(1)
 
  Option
Awards
($)(2)
 
  All Other
Compensation
($)
 
  Total
($)
 
 

Matthew B. Salzberg

    2016     214,560     201,000             415,560  

President and Chief Executive Officer

                                     

Bradley J. Dickerson

    2016     271,154 (3)   180,131     3,787,950         4,239,235  

Chief Financial Officer

                                     

Pablo Cussatti

    2016     92,308 (4)   120,492     339,219     53,000 (5)   605,019  

Senior Vice President of Operations and Fulfillment

                                     

(1)
Represents discretionary cash bonus amounts earned for 2016 performance that were paid in 2017. For Mr. Cussatti, the amount shown in this column also includes a $75,000 signing bonus paid in connection with his hiring in 2016.

(2)
The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant-date fair value of the option grants awarded to the named executive officer in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Such grant-date fair values do not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service-vesting conditions. The assumptions used in calculating the grant-date fair value of the option grants reported in this column are set forth in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these option grants and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the named executive officers upon exercise of the options.

(3)
Represents salary earned by Mr. Dickerson for the portion of 2016 during which he was employed by us. Mr. Dickerson was hired effective February 8, 2016 and was paid a pro rata portion of an annual base salary of $300,000.

(4)
Represents salary earned by Mr. Cussatti for the portion of 2016 during which he was employed by us. Mr. Cussatti was hired effective September 12, 2016 and was paid a pro rata portion of an annual base salary of $300,000.

(5)
Represents relocation stipend awarded in connection with Mr. Cussatti's hiring in 2016 to be paid in 2017.

126


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

          The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding stock awards held as of December 31, 2016 by our named executive officers, assuming an initial public offering price of $             (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

    Option Awards
 

Name
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
(#)
 
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
(#)
 
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)
 
  Option
Expiration
Date
 
 

Matthew B. Salzberg

                 

Bradley J. Dickerson

        1,603,743 (1) $ 3.69     2/28/2026  

        481,123 (1) $ 62.35     2/28/2026  

Pablo Cussatti

        125,000 (2) $ 5.53     12/21/2026  

(1)
25% of the shares of our Class B common stock subject to this option granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan vest on February 28, 2017, and the balance vests in 36 successive equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to Mr. Dickerson's continued service with us through each such vesting date. In the event of a "change in control," as defined in our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, if Mr. Dickerson's employment with us is terminated without "cause" or he resigns for "good reason," each as defined in his offer letter, in each case on or within 12 months following the change in control, the vesting of the then-unvested and outstanding shares will accelerate in full. In the event that Mr. Dickerson's employment with us is terminated without "cause" or he resigns for "good reason," each as defined in his offer letter, in each case prior to the one-year anniversary of his start date, 25% of the then-unvested and outstanding shares will accelerate and vest upon Mr. Dickerson's execution, delivery and non-revocation (if applicable) of a general release in a form satisfactory to us within 45 days after the termination date.

(2)
25% of the shares of our Class B common stock subject to this option granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan vest on September 12, 2017, and the balance vests in 36 successive equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to Mr. Cussatti's continued service with us through each such vesting date.

          On March 13, 2017 we granted an option to Mr. Salzberg under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan covering 46,656 shares of our Class B common stock with an exercise price of $7.75 per share. The grant vests in 48 successive equal monthly installments, commencing February 19, 2017, subject to Mr. Salzberg's continued service on each applicable vesting date. In the event that Mr. Salzberg's employment is terminated without "cause" at any time following the consummation of a "change of control," each as defined in the applicable option agreement between us and Mr. Salzberg, the vesting of the then-unvested shares will accelerate in full.

          Contingent upon the closing of this offering, we intend to grant restricted stock units to Messrs. Salzberg, Dickerson and Cussatti under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, with the number of restricted stock units based on the initial public offering price. Assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), we anticipate that Messrs. Salzberg, Dickerson and Cussatti will receive, upon the closing of this offering, restricted stock units for                           ,                           and                           shares, respectively, having a value upon grant of $             , $             and $             , respectively. See "—2017 Equity Incentive Plan—New Equity Awards."

Employment Offer Letters and Agreements

    Bradley J. Dickerson

          On October 8, 2015, we entered into an offer letter with Bradley J. Dickerson, who currently serves as our chief financial officer. The offer letter provides for Mr. Dickerson's at-will employment,

127


Table of Contents

beginning February 28, 2016, and sets forth his initial annual base salary, target bonus and initial option grants, as well as his eligibility to participate in our benefit plans generally. Mr. Dickerson's current annual base salary is $300,000, and he is eligible to receive a discretionary cash annual bonus of up to $200,000. Mr. Dickerson's initial option grants under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan cover an aggregate of 2,084,866 shares of our Class B common stock. One of the option grants has a per-share exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of our Class B common stock on the date of grant ($3.69 per share) and covers 1,603,743 shares of our Class B common stock. The other option grant, which was issued as further incentive to create substantial long-term stockholder value, has a per-share exercise price equal to $62.35 per share and covers 481,123 shares of our Class B common stock. Each option vests with respect to 25% of the shares on February 8, 2017 and 1/48th of the shares each month thereafter, subject to Mr. Dickerson's continued service with us on each applicable vesting date. If, within 12 months following a "change in control" (as defined in our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan), Mr. Dickerson's employment is terminated by us without "cause" or he resigns for "good reason," each as defined in the offer letter, the vesting of the then-unvested and outstanding shares will accelerate in full. Mr. Dickerson is subject to our standard employee non-disclosure and invention assignment agreement. In the event that Mr. Dickerson's employment with us is terminated without "cause" or he resigns for "good reason," each as defined in his offer letter, in each case prior to the one-year anniversary of his start date, 25% of the then-unvested and outstanding shares will accelerate and vest upon Mr. Dickerson's execution, delivery and non-revocation (if applicable) of a general release in a form satisfactory to us within 45 days after the termination date.

    Pablo Cussatti

          On July 26, 2016, we entered into an offer letter with Pablo Cussatti, who currently serves as our senior vice president of operations and fulfillment. The offer letter provides for Mr. Cussatti's at-will employment and sets forth his initial annual base salary, target bonus, sign-on bonus, relocation stipend and reimbursement and an initial option grant, as well as his eligibility to participate in our benefit plans generally. Mr. Cussatti's current base salary is $300,000, and he is eligible to receive a discretionary annual cash bonus of up to 50% of his base salary. Mr. Cussatti's initial option grant under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan covers 125,000 shares of our Class B common stock with a per-share exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of our Class B common stock on the date of grant ($5.53 per share), and vests with respect to 25% of the shares on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/48th of the shares each month thereafter, subject to Mr. Cussatti's continued service with us on each applicable vesting date. The offer letter also provides for a one-time sign-on bonus of $75,000 and provides that in the event that Mr. Cussatti voluntarily resigns or his employment with us is terminated for cause, in each case within 12 months after his start date, Mr. Cussatti shall repay us an amount equal to 100% of such sign-on bonus, and in the event that Mr. Cussatti voluntarily resigns or his employment with us is terminated for cause, in each case within 24 months, but more than 12 months after his start date, Mr. Cussatti shall repay us an amount equal to 50% of such sign-on bonus. In addition, the offer letter provides that Mr. Cussatti will receive a relocation stipend in the amount of $53,000 to be paid in 2017, and that Mr. Cussatti will be eligible to receive a nontaxable relocation reimbursement of up to $10,000 in connection with qualified moving expenses incurred between June 2017 and September 2017; provided, however, that in the event that Mr. Cussatti voluntarily resigns or his employment with us is terminated for cause, in each case within 12 months after his start date, Mr. Cussatti shall repay us an amount equal to 100% of such relocation stipend and relocation reimbursement, if any, and in the event that Mr. Cussatti voluntarily resigns or his employment with us is terminated for cause, in each case within 24 months but more than 12 months after his start date, Mr. Cussatti shall repay us an amount equal to 50% of such

128


Table of Contents

relocation stipend and relocation reimbursement, if any. Mr. Cussatti is subject to our standard employee non-disclosure and invention assignment agreement.

Retirement Benefits

          We maintain a retirement plan for the benefit of our employees, including our named executive officers. The plan is intended to qualify as a tax-qualified 401(k) plan so that contributions to the 401(k) plan, and income earned on such contributions, are not taxable to participants until withdrawn or distributed from the 401(k) plan (except in the case of contributions under the 401(k) plan designated as Roth contributions). The 401(k) plan provides that each participant may contribute up to an annual statutory limit. Participants who are at least 50 years old can also contribute additional amounts based on statutory limits for "catch-up" contributions. Under the 401(k) plan, each employee is fully vested in his or her deferred salary contributions. Employee contributions are held and invested by the plan's trustee as directed by participants.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

          Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans to the same extent as all full-time employees.

Director Compensation

          The following table sets forth the total compensation paid to our non-employee directors for the year ended December 31, 2016. During the year ended December 31, 2016, Mr. Salzberg, our president and chief executive officer, was a member of our board of directors, as well as an employee, and thus received no additional compensation for his service as a director. See the section titled "Executive Compensation" for more information about Mr. Salzberg's compensation for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Name
  Option
Awards
($)
 
  Total
($)
 
 

Julie M.B. Bradley (1)

         

Tracy Britt Cool (2)

         

Kenneth A. Fox

         

Robert P. Goodman

         

Gary R. Hirshberg (3)

    136,573 (3)   136,573  

Brian P. Kelley (4)

         

(1)
As of December 31, 2016, Ms. Bradley held a restricted stock award under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan for 60,000 shares of Class B common stock, which she received in conjunction with joining our board of directors in November 2015, vesting with respect to 25% of the shares on November 12, 2016 and 1/48th of the shares each month thereafter based on continued service with us on each applicable vesting date. In the event of a "change in control" (as defined in the applicable award agreement), the vesting of the then-unvested and outstanding shares subject to Ms. Bradley's restricted stock award will accelerate in full.

(2)
In conjunction with joining our board of directors in January 2017, Ms. Cool received a stock option for 50,000 shares of Class B common stock with a per-share exercise price equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant ($7.04 per share), vesting with respect to 25% of the shares on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/48th of the shares each month thereafter based on continued service with us on each applicable vesting date. In the event of a change in control (as defined in the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan), 100% of the total number of shares subject to the stock option will accelerate in full as of the date of consummation of such change in control, provided that Ms. Cool's continuous service as a director has not been terminated prior to such time.

129


Table of Contents

(3)
The amount reported represents the aggregate grant-date fair value of the option grant awarded to Mr. Hirshberg under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Such grant-date fair value does not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service-vesting conditions. The assumptions used in calculating the grant-date fair value of the option grant reported in this column are set forth in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amount reported in this column reflects the accounting cost for the option grant and does not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by Mr. Hirshberg upon exercise of the option. As of December 31, 2016, Mr. Hirshberg held a stock option for 50,000 shares of Class B common stock, which he received in connection with joining our board of directors in October 2016, with a per-share exercise price equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant ($5.53 per share), vesting with respect to 25% of the shares on October 28, 2017 and 1/48th of the shares each month thereafter based on continued service with us on each applicable vesting date and no stock awards outstanding. In the event of a change in control (as defined in the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan), 100% of the total number of shares subject to the stock option will accelerate in full as of the date of consummation of such change in control, provided that Mr. Hirshberg's continuous service as a director has not been terminated prior to such time.

(4)
In conjunction with joining our board of directors in April 2017, Mr. Kelley received a stock option for 50,000 shares of Class B common stock with a per-share exercise price equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant ($12.37 per share), vesting with respect to 25% of the shares on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/48th of the shares each month thereafter based on continued service with us on each applicable vesting date. In the event of a change in control (as defined in the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan), 100% of the total number of shares subject to the stock option will accelerate in full as of the date of consummation of such change in control, provided that Mr. Kelley's continuous service as a director has not been terminated prior to such time.

          Except for the restricted stock award and stock option awards described above, none of our directors has ever received any cash compensation or stock awards for their service on our board of directors or committees of our board of directors.

          We have a policy of reimbursing our directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board of directors and committee meetings.

          Following the closing of this offering, we intend to adopt a non-employee director compensation policy on terms to be determined at a later date by our board of directors. Under the policy, our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive compensation for service on our board of directors.

Stock Option and Other Compensation Plans

          Prior to this offering, we granted awards under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Following the completion of this offering, we expect to grant awards under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

          In December 2016, in connection with our corporate reorganization, we assumed the Restated Blue Apron, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as previously amended, and then amended and restated the plan in its entirety. We refer to the Restated Blue Apron, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as so amended and restated, as the Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. See "Prospectus Summary—Our Corporate Structure." Following our assumption of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, outstanding options to purchase Blue Apron, Inc.'s common stock were automatically converted into options to purchase an equal number of shares of Class B common stock of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. with no change in the applicable exercise price, vesting schedule or term.

          The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in December 2016. The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock units and shares, restricted or otherwise,

130


Table of Contents

of our Class B common stock. Our employees, leased employees, officers, directors, consultants and other individuals who provide services to us are eligible to receive awards under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan; however, incentive stock options may only be granted to our employees. Subject to adjustment as provided below, a maximum of 17,981,300 shares of our Class B common stock are authorized for issuance under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

          The type of awards granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the terms of such awards are set forth in the applicable award agreements, provided that pursuant to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan:

    Each stock option under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan must have an exercise price per share of our Class B common stock of not less than 100% of the fair market value of the share on the date of the grant. However, any incentive stock option granted to a participant who, at the time the option is granted, holds shares representing more than 10% of the combined voting power of all outstanding voting shares must have an exercise price per share of not less than 110% of fair market value per share on the date of the grant.

    Each restricted stock award under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan is an offer by us to sell shares of our Class B common stock subject to restrictions. Our board of directors determines the time or times within which restricted stock may be subject to forfeiture, and all other conditions of any restricted stock award.

    Each RSU under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan entitles the participant to whom it is granted to a distribution from us in an amount equal to the fair market value at the time of the distribution of one share of our Class B common stock. Distributions may be made in cash, shares or a combination of cash and shares.

          Pursuant to the terms of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, our board of directors (or a committee assigned by our board of directors) administers the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of our board of directors are final and binding on all persons. In addition, subject to any limitations in the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, our board of directors selects the recipients of awards and determines:

    the number of shares of our Class B common stock covered by options and the dates upon which the options become exercisable;

    the type of options to be granted;

    the duration of options, which may not be in excess of ten years (five years in the case of a participant who, at the time the option is granted, holds shares representing more than 10% of the combined voting power of all outstanding voting shares);

    the exercise price of options, which must be at least equal to the fair market value of our Class B common stock on the date of grant;

    whether and under what circumstances an option may be exercised without a payment of cash;

    whether, to what extent and under what circumstances shares and other amounts payable with respect to an award may be deferred either automatically or at the election of the participant; and

    the number of shares of our Class B common stock subject to, and the terms of, any restricted stock awards or restricted stock units, and the terms and conditions of such awards, including conditions for forfeiture or repurchase, issue price and repurchase price.

131


Table of Contents

          Our board of directors has the authority to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan as it, from time to time, deems advisable.

          Effect of Certain Changes in Capitalization.     Pursuant to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, in the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Class B common stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of our Class B common stock effected without receipt of consideration by us, proportionate adjustments shall be made in each of:

    the number of shares of our Class B common stock available for issuance under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan;

    the number of shares of our Class B common stock covered by each outstanding option or restricted stock unit granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan;

    the number of restricted shares of Class B common stock granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan outstanding; and

    the exercise or purchase price for each outstanding option and/or restricted stock unit granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

          Effect of Certain Corporate Transactions.     Upon or in anticipation of a change in control (as defined in the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan), our board of directors may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the need for the consent of any participant, take one or more of the following actions contingent upon the occurrence of that change in control:

    cause any or all outstanding options held by participants affected by the change in control to become vested and immediately exercisable, in whole or in part;

    cause any or all outstanding unvested options held by participants affected by the change in control to be cancelled without consideration;

    cause any or all outstanding vested options held by participants affected by the change in control to be cancelled without consideration, so long as such participants are given no less than five business days to exercise such vested options prior to the consummation of the change in control;

    cancel any early exercise rights related to any option;

    suspend and freeze the rights of any participant to exercise any vested options for no more than five business days prior to the consummation of the change in control if administratively necessary to facilitate the closing of the change in control;

    cause any or all restricted stock or restricted stock units held by participants affected by the change in control to become non-forfeitable, in whole or in part;

    cancel any option in exchange for a substitute option;

    cancel any restricted stock or restricted stock units held by a participant affected by the change in control in exchange for restricted stock or restricted stock units in respect of the capital stock of any successor corporation;

    redeem any restricted stock held by a participant affected by the change in control for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to the fair market value of an unrestricted share of Class B common stock on the date of the change in control;

    cancel any option held by a participant affected by the change in control in exchange for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to (x) the number of shares of

132


Table of Contents

      Class B common stock subject to that option, multiplied by (y) the difference, if any, between the fair market value per share of Class B common stock on the date of the change in control and the exercise price of that option; provided, that if the fair market value per share of Class B common stock on the date of the change in control does not exceed the exercise price of any such option, our board of directors may cancel that option without any payment of consideration therefor; or

    cancel any RSU held by a participant affected by the change in control in exchange for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to the fair market value per share of Class B common stock on the date of the change in control.

          As of April 30, 2017, under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, options to purchase 11,564,727 shares of Class B common stock were outstanding at a weighted-average exercise price of $6.78 per share, 1,078,454 shares of Class B common stock had been issued upon option exercises, and 4,791,300 shares of Class B common stock had been issued pursuant to restricted stock awards.

          No further awards will be made under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan following the completion of this offering; however, awards outstanding under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan at any time and for any reason, except that any amendment which would adversely affect the rights of a participant with respect to an award requires the consent of such participant and any amendment of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan that increases the number of shares of our Class B common stock available for issuance under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan or that materially changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant of awards is subject to the approval of our stockholders.

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

          In                          2017, our board of directors adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve, the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement. The 2017 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, and other share-based awards.

          Upon effectiveness of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, the following shares will be reserved for issuance under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan:

                 shares of Class A common stock;

    a number of shares of Class A common stock (up to a maximum of                          shares), equal to the sum of the number of shares of Class B common stock then available for issuance under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the number of shares of Class B common stock subject to outstanding awards under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan that expire, terminate or are otherwise surrendered, cancelled, forfeited or repurchased by us at their original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right; plus

    an annual increase in shares of Class A common stock, to be added on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018 and continuing until and including the fiscal year ending December 31, 2027, equal to the least of                          shares,         % of the sum of the number of shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C capital stock outstanding on the first day of such fiscal year, and an amount determined by our board of directors.

133


Table of Contents

          Our employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors will be eligible to receive awards under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. Incentive stock options, however, may only be granted to our employees.

          Pursuant to the terms of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, our board of directors (or a committee delegated by our board of directors) will administer the plan and, subject to any limitations in the plan, will select the recipients of awards and determine:

    the number of shares covered by options and the dates upon which the options become exercisable;

    the type of options to be granted;

    the duration of options, which may not be in excess of ten years (under applicable tax law, five years in the case of a participant who, at the time the option is granted, holds shares representing more than 10% of the combined voting power of all outstanding voting shares);

    the exercise price of options, which must be at least equal to the fair market value of the class of securities subject to the option on the date of grant; provided, however, that under applicable tax law, any incentive stock option granted to a participant who, at the time the option is granted, holds shares representing more than 10% of the combined voting power of all outstanding voting shares must have an exercise price per share of not less than 110% of fair market value per share on the date of the grant; and

    the number of shares subject to and the terms of any stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units or other share-based awards and the terms and conditions of such awards, including conditions for forfeiture, repurchase, issue price and repurchase price (though the measurement price of stock appreciation rights must be at least equal to the fair market value of the class of securities subject to the award on the date of grant and the duration of such awards may not be in excess of ten years).

          If our board of directors delegates authority to an executive officer to grant awards under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, the executive officer will have the power to make awards to all of our employees, except executive officers. Our board of directors will fix the terms of the awards to be granted by such executive officer, including the exercise price of such awards (which may include a formula by which the exercise price will be determined), the maximum number of shares subject to awards that such executive officer may make, and the time period in which such awards may be granted.

          Effect of Certain Changes in Capitalization.     Upon the occurrence of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares of Class A common stock, reclassification of shares of Class A common stock, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any dividend or distribution to holders of the class of securities subject to the award other than an ordinary cash dividend, our board of directors shall equitably adjust:

    the number and classes of securities available under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan;

    the share counting rules under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan;

    the number and class of securities and exercise price per share of each outstanding option;

    the class of securities, share and per-share provisions, and measurement price of each outstanding stock appreciation right;

    the class of securities, number of shares subject to, and the repurchase price per share subject to, each outstanding restricted stock award; and

134


Table of Contents

    the class of securities, share and per-share related provisions and the purchase price, if any, of each restricted stock unit and each other share-based award.

          Effect of Certain Corporate Transactions.     Upon a merger or other reorganization event (as defined in the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan), our board of directors may, on such terms as our board of directors determines (except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in an applicable award agreement or other agreement between the participant and us), take any one or more of the following actions pursuant to the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan as to some or all outstanding awards, other than restricted stock awards:

    provide that all outstanding awards shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent awards shall be substituted, by the acquiring or successor corporation (or an affiliate thereof);

    upon written notice to a participant, provide that all of the participant's unvested awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such reorganization event and/or provide that all of the participant's vested but unexercised awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such reorganization event unless exercised by the participant (to the extent then exercisable);

    provide that outstanding awards shall become exercisable, realizable or deliverable, or restrictions applicable to an award shall lapse, in whole or in part, prior to or upon such reorganization event;

    in the event of a reorganization event pursuant to which holders of shares of the class of securities subject to the award will receive a cash payment for each share surrendered in the reorganization event, make or provide for a cash payment to the participants with respect to each award held by a participant equal to (1) the number of shares of the class of securities subject to the award subject to the vested portion of the award (after giving effect to any acceleration of vesting that occurs upon or immediately prior to such reorganization event) multiplied by (2) the excess, if any, of the cash payment for each share surrendered in the reorganization event over the exercise, measurement or purchase price of such award and any applicable tax withholdings, in exchange for the termination of such award; and/or

    provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution, awards shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds (if applicable, net of the exercise, measurement or purchase price thereof and any applicable tax withholdings).

          Our board of directors does not need to take the same action with respect to all awards, all awards held by a participant or all awards of the same type.

          In the case of certain restricted stock units, no assumption or substitution is permitted, and the restricted stock units will instead be settled in accordance with the terms of the applicable restricted stock unit agreement.

          Upon the occurrence of a reorganization event other than a liquidation or dissolution, the repurchase and other rights with respect to outstanding restricted stock awards will continue for the benefit of the successor company and will, unless the board of directors may otherwise determine, apply to the cash, securities or other property into which shares of the class of securities subject to the award are converted or exchanged pursuant to the reorganization event. Upon the occurrence of a reorganization event involving a liquidation or dissolution, all restrictions and conditions on each outstanding restricted stock award will automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied, unless otherwise provided in the agreement evidencing the restricted stock award or any other agreement between the participant and us.

135


Table of Contents

          At any time, our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, provide that any award under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will become immediately exercisable in full or in part, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise realizable in whole or in part as the case may be.

          Unless our stockholders approve such action, the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan provides that we may not (except as otherwise permitted in connection with a change in capitalization or reorganization event):

    amend any outstanding stock option or stock appreciation right granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan to provide an exercise or measurement price per share that is lower than the then-current exercise or measurement price per share of such outstanding award;

    cancel any outstanding option or stock appreciation right (whether or not granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan) and grant in substitution therefor new awards under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (other than substitute awards permitted in connection with a merger or consolidation of an entity with us or our acquisition of property or stock of another entity) covering the same or a different number of shares of the class of securities subject to the option and having an exercise or measurement price per share lower than the then-current exercise or measurement price per share of the cancelled award;

    cancel in exchange for a cash payment any outstanding option or stock appreciation right with an exercise or measurement price per share above the then-current fair market value of the class of securities subject to the option; or

    take any other action that constitutes a "repricing" within the meaning of NYSE rules or rules of any other exchange or marketplace on which shares of Class A common stock are listed or traded.

          No award may be granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan on or after the date that is ten years following the effectiveness of this registration statement. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan at any time, except that stockholder approval may be required to comply with applicable law or stock market requirements.

    New Equity Awards

          We intend to grant an estimated             restricted stock units under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan contingent upon the closing of this offering to certain of our fulfillment center employees. These grants are expected to vest as to 100% of such grants on the second anniversary of their issuance. We also intend to grant an estimated             restricted stock units under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan contingent upon the closing of this offering to certain other of our employees, including our named executive officers, with the aggregate number of such restricted stock units to be determined by dividing approximately $23.0 million by the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock. These restricted stock units will vest as to 10% of the shares of Class A common stock under each restricted stock unit grant on the first anniversary of their issuance, 20% on the second anniversary of their issuance, 30% on the third anniversary of their issuance, and 40% on the fourth anniversary of their issuance.

2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

          In                                         2017, our board of directors adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve, the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2017 ESPP, which will become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement. The 2017 ESPP initially will provide participating employees with the opportunity to purchase an aggregate of             shares of our Class A common stock. The number of shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the 2017 ESPP automatically will increase on the first day of each fiscal

136


Table of Contents

year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018 and continuing until, and including, the fiscal year ending December 31, 2028, in an amount equal to the lowest of: (1) a number of shares of Class A common stock (up to a maximum of             shares); (2)        % of the sum of the number of shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C capital stock outstanding on the first day of such fiscal year; and (3) an amount determined by our board of directors.

          The 2017 ESPP is administered by our board of directors or by a committee appointed by the board of directors. The board of directors or the commitee may make rules and regulations for the administration of the 2017 ESPP and its interpretations and decisions are final and conclusive.

          All of our employees and employees of any of our designated subsidiaries, as defined in the 2017 ESPP, are eligible to participate in the 2017 ESPP, provided that such person:

    is customarily employed by us or a designated subsidiary for more than 20 hours a week and for more than five months in a calendar year; and

    was our employee or an employee of a designated subsidiary on the first day of the applicable offering period under the 2017 ESPP.

          The first offering to our eligible employees to purchase stock under the 2017 ESPP, which we refer to as the first offering period, will begin on the effective date of the registration statement for this offering and will end on the date determined by our board of directors prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Thereafter, we expect to begin successive six-month offerings to our eligible employees to purchase stock under the 2017 ESPP on each February 15 and August 15 (or the next following business day). Each offering, other than the first offering period, will consist of a six-month offering period during which payroll deductions will be made and held for the purchase of our Class A common stock at the end of the offering period. Our board of directors may, at its discretion, choose a different period of not more than 12 months for offerings.

          On each offering commencement date, each participant will be granted the right to purchase a number of shares of our Class A common stock determined by multiplying $2,083 by the number of full months in the offering period and dividing that product by the initial public offering price, in the case of the first offering period, and by the closing price of the Class A common stock on the first day of the offering period for each subsequent offering period. No employee may be granted an option under the 2017 ESPP that permits the employee's rights to purchase shares under the plan to accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of the Class A common stock (determined as of the first day of each offering period) for each calendar year in which the option is outstanding. In addition, no employee may purchase shares of our Class A common stock under the 2017 ESPP that would result in the employee owning 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of our stock.

          Except with respect to the first offering period, on the commencement date of each offering period, each eligible employee may authorize up to a maximum of 15% of his or her compensation to be deducted by us during the offering period. Each employee who continues to be a participant in the 2017 ESPP on the last business day of the offering period will be deemed to have exercised an option to purchase from us the number of whole shares of our Class A common stock that his or her accumulated payroll deductions on such date will buy, not in excess of the maximum numbers set forth above. Under the terms of the 2017 ESPP, the purchase price shall be determined by our board of directors for each offering period and will be at least 85% of the applicable closing price of our Class A common stock. If our board of directors does not make a determination of the purchase price, the purchase price will be 85% of the lesser of the closing price of our Class A common stock on the first business day of the offering period (or the public

137


Table of Contents

offering price in the case of the first offering period) or on the last business day of the offering period.

          Each of our eligible employees will be automatically enrolled in the 2017 ESPP for the first offering period and will be deemed to participate in the 2017 ESPP at a rate of 15% of his or her compensation. Payroll deductions are not required for the first offering period, however, a participant may, at any time after the effectiveness of the 2017 ESPP's registration statement on Form S-8, elect to have payroll deductions up to the aggregate amount that would have been credited to his or her account if a deduction of 15% of the compensation that he or she received on each pay day during the first offering period had been made or decline to participate by filing an appropriate subscription agreement. Upon the automatic exercise of a participant's option on the last day of the first offering period, a participant shall be permitted to purchase shares with (1) the accumulated payroll deductions in his or her account, if any, (2) a direct payment from the participant, or (3) a combination thereof; provided, however that the total amount applied to the purchase may not exceed the maximum amount described above.

          An employee may for any reason withdraw from participation in an offering prior to the end of an offering period and permanently withdraw the balance accumulated in the employee's account. If an employee elects to discontinue his or her payroll deductions during an offering period but does not elect to withdraw his or her funds, funds previously deducted will be applied to the purchase of Class A common stock at the end of the offering period. If a participating employee's employment ends before the last business day of an offering period, no additional payroll deductions will be made and the balance in the employee's account will be paid to the employee.

          We will be required to make equitable adjustments to the number and class of securities available under the 2017 ESPP, the share limitations under the 2017 ESPP and the purchase price for an offering period under the 2017 ESPP to reflect stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, combinations of shares, reclassifications of shares, spin-offs and other similar changes in capitalization or events or any dividends or distributions to holders of our Class A common stock other than ordinary cash dividends.

          In connection with a merger or other reorganization event (as defined in the 2017 ESPP), our board of directors may take any one or more of the following actions as to outstanding options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock under the 2017 ESPP on such terms as our board of directors or committee determines:

    provide that options shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent options shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof);

    upon written notice to employees, provide that all outstanding options will be terminated immediately prior to the consummation of such reorganization event and that all such outstanding options will become exercisable to the extent of accumulated payroll deductions as of a date specified by our board of directors or committee in such notice, which date shall not be less than ten days preceding the effective date of the reorganization event;

    upon written notice to employees, provide that all outstanding options will be cancelled as of a date prior to the effective date of the reorganization event and that all accumulated payroll deductions will be returned to participating employees on such date;

    in the event of a reorganization event under the terms of which holders of our Class A common stock will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the reorganization event, change the last day of the offering period to be the date of the consummation of the reorganization event and make or provide for a cash payment to each employee equal to (1) the cash payment for each share surrendered in the reorganization event times the number of shares of our Class A common stock that the

138


Table of Contents

      employee's accumulated payroll deductions as of immediately prior to the reorganization event could purchase at the applicable purchase price, where the acquisition price is treated as the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the last day of the applicable offering period for purposes of determining the purchase price and where the number of shares that could be purchased is subject to the applicable limitations under the 2017 ESPP minus (2) the result of multiplying such number of shares by the purchase price; and/or

    provide that, in connection with our liquidation or dissolution, options shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds (net of the purchase price thereof).

          The 2017 ESPP may be terminated at any time by our board of directors. Upon termination, we will refund all amounts in the accounts of participating employees.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

          Our restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, limits the personal liability of directors for breach of fiduciary duty to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law and provides that no director will have personal liability to us or to our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty or other duty as a director. However, these provisions do not eliminate or limit the liability of any of our directors:

    for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    for voting or assenting to unlawful payments of dividends, stock repurchases or other distributions; or

    for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

          Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to such amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

          In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provides that we must indemnify our directors and officers and we must advance expenses, including attorneys' fees, to our directors and officers in connection with legal proceedings, subject to very limited exceptions.

          We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our directors, and we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with all of our directors and executive officers prior to the completion of this offering. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify each such director and executive officer for some expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by him in any action or proceeding arising out of his service as one of our directors.

          Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors. We have agreed that we will be the indemnitor of "first resort," however, with

139


Table of Contents

respect to any claims against these directors for indemnification claims that are indemnifiable by both us and their employers. Accordingly, to the extent that indemnification is permissible under applicable law, we will have full liability for such claims (including for the advancement of any expenses) and we have waived all related rights of contribution, subrogation or other recovery that we might otherwise have against these directors' employers.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

          Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our capital stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend or terminate the plan in some circumstances. Our directors and executive officers may also buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material, nonpublic information.

140


Table of Contents


RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

          Other than compensation arrangements for our executive officers and directors which are described elsewhere in this prospectus, below we describe transactions since January 1, 2014 to which we were or will be a participant and in which:

Revolving Credit Agreement

          In August 2016, Blue Apron, LLC, our wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into a revolving credit and guaranty agreement providing for a $150.0 million revolving credit facility. In May 2017, we amended our revolving credit facility to permit the issuance of the convertible promissory notes described below under "—Convertible Note Financing" and to increase the amount available to borrow by $25.0 million to a total maximum amount of $175.0 million. Entities affiliated with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Capital Inc. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., who are acting as underwriters in this offering, are lenders under our revolving credit agreement and thus may receive a portion of the proceeds from this offering. See "Underwriting." As of March 31, 2017, there were $100.3 million of outstanding borrowings and issued letters of credit under the revolving credit facility, and as of May 31, 2017, there were $126.4 million of outstanding borrowings and issued letters of credit under the revolving credit facility and $48.6 million was available to borrow. For a summary of the terms of the revolving credit facility, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Revolving Credit Facility."

Directed Share Program

          At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to 5% of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby to persons designated by us as part of a directed share program. The sales under the directed share program will be made by Fidelity Capital Markets, a division of National Financial Services, LLC, which are each affiliated with Fidelity, one of our 5% stockholders. Fidelity Capital Markets will receive a standard sales concession on any shares of Class A common stock distributed as part of the directed share program. We expect the total sales concessions paid to Fidelity Capital Markets to be $             , assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming the number of shares of Class A common stock sold in the directed share program equals 5% of the total number of shares of Class A common stock offered hereby.

Preferred Stock Financings

          In May and July 2015, we issued and sold an aggregate of 10,301,861 shares of Series D preferred stock at a purchase price of $13.3269 per share (currently convertible into Class B common stock on a one-for-one basis and representing a Class B common stock-equivalent purchase price of $13.3269 per share), for an aggregate purchase price of approximately

141


Table of Contents

$137.3 million. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series D preferred stock by 5% stockholders of our company:

Stockholder
  Shares of Series D
Preferred Stock
 
  Total Purchase
Price
 
 

Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners

    375,181   $ 5,000,000  

Entities affiliated with Fidelity

    9,379,532     125,000,085  

First Round Capital IV, LP

    7,504     100,005  

SG Growth Partners II, LP

    375,181     5,000,000  

          In April 2014, we issued and sold an aggregate of 3,001,448 shares of Series C preferred stock at a purchase price of $16.6586 per share (currently convertible into Class B common stock on a five-for-one basis and representing a Class B common stock-equivalent purchase price of $3.33172 per share), for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $50.0 million. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series C preferred stock by 5% stockholders of our company:

Stockholder
  Shares of Series C
Preferred Stock
 
  Total Purchase
Price
 
 

Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners

    725,528   $ 12,086,289  

First Round Capital IV, LP

    326,325     5,436,121  

SG Growth Partners II, LP

    1,894,370     31,557,575  

Convertible Note Financing

          In May 2017, we issued and sold $63.5 million in aggregate principal amount of convertible promissory notes, or the convertible notes, to entities affiliated with Fidelity. The convertible notes are unsecured general obligations and are subordinated to all of our current or future senior debt, including indebtedness under our revolving credit facility. The convertible notes mature on May 3, 2019 and bear interest at a rate of 3.5% per annum, compounded annually. Upon maturity, we may repay the convertible notes in cash or through the issuance of shares of our Series D preferred stock valued at $13.3269 per share (currently convertible into Class B common stock on a one-for-one basis and representing a Class B common stock-equivalent purchase price of $13.3269 per share). If we elect to repay all or a portion of the convertible notes in cash, the holders may nonetheless elect to receive shares of Series D preferred stock (valued at $13.3269 per share) in lieu of cash.

          Upon the closing of this offering, the convertible notes will convert automatically into an aggregate of             shares of Class B common stock at a price per share of              , representing a 7.5% discount to the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

          If we were to consummate a change of control transaction prior to the closing of this offering, the convertible notes would convert automatically, immediately prior to such change of control transaction, into shares of Class B common stock on terms (including a discount based on the amount of time that transpires prior to such transaction) that are similar to the conversion terms in connection with this offering.

Company Repurchases From Executive Officers

          In June 2014, we used a portion of the proceeds from the April 2014 Series C preferred stock financing to provide liquidity to Matthew B. Salzberg, Ilia M. Papas, and Matthew J. Wadiak, executive officers of our company, by repurchasing shares of common stock from them at a purchase price of $16.6586 per share, which was equal to the common stock equivalent price at

142


Table of Contents

which we issued and sold the Series C preferred stock. The following table summarizes the repurchases:

Stockholder
  Shares of
Common Stock
 
  Total Sale
Price
 
 

Matthew B. Salzberg

    150,073   $ 2,500,006  

Ilia M. Papas

    100,048     1,666,660  

Matthew J. Wadiak

    50,024     833,330  

Secondary Stock Sales Involving Executive Officers and 5% Stockholders

          In February 2016, an entity affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners, one of our 5% stockholders, purchased a total of 7,913 shares of Series A preferred stock from two other stockholders at a purchase price of $498.55 per share (currently convertible into Class B common stock on a 50-for-1 basis and representing a Class B common stock-equivalent purchase price of $9.971 per share), for an aggregate purchase price of $3,945,026.

          In October 2015, Matthew B. Salzberg, Ilia M. Papas, and Matthew J. Wadiak sold shares of common stock to unrelated investors at a purchase price of $13.3269 per share, which was equal to the common stock-equivalent price at which we issued and sold Series D preferred stock in May and July 2015. The following table summarizes the sales:

Stockholder
  Shares of
Common Stock
 
  Total Sale
Price
 
 

Matthew B. Salzberg

    1,650,939   $ 22,001,899  

Ilia M. Papas

    417,467     5,563,541  

Matthew J. Wadiak

    182,680     2,434,558  

          In October 2014, three of our Series A stockholders sold a total of 11,500 shares of Series A preferred stock at a purchase price of $100.00 per share (currently convertible into Class B common stock on a 50-for-1 basis and representing a Class B common stock-equivalent purchase price of $2.00 per share), for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $1.2 million. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series A preferred stock in this transaction by 5% stockholders of our company:

Stockholder
  Shares of Series A
Preferred Stock
 
  Total Purchase
Price
 
 

Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners

    6,690   $ 669,000  

First Round Capital IV, LP

    3,009     300,900  

SG Growth Partners II, LP

    1,801     180,100  

Loan to Executive Officer

          In May 2013, we loaned $133,423 to Matthew J. Wadiak to fund his purchase of 4,731,300 shares of common stock from us for $0.0282 per share, which was equal to the fair market value of the shares upon issuance, and concurrently cancelled 4,731,300 shares of common stock that had been issued to Mr. Wadiak in August 2012 on substantially identical terms (other than the loan). The loan was unsecured, bore interest at an annual rate of 2.6%, and was due in May 2023. In January 2014, we forgave this loan and agreed to pay Mr. Wadiak a bonus, during 2014, in an amount sufficient to forgive the loan and ameliorate the tax impact of that forgiveness. Accordingly, we paid Mr. Wadiak a bonus of $227,100 in December 2014.

143


Table of Contents

Consulting and Employment Arrangements

          Shaun Salzberg Design, LLC, which is owned by Shaun Salzberg, the brother of Matthew B. Salzberg, provides software design, implementation, and related services to us as an independent contractor. For these services, we pay hourly fees and reimburse specified expenses. These services were initially provided under a consulting agreement dated October 28, 2015 and, following expiration of the agreement on October 28, 2016, have continued to be provided on substantially the same terms. To date, we have paid Shaun Salzberg Design, LLC an aggregate of $149,550 pursuant to these arrangements.

          For a description of the compensation arrangements that we have with our executive officers and directors, see "Executive Compensation."

Registration Rights

          We are a party to an investors' rights agreement, originally entered into in January 2013 and most recently amended and restated in May 2015, with certain holders of our Class B common stock and certain holders of our preferred stock, including entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners, entities affiliated with Fidelity, First Round Capital IV, LP, SG Growth Partners II, LP, Ilia M. Papas, Matthew B. Salzberg, The Matthew Salzberg 2014 Annuity Trust, The Matthew Salzberg Family 2014 Trust, Matthew J. Wadiak, and Shaun Salzberg. The investors' rights agreement provides these holders the right, following the closing of this offering, to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be included in a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. See "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights" for additional information regarding these registration rights. Pursuant to the investors' rights agreement, we are required to pay all registration expenses and indemnify these holders with respect to each registration of registrable shares that is effected.

Indemnification Agreements

          Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our directors, and we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with all of our directors and executive officers prior to the completion of this offering. See "Limitation of Liability and Indemnification."

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

          Our board of directors has adopted written policies and procedures, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, for the review of any transaction, arrangement or relationship in which our company is a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and one of our executive officers, directors, director nominees or 5% stockholders (or their immediate family members), each of whom we refer to as a "related person," has a direct or indirect material interest.

          If a related person proposes to enter into such a transaction, arrangement or relationship, which we refer to as a "related person transaction," the related person must report the proposed related person transaction to our general counsel. The policy calls for the proposed related person transaction to be reviewed and, if deemed appropriate, approved by the audit committee of our board of directors. Whenever practicable, the reporting, review and approval will occur prior to entry into the transaction. If advance review and approval is not practicable, the committee will review, and, in its discretion, may ratify the related person transaction. The policy also permits the chairman of the audit committee to review and, if deemed appropriate, approve proposed related person transactions that arise between audit committee meetings, subject to ratification by the audit committee at its next meeting. Any related person transactions that are ongoing in nature will be reviewed annually.

144


Table of Contents

          A related person transaction reviewed under the policy will be considered approved or ratified if it is authorized by the audit committee after full disclosure of the related person's interest in the transaction. As appropriate for the circumstances, the audit committee will review and consider:

          The audit committee may approve or ratify the transaction only if it determines that, under all of the circumstances, the transaction is in or is not inconsistent with our company's best interests. The audit committee may impose any conditions on the related person transaction that it deems appropriate.

          Pursuant to the SEC's related person transaction disclosure rule, the following transactions do not create a material direct or indirect interest on behalf of related persons and, therefore, are not related person transactions for purposes of the policy:

          In addition, our board of directors has determined that transactions that are specifically contemplated by our corporate charter or bylaws are not related person transactions for purposes of the policy. The policy provides that transactions involving compensation of executive officers shall be reviewed and approved by the compensation committee in the manner specified in its charter.

145


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

          The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our capital stock, as of April 30, 2017, by:

          The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined under rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of Class B common stock subject to options, warrants or other rights held by such person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days after April 30, 2017 are considered outstanding, although these shares are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

          We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering on no shares of Class A common stock outstanding as of April 30, 2017, 152,462,830 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of April 30, 2017 (assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock upon the completion of this offering, but without giving effect to the conversion of the convertible notes into shares of Class B common stock) and 42,687 shares of Class C capital stock outstanding as of April 30, 2017. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering on                        shares of Class A common stock, 152,462,830 shares of Class B common stock (assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock upon the completion of this offering, but without giving effect to the conversion of the convertible notes into shares of Class B common stock) and 42,687 shares of Class C capital stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase up to an additional                       shares of our Class A common stock from us.

          Unless otherwise indicated, the address of all listed stockholders is c/o Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., 5 Crosby Street, New York, New York 10013. Each of the stockholders listed has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the stockholder

146


Table of Contents

unless noted otherwise, subject to community property laws where applicable. Beneficial ownership representing less than 1% is denoted with an asterisk (*).

    Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to Offering
    % of
Total
Voting
Power
Before
Offering
    Shares Beneficially
Owned After Offering
    % of
Total
Voting
Power
After
Offering
 

    Class A     Class B     Class C           Class A     Class B     Class C        

Name
  Number     %     Number     %     Number     %           Number     %     Number     %     Number     %          

5% Stockholders

                                                                                     

Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners (1)

            36,287,771     23.8             23.8             36,287,771     23.8                

Entities affiliated with Fidelity (2)

            9,379,532     6.2             6.2             9,379,532     6.2                

First Round Capital IV, LP (3)

            15,982,179     10.5             10.5             15,982,179     10.5                

Ilia M. Papas (4)

            11,988,668     7.9             7.9             11,988,668     7.9                

SG Growth Partners II, LP (5)

            9,937,081     6.5             6.5             9,937,081     6.5                

Family Trust Created Under Article V of the Matthew Salzberg 2014 Annuity Trust Agreement (6)

            19,744,091     12.9             13.0             19,744,091     12.9                

Named Executive Officers and Directors

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Matthew B. Salzberg (7)

            47,421,343     31.1             31.1             47,421,343     31.1                

Julie M.B. Bradley (8)

            60,000     *             *             60,000     *                

Tracy Britt Cool

                                                           

Kenneth A. Fox (9)

            9,937,081     6.5             6.5             9,937,081     6.5                

Robert P. Goodman (10)

            36,287,771     23.8             23.8             36,287,771     23.8                

Gary R. Hirshberg

                                                           

Brian P. Kelley

                                                           

Bradley J. Dickerson (11)

            694,955     *             *             694,955     *                

Pablo Cussatti

                                                           

All executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons) (12)

            112,157,830     72.5             72.6             112,157,830     72.5                

*
Less than 1%.

(1)
Consists of (i) 19,813,194 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Bessemer Venture Partners VIII Institutional L.P., and (ii) 16,474,577 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Bessemer Venture Partners VIII L.P. (collectively, the "BVP Entities"). Each of Deer VIII & Co. L.P. ("Deer VIII L.P."), the general partner of the BVP Entities, and Deer VIII & Co. Ltd. ("Deer VIII Ltd."), the general partner of Deer VIII L.P., has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the BVP Entities. J. Edmund Colloton, David J. Cowan, Byron B. Deeter, Robert P. Goodman, Jeremy S. Levine and Robert M. Stavis are the directors of Deer VIII Ltd. Investment and voting decisions with respect to the shares held by the BVP Entities are made by the directors of Deer VIII Ltd. acting as an investment committee. The address of each of the BVP Entities is c/o Bessemer Venture Partners, 1865 Palmer Avenue, Suite 104, Larchmont, New York 10538.

(2)
Consists of (i) 4,329,591 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Contrafund, (ii) 1,110,537 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Advisor New Insights Fund, (iii) 866,669 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity OTC Portfolio, (iv) 780,377 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund, (v) 750,363 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Mount Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund, (vi) 292,641 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Contrafund Commingled Pool, (vii) 285,138 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Series Blue Chip Growth Fund, (viii) 240,116 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Series Opportunistic Insights Fund, (ix) 217,605 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Advisor Series I: Fidelity Advisor Growth Opportunities Fund, (x) 195,094 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company, (xi) 180,087 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool, (xii) 56,277 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Advisor Series I: Fidelity Advisor Series Growth Opportunities Fund, (xiii) 45,022 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Variable Insurance Products Fund III: Growth Opportunities Portfolio, and (xiv) 30,015 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Advisor Series Opportunistic Insights Fund (collectively, the "Fidelity Entities"). The Fidelity Entities are managed by direct or indirect subsidiaries of FMR LLC. Abigail P. Johnson is the chairman and chief executive officer of FMR LLC. Members of the Johnson family, including Abigail P. Johnson, are the predominant owners, directly or through trusts, of Series B voting common shares of FMR LLC representing 49% of the voting power of FMR LLC. The Johnson family group and all other Series B stockholders have entered into a stockholders' voting agreement under which all Series B voting common shares will be voted in accordance with the majority vote of Series B voting common shares. Accordingly, through their ownership of voting common shares and the execution of the stockholders' voting agreement, members of the Johnson family may be deemed, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, to form a controlling group with respect to FMR LLC. Neither FMR LLC nor Abigail P. Johnson has the sole power to vote or direct the voting of the shares owned directly by the Fidelity Entities advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of FMR LLC, which power resides with the Fidelity Entities' Boards of Trustees. Fidelity

147


Table of Contents

    Management & Research Company carries out the voting of the shares under written guidelines established by the Fidelity Entities' Boards of Trustees. The address of the Fidelity Entities is c/o FMR LLC, 245 Summer Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210.

(3)
Consists of 15,982,179 shares of Class B common stock held of record by First Round Capital IV, LP, as nominee for First Round Capital IV, LP and First Round Capital IV Partners Fund, LP. First Round Capital Management IV, LLC is the general partner of First Round Capital Management IV LP and has sole voting and investment power over these shares. Phineas Barnes, Christopher Fralic, Robert Hayes, Joshua Kopelman and William Trenchard are the managing members of First Round Capital Management IV, LLC and have shared power to vote and invest these shares. The address of First Round Capital IV, LP is 4040 Locust Street, Philadelphia, PA 19104.

(4)
Consists of (i) 6,985,543 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Mr. Papas, (ii) 5,000,000 shares of Class B common stock held by the Ilia M. Papas 2017 Annuity Trust, for which Mr. Papas serves as trustee, and (iii) 3,125 shares of Class B common stock subject to options exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2017 of which 1,562 are vested as of such date.

(5)
Consists of 9,937,081 shares of Class B common stock held of record. SGGP II, LLC, the general partner of SG Growth Partners II LP, has sole voting and dispositive power over such shares and voting decisions with respect to such shares are made by Kenneth A. Fox and Daniel C. Marriott as the investment committee of SGGP II, LLC. The address of SG Growth Partners, II LP is 402 West 13 th  Street, 5 th  Floor, New York, New York 10014.

(6)
Consists of 19,744,091 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Family Trust Created Under Article V of the Matthew Salzberg 2014 Annuity Trust Agreement, for which Matthew B. Salzberg and his father serve as co-trustees.

(7)
Consists of (i) 25,154,605 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Mr. Salzberg, (ii) 19,744,091 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Family Trust Created Under Article V of the Matthew Salzberg 2014 Annuity Trust Agreement, for which Mr. Salzberg and his father serve as co-trustees, (iii) 2,500,000 shares of Class B common stock held of record by The Matthew Salzberg Family 2014 Trust, for which Mr. Salzberg serves as a trustee, (iv) 18,759 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Aspiration Growth Opportunities II GP, LLC, with respect to which Mr. Salzberg has shared investment and voting power and (v) 3,888 shares of Class B common stock subject to options exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2017 of which 1,944 are vested as of such date.

(8)
Consists of 60,000 shares of Class B common stock held of record, of which 38,750 shares are subject to vesting and forfeiture.

(9)
Consists of shares held by SG Growth Partners II, LP identified in footnote 5.

(10)
Consists of shares held by the BVP Entities identified in footnote 1. Robert P. Goodman, one of our directors, J. Edmund Colloton, David J. Cowan, Byron B. Deeter, Jeremy S. Levine and Robert M. Stavis are the directors of Deer VIII & Co. Ltd. ("Deer VIII Ltd.") and hold the voting and dispositive power for the BVP Entities. Investment and voting decisions with respect to the shares held by the BVP Entities are made by the directors of Deer VIII Ltd. acting as an investment committee.

(11)
Consists of 694,955 shares of Class B common stock subject to options exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2017, of which 608,085 are vested as of such date.

(12)
Consists of (i) 110,036,350 shares of Class B common stock held of record, of which 38,750 shares are subject to vesting and forfeiture, and (ii) 2,121,480 shares of Class B common stock subject to options exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2017, of which 1,969,305 shares are vested as of such date.

148


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

          Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                          shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share,                          shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share,                           shares of Class C capital stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and                           shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering. Copies of these documents have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement for this offering. The following description of our capital stock reflects changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

          As of April 30, 2017, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock upon the completion of this offering, there were 152,462,830 shares of Class B common stock outstanding, held by 121 stockholders of record, 42,867 shares of Class C capital stock outstanding, held by one stockholder of record, and no shares of preferred stock or Class A common stock outstanding.

          We are issuing shares of Class A common stock in this offering. The outstanding shares of Class B common stock are held by our executive officers, employees, directors and their affiliates, and certain other stockholders who held our capital stock immediately prior to this offering. The Class C capital stock is available for use for, among other things, strategic initiatives, including financings and acquisitions, and the issuance of equity incentives to employees and other service providers.

Class A, Class B and Class C Stock

Dividend Rights

          Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C capital stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See the section titled "Dividend Policy."

Voting Rights

          Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Class A common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, holders of Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes for each share of Class B common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, and holders of Class C capital stock are not entitled to vote on any matter that is submitted to a vote of stockholders, except as otherwise required by law. Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, unless otherwise required by law. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our restated certificate of incorporation. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect at the closing of the offering will provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of approximately equal size, each serving staggered three-year terms.

149


Table of Contents

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

          Holders of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C capital stock are not entitled to preemptive rights, and are not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions, except for the conversion provisions with respect to the Class B common stock and Class C capital stock described below.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

          If we become subject to a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C capital stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Conversion

          Each outstanding share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon its transfer, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, except for certain exceptions and permitted transfers described in our restated certificate of incorporation, including certain transfers by a stockholder to (1) family members of the stockholder, so long as the stockholder retains voting control over the transferred shares; (2) certain trusts and other permitted entities owned by or for the benefit of the stockholder or family members, so long as the stockholder, or a fiduciary who is selected by such stockholder and whom such stockholder has the power to remove and replace, retains voting control over the transferred shares; and (3) certain foundations and charities, so long as the stockholder, or a fiduciary who is selected by such stockholder and whom such stockholder has the power to remove and replace, retains voting control over the transferred shares. In addition, each outstanding share of Class B common stock held by a stockholder who is a natural person, or held by the permitted transferees of such stockholder, will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon the death or permanent and total disability of such stockholder, subject to a conversion delay of nine months in the event of the death or permanent and total disability of one of our founders, Matthew B. Salzberg, Ilia M. Papas or Matthew J. Wadiak.

          As a result of the conversion provisions described above, unless one of the specified exceptions applies, a holder of Class B common stock cannot transfer shares of Class B common stock without the loss of the higher voting rights associated with the Class B common stock (ten votes per share) as compared to the Class A common stock (one vote per share), which may make the value of such holder's investment in our company lower than it would be if such holder were permitted to transfer shares of Class B common stock without the conversion of the transferred shares into Class A common stock. The conversion of Class B common stock into Class A common stock, whether upon a transfer of Class B common stock or the death of a holder of Class B common stock, will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares of Class B common stock. If, for example, Mr. Salzberg retains a significant portion of his holdings of Class B common stock for an extended period of time, he could, in the future, control a majority of the combined voting power of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock. In addition, because of the conversion delay described above, a founder (or such founder's estate or the persons to whom such founder's shares are transferred upon his death, as applicable) will be able to retain such founder's shares of Class B common stock (and the higher voting rights associated with such shares) for a period of nine months after the death or permanent and total disability of such founder.

150


Table of Contents

          Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time, at the option of the holder thereof, into one share of Class A common stock. A holder who voluntarily elects to convert shares of Class B common stock into Class A common stock will lose the higher voting rights associated with the Class B common stock (ten votes per share) as compared to the Class A common stock (one vote per share), which may make the value of such holder's investment in our company lower than it would be if such holder continued to hold Class B common stock.

          All outstanding Class B common stock will convert automatically into Class A common stock, on a share-for-share basis, (1) upon the date which is nine months after the death or disability of Matthew B. Salzberg or (2) when the outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent less than 5% of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock. All outstanding Class C capital stock will convert automatically into Class A common stock, on a share-for-share basis, on the date fixed therefor by our board of directors that is between 31 and 90 days following the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock. Upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B common stock and Class C capital stock into Class A common stock, all stockholders will have one vote per share, which will reduce the ability of Matthew B. Salzberg (or his permitted transferees) and the other holders of Class B common stock to exercise voting control over our company.

          Each share of Class B common stock or Class C capital stock that is converted into Class A common stock will thereupon automatically be retired and not be available for reissuance. If we subsequently wish to issue more shares of Class B common stock or Class C capital stock than are then authorized for issuance, we would first have to amend our restated certificate of incorporation with the approval of our board of directors and stockholders in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Fully Paid and Non-Assessable

          In connection with this offering, our legal counsel will opine that the shares of Class A common stock to be issued in this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

          Under the terms of our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors is authorized to direct us to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.

          The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Upon the closing of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock Options

          As of April 30, 2017, options to purchase 11,564,727 shares of Class B common stock were outstanding under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $6.78 per

151


Table of Contents

share, of which 3,468,408 shares were vested and exercisable at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.01 per share.

Registration Rights

          Pursuant to our investors' rights agreement, certain stockholders have the right, following the closing of this offering, to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be included in a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. We refer to the shares held by holders having rights under this agreement as registrable securities. As of April 30, 2017, the holders of 151,324,376 registrable securities, including shares issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock, have rights under this agreement.

Demand Registration Rights

          Pursuant to the investors' rights agreement, until six months after the effective date of the registration statement for this offering, the holders of at least 50% of the registrable securities with demand registration rights can demand that we file up to two registration statements on Form S-1 registering all or a portion of their registrable securities, provided that the aggregate offering price is expected to be at least $10 million. As of April 30, 2017, the holders of 85,190,551 registrable securities have demand registration rights. Under specified circumstances, we also have the right to defer filing of a requested registration statement for a period of not more than 60 days, which right may not be exercised more than once during any 12-month period. These registration rights are subject to additional conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

          Pursuant to the investors' rights agreement, if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of at least 50% of the registrable securities with demand registration rights have the right to demand that we file additional registration statements, including a shelf registration statement, for such holders on Form S-3, if the aggregate anticipated offering price is at least $5 million. These holders can demand up to two such registrations in any 12-month period.

Piggyback Registration Rights

          Pursuant to the investors' rights agreement, if we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related to employee benefit or similar plans, a registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in this registration statement, or a registration in which the only common stock being registered is common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered, the holders of all registrable securities are entitled to receive notice of the registration and to include their registrable securities in such registration. As of April 30, 2017, the holders of 151,324,376 registrable securities will be entitled to notice of this registration and will be entitled to include their registrable securities in this registration statement, but we anticipate that such right will be waived prior to consummation of this offering. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of the number of registrable securities that may be included in the registration statement.

Expenses of Registration

          We are required to pay all expenses relating to any demand, Form S-3 or piggyback registration, other than the underwriting discount, subject to certain limited exceptions. We will not pay for any expenses of any demand registration if the request is subsequently withdrawn by the

152


Table of Contents

holders of a majority of the shares requested to be included in such a registration statement, subject to limited exceptions.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

          We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 prevents a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with any "interested stockholder" for three years following the date that the person became an interested stockholder, unless the interested stockholder attained such status with the approval of our board of directors or unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A "business combination" includes, among other things, a merger or consolidation involving us and the "interested stockholder" and the sale of more than 10% of our assets. In general, an "interested stockholder" is any entity or person beneficially owning shares representing 15% or more of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.

Staggered Board; Removal of Directors

          Our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which will be effective upon the closing of this offering, divide our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms. In addition, a director may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors. Any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

          The classification of our board of directors and the limitations on the removal of directors and filling of vacancies could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, control of our company.

Supermajority Voting

          The Delaware General Corporation Law provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Our bylaws, which will be effective upon the closing of this offering, may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or the affirmative vote of the holders of at least                          of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least                          of the votes which all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an election of directors is required to amend, repeal, or adopt any provisions inconsistent with any of the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation described in the prior two paragraphs.

Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders; Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations

          Our restated certificate of incorporation, which will be effective upon the closing of this offering, provides that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such stockholders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders. Our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of our stockholders can only be called by our chairman of the board, our chief executive officer or our board of directors. In addition, our bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for

153


Table of Contents

stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, including proposed nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our board of directors, or by a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to our secretary of the stockholder's intention to bring such business before the meeting. These provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next stockholder meeting stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities. These provisions also could discourage a third party from making a tender offer for our capital stock, because even if it acquired a majority of our outstanding voting stock, it would be able to take action as a stockholder, such as electing new directors or approving a merger, only at a duly called stockholders meeting and not by written consent.

Authorized But Unissued Shares

          The authorized but unissued shares of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock, Class C capital stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing rules of the New York Stock Exchange. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions, and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved capital stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Choice of Forum

          Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee or stockholder of our company to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law or as to which the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery, or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our restated certificate of incorporation further provides that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

Corporate Opportunity

          Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, we have, on behalf of ourselves, our subsidiaries and our and their respective stockholders, renounced any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity that may be presented to our directors or officers that are not our employees or any of their respective affiliates, partners, principals, directors, officers, members, managers, employees or other representatives, and that no such person has any duty to communicate or offer such business opportunity to us or any of our subsidiaries or shall be liable to us or any of our subsidiaries or any of our or its stockholders for breach of any duty, as a director or officer or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person pursues or acquires such business opportunity, directs such business opportunity to another person or fails to present such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to us or our subsidiaries, unless, in the case of any such person who is a director or officer of our company, such business opportunity is

154


Table of Contents

expressly offered to such director or officer in writing solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

          The transfer agent and registrar for the Class A common stock will be                                        .

New York Stock Exchange

          We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "APRN."

155


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

          Prior to this offering, there was no public market for the Class A common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of the Class A common stock. Although we have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for the Class A common stock.

          Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of                          shares of Class A common stock,                          shares of Class B common stock and no shares of Class C capital stock, assuming (1) the issuance of                           shares of Class A common stock offered in this offering, (2) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering and (3) the automatic conversion of an aggregate principal amount of $63.5 million and all accrued and unpaid interest on the convertible notes into                                        shares of Class B common stock. Of these shares, the                          shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, whose sales would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

          The shares of Class B common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering, and the shares of Class A common stock issued upon conversion of Class B common stock, will be "restricted securities," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

          Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

Date
  Number of Shares    

On the date of this prospectus

    0  

90 days after the date of this prospectus

    0  

120 (1) days after the date of this prospectus

       

180 (1) days after the date of this prospectus

       

(1)
If the 120-day or 180-day periods specified above would end during the period beginning 14 calendar days prior to the end of one of our fiscal quarters or our fiscal year and ending on the day after the second full trading day following the date on which we publicly release earnings for such fiscal quarter or fiscal year, the applicable restricted period will end on the day after the second full trading day following the date on which we publicly release such earnings.

          In addition, of the 11,564,727 shares of Class B common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of April 30, 2017, options to purchase 3,468,408 shares of Class B common stock were vested as of April 30, 2017, and the shares issued upon exercise will be eligible for public sale subject to the lock-up agreements and securities laws described below.

          Each outstanding share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon its public sale or other transfer, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, except for certain exceptions and permitted transfers described in our restated certificate of incorporation. See "Description of Capital Stock—Capital Stock—Conversion."

156


Table of Contents

Lock-Up Agreements

          We and each of our directors and executive officers and holders of         % of our outstanding capital stock have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, as representatives for the several underwriters, we and they will not, subject to limited exceptions, during the periods specified below:

    offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of our capital stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our capital stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our capital stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, owned directly by us (including holding as a custodian) or with respect to which we have beneficial ownership within the rules and regulations of the SEC; or

    engage in any hedging or other transaction which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale or disposition of shares of our capital stock, even if such capital stock would be disposed of by someone other than the undersigned.

          The restrictions set forth above shall apply to us for a period of            days after the date of this prospectus. The restrictions set forth above shall apply to our directors, executive officers and the stockholders noted above during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing to and including (i) with respect to 20% of the securities subject to these agreements, 120 days after the date of this prospectus and (ii) with respect to the remaining balance of the securities subject to these agreements, 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, if such 120-day or 180-day period would end during the period beginning 14 calendar days prior to the end of one of our fiscal quarters or our fiscal year and ending on the day after the second full trading day following the date on which we publicly release earnings for such fiscal quarter or fiscal year, the applicable restricted period will end on the day after the second full trading day following the date on which we publicly release such earnings.

          These agreements are subject to certain exceptions, as described in the section of this prospectus entitled "Underwriting."

          Upon the expiration of the applicable lock-up periods, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed above.

Rule 144

Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

          In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement for this offering, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our capital stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in "broker's transactions" or certain "riskless principal transactions" or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

    1% of the total number of then-outstanding shares of the class of security sold, which will equal, immediately after this offering, approximately                          shares of Class A common stock; or

    the average weekly trading volume in the class of security sold on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

          Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the

157


Table of Contents

seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution directly with a market maker.

Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

          In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement for this offering, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our capital stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

          Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

          In general, under Rule 701, any of an issuer's employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from the issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.

          The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after an issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

Equity Plans

          We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of capital stock issued or issuable under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market, subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

Registration Rights

          Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of 151,324,376 shares of Class B common stock will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement for this offering, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights" for additional information. Shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreement.

158


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

          The following is a discussion of material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating to ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock by a non-U.S. holder. For purposes of this discussion, the term "non-U.S. holder" means a beneficial owner (other than a partnership or other pass-through entity) of our Class A common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

          This discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships or other entities that are pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons who hold their Class A common stock through partnerships or such other pass-through entities. A partner in a partnership or other pass-through entity that will hold our Class A common stock should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock through a partnership or other pass-through entity, as applicable.

          This discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change or to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described in this prospectus.

          We assume in this discussion that each non-U.S. holder holds shares of our Class A common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder's individual circumstances nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes, the alternative minimum tax, or the Medicare tax on net investment income. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:

159


Table of Contents

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT, AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE, LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND NON-U.S. INCOME, ESTATE AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF ACQUIRING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK.

Distributions

          As discussed under "Dividend Policy" above, we do not expect to make cash dividends to holders of our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. If we make distributions in respect of our Class A common stock, those distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, subject to the tax treatment described in this section. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder's investment, up to the holder's tax basis in the Class A common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below under the heading "Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock." Any distributions will also be subject to the discussions below under the headings "Information Reporting and Backup Withholding" and "FATCA."

          Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence.

          Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements (generally including provision of a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form) certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States). However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed in the hands of the non-U.S. holder at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates as would apply if such holder were a U.S. person (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence.

          A non-U.S. holder of our Class A common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence generally will

160


Table of Contents

be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form) and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty and the specific methods available to them to satisfy these requirements.

          A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock

          Subject to the discussions below under the headings "Information Reporting and Backup Withholding" and "FATCA," a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon such non-U.S. holder's sale, exchange or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

161


Table of Contents

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

          Shares of our Class A common stock that are owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as specially defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death are considered U.S. situs assets and will be included in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes. Such shares, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

          We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our Class A common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. Non-U.S. holders generally will have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our Class A common stock. Generally, a holder will comply with such procedures if it provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable Form W-8), or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a non-U.S. holder, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, as described above under the heading "Distributions," will generally be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

          Information reporting and backup withholding generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our Class A common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or non-U.S., unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

          Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

          Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.

FATCA

          Provisions of the Code commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally impose a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, and gross proceeds from the sale or disposition of, our Class A common stock if paid to a foreign entity unless (1) if the foreign entity is a "foreign financial institution," the foreign entity undertakes certain due diligence, reporting, withholding, and certification obligations, (2) if the foreign entity is not a "foreign financial institution," the foreign entity identifies certain of its U.S. investors, or (3) the foreign entity is otherwise exempt under FATCA.

162


Table of Contents

          Withholding under FATCA generally (1) applies to payments of dividends on our Class A common stock and (2) will apply to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock made after December 31, 2018. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this section. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder may be eligible for refunds or credits of the tax. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our Class A common stock.

           The preceding discussion of material U.S. federal tax considerations is for informational purposes only. It is not legal or tax advice. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the particular U.S. federal, state, local, and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our Class A common stock, including the consequences of any proposed changes in applicable laws.

163


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

          We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as the representatives of the underwriters.

Underwriters
  Number of Shares  

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

   

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

   

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 

   

Barclays Capital Inc. 

   

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

   

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. 

   

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

   

Canaccord Genuity Inc. 

   

Needham & Company, LLC

   

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. 

   

Raymond James & Associates, Inc. 

   

William Blair & Company, L.L.C. 

   

Total

   

          The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

          The underwriters have an option to purchase up to an additional             shares of Class A common stock from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days after the date of this prospectus. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

          The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock.

    No Exercise     Full Exercise
 

Per Share

  $     $    

Total

  $     $    

          Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or in part.

          We have agreed that we will not, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of,

164


Table of Contents

directly or indirectly, or file a registration statement relating to, any of our securities, for a period of                          . Our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our capital stock have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering under which they have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, they will not dispose of or hedge any of their capital stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing to and including (i) with respect to 20% of the securities subject to these agreements, 120 days after the date of this prospectus and (ii) with respect to the remaining balance of the securities subject to these agreements, 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, if such 120-day or 180-day period would end during the period beginning 14 calendar days prior to the end of one of our fiscal quarters or our fiscal year and ending on the day after the second full trading day following the date on which we publicly release earnings for such fiscal quarter or fiscal year, the applicable restricted period will end on the day after the second full trading day following the date on which we publicly release such earnings. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

          At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby to persons designated by us. The sales will be made by Fidelity Capital Markets, a division of National Financial Services, LLC, through a directed share program. Any shares sold in the directed share program to our stockholders who have entered into lock-up agreements described above shall be subject to the provisions of such lock-up agreements. Other participants in the directed share program shall be subject to a lock-up under which they will agree not to dispose of or hedge any shares sold to them pursuant to that program for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced by the number of directed shares purchased by participants in the program. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses in connection with the directed share program. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered hereby.

          Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated by us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

          We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "APRN." In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the Class A common stock on the NYSE, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial holders.

          In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A "covered short position" is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters' option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may

165


Table of Contents

purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. "Naked" short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

          The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

          Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Class A common stock. As a result, the price of the Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

          We estimate that the total expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, excluding the underwriting discount, will be approximately $              million, which includes up to $             that we have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses incurred by them in connection with this offering.

          We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

          The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage, and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

          In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors, and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps, and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

          Entities affiliated with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Capital Inc. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., who are acting as underwriters in this offering, are lenders under our revolving credit agreement and thus may receive a portion of the proceeds from this offering. As of March 31, 2017, there were $100.3 million of

166


Table of Contents

outstanding borrowings and issued letters of credit under the revolving credit facility, and as of May 31, 2017, there were $126.4 million of outstanding borrowings and issued letters of credit under the revolving credit facility and $48.6 million was available to borrow. For a summary of the terms of the credit facility, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Revolving Credit Facility."

European Economic Area

          In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), an offer to the public of our Class A common shares may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of our Class A common shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive:

provided that no such offer of shares of our Class A common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive.

          For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to our Class A common shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and our Class A common shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase our Class A common shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended, including by Director 2010/73/EU) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State.

          This European Economic Area selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.

United Kingdom

          In the United Kingdom, this prospectus is only addressed to and directed as qualified investors who are (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the Order); or (ii) high net worth entities and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to relevant persons and will only be engaged with relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

Canada

          The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an

167


Table of Contents

exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

          Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this offering memorandum (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

          Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

          The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) ("Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance") or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) ("Securities and Futures Ordinance"), or (ii) to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

          This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the "SFA")) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

          Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional

168


Table of Contents

investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation's securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore ("Regulation 32").

          Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries' rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Japan

          The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

169


Table of Contents


INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

          Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, is based on our own internal estimates and research, industry and general publications and research, and surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Our management estimates are derived from publicly available information released by independent industry analysts and third-party sources, as well as data from our internal research, and are based on assumptions, which we believe to be reasonable, made by us based on such data, as well as our knowledge of our industry and products. This prospectus contains estimates and other statistical data, including those relating to our industry and the market in which we operate, that we have obtained or derived from industry publications and reports, including reports from Euromonitor, Lightspeed Consulting and Nielsen. These industry publications and reports generally indicate that they have obtained their information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information. We commissioned some of these reports, as indicated elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition, this prospectus contains consumer grocery waste data, most recently updated in 2010, from the USDA. We have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the USDA grocery waste data or the data contained in any third-party industry publications and reports. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and we caution you not to give undue weight to such estimates. Projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the markets or industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties or us and contained in this prospectus.


LEGAL MATTERS

          The validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, Boston, Massachusetts and New York, New York. Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts and New York, New York, has acted as counsel for the underwriters in connection with certain legal matters related to this offering.


EXPERTS

          Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2015 and 2016, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, as set forth in their report. We have included our financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP's report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

          We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the Class A common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.

170


Table of Contents

          You may read and copy the registration statement for this offering at the SEC's public reference room, which is located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. You can request copies of the registration statement by writing to the SEC and paying a fee for the copying cost. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information about the operation of the SEC's public reference room. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website, which is located at www.sec.gov, that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. You may access the registration statement for this offering at the SEC's Internet website.

          Upon closing of this offering, we will be subject to the informational and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports and other information with the SEC. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements certified by an independent registered public accounting firm. We also maintain a website at www.blueapron.com . The information contained in, or which can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

171


Table of Contents

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

  F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-8

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.

          We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

          We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

          In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. at December 31, 2015 and 2016, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, NY
March 31, 2017

F-2


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

    December 31,
    March 31,     Pro Forma
March 31,
 

  2015     2016     2017     2017    

                (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

ASSETS

                         

CURRENT ASSETS:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 126,860   $ 81,468   $ 61,167   $ 61,167  

Accounts receivable

    355     485     624     624  

Inventories, net

    17,476     42,887     49,994     49,994  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    4,029     8,267     7,662     7,662  

Other receivables

    948     4,991     8,397     8,397  

Total current assets

    149,668     138,098     127,844     127,844  

Restricted cash

    337     3,966     3,966     3,966  

Property and equipment, net

    14,633     130,961     190,295     190,295  

Other noncurrent assets

    335     382     360     360  

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 164,973   $ 273,407   $ 322,465   $ 322,465  

LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

                         

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

                         

Accounts payable

  $ 29,915   $ 49,549   $ 77,668   $ 77,668  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    14,222     40,911     52,032     52,032  

Deferred revenue

    6,252     24,278     21,803     21,803  

Total current liabilities

    50,389     114,738     151,503     151,503  

Long-term debt

        44,533     99,577     99,577  

Facility financing obligation

        49,809     53,273     53,273  

Other noncurrent liabilities

    1,649     2,858     7,124     7,124  

TOTAL LIABILITIES

    52,038     211,938     311,477     311,477  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

                         

Convertible preferred stock, par value of $0.0001 per share — 17,371,402 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and March 31, 2017; 14,500,938 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and March 31, 2017; 0 shares issued or outstanding pro forma; aggregate liquidation preference of $195,317 as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and March 31, 2017

    194,869     194,869     194,869      

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT):

                         

Class A common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share — 0 shares, 177,000,000 shares and 177,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and March 31, 2017, respectively; 0 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and March 31, 2017; 177,000,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding pro forma

                 

Class B common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share — 175,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and March 31, 2017; 66,565,002, 67,095,128 shares, and 67,156,678 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and March 31, 2017, respectively; 175,000,000 shares authorized,           shares issued and outstanding pro forma

    7     7     7        

Class C common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share — 0 shares, 2,000,000 shares, and 2,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and March 31, 2017, respectively; 0 shares, 0 shares, and 42,687 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and March 31, 2017, respectively; 2,000,000 shares authorized, 42,687 shares issued and outstanding pro forma

                 

Additional paid-in capital

    1,727     5,147     6,860        

Accumulated deficit

    (83,668 )   (138,554 )   (190,748 )      

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

    (81,934 )   (133,400 )   (183,881 )      

TOTAL LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

  $ 164,973   $ 273,407   $ 322,465   $ 322,465  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

  Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 

    2014     2015     2016     2016     2017
 

                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Net revenue

  $ 77,806   $ 340,803   $ 795,416   $ 172,098   $ 244,843  

Operating expenses:

                               

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

    72,223     263,271     532,682     112,523     168,531  

Marketing

    13,960     51,362     144,141     25,413     60,605  

Product, technology, general, and administrative

    21,811     70,151     165,179     29,690     63,210  

Depreciation and amortization

    611     2,917     8,217     1,485     4,180  

Total operating expenses

    108,605     387,701     850,219     169,111     296,526  

Income (loss) from operations

    (30,799 )   (46,898 )   (54,803 )   2,987     (51,683 )

Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net

    (4 )   (6 )   25     57     (470 )

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (30,803 )   (46,904 )   (54,778 )   3,044     (52,153 )

Provision for income taxes

        (61 )   (108 )   (27 )   (41 )

Net income (loss)

  $ (30,803 ) $ (46,965 ) $ (54,886 ) $ 3,017   $ (52,194 )

Net income (loss) per share attributable to Class B and Class C common stockholders:

                               

Basic

  $ (0.88 ) $ (0.92 ) $ (0.84 ) $   $ (0.78 )

Diluted

  $ (0.88 ) $ (0.92 ) $ (0.84 ) $   $ (0.78 )

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to Class B and Class C common stockholders:

                               

Basic

    34,841,852     51,137,406     65,425,609     61,973,247     67,090,001  

Diluted

    34,841,852     51,137,406     65,425,609     69,307,608     67,090,001  

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to Class B and Class C common stockholders (unaudited):

                               

Basic

              $           $    

Diluted

              $           $    

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to Class B and Class C common stockholders (unaudited):

                               

Basic

                               

Diluted

                               

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(In thousands)

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

    2014     2015     2016     2017
 

                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Net income (loss)

  $ (30,803 ) $ (46,965 ) $ (54,886 ) $ 3,017   $ (52,194 )

Other comprehensive income (loss):

                               

Unrealized loss on investments

    (10 )                

Reclassification of losses included in net income (loss), net of tax of $0

        10              

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ (30,813 ) $ (46,955 ) $ (54,886 ) $ 3,017   $ (52,194 )

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

(In thousands, except share data)

    Convertible
Preferred Stock
        Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
    Treasury     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
    Accumulated     Total
Stockholders'
 

    Shares     Amount         Shares     Amount     Capital     Stock     Loss     Deficit     Equity (Deficit)
 

Balance — January 1, 2014

    1,197,629   $ 7,913         67,634,550   $ 7   $ 3   $   $   $ (4,000 ) $ (3,990 )

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $0.2 million

    3,001,448     49,824                                  

Repurchase of common stock

                (1,500,725 )           (1,900 )           (1,900 )

Share-based compensation

                        565                 565  

Net loss

                                    (30,803 )   (30,803 )

Unrealized loss on investments

                                (10 )       (10 )

Balance — December 31, 2014

    4,199,077   $ 57,737         66,133,825   $ 7   $ 568   $ (1,900 ) $ (10 ) $ (34,803 ) $ (36,138 )

Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $0.1 million

    10,301,861     137,132                                  

Share-based compensation

                        1,105                 1,105  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                371,177         54                 54  

Issuance of restricted common stock

                60,000                          

Retirement of treasury shares

                            1,900         (1,900 )    

Net loss

                                    (46,965 )   (46,965 )

Reclassification of losses included in net loss

                                10         10  

Balance — December 31, 2015

    14,500,938   $ 194,869         66,565,002   $ 7   $ 1,727   $   $   $ (83,668 ) $ (81,934 )

Share-based compensation

                        3,018                 3,018  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                530,126         402                 402  

Net loss

                                    (54,886 )   (54,886 )

Balance — December 31, 2016

    14,500,938   $ 194,869         67,095,128   $ 7   $ 5,147   $   $   $ (138,554 ) $ (133,400 )

Share-based compensation

                        1,262                 1,262  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                61,550         78                 78  

Issuance of common stock upon acquisition

                42,687         373                 373  

Net loss

                                    (52,194 )   (52,194 )

Balance — March 31, 2017 (unaudited)

    14,500,938   $ 194,869         67,199,365   $ 7   $ 6,860   $   $   $ (190,748 ) $ (183,881 )

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

    2014     2015     2016     2016     2017
 

                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

                               

Net income (loss)

  $ (30,803 ) $ (46,965 ) $ (54,886 ) $ 3,017   $ (52,194 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:

                               

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

    486     2,298     6,786     1,198     3,606  

Amortization of capitalized software development costs

    125     619     1,431     287     574  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

    18     17     3         23  

Changes in reserves and allowances

    408     1,650     151     449     411  

Share-based compensation

    3,665     1,105     2,965     576     1,238  

Investment premium amortization

    19     69              

Debt issuance cost amortization

            62         44  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                               

Accounts receivable

    (169 )   4     (130 )   (420 )   (139 )

Inventories

    (1,264 )   (16,224 )   (25,686 )   (6,585 )   (5,497 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (790 )   (3,355 )   (3,598 )   1,833     523  

Other receivables

    (659 )   (289 )   (319 )   (4 )   (3,406 )

Other noncurrent assets

    (546 )   211     (47 )   66     22  

Accounts payable

    9,113     18,946     3,713     4,220     23,238  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    1,211     10,965     26,821     2,609     10,727  

Deferred revenue

    1,446     3,967     18,026     (1,242 )   (2,475 )

Other noncurrent liabilities

    881     586     1,163     (49 )   4,266  

Net cash from (used in) operating activities

    (16,859 )   (26,396 )   (23,545 )   5,955     (19,039 )

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

                               

Capitalized software development costs

    (535 )   (1,561 )   (3,156 )   (573 )   (146 )

Cash paid for acquisition

                    (1,177 )

Decrease (increase) in restricted cash

            (3,629 )   (2,441 )    

Purchases of property and equipment

    (3,702 )   (10,380 )   (59,671 )   (2,729 )   (54,940 )

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

        5              

Proceeds from maturities of investments

        6,000              

Purchases of short-term investments

    (6,088 )                

Net cash used in investing activities

    (10,325 )   (5,936 )   (66,456 )   (5,743 )   (56,263 )

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

                               

Net proceeds from issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock

        137,132              

Net proceeds from issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock

    49,824                  

Net proceeds from issuance of Long-term debt

            44,471         55,000  

Net proceeds from issuance of Common stock

        54     402     38     78  

Repurchase of Common stock

    (5,000 )                  

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

    (40 )   (140 )   (264 )   (77 )   (77 )

Net cash provided by financing activities

    44,784     137,046     44,609     (39 )   55,001  

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    17,600     104,714     (45,392 )   173     (20,301 )

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — Beginning of period

    4,546     22,146     126,860     126,860     81,468  

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — End of period

  $ 22,146   $ 126,860   $ 81,468   $ 127,033   $ 61,167  

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

                               

Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds

  $   $   $ 355   $ 70   $  

Cash paid for interest

  $ 14   $ 33   $ 96   $ 10   $ 283  

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING INFORMATION:

                               

Acquisition (disposal) of property and equipment financed under capital lease obligations

  $ 262   $ 582   $ 256   $ 144   $ (30 )

Non-cash addition to property and equipment related to build-to-suit lease

  $   $   $ 46,085   $ 883   $ 3,464  

Purchases of property and equipment included in Accounts payable

  $ 888   $ 432   $ 15,713   $ 28,170   $ 20,676  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-7


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization and Description of Business

          When used in these notes, Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the "Company."

          The Company creates original recipes, which are sent along with fresh, high-quality, seasonal ingredients, directly to customers for them to prepare, cook, and enjoy. The Company creates these cooking experiences around original recipes every week based on what's in-season with farming partners and other suppliers. Customers can choose which recipes they would like to receive in a given week, and the Company delivers those recipes to their doorsteps along with the pre-portioned ingredients required to cook those recipes.

          In addition to meals, the Company sells wine through Blue Apron Wine, a direct-to-consumer wine delivery service launched in September 2015. The Company also sells a curated selection of cooking tools, utensils, and pantry items through Blue Apron Market, an e-commerce marketplace launched in November 2014. In addition, in February 2017, the Company acquired BN Ranch, a premium supplier of sustainable beef, poultry and lamb.

          In connection with the Corporate Reorganization as discussed in Note 10, Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware in December 2016, and Blue Apron, Inc., the parent company prior to the Corporate Reorganization, converted into Blue Apron, LLC and became a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. The Company's headquarters are in New York, New York.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

          The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company prepares its Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP").

          Certain reclassifications were made to prior year amounts to conform to current year presentation.

Use of Estimates

          In preparing its Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP, the Company is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs, and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities which are reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying disclosures. The accounting estimates that require the most difficult and subjective judgments include revenue recognition, inventory valuation, leases, recoverability of long-lived assets, the fair value of share-based awards, recoverability of net deferred tax assets and related valuation allowance, and the recognition and measurement of income tax uncertainties and other contingencies. The Company evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors and adjust those estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. Actual results could materially differ from the Company's estimates and assumptions.

F-8


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

          The accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2017, the Consolidated Statements of Operations, Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss, and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, and the Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the three months ended March 31, 2017 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited Consolidated Financial Statements and in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the Company's financial position as of March 31, 2017 and results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017. The financial data and the other information disclosed in these notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements related to these three month periods are unaudited.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

          Upon the completion of the Company's initial public offering ("IPO"), all outstanding convertible preferred stock and the outstanding aggregate principal amount of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, the Company's outstanding convertible notes will each automatically convert into shares of the Company's Class B common stock. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information gives effect to the conversion of the convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2017. The unaudited pro forma Consolidated Balance Sheet data as of March 31, 2017 has been prepared assuming the automatic conversion of the convertible preferred stock outstanding into 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock. The unaudited pro forma net income (loss) per share for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2017 assumes the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock upon the completion of the IPO as well as             shares of the Company's Class B common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of an aggregate principal amount of $63.5 million and all accrued and unpaid interest outstanding on the Company's convertible promissory notes upon the closing of the IPO, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range) as of January 1, 2016 and January 1, 2017, respectively.

          The Company believes that the unaudited pro forma net income (loss) loss per share disclosure provides material information to investors because the conversion of the convertible preferred stock into common stock is expected to occur upon the closing of the IPO and, therefore, that the disclosure of pro forma net income (loss) per share provides a measure of net income (loss) per share that is comparable to what will be reported as a public company.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

          All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are stated at cost plus accrued interest and consist of cash on hand, money market accounts, and amounts held by third-party financial institutions for credit and debit card transactions. Cash as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017 was $28.8 million, $13.2 million and $24.5 million, respectively. Cash equivalents as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017 were $98.1 million,

F-9


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

$68.3 million and $36.7 million, respectively, and consist of qualifying money market accounts and amounts due from third-party institutions. Amounts due from third-party institutions generally settle within three business days and were $0.0 million, $9.9 million, and $8.3 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017, respectively.

Accounts Receivable

          Accounts receivable primarily represent amounts due from third parties that market the Company's products. Accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts, net of allowances for doubtful accounts if applicable, are unsecured, and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is zero at December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017.

Other Receivables

          Other receivables primarily include amounts due from the landlords of the Company's leased fulfillment centers for tenant improvement allowances. Other receivables are recorded at their carrying amounts, are unsecured, and do not bear interest.

Certain Risks and Concentrations

          Financial instruments that subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash. All of the Company's cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash are held at financial institutions in the United States that management believes to be of high credit quality. Deposits held in the United States with these financial institutions exceed federally insured limits.

          The primary focus of the Company's investment strategy is to preserve capital and meet liquidity requirements. The Company's investment policy addresses the level of credit exposure by limiting the concentration in any one corporate issuer or sector and establishing a minimum allowable credit rating.

          No individual customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company's total Net revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 or the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017. There are no significant concentration risks within the Company's Accounts receivable as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017.

          For the year ended December 31, 2014, an individual shipping carrier accounted for 14% of the Company's total Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization. No individual supplier accounted for 10% or more of the Company's total Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2015 or 2016 or the three months ended March 31, 2016. For the three months ended March 31, 2017, an individual shipping carrier accounted for 12% of the Company's total Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization. No individual supplier accounted for 10% or more of total Accounts payable as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017.

Inventories, Net

          Inventories, net consist primarily of bulk and prepped food, products available for resale, packaging, and containers which are stated at the lower of cost or market. Inventory costs consist

F-10


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

of product costs, inbound shipping and handling costs, and applicable direct labor costs. Inventories are valued on a first in, first out cost basis. The Company records an inventory valuation reserve when applicable based on currently available information about the likely method of disposition, such as through sales to individual customers, donations, or liquidations and expected recoverable values of each inventory category.

Leases

          The Company categorizes lease agreements at their inception as either operating or capital leases. For operating leases, the Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. For capital leases, the Company records a leased asset with a corresponding liability. Payments are recorded as reductions to the liability with an interest charge recorded based on the remaining liability.

          The Company reviews leases for which it is involved in construction to determine if it is considered to be the owner for accounting purposes during the construction period. If the Company is determined to be the owner for accounting purposes, the Company follows build-to-suit accounting and capitalizes the fair value of the building and direct construction costs incurred along with a corresponding facility financing liability. At the end of the construction period, the Company assesses whether these arrangements qualify for sales recognition under sale-leaseback accounting guidance. If upon completion of construction, the arrangement does not meet the sale-leaseback criteria, the Company will continue to be considered the owner of the building for accounting purposes.

Property and Equipment, Net

          Property and equipment, net, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost and are depreciated using a straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The estimated useful lives are as follows:

Computer equipment

 

2 - 3 years

Capitalized software

 

2 years

Fulfillment equipment

 

5 - 7 years

Furniture and fixtures

 

5 years

Leasehold improvements

 

Shorter of expected useful life or lease term

Capitalized Software Development Costs

          The Company capitalizes qualifying internally-developed software development costs that are incurred during the application development stage so long as management with the relevant authority authorizes the project, it is probable the project will be completed, and the software will be used to perform the function intended. Capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives which is approximately two years. Costs incurred for enhancements that are expected to result in additional significant functionality are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of the enhancement. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post-implementation operation activities, including training and maintenance, are expensed as

F-11


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

incurred. Capitalized software development costs net of accumulated amortization are included as a component of Property and equipment, net in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Recoverability of Long-Lived Assets

          Long-lived assets consist of the Company's property, equipment, and capitalized software development costs. The Company periodically evaluates whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate the remaining estimated useful life of long-lived assets may warrant revision or that the remaining balance may not be recoverable. These factors may include a significant deterioration of operating results, changes in business plans, or changes in anticipated cash flows. Recoverability is measured by comparing the carrying amount of an asset group to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated. If future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment is recognized in earnings to the extent that the carrying value exceeds fair value. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, no impairment of long-lived assets was indicated.

Fair Value Measurement of Financial Instruments

          The fair value of financial instruments is determined based on assumptions that market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability at the balance sheet date. Certain assets are categorized based on the following fair value hierarchy of market participant assumptions:

    Level 1 — Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities.

    Level 2 — Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly.

    Level 3 — Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value of the asset or liability and supported by little or no market activity.

          The Company uses observable market data when available, and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value.

          Cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities are stated at carrying amounts as reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements, which approximates fair value due to their short-term nature. The fair value of the long-term debt approximates its carrying value based on the variable nature of interest rates and current market rates available to the Company.

Revenue Recognition

          The Company recognizes revenue when the following four criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred; (3) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue, net of promotional discounts, is deferred at the time cash is collected and recognized at the time risk of ownership transfers to the customer. The Company also defers revenue from the sale of gift cards and prepaid orders until all criteria for revenue recognition are met. Net revenue is reduced for actual and estimated customer

F-12


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

credits and refunds expected to be issued. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, credits and refunds represented 4.8%, 4.4%, and 3.3% of Net revenue, respectively.

          The Company periodically enters into agreements with third parties to market the Company's products. The Company records revenue from such arrangements at the gross amount as the Company is the primary obligor with the customer, provides primary customer service for such products sold on its website, has latitude in establishing price and selecting such products sold on its website, and maintains inventory risk. Payments received in advance under these agreements are recorded as deferred revenue until all criteria for revenue recognition are met.

Cost of Goods Sold, Excluding Depreciation and Amortization

          Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization consists of product and fulfillment costs. Product costs include the cost of food, packaging for food that is portioned prior to delivery to customers, labor and related personnel costs incurred to portion food for the Company's meals, inbound shipping costs, and cost of products sold through Blue Apron Wine, Blue Apron Market, and BN Ranch. Fulfillment costs consist of costs incurred in the shipping and handling of inventory including the shipping costs to the Company's customers, labor and related personnel costs related to receiving, inspecting, warehousing, picking inventory, and preparing customer orders for shipment, and the cost of packaging materials and shipping supplies.

Advertising Costs

          Advertising costs are charged to Marketing expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. Advertising costs were $5.9 million, $31.1 million, $103.4 million, $16.5 million, and $50.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The Company recognizes advertising costs the first time the advertising takes place. Deferred advertising, marketing, and promotional costs, which principally relate to advertisements that have not yet been exhibited or services that have not yet been received, were $0.2 million, $0.3 million, $3.9 million, and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, and the three months ended March 31, 2017, respectively, and are recorded within prepaid expenses and other current assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Product, Technology, General, and Administrative

          Product, technology, general, and administrative expenses consist of costs related to the development of the Company's products and technology, general and administrative expenses, and overhead expenses, which include: payroll and related expenses for employees involved in the application, production, and maintenance of the Company's platform and other technology infrastructure costs; payroll and related expenses for employees performing corporate and other managerial functions; facilities costs such as occupancy and rent costs for the Company's corporate offices and fulfillment centers; and payment processing fees, professional fees, and other general corporate and administrative costs.

F-13


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Share-Based Compensation

          The Company recognizes share-based compensation for share-based awards, including stock options, based on the estimated fair value of the awards, net of estimated forfeitures. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options on the grant date generally using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and recognizes the related share-based compensation on a straight-line basis over the period in which the employee is required to provide services, generally up to four years. For stock repurchases, the Company recognizes any excess of the repurchase price over the fair value of the instruments repurchased as additional share-based compensation.

Interest and Other Income and Expense

          Interest and other income and expense consists primarily of interest expense associated with the Company's revolving credit facility and capital lease financings, offset by interest income from cash and short-term investment balances.

Income Taxes

          The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Management makes an assessment of the likelihood that the resulting deferred tax assets will be realized. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In evaluating the ability to recover deferred tax assets in the jurisdiction from which they arise, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. In evaluating the objective evidence that historical results provide, the Company considers three years of cumulative operating income (loss). Based on the Company's historical operating losses, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its federal and state net operating loss carryforwards.

          The Company recognizes uncertain income tax positions at the largest amount that is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes . An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which judgment occurs. The Company's policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes as a component of provision for income taxes.

Segments

          Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which separate financial information is available and that is regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker ("CODM") in deciding how to allocate resources to an individual segment and in assessing performance. The Company's CODM is its Chief Executive Officer. The Company has determined it operates in one operating segment and one reportable segment, as the CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions, allocating resources, and evaluating financial performance.

F-14


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Emerging Growth Company Status

          The Company is an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (JOBS) Act, and may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not "emerging growth companies." The Company may take advantage of these exemptions until the Company is no longer an "emerging growth company." Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an "emerging growth company" can take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards. The Company has elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards and as a result of this election, its financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. The Company may take advantage of these exemptions up until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of an offering or such earlier time that it is no longer an emerging growth company. The Company would cease to be an emerging growth company if it has more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue, has more than $700.0 million in market value of its stock held by non-affiliates (and it has been a public company for at least 12 months, and has filed one annual report on Form 10-K), or it issues more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt securities over a three-year period.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

          In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09 ("ASU 2014-09"), Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) . ASU 2014-09 affects any entity that enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards. The new guidance will supersede the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition , and most industry-specific guidance. The new standard also includes enhanced disclosures which are significantly more comprehensive than those in existing revenue standards. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-08, " Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Principal versus Agent Considerations) ," to clarify the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-10, " Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing) ," to clarify the implementation guidance on identifying performance obligations and licensing. In May 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-12, " Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients) ," to clarify the implementation guidance on assessing collectibility, presentation of sales taxes, noncash consideration and completed contracts, and contract modifications at transition. In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-20, " Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, (Revenue from Contracts with Customers) ," to clarify the guidance or to correct unintended application of guidance. For non-public entities, the guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Non-public entities are permitted to adopt the standard as early as annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods therein. The Company is evaluating the impact this new guidance may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

          In August 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15 ("ASU 2014-15"), Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern . ASU 2014-15 provides

F-15


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

guidance on management's responsibility in evaluating whether there is substantial doubt about a company's ability to continue as a going concern and about related footnote disclosures. For each reporting period, management will be required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about a company's ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the date the Consolidated Financial Statements are issued. For non-public entities, the amendments in ASU 2014-15 are effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of ASU 2014-15 did not have an impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

          In April 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-05 ("ASU 2015-05"), Intangibles — Goodwill and Other — Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer's Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement . ASU 2015-05 provides guidance for the accounting of cloud computing arrangements including whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, then the customer should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, then the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. For non-public entities, the amendments in ASU 2015-05 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and will be adopted on a prospective basis. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

          In July 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-11 ("ASU 2015-11"), Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory . ASU 2015-11 requires inventory to be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value, and defines net realizable value as the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. For non-public entities, the amendments in ASU 2015-11 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

          In February 2016, the FASB issued its final standard on lease accounting, Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 ("ASU 2016-02"), Leases (Topic 842), which supersedes Topic 840, Leases . The new accounting standard requires the recognition of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for all long-term leases, including operating leases, on the balance sheet. The new standard also provides additional guidance on the measurement of the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities and will require enhanced disclosures about the Company's leasing arrangements. For non-public entities, the new standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact this new guidance may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

          In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-09 ("ASU 2016-09"), Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . ASU 2016-09 simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. Some of the areas of simplification apply only to non-public entities. For non-public entities, the amendments in ASU 2016-09 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early

F-16


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact this new guidance may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

          In November 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-18 ("ASU 2016-18"), Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) . The standard is intended to eliminate diversity in practice in the treatment of restricted cash in the statement of cash flows and requires that the statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. For non-public entities, the amendments in ASU 2016-18 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

3. Inventories, Net

          Inventories, net consist of the following:

  December 31,     March 31,    

    2015     2016     2017
 

    (In thousands)  

                (unaudited)  

Fulfillment

  $ 5,063   $ 5,758   $ 7,476  

Product

    12,413     37,129     42,518  

Inventories, net

  $ 17,476   $ 42,887   $ 49,994  

          Product inventory primarily consists of bulk and prepped food, containers, and products available for resale. Fulfillment inventory consists of packaging used for shipping and handling. Product and fulfillment inventories are recognized as components of Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations when sold.

4. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

          Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following:

    December 31,     March 31,
 

    2015     2016     2017
 

    (In thousands)  

                (unaudited)  

Deposits

  $ 2,228   $ 1,122   $ 1,528  

Prepaid marketing

    255     3,940     590  

Prepaid rent

    492     1,430     460  

Other current assets

    1,054     1,775     5,084  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

  $ 4,029   $ 8,267   $ 7,662  

F-17


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Property and Equipment, Net

          Property and equipment, net consists of the following:

    December 31,     March 31,
 

    2015     2016     2017
 

    (In thousands)  

                (unaudited)  

Computer equipment

  $ 2,138   $ 6,468   $ 8,827  

Capitalized software

    2,258     5,448     5,605  

Fulfillment equipment

    4,863     12,525     20,788  

Furniture and fixtures

    680     1,491     1,649  

Leasehold improvements

    7,939     23,660     25,139  

Construction in process (1)

    307     93,092     144,106  

Property and equipment, gross

    18,185     142,684     206,114  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (3,552 )   (11,723 )   (15,819 )

Property and equipment, net

  $ 14,633   $ 130,961   $ 190,295  

(1)
Construction in process includes all costs capitalized related to projects that have not yet been placed in service. Included in construction in process are buildings related to build-to-suit lease arrangements where the Company is considered the owner for accounting purposes. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017, the fair value of buildings under construction was $0.0 million, $45.0 million, and $48.1 million, respectively, based on the percentage completed. Construction costs incurred directly by the Company relating to these arrangements within the construction in process balance were $37.6 million and $80.6 million as of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, respectively.

          Depreciation and amortization related to the Company's Property and equipment, net for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, and for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, was $0.6 million, $2.9 million, $8.2 million, $1.5 million, and $4.2 million, respectively.

          The Company capitalizes the cost of interest for construction projects based on the applicable capitalization rate for the project. Capitalized interest was $0.0 million, $1.9 million and $2.8 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017, respectively.

          As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017 total equipment financed under capital leases was $1.0 million, $1.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively, with related accumulated depreciation of $0.1 million, $0.4 million, and $0.3 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, depreciation expense related to total property and equipment under capital leases was $0.0 million, $0.1 million, $0.3 million, $0.0 million, and $0.0 million, respectively.

          For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, the Company capitalized software development costs of $0.6 million, $1.6 million, $3.2 million, $0.6 million, and $0.2 million, including share-based compensation of $0.0 million, $0.0 million, $0.1 million, $0.0 million, and $0.0 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017, the net book value of capitalized software development costs was $1.5 million, $3.3 million, and $2.9 million, respectively. Amortization expense for capitalized software development costs recognized in Depreciation and amortization in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2014,

F-18


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Property and Equipment, Net (Continued)

2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017 was $0.1 million, $0.6 million, $1.4 million, $0.3 million, and $0.6 million, respectively.

6. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

          Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following:

    December 31,     March 31,
 

    2015     2016     2017
 

    (In thousands)  

                (unaudited)  

Accrued compensation

  $ 5,074   $ 11,069   $ 10,327  

Accrued product expenses

    1,273     10,965     7,356  

Accrued marketing expenses

    1,432     5,424     14,148  

Accrued shipping expenses

    1,296     4,930     6,722  

Accrued customer credits and refunds

    1,359     1,235     1,736  

Other current liabilities

    3,788     7,288     11,743  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

  $ 14,222   $ 40,911   $ 52,032  

7. Deferred Revenue

          Deferred revenue consists of the following:

    December 31,     March 31,
 

    2015     2016     2017
 

    (In thousands)  

                (unaudited)  

Cash received prior to fulfillment

  $ 3   $ 10,107   $ 11,379  

Gift cards, prepaid orders, and other

    6,249     14,171     10,424  

Deferred revenue

  $ 6,252   $ 24,278   $ 21,803  

8. Long-term Debt

Revolving Credit Facility

          On August 26, 2016, the Company entered into a revolving credit and guaranty agreement (the "revolving credit facility"). The revolving credit facility matures in August 2019 and advances under it are secured by certain of the Company's tangible and intangible assets. Absent any default, the revolving credit facility can be terminated at the Company's discretion. The maximum amount available to borrow under the revolving credit facility is $150.0 million. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had $45.0 million in outstanding borrowings and $0.3 million in issued letters of credit under the revolving credit facility. The remaining amount available to borrow as of

F-19


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. Long-term Debt (Continued)

December 31, 2016 was $104.7 million. As of March 31, 2017, the Company had $100.0 million in outstanding borrowings and $0.3 million in issued letters of credit under the revolving credit facility. The remaining amount available to borrow as of March 31, 2017 was $49.7 million. The Company incurred and capitalized $0.5 million in deferred financing costs in Long-term debt in connection with the revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017, outstanding borrowings in Long-term debt consisted of the following:

    Weighted Average
Interest Rate
                         

    December 31     March 31           December 31,     March 31,
 

    2016     2017     Maturity Date     2015     2016     2017
 

                      (In thousands)  

          (unaudited)                       (unaudited)  

Revolving credit facility

    2.84 %   2.94 %   2019   $   $ 45,000   $
100,000
 

          Borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest, at the Company's option, at (1) a base rate based on the highest of prime rate, the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and an adjusted LIBOR rate for a one-month interest period plus 1.00%, plus in each case a margin ranging from 0.50% to 1.00% (the "base rate") or (2) an adjusted LIBOR rate plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.00%, based on the Company's total leverage ratio for the preceding four fiscal quarters and the Company's status as a public or non-public company (the "adjusted LIBOR rate"). During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company borrowed $40.0 million under the revolving credit facility utilizing the adjusted LIBOR rate and $5.0 million utilizing the base rate. During the three months ended March 31, 2017, the Company borrowed $55.0 million under the revolving credit facility utilizing the adjusted LIBOR rate. The Company is also obligated under the revolving credit facility to pay customary fees, including an unused commitment fee on undrawn amounts of 0.15%. The unused commitment fees were $0.1 million and $0.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2017, respectively.

          The obligations under the revolving credit facility are guaranteed by each of the guarantors as defined in the credit agreement. The revolving credit facility contains certain restrictive covenants, including limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness and liens, restrictions on affiliate transactions, restrictions on the sale or other disposition of collateral, and limitations on dividends and stock repurchases. As of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, the Company was in compliance with all of the covenants under the revolving credit facility.

Facility Financing Obligation

          Through December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, the Company has recorded a facility financing obligation of $49.8 million and $53.3 million, respectively, related to leased fulfillment centers in New Jersey and California under the build-to-suit accounting guidance. See Note 9 for further discussion.

F-20


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease and Other Commitments

          The Company leases fulfillment centers and office space under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements that expire on various dates through 2027. These arrangements require the Company to pay certain operating expenses, such as taxes, repairs, and insurance, and contain renewal and escalation clauses. The Company recognizes rent expense under these arrangements on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017, deferred rent amounted to $1.1 million, $2.4 million, and $6.7 million, respectively, and is included in Other noncurrent liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

          In addition, the Company leases certain equipment under capital lease arrangements that expire at various dates through 2020.

          In March 2016, the Company signed a lease for a new fulfillment center in New Jersey and in August 2016 the Company signed a lease for a new fulfillment center in California, which expire in 2026 and 2027, respectively. As a result of the nature of the Company's involvement in the construction of these leased fulfillment centers, the Company is considered to be the owner for accounting purposes. The Company follows build-to-suit accounting for these arrangements and capitalizes the fair value of the buildings and direct construction costs incurred along with a corresponding facility financing liability. At the end of the construction period, the Company assesses whether these arrangements qualify for sales recognition under sale-leaseback accounting guidance. If upon completion of construction, the arrangement does not meet the sale-leaseback criteria, the Company will continue to be considered the owner of the buildings for accounting purposes.

          As of December 31, 2016, the aggregate future non-cancelable minimum lease payments consist of the following:

Years Ended December 31:

    Capital
Leases
    Build-to-Suit
Leases
    Operating
Leases
 

    (In thousands)  

2017

  $ 276   $ 2,693   $ 9,945  

2018

    255     4,782     9,687  

2019

    153     4,902     6,304  

2020

    85     5,025     5,246  

2021

    13     5,152     5,183  

Thereafter

        29,269     18,765  

  $ 782   $ 51,823   $ 55,130  

Less: amount representing interest and taxes

    (82 )            

Lease obligations net of interest and taxes

    700              

Less: current portion of capital lease obligations

    (266 )            

Noncurrent portion of capital lease obligations

  $ 434              

          Rent expense was $2.0 million, $3.8 million, $10.0 million, $1.4 million, and $3.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and is recognized in Product, technology, general, and administrative expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

F-21


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

          As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017, the current portion of the Company's capital lease obligations is a component of other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and the noncurrent portion of the Company's capital lease obligations is a component of Other noncurrent liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

          In May 2017, the Company commenced a non-cancellable purchase commitment with a food supplier. Based on minimum purchase quantities and expected pricing, the minimum purchase obligation is estimated to be approximately $42.5 million through 2020. Total anticipated purchases under the contract may be higher than the minimum non-cancellable commitment.

Letters of Credit

          As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017, the Company had $0.7 million, $4.4 million and $4.6 million, respectively, in letters of credit issued. The letters of credit serve as security primarily for fulfillment centers and office space leases entered into by the Company. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017, the letters of credit were collateralized by current restricted cash of $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.0 million, and by noncurrent restricted cash of $0.3 million, $4.0 million and $4.0 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017, the beneficiaries of the letters of credit had not drawn upon any of the letters of credit.

Legal Proceedings

          From time to time, the Company may become subject to legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company is not a party to any material legal proceedings, nor is it aware of any pending or threatened litigation that, in the opinion of the management of the Company, would have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results, cash flows, or financial condition should such litigation be resolved unfavorably.

10. Common Stock

          Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., was incorporated in Delaware in December 2016 to enable Blue Apron, Inc. to implement a holding company organizational structure, effected by a merger conducted pursuant to Section 251(g) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as described below. The Company refers to this transaction as its "Corporate Reorganization."

          Immediately prior to the Corporate Reorganization, Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. was a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Apron, Inc., and Blue Apron Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which is referred to as "Merger Sub", was a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. Both Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and Merger Sub were organized for the sole purpose of implementing the Corporate Reorganization. In December 2016, Merger Sub merged with and into Blue Apron, Inc., with Blue Apron, Inc. continuing as the surviving corporation. Each issued and outstanding share of common stock of Blue Apron, Inc. was converted into one share of common stock of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and each issued and outstanding share of preferred stock of Blue Apron, Inc. was converted into one share of preferred stock of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. The separate corporate existence of Merger Sub ceased and all of the issued and outstanding shares of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. owned by Blue Apron, Inc. were automatically canceled and retired. As a result of the Corporate Reorganization, each stockholder of Blue

F-22


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Common Stock (Continued)

Apron, Inc. became a stockholder of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., holding the same proportional equity interests as immediately prior to the Corporate Reorganization, and Blue Apron, Inc. became a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. The certificate of incorporation and bylaws of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. were amended and restated in order to be identical to those of Blue Apron, Inc. prior to the Corporate Reorganization, and the initial directors and executive officers of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. were the same individuals who were directors and executive officers of Blue Apron, Inc. immediately prior to the Corporate Reorganization. In December 2016, immediately after the merger, Blue Apron, Inc. converted into Blue Apron, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

          In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. assumed the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as previously amended, and then amended and restated the plan in its entirety. The Company refers to the Restated Blue Apron, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as so amended and restated, as the Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. also assumed Blue Apron, LLC's obligations under the various investor agreements that had been entered into in connection with the Series D preferred stock financing of Blue Apron, Inc. in May 2015. The other liabilities of Blue Apron, LLC, including under its revolving credit facility, were not assumed by Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. in the Corporate Reorganization and therefore continue to be obligations of Blue Apron, LLC, and the assets of Blue Apron, LLC were not transferred to Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and continue to be assets of Blue Apron, LLC.

          In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, the Company also implemented a tri-class capital structure consisting of two classes of voting common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock, and one class of non-voting stock, Class C capital stock ("Class C common stock"). To implement the tri-class capital structure, all then-outstanding shares of common stock, having one vote per share, were reclassified into shares of Class B common stock, having ten votes per share, and all then-outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for common stock became convertible or exercisable for Class B common stock. Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share. Each outstanding share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, except for certain exceptions and permitted transfers, or other events as described in the Company's restated certificate of incorporation.

          In July 2013, the Company effected a forward split of the Company's common stock at a 10-to-1 ratio (the "2013 Stock Split"). In October 2014, the board of directors and stockholders approved the amendment and restatement of the Company's certificate of incorporation to effect a forward split of the Company's common stock at a 5-to-1 ratio (the "2015 Stock Split"). The 2015 Stock Split became effective on February 11, 2015, upon the filing of the Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation with the State of Delaware. The par value of the common and convertible preferred stock and the authorized, issued, and outstanding shares of the convertible preferred stock were not adjusted as a result of the 2013 Stock Split and the 2015 Stock Split. All issued and outstanding shares of common stock and options to purchase common stock and per share amounts contained in the Consolidated Financial Statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the Corporate Reorganization, 2013 Stock Split, and 2015 Stock Split for all periods presented.

F-23


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Common Stock (Continued)

          The Company is required to reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of common stock a number of shares sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock, plus options granted and available for grant under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Shares of Class B common stock, on an as-converted basis, are reserved for future issuance as follows:

    December 31,     March 31
 

    2015     2016     2017
 

                (unaudited)  

Conversion of authorized Series A convertible preferred stock

    37,120,450     37,120,450     37,120,450  

Conversion of authorized Series B convertible preferred stock

    22,761,000     22,761,000     22,761,000  

Conversion of authorized Series C convertible preferred stock

    15,007,240     15,007,240     15,007,240  

Conversion of authorized Series D convertible preferred stock

    13,172,325     13,172,325     13,172,325  

Outstanding Class B common stock, stock options, and restricted stock granted under equity incentive plan

    10,486,217     15,041,498     16,350,778  

Shares reserved for future option grants and restricted stock grants under equity incentive plan

    3,044,963     2,689,682     1,380,402  

Total Class B common stock reserved for issuance

    101,592,195     105,792,195     105,792,195  

11. Convertible Preferred Stock

          In connection with the Corporate Reorganization as discussed in Note 10, each issued and outstanding share of preferred stock of Blue Apron, Inc. was converted into one share of preferred stock of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. also assumed Blue Apron, LLC's obligations under the various investor agreements that had been entered into in connection with the Series D preferred stock financing of Blue Apron, Inc. in 2015.

          In April 2014, the Company issued 3,001,448 shares of its Series C convertible preferred stock at a price of $16.6586 per share for cash proceeds of approximately $49.8 million, net of issuance costs of $0.2 million.

          In May 2015, the Company issued 10,137,398 shares of its Series D convertible preferred stock at a price of $13.3269 per share for cash proceeds of $135.0 million, net of issuance costs of $0.1 million. In July 2015, the Company issued 164,463 shares of its Series D convertible preferred stock at a price of $13.3269 per share for cash proceeds of $2.2 million, net of issuance costs of $0.0 million.

F-24


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

          The following tables summarize the Company's authorized, issued and outstanding convertible preferred stock:

          December 31, 2015
 

Convertible Preferred Stock:

    Shares
Authorized
    Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
    Net Proceeds     Liquidation
Price Per Share
    Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
    Conversion
Price Per Share
 

    (In thousands, except share and per-share data)  

Series A

    742,409     742,409   $ 2,974   $ 4.0751   $ 3,025   $ 0.0815  

Series B

    455,220     455,220     4,939     10.9837     5,000     0.2197  

Series C

    3,001,448     3,001,448     49,824     16.6586     50,000     3.3317  

Series D

    13,172,325     10,301,861     137,132     13.3269     137,292     13.3269  

Convertible preferred stock

    17,371,402     14,500,938   $ 194,869         $ 195,317        

 

          December 31, 2016
 

Convertible Preferred Stock:

    Shares
Authorized
    Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
    Net Proceeds     Liquidation
Price Per Share
    Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
    Conversion
Price Per Share
 

    (In thousands, except share and per-share data)  

Series A

    742,409     742,409   $ 2,974   $ 4.0751   $ 3,025   $ 0.0815  

Series B

    455,220     455,220     4,939     10.9837     5,000     0.2197  

Series C

    3,001,448     3,001,448     49,824     16.6586     50,000     3.3317  

Series D

    13,172,325     10,301,861     137,132     13.3269     137,292     13.3269  

Convertible preferred stock

    17,371,402     14,500,938   $ 194,869         $ 195,317        

 

          March 31, 2017 (unaudited)
 

Convertible Preferred Stock:

    Shares
Authorized
    Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
    Net Proceeds     Liquidation
Price Per Share
    Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
    Conversion
Price Per Share
 

    (In thousands, except share and per-share data)  

Series A

    742,409     742,409   $ 2,974   $ 4.0751   $ 3,025   $ 0.0815  

Series B

    455,220     455,220     4,939     10.9837     5,000     0.2197  

Series C

    3,001,448     3,001,448     49,824     16.6586     50,000     3.3317  

Series D

    13,172,325     10,301,861     137,132     13.3269     137,292     13.3269  

Convertible preferred stock

    17,371,402     14,500,938   $ 194,869         $ 195,317        

          The Company recorded the convertible preferred stock at fair value on the dates of issuance, net of issuance costs. The Company classifies its convertible preferred stock outside of stockholders' equity (deficit) because, in the event certain circumstances were to occur in connection with certain liquidation events, the shares would become redeemable at the option of the holders. The Company did not adjust the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock to the deemed liquidation values of such shares since a liquidation event was not probable at the balance sheet dates. Subsequent adjustments to increase or decrease the carrying values to the ultimate liquidation values will be made if and when it becomes probable that such a liquidation event will occur.

F-25


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

          The holders of the Company's preferred stock have various rights, preferences, and privileges as follows:

Conversion Rights

          Each share of the Company's Series A convertible preferred stock ("Series A"), Series B convertible preferred stock ("Series B"), Series C convertible preferred stock ("Series C"), and Series D convertible preferred stock ("Series D") is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time and without the payment of additional consideration, into Class B common stock determined by dividing the original issue price by the applicable conversion price, as described below. The original issue price per share is $4.0751 for the Series A, $10.9837 for the Series B, $16.6586 for the Series C, and $13.3269 for the Series D (in each case, as adjusted for certain recapitalizations, splits, combinations, common stock dividends, or similar events). At December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, the conversion prices per share are $0.081502 for the Series A, $0.219674 for the Series B, $3.33172 for the Series C, and $13.3269 for the Series D. As of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, at the current conversion ratio, the Series A will convert on a 50-for-1 basis into Class B common stock, the Series B will convert on a 50-for-1 basis into Class B common stock, the Series C will convert on a 5-for-1 basis into Class B common stock, and the Series D will convert on a 1-for-1 basis into Class B common stock. The conversion price per share for the preferred stock shall be adjusted for certain recapitalizations, splits, combinations, dividends, or similar events, as discussed below.

          All of the Company's shares of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into Class B common stock at the respective conversion price effective immediately prior to the earlier of: (a) the closing of an initial underwritten public offering of the Company's common stock resulting in at least $50.0 million of gross proceeds to the Company and the listing of its common stock on an internationally recognized stock exchange, and (b) a date specified by vote or written consent of the holders of the majority of the Company's then outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis), provided, however, that the conversion of the Series C and Series D shall also require the consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Series C and Series D, respectively.

Conversion Price Adjustments

          The conversion price per share of the Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D will be reduced if the Company issues additional stock or rights to acquire stock (subject to certain limitations) without consideration or for consideration per share less than the Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D conversion price in effect for that series.

Voting Rights

          Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes. Each holder of preferred stock is entitled to ten votes for each whole share of Class B common stock into which the shares of preferred stock held by such holder are convertible. The holders of the Series B, voting exclusively and as a separate class, have the right to elect one director. The holders of the Series C, voting exclusively and as a separate class, have the right to elect one director. The holders of the Class B common stock, voting exclusively and as a separate class, have the right to elect four directors. The board of directors, by majority vote, has the right to elect the one remaining director.

F-26


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

Liquidation Rights

          In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, including a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), the holders of the Series D then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets available for distribution to the Company's stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, or common stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the Series D original issue price, plus any dividend declared but unpaid thereon, and (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series D been converted into Class B common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding-up (or such Deemed Liquidation Event).

          After the payment of the liquidation amount to be paid to the holders of Series D, the holders of the Series A, Series B, and Series C then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid on a pari passu basis out of the remaining assets available for distribution to the Company's stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the holders of common stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the applicable original issue price, plus any dividend declared but unpaid thereon, and (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of the applicable series of Series A, Series B, and Series C had been converted into Class B common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding-up (or Deemed Liquidation Event). As of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, the liquidation amount was $4.0751 per share for the Series A, $10.9837 per share for the Series B, $16.6586 per share for the Series C, and $13.3269 per share for the Series D.

          After the payment of the liquidation amounts to be paid to the holders of the Series A, Series B, and Series C, the remaining assets available for distribution to the Company's stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the common stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder.

          A "Deemed Liquidation Event" is in general defined for this purpose as any acquisition of the Company by means of merger or other form of corporate reorganization in which the Company's outstanding shares are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring corporation or its subsidiary (other than a reincorporation transaction) or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets.

Dividend Rights

          The convertible preferred stockholders are entitled to receive dividends at a rate of $0.326 per annum for each share of Series A, $0.879 per annum for each share of Series B, $1.333 per annum for each share of Series C, and $1.06615 per annum for each share of Series D (in each case, as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations, or the like). Such dividends are payable out of assets legally available therefore, are payable only when, as, and if declared by the board of directors and are not cumulative. No dividends may be paid on the Series A, Series B, Series C, or common stock until the Series D has received its dividend preference. After payment of the foregoing dividends to the holders of the Series D, no dividends may be paid on the common stock until the Series A, Series B, and Series C have received their dividend preference which is distributed in proportion to the number of shares of Class B common stock that would be held by each stockholder if all shares of preferred stock were converted to

F-27


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

Class B common stock. After the payment of the foregoing dividends to the holders of convertible preferred stock, any additional dividends declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available shall be shared equally among all outstanding shares on an as-converted basis. No dividends have been declared to date.

Redemption Rights

          The Company's convertible preferred stock does not contain any fixed or determinable redemption features, except in connection with a Deemed Liquidation Event.

12. Share-based Compensation

          The Company recognized share-based compensation for share-based awards of $3.6 million, $1.1 million, $3.0 million, $0.6 million, and $1.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, inclusive of share-based compensation from common stock repurchase from founders of $3.1 million, $0.0 million, $0.0 million, $0.0 million and $0.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. Share-based compensation is primarily included as a component of Product, technology, general, and administrative expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Determination of Fair Value

          The fair value of each stock option grant granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, except the Market Grant as discussed below, was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31
 

    2014     2015     2016     2016     2017
 

                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Expected term (in years)

    5.99 - 6.13     5.86 - 6.06     5.85 - 6.93     5.97 - 6.93     3.49 - 6.01  

Risk-free interest rate

    1.67 - 1.94 %   1.63 - 1.82 %   1.28 - 2.19 %   1.36 - 1.50 %   1.79 - 2.27 %

Expected volatility

    47.56 - 68.38 %   58.95 - 61.51 %   49.83 - 60.37 %   59.71 - 60.37 %   46.35 - 49.24 %

Dividend rate

                     

          The Company determined the assumptions for the Black-Scholes option-pricing model as discussed below. Each of these inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgment to determine.

          Expected Term — The expected term represents the period that the share-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term of stock options granted has been determined using the simplified method, which uses the midpoint between the vesting date and the contractual term.

          Risk-Free Interest Rate — The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the date of grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury constant maturity notes with terms approximately equal to the share-based awards' expected term.

          Expected Volatility — Since the Company does not have a trading history of its common stock, the expected volatility was derived from the average historical stock volatilities of several public

F-28


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Share-based Compensation (Continued)

companies within the Company's industry that the Company considers to be comparable to its business over a period equivalent to the expected term of the share-based awards.

          Dividend Rate — The expected dividend is zero as the Company has not paid and does not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future.

          Fair Value of Common Stock — The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the share-based awards has historically been determined, with input from management, by the board of directors. Since there has been no public market for the Company's common stock, the board of directors has determined the fair value of the common stock at the time of grant of the share-based award by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including having contemporaneous valuations of the common stock performed by a third-party valuation specialist, valuations of comparable peer companies, sales of the Company's convertible preferred stock to unrelated third parties, operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of the Company's capital stock, and general and industry-specific economic outlook. The fair value of the underlying common stock will be determined by the board of directors until such time as the Company's common stock is listed on an established stock exchange or national market system.

          The Company estimates its forfeiture rate based on an analysis of its actual forfeitures and the Company will continue to evaluate the adequacy of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover behavior and other factors. The impact from any forfeiture rate adjustment would be recognized in full in the period of adjustment and if the actual number of future forfeitures differs from the Company's estimates, the Company might be required to record adjustments to share-based compensation in future periods.

Market Grant

          In February 2016, the Company granted an option to purchase 481,123 shares of its Class B common stock with an exercise price of $62.35 to one of its executive officers (the "Market Grant"). In addition to the typical vesting requirements of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, this grant allows for acceleration of vesting including full and immediate vesting upon certain termination events. As this grant was determined to include a market condition, the Company utilized the Monte Carlo simulation valuation model to value the grant. The total grant date fair value of the Market Grant was $0.5 million and is recognized as expense over the derived service period of 5.7 years.

Equity Incentive Plan

          In August 2012, the Company's board of directors adopted the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan for the purpose of granting incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted stock, and restricted stock units to employees, directors, and consultants. Options may be granted at a price per share not less than 100% of the fair market value at the date of grant. If, at the time the Company grants an incentive stock option, the optionee owns stock that holds more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of the Company's stock ("10% stockholder"), the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair value of the common stock on the grant date. Options granted are exercisable over a maximum term of ten years from the date of grant, or five years from the date of grant for a 10% stockholder and generally vest over a period of four years.

          In connection with the Corporate Reorganization as discussed in Note 10, Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. assumed Blue Apron, Inc.'s Restated 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as previously

F-29


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Share-based Compensation (Continued)

amended, and then amended and restated the plan in its entirety. Following the assumption of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, outstanding options to purchase Blue Apron, Inc.'s common stock were automatically converted into options to purchase an equal number of shares of Class B common stock of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. with no change in the applicable exercise price, vesting schedule, or term.

          As of December 31, 2014, 13,781,300 Class B common stock shares were reserved under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, of which 5,228,865 Class B common stock shares remained available for issuance. As of December 31, 2015, 13,531,180 Class B common stock shares were reserved under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, of which 3,045,963 Class B common stock shares remain available for issuance. During 2015, 250,120 Class B common stock shares were retired under the 2012 Plan. As of December 31, 2016, 17,731,180 Class B common stock shares were reserved under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, of which 2,689,682 Class B common stock shares remain available for issuance. In August 2016, the Company's stockholders approved an increase of 4,200,000 Class B common stock shares available in the Plan. As of March 31, 2017, 17,731,180 Class B common stock shares were reserved under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, of which 1,380,402 Class B common stock shares remain available for issuance.

          Shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units may be issued either alone or in conjunction with other options. The board of directors will determine the time or times within which shares of restricted stock or restricted stock units may be subject to forfeiture, and all other conditions of such awards. Restricted stock, which remains subject to forfeiture, will be forfeited automatically upon termination of service. To date, there have been no restricted stock units issued within or outside of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

F-30


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Share-based Compensation (Continued)

          The following table summarizes the option and restricted stock activity under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and related information:

        Options Outstanding     Restricted Stock
Outstanding
 
 

  Shares
Available
for Grant
 
  Number
of
Options
 
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
 
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value of
Outstanding
Options
 
  Unvested
Restricted
Stock
Outstanding
 
  Weighted-
Average
Grant
Date Fair
Value
 
 

                      (Years)     (In thousands)              

Outstanding — January 1, 2014

    6,577,990     2,472,010   $ 0.07     9.91   $ 1,698     3,252,800   $ 0.06  

Options granted

    (1,550,375 )   1,550,375     0.83                      

Options forfeited / cancelled

    201,250     (201,250 )   0.25                      

Restricted stock vested

                            (1,182,800 )   0.06  

Outstanding — December 31, 2014

    5,228,865     3,821,135   $ 0.37     9.17   $ 5,164     2,070,000   $ 0.06  

Restricted stock granted

    (60,000 )                       60,000     3.47  

Options granted

    (2,495,439 )   2,495,439     2.76                      

Options exercised

        (371,177 )   0.15                      

Options forfeited / cancelled

    372,537     (372,537 )   1.16                      

Restricted stock vested

                            (1,182,800 )   0.06  

Outstanding — December 31, 2015

    3,045,963     5,572,860   $ 1.40     8.81   $ 12,753     947,200   $ 0.28  

Options authorized

    4,200,000                              

Options granted

    (5,286,334 )   5,286,334     9.92                      

Options exercised

        (530,126 )   0.76                      

Options forfeited / cancelled

    730,053     (730,053 )   2.46                      

Restricted stock vested

                            (903,450 )   0.12  

Outstanding — December 31, 2016

    2,689,682     9,599,015   $ 6.05     8.73   $ 36,156     43,750   $ 3.47  

Options granted

    (1,482,006 )   1,482,006     7.06                      

Options exercised

        (61,550 )   1.27                      

Options forfeited / cancelled

    172,726     (172,726 )   4.97                      

Restricted stock vested

                            (3,750 )   3.47  

Outstanding — March 31, 2017 (unaudited)

    1,380,402     10,846,745   $ 6.23     8.65   $ 90,659     40,000   $ 3.47  

Exercisable — March 31, 2017 (unaudited)

          3,386,219   $ 3.81     7.65   $ 35,483              

Vested and expected to vest — March 31, 2017 (unaudited)

          9,534,085   $ 6.38     8.55   $ 81,122              

Stock Options

          The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017 was $0.86, $1.81, $2.29, $1.84 and $3.41 per share, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $0.0 million, $0.9 million, $2.0 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The total grant date fair value of options vested for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017 was $0.4 million,

F-31


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Share-based Compensation (Continued)

$1.0 million, $3.2 million, $0.4 million and $3.0 million, respectively. The number of shares vested for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017 was 673,900, 1,095,329, 1,609,632, 418,422 and 989,513, respectively, with weighted average grant date fair value of $0.65, $0.93, $1.97, $1.03, and $3.0 per share, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, the Company received $0.0 million, $0.1 million, $0.4 million, $0.0 million, and $0.1 million, respectively, from the exercise of share options granted under share-based payment arrangements. There was no tax benefit realized from stock options exercised during these periods.

          As of December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and March 31, 2016 and 2017, total unrecognized share-based compensation related to unvested options was $1.8 million, $4.3 million, $10.5 million, $7.0 million and $13.2 million, respectively, net of estimated forfeitures. As of December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and March 31, 2016 and 2017, these costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.17 years, 3.10 years, 3.17 years, 3.44 years, and 3.22 years, respectively.

Restricted Shares

          In August 2012, the Company entered into a restricted stock agreement with one of its founders for the issuance of 4,731,300 shares of restricted stock. Under the terms of the restricted stock agreement, the Company has the right to repurchase any unvested shares of restricted stock at the original issue price of $0.0282 per share in the event such founder's services are terminated. This repurchase right lapsed over the restricted stock's four year vesting period beginning in August 2012. This award was subsequently cancelled in May 2013 and a concurrent replacement award with substantially identical terms was issued to the Company's founder. No incremental share-based compensation expense arose due to this replacement award.

          In November 2015, the Company issued 60,000 shares of restricted stock to a nonemployee director of the Company. These shares vest over a period of four years. Compensation expense related to the restricted stock is recognized using the grant date fair value recognized evenly over the service period. It is included within Product, technology, general, and administrative expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

          As of December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and March 31, 2016 and 2017, the total number of restricted stock shares which have vested under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan were 2,661,300, 3,844,100, 4,747,550, 4,139,800, and 4,751,300, respectively.

          As of December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and March 31, 2016 and 2017, the unrecognized share-based compensation related to unvested shares of restricted stock was $0.0 million, $0.2 million, $0.2 million, $0.2 million, and $0.1 million, respectively.

Share-based Awards Granted Outside of 2012 Equity Incentive Plan

Founder Shares

          During 2011, one of the Company's founders purchased 49,800,000 shares of common stock pursuant to a subscription agreement. In August 2012, the Company entered into a stock restriction agreement, with the founder for 37,350,000 of those shares, which was subsequently

F-32


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Share-based Compensation (Continued)

amended in January 2013 to restrict an aggregate of 40,462,500 shares. The agreement was subsequently amended and restated in January 2013 and November 2014, respectively.

          In January 2012, the Company entered into a restricted stock purchase agreement with another founder for the issuance of 12,903,250 shares of restricted stock. The agreement was subsequently amended in January 2013.

          For both agreements, the purchase price of the restricted stock was $0.0005 on a pre-split basis at the time of issuance. The holders of such restricted stock are entitled to all of the rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company, including the right to vote the number of shares of restricted stock held by them and receive dividends, even if some or all of the shares of such restricted stock have not yet vested. Among other things, the stock is restricted from being sold, offered for sale or pledged. The shares of restricted stock held by the founders vested on a monthly basis through April 28, 2016 and May 28, 2016, as applicable, and are fully vested as of December 31, 2016.

          As of December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and March 31, 2016 and 2017, 21,169,896 shares, 5,494,081 shares, 0 shares, 1,575,126 shares, and 0 shares of restricted stock were unvested, respectively. The aggregate grant date fair value of the restricted stock vested for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017 is $0.0 million. As of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, there is no unrecognized share-based compensation related to these unvested shares of restricted stock.

Stock Repurchase from Founders and Share Retirement

          In conjunction with the closing of the Company's Series C financing in April 2014 (as discussed in Note 11), the Company repurchased 1,500,725 shares of its common stock at a price of $3.33172 per share from its three founders for total aggregate cash consideration of $5.0 million. The Company recorded share-based compensation expense of $3.1 million related to the repurchase, which was calculated as the excess of the repurchase price over the fair value of the shares of common stock repurchased. This share-based compensation expense was recorded as a component of Product, technology, general, and administrative expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. In May 2015, the 1,500,725 shares held in treasury were retired, which was recorded as a reduction of common stock at par value and as an increase to accumulated deficit for the excess of carrying value of the treasury shares less par value.

13. Earnings per Share

          The Company follows the two-class method when computing net income (loss) per share as the Company has issued shares that meet the definition of participating securities. The two-class method determines net income (loss) per share for each class of common stock and participating securities according to dividends declared or accumulated and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The two-class method requires income available to common stockholders for the period to be allocated between common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income for the period had been distributed. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, the Company did not have any outstanding shares of Class A common stock or Class C common stock. For the three months ended March 31, 2017, the Company did not have any outstanding shares of Class A common stock. For the years ended

F-33


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

13. Earnings per Share (Continued)

December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Company did not have any outstanding shares of Class A or Class C common stock. The rights, including the liquidation and dividend rights, of the Class A, Class B, and Class C common stock are substantially the same, other than voting rights.

          The Company's convertible preferred stock does not contractually require the holders of such shares to participate in losses of the Company. Accordingly, the two-class method does not apply for periods in which the Company reports a net loss.

          Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period.

          Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the diluted net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, including potential dilutive common shares assuming the dilutive effect of outstanding common stock options, restricted stock, and convertible preferred stock. For periods in which the Company has reported net losses, diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, because dilutive common shares are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive.

F-34


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

13. Earnings per Share (Continued)

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,
 

  2014     2015     2016     2016     2017    

  Class B     Class B     Class B     Class B     Class B     Class C    

    (In thousands, except share and per share data)  

                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Numerator:

                                     

Net income (loss)

  $ (30,803 ) $ (46,965 ) $ (54,886 ) $ 3,017   $ (52,182 ) $ (12 )

Undistributed earnings reallocated to convertible preferred stock

                (3,017 )        

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ (30,803 ) $ (46,965 ) $ (54,886 ) $   $ (52,182 ) $ (12 )

Denominator:

                                     

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders — basic

    34,841,852     51,137,406     65,425,609     61,973,247     67,074,824     15,177  

Effect of dilutive securities:

                7,334,361          

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders — diluted

    34,841,852     51,137,406     65,425,609     69,307,608     67,074,824     15,177  

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders — basic (1)

  $ (0.88 ) $ (0.92 ) $ (0.84 ) $   $ (0.78 ) $ (0.78 )

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders — diluted (1)

  $ (0.88 ) $ (0.92 ) $ (0.84 ) $   $ (0.78 ) $ (0.78 )

(1)
Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders — basic and net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders — diluted may not recalculate due to rounding.

          The following have been excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders as their effect would have been antidilutive:

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,
 

  2014     2015     2016     2016     2017    

  Class B     Class B     Class B     Class B     Class B     Class C    

                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Stock options

    3,113,092     4,473,853     7,390,067     2,421,028     9,806,731      

Restricted stock

    32,066,158     15,190,800     1,422,319         42,500      

Convertible preferred stock (1)

    74,888,690     85,190,551     85,190,551     85,190,551     85,190,551      

Total anti-dilutive securities

    110,067,940     104,855,204     94,002,937     87,611,579     95,039,782      

(1)
For the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Undistributed earnings reallocated to convertible preferred stock does not fully cover the participation rights of the convertible preferred stock under the two-class method. As such, the Company has included the convertible preferred stock as antidilutive in the above table.

F-35


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

14. Income Taxes

          The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

    Year Ended December 31,
 

  2014     2015     2016    

    (In thousands)  

Current provisions for income taxes:

                   

Federal

  $   $   $  

State

        61     108  

Total current

        61     108  

Deferred tax benefit:

                   

Federal

             

State

             

Total deferred

             

Provision for income taxes

  $   $ 61   $ 108  

          The provisions (benefits) for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 differ from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 35% to income before income taxes for the following reasons:

    Year Ended December 31,
 

  2014     2015     2016    

Tax at statutory federal rate

    35.00 %   35.00 %   35.00 %

State tax — net of federal benefit

     — %   (0.08 )%   (0.13 )%

Change in valuation allowance

    (34.67 )%   (36.27 )%   (37.71 )%

Share-based compensation

    (0.62 )%   (0.82 )%   (1.28 )%

Charitable contributions

    0.29 %   2.26 %   3.47 %

Other

     — %   (0.22 )%   0.45 %

Provision for income taxes

    (0.00 )%   (0.13 )%   (0.20 )%

F-36


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

14. Income Taxes (Continued)

          The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:

    December 31,
 

  2015     2016    

    (In thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Tax attribute carryforwards

  $ 30,218   $ 47,647  

Inventories

    1,400     3,811  

Accruals, reserves, and other

    1,856     4,896  

Gross deferred tax assets

    33,474     56,354  

Valuation allowance

    (33,474 )   (56,354 )

Total deferred tax assets

         

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Property and equipment

         

Total deferred tax liabilities

         

Net deferred tax assets

  $   $  

          Recognition of deferred tax assets is appropriate when realization of these assets is more likely than not. Each reporting period the Company assesses the recoverability of its deferred tax assets and are required to establish a valuation allowance for any portion of the assets that the Company concludes is not more likely than not realizable. Based upon the weight of available evidence, which includes the Company's historical operating performance and the recorded cumulative net losses in prior fiscal periods, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $33.5 million and $56.4 million against the net U.S. deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. The valuation allowance increased by $18.9 million and $22.9 million during 2015 and 2016, respectively, as a result of additional losses generated.

          As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Company had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of $57.0 million and $62.9 million, respectively, and state net operating loss carryforwards of $35.8 million and $42.0 million, respectively. The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards are subject to limitations under applicable tax laws and will expire at various dates beginning in 2033, if not utilized.

Uncertain Tax Positions

          As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits of $0.3 million and $0.9 million, respectively, none of which would materially impact the effective tax rate if realized during the year due to the Company's full valuation allowance position. The Company's policy for classifying interest and penalties associated with unrecognized income tax benefits is to include such items in the provision for income tax.

F-37


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

14. Income Taxes (Continued)

          The activity related to the unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

    Year Ended December 31,
 

  2014     2015     2016    

    (In thousands)  

Gross unrecognized tax benefits — beginning balance

  $   $ 39   $ 341  

Decreases related to tax positions taken in prior years

        (2 )   (12 )

Increases related to tax positions taken during current year

    39     304     526  

Decreases related to tax positions taken during the current year

             

Gross unrecognized tax benefits — ending balance

  $ 39   $ 341   $ 855  

          The Company believes that there will not be any significant changes in its unrecognized tax benefits in the next 12 months.

          The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various states. All tax years remain open and are subject to examinations by the appropriate governmental agencies in all of the jurisdictions where the Company files tax returns. The Company is not currently under examination in any major jurisdiction.

15. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

          As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017, the Company had $98.0 million, $58.3 million, and $28.4 million, respectively, in financial assets held in money market accounts, all of which were classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy.

          For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Company did not have net realized gains or losses related to its financial assets. The Company measured money market accounts and corporate bonds at fair value. The Company classified its money market accounts within Level 1 because the values of these assets are determined using unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. The Company did not have any assets or liabilities classified as Level 2 or 3.

16. Acquisition (unaudited)

          On February 28, 2017, the Company acquired certain assets of BN Ranch, LLC, a premium supplier of sustainable poultry, beef and lamb. The transaction has been accounted for as a purchase of a business. The purchase price was allocated to the tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. This acquisition did not have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-38


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

17. Subsequent Events

          For the Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company evaluated subsequent events through March 31, 2017, the date that these financial statements were issued.

Asset Acquisition

          On February 28, 2017, the Company acquired certain assets of BN Ranch, LLC, a premium supplier of sustainable poultry, beef and lamb, for a purchase price of $1.4 million in cash and 52,972 shares of Class C common stock, of which $0.3 million and 10,285 shares will be held back by the Company for a period of 15 months as security for potential claims for indemnification. The transaction will be accounted for as a purchase of a business.

18. Subsequent Events (unaudited)

          For the interim Consolidated Financial Statements as of March 31, 2017, and for the three months then ended, the Company evaluated subsequent events through May 11, 2017, the date that these financial statements were issued, and further evaluated subsequent events through June 1, 2017.

Convertible Notes and Revolving Credit Facility

          In May 2017, the Company issued and sold $63.5 million in aggregate principal amount of convertible promissory notes (the "convertible notes") to entities affiliated with Fidelity. The convertible notes are unsecured general obligations and are subordinated to all of the Company's current or future senior debt, including indebtedness under the revolving credit facility. The convertible notes mature on May 3, 2019 and bear interest at a rate of 3.5% per annum, compounded annually. Upon maturity, the Company may repay the convertible notes in cash or through the issuance of shares of its Series D preferred stock valued at $13.3269 per share (currently convertible into Class B common stock on a one-for-one basis and representing a Class B common stock-equivalent purchase price of $13.3269 per share). If the Company elects to repay all or a portion of the convertible notes in cash, the holders may nonetheless elect to receive shares of Series D preferred stock (valued at $13.3269 per share) in lieu of cash.

          Upon the closing of a qualified initial public offering, the convertible notes will convert into an aggregate number of shares of the Company's Class B common stock at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price of the Company's Class A common stock, less a specified discount to such price. If the Company were to consummate a change of control transaction prior to the closing of this offering, as of immediately prior to such change of control transaction, the convertible notes would convert, immediately prior to such change of control transaction, into shares of the Company's Class B common stock on terms (including a discount based on the amount of time that transpires prior to such transaction) that are similar to the conversion terms in connection with a qualified initial public offering.

          In April 2017, the Company drew an additional $25.0 million under the revolving credit facility, increasing the total outstanding borrowings to $125.0 million. In addition, in May 2017, the revolving credit facility was amended to permit the issuance of the convertible notes and to increase the amount available to borrow by $25.0 million to a total maximum amount of $175.0 million. In May 2017, the Company also cancelled a previously issued letter of credit for $0.7 million and issued a

F-39


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

18. Subsequent Events (unaudited) (Continued)

letter of credit for $1.1 million under the revolving credit facility, increasing total letters of credit under the revolving credit facility to $1.4 million.

Share Exchange

          In May 2017, the Company issued 42,687 shares of Class A common stock in exchange for an equal number of shares of outstanding Class C common stock and agreed to hold back an additional 10,285 shares of Class A common stock as security for potential claims for indemnification related to its acquisition of certain assets of BN Ranch, LLC, rather than an equal number of shares of Class C common stock.

Commitments

          In May 2017, the Company amended the lease of one of its principal executive offices in New York, New York to extend the term through October 2019 and lease additional office space at the location. The amendment resulted in an increase of $7.6 million in the minimum payments required over the remaining term of the lease arrangement.

F-40


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC








GRAPHIC

Class A Common Stock







Through and including                , 2017 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents


PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

          The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than the underwriting discount, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the New York Stock Exchange listing fee.

    Amount
 

SEC registration fee

  $ *  

FINRA filing fee

    *  

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

    *  

Legal fees and expenses

    *  

Accounting fees and expenses

    *  

Printing and engraving expenses

    *  

Blue Sky fees and expenses

    *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

    *  

Miscellaneous expenses

    *  

Total expenses

  $ *  

*
To be filed by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

          Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our restated certificate of incorporation that will be effective upon the closing of this offering provides that none of our directors shall be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

          Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or a person serving at the request of the corporation for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, ending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such

II-1


Table of Contents

person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

          Our restated certificate of incorporation that will be effective upon the closing of this offering provides that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee, or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an "Indemnitee"), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

          Our restated certificate of incorporation that will be effective upon the closing of this offering provides that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

          We have entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our directors, and we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with all of our directors and executive officers prior to the completion of this offering. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify each such director for some expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by him or her in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors.

          We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

          In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of Class A common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, against certain liabilities.

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

          Set forth below is information regarding shares of capital stock issued by us since January 1, 2014, that were not registered under the Securities Act. Also included is the consideration received by us for such shares and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

    (1)
    Under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 14,488,120 shares of our common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $0.0282 to $62.35 per share, issued an aggregate of 1,132,179 shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the exercise of stock options, and issued 4,791,300 shares of Class B common stock as restricted stock awards.

    (2)
    In May 2017, we issued and sold $63.5 million in aggregate principal amount of convertible promissory notes to eight investors.

    (3)
    In February 2017, we issued 42,687 shares of Class C capital stock as consideration for our purchase of the assets of BN Ranch, LLC. In May 2017, we issued 42,687 shares of Class A common stock in exchange for an equal number of then-outstanding shares of Class C capital stock.

    (4)
    In May and July 2015, we issued and sold an aggregate of 10,301,861 shares of Series D preferred stock to 24 investors for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $137.3 million.

    (5)
    In April 2014, we issued and sold an aggregate of 3,001,448 shares of Series C preferred stock to 10 investors for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $50.0 million.

          The stock options, the common stock issuable upon the exercise of such options, and the restricted common stock described in paragraph (1) of this Item 15 were issued under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

          The offer, sale, and issuance of the securities described in paragraphs (2), (3), (4) and (5) of this Item 15 were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act because the issuance of the securities to the accredited investors did not involve a public offering. The recipients of the securities in these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. The recipients of the securities in these transactions were accredited investors as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)
Exhibits.

          The exhibits to the registration statement for this offering are listed in the Exhibit Index attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

(b)
Financial Statement Schedules.

          No financial statement schedules have been submitted because they are not required or are not applicable or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 17.    Undertakings.

          The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter, at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

          The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

    (1)
    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    (2)
    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

          The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

    (1)
    Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

    (2)
    Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

    (3)
    The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

    (4)
    Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

II-4


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on this 1 st day of June, 2017.

    BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ MATTHEW B. SALZBERG

Matthew B. Salzberg
President and Chief Executive Officer


SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

          We, the undersigned officers and directors of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint Matthew B. Salzberg, Bradley J. Dickerson, and Benjamin C. Singer, and each of them singly (with full power to each of them to act alone), as our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in each of them for him and in his name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (and any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

Signature   Title   Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ MATTHEW B. SALZBERG

Matthew B. Salzberg
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   June 1, 2017

/s/ BRADLEY J. DICKERSON

Bradley J. Dickerson

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

June 1, 2017

/s/ JULIE M.B. BRADLEY

Julie M.B. Bradley

 

Director

 

June 1, 2017

/s/ TRACY BRITT COOL

Tracy Britt Cool

 

Director

 

June 1, 2017

Table of Contents

Signature   Title   Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ KENNETH A. FOX

Kenneth A. Fox
  Director   June 1, 2017

/s/ ROBERT P. GOODMAN

Robert P. Goodman

 

Director

 

June 1, 2017

/s/ GARY R. HIRSHBERG

Gary R. Hirshberg

 

Director

 

June 1, 2017

/s/ BRIAN P. KELLEY

Brian P. Kelley

 

Director

 

June 1, 2017

Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

          Some of the agreements included as exhibits to this registration statement contain representations and warranties by the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties were made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (1) were not intended to be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (2) may have been qualified in such agreement by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement; (3) may apply contract standards of "materiality" that are different from "materiality" under the applicable securities laws; and (4) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement.

          The Registrant acknowledges that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, it is responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosures of material information regarding contractual provisions are required to make the statements in this registration statement not misleading.

  Exhibit   Description
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement

 

3.1

 

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Registrant

 

3.2

 

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant

 

3.3

*

Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (to be effective upon the closing of this offering)

 

3.4

*

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (to be effective upon the closing of this offering)

 

4.1

*

Specimen stock certificate evidencing shares of Class A common stock

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

 

10.1

 

Third Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2015, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto

 

10.2

*

Form of Indemnification Agreement with directors and executive officers

 

10.3

+

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

 

10.4

+

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2012 Equity Incentive Plan

 

10.5

+

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under 2012 Equity Incentive Plan

 

10.6

+

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under 2012 Equity Incentive Plan

 

10.7

+*

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

 

10.8

+*

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2017 Equity Incentive Plan

 

10.9

+*

Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under 2017 Equity Incentive Plan

 

10.10

+*

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under 2017 Equity Incentive Plan

 

10.11

+*

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2017 Equity Incentive Plan

 

10.12

 

Lease, dated as of July 15, 2013, as amended, by and between Dreisbach Enterprises, Inc. and Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.)

 

10.13

 

Lease, dated as of February 10, 2014, as amended, by and between 5 Crosby Street Inc. and Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.)

Table of Contents

  Exhibit   Description
  10.14   Lease, dated as of October 28, 2014, as amended, by and between 5 Crosby Street Inc. and Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.)

 

10.15

 

Lease, dated as of March 27, 2014, as amended, by and between Cabot Acquisition, LLC and Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.)

 

10.16

 

Standard Industrial/Commercial Single-Tenant Lease, dated as of August 1, 2014, by and between DF/Hilltop, LLC and Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.)

 

10.17

 

Sublease Agreement, dated as of November 25, 2015, by and between East Coast Warehouse & Distribution Corp. and Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.)

 

10.18

 

Lease, dated as of March 21, 2016, by and between Duke Linden, LLC and Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.)

 

10.19

 

Sublease Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2016, as amended by and between Appnexus Inc. and Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.)

 

10.20

 

Lease Agreement, dated as of August 23, 2016, by and between Gateway 80 Industrial, LLC and Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.)

 

10.21

 

Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2016, by and among Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.), Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and the other parties thereto, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of May 3, 2017, and Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of May 11, 2017

 

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries

 

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

 

23.2

*

Consent of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

24.1

 

Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

99.1

 

Consent of Euromonitor International

 

99.2

 

Consent of Lightspeed, LLC

*
To be filed by amendment.

+
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.



Exhibit 3.1

 

CORRECTED SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

(Pursuant to Section 103(f) of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

 

Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”),

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY :

 

1.                                       That the name of this corporation is Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

2.                                       The Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”) was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 29, 2016 and the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation requires correction as permitted by subsection (f) of Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

3.                                       The inaccuracy or defect of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be corrected is that the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is an inaccurate record of the corporate action referred to therein in that the description of the voting rights of the holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock set forth in Section 3.1 of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is incorrect.

 

4.                                       The Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is corrected to read in its entirety as follows:

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

 

Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”),

 



 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY :

 

1.                                       That the name of this corporation is Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) and that the Corporation was originally incorporated under the same name pursuant to the General Corporation Law on December 22, 2016.

 

2.                                       That this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

 

3.                                       That this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective upon its filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Effective Time ”).

 

4.                                       That the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

FIRST :  The name of the Corporation is Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

SECOND :  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808.  The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at that address is Corporation Service Company.

 

THIRD :  The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

 

FOURTH :  The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 371,371,402, consisting of 177,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Class A Common Stock ”), 175,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Class B Common Stock ”), 2,000,000 shares of Class C Capital Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Class C Capital Stock ”), and 17,371,402 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).  The number of authorized shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below (i) the number of shares thereof then outstanding or (ii) with the respect to the Class A Common Stock, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock reserved pursuant to Section 8 of Part A of this Article Fourth) by the affirmative vote of the holders of capital stock representing a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

 

Upon the Effective Time, each share of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Corporation  issued and outstanding (or held by the Corporation in treasury) immediately prior to the Effective Time (“ Old Common Stock ”) shall, automatically and without any further action by the Corporation or any stockholder, be reclassified into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class B Common Stock (the “ Reclassification ”).  Any stock certificate that, immediately prior to the Effective Time, represented shares of Old Common Stock will, upon the Effective Time and as a result of the Reclassification, automatically and without any

 

2



 

further action by the Corporation or the holder thereof, represent the shares of Class B Common Stock into which such shares of Old Common Stock have been so reclassified.

 

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

A.                                     CLASS A COMMON STOCK, CLASS B COMMON STOCK AND CLASS C CAPITAL STOCK

 

Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” or “Subsections” in this Part A of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part A of this Article Fourth.

 

1.                                       General .  Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or required by applicable law, shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock shall have the same rights and powers, rank equally (including as to dividends and distributions, and upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation), share ratably and be identical in all respects and as to all matters.  The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

 

2.                                       Voting .

 

2.1                                Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock .  Except as otherwise required by applicable law, at all meetings of stockholders (and for all actions taken by written consent in lieu of meetings), each holder of Class A Common Stock shall have the right to one (1) vote per share of Class A Common Stock held of record by such holder and each holder of Class B Common Stock shall have the right to ten (10) votes per share of Class B Common Stock held of record by such holder.  Except as otherwise required by applicable law or provided in the Certificate of Incorporation (including Subsection 3.2 of Part B of this Article Fourth), the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall (a) at all times vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote or for the consent of the stockholders of the Corporation, (b) be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation and (c) be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by applicable law; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law.  There shall be no cumulative voting.

 

2.2                                Class C Capital Stock .  Except as otherwise required by applicable law or provided herein, the holders of shares of Class C Capital Stock shall (a) have no voting rights or power, (b) not be entitled to vote on any matter that is submitted to a vote or for the consent of the stockholders of the Corporation and (c) be entitled to notice of all stockholders’ meeting.

 

3



 

3.                                       Dividend and Distribution Rights .  Shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock shall be treated equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, with respect to any dividends or distributions as may be declared and paid from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor; provided, however, that in the event a dividend is paid in the form of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock (or rights to acquire, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, such shares), then holders of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive shares of Class A Common Stock (or rights to acquire, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, such shares, as the case may be), holders of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive shares of Class B Common Stock (or rights to acquire, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, such shares, as the case may be) and holders of Class C Capital Stock shall be entitled to receive shares of Class C Capital Stock (or rights to acquire, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, such shares, as the case may be), with holders of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock receiving, on a per share basis, an identical number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock (or rights to acquire, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, such shares, as the case may be), as applicable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors may pay or make a disparate dividend or distribution per share of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock (whether in the amount of such dividend or distribution payable per share, the form in which such dividend or distribution is payable, the timing of the payment, or otherwise) if such disparate dividend or distribution is approved in advance by the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock, each voting separately as a class.

 

4.                                       Subdivisions, Combinations or Reclassifications .  Shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock may not be subdivided, combined or reclassified unless the shares of each of the other two classes are concurrently therewith proportionately subdivided, combined or reclassified in a manner that maintains the same proportionate equity ownership between the holders of the outstanding Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock on the record date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification; provided, however, that shares of one such class may be subdivided, combined or reclassified in a different or disproportionate manner if such subdivision, combination or reclassification is approved in advance by the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock, each voting separately as a class.

 

5.                                       Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up .  Subject to the preferential or other rights of any holders of Preferred Stock then outstanding, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock will be entitled to receive ratably all assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders unless disparate or different treatment of the shares of each such class with respect to distributions upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up is approved in advance by the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock, each voting separately as a class.

 

4



 

6.                                       Certain Transactions .

 

6.1                                Merger or Consolidation .  In the case of any distribution or payment in respect of the shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock upon the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other entity, such distribution or payment that the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, shall be made ratably on a per share basis among the holders of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock as a single class; provided, however, that shares of such classes may receive, or have the right to elect to receive, different or disproportionate consideration in connection with such consolidation, merger or other transaction if the only difference in the per share consideration to the holders of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock is that any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class B Common Stock have ten (10) times the voting power of any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class A Common Stock and that any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class C Capital Stock have no voting rights or power.

 

6.2                                Third-Party Tender or Exchange Offers .  The Corporation may not enter into any agreement pursuant to which a third party may by tender or exchange offer acquire any shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, nor may the Corporation or the Board of Directors (or any committee thereof) recommend that holders tender shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock into any third party tender or exchange offer, unless the holders of (a) the Class A Common Stock shall have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, the same form of consideration and the same amount of consideration on a per share basis as the holders of the Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock would receive, or have the right to elect to receive, as applicable, (b) the Class B Common Stock shall have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, the same form of consideration and the same amount of consideration on a per share basis as the holders of the Class A Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock would receive, or have the right to elect to receive, as applicable, and (c) the Class C Capital Stock shall have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, the same form of consideration and the same amount of consideration on a per share basis as the holders of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock would receive, or have the right to elect to receive, as applicable; provided, however, that shares of such classes may receive, or have the right to elect to receive, different or disproportionate consideration in connection with such tender or exchange offer if the only difference in the per share consideration to the holders of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock is that any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class B Common Stock have ten (10) times the voting power of any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class A Common Stock and that any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class C Capital Stock have no voting rights or power.

 

7.                                       Conversion .

 

7.1                                Automatic Conversion of Class B Common Stock .  Class B Common Stock shall automatically convert into Class A Common Stock upon the occurrence of an event described below (each, a “ Class B Conversion Event ”):

 

5



 

(a)                                  Transfers .  Each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without further action by the Corporation or the holder thereof, convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon the occurrence of a Transfer (as defined in Section 10 ), other than a Permitted Transfer (as defined in Section 10 ), of such share of Class B Common Stock.

 

(b)                                  Death or Disability of Holder .  In addition to the automatic conversion provisions contained in Section 7.1(a) , each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by a holder of Class B Common Stock who is a natural person, or held of record by Permitted Transferees (as defined in Section 10 ) of such holder of Class B Common Stock, shall automatically, without any further action by the Corporation or the holder thereof, convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon the death or Disability (as defined in Section 10 ) of such holder of Class B Common Stock; provided, however, that following the death or Disability of a Founder (as defined in Section 10 ), each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by such Founder, or held of record by Permitted Transferees of such Founder, shall automatically, without any further action by the Corporation or the holder thereof, convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon that date which is the earlier of (i) nine (9) months after the date of death or Disability of such Founder, and (ii) the date upon which such Founder’s Permitted Transferees cease to hold such shares of Class B Common Stock or to exercise Voting Control (as defined in Section 10 ) over such shares of Class B Common Stock, as applicable.

 

(c)                                   Death or Disability of Matthew Salzberg .  In addition to the automatic conversion provisions contained in Section 7.1(b) , each outstanding share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action by the Corporation or the holder thereof, convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon the date which is nine (9) months after the date of death or Disability of Matthew Salzberg (“ Salzberg ”).

 

(d)                                  Reduction in Voting Power .  Each outstanding share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without further action by the Corporation or the holder thereof, convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon the first date on which the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock represent less than five percent (5%) of the combined voting power of all then-outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.

 

7.2                                Automatic Conversion of Class C Capital Stock .  Upon the conversion or other exchange of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock into or for shares of Class A Common Stock, each outstanding share of Class C Capital Stock shall automatically, without further action by the Corporation or the holders thereof, convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock on the date fixed therefor by the Board of Directors that is no less than thirty-one (31) days and no more than ninety (90) days following such conversion or other exchange of Class B Common Stock (the “ Class C Conversion Event ”).

 

7.3                                Certificates .  Each outstanding stock certificate (if shares are in certificated form) that, immediately prior to the occurrence of a Class B Conversion Event or the

 

6



 

Class C Conversion Event (either, a “ Conversion Event ”) represented one or more shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock subject to such Conversion Event shall, upon such Conversion Event, be deemed to represent an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock, without the need for surrender or exchange thereof.  The Corporation shall, upon the request of any holder whose shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock have been converted into shares of Class A Common Stock as a result of a Conversion Event and upon surrender by such holder to the Corporation of the outstanding certificate(s) formerly representing such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock (if any), issue and deliver to such holder certificate(s) representing the shares of Class A Common Stock into which such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock were converted as a result of such Conversion Event (if such shares are certificated) or, if such shares are uncertificated, register such shares in book-entry form.  Each share of Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock that is converted pursuant to Subsection 7.1 or 7.2 shall thereupon automatically be retired and shall not be available for reissuance.

 

7.4                                Policies and Procedures .  The Corporation may, from time to time, establish such policies and procedures, not in violation of applicable law or the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, relating to the conversion of the Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as applicable, into Class A Common Stock, as it may deem necessary or advisable in connection therewith.  If the Corporation has reason to believe that a Transfer or other Conversion Event giving rise to a conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock has occurred but has not theretofore been reflected on the books of the Corporation, the Corporation may request that the holder of such shares furnish affidavits or other evidence to the Corporation as the Corporation deems necessary to determine whether a conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock has occurred, and if such holder does not within ten (10) days after the date of such request furnish sufficient evidence to the Corporation (in the manner provided in the request) to enable the Corporation to determine that no such conversion has occurred, any such shares of Class B Common Stock, to the extent not previously converted, shall be automatically converted into shares of Class A Common Stock and the same shall thereupon be registered on the books and records of the Corporation.  In connection with any action of stockholders taken at a meeting or by written consent, the stock ledger of the Corporation shall be presumptive evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders or in connection with any such written consent and the class or classes or series of shares held by each such stockholder and the number of shares of each class or classes or series held by such stockholder.

 

8.                                       Reservation of Stock .  The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

9.                                       Protective Provision .  The Corporation shall not, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, amend, alter, repeal or waive any provision of Part A of this Article Fourth (or adopt any provision inconsistent therewith), without first obtaining the affirmative

 

7



 

vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting as a separate class, in addition to any other vote required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws.

 

10.                                Definitions .  For purposes of this Article Fourth:

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person, any other person or entity that directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such person, including, without limitation, any trustee, partner, officer, director or member of such person and any venture capital or other investment fund now or hereafter existing which is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or shares the same management company with such person.

 

Delayed Conversion Period ” means the period of time following the death or Disability of a Founder until all shares of Class B Common Stock held of record by such Founder, or such Founder’s Permitted Transferees, upon his death or Disability are converted into shares of Class A Common Stock in accordance with Subsection 7.1(b) above.

 

Disability ” means permanent and total disability such that the natural person holder of Class B Common Stock is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months as determined by a licensed medical practitioner.  In the event of a dispute whether the natural person holder of Class B Common Stock has suffered a Disability, no Disability of the natural person holder of Class B Common Stock shall be deemed to have occurred unless and until an affirmative ruling regarding such Disability has been made by a court of competent jurisdiction, and such ruling has become final and nonappealable.

 

Family Member ” means with respect to any natural person who is a Qualified Stockholder (a) the spouse of such Qualified Stockholder, (b) the parents, grandparents, lineal descendants, siblings or lineal descendants of siblings of such Qualified Stockholder or (c) the parents, grandparents, lineal descendants, siblings or lineal descendants of siblings of the spouse of such Qualified Stockholder.  Lineal descendants shall include adopted persons, but only so long as they are adopted during minority.

 

Fiduciary ” means a natural person who (a) is an executor, personal representative, administrator, trustee, manager, managing member, general partner, director, officer or any other agent of a person and (b) manages, controls or otherwise has decision-making authority with respect to such person.

 

Founder ” means Matthew Salzberg, Matthew Wadiak or Ilia Papas.

 

Founder Qualified Stockholder ” means a Qualified Stockholder who is also a Founder.

 

Founder Trustee ” means any natural person designated or approved by a Founder and approved by resolution of not less than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the directors then constituting the entire Board of Directors, in each case acting in his or her capacity

 

8



 

as voting trustee pursuant to a written voting trust agreement entered into by such Founder prior to his death or Disability; provided, however, that approval of the Board of Directors shall not be required for any such natural person designated or approved by such Founder pursuant to a written voting trust agreement entered into by such Founder prior to the Effective Time and serving as voting trustee at the Effective Time.

 

Parent ” of an entity means any entity that directly or indirectly owns or controls a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such entity.

 

Permitted Entity ” means with respect to a Qualified Stockholder:

 

(a)  a Permitted Trust solely for the benefit of (i) such Qualified Stockholder, (ii) one or more Family Members of such Qualified Stockholder and/or (iii) any other Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder;

 

(b)  any general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, public benefit corporation or other entity exclusively owned by (i) such Qualified Stockholder, (ii) one or more Family Members of such Qualified Stockholder and/or (iii) any other Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder;

 

(c)  the executor or personal representative of the estate of a Qualified Stockholder upon the death of such Qualified Stockholder solely to the extent the executor or personal representative is acting in the capacity of executor or personal representative of such estate;

 

(d)  a revocable living trust, which revocable living trust is itself both a Permitted Trust and a Qualified Stockholder, during the lifetime of the natural person grantor of such trust; or

 

(e)  a revocable living trust (including any irrevocable administrative trust resulting from the death of the natural person grantor of such trust) which trust is itself both a Permitted Trust and a Qualified Stockholder, following the death of the natural person grantor of such trust, solely to the extent that such shares are held in such trust pending distribution to the beneficiaries designated in such trust.

 

Except as explicitly provided for herein, a Permitted Entity of a Qualified Stockholder shall not cease to be a Permitted Entity of that Qualified Stockholder solely by reason of the death of that Qualified Stockholder.

 

Permitted Transfer ” means, and is restricted to, any Transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock:

 

(a)  by a Qualified Stockholder (or, in the case of a deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder, the executor or personal representative of the estate of such deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder during the Delayed Conversion Period) to (i) one or more Family Members of such Qualified Stockholder so long as such Qualified Stockholder (or, in the case of a deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder, the executor or personal representative of the estate of such deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder during the Delayed Conversion Period)

 

9



 

continues to exercise Voting Control over such shares, (ii) any Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder so long as (A) such Qualified Stockholder (or, in the case of a deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder, the executor or personal representative of the estate of such deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder during the Delayed Conversion Period) continues to exercise Voting Control over such shares, or (B) a Fiduciary of such Permitted Entity who is selected by such Qualified Stockholder, and whom such Qualified Stockholder has the power to remove and replace with another Fiduciary selected by such Qualified Stockholder, exercises Voting Control over such shares, (iii) any foundation or similar entity or any Qualified Charity so long as (A) such Qualified Stockholder (or, in the case of a deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder, the executor or personal representative of the estate of such deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder during the Delayed Conversion Period) continues to exercise Voting Control over such shares, or (B) a Fiduciary of such foundation, similar entity or Qualified Charity who is selected by such Qualified Stockholder, and whom such Qualified Stockholder has the power to remove and replace with another Fiduciary selected by such Qualified Stockholder, exercises Voting Control over such shares, (iv) any Permitted Entity of a Family Member of such Qualified Stockholder so long as such Qualified Stockholder (or, in the case of a deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder, the executor or personal representative of the estate of such deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder during the Delayed Conversion Period) continues to exercise Voting Control over such shares, or (v) such Qualified Stockholder’s revocable living trust which revocable living trust is itself both a Permitted Trust and a Qualified Stockholder;

 

(b)  by a Permitted Entity of a Qualified Stockholder (or, in the case of a deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder, the executor or personal representative of the estate of such deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder during the Delayed Conversion Period) to (i) such Qualified Stockholder (or, in the case of a deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder, the executor or personal representative of the estate of such deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder during the Delayed Conversion Period) or one or more Family Members of such Qualified Stockholder, (ii) any other Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder (or, in the case of a deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder, the executor or personal representative of the estate of such deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder during the Delayed Conversion Period) or (iii) any Permitted Entity of a Family Member of such Qualified Stockholder; or

 

(c)  by a Qualified Stockholder that is an entity to an Affiliate (provided, that for purposes of a Permitted Transfer, an Affiliate shall not include, in any case, limited partners, stockholders or members of such Qualified Stockholder).

 

Permitted Transferee ” means a transferee of shares of Class B Common Stock received in a Transfer that constitutes a Permitted Transfer.

 

Permitted Trust ” means a bona fide trust where each trustee is (a) a Qualified Stockholder; (b) a Family Member of a Qualified Stockholder; (c) a professional in the business of providing trustee services, including private professional fiduciaries, trust companies, accounting, legal or financial advisor, or bank trust departments; (d) an employee of the Corporation or a member of the Board of Directors; or (e) solely in the case of any such trust established by a natural person grantor, any other bona fide trustee; provided, however, that solely with respect to a trust (whether existing at the Effective Time or established thereafter)

 

10


 

receiving or holding shares of a Founder, which trust is contingent and effective upon the death or Disability of such Founder, each trustee of such trust shall be a Founder Trustee in order for such trust to constitute a Permitted Trust.

 

Qualified Charity ” means a domestic U.S. charitable organization, contributions to which are deductible for federal income, estate, gift and generation skipping transfer tax purposes.

 

Qualified Stockholder ” means:

 

(a)  the registered holder of a share of Class B Common Stock as of the Effective Time;

 

(b)  the registered holder of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock (each as defined in Part B of this Article Fourth) immediately prior to the conversion thereof;

 

(c)  the initial registered holder of any shares of Class B Common Stock that are originally issued by the Corporation after the Effective Time pursuant to the exercise or conversion of options or warrants or settlement of restricted stock units (“ RSUs ”) that, in each case, are outstanding as of the Effective Time;

 

(d)  the initial record holder of any shares of Class B Common Stock that are originally issued by the Corporation after the Effective Time upon the approval of the Board of Directors;

 

(e)  the initial record holder of any shares of Class B Common Stock that are originally issued by the Corporation after the Effective Time pursuant to the conversion, exchange or exercise of securities issued pursuant to the preceding subclause (d);

 

(f)  each natural person who Transferred shares of or equity awards for Class B Common Stock (including any option or warrant exercisable or convertible into, or any RSU that can be settled in shares of, Class B Common Stock) to a Permitted Entity that is or becomes a Qualified Stockholder pursuant to the foregoing subclauses (a), (b) or (c); and

 

(g) a Permitted Transferee.

 

Transfer ” of a share of Class B Common Stock means, directly or indirectly, any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of such share or any legal or beneficial interest in such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law (including by merger, consolidation or otherwise), including, without limitation, the transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock to a broker or other nominee or the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, Voting Control over such share by proxy or otherwise.  A Transfer shall also be deemed to have occurred with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock beneficially held by (x) an entity that is a Permitted Entity if there occurs any act or circumstance that causes such entity to no longer be a Permitted Entity or (y) an entity that is a Qualified Stockholder if there occurs a Transfer on a cumulative basis, from and after the Effective Time, of a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such

 

11



 

entity or any direct or indirect Parent of such entity, other than a Transfer to parties that are, as of the Effective Time, holders of voting securities of any such entity or Parent of such entity.  In addition, for the avoidance of doubt, a Transfer shall be deemed to have occurred if a holder that is a partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or corporation distributes or otherwise transfers its shares of Class B Common Stock to its partners, stockholders, members or other equity owners.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not be considered a Transfer:

 

(a)  the granting of a revocable proxy to officers or directors of the Corporation at the request of the Board of Directors in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or in connection with any action by written consent of the stockholders solicited by the Board of Directors;

 

(b)  entering into a voting trust, agreement or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy) solely with stockholders who are holders of Class B Common Stock, which voting trust, agreement or arrangement (i) is disclosed either in a Schedule 13D filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (ii) either has a term not exceeding one (1) year or is terminable by the holder of the shares subject thereto at any time and (iii) does not involve any payment of cash, securities or other property to the holder of the shares subject thereto other than the mutual promise to vote shares in a designated manner;

 

(c)  the pledge of shares of Class B Common Stock by a stockholder that creates a mere security interest in such shares pursuant to a bona fide loan or indebtedness transaction for so long as such stockholder continues to exercise Voting Control over such pledged shares; provided, however, that a foreclosure on such shares or other similar action by the pledgee shall constitute a Transfer unless such foreclosure or similar action qualifies as a Permitted Transfer at such time;

 

(d)  any change in the trustee(s) or the person(s) and/or entity(ies) having or exercising Voting Control over shares of Class B Common Stock of a Permitted Entity, provided that following such change such Permitted Entity continues to be a Permitted Entity;

 

(e) (1) the assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of shares of Class B Common Stock by a Qualified Stockholder to a grantor retained annuity trust (a “ GRAT ”) for which the trustee is (A) such Qualified Stockholder, (B) a Family Member of such Qualified Stockholder, (C) a professional in the business of providing trustee services, including private professional fiduciaries, trust companies, accounting, legal or financial advisors, or bank trust departments, (D) an employee of the Corporation or a member of the Board of Directors or (E) solely in the case of any such trust established by a natural person grantor, any other bona fide trustee; (2) the change in trustee for such a GRAT from one of the persons identified in the foregoing subclauses (A) through (E) to another person identified in the foregoing subclauses (A) through (E); and (3) the distribution of such shares of Class B Common Stock from such GRAT to such Qualified Stockholder (provided, however, that the distribution of shares of Class B Common Stock to any beneficiary of such GRAT except such Qualified Stockholder shall constitute a Transfer unless such distribution qualifies as a Permitted Transfer at such time); or

 

12



 

(f) the assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of shares of Preferred Stock which are then-convertible into Class B Common Stock.

 

Voting Control ” means, with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock, the power (whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of such share by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise.

 

B.                                     PREFERRED STOCK

 

Seven Hundred Forty-Two Thousand Four Hundred Nine (742,409) shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ,” Four Hundred Fifty-Five Thousand Two Hundred Twenty (455,220) shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ,” Three Million One Thousand Four Hundred Forty-Eight (3,001,448) shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ” and Thirteen Million One Hundred Seventy-Two Thousand Three Hundred Twenty-Five (13,172,325) shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series D Preferred Stock ,” each with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations.  Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” or “Subsections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth.

 

1.                                       Dividends .

 

1.1                                Series D Preferred Stock .  The holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, Class C Capital Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock) on the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ Junior Preferred Stock ”), Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, at the applicable Dividend Rate (as defined below), payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors.  Such dividends shall not be cumulative.  The holders of the outstanding Series D Preferred Stock can waive any dividend preference that such holders shall be entitled to receive under this Section 1 upon the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting as a separate class).

 

1.2                                Junior Preferred Stock .  After payment of the foregoing dividends to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock , Class C Capital Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock) on the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, at the applicable Dividend Rate (as defined below), payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors.  Such dividends

 

13



 

shall not be cumulative.  The holders of the outstanding Junior Preferred Stock can waive any dividend preference that such holders shall be entitled to receive under this Section 1 upon the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Junior Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis).

 

1.3                                Further Dividends .  After payment of the foregoing dividends to the holders of Preferred Stock, any additional dividends or distributions shall be distributed among all holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, Class C Capital Stock and Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Class B Common Stock that would be held by each such holder if all shares of Preferred Stock were converted to Class B Common Stock at the then effective conversion rate; provided, however, that the holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock may receive disparate treatment with respect to such additional dividends or distributions (in the amount of such dividend or distribution payable per share, the form in which such dividend or distribution is payable, the timing of the payment, or otherwise) if such disparate treatment is approved in advance by the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock, each voting separately as a class.

 

1.4                                Dividend Rates .  For purposes of this Section 1 , “ Dividend Rate ” shall mean $0.326 per annum for each share of Series A Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock occurring after the Effective Time, $0.879 per annum for each share of Series B Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock occurring after the Effective Time), $1.333 per annum for each share of Series C Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock occurring after the Effective Time) and $1.06615 per annum for each share of Series D Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock occurring after the Effective Time).

 

2.                                       Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales .

 

2.1                                Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock .

 

2.1.1                      Series D Preferred Stock .  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, including a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Junior Preferred Stock, Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (a) the Applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below), plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (b) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series D Preferred Stock been converted into Class B Common Stock  pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such

 

14



 

liquidation, dissolution or winding up (or Deemed Liquidation Event).  If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets of the Corporation thus distributed among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amount that each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive under this Subsection 2.1.1 .

 

2.1.2                      Junior Preferred Stock .  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, including a Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid on a pari passu basis out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, subject to and after the payment of the amount to be paid to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to Subsection 2.1.1 but before any payment shall be made to the holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (a) the Applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below), plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (b) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of the applicable series of Junior Preferred Stock been converted into Class B Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up (or Deemed Liquidation Event).  If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets of the Corporation thus distributed among the holders of the Junior Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then all such assets shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Junior Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amount that each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive under this Subsection 2.1.2 .

 

2.1.3                      Certain Definitions .  The amount which a holder of a share of Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under this Subsection 2.1 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series A Liquidation Amount ”, the amount which a holder of a share of Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under this Subsection 2.1 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series B Liquidation Amount ”, the amount which a holder of a share of Series C Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under this Subsection 2.1 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series C Liquidation Amount ”, and the amount which a holder of a share of Series D Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under this Subsection 2.1 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series D Liquidation Amount ”.  The “ Series A Original Issue Price ” shall mean $4.0751 per share for each share of Series A Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock occurring after the Effective Time).  The “ Series B Original Issue Price ” shall mean $10.9837 per share for each share of Series B Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock occurring after the Effective Time).  The “ Series C Original Issue Price ” shall mean $16.6586 per share for each share of Series C Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock occurring after the Effective Time).  The “ Series D Original Issue Price ” shall mean $13.3269 per share for each share of Series D Preferred Stock

 

15



 

(subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock occurring after the Effective Time).  The “ Applicable Original Issue Price ” shall mean (a) in the case of the holder of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A Original Issue Price, (b) in the case of a holder of a share of Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B Original Issue Price, (c) in the case of a holder of a share of Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C Original Issue Price, and (d) in the case of a holder of a share of Series D Preferred Stock, the Series D Original Issue Price.

 

2.2                                Payments to Holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock .  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder.

 

2.3                                Deemed Liquidation Events .

 

2.3.1                      Definition .  The following events shall be deemed to be a liquidation of the Corporation for purposes of this Section 2 unless (i) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Junior Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis) and (ii) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) each elect otherwise by written notice given to the Corporation at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such event (any such event, unless such an election is made, is referred to herein as a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ”):

 

(a)                                  a merger or consolidation in which

 

(i)                                      the Corporation is a constituent party; or

 

(ii)                                   a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation,

 

except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting entity or (2) if the surviving or resulting entity is a wholly owned subsidiary of another entity immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent entity of such surviving or resulting entity (provided that, for the purpose of this Subsection 2.3.1 , all shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock issuable upon exercise of Options (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation or upon conversion of Convertible Securities (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or

 

16



 

consolidation shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation and, if applicable, converted or exchanged in such merger or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock are converted or exchanged); or

 

(b)                                  the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (including, without limitation, the Corporation’s intellectual property), except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

 

2.3.2                      Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event .

 

(a)                                  The Corporation shall not have the power to effect any transaction constituting a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i)  above unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “ Merger Agreement ”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 above.

 

(b)                                  In the event of the consummation of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2.3.1(a)(ii)  or 2.3.1(b)  above, if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within ten (10) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Corporation shall deliver a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the tenth (10 th ) day after the consummation of the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (ii) to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and (ii) unless the holders of (x) a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and (y) a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock (voting separately as a class) request otherwise in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than fifteen (15) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation from such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders (the “ Net Proceeds ”), to the extent legally available therefor, on the twentieth (20 th ) day after the consummation of such Deemed Liquidation Event (the “ Liquidation Redemption Date ”), to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Liquidation Amount applicable to such shares based on the series thereof.  In the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Net Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, or if the Corporation does not have sufficient lawfully available funds to effect such redemption, the Corporation shall, first, redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Series D Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Net Proceeds or such lawfully available funds, as the case may be, and, where such redemption is limited by the amount of lawfully available funds, the Corporation shall redeem the remaining shares of Series D Preferred Stock to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor, and

 

17



 

after redemption of all shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall, second, redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Junior Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such remaining Net Proceeds or such lawfully available funds, as the case may be, and, where such redemption is limited by the amount of lawfully available funds, the Corporation shall redeem the remaining shares of Junior Preferred Stock to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor.  Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2.3.2 , the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received from such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business.

 

2.3.3  Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed .  The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person or entity.  The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

2.3.4                      Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration .  In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i) , if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “ Additional Consideration ”), the Merger Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “ Initial Consideration ”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction.  For the purposes of this Subsection 2.3.4 , consideration placed into escrow or retained as holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.

 

3.  Voting .

 

3.1                                General .  On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast ten (10) votes for each whole share of Class B Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter.  Except as provided by applicable law or by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock as a single class.

 

3.2                                Election of Directors . The holders of record of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “ Series B Director ”).  The holders of record of the shares of

 

18



 

Series C Preferred Stock, voting exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “ Series C Director ”).  The holders of record of the shares of Class B Common Stock, voting exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect three (3) directors of the Corporation.  Any director elected as provided in the preceding three sentences may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders.  If the holders of shares of Preferred Stock or Class B Common Stock, as the case may be, fail to elect a director to fill any directorship for which they are entitled to elect a director, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 , then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Preferred Stock or Class B Common Stock, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class.  At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director.  The holders of record of the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Preferred Stock on an as-converted basis), exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation.  Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection 3.2 , a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent of such class or series or by any director or directors elected exclusively by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 .

 

3.3                                Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .  At any time when shares of Preferred Stock originally issued remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) together as a single class on an as-converted basis, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly (including through any subsidiary of the Corporation) by amendment, merger, consolidation, reclassification, reorganization or in any other manner:

 

(a)                                  liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any merger, consolidation or Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent to any of the foregoing;

 

(b)                                  alter, amend or waive any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation so as to adversely affect the Preferred Stock;

 

(c)                                   increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock, Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock;

 

(d)                                  create or authorize the creation of or issue any additional class or series of stock, unless the same ranks junior to the Preferred Stock with respect to the

 

19



 

distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and with respect to the payment of dividends, redemption rights and voting rights;

 

(e)                                   purchase or redeem or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on any shares of stock other than the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, other than (i) dividends or other distributions payable on the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, respectively, (ii) securities repurchased from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service in a transaction approved by Board of Directors or (iii) as the result of the exercise by the Corporation of a right of first refusal;

 

(f)                                    create, or authorize the creation of, or issue, or authorize the issuance of any debt security or other debt instrument, if the Corporation’s aggregate indebtedness would exceed $10,000,000, other than trade credit incurred in the Corporation’s ordinary course of business, bank lines, equipment leases or other debt securities contemplated in a budget approved by the Board of Directors (including the affirmative consent of the Series B Director or the Series C Director), unless such debt security has received the prior approval of the Board of Directors (including the affirmative consent of the Series B Director or the Series C Director);

 

(g)                                   increase the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Corporation’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “ Plan ”), or any other equity incentive, option or similar benefit plan, agreement or arrangement of the Corporation;

 

(h)                                  increase or decrease the size of the Board of Directors; or

 

(i)                                      permit any subsidiary to do any of the foregoing.

 

3.4                                Series C Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .   At any time when at least 950,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock originally issued remain outstanding (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock occurring after the Effective Time), in addition to any other vote required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock (except where the vote or written consent of the holders of a greater number of shares of the Corporation is required by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation), given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) as a separate class, the Corporation shall not, either directly or by amendment, merger, consolidation or in any other manner:

 

(a)                                  create or authorize the creation of or issue any equity security which has a liquidation preference which is senior in terms of payment priority to the liquidation preference of the Series C Preferred Stock, or which participates along with the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock in the proceeds of a Deemed Liquidation Event after such security, and all other series of Preferred Stock, receive their

 

20


 

liquidation preferences (a “ Series C Senior or Participating Equity Security ”), or other security convertible into, or exercisable for, any such Series C Senior or Participating Equity Security;

 

(b)                                  increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Series C Preferred Stock; or

 

(c)                                   alter, amend or waive any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation so as to adversely affect the Series C Preferred Stock.

 

3.5                                Series D Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .   At any time when at least 3,189,039 shares of Series D Preferred Stock originally issued remain outstanding (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock occurring after the Effective Time), in addition to any other vote required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock (in addition to any other vote required by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation), given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) together as a single class on an as-converted basis, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly (including through any subsidiary of the Corporation) by amendment, merger, consolidation, reclassification, reorganization or in any other manner:

 

(a)                                  purchase or redeem or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on any shares of stock other than the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized in Sections 1.1 , 1.2 , and 2.3.2(b) , other than (i) dividends or other distributions payable on the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, respectively, (ii) securities repurchased from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at or below the original purchase price of such capital stock issued, sold and/or granted pursuant to a stock benefit plan or agreement approved by the Board of Directors or (iii) as the result of the exercise by the Corporation of a right of first refusal pursuant to that certain Third Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement by and among the Corporation and certain of its stockholders, dated on or about May 18, 2015;

 

(b)                                  increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Series D Preferred Stock;

 

(c)                                   alter, amend or waive the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series D Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely; or

 

(d)                                  effect any transaction that constitutes a Deemed Liquidation Event (or would constitute a Deemed Liquidation Event but for the election, pursuant to Subsection 2.3.1 , of (i) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Junior Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis) and (ii) the holders of a majority of the

 

21



 

outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) not to treat such transaction as a Deemed Liquidation Event) unless the holders of Series D Preferred Stock receive consideration in such transaction at least equal to the Series D Original Issue Price per share of Series D Preferred Stock.

 

4.                                       Optional Conversion .  The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

 

4.1                                Right to Convert .

 

4.1.1                      Conversion Ratio .  Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Class B Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Applicable Original Issue Price for such series of Preferred Stock by the Applicable Conversion Price (as defined below) for such series in effect at the time of conversion.  The “ Applicable Conversion Price ” per share for each series of Preferred Stock shall initially be equal to $0.081502 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $0.219674 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $3.33172 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock, and $13.3269 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock.  The initial Applicable Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Class B Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

 

4.1.2                      Termination of Conversion Rights .  In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the rights of the Preferred Stock to convert to Class B Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4 shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

 

4.2                                Fractional Shares .  No fractional shares of Class B Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock.  In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Class B Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.  Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is holding at the time converting into Class B Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

 

4.3                                Mechanics of Conversion .

 

4.3.1                      Notice of Conversion .  In order for a holder of shares of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert such shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Class B Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for

 

22



 

Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent.  Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Class B Common Stock to be issued.  If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing.  The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice shall be the time of conversion (the “ Conversion Time ”), and the shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date.  The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, (a) issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate(s) that were not converted into Class B Common Stock, (b) pay in cash such amount as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Class B Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (c) subject to applicable law, pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

 

4.3.2                      Reservation of Shares .  The Corporation shall at all times when any shares of Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Class B Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Class B Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Class B Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation.  Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Applicable Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Class B Common Stock at such adjusted Applicable Conversion Price.

 

4.3.3                      Effect of Conversion .  All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and to vote, shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Class B Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon.  Any shares of Preferred Stock

 

23



 

so converted shall automatically be retired and shall not be available for reissuance, and the Corporation (without the need for stockholder action) may from time to time take such appropriate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

4.3.4                      No Further Adjustment .  Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Class B Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

 

4.3.5                      Taxes .  The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Class B Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4 .  The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Class B Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

 

4.4                                Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues .

 

4.4.1                      Special Definitions .  For purposes of this Section 4 , the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)                                  Option ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, Class C Capital Stock or Convertible Securities.

 

(b)                                  Series D Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series D Preferred Stock was issued.

 

(c)                                   Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, but excluding Options.

 

(d)                                  Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Series D Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock and (2) shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “ Exempted Securities ”):

 

(i)                                      shares of Class B Common Stock issued in the Reclassification upon the Effective Time;

 

24



 

(ii)                                   shares of Class B Common Stock issued or deemed issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock in accordance with its terms as of the Effective Time;

 

(iii)                                shares of Class A Common Stock issued or deemed issued upon conversion of Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock in accordance with the terms of the Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be, as of the Effective Time;

 

(iv)                               shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock issued or issuable by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may, that is covered by Subsections 4.5 or 4.6 below;

 

(v)                                  shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock or Options issued or deemed issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to the Plan or any other plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors, up to an aggregate of 17,981,300 shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock, of which, as of the Effective Time, an aggregate of 10,507,923 shares are issued and are outstanding (net of repurchases, and including shares underlying (directly or indirectly) any such Options) (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock occurring after the Effective Time);

 

(vi)                               shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options outstanding as of the Effective Time or shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities outstanding as of the Effective Time, in each case provided such issuance

 

25



 

is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security as of the Effective Time;

 

(vii)                            shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock issued in a public offering;

 

(viii)                         shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, Class C Capital Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as consideration for the acquisition of another entity by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or for a joint venture agreement, provided, that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors (including the affirmative consent of the Series B Director or the Series C Director); or

 

(ix)                               shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, Class C Capital Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks or equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors (including the affirmative consent of the Series B Director or the Series C Director).

 

4.4.2                      No Adjustment of Applicable Conversion Price .  No adjustment in the Applicable Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if:  (a) the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.5 ) for such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is equal to or greater than the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock, or (b) the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the affected series of Preferred Stock, agreeing that no such adjustment to such series of Preferred Stock’s Applicable Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

 

4.4.3                      Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock .

 

(a)                                  If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series D Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be (as set forth in the

 

26



 

instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number), issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

 

(b)                                  If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 below, are revised (either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) or as a result of an amendment to such terms) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Applicable Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Applicable Conversion Price as would have been obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b) shall have the effect of increasing the Applicable Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Applicable Conversion Price on the original adjustment date, or (ii) the Applicable Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock relating to such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

 

(c)                                   If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which, upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, would entitle the holder thereof to receive Exempted Securities, other than Exempted Securities covered by clause (vi) of Subsection 4.4.1(d) ), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 below (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.5 hereof) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Applicable Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series D Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series D Original Issue Date (either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) or as a result of an amendment to such terms) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided

 

27



 

in Subsection 4.4.3(a)  above) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

 

(d)                                  Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 below, the Applicable Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Applicable Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security never been issued.

 

(e)                                   If the number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price provided for in this Subsection 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Subsection 4.4.3) .  If the number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Subsection 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

 

4.4.4                      Adjustment of the Applicable Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock .  In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Series D Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 ), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then the Applicable Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

CP 2  = CP 1  * (A + B) ¸ (A + C)

 

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)                                  CP 2 ” shall mean the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

 

(b)                                  CP 1 ” shall mean the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

 

28



 

(c)                                   A ” shall mean the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

 

(d)                                  B ” shall mean the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1  (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

 

(e)                                   C ” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

 

4.4.5                      Determination of Consideration .  For purposes of this Subsection 4.4 , the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

 

(a)                                  Cash and Property :  Such consideration shall:

 

(i) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

(ii) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

 

(iii) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

(b)                                  Options and Convertible Securities .  The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 , relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing

 

(i) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the

 

29



 

instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

(ii) the maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

4.4.6                      Multiple Closing Dates .  In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one (1) date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 above, and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than ninety (90) days from the first such issuance to the final such issuance, then, upon the final such issuance, the Applicable Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

 

4.5                                Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations .  If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series D Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be, issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be.  If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series D Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be, issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be.  Any adjustment under this Subsection 4.5 shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or

 

30


 

combination becomes effective.  If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series D Original Issue Date (a) effect a subdivision or combination of the outstanding Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be, with a comparable subdivision or combination, as applicable, of a series of Preferred Stock or (b) effect a subdivision or combination of the outstanding shares of a series of Preferred Stock with a comparable subdivision or combination, as applicable, of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be, then in each case, no adjustment shall be made to the Applicable Conversion Price.

 

4.6                                Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions .  In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series D Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock in additional shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be, then and in each such event the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Applicable Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

 

(a)                                  the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

 

(b)                                  the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be, issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Applicable Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Applicable Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Subsection 4.6 as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive (i) a dividend or other distribution of shares of Class B Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Class B Common Stock  as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Class B Common Stock immediately prior to such event or (ii) a dividend or other distribution of shares of Preferred Stock which are convertible, as of the date of such event, into such number of shares of Class B Common Stock as is equal to the number of additional shares of Class B Common Stock being issued with respect to each share of Class B Common Stock in such dividend or distribution.

 

31



 

4.7                                Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions .  In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series D Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be, in respect of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Subsection 4.6 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Class B Common Stock immediately prior to such event.

 

4.8                                Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc .  Subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3 , if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections 4.5 , 4.6 or 4.7 ), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock that remains outstanding thereafter (if any) shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Class B Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property that such share of Preferred Stock would have been entitled to receive had such share of Preferred Stock been converted immediately prior to such transaction into that number of shares of Class B Common Stock into which it was convertible at such time; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Applicable Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock.

 

4.9                                Certificate as to Adjustments .  Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4 , the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of shares of a Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than ten (10) days after receipt thereof), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (a) the Applicable Conversion Price then in effect, and (b) the number of

 

32



 

shares of Class B Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of shares of Preferred Stock.

 

4.10                         Notice of Record Date .  In the event:

 

(a)                                  the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock (or other stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other right; or

 

(b)                                  of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

 

(c)                                   of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

 

then, and in each such case, the Corporation shall send or cause to be sent to the holders of  Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as applicable (or such other stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of shares of Preferred Stock), shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as applicable (or such other stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to shares of Preferred Stock and shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be.  Such notice shall be sent at least ten (10) days prior to the record date (in the case of a dividend or distribution or subscription right) or effective date (in the case of a reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up) for the event specified in such notice.  Any notice required by the provisions hereof to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given to such holder if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to such holder at his, her or its address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

 

4.11                         Common Stock Issuable Upon Conversion .  For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock have been converted into Class A Common Stock, all references in this Section 4 to “Class B Common Stock” shall mean “Class A Common Stock” from and after such conversion, and any right, power or preference of shares of Preferred Stock determined by reference to Class B Common Stock shall, instead, be determined by reference to Class A Common Stock.

 

33



 

5.                                       Mandatory Conversion .

 

5.1                                Trigger Events .  Upon the earlier of (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Class A Common Stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000) of gross proceeds to the Corporation and the listing of the Class A Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Market or another internationally recognized stock exchange (a “ Qualified IPO ”) or (b) a date specified by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis) (provided, however, that the conversion of all of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)  shall also require the consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, and provided further that the conversion of all of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)  shall also require the consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class) (the date of such closing or such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “ Mandatory Conversion Date ”), (x) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Class B Common Stock at the then effective conversion rate and (y) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.

 

5.2                                Procedural Requirements .  All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be given written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Date and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5 .  Such notice need not be given in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Date.  Such notice shall be sent by first class or registered mail, postage prepaid, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, to each record holder of Preferred Stock.  Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of shares of Class B Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 5 .  On the Mandatory Conversion Date, all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Class B Common Stock, which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record, and all rights with respect to shares of such  Preferred Stock so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Class B Common Stock), will terminate, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates at or prior to such time, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive certificates for the number of shares of Class B Common Stock into which shares of Preferred Stock has been converted, cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in respect of any fraction of a share of Class B Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and payment of any declared but unpaid dividends thereon.  If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly

 

34



 

authorized in writing.  As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Date and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall cause to be issued and delivered to such holder, or on his, her or its written order, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Class B Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in respect of any fraction of a share of Class B Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion.  All shares of Preferred Stock which are required to be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof shall, from and after the Mandatory Conversion Date, be deemed to have been automatically retired and the shares of Preferred Stock represented thereby converted into Class B Common Stock for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender such certificates on or prior to such date.  Such converted shares of Preferred Stock shall not be available for reissuance, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

5.3                                Common Stock Issuable Upon Conversion .  For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock have been converted into Class A Common Stock, all references in this Section 5 to “Class B Common Stock” shall mean “Class A Common Stock” from and after such conversion, and any right, power or preference of shares of Preferred Stock determined by reference to Class B Common Stock shall, instead, be determined by reference to Class A Common Stock.

 

6.                                       Redemption .  The Preferred Stock is not mandatorily redeemable except to the extent provided in Subsection 2.3.2(b)  above.

 

7.                                       Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares .  Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred.  Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption.

 

8.                                       Notices .  Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

 

FIFTH :  Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

SIXTH :  Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

35



 

SEVENTH :  Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

EIGHTH :  Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide.  The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

NINTH :  To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.  If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

 

TENTH :  The following indemnification provisions shall apply to the persons enumerated below.

 

1.                                       Right to Indemnification of Directors and Officers .  The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (an “ Indemnified Person ”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, nonprofit entity or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in such Proceeding.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 3 of this Article Tenth, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify an Indemnified Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Indemnified Person only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Indemnified Person was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors.

 

2.                                       Prepayment of Expenses of Directors and Officers .  The Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Indemnified Person to repay all amounts

 

36



 

advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article Tenth or otherwise.

 

3.                                       Claims by Directors and Officers .  If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article Tenth is not paid in full within 30 days after a written claim therefor by the Indemnified Person has been received by the Corporation, the Indemnified Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim.  In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

 

4.                                       Indemnification of Employees and Agents .   The Corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or, while an employee or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust,  nonprofit entity or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorney’s fees) reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding.  The ultimate determination of entitlement to indemnification of persons who are non-director or officer employees or agents shall be made in such manner as is determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person if the Proceeding was not authorized in advance by the Board of Directors.

 

5.                                       Advancement of Expenses of Employees and Agents .  The Corporation may pay the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred by an employee or agent in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

6.                                       Non-Exclusivity of Rights .  The rights conferred on any person by this Article Tenth shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

7.                                       Other Indemnification .  The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer or employee of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise.

 

8.                                       Insurance .  The Board of Directors may, to the full extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists, or may hereafter be amended from time to time, authorize an appropriate officer or officers to purchase and maintain at the Corporation’s expense insurance:  (a) to indemnify the Corporation for any obligation which it incurs as a result of the

 

37



 

indemnification of directors, officers, employees and agents under the provisions of this Article Tenth; and (b) to indemnify or insure directors, officers, employees and agents against liability in instances in which they may not otherwise be indemnified by the Corporation under the provisions of this Article Tenth.

 

9.                                       Amendment or Repeal .  Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.  The rights provided hereunder shall inure to the benefit of any Indemnified Person and such person’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

ELEVENTH :  Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in the Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

TWELFTH :  The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity.  An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee or advisor of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Covered Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

 

THIRTEENTH :  Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law or as to which the General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery  or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine.  Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article Thirteenth.

 

*     *     *

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

38



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Corrected Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this 17 th  day of March, 2017.

 

 

By:

/s/ Benjamin C. Singer

 

 

Benjamin C. Singer, Secretary

 

39



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”), hereby certifies that:

 

1.                                       The name of the Corporation is Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and the Corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on December 22, 2016.

 

2.                                       The Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as previously amended (the “ Restated Certificate ”), of the Corporation is hereby further amended by deleting the third sentence of Section B.3.2 of Article FOURTH of the Restated Certificate and inserting the following in lieu thereof:

 

“The holders of record of the shares of Class B Common Stock, voting exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect four (4) directors of the Corporation.”

 

3.                                       This Certificate of Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

 

4 .                                       This Certificate of Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Certificate of Amendment has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this 27 th  day of March, 2017.

 

 

/s/ Benjamin C. Singer

 

Benjamin C. Singer

 

Secretary

 




Exhibit 3.2

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

SECTION 1.01.                                                            Registered Office.   The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the name of its registered agent shall be Corporation Service Company.

 

SECTION 1.02.                                                            Other Offices.   The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

SECTION 2.01.                                                            Annual Meeting.   The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors, and for the transaction of any other proper business, shall be held at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

SECTION 2.02.                                                            Special Meeting.   Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the corporation or by the Board of Directors or by written order of a majority of the directors and shall be called by the President, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary at the request in writing of stockholders owning shares representing not less than ten percent of the voting power of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.  Such request shall state the purposes of the proposed meeting.

 

SECTION 2.03.                                                            Place of Meeting.   All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of such meeting. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may from time to time adopt, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any specific place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication.

 

SECTION 2.04.                                                            Notice of Meeting.   Written or other proper notice of any meeting of stockholders, stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be

 



 

present in person and vote at such adjourned meetings, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes thereof, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

 

SECTION 2.05.                                                            Voting List.   The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a specific place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

SECTION 2.06.                                                            Quorum.   At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.    If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

SECTION 2.07.                                                            Voting . When a quorum is present at any meeting of the stockholders, the vote of the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote on the subject matter and present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of applicable statutes, of the certificate of incorporation or of these by-laws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Except as otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by the stockholder.

 

2



 

SECTION 2.08.                                                            Proxies .  Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of the stockholders may authorize, by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder, bearing a date not more than three years prior to voting, unless such instrument provides for a longer period, and filed with the Secretary of the corporation before, or at the time of the meeting, another person or persons to act for him by proxy.

 

SECTION 2.09.                                                            Consent of Stockholders . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.  Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated, for the purposes of this Section to the extent permitted by law.

 

SECTION 2.10.                                                            Voting of Stock of Certain Holders . Shares of the corporation’s capital stock standing in the name of another corporation, domestic or foreign, may be voted by such officer, agent, or proxy as the by-laws of such corporation may prescribe, or in the absence of such provision, as the Board of Directors of such corporation may determine.  Shares standing in the name of a deceased person may be voted by the executor or administrator of such deceased person, either in person or by proxy.  Shares standing in the name of a guardian, conservator, or trustee may be voted by such fiduciary, either in person or by proxy, but no such fiduciary shall be entitled to vote shares held in such fiduciary capacity without a transfer of such shares into the name of such fiduciary.  Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver.  A stockholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares, unless in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the corporation, he has expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which case only the pledgee, or his proxy, may represent the stock and vote thereon.

 

SECTION 2.11.                                                            Treasury Stock .  The corporation shall not vote, directly or indirectly, shares of its own capital stock owned by it; and such shares shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares of the corporation’s capital stock.

 

SECTION 2.12.                                                            Fixing Record Date .  The Board of Directors may fix in advance a date, which shall not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders, nor more than 60 days preceding the date for payment of any dividend or distribution, or the date for the allotment of rights, or the date when any change, or conversion or exchange of capital stock shall go into effect, or a date in connection with obtaining a consent, as a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any such dividend or distribution, or to receive any such allotment of rights, or to exercise the

 

3



 

rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, or to give such consent, and in such case such stockholders and only such stockholders as shall be stockholders of record on the date so fixed, shall be entitled to such notice of, and to vote at, any such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to receive payment of such dividend or distribution, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, or to give such consent, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the corporation after any such record date fixed as aforesaid.

 

ARTICLE III

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

SECTION 3.01.                                                            Powers .  The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

SECTION 3.02.                                                            Number, Election and Term .  The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be not less than one.  Subject to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, such number of directors shall from time to time be fixed and determined by the directors and shall be set forth in the notice of any meeting of stockholders held for the purpose of electing directors.  The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders, except as provided in Section 3.03, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify or, if earlier, his death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.  The vote of any stockholder on an election of directors may be taken in any manner and no such vote shall be required to be taken by written ballot or by electronic transmission unless otherwise required by law.  Directors need not be residents of Delaware, citizens of the United States or stockholders of the corporation.

 

SECTION 3.03.                                                            Vacancies, Additional Directors, and Removal from Office .  If any vacancy occurs in the Board of Directors caused by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, or removal from office of any director, or otherwise, or if any new directorship is created by an increase in the authorized number of directors, a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or a sole remaining director, may choose a successor or fill the newly created directorship; and a director so chosen shall hold office until the next election and until his successor shall be duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced.  Any director may be removed either for or without cause at any special meeting of stockholders duly called and held for such purpose.

 

SECTION 3.04.                                                            Resignation .  Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation. A resignation from the Board of Directors shall be deemed to take effect immediately upon receipt of such notice or at such other time as the director may specify in the notice.

 

4



 

SECTION 3.05.                                                            Regular Meetings .  A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held each year, without other notice than this bylaw, at the place of, and immediately following, the annual meeting of stockholders; and other regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such places (within or without the State of Delaware), if any, and at such times as the Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, without other notice than such resolution.

 

SECTION 3.06.                                                            Special Meetings .  A special meeting of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, by the President of the corporation or the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall be called by the Secretary on the written request of any director.  Notice of special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director at least 48 hours prior to the time of such meeting and shall be given in writing or by electronic transmission. Each such notice shall state the time and place (within or without the State of Delaware), if any, of the meeting but need not state the purposes thereof, except that notice shall be given of any proposed amendment to the by-laws if it is to be adopted at any special meeting or with respect to any other matter where notice is required by statute or by these by-laws.

 

SECTION 3.07.                                                            Quorum .  A majority of the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws.  If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

SECTION 3.08.                                                            Communications .  Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such board or committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

SECTION 3.09.                                                            Action Without Meeting .  Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof as provided in Article IV of these by-laws, may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

SECTION 3.10.                                                            Compensation .  Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.  The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at

 

5



 

each meeting of the board of directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director.  Nothing herein shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COMMITTEE OF DIRECTORS

 

SECTION 4.01.                                                            Designation, Powers and Name .  The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, including, if they shall so determine, an Executive Committee, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation.  The committee shall have and may exercise such of the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation as may be provided in such resolution.  The committee may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee.  In the absence or disqualification of any member of such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Such committee or committees shall have such name or names and such limitations of authority as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.02.                                                            Minutes .  Each committee of directors shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

 

SECTION 4.03.                                                            Compensation .  Members of special or standing committees may be allowed compensation for attending committee meetings, if the Board of Directors shall so determine.

 

ARTICLE V

 

NOTICE

 

SECTION 5.01.                                                            Methods of Giving Notice .  Whenever, under the provisions of applicable statutes, the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, notice is required to be given to any director, member of any committee, or stockholder, it shall not be necessary that personal notice be given, and such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director, member, or stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the corporation or at his or her residence or usual place of business, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice also may be given in any other proper form, as authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Notice that is given by facsimile shall be deemed delivered

 

6



 

when sent to a number at which any director, member or stockholder has consented to receive such notice. Notice by telegram or cablegram shall be deemed to be given when the same shall be filed. Notice that is given in person or by telephone shall be deemed to be given when the same shall be delivered. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to any director, member or stockholder, any notice given under any provision of these by-laws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by such person. Notice given by electronic mail shall be deemed delivered when directed to an electronic mail address at which such person has consented to receive notice and notice given by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to such person of such specific posting shall be deemed delivered upon the later of (a) such posting and (b) the giving of such separate notice. Notice given by any other form of electronic transmission shall be deemed given when directed to any director, member or stockholder in the manner consented to by such director, member or stockholder

 

SECTION 5.02.            Waiver .  Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of an applicable statute, the certificate of incorporation, or these by-laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

OFFICERS

 

SECTION 6.01.                                                            Officers .  The officers of the corporation shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents, any one or more of which may be designated Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President, a Secretary and a Treasurer.  The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents, including a Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, and Assistant Treasurers, in each case as the Board of Directors shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined by the Board.  Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.  The Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, shall be elected from among the directors.  With the foregoing exceptions, none of the other officers need be a director, and none of the officers need be a stockholder of the corporation.

 

SECTION 6.02.                                                            Election and Term of Office .  The officers of the corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first regular meeting held after the annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as conveniently possible.  Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been chosen and shall have qualified or until his death or the effective date of his resignation or removal, or until he shall cease to be a director in the case of the Chairman and the Vice Chairman.

 

7



 

SECTION 6.03.                                                            Removal and Resignation .  Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed without cause at any time by the Board of Directors.  Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein, and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

SECTION 6.04.                                                            Vacancies .  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation by death, resignation, removal, or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

 

SECTION 6.05.                                                            Salaries .  The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or pursuant to its direction; and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of his also being a director.

 

SECTION 6.06.                                                            Chairman of the Board .  The Chairman of the Board (if such office is created by the Board) shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders of the corporation.  The Chairman shall formulate and submit to the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee matters of general policy for the corporation and shall perform such other duties as usually appertain to the office or as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee.

 

SECTION 6.07.                                                            Vice Chairman of the Board .  The Vice Chairman of the Board (if such office is created by the Board) shall, in the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chairman of the Board.  The Vice Chairman shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee or assigned by the Chairman of the Board.

 

SECTION 6.08.                                                            President; Chief Executive Officers .  The President and the Chief Executive Officer (if such office is created by the Board), which posts may be held by the same or different persons, shall be the chief executive officers of the corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall in general supervise and control the business and affairs of the corporation.  In the absence of the Chairman of the Board or the Vice Chairman of the Board (if such offices are created by the Board), the President or the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders.  Either such person may also preside at any such meeting attended by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board if he is so designated by the Chairman, or in the Chairman’s absence by the Vice Chairman.  Both shall have the power to appoint and remove subordinate officers, agents and employees, except those elected or appointed by the Board of Directors. The President and the Chief Executive Officer both shall keep the Board of Directors and the Executive Committee fully informed and shall consult them concerning the business of the corporation.  Either may sign certificates for shares of the corporation and any deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts, checks, notes, drafts, or other instruments that the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof has been expressly delegated by these by-laws or by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed.  Either shall vote, or give a proxy to any other officer

 

8



 

of the corporation to vote, all shares of stock of any other corporation standing in the name of the corporation and in general he shall perform all other duties normally incident to the office of President or Chief Executive Officer, as the case may be, and such other duties as may be prescribed by the stockholders, the Board of Directors, or the Executive Committee from time to time.

 

SECTION 6.09.                                                            Vice Presidents .  In the absence of the President and the Chief Executive Officer, or in the event of their inability or refusal to act, the Executive Vice President (or in the event there shall be no Vice President designated Executive Vice President, any Vice President designated by the Board) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President and the Chief Executive Officer.  Any Vice President may sign, with the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certificates for shares of the corporation.  The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to them by the President, the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 6.10.                                                            Secretary .  The Secretary shall (a) keep the minutes of the meetings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and committees of directors; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these by-laws and as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the corporation, and see that the seal of the corporation or a facsimile thereof is affixed to all certificates for shares prior to the issue thereof and to all documents, the execution of which on behalf of the corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these by-laws; (d) keep or cause to be kept a register of the post office address of each stockholder which shall be furnished by such stockholder; (e) sign with the President, the Chief Executive Officer or an Executive Vice President or Vice President, certificates for shares of the corporation, the issue of which shall have been authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors; (f) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the corporation; and (g) in general, perform all duties normally incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the President, the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 6.11.                                                            Treasurer .  If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine.  He shall (a) have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation; (b) receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the corporation from any source whatsoever and deposit all such moneys in the name of the corporation in such banks, trust companies, or other depositories as shall be selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.03 of these by-laws; (c) prepare, or cause to be prepared, for submission at each regular meeting of the Board of Directors, at each annual meeting of the stockholders, and at such other times as may be required by the Board of Directors, the President or the Chief Executive Officer, a statement of financial condition of the corporation in such detail as may be required; and (d) in general, perform all the duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the President, the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 6.12.                                                            Assistant Secretary and Treasurer .  The Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers shall, in general, perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the

 

9



 

Secretary or the Treasurer, respectively, or by the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors, or the Executive Committee.  The Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers shall, in the absence of the Secretary or Treasurer, respectively, perform all functions and duties which such absent officers may delegate, but such delegation shall not relieve the absent officer from the responsibilities and liabilities of his office.  The Assistant Secretaries may sign, with the President, the Chief Executive Officer or a Vice President, certificates for shares of the corporation, the issue of which shall have been authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors.  The Assistant Treasurers shall respectively, if required by the Board of Directors, give bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums and with such sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

CONTRACTS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

 

SECTION 7.01.                                                            Contracts .  Subject to the provisions of Section 6.01, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer, officers, agent, or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

SECTION 7.02.                                                            Checks .  All checks, demands, drafts, or other orders for the payment of money, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers or such agent or agents of the corporation, and in such manner, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 7.03.                                                            Deposits .  All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the corporation in such banks, trust companies, or other depositories as the Board of Directors may select.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

 

SECTION 8.01.                                                            Issuance .  Each stockholder of this corporation shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates showing the number of shares of capital stock registered in his name on the books of the corporation.  The certificates shall be in such form as may be determined by the Board of Directors, shall be issued in numerical order and shall be entered in the books of the corporation as they are issued.  They shall exhibit the holder’s name and number of shares and shall be signed by the President, the Chief Executive Officer or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.  The same person shall be permitted to sign a single stock certificate in more than one capacity.  If any certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent other than the corporation or any employee of the corporation, or (2) by a registrar other than the corporation or any employee of the corporation, any other signature on the certificate may be a facsimile.  If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the designations, preferences, and relative participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the

 

10



 

qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided by statute, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish to each stockholder who so requests the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and rights.  All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be canceled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and canceled, except that in the case of a lost, stolen, destroyed, or mutilated certificate a new one may be issued therefor upon such terms and with such indemnity, if any, to the corporation as the Board of Directors may prescribe.  Certificates shall not be issued representing fractional shares of stock.

 

SECTION 8.02.                                                            Lost Certificates .  The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed.  When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require (1) the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require, (2) such owner to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate or certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, or (3) both.

 

SECTION 8.03.                                                            Transfers .  Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment, or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction upon its books.  Transfers of shares shall be made only on the books of the corporation by the registered holder thereof, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney and filed with the Secretary of the corporation or the Transfer Agent.

 

SECTION 8.04.                                                            Registered Stockholders .  The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of the corporation’s capital stock as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

11


 

ARTICLE IX

 

DIVIDENDS

 

SECTION 9.01.                                                            Declaration .  Dividends with respect to the shares of the corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to applicable law.  Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

 

SECTION 9.02.                                                            Reserve .  Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

ARTICLE X

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

SECTION 10.01.                                                     Third Party Actions .  The corporation shall indemnify any director or officer of the corporation, and may indemnify any other person, who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any action, suit, or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

SECTION 10.02.                                                     Actions by or in the right of the corporation .  The corporation shall indemnify any director or officer, and may indemnify any other person, who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another

 

12



 

corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

SECTION 10.03.                                                     Mandatory Indemnification .  To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 10.01 and 10.02, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

SECTION 10.04.                                                     Determination of Conduct .  Any indemnification under Section 10.01 or 10.02 of this Article X (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 10.01 or 10.02 of this Article X.  Such determination shall be made (a) by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (b) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (c) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (d) by the stockholders.

 

SECTION 10.05.                                                     Payment of Expenses in Advance .  Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit, or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit, or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, or agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article X.  Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

 

SECTION 10.06.                                                     Indemnity Not Exclusive .  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided or granted hereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation, any other bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders, or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

13



 

SECTION 10.07.                                                     Definitions .  For purposes of this Article X:

 

(a)                                  “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger that, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this Article X with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued;

 

(b)                                  “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans;

 

(c)                                   “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan;

 

(d)                                  “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation that imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and

 

(e)                                   a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Article X.

 

SECTION 10.08.                                                     Continuation of Indemnity .  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided or granted hereunder shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 11.01.                                                     Seal .  The corporate seal, if one is authorized by the Board of Directors, shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.”  The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.

 

SECTION 11.02.                                                     Books .  The books of the corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at the offices of the corporation, or at such other place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

14



 

SECTION 11.03:                            Right of First Refusal .  No stockholder shall sell, assign, pledge, or in any manner transfer any of the shares of Class A Common Stock of the corporation (“ Class A Common Stock ”), Class B Common Stock of the corporation (“ Class B Common Stock ”) or Class C Capital Stock of the coporation (“ Class C Capital Stock ”) or any right or interest therein held by such stockholder, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, except by a transfer which meets the requirements hereinafter set forth in this bylaw .

 

(a)                                  If the stockholder receives from anyone a bona fide offer acceptable to the stockholder to purchase any Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock held by such stockholder, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the corporation.  The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares to be transferred, the price per share and all other terms and conditions of the offer.

 

(b)                                  For fifteen (15) days following receipt of such notice, the corporation or its assigns shall have the option to purchase all or, with the consent of the stockholder, any lesser part of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock specified in the notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in such bona fide offer.  In the event the corporation elects to purchase all or, as agreed by the stockholder, a lesser part, of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, it shall give written notice to the selling stockholder of its election and settlement for said Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock shall be made as provided below in paragraph (c).

 

(c)                                   In the event the corporation elects to acquire any of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock of the selling stockholder as specified in said selling stockholder’s notice, the Secretary of the corporation shall so notify the selling stockholder and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within thirty (30) days after the Secretary of the corporation receives said selling stockholder’s notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said selling stockholder’s notice were other than cash against delivery, the corporation shall pay for said Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock on the same terms and conditions set forth in said selling stockholder’s notice.

 

(d)                                  In the event the corporation does not elect to acquire all of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock specified in the selling stockholder’s notice, said selling stockholder may, within the sixty (60) day period following the expiration of the option rights granted to the corporation, sell elsewhere the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock specified in said selling stockholder’s notice which were not acquired by the corporation, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (c) of this bylaw, provided that said sale shall not be on terms and conditions more favorable to the purchaser than those contained in the bona fide offer set forth in said selling stockholder’s notice.  All Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock so sold by said selling stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this bylaw in the same manner as before said transfer.

 

(e)                                   Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this bylaw:

 

15



 

(1)                                  A stockholder’s transfer of any or all Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholder’s family.  “ Immediate family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendent, father, mother, brother, or sister of the stockholder making such transfer.

 

(2)                                  A stockholder’s bona fide pledge or mortgage of any Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock with a commercial lending institution, provided that any subsequent transfer of said Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock by said institution shall be conducted in the manner set forth in this bylaw.

 

(3)                                  A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock to any other stockholder of the corporation.

 

(4)                                  A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock to a person who, at the time of such transfer, is an officer or director of the corporation.

 

(5)                                  A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of any merger, consolidation, reclassification of capital stock of the corporation or capital reorganization of the corporate stockholder, or pursuant to a sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of a corporate stockholder.

 

(6)                                  A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock to any or all of its stockholders.

 

(7)                                  A transfer of any or all of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock held by a stockholder which is a limited or general partnership to any or all of its partners.

 

In any such case, the transferee, assignee, or other recipient shall receive and hold such Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock subject to the provisions of this bylaw, and there shall be no further transfer of such Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock except in accord with this bylaw.

 

(f)                                    Any sale or transfer, or purported sale or transfer, of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions, and provisions of this bylaw are strictly observed and followed.

 

(g)                                   The foregoing right of first refusal shall terminate on either of the following dates, whichever shall first occur:

 

(1)                                  upon the date capital stock (of any class) of the corporation is first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or

 

16



 

(2)                                  upon any Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in the corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, or if not so defined, upon the consummation of either of the following: (X) a merger or consolidation in which the corporation is a constituent party or a subsidiary of the corporation is a constituent party and the corporation issues membership interests (or similar securities) pursuant to such merger or consolidation, except any such merger or consolidation involving the corporation or a subsidiary in which the membership interest (or similar securities) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for interests or shares of capital stock (or other securities) that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, at least a majority, by voting power, of the equity securities (whether membership interests, capital stock, or otherwise) of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation, or (Y) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the corporation or any subsidiary of the corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the corporation if substantially all of the assets of the corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the corporation).

 

The certificates representing the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock shall bear the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION, AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

 

(h)                                  The provisions of this bylaw shall not apply to any transfer of shares of Preferred Stock of the corporation or the shares of Class B Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof.

 

SECTION 11.04:                                                    Notwithstanding any provision in this Article XI to the contrary, shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock (other than Class B Common Stock acquired upon conversion of Preferred Stock) shall not be sold, assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred (including by way of any arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock) without the express written consent of the Board of Directors (which consent may be granted or withheld in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors) except to the Company and shares (a) by gift to immediate family members, or (b) pursuant to a participant’s beneficiary designation, will or the laws of intestate succession, provided in all cases that the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the same transfer restrictions.  These transfer restrictions will terminate when the Company’s stock is publicly traded on an established securities market or upon closing of a

 

17



 

change in control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded on an established securities market.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

SECTION HEADINGS

 

The headings contained in these by-laws are for reference purposes only and shall not be construed to be part of and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of these by-laws.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

AMENDMENT

 

These by-laws may be altered, amended, or repealed or new by-laws may be adopted by a majority of the number of directors then constituting the Board of Directors at any regular meeting of the Board of Directors without prior notice, or at any special meeting of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, or repeal be contained in the notice of such special meeting.

 

18




Exhibit 10.1

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of May 18 th , 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among Blue Apron, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), each of the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as an “ Investor ” and collectively referred to as the “ Investors ,” and each of the individuals listed on Schedule B hereto, each of whom is referred to in this Agreement as a “ Key Holder ” and collectively referred to as the “ Key Holders .”

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company and certain of the Investors are parties to the Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Purchase Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Investors previously entered into a Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated April 22, 2014 (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Prior Agreement may be amended with the consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock (as defined in the Prior Agreement) (or Common Stock issued upon the conversion thereof) then outstanding;

 

WHEREAS, the undersigned Investors who are parties to the Prior Agreement hold all of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock as of a date immediately prior to the date of this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Company to enter into the Purchase Agreement and to induce the Investors to invest funds in the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Investors and the Company hereby agree that this Agreement shall govern the rights of the Investors to cause the Company to register shares of Common Stock issuable to the Investors, to receive certain information from the Company, and to participate in future equity offerings by the Company, and shall govern certain other matters as set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto each hereby agree to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein, and the parties hereto further agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement:

 

1.1                                Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners (or member thereof) or managing members of (or member thereof), or shares the same management company (or member thereof) with, such Person.

 

1.2                                Common Stock ” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 



 

1.3                                Damages ” means any loss, damage, or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.

 

1.4                                Derivative Securities ” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Common Stock, including options and warrants.

 

1.5                                Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

1.6                                Excluded Registration ” means (i) a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (iv) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

 

1.7                                Form S-1 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

 

1.8                                Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

 

1.9                                GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

1.10                         Holder ” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.

 

1.11                         Immediate Family Member ” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.

 

2



 

1.12                         Initiating Holders ” means any Holder or Holders who in the aggregate hold at least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Registrable Securities and who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

 

1.13                         IPO ” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

 

1.14                         Key Employee ” means Matthew Salzberg, Matthew Wadiak and Ilia Papas.

 

1.15                         Key Holder Registrable Securities ” means (i) the 66,133,825 shares of Common Stock held by the Key Holders, and (ii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of such shares.

 

1.16                         Major Investor ” means any Investor that, individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds at least 1,500,000 shares shares (or, in the case of Fidelity, at least 4,689,766 shares) of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof).

 

1.17                         Non-Major Investor ” means any Investor other than a Major Investor.

 

1.18                         Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

 

1.19                         Preferred Stock ” means the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock of the Company.

 

1.20                         Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; (ii) any Common Stock, or any Common Stock issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company, acquired by the Investors after the date hereof; (iii) the Key Holder Registrable Securities, provided , however , that the Key Holder Registrable Securities shall not be deemed Registrable Securities and the Key Holders shall not be deemed Holders for the purposes of Sections 2.1 , 2.10 , 3.1 , 3.2 , 4.1 and 6.6 , and (iv) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (i), and (ii)  above; excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Section 6.1 , and excluding for purposes of Section 2 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 2.13 of this Agreement.

 

1.21                         Registrable Securities then outstanding ” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.

 

3



 

1.22                         Restricted Securities ” means the securities of the Company required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.12(b)  hereof.

 

1.23                         SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1.24                         SEC Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

1.25                         SEC Rule 145 ” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

1.26                         Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

1.27                         Selling Expenses ” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Section 2.6 .

 

1.28                         Series B Director ” means any director of the Company that the holders of record of the Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect pursuant to the Company’s Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and/or restated from time to time (the “ Restated Certificate ”).

 

1.29                         Series C Director ” means any director of the Company that the holders of record of the Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect pursuant to the Restated Certificate.

 

1.30                         Series A Preferred Stoc k ” means shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

1.31                         Series B Preferred Stoc k ” means shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

1.32                         Series C Preferred Stoc k ” means shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

1.33                         Series D Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

2.                                       Registration Rights .  The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

 

2.1                                Demand Registration .

 

(a)                                  Form S-1 Demand .  If at any time after one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, the Company receives a written request from Initiating Holders that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to Registrable Securities, and if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of

 

4



 

Selling Expenses, would exceed $10 million, then the Company shall promptly give notice thereof (the “ Demand Notice ”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and as soon as practicable, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Section 2.1(c)  and Section 2.3 .

 

(b)                                  Form S-3 Demand .  If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from Initiating Holders that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $5 million, then the Company shall promptly give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Section 2.1(c)  and Section 2.3 .

 

(c)                                   Delay in Demand Registration .  Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided , however , that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such one hundred eighty (180) day period other than an Excluded Registration.

 

(d)                                  Number of Demand Registrations .  The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a)  (i) during the period that is sixty (60) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided , that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii)

 

5



 

after the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Section 2.1(a) ; or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.1(b) .  The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 2.1(b)  (i) during the period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided , that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or (ii) if the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to Section 2.1(b)  within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of such request.  A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d)  until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Section 2.6 , in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d) .

 

2.2                                Company Registration .  If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration.  Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.3 , cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration.  The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration.  The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.6 .

 

2.3                                Underwriting Requirements .

 

(a)                                  If, pursuant to Section 2.1 , the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 2.1 , and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice.  The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders.  In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.  All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Section 2.4(e) ) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.3 , if the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and

 

6



 

the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided , however , that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.  To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.

 

(b)                                  In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Section 2.2 , the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company.  If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering.  If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable to) the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders.  To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering, or (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the IPO, in which case the selling Holders may be entirely excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering, or (iii) notwithstanding (ii) above, any Registrable Securities which are not Key Holder Registrable Securities be excluded from such underwriting unless all Key Holder Registrable Securities are first excluded from such offering .   For purposes of the provision in this Section 2.3(b)  concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

 

7



 

(c)                                   For purposes of Section 2.1 , a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Section 2.3(a) , fewer than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.

 

2.4                                Obligations of the Company .  Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

(a)                                  prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided , however , that (i) such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for up to sixty (60) days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

 

(b)                                  prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

 

(c)                                   furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

 

(d)                                  use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

(e)                                   in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

 

(f)                                    use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities

 

8



 

exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

 

(g)                                   provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

 

(h)                                  notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

 

(i)                                      after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

 

2.5                                Furnish Information .  It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

 

2.6                                Expenses of Registration .  All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 2 , including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $30,000, of one counsel for the selling Holders (“ Selling Holder Counsel ”), shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a)  or Section 2.1(b) , as the case may be; provided further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a ) or Section 2.1(b ).  All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

 

2.7                                Delay of Registration .  No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2 .

 

9


 

2.8                                Indemnification .  If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2 :

 

(a)                                  To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages arising out of or based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”): (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any prospectus, offering circular or other document (including any related registration statement, notification or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation (or alleged violation) by the Company of the Securities Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any offering covered by such registration, qualification or compliance, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which such Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a)  shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.

 

(b)                                  To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages arising out of or based on a Violation and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b)  shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under Sections 2.8(b)  and 2.8(d)  exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

 

10



 

(c)                                   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8 , give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof.  The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action.  The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8 , to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action.

 

(d)                                  To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Section 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Section 2.8 , then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided , however , that, in any such case, (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided , further, that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 2.8(d) , when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.8(b) , exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

 

11



 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

(f)                                    Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2 , and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

2.9                                Reports Under Exchange Act .  With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

 

(a)                                  make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;

 

(b)                                  use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

 

(c)                                   furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company; and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

 

2.10                         Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights .  From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority in interest of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights the terms of which are senior to the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder.

 

12



 

2.11                         “Market Stand-off” Agreement .  Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Company’s IPO and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days), (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise.  The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11 shall apply only to the IPO, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall only be applicable to the Holders if all officers, directors and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the voting capital stock of the Company enter into similar agreements.  The underwriters in connection with the Company’s IPO are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 2.11 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.  Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in the Company’s IPO that are consistent with this Section 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.  Any discretionary release, waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply to all Holders subject to such agreements pro rata based on the number of shares subject to such agreements; provided , however , that the provisions of this sentence will not apply if (1)(a) the release, waiver or termination is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in such agreements and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer; or (2) the release, waiver or termination is granted to a Holder in connection with a follow-on public offering of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 that is filed with the SEC and the Holder has (a) been given an opportunity to participate with other selling stockholders in such public offering on a pro rata basis and (b) declined to so participate.

 

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) during the last seventeen (17) days of the one hundred eighty (180)-day restricted period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (ii) prior to the expiration of the one hundred eighty (180)-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the sixteen (16)-day period beginning on the last day of the one hundred eighty (180)-day period, the restrictions imposed by this Section 2.11 shall continue to apply until the expiration of the eighteen (18)-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event; provided , however , that the provisions of this

 

13



 

sentence shall not apply at any time that the Company qualifies as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act.

 

2.12                         Restrictions on Transfer .

 

(a)                                  The Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, and the Company shall not recognize and shall issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent with respect to any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.  A transferring Holder will cause any proposed purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Each certificate or instrument representing (i) the Preferred Stock, (ii) the Registrable Securities, and (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clauses (i) and (ii), upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 2.12(c) ) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AND VOTING RESTRICTIONS, AS SET FORTH IN A CERTAIN INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AS IT MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDERS OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

 

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.12 .

 

14



 

(c)                                   The holder of each certificate representing Restricted Securities, by acceptance thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2 .  Before any proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge, or transfer.  Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (ii) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (iii) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell, pledge, or transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company.  The Company will not require such a legal opinion or “no action” letter (x) in any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144 or (y) in any transaction in which such Holder distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder for no consideration; provided that each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Section 2.12 .  Each certificate or instrument evidencing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall bear, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Section 2.12(b) , except that such certificate shall not bear such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act.

 

2.13                         Termination of Registration Rights .  The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of:

 

(a)                                  the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Restated Certificate;

 

(b)                                  such date on or after the closing of the Company’s IPO when all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities could be sold without restriction under SEC Rule 144; and

 

(c)                                   the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the IPO.

 

3.                                       Information Rights .

 

3.1                                Delivery of Financial Statements .  The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor, if requested by such Major Investor and provided that the Board of Directors of the Company has not determined that such Major Investor is a Competitor (as defined below) of the Company:

 

15


 

(a)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event within one-hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (beginning with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014), (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year, and a comparison between (x) the actual amounts as of and for such fiscal year and (y) the comparable amounts for the prior year and as included in the Budget (as defined in Section 3.1(c) ) for such year, and (iii) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, such financial statements to be audited by a firm of nationally recognized independent public accountants selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to Fidelity (as defined below), FRC (as defined below), BVP (as defined below) and Stripes (as defined below); provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to deliver to the Major Investors audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 prior to the six-month anniversary of the date hereof, and provided further that the Company’s failure to comply with this Section 3.1(a)  shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement and the only remedy available to the Major Investors for such failure shall be for the Company to use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the audited financial statements under this Section 3.1(a)  as soon as practicable;

 

(b)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company (beginning with the first full quarter after the date hereof), unaudited statements of income and of cash flows for such quarter, and a comparison between (x) the actual amounts as of and for such quarter and (y) the comparable amounts as included in the Budget, and an unaudited balance sheet and a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments, (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP) and (iii) deviate from GAAP in the respects described in Section 2.14 of the Disclosure Schedule attached as Exhibit C to the Purchase Agreement);

 

(c)                                   as soon as practicable, but in any event forty-five (45) days before the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year (collectively, the “ Budget ”), approved by the Board of Directors and prepared on a quarterly basis, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flow for each such quarter and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company;

 

(d)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event forty-five (45) days following the end of each fiscal quarter, an up-to-date capitalization table for the Company; and

 

(e)                                   such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects or corporate affairs of the Company as the Company’s Board of Directors may from time to time deliver (including valuation reports prepared on the Company’s behalf in accordance with IRC 409A); provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.1 to provide information the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the

 

16



 

foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

 

Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 3.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Section 3.1 during the period starting with the date thirty (30) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Section 3.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

 

The Company shall promptly and accurately respond, and shall use reasonable efforts to cause its transfer agent to promptly respond, to reasonable requests for information made on behalf of any Major Investor relating to the actual holdings of such Major Investor (based on stock records in the possession or control of the Company or transfer agent), including in relation to the total outstanding shares; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to provide any such information that could reasonably result in a violation of applicable law or conflict with the Company’s insider trading policy or a confidentiality obligation of the Company.  The rights contained in this paragraph shall terminate with respect to a Major Investor once such Major Investor no longer holds any Restricted Securities.

 

For purposes of this Section 3 , “ Competitor ” means a person or entity engaged, directly or indirectly (including through a partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture or similar arrangement (whether now existing or formed hereafter)) in the business of the Company, but shall not include Fidelity or any financial investment firm or collective investment vehicle solely by virtue of its ownership (and/or its Affiliates’ ownership) of any equity interest in any Competitor held solely for investment purposes.

 

3.2                                Inspection .  The Company shall permit each Major Investor, at such Major Investor’s expense (provided that the Board of Directors of the Company has not determined that such Major Investor is a Competitor of the Company), to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Major Investor; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 3.2 to provide access to any information that it reasonably and in good faith considers to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

3.3                                Observer Right .

 

(a)                                  For so long as FRC continues to own beneficially shares of Preferred Stock (or Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock), one representative of FRC, who currently is Phineas Barnes, shall be entitled to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity.  The Company shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided , however , that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust

 

17



 

and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided further , that such representative may be excluded from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof if the Board of Directors determines in good faith that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege, to protect highly confidential proprietary information, or for other similar reasons.

 

(b)                                  For so long as (x) Fidelity Management & Research Company or any nominee holder therefor or any direct or indirect subsidiary thereof which holds Series D Preferred Stock (collectively, “ Fidelity ”) continues to own beneficially not less than 4,689,766 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion thereof), or (y) the Company has not consummated a public offering, one representative of Fidelity shall be entitled to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity.  The Company shall give Fidelity and such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided , however , that Fidelity shall cause such representative to hold in confidence all such materials to the same extent required by the provisions of Section 3.5 ; and provided further , that such representative may be excluded from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof if the Board of Directors determines in good faith that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege.

 

3.4                                Termination of Information, Inspection and Observer Rights .  The covenants set forth in Sections 3.1 , 3.2 and 3.3 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, or (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Restated Certificate, or (iv) as otherwise set forth herein, whichever event occurs first.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the covenants set forth in Section 3.3 shall be suspended with respect to Fidelity during such time as Fidelity directly invests in, or otherwise holds an investment in, any private entity that Fidelity becomes aware, whether through such entity or through any parent, subsidiary or sibling entity of such entity, engages in the business of selling recipes, and ingredients with which to prepare such recipes, to consumers.

 

3.5                                Confidentiality .  Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 3.5 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Investor by a third party without, to the knowledge of such Investor, a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided , however , that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser (A) has been approved as a prospective purchaser by the Company’s Board of Directors (if the investor originally purchased fewer than 1,900,000 shares of Preferred

 

18



 

Stock from the Company); and (B) agrees to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with provisions substantially similar to the provisions of this Section 3.5 ; (iii) to any existing Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, provided that the Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.

 

4.                                       Rights to Future Stock Issuances .

 

4.1                                Right of First Offer .  The Company hereby grants to each Investor the right of first offer to purchase up to its pro rata share of New Securities (as defined in this Section 4 ) which the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement.  An Investor’s pro rata share, for purposes of this right of first offer, is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock (including any shares of Common Stock into which Preferred Stock of the Investor may then be converted) owned by such Investor immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities to (b) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of the Preferred Stock and exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants but excluding any unused portion of any option or similar pool).  An Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it among itself and its Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

 

4.2                                Restrictions .  This right of first offer shall be subject to the following provisions:

 

(a)                                  New Securities ” shall mean any capital stock (including Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock) of the Company whether now authorized or not, and rights, convertible securities, options or warrants to purchase such capital stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, exercisable or convertible into capital stock; provided that the term “ New Securities ” does not include:

 

(i)                                      securities or rights to acquire securities that are excluded from the definition of “Additional Shares of Common Stock” under the Restated Certificate; or

 

(ii)                                   any shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued under the Purchase Agreement, as such agreement may be amended.

 

(b)                                  The right of first offer in this Section 4.2 shall not be applicable with respect to any Investor if (i) at the time of such offering, the Investor is not an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Section 501(a) of the Securities Act and (ii) such offering of Shares is otherwise being offered only to accredited investors.

 

(c)                                   In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give each Investor written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, and their price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same.  Each (i) Major Investor shall have fifteen (15) days and (ii) Non-Major Investor shall

 

19



 

have seven (7) days after any such notice is mailed or delivered to agree to purchase such Investor’s pro rata share of such New Securities for the price and upon the terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company.  If any (i) Major Investor fails to give such written notice within the fifteen (15) day period described in clause (i) of the immediately preceding sentence (the “ Fifteen Day Period ”), or (ii) Non-Major Investor fails to give such written notice within the seven (7) day period described in clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence, as the case may be, such Major Investor or Non-Major Investor, as the case may be (a “ Waiving Investor ”), shall have waived such Waiving Investor’s right to acquire any New Securities being offered in such issuance and shall not be entitled to acquire any such New Securities in accordance with this Section 4 ( provided that such waiver shall not serve as a waiver of such Waiving Investor’s rights with respect to any future issuances of New Securities pursuant to this Section 4 ).  At the expiration of the Fifteen Day Period, the Company shall promptly notify each Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “ Fully Exercising Investor ”) of any other Investor’s failure to do likewise.  During the ten (10) day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Investors which is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock owned by such Fully Exercising Investor immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of the Preferred Stock and exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants, directly or indirectly, into Common Stock held by said Investor) to (b) the total number of shares of Common Stock then held by all Fully Exercising Investors (assuming full conversion of the Preferred Stock and exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants, directly or indirectly, into Common Stock held by all Fully Exercising Investor) who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares.

 

(d)                                  In the event the Investors fail to exercise fully the right of first offer within said twenty-five (25) day period (the “ Election Period ”), the Company shall have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell or enter into an agreement (pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby shall be closed, if at all, within ninety (90) days from the date of said agreement) to sell that portion of the New Securities with respect to which the Investors’ right of first refusal option set forth in this Section 4.2 was not exercised, at a price and upon terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to Investors delivered pursuant to Section 4.2(b) .  In the event the Company has not sold within such ninety (90) day period following the Election Period, or such ninety (90) day period following the date of said agreement, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities, without first again offering such securities to the Investors in the manner provided in this Section 4.2 .

 

(e)                                   The right of first offer granted under this Agreement shall expire upon, and shall not be applicable to the first to occur of (i) the Qualified IPO or (ii) a Deemed Liquidation Event, as defined in the Restated Certificate.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, in lieu of complying with the provisions of this Section 4.2 , the Company may elect to give notice to the Investors within thirty (30) days after the issuance of New Securities.  Such notice shall describe the type, price, and terms of the New Securities.  Each (i) Major Investor shall have twenty (20)

 

20



 

days and (ii) Non-Major Investor shall have seven (7) days from the date notice is given to elect to purchase up to the number of New Securities that would, if purchased by such Investor, maintain such Investor’s percentage-ownership position, calculated as set forth in Section 4.1 before giving effect to the issuance of New Securities.  The closing of such sale shall occur within sixty (60) days of the date notice is given to the Investors.

 

5.                                       Additional Covenants .

 

5.1                                Insurance .  The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain Directors and Officers liability insurance in an amount and on terms and conditions satisfactory to BVP and Stripes, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policies to be maintained until such time as the Board of Directors (including the affirmative consent of the Series B Director and the Series C Director) determines that such insurance should be discontinued, and will deliver a copy of such insurances policies annually to each of BVP and Stripes within fifteen (15) days of binding such insurance policies.

 

5.2                                Employee Agreements .  The Company will cause (i) each person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) with access to confidential information and/or trade secrets to enter into a nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement and (ii) to the extent permitted under applicable law, each Key Employee to enter into a one (1) year non-solicitation and non-competition agreement, in the form approved by the Board of Directors (including the affirmative approval of the Series B Director and the Series C Director).  All current and future employees shall be employed by the Company “at will” unless otherwise provided by the terms of an employment agreement approved by the Board of Directors (including the affirmative consent of the Series B Director and the Series C Director).  In addition, the Company shall not amend, modify, terminate, waive, or otherwise alter, in whole or in part, any of the above referenced agreements or any restricted stock agreement between the Company and any employee, without the approval of the Board of Directors (including the affirmative consent of the Series B Director and the Series C Director).

 

5.3                                Employee Stock .  Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, all future employees and consultants of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i) vesting of shares over a four (4)-year period, with the first twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or service, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following thirty-six (36) months, (ii) no accelerated vesting upon the occurrence of a Deemed Liquidation Event (as such term is defined in the Restated Certificate) and (iii) a market stand-off provision substantially similar to that in Section 2.11 .  In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, the Company shall retain a “right of first refusal” on employee transfers until the Company’s IPO and shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost upon termination of employment of a holder of restricted stock.

 

5.4                                Employee Matters .  Each executive officer of the Company shall devote 100% of his or her professional time to the Company (excluding charitable work, writing

 

21



 

activities, public appearances and other quasi academic pursuits).  Any other professional activity shall require the approval of the Board of Directions (including the affirmative consent of the Series B Director and the Series C Director).

 

5.5                                Board Matters .  The Company shall reimburse the nonemployee directors for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred (consistent with the Company’s travel policy) in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Directors.  The Series B Director and the Series C Director each shall be entitled to be a member of each committee of the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors shall hold meetings at least four times each calendar year.

 

5.6                                Matters Requiring Series B/Series C Director Approval .  So long as there is a Series B Director or a Series C Director serving on the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company hereby covenants and agrees with each of the Investors that it shall not, without approval of the Board of Directors, which approval must include the affirmative vote or consent of the Series B Director or the Series C Director; provided, that, if either such Director has a financial interest in such matter (except for a Financing Matter (as defined below), the approval must also include the affirmative vote or consent of the other disinterested Director:

 

(a)                                  make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to (other than travel or other ordinary course business expenses), or own any stock or other securities of, any subsidiary or other corporation, partnership, or other entity unless it is wholly owned by the Company;

 

(b)                                  make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to any Person, including, without limitation, any employee or director of the Company or any subsidiary, except advances and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business or under the terms of an employee stock or option plan approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(c)                                   implement or change a cash investment policy of the Company;

 

(d)                                  guarantee, directly or indirectly, or permit any subsidiary to guarantee, directly or indirectly, any indebtedness except for trade accounts of the Company or any subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(e)                                   incur any aggregate indebtedness in excess of $10 million that is not already included in a budget approved by the Board of Directors, other than trade credit incurred in the Company’s ordinary course of business and equipment leases;

 

(f)                                    enter into or be a party to any transaction with any director, officer, employee or shareholder of the Company, or any “associate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) or Affiliate of any such Person, except for (i) transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Purchase Agreement; and (ii) a Financing Matter;

 

(g)                                   hire, fire or change the compensation of the Company’s senior executive officers, including approving any severance agreements, equity incentive or option plans or provisions;

 

22



 

(h)                                  increase the number of shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under any equity incentive or options plans, or approve any awards under such equity incentive or option plans providing for accelerated vesting;

 

(i)                                      change the principal business of the Company, enter new lines of business or exit the current line of business; or

 

(h)                                  sell, assign, license, pledge, or encumber material technology or intellectual property of the Company, other than licenses granted in the ordinary course of business.

 

For purposes of this Section 5.6 , a “ Financing Matter ” means the creation, authorization, and/or issuance in accordance with the terms hereof of capital stock of the Company, or of any security or instrument which is convertible, exercisable, or exchangeable for capital stock of the Company, for the primary purpose of providing capital to the Company.

 

5.7                                Competitive Investments .  The Company hereby acknowledges that (i) Bessemer Venture Partners VIII L.P., Bessemer Venture Partners VIII Institutional L.P. and 15 Angels II, LLC (collectively, “ BVP ”), (ii) First Round Capital IV, L.P. (“ FRC ”), (iii) SG Growth Partners II, LP (“ Stripes ”), (iv) Fidelity and their respective affiliated advisors and funds are professional investment managers and/or funds and, as such, invest in numerous portfolio companies, some of which may be deemed competitive with the Company’s business (as conducted or proposed to be conducted).  Subject to the last sentence of Section 3.4 , neither BVP, FRC, Stripes, Fidelity, nor their respective affiliates (including affiliated advisors and funds) shall be liable to the Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (i) the investment by BVP, FRC, Stripes or Fidelity, as applicable, or any of their respective affiliated funds in any entity competitive to the Company, or (ii) actions taken by any advisor, partner, officer or other representative of BVP, FRC, Stripes or Fidelity, as applicable, or any of their respective affiliated funds to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a board member of such competitive company, or otherwise.

 

5.8                                Real Property Holding Corporation .  If at any time the Company determines that it is a “United States real property holding corporation” as defined in Section 897(c)(2) of the Code (a “ USRPHC ”) , it shall promptly inform the Investor in writing of such determination. In addition, upon the Investor’s request, the Company shall promptly determine whether or not it is a USRPHC and shall promptly inform the Investor in writing of such determination.

 

5.9                                Successor Indemnification .  If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Bylaws, the Restated Certificate, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

 

23



 

5.10                         Termination of Covenants .  The covenants set forth in this Section 5 , except for Section 5.9 , shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Restated Certificate.

 

6.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

6.1                                Successors and Assigns .  The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate of a Holder; (ii) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; or (iii) after such transfer, holds at least 250,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations) or all shares of the transferor held prior to the transfer, if less; provided , however , that (x) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (y) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Section 2.11 .  For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1) that is an Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder; (2) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (3) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement.  The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties.  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

 

6.2                                Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue .  This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements entered into among Delaware residents to be performed entirely within Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.  With respect to any disputes arising out of or related to this Agreement, the parties consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country.

 

6.3                                Counterparts; Facsimile .  This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

24


 

6.4                                Titles and Subtitles .  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

6.5                                Notices .  All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or: (i) personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day; (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their addresses as set forth on Schedule A hereto or such email address, facsimile number, or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 6.5 .  If notice is given to the Company such notice shall be sent to 5 Crosby Street, 3 rd  Floor, New York, New York 10013, Attn: General Counsel, with a copy (which itself shall not constitute notice) to Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, 60 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109, Attn: David A. Westenberg, Esq., and if notice is given to the Investors, a copy of such notice (which itself shall not constitute notice), shall be given to Ropes & Gray LLP, 800 Boylston Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02199, Attn: Joel F. Freedman, Esq.

 

6.6                                Amendments and Waivers .  Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock (or Common Stock issued upon the conversion thereof) then outstanding, consenting together as a single class and on an as converted to Common Stock basis; provided that the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with Section 2.12(c) ; and provided further that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor or Major Investor without the written consent of such Investor or Major Investor, as applicable, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors or Major Investors in the same fashion, and the consent of Fidelity shall be required to amend, modify, waive or terminate the provisions of Sections 2.11 , 3.1 , 3.3(b) , the last sentence of Section 3.4 , or this sentence in a manner that adversely affects the rights of Fidelity; and provided further that the consent of FRC shall be required to amend, modify, waive or terminate the provisions of Section 3.3(a)  in a manner that adversely affects the rights of FRC.  Further, this Agreement may not be amended, and no provision hereof may be waived, in each case, in any way which would adversely affect the rights of the Key Holders hereunder in a manner disproportionate to any adverse effect such amendment or waiver would have on the rights of the Investors hereunder, without also the written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Key Holders.  The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination, or waiver.  Any amendment, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 6.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto.  No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this

 

25



 

Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

 

6.7                                Severability .  In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

6.8                                Aggregation of Stock .  All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates of each other shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability to such Affiliates of any rights under this Agreement, and such Affiliates may allocate such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.  The parties hereto agree that Bessemer Venture Partners VIII, L.P., Bessemer Venture Partners VIII Institutional L.P. and 15 Angels LLC are Affiliates of each other, and that Fidelity Management & Research Company, any nominee holder therefor and any direct or indirect subsidiary thereof are Affiliates of each other, for purposes of this Section 6.8 .

 

6.9                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement (including any Schedules and Exhibits hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled.

 

6.10                         Delays or Omissions .  No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.  All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

6.11                         Additional Investors .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of Preferred Stock after the date hereof, any purchaser of such shares of Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder.

 

6.12                         Acknowledgment.   The Company acknowledges that the Investors are in the business of venture capital investing and therefore review the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, including enterprises which may have products or services which compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company.  Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict the Investors from investing or participating in any particular enterprise whether or not such enterprise has products or services which compete with those of the Company.

 

26



 

6.13                         Effect on Prior Agreement .  Upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and all Investors, the Prior Agreement automatically shall be amended and restated in its entirety as set forth in this Agreement.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

27



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

BLUE APRON, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Salzberg

 

Name:

Matthew Salzberg

 

Its:

Chief Executive Officer

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY ADVISOR SERIES I:

 

FIDELITY ADVISOR GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY ADVISOR SERIES I:

 

FIDELITY ADVISOR SERIES GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY CONTRAFUND:

 

FIDELITY CONTRAFUND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY CONTRAFUND COMMINGLED POOL

 

 

 

BY: FIDELITY MANAGEMENT & TRUST CO.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY CONTRAFUND:

 

FIDELITY ADVISOR NEW INSIGHTS FUND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY CONTRAFUND:

 

FIDELITY ADVISOR SERIES

OPPORTUNISTIC INSIGHTS FUND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY CONTRAFUND:

 

FIDELITY SERIES OPPORTUNISTIC INSIGHTS FUND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY GROWTH COMPANY COMMINGLED POOL

 

 

 

BY:

FIDELITY MANAGEMENT & TRUST CO.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY MT. VERNON STREET TRUST:

 

FIDELITY GROWTH COMPANY FUND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY MT. VERNON STREET TRUST:

 

FIDELITY SERIES GROWTH COMPANY FUND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY SECURITIES FUND:

 

FIDELITY BLUE CHIP GROWTH FUND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY SECURITIES FUND:

 

FIDELITY SERIES BLUE CHIP GROWTH COMPANY FUND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY SECURITIES FUND:

 

FIDELITY OTC PORTFOLIO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND III:  GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES PORTFOLIO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

SG GROWTH PARTNERS II, LP

 

By its general partner, SGGP II LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kenneth A. Fox

 

Name:

Kenneth A. Fox

 

Title:

Managing Partner

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VIII L.P.

 

BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VIII INSTITUTIONAL L.P.

 

 

 

By: Deer VIII & Co. L.P., their General Partner

 

By: Deer VIII & Co. Ltd., its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ J. Edmund Colloton

 

 

J. Edmund Colloton, Director

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIRST ROUND CAPITAL IV, L.P.

 

as nominee for itself and affiliated funds

 

 

 

By: FIRST ROUND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT IV, L.P,

 

Its general partner

 

 

 

By: FIRST ROUND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT IV, LLC,

 

Its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Phin Barnes

 

Name:

Phin Barnes

 

Title:

Partner

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

KEY HOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Salzberg

 

Name:

Matthew Salzberg

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

KEY HOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Wadiak

 

Name:

Matthew Wadiak

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

KEY HOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ilia Papas

 

Name:

Ilia Papas

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

KEY HOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

THE MATTHEW SALZBERG FAMILY 2014 TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Salzberg

 

Name:

Matthew Salzberg

 

Title:

Co-Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeremy Smith

 

Name:

Jeremy Smith

 

Title:

Co-Trustee

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

KEY HOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

THE MATTHEW SALZBERG 2014 ANNUITY TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Salzberg

 

Name:

Matthew Salzberg

 

Title:

Trustee

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 


 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

 

Name and Address

 

Fidelity Advisor Series I:  Fidelity

Advisor Growth Opportunities Fund

BNY Mellon

Attn: Stacey Wolfe

525 William Penn Place Rm 0400

Pittsburgh, PA  15259

Email: FidelityCorporateEvents@bnymellon.com

Fax number: 412-236-1012

 

Fidelity Advisor Series I:  Fidelity

Advisor Series Growth Opportunities Fund

State Street Bank & Trust

PO Box 5756

Boston, Massachusetts 02206

Attn: WARMWIND + CO. FBO Fidelity

Advisor Series I: Fidelity Advisor Series

Growth Opportunities Fund

Email: SSBCORPACTIONS@StateStreet.com

Fax number: 617-988-9110

 

Fidelity Contrafund:  Fidelity Contrafund

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

525 Washington Blvd

Jersey City NJ 07310

Attn: Michael Lerman 15th Floor

Corporate Actions

Email: Michael.Lerman@bbh.Com

Fax Number: 617 772-2418

 

Fidelity Contrafund Commingled Pool

By:  Fidelity Management & Trust Co.

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

525 Washington Blvd

Jersey City NJ 07310

Attn: Michael Lerman 15th Floor

Corporate Actions

Email: Michael.Lerman@bbh.Com

Fax Number: 617 772-2418

 



 

Fidelity Contrafund:  Fidelity Advisor

New Insights Fund

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

525 Washington Blvd

Jersey City NJ 07310

Attn: Michael Lerman 15th Floor

Corporate Actions

Email: Michael.Lerman@bbh.Com

Fax Number: 617 772-2418

 

Fidelity Contrafund:  Fidelity Advisor

Series Opportunistic Insights Fund

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

525 Washington Blvd

Jersey City NJ 07310

Attn: Michael Lerman 15th Floor

Corporate Actions

Email: Michael.Lerman@bbh.Com

Fax Number: 617 772-2418

 

Fidelity Contrafund:  Fidelity

Series Opportunistic Insights Fund

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

525 Washington Blvd

Jersey City NJ 07310

Attn: Michael Lerman 15th Floor

Corporate Actions

Email: Michael.Lerman@bbh.com

Fax Number: 617 772-2418

 

Fidelity Growth Company

Commingled Pool By:  Fidelity

Management & Trust Co.

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

525 Washington Blvd

Jersey City NJ 07310

Attn: Michael Lerman 15th Floor

Corporate Actions

Email: Michael.Lerman@bbh.com

Fax Number: 617 772-2418

 

Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust:

Fidelity Growth Company Fund

Ball & Co

C/O Citibank N.A./Custody

IC&D Lock Box

P.O. Box 7247-7057

Philadelphia, P.A 19170-7057

Account #: 206681

Email: fidelity.tpacd@citi.com

Fax Number: 813-604-1415

 



 

Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust:

Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund

State Street Bank & Trust

PO Box 5756

Boston, Massachusetts 02206

Attn: Wavelength + Co Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund

Email: ssbcorpactions@statestreet.com

Fax Number: 617-988-9110

 

Fidelity Securities Fund:  Fidelity Blue

Chip Growth Fund

Ball & Co

C/O Citibank N.A./Custody

IC&D Lock Box

P.O. Box 7247-7057

Philadelphia, P.A 19170-7057

Account #: 206681

Email: fidelity.tpacd@citi.com

Fax Number: 813-604-1415

 

Fidelity Securities Fund:  Fidelity

Series Blue Chip Growth Fund

State Street Bank & Trust

PO Box 5756

Boston, Massachusetts 02206

Attn: Wavechart & Co fbo Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Series Blue Chip Growth Fund

Email: ssbcorpactions@statestreet.com

Fax Number: 617-988-9110

 

Fidelity Securities Fund:

Fidelity OTC Portfolio

The Northern Trust Company

Attn: Trade Securities Processing, C-1N

801 South Canal Street

Chicago, Il 60607

Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity OTC Portfolio

Reference Account # 26-68304

Email: ntinquiry@ntrs.Com

Fax Number: 312-557-5417

 

Variable Insurance Products Fund III:

Growth Opportunities Portfolio

BNY Mellon

Attn: Stacey Wolfe

525 William Penn Place Rm 0400

Pittsburgh, Pa  15259

Email: fidelitycorporateevents@nymellon.Com

Fax Number: 412-236-1012

 

SG Growth Partners II, LP

Stripes Group, LLC

402 West 13 th  Street, 5 th  Floor

New York, NY 10014

 



 

Bessemer Venture Partners VIII L.P.

Bessemer Venture Partners VIII Institutional L.P.

c/o Bessemer Venture Partners

1865 Palmer Avenue, Suite 140

Larchmont, NY 10538

Tel: (914) 833-5300

Transactions@bvp.com

 

First Round Capital IV, L.P., as Nominee

4040 Locust Street

Philadelphia, PA 19104

Attention:  Josh Kopelman

Fax:  (610) 834-7635

 

Invite Investments, LLC

14 Hampton Place

The Woodlands, TX 77381

natsturner@gmail.com

 

Anderson’s Children’s Trust

c/o Jay Anderson

812 Lenape Trail

Westfield, NJ 07090

janderson@feilorg.com

 

Anthony G. Orphanos

61-63 Crosby Street

New York, NY 10012

torphanos@gmail.com

 

Arthur LP Papas

71 Bullard Road

Weston, MA 02493

artpapas@gmail.com

 

Athena Papas

5 Byron Road

Weston, MA 02493

athena.papas@tufts.edu

 

Elements Capital Partners, LLC

c/o Jason Finger

jason.finger@gmail.com

 



 

15 Angels II LLC*

1865 Palmer Avenue, Suite 104

Larchmont, NY 10538

transactions@bvp.com

 

Barry Salzberg

21 Raspberry Trail

Warren, NJ 07059

bsalzberg@deloitte.com

 

Joseph N. Sanberg

c/o Sanford Michelman

Michelman & Robinson LLP

15760 Ventura Blvd, Fl. 5

Encino, CA 91436

joseph_sanberg@yahoo.com

 

RJB Partners LLC

40 E. Main St, #856

Newark, DE 19711

joseph_sanberg@yahoo.com

 

The Salzberg Family 2011 Trust

barrybems@gmail.com

 

Red River Collective, LLC

P.O. Box 600099

Dallas, TX 75360

jamesdmoran@gmail.com

 

Box Group LLC

david@davidtisch.com

 

Paul Eisenstein

Room 2725

Four Seasons Place

Central, Hong Kong, 8 Finance Street

pe@ipcap.com

 

Jay Anderson

812 Lenape Trail

Westfield, NJ 07090

janderson@feilorg.com

 



 

Jason Finger

jason.finger@gmail.com

 

Peak Opportunity Partners LP

584 Highland Avenue

Ridgewood, NJ 07450

 

Graph Ventures, L.L.C.

120 Hawthorne Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94301

 

The Social+Capital Partnership, L.P.

120 Hawthorne Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94301

 

The Social+Capital Partnership Principals Fund, L.P.

120 Hawthorne Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94301

 


*Affiliate of Bessemer Venture Partners VIII L.P. and Bessemer Venture Partners VIII Institutional L.P.

 



 

SCHEDULE B

 

SCHEDULE OF KEY HOLDERS

 

Name and Address

 

Matthew Salzberg

c/o Blue Apron, Inc.

5 Crosby Street, 3rd Floor

New York, NY 10013

 

Ilia Papas

c/o Blue Apron, Inc.

5 Crosby Street, 3rd Floor

New York, NY 10013

 

Matthew Wadiak

c/o Blue Apron, Inc.

5 Crosby Street, 3rd Floor

New York, NY 10013

 

Shaun Salzberg

c/o Blue Apron, Inc.

5 Crosby Street, 3rd Floor

New York, NY 10013

 

The Matthew Salzberg Family 2014 Trust

280 Park Avenue #9A

New York, NY 10010

 

The Matthew Salzberg 2014 Annuity Trust

280 Park Avenue #9A

New York, NY 10010

 




Exhibit 10.3

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

This plan was adopted by Blue Apron Holdings, Inc, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with an internal corporate reorganization (the “ Transactions ”) as a result of which Blue Apron, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Blue Apron ”), became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and each share of Blue Apron common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Blue Apron Common Stock ”) became a share of Company Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Class B Common Stock ”).

 

Immediately prior to the Transactions, this plan was the Restated Blue Apron, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (“ Blue Apron Plan ”) and there were awards (the “ Blue Apron Awards ”) with respect to Blue Apron Common Stock outstanding under the Blue Apron Plan.  As a result of the Transactions, the Company assumed the Blue Apron Plan and renamed it the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and assumed all outstanding Blue Apron Awards and converted them into awards with respect to Class B Common Stock, with no other changes to the terms of the awards.

 

This Plan document reflects the foregoing.

 

SECTION 1.                          Purpose ; Definitions .  The purposes of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) are to: (a) enable Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and its affiliated companies to recruit and retain highly qualified employees, directors and consultants; (b) provide those employees, directors and consultants with an incentive for productivity; and (c) provide those employees, directors and consultants with an opportunity to share in the growth and value of the Company.

 

For purposes of the Plan, unless otherwise provided by the Board with respect to a particular Award, the following initially capitalized words and phrases will be defined as set forth below, unless the context clearly requires a different meaning:

 

(a)                                  Affiliate ” means, with respect to a Person, a Person that directly or indirectly Controls, or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with such Person.

 

(b)                                  Award ” means a grant of Options, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Award Agreement ” means, with respect to any particular Award, the written document that sets forth the terms of that particular Award.

 

(d)                                  Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time; provided, however , that if the Board appoints a Committee to perform some or all of the Board’s administrative functions hereunder pursuant to Section 2 , references in the Plan to the “Board” will be deemed to also refer to that Committee in connection with administrative matters to be performed by that Committee.

 



 

(e)                                   Cause ” means (i) conviction of, or the entry of a plea of guilty or no contest to, a felony or any other crime that causes the Company or its Affiliates public disgrace or disrepute, or materially and adversely affects the Company’s or its Affiliates’ operations or financial performance or the relationship the Company has with its customers, (ii) gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Company or any of its Affiliates, including, without limitation fraud, embezzlement, theft or proven dishonesty in the course of his or her employment; (iii) alcohol abuse or use of controlled drugs other than in accordance with a physician’s prescription; (iv) refusal to perform any lawful, material obligation or fulfill any duty (other than any duty or obligation of the type described in clause (vi) below) to the Company or its Affiliates (other than due to a Disability), which refusal, if curable, is not cured within 15 days after delivery of written notice thereof; (v) material breach of any agreement with or duty owed to the Company or any of its Affiliates, which breach, if curable, is not cured within 15 days after the delivery of written notice thereof; or (vi) any breach of any obligation or duty to the Company or any of its Affiliates (whether arising by statute, common law or agreement) relating to confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation or proprietary rights.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant and the Company (or any of its Affiliates) have entered into an employment agreement, consulting agreement or other similar agreement that specifically defines “cause,” then with respect to such Participant, “Cause” shall have the meaning defined in that employment agreement, consulting agreement or other agreement.

 

(f)                                    Change in Control ” means, with respect to any entity: (i) the sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition (including by merger or consolidation, but excluding any sales by stockholders made as part of an underwritten public offering of the common stock of the entity) by stockholders of the entity, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of more than 50% of the voting power represented by the then outstanding capital stock of the entity to one or more Persons, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the entity (other than a transfer of financial assets made in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of securitization), or (iii) the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the entity.

 

(g)                                   Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

 

(h)                                  Committee ” means a committee appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 2 of the Plan.

 

(i)                                      Class B Common Stock ” means the Company’s Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, subject to substitution or adjustment as provided in Section 3(c) hereof.

 

(j)                                     Control ” means, as to any Person, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise (the terms “ Controlled by ” and “ under common Control with ” shall have correlative meanings).

 

(k)                                  Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

(l)                                      Disability ” means a condition rendering a Participant Disabled.

 

2



 

(m)                              Disabled ” with respect to a particular Participant will have the same meaning as set forth in any long-term disability policy or program sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate covering such Participant, as in effect as of the date of such determination, or if no such policy or program shall be in effect, “Disabled” will have the meaning as set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

(n)                                  Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(o)                                  Fair Market Value ” of a Share, means, as of any date:  (i) the closing price of the Share as reported on the principal nationally recognized stock exchange on which the type of Shares are traded on such date, or if no prices are reported with respect to such Shares on such date, the closing price of the Share on the last preceding date on which there were reported prices of such Shares or (ii) if Shares of that type are not listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on a nationally recognized stock exchange, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Board acting in its discretion based upon the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method taking into account the facts and circumstances existing on the valuation date, which determination will be conclusive.

 

(p)                                  Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(q)                                  Non-Employee Director ” will have the meaning set forth in Rule 16b-3(b)(3)(i) promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act, or any successor definition adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(r)                                     Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(s)                                    Option ” means any option to purchase Shares (including Restricted Stock, if the Board so determines) granted pursuant to Section 5 hereof.

 

(t)                                     Parent ” means a “parent corporation” of the Company (or, in the context of Section 3(d) of the Plan, of a successor corporation), whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

(u)                                  Participant ” means an employee, leased employee, consultant, Director or other service provider of the Company or any of its Affiliates to whom an Award is granted.

 

(v)                                  Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, unincorporated association, or other entity or association.

 

(w)                                Restricted Stock ” means Shares that are subject to restrictions pursuant to Section 7 hereof.

 

(x)                                  Restricted Stock Unit ” means a right granted under and subject to restrictions pursuant to Section 8 hereof.

 

3



 

(y)                                  Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(z)                                   Stockholders Agreement ” means any stockholders agreement, by and between the Company and certain stockholders and/or one or more agreements among the Company, a Participant (or such Participant’s estate, heirs or beneficiaries) and other parties thereto in such form determined from time to time by the Company in its sole discretion, that include terms and conditions that provide the Company and/or other stockholders with (i) a right of first refusal or impose other restrictions with respect to the transfer of Shares, (ii) a voting agreement with respect to Shares, (iii) “drag-along” rights in favor of the stockholders owning a specified threshold of Shares of the Company, (iv) “market standoff” or “lock-up” conditions, and (v) such other reasonable terms and conditions as the Board may require, if any.

 

(aa)                           Shares ” means shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock, subject to substitution or adjustment as provided in Section 3(c)  hereof.

 

(bb)                           Subsidiary ” means, in respect of the Company, a subsidiary company, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

SECTION 2.                          Administration .

 

(a)                                  The Plan will be administered by the Board; provided, however , that the Board may at any time appoint a Committee to perform some or all of the Board’s administrative functions hereunder; and provided further , that the authority of any Committee appointed pursuant to this Section 2 will be subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may prescribe.

 

(b)                                  Subject to the requirements of the Company’s By-Laws (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time) and Certificate of Incorporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time), any Stockholders Agreement and any other agreement that governs the appointment of Board committees, any Committee established under this Section 2 will be composed of not fewer than one member, who shall serve for such period of time as the Board determines. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereto, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies however caused, or remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Directors who are eligible for Awards or have received Awards may vote on any matters affecting the administration of the Plan or the grant of Awards, except that no such member will act upon the grant of an Award to himself or herself, but any such member may be counted in determining the existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board during which action is taken with respect to the grant of Awards to himself or herself.

 

(d)                                  The Board will have full authority to grant Awards under this Plan.  In particular, subject to the terms of the Plan, the Board will have the authority:

 

(i)                                      to select the persons to whom Awards may from time to time be granted hereunder (consistent with the eligibility conditions set forth in Section 4 );

 

4



 

(ii)                                   to determine the type of Award to be granted to any person hereunder;

 

(iii)                                to determine the number and type of Shares, if any, to be covered by each Award;

 

(iv)                               to establish the terms and conditions of each Award Agreement;

 

(v)                                  to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be exercised without a payment of cash under Section 5(b)(iv );

 

(vi)                               to determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances Shares and other amounts payable with respect to an Award may be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant; and

 

(vii)                            to require that, upon exercise of any Award granted under the Plan, the Participant shall become party to (X) any Stockholder Agreement the Board may require and (Y) any other agreement the Board may require.

 

(e)                                   The Board will have the authority to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it, from time to time, deems advisable; to establish the terms of each Award Agreement; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any Award Agreement); and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.  The Board may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award in the manner and to the extent it deems necessary to carry out the intent of the Plan.

 

(f)                                    All decisions made by the Board pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final and binding on all persons, including the Company, its Affiliates and Participants.  No Director or member of the Committee, nor any delegate thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and each of the foregoing shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time.

 

SECTION 3.                          Shares Subject to the Plan .

 

(a)                                  Shares Subject to the Plan .  The Shares to be subject to or related to Awards under the Plan will be authorized and unissued Shares of the Company, whether or not previously issued and subsequently acquired by the Company.  The maximum number of Shares that may be subject to Awards under the Plan is 17,981,300 (subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 3(c) below), all of which may be issued in respect of Incentive Stock Options.  The Company will reserve for the purposes of the Plan, out of its authorized and unissued Shares, such number of Shares.

 

5



 

(b)                                  Effect of the Expiration or Termination of Awards .  If and to the extent that an Option expires, terminates or is canceled or forfeited for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Shares associated with that Option will again become available for grant under the Plan.  Similarly, if and to the extent any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit is canceled, forfeited or repurchased for any reason, or if any Share is withheld pursuant to Section 12(d)  in settlement of a tax withholding obligation associated with an Award, that Share will again become available for grant under the Plan.  Finally, if any Share is received in satisfaction of the exercise price payable upon exercise of an Option, that Share will become available for grant under the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Other Adjustment .  Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the number of Shares of Class B Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option and/or Restricted Stock Unit, and the number of Shares of Restricted Stock outstanding, and the number of Shares which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Awards have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Award, as well as the price per share of Class B Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option and/or Restricted Stock Unit, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Class B Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Class B Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Class B Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.”  Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive.  Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares of Class B Common Stock subject to an Award hereunder.  With respect to any Award subject to Section 409A of the Code or could be subject to 409A, no such adjustment shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment would cause the Plan or Award to fail to comply with Section 409A.

 

(d)                                  Change in Control .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan, upon or in anticipation of any Change in Control of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the need for the consent of any Participant, take one or more of the following actions contingent upon the occurrence of that Change in Control: (i) cause any or all outstanding Options held by Participants affected by the Change in Control to become vested and immediately exercisable, in whole or in part; (ii) cause any or all outstanding unvested Options held by Participants affected by the Change in Control to be cancelled without consideration therefore; (iii) cause any or all outstanding vested Options held by Participants affected by the Change in Control to be cancelled without consideration therefore so long as such Participants are given no less than five (5) business days to exercise such vested Options prior to the consummation of such Change in Control; (iv) cancel any early exercise rights related to any Option; (v) suspend and freeze the rights of any Participant to exercise any vested options for no more than five (5) business days prior to the consummation of such Change in Control if administratively necessary to facilitate the closing of such Change in Control; (vi) cause any or all Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units held by

 

6



 

Participants affected by the Change in Control to become non-forfeitable, in whole or in part; (vii) cancel any Option in exchange for a substitute option in a manner consistent with the requirements of Treas. Reg. §1.424-1(a) (notwithstanding the fact that the original Option may never have been intended to satisfy the requirements for treatment as an Incentive Stock Option); (viii) cancel any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units held by a Participant affected by the Change in Control in exchange for restricted stock of or restricted stock units in respect of the capital stock of any successor corporation; (ix) redeem any Restricted Stock held by a Participant affected by the Change in Control for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to the Fair Market Value of an unrestricted Share on the date of the Change in Control; (x) cancel any Option held by a Participant affected by the Change in Control in exchange for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to (A) the number of Shares subject to that Option, multiplied by (B) the difference, if any, between the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the Change in Control and the exercise price of that Option; provided, that if the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the Change in Control does not exceed the exercise price of any such Option, the Board may cancel that Option without any payment of consideration therefor; or (xi) cancel any Restricted Stock Unit held by a Participant affected by the Change in Control in exchange for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the Change in Control.

 

(e)                                   Additional Requirements .  Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan or in an Award Agreement to the contrary, in the event of a Change in Control, each Participant shall, except to the extent otherwise determined by the Board, be subject to substantially the same escrow, indemnification and similar obligations, contingencies and encumbrances contained in the definitive agreement relating to the Change in Control as other stockholders of the Company may be subject (including, without limitation, the requirement to contribute a proportionate number of Shares issued as a result of the exercise or vesting of an Award, or any cash or property that may be received upon exercise or exchange of an Award, to an escrow fund, or otherwise have a proportionate amount of such Shares, cash or other property encumbered by the indemnification, escrow and similar provisions of such definitive agreement).  By accepting an Award, a Participant agrees to execute such documents and instruments as the Board may reasonably require for the Participant to be bound by such obligations.  In the event that a Participant fails or refuses to execute such documents and instruments, such Participant’s Award (to the extent outstanding as of the date of the Change in Control) shall, unless otherwise determined by the Board, be canceled and be of no further force and effect upon the consummation of a Change in Control.

 

SECTION 4.                          Eligibility .   Employees, Directors, consultants, and other individuals who provide services to the Company or its Affiliates are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan; provided, however , that only employees of the Company or a Subsidiary are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

SECTION 5.                          Options .

 

(a)                                  Options granted under the Plan may be of two types: (i) Incentive Stock Options or (ii) Non-Qualified Stock Options.  Any Option granted under the Plan will be in such form as the Board may at the time of such grant approve.

 

7


 

(b)                                  The Award Agreement evidencing any Option will incorporate the following terms and conditions and will contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Board deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion:

 

(i)                                      Option Price .  The exercise price per Share purchasable under an Option will be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Share on the date of the grant.  However, any Incentive Stock Option granted to any Participant who, at the time the Option is granted, owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or of a Subsidiary will have an exercise price per Share of not less than 110% of Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the grant.

 

(ii)                                   Option Term .  The term of each Option will be fixed by the Board, but no Option will be exercisable more than 10 years after the date the Option is granted.  However, any Incentive Stock Option granted to any Participant who, at the time such Option is granted, owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or of a Subsidiary may not have a term of more than five years.  No Option may be exercised by any person after expiration of the term of the Option.

 

(iii)                                Exercisability .  Options will vest and be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Board at the time of grant. If the Board provides, in its discretion, that any Option is exercisable only in installments, the Board may waive such installment exercise provisions at any time at or after grant, in whole or in part, based on such factors as the Board determines, in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

(iv)                               Method of Exercise .  Subject to the exercisability provisions of Section 5(b)(iii) , the termination provisions set forth in Section 6 and the applicable Award Agreement, Options may be exercised in whole or in part (provided that the Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares) at any time and from time to time during the term of the Option, by the delivery of written notice of exercise by the Participant to the Company specifying the number of Shares to be purchased.  Such notice will be accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price, either by certified or bank check, or such other means as the Board may accept.  As determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, at or after grant, payment in full or in part of the exercise price of an Option may be made in the form of previously acquired Shares based on the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date the Option is exercised.  Subject to the approval of the Board, Options may be exercised pursuant to such cashless exercise procedures as may be approved and implemented by the Board from time to time, including without limitation pursuant to broker-assisted exercise transactions and/or net exercise procedures.  No Shares will be issued upon exercise of an Option until full payment therefor has been made.  A Participant will not have the right to distributions or dividends or any other rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to the Option until the Participant has given written notice of exercise, has paid in full for such Shares, and, if requested, has given the representation described in Section 12(a)  hereof.

 

(v)                                  Incentive Stock Option Limitations .  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant

 

8



 

during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary will not exceed $100,000.  For purposes of applying the foregoing limitation, Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order granted.  To the extent any Option does not meet such limitation, that Option will be treated for all purposes as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

(vi)                               Termination of Service .  Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Award Agreement, Options will be subject to the terms of Section 6 with respect to exercise upon or following termination of employment or other service.

 

(vii)                            Transferability of Options .  Except as may otherwise be specifically determined by the Board with respect to a particular Option: (i) no Option will be transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; and (ii) all Options will be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant or, in the event of his or her Disability, by his or her personal representative.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Non-Qualified Stock Option may be assigned in whole or in part during the Participant’s lifetime to one or more members of the Participant’s family or to a trust established exclusively for the Participant and/or one or more such family members or to Participant’s former spouse, to the extent such assignment is in connection with the Participant’s estate plan or pursuant to a domestic relations order.  The assigned portion may only be exercised by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the Non-Qualified Option pursuant to the assignment. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for the Option immediately prior to such assignment and shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Board may deem appropriate.

 

SECTION 6.                          Termination of Service Unless otherwise specified with respect to a particular Award, Options granted hereunder will remain exercisable after termination of employment or other service only to the extent specified in this Section 6 .

 

(a)                                  Termination by Reason of Death .  If a Participant’s service with the Company or any of its Affiliates terminates by reason of death, any Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised, to the extent then exercisable or on such accelerated basis as the Board may determine, at or after grant, by the legal representative of the estate or by the legatee of the Participant under the will of the Participant, for a period expiring (i) at such time as may be specified by the Board at or after the time of grant (which, in the event that the Participant resides in the State of California, shall be no less than 6 months from the date of termination), or (ii) if not specified by the Board, then 12 months from the date of death, or (iii) if sooner than the applicable period specified under (i) or (ii) above, then upon the expiration of the stated term of such Option.

 

(b)                                  Termination by Reason of Disability .  If a Participant’s service with the Company or any of its Affiliates terminates by reason of Disability, any Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised by the Participant or his or her personal representative, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Board may determine at or after grant, for a period expiring (i) at such time as may be specified by the Board at or after the time of grant (which, in the event that the Participant resides in the State of California, shall be no less than 6 months from the date of termination), or (ii) if not specified by

 

9



 

the Board, then 12 months from the date of termination of service, or (iii) if sooner than the applicable period specified under (i) or (ii) above, then upon the expiration of the stated term of such Option.

 

(c)                                   Cause .  If a Participant’s service with the Company or any Affiliate is terminated for Cause: (i) any Option not already exercised will be immediately and automatically forfeited as of the date of such termination, and (ii) any Shares for which the Company has not yet delivered share certificates will be immediately and automatically forfeited and the Company will refund to the Participant the Option exercise price paid for such Shares, if any.

 

(d)                                  Other Termination .  If a Participant’s service with the Company or any Affiliate terminates for any reason other than death, Disability or Cause, any Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised by the Participant, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of such termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Board may determine at or after grant, for a period expiring (i) at such time as may be specified by the Board at or after the time of grant (which, in the event that the Participant resides in the State of California, shall be no less than 30 days from the date of termination), or (ii) if not specified by the Board, then 90 days from the date of termination of service, or (iii) if sooner than the applicable period specified under (i) or (ii) above, then upon the expiration of the stated term of such Option.

 

SECTION 7.                          Restricted Stock .

 

(a)                                  Issuance .  Restricted Stock may be issued either alone or in conjunction with other Awards.  The Board will determine the time or times within which Restricted Stock may be subject to forfeiture, and all other conditions of such Awards.

 

(b)                                  Awards and Certificates .  The Award Agreement evidencing the grant of any Restricted Stock will contain such terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Board deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion.  The prospective recipient of an Award of Restricted Stock will not have any rights with respect to such Award, unless and until such recipient has executed an Award Agreement and has delivered a fully executed copy thereof to the Company, and has otherwise complied with the applicable terms and conditions of such Award.  The purchase price for Restricted Stock may, but need not, be zero.  A share certificate will be issued in connection with each Award of Restricted Stock.  Such certificate will be registered in the name of the Participant receiving the Award, and will bear the following legend and/or any other legend required by this Plan, the Award Agreement, Stockholders Agreement, if any, or by applicable law:

 

THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.’S 2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN AND AN AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BETWEEN THE PARTICIPANT AND BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC. (WHICH TERMS AND CONDITIONS MAY INCLUDE, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CERTAIN TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, REPURCHASE RIGHTS AND

 

10



 

FORFEITURE CONDITIONS). COPIES OF THAT PLAN AND AGREEMENT ARE ON FILE IN THE PRINCIPAL OFFICES OF BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC. AND WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE TO THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE WITHOUT CHARGE UPON REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

 

Share certificates evidencing Restricted Stock will be held in custody by the Company or in escrow by an escrow agent until the restrictions thereon have lapsed.  As a condition to any Restricted Stock award, the Participant may be required to deliver to the Company a share power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Shares covered by such Award.

 

(c)                                   Restrictions and Conditions .  The Restricted Stock awarded pursuant to this Section 7 will be subject to the following restrictions and conditions:

 

(i)                                      During a period commencing with the date of an Award of Restricted Stock and ending at such time or times as specified by the Board (the “ Restriction Period ”), the Participant will not be permitted to sell, transfer, pledge, assign or otherwise encumber Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan.  The Board may condition the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock upon the continued employment or service of the recipient, the attainment of specified individual or corporate performance goals, or such other factors as the Board may determine, in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

(ii)                                   Except as provided in this Paragraph (ii) or Section 7(c)(i) , once the Participant has been issued a certificate or certificates for Restricted Stock, the Participant will have, with respect to the Restricted Stock, all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company, including the right to vote the Shares, and the right to receive any cash distributions or dividends.  The Board, in its sole discretion, as determined at the time of award, may permit or require the payment of cash distributions or dividends to be deferred and, if the Board so determines, reinvested in additional Restricted Stock to the extent Shares are available under Section 3 of the Plan.  Any distributions or dividends paid in the form of securities with respect to Restricted Stock will be subject to the same terms and conditions as the Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid, including, without limitation, the same Restriction Period.

 

(iii)                                Subject to the applicable provisions of the Award Agreement, if a Participant’s service with the Company and its Affiliates terminates prior to the expiration of the Restriction Period, all of that Participant’s Restricted Stock which then remain subject to forfeiture will then be forfeited automatically.

 

(iv)                               If and when the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted Stock subject to such Restriction Period (or if and when the restrictions applicable to Restricted Stock lapse pursuant to Sections 3(d) ), the certificates for such Shares will be replaced with new certificates, without the restrictive legends described in Section 7(b)  applicable to such lapsed restrictions, and such new certificates will be promptly delivered to the Participant, the Participant’s representative (if the Participant has suffered a Disability), or the Participant’s estate or heir (if the Participant has died).

 

11



 

SECTION 8.                          Restricted Stock Units .   Subject to the other terms of the Plan, the Board may grant Restricted Stock Units to eligible individuals and may impose conditions on such units as it may deem appropriate.  Each granted Restricted Stock Unit shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement in the form that is approved by the Board and that is not inconsistent with the terms and conditions of the Plan.  Each granted Restricted Stock Unit shall entitle the Participant to whom it is granted a distribution from the Company in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value (at the time of the distribution) of one Share.  Distributions may be made in cash, Shares or a combination of cash and Shares.  All other terms governing Restricted Stock Units, such as vesting, time and form of payment and termination of units shall be set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

SECTION 9.                          Amendments and Termination .   The Board may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan at any time.  However, except as otherwise provided in Section 3(d)  of the Plan, no amendment, alteration or discontinuation will be made which would adversely affect the rights of a Participant with respect to an Award, without that Participant’s consent, or which, without the approval of such amendment within one year (365 days) of its adoption by the Board, by the Company’s stockholders in a manner consistent with Section 1.422-5 of the Treasury Regulations, would: (i) increase the total number of Shares reserved for the purposes of the Plan (except as otherwise provided in Section 3(c) ), or (ii) change the persons or class of persons eligible to receive Awards.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision of the Plan or an Award to the contrary, the Board may at any time (without the consent of a Participant) modify, amend or terminate any or all of the provisions of this Plan or an Award to the extent necessary to conform the provisions of the Plan or an Award with Section 409A of the Code other applicable law, the regulations issued thereunder or an exception thereto, regardless of whether such modification, amendment, or termination of the Plan and/or Award shall adversely affect the rights of a Participant.

 

SECTION 10.                   Unfunded Status of Plan The Plan is intended to be “unfunded.”  With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant by the Company, nothing contained herein will give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company.  In its sole discretion, the Board may authorize the creation of grantor trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations created under the Plan to deliver Shares or payments in lieu of Shares or with respect to Awards.

 

SECTION 11.                   Substitute Options.   In the event that the Company, directly or indirectly, acquires another entity, the Board may authorize the issuance of stock options (“ Substitute Options ”) to the individuals performing services for the acquired entity in substitution of stock options previously granted to those individuals in connection with their performance of services for such entity upon such terms and conditions as the Board shall determine, taking into account the conditions of Code Section 424(a), as from time to time amended or superceded, in the case of a Substitute Option that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.  Shares of capital stock underlying Substitute Stock Options shall not constitute Shares issued pursuant to the Plan for any purpose.

 

12



 

SECTION 12.                   General Provisions .

 

(a)                                  The Board shall condition any Award upon compliance with applicable securities laws.  The Board may require each Participant to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that the Participant is acquiring securities of the Company for investment purposes and without a view to distribution thereof and as to such other matters as the Board believes are appropriate.  The certificate evidencing any Award and any securities issued pursuant thereto may include any legend which the Board deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer and compliance with applicable securities laws.  All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under the Plan will be subject to such share-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Board may deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, any stock exchange upon which the Shares are then listed, and any other applicable federal or state securities laws, and the Board may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

 

(b)                                  Nothing contained in the Plan will prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject to stockholder approval if such approval is required; and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

(c)                                   Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the execution of any document in connection with the Plan will (i) confer upon any person any right to continued employment or engagement with the Company or any of its Affiliates, or (ii) interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Affiliate to terminate the employment of any of its employees at any time.

 

(d)                                  No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of the Participant for federal income tax purposes with respect to any Award under the Plan, the Participant will pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Board regarding the payment of any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount.  Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the minimum required withholding obligations may be settled with Shares, including Shares that are part of the Award that gives rise to the withholding requirement.  The obligations of the Company under the Plan will be conditioned on such payment or arrangements and the Company will, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant.

 

SECTION 13.                   Effective Date of Plan .   Subject to the approval of the Plan by the Company’ stockholders within 12 months of the Plan’s adoption by the Board, the Plan will become effective on the date that it is adopted by the Board.  In the absence of such stockholder approval, any Incentive Stock Option granted prior to the expiration of such 12-month period shall be treated for all purposes as a Non-Qualified Option.

 

SECTION 14.                   Term of Plan .  The Plan will continue in effect until terminated in accordance with Section 9 ; provided, however, that no Award will be granted hereunder on or after the 10th anniversary of the earlier of: (a) the date of the Plan’s adoption by

 

13



 

the Board; or (b) the date of stockholder approval of the Plan (or, if the stockholders approve an amendment that increases the number of shares subject to the Plan, the 10 th  anniversary of the date of such approval); but provided further, that Awards granted prior to such 10 th  anniversary may extend beyond that date.

 

SECTION 15.                   Invalid Provisions .   In the event that any provision of this Plan is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable under any applicable law, such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed as rendering any other provisions contained herein as invalid or unenforceable, and all such other provisions will be given full force and effect to the same extent as though the invalid or unenforceable provision was not contained herein.

 

SECTION 16.                   Governing Law . The Plan and all Awards granted hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws and judicial decisions of the State of Delaware, without regard to the application of the principles of conflicts of laws of Delaware or any other jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 17.                   Board Action .   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan, any and all actions of the Board or Committee, as the case may be, taken under or in connection with the Plan and any agreements, instruments, documents, certificates or other writings entered into, executed, granted, issued and/or delivered pursuant to the terms hereof, will be subject to and limited by any and all votes, consents, approvals, waivers or other actions of all or certain stockholders of the Company or other persons required by:

 

(a)                                  the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time);

 

(b)                                  the Bylaws of the Company (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time); and

 

(c)                                   any other agreement, instrument, document or writing now or hereafter existing, between or among the Company and its stockholders or other persons (as the same may be amended from time to time).

 

SECTION 18.                   Notices .   Any notice to be given to the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be given by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, and, addressed, if to the Company to its Secretary (or such other person as the Company may designate in writing from time to time) at its principal executive office, and, if to a Participant, to the address given beneath his or her signature on his or her Award Agreement, or at such other address as such Participant may hereafter designate in writing to the Company.  Any such notice will be deemed duly given on the date and at the time delivered via personal, courier or recognized overnight delivery service or, if sent via telecopier, on the date and at the time telecopied with confirmation of delivery or, if mailed, on the date five (5) days after the date of the mailing (which will be by regular, registered or certified mail).  Delivery of a notice by telecopy (with confirmation) will be permitted and will be considered delivery of a notice notwithstanding that it is not an original that is received.

 

14



 

SECTION 19.                   Section 409A .   Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or an Award to the contrary, if any Award or benefit provided under this Plan is subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”), the provisions of the Plan and any applicable Award shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner necessary to comply with Section 409A or an exception thereto (or disregarded to the extent such provision cannot be so administered, interpreted or construed).  The following provisions shall apply, as applicable:

 

(a)                                  For purposes of Section 409A, and to the extent applicable to any Award or benefit under the Plan, it is intended that distribution events qualify as permissible distribution events for purposes of Section 409A and shall be interpreted and construed accordingly. With respect to payments subject to Section 409A, the Company reserves the right to accelerate and/or defer any payment to the extent permitted and consistent with Section 409A. Whether a Participant has separated from service or employment will be determined based on all of the facts and circumstances and, to the extent applicable to any Award or benefit, in accordance with the guidance issued under Section 409A.

 

(b)                                  The grant of Non-Qualified Stock Options and other stock rights shall be granted under terms and conditions consistent with Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(5) such that any such Award does not constitute a deferral of compensation under Section 409A.

 

(c)                                   In no event shall any member of the Board, the Committee or the Company (or its employees, officers or directors) have any liability to any Participant (or any other Person) due to the failure of an Award to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A.

 

*                                          *                                          *

 

Adopted:        December      , 2016

 

15




Exhibit 10.4

 

STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT

 

pursuant to the

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

THIS STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT (the “ Grant Agreement ”) is made and entered into by and between Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the following individual:

 

Name:                                                            [ · ] (the “ Optionee ”)

 

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).  The Optionee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference and which control in case of any conflict with this Grant Agreement, except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan.

 

The Optionee is granted an Option to purchase Class B Common Stock of the Company, subject in all events to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Grant Agreement, as follows:

 

A.                                     DATE OF GRANT :                                                                                   [ · ]

 

B.                                     TYPE OF OPTION :                                                                               Incentive Stock Option

 

To the extent designated as an Incentive Stock Option (“ ISO ”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code.  However, notwithstanding such designation, if the Optionee becomes eligible in any given year to exercise ISO’s for Shares having a Fair Market Value in excess of $100,000, those Options representing the excess shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options (“ NSO’s ”).  In the previous sentence, “ISO’s” include ISO’s granted under any plan of the Company or any Parent or any Subsidiary.  For the purpose of deciding which Options apply to Shares that “exceed” the $100,000 limit, ISO’s shall be taken into account in the same order as granted.  The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.  Optionee hereby acknowledges that there is no assurance that the Option will, in fact, be treated as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code.

 



 

C.                                     TOTAL SHARES OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK COVERED BY OPTION : [ · ] Shares

 

D.                                     EXERCISE PRICE OF OPTION :  [ · ] per Share (the “ Exercise Price ”).

 

E.                                      EXPIRATION DATE :  [ · ] (subject to earlier termination as provided herein and in the Plan).

 

F.                                       EXERCISE SCHEDULE :  Except as otherwise provided in this Grant Agreement, this Option (to the extent not previously exercised) may be exercised, in whole or in part, with respect to the Shares (subject to the Optionee’s continuous service to the Company as a Service Provider through each respective vesting date) in accordance with the following vesting schedule:

 

(a)                                  Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to such Option may be exercised on [ · ] (the “ First Vesting Date ”), which is the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (as defined below); and

 

(b)                                  One thirty-sixth (1/36th) of the remaining Shares subject to such Option may be exercised on the last day of each full calendar month following the First Vesting Date.  For purposes of this Grant Agreement, “ Vesting Commencement Date ” shall mean [ · ].

 

To the extent that the Option becomes exercisable, the Shares underlying the Option that become exercisable shall be cumulative and may be exercised in whole or in part (provided that the Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Shares underlying the Option shall first become exercisable after the date on which the Optionee’s employment or service with the Company terminates for any reason.

 

G.                                     EXERCISE OF OPTION FOLLOWING TERMINATION OF SERVICE :  This Option shall terminate and be canceled to the extent not exercised within ninety (90) days after the Optionee ceases to be an employee, leased employee, member of the Board of Directors (including an advisory member) or consultant of the Company or any of its Affiliates (“ Service Provider ”), except that if such cessation is due to the death or Disability of the Optionee, this Option shall terminate and be canceled twelve months after the Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider.  To the extent not exercised within such period of time, the Option shall be canceled.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Service Provider’s service with the Company or any Affiliate is terminated for “Cause” (as defined in the Plan), then the Option shall immediately terminate on the date of such termination of service and shall not be exercisable for any period following such date.  In no event, however, shall this Option be exercised later than the Expiration Date as provided above and in no event shall this Option be exercised for more Shares than the Shares which otherwise have become exercisable as of the date of cessation of status as a Service Provider.

 

H.                                    RESTRICTIONS AGREEMENT; STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT(S) .  As a condition precedent to the exercise of this Option, the Board may require the Optionee (or his

 



 

estate or heir, or other permitted person exercising on the Optionee’s behalf, if applicable) to execute and deliver a Stock Restrictions Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B or such other form as the Board or Committee may require (the “ Restrictions Agreement ”), and/or such other Stockholders Agreement(s) (as defined in the Plan) as the Board or Committee may require..

 

I.                                         COVENANTS AGREEMENT .  This Option shall be forfeited, nonexercisable and of no force or effect in the event that the Optionee breaches any agreement between the Optionee and the Company with respect to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, assignment of inventions and contributions and/or nondisclosure obligations of the Optionee.

 

J.                                         METHOD OF EXERCISE .  This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “ Exercise Notice ”) or such other form as the Committee may require, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “ Exercised Shares ”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.  The Exercise Notice shall be completed by the Optionee and delivered to the Committee.  The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the Exercised Shares.  This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of the fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Exercised Shares shall be issued unless such exercise and issuance complies with the requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans and other applicable equity plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Class B Common Stock is listed or quoted, and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where stock grants or other applicable equity grants are made under the Plan; assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

K.                                     METHOD OF PAYMENT .  Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof:

 

1.                                       cash;

2.                                       certified or bank check; or

3.                                       such other form of consideration and/or pursuant to such method as the Committee shall determine in its sole and absolute discretion, provided that such form of consideration and/or method is permitted by the Plan and by applicable law.

 

Upon exercise of the Option by the Optionee and prior to the delivery of such Exercised Shares, the Company shall have the right to require the Optionee to remit to the Company cash in an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable Federal and state tax withholding requirements (or to make such other provision for such tax withholding requirements permitted by the Plan and by applicable law).

 



 

L.                                           TAX CONSEQUENCES OF OPTION .  Some of the federal income tax consequences relating to the grant and exercise of this Option, as of the date of this Option, are set forth below. THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTION OF FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE (AS THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE), AND ASSUMES THAT THE EXERCISE PRICE OF THIS OPTION IS NO LESS THAN THE FAIR MARKET VALUE OF THE CLASS B COMMON STOCK UNDERLYING THE OPTION AT THE DATE OF GRANT.  MOREOVER, THIS SUMMARY ONLY ADDRESSES THE FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES, AND DOES NOT ADDRESS WHETHER AND HOW THE TAX LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION MAY APPLY TO THIS OPTION OR TO THE OPTIONEE.  ACCORDINGLY, THE OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF ANY EXERCISED SHARES.

 

Circular 230 Disclaimer :  Nothing contained in this discussion of certain federal income tax considerations is intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of (i) avoiding tax-related penalties under the Internal Revenue Code or (ii) promoting, marketing, or recommending to another party any transactions or tax-related matters addressed herein.

 

1.                                       Grant of the Option .  The grant of an Option generally will not result in the imposition of a tax under the federal income tax laws.

 

2.                                       Exercising the Option .

 

(a)   Non-Qualified Stock Option .  The Optionee may incur regular federal income tax liability upon exercise of an NSO.  The Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares on the date of exercise over their aggregate Exercise Price.  If the Optionee is an Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from his or her compensation or collect from the Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount in cash equal to a specified percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise, and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

 

(b)   Incentive Stock Option .  If this Option qualifies as an ISO, the Optionee will have no regular federal income tax liability upon its exercise, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares on the date of exercise over their aggregate Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to alternative minimum taxable income for federal tax purposes and may subject the Optionee to alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.  In the event that the Optionee ceases to be an Employee but remains a Service Provider, any Incentive Stock Option of the Optionee that remains unexercised shall cease to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Non-Qualified

 



 

Stock Option on the date three (3) months and one (1) day following such change of status.

 

3.                                       Disposition of Shares .

 

(a)   NSO .  Upon disposition of the NSO Shares, the Optionee will recognize a capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the selling price and the sum of the amount paid for the NSO Shares plus any amount recognized as ordinary income upon exercise of the NSO.  If the Optionee holds NSO Shares for at least one year, any gain (or loss) realized on disposition of the NSO Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain (or loss) for federal income tax purposes.

 

(b)   ISO .  If the Optionee holds ISO Shares for more than one year after exercise and two years after the grant date, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.  If the Optionee disposes of ISO Shares within one year after exercise or within two years after the grant date, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the excess, if any, of the lesser of (A) the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Shares acquired on the date of exercise and the aggregate Exercise Price, or (B) the difference between the sale price of such Shares and the aggregate Exercise Price.  Any additional gain will be taxed as capital gain, short-term or long-term depending on the period that the ISO Shares were held.

 

(c)   Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares .  If the Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to an ISO on or before the later of (i) two years after the grant date, or (ii) one year after the exercise date, the Optionee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of such disposition.  The Optionee agrees that he or she may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized from such early disposition of ISO Shares by payment in cash or out of the current earnings paid to the Optionee.

 

M.                                       NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION .  Unless otherwise consented to in advance in writing by the Committee, this Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee.  The terms of the Plan and this Grant Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

 

N.                                     SECURITIES MATTERS .  All Shares and Exercised Shares shall be subject to the restrictions on sale, encumbrance and other disposition provided by Federal or state law.  The Company shall not be obligated to sell or issue any Shares or Exercised Shares pursuant to this Grant Agreement unless, on the date of sale and issuance thereof, such Shares are either registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all applicable state securities laws, or are exempt from registration thereunder.

 



 

O.                                     OTHER PLANS .  No amounts of income received by the Optionee pursuant to this Grant Agreement shall be considered compensation for purposes of any pension or retirement plan, insurance plan or any other employee benefit plan of the Company or its subsidiaries, unless otherwise provided in such plan.

 

P.                                       NO GUARANTEE OF CONTINUED SERVICE .   THE OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE RIGHT TO EXERCISE SHARES PURSUANT TO THE EXERCISE SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY (AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED AN OPTION OR PURCHASING SHARES HEREUNDER). THE OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS GRANT AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE EXERCISE SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT FOR THE EXERCISE PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH THE OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE THE EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

Q.                                     ENTIRE AGREEMENT; GOVERNING LAW; DISPUTE RESOLUTION .  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference.  The Plan and this Grant Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.  This Grant Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of Delaware.  Any dispute or claim arising out of this Grant Agreement shall be submitted for resolution consistent with the terms of any arbitration agreement that the Optionee has entered into with the Company (which, if applicable, is incorporated herein by reference), and otherwise: (a) all such disputes and claims shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator in accordance with the Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association, which may be found on the Internet at www.adr.org (a printed copy of these rules is also available upon request to the Company’s Human Resources Department); (b) the Company shall pay all applicable arbitration fees, except, if the Optionee initiates such arbitration, then the Optionee shall be responsible for paying filings fees in an amount equal to the filing fees the Optionee would have paid had the Optionee filed a complaint in a court of law; (c) the Optionee shall pay its own attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the arbitration; (d) such arbitration shall take place in the county in which the Optionee works or worked for the Company at the time the arbitrable dispute or claim arose; (e) the arbitrator shall only have authority to hear claims brought by a party in its individual capacity, and not as a purported class, collective or representative proceeding; (f) the arbitrator shall provide for adequate discovery and shall issue a written opinion; and (g) the Optionee and the Company hereby waive any right to a trial by jury.

 

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Grant Agreement.  The Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Grant Agreement

 



 

in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Grant Agreement.  The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions relating to the Plan and this Grant Agreement.  The Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated herein.

 

 

OPTIONEE

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Print Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Date:

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC. 2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.

 

Attention:  Benjamin Singer, General Counsel and Secretary

 

1. Exercise of Option .  Effective as of today,                                 , 201  , the undersigned (“Purchaser”) hereby elects to purchase                                 shares (the “Shares”) of the Class B Common Stock of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Grant Agreement dated                              , 201   (the “Option Agreement”).  The purchase price for the Shares shall be $           , as required by the Option Agreement.  All of the Shares shall represent Shares acquired by reason of the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option.

 

2. Delivery of Payment, Restrictions Agreement and Stockholders Agreement .  Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price for the Shares and the applicable Restrictions Agreement and Stockholders Agreement(s) required by the Board, duly executed by Purchaser.

 

3. Rights as Shareholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Shares covered by the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Shares so acquired shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance.

 

4. Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

5. Entire Agreement; Governing Law; Dispute Resolution . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.  This Agreement, the Plan and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser.  This

 



 

Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict or choice of law principles.  Any dispute or claim arising out of this Agreement shall be submitted for resolution consistent with the terms of any arbitration agreement that Purchaser has entered into with the Company (which, if applicable, is incorporated herein by reference), and otherwise: (a) all such disputes and claims shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator in accordance with the Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association, which may be found on the Internet at www.adr.org (a printed copy of these rules is also available upon request to the Company’s Human Resources Department); (b) the Company shall pay all applicable arbitration fees, except, if Purchaser initiates such arbitration, then Purchaser shall be responsible for paying filings fees in an amount equal to the filing fees Purchaser would have paid had Purchaser filed a complaint in a court of law; (c) Purchaser shall pay its own attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the arbitration; (d) such arbitration shall take place in the county in which Purchaser works or worked for the Company at the time the arbitrable dispute or claim arose; (e) the arbitrator shall only have authority to hear claims brought by a party in its individual capacity, and not as a purported class, collective or representative proceeding; (f) the arbitrator shall provide for adequate discovery and shall issue a written opinion; and (g) Purchaser and the Company hereby waive any right to a trial by jury.

 

Submitted by:

 

Accepted by:

 

 

 

PURCHASER

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name/Title

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Date:

 

 


 

EXHIBIT B

 

STOCK RESTRICTIONS AGREEMENT

 

THIS STOCK RESTRICTIONS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of the         day of                             , 20   , by and between Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                                                       (the “Shareholder”).

 

For valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Purchase of Shares.  The Shareholder, pursuant to the exercise of options granted to him or her by the Company under the Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), has purchased on even date herewith, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement,                             shares of Class B Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock”), at a purchase price of               per share (the “Shares”).  The aggregate purchase price for the Shares shall be paid by the Shareholder.  Upon receipt of payment by the Company for the Shares, the Company shall issue to the Shareholder one or more certificates in the name of the Shareholder for that number of Shares purchased by the Shareholder.  The Shareholder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement.  The Shareholder further agrees that any additional shares of Class B Common Stock, Class A Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), or Class C Capital Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (collectively, the “Common Stock”), acquired by the Shareholder with respect to the Shares shall be subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement, and such shares of Class B Common Stock shall be deemed Shares for all purposes hereunder.

 

2.                                       Restrictions on Transfer.  The Shareholder shall not transfer any of the Shares, except by a transfer that meets the following requirements:

 

(a)                                  Notice Requirement .  If at any time the Shareholder proposes to sell or otherwise transfer or assign for cash, cash equivalents or any other form of consideration (including a promissory note) pursuant to a bona fide offer from any third party all or any part of his or her Shares (the “Offered Shares”), the Shareholder shall first give written notice of the proposed transfer (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company.  The Transfer Notice shall name the proposed transferee(s) and state the number of shares to be transferred, the price per share and all other material terms and conditions of the transfer.

 

(b)                                  Company Purchase .  For 30 days following its receipt of such Transfer Notice, the Company shall have the right to purchase all or any lesser part of the Offered Shares at the price and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice.  In the event the Company elects to purchase all or any lesser part of the Offered Shares, it shall give written notice of its election to the Shareholder within such 30-day period, and the settlement of the sale on such Offered Shares shall be made as provided below in Section 2(c) of this Agreement.

 



 

(c)                                   Settlement .  If the Company elects to acquire all or any lesser part of the Offered Shares, the Company shall so notify the Shareholder, and settlement shall be made at the principal office of the Company in cash within 60 days after the Company receives the Transfer Notice; provided, however, if the terms of payment set forth in the Shareholder’s Transfer Notice were other than cash against delivery, the Company may pay for such Offered Shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of Section 6 of this Agreement shall be controlling, to the extent applicable, regarding any payment due with respect to the Company’s purchase of the Offered Shares and shall not preclude a determination that “settlement” of the Company’s purchase of the Offered Shares has been duly made pursuant to this Section 2(c) if any payment due the Shareholder is deferred accordingly.

 

(d)                                  Sales Free of Restrictions .  If the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Offered Shares, the Shareholder may, not sooner than 35 or later than 120 days following delivery of the Transfer Notice, enter into an agreement providing for the closing of the transfer of the Offered Shares covered by the Transfer Notice within 30 days of the date such agreement is entered into on the same terms and conditions as those described in the Transfer Notice.  Any proposed transfer on different terms and conditions than those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer of any of the Shares, shall again be subject to the right of first refusal of the Company and shall require compliance by the Shareholder with the procedures described in this Section 2.

 

(e)                                   Exempt Transactions .  The following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 2:

 

(i)                                      the Shareholder’s transfer of any or all of the Shareholder’s Shares, either during the Shareholder’s lifetime or on death by will or the laws of descent and distribution, to one or more members of the Shareholder’s immediate family, to a trust for the exclusive benefit of the Shareholder or such immediate family members, to any other entity owned exclusively by the Shareholder or such immediate family members, or to any combination thereof (each, a “Permitted Transferee”); provided , however , that no transfers made pursuant to any divorce or separation proceedings or settlements shall be exempt from this Section 2.  “Immediate family” shall mean spouse, children, grandchildren, parents or siblings of the Shareholder, including in each case adoptive relations; or

 

(ii)                                   any transfer pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Section 2, except with respect to a transfer pursuant to Section 2(e)(ii), any proposed transferee or Permitted Transferee of the Shareholder shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this Agreement, and, as a condition of such transfer, shall deliver to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  There shall be no subsequent transfer of such stock except in accordance with this Section 2.

 



 

(f)                                    Termination of Restrictions on Transfer .  The foregoing restrictions on transfer shall terminate upon the closing of the first public offering of securities of the Company that is effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

3.                                       Effect of Prohibited Transfer .  The Company shall not be required to (a) transfer on its books any of the Shares that have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement, or (b) treat as owner of such Shares or to pay dividends or other distributions to any transferee to whom any such Shares shall have been so sold or transferred.

 

4.                                       Company’s Repurchase Option .

 

(a)                                  Upon the termination of the Shareholder’s employment or service with the Company for any reason, the Company shall have the right and option to purchase, and the Shareholder or the Shareholder’s personal representative, estate, heirs, legatees, or Permitted Transferees, as the case may be, shall have the obligation to sell, all of the Shareholder’s Shares, which option may be exercised by the Company within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the later of (i) such termination of employment or service, or (ii) the date the Shares are acquired, by giving written notice to the Shareholder or personal representative, estate, heirs, legatees, or Permitted Transferees, as the case may be.  The purchase price for such Shares shall be determined pursuant to Section 4(b) of this Agreement.  Settlement of the purchase shall be made at the principal office of the Company within 30 days after delivery of such written notice.  In the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, payment of the purchase price will be made via cash, a promissory note, or a combination of the two.  Any such promissory note shall provide for substantially equal installments, payable at least annually, over a period not to exceed five years and shall accrue interest at the applicable Federal mid-term rate in effect under Code section 1274(d) as of the settlement date, compounded annually.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the repurchase option of the Company described in this Section 4:  (i) shall not be exercisable with respect to Offered Shares when the Company has a right to purchase such Offered Shares pursuant to Section 2(b) of this Agreement nor, if the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Offered Shares, during the period set forth in Section 2(d) of this Agreement in which the Offered Shares are transferable pursuant to the terms of the Transfer Notice; and (ii) shall terminate upon the closing of the first public offering of securities of the Company that is effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

(b)                                  The purchase price for any Shares sold and purchased pursuant to this Section 4 shall be equal to their Fair Market Value (determined as set forth below); provided, however, that if the Shareholder’s employment or service with the Company is terminated for “Cause” (as defined in the Plan), then the purchase price for any Shares sold and purchased pursuant to this Section 4 shall be equal to the lesser of their Fair Market Value or the amount paid by the Shareholder to purchase the Shares.  For purposes of this Agreement, the “ Fair Market Value ” of Shares shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.  In making such determination, the Board of Directors may take into account any valuation factors it deems appropriate or advisable in its sole discretion, including, without

 



 

limitation, profitability, financial position, asset value or other factors relating to the value of the Company, as well as discounts to account for minority interests and lack of marketability.

 

5.                                       Drag-Along Right .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if at any time a shareholder of the Company, or group of shareholders, owning a majority or more of the capital stock of the Company (hereinafter, collectively the “Transferring Shareholders”) proposes to enter into any transaction involving a Change in Control (as defined in Section 5(b) below) that involves the sale, assignment, tender or transfer of capital stock, the Company may require the Shareholder to participate in such Change in Control transaction with respect to all or such number of the Shareholder’s Shares as the Company may specify in its discretion, by giving the Shareholder written notice thereof at least ten days in advance of the date of the transaction or the date that tender is required, as the case may be.  Upon receipt of such notice, the Shareholder shall tender the specified number of Shares, at the same price and upon the same terms and conditions applicable to the Transferring Shareholders in the transaction or, in the discretion of the acquiror or successor to the Company, upon payment of the purchase price to the Shareholder in immediately available funds.  In addition, if at any time the Company and/or any Transferring Shareholders propose to enter into any Change in Control transaction, the Company may require the Shareholder to vote in favor of such transaction, where approval of the shareholders is required by law or otherwise sought, by giving the Shareholder notice thereof within the time prescribed by law and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws for giving notice of a meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of approving such transaction.  If the Company requires such vote, the Shareholder agrees that he or she will, if requested, deliver his or her proxy to the person designated by the Company to vote his or her Shares in favor of such Change in Control transaction.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of this Section 2, a “Change in Control” shall have the meaning assigned such term under the Plan.

 

(c)                                   The Shareholder hereby constitutes and appoints the Transferring Shareholders, and each of them, with full power of substitution, as proxy of the Shareholder with respect to the matters set forth herein, and hereby authorizes each of them to represent and to vote, if and only if the Shareholder (i) fails to vote or (ii) attempts to vote (whether by proxy, in person or by written consent), in a manner which is inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, all of such Shareholder’s Shares in favor of approval of any Change in Control pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Section 5 of this Agreement.  The proxy granted pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall be irrevocable unless and until this Agreement terminates or expires.

 

6.                                       Company’s Right to Defer Payments .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no payment shall be made under this Agreement, or under any promissory note issued by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, that would cause the Company to violate any banking agreement or loan or other financial covenant or cause default of any senior indebtedness of the Company, regardless of when such agreement, covenant or indebtedness was created, incurred or assumed.  Any payment under this Agreement that would cause such violation or default shall be deferred until, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the

 



 

Company, such payment shall no longer cause any such violation or default.  Any payment deferred in consequence of the provisions of the preceding sentence shall bear simple interest from the date such payment would otherwise have been made to the date when such payment is actually made, at a rate which is equal to the prime rate of interest published in the Wall Street Journal from time-to-time during the period of such deferral, but in no event shall such rate of interest exceed 10 percent per annum.  The Company shall pay interest at the same time as it makes the payment to which such interest relates.

 

7.                                       Restrictive Legend .  All certificates representing Shares shall have affixed thereto a legend in substantially the following form, in addition to any other legends that may be required under federal or state securities laws:

 

The shares of stock represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions on transfer, an option to purchase and a market stand-off agreement set forth in a certain Stock Restriction Agreement between the corporation and the registered owner of this certificate (or his predecessor in interest), and no transfer of such shares may be made without compliance with that Agreement.  A copy of that Agreement is available for inspection at the office of the Corporation upon appropriate request and without charge.

 

The securities represented by this stock certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) or applicable state securities laws (the “State Acts”), and shall not be sold, pledged, hypothecated, donated, or otherwise transferred (whether or not for consideration) by the holder except upon the issuance to the corporation of a favorable opinion of its counsel and/or submission to the corporation of such other evidence as may be satisfactory to counsel for the corporation, to the effect that any such transfer shall not be in violation of the Act and the State Acts.”

 

8.                                       Investment Representations .  The Shareholder represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

 

(a)                                  Shareholder is purchasing the Shares for the Shareholder’s own account for investment only, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the Shares in violation of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), or any rule or regulation under the Securities Act.

 

(b)                                  Shareholder has had such opportunity as the Shareholder deemed adequate to obtain from representatives of the Company such information as is necessary to permit the Shareholder to evaluate the merits and risks of the Shareholder’s investment in the Company.

 

(c)                                   Shareholder has sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

 

(d)                                  Shareholder can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and is able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period.

 



 

(e)                                   Shareholder understands that (i) the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act; (ii) the Shares cannot be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is then available; (iii) in any event, the exemption from registration under Rule 144 will not be available for at least one year (or, if the Shares were acquired in compliance with Rule 701 of the Securities Act, ninety days after an initial public offering of Class A Common Stock or other securities of the Company) and even then will not be available unless a public market then exists for the Shares, adequate information concerning the Company is then available to the public, and other terms and conditions of Rule 144 are met; and (iv) there is now no registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to any stock of the Company and the Company has no obligation or current intention to register the Shares under the Securities Act.

 

9.                                       Adjustments for Stock Splits, Stock Dividends, etc .

 

(a)                                  If from time to time there is any stock split-up, stock dividend, stock distribution or other reclassification of the Class B Common Stock, any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Shareholder is entitled by reason of his or her ownership of the Shares shall be immediately subject to the restrictions on transfer and other provisions of this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Shares.

 

(b)                                  If the Shares are converted into or exchanged for, or shareholders of the Company receive by reason of any distribution in total or partial liquidation, securities of another corporation, or other property (including cash), pursuant to any merger of the Company or acquisition of its assets, then the rights of the Company under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Company’s successor, and this Agreement shall apply to the securities or other property received upon such conversion, exchange or distribution in the same manner and to the same extent as the Shares.

 

10.                                Market Stand-Off .  Following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act, the Shareholder, for the duration specified by and to the extent requested by the Company and an underwriter of Class A Common Stock or other securities of the Company, shall not directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to a donee who agrees to be similarly bound) any securities of the Company held by the Shareholder at any time during such period except Class A Common Stock (or other securities) included in such registration, provided however, that:

 

(a)                                  such agreement shall be applicable only to the first such registration statement of the Company which covers Class A Common Stock (or other securities) to be sold on its behalf to the public in an underwritten offering; and

 

(b)                                  all officers and directors of the Company and all persons with registration rights with respect to the Company’s capital stock enter into similar agreements.

 



 

11.                                Withholding Taxes .  The Shareholder acknowledges and agrees that the Company has the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to the Shareholder any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the purchase or disposition of the Shares by the Shareholder.

 

12.                                Invalidity or Unenforceability .  It is the intention of the Company and the Shareholder that this Agreement shall be enforceable to the fullest extent allowed by law.  In the event that a court having jurisdiction holds any provision of this Agreement to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the Company and the Shareholder agree that, if allowed by law, that provision shall be reduced to the degree necessary to render it valid and enforceable without affecting the rest of this Agreement.

 

13.                                Waiver .  No delay or omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right.  A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

 

14.                                Binding Effect .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Shareholder and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement.  The Company may assign its rights under this Agreement to a third party, provided such assignee agrees to be bound by all of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

15.                                No Rights To Employment .  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Shareholder any right to be retained, in any position, as an employee or consultant of the Company for any period of time or to restrict the Company’s right to terminate the Shareholder’s employment or consulting relationship at any time with or without cause or notice.

 

16.                                Notices .  All notices and other communications made or given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently made or given if hand delivered or mailed by certified mail, addressed to the Shareholder at the address contained in the records of the Company, or addressed to the Company for the attention of its Corporate Secretary at its principal office or, if the receiving party consents in advance, transmitted and received via telecopy or via such other electronic transmission mechanism as may be available to the parties.

 

17.                                Pronouns .  Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice-versa.

 

18.                                Shareholder .  Whenever the word “Shareholder” is used in any provision of this Agreement under circumstances where the provision should logically be construed, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, to apply to the Shareholder’s estate, personal representative, beneficiary to whom the Shares may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, transferees, successors or assignees, the word “Shareholder” shall be deemed to include such persons.

 



 

19.                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

20.                                Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by both the Company and the Shareholder.

 

21.                                Governing Law; Dispute Resolution .  This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without application of the principles of conflict of laws thereof.  Any dispute or claim arising out of this Agreement shall be submitted for resolution consistent with the terms of any arbitration agreement that the Shareholder has entered into with the Company (which, if applicable, is incorporated herein by reference), and otherwise: (a) all such disputes and claims shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator in accordance with the Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association, which may be found on the Internet at www.adr.org (a printed copy of these rules is also available upon request to the Company’s Human Resources Department); (b) the Company shall pay all applicable arbitration fees, except, if the Shareholder initiates such arbitration, then the Shareholder shall be responsible for paying filings fees in an amount equal to the filing fees the Shareholder would have paid had the Shareholder filed a complaint in a court of law; (c) the Shareholder shall pay its own attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the arbitration; (d) such arbitration shall take place in the county in which the Shareholder works or worked for the Company at the time the arbitrable dispute or claim arose; (e) the arbitrator shall only have authority to hear claims brought by a party in its individual capacity, and not as a purported class, collective or representative proceeding; (f) the arbitrator shall provide for adequate discovery and shall issue a written opinion; and (g) the Shareholder and the Company hereby waive any right to a trial by jury.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

[Print]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

[Print]

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.5

 

STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT

 

pursuant to the

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

THIS STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT (the “ Grant Agreement ”) is made and entered into by and between Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the following individual:

 

Name:                                                            [ · ] (the “ Optionee ”)

 

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).  The Optionee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference and which control in case of any conflict with this Grant Agreement, except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan.

 

The Optionee is granted an Option to purchase Class B Common Stock of the Company, subject in all events to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Grant Agreement, as follows:

 

A.                                     DATE OF GRANT :                                                                                   [ · ]

 

B.                                     TYPE OF OPTION :                                                                               Non-Qualified Stock Option

 

To the extent designated as an Incentive Stock Option (“ ISO ”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code.  However, notwithstanding such designation, if the Optionee becomes eligible in any given year to exercise ISO’s for Shares having a Fair Market Value in excess of $100,000, those Options representing the excess shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options (“ NSO’s ”).  In the previous sentence, “ISO’s” include ISO’s granted under any plan of the Company or any Parent or any Subsidiary.  For the purpose of deciding which Options apply to Shares that “exceed” the $100,000 limit, ISO’s shall be taken into account in the same order as granted.  The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.  Optionee hereby acknowledges that there is no assurance that the Option will, in fact, be treated as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code.

 



 

C.                                     TOTAL SHARES OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK COVERED BY OPTION : [ · ] Shares

 

D.                                     EXERCISE PRICE OF OPTION :  [ · ] per Share (the “ Exercise Price ”).

 

E.                                      EXPIRATION DATE :  [ · ] (subject to earlier termination as provided herein and in the Plan).

 

F.                                       EXERCISE SCHEDULE :  Except as otherwise provided in this Grant Agreement, this Option (to the extent not previously exercised) may be exercised, in whole or in part, with respect to the Shares (subject to the Optionee’s continuous service to the Company as a Service Provider through each respective vesting date) in accordance with the following vesting schedule:

 

(a)                                  Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to such Option may be exercised on [ · ] (the “ First Vesting Date ”), which is the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (as defined below); and

 

(b)                                  One thirty-sixth (1/36th) of the remaining Shares subject to such Option may be exercised on the last day of each full calendar month following the First Vesting Date.  For purposes of this Grant Agreement, “ Vesting Commencement Date ” shall mean [ · ].

 

To the extent that the Option becomes exercisable, the Shares underlying the Option that become exercisable shall be cumulative and may be exercised in whole or in part (provided that the Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Shares underlying the Option shall first become exercisable after the date on which the Optionee’s employment or service with the Company terminates for any reason.

 

G.                                     EXERCISE OF OPTION FOLLOWING TERMINATION OF SERVICE :  This Option shall terminate and be canceled to the extent not exercised within ninety (90) days after the Optionee ceases to be an employee, leased employee, member of the Board of Directors (including an advisory member) or consultant of the Company or any of its Affiliates (“ Service Provider ”), except that if such cessation is due to the death or Disability of the Optionee, this Option shall terminate and be canceled twelve months after the Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider.  To the extent not exercised within such period of time, the Option shall be canceled.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Service Provider’s service with the Company or any Affiliate is terminated for “Cause” (as defined in the Plan), then the Option shall immediately terminate on the date of such termination of service and shall not be exercisable for any period following such date.  In no event, however, shall this Option be exercised later than the Expiration Date as provided above and in no event shall this Option be exercised for more Shares than the Shares which otherwise have become exercisable as of the date of cessation of status as a Service Provider.

 

H.                                    RESTRICTIONS AGREEMENT; STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT(S) .  As a condition precedent to the exercise of this Option, the Board may require the Optionee (or his

 



 

estate or heir, or other permitted person exercising on the Optionee’s behalf, if applicable) to execute and deliver a Stock Restrictions Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B or such other form as the Board or Committee may require (the “ Restrictions Agreement ”), and/or such other Stockholders Agreement(s) (as defined in the Plan) as the Board or Committee may require..

 

I.                                         COVENANTS AGREEMENT .  This Option shall be forfeited, nonexercisable and of no force or effect in the event that the Optionee breaches any agreement between the Optionee and the Company with respect to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, assignment of inventions and contributions and/or nondisclosure obligations of the Optionee.

 

J.                                         METHOD OF EXERCISE .  This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “ Exercise Notice ”) or such other form as the Committee may require, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “ Exercised Shares ”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.  The Exercise Notice shall be completed by the Optionee and delivered to the Committee.  The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the Exercised Shares.  This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of the fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Exercised Shares shall be issued unless such exercise and issuance complies with the requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans and other applicable equity plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Class B Common Stock is listed or quoted, and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where stock grants or other applicable equity grants are made under the Plan; assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

K.                                     METHOD OF PAYMENT .  Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof:

 

1.                                       cash;

2.                                       certified or bank check; or

3.                                       such other form of consideration and/or pursuant to such method as the Committee shall determine in its sole and absolute discretion, provided that such form of consideration and/or method is permitted by the Plan and by applicable law.

 

Upon exercise of the Option by the Optionee and prior to the delivery of such Exercised Shares, the Company shall have the right to require the Optionee to remit to the Company cash in an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable Federal and state tax withholding requirements (or to make such other provision for such tax withholding requirements permitted by the Plan and by applicable law).

 



 

L.                                           TAX CONSEQUENCES OF OPTION .  Some of the federal income tax consequences relating to the grant and exercise of this Option, as of the date of this Option, are set forth below. THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTION OF FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE (AS THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE), AND ASSUMES THAT THE EXERCISE PRICE OF THIS OPTION IS NO LESS THAN THE FAIR MARKET VALUE OF THE CLASS B COMMON STOCK UNDERLYING THE OPTION AT THE DATE OF GRANT.  MOREOVER, THIS SUMMARY ONLY ADDRESSES THE FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES, AND DOES NOT ADDRESS WHETHER AND HOW THE TAX LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION MAY APPLY TO THIS OPTION OR TO THE OPTIONEE.  ACCORDINGLY, THE OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF ANY EXERCISED SHARES.

 

Circular 230 Disclaimer :  Nothing contained in this discussion of certain federal income tax considerations is intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of (i) avoiding tax-related penalties under the Internal Revenue Code or (ii) promoting, marketing, or recommending to another party any transactions or tax-related matters addressed herein.

 

1.                                       Grant of the Option .  The grant of an Option generally will not result in the imposition of a tax under the federal income tax laws.

 

2.                                       Exercising the Option .

 

(a)   Non-Qualified Stock Option .  The Optionee may incur regular federal income tax liability upon exercise of an NSO.  The Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares on the date of exercise over their aggregate Exercise Price.  If the Optionee is an Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from his or her compensation or collect from the Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount in cash equal to a specified percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise, and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

 

(b)   Incentive Stock Option .  If this Option qualifies as an ISO, the Optionee will have no regular federal income tax liability upon its exercise, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares on the date of exercise over their aggregate Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to alternative minimum taxable income for federal tax purposes and may subject the Optionee to alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.  In the event that the Optionee ceases to be an Employee but remains a Service Provider, any Incentive Stock Option of the Optionee that remains unexercised shall cease to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Non-Qualified

 



 

Stock Option on the date three (3) months and one (1) day following such change of status.

 

3.                                       Disposition of Shares .

 

(a)   NSO .  Upon disposition of the NSO Shares, the Optionee will recognize a capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the selling price and the sum of the amount paid for the NSO Shares plus any amount recognized as ordinary income upon exercise of the NSO.  If the Optionee holds NSO Shares for at least one year, any gain (or loss) realized on disposition of the NSO Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain (or loss) for federal income tax purposes.

 

(b)   ISO .  If the Optionee holds ISO Shares for more than one year after exercise and two years after the grant date, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.  If the Optionee disposes of ISO Shares within one year after exercise or within two years after the grant date, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the excess, if any, of the lesser of (A) the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Shares acquired on the date of exercise and the aggregate Exercise Price, or (B) the difference between the sale price of such Shares and the aggregate Exercise Price.  Any additional gain will be taxed as capital gain, short-term or long-term depending on the period that the ISO Shares were held.

 

(c)   Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares .  If the Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to an ISO on or before the later of (i) two years after the grant date, or (ii) one year after the exercise date, the Optionee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of such disposition.  The Optionee agrees that he or she may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized from such early disposition of ISO Shares by payment in cash or out of the current earnings paid to the Optionee.

 

M.                                       NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION .  Unless otherwise consented to in advance in writing by the Committee, this Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee.  The terms of the Plan and this Grant Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

 

N.                                     SECURITIES MATTERS .  All Shares and Exercised Shares shall be subject to the restrictions on sale, encumbrance and other disposition provided by Federal or state law.  The Company shall not be obligated to sell or issue any Shares or Exercised Shares pursuant to this Grant Agreement unless, on the date of sale and issuance thereof, such Shares are either registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all applicable state securities laws, or are exempt from registration thereunder.

 



 

O.                                     OTHER PLANS .  No amounts of income received by the Optionee pursuant to this Grant Agreement shall be considered compensation for purposes of any pension or retirement plan, insurance plan or any other employee benefit plan of the Company or its subsidiaries, unless otherwise provided in such plan.

 

P.                                       NO GUARANTEE OF CONTINUED SERVICE .   THE OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE RIGHT TO EXERCISE SHARES PURSUANT TO THE EXERCISE SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY (AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED AN OPTION OR PURCHASING SHARES HEREUNDER). THE OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS GRANT AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE EXERCISE SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT FOR THE EXERCISE PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH THE OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE THE EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

Q.                                     ENTIRE AGREEMENT; GOVERNING LAW; DISPUTE RESOLUTION .  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference.  The Plan and this Grant Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.  This Grant Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of Delaware.  Any dispute or claim arising out of this Grant Agreement shall be submitted for resolution consistent with the terms of any arbitration agreement that the Optionee has entered into with the Company (which, if applicable, is incorporated herein by reference), and otherwise: (a) all such disputes and claims shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator in accordance with the Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association, which may be found on the Internet at www.adr.org (a printed copy of these rules is also available upon request to the Company’s Human Resources Department); (b) the Company shall pay all applicable arbitration fees, except, if the Optionee initiates such arbitration, then the Optionee shall be responsible for paying filings fees in an amount equal to the filing fees the Optionee would have paid had the Optionee filed a complaint in a court of law; (c) the Optionee shall pay its own attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the arbitration; (d) such arbitration shall take place in the county in which the Optionee works or worked for the Company at the time the arbitrable dispute or claim arose; (e) the arbitrator shall only have authority to hear claims brought by a party in its individual capacity, and not as a purported class, collective or representative proceeding; (f) the arbitrator shall provide for adequate discovery and shall issue a written opinion; and (g) the Optionee and the Company hereby waive any right to a trial by jury.

 

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Grant Agreement.  The Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Grant Agreement

 



 

in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Grant Agreement.  The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions relating to the Plan and this Grant Agreement.  The Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated herein.

 

 

OPTIONEE

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Print Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Date:

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC. 2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.

 

Attention:  Benjamin Singer, General Counsel and Secretary

 

1. Exercise of Option .  Effective as of today,                                 , 201  , the undersigned (“Purchaser”) hereby elects to purchase                                 shares (the “Shares”) of the Class B Common Stock of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Grant Agreement dated                              , 201   (the “Option Agreement”).  The purchase price for the Shares shall be $           , as required by the Option Agreement.  All of the Shares shall represent Shares acquired by reason of the exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

2. Delivery of Payment, Restrictions Agreement and Stockholders Agreement .  Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price for the Shares and the applicable Restrictions Agreement and Stockholders Agreement(s) required by the Board, duly executed by Purchaser.

 

3. Rights as Shareholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Shares covered by the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Shares so acquired shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance.

 

4. Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

5. Entire Agreement; Governing Law; Dispute Resolution . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.  This Agreement, the Plan and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser.  This

 



 

Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict or choice of law principles.  Any dispute or claim arising out of this Agreement shall be submitted for resolution consistent with the terms of any arbitration agreement that Purchaser has entered into with the Company (which, if applicable, is incorporated herein by reference), and otherwise: (a) all such disputes and claims shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator in accordance with the Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association, which may be found on the Internet at www.adr.org (a printed copy of these rules is also available upon request to the Company’s Human Resources Department); (b) the Company shall pay all applicable arbitration fees, except, if Purchaser initiates such arbitration, then Purchaser shall be responsible for paying filings fees in an amount equal to the filing fees Purchaser would have paid had Purchaser filed a complaint in a court of law; (c) Purchaser shall pay its own attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the arbitration; (d) such arbitration shall take place in the county in which Purchaser works or worked for the Company at the time the arbitrable dispute or claim arose; (e) the arbitrator shall only have authority to hear claims brought by a party in its individual capacity, and not as a purported class, collective or representative proceeding; (f) the arbitrator shall provide for adequate discovery and shall issue a written opinion; and (g) Purchaser and the Company hereby waive any right to a trial by jury.

 

Submitted by:

 

Accepted by:

 

 

 

PURCHASER

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name/Title

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Date:

 

 


 

EXHIBIT B

 

STOCK RESTRICTIONS AGREEMENT

 

THIS STOCK RESTRICTIONS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of the         day of                             , 20   , by and between Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                                                       (the “Shareholder”).

 

For valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Purchase of Shares.  The Shareholder, pursuant to the exercise of options granted to him or her by the Company under the Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), has purchased on even date herewith, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement,                             shares of Class B Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock”), at a purchase price of               per share (the “Shares”).  The aggregate purchase price for the Shares shall be paid by the Shareholder.  Upon receipt of payment by the Company for the Shares, the Company shall issue to the Shareholder one or more certificates in the name of the Shareholder for that number of Shares purchased by the Shareholder.  The Shareholder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement.  The Shareholder further agrees that any additional shares of Class B Common Stock, Class A Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), or Class C Capital Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (collectively, the “Common Stock”), acquired by the Shareholder with respect to the Shares shall be subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement, and such shares of Class B Common Stock shall be deemed Shares for all purposes hereunder.

 

2.                                       Restrictions on Transfer.  The Shareholder shall not transfer any of the Shares, except by a transfer that meets the following requirements:

 

(a)                                  Notice Requirement .  If at any time the Shareholder proposes to sell or otherwise transfer or assign for cash, cash equivalents or any other form of consideration (including a promissory note) pursuant to a bona fide offer from any third party all or any part of his or her Shares (the “Offered Shares”), the Shareholder shall first give written notice of the proposed transfer (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company.  The Transfer Notice shall name the proposed transferee(s) and state the number of shares to be transferred, the price per share and all other material terms and conditions of the transfer.

 

(b)                                  Company Purchase .  For 30 days following its receipt of such Transfer Notice, the Company shall have the right to purchase all or any lesser part of the Offered Shares at the price and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice.  In the event the Company elects to purchase all or any lesser part of the Offered Shares, it shall give written notice of its election to the Shareholder within such 30-day period, and the settlement of the sale on such Offered Shares shall be made as provided below in Section 2(c) of this Agreement.

 



 

(c)                                   Settlement .  If the Company elects to acquire all or any lesser part of the Offered Shares, the Company shall so notify the Shareholder, and settlement shall be made at the principal office of the Company in cash within 60 days after the Company receives the Transfer Notice; provided, however, if the terms of payment set forth in the Shareholder’s Transfer Notice were other than cash against delivery, the Company may pay for such Offered Shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of Section 6 of this Agreement shall be controlling, to the extent applicable, regarding any payment due with respect to the Company’s purchase of the Offered Shares and shall not preclude a determination that “settlement” of the Company’s purchase of the Offered Shares has been duly made pursuant to this Section 2(c) if any payment due the Shareholder is deferred accordingly.

 

(d)                                  Sales Free of Restrictions .  If the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Offered Shares, the Shareholder may, not sooner than 35 or later than 120 days following delivery of the Transfer Notice, enter into an agreement providing for the closing of the transfer of the Offered Shares covered by the Transfer Notice within 30 days of the date such agreement is entered into on the same terms and conditions as those described in the Transfer Notice.  Any proposed transfer on different terms and conditions than those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer of any of the Shares, shall again be subject to the right of first refusal of the Company and shall require compliance by the Shareholder with the procedures described in this Section 2.

 

(e)                                   Exempt Transactions .  The following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 2:

 

(i)                                      the Shareholder’s transfer of any or all of the Shareholder’s Shares, either during the Shareholder’s lifetime or on death by will or the laws of descent and distribution, to one or more members of the Shareholder’s immediate family, to a trust for the exclusive benefit of the Shareholder or such immediate family members, to any other entity owned exclusively by the Shareholder or such immediate family members, or to any combination thereof (each, a “Permitted Transferee”); provided , however , that no transfers made pursuant to any divorce or separation proceedings or settlements shall be exempt from this Section 2.  “Immediate family” shall mean spouse, children, grandchildren, parents or siblings of the Shareholder, including in each case adoptive relations; or

 

(ii)                                   any transfer pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Section 2, except with respect to a transfer pursuant to Section 2(e)(ii), any proposed transferee or Permitted Transferee of the Shareholder shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this Agreement, and, as a condition of such transfer, shall deliver to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  There shall be no subsequent transfer of such stock except in accordance with this Section 2.

 



 

(f)                                    Termination of Restrictions on Transfer .  The foregoing restrictions on transfer shall terminate upon the closing of the first public offering of securities of the Company that is effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

3.                                       Effect of Prohibited Transfer .  The Company shall not be required to (a) transfer on its books any of the Shares that have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement, or (b) treat as owner of such Shares or to pay dividends or other distributions to any transferee to whom any such Shares shall have been so sold or transferred.

 

4.                                       Company’s Repurchase Option .

 

(a)                                  Upon the termination of the Shareholder’s employment or service with the Company for any reason, the Company shall have the right and option to purchase, and the Shareholder or the Shareholder’s personal representative, estate, heirs, legatees, or Permitted Transferees, as the case may be, shall have the obligation to sell, all of the Shareholder’s Shares, which option may be exercised by the Company within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the later of (i) such termination of employment or service, or (ii) the date the Shares are acquired, by giving written notice to the Shareholder or personal representative, estate, heirs, legatees, or Permitted Transferees, as the case may be.  The purchase price for such Shares shall be determined pursuant to Section 4(b) of this Agreement.  Settlement of the purchase shall be made at the principal office of the Company within 30 days after delivery of such written notice.  In the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, payment of the purchase price will be made via cash, a promissory note, or a combination of the two.  Any such promissory note shall provide for substantially equal installments, payable at least annually, over a period not to exceed five years and shall accrue interest at the applicable Federal mid-term rate in effect under Code section 1274(d) as of the settlement date, compounded annually.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the repurchase option of the Company described in this Section 4:  (i) shall not be exercisable with respect to Offered Shares when the Company has a right to purchase such Offered Shares pursuant to Section 2(b) of this Agreement nor, if the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Offered Shares, during the period set forth in Section 2(d) of this Agreement in which the Offered Shares are transferable pursuant to the terms of the Transfer Notice; and (ii) shall terminate upon the closing of the first public offering of securities of the Company that is effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

(b)                                  The purchase price for any Shares sold and purchased pursuant to this Section 4 shall be equal to their Fair Market Value (determined as set forth below); provided, however, that if the Shareholder’s employment or service with the Company is terminated for “Cause” (as defined in the Plan), then the purchase price for any Shares sold and purchased pursuant to this Section 4 shall be equal to the lesser of their Fair Market Value or the amount paid by the Shareholder to purchase the Shares.  For purposes of this Agreement, the “ Fair Market Value ” of Shares shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.  In making such determination, the Board of Directors may take into account any valuation factors it deems appropriate or advisable in its sole discretion, including, without

 



 

limitation, profitability, financial position, asset value or other factors relating to the value of the Company, as well as discounts to account for minority interests and lack of marketability.

 

5.                                       Drag-Along Right .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if at any time a shareholder of the Company, or group of shareholders, owning a majority or more of the capital stock of the Company (hereinafter, collectively the “Transferring Shareholders”) proposes to enter into any transaction involving a Change in Control (as defined in Section 5(b) below) that involves the sale, assignment, tender or transfer of capital stock, the Company may require the Shareholder to participate in such Change in Control transaction with respect to all or such number of the Shareholder’s Shares as the Company may specify in its discretion, by giving the Shareholder written notice thereof at least ten days in advance of the date of the transaction or the date that tender is required, as the case may be.  Upon receipt of such notice, the Shareholder shall tender the specified number of Shares, at the same price and upon the same terms and conditions applicable to the Transferring Shareholders in the transaction or, in the discretion of the acquiror or successor to the Company, upon payment of the purchase price to the Shareholder in immediately available funds.  In addition, if at any time the Company and/or any Transferring Shareholders propose to enter into any Change in Control transaction, the Company may require the Shareholder to vote in favor of such transaction, where approval of the shareholders is required by law or otherwise sought, by giving the Shareholder notice thereof within the time prescribed by law and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws for giving notice of a meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of approving such transaction.  If the Company requires such vote, the Shareholder agrees that he or she will, if requested, deliver his or her proxy to the person designated by the Company to vote his or her Shares in favor of such Change in Control transaction.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of this Section 2, a “Change in Control” shall have the meaning assigned such term under the Plan.

 

(c)                                   The Shareholder hereby constitutes and appoints the Transferring Shareholders, and each of them, with full power of substitution, as proxy of the Shareholder with respect to the matters set forth herein, and hereby authorizes each of them to represent and to vote, if and only if the Shareholder (i) fails to vote or (ii) attempts to vote (whether by proxy, in person or by written consent), in a manner which is inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, all of such Shareholder’s Shares in favor of approval of any Change in Control pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Section 5 of this Agreement.  The proxy granted pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall be irrevocable unless and until this Agreement terminates or expires.

 

6.                                       Company’s Right to Defer Payments .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no payment shall be made under this Agreement, or under any promissory note issued by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, that would cause the Company to violate any banking agreement or loan or other financial covenant or cause default of any senior indebtedness of the Company, regardless of when such agreement, covenant or indebtedness was created, incurred or assumed.  Any payment under this Agreement that would cause such violation or default shall be deferred until, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the

 



 

Company, such payment shall no longer cause any such violation or default.  Any payment deferred in consequence of the provisions of the preceding sentence shall bear simple interest from the date such payment would otherwise have been made to the date when such payment is actually made, at a rate which is equal to the prime rate of interest published in the Wall Street Journal from time-to-time during the period of such deferral, but in no event shall such rate of interest exceed 10 percent per annum.  The Company shall pay interest at the same time as it makes the payment to which such interest relates.

 

7.                                       Restrictive Legend .  All certificates representing Shares shall have affixed thereto a legend in substantially the following form, in addition to any other legends that may be required under federal or state securities laws:

 

The shares of stock represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions on transfer, an option to purchase and a market stand-off agreement set forth in a certain Stock Restriction Agreement between the corporation and the registered owner of this certificate (or his predecessor in interest), and no transfer of such shares may be made without compliance with that Agreement.  A copy of that Agreement is available for inspection at the office of the Corporation upon appropriate request and without charge.

 

The securities represented by this stock certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) or applicable state securities laws (the “State Acts”), and shall not be sold, pledged, hypothecated, donated, or otherwise transferred (whether or not for consideration) by the holder except upon the issuance to the corporation of a favorable opinion of its counsel and/or submission to the corporation of such other evidence as may be satisfactory to counsel for the corporation, to the effect that any such transfer shall not be in violation of the Act and the State Acts.”

 

8.                                       Investment Representations .  The Shareholder represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

 

(a)                                  Shareholder is purchasing the Shares for the Shareholder’s own account for investment only, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the Shares in violation of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), or any rule or regulation under the Securities Act.

 

(b)                                  Shareholder has had such opportunity as the Shareholder deemed adequate to obtain from representatives of the Company such information as is necessary to permit the Shareholder to evaluate the merits and risks of the Shareholder’s investment in the Company.

 

(c)                                   Shareholder has sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

 

(d)                                  Shareholder can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and is able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period.

 



 

(e)                                   Shareholder understands that (i) the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act; (ii) the Shares cannot be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is then available; (iii) in any event, the exemption from registration under Rule 144 will not be available for at least one year (or, if the Shares were acquired in compliance with Rule 701 of the Securities Act, ninety days after an initial public offering of Class A Common Stock or other securities of the Company) and even then will not be available unless a public market then exists for the Shares, adequate information concerning the Company is then available to the public, and other terms and conditions of Rule 144 are met; and (iv) there is now no registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to any stock of the Company and the Company has no obligation or current intention to register the Shares under the Securities Act.

 

9.                                       Adjustments for Stock Splits, Stock Dividends, etc .

 

(a)                                  If from time to time there is any stock split-up, stock dividend, stock distribution or other reclassification of the Class B Common Stock, any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Shareholder is entitled by reason of his or her ownership of the Shares shall be immediately subject to the restrictions on transfer and other provisions of this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Shares.

 

(b)                                  If the Shares are converted into or exchanged for, or shareholders of the Company receive by reason of any distribution in total or partial liquidation, securities of another corporation, or other property (including cash), pursuant to any merger of the Company or acquisition of its assets, then the rights of the Company under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Company’s successor, and this Agreement shall apply to the securities or other property received upon such conversion, exchange or distribution in the same manner and to the same extent as the Shares.

 

10.                                Market Stand-Off .  Following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act, the Shareholder, for the duration specified by and to the extent requested by the Company and an underwriter of Class A Common Stock or other securities of the Company, shall not directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to a donee who agrees to be similarly bound) any securities of the Company held by the Shareholder at any time during such period except Class A Common Stock (or other securities) included in such registration, provided however, that:

 

(a)                                  such agreement shall be applicable only to the first such registration statement of the Company which covers Class A Common Stock (or other securities) to be sold on its behalf to the public in an underwritten offering; and

 

(b)                                  all officers and directors of the Company and all persons with registration rights with respect to the Company’s capital stock enter into similar agreements.

 



 

11.                                Withholding Taxes .  The Shareholder acknowledges and agrees that the Company has the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to the Shareholder any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the purchase or disposition of the Shares by the Shareholder.

 

12.                                Invalidity or Unenforceability .  It is the intention of the Company and the Shareholder that this Agreement shall be enforceable to the fullest extent allowed by law.  In the event that a court having jurisdiction holds any provision of this Agreement to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the Company and the Shareholder agree that, if allowed by law, that provision shall be reduced to the degree necessary to render it valid and enforceable without affecting the rest of this Agreement.

 

13.                                Waiver .  No delay or omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right.  A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

 

14.                                Binding Effect .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Shareholder and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement.  The Company may assign its rights under this Agreement to a third party, provided such assignee agrees to be bound by all of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

15.                                No Rights To Employment .  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Shareholder any right to be retained, in any position, as an employee or consultant of the Company for any period of time or to restrict the Company’s right to terminate the Shareholder’s employment or consulting relationship at any time with or without cause or notice.

 

16.                                Notices .  All notices and other communications made or given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently made or given if hand delivered or mailed by certified mail, addressed to the Shareholder at the address contained in the records of the Company, or addressed to the Company for the attention of its Corporate Secretary at its principal office or, if the receiving party consents in advance, transmitted and received via telecopy or via such other electronic transmission mechanism as may be available to the parties.

 

17.                                Pronouns .  Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice-versa.

 

18.                                Shareholder .  Whenever the word “Shareholder” is used in any provision of this Agreement under circumstances where the provision should logically be construed, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, to apply to the Shareholder’s estate, personal representative, beneficiary to whom the Shares may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, transferees, successors or assignees, the word “Shareholder” shall be deemed to include such persons.

 



 

19.                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

20.                                Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by both the Company and the Shareholder.

 

21.                                Governing Law; Dispute Resolution .  This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without application of the principles of conflict of laws thereof.  Any dispute or claim arising out of this Agreement shall be submitted for resolution consistent with the terms of any arbitration agreement that the Shareholder has entered into with the Company (which, if applicable, is incorporated herein by reference), and otherwise: (a) all such disputes and claims shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator in accordance with the Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association, which may be found on the Internet at www.adr.org (a printed copy of these rules is also available upon request to the Company’s Human Resources Department); (b) the Company shall pay all applicable arbitration fees, except, if the Shareholder initiates such arbitration, then the Shareholder shall be responsible for paying filings fees in an amount equal to the filing fees the Shareholder would have paid had the Shareholder filed a complaint in a court of law; (c) the Shareholder shall pay its own attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the arbitration; (d) such arbitration shall take place in the county in which the Shareholder works or worked for the Company at the time the arbitrable dispute or claim arose; (e) the arbitrator shall only have authority to hear claims brought by a party in its individual capacity, and not as a purported class, collective or representative proceeding; (f) the arbitrator shall provide for adequate discovery and shall issue a written opinion; and (g) the Shareholder and the Company hereby waive any right to a trial by jury.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

[Print]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

[Print]

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.6

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

 

pursuant to the

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC. 2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

This RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of [      ], by and between Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [      ] (the “ Recipient ”) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.  The Recipient agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference and which control in the case of a conflict with this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in the Plan.

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants and representations set forth below, the Company and the Recipient agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Issuance of Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to issue to the Recipient, and the Recipient accepts, [      ] shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Shares ”), in consideration for the future performance of services.

 

2.                                       Issuance. The issuance of the Shares shall occur at a closing (the “ Closing ”) to be held on the date first set forth above, or at any other time mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Recipient. The Closing will take place at the principal office of the Company or at such other place as shall be designated by the Company. At the Closing, the Recipient shall execute this Agreement and the Company will issue, as promptly thereafter as practicable, a stock certificate, registered in the name of the Recipient, reflecting the Shares.

 

3.                                       Forfeiture.    In the event the Recipient ceases to be an employee, consultant, advisor, officer or director of the Company (a “ Service Provider ”) for any or no reason, including, without limitation, by reason of the Recipient’s death or disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), “ Disability ”), resignation or involuntary termination, any Shares which have not yet vested (the “ Unvested Shares ”) shall immediately and automatically be forfeited to the Company in exchange for no consideration.  Upon forfeiture of the Unvested Shares, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unvested Shares and all rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own name the number of Unvested Shares being forfeited to the Company.

 

4.                                       Release of Shares from Forfeiture; Vesting.

 

A.                                     Vesting. So long as the Recipient’s continuous status as a Service Provider has not yet terminated in each such instance, the forfeiture provisions set forth in Section 3 on 1/4 th  of the total number of Shares shall lapse on [      ], and 1/36 th  of the total number of remaining Shares shall be released from the forfeiture provisions set forth in Section 3 on the last day of each calendar month after [      ], until all Shares have been released from the forfeiture provisions on [      ].

 

B.                                     Acceleration upon a Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control (as defined below), 100% of the total number of Shares that have not been released from the forfeiture

 



 

provisions shall be immediately vested and released from the forfeiture provisions, provided that the Recipient’s continuous status as a Service Provider has not been terminated prior to such time.

 

C.                                     “Change in Control” Definition. For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change in Control ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

D.                                     Delivery of Released Shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 7, the Shares which have been released from the forfeiture provisions shall be delivered to the Recipient at the Recipient’s request.

 

5.                                       Restrictions on Transfer.

 

A.                                     Investment Representations and Legend Requirements. The Recipient hereby makes the investment representations listed on Exhibit A to the Company as of the date of this Agreement and as of the date of the Closing, and agrees that such representations are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference, such that the Company may rely on them in issuing the Shares. The Recipient understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below, or substantially equivalent legends, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by applicable state or federal securities laws:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ ACT ”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING AND FORFEITURE PROVISIONS AS SET FORTH IN THE RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, LOCK-UP PERIOD AND FORFEITURE PROVISIONS ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

B.                                     Stop-Transfer Notices . The Recipient agrees that to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

C.                                     Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any Recipient or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 



 

D.                                     Lock-Up Period . The Recipient hereby agrees that the Recipient shall not sell, offer, pledge, contract to sell, grant any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or encumber, directly or indirectly, any Shares or other securities of the Company, nor shall the Recipient enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Shares or other securities of the Company, during the period from the filing of the first registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act through the end of the 180-day period following the effective date of such registration statement (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The Recipient further agrees, if so requested by the Company or any representative of its underwriters, to enter into such underwriter’s standard form of “lockup” or “market standoff” agreement in a form satisfactory to the Company and such underwriter. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of any such restriction period.

 

E.                                      Unvested Shares . No Unvested Shares subject to the forfeiture provisions contained in Section 3 of this Agreement, nor any beneficial interest in such Shares, shall be sold, gifted, transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) by the Recipient, other than as expressly permitted or required by Section 3.

 

F.                                       Released Shares . No Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement, nor any beneficial interest in such Shares, shall be sold, transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) by the Recipient or any subsequent transferee, other than in compliance with the Company’s right of first refusal provisions contained in Section 6 of this Agreement or any other restriction contained in the Plan or the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws.

 

6.                                       Company’s Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares acquired by the Recipient pursuant to this Agreement (or any beneficial interest in such Shares) may be sold, transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) by the Recipient or any subsequent transferee (each a “ Holder ”), such Holder must first offer such Shares or beneficial interest to the Company and/or its assignee(s) as follows:

 

A.                                     Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder shall deliver to the Company a written notice stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer the Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed transferee; (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each proposed transferee; (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares; and (v) that by delivering the notice, the Holder offers all such Shares to the Company and/or its assignee(s) pursuant to this section and on the same terms described in the notice.

 

B.                                     Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within 30 days after receipt of the Holder’s notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the proposed transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with Section 6.C.

 

C.                                     Purchase Price . The purchase price for the Shares purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) under this section shall be the price listed in

 



 

the Holder’s notice. If the price listed in the Holder’s notice includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in its sole discretion.

 

D.                                     Payment . Payment of the purchase price shall be made, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company and/or its assignee(s), or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt by the Company of the Holder’s notice (or at such later date as is called for by such notice).

 

E.                                      Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the notice to be transferred to a given proposed transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that proposed transferee; provided that : (i) the transfer is made only on the terms provided for in the notice, with the exception of the purchase price, which may be either the price listed in the notice or any higher price; (ii) such transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date the notice is delivered to the Company; (iii) the transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws, and if requested by the Company, the Holder shall have delivered an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Company to that effect; and (iv) the proposed transferee agrees in writing to receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to this section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this section. If any Shares described in a notice are not transferred to the proposed transferee within the period provided above, then before any such Shares may be transferred, a new notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the right of first refusal described in this section.

 

F.                                       Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this section, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Holder’s lifetime or on the Holder’s death by will or intestacy to (i) the Holder’s spouse or domestic partner; (ii) the Holder’s lineal descendants or antecedents, siblings, aunts, uncles, cousins, nieces and nephews (including adoptive relationships and step relationships), and their spouses or domestic partners; (iii) the lineal descendants or antecedents, siblings, cousins, aunts, uncles, nieces and nephews of Holder’s spouse or domestic partner (including adoptive relationships and step relationships), and their spouses or domestic partners; and (iv) a trust or other similar estate planning vehicle for the benefit of the Holder or any such person, shall be exempt from the provisions of this section; provided that, in each such case, the transferee agrees in writing to receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to this section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this section; and provided further , that without the prior written consent of the Company, which may be withheld in the sole discretion of the Company, no more than three transfers may be made pursuant to this section, including all transfers by the Holder and all transfers by any transferee.  For purposes of this Agreement, a person will be deemed to be a “ domestic partner ” of another person if the two persons (1) reside in the same residence and plan to do so indefinitely, (2) have resided together for at least one (1) year, (3) are each at least 18 years of age and mentally competent to consent to contract, (4) are not blood relatives any closer than would prohibit legal marriage in the state in which they reside, (5) are financially interdependent, as demonstrated to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company and (6) have each been the sole spouse equivalent of the other for the year prior to the transfer and plan to remain so indefinitely; provided that a person will not be considered a domestic partner if he or she is married to another person or has any other spouse equivalent.

 

G.                                     Termination of Right of First Refusal . The right of first refusal contained in this section shall terminate as to all Shares purchased hereunder upon the earlier of: (i) the closing date of the first sale of Class B Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the

 



 

Securities Act, and (ii) the closing date of a Change in Control pursuant to which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company receive securities of a class registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

7.                                       Escrow.

 

A.                                     Deposit. As security for the faithful performance of this Agreement, the Recipient agrees, immediately upon receipt of the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, to deliver such certificate(s), together with a stock power in the form of Exhibit B attached to this Agreement, executed by the Recipient and by the Recipient’s spouse, if any (with the date and number of Shares left blank), to the Secretary of the Company or to another designee of the Company (the “ Escrow Agent ”). These documents shall be held by the Escrow Agent pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and the Recipient set forth in Exhibit C attached to this Agreement, which instructions are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference, and which instructions shall also be delivered to the Escrow Agent after the Closing.

 

B.                                     Rights in Escrow Shares. Subject to the terms hereof, the Recipient shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the Shares. If, from time to time while any of the Shares remain Unvested Shares, there is (i) any stock dividend, stock split or other change in the Shares, (ii) any dividend of cash or other property on the Shares, or (iii) any merger or sale of all or substantially all of the assets or other acquisition of the Company, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or cash or other consideration to which the Recipient is entitled by reason of the Recipient’s ownership of the Shares shall immediately become subject to this escrow, deposited with the Escrow Agent and included thereafter as “ Shares ” for purposes of this Agreement and the vesting and forfeiture provisions.

 

8.                                       Tax Consequences. The Recipient has reviewed with the Recipient’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Recipient is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Recipient understands that the Recipient (and not the Company) shall be responsible for any tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Recipient understands that Section 83 of the Code, taxes as ordinary income the difference between the purchase price, if any, for the Shares and the fair market value of the Shares as of the date any restrictions on the Shares lapse. In this context, “restriction” includes the forfeiture provisions set forth in Section 3. The Recipient understands that the Recipient may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are granted rather than when and as the forfeiture provisions lapse by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the IRS within 30 days from the date of grant. THE FORM FOR MAKING THIS SECTION 83(B) ELECTION IS ATTACHED TO THIS AGREEMENT AS EXHIBIT D AND THE RECIPIENT (AND NOT THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS AGENTS) SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR APPROPRIATELY FILING SUCH FORM, EVEN IF THE RECIPIENT REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENTS TO MAKE THIS FILING ON THE RECIPIENT’S BEHALF.

 

9.                                       General Provisions.

 

A.                                     Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of Delaware.  Recipient hereby expressly consents to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state and federal courts located in the Borough of Manhattan, in New York City, New York, for any lawsuit arising under this Agreement.

 



 

B.                                     Integration . This Agreement, including all exhibits hereto, and the Plan represent the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the issuance of the Shares to the Recipient and supersedes and replaces any and all prior written or oral agreements regarding the subject matter of this Agreement including, but not limited to, any representations made during any interviews, relocation discussions or negotiations whether written or oral.

 

C.                                     Notices . Any notice, demand, offer, request or other communication required or permitted to be given by either the Company or the Recipient pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, First Class with postage prepaid and return receipt requested, and addressed to the parties at the addresses provided to the Company (which the Company agrees to disclose to the other parties upon request) or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.

 

D.                                     Successors . Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this section or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be binding upon the Recipient and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

E.                                      Assignment; Transfers. Except as set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed by the Recipient without the prior written consent of the Company. Any attempt by the Recipient without such consent to assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Agreement shall be void. Except as set forth in this Agreement, any transfers in violation of any restriction upon transfer contained in any section of this Agreement shall be void, unless such restriction is waived in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

F.                                       Waiver . Either party’s failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing any other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties hereunder are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert any other legal remedy available to it.

 

G.                                     Recipient Investment Representations and Further Documents . The Recipient agrees upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or reasonably desirable in the view of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement, including (but not limited to) the applicable exhibits and attachments to this Agreement.

 

H.                                    Severability . Should any provision of this Agreement be found to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable to the greatest extent permitted by law.

 

I.                                         Rights as Stockholder . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Recipient shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares from

 



 

and after the date that the Recipient delivers a fully executed copy of this Agreement (including the applicable exhibits and attachments to this Agreement), and until such time as the Recipient disposes of the Shares in accordance with this Agreement. Upon such transfer, the Recipient shall have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so issued except (in the case of a transfer to the Company) the right to receive payment for the Shares so issued in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and the Recipient shall forthwith cause the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so issued to be surrendered to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

 

J.                                         Adjustment for Stock Split. All references to the number of Shares in this Agreement shall be adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Shares which may be made after the date of this Agreement.

 

K.                                     Service Provider at Will . THE RECIPIENT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING SERVICE AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT WILL (AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED OR BEING ISSUED SHARES HEREUNDER). THE RECIPIENT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, OR FOR ANY PERIOD AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH THE RECIPIENT’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE THE RECIPIENT’S RELATIONSHIP WITH THE COMPANY AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE OR NOTICE.

 

L.                                      Reliance on Counsel and Advisors. The Recipient acknowledges that he or she has had the opportunity to review this Agreement, including all attachments hereto, and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement with his or her own legal counsel, tax advisors and other advisors. The Recipient is relying solely on his or her own counsel and advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal or other advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

M.                                  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile copies of signed signature pages shall be binding originals.

 

The parties represent that they have read this Agreement in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understand this Agreement. The Recipient agrees to notify the Company of any change in his or her address below.

 

RECIPIENT

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Matthew Salzberg

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

 

 

Address:

 

President & CEO

 

 

Print Title

 

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

RECIPIENT

:

[       ]

 

 

 

COMPANY

:

Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

SECURITY

:

Class B Common Stock

 

 

 

AMOUNT

:

[      ] shares

 

 

 

DATE

:

[       ]

 

In connection with the issuance of the above-listed shares, I, the undersigned Recipient, represent to the Company as follows:

 

1.                                       The Company may rely on these representations . I understand that the Company’s issuance of the shares to me has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), because the Company believes, relying in part on my representations in this document, that an exemption from such registration requirement is available for such issuance. I understand that the availability of this exemption depends upon the representations I am making to the Company in this document being true and correct.

 

2.                                       I am acquiring for investment . I am acquiring the shares solely for investment purposes, and not for further distribution. My entire legal and beneficial ownership interest in the shares is being acquired and shall be held solely for my account, except to the extent I intend to hold the shares jointly with my spouse. I am not a party to, and do not presently intend to enter into, any contract or other arrangement with any other person or entity involving the resale, transfer, grant of participation with respect to or other distribution of any of the shares. My investment intent is not limited to my present intention to hold the shares for the minimum capital gains period specified under any applicable tax law, for a deferred sale, for a specified increase or decrease in the market price of the shares, or for any other fixed period in the future.

 

3.                                       I can protect my own interests . I can properly evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the shares and can protect my own interests in this regard, whether by reason of my own business and financial expertise, the business and financial expertise of certain professional advisors unaffiliated with the Company with whom I have consulted, or my preexisting business or personal relationship with the Company or any of its officers, directors or controlling persons.

 

4.                                       I am informed about the Company . I am sufficiently aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the shares. I have had opportunity to discuss the plans, operations and financial condition of the Company with its officers, directors or controlling persons, and have received all information I deem appropriate for assessing the risk of an investment in the shares.

 



 

5.                                       I recognize my economic risk . I realize that the acquisition of the shares involves a high degree of risk, and that the Company’s future prospects are uncertain. I am able to hold the shares indefinitely if required, and am able to bear the loss of my entire investment in the shares.

 

6.                                       I know that the shares are restricted securities . I understand that the shares are “restricted securities” in that the Company’s sale of the shares to me has not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon an exemption for non-public offerings. In this regard, I also understand and agree that:

 

A.                                     I must hold the shares indefinitely, unless any subsequent proposed resale by me is registered under the Securities Act, or unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available (such as Rule 144);

 

B.                                     the Company is under no obligation to register any subsequent proposed resale of the shares by me; and

 

C.                                     the certificate evidencing the shares will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the shares unless such transfer is registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

 

7.                                       I am familiar with Rule 144 . I am familiar with Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act, which in some circumstances permits limited public resales of “restricted securities” like the shares acquired from an issuer in a non-public offering. I understand that my ability to sell the shares under Rule 144 in the future is uncertain, and may depend upon, among other things: (i) the availability of certain current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale occurring more than a specified period after my acquisition and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the shares; and (iii) if I am an affiliate of the Company (A) the sale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a market maker or riskless principal transactions, as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (B) the amount of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding the specified limitations stated in Rule 144, and (C) timely filing of a notice of proposed sale on Form 144, if applicable.

 

8.                                       I know that Rule 144 may never be available . I understand that the requirements of Rule 144 may never be met, and that the shares may never be saleable under the rule. I further understand that at the time I wish to sell the shares, there may be no public market for the Company’s stock upon which to make such a sale, or the current public information requirements of Rule 144 may not be satisfied, either of which may preclude me from selling the shares under Rule 144 even if the relevant holding period had been satisfied.

 

9.                                       I know that I am subject to further restrictions on resale . I understand that in the event Rule 144 is not available to me, any future proposed sale of any of the shares by me will not be possible without prior registration under the Securities Act, compliance with some other registration exemption (which may or may not be available), or each of the following: (i) my written notice to the Company containing detailed information regarding the proposed sale, (ii) my providing an opinion of my counsel to the effect that such sale will not require registration, and (iii) the Company notifying me in writing that its counsel concurs in such opinion. I understand that neither the Company nor its counsel is obligated to provide me with any such opinion. I understand that although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Staff of the SEC has stated that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

 

2



 

10.                                I know that I may have tax liability due to the uncertain value of the shares . I understand that the Board of Directors believes its valuation of the shares represents a fair appraisal of their worth, but that it remains possible that, with the benefit of hindsight, the Internal Revenue Service may successfully assert that the value of the shares on the date of my acquisition is substantially greater than the Board’s appraisal. I understand that any additional value ascribed to the shares by such an IRS determination will constitute ordinary income to me, and that any additional taxes and interest due as a result will be my sole responsibility payable only by me, and that the Company need not and will not reimburse me for that tax liability.

 

11.                                Residence . The address of my principal residence is set forth on the signature page below.

 

By signing below, I acknowledge my agreement with each of the statements contained in this Investment Representation Statement as of the date first set forth above, and my intent for the Company to rely on such statements in issuing the shares to me.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recipient’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

 

 

Address of Recipient’s principal residence:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3


 

EXHIBIT B

 

STOCK POWER AND ASSIGNMENT

SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Restricted Stock Award Agreement dated as of           , 201[   ], the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Corporate Secretary of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”),            (        ) shares of Company Class B Common Stock, standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of said corporation represented by certificate number         delivered herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Corporate Secretary of Company as attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to transfer said stock on the books of said corporation.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Signature )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print Name )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Spouse’s Signature, if any )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print Name )

 

This Assignment Separate From Certificate was executed in conjunction with the terms of a Restricted Stock Award Agreement between the above assignor and the above corporation, dated as of         , 201[   ].

 

INSTRUCTION:  PLEASE DO NOT FILL IN ANY BLANKS OTHER THAN THE SIGNATURE LINE.  THE PURPOSE OF THIS ASSIGNMENT IS TO ENABLE THE COMPANY TO REQUIRE FORFEITURE OF THE SHARES AS SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT WITHOUT REQUIRING ADDITIONAL SIGNATURES ON THE PART OF THE RECIPIENT.

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

 

Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.

5 Crosby Street, 3rd Floor

New York, NY 10013

 

Attn: Corporate Secretary

 

Dear Secretary:

 

As Escrow Agent for both Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [      ] (the “ Recipient ”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Award Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of [      ], to which a copy of these Joint Escrow Instructions is attached, in accordance with the following instructions:

 

1.                                       In the event that the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “ Company ”) determines that the Unvested Shares are subject to forfeiture, as set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to the Recipient and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be forfeited, and such forfeiture shall happen automatically. The Recipient and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

 

2.                                       At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver same, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company.

 

3.                                       The Recipient irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. The Recipient does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as his or her attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, the Recipient shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.

 

4.                                       Upon written request of the Recipient after each successive one-year period from the date of the Agreement, unless the Unvested Shares have been forfeited, you will deliver to the Recipient a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock remaining in escrow as are not then subject to forfeiture. On the date that is 95 days after the date the Recipient’s status as a Service Provider (as defined in the Agreement) to the Company terminates, you will deliver to the Recipient a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares not forfeited to the Company or its assignees pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

5.                                       If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to the Recipient, you shall deliver all of same to the Recipient and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

 



 

6.                                       Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

 

7.                                       You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for the Recipient while acting in good faith and in the exercise of your own good judgment, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

 

8.                                       The Company and the Recipient hereby jointly and severally expressly agree to indemnify and hold harmless you and your designees against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, deficiencies, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of investigation and defense incurred or suffered by you and your designees, directly or indirectly, as a result of any of your actions or omissions or those of your designees while acting in good faith and in the exercise of your judgment under the Agreement, these Joint Escrow Instructions, exhibits hereto or written instructions from the Company or the Recipient hereunder.

 

9.                                       You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law, and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

 

10.                                You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

 

11.                                You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor. The Company shall reimburse you for any such disbursements.

 

12.                                Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

 

13.                                You are expressly authorized to delegate your duties as Escrow Agent hereunder to the law firm of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP or any other law firm, which delegation, if any, may change from time to time and shall survive your resignation as Escrow Agent.

 

14.                                If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

 

15.                                It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such

 



 

disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

 

16.                                Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or four days following deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid and return receipt requested, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as a party may designate by written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

 

COMPANY:

Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.

 

5 Crosby Street, 3rd Floor

 

New York, NY 10013

 

Attention: General Counsel

 

 

RECIPIENT:

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

ESCROW AGENT:

Corporate Secretary

 

Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.

 

5 Crosby Street, 3rd Floor

 

New York, NY 10013

 

17.                                By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

 

18.                                This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 



 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

RECIPIENT:

 

 

 

 

 

[      ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

ESCROW AGENT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Secretary

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Joint Escrow Instructions]

 



 

IF YOU WISH TO MAKE A SECTION 83(B) ELECTION, THE FILING OF SUCH ELECTION IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.

 

THE FORM FOR MAKING THIS SECTION 83(B) ELECTION IS ATTACHED TO THIS AGREEMENT AS EXHIBIT D.

 

YOU MUST FILE THIS FORM WITHIN 30 DAYS OF PURCHASING THE SHARES.

 

YOU (AND NOT THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS AGENTS) SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR FILING SUCH FORM WITH THE IRS, EVEN IF YOU REQUEST THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENTS TO MAKE THIS FILING ON YOUR BEHALF AND EVEN IF THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENTS HAVE PREVIOUSLY MADE THIS FILING ON YOUR BEHALF.

 

The election should be filed by mailing a signed election form by certified mail, return receipt requested to the IRS Service Center where you file your tax returns. See < www.irs.gov >

 



 

EXHIBIT D

 

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE

INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED

 

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in his or her gross income the amount of any compensation taxable to him or her in connection with his or her receipt of the property described below:

 

1.                                       The name, address and taxpayer identification number of the undersigned are as follows:

 

NAME OF TAXPAYER:                                             SPOUSE:                                

 

TAXPAYER’S ADDRESS:

 

 

TAXPAYER ID #:                                                         SPOUSE’S ID #:                              

 

2.                                       The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:                 (      ) shares (the “ Shares ”) of the Class B Common Stock of                      (the “ Company ”).

 

3.                                       The date on which the property was transferred is:            , 20  .

 

4.                                       The taxable year for which the election is made is: 20  .

 

5.                                       The property is subject to the following restrictions: The Shares may be forfeited to the Company, or its assignee, upon the occurrence of certain events. This forfeiture provision lapses with regard to a portion of the Shares over time.

 

6.                                       The fair market value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of such property is: $       .

 

7.                                       The amount, if any, paid for such property: $       .

 

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

 

The undersigned understand(s) that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[      ], Taxpayer

 

The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spouse of Taxpayer

 



 

EXHIBIT E

 

SPOUSAL CONSENT

 

I,                                                                               , spouse of                           , have read and approve of the foregoing Restricted Stock Award Agreement, dated as of                   , 20  , together with all exhibits and attachments thereto (collectively, the “ Agreement ”), by and between my spouse and Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”). In consideration of the Company’s issuing to                                    (           ) shares of Class B Common Stock of the Company as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby appoint [Recipient] as my attorney-in-fact in respect to the exercise or waiver of any rights under the Agreement, and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Agreement insofar as I may have any rights in said Agreement or any shares issued pursuant thereto under any laws relating to marital property in effect in the state of our residence as of the date of the signing of the foregoing Agreement.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spouse of Recipient

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

(Print Name)

 




Exhibit 10.12

 

LEASE

 

This Lease, dated for reference purposes July 15, 2013 is made by and between DREISBACH ENTERPRISES, INC., a California corporation (hereinafter called “Lessor”), and Blue Apron Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called “Lessee”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

Lessor and Lessee agree as follows:

 

1.                                       That Lessor does hereby lease unto Lessee and Lessee does hereby hire and take from Lessor those certain Premises situate in the City of Richmond, County of Contra Costa, State of California and described as follows:

 

(a)                                  The offices located at 3151 Regatta Boulevard, Building B60, Richmond, California as outlined in Exhibit A and B , and the Dry Storage, Office, Refrigerated Storage, Utility and Dock as outlined in Exhibit C attached hereto including but not limited to any currently existing improvements such as racks, refrigeration and freezer units, shelving, cabinetry, etc. (referred to hereinafter as the “Premises”).  In addition, the terms of this Lease also shall include and Lessor hereby grants to Lessee the non-exclusive use for employees, guests and invitees of all common area parking for employees, guests and invitees in other parking areas surrounding the Premises and in all events Tenant the right to use (a) no fewer than 30 spaces and (b) a non-exclusive easement and all access-ways, driveways and sidewalks for deliveries and otherwise in connection with the use and occupancy of the Premises.  Prior to the commencement date of this Lease, Lessor shall install certain fixtures, racks, sinks and equipment, as set forth on Exhibit D attached hereto (the “Fixtures”). Such installation shall be performed in accordance with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations and upon the termination of this Lease, for any reason, the Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessor.

 

(b)                                  The Premises shall be used for general offices and food distribution, production, packaging, processing and warehousing. Lessor represents that such uses are permitted under all applicable laws and ordinances.

 

2.                                       Term.

 

(a)                                  The term of this Lease shall be for Three (3) Years, commencing on July 15, 2013. Subject to the Master Lease (as hereinafter defined) having been extended beyond its present expiration date of December 31, 2016 (notice of which extension Lessor shall promptly give to Lessee), Lessee shall have the right to extend the term of this Lease for an additional period of three (3) years, or such lesser period that is no later than the new expiration date of the Master Lease, on the same terms and conditions as are set forth herein on written notice given by Lessee to Lessor no later than May 1, 2016. Lessor, upon Lessee’s request from time to time, shall advise Lessee of the status of any such proposed or actual extension of the term of the Master Lease.

 

3.                                       Rent. The Rent for the Premises shall include utilities and maintenance of the Premises. The total net minimum rent for the term shall be One Million and Eighty Thousand, Dollars ($1,080,000.00), in lawful money of the United States of America, which Lessee agrees

 



 

to pay to Lessor, without deduction or offset, except as expressly set forth in this Lease, at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by Lessor, as follows: Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000.00) per month commencing on July 15, 2013 and on the 15 th  day of each month thereafter. The leased space consists of approximately 12,162 sq. feet of Refrigerated space, approximately 4,000 sq feet of office, bathrooms, break room space and approximately 11,942 sq. ft. of dry space.

 

4.                                       Security Deposit. Lessee, contemporaneously with the execution of this Lease, shall deposit with Lessor the sum of Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000.00), as security for the faithful performance by Lessee of all of the terms and conditions of this Lease on the part of Lessee. So long as no monetary or material non-monetary default shall then be continuing after notice and expiration of applicable grace period, Lessor will return the security deposit within 10  days after termination of the Lease and shall reimburse any reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Lessee in obtaining the return of the security deposit if not repaid when due.

 

5.                                       Possession. Lessor agrees that in the event of the inability of Lessor to deliver to Lessee possession of the Premises at the commencement of the term, Lessor shall not be liable for any damage caused thereby, nor shall this Lease be void or voidable, but Lessee shall not be liable for rent until such time as Lessor offers to deliver possession of the premises to Lessee. However, the term hereof shall not be extended by such delay. If Lessee, with Lessor’s consent, takes possession prior to the commencement of the term, Lessee shall do so subject to all the covenants and conditions hereof, and shall pay rent for the period ending with the commencement of the term at the same monthly rate as that prescribed for the first month of the term. Lessor will deliver possession by August 15, 2013, or Lessee shall have the right to terminate the Lease at any time within thirty (30) days thereafter on written notice to Lessor, whereupon the Security Deposit shall be paid to Lessee.

 

6.                                       Holding Over. Any holding over after the expiration of the term, with the consent of the Lessor, shall be construed as a tenancy from month to month at a rental of One Hundred and Fifty Percent (150%) of the Rent of the previous month and shall otherwise be on terms and conditions herein specified, so far as applicable.

 

7.                                       Entry by Lessor. Lessor and the agents and employees of Lessor shall have the right to enter upon the Premises at reasonable times and upon reasonable prior written notice to inspect the same to see that no damage has been or is done and to protect any and all rights of Lessor and to post such reasonable notices required by law as Lessor may desire to protect the rights of the Lessor (such posting to be subject to Lessee’s reasonable approval which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall be deemed given if not denied in writing on a reasonable basis within 10 days after Lessor’s written request for such approval). Lessor may for a period commencing ninety (90) days prior to the end of the term, or any extension thereof, have reasonable access to the Premises upon reasonable prior written notice for the purpose of exhibiting the same to prospective tenants.

 

8.                                       Maintenance. At all times the Lessor shall, at its sole cost, keep and maintain the Premises and appurtenances, including but not limited to, roof, foundation, docks, parking areas, walls, warehouse lighting, (office lighting is excluded), electrical, fire sprinklers, plumbing and HVAC, cooler and freezer systems in good condition and repair and shall make such repairs and

 

2



 

replacements as may be required to do so. Lessee however, at its sole cost and expense is responsible for any damage or repair caused by Lessee’s negligence or abuse, subject to release and waiver of subrogation provisions in this Lease. Lessee shall keep and maintain the Premises and appurtenances in sanitary condition. Lessee has the right to make emergency repairs or other repairs or replacements that Lessor fails to make after written notice to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall reimburse Lessee for any reasonable amount spent by Lessee on such repairs and/or replacements within 15 days after demand, failing which Lessee may offset any such sums from Rent.

 

9.                                       Alterations or Additions. Lessee shall not commit, or suffer to be committed, any waste upon the Premises, or any nuisance, or other act or thing which may unreasonably and materially disturb the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant in the building or of Lessor in the building in which the Premises is located. Lessee shall not make, or suffer to be made, any alterations or additions of the Premises, or any part thereof, without first having obtained the written consent of Lessor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall be deemed given if not denied in writing on a reasonable basis within 10 days after submission of plans from Lessee for such alterations or additions. At the end of the term, Lessee shall be entitled (but shall not be required) to remove all of its trade fixtures and other equipment installed on the Premises, other than the Fixtures, provided that Lessee shall repair any damage caused by the installation and/or removal of such trade fixtures and other equipment. In the event Lessee does not elect to remove its trade fixtures and other equipment, they shall be deemed abandoned and Lessor may retain or dispose of them, at its option and at Lessee’s cost. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee is permitted, from time-to time to make improvements and additions to the Premises without the consent of the Lessor which improvements and additions cost less than Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) for each project provided that no such improvement or addition shall be structural in nature or constitute any violation of any of Lessor’s obligations under the Master Lease.

 

10.                                Assignment. Lessee shall not assign or transfer this Lease, or any right hereunder, nor sublet the Premises herein leased, or any part thereof, without the prior written consent of the Lessor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall be deemed given if not denied in writing on a reasonable basis within 10 days after Tenant’s request. Any attempted assignment, transfer or subletting without such consent shall be void and, at the option of Lessor, shall terminate this Lease. No consent to any assignment of the Lease, or any subletting of the Premises, shall constitute a waiver or discharge of the provisions of this Paragraph 10 . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessor’s consent to an assignment or subletting shall not be required if it occurs in connection with a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets or if the assignee or sublessee controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Lessee.

 

(i)                                      Lessee agrees to promptly reimburse Lessor for all expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees not to exceed Three Hundred Dollars ($300.00) Dollars, incurred by Lessor in connection with any requested and permitted assignment or subletting.

 

11.                                Lessee, as a material part of the consideration to be rendered to Lessor, hereby waives all claims against Lessor for damages to goods, wares and merchandise in, upon or about the Premises and for injuries to persons in or about the Premises, from any cause arising at any

 

3



 

time and Lessee will hold Lessor exempt and harmless from any damage or injury to any person, or to the goods wares and merchandise and all other personal property of any person, arising during the term or any extension thereof caused by the negligence gross negligence and/or willful misconduct of Lessee or its agents, invitees or employees. Notwithstanding anything hereinabove to the contrary, Lessor shall be responsible for the acts, omissions and negligence of its officers, employees, invitees and agents.

 

12.                                Insurance. Lessee further agrees to take out and keep in force during the term of this Lease at Lessee’s expense, public liability insurance issued by a company reasonably acceptable to Lessor to protect against any liability to the public, whether to persons or property, incident to the use of or resulting from an occurrence in or on the Premises, the sidewalks adjacent thereto and such other areas which Lessee, its officers, servants, agents, employees, contractors and invitees shall have the sole right to use under the term hereof during the term of this Lease or any occupancy hereunder, in the amount of $1,000,000.00 to indemnify against the claim of one person and $1,000,000.00 against the claims of two or more persons in any one occurrence, and property damage in an amount of not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence. The insurance required to be maintained hereunder by Lessee shall be primary. The said policy shall also insure and name as additional insureds the following:

 

(a)                                  Dreisbach Enterprises, Inc.

 

Lessee shall provide Lessor with a certificate or certificates evidencing all coverage required hereunder. Lessee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a provision in its policy stating that such policy shall not be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage or other material modification, except after 10 days’ prior written notice to Lessor. Should Lessee fail to provide such insurance coverage or to supply Lessor with such certificates, Lessor shall have the right upon ten (10) days prior written notice to Lessee to procure such coverage and Lessee agrees to reimburse Lessor upon demand for all premiums and other charges paid by Lessor.

 

Lessor and Lessee each hereby waives any and all rights of recovery against the other, or against the officers, employees, agents and representatives of the other, for loss of or damage to such waiving party or the property of, or under the control of, such waiving party, where such loss or damage is under the control of, such waiving party, where such loss or damage is insured against under any insurance policy in force at the time of such loss or damage.

 

13.                                Breach. The occurrence of any of the following shall also constitute a breach of this Lease: (a) The appointment of a receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of the assets of Lessee; or (b) a general assignment by Lessee for the benefit of creditors; or (c) writs of attachment or execution on the interest of Lessee; or (d) any action taken or suffered by Lessee under any insolvency or bankruptcy act. Upon the happening of any such event, which is not cured within ninety (90) days after prior written notice from Lessor to Lessee, this Lease shall terminate ten (10) days after written notice of termination is given by Lessor to Lessee.

 

14.                                Default. Should Lessee default in the payment of any installment of rent or any other sum when due as herein provided, or default in the performance of or breach any other covenant, condition or restriction herein provided to be kept or performed by Lessee; or should

 

4



 

Lessee fail to take out, pay for, maintain or deliver any of the insurance certificates provided in this Lease to be paid by Lessee at the time and in the manner herein provided, and should any such default or breach continue for a period of thirty (30) days from and after written notice thereof is given by Lessor to Lessee (or, except for payment of Rent, for such longer period as may be reasonably required provided that Lessee commences to cure the breach in a prompt manner and proceeds diligently thereafter to complete such cure), then, and in any such event, Lessor may at Lessor’s option terminate this Lease by giving Lessee no less than seven days’ prior written notice hereof, and thereupon, unless such default is cured within such seven days’ period, this Lease shall cease and terminate and Lessee’s rights in and to the Premises and all buildings and other improvements erected and placed thereon shall cease and end, and the Lessor may, without further notice or demand of legal process, re-enter and take possession of said Premises and all buildings and other improvements thereon, remove Lessee and all persons claiming under Lessee therefrom and, except as herein otherwise provided, Lessee and all such persons shall quit and surrender possession of the Premises and all buildings and other improvements thereon to Lessor, provided, however, that such termination shall not relieve Lessee from the payment of any sums then due and payable from Lessee or any claim for damages then accrued against Lessee hereunder, and such termination shall not prevent Lessor from recovering any such sums or damages, or from enforcing such obligations or recovering damages for any default thereof, by any remedy provided by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall have the right to avoid termination and have this Lease continue in full force and effect provided that it pays any unpaid Rent prior to eviction. Lessor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to relet the Premises in the event of any such termination, and the rents and other sums collected upon any such re-letting shall be credited against any of Lessee’s liabilities hereunder.

 

15.                                Subordination. Lessee agrees that this Lease is and shall be subject to and subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument of security which has been or shall be placed on the land or building of which the Premises form a part, and this subordination is hereby made effective without any further act of Lessee. The Lessee shall, at any time hereinafter, on demand, execute any instruments, releases or other documents that may be reasonably required by any mortgagee, mortgagor or trustor or beneficiary under any deed of trust or other instrument of security.

 

16.                                Free of Liens. Lessee shall keep the Premises, and the property in which the Premises are situated, free of liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by Lessee.

 

17.                                Surrender. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, or a mutual cancellation thereof, shall not work a merger, and shall, at the option of Lessor, operate as an assignment to it of any or all such subleases or subtenancies.

 

18.                                Interest. Should Lessee be in default of any rent due herein or any other payments provided herein, such arrearage shall bear interest at the rate of ten (10) percent from the tenth day after Lessor shall have notified Lessee that said rent or other payment has become due.

 

19.                                Lessor shall pay for the cost of all maintenance, repairs, replacements and utilities supplied to or constituting a part of the Premises and all common areas including, without

 

5



 

limitation, all parking areas, accessways, drives and sidewalks Provided, however, Lessee shall be responsible for any damage or repairs caused by the negligence, gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee or its employees, agents, guests or invitees.

 

20.                                INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

21.                                Common Areas. Lessor shall have shared access of all common areas and driveways in or on the property, and Lessee agrees to keep these areas unobstructed and in good order and condition at all times.

 

22.                                Uses. Lessee shall not use, or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used, for any purpose or purposes other than the purposes for which the Premises are hereby leased and no other use shall be made or permitted to be made on the Premises, nor other acts done, which will increase the existing rate of insurance upon the building in which the Premises may be located, or cause cancellation of any insurance or permit to be kept, used or sold, in or about the Premises, any article which may be prohibited by the standard form of fire insurance policies. Lessor agrees that so long as Lessee uses the Premises only for any or all of the purposes set forth in Section 1(b) hereof, Lessee shall have no liability under the preceding sentence. Lessor shall, at its cost and expense, comply with any and all requirements pertaining to use of the Premises issued by any insurance organization or company necessary for the maintenance of reasonable fire and public liability insurance covering said building and appurtenances.

 

23.                                Governmental Regulations. Lessee shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with all of the requirements of all municipal, state and federal authorities now in force, or which may hereinafter be in force, pertaining solely to Lessee’s particular manner of use of the Premises, and shall faithfully observe in the use of the Premises all municipal ordinances and state and federal statutes now in force or which may hereinafter be in force. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, Lessor shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with all of the requirements of all municipal, state and federal authorities now in force, or which may hereinafter be in force, pertaining to the Premises. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction, or the admission of Lessee in any action or proceeding against Lessee, whether Lessor be a party hereto or not, that Lessee has violated any such ordinance or statute in the use of the Premises, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Lessor and Lessee, subject to Lessee’s right to appeal any such judgment. If Lessee would be required to spend more than $50,000 to comply with its obligations under this Section, it shall have the right, in lieu of effecting such performance, to terminate this Lease on notice to Lessor, in which event Lessor may negate such termination by agreeing on notice to Lessee sent within ten days after receipt of Lessee’s notice, to pay the amount in excess of $50,000 for effecting such compliance.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessor warrants that at the time the Lessee takes possession of the Premises, the Premises will be in good repair, vacant, broom clean and free of any toxic or hazardous substances, materials or constituents (including, without limitation, asbestos or ACM) and all systems and equipment shall be in good operating condition and that the Premises and all such systems and equipment shall be in compliance with all requirements of municipal, state and federal authorities and will maintain such compliance to the extent the Lessor’s duties of repair and maintenance hereunder so require. This does not apply to any

 

6



 

repairs or damage caused by the negligence, gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, its employees, invitees and/or agents.

 

Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease on notice to Lessor in the event that Lessee is unable to obtain any license, permit or approval required under any applicable law in order to conduct its business at the Premises. Upon any such termination, the security deposit shall, subject to the provisions of this Lease, be paid to Lessee. If, in order to obtain any such license, permit or approval, any alterations or additions are required with respect to any fixture or equipment installed by Lessor on the Premises, Lessor shall have the option to perform such alterations or additions at its sole cost and expense in which case Lessee’s right to terminate this Lease under this provision shall terminate.

 

24.                                Hazardous Materials. Hazardous materials shall mean any substance, material, or waste which is or becomes regulated by any local governmental authority, that concerns the existence, management, control, discharge, treatment, containment and/or removal of substances or materials that are or may become a threat to public health or the environment including, but not limited to, substances defined as “hazardous substances”, “hazardous materials”, “toxic substances” or “hazardous wastes” as covered under the California Health and Safety Code, and in any regulations adopted, published and/or promulgated pursuant to said laws, and in any other environmental law, regulation or ordinance now existing or hereinafter enacted. Lessee hereby agrees that it shall not use, generate, manufacture, refine, produce, process, store or dispose of on, under or about the leased Premises or transport to or from the Leased Premises any hazardous materials, except in compliance with applicable Hazardous Material Laws, nor does Lessee intend to use the Leased Premises in the future for the purpose of generating, manufacturing, refining, producing, storing, handling, transferring, processing or transporting of hazardous materials, except in compliance with any Hazardous Material Laws. If at any time during the term of this Lease, hazardous materials are used, or placed by Lessee on the Leased Premises as a result of Lessee’s activities on the Leased Premises or if any contamination of the Leased Premises shall occur solely as a result of Lessee’s activities on the Leased Premises, Lessee, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, shall remove, remediate or encapsulate such hazardous waste in accordance with requirements of the appropriate governmental agency. In the event Lessee discovers any hazardous materials in or on the Premises in violation of Hazardous Material Laws, Lessee shall immediately notify Lessor and, unless Lessee is required under the preceding sentence remove, remediate or encapsulate such hazardous materials or waste, Lessor shall do so at Lessor’s sole cost and expense. If Lessor or Lessee is required to remove any hazardous materials under this Section, it shall cause such hazardous materials or waste to be removed from the Leased Premises to be removed and transported solely by duly licensed haulers to duly licensed facilities for disposal.

 

25.                                Advertising and Signs. Lessee shall not conduct or permit to be conducted, any sale by auction on the Premises. The Lessee shall not place, or permit to be placed, any projecting sign, marquee or awning on the front of the Premises without the written consent of the Lessor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall be deemed given if not denied in writing on a reasonable basis within 10 days after submission of Lessee’s request for such consent, accompanied with a rendering of the proposed sign, marquee or awning. The Lessee, upon request of the Lessor, shall immediately remove any sign or decoration which the Lessee has placed or permitted to be placed in, on, or about the exterior of the Premises without

 

7



 

Lessor’s approval and which, in the reasonable opinion of the Lessor, is objectionable or offensive and if Lessee fails to do so, the Lessor may enter upon the Premises and remove the same. Lessor has reserved the exclusive right to the two exterior sidewalls, rear wall and roof of the Premises, and the Lessee shall not place or permit to be placed upon the sidewalls, rear wall or roof, any sign, advertisement or notice without the written consent of the Lessor.

 

Pursuant to the foregoing, Lessor hereby consents for Lessee to place reasonable and prominent signage on both the north and northwest sides of the Premises to identify Lessee’s presence on the Premises. Such signage shall be placed and maintained at Lessee’s sole expense and, upon the termination of this Lease for any reason, shall be removed at Lessee’s sole expense.

 

26.                                Destruction of the Premises. If the Premises or any other portion of the building in which the Premises is situated shall be damaged or destroyed from any cause, the Lessee shall give immediate notice thereof to the Lessor and Lessor shall, subject to the provisions of this Paragraph 26, forthwith repair the same, but such destruction or damage shall in no way annul or void this Lease, except that the Lessee shall be entitled to a proportionate deduction of rent while such repairs are being made. If such repairs cannot be made in ninety (90) days, Lessor shall make such repairs within a reasonable time thereafter subject to delays for obtaining permits, parts, or labor beyond the point of control of Lessor. Such proportionate deduction shall be based upon the extent to which the making of such repairs shall interfere with the business carried on by the Lessee in the Premises. In the event the Lessor does not complete such repairs within 90 days or if the damage or destruction occurs in the last 6 months of the term, Lessee may terminate this Lease at any time within thirty (30) days after Lessor’s failure to complete the repairs within the ninety (90) day time period or within thirty (30) days after Lessee is notified of the damage or destruction that occurs within the last six (6) months of the Lease by providing written notice to Lessor, whereupon the security deposit and any prepaid rent for any period after the termination date shall, subject to the provisions of this Lease, be paid to Lessee .

 

In addition to the foregoing, to the extent that Lessor has other freezer storage locations and/or space available to be used such as in the Oakland, California vicinity, Lessor shall agree to permit Lessee, at Lessee’s option, to temporarily occupy such available space(s), office(s) and adjoining freezer/storage facilities upon reasonable terms to be mutually agreed upon between Lessor and Lessee taking the abatement of rent into consideration.

 

27.                                Waiver. No waiver, on the part of the Lessor and/or Lessee, their successors or assigns of any default or breach by either party of any covenant, agreement or condition of this Lease shall be construed to be a waiver of the rights of the other party as to any future default or breach by either Lessee or Lessor.

 

28.                                Condemnation. If any part of the Premises shall be taken for any public or quasi-public use under any statute or by right of eminent domain, and a part thereof remains which is susceptible to occupation hereunder, this Lease shall, as to the part so taken, terminate as of the date title shall vest in the condemnor, and the rent payable hereunder shall be adjusted so that the Lessee shall be required to pay for the remainder of the term only such portion of such rent as the value of the part remaining after such taking bears to the value of the entire Premises prior to such taking but, in such event, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease as of the date

 

8



 

when title to the part so taken vests in the condemner. If all of the Premises, or such part thereof be taken so that there does not remain a portion susceptible for occupation hereunder, this Lease shall terminate as of the date when title to this property vests in the condemner. If a part or all of the Premises shall be taken, all compensation awarded upon such taking shall go to the Lessor and the Lessee shall have no claim thereto, and the Lessee hereby irrevocably assigns and transfers to the Lessor any right to compensation or damages to which the Lessee may become entitled during the term hereof by reason of the condemnation of all or part of the Premises, except for relocation expenses and any award for Lessee’s fixtures and leasehold improvements.

 

29.                                Remedies. The remedies available to Lessor under the terms of this Lease and in law or equity shall be cumulative and the exercise of one remedy shall not constitute an election of remedies.

 

30.                                Successors. The covenants and agreements contained in this Lease shall be binding upon the parties hereto and upon their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns; provided however, that nothing herein shall entitle Lessee to assign all or any part of its interest under this Lease without the prior written consent of Lessor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

31.                                Notices. It is agreed between the parties hereto that any notice required hereunder or by law to be served upon either of the parties shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally upon the other or sent by FedEx, UPS or other recognized national courier service or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as may be from time to time furnished in writing by Lessor to Lessee or by Lessee to Lessor, each of the parties hereto waiving personal or any other service than as herein provided.

 

Notice shall be deemed to have been delivered upon receipt or refusal to accept receipt.

 

If to Lessor:

 

Dreisbach Enterprises, Inc.
P. O. Box 7509
Oakland, CA 94601-0509
Attn:  Valdimer E. Nunes
Fax:   510-534-2316

 

 

 

If to Lessee:

 

Blue Apron Inc.
324 Maujer Street
Brooklyn, New York 11206

 

With a copy to:

 

Jeffrey M. Diamond
Marcus Rosenberg & Diamond LLP
488 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10022

 

9



 

32.                                Time of Essence. Time is of the essence in this Lease.

 

33.                                Captions. The captions in this lease are for convenience only and are not a part of this Lease and do not in any way limit or amplify the terms and provisions of this lease.

 

34.                                Attorney’s Fees. In the event a civil action is instituted to enforce or to interpret or rescind any of the terms of this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party such sums as the court or arbitration tribunal may judge reasonable as attorney’s fees at arbitration, trial and on appeal or review or in any proceeding in bankruptcy court, in addition to any and all other amounts provided by law.

 

35.                                Minimum monthly rental shall be increased by three percent (3%) effective upon the anniversary date of the Lease and each year thereafter during the term of this Lease and any renewal thereof. For purposes of this Paragraph 35 the anniversary date shall be the month and day on which the Lessee takes possession of the Premises, but in no event prior to July 15, 2014.

 

36.                                Master Lease. Lessor represents that it is the lessee under a Master Lease for the Premises and other premises with ZKS, as Master Lessor, that the term of the Master Lease expires on December 31, 2016, that there are no defaults thereunder and that no consent under the Master Lease is required for this Lease or for the exercise of Lessee’s rights hereunder.

 

37.                                Cooperation. Lessor shall sign applications and otherwise generally cooperate with Lessee in connection with Lessee’s use and occupancy of the Premises.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS THIS PAGE]

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease agreement this 15th day of July, 2013.

 

LESSOR:

 

LESSEE:

 

 

 

DREISBACH ENTERPRISES, INC.

 

Blue Apron, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Valdimir E. Nunes

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Salzberg

Vice President Sales & Marketing

 

CEO

 

 

 

6-20-13

 

6-20-13

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT D

 

 



 

EXHIBIT D TO LEASE

 

Exhibit to Lease:

Lessor Installations Required

 

General:

·                   All rooms delivered clean, painted, in working condition.

·                   All offices and bathrooms must have working and clean fixtures.

 

Room A: “Dock” 4,914 sq ft

·                   Back half of room should have pallet racks installed, floor to ceiling, as deep as possible

Room B: “HiLo Charging room”

·                   Plumbing to be installed for a dish washing machine

·                   Racks can be left in this room

Room C: ‘‘Cooler” 2,100 sq ft

·                   To be left as is

Room D: “Freezer” 2,340 sq ft

·                   To be left as is

Room E: “Cooler” 3,744 sq ft

·                   All racks removed

·                   Passageway between Room E and Room F to be reopened and a plastic hanging divider should be installed

Room F: “Cooler” 4,056 sq ft

·                   Racks reconfigured per diagram

·                   Two handsinks per diagram

·                   Produce sink per diagram

·                   3 compartment sink per diagram

 


 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO INDUSTRIAL LEASE

 

BETWEEN

 

DREISBACH ENTERPRISES, INC., a
California Corporation
And
BLUE APRON INC., a Delaware Corporation.

 

This First Amendment to Lease (“First Amendment”) is dated this 30 th  day of June 2014, by and between Dreisbach Enterprises, Inc., (“Lessor”) a California Corporation, and Blue Apron Inc., (“Lessee”) a Delaware corporation.

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     Original Lease:   On July 15, 2013, Lessee and Lessor entered into a Lease (the “Original Lease”) covering approximately 28,104 leasable square feet of space located at 3151 Regatta Boulevard, Richmond, California (“Original Premises”).

 

B.                                     Additional Premises:   Lessee has requested and Lessor has agreed to lease an additional 66,545 square feet of space as more particularly described herein.

 

C.                                     Desire to Amend:   Lessor and Lessee desire to amend the Lease to increase the size of the Original Premises as more particularly set forth below.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Recitals, the mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Lessor and Lessee hereby confirm and ratify all the terms, conditions, warranties and provisions of the Original Lease as modified by this First Amendment.  All references to the “Lease” in the Original Lease and this Amendment shall be deemed to mean the Original Lease as modified by this Amendment.

 



 

2.                                       Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning given such terms in the Lease.

 

3.                                       Commencing on the Additional Premises Commencement Date (defined hereafter), the definition of “Premises” will be hereby amended to reflect that the “Premises” are (i) the offices located at 3151 Regatta Boulevard, Building B60, Richmond, California as outlined on Exhibit A and B of the Original Lease, and the Dry Storage, Office, Refrigerated Storage, Utility and Dock as outlined in Exhibit C of the Original Lease, including but not limited to any currently existing improvements such as racks, refrigeration and freezer units, shelving, cabinetry, etc., and (ii) 14,105 square feet of space located at 3151-F Regatta Blvd., Richmond, California (and identified as “Premises” on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof), the area which is designated as the “Yard” on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the Yard being 19,830 square feet), and the area designated as the “Additional Yard” on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the Additional Yard being 32,610 square feet) (the space described in this item (ii) is collectively, the “Additional Premises”).  The Additional Premises Commencement Date shall be that date which is ten ( 10) days after Lessor has delivered Lessee with written notice that the Additional Premises is in good repair, vacant, broom clean and free of any toxic or hazardous substances, materials or constituents (including, without limitation, asbestos or ACM) and all systems and equipment in the Additional Premises are in good operating condition, and the Additional Premises and all such systems and equipment therein are in compliance with all requirements of municipal, state and federal authorities.  In the event the Additional Premises are not delivered as required herein to Lessee by July 1, 2014, Lessee shall have the right to elect not to add the Additional Premises to the Original Premises by providing written notice to Lessor of

 



 

same, and upon receipt of such notice, this First Amendment shall be deemed null and void and of no further force and effect.

 

4.                                       The Lease is hereby amended to reflect that in addition to rent payable under Section 3 of the Original Lease and attributable to the Original Premises, commencing on the Additional Premises Commencement Date and on the 15 th  day of each month thereafter, Lessee shall pay to Lessor as additional rent for the Additional Premises, the sum of $17,366 per month.  Any rent payable for a partial month of the term shall be prorated.  The foregoing rent for the Additional Premises shall not be increased at any time during the term of the Lease, it being understood that Section 35 of the Original Lease shall not apply to the portion of rent attributable to the Additional Premises.

 

5.                                       Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Lessee shall have the right to remove the Additional Yard (as described in Section 3(ii) above) from the Premises and from the Lease by providing no less than thirty (30) days written notice of such election to Lessor.  Such notice shall identify the effective date of such removal and on such effective date:  (i) the Additional Yard shall be deemed removed from the Premises (it being understood that the Premises shall be deemed to exclude the Additional Yard) and Lessee shall have no further or continuing liability under the Lease with respect to the Additional Yard; and (ii) the additional rent payable with respect to the Additional Premises thereafter shall be reduced to $14,105 per month (from $17,366 per month).

 

6.                                       Lessor represents that it is the lessee under a Master Lease for the Original Premises and the Additional Premises and other premises with ZKS, as Master Lessor, that the term of the Master Lease expires on December 31, 2016, that there are no defaults thereunder and

 



 

that no consent under the Master Lease is required for this First Amendment or the exercise of Lessee’s rights hereunder.

 

7.                                       Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all other terms and conditions to be in accordance with the Lease, all of which are hereby reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect.

 

8.                                       This First Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which, when executed shall be an original, and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument as if all parties hereto had executed the same instrument; and any party or signatory hereto may execute this First Amendment by signing any such counterpart.

 

[Remainder of Page Left Intentionally Blank — Signature Page to Follow]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

LESSOR

 

LESSEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dreisbach Enterprises, Inc.

 

Blue Apron Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Valdimer E. Nunes

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Salzberg

Name:

Valdimer E. Nunes

 

Name:

Matt Salzberg

Title:

V.P. Sales & Marketing

 

Title:

CEO

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

 


 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

This SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“ Second Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of the 29 th  day of June, 2015, by and between DREISBACH ENTERPRISES, INC., a California corporation (“ Lessor ”), and BLUE APRON, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Lessee ”).

 

R   E   C   I   T   A   L   S  :

 

A.                                     Lessor and Lessee entered into that certain Lease dated July 15, 2013 (the “ Original Lease ”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Industrial Lease dated June 30, 2014 (“ First Amendment ”), whereby Lessor leases to Lessee and Lessee leases from Lessor those certain premises consisting of approximately 94,649 rentable square feet of space, comprised of (i) approximately 12,162 rentable square feet of refrigerated space, approximately 4,000 rentable square feet of office, bathrooms, and break room space, and approximately 11,942 rentable square feet of dry space, commonly known as Building B60 and the Dry Storage, Office, Refrigerated Storage, Utility, and Dock;  (ii) approximately 14,105 rentable square feet of space located at 3151-F Regatta Boulevard, Richmond, California 94804; (iii) approximately 19,830 rentable square feet of space commonly known as the “Yard”; and (iv) approximately 32,610 rentable square feet of space commonly known as the “Additional Yard”, all of which are located at that certain industrial building located at 3151 Regatta Boulevard, Richmond, California 94804 (collectively, the “ Existing Premises ”).

 

B.                                     Lessee desires to (i) expand the Existing Premises to include that certain space consisting of approximately 79,360 rentable square feet of space, comprised of approximately 15,000 rentable square feet of cooler storage space (the “ Cooler Room ”) and approximately 64,360 rentable square feet of dry storage space, as delineated on Exhibit A , attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “ Expansion Premises ”), and (ii) to otherwise amend the Lease on the terms and conditions contained herein.

 

A   G   R   E   E   M   E   N   T  :

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Capitalized Terms .  All capitalized terms when used herein shall have the same meaning as is given such terms in the Lease unless expressly superseded by the terms of this Second Amendment.

 

2.                                       Modification of Premises .  Effective as of the date (the “ Expansion Commencement Date ”) that occurs two (2) business days after the date of Lessor’s delivery of the Lessor Work Completion Notice (as that term is defined below in Section 5 ), Lessee shall lease from Lessor and Lessor shall lease to Lessee the Expansion Premises.  Consequently,

 



 

effective upon the Expansion Commencement Date, the Existing Premises shall be increased to include the Expansion Premises.  Lessor and Lessee hereby acknowledge that such addition of the Expansion Premises to the Existing Premises shall, effective as of the Expansion Commencement Date, increase the size of the Premises to approximately 174,009 rentable square feet of space.  The Existing Premises and the Expansion Premises may hereinafter collectively be referred to as the “Premises”.

 

3.                                       Expansion Term .  Lessor and Lessee acknowledge that the Lease is currently scheduled to expire on December 31, 2016 (the “ Lease Expiration Date ”), pursuant to the terms of the Lease.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, the term of Lessee’s lease of the Expansion Premises (the “ Expansion Term ”) shall commence on the Expansion Commencement Date and shall expire coterminously with the Existing Premises on the Lease Expiration Date.  Lessor and Lessee acknowledge and agree that Lessee’s extension right set forth in Section 2(a)  of the Lease shall also apply to the Expansion Premises.

 

4.                                       Rent .

 

4.1.                             Existing Premises Rent .  Prior to the Expansion Commencement Date, and continuing throughout the term of the Lease, Lessee shall continue to pay monthly installments of Rent for the Existing Premises in accordance with the terms of the Lease, as amended by the First Amendment.

 

4.2.                             Expansion Premises Rent .  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease, commencing on the Expansion Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Expansion Term, Lessee shall pay, in addition to all amounts payable for the Existing Premises, monthly installments of Rent for the Expansion Premises in accordance with the terms of the Lease, as amended, provided that the monthly amount of the Rent for the Expansion Premises during the Expansion Term shall be as follows:

 

Period During
Expansion Term

 

Annualized Rent

 

Monthly Rent

 

Expansion Commencement Date — December 31, 2016

 

$

939,240.00

 

$

78,270.00

 

 

Any Rent payable for a partial month of the Expansion Term shall be prorated.  The foregoing Rent for the Expansion Premises shall not be increased at any time during the Expansion Term.

 

5.                                       Condition of Premises; Lessor’s Work; No Constructive Eviction .  Lessee shall continue to accept the Existing Premises in its existing, “as-is” condition and Lessor shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Existing Premises.  Except as expressly otherwise provided, Lessee shall accept the Expansion Premises in its existing, “as-is” condition and Lessor shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Expansion Premises.  Lessee further acknowledges that neither Lessor nor any agent of Lessor has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Existing Premises or the

 

2



 

Expansion Premises, or the Building, or with respect to the suitability of any of the foregoing for the conduct of Lessee’s business.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessor hereby agrees to (i) install two high-speed doors (the “ High Speed Doors ”) to allow for ingress and egress between the cooler storage space and the dry storage space, the specifications of which shall be in Lessor’s reasonable discretion, and (ii) complete any structural modifications required in connection with the installation of the High Speed Doors (collectively, “ Lessor’s Work ”).  Upon completion of Lessor’s Work, Lessor shall deliver to Lessee written notice that the Expansion Premises are ready for occupancy (“ Lessor Work Completion Notice ”).  Lessor shall pay for the costs associated with Lessor’s Work, subject to Lessee’s reimbursement to Lessor of fifty percent (50%) of the documented out-of-pocket costs actually incurred by Lessor for that portion of Lessor’s Work described in sub part (ii) above within twenty (20) business days of Lessee’s receipt of the Lessor Work Completion Notice, together with invoices or other documentation supporting such costs.   Lessee hereby acknowledges that, notwithstanding Lessee’s occupancy of the Existing Premises during the construction of the Lessor’s Work, Lessee shall reasonably comply and cooperate with reasonable requests made by Lessor, Lessor’s contractor, and/or any other party involved in connection with the construction of the Lessor’s Work.  Lessee, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, shall provide Lessor with (i) access to the Existing Premises for the construction of the Lessor’s Work, and (ii) a clear working area for the performance of such work (including, but not limited to, the moving of furniture, fixtures and Lessee’s property away from the area in which Lessor is conducting such work).  Lessee hereby agrees that the construction of the Lessor’s Work, and Lessee’s inability to use any portion of the Existing Premises as a result thereof, shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Lessee nor entitle Lessee to any abatement of Rent.  Lessor shall have no responsibility, or for any reason be liable, to Lessee for any direct or indirect injury to, or interference with, Lessee’s business arising from the construction of the Lessor’s Work, nor shall Lessee be entitled to any compensation or damages from Lessor for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Existing Premises, or of Lessee’s personal property or improvements, resulting from the construction of the Lessor’s Work or Lessor’s actions in connection therewith, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by the construction of the Lessor’s Work or Lessor’s actions in connection therewith.

 

6.                                       Rack Removal and Storage .  As of the date of this Second Amendment, Lessor and Lessee acknowledge that the Cooler Room contains certain storage racks which Lessee does not desire to use during the Expansion Term.  Lessee shall be responsible for the payment of the actual cost of removal of such racks, provided that Lessor shall actually remove such racks and provide secure storage for such racks during the Expansion Term at no additional cost to Lessee.  Upon the Lease Expiration Date, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, pay for the actual cost of reinstallation of the racks in the Cooler Room, provided that Lessee shall not be obligated to actually reinstall such racks.

 

7.                                       No Brokers .  Lessor and Lessee hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Second Amendment and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Second Amendment.  Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, and costs and expenses (including, without

 

3



 

limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of the indemnifying party’s dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Broker.  The terms of this Section 7 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

 

8.                                       Master Lease .  Lessor represents that it is the lessee under a Master Lease for the Original Premises and the Expansion Premises and other premises with Stephens & Stephens (Regatta), LLC, and DF/Hilltop Sub 1, LLC, collectively, as Master Lessor, that the term of the Master Lease expires on December 23, 2031, that, to Lessor’s actual knowledge without duty of inquiry or investigation, there are no defaults thereunder and that no consent under the Master Lease is required for this Second Amendment or Lessor’s Work.

 

9.                                       Conflict; No Further Modification .  In the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of the Lease and the terms and provisions of this Second Amendment, the terms and provisions of this Second Amendment shall prevail.  Except as specifically set forth in this Second Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

 

10.                                Counterparts .  This Second Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which, when executed shall be an original, and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument as if all parties hereto had executed the same instrument; and any party or signatory hereto may execute this Second Amendment by signing any such counterpart.

 

[ END OF DOCUMENT; SIGNATURES CONTAINED ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Second Amendment has been executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

LESSOR

 

DREISBACH ENTERPRISES, INC.,

 

 

a California corporation .

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jason W. Dreisbach

 

 

Name:

Jason W. Dreisbach

 

 

Its:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LESSEE

 

BLUE APRON, INC.,

 

 

a Delaware corporation.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Wadiak

 

 

Name:

Matthew Wadiak

 

 

Title:

COO

 

5



 

EXHIBIT A

 

OUTLINE OF EXPANSION PREMISES

 

 

1


 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

This THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“ Third Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of the 25th day of April, 2016, by and between DREISBACH ENTERPRISES, INC., a California corporation (“ Lessor ”), and BLUE APRON, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Lessee ”).

 

R   E   C   I   T   A   L   S :

 

A.                                     Lessor and Lessee entered into that certain Lease dated July 15, 2013, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Industrial Lease dated June 30, 2014 and that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated June 29, 2015 (the “ Lease ”).

 

B.                                     Lessor and Lessee desire to amend the Lease on the terms and conditions contained herein.

 

A   G   R   E   E   M   E   N   T  :

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Capitalized Terms .  All capitalized terms when used herein shall have the same meaning as is given such terms in the Lease unless expressly superseded by the terms of this Third Amendment.

 

2.                                       Modification of Section 2(a) .  The Lease is hereby amended by replacing “May 1, 2016” in the second sentence of Section 2(a) with “June 1, 2016”.

 

3.                                       No Brokers .  Lessor and Lessee hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Third Amendment and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Third Amendment.  Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, and costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of the indemnifying party’s dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Broker.  The terms of this Section 3 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

 

4.                                       Master Lease .  Lessor represents that it is the lessee under a Master Lease for the Original Premises and the Expansion Premises and other premises with Stephens & Stephens (Regatta), LLC, and DF/Hilltop Sub 1, LLC, collectively, as Master Lessor, that the term of the Master Lease expires on December 23, 2031, that, to Lessor’s actual knowledge without duty of inquiry or investigation, there are no defaults thereunder and that no consent under the Master Lease is required for this Third Amendment.

 



 

5.                                       Conflict; No Further Modification .  In the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of the Lease and the terms and provisions of this Third Amendment, the terms and provisions of this Third Amendment shall prevail.  Except as specifically set forth in this Third Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

 

6.                                       Counterparts .  This Third Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which, when executed shall be an original, and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument as if all parties hereto had executed the same instrument; and any party or signatory hereto may execute this Third Amendment by signing any such counterpart.

 

[END OF DOCUMENT; SIGNATURES CONTAINED ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Third Amendment has been executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

“LESSOR”

 

DREISBACH ENTERPRISES, INC.,

 

 

a California corporation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jason W. Dreisbach

 

 

Name:

Jason W. Dreisbach

 

 

Its:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“LESSEE”

 

BLUE APRON, INC.,

 

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Benjamin Singer

 

 

Name:

Benjamin Singer

 

 

Title:

Secretary

 


 

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

This FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“ Fourth Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of the 31st day of May, 2016, by and between DREISBACH ENTERPRISES, INC., a California corporation (“ Lessor ”), and BLUE APRON, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Lessee ”).

 

R   E   C   I   T   A   L   S  :

 

A.                                     Lessor and Lessee entered into that certain Lease dated July 15, 2013, as amended by (i) that certain First Amendment to Industrial Lease dated June 30, 2014, (ii) that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated June 29, 2015, and (iii) that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated April 25, 2016 (the “Lease”).

 

B.                                     Lessor and Lessee desire to amend the Lease on the terms and conditions contained herein.

 

A   G   R   E   E   M   E   N   T :

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Capitalized Terms .  All capitalized terms when used herein shall have the same meaning as is given such terms in the Lease unless expressly superseded by the terms of this Fourth Amendment.

 

2.                                       Modification of Section 2(a) .  The Lease is hereby amended by replacing “June 1, 2016” in the second sentence of Section 2(a) with “June 10, 2016”.

 

3.                                       No Brokers .  Lessor and Lessee hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any rea1 estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Fourth Amendment and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Fourth Amendment.  Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, and costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of the indemnifying party’s dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Broker.  The terms of this Section 3 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

 

4.                                       Master Lease .  Lessor represents that it is the lessee under a Master Lease for the Original Premises and the Expansion Premises and other premises with Stephens & Stephens (Regatta), LLC, and DF/Hilltop Sub 1, LLC, collectively, as Master Lessor, that the term of the Master Lease expires on December 23, 2031, that, to Lessor’s actual knowledge without duty of inquiry or investigation, there are no defaults thereunder and that no consent under the Master Lease is required for this Fourth Amendment.

 



 

5.                                       Conflict; No Further Modification .  In the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of the Lease and the terms and provisions of this Fourth Amendment, the terms and provisions of this Fourth Amendment shall prevail.  Except as specifically set forth in this Fourth Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

 

6.                                       Counterparts .  This Fourth Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which, when executed shall be an original, and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument as if all parties hereto had executed the same instrument; and any party or signatory hereto may execute this Fourth Amendment by signing any such counterpart.

 

[ END OF DOCUMENT; SIGNATURES CONTAINED ON FOLLOWING PAGE ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Fourth Amendment has been executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

“LESSOR”

 

DREISBACH ENTERPRISES, INC.,

 

 

a California corporation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Valdimer Nunes

 

 

Name:

Valdimer Nunes

 

 

Its:

V.P. Sales & Marketing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“LESSEE”

 

BLUE APRON, INC.,

 

 

a Delaware corporation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Benjamin Singer

 

 

Name:

Benjamin Singer

 

 

Title:

Secretary

 


 

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AND AGREEMENT TO RENEW

 

This FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AND AGREEMENT TO RENEW (“Fifth Amendment/Agreement to Renew”) is made and entered into as of the 1 st  day of June, 2016, by and between DREISBACH ENTERPRISES, INC., a California corporation (“Lessor”), and BLUE APRON, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Lessee”).

 

RECITALS :

 

A.                                 Lessor and Lessee entered into that certain Lease dated July 15, 2013 (the “Original Lease”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Industrial Lease dated June 30, 2014 (“First Amendment”), Second Amendment to Lease dated June 29, 2015 (“Second Amendment”), Third Amendment to Lease dated April 25, 2016 (“Third Amendment”), Fourth Amendment to Lease dated May 31, 2016 (“Fourth Amendment”) and various agreements to increase the parking areas by approximately 71,766 rentable square feet (collectively, together with all amendments thereto, the “Lease”), whereby Lessor leased to Lessee and Lessee leased from Lessor those certain premises consisting of approximately 245,775 rentable square feet of space comprised of (i) approximately 12,162 rentable square feet of refrigerated space, approximately 4,000 rentable square feet of office, bathrooms, and break room space, and approximately 11,942 rentable square feet of dry space, commonly known as Building 860 and the Dry Storage, Office, Refrigerated Storage, Utility, and Dock; (ii) approximately 14,105 rentable square feet of space located at 3151-F Regatta Boulevard, Richmond, California 94804; (iii) approximately 19,830 rentable square feet of space commonly known as the “Yard”; (iv) approximately 32,610 rentable square feet of space commonly known as the “Additional Yard;” (v) approximately 15,000 rentable square feet of cooler storage space; (vi) approximately 64,360 rentable square feet of dry storage space; and (vii) “Additional Parking Areas” consisting of approximately 71,766 rentable square feet, all of such premises described in (i) — (vii) which are located at that certain industrial building located at 315l Regatta Boulevard,  Richmond, California 94804 (collectively, the “Existing Premises”).

 

B.                              Lessee desires to expand the Existing Premises to include that certain space consisting of approximately 36,302 rentable square feet of warehouse space as delineated on Exhibits A and B, attached hereto and made a part hereof (“Additional Expansion Premises”), and to otherwise amend the Lease on the terms and conditions contained herein.

 

C.                              Lessor and Lessee desire to extend the term of the Lease until May 31, 2019, and to otherwise amend the Lease on the terms and conditions contained herein.

 

D.                              All capitalized terms when used herein shall have the same meaning as is given such terms in the Lease unless expressly superseded by the terms contained herein.

 

A.             FIFTH AMENDMENT :

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Lessor and Lessee hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Modification of Premises .  Effective as of June 1, 2016, Lessee shall lease from Lessor and Lessor shall lease to Lessee the Additional Expansion Premises, and the Existing Premises shall be increased to include the Additional Expansion Premises. Lessor and Lessee hereby acknowledge the addition of the Additional Expansion Premises to the Existing Premises shall increase the size of the Premises to approximately 282,077 rentable square feet. The Existing Premises and the Additional Expansion Premises are collectively referred to herein as the “Premises.”

 

2.                                  Expansion Term .   Lessor and Lessee acknowledge that the Lease is currently scheduled to expire on December 31, 2016, pursuant to the terms of the Lease.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, the term of Lessee’s lease of the Additional Expansion Premises shall commence on June

 

1



 

1, 2016, and shall expire on December 31, 2016; however, Lessor and Lessee acknowledge and agree that Lessee’s extension right set forth in Section 2(a) of the Original Lease shall also apply to the Additional Expansion Premises.

 

3.                                  Rent .  Lessee shall continue to pay monthly installments of Rent for the Existing Premises in accordance with the terms of the Lease.  Commencing on June 1, 2016, and continuing through December 31, 2016, Lessee shall pay, in addition to all amounts payable for the Existing Premises, monthly installments of Rent for the Additional Expansion Premises in the amount of $93,755.00.  In the event Rent is payable for only a partial month for the Additional Expansion Premises, it shall be prorated accordingly.  Rent for the Additional Expansion Premises shall not be increased at any time from June 1, 2016, through December 31, 2016.

 

4.                                  Condition of Premises .  Lessee shall continue to accept the Existing Premises in its existing, “as-is” condition and Lessor shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Existing Premises.  Lessee shall accept the Additional Expansion Premises in its existing, “as-is” condition and Lessor shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to any improvement of the Additional Expansion Premises.  Lessee further acknowledges that neither Lessor nor any agent of Lessor has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Existing Premises, Additional Expansion Premises or Building, or with respect to the suitability of any of the foregoing for the conduct of Lessee’s business.

 

5.                                  Rack Removal /Storage and Product Removal .  As of the date of this Fifth Amendment/Agreement to Renew, Lessor and Lessee acknowledge that the Additional Expansion Premises contain certain storage racks that Lessee does not desire to use during its tenancy.  After Lessor tenders the Additional Expansion Premises to Lessee, Lessee shall be solely responsible for the removal of such racks at no cost to Lessor, but that Lessee will be entitled to a 15 calendar day credit on the Rent for the Additional Expansion Premises for the removal of such racks.  During Lessee’s tenancy, Lessor shall be responsible for and provide secure storage for such racks at no additional cost to Lessee.  Upon the conclusion of Lessee’s tenancy, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, pay for the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs actually incurred by Lessor to reinstall such storage racks to their original condition in the Additional Expansion Premises, provided that Lessee shall not be obligated to actually reinstall such racks.  Lessor shall have up to one year to re-install the racks, and if Lessor does not re-install said racks within the one (1) year time period, Lessee’s obligation to pay for the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs actually incurred by Lessor for re-installation will cease. Lessee will reimburse Lessor for the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs actually incurred by Lessor for the relocation of the product currently stored in the Additional Expansion Premises, not to exceed $85,000.  Lessor will provide documentation of relocation costs to Lessee and Lessee agrees to pay such costs within 30 days of receipt of such documentation.

 

B.             AGREEMENT TO RENEW :

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Lessor and Lessee hereby agree to renew the Lease subject to the terms and conditions (which replace all of the language in the identified sections) outlined below:

 

1 .                                 Term (Section 2 of Original Lease).   The fixed term of this Lease shall be for Three (3) years, commencing on June 1, 2016, and expiring on May 31, 2019.

 

2.                                Rent (Section 3 of Original Lease) . From June 1, 2016, through December 31, 2016, Lessee shall continue to pay monthly installments of Rent for the Existing Premises and Additional Expansion Premises in accordance with the terms of the Lease and this Fifth Amendment/Agreement to Renew.  Commencing on June 1, 2016, the minimum monthly base rent shall be Two Hundred Twenty-Eight Thousand Eight Hundred Ninety-Six Dollars and Thirty-Four Cents ($228,896.34), which Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor on the first day of each month

 

2



 

thereafter.  The square footage of the Premises is set forth in Paragraphs A and B of the Recitals and consists of approximately 282,077 rentable square feet of space. The Rent for the Premises shall include utilities and maintenance of the Premises, including the refrigeration systems therein.

 

3.                                  Security Deposit (Section 4 of Original Lease) .   Lessee shall increase the deposit with Lessor by One Hundred Ninety-Eight Thousand Eight Hundred Ninety-Six Dollars and Thirty-Four Cents ($198,896.34).  The total security deposit will now total Two Hundred Twenty-Eight Thousand Eight Hundred Ninety-Six Dollars and Thirty-Four Cents ($228,896.34), as security for the faithful performance by Lessee of all of the terms and conditions of the Lease on the part of Lessee.  So long as no monetary or material non-monetary default shall then be continuing after notice and expiration of applicable grace period, Lessor will return the security deposit within 10 days after termination of the Lease and shall reimburse any reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Lessee in obtaining the return of the security deposit if not repaid when due.

 

4.                                  Non-Liability/Indemnity ( Section 11 of the Original Lease) . Neither Lessor nor its agents shall be liable under any circumstances for: (i) injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, indoor air quality, the presence of mold or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC, lighting fixtures, cooler and freezer systems, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building, or from other sources or places, unless such injury or damages are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor or its agents, or (ii) injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom. Instead, it is intended that Lessee’s sole recourse in the event of such damages or injury be to file a claim on the insurance policy(ies) that Lessee is required to maintain herein or elects to maintain.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessor shall protect, indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Lessee and its employees, agents, agents, representatives, and officers from and against any and all losses, claims, liability or costs (including court costs and attorney’s fees) incurred by reason of any breach or default on the part of Lessor in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of the Lessor to be performed pursuant to this Lease.

 

Except for Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, injuries, loss of rents, liabilities, damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and/or expenses arising out of, involving, or in any way connected with, Lessee’s use and/or occupancy of the Premises. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

 

5.                                       Insurance (Section 12 of the Original Lease) . Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of not less than $2,000,000.  Lessee shall add Dreisbach Enterprises, Inc., Stephens & Stephens (Regatta) LLC and DF Hilltop Sub-1 LLC as additional insureds by means of an endorsement at least as broad as ISO’s CG 20 26 Endorsement. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “insured contract” for the performance of Lessee’s indemnity obligations under this Lease.  The personal injury contractual liability exclusion shall be deleted from the contractual liability coverage.  The policy limits of said insurance shall not limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. Lessee shall provide an endorsement on its liability policy(ies) which provides that its insurance shall be primary and non-contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

 

Lessee shall also obtain and keep in force (a) Business Auto Liability covering owned, non-owned and hired vehicles with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 per accident; (b) Worker’s Compensation Insurance with

 

3



 

statutory limits and Employers Liability with limits of $500,000 each accident, $500,000 disease policy limit, $500,000 disease-each employee and shall include a waiver of subrogation endorsement; (c) All Risk or Special Form coverage protecting Lessee against loss of or damage to Lessee’s alterations, additions, improvements, carpeting, floor coverings, decorations, fixtures, inventory and other business personal property situated in or about the Premises to the full replacement value of the property so insured; and (d) Business Interruption Insurance for Lessee’s business interruption losses and extra expenses in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect losses attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

 

Lessor shall maintain liability insurance, in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

 

Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessor and Lessee release and waive all rights of recovery against each other for losses, damages or injuries of any nature whatsoever to property or persons for which Lessor and/or Lessee are insured or could have been insured.  Lessor and Lessee shall obtain from their respective insurers waivers of the subrogation rights such insurers may have against Lessor or Lessee.  The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, any applicable deductibles or self-insured retentions or uninsured exposures.

 

If Lessee elects to self-insure or to maintain the insurance required herein subject to deductibles and/or retentions exceeding $25,000, Lessor and Lessee shall maintain all rights and obligations between themselves as if Lessee maintained the insurance with a commercial insurer including any additional insured status, primary liability, waivers of subrogation, other insurance clauses, and any other extensions of coverage required herein. Lessee shall pay from its assets the costs, expenses, damages, claims, losses and liabilities, including attorney’s fees and necessary litigation expenses at least to the extent that an insurance company would have been obligated to pay those amounts if Lessee had maintained the insurance pursuant to this Lease.

 

If Lessee is permitted to sublease any space, the insurance and indemnification obligations similar to those required of the Lessee shall be provided by all subtenants (or provided by the Lessee on behalf of subtenants).  Lessee shall be held responsible for any modification in these insurance requirements as they apply to subtenants. Lessee shall maintain certificates of insurance from all subtenants containing provisions similar to those listed herein (modified to recognize that the certificate is from subtenants) enumerating, among other things, the waivers of subrogation, additional insured status, and primary liability as required herein, and make them available to Lessor upon request.

 

The insurance required herein shall be by companies with an insurance rating of A:VII or better from A.M. Best Co.  Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall deliver to Lessor certificates with copies of the required endorsements evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. In the event any such policy is cancelled, Lessee shall provide notice to Lessor.  Lessee shall furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals once coverage has been bound and can be evidenced via a certificate of insurance, but in no event more than 10 days after expiration of Lessee’s policies.  Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less.

 

6.                                       Notices (Section 31 of Original Lease) .  Lessee’s notice information shall be updated as follows with the remainder of Section 31 of the Original Lease remaining unchanged:

 

Blue Apron, Inc.
5 Crosby Street, 3 rd  Floor
New York, NY 10013
Attn: Legal Department

 

With a copy by email to: legalnotice@blueapron.com

 

4



 

7.                                       Rental Increase (Section 35 of Original Lease,  ¶4 of First Amendment and Second Amendment and ¶3 of Fifth Amendment) .  Monthly rent shall be increased by three percent (3%) per annum for the Premises effective initially for the annual term commencing January 1, 2017.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the monthly rent payable shall be as follows:

 

Period

 

Monthly Rent

 

June 1, 2016 — December 31, 2016

 

$

228,896.34

 

January 1, 2017 — December 31, 2017

 

$

235,763.23

 

January 1, 2018 — December 31, 2018

 

$

242,836.13

 

January 1, 2019 — May 31, 2019

 

$

250,121.21

 

 

8.                                       Ammonia Awareness .  Lessee shall develop an Ammonia Emergency Action/Evacuation Plan and train its employees accordingly.  Lessee will ensure that it provides current emergency contact information for all shift personnel to Lessor.  Attached hereto as Exhibit C is a copy of Lessor’s Tenant Package which Lessee agrees to execute and return to Lessor.

 

9.                                       ADA The Premises described in this Agreement have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist.  Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) is dependent upon Lessee’s specific use of the Premises, Lessor makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises comply with ADA or any similar legislation. In the event that Lessee’s use of the Premises requires modifications or additions to the Premises in order to be in ADA compliance, Lessee agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Lessee’s expense.

 

C.             MISCELLANEOUS :

 

1.                                 No Brokers .  Lessor and Lessee hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Fifth Amendment/Agreement to Renew and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Fifth Amendment/Agreement to Renew.  Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, and costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of the indemnifying party’s dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Broker.  The terms of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

 

2.                                 Master Lease .  Lessor represents that it is the lessee under a Master Lease for the Existing Premises and the Additional Expansion Premises and other premises with Stephens & Stephens (Regatta), LLC, and DF/Hilltop Sub 1, LLC, collectively, as Master Lessors, that the term of the Master Lease expires on December 23, 2031, that, to Lessor’s actual knowledge without duty of inquiry or investigation, there are no defaults thereunder and that no consent under the Master Lease is required for this Fifth Amendment/Agreement to Renew.

 

3.                                 Conflict, No Further Modification .    In the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of the Lease and the terms and provisions of this Fifth Amendment/Agreement to Renew, the terms and provisions of this Fifth Amendment/Agreement to Renew shall prevail.  Except as specifically set forth in this Fifth Amendment/Agreement to Renew, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

 

4.                               Counterparts . This Fifth Amendment/Agreement to Renew may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which, when executed shall be an original, and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument as if all parties hereto had executed the same instrument; and any party or signatory hereto may execute this Fifth Amendment/Agreement to Renew by signing any such counterpart.

 

[ END OF DOCUMENT; SIGNATURES CONTAINED ON FOLLOWING PAGE ]

 

5



 

In WITNESS WHEREOF, this FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AND AGREEMENT TO RENEW has been executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

LESSOR

 

DREISBACH ENTERPRISES, INC.

 

 

A California Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jason W. Dreisbach

 

 

Name:

Jason W. Dreisbach

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

LESSEE

 

BLUE APRON, INC.

 

 

a Delaware Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Benjamin Singer

 

 

Name:

Benjamin Singer

 

 

Title:

Secretary

 

6




Exhibit 10.13

 

 

5 CROSBY STREET INC.,

 

 

Landlord

 

 

TO

 

 

BLUE APRON INC.

 

 

Tenant

 

 

LEASE

 

 

The entire Third (3 rd ) Floor
5 Crosby Street/22 Howard Street
New York, New York

 

 

As of February 10, 2014

 

 

 



 

ARTICLE 1

Demise, Premises, Term, Rents

3

ARTICLE 2

Use

5

ARTICLE 3

Preparation Of the Demised Premises

6

ARTICLE 4

Taxes

8

ARTICLE 5

Subordination, Notice To Mortgagees

10

ARTICLE 6

Quiet Enjoyment

12

ARTICLE 7

Assignment and Subletting

12

ARTICLE 8

Compliance With Laws and Requirements Of Public Authorities

17

ARTICLE 9

Insurance

19

ARTICLE 10

Rules and Regulations

23

ARTICLE 11

Tenant’s Changes

23

ARTICLE 12

Tenant’s Property

27

ARTICLE 13

Repairs and Maintenance

28

ARTICLE 14

Electricity

29

ARTICLE 15

Security Deposit

30

ARTICLE 16

Landlord’s Services

32

ARTICLE 17

Access, Changes in Building Facilities, Name

33

ARTICLE 18

Notice Of Accidents

35

ARTICLE 19

Non-Liability And Indemnification

36

ARTICLE 20

Destruction or Damage

37

ARTICLE 21

Eminent Domain

38

ARTICLE 22

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

40

ARTICLE 23

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

40

ARTICLE 24

Surrender

40

ARTICLE 25

Conditions of Limitations

40

ARTICLE 26

Re-Entry By Landlord

41

ARTICLE 27

Damages

42

ARTICLE 28

Waivers

43

ARTICLE 29

No Other Waivers Or Modifications

44

ARTICLE 30

Curing Tenant’s and Landlord’s Defaults, Additional Rent

45

ARTICLE 31

Broker

46

ARTICLE 32

Notices

46

ARTICLE 33

Estoppel Certificate

46

ARTICLE 34

Arbitration

47

 

i



 

ARTICLE 35

No Other Representations, Construction, Governing Law, Consents

47

ARTICLE 36

Parties Bound

48

ARTICLE 37

Certain Definitions And Construction

49

ARTICLE 38

Adjacent Excavation — Shoring

49

ARTICLE 39

Legal Fees

49

ARTICLE 40

Right of First Offer Re: Second Floor and/or Fourth Floor

50

ARTICLE 41

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

54

ARTICLE 42

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

54

ARTICLE 43

Renewal Option

54

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

Exhibit A — Floor Plan

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit B — Landlord’s Work

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit C — Tax Bill

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit D — Rule and Regulations

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit E — Form of Stipulation of Settlement

 

 

ii



 

LEASE (THIS “ Lease ”) dated as of February 10, 2014 (this “ Effective Date ”), between 5 CROSBY STREET INC. , a New York corporation, having an office at c/o Cape Advisors, Inc. 483 Broadway, 5 th  Floor, New York, New York 10013, (hereinafter called “ Landlord ”) and BLUE APRON, INC. , a Delaware Corporation, having an office at 324 Maujer Street, Brooklyn, New York 11206 (hereinafter called “ Tenant ”).  The “ parties ” shall mean Landlord and Tenant.

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

ARTICLE 1
Demise, Premises, Term, Rents

 

1.01        Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby hires from Landlord, the “Demised Premises” (as such quoted term is hereinafter defined), in the building and improvements known as and located at 5 Crosby Street/22 Howard Street, New York, New York (the “ Building ”), for the term hereinafter stated, for the rents hereinafter reserved and upon and subject to the conditions (including limitations, restrictions and reservations) and covenants hereinafter provided.  Each party hereby expressly covenants and agrees to observe and perform all of the conditions and covenants herein contained on its part to be observed and performed.

 

1.02        The premises hereby leased to Tenant is the entire third (3 rd ) floor of the Building, as shown on the floor plan annexed hereto as Exhibit A and made a part hereof.  Said premises together with all fixtures and equipment which at the commencement, or during the term, of this Lease are thereto attached (except items not deemed to be included therein and removable by Tenant as provided in Article 12 ) constitute and are referred to herein as the “ Demised Premises .”  Until Landlord performs the elevator-stairway work as set forth in paragraph 17.05(ii) (the “Elevator-Stairway Work”), Tenant will be excluded from 161 square feet of the Demised Premises as shown on Exhibit A annexed hereto (the “Excluded Space”), and Fixed Rent will be reduced as set forth in Section 1.04.

 

1.03        The term of this Lease (herein called the “ Term ”), for which the Demised Premises are hereby leased, shall commence February 10, 2014 (as such phrase is hereinafter defined) (such date herein called the “ Term Commencement Date ”), and shall end at noon on January 31, 2019 or shall end on such earlier date upon which said term may expire or be cancelled or terminated pursuant to any of the conditions or covenants of this Lease or pursuant to law (such ending date is hereinafter called the “ Expiration Date ”).

 

Tenant shall have the right to access and use the Demised Premises twenty (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, three-hundred sixty five (365) days each year throughout the Term of the Lease.

 

1.04        The “ rent ” reserved under this Lease, for the Term thereof, shall be and consist of:

 

a.             “ Fixed Rent ” shall be paid by Tenant as follows:

 

3



 

Period

 

Total Annual
Fixed Rent

 

Monthly
Fixed Rent

 

February 10, 2014 through January 31, 2015

 

$

634,725.00

 

$

52,893.75

*

February 1, 2015 through January 31, 2016

 

$

647,419.56

 

$

53,951.63

 

February 1, 2016 through January 31, 2017

 

$

660,367.92

 

$

55,030.66

 

February 1, 2017 through January 31, 2018

 

$

673,575.24

 

$

56,131.27

 

February 1, 2018 through January 31, 2019

 

$

687,046.80

 

$

57,253.90

 

 


*              The Monthly Fixed Rent will be reduced by the monthly sum of $784.80 on a per diem basis ($26.16 per day) until Tenant has use of the Excluded Space in the Demised Premises which is being temporarily retained by Landlord in connection with the Elevator-Stairway Work.

 

b.             “ Additional Rent ” consisting of any and all other sums of money as shall become due from and payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder (for default in payment of which Landlord shall have the same remedies as for a default in payment of Fixed Rent), and shall be payable on demand, unless other payment dates are hereinafter provided.

 

c.             “ Rent Commencement Date ” means the date that is three (3) months from the Effective Date; provided , Tenant shall pay any and all Additional Rent and other charges payable by Tenant in accordance with the terms of this Lease from and after the Effective Date.

 

1.05        Tenant agrees to pay the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent in lawful money of the United States of America.  The Fixed Rent shall be paid in equal monthly installments in advance on the first (1 st ) day of each calendar month during the Term of this Lease, at the office of Landlord set forth above, or such other place in the United States of America as Landlord may designate, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever except as expressly set forth in this Lease.   Should the obligation to pay Fixed Rent commence on any day other than on the first (1 st ) day of a month, then the Fixed Rent for such month shall be prorated on a per diem basis.

 

1.06        Simultaneously with the execution of this Lease Tenant has paid to Landlord the sum of $158,681.25 (the “Prepaid Rent”) which as of the Effective Date shall be deemed earned by Landlord as prepaid rent and provided so long as the Lease has not been terminated prior thereto, as of each of the following months, such sum shall be applied toward the Fixed Rent due for each of the months of February, 2016, February 2017, and February 2018.  In the event that the Lease is terminated for any reason other than Tenant’s default, Landlord will return to Tenant any portion of the Prepaid Rent which was not yet applied.  If the Lease is terminated based upon Tenant’s default, then any portion of the Prepaid Rent not yet applied shall be credited against any liability of Tenant in any manner as Landlord deems appropriate in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

4



 

1.07        Tenant shall pay the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent as above and as hereinafter provided, respectively, by good and sufficient check (subject to collection) drawn on a reputable New York bank.

 

ARTICLE 2
Use

 

2.01        Tenant shall use and occupy the Demised Premises for executive and general offices and, at Tenant’s option, for utilization of a kitchen for the testing and preparation of recipes and for photo shoots and online marketing of such recipes and for no other purpose.

 

2.02        If any governmental license or permit shall be required for the proper and lawful conduct of Tenant’s business in the Demised Premises, or any part thereof, and if failure to secure such license or permit would in any way affect Landlord, the Land or the Building or the conduct of business thereon or therein, then Tenant, as its sole cost and expense, shall duly procure and thereafter maintain such license or permit and submit the same for inspection by Landlord.  Tenant shall at all times comply with the terms and conditions of each such license or permit.  At no expense to Landlord, Landlord shall sign applications and otherwise cooperate with Tenant in connection with securing or maintaining such license or permit.

 

2.03        Tenant shall not at any time use or occupy, of suffer or permit anyone to use or occupy, the Demised Premises, or any portion thereof, or do or permit anything to be done in the Demised Premises, in violation of any zoning laws and/or resolutions or requirements of the Department of Buildings affecting the Demised Premises, the Land and/or the Building, and, in the event a certificate of occupancy is obtained for the Building, Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises shall not be in violation of the certificate of occupancy for the Demised Premises or for the Building so long as the certificate of occupancy obtained permits Tenant’s permitted use under Section 2.01.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant acknowledges that no certificate of occupancy has been obtained for the Demised Premises and/or for the Building and that the Demised Premises are located in a M1-5B Zone.

 

2.04        In connection with any cooking in the Demised Premises:

 

a.             Tenant, at is sole expense, shall install and keep in good order and condition exhaust fans, ventilating systems, or other similar exhaust devices.

 

b.             Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Demised Premises free from infestation of vermin and other pests.

 

c.             Tenant will use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent any offensive odors for which Landlord has received bona fide reasonably based complaints, to emanate from the Demised Premises.  Upon notification from Landlord that Landlord received complaints from other tenants of the Building, Tenant will promptly commence curing the condition, that has given rise to such odors including the installation of control devices or the implementation of procedures to eliminate such odors, and will complete such installations or implementation as commercially reasonable as possible thereafter.  Should Tenant fail to take commercially reasonable steps, Landlord, after notice to Tenant and expiration of any applicable cure period, shall (i) have the right but not the obligation to use self-help and bill Tenant for the cost thereof

 

5



 

as Additional Rent; or (ii) treat such failure as a breach of a material obligation of Tenant’s tenancy hereunder.

 

d.             Tenant shall not cause any food, waste or other foreign substance to be thrown or drawn into the plumbing or waste lines.  Tenant agrees to maintain the plumbing and waste lines in good order, repair and condition and to repair any damage resulting from any violation of this Article.

 

e.             Tenant shall install and maintain a working smoke detector/carbon monoxide detector in the Demised Premises.

 

Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s damages resulting from any breach of the provisions of this Article are difficult, if not impossible to ascertain and concedes that among any other remedies for any such breach permitted by law or the provisions of this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to enjoin Tenant from any violation of said provisions.

 

ARTICLE 3
Preparation of the Demised Premises

 

3.01        Tenant has examined the Demised Premises and agrees to accept the same in their condition and state of repair existing as of the date hereof subject to normal wear and tear and to the removal therefrom of the property of the existing tenant or occupant thereof, if any, and understands and agrees that, except for “Landlord’s Work” (as such quoted term in hereinafter defined), and its obligations otherwise under this Lease, Landlord shall not be required to perform any work, supply any materials or incur any expense to prepare the Demised Premises for Tenant’s occupancy except that, prior to the Term Commencement Date, Landlord shall cause the Demised Premises to be delivered in vacant, broom clean condition, and shall deliver an NYC DEP Form ACP-5 to Tenant showing that the Demised Premises is asbestos free.

 

3.02        Prior to the Term Commencement Date, Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, except as otherwise provided herein, shall do that portion of the construction and other items of work in the Demised Premises set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof (such work, “ Landlord’s Work ”).  Landlord will perform such items of Landlord’s Work and furnish materials to carry out the improvements provided for in Final Plans as herein provided.  In the event that, pursuant to Tenant’s request, any change(s) are requested to the Final Plans and such change(s) would increase the cost of the Landlord’s Work specified therein, the cost will be determined by Landlord and presented in writing to Tenant for Tenant’s reasonable approval prior to the commencement of any such change(s).  If Tenant approves the additional cost, Landlord will perform the changes and Tenant shall pay the additional cost to Landlord upon receipt of an invoice therefor, as Additional Rent hereunder.  If Tenant disapproves the additional cost, Landlord shall continue Landlord’s Work in accordance with the then existing Final Plans.  Landlord shall not be required to provide any services or do any act or thing or make any payment with respect to the Demised Premises or the appurtenances thereto, except as may be specifically provided herein.  Landlord shall deliver the Demised Premises free of outstanding construction or mechanics’ liens and any violations which prohibit, delay or interfere with the Tenant filing for Tenant’s Changes or obtaining permits or approvals, in broom clean

 

6



 

and vacant condition, with the sprinkler, HVAC, plumbing, heating, and electrical systems in proper and good working order.

 

3.03        Intentionally Deleted.

 

3.04        Except as otherwise set forth in this Lease, all fixtures, equipment, improvements and appurtenances attached to or built into the Demised Premises shall be and remain a part of the Demised Premises and shall be deemed the property of Landlord.

 

3.05        All movable partitions, other business and trade fixtures, furnishings, furniture, machinery and equipment, located in the Demised Premises and acquired by Tenant, without expense to Landlord (“ Tenant’s Property ”), which can be removed without damage to the Building shall remain the property of Tenant and, except as otherwise prohibited by this Lease, may, at Tenant’s option, be removed by it at any time during the Term of this Lease; provided that, if any of Tenant’s Property is removed, Tenant shall promptly pay the cost of repairing any damage to the Demised Premises or to the Building resulting from such removal.  In addition, Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, any and all taxes and assessments levied upon or against Tenant’s Property and/or all work, alterations and improvements made by or performed by Tenant of which Tenant has had notice, failing which Landlord may do so on Tenant’s behalf and, thereafter be reimbursed by Tenant upon demand, as Additional Rent hereunder.

 

3.06        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Lease, in the event that this Lease is terminated under the provisions of Article 25 , then and in such event Landlord shall be entitled to the return of (a) any proportionate share of any Fixed Rent which, pursuant to Section 1.04(c) , was not paid for the period between the Effective Date and the Rent Commencement Date (the “Free Rent”) and (b) a proportionate share of the aggregate total dollar amount of the brokerage commission paid by Landlord or total amount of Free Rent computed as follows:

 

number of months remaining

 

 

 

Total Brokerage

in the Term of this Lease at time

 

 

 

Commission Paid by Landlord

of default by Tenant

 

x

 

on account of Lease plus total amount of Free Rent

 

 

 

 

 

total number of months of the
term of this Lease

 

 

 

 

 

Such sum shall be deemed Additional Rent due and owing by Tenant on the date of any such termination of this Lease and shall be in addition to all other damages and remedies herein provided and provided by law.  The obligation of Tenant to pay such Additional Rent (or damages) to Landlord shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

7



 

3.07        Landlord covenants and agrees to:

 

a.             deliver the Demised Premises free of Hazardous Materials and that Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations (including, without limitation, any such requirements under any hazardous materials laws; and

 

b.             maintain in good working order and repair the exterior and the structural portions of the Building, including, without limitation, the structural portions of the Demised Premises, the sidewalks and the lobby and other public portions of the Building, the Building systems, elevators and the Building plumbing, electrical and sprinkler, serving the Demised Premises and common areas of the Building.  In addition, Landlord shall perform all other repairs caused by, or resulting from carelessness, omissions, neglect or improper conduct of Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors.

 

ARTICLE 4
Taxes

 

4.01        A.            Tenant agrees to pay as Additional Rent over and above the Fixed Rent set forth in Article 1, Sixteen and 67/100 (16.67%) Percent (hereinafter “Tenant’s Percentage”) of any and all increases in Real Estate Taxes (as hereinafter defined) above those for the Base Tax Year (as hereinafter defined), as finally determined, imposed by the City of New York and paid by Landlord, with respect to the land and buildings known as, designated by and located in New York County, Manhattan Block #233 Lot #30 of which the Demised Premises are a part with respect to every Tax Year (hereinafter defined) or part thereof during the term of this Lease, whether any such increase results from a higher tax rate or an increase in the assessed valuation of the property, or both.  Should the rentable square footage of the Building ever be increased by the addition of floors, Tenant’s percentage shall be proportionally reduced.

 

B.            “Real Estate Taxes” shall mean the sum of the real estate taxes, assessments and special assessments imposed upon the Building and the Land [Annexed as Exhibit C hereto is a copy of a tax bill for the Building and the Land] and payable by Landlord and any rights or interests appurtenant to either and payable by Landlord (thereinafter defined as “Real Estate Taxes”).  Real Estate Taxes shall not include any franchise or income tax, inheritance, gift, estate, excise, franchise, transfer or sales tax and shall not include any interest or penalties incurred by Landlord as a result of Landlord’s late payment of Real Estate Taxes.  If at any time during the term of this Lease the methods of taxation prevailing at the commencement of the term hereof shall be altered so that in lieu of or as an addition to or as a substitute for the whole or any part of the taxes, assessments, levies, impositions or changes now levied, assessed or imposed on real estate and the improvements thereon, there shall be levied, assessed or imposed (i) a tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge wholly or partially as capital levy or otherwise on the rents received therefrom, or (ii) a tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge measured by or based in whole or in part upon the Demised Premises and imposed upon Landlord, or (iii) a license fee or charge measured by the rents payable by Tenant to Landlord, then all such taxes, assessments, levies, impositions or charges, or the part thereof so measured or based shall be deemed to be included within the term “Real Estate Taxes” for the purposes hereof.  Notwithstanding the fact that the aforesaid increase in Additional Rent is measured by Real Estate Taxes, such increase is Additional Rent and shall be paid by Tenant as provided herein

 

8



 

regardless of the fact that Tenant may be exempt, in whole or in part, from the payment of any Real Estate Taxes by reason of Tenant’s diplomatic status or for any reason whatsoever.

 

C.            The term “Base Tax Year” shall mean the twelve (12) month fiscal period commencing on July 1, 2014 and ending on June 30, 2015.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the Real Estate Taxes are increased specifically attributable to a physical improvement assessment related solely to the Elevator-Stairway Work set forth in Section 17.05(ii) then the amount of such increase shall be added to the Real Estate Taxes for Base Year Tax.

 

D.            The term “Tax Year” shall Taxes mean each twelve (12) month fiscal period commencing July 1 and ending June 30 following the Base Tax Year, any portion of which fiscal period occurs during the term of this Lease, any portion of which fiscal period occurs during the term of the Lease.

 

E.            For each Tax Year Tenant shall pay an amount (the “Tax Payment”) equal to Tenant’s Percentage of the increase in Real Estate Taxes for such Tax Year over the Real Estate Taxes actually paid by Landlord for the Base Tax Year.  All such payments shall be appropriately prorated for any partial fiscal periods for which Real Estate Taxes are first payable and in which the term of this Lease shall expire.

 

F.             If an abatement or exemption is in effect for the Base Tax Year, such abatement or exemption shall be included in the Real Estate Taxes for said Base Tax Year.  If the taxes for the Base Tax Year shall be reduced from the amount originally imposed after Landlord shall have rendered a statement to Tenant with respect to a subsequent tax year, the amount of taxes for the Base Year and the Tax Payment with respect to each subsequent tax year shall not be adjusted.

 

G.            Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Percentage increases for each Tax Year over the Base Year Tax no later than 20 days before each installment is due to the City of New York.

 

H.            Tenant shall be entitled to benefit on a pro rata basis in any reduction or refund in Real Estate Taxes awarded to Landlord as a result of any tax certiorari proceedings or otherwise, net after Landlord has deducted all customary and reasonable fees and expenses associated with said proceedings.  Any credit due Tenant will be credited against any future Fixed Rent or additional rent then due pursuant to the Lease with any balance paid to Tenant within 10 days.  The foregoing obligation by Landlord shall survive expiration or termination of this Lease.  In no event shall any provision of this paragraph result in any reduction in the Fixed Rent or additional rent payable pursuant to any other provision of this Lease.

 

I.             Notwithstanding the fact that the Tax Year runs from July 1 of a given year to June 30 of the following year, Tenant shall only first be obligated to make any payment on account of this Article for increases incurred on or after July 1, 2015.  In lieu of Landlord’s request that Tenant commence the payment of additional rent for Taxes as of February 1, 2015, Tenant will make a one (1x) time payment to Landlord of $2,000.00 to be paid on or before February 1, 2015 for Taxes covering periods through June 30, 2015.

 

9


 

J.             The parties agree that the tax bill from the applicable governing taxing authority shall be conclusive evidence as to the amount of Taxes during any applicable fiscal tax year and Tenant shall have no right to dispute same.

 

K.            Landlord’s failure during the Term to prepare and deliver any of the tax bills, statements, notices or bills set forth in this Article 4 , or Landlord’s failure to make a demand for payment therefore, or Landlord’s preparation and delivery of any incorrect tax bills, statements, notices or invoices, shall not in any way cause Landlord to forfeit or surrender its rights to collect any of the foregoing items of Additional Rent that may have or are to become due during the Term.  Tenant’s liability for the amounts due under this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Term for a period of five years.

 

ARTICLE 5
Subordination, Notice To Mortgagees

 

5.01        This Lease, and all rights of Tenant hereunder, are and shall be subject and subordinate in all respects to the lien of all mortgages which may now or hereafter affect the Land and/or Building, whether or not such mortgages shall also cover other lands and/or buildings, to each and every advance made or hereafter to be made under such mortgages, and to all renewals, modifications, replacements and extensions of such mortgages and spreaders and consolidations of such mortgages.  This Article shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required.  In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument that Landlord or the holder of any such mortgage or any of their respective successors in interest may reasonably request to evidence such subordination.  The mortgages to which this Lease is, at the time referred to, subject and subordinate are hereinafter sometimes called “ superior mortgages ” and the holder of a superior mortgage or its successor in interest at the time referred to is sometimes hereinafter called a “ holder ”.  Landlord confirms that there is currently no superior lease or superior mortgage.

 

5.02        In the event of any or omission of Landlord or casualty which would give Tenant the right, immediately or after lapse of a period of time or notice, to cancel or terminate this Lease (other than Landlord’s failure to deliver possession on the Term Commencement Date), or to claim a partial or total eviction, Tenant shall not exercise such right (i) until it has given written notice of such act or omission to the holder of each superior mortgage and the lessor of each superior lease and (ii) unless such act or omission shall be one which is not capable of being remedied by Landlord or such mortgage holder or lessor within a reasonable period of time, until a reasonable period for remedying such act or omission shall have elapsed following the giving of such notice (which reasonable period shall in no event be less than the period to which Landlord would be entitled under this Lease or otherwise, after similar notice, to effect such remedy), provided such holder or lessor shall with due diligence give Tenant written notice of its intention to, and commence and continue, remedy such act or omission and Fixed Rent and Additional Rent abate to the extent of interference with Tenant’s ability to use the Demised Premises during such cure period.

 

5.03        If the holder of a superior mortgage, or the designee thereof, shall succeed to the rights of Landlord under this lease, whether through possession or foreclosure action or delivery of a new deed, then at the request of such party so succeeding to Landlord’s rights (herein

 

10



 

sometimes called “ successor landlord ”) and upon successor landlord’s written agreement to accept Tenant’s attornment, Tenant shall attorn to and recognize such successor landlord as Tenant’s landlord under this Lease, and shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument that such successor landlord may reasonably request to evidence such attornment.  Upon such attornment this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as, or as if it were, a direct lease between the successor landlord and Tenant upon all the terms, conditions and covenants as are set forth in this Lease and shall be applicable after such attornment except that the successor landlord shall not:

 

a.             be liable for any previous act or omission of Landlord under this Lease unless continuing at the time that the successor landlord takes over and provided that Tenant has given successor landlord thirty (30) days’ notice of and opportunity to cure the condition(s) which Tenant claims give rise to a right of offset;

 

b.             be subject to any offset, not expressly provided for in this Lease, which shall have theretofore accrued to Tenant against Landlord unless continuing at the time that the successor landlord takes over and provided that tenant has given successor landlord thirty (30) days’ notice of and opportunity to cure the condition(s) which Tenant claims give rise to a right of offset;

 

c.             be bound by any previous modification of this Lease signed after Landlord notifies Tenant of any consent requirement, not expressly provided for in this Lease, except for credit of prepaid rent and obligations under paragraph 1.06, or any previous prepayment of more than one (1) month’s Fixed Rent, unless such modification or prepayment shall have been expressly approved in writing by the lessor of the superior lease or the holder of the superior mortgage through or by reason of which the successor landlord shall have succeeded to the rights of Landlord under this Lease.

 

5.04        If, in connection with obtaining, continuing or renewing financing for which the Building, Land or the interest of the lessee under any superior lease represents collateral, in whole or in part, the holder or proposed holder (including any which may elect that this Lease shall have priority over such superior mortgage) shall request reasonable modifications of this Lease as a condition of such financing.  Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold its consent thereto, provided that such modifications do not increase Tenant’s obligation to pay Fixed Rent or Additional Rent or shorten or lengthen the Term of this Lease or do not increase any other obligations or diminish any other rights of Tenant under this Lease except to a de minimus extent.

 

5.05        Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain for the benefit of Tenant a nondisturbance agreement from any present or future mortgagee or holder of an estate or interest having priority over this Lease.

 

11



 

ARTICLE 6
Quiet Enjoyment

 

6.01        Tenant shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Demised Premises subject, nevertheless, to the obligations of this Lease and, as provided in Article 5 , to the superior mortgages, if any.

 

ARTICLE 7
Assignment and Subletting

 

7.01        Except as provided in this Lease, Tenant, for itself, its heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, expressly covenants that it shall not assign, mortgage or encumber this Lease nor underlet, nor suffer, nor permit the Demised Premises or any part thereof to be used or occupied by others, without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as additional rent for any reasonable out of pocket expenses of Landlord associated with such review.  If this Lease be assigned, or if the Demised Premises or any part thereof be underlet or occupied by anybody other than Tenant, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, after default by Tenant, collect rents from the assignee, undertenant or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to the rents herein reserved, but no assignment, underletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of the provisions hereof, the acceptance of the assignee, undertenant or occupant as tenant under this Lease, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of covenants on the part of Tenant herein contained.  Provided however, in the event of an assignment of the Lease to an entity having a net worth of $100 million or more as reasonably demonstrated to Landlord via a financial statement prepared pursuant to GAAP principles and certified by an accountant, and cash on hand equal to at least double the amount of Fixed Rent remaining for the Term and Renewal Term (if applicable) Tenant shall be deemed released from all liabilities and obligations under this Lease.  The consent by Landlord to an assignment or underletting shall not be construed to relieve Tenant, or its assignee or subtenant, from obtaining the express consent in writing of Landlord to any further assignment or underletting if and to the extent required under this Lease.  In no event shall any permitted subtenant assign or encumber its sublease or further sublet all or any portion of its sublet space, or otherwise suffer or permit the sublet space or any part thereof to be used or occupied by others, without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance (which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).  In the event of any sublet, Tenant shall remain fully liable under this Lease.

 

7.02        If Tenant shall, at any time or times during the Term of this Lease, desire to assign this Lease or sublet all or substantially all of the Demised Premises, Tenant shall give notice thereof to Landlord.  Such notice shall be deemed an offer from Tenant to Landlord whereby Landlord may, at its option terminate this Lease by notice to Tenant at any time within thirty (30) days after such notice has been by Tenant to Landlord.  If Landlord fails to exercise its termination option under this Section within such (30) day period, then Landlord shall be deemed to have waived its right to exercise such option.

 

7.03        If Landlord exercises its option to terminate this Lease in accordance with Section 7.02, then this Lease shall end and expire on the date that such assignment or sublet was to be

 

12



 

effective or commence, as the case may be, and the fixed Rent and Additional Rent due hereunder shall be paid and apportioned to such date, the security deposit and any unapplied Prepaid Rent shall be paid to Tenant and Tenant shall have no further liabilities or obligations under this Lease.

 

7.04        INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

 

7.05        INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

 

7.06        INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

 

7.07        In the event Landlord does not exercise the option provided to it pursuant to Section 7.02 and provided that Tenant is not in default, after notice and expiration of any applicable cure period, of any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, Landlord’s consent (which must be in writing and in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord) to the proposed assignment or sublease shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, provided and upon condition that:

 

a.             Tenant shall have furnished Landlord with (a) an original, fully executed, copy of a binding agreement or letter of intent between Tenant and the proposed assignee or subtenant (contingent upon Landlord’s approval) containing all of the material terms of the proposed assignment or sublease, the effective or term commencement date of which shall be not less than ten (10) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the giving of such notice, (b) a statement setting forth in reasonable detail the identity of the proposed assignee or subtenant, the nature of its business and its proposed use of the Demised Premises, and (c) current reasonably detailed financial information with respect to the proposed assignee or subtenant including, without limitation, its most recent financial report;

 

b.             Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for any and all reasonable costs or expenses that may be incurred by Landlord in connection with said assignment or sublease including, without limitation, the costs of making investigations as to the acceptability of the proposed assignee or subtenant, and reasonable legal costs incurred in connection with the granting of any requested consent; and

 

c.             The assignment or sublease shall not allow the use of the Demised Premises or any part thereof for (i) the preparation and/or sale of food for on or off premises consumption (except as provided in Article 2, Paragraph 2.01) or (ii) for use by a foreign or domestic governmental or quasi-governmental agency.

 

Landlord shall have thirty (30) days (in addition to the times specified in paragraph 7.02) to complete Landlord’s review and grant or withhold consent.  If Landlord fails to respond to Tenant within such thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall be entitled to send Landlord a second reminder notice.  If Landlord then fails to respond within five (5) business days of the receipt of the second notice, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the proposed assignment or sublet.  Each subletting pursuant to this Article shall, except as set forth elsewhere in this Lease, be subject to all of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Lease.  Notwithstanding any such subletting to any subtenant and/or acceptance of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent by Landlord from any subtenant, Tenant shall and will remain fully liable for the

 

13



 

payment of the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent due and to become due hereunder and for the performance of all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed and all acts and omissions of any assignee, subtenant or other occupant permitted hereunder or anyone claiming under or through any assignee, subtenant or other occupant permitted hereunder which shall be in violation of any of the obligations of this Lease, shall be deemed to be a violation by Tenant.  Tenant further agrees that notwithstanding any such assignment or subletting, no other and further assignment or subletting of the Demised Premises by Tenant or any person claiming through or under Tenant shall or will be made except upon compliance with and subject to the provisions of this Article.  If Landlord shall reasonably decline to give its consent to any proposed assignment or sublease, or if Landlord shall exercise any of its options under Section 7.02 , Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord against and from any and all loss, liability, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees) resulting from any claims that may be made against Landlord by the proposed assignee or sublessee or by any brokers or other persons claiming a commission or similar compensation in connection with the proposed assignment or sublease.

 

7.08        In the event that (a) Landlord fails to exercise any of its options under Section 7.02 and thereafter consents to a proposed assignment or sublease, and (b) Tenant fails to execute and deliver the assignment or sublease to which Landlord consented within ninety (90) days after the giving of such consent, then Tenant shall again comply with all of the provisions and conditions of Section 7.02 before assigning this Lease or subletting all of part of the Demised Premises.

 

7.09        With respect to each and every sublease or subletting authorized by Landlord under the provisions of this Lease, it is further agreed:

 

a.             No subletting shall be for a term ending later than one (1) day prior to the Expiration Date:

 

b.             No sublease shall be valid, and no subtenant shall take possession of the Demised Premises or any part thereof, until an executed counterpart of such sublease has been delivered to Landlord within the time period provided in Section 7.08(b) .

 

c.             Each sublease shall provide that it is subject and subordinate to this Lease and subject to Section 7.14 to the matters to which this Lease is or shall be subordinate, and that in the event of termination, re-entry or dispossess by Landlord under this Lease, Landlord may, at its option, take over all of the right, title and interest of Tenant, as sublessor, under such sublease, and such subtenant shall, at Landlord’s option, attorn to Landlord pursuant to the then executory provisions of such sublease, except that Landlord shall not (i) be liable for any previous act or omission of Tenant under such sublease, (ii) be subject to any offset not expressly provided in this Lease, if any, which theretofore accrued to such subtenant against Tenant, or (iii) be bound by any previous modification of such sublease or by any prepayment of more than one (1) month’s rent.

 

7.10        If the Landlord shall give its consent to any assignment of this Lease or to any sublease, Tenant shall, in consideration therefor, pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent:

 

14



 

a.             in the case of any assignment, an amount equal to fifty (50%) percent of all sums and other considerations paid to Tenant by the assignee for or by reason of such assignment (including, but not limited to, sums paid for the sale of Tenant’s fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture, furnishings or other personal property, in each case, which is located in the Demised Premises, less, in the case of a sale thereof, the then net unamortized or undepreciated cost thereof determined on the basis of Tenant’s federal income tax returns, exclusive of any allowance or credit given by Landlord), and after deducting the cost of reasonable alterations, reasonable legal fees and reasonable brokerage commissions; and

 

b.             in the case of a sublease, fifty (50%) percent of any rents, additional charge or other consideration payable under the sublease to Tenant by the subtenant which is in excess of the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent accruing during the term of the sublease in respect of the subleased space (at the rate per square foot payable by Tenant hereunder) pursuant to the terms hereof (including, but not limited to, sums paid for the sale or rental of Tenant’s fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture or other personal property, in each case, which is located in the Demised Premises, less, in the case of the sale thereof, the then net unamortized or undepreciated cost thereof determined on the basis of Tenant’s federal income tax returns, exclusive of any allowance or credit given by Landlord), and after deducting the cost of reasonable alterations, reasonable legal fees and reasonable brokerage fees.

 

The sums payable under subsections (a) and (b) above shall be paid to Landlord, as Additional Rent, as and when due and payable from the assignee or subtenant, as the case may be, to Tenant.

 

7.11        Except as otherwise set forth in this Article, if Tenant, or any permitted assignee or subtenant, is a corporation, the provisions of Section 7.01 shall apply to a transfer, however accomplished, whether in a single transaction or in a series of related or unrelated transactions, of a majority of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Tenant, or any permitted assignee or subtenant, as if such transfer of a majority of the stock of Tenant, or any permitted assignee or subtenant, were an assignment of this Lease.  If Tenant, or any permitted assignee or subtenant, is a partnership, the provisions of Section 7.01 shall apply to a transfer, however accomplished, whether in a single transaction or in a series of related or unrelated transactions, of a majority of the total interest in the partnership as if such transfer or a majority of the total interest in the partnership were an assignment of this Lease.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything herein to the contrary, the foregoing provisions of this Article (Section 7.01 through Section 7.10 and Section 7.12) shall not apply to any assignment or other transfer of this Lease whether by merger, consolidation, sale of stock or other equity interests, or the sale of all or substantially of all of Tenant’s assets), or any subletting of all or a portion of the Demised Premises to any corporation, partnership or other entity (a) into or with which Tenant (or Tenant’s direct or indirect parent entity) is merged or consolidated, or (b) to which all of Tenant’s goodwill and all or substantially all of the Tenant’s assets are transferred, or (c) that is controlled by, controlling or under common control with Tenant, or (d) are transfers of stock in connection with private investments or “going public” or (e) are transfers to family members, family trusts, related entity affiliates, transfers between and among present owners and future purchasers of equity in investment transactions, and issuance of additional or transfer of equity interests or with respect to leasehold financing provided, however, Tenant shall notify Landlord after entering into any such transaction.  If Landlord questions whether the transaction should have been subsequent to

 

15



 

Landlord’s reasonable consent, Tenant shall provide Landlord with reasonably satisfactory evidence that such transaction does not require Landlord’s consent as herein required (unless prevented from doing so by securities or other laws or any confidentiality agreement relating to such transaction).

 

7.12        Any assignment or transfer shall be made only if, and shall not be effective until, the assignee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an agreement, within the time provided in Section 7.08(b) , in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord whereby the assignee shall assume the obligations of this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed and whereby the assignee shall agree that the provisions in this Article 7 shall, notwithstanding such assignment or transfer, continue to be binding upon Tenant in respect of all future assignments and transfers.  The original named Tenant covenants that, notwithstanding any assignment or transfer, whether or not in violation of the provisions of this Lease, and notwithstanding the acceptance of Fixed Rent and/or Additional Rent by Landlord from an assignee, transferee, or any other party, the original named Tenant shall remain fully liable for the payment of the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent and for all of the other obligations of this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there is an assignment in compliance with the terms of this Lease and the assignee utilizing GAAP standards has a net worth equal to or greater than Tenant, Tenant shall be released of its obligations hereunder.  In any instance where the original named tenant shall have assigned this Lease, Landlord shall, when giving notice to said assignee in respect of any default, also send a copy of such notice to the original named tenant and no notice of default shall be effective until a copy thereof is so given to the original named tenant.  The original named tenant shall have the same period after receipt of such notice to cure or commence to cure such default as is given to Tenant under this Lease and the original named tenant shall have the right thereafter to take possession of the Demised Premises provided it cures any such default within the time periods permitted by the Lease.

 

7.13        Subject to the foregoing limitations, the joint and several liability of Tenant and any immediate or remote successor in interest of Tenant and the due performance of the obligations of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed or observed shall not be discharged, released or impaired in any respect by any agreement or stipulation made by Landlord extending the time of, or modifying any of the obligations of, this Lease, or by any waiver or failure of Landlord to enforce any of the obligations of this Lease, except assignor not liable for additional or greater obligations created after assignment.

 

7.14        In the event that Tenant has sublet all or substantially all of the Demised Premises and Tenant thereafter is in default under this Lease (monetary or non-monetary or bankruptcy-related event) beyond notice and expiration of any applicable cure period and this Lease terminates as a result thereof, Landlord agrees that the right of the subtenant to continue to occupy the Demised Premises shall not be affected by such termination so long as:

 

i.              If this Lease were terminated due to default, the default(s) which served as the basis for removal of Tenant were caused in whole by Tenant and not in any manner caused by subtenant either in whole or in part.

 

16



 

ii.             The subtenant was a subtenant whose subtenancy originally required Landlord’s consent (subtenant not being a party or parties as described in paragraph 7.12 above).

 

iii.            The subtenant attorns in writing to Landlord and at Landlord’s election either assumes Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or reaffirms subtenant’s obligations under the sublease with Tenant under the sublease originally furnished to Landlord with such sublease then becoming a direct lease with Landlord; and

 

iv.            The subtenant deposits with landlord additional security in the sum equal to twenty-five (25%) percent of the Annual Fixed Rent for the last year of the Term or Renewal Term; and

 

v.             Tenant has (or on Tenant’s behalf, subtenant has) fulfilled all of Tenant’s monetary obligations occurring through the effective date of attornment.

 

ARTICLE 8
Compliance With Laws and Requirements
Of Public Authorities

 

8.01        Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord of any notice it receives of the violation of any law or requirement of public authority, and Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall comply with all laws and requirements of public authorities which shall, with respect to the Demised Premises or the use and/or occupation thereof, or the abatement of any nuisance, impose any violation, order or duty on Landlord or Tenant, arising from (i) Tenant’s particular manner of use of the Demised Premises, (ii) the particular manner of conduct of Tenant’s business or operation of its installations, equipment or other property therein, (iii) any cause or condition created by or at the instance of Tenant, including the performance of any work performed by Landlord for or on behalf of Tenant, or (iv) breach of any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder.  However, Tenant shall not be so required to make any structural or other substantial change in the Demised Premises unless the requirement arises from a cause or condition referred to in clause (i), (ii), (ii) or (iv) above.  Landlord, at its expense, shall comply with all other such laws and requirements of public authorities as shall affect the Demised Premises, but may contest the same subject to conditions reciprocal to Subsections (a), (b) and (d) of Section 8.02 .  Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that Tenant’s obligations with respect to the Demised Premises under this Section 8.01 shall include, without limitation, compliance throughout the Term of this Lease with the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, together with all amendments thereto which may be adopted from time to time, and all regulations and rules promulgated thereunder (the “ ADA ”) but solely if any such obligation arises from a cause or condition referred to in (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above; provided , however , that Landlord agrees to cause the “Common Areas” (as such quoted term is hereinafter defined) to be in compliance with the ADA and all other applicable laws and regulations, as and to the extent thereby required unless the need for compliance is occasioned by either the specific manner of operation of Tenant’s business or alterations performed by Tenant in which case Tenant shall be responsible for the Common Areas as well.  Tenant shall pay all the costs, expenses, fines, penalties and damages imposed upon Landlord or any superior lessors or superior mortgagees by reason of or arising out of Tenant’s failure to comply with legal requirements or insurance requirements if and to the extent required under the provisions of this Section.  For example, but not by way of

 

17



 

limitation, if any public authority requires any additional sprinkler heads or changes to the sprinkler system in or serving the Demised Premises solely by reason of the particular manner of conduct of Tenant’s business in the Demised Premises or by reason of Tenant’s alterations, or the location of partitions, trade fixtures, or other contents of the Demised Premises if and to the extent installed by Tenant, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly make and supply such additional sprinkler heads or make such changes.  Landlord shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for compliance with all applicable laws with respect to Building systems and other portions of the Building not part of the Demised Premises or those portions of the Demised Premises which are not Tenant’s obligation and with respect to all violations existing on the Lease Term Commencement Date or arising from or related to Landlord’s Work.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant acknowledges that (i) no certificate of occupancy has been obtained for the Demised Premises and/or for the Building, (ii) the permitted use for the Demised Premises and for the Building ( i.e. , office use) is an “as of right” use pursuant to current zoning for the Building and (iii) the foregoing shall not be deemed or construed to relieve Tenant of any of its obligations under this Lease, it being understood and agreed to by Tenant that Tenant shall remain fully bound to perform its obligations hereunder notwithstanding the foregoing.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Landlord acknowledges that there is an open application pending with the New York City Department of Buildings (“DOB”) with respect to the Demised Premises.  If such open application prohibits Tenant from filing an application for Tenant Changes or delays or interferes with such filing or with Tenant obtaining permits or approvals (without any fault of Tenant), Landlord covenants and agrees to use best efforts to close out such application and to indemnify Tenant for any costs and expenses Tenant incurs arising from any additional requirements or changes to Tenant’s plans required by DOB as a result of such open application or the previous tenant’s work in the Demised Premises.

 

8.02        Tenant may, at is sole cost and expense (and if necessary, in the name of but without expense to Landlord) contest, by appropriate proceedings prosecuted diligently and in good faith, the validity, or applicability to the Demised Premises, of any law or requirement of public authority, and Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in such proceedings, provided that:

 

a.             Landlord shall not be subject to criminal penalty or to prosecution for a crime nor shall the Demised Premises or any part thereof be subject to being condemned or vacated, by reason of non-compliance or otherwise by reason of such contest;

 

b.             Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord against all liability, loss, damage, cost or expense which Landlord shall suffer by reason of such non-compliance or contest including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney’s fees and other reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord;

 

c.             Such non-compliance or contest shall not constitute or result in any violation of any superior lease or superior mortgage, or if such superior lease and/or superior mortgage shall permit such non-compliance or contest on condition of the taking of action or furnishing of security by Landlord, such action shall be taken and such security shall be furnished at the expense of Tenant;

 

18



 

d.             Tenant shall furnish Landlord with such security as Landlord shall require in connection with Tenant’s non-compliance or contest; and

 

e.             Tenant shall keep Landlord advised in writing as to the status of such proceedings.

 

Without limiting the application of Section 8.02(a)  thereto, Landlord shall be deemed subject to prosecution for a crime within the meaning of said Subsection, if Landlord, or any officer or shareholder of Landlord individually, is charged with a crime of any kind or degree whatever, whether by service of a summons or otherwise, unless such charge is withdrawn before Landlord or such officer (as the case may be) is required to plead or answer thereto.

 

8.03        In addition and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Lease, Tenant shall, at all times, comply with all local, state and federal laws, rules and regulations governing the use, handling and disposal of “Hazardous Material” (as such quoted term is hereinafter defined) in the Demised Premises by Tenant, its subtenants, licensees and invitees including, but not limited to, Section 1004 of the Federal Reserve Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §6901 et. seq. (42 U.S.C. §6903) and any additions, amendments, or modifications thereto with respect to Hazardous Material which Tenant brings into the Demised Premises.  Landlord shall be responsible for any Hazardous Material present on the Term Commencement Date.  As used herein, the term “ Hazardous Material ” shall mean any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste which is, or becomes, regulated by any local or state government authority in which the Demised Premises is located or the United States Government.  Landlord and its agents shall have the right, but not the duty, to inspect the Demised Premises at any time to determine whether Tenant is complying with the terms of the Section 8.03 .  Tenant is not in compliance with this Section 8.03 , Landlord shall have the right to immediately enter upon the Demised Premises and take whatever actions as are reasonably necessary to comply including, but not limited to, the removal from the Demised Premises of any Hazardous Material and the restoration of the Demised Premises to a clean, neat, attractive, healthy and sanitary condition.  Tenant shall pay all costs so incurred by Landlord due to Tenant’s failure to comply with the terms of this Section, as Additional Rent, ten (10) days upon receipt of a bill therefor.

 

ARTICLE 9
Insurance

 

9.01        Subject to the uses permitted under Section 2.01, Tenant shall not do or suffer or permit anything to be done in or about the Demised Premises or the Building which would:  (a) subject landlord to any liability for injury to any person or property, (b) cause any increase in the insurance rates applicable to any policies of insurance carried by Landlord covering the Real Property, the Building or the rental income to be derived therefrom or the Building equipment or other property of Landlord, or cause insurance companies of good standing to refuse to insure the aforesaid interests of Landlord in amounts reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, or (c) result in the cancellation of any policy of insurance or the assertion of any defense by the insurer to any claim under any policy of insurance maintained by or for the benefit of Landlord.

 

19


 

9.02        If, as the result of any failure by Tenant to comply with the terms of Section 9.01, the insurance rates applicable to any policy of insurance carried by Landlord covering the Real Property, the Building or the rental income to be derived therefrom or the Building equipment or other property of Landlord, shall be increased, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord, as additional rent, within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s demand therefor, the portion of the premiums for said insurance attributable to such higher rates.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, that except for cooking for which Landlord makes no representation Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises for the permitted use under this Lease shall not subject Tenant to this obligation.  In the event that Landlord claims that the premiums for any insurance carried by Landlord covering the Real Property have increased solely on account of Tenant’s kitchen use, Tenant shall be reasonable for increases solely to the extent they are commercially reasonable and provided that Landlord furnishes reasonable evidence supporting Landlord’s claim for the additional premiums.  A schedule or rule book issued by the Insurance Services Office or any other insurance rating organization having jurisdiction, or the rating procedures or rules of Landlord’s insurance companies shall be conclusive evidence of the several items and charges which make up the insurance rates and premiums on the Demised Premises and the Building and the rental income to be derived therefrom.

 

9.03        A.            Tenant shall secure and keep in full force and effect throughout the Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense:  (i) Commercial General Liability Insurance, written on an occurrence basis and in the limits of Five Million ($5,000,000.00) Dollars combined single limit for personal and bodily injury and death arising therefrom and Broad Form property damage arising out of any one occurrence in, upon, adjacent to or in connection with the Demised Premises or any part thereof, which insurance shall include coverage for contractual liability, Landlord’s protective liability, independent contractor’s liability and completed operations liability; (ii) insurance upon Tenant’s Property (as hereinafter defined), fixtures, furnishings and equipment, including Tenant’s Changes, in an amount equal to the full replacement value thereof (including an “agreed amount” endorsement), including any increase in value resulting from increased costs, with coverage against such perils and casualties as are commonly included in “all risk insurance policies (including breakage of glass within the Demised Premises, sprinkler leakage and collapse) and if commercially available at competitive rates, back-up of sewers and drains in the Demised Premises installed by or on behalf of Tenant (or anyone claiming under or through Tenant); (iii) during the course of construction of any Tenant Changes and until completion thereof, at landlord’s election, Builder’s Risk Insurance on an “all risk” basis, including collapse) on a completed value (non-reporting) form for full replacement value covering the interests of Landlord and Tenant in all work incorporated in the Building and all materials and equipment in or about the Demised Premises; (iv) Workers’ Compensation Insurance, as required by law; (v) business interruption insurance using the insurance service office standard form (or equivalent) on all “all risk” basis to reimburse Tenant for its loss of profits and expenses as a result of an interruption of business, which such coverage shall be purchased and maintained at a limit adequate to protect not less than twelve months of profits and expenses; and (vi) such other insurance in such amounts as Landlord may reasonably require from time to time provided the same is then customary for either buildings or uses of this nature.  All such insurance shall contain only such “deductibles” as Landlord shall approve in writing, which approval shall not be withheld if commercially reasonable.  The minimum amounts of insurance required herein shall not be construed to limit the extent of Tenant’s liability under this Lease.  In addition, prior to any entry upon the Demised Premises by Tenant or any of Tenant’s

 

20



 

employees, agents or contractors, Tenant shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Landlord certificates evidencing that all insurance required hereunder is in full force and effect.  Tenant shall have the right to insure and maintain the insurance coverages set forth in this Article under blanket insurance policies covering other premises occupied by Tenant so long as such blanket policies comply as to terms and amounts with the insurance provisions set forth in this Lease; provided that upon request Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a certificate of Tenant’s insurer evidencing the portion of such blanket insurance allocated to the Demised Premises.

 

B.            All such insurance shall be written in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord by an insurance company in financial size category of not less than XI and with general policy holders’ ratings of not less than A, as rated in the most current available “Best’s” insurance reports, or the then equivalent thereof, and licensed to do business in New York State and authorized to issue such policies.  All policies of insurance procured by Tenant shall contain endorsements providing that (i) such policies may not be reduced or canceled (including for non-payment of premium) or allowed to lapse with respect to Landlord or materially changed or amended except after thirty (30) days’ prior notice from the insurance company to Landlord, sent by certified or registered mail; and (ii) Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of premiums therefor notwithstanding that Landlord or any other party or may be named as an insured.  Duly executed certificates of insurance (including endorsements and evidence of the waivers of subrogation required herein), together with reasonably satisfactory evidence of payment of the premiums therefor, shall be delivered to Landlord, on or before five (5) days following the Commencement Date.  Each renewal or replacement of a policy shall be so deposited at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policy.  Tenant shall not carry any separate or additional insurance concurrent in form or contributing in the event of any loss or damage with any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant under this Lease, and all policies of insurance procured by Tenant shall be written as primary policies not contributing to or in excess of coverage that Landlord may carry.

 

C.            All insurance procured by Tenant under this Article shall be issued in the names and for the benefit of Landlord and Landlord’s managing agent, each as an additional insured (but only as to the Demised Premises), Tenant and if Landlord requests, the superior mortgagee on the Land and/or the Building, as its interests may appear, and shall contain an endorsement that each of Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent and such mortgagee or lessor, although named as an additional insured, nevertheless shall be entitled to recover under said policies for any loss or damages occasioned to it, its agents, employees, contractors, directors, shareholders, partners and principals (disclosed or undisclosed) by reason of the negligence or tortious acts of Tenant, its servants, agents, employees and contractors.  Landlord agrees that only Tenant shall be named a loss payee under Tenant’s insurance policies covering Tenant’s Property and Workers’ Compensation.

 

9.04        Landlord and Tenant shall each endeavor to secure an appropriate clause in, or an endorsement upon, each fire or extended coverage policy obtained by it and covering the Building, the Demised Premises or the personal property, fixtures and equipment located therein or thereon pursuant to which the respective insurance companies waive subrogation or permit the insured, prior to any loss, to agree with a third party to waive any claim it might have against said third party.  The waiver of subrogation or permission for waiver of any claim hereinbefore referred to shall extend to the agents of each party and its employees and, in the case of Tenant,

 

21



 

shall also extend to all other persons and entities occupying or using the Demised Premises.  If and to the extent that such waiver or permission can be obtained only upon payment of an additional charge then, except as provide d in the following two (2) paragraphs, the party benefiting from the waiver or permission shall pay such charge upon demand, or shall be deemed to have agreed that the party obtaining the insurance coverage in question shall be free of any further obligations under the provisions hereof relating to such waiver or permission.

 

In the event that Landlord shall be unable at any time to obtain one of the provisions referred to above in any of its insurance policies, at Tenant’s option Landlord shall cause Tenant to be named in such policy or policies as one of the assureds, but if any additional premium shall be imposed for the inclusion of Tenant as such as assured, Tenant shall pay such additional premium to Landlord promptly upon demand.  In the event that Tenant shall have been named as one of the insureds in any of Landlord’s policies in accordance with the foregoing, Tenant shall endorse promptly to the order of Landlord, without recourse, any check, draft or order for the payment of money representing the proceeds of any such policy or any other payment growing out of or connected with said policy and Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights in and to such proceeds and payments.

 

In the event that Tenant shall be unable at any time to obtain one of the provisions referred to above in any of its insurance policies, Tenant shall cause Landlord to be named in such policy or policies as one of the assureds, but if any additional premium shall be imposed for the inclusion of Landlord as such an assured, Landlord shall pay such additional premium upon demand or Tenant shall be excused from its obligations under this paragraph with respect to the insurance policy or policies for which such additional premiums would be imposed.  In the event that Landlord shall have been named as one of the assureds in any of Tenant’s policies in accordance with the foregoing, Landlord shall endorse promptly to the order of Tenant, without recourse, any check, draft or order for the payment of money representing the proceeds of any such policy or any other payment growing out of or connected with said policy and Landlord hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights in and to such proceeds and payments.

 

Subject to the waiver of subrogation being obtained or being named as an additional insured pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.03 , and insofar as may be permitted by the terms of the insurance policies carried by it.  Each party hereby releases the other with respect to any claim (including a claim for negligence) which it might otherwise have against the other party for loss, damages or destruction with respect to its property by fire or other casualty, (including rental value or business interruption, as the case may be) occurring during the Term of this Lease.

 

9.05        If, by reason of a failure of Tenant to comply with the provisions of Section 8.01 or Section 9.01 , the rate of fire insurance with extended coverage on the Building or equipment or other property of Landlord shall be higher than it otherwise would be, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, on demand, for the part of the premiums for fire insurance and extended coverage paid by landlord because of such failure on the part of Tenant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing excluding cooking, but subject to Section 9.02, Tenant’s office use of the Demised Premises for the permitted use under this Lease shall not subject Tenant to such obligation.

 

22



 

9.06        If any dispute shall arise between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the incurrence or amount of any additional insurance premium referred to in Section 9.03 , the dispute shall be determined by arbitration pursuant to Article 34 .

 

9.07        A schedule or make up of rates for the Building or the Demised Premises, as the case may be, issued by the New York Fire Insurance Exchange or other similar body making rates for fire insurance and extended coverage for the premises concerned, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated and of the several items and charges in the fire insurance rate with extended coverage then applicable to such premises.

 

ARTICLE 10
Rules and Regulations

 

10.01      Tenant and its employees and agents shall faithfully observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations annexed hereto as Exhibit D and made a part hereof, and such changes therein (whether by modification, elimination or addition) as Landlord at any time or times hereafter may make and communicate in writing to Tenant, which do not unreasonably affect the conduct of Tenant’s business in the Demised Premises except as required by any governmental law, rule, regulation, ordinance or similar decree and provided that no such modifications, eliminations or additions would materially alter Tenant’s rights or obligations under this Lease and all of such Rules and Regulations and all modifications, eliminations or amendments thereto are commercially reasonable and to the extent applicable to all tenants of the Building are uniformly enforced against all tenants of the Building, or to the extent only applicable to particular tenants are uniformly enforced against them; provided, however , that in case of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Lease and any of the Rules and Regulations as originally promulgated or as changed, the provisions of this Lease shall control.

 

10.02      Subject to Section 10.01, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant in any manner for the violation of any Rules and Regulations by any other tenant or its employees, agents or visitors.

 

ARTICLE 11
Tenant’s Changes

 

11.01      All renovations, additions, installations, improvements and/or alterations of any kind or nature in the Demised Premises (hereinafter collectively referred to as “changes” and, as applied to changes provided for in this Article, “Tenant’s Changes”) shall require the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed provided, except as set forth below:

 

A.            The outside appearance or the strength of the Building or of any of its structural parts shall not be affected;

 

B.            No part of the Building outside of the Demised Premises shall be affected;

 

C.            The proper functioning of any of the mechanical, electrical, sanitary and other service systems of the Building shall not be materially adversely affected;

 

23



 

D.            In performing the work involved in making such changes, elsewhere in this Lease, Tenant shall be bound by and observe all of the conditions and covenants contained in this Article and by the Rules and Regulations contained in Exhibit D;

 

F.             Tenant’s Changes shall be performed only by contractors and subcontractors first approved by Landlord in writing such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, including the sprinkler, security, life safety system, plumbing, electrical and other Building system subcontractors for the Building.  Tenant may use non-union labor.

 

G.            Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, with the consent of Landlord as to location and scope, run wiring, lines and conduits through shafts and other concealed portions of the Building and subject to Landlord’s consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed connect to Building systems as may be reasonably appropriate for communications, internet access and other purposes pertaining to its business.

 

H.            Tenant shall have the right to construct a working kitchen in the Demised Premises, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval.

 

I.             Tenant also should be able to perform decorative work on notice to, but without Landlord’s consent.

 

11.02      Before proceeding with any Tenant’s Changes, Tenant shall submit to Landlord full plans and specifications (if such plans and specifications are customarily prepared) and all changes and revisions thereto, for the work to be done for Landlord’s approval in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof, Landlord reserves the right to engage an architect and/or engineer to review Tenant’s Changes.  Landlord shall have twenty (20) days to respond to any such request.  Should Landlord fail to respond within said twenty (20) days.  Tenant may give Landlord a second five (5) days written notice containing the same request.  Should Landlord then fail to respond, Landlord shall be deemed to have consented to Tenant’s request.  In the event that Landlord does so Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable cost of such engagement as Additional Rent.  Landlord may, as a condition of its approval, require Tenant to make reasonable revisions in and to the plans and specifications.

 

11.03      Tenant, at its expense, shall obtain all necessary governmental permits and certificates for the commencement and prosecution of Tenant’s Changes and for final approval thereof from public authorities having jurisdiction thereover upon completion and shall furnish copies thereof to Landlord, and cause Tenant’s Changes to be performed in compliance therewith and with all applicable laws and requirements of public authorities, and with all applicable requirements of insurance bodies, and in good and workmanlike manner, using materials and equipment at least equal in quality and class to the original installations in the Building.  Landlord shall sign any applications reasonably necessary and shall otherwise cooperate with Tenant, at no expense to Landlord in connection with matters arising in connection with Tenant’s Changes, under this Lease or with respect to the use and occupancy of the Demised Premises.  Landlord shall be entitled to engage an architect and/or engineer and/or consultant to review the applications and proposed Tenant’s Changes at Tenant’s expense as additional rent.  Landlord agrees to cap any such expense at $5,000.00 for the first year of the Term subject to increases in future years based upon changes in the Consumer Price Index for all Urban Consumers New

 

24



 

York all Items 1982-1984=100.  Tenant’s Changes shall be performed in such manner as not to unreasonably interfere with or delay and (unless Tenant shall indemnify Landlord therefor to the latter’s reasonable satisfaction) as not to impose any additional expense upon Landlord in the construction, maintenance or operation of the Building or any portion thereof.  Throughout the performance of Tenant’s Changes, Tenant, at its expense, shall carry, or cause to be carried, worker’s compensation insurance in statutory limits and general liability insurance for any occurrence in or about the Building as set forth in herein, in which Landlord and its managing agent Cape Advisors, Inc. shall be named as parties insured, in such limits as Landlord may reasonably prescribe, with insurance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.  Tenant shall furnish Landlord with satisfactory evidence that such insurance is in effect at or before the commencement of Tenant’s Changes and, on request, at reasonable intervals thereafter during the continuance or Tenant’s Changes.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, should any violations of law or conditions in the Building outside the Demised Premises delay or inhibit Tenant’s ability to obtain permits or approvals in connection with Tenant’s intention to install a kitchen, the free rent period provided for in Section 1.04(c) shall continue on a per diem basis for each day of such delay.  Should the delay exist for more than ninety (90) days Tenant shall have the one (1x) time option to terminate this Lease and surrender the Demised Premises, exercisable at any time after the ninetieth (90 th ) day but before the one hundred eighteenth (180 th ) day following the commencement of such delay or inhibition.  TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE FOR TENANT to give such notice.  However, if Tenant does not exercise such option by the ninety-fifth (95 th ) day after the commencement of the delay or inhibition, rental payments shall recommence as of the ninety first (91 st ) day.

 

11.04      Tenant, at its expense, and with diligence and dispatch, shall procure the cancellation or discharge of all notices of violation arising from Tenant’s Changes which shall be issued by the Department of Buildings or any other public or quasi-public authority having or asserting jurisdiction.  Tenant shall defend, indemnify and save harmless Landlord against any and all mechanic’s and other liens filed in connection with Tenant’s Changes, including the liens of any security interest in, conditional sales of, or chattel mortgages upon, any materials, fixtures or articles so installed in and/or constituting part of the Demised Premises and against all reasonable costs, expense and liabilities incurred in connection with any such lien, security interest, conditional sale or chattel mortgage or any action or proceeding brought thereon.  Tenant, at its expense, shall initiate the satisfaction or discharge of all such liens within thirty (30) days after (a) Landlord makes written demand therefor, or (b) Tenant receives notice thereof, whichever occurs earlier and proceed diligently to conclusion.  If a lien is filed against Landlord, the Building or the Demised Premises in connection with any changes made by Tenant or any of its subtenants in or to the Demised Premises and if Tenant fails to discharge the lien, then in addition to any other rights and remedies available to Landlord, Landlord may take any action it deems reasonably necessary following the first to occur of the passage of forty-five (45) days or the institution of legal action to discharge such lien including without limitation, payment to the claimant on whose behalf the lien was filed and the application of all or any part of any security deposited with Landlord hereunder to any reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the discharge of any lien.  Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against all reasonable costs so incurred by Landlord without regard to any defense or offset that Tenant may have had against the claimant.  Neither Landlord’s curative action nor the reimbursement by Tenant shall cure Tenant’s default in this regard.

 

25



 

11.05      Tenant agrees that the exercise of its rights pursuant to the provisions of this Article or any other provisions of this Lease shall not be done in a manner which would create any work stoppage, picketing, labor disruption or dispute or violate any union contracts affecting the Real Property nor material interference with the business of Landlord or any Tenant or occupant of the Building.  Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid any disturbance or dispute.  In the event of Tenant fails to cooperate with Landlord resulting in the occurrence of any condition described above arising, Tenant shall, immediately upon notice from Landlord, cease the manner of exercise of such right giving rise to such condition.  In the event Tenant fails to cease such manner of exercise of its rights as aforesaid, Landlord, in addition to any rights available to it under this Lease and pursuant to law, shall have the right to injunction upon notice.  With respect to Tenant’s Changes, Tenant shall make all arrangements for, and pay all Landlord’s established, reasonable and necessary charges incurred in connection therewith, including, without limitation, electricity, air-conditioning, standby and cooperating labor, physical protection measures, increased insurance, fire protection, security, carting and non-exclusive use of the freight elevator.

 

11.06      Promptly after the completion of Tenant’s Changes, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord (i) a complete set of “as-built” plans and specifications, and (ii) the Department of Buildings evidencing satisfactory completion of Tenant’s Changes (commonly known as a “job signoff”).

 

11.07      Tenant shall require all general contractors, and if there is no general contractor any plumbers and electricians engaged or employed by the Tenant and as to any other contractor shall use reasonable effort to get such contract to indemnify and hold Tenant, Landlord, and Landlord’s Consultants, harmless against any loss, cost, expense, liability or damage and will hold them harmless from and pay any loss, cost, expense, liability or damage (including, without limitation, judgments, reasonable attorney’s fees, court costs, and the cost of appellate proceedings), which Landlord and/or Tenant incurs because of injury to or death of any person or on account of damage to property, including loss of use thereof, or any other claim arising out of, in connection with, or as a consequence of the performance of the work by the contractor and/or acts or omissions of the contractor or any or its officers, directors, employees, agents, agents, sub-contractors or anyone directly or indirectly employed by the contractor or anyone for whose acts the contractor may be liable as it relates to the scope of the construction contract.

 

11.08      If a filing with the New York City Department of Buildings is legally required, no Alterations shall be undertaken (i) except under the supervision or a licensed architect or license professional engineer reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

 

11.09      Tenant will promptly upon the completion of an Alteration deliver to Landlord as-built CAD drawings (if available, but if not, then final working drawings with field notes if any) of any alterations Tenant has performed or caused to be performed in the Demised Premises

 

11.10      All alterations, installations, additions and improvements made and installed by Tenant, or at Tenant’s expense, upon the Demised Premises which are of a permanent nature and which cannot be removed without damage to the Demised Premises or Building (other than damages which is easily repaired) including, without limitation, heating, ventilation and air

 

26



 

conditioning units, shall become the permanent property of Landlord, and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Demised Premises as a part thereof at the end of the term.

 

11.11      Where furnished by or at the expense of Tenant all furniture, furnishings and other personal property and trade fixtures, including, without limitation, murals, business machines and equipment, counters, screens, grille work, cages, partitions, metal railings, closets, free standing lighting fixtures and equipment, drinking fountains, semi-stationary partitions and any other movable property not connected to the Demised Premises or the Building’s systems which can be removed without damage to the building (other than damage which is easily repaired) shall remain the property or Tenant who shall remove all of the same prior to the expiration of the Term.

 

11.12      If any of Tenant’s property described above is not removed on or prior to the expiration of the Term, the same shall be deemed abandoned and Landlord shall have the right to remove such property and to dispose of same without accountability to Tenant and at the sole cost and expense of Landlord.  In case of any damage to the Demised Premises or the Building resulting from the removal of such property, Tenant shall repair such damage or, in default thereof, shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable cost in repairing such damage.  This obligation shall survive any termination of this Lease.

 

11.13      Landlord and/or Landlord’s architect and/or engineer may enter the Demised Premises, on no less than 48 hours notice to Tenant, during normal business hours and in the presence of a Tenant representative, during the performance of the Initial Tenant’s Changes for purposes of inspecting same.

 

11.14      Tenant is hereby notified that the Demised Premises is subject to the jurisdiction of the Landmarks Preservation Commission.  In accordance with Sections 25-305, 25-306, 25-309 and 25-310 of the Administrative Code of the City of New York and the rules set forth in Title 63 of the Rules of the City of New York, any demolition, construction, reconstruction. alteration or minor work as described in such sections and such rules within or at the Demised Premises is subject to the requirements of the Landmarks Preservation Commission.  Tenant is notified that such demolition, construction and reconstruction, alterations or minor work includes, but is not limited to, (a) work to the exterior of the Demised Premises involving windows, signs, awnings, flagpoles, banners and storefront alterations and (b) interior work to the Demised Premises that (i) requires a permit from the Department of Buildings or (ii) changes. destroys or affects an interior architectural feature of an interior landmark or an exterior architectural feature of an improvement that is a landmark or located on a landmark site or in a historic district.

 

ARTICLE 12
Tenant’s Property

 

12.01      All paneling, movable partitions, lighting fixtures, special cabinet work, other business and trade fixtures, machinery and equipment, communications equipment and office equipment, whether or not attached to or built into the Demised Premises, which are installed in the Demised Premises by or for the account of Tenant, without expense to or contribution from Landlord, and can be removed without material damage to the Building or the Demised

 

27



 

Premises, and all furniture, furnishings and other articles of movable personal property owned by Tenant and located in the Demised Premises, (all of which are sometimes called “ Tenant’s Property ”) shall be and shall remain the property of Tenant and may be removed by it at any time during the Term of this Lease; provided that if any of Tenant’s Property is removed, Tenant or any party or person entitled to remove same shall promptly repair or promptly pay the cost of repairing any damage to the Demised Premises or to the Building resulting from such removal.  Any equipment or other property, or any portion thereof, for which Landlord shall have granted any allowance or credit to Tenant or which has replaced such items originally provided by Landlord at Landlord’s expense shall not be deemed to have been installed by or for the account of Tenant, without expense to Landlord, and shall not be considered Tenant’s Property.

 

12.02      INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

 

12.03      INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

 

ARTICLE 13
Repairs and Maintenance

 

13.01      Tenant shall take good care of the Demised Premises and the fixtures, equipment and appurtenances therein, and shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly make all all nonstructural repairs or replacements thereto as and when needed to preserve them in good working order and condition (unless caused by negligence of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors (collectively, “Landlord Parties”), except for reasonable wear and tear, including, without limitation, as shall be required by reason of (i) the performance or existence of Tenant’s Changes (not to include Landlord’s Work and provided that Landlord notifies Tenant upon plan approval that such Tenant’s Changes will trigger this obligation), (ii) the installation, use or operation of Tenant’s Property in the Demised Premises, (iii) the moving of Tenant’s Property in or out of the Building, or (iv) the misuse or neglect of Tenant or any of its employees, agents or contractors.  Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall replace all scratched, damaged or broken doors or other glass in or about the Demised Premises and shall be responsible for all repairs, maintenance and replacement of wall and floor coverings in the Demised Premises and for the repair and maintenance of all lighting fixtures therein.

 

If and when reasonably necessary Landlord shall be responsible for and shall make all repairs and replacements to the sidewalks adjacent to the Building, subsurface conditions and structural elements of the Building and Building systems.

 

13.02      Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant by reason of any inconvenience, annoyance, interruption or injury to business arising from Landlord’s making any repairs or changes which Landlord is required or permitted by this Lease, or required by law, to make in or to any portion of the Building or the Demised Premises, or in or to the fixtures, equipment or appurtenances of the Building or the Demised Premises, including, without limitation, any repairs and/or changes to the Building and/or the Demised Premises for purposes of obtaining the certificate of occupancy for the Building.

 

13.03      Subject to the provisions of Articles 20 and 21 herein should any action of Landlord prevent Tenant from utilizing at least seventy-five (75%) percent of the Demised

 

28



 

Premises for more than five (5) consecutive business days, the Fixed Rent shall abate until Tenant is able to resume the use at least twenty-five (25%) percent of the Demised Premises.  Should Tenant be prevented from utilizing at least seventy-five (75%) percent of the Demised Premises for more than sixty (60) days Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Landlord no later than seventieth (70 th ) consecutive days and vacating no later than what would the ninetieth (90 th ) consecutive day.  TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE for Tenant as to both dates.

 

ARTICLE 14
Electricity

 

14.01      Tenant shall obtain electricity for the Demised Premises on a direct meter basis, Tenant shall be responsible for and pay to the applicable utility all charges for electricity as measured by such meter.  Landlord shall not in any way be liable or responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage or expense which Tenant may sustain or incur if either the quantity or character of electric service is changed or is no longer available or suitable for Tenant’s requirements.  Any additional riser or risers to supply Tenant’s electrical requirements, upon written request to Tenant, will be installed by Landlord, at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, unless, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the same will cause permanent damage or injury to the Building or the Demised Premises or cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition or interfere with or disturb other tenants or occupants.  In addition to the installation of such riser or risers, Landlord will also at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, install all other equipment proper and necessary in connection therewith subject to the aforesaid terms and conditions.  Tenant covenants and agrees that at all times its use of electric current shall never exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Building or the risers or wiring installation which Landlord represents is sufficient for ordinary office use.  It is further covenanted and agreed by the Tenant that all the aforesaid costs and expenses are chargeable and collectible as Additional Rent and shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord within ten (10) days after the rendering of any bill or statement to the Tenant therefor.  Tenant shall make no alterations or additions to the electric equipment and/or appliances without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, should electric service be interrupted for a period of more than five (5) consecutive business days through the sole fault of Landlord so as to prevent Tenant from using at least seventy-five (75%) percent of the Demised Premises, Fixed Rent shall abate until such service resumes and Tenant is able to resume the use of at least seventy-five (75%) percent of the Demised Premises.  Should such service interruption prevent Tenant from using at least seventy-five (75%) of the Demised Premises for more than sixty (60) days and be due to the sole fault of Landlord, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Landlord no later than the seventieth (70 th ) consecutive day and vacating no later than the ninetieth (90 th ) consecutive day.  TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE for Tenant as to both dates.

 

14.02      Tenant agrees not to connect any additional electrical equipment of any type to the Building electric distribution system, beyond that on Tenant’s approved plans for initial occupancy, other than lamps, computers and other small office machines which consume comparable amounts of electricity, without Landlord’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, in each instance.  In no event shall Tenant use or

 

29


 

install any fixtures, equipment or machines the use of which in conjunction with other fixtures, equipment and machines in the Demised Premises would result in an overload of the electrical circuits servicing the Demised Premises or the Building.

 

ARTICLE 15
Security Deposit

 

15.01      Letter of Credit.  Subject to other provisions of this paragraph Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, upon Tenant’s execution of this Lease, a Letter of Credit (as hereinafter defined) in the amount of $158,681.25 and upon each anniversary of the Term or Renewal Term shall amend said Letter of Credit such that at all times the face amount or the Letter of Credit shall equal three (3) months then prevailing Fixed Rent as a guaranty for the faithful performance and observance by Tenant of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease.  The letter of credit shall be in the form of a clean, irrevocable, non-documentary and unconditional stand-by letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”) issued by and drawable upon any commercial bank, trust company, national banking association or savings and loan association with offices for banking purposes in the City of New York (the “Issuing Bank”) and in the event that the Issuing Bank is not located in the United States, the Letter of Credit shall be confirmed by any commercial bank, trust company, national banking association or savings and loan association with offices for banking purposes in the City of New York (the “Confirming Bank”), which, in each case, is then rated, without regard to qualification of such rating by symbols such as “+” or “-” or numerical notation, “A” or better by Moody’s Investors Service or “A” or better by Standard & Poor’s Rating Service.  The Letter of Credit shall (a) name Landlord as beneficiary, (b) have a term of not less than one year, (c) permit multiple drawings, (d) be fully transferable by Landlord without the payment of any fees or charges by Landlord, and (e) otherwise be in form and content reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.  If upon any transfer of the Letter of Credit any fees or charges shall be so imposed, then such fees or charges shall be payable solely by Tenant and the Letter of Credit shall specify that it is transferable without charge to Landlord.  If Landlord pays any such fees or charges, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord therefor upon demand.  The Letter of Credit and any confirmation thereof shall provide that it shall be automatically renewed (and confirmed, if required), without amendment or need for any other action, for consecutive periods of one year each thereafter during the Term, as the same may be extended (and in no event shall the Letter of Credit expire prior to the 45th day following the Expiration Date) unless the Issuing Bank or Confirming Bank sends duplicate notices (the “Non-Renewal Notices”) to Landlord by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested (one of which shall be addressed “Attention, Chief Legal Officer” and the other of which shall be addressed “Attention, Chief Financial Officer”), not less than 45 days next preceding the then expiration date of the Letter of Credit stating that the Issuing Bank has elected not to renew the Letter of Credit or that the Confirming Bank has elected not to continue to confirm the Letter of Credit, as the case may be.  The Issuing Bank shall agree with all beneficiaries, drawers, endorsers, transferees and bona fide holders that drafts drawn under and in compliance with the terms of the Letter of Credit will be duly honored upon presentation to the Issuing Bank (or Confirming Bank, if applicable) at an office location in New York, New York or by fax or mail to a banking office outside of New York.  The Letter of Credit shall be subject in all respects to the International Standby Practices 1998, International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590, as the same may be amended or replaced.  Notwithstanding the foregoing Tenant may initially deposit with Landlord cash security in the amount of $158,681.25, provided that within sixty (60) days of execution of this

 

30



 

Lease Tenant simultaneously exchanges a Letter of Credit for such cash security.  Additionally, during the Term or the Renewal Term, Tenant shall be entitled to exchange an existing Letter of Credit with another Letter of Credit compliant with this Article.

 

15.02      Application of Proceeds of Letter of Credit.  If (a) an Event of Default by Tenant occurs in the payment or performance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease, including the payment of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent after notice and expiration of any applicable cure period, (b) Tenant fails to make any installment of Fixed Rent or additional rent after notice and beyond any applicable grace period or (c) Landlord receives a Non-Renewal Notice or the credit rating of the Issuing Bank has been downgraded below the rating specified above and Tenant has failed, after 30 days’ notice from Landlord, to deliver a new Letter of Credit from a bank with a credit rating meeting the standard specified above and otherwise meeting the requirements set forth in this Article 15.  Landlord shall have the right, by sight draft to draw, at its election, all or a portion of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit and thereafter hold, use, apply, or retain the whole or any part of such proceeds, (x) to the extent required for the payment of any Fixed Rent or any other sum as to which Tenant is in default including any damages which Landlord may, pursuant to this Lease, recover, whether such damages accrue before or after summary proceedings or other reentry by Landlord and/or (y) as cash proceeds to guaranty Tenant’s obligations hereunder, unless and until Tenant delivers to Landlord a substitute Letter of Credit which meets the requirements of this Article 15.  If Landlord applies any part of the cash proceeds of the Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms of this Lease, Tenant shall promptly thereafter amend the Letter of Credit to increase the amount thereof by the amount so applied or provide Landlord with an additional Letter of Credit in the amount so applied so that Landlord shall have the full amount thereof on hand at all times during the Term.  If Tenant shall comply with all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, the Letter of Credit or the cash proceeds thereof, as the case may be, shall be returned to Tenant within 30 days after the Expiration Date and after delivery of possession of the Demised Premises to Landlord in the manner required by this Lease.  If Landlord had no right to retain all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant on demand for any reasonable attorneys fees incurred by Tenant in seeking to recover the Security Deposit when due.

 

15.03      To further secure Tenant’s performance of its obligations to pay Fixed Rent due under this Lease and to vacate the Demised Premises upon expiration of the Lease term, Tenant has simultaneously executed a Stipulation of Settlement (the “Stipulation”), a copy of which is annexed hereto as Exhibit “E”).  The Stipulation which must be executed by the Tenant and its counsel, and by Landlord and its counsel, and by Landlord’s counsel, as escrowee, may, pursuant to its terms, be filed with the Civil Court of the City of New York, County of New York, in the context of a holdover proceeding instituted by Landlord for the purposes of providing these assurances to Landlord through a Judgment of Possession for the Demised Premises and issuance of a Warrant of Eviction, which Stipulation Landlord’s attorneys are obligated to hold in escrow and may only be released and filed with the Court in the event that Tenant (a) defaults in the payment of Fixed Rent, after notices to Tenant and Tenant’s attorneys, and expiration of the applicable cure periods as provided for in the Stipulation, or (b) fails to vacate the Demised Premises on the Surrender Date or the Extended Surrender Date, as applicable, as those terms are defined in the Stipulation.  In the event that Tenant or any permitted or approved successor or assignee of Tenant (a) provides a “good guy” guaranty of the Lease in a form and executed by a guarantor reasonably acceptable to Landlord; or (b) has a net worth of at least $100 million as

 

31



 

demonstrated by GAAP principles and is either (i) NYSE or NASDAQ listed or (ii) has liquid assets equal to or greater than twice the then remaining fixed rental payments payable under the Lease for the balance of the Term, or if the Renewal Option has been exercised, for the balance of the Renewal Term, as demonstrated to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, the Stipulation will be void and of no further force or effect.

 

ARTICLE 16
Landlord’s Services

 

16.01      Landlord agrees to furnish to the Demised Premises and/or Building, as applicable, at no additional charge (unless otherwise provided for in this Lease) the following utilities and services: (a) hot and cold water suitable for drinking, lavatory, toilet and ordinary cleaning purposes; (b) extermination and pest control when necessary which Tenant shall be required to pay as additional rent (at Landlord’s reasonable cost therefor); (c) janitorial services for the common areas of the Building; (d) elevator and freight elevator (at such time as the Building has a freight elevator) service; provided , however , that use of the freight elevator must be scheduled in advance with Landlord’s representative; (e); and (f) access to the Demised Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week during the Term.  Additionally, Landlord (either directly or through a managing agent) shall manage, operate and administer the Building.  Tenant, shall be responsible for cleaning the Demised Premises and for the removal of any rubbish from the Demised Premises.  Tenant shall deposit any rubbish in a street location to be designated by Landlord.  Tenant shall be solely responsible for the provision of heating and cooling in the Demised Premises, as well as for the maintenance of HVAC system servicing the Demised Premises.  Provided that if Tenant obtains a monthly service contract for the HVAC system and the HVAC system is maintained pursuant thereto, and the failure of the HVAC system is not the fault of Tenant, Landlord shall be responsible for the replacement of the HVAC system or the enforcement of any existing, warranty.

 

16.02      Landlord shall maintain the name of Tenant or any permitted subtenant on the Building directory.  In the event Tenant shall require additional or substitute listings on the Building directory, Landlord shall, to the extent space for such additional or substitute listing is available (as determined by Landlord, in its reasonable discretion) maintain such listings.  Tenant or any permitted subtenant shall have the right to place a sign on the main entrance to the Demised Premises and in the elevator lobby on any whole floor of the Building that it occupies, subject to the approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

16.03      Landlord reserves the right, without any liability to Tenant, to stop service of any of the sanitary, elevator or other Building systems serving the Demised Premises, or the rendition of any of the other services required of Landlord under this Lease, whenever and for so long as may be necessary, by reason of accidents, emergencies, strikes or the making of repairs or changes which Landlord is required by this Lease or by law to make or in good faith deems necessary, by reason of difficulty in securing proper supplies of fuel, steam, water, electricity, labor or supplies, or by reason or any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant’s use of the systems, utilities and services for the Demised Premises are materially interfered with for five (5) days such that Tenant is precluded from using Demised Premises, Rent and Additional Rent and any other applicable charges

 

32



 

thereafter shall abate until such material interference ceases.  In all events, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business and to resolve the factors giving rise to the delay or interruption as expeditiously as possible.

 

16.04      For purposes of this Article 16 and as otherwise applicable under this Lease, unless the context otherwise specifies or requires, the following terms shall have the meanings herein specified:

 

a.             “ Business Day ” shall mean Monday through Friday, but excludes all federal and state holidays, or the days on which the holidays are designated for observance, including, without limitation: New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the day after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day.

 

b.             “ Calendar Year ” shall mean any period during the Term of this Lease or any extended term of this Lease, commencing on January 1 and ending on the next following December 31.

 

c.             “ Common Areas ” shall mean all interior and exterior common areas, including, but not limited to, building signs, landscaping, paving, sidewalks, hallways, stairways, elevators, common entrances, lobbies, restrooms and other similar public areas and access ways, that are designated by Landlord for the non-exclusive use of the tenants of the Building.

 

ARTICLE 17
Access, Changes in Building Facilities, Name

 

17.01      Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, all portions of the Building except the inside surfaces of all walls, windows and doors bounding the Demised Premises (including exterior Building walls, core corridor walls and doors and any core corridor entrance) and any space in or adjacent to the Demised Premises used for shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, fan rooms, ducts, electric or other utilities, sinks or other Building facilities, and the use thereof, as well as access thereto through the Demised Premises for the purpose or operation, maintenance, decoration and repair, are reserved to Landlord.

 

17.02      Tenant shall permit Landlord to install, use, replace and maintain pipes, ducts and conduits within the demising walls, bearing columns and ceilings of the Demised Premises if required in connection with the activities performed under the provisions of clause (ii) of Section 17.03.

 

17.03      Landlord or Landlord’s agent shall have the right, upon request and at least one (1) business day notice to Tenant and in the presence of a Tenant representative (except in emergency under clause (ii) hereof or during the period that Tenant is performing any work in the Demised Premises) to enter and/or pass through the Demised Premises or any part thereof, at reasonable times during regular hours, (i) to examine the Demised Premises and to show them to the fee owners, lessors of superior leases, holders of superior mortgages, or prospective purchasers, mortgagees or lessees of the Building as an entirety, and (ii) for the purpose of making such repairs in or to the Demised Premises or in or its facilities if required by this Lease or as may be mutually agreed upon by the parties or as Landlord may be required to make by law or in order to repair and maintain said structure or its fixtures or facilities.  Landlord shall be

 

33



 

allowed to take all materials into and upon the Demised premises that may be required for such repairs or maintenance, without liability to Tenant except any damage caused by Landlord’s negligence or misconduct.  Landlord shall also have the right to enter on and/or pass through the Demised Premises, or any part thereof, at such times as such entry shall be required by circumstances of emergency affecting the Demised Premises or said structure.  In case of an emergency, oral notice shall be attempted.

 

17.04      During the period of six (6) months prior to the Expiration Date, Landlord may exhibit the Demised Premises to prospective tenants upon at least one (1) Business Day notice to Tenant.

 

17.05      Except as set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall have the right at any time, without the same constituting an actual or constructive eviction, and without incurring any liability to Tenant, (i) to change the arrangement or location of entrances or passageways, doors and doorways, and corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets, or other public parts of the Building, (ii) subject to the provisions of Section 1.04, to install a second (2 nd ) elevator and a second set of internal egress stairs in the Building and demolish the existing freight elevator shaft (the “Elevator-Stairway Work”) in the area shown on Exhibit A annexed hereto, provided however, Landlord shall: (a) provide Tenant with seven (7) days prior written notice of its intention to perform the work; (b) perform all demolition work on the second, third and fourth floors of the Building only during non-business hours; (c) take all measures to protect the security of Tenant, its employees and invitees and prevent any dust or debris from entering the Demised Premises during the performance of the work; (d) perform the work as expeditiously as possible and in a manner so as to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business at, or use of, the Dismissed Premises; (e) perform all work in accordance with all applicable laws; and (f) upon completion of the Elevator-Stairway Work, erect and paint new demising walls consistent with the Demised Premises and/or (iii) otherwise perform alterations to any portion of the Building (including, without limitation, in connection with Landlord’s efforts to obtain a certificate of occupancy for the Building), provided that any such changes do not (a) other than temporarily while such work is proceeding, reduce, interfere with or deprive Tenant of access to the Building or the Demised Premises except to a de minimus extent, or (b) reduce the rentable area of the Demised Premises provided, however, in the event that Landlord is required to perform any work (including, without limitation, the installation of elevators, stairs, mechanical equipment and/or building systems) in order to comply with any laws, ordinances and/or government rules and regulations and/or in order to obtain a certificate of occupancy for the Demised Premises and/or for the Building, and such work requires Landlord to permanently retain a portion of Demised Premises either a part of or adjacent to the Excluded Space not exceeding the floor area of the Excluded Space (i.e. 161 square feet), the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall be proportionately adjusted for the balance of the Term (and if applicable the Renewal Term) to the extent of the floor area either a part of or adjacent to the Excluded Space permanently retained by Landlord after such work is completed.  All parts (except surfaces facing the interior of the Demised Premises) of all walls, windows and doors bounding the Demised Premises (including exterior Building walls, exterior core corridor walls, exterior doors and entrances), all balconies, terraces and roofs adjacent to the Demised Premises; all space adjacent to the Demised Premises used for shafts, stacks, stairways, chutes, pipes, conduits, ducts, fan rooms, heating, air cooling, plumbing and other mechanical facilities, service closets and other Building facilities are not part of the Demised Premises, and Landlord shall have the use thereof, as well as reasonable access thereto

 

34



 

through the Demised Premises for the purposes of operation, maintenance, alteration, improvement, replacement, additions and repair, provided however that, any replacement of pipes or conduits within the Demised Premises shall be done in a concealed manner so as not to interfere with Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, should any work or alterations by Landlord, including without limitation, the Elevator-Stairway Work, interfere with Tenant’s access to or use of any portion of the Demised Premises for a period of more than five (5) consecutive business days, Fixed Rent shall abate until such interference ceases.  Should such work prevent Tenant from obtaining access to or using any portion of the Demised Premises for more than sixty (60) days, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Landlord.  Also notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, should the Elevator-Stairway Work or any work or alterations performed by Landlord in the Building outside the Demised Premises delay or inhibit Tenant’s ability to obtain permits or approvals in connection with Tenant’s Changes, the free rent period provided for in Section l.04(c) shall continue on a per diem basis for each day of such delay.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, all Elevator-Stairway Work shall be staged by Landlord solely within the Excluded Space as shown on Exhibit A hereto.

 

17.06      Landlord may adopt any name for the Building and Landlord reserves the right to change the name or address of the Building at any time.

 

17.07      For the purposes of this Lease, the term “landlord” means a landlord or lessor, and as used in this Lease means only the owner, or the mortgage in possession for the time being, of the Land and Building (or the owner of a lease of the Building or of the Land and Building) of with the Demised Premises form a part, so that in the event of any sale or sales or conveyance, assignment or transfer of said Land and Building, or of said lease, or in the event of a lease of said Building, or of the Land and Building, the said Landlord shall be, and hereby is, entirely freed and relieved of all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder (except with respect to Tenant’s security deposit and any prepaid rent), and it shall be deemed and construed without further agreement between the parties or their successors in interest, or between the parties and the purchaser, at any such sale, or the said lessee of the Building, or of the Land and Building, that the purchaser, grantee, assignee or transferee or the lessee of the Building has assumed and agreed to carry out any and all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 18
Notice Of Accidents

 

18.01      Tenant shall give notice to Landlord, promptly after Tenant obtains actual knowledge thereof, (i) any accident in or about the Demised Premises for which Landlord might be liable, (ii) all fires in the Demised Premises, (iii) all damages to or defects in the Demised Premises, including the fixtures, equipment and appurtenances thereof, for the repair of which Landlord might be responsible, and (iv) all damage to or defects in any parts or appurtenances of the Building’s sanitary, electrical, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, elevator and other systems located in or passing through the Demised Premises or any part thereof.

 

35



 

ARTICLE 19
Non-Liability and Indemnification

 

19.01      Neither Landlord nor any agent or employee of Landlord shall be liable to Tenant for any injury or damage to Tenant or to any other person or for any damage to or loss (by theft or otherwise) of, any property of Tenant or of any other person, irrespective of the cause of such injury, damage or loss unless caused by or due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, contractors or employees occurring within the scope of their respective employments, it being understood that no property, other than such as might normally be brought upon or kept in the Demised Premises as incident to the reasonable use of the Demised Premises for the purpose herein permitted, will be brought upon or be kept in the Demised Premises.

 

19.02      Tenant shall indemnify and save harmless Landlord and its agents against and from (a) any and all claims, costs or expenses (including but not limited to reasonable counsel fees) (i) arising from (x) the conduct or management of the Demised Premises or of any business therein by Tenant during the Term of this Lease or (y) any work or thing whatsoever done, or any condition created by Tenant in or about the Demised Premises during the Term of this Lease or during the period of time, if any, prior to the Term Commencement Date that Tenant may have been given access to the Demised Premises if arising due to Tenant’s actions, or (ii) arising from any negligent or otherwise wrongful act of Tenant or any of its subtenants or licensees or its or their employees agents or contractors, and (b) all costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in or in connection with each such claim or action or proceeding brought thereon.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Tenant shall solely be obligated hereunder if such claims, costs or expenses arise in connection with Landlord’s negligence and willful misconduct but Tenant and Landlord shall have pari pasu liability based upon a determination of comparables fault.  In case any action or proceeding be brought against Landlord by reason of any such claim, Tenant, upon notice from Landlord shall from time to time, pay all of Landlord’s costs and expenses incurred to resist and defend such action or proceeding.

 

19.03      Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, this Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder shall be in no wise affected, impaired or excused because Landlord is unable to fulfill, or is delayed in fulfilling, any of its obligations under this Lease by reason of strike, other labor trouble, governmental pre-emption or priorities or other controls in connection with a national other public emergency or shortages of fuel, supplies or labor resulting therefrom, acts of God or other like cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and Tenant shall have no right of offset against any Fixed Rent or Additional Rent due hereunder for any reason whatsoever.

 

Wherever in this Lease a party agrees to indemnify the other, the indemnitee shall give prompt notice to the indemnitor of any claim, shall cooperate with the indemnitor in defense of the claim thereof as may be reasonably required and shall not settle such claim without indemnitor’s prior written consent, not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

 

36



 

ARTICLE 20
Destruction or Damage

 

20.01      If the Building or the Demised Premises shall be partially or totally damaged or destroyed or rendered inaccessible by fire or other cause or any other factors such as, for example, damage to other parts of the Building or the areas surrounding the Building, floods, acts of terrorism, etc., then, whether or not the damage or destruction shall have resulted from the fault or neglect of Tenant, or its employees, agents or visitors (and if this Lease shall not have been terminated as in this Article hereinafter provided), Landlord shall repair the damage and restore and rebuild the Building and/or the Demised Premises at its expense, with reasonable dispatch after notice to it of the damage or destruction provided, however , that Landlord shall not be required to repair or replace any of Tenant’s Property nor to restore any of Tenant’s initial installations in and to the Demised Premises (except and to the extent that they become part of the realty and become Landlord’s property).

 

20.02      If the Building or the Demised Premises shall be partially damaged or partially destroyed or rendered inaccessible by fire or other cause or any other factors as set forth above, the rents payable hereunder shall be abated to the extent that the Demised Premises shall have been rendered inaccessible or untenantable and for the period from the date of such damage or destruction to the date the damage shall be repaired or restored.  If the Demised Premises or a major part thereof shall be totally (which shall be deemed to include substantially totally) damaged or destroyed or rendered completely (which shall be deemed to include substantially completely) untentantable on account of fire or other cause, the rents shall abate of the date of the damage or destruction and until Landlord shall repair, restore and rebuild the Buildings and the Demised Premises; provided, however , that should Tenant reoccupy a portion of the Demised Premises during the period the restoration work is taking place and prior to the date that the same are made completely tenantable, rents allocable to such portion shall be payable by Tenant from the date of such occupancy.

 

20.03      If the Building shall be totally damaged or destroyed by fire or other cause, or if the Building shall be damaged or destroyed by fire or other cause (whether or not the Demised Premises are damaged or destroyed) as to require a reasonably estimated expenditure of more than forty (40%) percent of the full insurable value of the Building immediately prior to the casualty, then in either such case Landlord may terminate this Lease provided that Landlord terminates all other leases in the  Building at the same time, by giving Tenant notice to such effect within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the casualty.  Tenant has a reciprocal right to terminate should such a casualty occur in the last year of the Term.  Such notice by Landlord must be sent no later than 180 days after such damage or casualty.

 

In case of any damage or destruction mentioned in this Sections 20.01, 20.12 or 20.03 , Tenant may terminate this Lease, by notice to Landlord, if Landlord has not completed the making of the required repairs and restored and rebuilt the Building and the Demised Premises within 270 days from the date of such damage or destruction, or within such period after such date (not exceeding six (6) months) as shall equal the aggregate period Landlord may have been delayed in doing so by adjustment of insurance, labor trouble, governmental controls, acts of God, or any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control.

 

37



 

20.04      No damages, compensation or claim shall be payable by Landlord for inconvenience, loss of business or annoyance arising from any repair or restoration of any portion of the Demised Premises or of the Building pursuant to this Article.  In all events, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s business and to remedy the factors giving rise to delay or interruption as expeditiously as possible.

 

20.05      Intentionally Deleted.

 

20.06      Landlord will not carry insurance of any kind on Tenant’s Property and shall not be obligated to repair any damage thereto or replace the same.

 

20.07      This Article 20 constitutes an express agreement governing any case of damage or destruction of the Demised Premises or the Building by fire or other casualty, and Section 227 of the Real Property Law of the State of New York, which provides for such contingency in the absence of an express agreement, and any other law of like nature and purpose now or hereafter in force, shall have no application in any such case.

 

ARTICLE 21
Eminent Domain

 

21.01      If the whole of the Building shall be lawfully taken by condemnation or in any other manner for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, this Lease and the Term and estate hereby granted shall forthwith terminate as of the date of vesting of title in such taking (which date is hereinafter also referred to as the “ date of the taking ”), and the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent due hereunder shall be prorated and adjusted as of such date.

 

21.02      If only a part of the Building shall be so taken, this Lease shall be unaffected by such taking, except that Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease in the event of a partial taking, only if the remaining area of the Demised Premises shall not be reasonably sufficient for Tenant, in Tenant’s judgment exercised reasonably to continue feasible operation of its business or access to the Demised Premises is impeded by a taking.  Tenant shall give notice of such election to Landlord not later than thirty (30) days after (i) notice of such taking is given by Landlord to Tenant, or (ii) the date of such taking, which ever occurs sooner.  Upon the giving of such notice by Tenant this Lease shall terminate on the date of such taking and the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent due hereunder shall be prorated as of such termination date.  Upon such partial taking and this Lease continuing in force as to any part of the Demised Premises, the rents apportioned to the part taken shall be prorated and adjusted as of the date of taking and from such date the Fixed Rent for the Demised Premises and Additional Rent shall be payable pursuant to Article 4 according to the rentable area remaining.

 

21.03      Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award in any proceeding with respect to any taking provided for in this Article without deduction therefrom for any estate vested in Tenant by this Lease and Tenant shall receive no part of such award, except as hereinafter expressly provided in this Article.  Tenant hereby expressly assigns to Landlord all of its right, title and interest in or to every such award.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant may, at its sole cost and expense, make a claim with the condemning authority

 

38



 

for Tenant’s moving expenses, the value of Tenant’s fixtures or Tenant’s Changes which would not become part of the Building or property of the Landlord upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term of this Lease, provided however that Landlord’s award is not thereby reduced or otherwise adversely affected.

 

21.04      If the temporary use or occupancy of or access to all or any part of the Demised Premises shall be lawfully taken by condemnation or in any other manner for any public or quasi-public use or purpose during the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled, except as hereinafter set forth, to receive that portion of the award for such taking which represents compensation for the use and occupancy of the Demised Premises and, if so awarded, for the taking of Tenant’s Property and for moving expenses, and Landlord shall be entitled to receive that portion which represents reimbursement for the cost of restoration of the Demised Premises.   This Lease shall be and remain unaffected by such taking and Tenant shall continue to be responsible for all its obligations hereunder insofar as such obligations are not affected by such taking and shall continue to pay in full the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent when due.  If the period of temporary use of occupancy shall extend beyond the Expiration Date, that part of the award which represents compensation for the use or occupancy of the Demised Premises (of a part thereof) shall be divided between Landlord and Tenant so that Landlord shall receive so much thereof as represents the period subsequent to the Expiration Date.  All moneys received by Landlord as, or as part of, an award for temporary use and occupancy for the period beyond the date to which the rents hereunder have been paid by Tenant, but prior to the Expiration Date, shall be received, held and applied by Landlord as a trust fund for payment of the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent due hereunder.

 

21.05      Subject to Tenant’s right to terminate under this Article, in the event of and taking of less than the whole of the Building which does not result in a termination of this Lease, or in the event of a taking for a temporary use of occupancy of all or any part of the Demised Premises which does not extend beyond the Expiration Date, Landlord, at its expense, and to the extent any award or awards shall be sufficient for the purpose, shall proceed with reasonable diligence to repair, alter and restore the remaining parts of the Building and the Demised Premises to substantially a building standard condition to the extent that the same may be feasible and so as to constitute a complete and tenantable Building and Demised Premises.

 

21.06      Should any part of the Demised Premises be taken to effect compliance with any law or requirement of public authority other than in the manner hereinabove provided in this Article, then (i) if such compliance is the obligation of Tenant under this Lease, Tenant shall not be entitled to any diminution or abatement of rents or other compensation from Landlord therefor, but (ii) if such compliance is the obligation of Landlord under this Lease, the Fixed Rent hereunder shall be reduced and Additional Rents under this Article 4 shall be adjusted in the same manner as is provided in Section 21.02 according to the reduction in rentable area of the Demised Premises resulting from such taking.

 

21.07      Any dispute which may arise between the parties with respect to the meaning or application of any of the provisions of this Article shall be determined by arbitration in the manner provided in Article 34 .

 

39


 

ARTICLE 22
INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

ARTICLE 23
INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

ARTICLE 24
SURRENDER

 

24.01      On the last day of the Term of this Lease, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease as provided hereunder or upon any re-entry by Landlord upon the Demised Premises, Tenant shall quit and surrender the Demised Premises to Landlord in reasonably good order, condition and repair, except for ordinary wear and tear, and Tenant repair the Demised Premises wherever such removal results in damage thereto.

 

24.02      In the event Tenant remains in possession of the Demised Premises, after the Expiration Date or the date of sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant, at the option of Landlord, shall be deemed to be occupying the Demised Premises as a holdover tenant from month-to-month, at a monthly rent equal to two (2) times the sum of (i) the monthly installment of Fixed Rent then payable under this Lease, plus (ii) one-twelfth (1/12 th ) of the Additional Rent then payable under this Lease, subject to all of the other terms and obligations of tis Lease insofar as the same are applicable to a month-to-month tenancy.

 

ARTICLE 25
CONDITIONS OF LIMITATIONS

 

25.01      To the extent permitted by applicable law, this Lease, and the Term and estate hereby granted, are subject to the limitation that, whenever Tenant shall make an assignment of the property of Tenant for the benefit of creditors, or shall consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment of a liquidator receiver, trustee, or other custodian of itself or the whole or any part of its properties or assets, or shall commence a voluntary case for relief under the United States Bankruptcy Code or file a petition or take advantage of any bankruptcy or insolvency or applicable law of like import, or whenever an involuntary case under the United States Bankruptcy Code shall be commenced against Tenant, or if a petition shall be filed against it seeking similar relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency or other applicable law of like import or whenever a receiver, liquidator, trustee, or other custodian of Tenant or of, or for substantially all of the property of, Tenant shall be appointed without Tenant’s consent or acquiescence, then Landlord if such event continues for ninety (90) days, may give Tenant a notice of intention to end the Term of this Lease at the expiration of five (5) days from the date of service of such notification of intention, and, upon the expiration of said five (5) day period, this Lease and the Term and estate hereby granted, whether or not the Term shall theretofore have commenced, shall terminate with the same effect as if that day were the Expiration Date (unless such event shall cease before expiration of the 5 day period), but Tenant shall remain liable for damages as provided in Article 27 .  As used in this Section 25.01 , the term “ Tenant ” shall mean the owner and holder of the interest and estate of the tenant under this Lease.

 

40



 

25.02      The Lease and the term and estate granted are subject to the further limitation that:

 

a.             INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

b.             whenever Tenant shall do or permit anything to be done, whether by action or inaction, contrary to any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder except for Tenant’s obligations to pay Fixed Rent and Additional Rent, and if such situation shall continue and shall not be remedied by Tenant within twenty (20) days after Landlord shall have given to Tenant a notice specifying the same, or in the case of a happening or default which cannot with due diligence be cured within a period of twenty (20) days if Tenant shall not, (i) within said twenty (20) day period advise Landlord of Tenant’s intention to duly institute all steps necessary to remedy such situation, (ii) duly institute within said twenty (20) day period, and thereafter diligently prosecute to completion all steps necessary to remedy the same and (iii) complete such remedy within such time after the date of the giving of said notice of Landlord as shall reasonably be necessary, or

 

c.             whenever any event shall occur or any contingency shall arise whereby this Lease or the estate hereby granted or the unexpired balance of the term hereof would, by operation of law or otherwise, devolve upon or pass to any person, firm or corporation other than Tenant, except as expressly permitted by Article 7 , or then in any of said cases set forth in the foregoing subsections, (b), (c) Landlord may give to Tenant a notice of intention to end the Term of this Lease at the expiration of five (5) days from the date of the service of such notice of intention, and upon the expiration of said five (5) days this Lease and the term and estate hereby granted, whether or not the term shall theretofore have commenced, shall terminate with the same effect as if that day were the Expiration Date (unless Tenant shall cure such default within such 5 day period), but Tenant shall remain liable for damages as provided in Article 27 .

 

ARTICLE 26
Re-Entry By Landlord

 

26.01      If Tenant shall default in the payment of any installment of Fixed Rent, or of any Additional Rent, on any date upon which the same is to be paid, and if such default shall continue for five (5) days after Landlord shall have given to Tenant a notice specifying such default, or if this Lease shall expire as in Article 25 provided, Landlord or Landlord’s agents and employees may immediately or at any time thereafter re-enter the Demised Premises, or any part thereof, either by summary dispossess proceedings or by any suitable action or proceeding at law without being liable to indictment, prosecution or damages therefor, and may repossess the same, and may remove any persons therefrom, to the end that Landlord may have, hold and enjoy the Demised Premises again as and of its first estate and interest therein.  The word re-enter, as herein used, is not restricted to its technical legal meaning.  In the event of any termination of this Lease under the provisions of Article 25 or if Landlord shall re-enter the Demised Premises under the provisions of this Article or in the event of the termination of this Lease, or of re-entry, by or under any summary dispossess or other proceeding or action or any provision of law by reason of default hereunder on the part of Tenant, Tenant shall thereupon pay to Landlord the

 

41



 

Fixed Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord up to the time of such termination of this Lease, or of such recovery of possession of the Demised Premises by Landlord, as the case may be, and shall also pay to Landlord damages as provided in Article 27 .

 

26.02      In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall also have the right to injunction.  The special remedies to which Landlord may resort hereunder are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies or means of redress to which Landlord may lawfully be entitled at any time and Landlord may invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity as if specific remedies were not provided for herein.  Make reciprocal.

 

26.03      If this Lease shall terminate under the provisions of Article 25 , or if Landlord shall re-enter the Demised Premises under the provisions of this Article, or in the event of the termination of this Lease, or of re-entry, by or under any summary dispossess or other proceeding of action or any provision of law by reason of default hereunder on the part of Tenant, Landlord shall be entitled to retain all moneys, if any, paid by Tenant to Landlord, whether as advance Fixed Rent or Additional Rent, security or otherwise, but such moneys shall be credited by Landlord against any Fixed Rent or Additional Rent due from Tenant at the time of such termination or re-entry or, at Landlord’s option, against any damages payable by Tenant under Article 27 or pursuant to law with any excess refunded to Tenant.

 

ARTICLE 27
Damages

 

27.01      If this Lease is terminated under the provisions of Article 25 , or if Landlord shall re-enter the Demised Premises under the provisions of Article 26 , or in the event of the termination of this Lease, or of re-entry, by or under any summary dispossess or other proceeding or action or any provision of law by reason of default hereunder on the part of Tenant, tenant shall pay to Landlord as damages, the aggregate rental value of the Demised Premises for the same period, or sums equal to the Fixed Rent and the Additional Rent (as above presumed) payable hereunder which would have been payable by Tenant had this Lease not so terminated, or had Landlord not so re-entered the Demised Premises, payable upon the due dates therefor specified herein following such termination or such re-entry and until the Expiration Date; provided , howeve r, that if Landlord shall relet the Demised Premises during said period, Landlord shall credit Tenant with the net rents received by Landlord from such reletting such net rents to be determined by first deducting from the gross rents as and when received by Landlord from such reletting any and all reasonable expenses incurred or paid by Landlord in terminating this Lease or in re-entering the Demised Premises and in securing possession thereof, as well as the reasonable expenses of reletting, including altering and preparing the Demised Premises for new tenants, but including brokers’ commissions, reasonable counsel fees and all other reasonable expenses properly chargeable against the Demised Premises and the rental therefrom; it being understood that any such reletting may be for a period shorter or longer than the remaining Term of this Lease; but in no event shall Tenant be entitled to receive any excess of such net rents over the sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, nor shall Tenant be entitled in any suit for the collection of damages pursuant to this Subsection to a credit in respect of any net rents from a reletting, except to the extent that such net rents are actually received by Landlord.  If the Demised Premises or any part thereof should be relet in combination with other

 

42



 

space, then proper appointment on a square foot basis (for equivalent space) shall be made of the rent received from such reletting and of the expenses of reletting.  Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate any damages payable by Tenant provided that Landlord shall not be required to enter into any lease where the fixed rent is less than the lesser of (i) fair market rental value of the Demised Premises along with all Additional Rent obligations under this Lease, or (ii) the Fixed Rent which otherwise would have been payable for the balance of the Term or Renewal Term along with all Additional Rent obligations under this Lease.

 

If the Demised Premises or any part thereof be relet by Landlord for the unexpired portion of the Term of this Lease, or any part thereof, before presentation of proof of such damages to any court, commission or tribunal, the amount of rent reserved upon such reletting shall, prima facie , be the fair and reasonable rental value for the Demised Premises, or part thereof, so relet during the term of the reletting.

 

27.02      Suit or suits for the recovery of such damages, or any installments thereof, may be brought by Landlord from time to time at its election, and nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require Landlord to postpone suit until the date when the Term of this Lease would have expired if it had not been so terminated under the provisions of Article 25 , or under any provision of law, or had Landlord not re-entered the Demised Premises.  Nothing herein contained shall be construed to limit or preclude recovery by Landlord against Tenant of any sums or damages to which, in addition to the damages particularly provided above, Landlord may lawfully be entitled by reason of any default hereunder on the part of Tenant.  Nothing herein contained shall be construed to limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to provide for and obtain as liquidated damages by reason of the termination of this Lease or re-entry on the Demised Premises for the default of Tenant under this Lease, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, such damages are to be proved whether or not such amount be greater, equal to, or less than any of the sums referred to in Section 27.01 .

 

ARTICLE 28
Waivers

 

28.01      Tenant, for Tenant, and on behalf of any and all persons claiming through or under Tenant, including creditors of all kinds, does hereby waive and surrender all right and privilege which they or any of them might have under or by reason of any present or future law, to redeem the Demises Premises or to have a continuance of this Lease for the term hereby demised after being dispossessed or ejected therefrom by process of law or under the terms of this Lease or after the termination of this Lease as herein provided.

 

28.02      In the event that Tenant is in arrears in payment of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent hereunder, Tenant waives Tenant’s right, if any, to designate the items against which any payments made by Tenant are to be credited, and Tenant agrees that Landlord may apply any payments made by Tenant to any items it sees fit, irrespective of any notwithstanding any designation or request by Tenant as to the items against which any such payments shall be credited.

 

43



 

28.03      Landlord and Tenant hereby waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought either against the other on any matter whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Demised Premises, including any claim of injury or damage, or any emergency or other statutory remedy with respect thereto.

 

28.04      The provisions of Articles 14 and 16 shall be considered express agreements governing the services to be furnished by Landlord, and Tenant agrees that any laws and/or requirements of public authorities, now or hereafter in force, shall have no application in connection with any enlargement of Landlord’s obligations with respect to such services unless Tenant agrees, in writing, to pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Landlord’s reasonable charges for any additional services provided.

 

ARTICLE 29
No Other Waivers Or Modifications

 

29.01      The failure of either party to insist in any one (1) or more instances upon the strict performance of any one (1) or more of the obligations of this Lease, or to exercise any election herein contained, shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future of the performance of such one (1) or more obligations of this Lease or of the right to exercise such election, but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect with respect to any subsequent breach, act or omission.  No executory agreement hereafter made between Landlord and Tenant shall be effective to change, modify, waive, release, discharge terminate or effect an abandonment of this Lease, in whole or in part, unless such executory agreement is in writing, refers expressly to this Lease and is signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, modification, waiver, release, discharge or termination or effectuation of the abandonment is sought.

 

29.02      The following specific provisions of this Section 29.02 shall not be deemed to limit the generality of any of the foregoing provisions of this Article:

 

(a)           No agreement to accept surrender of all or any part of the Demised Premises shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord.  The delivery of keys to an employee of Landlord or of its agent shall not operate as a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Demised Premises.  If Tenant shall at any time request Landlord to sublet the Demised Premises for Tenant’s account, Landlord or its agents is authorized to receive said keys for such purposes without releasing Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease, and Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any liability for loss or damage to any of Tenant’s property in connection with such subletting except if such loss or damage is caused by Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct.

 

(b)           The receipt by Landlord of rent with knowledge of breach of any obligation of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach.

 

(c)           No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the correct Fixed Rent or Additional Rent due hereunder shall be deemed to be other than a payment on account, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any

 

44



 

check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance or pursue any other remedy in this Lease or at law provided.

 

ARTICLE 30
Curing Tenant’s and Landlord’s Defaults, Additional Rent

 

30.01      a.             If Tenant shall default in the performance of any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, Landlord, without thereby waiving such default, may (but shall not be obligated to) perform the same for the account and at the expense of Tenant, without notice, in a case of emergency, and in any other case, only if such default continues after the expiration of (i) five (5) Days from the date Landlord gives Tenant notice of intention so to do, or such longer period as reasonably necessary if such default cannot be cured within a five day period, or (ii) the applicable grace period provided in Section 25.02 or elsewhere in this Lease for cure of such default, whichever occurs later.

 

(b)           If Landlord shall default in the performance of any of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, Tenant, without thereby waiving such default, may (but shall not be obligated to), perform the same for the account and at the reasonable expense of Landlord, without notice in the case of an emergency (with prompt notice given to Landlord thereafter), and in any other case, only if such default continues after expiration of ten (10) business days from the date Tenant gives Landlord notice of intention to do so, or such longer period as reasonably necessary if such default cannot be cured within a such ten (10) day period, Tenant shall have the right to offset such expense against up to 25% of Fixed Rent per month until reimbursed.

 

(c)           If more than once during the Term and if the Renewal Term is applicable, once during the Renewal Term in any twelve month period Tenant is late in making any payment due to Landlord under this Lease for five (5) or more Business Days after notice thereof, then upon the next such occurrence in either the Term or the Renewal Term, interest shall become due and owing to Landlord on such payment from the date when it was due computed at a rate equal to the lower of twelve (12%) percent per annum or the highest rate then permitted by applicable law.  In addition, a “ Late Charge ” of five (5%) percent of any installment of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent paid more than five (5) Business Days after the due date thereof for each monthly period or portion thereof that the same remains unpaid, such Late Charge to cover the extra expense involved in handling delinquent payments.

 

30.02      Bills for any reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any such performance by it for the account of Tenant, and bills for all reasonable costs, expenses and disbursements of every kind and nature whatsoever, including reasonable counsel fees, involved in collecting or endeavoring to collect the Fixed Rent or Additional Rent or any part thereof or enforcing or endeavoring to enforce any rights against Tenant, under or in connection with this Lease, or pursuant to law, including any such reasonable cost, expense and disbursement involved in instituting and prosecuting summary proceedings, as well as bills for any property, material, labor or services provided, furnished, or rendered by Landlord or at its instance to Tenant, may be sent by Landlord to Tenant monthly, or immediately, at Landlord’s option, and, shall be due and payable within 30 days after receipt of such bills by Tenant or such longer period provided in such bills.

 

45



 

ARTICLE 31
Broker

 

31.01      Tenant and Landlord covenant, warrant and represent to each other that other than Lee & Associates, Inc. and Cape Advisors, Inc. there were no brokers or finders concerning the renting of the Demised Premises, and that no conversations or negotiations were had with any brokers or finders concerning this lease.  Landlord agrees to pay said brokers a commission pursuant to separate written agreement.  Landlord and Tenant agree to indemnify, defend, save and hold each other harmless from and against any liability, losses, costs and/or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements in connection with defending any action or proceeding and also in connection with enforcing this indemnification provision) arising out of any communication, conversation or negotiation had by the other with any other broker or finder concerning the Demised Premises or this Lease.  The provisions of this Article 31 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 32
Notices

 

32.01      All notices, demands, elections and other communications desired or required to be delivered or given under this Lease shall be in writing, and shall be deemed to have been delivered and given when delivered by hand, provided such delivery occurs before 5:00 P.M. on a business day ( i.e. , Monday thru Friday, exclusive of all days on which commercial banks in New York State are required by law to be closed), otherwise on the next business day, or on the third (3 rd ) business day after the same have been mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or one (1) business day after delivery to an overnight courier such as FedEx or UPS for next business day delivery, enclosed in a securely sealed envelope addressed to the party to which the same is to be delivered or given, in all cases, at such party’s address as set forth in this Lease or at such other address as said party shall have designated in writing in accordance with this Article 32 .  Notices to Landlord shall be sent to 5 Crosby Street, New York, New York 10013, Attention:  Raymond Eng, with a copy by like means to Cape Advisors, Inc., 485 Broadway, 5 th  Floor, New York, New York 10013, Attention:  David Kronman, and with respect to any default notices from Tenant to Landlord, a copy by like means to Borah, Goldstein, Altschuler, Nahins & Goidel, P.C., 377 Broadway, New York, New York 10013, Attention:  Eric M. Goidel, Esq.  Notices to Tenant shall be sent to the address set forth above and to the Demised Premises, with a copy simultaneously sent, by FedEx or overnight mail, to Marcus Rosenberg & Diamond LLP, 488 Madison Avenue, 17 th  Floor, New York, New York, 10022, Attn:  Jeffrey M. Diamond, Esq.

 

ARTICLE 33
Estoppel Certificate

 

33.01      Landlord and Tenant agree, at any time and from time to time, as reasonably requested by the other, upon not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior notice, to execute and deliver to the other statement certifying (a) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications) and whether any options granted to Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease have been exercised, (b) certifying the dates to which the Fixed Rent and

 

46



 

Additional Rent have been paid and the amounts thereof, and stating whether or not, to their actual knowledge, the other is in default in performance of any of its obligations under this Lease, and, if so, specifying each such default of which they may have knowledge, it being intended that any such statement delivered pursuant hereto may be relied upon by others with whom Landlord or Tenant may be dealing.

 

ARTICLE 34
Arbitration

 

34.01      Either party may request arbitration of any matter in dispute only wherein arbitration is expressly provided in this Lease as the appropriate remedy for such matter.  The party requesting arbitration shall do so by giving notice to the effect to the other party, and both parties shall promptly thereafter jointly apply to the American Arbitration Association (or any organization successor thereto) in the City and County in which the Building is located for the appointment of a single arbitrator.

 

34.02      The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the then prevailing rules of the American Arbitration Association (or any organization successor thereto) in the City and County in which the Building is located.  In rendering such decision and award, the arbitrator shall not add to, subtract from or otherwise modify the provisions of this Lease.

 

34.03      If for any reason whatsoever a written decision and award of the arbitrator shall not be rendered within sixty (60) days after the appointment of such arbitrator, then at any time thereafter before such decision and award shall have been rendered either party may apply to the Superior Court of the State of New York or to any other court having jurisdiction and exercising the functions similar to those now exercised by such court, by action, proceeding or otherwise (but not by a new arbitration proceeding) as may be proper to determine the question in dispute consistently with the provisions of this Lease.

 

34.04      All the expenses of the arbitration shall be borne by the parties equally.

 

ARTICLE 35
No Other Representations,
Construction, Governing Law, Consents

 

35.01      Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has not made and is not making, and Tenant, in executing and delivering this Lease, is not relying upon, any warranties, representations, promises or statements, except to the extent that the same are expressly set forth in this Lease or in any other written agreement which may be made between the parties concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Lease and shall expressly refer to this Lease.  This Lease and said other written agreement(s) made concurrently herewith are hereinafter referred to as the “ lease documents ”.  It is understood and agreed that all understandings and agreements heretofore had between the parties are merged in the lease documents, which alone fully and completely express their agreements and that the same are entered into after full investigation, neither party relying upon any statement or representation not embodied in the lease documents, made by the other.

 

47



 

35.02      If any of the provisions of this Lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances, shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such provision or provisions to persons or circumstances other than those as to whom or which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and every provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

35.03      This Lease shall governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

35.04      Wherever in this Lease Landlord’s consent or approval is required, if Landlord shall refuse such consent or approval, Tenant in no event shall be entitled to make, nor shall Tenant make, any claim, and Tenant hereby waives any claim, for money damages (nor shall Tenant claim any money damages by way of set-off, counterclaim or defense) based upon any claim or assertion by Tenant that Landlord unreasonably withheld or unreasonably delayed its consent or approval.  Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an action or proceeding to enforce any such provision, for specific performance, injunction or declaratory judgment.  In the event that during the Term or any Renewal Landlord is adjudicated to have acted unreasonably on three (3) distinct occasions, upon the fourth adjudication of unreasonableness, Tenant shall additionally be entitled to seek Tenant’s actual damages resulting therefrom.  Landlord and Tenant agree that except where Tenant is seeking injunctive relief or specific performance, any claim of Tenant covered by this paragraph may be submitted to arbitration pursuant to Article 34.

 

ARTICLE 36
Parties Bound

 

36.01      Except as otherwise set forth in this Lease, the obligations of this Lease shall bind and benefit the successors and assigns of the parties with the same effect as if mentioned in each instance where a party is named or referred to, except that no violation of the provisions of Article 7 shall operate to vest any rights in any successor or assignee of Tenant and that the provisions of this Article shall not be construed as modifying the conditions of limitation contained in Article 25 .  However, the obligations of Landlord under this Lease shall not be binding upon Landlord herein named with respect to any period subsequent to the transfer of its interest in the Building as owner or lessee thereof and in event of such transfer said obligations shall thereafter be binding upon each transferee of the interest of Landlord herein named as such owner or lessee of the Building, but only with respect to the period ending with a subsequent transfer within the meaning of this Article and except for any lender each successor shall be deemed to have assumed all covenants and liabilities whether accruing before or after such transfer.

 

36.02      If Landlord shall be an individual, joint venture, tenancy in common, co-partnership, unincorporated association, or other unincorporated aggregate of individuals and/or entities or a corporation, Tenant shall look only to such Landlord’s estate and property in the Building (or the proceeds thereof) and, where expressly so provided in this Lease, for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Landlord in the event of any default by Landlord hereunder, and no other property or assets of such Landlord or any partner, member, officer or director thereof, disclosed or undisclosed shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement

 

48



 

procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies under or with respect to this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant hereunder or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Demised Premises.

 

ARTICLE 37
Certain Definitions And Construction

 

37.01      The various terms which are italicized and defined in other Articles of this Lease or are defined in Exhibits annexed hereto, shall have the meanings specified in such other Articles and such Exhibits for all purposes of this Lease and all agreements supplemental thereto, unless the context shall otherwise require.  This Lease may be signed in counterparts.

 

37.02      All references in this Lease to numbered Articles, numbered Sections and lettered Exhibits are references to Articles and Sections of this Lease, and Exhibits annexed to (and thereby made part of) this Lease, as the case may be, unless expressly otherwise designated in the context.

 

ARTICLE 38
Adjacent Excavation — Shoring

 

38.01      If an excavation or other substructure work shall be made upon land adjacent to the Demised Premises, or shall be authorized to be made, Tenant shall afford Demised Premises for the purpose of doing such work as shall be necessary to preserve the wall of the Building from injury or damage and to support the same by proper foundations without any claim for damages or indemnity against Landlord, or diminution or abatement of rent, provided that (a) the person performing such work, before commencing same, shall furnish Tenant with such insurance and other security as Tenant would be reasonably and customary under the circumstances, and (b) access shall be provided only if required by law or if no other reasonable alternative method to perform the work is available, and.

 

ARTICLE 39
Legal Fees

 

39.01      a.             If Landlord shall bring any action for any relief against Tenant, including without limitation, but not limited to general commercial litigation, bankruptcy and appellate actions, arising out of Tenant’s breach of this Lease, including suit by Landlord for the recovery of rent or possession of the Demised Premises, the Tenant shall reimburse the Landlord for all reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements incurred by the Landlord in such suit if Landlord is the substantially prevailing party.

 

b.             If Tenant shall bring any action for any relief against Landlord, including without limitation, but not limited to general commercial litigation, bankruptcy and appellate actions, arising out of Landlord’s breach of this Lease, including defense by Tenant against an action commenced by Landlord for the recovery of rent or possession of the Demised Premises, the Landlord shall reimburse the Tenant for all reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements incurred by the Tenant in such suit if Tenant is the substantially prevailing party.

 

49


 

ARTICLE 40
Right of First Offer Re:  Second Floor and/or Fourth Floor

 

40.01      The term “ First Offer Space ” as used in this Article 40 shall mean the entire rentable space on the second (2 nd ) or fourth (4 th ) floors of the Building if offered by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Article 40 , but any offered space on the second (2 nd ) or fourth (4 th ) floors of the Building which is less than the entire rental space on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building shall not be deemed to be First Offer Space.

 

40.02      a.             The rights under this Article are personal and reserved to the named Tenant ( i.e. , Blue Apron, Inc. or any successor to Tenant by merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets or any assignee or subtenant of Tenant pursuant to a permitted transaction not requiring Landlord’s consent under the provisions of Article 7 of this Lease, and provided only that Tenant or such successor or assignee or subtenant is in actual occupancy of the entire Demised Premises both on the date of the exercise of the “Right of First Offer” (as such quoted term is hereinafter defined) and on the commencement date with respect to the First Offer Space, (y) this Lease remains in full force and effect and (z) Tenant is not in monetary or material non-monetary default of any of the terms or conditions of this Lease after notice and expiration of any applicable cure period, if the First Offer Space becomes “available for leasing” (as such quoted term is hereinafter defined) at least two (2) years prior to the expiration of the Term of this Lease, or any Renewal Term (provided that Tenant has exercised such Renewal Option) then, before offering the First Offer Space to any third party, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written notice (the “ Landlord’s First Offer Notice ”) offering to Tenant the right (the “ Right to First Offer ”) to add the First Offer Space set forth in Landlord’s First Offer Notice to the Demised Premises.  Landlord’s First Offer Notice shall set forth (a) Landlord’s proposed increase in Fixed Rent if Tenant were to exercise the applicable Right of First Offer, (b) the Payment in Lieu of Operating Expenses Escalation if Tenant were to exercise the Right of First Offer, (c) Landlord’s determination of the rentable square footage of the First Offer Space, together with the proportionate share for purposes of determining Tenant’s share of Taxes with respect to the First Offer Space, (d) the base year or base amount for purposes of determining Tenant’s share of Taxes with respect to the First Offer Space, (e) the estimated date on which the First Offer Space would be delivered to Tenant if Tenant were to exercise the Right of First Offer, and (f) such other terms and conditions as Landlord intends to offer the First Offer Space to third parties.  For purposes of this Article 40 , the phrase “ available for leasing ” shall mean that Landlord in good faith desires to offer such First Offer Space for leasing on the open market to qualified third parties.

 

b.             Tenant’s rights under this Article 40 are subject and subordinate to the rights of each of the then existing tenants, their assignees, or occupants, any of which may have become tenants or occupants after the Effective Date (each, an “ Existing Tenant ”) under their then respective existing leases or other rights of occupancy with respect to all or any portion of the First Offer Space, to (i) lease or otherwise occupy all or any portion of the First Offer Space pursuant to an expansion option contained in such Existing Tenant’s lease or (ii) renew or otherwise extend the respective terms of their leases or other rights of possession (whether or not pursuant to an option or otherwise contained in such Existing Tenant’s lease) or to execute a new lease with Landlord.

 

50



 

c.             Tenant shall have ten (10) Business Days from the date of the Landlord’s First Offer Notice within which to accept said offer by delivering to Landlord written notice of such acceptance (each such acceptance by Tenant in response to a Landlord’s First Offer Notice is hereinafter referred to as a “ Tenant’s First Offer Acceptance Notice ”).  If Tenant’s First Offer Acceptance Notice contains any deviation from the Landlord’s First Offer Notice, the Tenant shall be deemed to have failed to accept such Landlord’s First Offer Notice.  Tenant’s First Offer Acceptance Notice shall expressly set forth whether Tenant accepts or rejects Landlord’s offer to lease the First Offer Space upon all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Landlord’s First Offer Notice.  If Tenant duly exercises the Right of First Offer by delivering to Landlord the Tenant’s First Offer Acceptance Notice within said ten (10) Business Day period, TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE WITH RESPECT THERETO , then the First Offer Space referred to in the Landlord’s First Offer Notice (the “ Exercised First Offer Space ”) shall be leased to Tenant on all of the same terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Lease, except only as specifically modified by the applicable Landlord’s First Offer Notice.  Alternatively, in the event that (i) tenant expressly rejects any offer to lease the First Offer Space pursuant to Landlord’s First Offer Notice or (ii) Tenant fails to timely deliver Tenant’s First Offer Acceptance Notice to Landlord within such ten (10) Business Day period, TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE WITH RESPECT THERETO , the Right of First Offer with respect to the First Offer Space referred to in the Landlord’s First Offer Notice shall automatically and conclusively be deemed to have been irrevocably and unconditionally rejected by Tenant, it being understood and agreed to that in such event, Landlord shall have the absolute right, free of any rights and/or claims of Tenant of any kind or nature whatsoever and without any liability to Tenant whatsoever, to lease, license and/or allow the use and/or occupancy of the First Offer Space referred to in the Landlord’s First Offer Notice, and accordingly, such First Offer Space shall no longer be subject to the Right of First Offer and this Article 40 of this Lease shall be deemed deleted in its entirety and of no force or effect whatsoever.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 40.02 or in the Landlord’s First Offer Notice, after Tenant’s timely delivery of the Tenant’s First Offer Acceptance Notice, Landlord may elect, in its sole discretion, to accelerate the estimated date of delivery of the Exercised First Offer Space upon not less than sixty (60) days prior written notice to Tenant (i) in the event that the Exercised First Offer Space should become available for leasing earlier as a result of the existing tenant’s default or bankruptcy and (ii) in the event that the Exercised First Offer Space should become available for leasing earlier other than as a result of the existing tenant’s default or bankruptcy.

 

40.03      In the event that Tenant duly and timely exercises the Right of First Offer in the manner set forth above, then, effective as of the date that the Exercised First Offer Space shall be delivered to Tenant vacant, broom clean, free of occupants and otherwise in the condition required for delivery of the Demised Premises under this Lease:

 

a.             The Exercised First Offer Space shall be added to the Demised Premises for all purposes under this Lease, it being understood and agreed to that all references in this Lease to the Demised Premises shall thereupon be deemed to include the premises originally demised to Tenant under this Lease and the Exercised First Offer Space;

 

b.             The Fixed Rent shall be increased by Landlord’s proposed increase in Fixed Rent as set forth in the Landlord’s First Offer Notice;

 

51



 

c.             The Payment in Lieu of Operating Expenses Escalation as set forth in the Landlord’s First Offer Notice;

 

d.             Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be increased by the proportionate share set forth in Landlord’s First Offer Notice;

 

e.             The Tax Base with respect to the Exercised First Offer Space shall be as set forth in Landlord’s First Offer Notice; and

 

f.             Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Article 3 and Exhibit B of this Lease, Landlord shall have no obligations to (a) perform any work in or to Exercised First Offer Space to prepare the same for Tenant’s occupancy or (b) give any work allowance or free rent to Tenant with respect to the Exercised First Offer Space, and Tenant shall accept the Exercised First Offer Space in its then “as is” condition as of the date that the Exercised First Offer Space is delivered to Tenant except as otherwise set forth in Landlord’s First Offer Notice and except that Landlord shall be obligated to deliver the Exercised First Offer Space vacant, broom clean, free of occupants and in the condition required for delivery of the Demised Premises under this Lease.

 

40.04      In the event Tenant duly and timely exercises a Right of First Offer pursuant to this Article 40 , the parties shall immediately be bound thereby without the execution of an amendment to this Lease; provided , however , at the request of either Landlord or Tenant, the parties shall promptly execute and deliver a written amendment to this Lease, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, reflecting:  (i) the addition of the Exercised First Offer Space as part of the Demised Premises for the remainder of the term of this Lease, (ii) the increase of the Fixed Rent, (iii) the Payment in Lieu of Operating Expenses Escalation applicable to the Exercised First Offer Space, (iv) the increase of Tenant’s Proportionate Share, (v) the Tax Base with respect to the Exercised First Offer Spacer, and (vi) that Section 3.02 , and Landlord’s Work under Exhibit B of this Lease shall not be applicable to the Exercised First Offer Space, each as provided above.  Except for such changes, the terms, conditions, covenants and provisions of this Lease shall apply with respect to such Exercised First Offer Space which shall be and become a part of the Demised Premises.

 

40.05      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Right of First Offer is subject to the following terms and conditions:  With respect to any First Offer Space which becomes available for leasing, Tenant is entitled to receive only one (1) Landlord’s First Offer Notice, it being understood and agreed to by Tenant that if Tenant does not duly and timely exercise its Right of First Offer with respect to the First Offer Space set forth in any Landlord’s First Offer Notice, Landlord shall thereafter have the absolute right, free of any rights and/or claims of Tenant of any kind or nature whatsoever and without any liability to Tenant whatsoever, to lease, license and/or allow the use and/or occupancy of the First Offer Space referred to in the Landlord’s First Offer Notice.

 

40.06      Tenant acknowledges and agrees that once Tenant gives a Tenant’s First Offer Acceptance Notice, the same shall be binding upon Tenant and Tenant shall have no right to withdraw or rescind any such notice.

 

52



 

40.07      In no event shall the existence of any one (1) or more of the conditions set forth in Section 40.02 be deemed or construed to relieve Tenant of its obligations pursuant to this Article 40 , it being understood and agreed to that such condition are for the sole benefit of Landlord and may be waived in whole or in part, only by the written election of Landlord.  In addition to the foregoing, if (a) the named Tenant ( i.e. , Blue Apron, Inc.) or any successor to Tenant by merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets or other assignee or subtenant of Tenant pursuant to a permitted transaction not requiring Landlord’s consent under Article 7 of this Lease, is not in actual occupancy of the entire Demised Premises and/or (b) Tenant is in monetary or material non-monetary default of any of the terms or conditions of this Lease after notice and expiration of grace period, either at the time of the giving of the Tenant’s First Offer Acceptance Notice or at the time the Exercised First Offer Space is delivered to Tenant, then, (i) at Landlord’s option, to the extent the Exercised First Offer Space has not then been delivered to Tenant, any Tenant’s First Offer Acceptance Notice shall be null and void and of no force or effect and (ii) for so long as any one (1) or more of such conditions be met, Landlord shall have the right in its sole discretion to lease any First Offer Space or to otherwise grant options or rights with respect to any First Offer Space to any other party, free of the rights of Tenant set forth in this Article 40 , which options and rights shall be superior to the rights granted to Tenant pursuant to this Article 40 , whether or not Tenant subsequently cures such conditions.

 

40.08      Nothing contained in this Article 40 shall be construed (i) to obligate Landlord to exercise any “takeover”, “takeback”, or “sublease-back” rights or to refuse its consent to any proposed sublease or assignment by a tenant in possession of any portion of any First Offer Space; or (ii) to obligate Landlord to buyout any tenant, terminate or cancel any lease, or to evict a tenant of any portion of any First Offer Space prior to the expiration of its lease, notwithstanding the fact that any such tenant is in default under its lease thereof.

 

40.09      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event Landlord fails or is unable to deliver all or any portion of any Exercised First Offer Space to Tenant as a result of the holding over of any tenant, subtenant, occupant, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability whatsoever for such inability to deliver possession of such Exercised First Offer Space, and the exercise of the Right of First Offer by Tenant shall remain effective, but the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall not commence with respect to such Exercised First Offer Space and such Exercised First Offer Space shall not be or become a part of the Demised Premises until the date upon which the same is actually delivered to Tenant in condition required under this Article; provided , however , that upon the holding over of any tenant, subtenant, or occupant of any of the Exercised First Offer Space with respect to which Tenant has exercised its Right of First Offer, Landlord shall institute and diligently prosecute litigation against such hold over tenant, subtenant, or occupant.  In all events, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and deliver possession of the Exercised First Offer Space.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, should Landlord fail to deliver the Exercised First Offer Space within 270 days from the date of Tenant’s First Offer Acceptance Notice, Tenant shall have the right to rescind such acceptance and shall be relieved of any obligation or liability with respect thereto or under this Article.

 

40.10      Tenant expressly waives any right to rescind this Lease under Section 223-a of the New York Real Property Law or under any present or future statute of similar import then in

 

53



 

force and further expressly waives the right to recover any damages, direct or indirect, which may result from Landlord’s failure or inability to timely deliver possession of any Exercised First Offer Space.  Tenant agrees that the provisions of this Article 40 are intended to constitute “express provisions to the contrary” within the meaning of said Section 223-a.

 

ARTICLE 41
INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

ARTICLE 42
INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

ARTICLE 43
Renewal Option

 

43.01      Provided Tenant is not then in default under any of the terms, (monetary or other nonmonetary, but material) covenants or conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed or performed beyond Notice and applicable cure.  Tenant shall have the option to renew this Lease and the Term for a renewal term of five (5) years (referred to herein as the “Renewal Term”) commencing on the day immediately succeeding the Expiration Date and ending, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Lease or pursuant to law, on the day preceding the fifth anniversary thereof (referred to as the “Extended Expiration Date”).  If Tenant exercises such option in accordance with the provisions and limitations of this Article, this Lease and the Terms shall be renewed for such Renewal Term upon a Fixed Rent as follows;

 

Period

 

Total Annual Fixed Rent

 

Monthly Fixed Rent

 

2/1/2019 to 1/31/2020

 

$

744,187.68

 

$

62,015.64

 

2/1/2020 to 1/31/2021

 

$

758,203.44

 

$

63,183.62

 

2/1/2021 to 1/31/2022

 

$

772,499.52

 

$

64,374.96

 

2/1/2022 to 1/31/2023

 

$

787,081.56

 

$

65,590.13

 

2/1/2023 to 1/31/2024

 

$

801,955.08

 

$

66,829.59

 

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, all other executory terms, covenants and condition contained in this Lease and the Expiration Date of the Lease shall be deemed extended to the Extended Expiration Date.

 

43.02      The option set forth herein may only be exercised by notice (“Renewal Notice”) given by Tenant to Landlord on or prior to April 30, 2018 (the “Notice Date”).  TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE with respect to the exercise of such option.  Tenant shall not have the right to give any such notice after the Notice Date, and any notice given after the Notice Date purporting to exercise such option shall have no force and effect.  Landlord, within 30 days after Tenant’s request, shall confirm in writing to Tenant (“Landlord Confirmation”) whether Landlord has received the Renewal Notice and whether such Notice has been properly sent to Landlord (and, if not, setting forth any defects in such Notice or delivery thereof).  Landlord’s failure to send the Landlord Confirmation within such 30 day period shall constitute Landlord’s acceptance thereof and waiver of any right to object thereto.  If Landlord, within such 30 day period, shall notify Tenant of any defects in the Renewal Notice or delivery thereof, Tenant shall have the right to send a revised Renewal Notice at any time prior to the deadline for sending such Renewal Notice

 

54



 

under this Section and the provisions of this paragraph shall apply fully to such revised Renewal Notice and any subsequent Renewal Notice.

 

43.03      Tenant, upon request of Landlord, from time to time, will execute and deliver to Landlord an instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord stating whether or not Tenant has exercised the option contained in the provisions of the Section.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

5 CROSBY STREET INC., Landlord

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Wun Mun Eng AKA Raymond Eng

 

Name:  Wun Mun Eng a/k/a Raymond Eng

 

Title:  President

 

 

 

BLUE APRON, INC., Tenant

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matt Salzberg

 

Name:  Matt Salzberg

 

Title:  CEO

 

55



 

EXHIBIT A

 

FLOOR PLAN

 

[see attached]

 

56



 

57



 

EXHIBIT B

 

LANDLORD’S WORK

 

As existing, the Sprinkler, HVAC, Plumbing, Electrical and Gas Systems Shall be in working order.

 

58


 

EXHIBIT D

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1.             Tenant shall not obstruct or permit its employees, agents, servants, invitees or licensees to obstruct, in any way, the sidewalks, entry passages, corridors, halls, stairways, escalators or elevators of the Building, or use the same in any way other than as a means of passage to and from the Demised Premises Building; bring in, store, test or use any materials in the Building which could cause a fire or any explosion or produce any fumes or vapor; make or permit any improper noises in the Building; smoke in any elevator; throw substances of any kind out of windows or doors, or down the passages of the Building, or in the halls or passageways; sit on or place anything upon the window sills; or clean the windows.

 

2.             Waterclosets and urinals shall not be used for any purpose other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, ashes, newspaper or any other substances of any kind shall be thrown into them.  Waste and excessive or unusual use of electricity or water is prohibited.

 

3.             The windows, doors, partitions and lights that reflect or admit light into the halls, or other places of the Building shall not be obstructed.  NO SIGNS, ADVERTISEMENTS OR NOTICES SHALL BE INSCRIBED, PAINTED, AFFIXED OR DISPLAYED IN, ON, UPON OR BEHIND ANY WINDOWS, except as may be required by law or consented to in writing by Landlord; and no sign, advertisement or notice shall be inscribed in writing by Landlord; and no sign, advertisement or notice shall be inscribed, printed or affixed on any doors, partitions or other part of the inside of the Building, without the prior written consent of the Landlord, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

4.             No contract of any kind with any supplier of water, removal of waste paper, rubbish or garbage, or other like service shall be entered into by Tenant, nor shall any vending machine of any kind be installed in the Building, without the prior written consent of Landlord, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed.

 

5.             When electric wiring and/or data or phone wiring of any kind is introduced, it must be installed as per code and/or as directed by Landlord, and properly suspended, no stringing or cutting of wires will be allowed, except with the prior written consent of Landlord, and shall be done only by contractors approved by Landlord.

 

6.             Landlord shall have the right to reasonably prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other bulky or heavy equipment and all freight brought into the Building by any tenant and the time of moving the same in and out of the Building.  All such moving shall be done under the supervision of Landlord.  Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such equipment or freight from any cause; but all damage done to the Building by moving or maintaining any such equipment or freight shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.  All safes shall stand on a base of such size as shall be designated by Landlord.  Landlord reserves the right to inspect all freight to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all freight which violates any of these Rules and Regulations or the Lease of which these Rules and Regulations are a part.

 

59



 

7.             Except as otherwise provided for in the Lease no machinery of any kind or articles of unusual weight or size will be allowed in the Building, without the prior written consent of Landlord not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Business machines and mechanical equipment shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, insettings sufficient, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, to absorb and prevent vibration, noise and annoyance to other tenants.

 

8.             No additional or different lock or locks shall be placed by Tenant on any door to the Demised Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord which shall not be unreasonably withheld.  One (1) set of keys will initially be furnished to Tenant by Landlord for each lockset in the Demised Premises; any additional keys requested by Tenant shall be paid for by Tenant.  Tenant, its agents and employees, shall not have any duplicate key made.  All keys to doors and washrooms shall be returned to Landlord on or before the Expiration Date, and, in the event of a loss of any keys furnished, Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof.

 

9.             Landlord shall be entitled to reasonably object to Tenant’s engaging of any person or persons for the purpose of cleaning the Demised Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord.  Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss of property from the Demised Premises however occurring, or for any damage done to the effects of Tenant by such janitors or any of its employees or by any other person or any other cause.

 

10.          No vehicles or animals of any kind shall be brought into or kept in or about the Demised Premises.

 

11.          The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the office of Landlord.  Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work for Tenant or do anything outside of their regular duties, unless under special instructions from Landlord.

 

12.          The Demised Premises shall not be used for lodging or sleeping purposes.

 

13.          Tenant shall not: Conduct, or permit any other person to conduct, any auction upon the Demised Premises; manufacture or store goods or merchandise upon the Demised Premises, without the prior written approval of Landlord, except the storage of usual supplies and inventory to be used by Tenant in the conduct of its business; permit the Demised Premises to be used for gambling; make any unusual noises in the Building; permit to be played any musical instrument in the Demised Premises; permit to be played any radio, television, recorded or wired music in such a loud manner as to disturb or annoy other tenant; or subject to relevant provisions of the Lease related to cooking permit any unusual odors to be produced in the Demised Premises.

 

14.          No awnings or other projections shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building.  No curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with any window or door of the Demised Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord.  Such curtains, blinds and shades must be of a quality, type, design, and color, and attached in a manner approved by Landlord.

 

15.          Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Building arc prohibited, and Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

 

60



 

16.          There shall not be used in the Demised Premises or in the Building either by Tenant or by others in the delivery or receipt of merchandise, supplies or equipment, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards.  No hand trucks will be allowed in passenger elevators.

 

17.          Tenant before closing and leaving the Demised Premises, shall ensure that all entrance doors are locked.

 

18.          INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

 

19.          Landlord hereby reserves to itself any and all rights not granted to Tenant hereunder, including, but not limited to, the following rights which are reserved to Landlord for its purposes in operating the Building: (a) The exclusive right to the use of the name of the Building for all purposes, except that Tenant may use the name of the Building in its business address and for no other purpose; (b) The right to change the name or address of the Building, without incurring any liability to Tenant for so doing; (c) The right to install and maintain a sign or signs on the exterior of the Building; (d) The exclusive right to use or dispose of the use of the roof of the Building; (e) The exclusive right to limit the amount of space on the directory of the Building to be allotted to Tenant to that commensurate with the space allocated to other tenants of the Building; (f) The right to grant to anyone the right to conduct any particular business or undertaking in the Building.

 

20.          Subject to the express uses of Tenant’s kitchen provided for in the Lease, Tenant shall not use the Demised Premises or permit the Demised Premises to be used for the sale of food or beverages for consumption.

 

61


 

LEASE AMENDMENT & MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

Lease Amendment and Modification Agreement (“Agreement”) dated as of October  28 , 2014 between 5 Crosby Street, Inc., a New York Corporation having an office at c/o Cape Advisors, Inc., 483 Broadway, 5 th  Floor, New York, New York 10013 (hereinafter called “Landlord”) and Blue Apron, Inc., a Delaware Corporation, having its office at 5 Crosby Street, New York, New York 10013 (hereinafter called “Tenant”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS , by lease dated as February 10, 2014 (hereinafter called “Lease”), Landlord and Tenant hereby entered into a Lease for the entire third (3 rd ) floor (hereinafter called “Demised Premises”) in the building known as and located at 5 Crosby Street/22 Howard Street, New York, New York (the “Building”) pursuant to the terms of such Lease; and

 

WHEREAS , Landlord and Tenant further wish to make certain modifications to the Lease,

 

NOW, THEREFORE in consideration of the foregoing premises, it is hereby agreed between Landlord and Tenant as follows:

 

1.                                       Paragraph 7.10 of the Lease is hereby amended to read as follows 7.10 If the Landlord shall give its consent to any assignment of this Lease or to any sublease, Tenant shall, in consideration therefor, pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent:

 

(a)           in the case of an assignment, an amount equal to fifty (50%) percent of all sums and other considerations paid to Tenant by the assignee for or by reason of such assignment (including, but not limited to, sums paid for the sale of Tenant’s fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture, furnishings or other personal property, in each case, which is located in the Demised Premises less, in the case of a sale thereof, the then net unamortized or undepreciated cost thereof determined on the basis of Tenant’s federal income tax returns, exclusive of any allowance or credit given by Landlord), and after deducting the cost of reasonable alterations, reasonable legal fees and reasonable brokerage commissions; and

 

(b)           in the case of a sublease, fifty (50%) percent of any rents, additional charge or other consideration payable under the sublease to Tenant by the subtenant which is in excess of the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent accruing

 



 

during the term of the sublease in respect of the subleased space (at the rate per square foot payable by Tenant hereunder) pursuant to the terms hereof (including, but not limited to, sums paid for the sale or rental of Tenant’s fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture or other personal property, in each case, which is located in the Demised Premises, less, in the case of the sale thereof, the then net unamortized or undepreciated cost thereof determined on the basis of Tenant’s federal income tax returns, exclusive of any allowance or credit given by Landlord), and after deducting the cost of reasonable alterations, reasonable legal fees and reasonable brokerage fees.

 

The sums payable under subsections (a) and (b) above shall be paid to Landlord, as Additional Rent, as and when due and payable from the assignee or subtenant, as the case may be, to Tenant. Provided however that if the assignee or subtenant, as the case may be, fails to make any required payments when due and Tenant is in good faith actively pursing collection thereof, the obligations of Tenant to remit payment of any sum due under subsections (a) and (b) above shall be deferred until paid by such assignee or subtenant.

 

2.                                       Paragraph 15.03 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and Exhibit “E” to the Lease is hereby removed. Upon execution hereof, Landlord’s counsel has delivered to Tenant all original counterparts of the Stipulation of Settlement dated February 10, 2014, which has been held in escrow pursuant to the Lease, and Landlord hereby confirms that such Stipulation is void and of no further force or effect.

 

3.                                       Paragraph 20.03 of the Lease is amended to read as follows:

 

20.03 If the Building shall be totally damaged or destroyed by fire or other cause, or if the Building shall be damaged or destroyed by fire or other cause (whether or not the Demised Premises are damaged or destroyed) as to require a reasonably estimated expenditure of more than forty (40%) percent of the full insurable value of the Building immediately prior to the casualty, then in either such case Landlord may terminate this Lease provided that Landlord terminates all other leases in the Building at the same time, by giving Tenant notice to such effect within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the casualty. Tenant has a right to terminate this Lease on notice to Landlord at any time after any casualty occurs in the last year of the Term, affecting more than forty (40%) percent of the Demised Premises or more than forty (40%) percent of any other premises then

 



 

leased to Tenant in the Building. Such notice from Landlord or Tenant must be sent no later than 180 days after such damage or casualty.

 

4.                                       In case of any damage or destruction mentioned in Sections 20.01, 20.02 or 20.03 of this Lease or in the event of any similar damage or destruction which prevents Tenant from utilizing more than thirty (30%) percent of the useable floor area of any other space rented by Tenant in the Building (unless the damage or destruction was caused by the actions of Tenant, its agents, contractors, employees and whether intentional, negligent or accidental), Tenant may terminate this Lease, by notice to Landlord, if Landlord has not completed the making of the required repairs and restored and rebuilt the Building and the Demised Premises and any such other space rented by Tenant in the Building within 270 days from the date of such damage or destruction, or within such period after such date (not exceeding six (6) months) as shall equal the aggregate period Landlord may have been delayed in doing so by adjustment of insurance, labor trouble, governmental controls, act of God, or any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control. The parties confirm that the Lease, as modified by this Agreement, continues in full force and effect.

 

5.                                       This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement may be modified only in writing, signed by the parties.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Owner and Tenant have hereunto set their names as of the date and year first above written.

 

5 CROSBY STREET INC.

 

BLUE APRON, INC.

(“Landlord”)

 

(“Tenant”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Wun Mun Eng

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Salzberg

Name:

Wun Mun Eng

 

Name:

Matthew Salzberg

Title:

President

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 



 

First Amendment to Lease Agreement

 

First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of this 30 th  day of April 2015 between 5 Crosby Street, Inc., a New York corporation having an office at c/o Cape Advisors, Inc., 483 Broadway, 5 th  Floor, New York, New York 10013 (herein and after called “Landlord”) and Blue Apron, Inc., a Delaware corporation having an office at 5 Crosby Street, New York, New York 10013 (herein and after called “Tenant”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS , by lease dated February 10, 2014 (the “Third Floor Lease”) Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord the Third Floor (“Third Floor Premises:) in the building known as and located at 5 Crosby Street/22 Howard Street, New York, New York (the “Building”); and

 

WHEREAS , the Third Floor Lease was modified by Lease Amendment and Modification dated October 18, 2014 (“Third Floor Lease Amendment”).

 

WHEREAS , by lease dated October 28, 2014 (the “Fourth Floor Lease”) Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord the Fourth Floor (“Fourth Floor Premises”) in the Building; and

 

WHEREAS , for the purposes of this Agreement, the Third Floor Lease as amended by the Third Floor Lease Amendment and the Fourth Floor Lease shall be collectively referred as the “Leases”; and

 

WHEREAS , as part of its security measures, Landlord has installed an electronic security system in the Building (“Security System”) and provided its tenants and Landlords’ employees with a key fob to be able to access the entrance door and other doors to the Building;

 

WHEREAS , the Security System is maintain by and monitored by an outside vendor, DGA Security Systems, Inc. (“DGA”); and

 

WHEREAS , Tenant has approached Landlord and requested from Landlord that Tenant be allowed to integrate the Security System into the elevator servicing the Third Floor Premises and the Fourth Floor Premises, such that only employees of Tenant, and employees of Landlord shall be able to access either the Third Floor Premises or the Fourth Floor Premises; and

 



 

WHEREAS , the modification of the Security System for the benefit of Tenant in the elevator will require a modification to the elevator including charges to the control panel in the Building elevator; and

 

WHEREAS , Landlord utilizes the services of Greyhound Elevator Service Corp. (“Greyhound”) to maintain the Building elevator; and

 

WHEREAS , Landlord is willing to allow Tenant to modify the Security System and to modify the elevator upon the terms and conditions contained herein,

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing premises it is agreed between Landlord and Tenant as follows:

 

1)                                      Landlord consents to Tenant engaging the services of DGA to modify the Security System to allow for the monitoring of access to the Third Floor Premises and Fourth Floor Premises from the Building elevator.

 

2)                                      Tenant will obtain a proposal from DGA for the modification of the Security System and the installation by DGA of any required equipment in the Building elevator.  Prior to DGA performing any work in the Building or in the Building elevator, Tenant will arrange for the forwarding to Landlord of a proposal from DGA, such proposal to be signed by Tenant, but such proposal subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  The proposal from DGA shall provide that Tenant shall be responsible for all costs associated with the modification of Security System.  Prior to performing any work, Tenant will arrange for DGA to furnish Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent and any other party with an interest in the Building (whom Tenant has previously been informed of in writing) with an insurance certificate naming all such parties as additional insured in limits as currently required by Landlord from contractors performing work in the Building.

 

3)                                      Tenant will obtain a proposal from Greyhound for the modification of the elevator control panel.  Prior to Greyhound performing any work to the

 



 

elevator control panel, Tenant will arrange for the forwarding to Landlord of a proposal from Greyhound, such proposal to be signed by Tenant, but such proposal subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  The proposal shall provide that Tenant shall be responsible for all costs associated with the modification of the elevator control panel.  Prior to performing any work, Tenant will arrange for Greyhound to furnish Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent and any other party with an interest in the Building (whom Tenant has previously been informed of in writing) with an insurance certificate naming all such parties as additional insured in limits as currently required by Landlord from contractors performing work in the Building.

 

4)                                      Tenant acknowledges that the failure of Tenant to pay either DGA or Greyhound for the work to be performed may entitle DGA or Greyhound to file a mechanic’s lien against the Building.  Tenant acknowledges and reaffirms its obligation under the provisions of paragraph 11.04 of the Leases to avoid the placement of mechanics’ liens on the building.

 

5)                                      Following the modification of the Security System, Landlord has been advised that DGA will increase its monitoring service charges to Landlord in the sum of $125.00 per month.  Tenant consents to Landlord billing that additional charge to Tenant on a monthly basis as additional rent.  Should DGA or any replacement company thereafter ever increase the charge associated with Security System monitoring thereafter, Landlord shall, after providing Tenant reasonably acceptable evidence of any such increased charge, increase the additional rent payable by Tenant on account thereof by the same percentage that DGA or any replacement company increased the overall charge to Landlord.

 

6)                                      While Landlord will be generally be responsible for the maintenance of the elevator and the elevator control panel, to the extent there are any

 



 

future charges from either Greyhound or any replacement elevator maintenance company solely on account of the isolation of the Third Floor Premises and Fourth Floor Premises, Landlord shall be entitled to bill the Tenant for the reasonable, actual cost thereof as additional rent.

 

7)                                      Within ten days of the date of execution of this Agreement, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as additional rent, Landlord’s actual legal expenses incurred in the preparation of this Amendment, not to exceed the sum of $1,000.00.

 

8)                                      Tenant will provide Landlord with up to four (4) key fobs for access to the Third Floor Premises and the Fourth Floor Premises.

 

9)                                      With the exception of the foregoing the Lease continues in full force and effect as only as modified by this Agreement.

 

10)                               This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have hereto set their names as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

5 CROSBY STREET INC.

 

BLUE APRON, INC. Tenant

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Wun Mun Eng

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Salzberg

Name:

Wun Mun Eng

 

Name:

Matthew Salzberg

Title:

President

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 




Exhibit 10.14

 

 

 

5 CROSBY STREET INC.,

 

Landlord

 

TO

 

BLUE APRON INC.,

 

Tenant

 

LEASE

 

The entire Fourth (4 th ) Floor
5 Crosby Street/22 Howard Street
New York, New York

 

As of October 28, 2014

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1

Demise, Premises, Term, Rents

3

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

Use

5

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3

Preparation Of the Demised Premises

6

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4

Taxes

8

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5

Subordination, Notice To Mortgagees

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6

Quiet Enjoyment

12

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7

Assignment And Subletting

12

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8

Compliance With Laws and Requirements Of Public Authorities

17

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9

Insurance

19

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10

Rules and Regulations

23

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11

Tenant’s Changes

23

 

 

 

ARTICLE 12

Tenant’s Property

28

 

 

 

ARTICLE 13

Repairs and Maintenance

28

 

 

 

ARTICLE 14

Electricity

29

 

 

 

ARTICLE 15

Security Deposit

30

 

 

 

ARTICLE 16

Landlord’s Services

31

 

 

 

ARTICLE 17

Access, Changes in Building Facilities, Name

33

 

 

 

ARTICLE 18

Notice Of Accidents

35

 

 

 

ARTICLE 19

Non-Liability And Indemnification

36

 

 

 

ARTICLE 20

Destruction or Damage

37

 

 

 

ARTICLE 21

Eminent Domain

38

 

 

 

ARTICLE 22

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

40

 

 

 

ARTICLE 23

INTENTIONALLY DELETED

40

 

 

 

ARTICLE 24

Surrender

40

 

 

 

ARTICLE 25

Conditions of Limitation

40

 

 

 

ARTICLE 26

Re-Entry By Landlord

41

 

 

 

ARTICLE 27

Damages

42

 

 

 

ARTICLE 28

Waivers

43

 

 

 

ARTICLE 29

No Other Waivers Or Modifications

44

 

 

 

ARTICLE 30

Curing Tenant’s and Landlord’s Defaults, Additional Rent

45

 

 

 

ARTICLE 31

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

46

 

 

 

ARTICLE 32

Notices

46

 

 

 

ARTICLE 33

Estoppel Certificate

46

 

1



 

ARTICLE 34

Arbitration

47

 

 

 

ARTICLE 35

No Other Representations, Construction, Governing Law, Consents

47

 

 

 

ARTICLE 36

Parties Bound

48

 

 

 

ARTICLE 37

Certain Definitions And Construction

49

 

 

 

ARTICLE 38

Adjacent Excavation - Shoring

49

 

 

 

ARTICLE 39

Legal Fees

49

 

 

 

ARTICLE 40

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

49

 

 

 

ARTICLE 41

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

49

 

 

 

ARTICLE 42

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

50

 

 

 

ARTICLE 43

Renewal Option

50

 

 

 

ARTICLE 44

Unavailability of Demised Premises

51

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A - Floor Plan

 

Exhibit B - Landlord’s Work

 

Exhibit C - Tax Bill

 

Exhibit D - Rules and Regulations

 

Exhibit E - Tenant’s Sign Package

 

2


 

LEASE (this “ Lease ”) dated as of October 28, 2014 (this “ Effective Date ”), between 5 CROSBY STREET INC. , a New York corporation, having an office at c/o Cape Advisors, Inc., 483 Broadway, 5 th  Floor, New York, New York 10013, (hereinafter called “ Landlord ”) and BLUE APRON, INC. , a Delaware Corporation, having an office at 324 Maujer Street, Brooklyn, New York 11206 (hereinafter called “ Tenant ”).  The “ parties ” shall mean Landlord and Tenant.

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

ARTICLE 1
Demise, Premises, Term, Rents

 

1.01                         Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby hires from Landlord, the “Demised Premises” (as such quoted term is hereinafter defined), in the building and improvements known as and located at 5 Crosby Street/22 Howard Street, New York, New York (the “ Building ”), for the term hereinafter stated, for the rents hereinafter reserved and upon and subject to the conditions (including limitations, restrictions and reservations) and covenants hereinafter provided.  Each party hereby expressly covenants and agrees to observe and perform all of the conditions and covenants herein contained on its part to be observed and performed.

 

1.02                         The premises hereby leased to Tenant is the entire fourth(4 th ) floor of the Building, as shown on the floor plan annexed hereto as Exhibit A and made a part hereof.  Said premises together with all fixtures and equipment which at the commencement, or during the term, of this Lease are thereto attached (except items not deemed to be included therein and removable by Tenant as provided in Article 12 ) constitute and are referred to herein as the “ Demised Premises .”  Until Landlord performs the elevator-stairway work as set forth in paragraph 17.05(ii) (the “Elevator- Stairway Work”), Tenant will be excluded from 161 square feet of the Demised Premises as shown on Exhibit A annexed hereto (the “Excluded Space”), and Fixed Rent will be reduced as set forth in Section 1.04.

 

1.03                         The term of this Lease (herein called the “ Term ”), for which the Demised Premises are hereby leased, shall commence November 15, 2014 (as such phrase is hereinafter defined) (such date herein called the “ Term Commencement Date ”), and shall end at noon on January 31, 2019 or shall end on such earlier date upon which said term may expire or be cancelled or terminated pursuant to any of the conditions or covenants of this Lease or pursuant to law (such ending date is hereinafter called the “ Expiration Date ”).

 

Tenant shall have the right to access and use the Demised Premises twenty (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, three-hundred sixty five (365) days each year throughout the Term of the Lease.

 

3



 

1.04                         The “ rent ” reserved under this Lease, for the Term thereof, shall be and consist of:

 

(a)                                  Fixed Rent ” shall be paid by Tenant as follows:

 

Period

 

Total Annual
Fixed Rent

 

Monthly
Fixed Rent

 

November 15, 2014 through January 31, 2015

 

$

634,725.00

 

$

52,893.75

*

February 1, 2015 through January 31, 2016

 

$

647,419.56

 

$

53,951.63

 

February 1, 2016 through January 31, 2017

 

$

660,367.92

 

$

55,030.66

 

February 1, 2017 through January 31, 2018

 

$

673,575.24

 

$

56,131.27

 

February 1, 2018 through January 31, 2019

 

$

687,046.80

 

$

57,253.90

 

 


* The Monthly Fixed Rent will be reduced by the monthly sum of $784.80 on a per diem basis ($26.16 per day) until Tenant has use of the Excluded Space in the Demised Premises which is being temporarily retained by Landlord in connection with the Elevator-Stairway Work.

 

(b)                                  Additional Rent ” consisting of any and all other sums of money as shall become due from and payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder (for default in payment of which Landlord shall have the same remedies as for a default in payment of Fixed Rent), and shall be payable on demand, unless other payment dates are hereinafter provided.

 

(c)                                   Rent Commencement Date ” means the date that is three (3) months from the Term Commencement Date; provided, Tenant shall pay any and all Additional Rent and other charges payable by Tenant in accordance with the terms of this Lease from and after the Term Commencement Date.

 

1.05                         Tenant agrees to pay the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent in lawful money of the United States of America.  The Fixed Rent shall be paid in equal monthly installments in advance on the first (1 st ) day of each calendar month during the Term of this Lease, at the office of Landlord set forth above, or such other place in the United States of America as Landlord may designate, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever except as expressly set forth in this Lease.  Should the obligation to pay Fixed Rent commence on any day other than on the first (1 st ) day of a month, then the Fixed Rent for such month shall be prorated on a per diem basis.

 

1.06                         Simultaneously with the execution of this Lease Tenant bas paid to Landlord the sum of $105,787.50 (the “ Prepaid Rent ”) which as of the Term Commencement Date shall be deemed earned by Landlord as prepaid rent and provided so long as the Lease has not been terminated prior thereto, as of each of the following months, such sum shall be applied toward the Fixed Rent due for each of the months of August, 2016, and August, 2017.  In the event that the Lease is terminated for any reason other than Tenant’s default, Landlord will return to Tenant any portion of the Prepaid Rent which was not yet applied.  If the Lease is terminated based upon Tenant’s default, then any portion of the Prepaid Rent not yet applied shall be credited against any liability of Tenant in any manner as Landlord deems appropriate in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

4



 

1.07                         Tenant shall pay the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent as above and as hereinafter provided, respectively, by good and sufficient check (subject to collection) drawn on a reputable New York bank.

 

ARTICLE 2
Use

 

2.01                         Tenant shall use and occupy the Demised Premises for executive and general offices.  Provided that Tenant does not utilize any other portion of the Building for such purpose, Tenant shall also be able to utilize the Demised Premises for a kitchen for the testing and preparation of recipes and for photo shoots and online marketing of such recipes and for no other purpose.  It is intended that should Tenant rent more than one (1) floor (or part thereof) in the Building, Tenant shall only be able to utilize one (1) of said floors for kitchen purposes.  Tenant shall have the right to subsequently petition Landlord for permission to install a kitchen on multiple floors, in which event the decision whether to allow Tenant the ability to do so shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of Landlord.

 

2.02                         If any governmental license or permit shall be required for the proper and lawful conduct of Tenant’s business in the Demised Premises, or any part thereof, and if failure to secure such license or permit would in any way affect Landlord, the Land or the Building or the conduct of business thereon or therein, then Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall duly procure and thereafter maintain such license or permit and submit the same for inspection by Landlord.  Tenant shall at all times comply with the terms and conditions of each such license or permit.  At no expense to Landlord, Landlord shall sign applications and otherwise cooperate with Tenant in connection with securing or maintaining such license or permit.

 

2.03                         Tenant shall not at any time use or occupy, or suffer or permit anyone to use or occupy, the Demised Premises, or any portion thereof, or do or permit anything to be done in the Demised Premises, in violation of any zoning laws and/or resolutions or requirements of the Department of Buildings affecting the Demised Premises, the Land and/or the Building, and, in the event a certificate of occupancy is obtained for the Building, Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises shall not be in violation of the certificate of occupancy for the Demised Premises or for the Building so long as the certificate of occupancy obtained permits Tenant’s permitted use under Section 2.01 (excluding any right to maintain a kitchen).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant acknowledges that no certificate of occupancy has been obtained for the Demised Premises and/or for the Building and that the Demised Premises are located in a M1-5B Zone.  Landlord represents that the Building was constructed before certificates of occupancies were required under New York City laws and that Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises for executive and general offices is permitted under applicable zoning laws.  Landlord agrees that any certificate of occupancy that it obtains for the Building shall permit the Demised Premises and the third floor of the Building to be used for office purposes.  If, at any time, Tenant is prevented from lawfully using the Demised Premises or the third floor premises for executive and general offices due to the lack of a certificate of occupancy or pursuant to any certificate of occupancy that is hereafter issued, Landlord shall indemnify and hold harmless Tenant from any liability, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising therefrom and Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall abate until Tenant is no longer prevented from using the Demised Premises for such purposes.  If Tenant is prevented

 

5



 

from using the Demised Premises or third floor premises for more than ninety (90) days, Tenant may terminate this Lease on notice to Landlord.

 

2.04                         In connection with any permissible cooking in the Demised Premises:

 

(a)                                  Tenant, at is sole expense, shall install and keep in good order and condition exhaust fans, ventilating systems, or other similar exhaust devices.

 

(b)                                  Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Demised Premises free from infestation of vermin and other pests.

 

(c)                                   Tenant will use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent any offensive odors for which Landlord has received bona fide reasonably based complaints, to emanate from the Demised Premises.  Upon notification from Landlord that Landlord has received complaints from other tenants of the Building, Tenant will promptly commence curing the condition, that has given rise to such odors including the installation of control devices or the implementation of procedures to eliminate such odors, and will complete such installations or implementation as commercially reasonable as possible thereafter.  Should Tenant fail to take commercially reasonable steps, Landlord, after notice to Tenant and expiration of any applicable cure period, shall (i) have the right but not the obligation to use self-help and bill Tenant for the cost thereof as Additional Rent; or (ii) treat such failure as a breach of a material obligation of Tenant’s tenancy hereunder.

 

(d)                                  Tenant shall not cause any food, waste or other foreign substance to be thrown or drawn into the plumbing or waste lines.  Tenant agrees to maintain the plumbing and waste lines in good order, repair and condition and to repair any damage resulting from any violation of this Article.

 

(e)                                   Tenant shall install and maintain a working smoke detector/carbon monoxide detector in the Demised Premises.

 

Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s damages resulting from any breach of the provisions of this Article are difficult, if not impossible to ascertain and concedes that among any other remedies for any such breach permitted by law or the provisions of this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to enjoin Tenant from any violation of said provisions.

 

ARTICLE 3
Preparation Of the Demised Premises

 

3.01                         Tenant has examined the Demised Premises and agrees to accept the same in their condition and state of repair existing as of the date hereof subject to normal wear and tear and to the removal therefrom of the property of the existing tenant or occupant thereof, if any, and understands and agrees that, except for “Landlord’s Work” (as such quoted term is hereinafter defined), and its obligations otherwise under this Lease, Landlord shall not be required to perform any work, supply any materials or incur any expense to prepare the Demised Premises for Tenant’s occupancy except that, prior to the Term Commencement Date, Landlord shall cause the Demised Premises to be delivered in vacant, broom clean condition, and shall deliver an NYC DEP Form ACP-5 to Tenant showing that the Demised Premises is asbestos free.

 

6



 

3.02                         Prior to the Term Commencement Date, Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, except as otherwise provided herein, shall do that portion of the construction and other items of work in the Demised Premises set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof (such work, “ Landlord’s Work ”).  Landlord will perform such items of Landlord’s Work and furnish materials to carry out the improvements provided for in Final Plans as herein provided.  In the event that, pursuant to Tenant’s request, any change(s) are requested to the Final Plans and such change(s) would increase the cost of the Landlord’s Work specified therein, the cost will be determined by Landlord and presented in writing to Tenant for Tenant’s reasonable approval prior to the commencement of any such change(s).  If Tenant approves the additional cost, Landlord will perform the changes and Tenant shall pay the additional cost to Landlord upon receipt of an invoice therefor, as Additional Rent hereunder.  If Tenant disapproves the additional cost, Landlord shall continue Landlord’s Work in accordance with the then existing Final Plans.  Landlord shall not be required to provide any services or do any act or thing or make any payment with respect to the Demised Premises or the appurtenances thereto, except as may be specifically provided herein.  Landlord shall deliver the Demised Premises free of outstanding construction or mechanics’ liens and any violations which prohibit, delay or interfere with the Tenant filing for Tenant’s Changes or obtaining permits or approvals, in broom clean and vacant condition, with the sprinkler, HVAC, plumbing, heating and electrical systems in proper and good working order.

 

3.03                         Intentionally Deleted.

 

3.04                         Except as otherwise set forth in this Lease, all fixtures, equipment, improvements and appurtenances attached to or built into the Demised Premises shall be and remain a part of the Demised Premises and shall be deemed the property of Landlord.

 

3.05                         All movable partitions, other business and trade fixtures, furnishings, furniture, machinery and equipment, located in the Demised Premises and acquired by Tenant, without expense to Landlord (“ Tenant’s Property ”), which can be removed without damage to the Building shall remain the property of Tenant and, except as otherwise prohibited by this Lease, may, at Tenant’s option, be removed by it at any time during the Term of this Lease; provided that, if any of Tenant’s Property is removed, Tenant shall promptly pay the cost of repairing any damage to the Demised Premises or to the Building resulting from such removal.  In addition, Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, any and all taxes and assessments levied upon or against Tenant’s Property and/or all work, alterations and improvements made by or performed by Tenant of which Tenant has had notice, failing which Landlord may do so on Tenant’s behalf and, thereafter be reimbursed by Tenant upon demand, as Additional Rent hereunder.

 

3.06                         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Lease, in the event that this Lease is terminated under the provisions of Article 25 , then and in such event Landlord shall be entitled to the return of any proportionate share of any Fixed Rent which, pursuant to Section 1.04(c) ,was not paid for the period between the Term Commencement Date and the Rent Commencement Date (the “Free Rent”) and if Landlord has paid a brokerage commission on account of this Lease a proportionate share of the aggregated total amount of the brokerage commission paid by Landlord computed as follows:

 

7



 

number of months remaining

 

in the Term of this Lease at time

 

of default by Tenant                                                                                x                                          any brokerage commission paid by Landlord, plus the total amount of Free Rent ($158,681.25)

 

 

 

total number of months of the term of this Lease.

 

Such sum shall be deemed Additional Rent due and owing by Tenant on the date of any such termination of this Lease and shall be in addition to all other damages and remedies herein provided and provided by law.  The obligation of Tenant to pay such Additional Rent (or damages) to Landlord shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

3.07                         Landlord covenants and agrees to:

 

(a)                                  deliver the Demised Premises free of Hazardous Materials and that Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations (including, without limitation, any such requirements under any hazardous materials laws; and

 

(b)                                  maintain in good working order and repair the exterior and the structural portions of the Building, including, without limitation, the structural portions of the Demised Premises, the sidewalks and the lobby and other public portions of the Building, the Building systems, elevators and the Building plumbing, electrical and sprinkler, serving the Demised Premises and common areas of the Building.  In addition, Landlord shall perform all other repairs caused by, or resulting from, carelessness, omission, neglect or improper conduct of Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors.

 

ARTICLE 4
Taxes

 

4.01                         A.                                     Tenant agrees to pay as Additional Rent over and above the Fixed Rent set forth in Article 1, Sixteen and 67/100 (16.67%) Percent (hereinafter “Tenant’s Percentage”) of any and all increases in Real Estate Taxes (as hereinafter defined) above those for the Base Tax Year (as hereinafter defined), as finally determined, imposed by the City of New York and paid by Landlord, with respect to the land and buildings known as, designated by and located in New York County, Manhattan Block #233 Lot #30 of which the Demised Premises are a part with respect to every Tax Year (hereinafter defined) or part thereof during the term of this Lease, whether any such increase results from a higher tax rate or an increase in the assessed valuation of the property, or both.  Should the rentable square footage of the Building ever be increased by the addition of floors, Tenant’s percentage shall be proportionally reduced.

 

B.                                     “Real Estate Taxes” shall mean the sum of the real estate taxes, assessments and special assessments imposed upon the Building and the Land [Annexed as Exhibit C hereto is a

 

8



 

copy of a tax bill for the Building and the Land] and payable by Landlord and any rights or interests appurtenant to either and payable by Landlord (hereinafter defined as “Real Estate Taxes”).  Real Estate Taxes shall not include any franchise or income tax, inheritance, gift, estate, excise, franchise, transfer or sales tax and shall not include any interest or penalties incurred by Landlord as a result of Landlord’s late payment of Real Estate Taxes.  If at any time during the term of this Lease the methods of taxation prevailing at the commencement of the term hereof shall be altered so that in lieu of or as an addition to or as a substitute for the whole or any part of the taxes, assessments, levies, impositions or changes now levied, assessed or imposed on real estate and the improvements thereon, there shall be levied, assessed or imposed (i) a tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge wholly or partially as capital levy or otherwise on the rents received therefrom, or (ii) a tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge measured by or based in whole or in part upon the Demised Premises and imposed upon Landlord, or (iii) a license fee or charge measured by the rents payable by Tenant to Landlord, then all such taxes, assessments, levies, impositions or charges, or the part thereof so measured or based, shall be deemed to be included within the term “Real Estate Taxes” for the purposes hereof.  Notwithstanding the fact that the aforesaid increase in Additional Rent is measured by Real Estate Taxes, such increase is Additional Rent and shall be paid by Tenant as provided herein regardless of the fact that Tenant may be exempt, in whole or in part, from the payment of any Real Estate Taxes by reason of  Tenant’s diplomatic status or for any other reason whatsoever.

 

C.                                     The term “Base Tax Year” shall mean a blend of the average of Real Estate taxes, the twelve (12) month fiscal period commencing on July 1, 2014 and ending on June 30, 2015 and the twelve (12) month fiscal period commencing on July 1, 2015 and ending on June 30, 2016.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the Real Estate Taxes are increased specifically attributable to a physical improvement assessment attributable to and related solely to the Elevator-Stairway Work set forth in Section 17.05(ii) and/or issuance of an initial Certificate of Occupancy directly for the Building then the amount of such increase shall be added to the Real Estate Taxes for Base Year Tax.

 

D.                                     The term “Tax Year” shall Taxes mean the half year commencing on January l, 2016 and ending on June 30, 2016 and thereafter each twelve (12) month fiscal period commencing July 1 and ending June 30, any portion of which fiscal period occurs during the term of this Lease, any portion of which fiscal period occurs during the term of this Lease.

 

E.                                      For each Tax Year Tenant shall pay an amount (the “Tax Payment”) equal to Tenant’s Percentage of the increase in Real Estate Taxes for such Tax Year over the Real Estate Taxes payable by Landlord for the Base Tax Year.  All such payments shall be appropriately prorated for any partial fiscal periods for which Real Estate Taxes are first payable and in which the term of this Lease shall expire.

 

F.                                       If an abatement or exemption is in effect for the Base Tax Year, such abatement or exemption shall be included in the Real Estate Taxes for said Base Tax Year.  If the taxes for the Base Tax Year shall be reduced from the amount originally imposed after Landlord shall have rendered a statement to Tenant with respect to a subsequent tax year, the amount of taxes for the Base Year and the Tax Payment with respect to each subsequent tax year shall not be adjusted.

 

9



 

G.                                     Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Percentage increases for each Tax Year over the Base Year Tax no later than 20 days before each installment is due to the City of New York.

 

H.                                    Tenant shall be entitled to benefit on a pro rata basis in any reduction or refund in Real Estate Taxes awarded to Landlord as a result of any tax certiorari proceedings or otherwise, net after Landlord has deducted all customary and reasonable fees and expenses associated with said proceedings.  Any credit due Tenant will be credited against any future Fixed Rent or additional rent then due pursuant to the Lease with any balance paid to Tenant within 10 days.  The foregoing obligation by Landlord shall survive expiration or termination of this Lease.  In no event shall any provision of this paragraph result in any reduction in the Fixed Rent or additional rent payable pursuant to any other provision of this Lease.

 

I.                                         Notwithstanding the fact that the Tax Year runs from July 1 of a given year to June 30 of the following year, Tenant shall first be obligated to make any payment on account of this Article for increases incurred as of January 1, 2016 and thereafter.

 

J.                                         The parties agree that the tax bill from the applicable governing taxing authority shall be conclusive evidence as to the amount of Taxes during any applicable fiscal tax year and Tenant shall have no right to dispute same.

 

K.                                     Landlord’s failure during the Term to prepare and deliver any of the tax bills, statements, notices or bills set forth in this Article 4 , or Landlord’s failure to make a demand for payment therefore, or Landlord’s preparation and delivery of any incorrect tax bills, statements, notices or invoices, shall not in any way cause Landlord to forfeit or surrender its rights to collect any of the foregoing items of Additional Rent that may have or are to become due during the Term.  Tenant’s liability for the amounts due under this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Term for a period of five years.

 

ARTICLE 5
Subordination, Notice To Mortgagees

 

5.01                         This Lease, and all rights of Tenant hereunder, are and shall be subject and subordinate in all respects to the lien of all mortgages which may now or hereafter affect the Land and/or Building, whether or not such mortgages shall also cover other lands and/or buildings, to each and every advance made or hereafter to be made under such mortgages, and to all renewals, modifications, replacements and extensions of such mortgages and spreaders and consolidations of such mortgages.  This Article shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required.  In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument that Landlord or the holder of any such mortgage or any of their respective successors in interest may reasonably request to evidence such subordination.  The mortgages to which this Lease is, at the time referred to, subject and subordinate are hereinafter sometimes called “ superior mortgages ” and the holder of a superior mortgage or its successor in interest at the time referred to is sometimes hereinafter called a “ holder ”.  Landlord confirms that there is currently no superior lease or superior mortgage.

 

5.02                         In the event of any act or omission of Landlord or casualty which would give Tenant the right, immediately or after lapse of a period of time or notice, to cancel or terminate

 

10



 

this Lease (other than Landlord’s failure to deliver possession on the Term Commencement Date), or to claim a partial or total eviction, Tenant shall not exercise such right (i) until it has given written notice of such act or omission to the holder of each superior mortgage and the lessor of each superior lease and (ii) unless such act or omission shall be one which is not capable of being remedied by Landlord or such mortgage holder or lessor within a reasonable period of time, until a reasonable period for remedying such act or omission shall have elapsed following the giving of such notice (which reasonable period shall in no event be less than the period to which Landlord would be entitled under this Lease or otherwise, after similar notice, to effect such remedy), provided such holder or lessor shall with due diligence give Tenant written notice of its intention to, and commence and continue, remedy such act or omission and Fixed Rent and Additional Rent abate to the extent of interference with Tenant’s ability to use the Demised Premises during such cure period.

 

5.03                         If the holder of a superior mortgage, or the designee thereof, shall succeed to the rights of Landlord under this Lease, whether through possession or foreclosure action or delivery of a new deed, then at the request of such party so succeeding to Landlord’s rights (herein sometimes called “ successor landlord ”) and upon successor landlord’s written agreement to accept Tenant’s attornment, Tenant shall attorn to and recognize such successor landlord as Tenant’s landlord under this Lease, and shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument that such successor landlord may reasonably request to evidence such attornment.  Upon such attornment this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as, or as if it were, a direct lease between the successor landlord and Tenant upon all of the terms, conditions and covenants as are set forth in this Lease and shall be applicable after such attornment except that the successor landlord shall not:

 

(a)                                  be liable for any previous act or omission of Landlord under this Lease unless;

 

(b)                                  be subject to any offset, not expressly provided for in this Lease, which shall have theretofore accrued to Tenant against Landlord unless continuing at the time that the successor landlord takes over and provided that Tenant has given successor landlord thirty (30) days notice of and opportunity to cure the condition(s) which Tenant claims give rise to a right of offset;

 

(c)                                   be bound by any previous modification of this Lease signed after Landlord notifies Tenant of any consent requirement, not expressly provided for in this Lease, or except for obligations under paragraph 1.06 and crediting of any prepaid rent, any previous prepayment of more than one (1) month’s Fixed Rent, unless such modification or prepayment shall have been expressly approved in writing by the lessor of the superior lease or the holder of the superior mortgage through or by reason of which the successor landlord shall have succeeded to the rights of Landlord under this Lease.

 

5.04                         If, in connection with obtaining, continuing or renewing financing for which the Building, Land or the interest of the lessee under any superior lease represents collateral, in whole or in part, the holder or proposed holder (including any which may elect that this Lease shall have priority over such superior mortgage) shall request reasonable modifications of this Lease as a condition of such financing, Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold its consent

 

11



 

thereto, provided that such modifications do not increase Tenant’s obligation to pay Fixed Rent or Additional Rent or shorten or lengthen the Term of this Lease or do not increase any other obligations or diminish any other rights of Tenant under this Lease except to a de minimus extent.

 

5.05                         Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain for the benefit of Tenant a nondisturbance agreement from any present or future mortgagee or holder of an estate or interest having priority over this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 6
Quiet Enjoyment

 

6.01                         Tenant shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Demised Premises subject, nevertheless, to the obligations of this Lease and, as provided in Article 5 , to the superior mortgages, if any.

 

ARTICLE 7
Assignment And Subletting

 

7.01                         Except as provided in this Lease, Tenant, for itself, its heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, expressly covenants that it shall not assign, mortgage or encumber this Lease, nor underlet, nor suffer, nor permit the Demised Premises or any part thereof to be used or occupied by others, without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as additional rent for any reasonable out of pocket expenses of Landlord associated with such review.  If this Lease be assigned, or if the Demised Premises or any part thereof be underlet or occupied by anybody other than Tenant, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, after default by Tenant, collect rents from the assignee, undertenant or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to the rents herein reserved, but no assignment, underletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of the provisions hereof, the acceptance of the assignee, undertenant or occupant as tenant under this Lease, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of covenants on the part of Tenant herein contained.  Provided however, in the event of an assignment of the Lease to an entity having a net worth of $100 million or more as reasonably demonstrated to Landlord via a financial statement prepared pursuant to GAAP principles and certified by an accountant, and cash on hand equal to at least double the amount of Fixed Rent remaining for the Term and Renewal Term (if applicable) Tenant shall be deemed released from all liabilities and obligations under this Lease.  The consent by Landlord to an assignment or underletting shall not be construed to relieve Tenant, or its assignee or subtenant, from obtaining the express consent in writing of Landlord to any further assignment or underletting if and to the extent required under this Lease.  In no event shall any permitted subtenant assign or encumber its sublease or further sublet all or any portion of its sublet space, or otherwise suffer or permit the sublet space or any part thereof to be used or occupied by others, without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance (which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).  In the event of any sublet, Tenant shall remain fully liable under this Lease.

 

12


 

7.02                         If Tenant shall, at any time or times during the Term of this Lease, desire to assign this Lease or sublet more than fifty (50%) percent of the square footage of the Demised Premises, Tenant shall give notice thereof to Landlord.  Such notice shall be deemed an offer from Tenant to Landlord whereby Landlord may, at its option terminate this Lease by notice to Tenant at any time within thirty (30) days after such notice has been given by Tenant to Landlord.  If Landlord fails to exercise its termination option under this Section within such (30) day period, then Landlord shall be deemed to have waived its right to exercise such option.

 

7.03                         If Landlord exercises its option to terminate this Lease in accordance with Section 7.02, then this Lease shall end and expire on the date that such assignment or sublet was to be effective or commence, as the case may be, and the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent due hereunder shall be paid and apportioned to such date, the security deposit and any unapplied Prepaid Rent shall be paid to Tenant and Tenant shall have no further liabilities or obligations under this Lease.

 

7.04                         INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

 

7.05                         INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

 

7.06                         INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

 

7.07                         In the event Landlord does not exercise the option provided to it pursuant to Section 7.02 and provided that Tenant is not in default, after notice and expiration of any applicable cure period, of any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, Landlord’s consent (which must be in writing and in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord) to the proposed assignment or sublease shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, provided and upon condition that:

 

(a)                                  Tenant shall have furnished Landlord with (a) an original, fully executed, copy of a binding agreement or letter of intent between Tenant and the proposed assignee or subtenant (contingent upon Landlord’s approval) containing all of the material terms of the proposed assignment or sublease, the effective or term commencement date of which shall be not less than ten (10) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the giving of such notice, (b) a statement setting forth in reasonable detail the identity of the proposed assignee or subtenant, the nature of its business and its proposed use of the Demised Premises, and (c) current reasonably detailed financial information with respect to the proposed assignee or subtenant including, without limitation, its most recent financial report;

 

(b)                                  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for any and all reasonable costs or expenses that may be incurred by Landlord in connection with said assignment or sublease including, without limitation, the costs of making investigations as to the acceptability of the proposed assignee or subtenant, and reasonable legal costs incurred in connection with the granting of any requested consent; and

 

(c)                                   The assignment or sublease shall not allow the use of the Demised Premises or any part thereof for (i) the preparation and/or sale of food for on or off premises consumption (except as provided in Article 2, Paragraph 2.01) or (ii) for use by a foreign or domestic governmental or quasi-governmental agency.

 

13



 

Landlord shall have thirty (30) days (in addition to the times specified in paragraph 7.02) to complete Landlord’s review and grant or withhold consent.  If Landlord fails to respond to Tenant within such thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall be entitled to send Landlord a second reminder notice.  If Landlord then fails to respond within five (5) business days of the receipt of the second notice, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the proposed assignment or sublet.  Each subletting pursuant to this Article shall, except as set forth elsewhere in this Lease, be subject to all of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Lease.  Notwithstanding any such subletting to any subtenant and/or acceptance of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent by Landlord from any subtenant, Tenant shall and will remain fully liable for the payment of the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent due and to become due hereunder and for the performance of all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed and all acts and omissions any assignee, subtenant or other occupant permitted hereunder or anyone claiming under or through any assignee, subtenant or other occupant permitted hereunder which shall be in violation of any of the obligations of this Lease, shall be deemed to be a violation by Tenant.  Tenant further agrees that notwithstanding any such assignment or subletting, no other and further assignment or subletting of the Demised Premises by Tenant or any person claiming through or under Tenant shall or will be made except upon compliance with and subject to the provisions of this Article.  If Landlord shall reasonably decline to give its consent to any proposed assignment or sublease, or if Landlord shall exercise any of its options under Section 7.02 , Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord against and from any and all loss, liability, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees) resulting from any claims that may be made against Landlord by the proposed assignee or sublessee or by any brokers or other persons claiming a commission or similar compensation in connection with the proposed assignment or sublease.

 

7.08                         In the event that (a) Landlord fails to exercise any of its options under Section 7.02 and thereafter consents to a proposed assignment or sublease, and (b) Tenant fails to execute and deliver the assignment or sublease to which Landlord consented within ninety (90) days after the giving of such consent, then Tenant shall again comply with all of the provisions and conditions of Section 7.02 before assigning this Lease or subletting all or part of the Demised Premises.

 

7.09                         With respect to each and every sublease or subletting authorized by Landlord under the provisions of this Lease, it is further agreed:

 

(a)                                  No subletting shall be for a term ending later than one (1) day prior to the Expiration Date;

 

(b)                                  No sublease shall be valid, and no subtenant shall take possession of the Demised Premises or any part thereof, until an executed counterpart of such sublease has been delivered to Landlord within the time period provided in Section 7.08(b) ;

 

(c)                                   Each sublease shall provide that it is subject and subordinate to this Lease and subject to Section 7.14 to the matters to which this Lease is or shall be subordinate, and that in the event of termination, re-entry or dispossess by Landlord under this Lease, Landlord may, at its option, take over all of the right, title and interest of Tenant, as sublessor, under such sublease, and such subtenant shall, at Landlord’s option, attorn to Landlord pursuant to the then

 

14



 

executory provisions of such sublease, except that Landlord shall not (i) be liable for any previous act or omission of Tenant under such sublease, (ii) be subject to any offset not expressly provided in this Lease, if any, which theretofore accrued to such subtenant against Tenant, or (iii) be bound by any previous modification of such sublease or by any prepayment of more than one (1) month’s rent.

 

7.10                         If the Landlord shall give its consent to any assignment of this Lease or to any sublease, Tenant shall, in consideration therefor, pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent:

 

(a)                                  in the case of an assignment, an amount equal to fifty (50%) percent of all sums and other considerations paid to Tenant by the assignee for or by reason of such assignment (including, but not limited to, sums paid for the sale of Tenant’s fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture, furnishings or other personal property, in each case, which is located in the Demised Premises less, in the case of a sale thereof, the then net unamortized or undepreciated cost thereof determined on the basis of Tenant’s federal income tax returns, exclusive of any allowance or credit given by Landlord), and after deducting the cost of reasonable alterations, reasonable legal fees and reasonable brokerage commissions; and

 

(b)                                  in the case of a sublease, fifty (50%) percent of any rents, additional charge or other consideration payable under the sublease to Tenant by the subtenant which is in excess of the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent accruing during the term of the sublease in respect of the subleased space (at the rate per square foot payable by Tenant hereunder) pursuant to the terms hereof (including, but not limited to, sums paid for the sale or rental of Tenant’s fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture or other personal property, in each case, which is located in the Demised Premises, less, in the case of the sale thereof, the then net unamortized or undepreciated cost thereof determined on the basis of Tenant’s federal income tax returns, exclusive of any allowance or credit given by Landlord), and after deducting the cost of reasonable alterations, reasonable legal fees and reasonable brokerage fees.

 

The sums payable under subsections (a) and (b) above shall be paid to Landlord, as Additional Rent, as and when due and payable from the assignee or subtenant, as the case may be, to Tenant.  Provided however that if the assignee or subtenant, as the case may be, fails to make any required payments when due and Tenant is in good faith actively pursuing collection thereof, the obligations of Tenant to remit payment of any sum due under subsections (a) and (b) above shall be deferred until paid by such assignee or subtenant.

 

7.11                         Except as otherwise set forth in this Article, if Tenant, or any permitted assignee or subtenant, is a corporation, the provisions of Section 7.01 shall apply to a transfer, however accomplished, whether in a single transaction or in a series of related or unrelated transactions, of a majority of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Tenant, or any permitted assignee or subtenant, as if such transfer of a majority of the stock of Tenant, or any permitted assignee or subtenant, were an assignment of this Lease.  If Tenant, or any permitted assignee or subtenant, is a partnership, the provisions of Section 7.01 shall apply to a transfer, however accomplished, whether in a single transaction or in a series of related or unrelated transactions, of a majority of the total interest in the partnership as if such transfer of a majority of the total interest in the partnership were an assignment of this Lease.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything herein to the contrary, the foregoing provisions of this Article (Section 7.01 through Section 7.10 and

 

15



 

Section 7.12) shall not apply to any assignment or other transfer of this Lease (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of stock or other equity interests, or the sale of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets), or any subletting of all or a portion of the Demised Premises to any corporation, partnership or other entity (a) into or with which Tenant (or Tenant’s direct or indirect parent entity) is merged or consolidated, or (b) to which all of Tenant’s goodwill and all or substantially all of the Tenant’s assets are transferred, or (c) that is controlled by, controlling or under common control with Tenant, or (d) are transfers of stock in connection with private investments or “going public” or (e) are transfers to family members, family trusts, related entity affiliates, transfers between and among present owners and future purchasers of equity in investment transactions, and issuance of additional or transfer of equity interests or with respect to leasehold financing provided, however, Tenant shall notify Landlord after entering into any such transaction.  If Landlord questions whether the transaction should have been subject to Landlord’s reasonable consent, Tenant shall provide Landlord with reasonably satisfactory evidence that such transaction does not require Landlord’s consent as herein required (unless prevented from doing so by securities or other laws or any confidentiality agreement relating to such transaction).

 

7.12                         Any assignment or transfer shall be made only if, and shall not be effective until, the assignee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an agreement, within the time provided in Section 7.08(b) , in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord whereby the assignee shall assume the obligations of this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed and whereby the assignee shall agree that the provisions in this Article 7 shall, notwithstanding such assignment or transfer, continue to be binding upon Tenant in respect of all future assignments and transfers.  The original named Tenant covenants that, notwithstanding any assignment or transfer, whether or not in violation of the provisions of this Lease, and notwithstanding the acceptance of Fixed Rent and/or Additional Rent by Landlord from an assignee, transferee, or any other party, the original named Tenant shall remain fully liable for the payment of the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent and for all of the other obligations of this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there is an assignment in compliance with the terms of this Lease and the assignee utilizing GAAP standards has a net worth equal to or greater than Tenant, Tenant shall be released of its obligations hereunder.  In any instance where the original named tenant shall have assigned this Lease, Landlord shall, when giving notice to said assignee in respect of any default, also send a copy of such notice to the original named tenant and no notice of default shall be effective until a copy thereof is so given to the original named tenant.  The original named tenant shall have the same period after receipt of such notice to cure or commence to cure such default as is given to Tenant under this Lease and the original named tenant shall have the right thereafter to take possession of the Demised Premises provided it cures any such default within the time periods permitted by the Lease.

 

7.13                         Subject to the foregoing limitations, the joint and several liability of Tenant and any immediate or remote successor in interest of Tenant and the due performance of the obligations of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed or observed shall not be discharged, released or impaired in any respect by any agreement or stipulation made by Landlord extending the time of, or modifying any of the obligations of, this Lease, or by any waiver or failure of Landlord to enforce any of the obligations of this Lease, except assignor not liable for additional or greater obligations created after assignment.

 

16



 

7.14                         In the event that Tenant has sublet all or substantially all of the Demised Premises and Tenant thereafter is in default under this Lease (monetary or non-monetary or bankruptcy-related event) beyond notice and expiration of any applicable cure period and this Lease terminates as a result thereof, Landlord agrees that the right of the subtenant to continue to occupy the Demised Premises shall not be affected by such termination so long as:

 

i.                                           If this Lease were terminated due to default, the default(s) which served as the basis for removal of Tenant were caused in whole by Tenant and not in any manner caused by subtenant either in whole or in part.

 

ii.                                        The subtenant was a subtenant whose subtenancy originally required Landlord’s consent (subtenant not being a party or parties as described in paragraph 7.12 above).

 

iii.                                     The subtenant attorns in writing to Landlord and at Landlord’s election either assumes Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or reaffirms subtenant’s obligations under the sublease with Tenant under the sublease originally furnished to Landlord with such sublease then becoming a direct lease with Landlord; and

 

iv.                                    The subtenant deposits with Landlord additional security in the sum equal to twenty- five (25%) percent of the Annual Fixed Rent for the last year of the Term or Renewal Term; and

 

v.                                       Tenant has (or on Tenant’s behalf, subtenant has) fulfilled all of Tenant’s monetary obligations occurring through the effective date of the attornment.

 

ARTICLE 8
Compliance With Laws and Requirements Of Public Authorities

 

8.01                         Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord of any notice it receives of the violation of any law or requirement of public authority, and Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall comply with all laws and requirements of public authorities which shall, with respect to the Demised Premises or the use and/or occupation thereof, or the abatement of any nuisance, impose any violation, order or duty on Landlord or Tenant, arising from (i) Tenant’s particular manner of use of the Demised Premises, (ii) the particular manner of conduct of Tenant’s business or operation of its installations, equipment or other property therein, (iii) any cause or condition created by or at the instance of Tenant, including the performance of any work performed by Landlord for or on behalf of Tenant, or (iv) breach of any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder.  However, Tenant shall not be so required to make any structural or other substantial change in the Demised Premises unless the requirement arises from a cause or condition referred to in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above.  Landlord, at its expense, shall comply with all other such laws and requirements of public authorities as shall affect the Demised Premises, but may contest the same subject to conditions reciprocal to Subsections (a), (b) and (d) of Section 8.02 .  Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that Tenant’s obligations with respect to the Demised Premises under this Section 8.01 shall include, without limitation, compliance throughout the Term of this Lease with the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, together with all amendments thereto which may be adopted from time to time, and all regulations and rules promulgated thereunder (the “ ADA ”) but solely if any such obligation arises from a cause

 

17



 

or condition referred to in (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above; provided however , that Landlord agrees to cause the “Common Areas” (as such quoted term is hereinafter defined) to be in compliance with the ADA and all other applicable laws and regulations, as and to the extent thereby required unless the need for compliance is occasioned by either the specific manner of operation of Tenant’s business or alterations performed by Tenant in which case Tenant shall be responsible for the Common Areas as well.  Tenant shall pay all the costs, expenses, fines, penalties and damages imposed upon Landlord or any superior lessors or superior mortgagees by reason of or arising out of Tenant’s failure to comply with legal requirements or insurance requirements if and to the extent required under the provisions of this Section.  For example, but not by way of limitation, if any public authority requires any additional sprinkler heads or changes to the sprinkler system in or serving the Demised Premises solely by reason of the particular manner of conduct of Tenant’s business in the Demised Premises or by reason of Tenant’s alterations, or the location of partitions, trade fixtures, or other contents of the Demised Premises if and to the extent installed by Tenant, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly make and supply such additional sprinkler heads or make such changes.  Landlord shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for compliance with all applicable laws with respect to Building systems and other portions of the Building not part of the Demised Premises or those portions of the Demised Premises which are not Tenant’s obligation and with respect to all violations existing on the Lease Term Commencement Date or arising from or related to Landlord’s Work.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant acknowledges that (i) no certificate of occupancy has been obtained for the Demised Premises and/or for the Building, (ii) Landlord represents that the permitted use for the Demised Premises and for the Building ( i.e. , office use and cooking) is an “as of right” use pursuant to current zoning for the Building and (iii) the foregoing shall not be deemed or construed to relieve Tenant of any of its obligations under this Lease, it being understood and agreed to by Tenant that Tenant shall remain fully bound to perform its obligations hereunder notwithstanding the foregoing.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Landlord acknowledges that there is an open application pending with the New York City Department of Buildings (“DOB”) with respect to the Demised Premises.  If such open application prohibits Tenant from filing an application for Tenant Changes or delays or interferes with such filing or with Tenant obtaining permits or approvals (without any other fault of Tenant), Landlord covenants and agrees to use best efforts to close out such application and to indemnify Tenant for any costs and expenses Tenant incurs arising from any additional requirements or changes to Tenant’s plans required by DOB as a result of such open application or the previous tenant’s work in the Demised Premises.

 

8.02                         Tenant may, at its sole cost and expense (and if necessary, in the name of but without expense to Landlord) contest, by appropriate proceedings prosecuted diligently and in good faith, the validity, or applicability to the Demised Premises, of any law or requirement of public authority, and Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in such proceedings, provided that:

 

(a)                                  Landlord shall not be subject to criminal penalty or to prosecution for a crime nor shall the Demised Premises or any part thereof be subject to being condemned or vacated, by reason of non-compliance or otherwise by reason of such contest;

 

(b)                                  Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord against all liability, loss, damage, cost or expense which Landlord shall suffer by reason of such non-

 

18



 

compliance or contest including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney’s fees and other reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord;

 

(c)                                   Such non-compliance or contest shall not constitute or result in any violation of any superior lease or superior mortgage, or if such superior lease and/or superior mortgage shall permit such non-compliance or contest on condition of the taking of action or furnishing of security by Landlord, such action shall be taken and such security shall be furnished at the expense of Tenant;

 

(d)                                  Tenant shall furnish Landlord with such security as Landlord shall require in connection with Tenant’s non-compliance or contest; and

 

(e)                                   Tenant shall keep Landlord advised in writing as to the status of such proceedings.

 

Without limiting the application of Section 8.02(a)  thereto, Landlord shall be deemed subject to prosecution for a crime within the meaning of said Subsection, if Landlord, or any officer or shareholder of Landlord individually, is charged with a crime of any kind or degree whatever, whether by service of a summons or otherwise, unless such charge is withdrawn before Landlord or such officer (as the case may be) is required to plead or answer thereto.

 

8.03                         In addition, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Lease, Tenant shall, at all times, comply with all local, state and federal laws, rules and regulations governing the use, handling and disposal of “Hazardous Material” (as such quoted term is hereinafter defined) in the Demised Premises by Tenant, its subtenants, licensees and invitees including, but not limited to, Section 1004 of the Federal Reserve Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §6901 et. seq. (42 U.S.C. §6903) and any additions, amendments, or modifications thereto with respect to Hazardous Material which Tenant brings into the Demised Premises.  Landlord shall be responsible for any Hazardous Material present on the Term Commencement Date.  As used herein, the term “ Hazardous Material ” shall mean any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste which is, or becomes, regulated by any local or state government authority in which the Demised Premises is located or the United States Government.  Landlord and its agents shall have the right, but not the duty, to inspect the Demised Premises at any time to determine whether Tenant is complying with the terms of this Section 8.03 .  If Tenant is not in compliance with this Section 8.03 , Landlord shall have the right to immediately enter upon the Demised Premises and take whatever actions as are reasonably necessary to comply including, but not limited to, the removal from the Demised Premises of any Hazardous Material and the restoration of the Demised Premises to a clean, neat, attractive, healthy and sanitary condition.  Tenant shall pay all costs so incurred by Landlord due to Tenant’s failure to comply with the terms of this Section, as Additional Rent, ten (10) days upon receipt of a bill therefor.

 

ARTICLE 9
Insurance

 

9.01                         Subject to the uses permitted under Section 2.01 Tenant shall not do or suffer or permit anything to be done in or about the Demised Premises or the Building which would:  (a)

 

19



 

subject Landlord to any liability for injury to any person or property, (b) cause any increase in the insurance rates applicable to any policies of insurance carried by Landlord covering the Real Property, the Building or the rental income to be derived therefrom or the Building equipment or other property of Landlord, or cause insurance companies of good standing to refuse to insure the aforesaid interests of Landlord in amounts reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, or (c) result in the cancellation of any policy of insurance or the assertion of any defense by the insurer to any claim under any policy of insurance maintained by or for the benefit of Landlord.

 

9.02                         If, as the result of any failure by Tenant to comply with the terms of Section 9.01, the insurance rates applicable to any policy of insurance carried by Landlord covering the Real Property, the Building or the rental income to be derived therefrom or the Building equipment or other property of Landlord, shall be increased, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord, as additional rent, within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s demand therefor, the portion of the premiums for said insurance attributable to such higher rates.  Notwithstanding the foregoing that except for possible cooking for which Landlord makes no representation, Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises for the permitted use under this Lease shall not subject Tenant to this obligation.  In the event that Landlord claims that the premiums for any insurance carried by Landlord covering the Real Property have increased on account of Tenant’s kitchen use, Tenant shall be reasonable for increases solely to the extent they are commercially reasonable and provided that Landlord furnishes reasonable evidence supporting Landlord’s claim for the additional premiums.  A schedule or rule book issued by the Insurance Services Office or any other insurance rating organization having jurisdiction, or the rating procedures or rules of Landlord’s insurance companies shall be conclusive evidence of the several items and charges which make up the insurance rates and premiums on the Demised Premises and the Building and the rental income to be derived therefrom.

 

9.03                         A.                                     Tenant shall secure and keep in full force and effect throughout the Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, (i) Commercial General Liability Insurance, written on an occurrence basis, and in the limits of Five Million ($5,000,000.00) Dollars combined single limit for personal and bodily injury and death arising therefrom and Broad Form property damage arising out of any one occurrence in, upon, adjacent to or in connection with the Demised Premises or any part thereof, which insurance shall include coverage for contractual liability, Landlord’s protective liability, independent contractor’s liability and completed operations liability; (ii) insurance upon Tenant’s Property (as hereinafter defined), fixtures, furnishings and equipment, including Tenant’s Changes, in an amount equal to the full replacement value thereof (including an “agreed amount” endorsement), including any increase in value resulting from increased costs, with coverage against such perils and casualties as are commonly included in “all risk” insurance policies (including breakage of glass within the Demised Premises, sprinkler leakage and collapse) and if commercially available at competitive rates, back-up of sewers and drains in the Demised Premises installed by or on behalf of Tenant (or anyone claiming under or through Tenant); (iii) during the course of construction of any Tenant’s Changes and until completion thereof, at Landlord’s election, Builder’s Risk Insurance on an “all risk” basis (including collapse) on a completed value (non-reporting) form for full replacement value covering the interests of Landlord and Tenant in all work incorporated in the Building and all materials and equipment in or about the Demised Premises; (iv) Workers’ Compensation Insurance, as required by law; (v) business interruption insurance using the insurance service office standard form (or equivalent) on all “all risk” basis to reimburse Tenant for its loss of

 

20



 

profits and expenses as a result of an interruption of business, which such coverage shall be purchased and maintained at a limit adequate to protect not less than twelve months of profits and expenses; and (vi) such other insurance in such amounts as Landlord may reasonably require from time to time provided the same is then customary for either buildings or uses of this nature.  All such insurance shall contain only such “deductibles” as Landlord shall approve in writing, which approval shall not be withheld if commercially reasonable.  The minimum amounts of insurance required herein shall not be construed to limit the extent of Tenant’s liability under this Lease.  In addition, prior to any entry upon the Demised Premises by Tenant or any of Tenant’s employees, agents or contractors, Tenant shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Landlord certificates evidencing that all insurance required hereunder is in full force and effect.  Tenant shall have the right to insure and maintain the insurance coverages set forth in this Article under blanket insurance policies covering other premises occupied by Tenant so long as such blanket policies comply as to terms and amounts with the insurance provisions set forth in this Lease; provided that upon request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a certificate of Tenant’s insurer evidencing the portion of such blanket insurance allocated to the Demised Premises.

 

B.                                     All such insurance shall be written in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord by an insurance company in a financial size category of not less than XI and with general policy holders’ ratings of not less than A, as rated in the most current available “Best’s” insurance reports, or the then equivalent thereof, and licensed to do business in New York State and authorized to issue such policies.  All policies of insurance procured by Tenant shall contain endorsements providing that (i) such policies may not be reduced or canceled (including for nonpayment of premium) or allowed to lapse with respect to Landlord or materially changed or amended except after thirty (30) days’ prior notice from the insurance company to Landlord, sent by certified or registered mail; and (ii) Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of premiums therefor notwithstanding that Landlord or any other party is or may be named as an insured.  Duly executed certificates of insurance (including endorsements and evidence of the waivers of subrogation required herein), together with reasonably satisfactory evidence of payment of the premiums therefor, shall be delivered to Landlord, on or before five (5) days following the Commencement Date.  Each renewal or replacement of a policy shall be so deposited at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policy.  Tenant shall not carry any separate or additional insurance concurrent in form or contributing in the event of any loss or damage with any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant under this Lease, and all policies of insurance procured by Tenant shall be written as primary policies not contributing to or in excess of coverage that Landlord may carry.

 

C.                                     All insurance procured by Tenant under this Article shall be issued in the names and for the benefit of Landlord and Landlord’s managing agent, each as an additional insured (but only as to the Demised Premises), Tenant and, if Landlord requests, the superior mortgagee on the Land and/or the Building, as its interests may appear, and shall contain an endorsement that each of Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent and such mortgagee or lessor, although named as an additional insured, nevertheless shall be entitled to recover under said policies for any loss or damages occasioned to it, its agents, employees, contractors, directors, shareholders, partners and principals (disclosed or undisclosed) by reason of the negligence or tortious acts of Tenant, its servants, agents, employees and contractors.  Landlord agrees that only Tenant shall be named a loss payee under Tenant’s insurance policies covering Tenant’s Property and Workers’ Compensation.

 

21


 

9.04                         Landlord and Tenant shall each endeavor to secure an appropriate clause in, or an endorsement upon, each fire or extended coverage policy obtained by it and covering the Building, the Demised Premises or the personal property, fixtures and equipment located therein or thereon, pursuant to which the respective insurance companies waive subrogation or permit the insured, prior to any loss, to agree with a third party to waive any claim it might have against said third party.  The waiver of subrogation or permission for waiver of any claim hereinbefore referred to shall extend to the agents of each party and its employees and, in the case of Tenant, shall also extend to all other persons and entities occupying or using the Demised Premises.  If and to the extent that such waiver or permission can be obtained only upon payment of an additional charge then, except as provided in the following two (2) paragraphs, the party benefiting from the waiver or permission shall pay such charge upon demand, or shall be deemed to have agreed that the party obtaining the insurance coverage in question shall be free of any further obligations under the provisions hereof relating to such waiver or permission.

 

In the event that Landlord shall be unable at any time to obtain one of the provisions referred to above in any of its insurance policies, at Tenant’s option Landlord shall cause Tenant to be named in such policy or policies as one of the assureds, but if any additional premium shall be imposed for the inclusion of Tenant as such as assured, Tenant shall pay such additional premium to Landlord promptly upon demand.  In the event that Tenant shall have been named as one of the insureds in any of Landlord’s policies in accordance with the foregoing, Tenant shall endorse promptly to the order of Landlord, without recourse, any check, draft or order for the payment of money representing the proceeds of any such policy or any other payment growing out of or connected with said policy and Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights in and to such proceeds and payments.

 

In the event that Tenant shall be unable at any time to obtain one of the provisions referred to above in any of its insurance policies, Tenant shall cause Landlord to be named in such policy or policies as one of the assureds, but if any additional premium shall be imposed for the inclusion of Landlord as such an assured, Tenant shall pay such additional premium upon demand or Tenant shall be excused from its obligations under this paragraph with respect to the insurance policy or policies for which such additional premiums would be imposed.  In the event that Landlord shall have been named as one of the assureds in any of Tenant’s policies in accordance with the foregoing, Landlord shall endorse promptly to the order of Tenant, without recourse, any check, draft or order for the payment of money representing the proceeds of any such policy or any other payment growing out of or connected with said policy and Landlord hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights in and to such proceeds and payments.

 

Subject to the waiver of subrogation being obtained or being named as an additional insured pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.03 , and insofar as may be permitted by the terms of the insurance policies carried by it, each party hereby releases the other with respect to any claim (including a claim for negligence) which it might otherwise have against the other party for loss, damages or destruction with respect to its property by fire or other casualty (including rental value or business interruption, as the case may be) occurring during the Term of this Lease.

 

9.05                         If, by reason of a failure of Tenant to comply with the provisions of Section 8.01 or Section 9.01 , the rate of fire insurance with extended coverage on the Building or equipment

 

22



 

or other property of Landlord shall be higher than it otherwise would be, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, on demand, for that part of the premiums for fire insurance and extended coverage paid by Landlord because of such failure on the part of Tenant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to Section 9.02 Tenant’s office use of the Demised Premises for the permitted use under this Lease shall not subject Tenant to such obligation.

 

9.06                         If any dispute shall arise between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the incurrence or amount of any additional insurance premium referred to in Section 9.03 , the dispute shall be determined by arbitration pursuant to Article 34 .

 

9.07                         A schedule or make up of rates for the Building or the Demised Premises, as the case may be, issued by the New York Fire Insurance Exchange or other similar body making rates for fire insurance and extended coverage for the premises concerned, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated and of the several items and charges in the fire insurance rate with extended coverage then applicable to such premises.

 

ARTICLE 10
Rules and Regulations

 

10.01                  Tenant and its employees and agents shall faithfully observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations annexed hereto as Exhibit D and made a part hereof, and such changes therein (whether by modification, elimination or addition) as Landlord at any time or times hereafter may make and communicate in writing to Tenant, which do not unreasonably affect the conduct of Tenant’s business in the Demised Premises except as required by any governmental law, rule, regulation, ordinance or similar decree and provided that no such modifications, eliminations or additions would materially alter Tenant’s rights or obligations under this Lease and all of such Rules and Regulations and any modifications, eliminations or amendments thereto are commercially reasonable and to the extent applicable to all tenants of the Building are uniformly enforced against all tenants of the Building, or to the extent only applicable to particular tenants are uniformly enforced against them; provided , however , that in case of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Lease and any of the Rules and Regulations as originally promulgated or as changed, the provisions of this Lease shall control.

 

10.02                  Subject to Section 10.01, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant in any manner for the violation of any Rules and Regulations by any other tenant or its employees, agents or visitors.

 

ARTICLE 11
Tenant’s Changes

 

11.01                  All renovations, additions, installations, improvements and/or alterations of any kind or nature in the Demised Premises (hereinafter collectively referred to as “changes” and, as applied to changes provided for in this Article, “Tenant’s Changes”) shall require the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed provided, except as set forth below:

 

A.                                     The outside appearance or the strength of the Building or of any of its structural parts shall not be affected;

 

23



 

B.                                     No part of the Building outside of the Demised Premises shall be affected;

 

C.                                     The proper functioning of any of the mechanical, electrical, sanitary and other service systems of the Building shall not be materially adversely affected;

 

D.                                     In performing the work involved in making such changes, elsewhere in this Lease, Tenant shall be bound by and observe all of the conditions and covenants contained in this Article and by the Rules and Regulations contained in Exhibit D;

 

F.                                       Tenant’s Changes shall be performed only by contractors and subcontractors first approved by Landlord in writing such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, including the sprinkler, security, life safety system, plumbing, electrical and other Building system subcontractors for the Building.  Tenant may use non-union labor.

 

G.                                     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, with the consent of Landlord as to location and scope, run wiring, lines and conduits through shafts and other concealed portions of the Building and subject to Landlord’s consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed connect to Building systems as may be reasonably appropriate for communications, internet access and other purposes pertaining to its business.

 

H.                                    Subject to the restrictions as set forth in paragraph 2.01, Tenant shall have the right to construct a working kitchen in the Demised Premises, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval.

 

I.                                         Tenant also should be able to perform decorative work on notice to, but without Landlord’s consent.

 

J.                                         Landlord hereby approves Tenant’s sign package, as annexed hereto as Exhibit E.

 

11.02                  Before proceeding with any Tenant’s Changes, Tenant shall submit to Landlord full plans and specifications (if such plans and specifications are customarily prepared) and all changes and revisions thereto, for the work to be done for Landlord’s approval in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof.  Landlord reserves the right to engage an architect and/or engineer to review Tenant’s Changes.  Landlord shall have twenty (20) days to respond to any such request.  Should Landlord fail to respond within said twenty (20) days, Tenant may give Landlord a second five (5) days written notice containing the same request.  Should Landlord then fail to respond Landlord shall be deemed to have consented to Tenant’s request.  In the event that Landlord does so Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable cost of such engagement as Additional Rent.  Landlord may, as a condition of its approval, require Tenant to make reasonable revisions in and to the plans and specifications.

 

11.03                  Tenant, at its expense, shall obtain all necessary governmental permits and certificates for the commencement and prosecution of Tenant’s Changes and for final approval thereof from public authorities having jurisdiction thereover upon completion and shall furnish copies thereof to Landlord, and cause Tenant’s Changes to be performed in compliance therewith and with all applicable laws and requirements of public authorities, and with all applicable requirements of insurance bodies, and in good and workmanlike manner, using materials and equipment at least equal in quality and class to the original installations in the Building.

 

24



 

Landlord shall sign any applications reasonably necessary and shall otherwise cooperate with Tenant, at no expense to Landlord in connection with matters arising in connection with Tenant’s Changes, under this Lease or with respect to the use and occupancy of the Demised Premises.  Landlord shall be entitled to engage an architect and/or engineer and/or consultant to review the applications and proposed Tenant’s Changes at Tenant’s expense as additional rent.  Landlord agrees to cap any such expense at $5,000.00 for the first year of the Term subject to increases in future years based upon changes in the Consumer Price Index for all Urban Consumers New York all Items 1982-1984=100.  Tenant’s Changes shall be performed in such manner as not to unreasonably interfere with or delay and (unless Tenant shall indemnify Landlord therefor to the latter’s reasonable satisfaction) as not to impose any additional expense upon Landlord in the construction, maintenance or operation of the Building or any portion thereof.  Throughout the performance of Tenant’s Changes, Tenant, at its expense, shall carry, or cause to be carried, worker’s compensation insurance in statutory limits and general liability insurance for any occurrence in or about the Building as set forth in herein, in which Landlord and its managing agent -Cape Advisors, Inc. shall be named as parties insured, in such limits as Landlord may reasonably prescribe, with insurance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.  Tenant shall furnish Landlord with satisfactory evidence that such insurance is in effect at or before the commencement of Tenant’s Changes and, on request, at reasonable intervals thereafter during the continuance of Tenant’s Changes.

 

11.04                  Tenant, at its expense, and with diligence and dispatch, shall procure the cancellation or discharge of all notices of violation arising from Tenant’s Changes which shall be issued by the Department of Buildings or any other public or quasi-public authority having or asserting jurisdiction.  Tenant shall defend, indemnify and save harmless Landlord against any and all mechanic’s and other liens filed in connection with Tenant’s Changes, including the liens of any security interest in, conditional sales of, or chattel mortgages upon, any materials, fixtures or articles so installed in and/or constituting part of the Demised Premises and against all reasonable costs, expense and liabilities incurred in connection with any such lien, security interest, conditional sale or chattel mortgage or any action or proceeding brought thereon.  Tenant, at its expense, shall initiate the satisfaction or discharge of all such liens within thirty (30) days after (a) Landlord makes written demand therefor, or (b) Tenant receives notice thereof, whichever occurs earlier and proceed diligently to conclusion.  If a lien is filed against Landlord, the Building or the Demised Premises in connection with any changes made by Tenant or any of its subtenants in or to the Demised Premises and if Tenant fails to discharge the lien, then in addition to any other rights and remedies available to Landlord, Landlord may take any action it deems reasonably necessary following the first to occur of the passage of forty-five (45) days or the institution of legal action to discharge such lien including without limitation, payment to the claimant on whose behalf the lien was filed and the application of all or any part of any security deposited with Landlord hereunder to any reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the discharge of any lien.  Tenant shall indemnify and bold Landlord harmless from and against all reasonable costs so incurred by Landlord without regard to any defense or offset that Tenant may have had against the claimant.  Neither Landlord’s curative action nor the reimbursement by Tenant shall cure Tenant’s default in this regard.

 

11.05                  Tenant agrees that the exercise of its rights pursuant to the provisions of this Article or any other provisions of this Lease shall not be done in a manner which would create any work stoppage, picketing, labor disruption or dispute or violate any union contracts affecting

 

25



 

the Real Property nor material interference with the business of Landlord or any Tenant or occupant of the Building.  Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid any disturbance or dispute.  In the event of Tenant fails to cooperate with Landlord resulting in the occurrence of any condition described above arising, Tenant shall, immediately upon notice from Landlord, cease the manner of exercise of such right giving rise to such condition.  In the event Tenant fails to cease such manner of exercise of its rights as aforesaid, Landlord, in addition to any rights available to it under this Lease and pursuant to law, shall have the right to injunction upon notice.  With respect to Tenant’s Changes, Tenant shall make all arrangements for, and pay all Landlord’s established, reasonable and necessary charges incurred in connection therewith, including, without limitation, electricity, air-conditioning, standby and cooperating labor, physical protection measures, increased insurance, fire protection, security, carting and non-exclusive use of the freight elevator.

 

11.06                  Promptly after the completion of Tenant’s Changes, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord (i) a complete set of “as-built’’ plans and specifications, and (ii) the Department of Buildings evidencing satisfactory completion of Tenant’s Changes (commonly known as a “job signoff”).

 

11.07                  Tenant shall require all general contractors, and if there is no general contractor any plumbers and electricians engaged or employed by the Tenant and as to any other contractor shall use reasonable effort to get such contractor to indemnify and hold Tenant, Landlord, and Landlord’s Consultants, harmless against any loss, cost, expense, liability or damage and will hold them harmless from and pay any loss, cost, expense, liability or damage (including, without limitation, judgments, reasonable attorney’s fees, court costs, and the cost of appellate proceedings), which Landlord and/or Tenant incurs because of injury to or death of any person or on account of damage to property, including loss of use thereof, or any other claim arising out of, in connection with, or as a consequence of the performance of the work by the contractor and/or acts or omissions of the contractor or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, agents, sub-contractors or anyone directly or indirectly employed by the contractor or anyone for whose acts the contractor may be liable as it relates to the scope of the construction contract.

 

11.08                  If a filing with the New York City Department of Buildings is legally required, no Alterations shall be undertaken (i) except under the supervision of a licensed architect or license professional engineer reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

 

11.09                  Tenant will promptly upon the completion of an Alteration deliver to Landlord as- built CAD drawings (if available, but if not, then final working drawings with field notes if any) of any alterations Tenant has performed or caused to be performed in the Demised Premises.

 

11.10                  All alterations, installations, additions and improvements made and installed by Tenant, or at Tenant’s expense, upon the Demised Premises which are of a permanent nature and which cannot be removed without damage to the Demised Premises or Building (other than damages which is easily repaired) including, without limitation, heating, ventilation and air conditioning units, shall become the permanent property of Landlord, and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Demised Premises as a part thereof at the end of the term.

 

26



 

11.11                  Where furnished by or at the expense of Tenant all furniture, furnishings and other personal property and trade fixtures, including, without limitation, murals, business machines and equipment, counters, screens, grille work, cages, partitions, metal railings, closets, free standing lighting fixtures and equipment, drinking fountains, semi-stationary partitions and any other movable property not connected to the Demised Premises or the Building’s systems which can be removed without damage to the building (other than damage which is easily repaired) shall remain the property of Tenant who shall remove all of the same prior to the expiration of the Term.

 

11.12                  If any of Tenant’s property described above is not removed on or prior to the expiration of the Term, the same shall be deemed abandoned and Landlord shall have the right to remove such property and to dispose of same without accountability to Tenant and at the sole cost and expense of Landlord.  In case of any damage to the Demised Premises or the Building resulting from the removal of such property, Tenant shall repair such damage or, in default thereof, shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable cost in repairing such damage.  This obligation shall survive any termination of this Lease.

 

11.13                  Landlord and/or Landlord’s architect and/or engineer may enter the Demised Premises, on no less than 48 hours’ notice to Tenant, during normal business hours and in the presence of a Tenant representative, during the performance of the Initial Tenant’s Changes for purposes of inspecting same.

 

11.14                  Tenant is hereby notified that the Demised Premises is subject to the jurisdiction of the Landmarks Preservation Commission.  In accordance with Sections 25-305, 25-306, 25-309 and 25-310 of the Administrative Code of the City of New York and the rules set forth in Title 63 of the Rules of the City of New York, any demolition, construction, reconstruction, alteration or minor work as described in such sections and such rules within or at the Demised Premises is subject to the requirements of the Landmarks Preservation Commission.  Tenant is notified that such demolition, construction and reconstruction, alterations or minor work includes, but is not limited to, (a) work to the exterior of the Demised Premises involving windows, signs, awnings, flagpoles, banners and storefront alterations and (b) interior work to the Demised Premises that (i) requires a permit from the Department of Buildings or (ii) changes, destroys or affects an interior architectural feature of an interior landmark or an exterior architectural feature of an improvement that is a landmark or located on a landmark site or in a historic district.

 

11.15                  Tenant shall have the right , if Tenant chooses to do so, in its sole discretion, to strip paint off the brick walls of the Premises.  Tenant will furnish Landlord with copies of invoices for such work with evidence that the invoices having been paid for in full.  Upon receipt of such documentation, Landlord agrees to credit Tenant against the Fixed Rent due for the month which is the second full month after Tenant delivers such documentation with the lesser of (i) fifty (50%) percent of the proven cost of said work, or (ii) $15,000.00.

 

27



 

ARTICLE 12
Tenant’s Property

 

12.01                  All paneling, movable partitions, lighting fixtures, special cabinet work, other business and trade fixtures, machinery and equipment, communications equipment and office equipment, whether or not attached to or built into the Demised Premises, which are installed in the Demised Premises by or for the account of Tenant, without expense to or contribution from Landlord, and can be removed without material damage to the Building or the Demised Premises, and all furniture, furnishings and other articles of movable personal property owned by Tenant and located in the Demised Premises, (all of which are sometimes called “ Tenant’s Property ”) shall be and shall remain the property of Tenant and may be removed by it at any time during the Term of this Lease; provided that if any of Tenant’s Property is removed, Tenant or any party or person entitled to remove same shall promptly repair or promptly pay the cost of repairing any damage to the Demised Premises or to the Building resulting from such removal.  Any equipment or other property, or any portion thereof, for which Landlord shall have granted any allowance or credit to Tenant or which has replaced such items originally provided by Landlord at Landlord’s expense shall not be deemed to have been installed by or for the account of Tenant, without expense to Landlord, and shall not be considered Tenant’s Property.

 

12.02                  INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

 

12.03                  INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

 

ARTICLE 13
Repairs and Maintenance

 

13.01                  Tenant shall take good care of the Demised Premises and the fixtures, equipment and appurtenances therein, and shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly make all nonstructural repairs or replacements thereto as and when needed to preserve them in good working order and condition (unless caused by negligence of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors (collectively, “Landlord Parties”), except for reasonable wear and tear, including, without limitation, as shall be required by reason of (i) the performance or existence of Tenant’s Changes (not to include Landlord’s Work and provided that Landlord notifies Tenant upon plan approval that such Tenant’s Changes will trigger this obligation), (ii) the installation, use or operation of Tenant’s Property in the Demised Premises, (iii) the moving of Tenant’s Property in or out of the Building, or (iv) the misuse or neglect of Tenant or any of its employees, agents or contractors.  Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall replace all scratched, damaged or broken doors or other glass in or about the Demised Premises and shall be responsible for all repairs, maintenance and replacement of wall and floor coverings in the Demised Premises and for the repair and maintenance of all lighting fixtures therein.

 

If and when reasonably necessary Landlord shall be responsible for and shall make all repairs and replacements to the sidewalks adjacent to the Building, subsurface conditions and structural elements of the Building and Building systems.

 

13.02                  Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant by reason of any inconvenience, annoyance, interruption or injury to business

 

28



 

arising from Landlord’s making any repairs or changes which Landlord is required or permitted by this Lease, or required by law, to make in or to any portion of the Building or the Demised Premises, or in or to the fixtures, equipment or appurtenances of the Building or the Demised Premises, including, without limitation, any repairs and/or changes to the Building and/or the Demised Premises for purposes of obtaining the certificate of occupancy for the Building.

 

13.03                  Subject to the provisions of Articles 20 and 21 herein should any action of Landlord prevent Tenant from utilizing at least seventy-five (75%) percent of the Demised Premises for more than five (5) consecutive business days, the Fixed Rent shall abate until Tenant is able to resume the use at least twenty-five (25%) percent of the Demised Premises. Should Tenant be prevented from utilizing at least seventy-five (75%) percent of the Demised Premises for more than sixty (60) days Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Landlord no later than seventieth (70th) consecutive days and vacating no later than what would the ninetieth (90th) consecutive day, TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE for Tenant as to both dates.

 

ARTICLE 14
Electricity

 

14.01                  Tenant shall obtain electricity for the Demised Premises on a direct meter basis, Tenant shall be responsible for and pay to the applicable utility all charges for electricity as measured by such meter.  Landlord shall not in any way be liable or responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage or expense which Tenant may sustain or incur if either the quantity or character of electric service is changed or is no longer available or suitable for Tenant’s requirements.  Any additional riser or risers to supply Tenant’s electrical requirements, upon written request to Tenant, will be installed by Landlord, at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, unless, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the same will cause permanent damage or injury to the Building or the Demised Premises or cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition or interfere with or disturb other tenants or occupants.  In addition to the installation of such riser or risers, Landlord will also at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, install all other equipment proper and necessary in connection therewith subject to the aforesaid terms and conditions.  Tenant covenants and agrees that at all times its use of electric current shall never exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Building or the risers or wiring installation which Landlord represents is sufficient for ordinary office use.  It is further covenanted and agreed by the Tenant that all the aforesaid costs and expenses are chargeable and collectible as Additional Rent and shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord within ten (10) days after the rendering of any bill or statement to the Tenant therefor.  Tenant shall make no alterations or additions to the electric equipment and/or appliances without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, should electric service be interrupted for a period of more than five (5) consecutive business days through the sole fault of Landlord so as to prevent Tenant from using at least seventy-five (75%) percent of the Demised Premises, Fixed Rent shall abate until such service resumes and Tenant is able to resume the use of at least seventy-five (75%) percent of the Demised Premises.  Should such service interruption prevent Tenant from using at least seventy-five (75%) of the Demised Premises for more than sixty (60) days and be due to the sole fault of Landlord, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Landlord no later than the seventieth (70 th ) consecutive day and vacating no later than

 

29



 

the ninetieth (90 th ) consecutive day.  TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE for Tenant as to both dates.

 

14.02                  Tenant agrees not to connect any additional electrical equipment of any type to the Building electric distribution system, beyond that on Tenant’s approved plans for initial occupancy, other than lamps, computers and other small office machines which consume comparable amounts of electricity, without Landlord’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, in each instance.  In no event shall Tenant use or install any fixtures, equipment or machines the use of which in conjunction with other fixtures, equipment and machines in the Demised Premises would result in an overload of the electrical circuits servicing the Demised Premises or the Building.

 

ARTICLE 15
Security Deposit

 

15.01                  Letter of Credit.  Subject to other provisions of this paragraph Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, upon Tenant’s execution of this Lease, a Letter of Credit (as hereinafter defined) in the amount of $105,787.50 and upon each anniversary of the Term or Renewal Term shall amend said Letter of Credit such that at all times the face amount of the Letter of Credit shall equal two (2) months then prevailing Fixed Rent as a guaranty for the faithful performance and observance by Tenant of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease.  The letter of credit shall be in the form of a clean, irrevocable, non-documentary and unconditional stand-by letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”) issued by and drawable upon any commercial bank, trust company, national banking association or savings and loan association with offices for banking purposes in the City of New York (the “Issuing Bank”) and in the event that the Issuing Bank is not located in the United States, the Letter of Credit shall be confirmed by any commercial bank, trust company, national banking association or savings and loan association with offices for banking purposes in the City of New York (the “Confirming Bank”), which, in each case, is then rated, without regard to qualification of such rating by symbols such as “+” or “-” or numerical notation, “A” or better by Moody’s Investors Service or “A” or better by Standard & Poor’s Rating Service.  The Letter of Credit shall (a) name Landlord as beneficiary, (b) have a term of not less than one year, (c) permit multiple drawings, (d) be fully transferable by Landlord without the payment of any fees or charges by Landlord, and (e) otherwise be in form and content reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.  If upon any transfer of the Letter of Credit any fees or charges shall be so imposed, then such fees or charges shall be payable solely by Tenant and the Letter of Credit shall specify that it is transferable without charge to Landlord.  If Landlord pays any such fees or charges, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord therefor upon demand.  The Letter of Credit and any confirmation thereof shall provide that it shall be automatically renewed (and confirmed, if required), without amendment or need for any other action, for consecutive periods of one year each thereafter during the Term, as the same may be extended (and in no event shall the Letter of Credit expire prior to the 45th day following the Expiration Date) unless the Issuing Bank or Confirming Bank sends duplicate notices (the “Non-Renewal Notices”) to Landlord by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested (one of which shall be addressed “Attention, Chief Legal Officer” and the other of which shall be addressed “Attention, Chief Financial Officer”), not less than 45 days next preceding the then expiration date of the Letter of Credit stating that the Issuing Bank has elected not to renew the Letter of Credit or that the Confirming Bank has elected not to continue to confirm the Letter of Credit, as the case may

 

30



 

be.  The Issuing Bank shall agree with all beneficiaries, drawers, endorsers, transferees and bona fide holders that drafts drawn under and in compliance with the terms of the Letter of Credit will be duly honored upon presentation to the Issuing Bank (or Confirming Bank, if applicable) at an office location in New York, New York or by fax or mail to a banking office outside of New York.  The Letter of Credit shall be subject in all respects to the International Standby Practices 1998, International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590, as the same may be amended or replaced.  Notwithstanding the foregoing Tenant may initially deposit with Landlord cash security in the amount of $105,787.50, provided that within sixty (60) days of execution of this Lease Tenant exchanges a Letter of Credit for such cash security.  Additionally during the Term or the Renewal Term, Tenant shall be entitled to exchange an existing Letter of Credit with another Letter of Credit compliant with this Article.

 

15.02                  Application of Proceeds of Letter of Credit.  If (a) an Event of Default by Tenant occurs in the payment or performance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease, including the payment of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent after notice and expiration of any applicable cure period, (b) Tenant fails to make any installment of Fixed Rent or additional rent after notice and beyond any applicable grace period or (c) Landlord receives a Non-Renewal Notice or the credit rating of the Issuing Bank has been downgraded below the rating specified above and Tenant has failed, after 30 days’ notice from Landlord, to deliver a new Letter of Credit from a bank with a credit rating meeting the standard specified above and otherwise meeting the requirements set forth in this Article 15, Landlord shall have the right, by sight draft to draw, at its election, all or a portion of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit and thereafter hold, use, apply, or retain the whole or any part of such proceeds, (x) to the extent required for the payment of any Fixed Rent or any other sum as to which Tenant is in default including any damages which Landlord may, pursuant to this Lease, recover, whether such damages accrue before or after summary proceedings or other reentry by Landlord and/or (y) as cash proceeds to guaranty Tenant’s obligations hereunder, unless and until Tenant delivers to Landlord a substitute Letter of Credit which meets the requirements of this Article 15.  If Landlord applies any part of the cash proceeds of the Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms of this Lease, Tenant shall promptly thereafter amend the Letter of Credit to increase the amount thereof by the amount so applied or provide Landlord with an additional Letter of Credit in the amount so applied so that Landlord shall have the full amount thereof on hand at all times during the Term.  If Tenant shall comply with all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, the Letter of Credit or the cash proceeds thereof, as the case may be, shall be returned to Tenant within 30 days after the Expiration Date and after delivery of possession of the Demised Premises to Landlord in the manner required by this Lease.  If Landlord had no right to retain all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant on demand for any reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Tenant in seeking to recover the Security Deposit when due.

 

ARTICLE 16
Landlord’s Services

 

16.01                  Landlord agrees to furnish to the Demised Premises and/or Building, as applicable, at no additional charge (unless otherwise provided for in this Lease) the following utilities and services:  (a) hot and cold water suitable for drinking, lavatory, toilet and ordinary cleaning purposes; (b) extermination and pest control when necessary which Tenant shall be required to pay as additional rent (at Landlord’s reasonable cost therefor); (c) janitorial services

 

31


 

for the common areas of the Building; (d) elevator and freight elevator (at such time as the Building has a freight elevator) service; provided , however , that use of the freight elevator must be scheduled in advance with Landlord’s representative; (e) heating and air-conditioning at all times during the heating and air-conditioning seasons, respectively, Tenant to have full control of HVAC system; and (f) access to the Demised Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week during the Term.  Additionally, Landlord (either directly or through a managing agent) shall manage, operate and administer the Building and keep common areas clean and in good order and condition.  Tenant, shall be responsible for cleaning the Demised Premises and for the removal of any rubbish from the Demised Premises.  Tenant shall deposit any rubbish in a street location to be designated by Landlord.  Tenant shall be solely responsible for the maintenance of HVAC system servicing the Demised Premises.  Provided that if Tenant obtains a monthly service contract for the HVAC system and the HVAC system is maintained pursuant thereto, and the failure of the HVAC system is not the fault of Tenant, Landlord shall be responsible for the replacement of the HVAC system or the enforcement of any existing warranty.

 

16.02      Landlord shall maintain the name of Tenant or any permitted subtenant on the Building directory.  In the event Tenant shall require additional or substitute listings on the Building directory, Landlord shall, to the extent space for such additional or substitute listing is available (as determined by Landlord, in its reasonable discretion) maintain such listings.  Tenant or any permitted subtenant shall have the right to place a sign on the main entrance to the Demised Premises and in the elevator lobby on any whole floor of the Building that it occupies, subject to the approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing Landlord’s consent shall not be required should Tenant install signage substantially similar to that which Tenant has (with Landlord’s prior approval) already installed on the third floor of the Building.

 

16.03      Landlord reserves the right, without any liability to Tenant, to stop service of any of the sanitary, elevator or other Building systems serving the Demised Premises, or the rendition of any of the other services required of Landlord under this Lease, whenever and for so long as may be necessary, by reason of accidents, emergencies, strikes or the making of repairs or changes which Landlord is required by this Lease or by law to make or in good faith deems necessary, by reason of difficulty in securing proper supplies of fuel, steam, water, electricity, labor or supplies, or by reason of any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant’s use of the systems, utilities and services for the Demised Premises are materially interfered with for five (5) days such that Tenant is precluded from using Demised Premises, Rent and Additional Rent and any other applicable charges thereafter shall abate until such material interference ceases.  In all events, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business and to resolve the factors giving rise to the delay or interruption as expeditiously as possible.

 

16.04      For purposes of this Article 16 and as otherwise applicable under this Lease, unless the context otherwise specifies or requires, the following terms shall have the meanings herein specified:

 

(a)           “ Business Day ” shall mean Monday through Friday, but excludes all federal and state holidays, or the days on which the holidays are designated for observance,

 

32



 

including, without limitation:  New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the day after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day.

 

(b)           “ Calendar Year ” shall mean any period during the Term of this Lease or any extended term of this Lease, commencing on January l and ending on the next following December 31.

 

(c)           “ Common Areas ” shall mean all interior and exterior common areas, including, but not limited to, building signs, landscaping, paving, sidewalks, hallways, stairways, elevators, common entrances, lobbies, restrooms and other similar public areas and access ways, that are designated by Landlord for the non-exclusive use of the tenants of the Building.

 

ARTICLE 17
Access, Changes in Building Facilities, Name

 

17.01      Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, all portions of the Building except the inside surfaces of all walls, windows and doors bounding the Demised Premises (including exterior Building walls, core corridor walls and doors and any core corridor entrance) and any space in or adjacent to the Demised Premises used for shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, fan rooms, ducts, electric or other utilities, sinks or other Building facilities, and the use thereof, as well as access thereto through the Demised Premises for the purpose of operation, maintenance, decoration and repair, are reserved to Landlord.

 

17.02      Tenant shall permit Landlord to install, use, replace and maintain pipes, ducts and conduits within the demising walls, bearing columns and ceilings of the Demised Premises if required in connection with the activities performed under the provisions of clause (ii) of Section 17.03.

 

17.03      Landlord or Landlord’s agent shall have the right, upon request and at least one (1) business day notice to Tenant and in the presence of a Tenant representative (except in emergency under clause (ii) hereof or during the period that Tenant is performing any work in the Demised Premises) to enter and/or pass through the Demised Premises or any part thereof, at reasonable times during regular hours, (i) to examine the Demised Premises and to show them to the fee owners, lessors of superior leases, holders of superior mortgages, or prospective purchasers, mortgagees or lessees of the Building as an entirety, and (ii) for the purpose of making such repairs in or to the Demised Premises or in or its facilities if required by this Lease or as may be mutually agreed upon by the parties or as Landlord may be required to make by law or in order to repair and maintain said structure or its fixtures or facilities.  Landlord shall be allowed to take all materials into and upon the Demised premises that may be required for such repairs or maintenance, without liability to Tenant except any damage caused by Landlord’s negligence or misconduct.  Landlord shall also have the right to enter on and/or pass through the Demised Premises, or any part thereof, at such times as such entry shall be required by circumstances of emergency affecting the Demised Premises or said structure.  In case of an emergency, oral notice shall be attempted.

 

33



 

17.04      During the period of six (6) months prior to the Expiration Date, Landlord may exhibit the Demised Premises to prospective tenants upon at least one (1) Business Day notice to Tenant.

 

17.05      Except as set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall have the right at any time, without the same constituting an actual or constructive eviction, and without incurring any liability to Tenant, (i) to change the arrangement or location of entrances or passageways, doors and doorways, and corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets, or other public parts of the Building, (ii) subject to the provisions of Section 1.04, to install a second (2nd) elevator and a second set of internal egress stairs in the Building and demolish the existing freight elevator shaft (the “Elevator-Stairway Work”) in the area shown on Exhibit A annexed hereto, provided however, Landlord shall: (a) provide Tenant with seven (7) days prior written notice of its intention to perform the work; (b) perform all demolition work on the second, third and fourth floors of the Building only during non-business hours; (c) take all measures to protect the security of Tenant, its employees and invitees and prevent any dust or debris from entering the Demised Premises during the performance of the work; (d) perform the work as expeditiously as possible and in a manner so as to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business at, or use of, the Demised Premises; (e) perform all work in accordance with all applicable laws; and (f) upon completion of the Elevator-Stairway Work, erect and paint new demising walls consistent with the Demised Premises and/or (iii) otherwise perform alterations to any portion of the Building (including, without limitation, in connection with Landlord’s efforts to obtain a certificate of occupancy for the Building), provided that any such changes do not (a) other than temporarily while such work is proceeding, reduce, interfere with or deprive Tenant of access to the Building or the Demised Premises except to a de minimus extent, or (b) reduce the rentable area of the Demised Premises provided, however, in the event that Landlord is required to perform any work (including, without limitation, the installation of elevators, stairs, mechanical equipment and/or building systems) in order to comply with any laws, ordinances and/or government rules and regulations and/or in order to obtain a certificate of occupancy for the Demised Premises and/or for the Building, and such work requires Landlord to permanently retain a portion of Demised Premises either a part of or adjacent to the Excluded Space not exceeding the floor area of the Excluded Space (i.e., 161 square feet), the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall be proportionately adjusted for the balance of the Term (and if applicable the Renewal Term) to the extent of the floor area either a part of or adjacent to the Excluded Space permanently retained by Landlord after such work is completed.  All parts (except surfaces facing the interior of the Demised Premises) of all walls, windows and doors bounding the Demised Premises (including exterior Building walls, exterior core corridor walls, exterior doors and entrances), all balconies, terraces and roofs adjacent to the Demised Premises; all space adjacent to the Demised Premises used for shafts, stacks, stairways, chutes, pipes, conduits, ducts, fan rooms, heating, air cooling, plumbing and other mechanical facilities, service closets and other Building facilities are not part of the Demised Premises, and Landlord shall have the use thereof, as well as reasonable access thereto through the Demised Premises for the purposes of operation, maintenance, alteration, improvement, replacement, additions and repair, provided however that, any replacement of pipes or conduits within the Demised Premises shall be done in a concealed manner so as not to interfere with Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, should any work or alterations by Landlord, including without limitation, the Elevator-Stairway Work, interfere with Tenant’s access to or use of any portion of the Demised Premises for a period of more than five (5) consecutive business days, Fixed Rent shall abate

 

34



 

until such interference ceases.  Should such work prevent Tenant from obtaining access to or using any portion of the Demised Premises for more than sixty (60) days, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Landlord.  Also notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, should the Elevator-Stairway Work or any work or alterations performed by Landlord in the Building outside the Demised Premises delay or inhibit Tenant’s ability to obtain permits or approvals in connection with Tenant’s Changes, the free rent period provided for in Section 1.04(c) shall continue on a per diem basis for each day of such delay.  During regular business hours and on weekdays, all Elevator-Stairway Work shall be staged by Landlord within the Elevator-Stairway Work areas and the Excluded Space, provided however, if reasonably necessary after regular business hours and on weekends, Landlord shall be entitled to stage the Elevator-Stairway Work in areas adjacent to the Excluded Space.  Elevator-Stairway Work which requires work being performed simultaneously on the third (3 rd ) and fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building may only be performed after business hours (after 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday or on weekends).

 

17.06      Landlord may adopt any name for the Building and Landlord reserves the right to change the name or address of the Building at any time.

 

17.07      For the purposes of this Lease/the term “landlord” means a landlord or lessor, and as used in this Lease means only the owner, or the mortgagee in possession for the time being, of the Land and Building (or the owner of a lease of the Building or of the Land and Building) of with the Demised Premises form a part, so that in the event of any sale or sales or conveyance, assignment or transfer of said Land and Building, or of said lease, or in the event of a lease of said Building, or of the Land and Building, the said Landlord shall be, and hereby is, entirely freed and relieved of all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder (except with respect to Tenant’s security deposit and any prepaid rent), and it shall be deemed and construed without further agreement between the parties or their successors in interest, or between the parties and the purchaser, at any such sale, or the said lessee of the Building, or of the Land and Building, that the purchaser, grantee, assignee or transferee or the lessee of the Building has assumed and agreed to carry out any and all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 18
Notice Of Accidents

 

18.01      Tenant shall give notice to Landlord, promptly after Tenant obtains actual knowledge thereof, of (i) any accident in or about the Demised Premises for which Landlord might be liable, (ii) all fires in the Demised Premises, (iii) all damages to or defects in the Demised Premises, including the fixtures, equipment and appurtenances thereof, for the repair of which Landlord might be responsible, and (iv) all damage to or defects in any parts or appurtenances of the Building’s sanitary, electrical, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, elevator and other systems located in or passing through the Demised Premises or any part thereof.

 

35



 

ARTICLE 19
Non-Liability And Indemnification

 

19.01      Neither Landlord nor any agent or employee of Landlord shall be liable to Tenant for any injury or damage to Tenant or to any other person or for any damage to, or loss (by theft or otherwise) of, any property of Tenant or of any other person, irrespective of the cause of such injury, damage or loss, unless caused by or due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, contractors or employees occurring within the scope of their respective employments, it being understood that no property, other than such as might normally be brought upon or kept in the Demised Premises as incident to the reasonable use of the Demised Premises for the purpose herein permitted, will be brought upon or be kept in the Demised Premises.

 

19.02      Tenant shall indemnify and save harmless Landlord and its agents against and from (a) any and all claims, costs or expenses (including, but not limited to reasonable counsel fees) (i) arising from (x) the conduct or management of the Demised Premises or of any business therein by Tenant during the Term of this Lease, or (y) any work or thing whatsoever done, or any condition created by Tenant in or about the Demised Premises during the Term of this Lease or during the period of time, if any, prior to the Term Commencement Date that Tenant may have been given access to the Demised Premises if arising due to Tenant’s actions, or (ii) arising from any negligent or otherwise wrongful act of Tenant or any of its subtenants or licensees or its or their employees, agents or contractors, and (b) all costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in or in connection with each such claim or action or proceeding brought thereon.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Tenant shall solely be obligated hereunder if such claims, costs or expenses arise in connection with Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct but Tenant and Landlord shall have pari pasu liability based upon a determination of comparables fault.  In case any action or proceeding be brought against Landlord by reason of any such claim, Tenant, upon notice from Landlord shall from time to time, pay all of Landlord’s costs and expenses incurred to resist and defend such action or proceeding.

 

19.03      Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, this Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder shall be in no wise affected, impaired or excused because Landlord is unable to fulfill, or is delayed in fulfilling, any of its obligations under this Lease by reason of strike, other labor trouble, governmental pre-emption or priorities or other controls in connection with a national other public emergency or shortages of fuel, supplies or labor resulting therefrom, acts of God or other like cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and Tenant shall have no right of offset against any Fixed Rent or Additional Rent due hereunder for any reason whatsoever.

 

Wherever in this Lease a party agrees to indemnify the other, the indemnitee shall give prompt notice to the indemnitor of any claim, shall cooperate with the indemnitor in defense of the claim thereof as may be reasonably required and shall not settle such claim without indemnitor’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

 

36



 

ARTICLE 20
Destruction or Damage

 

20.01      If the Building or the Demised Premises shall be partially or totally damaged or destroyed or rendered inaccessible by fire or other cause or any other factors such as, for example, damage to other parts of the Building or the areas surrounding the Building, floods, acts of terrorism, etc., then, whether or not the damage or destruction shall have resulted from the fault or neglect of Tenant, or its employees, agents or visitors (and if this Lease shall not have been terminated as in this Article hereinafter provided), Landlord shall repair the damage and restore and rebuild the Building and/or the Demised Premises, at its expense, with reasonable dispatch after notice to it of the damage or destruction; provided , however , that Landlord shall not be required to repair or replace any of Tenant’s Property nor to restore any of Tenant’s initial installations in and to the Demised Premises (except and to the extent that they become part of the realty and become Landlord’s property).

 

20.02      If the Building or the Demised Premises shall be partially damaged or partially destroyed or rendered inaccessible by fire or other cause or any other factors as set forth above, the rents payable hereunder shall be abated to the extent that the Demised Premises shall have been rendered inaccessible or untenantable and for the period from the date of such damage or destruction to the date the damage shall be repaired or restored.  If the Demised Premises or a major part thereof shall be totally (which shall be deemed to include substantially totally) damaged or destroyed or rendered completely (which shall be deemed to include substantially completely) untenantable on account of fire or other cause, the rents shall abate as of the date of the damage or destruction and until Landlord shall repair, restore and rebuild the Building and the Demised Premises; provided , however , that should Tenant reoccupy a portion of the Demised Premises during the period the restoration work is taking place and prior to the date that the same are made completely tenantable, rents allocable to such portion shall be payable by Tenant from the date of such occupancy.

 

20.03      If the Building shall be totally damaged or destroyed by fire or other cause, or if the Building shall be damaged or destroyed by fire or other cause (whether or not the Demised Premises are damaged or destroyed) as to require a reasonably estimated expenditure of more than forty (40%) percent of the full insurable value of the Building immediately prior to the casualty, then in either such case Landlord may terminate this Lease provided that Landlord terminates all other leases in the Building at the same time, by giving Tenant notice to such effect within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the casualty.  Tenant has a right to terminate this Lease on notice to Landlord at any time after any casualty occurs in the last year of the Term, affecting more than forty (40%) percent of the Demised Premises or more than forty (40%) percent of any other premises then leased to Tenant in the Building.  Such notice from Landlord or Tenant must be sent no later than 180 days after such damage or casualty.

 

In case of any damage or destruction mentioned in Section 20.01, 20.02 or 20.03 or in the event of any similar damage or destruction which prevents Tenant from utilizing more than thirty (30%) percent of the useable floor area of any other space rented by Tenant in the Building (unless the damage or destruction was caused by the actions of Tenant, its agents, contractors, employees and whether intentional, negligent or accidental), Tenant may terminate this Lease, by notice to Landlord, if Landlord has not completed the making of the required repairs and restored

 

37



 

and rebuilt the Building and the Demised Premises and any such other space rented by Tenant in the Building within 270 days from the date of such damage or destruction, or within such period after such date (not exceeding six (6) months) as shall equal the aggregate period Landlord may have been delayed in doing so by adjustment of insurance, labor trouble, governmental controls, act of God, or any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control.

 

20.04      No damages, compensation or claim shall be payable by Landlord for inconvenience, loss of business or annoyance arising from any repair or restoration of any portion of the Demised Premises or of the Building pursuant to this Article.  In all events, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s business and to remedy the factors giving rise to delay or interruption as expeditiously as possible.

 

20.05      Intentionally Deleted.

 

20.06      Landlord will not carry insurance of any kind on Tenant’s Property and shall not be obligated to repair any damage thereto or replace the same.

 

20.07      This Article 20 constitutes an express agreement governing any case of damage or destruction of the Demised Premises or the Building by fire or other casualty, and Section 227 of the Real Property Law of the State of New York, which provides for such contingency in the absence of an express agreement, and any other law of like nature and purpose now or hereafter in force, shall have no application in any such case.

 

ARTICLE 21
Eminent Domain

 

21.01      If the whole of the Building shall be lawfully taken by condemnation or in any other manner for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, this Lease and the Term and estate hereby granted shall forthwith terminate as of the date of vesting of title in such taking (which date is hereinafter also referred to as the “ date of the taking ”), and the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent due hereunder shall be prorated and adjusted as of such date.

 

21.02      If only a part of the Building shall be so taken, this Lease shall be unaffected by such taking, except that Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease in the event of a partial taking, only if the remaining area of the Demised Premises shall not be reasonably sufficient for Tenant, in Tenant’s judgment exercised reasonably, to continue feasible operation of its business or access to the Demised Premises is impeded by a taking.  If on the date of the taking Tenant rents other space in the Building and the taking affects such other space and Tenant terminates its lease as to said other space, Tenant may simultaneously terminate this Lease.  Tenant shall give notice of such election to Landlord not later than thirty (30) days after (i) notice of such talking is given by Landlord to Tenant, or (ii) the date of such talking, whichever occurs sooner.  Upon the giving of such notice by Tenant this Lease shall terminate on the date of such talking and the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent due hereunder shall be prorated as of such termination date.  Upon such partial taking and this Lease continuing in force as to any part of the Demised Premises, the rents apportioned to the part taken shall be prorated and adjusted as of the date of

 

38



 

taking and from such date the Fixed Rent for the Demised Premises and Additional Rent shall be payable pursuant to Article 4 according to the rentable area remaining.

 

21.03      Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award in any proceeding with respect to any taking provided for in this Article without deduction therefrom for any estate vested in Tenant by this Lease and Tenant shall receive no part of such award, except as hereinafter expressly provided in this Article.  Tenant hereby expressly assigns to Landlord all of its right, title and interest in or to every such award.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant may, at its sole cost and expense, make a claim with the condemning authority for Tenant’s moving expenses, the value of Tenant’s fixtures or Tenant’s Changes which would not become part of the Building or property of the Landlord upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term of this Lease, provided however that Landlord’s award is not thereby reduced or otherwise adversely affected.

 

21.04      If the temporary use or occupancy of or access to all or any part of the Demised Premises shall be lawfully taken by condemnation or in any other manner for any public or quasi- public use or purpose during the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled, except as hereinafter set forth, to receive that portion of the award for such taking which represents compensation for the use and occupancy of the Demised Premises and, if so awarded, for the taking of Tenant’s Property and for moving expenses, and Landlord shall be entitled to receive that portion which represents reimbursement for the cost of restoration of the Demised Premises.  This Lease shall be and remain unaffected by such taking and Tenant shall continue to be responsible for all its obligations hereunder insofar as such obligations are not affected by such taking and shall continue to pay in full the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent when due.  If the period of temporary use of occupancy shall extend beyond the Expiration Date, that part of the award which represents compensation for the use or occupancy of the Demised Premises (of a part thereof) shall be divided between Landlord and Tenant so that Landlord shall receive so much thereof as represents the period subsequent to the Expiration Date.  All moneys received by Landlord as, or as part of, an award for temporary use and occupancy for the period beyond the date to which the rents hereunder have been paid by Tenant, but prior to the Expiration Date, shall be received, held and applied by Landlord as a trust fund for payment of the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent due hereunder.

 

21.05      Subject to Tenant’s right to terminate under this Article, in the event of any taking of less than the whole of the Building which does not result in a termination of this Lease, or in the event of a taking for a temporary use of occupancy of all or any part of the Demised Premises which does not extend beyond the Expiration Date, Landlord, at its expense, and to the extent any award or awards shall be sufficient for the purpose, shall proceed with reasonable diligence to repair, alter and restore the remaining parts of the Building and the Demised Premises to substantially a building standard condition to the extent that the same may be feasible and so as to constitute a complete and tenantable Building and Demised Premises.

 

21.06      Should any part of the Demised Premises be taken to effect compliance with any law or requirement of public authority other than in the manner hereinabove provided in this Article, then (i) if such compliance is the obligation of Tenant under this Lease, Tenant shall not be entitled to any diminution or abatement of rents or other compensation from Landlord therefor, but (ii) if such compliance is the obligation of Landlord under this Lease, the Fixed

 

39



 

Rent hereunder shall be reduced and Additional Rents under Article 4 shall be adjusted in the same manner as is provided in Section 21.02 according to the reduction in rentable area of the Demised Premises resulting from such taking.

 

21.07      Any dispute which may arise between the parties with respect to the meaning or application of any of the provisions of this Article shall be determined by arbitration in the manner provided in Article 34 .

 

ARTICLE 22
INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

ARTICLE 23
INTENTIONALLY DELETED

 

ARTICLE 24
Surrender

 

24.01      On the last day of the Term of this Lease, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease as provided hereunder or upon any re-entry by Landlord upon the Demised Premises, Tenant shall quit and surrender the Demised Premises to Landlord in reasonably good order, condition and repair, except for ordinary wear and tear, and Tenant repair the Demised Premises wherever such removal results in damage thereto.

 

24.02      In the event Tenant remains in possession of the Demised Premises, after the Expiration Date or the date of sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant, at the option of Landlord, shall be deemed to be occupying the Demised Premises as a holdover tenant from month-to-month, at a monthly rent equal to two (2) times the sum of (i) the monthly installment of Fixed Rent then payable under this Lease, plus (ii) one-twelfth (1/12th) of the Additional Rent then payable under this Lease, subject to all of the other terms and obligations of this Lease insofar as the same are applicable to a month-to-month tenancy.

 

ARTICLE 25
Conditions of Limitation

 

25.01      To the extent permitted by applicable law, this Lease, and the Term and estate hereby granted, are subject to the limitation that, whenever Tenant shall make an assignment of the property of Tenant for the benefit of creditors, or shall consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment of a liquidator receiver, trustee, or other custodian of itself or the whole or any part of its properties or assets, or shall commence a voluntary case for relief under the United States Bankruptcy Code or file a petition or take advantage of any bankruptcy or insolvency act or applicable law of like import, or whenever an involuntary case under the United States Bankruptcy Code shall be commenced against Tenant, or if a petition shall be filed against it seeking similar relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency or other applicable law of like import, or whenever a receiver, liquidator, trustee, or other custodian of Tenant, or of, or for, substantially all of the property of, Tenant shall be appointed without Tenant’s consent or acquiescence, then, Landlord if such event continues for ninety (90) days, may give Tenant a notice of intention to end the Term of this Lease at the expiration of five (5) days from the date of service of such notice of intention, and, upon the expiration of said five (5) day period, this

 

40



 

Lease and the Term and estate hereby granted, whether or not the Term shall theretofore have commenced, shall terminate with the same effect as if that day were the Expiration Date (unless such event shall cease before expiration of the 5 day period), but Tenant shall remain liable for damages as provided in Article 27 .  As used in this Section 25.01 , the term “ Tenant ” shall mean the then owner and holder of the interest and estate of the tenant under this Lease.

 

25.02      This Lease and the term and estate granted are subject to the further limitation that:

 

(a)           INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

 

(b)           whenever Tenant shall do or permit anything to be done, whether by action or inaction, contrary to any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder except for Tenant’s obligations to pay Fixed Rent and Additional Rent, and if such situation shall continue and shall not be remedied by Tenant within twenty (20) days after Landlord shall have given to Tenant a notice specifying the same, or in the case of a happening or default which cannot with due diligence be cured within a period of twenty (20) days if Tenant shall not, (i) within said twenty (20) day period advise Landlord of Tenant’s intention to duly institute all steps necessary to remedy such situation, (ii) duly institute within said twenty (20) day period, and thereafter diligently prosecute to completion all steps necessary to remedy the same and (iii) complete such remedy within such time after the date of the giving of said notice of Landlord as shall reasonably be necessary, or

 

(c)           whenever any event shall occur or any contingency shall arise whereby this Lease or the estate hereby granted or the unexpired balance of the term hereof would, by operation of law or otherwise, devolve upon or pass to any person, firm or corporation other than Tenant, except as expressly permitted by Article 7 , or

 

then in any of said cases set forth in the foregoing Subsections, (b), (c) Landlord may give to Tenant a notice of intention to end the Term of this Lease at the expiration of five (5) days from the date of the service of such notice of intention, and upon the expiration of said five (5) days this Lease and the term and estate hereby granted, whether or not the term shall theretofore have commenced, shalt terminate with the same effect as if that day were the Expiration Date (unless Tenant shall cure such default within such 5 day period), but Tenant shall remain liable for damages as provided in Article 27 .

 

ARTICLE 26
Re-Entry By Landlord

 

26.01      If Tenant shall default in the payment of any installment of Fixed Rent, or of any Additional Rent, on any date upon which the same is to be paid, and if such default shall continue for five (5) days after Landlord shall have given to Tenant a notice specifying such default, or if this Lease shall expire as in Article 25 provided, Landlord or Landlord’s agents and employees may immediately or at any time thereafter re-enter the Demised Premises, or any part thereof, either by summary dispossess proceedings or by any suitable action or proceeding at law without being liable to indictment, prosecution or damages therefor, and may repossess the same, and may remove any persons therefrom, to the end that Landlord may have, hold and enjoy the

 

41


 

Demised Premises again as and of its first estate and interest therein.  The word re-enter, as herein used, is not restricted to its technical legal meaning.  In the event of any termination of this Lease under the provisions of Article 25 or if Landlord shall re-enter the Demised Premises under the provisions of this Article or in the event of the termination of this Lease, or of re-entry, by or under any summary dispossess or other proceeding or action or any provision of law by reason of default hereunder on the part of Tenant, Tenant shall thereupon pay to Landlord the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord up to the time of such termination of this Lease, or of such recovery of possession of the Demised Premises by Landlord, as the case may be, and shall also pay to Landlord damages as provided in Article 27 .

 

26.02      In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall also have the right of injunction.  The special remedies to which Landlord may resort hereunder are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies or means of redress to which Landlord may lawfully be entitled at any time and Landlord may invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity as if specific remedies were not provided for herein.  Make reciprocal.

 

26.03      If this Lease shall terminate under the provisions of Article 25 , or if Landlord shall re-enter the Demised Premises under the provisions of this Article, or in the event of the termination of this Lease, or of re-entry, by or under any summary dispossess or other proceeding of action or any provision of law by reason of default hereunder on the part of Tenant, Landlord shall be entitled to retain all moneys, if any, paid by Tenant to Landlord, whether as advance Fixed Rent or Additional Rent, security or otherwise, but such moneys shall be credited by Landlord against any Fixed Rent or Additional Rent due from Tenant at the time of such termination or re-entry or, at Landlord’s option, against any damages payable by Tenant under Article 27 or pursuant to law with any excess refunded to Tenant.

 

ARTICLE 27
Damages

 

27.01      If this Lease is terminated under the provisions of Article 25 , or if Landlord shall re-enter the Demised Premises under the provisions of Article 26 , or in the event of the termination of this Lease, or of re-entry, by or under any summary dispossess or other proceeding or action or any provision of law by reason of default hereunder on the part of Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as damages, the aggregate rental value of the Demised Premises for the same period, or sums equal to the Fixed Rent and the Additional Rent (as above presumed) payable hereunder which would have been payable by Tenant had this Lease not so terminated, or had Landlord not so re-entered the Demised Premises, payable upon the due dates therefor specified herein following such termination or such re- entry and until the Expiration Date; provided , however , that if Landlord shall relet the Demised Premises during said period, Landlord shall credit Tenant with the net rents received by Landlord from such reletting such net rents to be determined by first deducting from the gross rents as and when received by Landlord from such reletting any and all reasonable expenses incurred or paid by Landlord in terminating this Lease or in re-entering the Demised Premises and in securing possession thereof, as well as the reasonable expenses of reletting, including altering and preparing the Demised Premises for new tenants, but including brokers’ commissions, reasonable counsel fees and any other reasonable expenses properly chargeable against the Demised Premises and the rental therefrom;

 

42



 

it being understood that any such reletting may be for a period shorter or longer than the remaining Term of this Lease; but in no event shall Tenant be entitled to receive any excess of such net rents over the sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, nor shall Tenant be entitled in any suit for the collection of damages pursuant to this Subsection to a credit in respect of any net rents from a reletting, except to the extent that such net rents are actually received by Landlord.  If the Demised Premises or any part thereof should be relet in combination with other space, then proper apportionment on a square foot basis (for equivalent space) shall be made of the rent received from such reletting and of the expenses of reletting.  Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate any damages payable by Tenant provided that Landlord shall not be required to enter into any lease where the fixed rent is less than the lesser of (i) fair market rental value of the Demised Premises along with all Additional Rent obligations under this Lease, or (ii) the Fixed Rent which otherwise would have been payable for the balance of the Term or Renewal Term along with all Additional Rent obligations under this Lease.

 

If the Demised Premises or any part thereof be relet by Landlord for the unexpired portion of the Term of this Lease, or any part thereof, before presentation of proof of such damages to any court, commission or tribunal, the amount of rent reserved upon such reletting shall, prima facie , be the fair and reasonable rental value for the Demised Premises, or part thereof, so relet during the term of the reletting.

 

27.02      Suit or suits for the recovery of such damages, or any installments thereof, may be brought by Landlord from time to time at its election, and nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require Landlord to postpone suit until the date when the Term of this Lease would have expired if it had not been so terminated under the provisions of Article 25 , or under any provision of law, or had Landlord not re-entered the Demised Premises.  Nothing herein contained shall be construed to limit or preclude recovery by Landlord against Tenant of any sums or damages to which, in addition to the damages particularly provided above, Landlord may lawfully be entitled by reason of any default hereunder on the part of Tenant.  Nothing herein contained shall be construed to limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove for and obtain as liquidated damages by reason of the termination of this Lease or re-entry on the Demised Premises for the default of Tenant under this Lease, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, such damages are to be proved whether or not such amount be greater, equal to, or less than any of the sums referred to in Section 27.01 .

 

ARTICLE 28
Waivers

 

28.01      Tenant, for Tenant, and on behalf of any and all persons claiming through or under Tenant, including creditors of all kinds, does hereby waive and surrender all right and privilege which they or any of them might have under or by reason of any present or future law, to redeem the Demised Premises or to have a continuance of this Lease for the term hereby demised after being dispossessed or ejected therefrom by process of law or under the terms of this Lease or after the termination of this Lease as herein provided.

 

28.02      In the event that Tenant is in arrears in payment of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent hereunder, Tenant waives Tenant’s right, if any, to designate the items against which any

 

43



 

payments made by Tenant are to be credited, and Tenant agrees that Landlord may apply any payments made by Tenant to any items it sees fit, irrespective of any notwithstanding any designation or request by Tenant as to the items against which any such payments shall be credited.

 

28.03      Landlord and Tenant hereby waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought either against the other on any matter whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Demised Premises, including any claim of injury or damage, or any emergency or other statutory remedy with respect thereto.

 

28.04      The provisions of Articles 14 and 16 shall be considered express agreements governing the services to be furnished by Landlord, and Tenant agrees that any laws and/or requirements of public authorities, now or hereafter in force, shall have no application in connection with any enlargement of Landlord’s obligations with respect to such services unless Tenant agrees, in writing, to pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Landlord’s reasonable charges for any additional services provided.

 

ARTICLE 29
No Other Waivers Or Modifications

 

29.01      The failure of either party to insist in any one (1) or more instances upon the strict performance of any one (1) or more of the obligations of this Lease, or to exercise any election herein contained, shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future of the performance of such one (1) or more obligations of this Lease or of the right to exercise such election, but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect with respect to any subsequent breach, act or omission.  No executory agreement hereafter made between Landlord and Tenant shall be effective to change, modify, waive, release, discharge terminate or effect an abandonment of this Lease, in whole or in part, unless such executory agreement is in writing, refers expressly to this Lease and is signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, modification, waiver, release, discharge or termination or effectuation of the abandonment is sought.

 

29.02      The following specific provisions of this Section 29.02 shall not be deemed to limit the generality of any of the foregoing provisions of this Article:

 

(a)           No agreement to accept surrender of all or any part of the Demised Premises shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord.  The delivery of keys to an employee of Landlord or of its agent shall not operate as a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Demised Premises.  If Tenant shall at any time request Landlord to sublet the Demised Premises for Tenant’s account, Landlord or its agents is authorized to receive said keys for such purposes without releasing Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease, and Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any liability for loss or damage to any of Tenant’s property in connection with such subletting except if such loss or damage is caused by Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct.

 

44



 

(b)           The receipt by Landlord of rent with knowledge of breach of any obligation of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach.

 

(c)           No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the correct Fixed Rent or Additional Rent due hereunder shall be deemed to be other than a payment on account, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance or pursue any other remedy in this Lease or at law provided.

 

ARTICLE 30
Curing Tenant’s and Landlord’s Defaults, Additional Rent

 

30.01      (a)           If Tenant shall default in the performance of any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, Landlord, without thereby waiving such default, may (but shall not be obligated to) perform the same for the account and at the expense of Tenant, without notice, in a case of emergency, and in any other case, only if such default continues after the expiration of (i) five (5) Days from the date Landlord gives Tenant notice of intention so to do, or such longer period as reasonably necessary if such default cannot be cured within a five day period, or (ii) the applicable grace period provided in Section 25.02 or elsewhere in this Lease for cure of such default, whichever occurs later.

 

(b)           If Landlord shall default in the performance of any of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, Tenant, without thereby waiving such default, may (but shall not be obligated to), perform the same for the account and at the reasonable expense of Landlord, without notice in the case of an emergency (with prompt notice given to Landlord thereafter), and in any other case, only if such default continues after expiration of ten (10) business days from the date Tenant gives Landlord notice of intention to do so, or such longer period as reasonably necessary if such default cannot be cured within a such ten (10) day period, Tenant shall have the right to offset such expense against up to 25% of Fixed Rent per month until reimbursed.

 

(c)           If more than once during the Term and if the Renewal Term is applicable, once during the Renewal Term in any twelve month period Tenant is late in making any payment due to Landlord under this Lease for five (5) or more Business Days after notice thereof, then upon the next such occurrence in either the Term or the Renewal Term, interest shall become due and owing to Landlord on such payment from the date when it was due computed at a rate equal to the lower of twelve (12%) percent per annum or the highest rate then permitted by applicable law.  In addition, a “ Late Charge ” of five (5%) percent of any installment of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent paid more than five (5) Business Days after the due date thereof for each monthly period or portion thereof that the same remains unpaid, such Late Charge to cover the extra expense involved in handling delinquent payments.

 

30.02      Bills for any reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any such performance by it for the account of Tenant, and bills for all reasonable costs, expenses and disbursements of every kind and nature whatsoever, including reasonable counsel fees, involved in collecting or endeavoring to collect the Fixed Rent or Additional Rent or any part thereof or enforcing or endeavoring to enforce any rights against Tenant, under or in connection with this

 

45



 

Lease, or pursuant to law, including any such reasonable cost, expense and disbursement involved in instituting and prosecuting summary proceedings, as well as bills for any property, material, labor or services provided, furnished, or rendered by Landlord or at its instance to Tenant, may be sent by Landlord to Tenant monthly, or immediately, at Landlord’s option, and, shall be due and payable within 30 days after receipt of such bills by Tenant or such longer period provided in such bills.

 

ARTICLE 31
INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

ARTICLE 32
Notices

 

32.01      All notices, demands, elections and other communications desired or required to be delivered or given under this Lease shall be in writing, and shall be deemed to have been delivered and given when delivered by hand, provided such delivery occurs before 5:00 P.M. on a business day ( i.e. , Monday thru Friday, exclusive of all days on which commercial banks in New York State are required by law to be closed), otherwise on the next business day, or on the third (3 rd ) business day after the same have been mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or one (1) business day after delivery to an overnight courier such as FedEx or UPS for next business day delivery, enclosed in a securely sealed envelope addressed to the party to which the same is to be delivered or given, in all cases, at such party’s address as set forth in this Lease or at such other address as said party shall have designated in writing in accordance with this Article 32 .  Notices to Landlord shall be sent to 5 Crosby Street, New York, New York 10013, Attention: Raymond Eng, with a copy by like means to Cape Advisors, Inc., 485 Broadway, 5th Floor, New York, New York 10013, Attention: David Kronman, and with respect to any default notices from Tenant to Landlord, a copy by like means to Borah, Goldstein, Altschuler, Nahins & Goidel, P.C., 377 Broadway, New York, New York 10013 , Attention: Eric M. Goidel, Esq.  Notices to Tenant shall be sent to the address set forth above and to the Demised Premises, with a copy simultaneously sent, by FedEx or overnight mail, to Marcus Rosenberg & Diamond LLP, 488 Madison Avenue, 17th Floor, New York, New York, 10022, Attn: Jeffrey M. Diamond, Esq.

 

ARTICLE 33
Estoppel Certificate

 

33.01      Landlord and Tenant agree, at any time and from time to time, as reasonably requested by the other, upon not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior notice, to execute and deliver to the other statement certifying (a) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications) and whether any options granted to Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease have been exercised, (b) certifying the dates to which the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent have been paid and the amounts thereof, and stating whether or not, to their actual knowledge, the other is in default in performance of any of its obligations under this Lease, and, if so, specifying each such default of which they may have knowledge, it being intended that any such statement delivered pursuant hereto may be relied upon by others with whom Landlord or Tenant may be dealing.

 

46



 

ARTICLE 34
Arbitration

 

34.01      Either party may request arbitration of any matter in dispute only wherein arbitration is expressly provided in this Lease as the appropriate remedy for such matter.  The party requesting arbitration shall do so by giving notice to that effect to the other party, and both parties shall promptly thereafter jointly apply to the American Arbitration Association (or any organization successor thereto) in the City and County in which the Building is located for the appointment of a single arbitrator.

 

34.02      The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the then prevailing rules of the American Arbitration Association (or any organization successor thereto) in the City and County in which the Building is located.  In rendering such decision and award, the arbitrator shall not add to, subtract from or otherwise modify the provisions of this Lease.

 

34.03      If for any reason whatsoever a written decision and award of the arbitrator shall not be rendered within sixty (60) days after the appointment of such arbitrator, then at any time thereafter before such decision and award shall have been rendered either party may apply to the Superior Court of the State of New York or to any other court having jurisdiction and exercising the functions similar to those now exercised by such court, by action, proceeding or otherwise (but not by a new arbitration proceeding) as may be proper to determine the question in dispute consistently with the provisions of this Lease.

 

34.04      All the expenses of the arbitration shall be borne by the parties equally.

 

ARTICLE 35
No Other Representations,
Construction, Governing Law, Consents

 

35.01      Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has not made and is not making, and Tenant, in executing and delivering this Lease, is not relying upon, any warranties, representations, promises or statements, except to the extent that the same are expressly set forth in this Lease or in any other written agreement which may be made between the parties concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Lease and shall expressly refer to this Lease.  This Lease and said other written agreement(s) made concurrently herewith are hereinafter referred to as the “ lease documents ”.  It is understood and agreed that all understandings and agreements heretofore had between the parties are merged in the lease documents, which alone fully and completely express their agreements and that the same are entered into after full investigation, neither party relying upon any statement or representation not embodied in the lease documents, made by the other.

 

35.02      If any of the provisions of this Lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances, shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such provision or provisions to persons or circumstances other than those as to whom or which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and every provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

47



 

35.03      This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

35.04      Wherever in this Lease Landlord’s consent or approval is required, if Landlord shall refuse such consent or approval, Tenant in no event shall be entitled to make, nor shall Tenant make, any claim, and Tenant hereby waives any claim, for money damages (nor shall Tenant claim any money damages by way of set-off, counterclaim or defense) based upon any claim or assertion by Tenant that Landlord unreasonably withheld or unreasonably delayed its consent or approval.  Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an action or proceeding to enforce any such provision, for specific performance, injunction or declaratory judgment.  In the event that during the Term or any Renewal Landlord is adjudicated to have acted unreasonably on three (3) distinct occasions, upon the fourth adjudication of unreasonableness, Tenant shall additionally be entitled to seek Tenant’s actual damages resulting therefrom.  Landlord and Tenant agree that except where Tenant is seeking injunctive relief or specific performance, any claim of Tenant covered by this paragraph may be submitted to arbitration pursuant to Article 34.

 

ARTICLE 36
Parties Bound

 

36.01      The obligations of this Lease shall bind and benefit the successors and assigns of the parties with the same effect as if mentioned in each instance where a party is named or referred to, except that no violation of the provisions of Article 7 shall operate to vest any rights in any successor or assignee of Tenant and that the provisions of this Article shall not be construed as modifying the conditions of limitation contained in Article 25 .  However, the obligations of Landlord under this Lease shall not be binding upon Landlord herein named with respect to any period subsequent to the transfer of its interest in the Building as owner or lessee thereof and in event of such transfer said obligations shall thereafter be binding upon each transferee of the interest of Landlord herein named as such owner or lessee of the Building, but only with respect to the period ending with a subsequent transfer within the meaning of this Article and except for any lender each successor shall be deemed to have assumed all covenants and liabilities whether accruing before or after such transfer.

 

36.02      If Landlord shall be an individual, joint venture, tenancy in common, co-partnership, unincorporated association, or other unincorporated aggregate of individuals and/or entities or a corporation, Tenant shall look only to such Landlord’s estate and property in the Building (or the proceeds thereof) and, where expressly so provided in this Lease, for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Landlord in the event of any default by Landlord hereunder, and no other property or assets of such Landlord or any partner, member, officer or director thereof, disclosed or undisclosed shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies under or with respect to this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant hereunder or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Demised Premises.

 

48



 

ARTICLE 37
Certain Definitions And Construction

 

37.01      The various terms which are italicized and defined in other Articles of this Lease or are defined in Exhibits annexed hereto, shall have the meanings specified in such other Articles and such Exhibits for all purposes of this Lease and all agreements supplemental thereto, unless the context shall otherwise require.

 

37.02      All references in this Lease to numbered Articles, numbered Sections and lettered Exhibits are references to Articles and Sections of this Lease, and Exhibits annexed to (and thereby made part of) this Lease, as the case may be, unless expressly otherwise designated in the context.

 

ARTICLE 38
Adjacent Excavation - Shoring

 

38.01      If an excavation or other substructure work shall be made upon land adjacent to the Demised Premises, or shall be authorized to be made, Tenant shall afford access to the Demised Premises for the purpose of doing such work as shall be necessary to preserve the wall of the Building from injury or damage and to support the same by proper foundations without any claim for damages or indemnity against Landlord, or diminution or abatement of rent, provided that (a) the person performing such work, before commencing same, shall furnish Tenant with such insurance and other security as Tenant would be reasonably and customary under the circumstances, and (b) access shall be provided only if required by law or if no other reasonable alternative method to perform the work is available.

 

ARTICLE 39
Legal Fees

 

39.01      (a)           If Landlord shall bring any action for any relief against Tenant, including without limitation, but not limited to general commercial litigation, bankruptcy and appellate actions, arising out of Tenant’s breach of this Lease, including suit by Landlord for the recovery of rent or possession of the Demised Premises, the Tenant shall reimburse the Landlord for all reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements incurred by the Landlord in such suit if Landlord is the substantially prevailing party.

 

(b)           If Tenant shall bring any action for any relief against Landlord, including without limitation, but not limited to general commercial litigation, bankruptcy and appellate actions, arising out of Landlord’s breach of this Lease, including defense by Tenant against an action commenced by Landlord for the recovery of rent or possession of the Demised Premises, the Landlord shall reimburse the Tenant for all reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements incurred by the Tenant in such suit if Tenant is the substantially prevailing party.

 

ARTICLE 40
INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

ARTICLE 41
INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

49



 

ARTICLE 42
INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

ARTICLE 43
Renewal Option

 

43.01      Provided Tenant is not then in default under any of the terms, (monetary or other nonmonetary, but material) covenants or conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed or performed beyond Notice and applicable cure, Tenant shall have the option to renew this Lease and the Term for a renewal term of five (5) years (referred to herein as the “Renewal Term”) commencing on the day immediately succeeding the Expiration Date and ending, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Lease or pursuant to law, on the day preceding the fifth anniversary thereof (referred to as the “Extended Expiration Date”).  If Tenant exercises such option in accordance with the provisions and limitations of this Article, the phrase “Term” as used in this Lease shall mean the initial five-year Term and the Renewal Term and this Lease and the Terms shall be renewed for such Renewal Term upon a Fixed Rent as follows:

 

Period

 

Total Annual Fixed Rent

 

Monthly Fixed Rent

 

2/1/2019 to 1/31/2020

 

$

744,187.68

 

$

62,015.64

 

2/1/2020 to 1/31/2021

 

$

758,203.44

 

$

63,183.62

 

2/1/2021 to 1/31/2022

 

$

772,499.52

 

$

64,374.96

 

2/1/2022 to 1/31/2023

 

$

787,081.56

 

$

65,590.13

 

2/1/2023 to 1/31/2024

 

$

801,955.08

 

$

66,829.59

 

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, all other executory terms, covenants and condition contained in this Lease and the Expiration Date of the Lease shall be deemed extended to the Extended Expiration Date.

 

43.02      The option set forth herein may only be exercised by notice (“Renewal Notice”) given by Tenant to Landlord on or prior to April 30, 2018 (the “Notice Date”).  TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE with respect to the exercise of such option.  Tenant shall not have the right to give any such notice after the Notice Date, and any notice given after the Notice Date purporting to exercise such option shall have no force and effect.  Landlord, within 30 days after Tenant’s request, shall confirm in writing to Tenant (“Landlord Confirmation”) whether Landlord has received the Renewal Notice and whether such Notice has been properly sent to Landlord (and, if not, setting forth any defects in such Notice or delivery thereof).  Landlord’s failure to send the Landlord Confirmation within such 30 day period shall constitute Landlord’s acceptance thereof and waiver of any right to object thereto.  If Landlord, within such 30 day period, shall notify Tenant of any defects in the Renewal Notice or delivery thereof, Tenant shall have the right to send a revised Renewal Notice at any time prior to the deadline for sending such Renewal Notice under this Section and the provisions of this paragraph shall apply fully to such revised Renewal Notice and any subsequent Renewal Notice.

 

43.03      Tenant, upon request of Landlord, from time to time, will execute and deliver to Landlord an instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord stating whether or not Tenant has exercised the option contained in the provisions of the Section.

 

50


 

ARTICLE 44
Unavailability of Demised Premises

 

44.01                  Landlord shall send Tenant written notice when the Demised Premises are substantially completed and ready for Tenant’s occupancy (the “Demised Premises Availability Notice”), but in no event shall Tenant be required to accept delivery of possession of the Demised Premises prior to November 15, 2014.  Landlord agrees that in the event Landlord anticipates that it will be unable to deliver the Demised Premises to Tenant with Landlord’s Work substantially completed by November 15, 2014.  Landlord will notify Tenant of this anticipated state of facts on or before October 16, 2014.  Thereafter shall keep Tenant apprised of the status of its efforts to deliver possession of the Demised Premises with Landlord’s Work substantially completed.  For purposes of this Article, “substantially completed” means that Landlord’s Work has been fully completed except for minor punch-list items, the failure to have completed which will not interfere with Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises for the permitted purposes set forth herein and provided that such items can reasonably be completed within 30 days after delivery of possession of the Demised Premises (and Landlord hereby agrees to complete such punch-list items within such 30-day period.

 

44.02                  If Landlord shall have not sent the Demised Premises Availability Notice by November 17, 2014 or if, after sending such Notice by such date, Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Demised Premises to Tenant with Landlord’s Work substantially completed and otherwise in the condition required by this Lease by December 31, 2014, TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE with respect to each such date, Tenant will have the option to terminate this Lease by giving written notice (“Tenant’s Cancellation Notice”) to Landlord by January 10, 2015, TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE for Tenant to give such Tenant’s Cancellation Notice.  Should Tenant either decline to give, fail to timely give, or fail to give Tenant’s Cancellation Notice, and should Landlord not have given the Demised Premises Availability Notice by February 14, 2015 or if, after sending such Notice by such date, Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Demised Premises to Tenant with Landlord’s Work substantially completed and otherwise in the condition required by this Lease by March 31, 2015, TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE with respect to each such date, Tenant shall be accorded a second right to terminate this Lease by giving Tenant’s Cancellation Notice to Landlord no later than April 5, 2015, TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE for Tenant to give such Tenant’s Cancellation Notice.  Thereafter commencing with April, 2015 should the Demised Premises Availability Notice not be given to Tenant by the end of a given month, Tenant shall have five (5) days into the next month to give Landlord Tenant’s Cancellation Notice, TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE each month for Tenant to give such Tenant’s Cancellation Notice.  In addition, if, after sending such Notice prior to the end of any month, Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Demised Premises to Tenant with Landlord’s Work substantially completed and otherwise in the condition required by this Lease 45 days thereafter, TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE with respect to each such date, Tenant shall be accorded a second right to terminate this Lease by giving Tenant’s Cancellation Notice to Landlord no later than five days after expiration of such 45 day period.  TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE for Tenant to give such Tenant’s Cancellation Notice.  The giving by Landlord to Tenant of the Demised Premises Availability Notice before Tenant has given any Tenant’s Cancellation Notice shall extinguish any right of Tenant to cancel this Lease pursuant to this provision but only with respect to the deadline for having sent such Notice - Tenant shall retain its termination options if, after timely providing any such Notice,

 

51



 

Landlord fails to deliver possession of the Demised Premises to Tenant with Landlord’s Work substantially completed and otherwise in the condition required by this Lease by the deadline for such delivery under this Section.  Without limiting any of the foregoing provisions, the parties acknowledge that, in all events, Tenant shall be entitled to 45 days’ prior notice of Landlord’s anticipated delivery of possession of the Demised Premises with Landlord’s Work substantially completed and otherwise in the condition required by this Lease.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

5 CROSBY STREET INC. , Landlord

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Wun Mun Eng

 

 

Name: Wun Mun Eng

 

 

Title: President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BLUE APRON, INC . , Tenant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matt Salzberg

 

 

Name: Matt Salzberg

 

 

Title: CEO

 

52



 

EXHIBIT A

 

FLOOR PLAN

 

[see attached]

 



 

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

LANDLORD’S WORK

 

1.                                       Floors will be sanded and stained.- Tenant choice of stain color

 

2.                                       All existing signage will be removed and any damage from such removal repaired.

 

3.                                       Drywall will be repaired where damaged and repainted - consistent and uniform appearance — if touch-ups can’t do that, repaint the wall.

 

4.                                       HVAC will be in working order and the system will be similar to what is installed on the Third Floor.

 

5.                                       Bathrooms will be finished similar to the Third Floor and shall be in working order.  Landlord will add one additional unisex bathroom stall adjacent to the existing women’s bathroom in the Premises.  Such additional bathroom shall be in compliance with ADA and all other laws.

 

6.                                       Landlord will install building standard track lights per Tenant’s electrical plans.  If Tenant wants more expensive light fixtures installed then Tenant will pay the incremental cost to supply and install the upgraded fixture.

 

7.                                       Electric supply will be similar to that of the Third Floor and in good working order.

 

8.                                       All building systems servicing the Demised Premises shall be in good working order.

 

All Landlord’s Work shall be performed in a first class, workman like manner, in accordance with all applicable laws, with all permits, approvals and sign-offs obtained from governmental authorities.

 


 

EXHIBIT D

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 



 

EXHIBIT D

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1.                                       Tenant shall not obstruct or permit its employees, agents, servants, invitees or licensees to obstruct, in any way, the sidewalks, entry passages, corridors, halls, stairways, escalators or elevators of the Building, or use the same in any way other than as a means of passage to and from the Demised Premises Building; bring in, store, test or use any materials in the Building which could cause a fire or any explosion or produce any fumes or vapor; make or permit any improper noises in the Building; smoke in any elevator; throw substances of any kind out of windows or doors, or down the passages of the Building, or in the halls or passageways; sit on or place anything upon the window sills; or clean the windows.

 

2.                                       Waterclosets and urinals shall not be used for any purpose other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, ashes, newspaper or any other substances of any kind shall be thrown into them.  Waste and excessive or unusual use of electricity or water is prohibited.

 

3.                                       The windows, doors, partitions and lights that reflect or admit light into the halls, or other places of the Building shall not be obstructed.  NO SIGNS, ADVERTISEMENTS OR NOTICES SHALL BE INSCRIBED, PAINTED, AFFIXED OR DISPLAYED IN, ON, UPON OR BEHIND ANY WINDOWS, except as may be required by law or consented to in writing by Landlord; and no sign, advertisement or notice shall be inscribed in writing by Landlord; and no sign, advertisement or notice shall be inscribed, printed or affixed on any doors, partitions or other part of the inside of the Building, without the prior written consent of the Landlord, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

4.                                       No contract of any kind with any supplier of water, removal of waste paper, rubbish or garbage, or other like service shall be entered into by Tenant, nor shall any vending machine of any kind be installed in the Building, without the prior written consent of Landlord, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed.

 

5.                                       When electric wiring and/or data or phone wiring of any kind is introduced, it must be installed as per code and/or as directed by Landlord, and properly suspended, no stringing or cutting of wires will be allowed, except with the prior written consent of Landlord, and shall be done only by contractors approved by Landlord.

 

6.                                       Landlord shall have the right to reasonably prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other bulky or heavy equipment and all freight brought into the Building by any tenant and the time of moving the same in end out of the Building.  All such moving shall be done under the supervision of Landlord.  Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such equipment or freight from any cause; but all damage done to the Building by moving or maintaining any such equipment or freight shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.  All safes shall stand on a base of such size as shall be designated by Landlord.  Landlord reserves the right to inspect all freight to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all freight which violates any of these Rules and Regulations or the Lease of which these Rules and Regulations are a part.

 



 

7.                                       Except as otherwise provided for in the Lease no machinery of any kind or articles of unusual weight or size will be allowed in the Building, without the prior written consent of Landlord not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Business machines and mechanical equipment shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, insettings sufficient, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, to absorb and prevent vibration, noise and annoyance to other tenants.

 

8.                                       No additional or different lock or locks shall be placed by Tenant on any door to the Demised Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord which shall not be unreasonably withheld.  One (1) set of keys will initially be furnished to Tenant by Landlord for each lockset in the Demised Premises; any additional keys requested by Tenant shall be paid for by Tenant.  Tenant, its agents and employees, shall not have any duplicate key made.  All keys to doors and washrooms shall be returned to Landlord on or before the Expiration Date, and, in the event of a loss of any keys furnished, Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof.

 

9.                                       Landlord shall be entitled to reasonably object to Tenant’s engaging of any person or persons for the purpose of cleaning the Demised Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord.  Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss of property from the Demised Premises however occurring, or for any damage done to the effects of Tenant by such janitors or any of its employees or by any other person or any other cause.

 

10.                                No vehicles or animals of any kind shall be brought into or kept in or about the Demised Premises.

 

11.                                The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the office of Landlord.  Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work for Tenant or do anything outside of their regular duties, unless under special instructions from Landlord.

 

12.                                The Demised Premises shall not be used for lodging or sleeping purposes.

 

13.                                Tenant shall not: Conduct, or permit any other person to conduct, any auction upon the Demised Premises; manufacture or store goods or merchandise upon the Demised Premises, without the prior written approval of Landlord, except the storage of usual supplies and inventory to be used by Tenant in the conduct of its business, permit the Demised Premises to be used for gambling; make any unusual noises in the Building; permit to be played any musical instrument in the Demised Premises; permit to be played any radio, television, recorded or wired music in such a loud manner as to disturb or annoy other tenant; or subject to relevant provisions of the Lease related to cooking permit any unusual odors to be produced in the Demised Premises.

 

14.                                No awnings or other projections shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building.  No curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with any window or door of the Demised Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord.  Such curtains, blinds and shades must be of a quality, type, design, and color, and attached in a manner approved by Landlord.

 

15.                                Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Building are prohibited, and Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

 



 

16.                                There shall not be used in the Demised Premises or in the Building either by Tenant or by others in the delivery or receipt of merchandise, supplies or equipment, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards.  No hand trucks will be allowed in passenger elevators.

 

17.                                Tenant before closing and leaving the Demised Premises, shall ensure that all entrance doors are locked.

 

18.                                INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

 

19.                                Landlord hereby reserves to itself any and all rights not granted to Tenant hereunder, including, but not limited to, the following rights which are reserved to Landlord for its purposes in operating the Building:  (a) The exclusive right to the use of the name of the Building for all purposes, except that Tenant may use the name of the Building in its business address and for no other purpose; (b) The right to change the name or address of the Building, without incurring any liability to Tenant for so doing; (c) The right to install and maintain a sign or signs on the exterior of the Building; (d) The exclusive right to use or dispose of the use of the roof of the Building; (e) The exclusive right to limit the amount of space on the directory of the Building to be allotted to Tenant to that commensurate with the space allocated to other tenants of the Building; (f) The right to grant to anyone the right to conduct any particular business or undertaking in the Building.

 

20.                                Subject to the express uses of Tenant’s kitchen provided for in the Lease, Tenant shall not use the Demised Premises or permit the Demised Premises to be used for the sale of food or beverages for consumption.

 



 

EXHIBIT E

 

TENANT’S SIGN PACKAGE

 

 



 

First Amendment to Lease Agreement

 

First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of this 30 th  day of April 2015 between 5 Crosby Street, Inc., a New York corporation having an office at c/o Cape Advisors, Inc., 483 Broadway, 5 th  Floor, New York, New York 10013 (herein and after called “Landlord”) and Blue Apron, Inc., a Delaware corporation having an office at 5 Crosby Street, New York, New York 10013 (herein and after called “Tenant”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS , by lease dated February 10, 2014 (the “Third Floor Lease”) Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord the Third Floor (“Third Floor Premises:) in the building known as and located at 5 Crosby Street/22 Howard Street, New York, New York (the “Building”); and

 

WHEREAS , the Third Floor Lease was modified by Lease Amendment and Modification dated October 18, 2014 (“Third Floor Lease Amendment”).

 

WHEREAS , by lease dated October 28, 2014 (the “Fourth Floor Lease”) Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord the Fourth Floor (“Fourth Floor Premises”) in the Building; and

 

WHEREAS , for the purposes of this Agreement, the Third Floor Lease as amended by the Third Floor Lease Amendment and the Fourth Floor Lease shall be collectively referred as the “Leases”; and

 

WHEREAS , as part of its security measures, Landlord has installed an electronic security system in the Building (“Security System”) and provided its tenants and Landlords’ employees with a key fob to be able to access the entrance door and other doors to the Building;

 

WHEREAS , the Security System is maintain by and monitored by an outside vendor, DGA Security Systems, Inc. (“DGA”); and

 

WHEREAS , Tenant has approached Landlord and requested from Landlord that Tenant be allowed to integrate the Security System into the elevator servicing the Third Floor Premises and the Fourth Floor Premises, such that only employees of Tenant, and employees of Landlord shall be able to access either the Third Floor Premises or the Fourth Floor Premises; and

 

WHEREAS , the modification of the Security System for the benefit of Tenant in the elevator will require a modification to the elevator including charges to the control panel in the Building elevator; and

 



 

WHEREAS , Landlord utilizes the services of Greyhound Elevator Service Corp. (“Greyhound”) to maintain the Building elevator; and

 

WHEREAS , Landlord is willing to allow Tenant to modify the Security System and to modify the elevator upon the terms and conditions contained herein,

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing premises it is agreed between Landlord and Tenant as follows:

 

1)                                      Landlord consents to Tenant engaging the services of DGA to modify the Security System to allow for the monitoring of access to the Third Floor Premises and Fourth Floor Premises from the Building elevator.

 

2)                                      Tenant will obtain a proposal from DGA for the modification of the Security System and the installation by DGA of any required equipment in the Building elevator.  Prior to DGA performing any work in the Building or in the Building elevator, Tenant will arrange for the forwarding to Landlord of a proposal from DGA, such proposal to be signed by Tenant, but such proposal subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  The proposal from DGA shall provide that Tenant shall be responsible for all costs associated with the modification of Security System.  Prior to performing any work, Tenant will arrange for DGA to furnish Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent and any other party with an interest in the Building (whom Tenant has previously been informed of in writing) with an insurance certificate naming all such parties as additional insured in limits as currently required by Landlord from contractors performing work in the Building.

 

3)                                      Tenant will obtain a proposal from Greyhound for the modification of the elevator control panel.  Prior to Greyhound performing any work to the

 



 

elevator control panel, Tenant will arrange for the forwarding to Landlord of a proposal from Greyhound, such proposal to be signed by Tenant, but such proposal subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  The proposal shall provide that Tenant shall be responsible for all costs associated with the modification of the elevator control panel.  Prior to performing any work, Tenant will arrange for Greyhound to furnish Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent and any other party with an interest in the Building (whom Tenant has previously been informed of in writing) with an insurance certificate naming all such parties as additional insured in limits as currently required by Landlord from contractors performing work in the Building.

 

4)                                      Tenant acknowledges that the failure of Tenant to pay either DGA or Greyhound for the work to be performed may entitle DGA or Greyhound to file a mechanic’s lien against the Building.  Tenant acknowledges and reaffirms its obligation under the provisions of paragraph 11.04 of the Leases to avoid the placement of mechanics’ liens on the building.

 

5)                                      Following the modification of the Security System, Landlord has been advised that DGA will increase its monitoring service charges to Landlord in the sum of $125.00 per month.  Tenant consents to Landlord billing that additional charge to Tenant on a monthly basis as additional rent.  Should DGA or any replacement company thereafter ever increase the charge associated with Security System monitoring thereafter, Landlord shall, after providing Tenant reasonably acceptable evidence of any such increased charge, increase the additional rent payable by Tenant on account thereof by the same percentage that DGA or any replacement company increased the overall charge to Landlord.

 

6)                                      While Landlord will be generally be responsible for the maintenance of the elevator and the elevator control panel, to the extent there are any

 



 

future charges from either Greyhound or any replacement elevator maintenance company solely on account of the isolation of the Third Floor Premises and Fourth Floor Premises, Landlord shall be entitled to bill the Tenant for the reasonable, actual cost thereof as additional rent.

 

7)                                      Within ten days of the date of execution of this Agreement, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as additional rent, Landlord’s actual legal expenses incurred in the preparation of this Amendment, not to exceed the sum of $1,000.00.

 

8)                                      Tenant will provide Landlord with up to four (4) key fobs for access to the Third Floor Premises and the Fourth Floor Premises.

 

9)                                      With the exception of the foregoing the Lease continues in full force and effect as only as modified by this Agreement.

 

10)                               This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have hereto set their names as of the date and year first above written.

 

5 CROSBY STREET INC.

 

BLUE APRON, INC. Tenant

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Wun Mun Eng

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Salzberg

Name:

Wun Mun Eng

 

Name:

Matthew Salzberg

Title:

President

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 




Exhibit 10.15

 

LEASE

 

CABOT ACQUISITION, LLC,

 

Landlord,

 

and

 

BLUE APRON, INC.,

 

Tenant

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.

USE AND RESTRICTIONS ON USE

1

 

 

 

2.

TERM

2

 

 

 

3.

RENT

3

 

 

 

4.

RENT ADJUSTMENTS

3

 

 

 

5.

SECURITY DEPOSIT

7

 

 

 

6.

ALTERATIONS

9

 

 

 

7.

REPAIR

10

 

 

 

8.

LIENS

12

 

 

 

9.

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

12

 

 

 

10.

INDEMNIFICATION

15

 

 

 

11.

INSURANCE

16

 

 

 

12.

WAIVER OF SUBROGATION

17

 

 

 

13.

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

17

 

 

 

14.

HOLDING OVER

17

 

 

 

15.

SUBORDINATION

17

 

 

 

16.

RULES AND REGULATIONS

18

 

 

 

17.

REENTRY BY LANDLORD

18

 

 

 

18.

DEFAULT

19

 

 

 

19.

REMEDIES

20

 

 

 

20.

TENANT’S BANKRUPTCY OR INSOLVENCY

23

 

 

 

21.

QUIET ENJOYMENT

24

 

 

 

22.

CASUALTY

24

 

 

 

23.

EMINENT DOMAIN

27

 

 

 

24.

SALE BY LANDLORD

27

 

 

 

25.

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

27

 

 

 

26.

SURRENDER OF PREMISES

27

 

 

 

27.

NOTICES

29

 

 

 

28.

TAXES PAYABLE BY TENANT

29

 

 

 

29.

RELOCATION OF TENANT

29

 

 

 

30.

DEFINED TERMS AND HEADINGS

29

 

 

 

31.

TENANT’S AUTHORITY

30

 

 

 

32.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND CREDIT REPORTS

31

 

 

 

33.

COMMISSIONS

31

 

i



 

34.

TIME AND APPLICABLE LAW

31

 

 

 

35.

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

31

 

 

 

36.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

31

 

 

 

37.

EXAMINATION NOT OPTION

31

 

 

 

38.

RECORDATION

31

 

 

 

39.

RENEWAL OPTION

31

 

 

 

40.

SIGNAGE

32

 

 

 

41.

INCENTIVES

32

 

 

 

42.

WATERFRONT COMMISSION

33

 

 

 

43.

LIMITATION OF LANDLORD’S LIABILITY

33

 

EXHIBIT A — PLAN DEPICTING THE PREMISES AND THE BUILDING

 

EXHIBIT B — INITIAL ALTERATIONS

 

EXHIBIT C — COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

 

EXHIBIT D — RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

EXHIBIT E — FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

 

ii



 

MULTI-TENANT INDUSTRIAL NET LEASE

 

REFERENCE PAGES

 

BUILDING:

 

Port Industrial Marine Center V
202 Port Jersey Blvd., Jersey City, New Jersey

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

CABOT ACQUISITION, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

LANDLORD’S ADDRESS:

 

c/o RREEF Management L.L.C.
Deutsche Asset & Wealth Management
222 South Riverside Plaza,
26
th  Floor
Chicago, IL 60606
Attn: Vice President — Asset Management

 

 

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

 

 

 

 

RREEF
Four Technology Drive
Westborough, MA 01581-1791
Attn: Regional Director of Asset Management

 

 

 

 

 

and with a copy to:

 

 

 

 

 

CBRE Group, Inc.
Park 80 West, Plaza Two
250 Pehle Avenue, Suite 600
Saddle Brook, NJ 07663
Attn: Michael Franzese

 

 

 

WIRE INSTRUCTIONS AND/OR ADDRESS FOR RENT PAYMENT:

 

Lockbox:

 

 

 

 

 

RREEF America REIT II Corp. VVV
NJ — Port Industrial
61.J72002 — Industrial V
P.O. Box 9046
Addison, TX 75001-9046

 

 

 

 

 

Wiring:

 

 

 

 

 

Bank Name: Northern Trust
Account Name: NJ Port Industrial I
Account#:
ABA#:

 

iii



 

 

 

Bank City and State: Chicago, Illinois

 

 

 

LEASE REFERENCE DATE:

 

March 27, 2014

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

BLUE APRON, INC. , a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

TENANT’S NOTICE ADDRESS:

 

 

 

 

 

(a) As of beginning of Term:

 

5 Crosby Street, 3 rd  Floor
New York, NY 10013

 

 

 

(b) Prior to beginning or Term (if different):

 

5 Crosby Street, 3 rd  Floor
New York, NY 10013

 

 

 

PREMISES ADDRESS:

 

202 Port Jersey Blvd., Jersey City, NJ 07305-4522

 

 

 

PREMISES RENTABLE AREA:

 

Approximately 112,709 sq. ft. (for outline of Premises see Exhibit A )

 

 

 

USE:

 

Preparation, storage and distribution of food products, packaging and any uses ancillary to same (collectively, the “Permitted Use”), and, subject to Landlord’s approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, any lawful use

 

 

 

SCHEDULED COMMENCEMENT DATE:

 

May 1, 2014

 

 

 

TERM OF LEASE:

 

Approximately ten (10) years and five (5) months, beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the Termination Date. The period from the Commencement Date to the last day of the same month is the “Commencement Month.”

 

 

 

TERMINATION DATE:

 

The last day of the one hundred twenty-fifth (125th) full calendar month after (if the Commencement Month is not a full calendar month), or from and including (if the Commencement Month is a full calendar month), the Commencement Month

 

iv



 

ANNUAL RENT and MONTHLY INSTALLMENT OF
RENT(Article 3):

 

Period

 

Rentable
Square

 

Annual Rent
Per Square

 

 

 

Monthly
Installment of

 

from

 

to

 

Footage

 

Foot

 

Annual Rent

 

Rent

 

Month 1

 

Month 12

 

112.709

 

$

5.50

 

$

619,899.50

 

$

51,658.29

 

Month 13

 

Month 24

 

112.709

 

$

5.62

 

$

633,424.58

 

$

52,785.38

 

Month 25

 

Month 36

 

112.709

 

$

5.75

 

$

648,076.75

 

$

54,006.40

 

Month 37

 

Month 48

 

112.709

 

$

5.88

 

$

662,728.92

 

$

55,227.41

 

Month 49

 

Month 60

 

112.709

 

$

6.01

 

$

677,381.09

 

$

56,448.42

 

Month 61

 

Month 72

 

112.709

 

$

6.15

 

$

693,160.35

 

$

57,763.36

 

Month 73

 

Month 84

 

112.709

 

$

6.29

 

$

708,939.61

 

$

59,078.30

 

Month 85

 

Month 96

 

112.709

 

$

6.43

 

$

724,718.87

 

$

60,393.24

 

Month 97

 

Month 108

 

112.709

 

$

6.57

 

$

740,498.13

 

$

61,708.18

 

Month 109

 

Month 120

 

112.709

 

$

6.72

 

$

757,404.48

 

$

63,117.04

 

Month 121

 

Month 125

 

112.709

 

$

6.87

 

$

774,310.83

 

$

64,525.90

 

 

Month 1 is the period beginning on the Commencement Date and ending at the end of the first (1st) full calendar month of the Term (by way of example only, if the Commencement Date were May 1, 2014, Month 1 would be the period May 1, 2014 through May 31, 2014; if the Commencement Date were May 15, 2014, Month 1 would be the period from May 15, 2014 through June 30, 2014).  Month 2 is the calendar month period immediately following Month 1; Month 3 is the calendar month following Month 2; and so forth, up to the Termination Date.

 

Provided that an Event of Default has not occurred and is then continuing, the Monthly Installment of Rent and rent adjustments under Article 4 (Tenant to be responsible for its utilities, however) will be abated for the first five (5) full calendar months of the Term.  If the Commencement Month is a partial calendar month, prorated rent for the Commencement Month will be due and payable with the rent for the first full calendar month after the rent abatement period for which rent is payable (by way of example only, if the Commencement Date were May 15, 2014, then rent would be abated for the five full calendar month period of June, 2014 through October, 2014, and rent for the partial month of May, 2014 would be due and payable with the December, 2014 rent, the November, 2014 rent having been prepaid per Section 3.2).

 

INITIAL ESTIMATED MONTHLY INSTALLMENT OF RENT ADJUSTMENTS (Article 4)

 

$18,409.14 (based on estimated 2014 Taxes of $1.32 psf, Insurance of $0.08 psf and other Expenses of $0.56 psf)

 

 

 

TENANT’S PROPORTIONATE SHARE:

 

26.51% (1112,709/425,121)

 

 

 

SECURITY DEPOSIT:

 

$280,269.71 (four months’ gross rent using Annual Rent rate for Month I and current estimated Expenses and Taxes), in the form of an irrevocable letter of credit; See Article 5 for reduction and other provisions. If the letter of credit is not available at the time of

 

v



 

 

 

Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease, Tenant may deposit cash in the foregoing amount with Landlord, to be returned to Tenant upon delivery to Landlord of a compliant letter of credit. If Tenant fails to deliver the required letter of credit within sixty (60) days after full execution and delivery of this Lease, Tenant shall pay a late fee to Landlord of $100.00 per day for each day thereafter until the letter is delivered.

 

 

 

ASSIGNMENT/SUBLETTING FEE

 

$1,500.00

 

 

 

REAL ESTATE BROKER DUE COMMISSION:

 

Greiner Maltz, for Tenant, and CBRE Inc., for Landlord

 

 

 

TENANT’S NAICS CODE:

 

[to be provided]

 

 

 

AMORTIZATION RATE:

 

11.00%

 

The Reference Pages information is incorporated into and made a part of the Lease.  In the event of any conflict between any Reference Pages information and the Lease, the Lease shall control.  This Lease includes Exhibits A through E, all of which are made a part of this Lease.

 

LANDLORD:

TENANT:

 

 

CABOT ACQUISITION, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company

BLUE APRON, INC. , a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David F. Crane

 

By:

/s/ Matt Salzberg

 

 

 

 

 

Name: David F. Crane

Name: Matt Salzberg

 

 

Title: Vice President

Title: CEO

 

 

Dated: March 31, 2014

Dated: March 27, 2014

 

vi



 

LEASE

 

By this Lease Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises in the Building as set forth and described on the Reference Pages.  The outline of the Premises and the entire Building are depicted on the plan attached hereto as Exhibit A .  The Reference Pages, including all terms defined thereon, are incorporated as part of this Lease.

 

1.                                       USE AND RESTRICTIONS ON USE.

 

1.1                                The Premises are to be used solely for the Permitted Use as forth on the Reference Pages.  Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way unreasonably obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building or injure, annoy, or disturb them, or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, immoral, or unlawful purpose, or commit any waste.  Tenant shall not do, permit or suffer in, on, or about the Premises the sale of any alcoholic liquor without the written consent of Landlord first obtained.  Tenant shall comply with all governmental laws, ordinances and regulations applicable to the use of the Premises and its occupancy and shall promptly comply with all governmental orders and directions for the correction, prevention and abatement of any violations in the Building or appurtenant land, caused or permitted by, or resulting from the specific use by, Tenant, or in or upon, or in connection with, the Premises, all at Tenant’s sole expense.  Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done on or about the Premises or bring or keep anything into the Premises which will in any way increase the rate of, invalidate or prevent the procuring of any insurance protecting against loss or damage to the Building or any of its contents by fire or other casualty or against liability for damage to property or injury to persons in or about the Building or any part thereof.

 

1.2                                Tenant shall not, and shall not direct, suffer or permit any of its agents, contractors, employees, licensees or invitees (each a “Tenant Entity” and collectively, the “Tenant Entities”) to at any time handle, use, manufacture, store or dispose of in or about the Premises or the Building any (collectively “Hazardous Materials”) flammables, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes or materials, toxic wastes or materials, or other similar substances, petroleum products or derivatives or any substance subject to regulation by or under any federal, state and local laws and ordinances relating to the protection of the environment or the keeping, use or disposition of environmentally hazardous materials, substances, or wastes, presently in effect or hereafter adopted, all amendments to any of them, and all rules and regulations issued pursuant to any of such laws or ordinances (collectively “Environmental Laws”), nor shall Tenant suffer or permit any Hazardous Materials to be used in any manner not fully in compliance with all Environmental Laws, in the Premises or the Building and appurtenant land or allow the environment to become contaminated with any Hazardous Materials.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may handle, store, use or dispose of products containing small quantities of Hazardous Materials (such as aerosol cans containing insecticides, toner for copiers, paints, paint remover and the like) to the extent customary and necessary for the use of the Premises for general office purposes; provided that Tenant shall always handle, store, use, and dispose of any such Hazardous Materials in a safe and lawful manner and never allow such Hazardous Materials to contaminate the Premises, Building and appurtenant land or the environment.  Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold each and all of the Landlord Entities (as defined in Article 30) harmless from and against any and all loss, claims, liability or

 



 

costs (including court costs and attorney’s fees) incurred by reason of any actual or asserted failure of Tenant to fully comply with all applicable Environmental Laws, or the presence, handling, use or disposition in or from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials by Tenant or any Tenant Entity (even though permissible under all applicable Environmental Laws or the provisions of this Lease), or by reason of any actual or asserted failure of Tenant to keep, observe, or perform any provision of this Section 1.2.  Tenant shall have no responsibility for any environmental conditions caused by Landlord or existing as of the Commencement Date, so long as not caused by Tenant.

 

1.3                                Tenant and the Tenant Entities will be entitled to the non-exclusive use of the common areas of the Building as they exist from time to time during the Term, including the parking facilities, subject to Landlord’s rules and regulations regarding such use.  However, in no event will Tenant or the Tenant Entities park more vehicles in the parking facilities than Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the total parking spaces available for common use.  Specifically, Tenant shall be entitled to the use of thirty-seven (37) parking spaces.  The foregoing shall not be deemed to provide Tenant with an exclusive right to any parking spaces or any guaranty of the availability of any particular parking spaces or any specific number of parking spaces.

 

2.                                       TERM.

 

2.1                                The Term of this Lease shall begin on the date (“Commencement Date”) which shall be the later of the Scheduled Commencement Date as shown on the Reference Pages and the date that Landlord shall tender possession of the Premises to Tenant, and shall terminate on the date as shown on the Reference Pages (“Termination Date”), unless sooner terminated by the provisions of this Lease.  Landlord shall tender possession of the Premises with all the work, if any, to be performed by Landlord pursuant to Exhibit B to this Lease completed.  Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, execute and deliver a memorandum agreement provided by Landlord in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto, provided Tenant agrees with the substance of same, setting forth the actual Commencement Date, Termination Date and, if necessary, a revised rent schedule showing actual dates.  Should Tenant fail to do so within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s request, and provided Tenant does not dispute the accuracy of said memorandum agreement, the information set forth in such memorandum provided by Landlord shall be conclusively presumed to be agreed and correct.

 

2.2                                Tenant agrees that in the event of the inability of Landlord to deliver possession of the Premises on the Scheduled Commencement Date for any reason, Landlord shall not be liable for any damage resulting from such inability, but Tenant shall not be liable for any rent until the time when Landlord can, after notice to Tenant, deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant.  No such failure to give possession on the Scheduled Commencement Date shall affect the other obligations of Tenant under this Lease, except that if Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises within thirty (30) days after the Scheduled Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon written notice to Landlord, unless Landlord delivers possession prior to the termination date specified in such notice.  The Scheduled Commencement Date may be delayed one (1) day for each day of delay in Landlord’s delivery of the Premises resulting from strikes, shortages of materials, or similar matters (but not holdover tenancies) beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, where Tenant is notified by Landlord in writing as to such delay, for a maximum of thirty (30), days.

 

2



 

2.3                                In the event Landlord permits Tenant, or any agent, employee or contractor of Tenant, to enter, use or occupy the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, such entry, use or occupancy shall be subject to all the provisions of this Lease other than the payment of rent, including, without limitation, Tenant’s compliance with the insurance requirements of Article 11.  Said early possession shall not advance the Termination Date.  Landlord shall endeavor to provide early access to Tenant.

 

3.                                       RENT.

 

3.1                                Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord the Annual Rent in effect from time to time by paying the Monthly Installment of Rent then in effect on or before the first day of each full calendar month during the Term, except that the rent for the first full month for which rent is payable after the rent abatement period shall be paid upon the execution of this Lease.  The Monthly Installment of Rent in effect at any time shall be one-twelfth (1/12) of the Annual Rent in effect at such time.  Rent for any period during the Term which is less than a full month shall be a prorated portion of the Monthly Installment of Rent based upon the number of days in such month.  Said rent shall be paid to Landlord, without deduction or offset and without notice or demand, at the Rent Payment Address, as set forth on the Reference Pages, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing.  If an Event of Default occurs, Landlord may require by notice to Tenant that all subsequent rent payments be made by an automatic payment from Tenant’s bank account to Landlord’s account, without cost to Landlord.  Tenant must implement such automatic payment system prior to the next scheduled rent payment or within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s notice, whichever is later.  Unless specified in this Lease to the contrary, all amounts and sums payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Lease shall be deemed additional rent.

 

3.2                                Tenant recognizes that late payment of any rent or other sum due under this Lease will result in administrative expense to Landlord, the extent of which additional expense is extremely difficult and economically impractical to ascertain.  Tenant therefore agrees that if rent or any other sum is not paid when due and payable pursuant to this Lease, a late charge shall be imposed in an amount equal to the greater of:  (a) Fifty Dollars ($50.00), or (b) five percent (5%) of the unpaid rent or other payment.  The amount of the late charge to be paid by Tenant shall be reassessed and added to Tenant’s obligation for each successive month until paid.  The provisions of this Section 3.2 in no way relieve Tenant of the obligation to pay rent or other payments on or before the date on which they are due, nor do the terms of this Section 3.2 in any way affect Landlord’s remedies pursuant to Article 19 of this Lease in the event said rent or other payment is unpaid after date due.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no late fee will be charged in connection with the first two (2) late payments occurring in any calendar year, so long as each of the two are paid in full not later than the earlier to occur of (x) ten (10) days after such payment was due, or (y) five (5) days after notice to Tenant of non-receipt.

 

4.                                       RENT ADJUSTMENTS.

 

4.1                                For the purpose of this Article 4, the following terms are defined as follows:

 

4.1.1                      Lease Year:   Each fiscal year (as determined by Landlord from time to time) falling partly or wholly within the Term.

 

3


 

4.1.2       Expenses:   All costs of operation, maintenance, repair, replacement and management of the Building (including the amount of any credits which Landlord may grant to particular tenants of the Building in lieu of providing any standard services or paying any standard costs described in this Section 4.1.2 for similar tenants), as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, including the following costs by way of illustration, but not limitation:  water and sewer charges; insurance charges of or relating to all insurance policies and endorsements deemed by Landlord to be reasonably necessary or desirable and relating in any manner to the protection, preservation, or operation of the Building or any part thereof; utility costs to the common areas, including, but not limited to, the cost of heat, light, power, steam, gas; waste disposal; the cost of security and alarm services (including any central station signaling system); costs of cleaning, repairing, replacing and maintaining the common areas, including parking and landscaping, window cleaning costs; labor costs; costs and expenses of managing the Building including management and/or administrative fees; elevator maintenance fees and supplies; material costs; equipment costs including the cost of maintenance, repair and service agreements and rental and leasing costs; purchase costs of equipment; current rental and leasing costs of items which would be capital items if purchased; tool costs; licenses, permits and inspection fees; wages and salaries; employee benefits and payroll taxes; accounting and legal fees; any sales, use or service taxes incurred in connection therewith.  In addition, Landlord shall be entitled to recover, as additional rent (which, along with any other capital expenditures constituting Expenses, Landlord may either include in Expenses or cause to be billed to Tenant along with Expenses and Taxes but as a separate item), Tenant’s Proportionate Share of:  (i) an allocable portion of the cost of capital improvement items which are reasonably calculated to reduce operating expenses; (ii) the cost of fire sprinklers and suppression systems and other life safety systems; (iii) other capital expenses which are required under any governmental laws, regulations or ordinances which were not applicable to the Building at the time it was constructed; and (iv) Amortizable Replacement Costs as defined in Section 7.1; but the costs described in this sentence shall be amortized over the reasonable life of such expenditures in accordance with such reasonable life and amortization schedules as shall be determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, with interest on the unamortized amount at one percent (1%) in excess of the Wall Street Journal prime lending rate announced from time to time.  Expenses shall not include depreciation or amortization of the Building or equipment in the Building except as provided herein, loan principal or interest payments, costs of alterations of tenants’ premises, leasing commissions, interest expenses on long-term borrowings or advertising costs.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Expenses shall also not include the following:  (a) tenant improvement work; (b) ground rents and loan prepayment penalties, premiums, fees or other charges in connection therewith and other non-operating debts of Landlord; (c) omitted or additional real estate taxes assessed during the Term but relating to a period prior to the Commencement Date or after the Termination Date; (d) expenses which are reimbursed by insurance or warranties; (e) the amount of any refundable deposits; (f) Federal, State or local net income taxes imposed on Landlord or any inheritance, estate, succession, transfer, gift, capital stock, franchise, or excess profit taxes (unless imposed in lieu of Taxes); (g) the cost of any work or service performed for any tenant at such tenant’s cost and expense; (h) legal expenses incurred in the preparation of the leases or enforcing the terms of any lease; (i) management fees in excess of the range customarily charged in the applicable market; (j) (intentionally deleted); (k) promotional and marketing expenses, or the cost of maintaining a leasing or marketing office for

 

4



 

the Building; (l) Landlord’s limited liability company overhead not related to management of the Building; (m) salaries and all other compensation (including fringe benefits) to the extent not directly involved in the operation, maintenance, or safekeeping of the Building above the level of senior property manager; (n) costs of repairs, replacements and alterations for which and to the extent that Landlord is actually reimbursed therefor; (o) costs and expenses incurred by Landlord to cause the common areas of the Building to comply with applicable Laws, to the extent the common areas are in violation of said Laws as of the Commencement Date; (p) sums paid by Landlord to correct violations of building codes or other laws, regulations or ordinances applicable to the Building to the extent such violation existed as of the Commencement Date; (q) expenses arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, servants or employees or from Landlord’s breach of its obligations under this Lease and that would not have otherwise been incurred but for such negligence, willful misconduct or breach; (r) costs and expenses incurred by Landlord to remove, enclose or encapsulate Hazardous Materials existing in the Building as of the Commencement Date in violation of any Law then in effect; (s) fines, penalties, interest or legal fees incurred as a result of Landlord’s late payment of taxes, utility bills or any other costs of the Building; (t) expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with furnishing services which are not available to Tenant but which are available to other tenants at the Property; (u) costs incurred in connection with mortgaging refinancing, transferring or disposing of Landlord’s interest in the Building; (v) all general overhead and administrative expenses of Landlord or its management agent that is unrelated to the operation, management or maintenance of the Building; or (w) Taxes.

 

4.1.3       Taxes:   Real estate taxes and any other taxes, charges and assessments which are levied with respect to the Building or the land appurtenant to the Building, or with respect to any improvements, fixtures and equipment or other property of Landlord, real or personal, located in the Building and used in connection with the operation of the Building and said land, any payments to any ground lessor in reimbursement of tax payments made by such lessor; and all fees, expenses and costs incurred by Landlord in investigating, protesting, contesting or in any way seeking to reduce or avoid increase in any assessments, levies or the tax rate pertaining to any Taxes to be paid by Landlord in any Lease Year.  Taxes shall not include any corporate franchise, or estate, inheritance or net income tax, or tax imposed upon any transfer by Landlord of its interest in this Lease or the Building or any taxes to be paid by Tenant pursuant to Article 28.

 

4.2          Tenant shall pay as additional rent for each Lease Year Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Expenses and Taxes incurred for such Lease Year.

 

4.3          The annual determination of actual Expenses and Taxes incurred for the preceding year shall be made by Landlord and shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant, subject to the provisions of this Section 4.3.  Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver such determination by April 1 each year.  During the Term, Tenant may review, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, the books and records supporting such determination in an office of Landlord, or Landlord’s agent, during normal business hours, upon giving Landlord five (5) days advance written notice within ninety (90) days after receipt of such determination, but in no event more often than once in any one (1) year period, subject to execution of a confidentiality agreement reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and provided that if Tenant utilizes an independent accountant to perform such review it shall be one of regional or national standing

 

5



 

which is reasonably acceptable to Landlord, is not compensated on a contingency basis and is also subject to such confidentiality agreement.  If Tenant fails to object to Landlord’s determination of Expenses and Taxes within one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt, or if any such objection fails to state with specificity the reason for the objection, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved such determination and shall have no further right to object to or contest such determination.  If after Tenant’s review of the books and records, it is determined by Landlord and Tenant that Tenant has overpaid any Expenses and/or Taxes, Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days of a written request, refund to Tenant any overpayment.  In the event that during all or any portion of any Lease Year or Base Year, the Building is not fully rented and occupied Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment in occupancy-related Expenses and Taxes for such year for the purpose of avoiding distortion of the amount of such Expenses and Taxes to be attributed to Tenant by reason of variation in total occupancy of the Building, by employing consistent and sound accounting and management principles to determine Expenses and Taxes that would have been paid or incurred by Landlord had the Building been at least ninety-five percent (95%) rented and occupied, and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been Expenses and Taxes for such Lease Year.

 

4.4          Prior to the actual determination thereof for a Lease Year, Landlord may from time to time (but no more than twice in any Lease Year) estimate Tenant’s liability for Expenses and/or Taxes under Section 4.2, Article 6 and Article 28 for the Lease Year or portion thereof.  Landlord will give Tenant written notification of the amount of such estimate and Tenant agrees that it will pay, by increase of its Monthly Installments of Rent due in such Lease Year, additional rent in the amount of such estimate.  Any such increased rate of Monthly Installments of Rent pursuant to this Section 4.4 shall remain in effect until further written notification to Tenant pursuant hereto.

 

4.5          When the above mentioned actual determination of Tenant’s liability for Expenses and/or Taxes is made for any Lease Year and when Tenant is so notified in writing, then:

 

4.5.1       If the total additional rent Tenant actually paid pursuant to Section 4.3 on account of Expenses and/or Taxes for the Lease Year is less than Tenant’s liability for Expenses and/or Taxes, then Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord as additional rent in one lump sum within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord’s bill therefor; and

 

4.5.2       If the total additional rent Tenant actually paid pursuant to Section 4.3 on account of Expenses and/or Taxes for the Lease Year is more than Tenant’s liability for Expenses and/or Taxes, then Landlord shall credit the difference against the then next due payments to be made by Tenant under this Article 4, or, if the Lease has terminated, refund the difference in cash within thirty (30) days after such determination.

 

4.6          If the Commencement Date is other than January 1 or if the Termination Date is other than December 31, Tenant’s liability for Expenses and Taxes for the Lease Year in which said Date occurs shall be prorated based upon a three hundred sixty-five (365) day year.

 

6



 

5.             SECURITY DEPOSIT.

 

5.1          Tenant shall deposit the Security Deposit with Landlord upon the execution of this Lease.  Said sum shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant and not as an advance rental deposit or as a measure of Landlord’s damage in case of Tenant’s default.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord may use any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any rent or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason said Event of default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default.  If any portion is so used, Tenant shall within fifteen (15) days after written demand therefor, deposit with Landlord an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease.  Except to such extent, if any, as shall be required by law, Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on such deposit.  If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant at such time after termination of this Lease when Landlord shall have determined that all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease have been fulfilled, but in no event later than that date which is sixty (60) days after the Termination Date.

 

5.2          The required Security Deposit shall be in the form of an Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit in favor of Landlord (the “letter of credit”) in the amount set forth on the Reference Pages.  Under any circumstance under which Landlord is entitled the use of all or a part of the Security Deposit, then, Landlord, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided under the Lease, shall have the right to draw down all or a portion of the full balance of the letter of credit and retain the proceeds.  The following terms and conditions shall govern the letter of credit:

 

5.2.1       Upon expiration of the Term, the letter of credit shall be returned to Tenant when Tenant is entitled to return of its Security Deposit.

 

5.2.2       The letter of credit shall be in favor of Landlord, shall be issued by a commercial bank reasonably acceptable to Landlord, shall comply with all of the terms and conditions of this Section 5.2 and shall otherwise be in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Letter of credit must provide for all notices to the beneficiary to be sent simultaneously to up to two (2) addressees specified in the letter of credit, and (ii) there shall be no requirement of signature guaranty for draws, assignments or other documentary action to be taken by the beneficiary.  If, at any time while the letter of credit is outstanding, (i) the issuing bank is declared insolvent or taken into receivership by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency, or is closed for any reason, or (ii) Landlord reasonably believes that the issuing bank may be or become insolvent or otherwise unable to meet its obligations, then, not later than thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall cause the existing letter of credit to be replaced by a new letter of credit issued by another commercial bank reasonably acceptable to Landlord, with such new letter of credit to comply with all of the terms and conditions of this Section 5.2.  If Tenant fails to deliver an acceptable replacement letter of credit within such 30 day period,

 

7



 

Landlord shall have the right to present the existing letter of credit to the issuing bank for payment, and the entire sum so obtained shall be paid to Landlord, to be held by Landlord until Tenant would otherwise be entitled to the return of the letter of credit, and to be retained by Landlord if an Event of Default occurs.  Landlord hereby confirms and agrees that the form of letter of credit attached hereto as Exhibit E, if any, is acceptable.

 

5.2.3       The initial letter of credit shall have an expiration date not earlier than fourteen (14) months after the Commencement Date.  A draft of the form of letter of credit must be submitted to Landlord for its approval prior to issuance.

 

5.2.4       The letter of credit or any replacement letter of credit shall be irrevocable for the term thereof and shall automatically renew on a year to year basis until a period ending not earlier than three (3) months after the Termination Date (“End Date”) without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord; provided that the issuing bank shall have the right not to renew the letter of credit by giving written notice to Landlord not less than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the then current term of the letter of credit that it does not intend to renew the letter of credit.  Tenant understands that the election by the issuing bank not to renew the letter of credit shall not, in any event, diminish the obligation of Tenant to maintain such an irrevocable letter of credit in favor of Landlord through such date.

 

5.2.5       Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right from time to time to make one or more draws on the letter of credit at any time that Landlord has the right to use all or a part of the Security Deposit pursuant to Article 5 of this Lease, and the proceeds may be applied as permitted under said Article 5.  The letter of credit must state that it can be presented for payment at the office of the issuer or an approved correspondent in the metropolitan area in which the Building is located.  Funds may be drawn down on the letter of credit upon presentation to the issuing or corresponding bank of Landlord’s (or Landlord’s then managing agent’s) certificate stating as follows:

 

“Beneficiary is entitled to draw on this credit pursuant to that certain Lease dated for reference March 27, 2014 between CABOT ACQUISITION, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Landlord and BLUE APRON, INC., a Delaware corporation, as Tenant, as amended from time to time.”

 

It is understood that if Landlord or its managing agent be a corporation, partnership or other entity, then such statement shall be signed by an officer (if a corporation), a general partner (if a partnership), or any authorized party (if another entity).

 

5.2.6       Tenant acknowledges and agrees (and the letter of credit shall so state) that the letter of credit shall be honored by the issuing bank without inquiry as to the truth of the statements set forth in such draw request and regardless of whether the Tenant disputes the content of such statement.

 

5.2.7       In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Premises, Landlord shall have the right to transfer the letter of credit to the transferee and Tenant shall take whatever action and pay any bank fees necessary to effectuate such transfer and thereupon the Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability

 

8



 

therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of said letter of credit to a new landlord.

 

5.2.8       Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the letter of credit expires earlier than the End Date, or the issuing bank notifies Landlord that it will not renew the letter of credit, Landlord shall accept a renewal thereof or substitute letter credit (such renewal or substitute letter of credit to be in effect not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the expiring letter of credit), irrevocable and automatically renewable as above provided to the End Date upon the same terms as the expiring letter of credit or upon such other terms as may be reasonably acceptable to Landlord.  However, if (i) the letter of credit is not timely renewed, or (ii) a substitute letter of credit, complying with all of the terms and conditions of this Section is not timely received, then Landlord may present the expiring letter of credit to the issuing bank, and the entire sum so obtained shall be paid to Landlord, to be held by Landlord in accordance with Article 5 of the Lease.  Notwithstanding the foregoing.  Landlord shall be entitled to receive from Tenant a fee in an amount not to exceed $500.00 for attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the review of any proposed substitute letter of credit pursuant to this subparagraph.

 

5.2.9       Provided that there is then no uncured Event of Default, and that prior to any Reduction Date there has occurred no monetary Event of Default, then, as of each Reduction Date, Landlord shall permit the amount of the letter of credit to be reduced to (or a replacement letter of credit may be issued in the amount of) the corresponding New Letter of Credit Amount as follows:

 

Reduction Date

 

New Letter of Credit Amount

 

Beginning of Month 18 (see rent schedule)

 

$

210,202.29

 

Beginning of Month 30 (sec rent schedule)

 

$

70,067.43

 

 

6.             ALTERATIONS.

 

6.1          Except for those, if any, specifically provided for in Exhibit B to this Lease, Tenant shall not make or suffer to be made any alterations, additions, or improvements, including, but not limited to, the attachment of any fixtures or equipment in, on, or to the Premises or any part thereof or the making of any improvements as required by Article 7, without the prior written consent of Landlord.  When applying for such consent, Tenant shall, if requested by Landlord, furnish complete plans and specifications for such alterations, additions and improvements.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent shall not be required (but notice to Landlord shall not be required) with respect to alterations which (i) are not structural in nature, (ii) are not visible from the exterior of the Building, (iii) do not affect or require modification of the Building’s electrical, mechanical, plumbing, HVAC or other systems, and (iv) in aggregate do not cost more than $5.00 per rentable square foot of that portion of the Premises affected by the alterations in question.  Any and all alterations, additions or improvements shall become the property of Landlord upon termination of this Lease, except for trade fixtures, movable equipment or furniture owned by Tenant.

 

6.2          In the event Landlord consents to the making of any such alteration, addition or improvement by Tenant, the same shall be made by using either Landlord’s contractor or, if not Landlord’s contractor, a contractor reasonably approved by Landlord (such approval not to be

 

9



 

unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), in either event at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.  If Tenant shall employ any contractor other than Landlord’s contractor and such other contractor or any subcontractor of such other contractor shall employ any non-union labor or supplier, Tenant shall be responsible for and hold Landlord harmless from any and all delays, damages and extra costs suffered by Landlord as a result of any dispute with any labor unions concerning the wage, hours, terms or conditions of the employment of any such labor.  In any event Landlord may charge Tenant a construction management fee not to exceed the applicable Fee Percentage (defined below) of the cost of such work to cover its overhead as it relates to such proposed work, plus documented third-party costs actually incurred by Landlord in connection with the proposed work and the design thereof, with all such amounts being due five (5) days after Landlord’s demand.  If Landlord engages the contractor and designer, the “Fee Percentage” is (i) for work costing less than or equal to $5,000, zero percent (0%); (ii) for work costing more than $5,000 and less than or equal to $100,000, five percent (5%); and (iii) for work costing more than $100,000, three percent (3%), with the total fee not to exceed $75,000.  If Tenant engages the contractor and designer, the “Fee Percentage” is 0.75%. with the total fee not to exceed $75,000.

 

6.3          All alterations, additions or improvements proposed by Tenant shall be constructed in accordance with all government laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, using Building standard materials where applicable, and Tenant shall, prior to construction, provide the additional insurance required under Article 11 in such case, and, for any alterations costing in excess of $150,000, also all such assurances to Landlord as Landlord shall reasonably require to assure Landlord that Tenant has ability to pay for the construction in question.  In any event, Landlord in its reasonable discretion may require documentation such as waivers of lien, contractor sworn statements and surety company performance bonds to protect Landlord and the Building and appurtenant land against any loss from any mechanic’s, materialmen’s or other liens.  Tenant shall pay in addition to any sums due pursuant to Article 4, any increase in real estate taxes attributable to any such alteration, addition or improvement for so long, during the Term, as such increase is ascertainable; at Landlord’s election said sums shall be paid in the same way as sums due under Article 4.

 

7.             REPAIR.

 

7.1          Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises, except as expressly provided in this Lease.  Landlord shall perform, be responsible for, and bear all costs (except to the extent reimbursable through Expenses) (a) of all capital repairs and capital replacements involving the Building structure (except to the extent caused by Tenant), including but not limited to the roof structure, footings, foundations, and exterior walls; (b) all maintenance, repairs and replacements to the utilities servicing the Building and the Premises to the point of connection with the Premises; and (c) all maintenance and repairs to the common areas.  The costs of Landlord’s repairs and replacements of underground gas, parking areas, water, sanitary sewer, storm sewer and electrical lines and related components, to include any above and underground components connecting to the Building, to the point of common connection, and repairs and replacements of the sprinkler systems and parking areas, shall all be included in Expenses; however, as to capital replacements of any of the foregoing, such costs (“Amortizable Replacement Costs”) shall be amortized as provided in Section 4.1.2.  By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant accepts them as being in

 

10



 

good order, condition and repair and in the condition in which Landlord is obligated to deliver them.  It is hereby understood and agreed that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant, except as specifically set forth in this Lease.  Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after written notice of the need of such repairs or maintenance is given to Landlord by Tenant.

 

7.2          Tenant shall at its own cost and expense keep and maintain all parts of the Premises and such portion of the Building and improvements as are within the exclusive control of Tenant in good condition, promptly making all necessary repairs and replacements, whether ordinary or extraordinary, with materials and workmanship of the same character, kind and quality as the original (including, but not limited to, repair and replacement of all fixtures installed by Tenant, water heaters serving the Premises, windows, glass and plate glass, doors, exterior stairs, skylights, any special office entries, interior walls and finish work, floors and floor coverings, heating and air conditioning systems serving the Premises, coolers and freezers, electrical systems and fixtures, sprinkler systems, dock boards, truck doors, dock bumpers, plumbing work and fixtures, and performance of regular removal of trash and debris).  Tenant as part of its obligations hereunder shall keep the Premises in a clean and sanitary condition.  Nothing in the foregoing shall require Tenant to replace any coolers or freezers which it does not desire to replace.  Tenant will, as far as possible keep all such parts of the Premises from deterioration due to ordinary wear and from falling temporarily out of repair, and upon termination of this Lease in any way Tenant will yield up the Premises to Landlord in good condition and repair, loss by fire or other casualty excepted (but not excepting any damage to glass).  Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, repair any damage to the Premises or the Building resulting from and/or caused in whole or in part by the negligence or misconduct of Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, invitees, or any other person entering upon the Premises as a result of Tenant’s business activities or caused by Tenant’s default hereunder.

 

7.3          Except as provided otherwise in this Lease, there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Building or the Premises or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment in the Building.  Except to the extent, if any, prohibited by law, Tenant waives the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense under any law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

 

7.4          Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, enter into a regularly scheduled preventive maintenance/service contract with a maintenance contractor approved by Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) for servicing all heating and air conditioning systems and equipment serving the Premises (and a copy thereof shall be furnished to Landlord).  The service contract must include all services suggested by the equipment manufacturer in the operation/maintenance manual and must become effective within thirty (30) days of the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises.  Should Tenant fail to do so, Landlord may, upon notice to Tenant, enter into such a maintenance/ service contract on behalf of Tenant or perform the work and in either case, charge Tenant the cost thereof along with a reasonable amount for Landlord’s overhead.

 

11



 

7.4.1       If, during the term of the Lease, the HVAC system or any major component thereof requires replacement, and so long as Tenant has complied with the foregoing obligations of this Section 7.4 and, further, that the need for such replacement does not arise from Tenant’s negligence, abuse or misuse, then Landlord shall perform such replacement at its sole cost and expense; provided, however, that Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such cost and expense by payments of monthly additional rent in an amount that would fully amortize such cost and expense, with interest at two per cent (2%) in excess of the Wall Street Journal prime lending rate announced from time to time, as of the date such expense is incurred, over the reasonably projected useful life of the item being replaced.  Such additional rent obligation shall continue until such cost and expense is fully amortized or until the expiration of the Term, as it may be extended from time to time, whichever comes first.

 

7.5          Landlord shall coordinate any repairs and other maintenance of any railroad tracks serving the Building and, if Tenant uses such rail tracks, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord or the railroad company from time to time upon demand, as additional rent, for its share of the costs of such repair and maintenance and for any other sums specified in any agreement to which Landlord or Tenant is a party respecting such tracks, such costs to be borne proportionately by all tenants in the Building using such rail tracks, based upon the actual number of rail cars shipped and received by such tenant during each calendar year during the Term.

 

8.             LIENS.   Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Building and appurtenant land and Tenant’s leasehold interest in the Premises free from any liens arising out of any services, work or materials performed, furnished, or contracted for by Tenant, or obligations incurred by Tenant.  In the event that Tenant fails, within twenty (20) days following its knowledge of the imposition of any such lien, to either cause the same to be released of record or provide Landlord with insurance against the same issued by a major title insurance company or such other protection against the same as Landlord shall accept (such failure to constitute an Event of Default), Landlord shall have the right to cause the same to be released by such means as it shall deem proper, including payment of the claim giving rise to such lien.  All such sums paid by Landlord and all expenses incurred by it in connection therewith shall be payable to it by Tenant within fifteen (15) days of Landlord’s demand.

 

9.             ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

 

9.1          Except as provided otherwise herein, Tenant shall not have the right to assign or pledge this Lease or to sublet the whole or any part of the Premises whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises by anyone other than Tenant, and shall not make, suffer or permit such assignment, subleasing or occupancy without the prior written consent of Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, and said restrictions shall be binding upon any and all assignees of the Lease and subtenants of the Premises.  In the event Tenant desires to sublet, or permit such occupancy of, the Premises, or any portion thereof, or assign this Lease, Tenant shall give written notice thereof to Landlord at least thirty (30) days but no more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the proposed commencement date of such subletting or assignment, which notice shall set forth the name of the proposed subtenant or assignee, the relevant terms of any sublease or assignment and copies of financial reports and other relevant financial information of the proposed subtenant or assignee.

 

12



 

9.2          Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, permitted or otherwise, Tenant shall at all times remain directly, primarily and fully responsible and liable for the payment of the rent specified in this Lease and for compliance with all of its other obligations under the terms, provisions and covenants of this Lease.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, if the Premises or any part of them are then assigned or sublet, Landlord, in addition to any other remedies provided in this Lease or provided by law, may, at its option, collect directly from such assignee or subtenant all rents due and becoming due to Tenant under such assignment or sublease and apply such rent against any sums due to Landlord from Tenant under this Lease, and no such collection shall be construed to constitute a novation or release of Tenant from the further performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

9.3          In addition to Landlord’s right to approve of any subtenant or assignee, Landlord shall have the option, in its sole discretion, in the event of any proposed subletting of substantially the entire Premises, or assignment, to terminate this Lease, or in the case of a proposed subletting of less than the entire Premises but more than 25,000 rentable square feet in aggregate, to recapture the portion of the Premises to be sublet, as of the date the subletting or assignment is to be effective.  The option shall be exercised, if at all, by Landlord giving Tenant written notice given by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written notice as required above.  However, if Tenant notifies Landlord, within five (5) days after receipt of Landlord’s termination notice, that Tenant is rescinding its proposed assignment or sublease, the termination notice shall be void and the Lease shall continue in full force and effect.  If this Lease shall be terminated with respect to the entire Premises pursuant to this Section, the Term of this Lease shall end on the date stated in Tenant’s notice as the effective date of the sublease or assignment as if that date had been originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term.  If Landlord recaptures under this Section only a portion of the Premises, the rent to be paid from time to time during the unexpired Term shall abate proportionately based on the proportion by which the approximate square footage of the remaining portion of the Premises shall be less than that of the Premises as of the date immediately prior to such recapture.  Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own cost and expense, discharge in full any outstanding commission obligation which may be due and owing as a result of any proposed assignment or subletting, whether or not the Premises are recaptured pursuant to this Section 9.3 and rented by Landlord to the proposed tenant or any other tenant.  This Section 9.3 shall not apply to transfers for which Landlord’s consent is not required under Section 9.7 or Section 9.8.

 

9.4          In the event that Tenant sells, sublets, assigns or transfers this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of any Increased Rent (as defined below), less the Costs Component (as defined below), when and as such Increased Rent is received by Tenant.  As used in this Section, “Increased Rent’ shall mean the excess of (i) all rent and other consideration which Tenant is entitled to receive by reason of any sale, sublease, assignment or other transfer of this Lease, over (ii) the rent otherwise payable by Tenant under this Lease at such time.  For purposes of the foregoing, any consideration received by Tenant in form other than cash shall be valued at its fair market value as determined by Landlord in good faith.  The “Costs Component” is that amount which, if paid monthly, would fully amortize on a straight-line basis, over the entire period for which Tenant is to receive Increased Rent, the reasonable costs incurred by Tenant in connection with such sublease,

 

13


 

assignment or transfer, including but not limited to, attorneys’ fees, leasing commissions and tenant improvements.

 

9.5                                Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, it shall be considered reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any assignment of this Lease or sublease of any portion of the Premises if at the time of either Tenant’s notice of the proposed assignment or sublease or the proposed commencement date thereof, there shall exist any Event of Default, or if the proposed assignee or sublessee is an entity:  (a) with which Landlord is already in active negotiation; (b) is already an occupant of the Building unless Landlord is unable to provide the amount of space required by such occupant; (c) is a governmental agency; (d) is incompatible with the character of occupancy of the Building; (e) with which the payment for the sublease or assignment is determined in whole or in part based upon its net income or profits; or (f) would subject the Premises to a use which would:  (i) involve increased personnel or wear upon the Building; (ii) violate any exclusive right granted to another tenant of the Building; (iii) require any addition to or modification of the Premises or the Building in order to comply with building code or other governmental requirements; or, (iv) involve a violation of Section 1.2.  Tenant expressly agrees that for the purposes of any statutory or other requirement of reasonableness on the part of Landlord, Landlord’s refusal to consent to the assignment or sublease for any of the reasons described in this Section 9.5, shall be conclusively deemed to be reasonable.

 

9.6                                Upon any request to assign or sublet, Tenant will pay to Landlord the Assignment/Subletting Fee plus, on demand, a sum equal to all of Landlord’s reasonable documented costs, including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred in investigating and considering any proposed or purported assignment or pledge of this Lease or sublease of any of the Premises, regardless of whether Landlord shall consent to, refuse consent, or determine that Landlord’s consent is not required for, such assignment, pledge or sublease.  Any purported sale, assignment, mortgage, transfer of this Lease or subletting which does not comply with the provisions of this Article 9 shall be void.

 

9.7                                If Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or trust, any transfer or transfers of or change or changes in the stock, limited liability, partnership or other ownership interests, which result in Tenant’s current CEO not being involved in the day to day management of Tenant shall be regarded as equivalent to an assignment of this Lease to the persons or entities acquiring such ownership or control and shall be subject to all the provisions of this Article 9 to the same extent and for all intents and purposes as though such an assignment.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, so long as Tenant’s current CEO is involved in the day to day management of Tenant none of the aforesaid transfer, transfers, change or changes shall be subject to the provisions of this Article 9.  The restriction on assignment pursuant to this Section 9 shall not be applicable to any transfer of the stock of a corporation which is listed on a national securities exchange (as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) or whose stock is traded in the over the counter market with quotations reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers through its automated system for reporting quotations or is otherwise publicly traded.

 

9.8                                Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article to the contrary, Tenant shall be permitted to assign this Lease, or sublet all or a portion of the Premises, to an Affiliate of Tenant without the prior consent of Landlord, if all of the following conditions are first satisfied:

 

14



 

9.8.1                      An Event of Default shall not then exist;

 

9.8.2                      a fully executed copy of such assignment or sublease, the assumption of this Lease by the assignee or acceptance of the sublease by the sublessee, and such other information regarding the assignment or sublease as Landlord may reasonably request, shall have been delivered to Landlord;

 

9.8.3                      the Premises shall continue to be operated solely for the use specified in the Reference Page or other use acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion; and

 

9.8.4                      Tenant shall pay all costs reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection with such assignment or subletting, including without limitation attorneys’ fees.

 

Tenant acknowledges (and, at Landlord’s request, at the time of such assignment or subletting shall confirm) that in each instance Tenant shall remain liable for performance of the terms and conditions of the Lease despite such assignment or subletting (to the extent Tenant continues to be in existence).  As used herein the term “Affiliate” shall mean an entity which (i) directly or indirectly controls Tenant or (ii) is under the direct or indirect control of Tenant or (iii) is under common direct or indirect control with Tenant, (iv) is the successor in interest to Tenant by way of merger or consolidation, or by sale of all or substantially all of the stock of Tenant or of all of the assets of Tenant or (iv) any entity to which a majority of the capital stock, partnership or other equity or legal or beneficial interest of Tenant are transferred, so long as the tangible net worth of the surviving or successor entity following such transaction is at least as much as the tangible net worth of Tenant immediately preceding the transaction or at the Commencement Date, whichever is higher.  Control shall mean ownership of fifty-one percent (51%) or more of the voting securities or rights of the controlled entity.

 

10.                                INDEMNIFICATION.

 

10.1                         Except as otherwise provided herein, none of the Landlord Entities shall be liable and Tenant hereby waives all claims against them for any damage to any property or any injury to any person in or about the Premises or the Building by or from any cause whatsoever (including without limiting the foregoing, rain or water leakage of any character from the roof, windows, walls, basement, pipes, plumbing works or appliances, the Building not being in good condition or repair, gas, fire, oil, electricity or theft), except to the extent caused by or arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors.  Tenant shall protect, indemnify and hold the Landlord Entities harmless from and against any and all loss, claims, liability or costs (including court costs and attorney’s fees) incurred by reason of (a) any damage to any property (including but not limited to property of any Landlord Entity) or any injury (including but not limited to death) to any person occurring in, on or about the Premises or the Building to the extent that such injury or damage shall be caused by or arise from any actual or alleged act, neglect, fault, or omission by or of Tenant or any Tenant Entity to meet any standards imposed by any duty with respect to the injury or damage; (b) the conduct or management of any work or thing whatsoever done by the Tenant in or about the Premises or from transactions of the Tenant concerning the Premises; (c) Tenant’s failure to comply with any and all governmental laws, ordinances and regulations applicable to the condition or use of the Premises or its occupancy; or (d) any breach or default on the part of

 

15



 

Tenant in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of the Tenant to be performed pursuant to this Lease.

 

10.2                         Landlord shall protect, indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all loss, claims, liability or costs (including court costs and attorney’s fees) arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents or employees.

 

10.3                         The provisions of this Article shall survive the termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability accruing prior to such termination.

 

11.                                INSURANCE.

 

11.1                         Tenant shall keep in force throughout the Term:  (a) a Commercial General Liability insurance policy or policies to protect the Landlord Entities against any liability to the public or to any invitee of Tenant or a Landlord Entity incidental to the use of or resulting from any accident occurring in or upon the Premises with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence and not less than $2,000,000 in the annual aggregate, or such larger amount as Landlord may prudently require from time to time, covering bodily injury and property damage liability and $1,000,000 products/completed operations aggregate; (b) Business Auto Liability covering owned, non-owned and hired vehicles with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 per accident; (c) Worker’s Compensation Insurance with limits as required by statute and Employers Liability with limits of $500,000 each accident, $500,000 disease policy limit, $500,000 disease—each employee; (d) All Risk or Special Form coverage protecting Tenant against loss of or damage to Tenant’s alterations, additions, improvements, carpeting, door coverings, panelings, decorations, fixtures, inventory and other business personal property situated in or about the Premises to the full replacement value of the property so insured; and, (e) Business Interruption Insurance with limit of liability representing loss of at least approximately six (6) months of income.

 

11.2                         The aforesaid policies shall (a) be provided at Tenant’s expense; (b) name the Landlord Entities as additional insureds (General Liability) and loss payee only with respect to damage or destruction to property in which the Landlord entities have an insurable interest (Property—Special Form); (c) be issued by an insurance company with a minimum Best’s rating of “A-:VII” during the Term; and (d) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled unless thirty (30) days prior written notice (ten days for non-payment of premium) shall have been given to Landlord; a certificate of Liability insurance on ACORD Form 25 and a certificate of Property insurance on ACORD Form 27 shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant upon the Commencement Date and at least thirty (30) days prior to each renewal of said insurance.

 

11.3                         Whenever Tenant shall undertake any alterations, additions or improvements in, to or about the Premises (“Work”) the aforesaid insurance protection must extend to and include injuries to persons and damage to property arising in connection with such Work, without limitation including liability under any applicable structural work act, and such other insurance as Landlord shall reasonably require; and the policies of or certificates evidencing such insurance must be delivered to Landlord prior to the commencement of any such Work.

 

16



 

12.                                WAIVER OF SUBROGATION.  So long as their respective insurers so permit, Tenant and Landlord hereby mutually waive their respective rights of recovery against each other for any loss insured by fire, extended coverage, All Risks or other insurance now or hereafter existing for the benefit of the respective party but only to the extent of the net insurance proceeds payable under such policies.  Each party shall obtain any special endorsements required by their insurer to evidence compliance with the aforementioned waiver.

 

13.                                SERVICES AND UTILITIES.  Tenant shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, sewer, sprinkler system charges and other utilities and services used on or from the Premises, together with any taxes, penalties, and surcharges or the like pertaining thereto and any maintenance charges for utilities.  Tenant shall furnish all electric light bulbs, tubes and ballasts, battery packs for emergency lighting and fire extinguishers.  If any such services are not separately metered to Tenant, Tenant shall pay such proportion of all charges jointly metered with other premises as determined by Landlord, in its reasonable discretion.  Any such charges paid by Landlord and assessed against Tenant shall be payable to Landlord within thirty (30) days after invoice and shall be additional rent hereunder.  Tenant will not, without the written consent of Landlord, contract with a utility provider to service the Premises with any utility, including, but not limited to, telecommunications, electricity, water, sewer or gas, which is not previously providing such service to other tenants in the Building.  Landlord shall in no event be liable for any interruption or failure of utility services on or to the Premises except as follows:  In the event that the any utility service provided to the Premises shall cease or be interrupted and such interruption results from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord and renders the Premises untenantable for the uses permitted under this Lease and thereby prevents Tenant from (and Tenant, in fact ceases) conducting its business operations therein and such cessation or interruption has not resulted from a failure by Tenant to perform any of its obligations hereunder, then if such cessation or interruption and the resulting untenantability continues for a period of five (5) consecutive days after Tenant gives Landlord notice of said interruption or cessation, then Tenant shall be entitled to an appropriate abatement of rent from the fifth (5th) day after said notice is received until the service is restored and the Premises rendered tenantable.

 

14.                                HOLDING OVER.  Tenant shall pay Landlord for each day Tenant retains possession of the Premises or part of them after termination of this Lease by lapse of time or otherwise at the rate (“Holdover Rate”) which shall be One Hundred Fifty Percent (150%) of the amount of the Annual Rent for the last period prior to the date of such termination plus all Rent Adjustments under Article 4, prorated on a daily basis, and also pay all damages sustained by Landlord by reason of such retention.  If Landlord gives notice to Tenant of Landlord’s election to such effect, such holding over shall constitute renewal of this Lease for a period from month to month at the Holdover Rate, but if the Landlord does not so elect, no such renewal shall result notwithstanding acceptance by Landlord of any sums due hereunder after such termination; and instead, a tenancy at sufferance at the Holdover Rate shall be deemed to have been created.  In any event, no provision of this Article 14 shall be deemed to waive Landlord’s right of reentry or any other right under this Lease or at law.

 

15.                                SUBORDINATION.  Without the necessity of any additional document being executed by Tenant for the purpose of effecting a subordination, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate at all times to ground or underlying leases and to the lien of any mortgages or deeds

 

17



 

of trust now or hereafter placed on, against or affecting the Building, Landlord’s interest or estate in the Building, or any ground or underlying lease; provided, however, that if the lessor, mortgagee, trustee, or holder of any such mortgage or deed of trust elects to have Tenant’s interest in this Lease be superior to any such instrument, then, by notice to Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed superior, whether this Lease was executed before or after said instrument.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and deliver within ten (10) days of Landlord’s request such further instruments evidencing such subordination or superiority of this Lease as may be required by Landlord.  Landlord represents that there is currently no mortgage or deed of trust encumbering the Building.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the subordination of this Lease to any future mortgage or deed of trust shall be conditioned upon Tenant’s receipt of a subordination, non-disturbance and allotment agreement in the lender’s standard commercially reasonable form.

 

16.                                RULES AND REGULATIONS.  Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with all the rules and regulations as set forth in Exhibit D to this Lease and all reasonable and non-discriminatory modifications of and additions to them from time to time put into effect by Landlord.  Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the non-performance by any other tenant or occupant of the Building of any such rules and regulations (provided however, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce the rules and regulations against any non-performing tenant and/or occupant).

 

17.                                REENTRY BY LANDLORD.

 

17.1                         Landlord reserves and shall at all times upon reasonable notice and during business hours have the right to re-enter the Premises to inspect the same, to show said Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees or tenants, and to alter, improve or repair the Premises and any portion of the Building, without abatement of rent, and may for that purpose erect, use and maintain scaffolding, pipes, conduits and other necessary structures and open any wall, ceiling or floor in and through the Building and Premises where reasonably required by the character of the work to be performed, provided entrance to the Premises shall not be blocked thereby, and further provided that the business of Tenant shall not be interfered with unreasonably.  Provided entrance to the Premises shall not be blocked thereby, and further provided that the business of Tenant shall not be interfered with unreasonably, Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the arrangement and/or locations of entrances, or passageways, doors and doorways, and corridors, windows, elevators, stairs, toilets or other public parts of the Building and to change the name, number or designation by which the Building is commonly known.  In the event that Landlord damages any portion of any wall or wall covering, ceiling, or floor or floor covering within the Premises, Landlord shall promptly repair or replace the damaged portion to match the original as nearly as commercially reasonable but shall not be required to repair or replace more than the portion actually damaged.  In the absence of Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned by any action of Landlord authorized by this Article 17.

 

17.2                         For each of the aforesaid purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes or special security areas (designated in advance), and Landlord shall have the right to use any and

 

18



 

all means which Landlord may deem proper to open said doors in an emergency to obtain entry to any portion of the Premises.  As to any portion to which access cannot be had by means of a key or keys in Landlord’s possession, Landlord is authorized to gain access by such means as Landlord shall elect and the cost of repairing any damage occurring in doing so shall be borne by Tenant and paid to Landlord within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s written demand.

 

18.                                DEFAULT.

 

18.1                         Except as otherwise provided in Article 20, the following events shall be deemed to be Events of Default under this Lease:

 

18.1.1               Tenant shall fail to pay when due any sum of money becoming due to be paid to Landlord under this Lease, whether such sum be any installment of the rent reserved by this Lease, any other amount treated as additional rent under this Lease, or any other payment or reimbursement to Landlord required by this Lease, whether or not treated as additional rent under this Lease, and such failure shall continue for a period of five (5) days for periodic rent or fifteen (15) days for other sums becoming due after written notice that such periodic rent payment or other payment, as applicable, was not made when due.

 

18.1.2               Tenant shall fail to comply with any term, provision or covenant of this Lease which is not provided for in another Section of this Article and shall not cure such failure within thirty (30) days (forthwith, if the failure involves a hazardous condition) after written notice of such failure to Tenant provided, however, that such failure shall not be an event of default if such failure could not reasonably be cured during such thirty (30) day period, Tenant has commenced the cure within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter is diligently pursuing such cure to completion, but the total aggregate cure period shall not exceed ninety (90) days.

 

18.1.3               Tenant shall fail to vacate the Premises immediately upon termination of this Lease, by lapse of time or otherwise, or upon termination of Tenant’s right to possession only.

 

18.1.4               Tenant shall become insolvent, admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition in bankruptcy or a petition to take advantage of any insolvency statute, make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, make a transfer in fraud of creditors, apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver of itself or of the whole or any substantial part of its property, or file a petition or answer seeking reorganization or arrangement under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now in effect or hereafter amended, or any other applicable law or statute of the United States or any state thereof.

 

18.1.5               A court of competent jurisdiction shall enter an order, judgment or decree adjudicating Tenant bankrupt, or appointing a receiver of Tenant, or of the whole or any substantial part of its property, without the consent of Tenant, or approving a petition filed against Tenant seeking reorganization or arrangement of Tenant under the bankruptcy laws of the United States, as now in effect or hereafter amended, or any state thereof, and such order, judgment or decree shall not be vacated or set aside or stayed within sixty (60) days from the date of entry thereof.

 

19



 

19.                                REMEDIES.

 

19.1                         Except as otherwise provided in Article 20, upon the occurrence of any of the Events of Default described or referred to in Article 18, Landlord shall have the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies without any notice or demand whatsoever, concurrently or consecutively and not alternatively:

 

19.1.1               Landlord may, at its election, terminate this Lease or terminate Tenant’s right to possession only, without terminating the Lease.

 

19.1.2               Upon any termination of this Lease, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, or upon any termination of Tenant’s right to possession without termination of the Lease, Tenant shall surrender possession and vacate the Premises immediately, and deliver possession thereof to Landlord, and Tenant hereby grants to Landlord full and free license to enter into and upon the Premises in such event and to repossess Landlord of the Premises as of Landlord’s former estate and to expel or remove Tenant and any others who may be occupying or be within the Premises and to remove Tenant’s signs and other evidence of tenancy and all other property of Tenant therefrom without being deemed in any manner guilty of trespass, eviction or forcible entry or detainer, and without incurring any liability for any damage resulting therefrom, Tenant waiving any right to claim damages for such re-entry and expulsion, and without relinquishing Landlord’s right to rent or any other right given to Landlord under this Lease or by operation of law.

 

19.1.3               Upon any termination of this Lease, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, Landlord shall be entitled to recover as damages, all rent, including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease, and other sums due and payable by Tenant on the date of termination, plus as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, an amount equal to the sum of:  (a) an amount equal to the then present value of the rent reserved in this Lease for the residue of the stated Term of this Lease including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease and all other sums provided in this Lease to be paid by Tenant, minus the fair rental value of the Premises for such residue; (b) the value of the time and expense necessary to obtain a replacement tenant or tenants, and the estimated expenses described in Section 19.1.4 relating to recovery of the Premises, preparation for reletting and for reletting itself; and (c) the cost of performing any other covenants which would have otherwise been performed by Tenant.

 

19.1.4               Upon any termination of Tenant’s right to possession only without termination of the Lease:

 

19.1.4.1     Neither such termination of Tenant’s right to possession nor Landlord’s taking and holding possession thereof as provided in Section 19.1.2 shall terminate the Lease or release Tenant, in whole or in part, from any obligation, including Tenant’s obligation to pay the rent, including any amounts treated as additional rent, under this Lease for the full Term, and if Landlord so elects Tenant shall continue to pay to Landlord the entire amount of the rent as and when it becomes due, including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease, for the remainder of the Term plus any other sums provided in this Lease to be paid by Tenant for the remainder of the Term.

 

20



 

19.1.4.2     Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to relet the Premises or portions thereof to the extent required by applicable law.  Landlord and Tenant agree that nevertheless Landlord shall at most be required to use only the same efforts Landlord then uses to lease premises in the Building generally and that in any case that Landlord shall not be required to give any preference or priority to the showing or leasing of the Premises or portions thereof over any other space that Landlord may be leasing or have available and may place a suitable prospective tenant in any such other space regardless of when such other space becomes available and that Landlord shall have the right to relet the Premises for a greater or lesser term than that remaining under this Lease, the right to relet only a portion of the Premises, or a portion of the Premises or the entire Premises as a part of a larger area, and the right to change the character or use of the Premises.  In connection with or in preparation for any reletting, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, make repairs, alterations and additions in or to the Premises and redecorate the same to the extent Landlord deems necessary or desirable, and Tenant shall pay the cost thereof, together with Landlord’s expenses of reletting, including, without limitation, any commission incurred by Landlord, within five (5) days of Landlord’s demand.  Landlord shall not be required to observe any instruction given by Tenant about any reletting or accept any tenant offered by Tenant unless such offered tenant has a credit worthiness acceptable to Landlord and leases the entire Premises upon terms and conditions including a rate of rent (after giving effect to all expenditures by Landlord for tenant improvements, broker’s commissions and other leasing costs) all no less favorable to Landlord than as called for in this Lease, nor shall Landlord be required to make or permit any assignment or sublease for more than the current term or which Landlord would not be required to permit under the provisions of Article 9.

 

19.1.4.3     Until such time as Landlord shall elect to terminate the Lease and shall thereupon be entitled to recover the amounts specified in such case in Section 19.1.3, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand the full amount of all rent, including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease and other sums reserved in this Lease for the remaining Term, together with the costs of repairs, alterations, additions, redecorating and Landlord’s expenses of reletting and the collection of the rent accruing therefrom (including reasonable attorney’s fees and broker’s commissions), as the same shall then be due or become due from time to time, less only such consideration as Landlord may have received from any reletting of the Premises; and Tenant agrees that Landlord may file suits from time to time to recover any sums falling due under this Article 19 as they become due.  Any proceeds of reletting by Landlord in excess of the amount then owed by Tenant to Landlord from time to time shall be credited against Tenant’s future obligations under this Lease but shall not otherwise be refunded to Tenant or inure to Tenant’s benefit.

 

19.2                         Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) cure such default at Tenant’s sole expense.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, enter into and upon the Premises if Landlord determines in its sole discretion that Tenant is not acting within a commercially reasonable time to maintain, repair or replace anything for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease or to otherwise effect compliance with its obligations under this Lease and correct the same, without being deemed in any manner guilty of trespass, eviction or forcible entry and detainer and without incurring any liability for any damage or interruption of Tenant’s business resulting therefrom and Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord within five (5) days of Landlord’s demand as

 

21



 

additional rent, for any expenses which Landlord may incur in thus effecting compliance with Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, plus interest from the date of expenditure by Landlord at the Wall Street Journal prime rate.

 

19.3                         Tenant understands and agrees that in entering into this Lease, Landlord is relying upon receipt of all the Annual and Monthly Installments of Rent to become due with respect to all the Premises originally leased hereunder over the full Initial Term of this Lease for amortization, including interest at the Amortization Rate.  For purposes hereof, the “Concession Amount” shall be defined as the aggregate of all amounts forgone or expended by Landlord as free rent under the lease, under Exhibit B hereof for construction allowances (excluding therefrom any amounts expended by Landlord for Landlord’s Work, as defined in Exhibit B ), and for brokers’ commissions payable by reason of this Lease.  Accordingly, Tenant agrees that if this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises leased hereunder shall be terminated as of any date (“Default Termination Date”) prior to the expiration of the full Initial Term hereof by reason of a default of Tenant, there shall be due and owing to Landlord as of the day prior to the Default Termination Date, as rent in addition to all other amounts owed by Tenant as of such Date, the amount (“Unamortized Amount”) of the Concession Amount determined as set forth below; provided, however, that in the event that such amounts are recovered by Landlord pursuant to any other provision of this Article 19, Landlord agrees that it shall not attempt to recover such amounts pursuant to this Paragraph 19.3.  For the purposes hereof, the Unamortized Amount shall be determined in the same manner as the remaining principal balance of a mortgage with interest at the Amortization Rate payable in level payments over the same length of time as from the effectuation of the Concession concerned to the end of the full Initial Term of this Lease would be determined.

 

19.4                         If, on account of any Event of Default by Tenant in Tenant’s obligations under the terms and conditions of this Lease, it shall become necessary or appropriate for Landlord to employ or consult with an attorney or collection agency concerning or to enforce or defend any of Landlord’s rights or remedies arising under this Lease or to collect any sums due from Tenant, Tenant agrees to pay all costs and fees so incurred by Landlord, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs.  TENANT EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO:  (A) TRIAL BY JURY; AND (B) SERVICE OF ANY NOTICE REQUIRED BY ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE LAW OR ORDINANCE APPLICABLE TO LANDLORDS OR TENANTS BUT NOT REQUIRED BY THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE.

 

19.5                         Pursuit of any of the foregoing remedies shall not preclude pursuit of any of the other remedies provided in this Lease or any other remedies provided by law (all such remedies being cumulative), nor shall pursuit of any remedy provided in this Lease constitute a forfeiture or waiver of any rent due to Landlord under this Lease or of any damages accruing to Landlord by reason of the violation of any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease.

 

19.6                         No act or thing done by Landlord or its agents during the Term shall be deemed a termination of this Lease or an acceptance of the surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to terminate this Lease or accept a surrender of said Premises shall be valid, unless in writing signed by Landlord.  No waiver by Landlord of any violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained

 

22



 

in this Lease.  Landlord’s acceptance of the payment of rental or other payments after the occurrence of an Event of Default shall not be construed as a waiver of such Default, unless Landlord so notifies Tenant in writing.  Forbearance by Landlord in enforcing one or more of the remedies provided in this Lease upon an Event of Default shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such Event of Default or of Landlord’s right to enforce any such remedies with respect to such Event of Default or any subsequent Event of Default.

 

19.7                         Intentionally deleted.

 

19.8                         Any and all property which may be removed from the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the authority of this Lease or of law, to which Tenant is or may be entitled, may be handled, removed and/or stored, as the case may be, by or at the direction of Landlord but at the risk, cost and expense of Tenant, and Landlord shall in no event be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping thereof.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, any and all expenses incurred in such removal and all storage charges against such property so long as the same shall be in Landlord’s possession or under Landlord’s control.  Any such property of Tenant not retaken by Tenant from storage within thirty (30) days after removal from the Premises shall, at Landlord’s option, be deemed conveyed by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale without further payment or credit by Landlord to Tenant.

 

19.9                         If more than two (2) Events of Default occur during the Term or any renewal thereof, Tenant’s renewal options, expansion options, purchase options and rights of first offer and/or refusal, if any are provided for in this Lease, shall be null and void.

 

20.                                TENANT’S BANKRUPTCY OR INSOLVENCY.

 

20.1                         If at any time and for so long as Tenant shall be subjected to the provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or other law of the United States or any state thereof for the protection of debtors as in effect at such time (each a “Debtor’s Law”):

 

20.1.1               Tenant, Tenant as debtor-in-possession, and any trustee or receiver of Tenant’s assets (each a “Tenant’s Representative”) shall have no greater right to assume or assign this Lease or any interest in this Lease, or to sublease any of the Premises than accorded to Tenant in Article 9, except to the extent Landlord shall be required to permit such assumption, assignment or sublease by the provisions of such Debtor’s Law.  Without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, any right of any Tenant’s Representative to assume or assign this Lease or to sublease any of the Premises shall be subject to the conditions that:

 

20.1.1.1     Such Debtor’s Law shall provide to Tenant’s Representative a right of assumption of this Lease which Tenant’s Representative shall have timely exercised and Tenant’s Representative shall have fully cured any default of Tenant under this Lease.

 

20.1.1.2     Tenant’s Representative or the proposed assignee, as the case shall be, shall have deposited with Landlord as security for the timely payment of rent an amount equal to the larger of:  (a) three (3) months’ rent and other monetary charges accruing under this Lease; and (b) any sum specified in Article 5; and shall have provided Landlord with adequate other assurance of the future performance of the obligations of the Tenant under this

 

23


 

Lease.  Without limitation, such assurances shall include, at least, in the case of assumption of this Lease, demonstration to the satisfaction of the Landlord that Tenant’s Representative has and will continue to have sufficient unencumbered assets after the payment of all secured obligations and administrative expenses to assure Landlord that Tenant’s Representative will have sufficient funds to fulfill the obligations of Tenant under this Lease; and, in the case of assignment, submission of current financial statements of the proposed assignee, audited by an independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Landlord and showing a net worth and working capital in amounts determined by Landlord to be sufficient to assure the future performance by such assignee of all of the Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

20.1.1.3     The assumption or any contemplated assignment of this Lease or subleasing any part of the Premises, as shall be the case, will not breach any provision in any other lease, mortgage, financing agreement or other agreement by which Landlord is bound.

 

20.1.1.4     Landlord shall have, or would have had absent the Debtor’s Law, no right under Article 9 to refuse consent to the proposed assignment or sublease by reason of the identity or nature of the proposed assignee or sublessee or the proposed use of the Premises concerned.

 

21.                                QUIET ENJOYMENT.  Landlord represents and warrants that it has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and that Tenant, while paying the rental and performing its other covenants and agreements contained in this Lease, shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises for the Term without hindrance or molestation from Landlord subject to the terms and provisions of this Lease.  Landlord shall not be liable for any interference or disturbance by other tenants or third persons, nor shall Tenant be released from any of the obligations of this Lease because of such interference or disturbance; provided however that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce the terms of other tenant leases insofar as Tenant’s use and enjoyments of the Premises is adversely affected by a breach by such other tenant.

 

22.                                CASUALTY

 

22.1                         In the event the Premises or the Building are damaged by fire or other cause and in Landlord’s reasonable estimation such damage can be materially restored within one hundred eighty (180) days, Landlord shall forthwith repair the same and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except that Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate abatement in rent from the date of such damage.  Such abatement of rent shall be made pro rata in accordance with the extent to which the damage and the making of such repairs shall interfere with the use and occupancy by Tenant of the Premises from time to time.  Within forty-five (45) days from the date of such damage, Landlord shall notify Tenant, in writing (“Casualty Notice’’), of Landlord’s reasonable estimation of the length of time within which material restoration can be made, and Landlord’s determination shall be binding on Tenant.  For purposes of this Lease, the Building or Premises shall be deemed “materially restored” if they are in such condition as would not prevent or materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises for the purpose for which it was being used immediately before such damage.

 

24



 

22.2                         If such repairs cannot, in Landlord’s reasonable estimation, be made within one hundred eighty (180) days, Landlord and Tenant shall each have the option of giving the other, at any time within ninety (90) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Casualty Notice, notice terminating this Lease as of the date of such damage.  In the event of the giving of such notice, this Lease shall expire and all interest of the Tenant in the Premises shall terminate as of the date of such damage as if such date had been originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term.  In the event that neither Landlord nor Tenant exercises its option to terminate this Lease, then Landlord shall repair or restore such damage, this Lease continuing in full force and effect, and the rent hereunder shall be proportionately abated as provided in Section 22.1.

 

22.3                         Landlord shall not be required to repair or replace any damage or loss by or from fire or other cause to any panelings, decorations, partitions, additions, railings, ceilings, floor coverings, office fixtures or any other property or improvements installed on the Premises by, or belonging to, Tenant.  Any insurance which may be carried by Landlord or Tenant against loss or damage to the Building or Premises shall be for the sole benefit of the party carrying such insurance and under its sole control.

 

22.4                         In the event that Landlord should fail to complete such repairs and material restoration within thirty (30) days after the date estimated by Landlord therefor in the Casualty Notice as extended by this Section 22.4, Tenant may at its option and as its sole remedy terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after the expiration of said period of time, whereupon the Lease shall end on the date of such notice or such later date fixed in such notice as if the date of such notice was the date originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term; provided, however, that if construction is delayed because of changes, deletions or additions in construction requested by Tenant, strikes, lockouts, casualties, Acts of God, war, material or labor shortages, government regulation or control or other similar causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, the period for restoration, repair or rebuilding shall be extended for the amount of time Landlord is so delayed (such extension not to exceed thirty (30) days).

 

22.5                         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article:  (a) Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever to repair, reconstruct, or restore the Premises when the damages resulting from any casualty covered by the provisions of this Article 22 occur during the last twelve ( 12) months of the Term or any extension thereof, but if Landlord determines not to repair such damages Landlord shall notify Tenant and if such damages shall render any material portion of the Premises untenantable Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord within sixty (60) days after receipt of Landlord’s notice; and (b) in the event the holder of any indebtedness secured by a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises or Building requires that any insurance proceeds be applied to such indebtedness, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Tenant within sixty (60) days after such requirement is made by any such holder, whereupon this Lease shall end on the date of such damage as if the date of such damage were the date originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term.

 

22.6                         In the event of any damage or destruction to the Building or Premises by any peril covered by the provisions of this Article 22, it shall be Tenant’s responsibility to properly secure the Premises and upon notice from Landlord to remove forthwith, at its sole cost and expense,

 

25



 

such portion of all of the property belonging to Tenant or its licensees from such portion or all of the Building or Premises as Landlord shall request.

 

26



 

23.                                EMINENT DOMAIN.   If all or any substantial part of the Premises shall be taken or appropriated by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain, or conveyance in lieu of such appropriation, either party to this Lease shall have the right, at its option, of giving the other, at any time within thirty (30) days after such taking, notice terminating this Lease, except that Tenant may only terminate this Lease by reason of taking or appropriation, if such taking or appropriation shall be so substantial as to materially interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises.  If neither party to this Lease shall so elect to terminate this Lease, the rental thereafter to be paid shall be adjusted on a fair and equitable basis under the circumstances.  In addition to the rights of Landlord above, if any substantial part of the Building shall be taken or appropriated by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain or conveyance in lieu thereof, and regardless of whether the Premises or any part thereof are so taken or appropriated, Landlord shall have the right, at its sole option, to terminate this Lease.  Landlord shall be entitled to any and all income, rent, award, or any interest whatsoever in or upon any such sum, which may be paid or made in connection with any such public or quasi-public use or purpose, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any interest it may have in or claim to all or any part of such sums, other than any separate award which may be made with respect to Tenant’s trade fixtures and moving expenses; Tenant shall make no claim for the value of any unexpired Term.

 

24.                                SALE BY LANDLORD.   In event of a sale or conveyance by Landlord of the Building, the same shall operate to release Landlord from any future liability upon any of the covenants or conditions, expressed or implied, contained in this Lease in favor of Tenant, and in such event Tenant agrees to look solely to the responsibility of the successor in interest of Landlord in and to this Lease.  Except as set forth in this Article 24, this Lease shall not be affected by any such sale and Tenant agrees to attorn to the purchaser or assignee.  If any security has been given by Tenant to secure the faithful performance of any of the covenants of this Lease, Landlord may transfer or deliver said security, as such, to Landlord’s successor in interest and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with regard to said security.

 

25.                                ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES.  Within fifteen (15) days following any written request which Landlord may make from time to time, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord or mortgagee or prospective mortgagee a sworn statement certifying:  (a) the date of commencement of this Lease; (b) the fact that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications to this Lease, that this Lease is in full force and effect, as modified, and stating the date and nature of such modifications); (c) the date to which the rent and other sums payable under this Lease have been paid; (d) the fact that there are no current defaults under this Lease by either Landlord or Tenant except as specified in Tenant’s statement; and (e) such other matters as may be reasonably requested by Landlord.  Landlord and Tenant intend that any statement delivered pursuant to this Article 25 may be relied upon by any mortgagee, beneficiary or purchaser.  Tenant irrevocably agrees that if Tenant fails to execute and deliver such certificate within such fifteen (15) day period Landlord or Landlord’s beneficiary or agent may execute and deliver such certificate on Tenant’s behalf, and that such certificate shall be fully binding on Tenant.

 

27



 

26.                                SURRENDER OF PREMISES.

 

26.1                         Tenant shall arrange to meet Landlord for two (2) joint inspections of the Premises, the first to occur at least thirty (30) days (but no more than sixty (60) days) before the last day of the Term, and the second to occur not later than forty-eight (48) hours after Tenant has vacated the Premises.  In the event of Tenant’s failure to arrange such joint inspections and/or participate in either such inspection, Landlord’s inspection at or after Tenant’s vacating the Premises shall be conclusively deemed correct for purposes of determining Tenant’s responsibility for repairs and restoration.

 

26.2                         All alterations, additions, and improvements in, on, or to the Premises made or installed by or for Tenant, including, without limitation, carpeting (collectively, “Alterations”), shall be and remain the property of Tenant during the Term.  Upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, all Alterations shall become a part of the realty and shall belong to Landlord without compensation, and title shall pass to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale.  At the end of the Term or any renewal of the Term or other sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant will peaceably deliver up to Landlord possession of the Premises, together with all Alterations by whomsoever made, in the same conditions received or first installed, broom clean and free of all debris, excepting only ordinary wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord elects by notice given to Tenant at least ten (10) days prior to expiration of the Term, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost, remove any Alterations, including carpeting, so designated by Landlord’s notice, and repair any damage caused by such removal.  (At the time that Tenant requests approval of any proposed Alterations, or proposes to make any Alterations which do not require Landlord’s consent, Tenant may also inquire as to whether Tenant will be required to remove same upon expiration of the Term, and Landlord shall notify Tenant whether or not and to what extent Landlord will require that such Alterations be removed pursuant to this paragraph.  For the elimination of doubt, the parties agree that Landlord may require Tenant to remove any cooler or freezer units installed by Tenant during the Term.) Tenant must, at Tenant’s sole cost, remove upon termination of this Lease, any and all of Tenant’s furniture, furnishings, equipment, movable partitions of less than full height from floor to ceiling and other trade fixtures and personal property, as well as all data/telecommunications cabling and wiring installed by or on behalf of Tenant, whether inside walls, under any raised floor or above any ceiling (collectively, “Personalty”).  Personalty not so removed shall be deemed abandoned by the Tenant and title to the same shall thereupon pass to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale, but Tenant shall remain responsible for the cost of removal and disposal of such Personalty, as well as any damage caused by such removal.

 

26.3                         All obligations of Tenant under this Lease not fully performed as of the expiration or earlier termination of the Term shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount, as estimated by Landlord, necessary to repair and restore the Premises as provided in this Lease and/or to discharge Tenant’s obligation for unpaid amounts due or to become due to Landlord.  All such amounts shall be used and held by Landlord for payment of such obligations of Tenant, with Tenant being liable for any additional costs upon demand by Landlord, or with any excess to be returned to Tenant after all such obligations have been determined and satisfied.  Any otherwise unused Security Deposit shall be credited against the amount payable by Tenant under this Lease.

 

28



 

27.                                NOTICES.  Any notice or document required or permitted to be delivered under this Lease shall be addressed to the intended recipient, by fully prepaid registered or certified United States Mail return receipt requested, or by reputable independent contract delivery service furnishing a written record of attempted or actual delivery, and shall be deemed to be delivered when tendered for delivery to the addressee at its address set forth on the Reference Pages, or at such other address as it has then last specified by written notice delivered in accordance with this Article 27, or if to Tenant at either its aforesaid address or its last known registered office or home of a general partner or individual owner, whether or not actually accepted or received by the addressee.  Any such notice or document may also be personally delivered if a receipt is signed by and received from, the individual, if any, named in Tenant’s Notice Address.

 

28.                                TAXES PAYABLE BY TENANT.  In addition to rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant under this Lease, Tenant shall reimburse to Landlord, upon demand, any and all taxes payable by Landlord (other than net income taxes) whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties to this Lease:  (a) upon, allocable to, or measured by or on the gross or net rent payable under this Lease, including without limitation any gross income tax or excise tax levied by the State, any political subdivision thereof, or the Federal Government with respect to the receipt of such rent; (b) upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy of the Premises or any portion thereof, including any sales, use or service tax imposed as a result thereof; (c) upon or measured by the Tenant’s gross receipts or payroll or the value of Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property of Tenant or leasehold improvements, alterations or additions located in the Premises; or (d) upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring any interest of Tenant in this Lease or the Premises.  In addition to the foregoing, Tenant agrees to pay, before delinquency, any and all taxes levied or assessed against Tenant and which become payable during the term hereof upon Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property of Tenant located in the Premises.

 

29.                                RELOCATION OF TENANT.  Intentionally deleted.

 

30.                                DEFINED TERMS AND HEADINGS.  The Article headings shown in this Lease are for convenience of reference and shall in no way define, increase, limit or describe the scope or intent of any provision of this Lease.  Any indemnification or insurance of Landlord shall apply to and inure to the benefit of all the following “Landlord Entities”, being Landlord, Landlord’s investment manager, and the trustees, boards of directors, officers, general partners, beneficiaries, stockholders, employees and agents of each of them.  Any option granted to Landlord shall also include or be exercisable by Landlord’s trustee, beneficiary, agents and employees, as the case may be.  In any case where this Lease is signed by more than one person, the obligations under this Lease shall be joint and several.  The terms “Tenant” and “Landlord” or any pronoun used in place thereof shall indicate and include the masculine or feminine, the singular or plural number, individuals, firms or corporations, and their and each of their respective successors, executors, administrators and permitted assigns, according to the context hereof.  The term “rentable area” shall mean the rentable area of the Premises or the Building as calculated by the Landlord on the basis of the plans and specifications of the Building including a proportionate share of any common areas.  Tenant hereby accepts and agrees to be bound by the figures for the rentable square footage of the Premises and Tenant’s Proportionate Share shown on the Reference Pages.  The term “Building” refers to the structure in which the

 

29



 

Premises are located and the common areas (parking lots, sidewalks, landscaping, etc.) appurtenant thereto.  If the Building is part of a larger complex of structures, the term “Building” may include the entire complex, where appropriate (such as shared Expenses or Taxes) and subject to Landlord’s reasonable discretion.

 

31.                                TENANT’S AUTHORITY.  If Tenant signs as a corporation, partnership, trust or other legal entity each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant has been and is qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located, that the entity has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and that all persons signing on behalf of the entity were authorized to do so by appropriate actions.  Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord, simultaneously with the delivery of this Lease, a corporate resolution, proof of due authorization by partners, opinion of counsel or other appropriate documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord evidencing the due authorization of Tenant to enter into this Lease.

 

Tenant hereby represents and warrants that neither Tenant, nor any persons or entities holding any legal or beneficial interest whatsoever in Tenant, are (i) the target of any sanctions program that is established by Executive Order of the President or published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”); (ii) designated by the President or OFAC pursuant to the Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App.§ 5, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701-06, the Patriot Act, Public Law 107-56, Executive Order 13224 (September 23, 2001) or any Executive Order of the President issued pursuant to such statutes; or (iii) named on the following list that is published by OFAC: “List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons.” If the foregoing representation is untrue at any time during the Term, an Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred, without the necessity of notice to Tenant.

 

30



 

32.                                FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND CREDIT REPORTS.  At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy, certified by an officer of Tenant as being a true and correct copy, of Tenant’s most recent audited financial statement, or, if unaudited, certified by Tenant’s chief financial officer as being true, complete and correct in all material respects.  Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to obtain one or more credit reports on Tenant at any time, and shall execute such further authorizations as Landlord may reasonably require in order to obtain a credit report.

 

33.                                COMMISSIONS.  Each of the parties represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or finder in connection with this Lease, except as described on the Reference Pages.  Landlord is solely responsible for paying all commissions owed to the brokers described on the Reference Pages.

 

34.                                TIME AND APPLICABLE LAW.  Time is of the essence of this Lease and all of its provisions.  This Lease shall in all respects be governed by the laws of the state in which the Building is located.

 

35.                                SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  Subject to the provisions of Article 9, the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of the parties to this Lease.

 

36.                                ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Lease, together with its exhibits, contains all agreements of the parties to this Lease and supersedes any previous negotiations.  There have been no representations made by the Landlord or any of its representatives or understandings made between the parties other than those set forth in this Lease and its exhibits.  This Lease may not be modified except by a written instrument duly executed by the parties to this Lease.

 

37.                                EXAMINATION NOT OPTION.  Submission of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a reservation of the Premises.  Landlord shall not be bound by this Lease until it has received a copy of this Lease duly executed by Tenant and has delivered to Tenant a copy of this Lease duly executed by Landlord, and until such delivery Landlord reserves the right to exhibit and lease the Premises to other prospective tenants.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord may withhold delivery of possession of the Premises from Tenant until such time as Tenant has paid to Landlord any security deposit required by Article 5, the first month’s rent as set forth in Article 3 and any sum owed pursuant to this Lease.

 

38.                                RECORDATION.  Tenant shall not record or register this Lease or a short form memorandum hereof without the prior written consent of Landlord, and then shall pay all charges and taxes incident such recording or registration.

 

39.                                RENEWAL OPTION.  Tenant shall, provided the Lease is in full force and effect and there exists no Event of Default under any of the other terms and conditions of the Lease at the time of notification or commencement, have one (1) option to renew the Term of this Lease for two (2) consecutive terms of five (5) years each, for the portion of the Premises being leased by Tenant as of the date the renewal term is to commence, on the same terms and conditions set forth in the Lease, except as modified by the terms, covenants and conditions as set forth below:

 

31



 

39.1                         If Tenant elects to exercise said option, then Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice no earlier than the date which is twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the then current term of the Lease but no later than the date which is nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the then current term of this Lease.  If Tenant fails to provide such notice, Tenant shall have no further or additional right to extend or renew the term of the Lease.

 

39.2                         The Annual Rent and Monthly Installment in effect at the expiration of the then current term of the Lease shall be adjusted to reflect the current fair market rental for comparable space in the Building and in other similar buildings in the same rental market as of the date the renewal term is to commence, taking into account the specific provisions of the Lease which will remain constant.  Landlord shall advise Tenant of the new Annual Rent and Monthly Installment for the Premises no later than thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s written request therefor.  Said request shall be made no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the first date of which Tenant may exercise its option under this Paragraph.  Said notification of the new Annual Rent may include a provision for its adjustment to provide for a change in fair market rental between the time of notification and the commencement of the renewal term.  If Tenant and Landlord arc unable to agree on a mutually acceptable rental rate not later than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the then current term, then Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint a qualified MAI appraiser doing business in the area, in turn those two independent MAI appraisers shall appoint a third MAI appraiser and the majority shall decide upon the fair market rental for the Premises as of the expiration of the then current term.  Landlord and Tenant shall equally share in the expense of this appraisal except that in the event the Annual Rent and Monthly Installment is found to be within fifteen percent (15%) of the original rate quoted by Landlord, then Tenant shall bear the full cost of all the appraisal process.

 

39.3                         This option is not transferable; the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that they intend that the aforesaid option to renew this Lease shall be “personal” to Tenant as set forth above and that in no event will any assignee or sublessee have any rights to exercise the aforesaid option to renew.

 

39.4                         As each renewal option provided for above is exercised, the number of renewal options remaining to be exercised is reduced by one and upon exercise of the last remaining renewal option Tenant shall have no further right to renew the Lease.

 

40.                                SIGNAGE.  Tenant shall be permitted to install identification signage on the exterior of the Building.  All such signage (1) shall be consistent in size, style, materials, color, quality and, if applicable (lighting) with existing and previous such signage at the Building, (2) shall be installed at Tenant’s sole expense, and only after first receiving Landlord’s approval of plans and specifications therefor, not to be unreasonably withheld, as well as any necessary permits, and (3) must comply will all applicable laws, codes and ordinances.  At the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall remove all such signage and repair any damage caused by such removal, all at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

41.                                INCENTIVES.

 

41.1                         This Lease, and Tenant’s obligations hereunder, arc conditioned upon Tenant and its proposed operations at the Premises to be accepted by the New Jersey Economic

 

32



 

Development Authority (“EDA”) as eligible for certain tax credits under its “Grow NJ Assistance Program” (the “Program”).  To the extent it has not already done so, promptly upon execution and delivery of this Lease, Tenant shall apply to EDA for assistance under the Program, provide all required forms and information and pay all applicable fees.  Tenant shall diligently and in good faith pursue its application for assistance under the Program, and Landlord shall cooperate reasonably with Tenant but at no expense to Landlord.  Tenant shall have a period of ninety (90) days from the date of execution and delivery of this Lease (the “Application Period”) to pursue its application for assistance under the Program.  If Tenant determines in its sole and absolute discretion that it will not be accepted into the Program, it may terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Landlord prior to the expiration of the Application Period, whereupon this Lease shall terminate, and, subject to the following Section 41.2, the Security Deposit and all prepaid rent shall be returned to Tenant and neither party shall have any further obligation to the other.  If Tenant fails to timely deliver such notice, Tenant’s right to terminate shall be conclusively deemed to be waived, and the Lease shall continue in full force and effect without reference to this Article 41.  Without Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be withheld at Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, Tenant may not occupy the Premises or commence any work in or about the Premises until the condition of this Section shall be satisfied or waived.

 

41.2                         If Tenant exercises its termination option under Section 41.1, Tenant shall be responsible for all Costs (defined below) incurred up to the date of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s termination notice, shall reimburse Landlord for any and all Costs incurred, and shall indemnify and hold Landlord and its agents harmless from and against any all Costs.  “Costs” means the following costs and expenses actually incurred by Landlord in connection with this Lease to the date of such termination notice: (i) construction costs and all other hard costs of Landlord’s Work, and (ii) attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the execution and delivery of this Lease.  Landlord may deduct the Costs from the Security Deposit and other prepaid amounts prior to returning same to Tenant.  This Section 41.2 shall survive the termination of this Lease under Section 41.1, but shall be null and void upon Tenant’s satisfaction or waiver of the conditions of Section 41.1.

 

42.                                WATERFRONT COMMISSION.  Tenant has been advised that the Building is potentially within the jurisdiction of the Waterfront Commission of New York Harbor (the “Commission”), and, as such, could potentially be subject to the Commission’s rulemaking authority and enforcement powers concerning hiring practices and other matters.  Tenant has made such inquiries as it has deemed prudent with respect to the Commission, and has relied on such inquiries in entering into this Lease, and has satisfied itself as to the costs and expenses, and/or restrictions, regulations or limitations on its operations, if any, it might incur or be subject to under authority of the Commission.  Tenant hereby releases Landlord, its agents and employees, from any and all liability and claims with respect to any costs, expenses or liabilities incurred by Tenant, resulting from the rulemaking or enforcement activities of, or in any way connected with, the Commission.

 

43.                                LIMITATION OF LANDLORD’S LIABILITY.  Redress for any claim against Landlord under this Lease shall be limited to and enforceable only against and to the extent of Landlord’s interest in the Building and the underlying land.  The obligations of Landlord under this Lease are not intended to be and shall not be personally binding on, nor shall any resort be

 

33


 

had to the private properties of, any of its or its investment manager’s trustees, directors, officers, partners, beneficiaries, members, stockholders, employees, or agents, and in no case shall Landlord be liable to Tenant hereunder for any lost profits, damage to business, or any form of special, indirect or consequential damages.

 

LANDLORD:

TENANT:

 

 

CABOT ACQUISITION, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company

BLUE APRON, INC. , a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David F. Crane

 

By:

/s/ Matt Salzberg

 

 

 

Name: David F. Crane

Name: Matt Salzberg

 

 

Title: Vice President

Title: CEO

 

 

Dated: March 31, 2014

Dated: March 27, 2014

 

34



 

EXHIBIT A — PLAN DEPICTING THE PREMISES AND THE BUILDING

 

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of March 27, 2014 between
CABOT ACQUISITION, LLC, as Landlord and
BLUE APRON, INC., as Tenant

 

202 Port Jersey Blvd., Jersey City, New Jersey

 

Exhibit A is intended only to show the general layout of the Premises as of the beginning of the Term of this Lease.  It does not in any way supersede any of Landlord’s rights set forth in Article 17 with respect to arrangements and/or locations of public parts of the Building and changes in such arrangements and/or locations.  It is not to be scaled; any measurements or distances shown should be taken as approximate.

 

 

A- 1



 

EXHIBIT B — INITIAL ALTERATIONS

 

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of March 27, 2014 between
CABOT ACQUISITION, LLC, as Landlord and
BLUE APRON, INC., as Tenant

 

202 Port Jersey Blvd., Jersey City, New Jersey

 

1.                                       Delivery of Premises; Landlord’s Work .  Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant as and when provided for in the Lease and subject to all of the terms and conditions thereof.  Except as provided in this paragraph, the Premises shall be delivered “as is” with no additional improvements, repairs or alterations and Tenant acknowledges that it has inspected the Premises and agrees to accept the Premises in its existing condition and that Landlord shall have no obligation to construct any improvements therein.  Landlord shall perform the following items (“Landlord’s Work”:

 

1.1                                Landlord shall leave all existing cooler infrastructure in place.  Landlord covenants that the cooler units will be in good working condition as of the delivery of possession, but otherwise said units are delivered “as is” and without warranty or representation.

 

1.2                                Landlord shall deliver the Premises with all mechanical systems (excluding the coolers), plumbing, electrical systems, fire sprinkler systems, lighting, HVAC systems and other utilities serving the Premises in good working order, leak free, and in good “broom swept” condition.

 

1.3                                The offices will be painted and carpeted, using Building-standard materials.

 

1.4                                Any holes or significant damage to the floor will be patched.

 

1.5                                All dock doors and grade level doors shall be in good operating condition.

 

2.                                       Plans and Specifications .

 

2.1                                Tenant shall employ such consultants designated by Tenant from time to time, with the approval of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (“Consultants”) for preparation of the necessary architectural, mechanical and electrical plans, drawings and specifications pertaining to the construction work which Tenant intends to perform in the Premises (the “Work”).  Tenant, at its expense, shall furnish Landlord with architectural and design plans and specifications (the “Tenant’s Plans”) prepared first in preliminary form (“Preliminary Plans”), and thereafter in working form (“Working Drawings”), and covering the Work.  Tenant shall pay all costs and expenses relating to Tenant’s Plans.

 

2.2                                Upon submittal of any portion of Tenant’s Plans, Landlord shall review Tenant’s Plans and shall either approve Tenant’s Plans or advise Tenant in writing of any aspect of the design, engineering, construction or installation which is not acceptable to Landlord.  Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its approval of Tenant’s Plans.  Landlord shall advise Tenant of its approval or comments on the Tenant’s Plans within fifteen (15) days

 

B- 1



 

after Landlord’s receipt of the Tenant’s Plans.  In the event that Landlord shall disapprove of any portion of Tenant’s Plans, Tenant shall, after Landlord’s notification of its disapproval, revise Tenant’s Plans and resubmit them to Landlord.  Landlord shall advise Tenant of its approval or comments of any revised Tenant’s Plans within ten (10) days after its receipt of same, until said Tenant’s Plans are approved.  In the event Landlord fails to approve or disapprove Tenant’s Plans or any changes thereto within the time period set forth above, and if such failure continues thereafter for five (5) days after Landlord’s receipt of notice from Tenant requesting action on Tenant’s Plans, Tenant’s Plans or the changes shall be deemed to be approved.

 

2.3                                After approval of Tenant’s Plans or any portion thereof, Tenant shall not in any way materially modify, revise or change such Tenant’s Plans without the prior written consent of Landlord.  If Landlord approves such request, the entire cost of such change, including the cost of revising Tenant’s Plans or preparing new plans, shall be borne by Tenant and any delay occasioned thereby shall not delay the Commencement Date.

 

2.4                                Except for such matters, if any, as shall have been required by Landlord and not requested by Tenant, it shall be Tenant’s responsibility that the Plans comply with all applicable governmental and municipal codes and regulations and to procure and deliver to Landlord upon request all such licenses, permits and approvals from all governmental authorities as are necessary to permit the Work to be commenced and continued to completion and the so constructed Premises to be occupied.

 

3.                                       Cost Estimates and Payment Protection; Allowance .

 

3.1                                Tenant expects that its Work will proceed in two phases, Phase I and Phase II.  Phase I will constitute work necessary for Tenant’s immediate use and occupancy of the Premises, and Phase II will constitute optional work such installation of freezers and/or new cooler units.  Prior to commencing either Phase of the Work, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a written estimate of the cost of such Phase, based upon competitive bids or a fixed-price contract (an “Estimate”).  The ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the Maximum TI Allowance (defined below) to the total amount of the Estimate is referred to as “Landlord’s Percentage,” and the ratio of the amount by which the Estimate exceeds the Maximum TI Allowance to the total amount of the Estimate is referred to as “Tenant’s Percentage.” By way of example, if the cost of Phase I is exactly $175,000, Landlord’s Percentage would be 100%.  Nothing herein shall preclude Tenant from exhausting the entire Maximum TI Allowance on Phase I.

 

3.2                                At Landlord’s option, the Maximum TI Allowance may be disbursed through a construction escrow al a title insurance company selected by Landlord.

 

3.3                                Tenant shall submit draw requests for Landlord’s disbursement of the Maximum TI Allowance, not more frequently than monthly, in accordance with the terms of this paragraph.  Upon satisfaction of the conditions stated below, Landlord shall pay Landlord’s Percentage of the total amount set forth in the applicable application for payment, until the Maximum TI Allowance is entirely disbursed, and Tenant shall be responsible for Tenant’s Percentage of such amount.  Landlord’s funds shall be paid either directly to the contractor, or, if Tenant has previously paid such amount to the contractor, Landlord’s funds shall be paid to Tenant in reimbursement for amounts spent by Tenant.  Each disbursement shall be subject to satisfaction

 

B- 2



 

of each of the following conditions as of the time of such disbursement (any final disbursement from the escrow will also be conditioned upon Tenant’s satisfaction of its obligations under Paragraph 5 below):

 

3.3.1                      Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction that the Work completed as of the date of such disbursement has an aggregate value at least equal to the aggregate amount of proceeds then to be disbursed plus the total amount thereof previously disbursed;

 

3.3.2                      Receipt by Landlord and the title insurer of sworn statements, waivers of lien and other documents and assurances pertaining to the Work sufficient to protect Landlord against mechanics’ and other liens;

 

3.3.3                      Tenant is then in full compliance with all the terms and provisions of the Lease and has not committed or suffered any act or omission which constitutes, or will constitute with the passage of time, an event of default of Tenant under the Lease or a breach by Tenant of any term or provision of this Agreement.

 

3.4                                Landlord shall be entitled to deduct any sums properly due Landlord from Tenant hereunder from the amounts held by Landlord or in escrow or from any other sums due to Tenant under the Lease, but in such event Landlord shall notify Tenant of such deduction and provide Tenant with appropriate information substantiating Landlord’s claim.

 

3.5                                Provided the Lease is in full force and effect and there is no uncured Event of Default thereunder, Landlord hereby agrees to pay to Tenant toward the cost of the Work the amount equal to the lesser of:  (i) the actual cost of the Work; or (ii) $175,000.00 (such lesser amount the “Maximum TI Allowance”).  Such amount will be paid to Tenant through the escrow and disbursement procedure provided for in Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3.  If Tenant does not utilize the entire Maximum TI Allowance in connection with Phase I, the remainder shall be available to Tenant in connection with Phase II, but all of the conditions of disbursement must be satisfied by December 31, 2016, failing which Tenant shall forfeit the right to disbursement of any then undisbursed Maximum TI Allowance.

 

3.6                                Landlord shall be entitled to a management and supervision fee payable by Tenant in the amount of 0.75% of the cost of the Work.

 

4.                                       Contracts and Contractors for the Work .  Tenant shall make all such contracts and arrangements as shall be necessary or desirable for the construction and installation of the Work.  Tenant agrees to retain contractors, subcontractors and materialmen who are of good reputation and experienced in and favorably known for the construction of space comparable to the Premises in the metropolitan area where the Building is located and that are properly licensed for the work they are to perform.  Tenant shall provide Landlord with a list of all contractors, subcontractors and materialmen to be utilized by or for Tenant with respect to the Work and provide true, correct and complete copies of all contracts relating to the Work.  Such contractors, subcontractors, materialmen and contracts must be satisfactory to Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, and shall not be employed or executed, as the case may be, without Landlord’s written approval first obtained.  Tenant and Tenant’s contractors shall use qualified craftsmen and laborers who are compatible with the trade unions operating in the Building (if

 

B- 3



 

any) and Tenant shall take promptly upon Landlord’s demand all measures necessary to avoid labor unrest in the Premises and in the Building which is caused by Tenant or Tenant’s contractors.

 

5.                                       Construction .  Promptly upon Landlord’s approval of the Plans, Tenant shall apply for, and supply to Landlord upon issuance, a building permit and any other required governmental permits, licenses or approvals.  Upon issuance of such approvals, Tenant shall commence the Work and shall diligently prosecute the Work to completion.  Tenant agrees to cause the Work to be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner using first-class quality materials, at its sole cost and expense in accordance with the provisions of the Lease.  Any costs incurred by Landlord in providing utilities or other services needed for the accomplishment of the Work shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord.  Upon completion of the Work, Tenant shall provide to Landlord:  (i) an architect’s certificate of final completion; (ii) copies of all necessary governmental permits, including, but not limited to, a certificate of occupancy; (iii) the sworn statement of the general contractor; (iv) final lien waivers from all contractors, subcontractors and materialmen; and (v) any other information or documentation reasonably requested by Landlord to evidence lien-free completion of construction and payment of all of the cost thereof.  Landlord shall have the right to observe the performance of the Work and Tenant shall take all such actions with respect thereto as Landlord may, in its good faith determination, deem advisable from time to time to assure that the Work and the manner of performance thereof shall not be injurious to the engineering and construction of the Building or the electrical, plumbing, heating, mechanical, ventilating or air-conditioning systems of the Building and shall be in accordance with the Plans and the provisions of this Lease.

 

6.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

6.1                                All rights and remedies of Landlord herein created or otherwise existing at law or equity are cumulative, and the exercise of one or more such rights or remedies shall not be deemed to exclude or waive the right to the exercise of any other rights or remedies.  All such rights and remedies may be exercised and enforced concurrently and whenever and as often as deemed desirable.

 

6.2                                This Exhibit B shall not be deemed applicable to any additional space added to the original Premises at any time or from time to time, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise, or to any portion of the original Premises or any additions thereto in the event of a renewal or extension of the original term of the Lease, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise.

 

6.3                                Tenant shall, before commencing any of the Work, and for so long as any Work shall continue, comply with the insurance requirements in Schedule I .  In the event Tenant fails to so comply, Landlord shall have the option, but not the obligation to procure the required insurance and charge Tenant the cost of such compliance as additional rent.

 

In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Exhibit B and the Lease, the terms of this Exhibit B shall control.

 

B- 4



 

SCHEDULE I

 

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

 

1.                                       Tenant shall cause to be maintained for Landlord’s benefit insurance in an insurance company or companies which are “A” rated, Class VII or better in Best’s Key Rating Guide or such lesser standard as shall be acceptable to Landlord and authorized to transact business in the state in which the Building is located, protecting Landlord against liabilities arising out of the operations of subcontractors and sub-subcontractors as well as Tenant’s contractor (“Contractor”) with respect to all the Work, including at least and in amounts not less than:

 

1.1                                Worker’s Compensation & Employers Liability :  Statutory limits required by applicable Worker’s Compensation Law and $500,000 per occurrence for Employers Liability, without limitation including all liability arising under any applicable structural work act and any other statute for the protection of employees.

 

1.2                                Commercial or Comprehensive Liability including Landlord’s and Contractor’s Protective, products, and completed operations coverage, contractual liability including Contractor’s indemnity agreements contained in the Contract Documents, personal injury (employees’ exclusion deleted) $5,000,000 per occurrence Bodily Injury and Property Damage, $5,000,000 combined single limit.  Landlord may require deletion of the “x, c, u” exclusion, if applicable.

 

1.3                                Comprehensive Auto Liability including owned, non-owned, or hired vehicles coverage:  $1,000,000 per occurrence Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability (Combined Single Limit).

 

1.4                                Builder’s Risk in an “all risk” form covering the Tenant Work against loss by fire and other casualty in an amount equal to the full insurable value of the Tenant Work.

 

2.                                       Contractor shall either have the Landlord added as an additional named insured to the preceding Commercial or Comprehensive General Liability insurance policy or shall supply a separate Landlord’s Protective policy, with limits as specified, naming the Landlord as named insured, and said General Liability or Landlord’s Protective policy shall be maintained in force until the completion of the Work.

 

3.                                       Each insurance policy shall be written to cover all claims arising out of occurrences taking place within the period of coverage; insurance written to cover only claims made within the policy period is not acceptable without the express advance written consent of Landlord.  To the extent the policy is not a Landlord’s Protective policy, it shall be endorsed to indicate that it is primary as respects Landlord, not contributory with any other insurance available to the Landlord and not subject to reduction of coverage as to Landlord by reason of any claim asserted against Contractor other than in connection with the Work or by reason of any misstatement, act or omission of any party other than Landlord applying for or insured by such insurance.

 

B- 5



 

4.                                       Each insurance policy and any certificate furnished in lieu of a policy shall state that it will not be cancelled, reduced or materially changed without twenty (20) days’ prior written notice to Landlord.  In the event Tenant fails to provide replacement coverage at least fifteen (15) days prior to the expiration of any policy of insurance, Landlord may at its option secure such insurance and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost thereof as additional rent; but Landlord shall not have any obligation to secure any such insurance.

 

5.                                       If and so long as any monies shall be or be about to be owed to any lender upon the security of an interest in the Premises or the Building, at Landlord’s request any insurance required hereunder for Landlord’s protection shall also protect Landlord’s mortgagee and whenever Landlord is to be an additional insured, Landlord’s mortgagee shall also be so insured.

 

6.                                       Each of the aforesaid insurance coverages shall be placed into effect before any of the Work is commenced and shall be maintained in force at all times while and for at least so long as any of the Work is carried on, including without limitation, any and all activities performed in fulfillment of any obligation of Contractor or any Subcontractor to correct defects in the Work or under any other warranty.  Before commencing any of the Work, and as often thereafter as reasonably requested by Landlord, Tenant shall supply Landlord with either the policies themselves or certificates of insurance satisfactory to Landlord, evidencing compliance with all the foregoing requirements.

 

7.                                       No insurance policy purporting to insure Landlord or Landlord’s lender, as the case may be, shall without the prior written consent of said party be so written as to limit or condition any of the insurer’s obligations to said party with respect to any insured loss or liability by any condition or requirement that said party bear, assume or pay any portion of such loss or liability before the insurer’s obligation to said party shall come into effect.

 

B- 6



 

EXHIBIT C - COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

 

attached to and made a part or Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of March 27, 2014 between
CABOT ACQUISITION, LLC, as Landlord and
BLUE APRON, INC., as Tenant

 

202 Port Jersey Blvd., Jersey City, New Jersey

 

COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

 

THIS MEMORANDUM, made as of         , 2014, by and between CABOT ACQUISITION, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and BLUE APRON, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

Recitals :

 

Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease, dated for reference March 27, 2014 (the “Lease”) for certain premises (the “Premises”) consisting of approximately 112,709 square feet at the building commonly known as 202 Port Jersey Blvd., Jersey City, NJ 07305-4522

 

A.

 

B.                                     Tenant is in possession of the Premises and the Term of the Lease has commenced.

 

C.                                     Landlord and Tenant desire to enter into this Memorandum confirming the Commencement Date, the Termination Date and other matters under the Lease.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

1.                                       The actual Commencement Date is             .

 

2.                                       The actual Termination Date is             .

 

3.                                       The schedule of the Annual Rent and the Monthly Installment of Rent set forth on the Reference Pages is deleted in its entirety, and the following is substituted therefor:

 

[insert rent schedule]

 

C- 1



 

4.                                       Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have that same meaning as set forth in the Lease.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

TENANT:

 

 

CABOT ACQUISITION, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company

BLUE APRON, INC. , a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Mark P. Sabatino

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title: Vice President

Title:

 

 

 

 

Dated:                                                     , 2014

Dated:                                                          , 2014

 

C- 2


 

EXHIBIT D — RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

attached to and made a part or Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of March 27, 2014 between
CABOT ACQUISITION, LLC, as Landlord and
BLUE APRON, INC., as Tenant

 

202 Port Jersey Blvd., Jersey City, New Jersey

 

1.                                       No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice (collectively referred to as “Signs”) shall be installed or displayed on any part of the outside of the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord which consent shall be in Landlord’s sole discretion.  All approved Signs shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at Tenant’s expense by a person or vendor approved by Landlord and shall be removed by Tenant at Tenant’s expense upon vacating the Premises.  Landlord shall have the right to remove any Sign installed or displayed in violation of this rule at Tenant’s expense and without notice.

 

2.                                       If Landlord objects in writing to any curtains, blinds, shades or screens attached to or hung in or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises or Building, Tenant shall immediately discontinue such use.  No awning shall be permitted on any part of the Premises.  Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed against or near any glass partitions or doors or windows which may appear unsightly, in the opinion of Landlord, from outside the Premises.

 

3.                                       Tenant shall not alter any lock or other access device or install a new or additional lock or access device or bolt on any door of its Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.  Tenant, upon the termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord the keys or other means of access to all doors.

 

4.                                       If Tenant requires telephone, data, burglar alarm or similar service, the cost of purchasing, installing and maintaining such service shall be borne solely by Tenant.  No boring or cutting for wires will be allowed without the prior written consent of Landlord.  Landlord shall direct electricians as to where and how telephone, data, and electrical wires are to be introduced or installed.  The location of burglar alarms, telephones, call boxes or other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord.

 

5.                                       Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of its Premises, including mezzanine area, if any, which exceeds the load per square foot that such floor was designed to carry and that is allowed by law.  Heavy objects shall stand on such platforms as determined by Landlord to be necessary to properly distribute the weight.  Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such equipment or other property from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by maintaining or moving such equipment or other property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

 

6.                                       Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, satellite dish, loudspeaker or other device on the roof or exterior walls of the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent which consent shall be in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

D- 1



 

7.                                       Tenant shall not mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions, woodwork, plaster or drywall (except for pictures and general office uses) or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof.  Tenant shall not affix any floor covering to the floor of the Premises or paint or seal any floors in any manner except as approved by Landlord.  Tenant shall repair any damage resulting from noncompliance with this rule.

 

8.                                       No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises, except that Underwriters’ Laboratory approved microwave ovens or equipment for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages shall be permitted, provided that such equipment and use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.

 

9.                                       Tenant shall not use any hand trucks except those equipped with the rubber tires and side guards, and may use such other material-handling equipment as Landlord may approve.  Tenant shall not bring any other vehicles of any kind into the Building.  Forklifts which operate on asphalt areas shall only use tires that do not damage the asphalt.

 

10.                                Tenant shall not use the name of the Building or any photograph or other likeness of the Building in connection with or in promoting or advertising Tenant’s business except that Tenant may include the Building name in Tenant’s address.  Landlord shall have the right, exercisable without notice and without liability to any tenant, to change the name and address of the Building.

 

11.                                All trash and refuse shall be contained in suitable receptacles at locations approved by Landlord.  Tenant shall not place in the trash receptacles any personal trash or material that cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing such trash without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal.

 

12.                                Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governing authority.

 

13.                                Tenant assumes all responsibility for securing and protecting its Premises and its contents including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed.

 

14.                                Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord without Landlord’s prior written consent.

 

15.                                No person shall go on the roof without Landlord’s permission.

 

16.                                Tenant shall not permit any animals, other than seeing-eye dogs, to be brought or kept in or about the Premises or any common area of the property.

 

17.                                Tenant shall not permit any motor vehicles to be washed or mechanical work or maintenance of motor vehicles to be performed on any portion of the Premises or parking lot.

 

18.                                These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions of any lease of any premises in the Building.  Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and

 

D- 2



 

Regulations for the benefit of any tenant or tenants, and any such waiver by Landlord shall not be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations for any or all tenants.

 

19.                                Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable rules and regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be needed for safety and security, for care and cleanliness of the Building and for the preservation of good order in and about the Building.  Tenant agrees to abide by all such rules and regulations herein stated and any additional rules and regulations which are adopted.  Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of all of the foregoing rules by Tenant’s employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees and guests.

 

20.                                Any toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown into them.  The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the Tenant who, or whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it.

 

21.                                Tenant shall not permit smoking or carrying of lighted cigarettes or cigars in areas reasonably designated by Landlord or any applicable governmental agencies as non-smoking areas.

 

22.                                Any directory of the Building or project of which the Building is a part (“Project Area”), if provided, will be exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants only and Landlord reserves the right to charge for the use thereof and to exclude any other names.

 

23.                                Canvassing, soliciting, distribution of handbills or any other written material in the Building or Project Area is prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.  No tenant shall solicit business from other tenants or permit the sale of any goods or merchandise in the Building or Project Area without the written consent of Landlord.

 

24.                                Any equipment belonging to Tenant which causes noise or vibration that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building or to any space therein to such a degree as to be objectionable to Landlord or to any tenants in the Building shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate the noise or vibration.

 

25.                                Driveways, sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances and stairways (“Access Areas”) shall not be obstructed by tenants or used by tenants for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from their respective premises.  Access areas are not for the use of the general public and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence, in the judgment of Landlord, shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building or its tenants.

 

26.                                Landlord reserves the right to designate the use of parking areas and spaces.  Tenant shall not park in visitor, reserved, or unauthorized parking areas.  Tenant and Tenant’s guests shall park between designated parking lines only and shall not park motor vehicles in those areas designated by Landlord for loading and unloading.  Vehicles in violation of the above shall be subject to being towed at the vehicle owner’s expense.  Vehicles parked overnight without prior written consent of the Landlord shall be deemed abandoned and shall be subject to being towed

 

 

D- 3



 

at vehicle owner’s expense.  Tenant will from time to time, upon the request of Landlord, supply Landlord with a list of license plate numbers of vehicles owned or operated by its employees or agents.

 

27.                                No trucks, tractors or similar vehicles can be parked anywhere other than in Tenant’s own truck dock area.  Tractor-trailers which must be unhooked or parked with dolly wheels beyond the concrete loading areas must use steel plates or wood blocks under the dolly wheels to prevent damage to the asphalt paving surfaces.  No parking or storing of such trailers will be permitted in the parking areas or on streets adjacent thereto.

 

28.                                During periods of loading and unloading, Tenant shall not unreasonably interfere with traffic flow and loading and unloading areas of other tenants.  All products, materials or goods must be stored within the Tenant’s Premises and not in any exterior areas, including, but not limited to, exterior dock platforms, against the exterior of the Building, parking areas and driveway areas.  Tenant agrees to keep the exterior of the Premises clean and free of nails, wood, pallets, packing materials, barrels and any other debris produced from their operation.

 

In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the terms of the Lease, the terms of the Lease shall control.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

D- 4



 

EXHIBIT E — FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

 

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of March 27, 2014 between
CABOT ACQUISITION, LLC, as Landlord and
BLUE APRON, INC., as Tenant

 

202 Port Jersey Blvd., Jersey City, New Jersey

 

[to come]

 

E- 1


 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE, dated as of May 30, 2014 (this “Amendment”), between CABOT ACQUISITION, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and BLUE APRON, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

RECITALS:

 

A.                                     Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Multi-Tenant Industrial Net Lease dated for reference March 27, 2013 (as amended, the “Lease”) for approximately 112,709 rentable square feet (the “Premises”) in the building commonly known as Port Industrial Marine Center V, 202 Port Jersey Blvd., Jersey City, New Jersey (the “Building”).

 

B.                                     Landlord was not able to deliver possession of the Premises by the Scheduled Commencement Date specified in the Lease.

 

C.                                     Landlord and Tenant now wish to amend the Lease so as provide for certain modifications to the Term and the rent schedule related to late delivery.

 

D.                                     All terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Amendment shall have the same meaning as in the Lease, and, shall govern should a conflict exist with previous terms and conditions.

 

AGREEMENT:

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows

 

1.                                       Recitals .  The recitals set forth above are hereby incorporated herein as if fully set forth.

 

2.                                       Capitalized Terms .  All capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meanings ascribed to them in the Lease, unless otherwise defined in this Amendment.

 

3.                                       Reference Page Revisions .  The Reference Page items “SCHEDULED COMMENCEMENT DATE,” “TERM OF LEASE,” “TERMINATION DATE” and “ANNUAL RENT and MONTHLY INSTALLMENT OF RENT” are amended and restated in their entirety as follows:

 

SCHEDULED COMMENCEMENT DATE:

 

June 9, 2014

 

 

 

TERM OF LEASE:

 

Approximately ten (10) years and seven (7) months, beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the Termination Date. The period from the Commencement Date to the last day of the same month is the

 



 

 

 

“Commencement Month.”

 

 

 

TERMINATION DATE:

 

The last day of the one hundred twenty-seventh (127th) full calendar month after (if the Commencement Month is not a full calendar month), or from and including (if the Commencement Month is a full calendar month), the Commencement Month

 

ANNUAL RENT and MONTHLY
INSTALLMENT OF RENT(Article 3):

 

Period

 

Rentable Square

 

Annual Rent

 

 

 

Monthly Installment

 

From

 

To

 

Footage

 

Per Square Foot

 

Annual Rent

 

of Rent

 

Month 1

Month 14

 

112,709

 

$

5.50

 

$

619,899.50

 

$

51,658.29

 

Month 15

Month 26

 

112,709

 

$

5.62

 

$

633,424.58

 

$

52,785.38

 

Month 27

Month 38

 

112,709

 

$

5.75

 

$

648,076.75

 

$

54,006.40

 

Month 39

Month 50

 

112,709

 

$

5.88

 

$

662,728.92

 

$

55,227.41

 

Month 51

Month 62

 

112,709

 

$

6.01

 

$

677,381.09

 

$

56,448.42

 

Month 63

Month 74

 

112,709

 

$

6.15

 

$

693,160.35

 

$

57,763.36

 

Month 75

Month 86

 

112,709

 

$

6.29

 

$

708,939.61

 

$

59,078.30

 

Month 87

Month 98

 

112,709

 

$

6.43

 

$

724,718.87

 

$

60,393.24

 

Month 99

Month 110

 

112,709

 

$

6.57

 

$

740,498.13

 

$

61,708.18

 

Month 111

Month 122

 

112,709

 

$

6.72

 

$

757,404.48

 

$

63,117.04

 

Month 123

Month 127

 

112,709

 

$

6.87

 

$

774,310.83

 

$

64,525.90

 

 

Month 1 is the period beginning on the Commencement Date and ending at the end of the first (1st) full calendar month of the Term (by way of example only, if the Commencement Date were June 9, 2014, Month 1 would be the period June 9, 2014 through July 31, 2014; if the Commencement Date were July 1, 2014, Month 1 would be the period from July 1, 2014 through July 31 2014).  Month 2 is the calendar month period immediately following Month 1; Month 3 is the calendar month following Month 2; and so forth, up to the Termination Date.

 

Provided that an Event of Default has not occurred and is then continuing, the Monthly Installment of Rent and rent adjustments under Article 4 (Tenant to be responsible for its utilities, however) will be abated for the first seven (7) full calendar months of the Term.  If the Commencement Month is a partial calendar month, prorated rent for the Commencement Month will be due and payable with the rent for the first full calendar month after the rent abatement period for which rent is payable (by way of example only, if the Commencement Date were June 15, 2014, then rent would be abated for the seven (7) full calendar month period of July, 2014 through January, 2015, and rent for the partial month of June, 2014 would be due and payable with the March, 2015 rent, the February, 2015 rent having been prepaid per Section 3.2).

 

4.                                       Termination Right for Non-Delivery .  The last grammatical sentence of Section 2.2 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety.  The second grammatical sentence of Section 2.2 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and is replaced by the following:

 

No such failure to give possession on the Scheduled Commencement Date shall affect the other obligations of Tenant under this Lease, except that if Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises by June 30, 2014, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon written notice to Landlord, unless Landlord delivers possession prior to the termination date specified in such notice.

 



 

5.                                       Letter of Credit .  Landlord hereby confirms that it is in receipt of a letter of credit for the Security Deposit which is in compliance with all the terms and conditions of the Lease.  Landlord agrees that it shall return the entire cash Security Deposit, which is in the amount of $280,269.71, to Tenant by no later than June 4, 2014.

 

6.                                       Incorporation .  Except as modified herein, all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall continue in full force and effect and Tenant hereby ratifies and confirms its obligations thereunder.

 

7.                                       Limitation of Landlord Liability .  Redress for any claim against Landlord under this Lease shall be limited to and enforceable only against and to the extent of Landlord’s interest in the Building and the underlying land.  The obligations of Landlord and Tenant under this Lease are not intended to be and shall not be personally binding on, nor shall any resort be had to the private properties of, any of its or its investment manager’s trustees, directors, officers, partners, beneficiaries, members, stockholders, employees, or agents.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of and day and year first written above.

 

LANDLORD:

TENANT:

 

 

CABOT ACQUISITION, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

BLUE APRON, INC. , a Delaware corporation

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Sabatino

 

By:

/s/ Matt Salzberg

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Mark P. Sabatino

Name:

Matt Salzberg

 

 

 

Title: Vice President

Title:

CEO

 

 

 

 Dated: 8/3, 2014

Dated:  6/2, 2014

 


 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE dated as of July 22, 2014 (this “Amendment”), between CABOT ACQUISITION, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and BLUE APRON, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

RECITALS:

 

A.                                     Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Multi-Tenant Industrial Net Lease dated for reference March 27, 2014, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of May 30, 2014 (as further amended, collectively, the “Lease”) for approximately 112,709 rentable square feet (the “Premises”) in the building commonly known as Port Industrial Marine Center V, 202 Port Jersey Blvd., Jersey City, New Jersey (the “Building”).

 

B.                                     Subject to all the terms and conditions of this Amendment and in consideration of Tenant’s agreements hereunder, Landlord has agreed to pay all actual, third party costs and expenses associated with:  creating legal egress to and throughout the Premises as contemplated and directed by Tenant as a part of the Work and in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations to enable Tenant to obtain a certificate of occupancy with respect to the Premises (the “Egress Work”).

 

C.                                     Landlord and Tenant now wish to amend the Lease to reflect that Landlord shall pay all actual, third party costs and expenses associated with the Egress Work.

 

D.                                     All terms covenants and conditions contained in this Amendment shall have the same meaning as in the Lease, and, shall govern should a conflict exist with previous terms and conditions.

 

AGREEMENT:

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Recitals .  The recitals set forth above are hereby incorporated herein as if fully set forth.

 

2.                                       Capitalized Terms .  All capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meanings ascribed to them in the Lease, unless otherwise defined in this Amendment.

 

3.                                       Egress Work .  The Lease is hereby amended to reflect that notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall perform all work associated with the Egress Work.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Paragraph 3, Landlord shall pay all actual, third party costs and expenses associated with the Egress Work in accordance with subparagraph (c) below.  Landlord’s payment and reimbursement obligations hereunder shall continue until such time as the Egress Work is completed and paid in full.  The Landlord’s obligation to pay all actual, third party costs and expenses associated with the Egress Work is separate and apart from and in addition to the Maximum TI Allowance (it being understood that the Maximum TI

 



 

Allowance shall not be applied to the costs and expenses associated with the Egress Work).  Landlord and Tenant further agree:

 

(a)                                  Tenant’s design, engineering and performance of the Egress Work shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Paragraph 2, 4 and 5 of Exhibit B to the Lease.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing.  Landlord may disapprove any plans if it reasonably concludes that a less expensive option would be available which would nevertheless satisfy the purposes of the Egress Work consistent with Tenant’s proposed construction and operation in the Premises, and Landlord provides reasonable evidence of such less expensive option to Tenant.

 

(b)                                  Landlord’s obligation to pay the cost of the Egress Work is subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval of the cost of such Work, in the form of lump sum contracts responsive to the approved plans and specifications.  Unless Landlord agrees otherwise, Tenant must obtain competitive bids from not less than three (3) contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and Landlord shall have the right to designate at least one (1) contractor who will have the opportunity to bid.  The low bid shall be accepted.

 

(c)                                   Landlord’s disbursement of funds towards the cost of the Egress Work shall be in accordance with the procedures and conditions set forth in Paragraphs 3.3 and 5 of Exhibit B to the Lease, mutatis mutandis (“cost of the Egress Work” being substituted for the “Maximum TI Allowance”; Landlord’s Percentage being 100% and Tenant’s Percentage being 0%).

 

4.                                       Condition of the Premises .   Excepting only Landlord’s obligations under the Lease as amended with respect to (i) the Egress Work, (ii) to the extent not completed as of the date hereof, Landlord’s Work under Paragraph 1 of Exhibit B to the Lease (which Landlord’s Work, exclusive of dock doors and levelers, has in fact been completed; Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the docks doors and leveler work within the 30 day period beginning with the execution and delivery of this Amendment), (iii) latent defects and (iv) ongoing repair obligations under Article 7 of the Lease, Tenant, having had full and complete opportunity to inspect the Premises, hereby accepts the Premises in its “AS IS” condition and as being in good order, condition and repair and in the condition in which Landlord is obligated to deliver them.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant accepts the existing coolers (structure, casings, panels, motor, condensers, tubing and all other components making up the coolers) in their existing condition and acknowledges that all Landlord obligations with respect to the coolers have been satisfied.  Tenant shall be solely responsible for any mold remediation necessary or desirable in connection with Tenant’s intended use of the coolers, including, without limitation, replacement of panels if necessary.  Tenant shall notify Landlord, and describe in detail, as to any remediation work it intends to perform.

 

5.                                       Commencement Date .  The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that for all purposes of the Lease, the Commencement Date shall be July 1, 2014.

 

6.                                       Waiver of Termination Rights .  In consideration of Landlord’ s agreements hereunder, Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights to terminate the Lease under Section 2.2 of the Lease and under Article 41 of the Lease.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it has accepted possession of the Premises.

 



 

7.                                       Landlord Representations .  Landlord represents, to its actual knowledge, that (i) there is neither an existing Event of Default under the Lease nor a default by Tenant of any of its obligations under the Lease which, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, would become an Event of Default, and (ii) Tenant has submitted insurance certificates adequate to satisfy its initial delivery obligations under Article 11 of the Lease.

 

8.                                       Incorporation .  Except as modified herein, all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall continue in full force and effect and Tenant hereby ratifies and confirms its obligations thereunder.

 

9.                                       Limitation of Landlord Liability .  Redress for any claim against Landlord under this Lease shall be limited to and enforceable only against and to the extent of Landlord’s interest in the Building and the underlying land.  The obligations of Landlord and Tenant under this Lease are not intended to be and shall not be personally binding on, nor shall any resort be had to the private properties of, any of its or its investment manager’s trustees, directors, officers, partners, beneficiaries, members, stockholders, employees, or agents.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first written above.

 

LANDLORD:

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

CABOT ACQUISITION, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

BLUE APRON, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark P. Sabatino

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Salzberg

Name: Mark P. Sabatino

 

Name: Matt Salzberg

Title: Vice President

 

Title: CEO

Dated: 8/4, 2014

 

Dated: 7/22, 2014

 




Exhibit 10.16

 

AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL SINGLE-TENANT LEASE—NET
(DO NOT USE THIS FORM FOR MULTI-TENANT BUILDINGS)

 

1.                                       Basic Provisions (“ Basic Provisions ”).

 

1.1                                Parties:   This Lease (“ Lease ”), dated for reference purposes August 1, 2014, is made by and between DF/HILLTOP, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Lessor ”) and BLUE APRON, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Lessee ”) (collectively the “ Parties ,” or individually a “ Party ”).

 

1.2                                Premises:  That certain real property including all improvements therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease and located at 2301 Centennial Drive, in the City of Arlington located in the County of Tarrant State of Texas, and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the property and, if applicable, the “Project” if the property is located is located within a Project) comprised of a parcel of land totaling approximately 4.4 acres of land, as set forth on Exhibit “A” attached hereto, with an approximately 103,500 square feet warehouse and office building located thereon (“ Premises ”).  (See also Paragraph 2)

 

1.3                                Term:  Ten (10) years and zero (0) months (“Term”) commencing upon the Commencement Date (as defined in Paragraph 1.3 of the Addendum) and ending as of the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Commencement Date (“ Expiration Date ”).  (See also Paragraph 3)

 

1.4                                Early Possession:  N/A (“ Early Possession Date ”).  (See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3)

 

1.5                                Base Rent:  $ 36,085.26 per month (“ Base Rent ”) payable on the first (1st) day of each month commencing on the Commencement Date (see Addendum).  (See also paragraph 4)

 

x If this box is checked there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted.

 

1.6                                Base Rent and Other Monies paid Upon Execution:

 

(a)                                  Base Rent: $ 36,085.26  for the first (1st) month of the term.

(b)                                  Security Deposit: $ 43,125.23 (“ Security Deposit ”).  (See also Paragraph 5)

(c)                                   Association Fees:  $ N/A for the period.

(d)                                  Other:  $        for                                                                                          .

(e)                                   Total Due Upon Execution of this Lease:  $ 79,210.49.

 

1.7                                Agreed Use:  Food manufacturing and related storage warehouse, and ancillary office space related thereto, and any other use permitted by Applicable Requirements.  (See also Paragraph 6)

 

1.8                                Insuring Party:  Lessor is the “ Insuring Party ” unless otherwise stated herein.  (See also Paragraph 8)

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

 

1



 

1.9                                Real Estate Brokers:  (See also Paragraph 15)

 

(a)                                  Representation:  The following real estate brokers (the “ Brokers ”) and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):

 

o N/A represents Lessor exclusively (“ Lessor’s Broker ”),

x Lee & Associates represents Lessee exclusively (“ Lessee’s Broker ); or

o N/A represents both Lessor and Lessee (“ Dual Agency ).

 

(b)                                  Payment to Brokers:  Upon execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to Lessee’s Broker the sum of $60,000 for the brokerage services rendered by Lessee’s Broker, which amount shall be paid within 5 business days following the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease, and Lessee’s payment to Lessor of the amount provided in Paragraph 1.6(e) above.

 

1.10                         Guarantor.   The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be guaranteed by None.( Guarantor ”).  (See also Paragraph 37)

 

1.11                         Attachments.  Attached hereto are the following, all of which constitute a part of this Lease:

 

x an Addendum.

o a plot plan depicting the Premises.

o a current set of the Rules and Regulations.

x other (specify) Exhibit “A” — Legal Description.

 

2.                                       Premises.

 

2.1                                Letting.   Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease.  Unless otherwise provided herein, any statement of size set forth in this Lease, or that may have been used in calculating Rent, is an approximation which the Parties agree is reasonable and any payments based thereon are not subject to revision whether or not the actual size is more or less.  Note:  Lessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Lease.

 

2.2                                [Intentionally Omitted]

 

2.3                                [Intentionally Omitted]

 

2.4                                Acknowledgements.  Lessee acknowledges that:  (a) it has been advised by Lessor to satisfy itself with respect to the condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, heating, ventilation and air-conditioning systems (“ HVAC ”) and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with building codes, applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, regulations and ordinances (“ Applicable Requirements ”) and the Americans with Disabilities Act), and their suitability for Lessee’s intended use, (b) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, and (c) neither Lessor nor Lessor’s agents have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in the Lease.

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

 

2



 

2.5                                AS-IS Condition of Premises.  Lessee hereby acknowledges that prior to the Commencement Date, Lessee shall have fully inspected and investigated the Premises and satisfied itself with respect thereto, including without limitation, the condition of the Premises and its suitability for Lessee’s intended use thereof.  Accordingly, on the Commencement Date, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Lessee shall accept the Premises in its currently existing “AS-IS’ condition, without any representation or warranty whatsoever.  Except as expressly provided otherwise, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.

 

3.                                       Term.

 

3.1                                Term.  The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

 

3.2                                [Intentionally Omitted]

 

3.3                                [Intentionally Omitted]

 

3.4                                [Intentionally Omitted]

 

4.                                       Rent.

 

4.1                                Rent Defined.   All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent (“ Rent ”).

 

4.2                                Payment.   Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease), on or before the day on which it is due.  In the event that any invoice prepared by lessor is inaccurate such inaccuracy shall not constitute a waiver and Lessee shall be obligated to pay the amount set forth in this Lease.  Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month.  Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing.  Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor’s rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor’s endorsement of any check so stating.  In the event that any check, draft, or other instrument of payment given by Lessee to Lessor is dishonored for any reason, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the sum of $25 in addition to any Late Charge and Lessor, at its option, may require all future Rent be paid by cashier’s check.  Payments will be applied first to accrued late charges and attorney’s fees, second to accrued interest, then to Base Rent, and any remaining amount to any other outstanding charges or costs.

 

4.3                                [Intentionally Omitted]

 

5.                                       Security Deposit.   Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee’s faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease.  If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise breaches this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount due Lessor or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof.  If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within 15 days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease.  Lessor shall not be required to

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

 

3



 

keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts.  Within 14 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, if Lessor elects to apply the Security Deposit only to unpaid Rent, and otherwise within 30 days after the Premises have been vacated pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(c) below, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor.  No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.  Lessee hereby waives the provisions of Sections 93.005 and 93.006 of the Texas Property Code and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in force, which provide that Lessor may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by Lessee or to clean the Premises.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any bankruptcy filing by Lessor, Lessee’s claim to the Security Deposit shall be superior to the claims of any creditor of Lessor and in no event shall the Security Deposit constitute part of Lessor’s bankruptcy estate.  Additionally, the Security Deposit shall not be used to correct any ordinary wear and tear except to the extent expressly provided in this Lease.

 

6.                                       Use.

 

6.1                                Use.   Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use and for no other purpose.  Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs occupants of or causes damage to neighboring premises or properties.  Other than guide, signal and seeing eye dogs, Lessee shall not keep or allow in the Premises any pets, animals, birds, fish, or reptiles.

 

6.2                                Hazardous Substances

 

(a)                                  Reportable Uses Require Consent.   The term “ Hazardous Substance ” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory.  Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, by-products or fractions thereof.  Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee’s expense) with all Applicable Requirements.  “ Reportable Use ” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use, ordinary office supplies (copier toner, liquid paper, glue, etc.) and common household cleaning

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

 

4



 

materials, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor.  In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit.

 

(b)                                  Duty to Inform Lessor.   If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.

 

(c)                                   Lessee Remediation.   Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee’s expense, comply with all Applicable Requirements and take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee or any of its any employees, agents, contractors or invitees.

 

(d)                                  Lessee Indemnification.   Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damage, liabilities, judgments, claims, expenses, penalties, and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any of its employees, agents, contractors or invitees (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from adjacent properties not caused or contributed to by Lessee).  Lessee’s obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of the Lease.  No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligation under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

 

(e)                                   Lessor Indemnification.   Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders, harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation which result from Hazardous Substances which existed on the Premises prior to Lessee’s occupancy or which are caused by Lessor, its agents or employees or any third parties for which Lessee is not expressly responsible under Paragraph 6.2(c) above.  Lessor’s obligations as and when required by the Applicable Requirements shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal,

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

 

5



 

remediation, restoration and/or abatement and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

(f)                                    Investigations and Remediations.   Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to Lessee’s occupancy or caused by third parties for which Lessee is not expressly responsible under Paragraph 6.2(c) above, but if such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee’s use (including “Alterations”, as defined in paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, then Lessee shall be responsible for such payment.  Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor’s agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor’s investigative and remedial responsibilities.

 

(g)                                   [Intentionally Omitted]

 

6.3                                Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements.   Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor’s engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to the such Requirements without regard to whether such Requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Commencement Date.  Lessee shall, within 20 days after receipt of Lessor’s written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements.  Likewise, Lessee shall immediately give written notice to Lessor of: (i) any water damage to the Premises and any suspected seepage, pooling, dampness or other condition conducive to the production of mold; or (ii) any mustiness or other odors that might indicate the presence of mold in the Premises.

 

6.4                                Inspection; Compliance.   Lessor and Lessor’s “ Lender ” (as defined in Paragraph 30) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable notice and only during business hours, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease.  The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements by Lessee, or a Hazardous Substance Condition (see paragraph 9.1) is found to exist or be imminent and caused by Lessee.  In such case Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspection, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination.  In addition, Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets (MSDS) to Lessor within 20 days of the receipt of a written request therefor.

 

7.                                       Maintenance; Repairs, Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

 

7.1                                Lessee’s Obligations.

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

 

6



 

(a)                                  In General.   Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.3 (Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements), 7.2 (Lessor’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall at Lessee’s sole expense, keep the Premises, Utility Installations (intended for Lessee’s exclusive use, no matter where located), and Alterations in good order, condition and repair (whether or not the portion of the Premises requiring repairs, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee’s use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, but not limited to, all equipment or facilities, such as plumbing, HVAC equipment, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, pressure vessels, fire protection system, fixtures, interior walls, ceilings, roof drainage systems, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, skylights, retaining walls, signs, located in, on, or adjacent to the Premises.  Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices, specifically including the procurement and maintenance of the service contracts required by Paragraph 7.1(b) below.  Lessee’s obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair.  Lessee shall, during the term of this Lease, keep the exterior appearance of the any building on the Premises (“ Building ”) in a first-class condition (including, e.g. graffiti removal) consistent with the exterior appearance of other similar facilities of comparable age and size in the vicinity, including, when necessary, the exterior repainting of the Building.

 

(b)                                  Service Contracts.   Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, procure and maintain contracts, with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance for, and with contractors specializing and experienced in the maintenance of the following equipment and improvements, if any, and when installed on the Premises:  (i) HVAC equipment, (ii) boiler, and pressure vessels, (iii) fire extinguishing systems, including fire alarm and/or smoke detection, (iv) [Intentionally Omitted], (v) roof covering and drains, (vi) clarifiers, (vii) basic utility feed to the perimeter of the Building, and (viii) any other equipment, if reasonably required by Lessor.  However, Lessor reserves the right, upon notice to Lessee, to procure and maintain any or all of such service contracts, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, upon demand, for the cost thereof.

 

(c)                                   Failure to Perform.   If Lessee fails to perform Lessee’s obligations under this Paragraph 7.1, Lessor may enter upon the Premises after 10 days’ prior written notice to Lessee (except in the case of an emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), perform such obligations on Lessee’s behalf, and put the Premises in good order, condition and repair, and Lessee shall promptly pay to Lessor a sum equal to 100% of the actual and reasonable cost thereof.

 

(d)                                  [Intentionally Omitted]

 

7.2                                Lessor’s Obligations.   Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), it is intended by the Parties hereto that Lessor have no obligation, in any manner whatsoever, to repair and maintain the Premises, or the equipment therein, all of which obligations are intended to be that of the Lessee, except that Lessor shall be solely responsible for maintaining the Building roof, structure and foundation at Lessor’s sole cost and expense.  It is the intention of the Parties that the terms of this Lease govern the respective obligations of the parties as to maintenance and repair of the Premises, and they

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

 

7



 

expressly waive the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessor shall be responsible for maintaining the landscaping and parking areas and driveways of the Premises, provided that Lessee shall be responsible for reimbursing Lessor for all expenses incurred by Lessor in connection therewith following 20 days written request therefor.

 

7.3                                Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations.

 

(a)                                  Definitions.  The term “ Utility Installations ” refers to all floor and window coverings, air and/or vacuum lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication cabling, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, plumbing, and fencing in or on the Premises.  The term “ Trade Fixtures ” shall mean Lessee’s machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises.  The term “ Alterations ” shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion.  “ Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations ” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations (“ Equipment ”) made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a).

 

(b)                                  Consent.   Lessee shall provide written notice to Lessor of all alterations and improvements constructed by or for Lessee at the Premises, provided that Lessor’s prior consent to any alternations and improvements shall only be required to the extent they affect the Building roof, structure, foundation, or fire-life safety system.  To the extent Lessor’s consent is required, Lessor may, as a precondition to granting such approval, require Lessee to utilize a contractor reasonably chosen and/or approved by Lessor.  Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans.  Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner.  Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials and in compliance with all Applicable Requirements.  Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications.  For work which costs an amount in excess of $250,000 (but including Lessee’s initial improvements), Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to 150% of the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation.

 

(c)                                   Liens; Bonds.   Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein.  Lessee shall give Lessor not less than 10 days notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility.  If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof.  If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

 

8



 

surety bond in an amount equal to 150% of the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same.

 

7.4                                Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration.

 

(a)                                  Ownership.   Subject to Lessor’s right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alternations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises.  Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.  Unless otherwise instructed per paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

 

(b)                                  Removal.  By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than 1 year and not later than 3 months prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of  this Lease.  Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent.  With respect to items for which Lessor’s consent is required, Lessee’s request for consent may request that Lessor make such determination at the time of Lessor’s consent.

 

(c)                                   Surrender; Restoration.   Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof broom clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted.  “Ordinary wear and tear” shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice.  Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee.  Lessee shall completely remove from the Premises any and all Hazardous Substances brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee or any of its employees, agents, contractors or invitees (except Hazardous Substances which were deposited via underground migration from areas outside of the Premises, or if applicable, the Premises) even if such removal would require Lessee to perform or pay for work that exceeds statutory requirements.  Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee.  Any personal property of Lessee not removed on or before the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and may be disposed of or retained by Lessor as Lessor may desire.  The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below.

 

8.                                       Insurance; Indemnity.

 

8.1                                Payment For Insurance.   Lessee shall pay for all insurance required under paragraph 8 except to the extent of the cost attributable to liability insurance carried by Lessor under Paragraph 8.2(b) in excess of $2,000,000 per occurrence.  Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to or extending beyond the Lease term shall be prorated to correspond to the Lease term.  Payment shall be made by Lessee to Lessor within 10 days following receipt of an invoice.

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

 

9



 

8.2                                Liability Insurance.

 

(a)                                  Carried by Lessee .  Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor as an additional insured against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto.  Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of not less than $5,000,000.  Lessee shall add Lessor, Lessor’s Lender and any other party reasonably specified by Lessor, as additional insureds by means of an endorsement on Form CG2026 or equivalent, and coverage shall also be extended to include damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire.  The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “ insured contract ” for the performance of Lessee’s indemnity obligations under this Lease.  The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder.  Lessee shall provide an endorsement on its liability policy(ies) which provides that its insurance shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.  Lessee shall have the right to satisfy its insurance obligations under this Paragraph 8.2(a) through its umbrella insurance policy.

 

(b)                                  Carried by Lessor .  Lessor shall maintain liability insurance, in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee.  Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

 

8.3                                Property Insurance - Building, Improvements and Rental Value.

 

(a)                                  Building and Improvements .  Lessor shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any ground-lessor, and to any Lender insuring loss of damage to the Premises.  The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full insurable replacement cost of the Premises, as the same shall exist from time to time.  If Lessor is the Insuring Party, however, Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee’s personal property shall be insured by Lessee under Paragraph 8.4 rather than by Lessor.  If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (including the perils of flood and/or earthquake), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss.  Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located.  If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $10,000 per occurrence (except for the perils of flood and/or earthquake), and Lessee shall be liable for such deductible amount in the event of an Insured Loss.

 

(b)                                  Rental Value .  The Insuring Party shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

 

10


 

the full Rent for one year with an extended period of indemnity for an additional 180 days (“ Rental Value Insurance ”).  Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next 12 month period.  Lessee shall be liable for any deductible amount in the event of such loss.

 

(c)           [Intentionally Omitted]

 

8.4           Lessee’s Property

 

(a)           Property Damage .  Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.  Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $5,000 per occurrence.  The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures, equipment and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.  Lessee shall provide Lessor with written evidence that such insurance is in force.

 

(b)           Business Interruption .  Lessee shall obtain and maintain business interruption and/or extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for extra expenses and direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

 

(c)           Worker’s Compensation .  Lessee shall, at its sole expense, maintain a policy or polices of Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurance to the extent required under any Applicable Requirements.  Such policy or policies must include a waiver of subrogation in favor of Lessor.

 

(d)           No Representation of Adequate Coverage .  Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee’s property, business operators or obligations under this Lease.

 

8.5           Insurance Policies .  Insurance required herein shall be by companies duly licensed or admitted to transact business in the state where the Premises are located, and maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide”.  Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies.  Lessee shall, prior to Lessor’s delivery of possession of the Premises, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of the insurance which Lessee is required to carry under this Paragraph 8.  No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification unless the carrier has made good faith efforts to provide 30 days prior written notice to Lessor.  Lessee shall, at least 10 days prior to the expiration or earlier termination of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand.  Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less.  If Lessee shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, Lessor may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain such insurance and seek reimbursement from Lessee.

 

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

11



 

8.6           Waiver of Subrogation.   Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its respective property.  The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto.  The Parties agree to have their respective insurance carriers required herein waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be.

 

8.7           Indemnity.   Except for Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, injuries, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee.  If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense.  Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

 

8.8           Exemption of Lessor and its Agents from Liability.   Neither Lessor nor its agents shall be liable under any circumstances for: (i) injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, indoor air quality, the presence of mold or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damages results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the building of which the Premises are a part, or from other sources or places unless such injury or damages are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor or its agents, or (ii) injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom.  Instead, it is intended that Lessee’s sole recourse in the event of such damages or injury be to file a claim on the insurance policy(ies) that Lessee is required to maintain pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 8.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessor shall protect, indemnify and hold the Lessee and its employees, agents, representatives, and officers harmless from and against any and all loss, claims, liability or costs (including court costs and attorney’s fees) incurred by reason of any breach or default on the part of Lessor in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of the Lessor to be performed pursuant to this Lease.

 

8.9           Failure to Provide Insurance.  Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to obtain or maintain the insurance required herein will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain.  If Lessee shall fail to procure the insurance required by this Lease, or to deliver policies or certificates to Lessor evidencing such insurance, Lessor may, at its option, in addition to all of its other rights and remedies under this Lease, and without regard to any notice and cure periods set forth in Section 13.2, procure such policies for the account of Lessee, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Lessor as Rent within ten (10) days after delivery of bills therefor.

 

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

12



 

9.              Damage or Destruction.

 

9.1           Definitions.

 

(a)           “ Premises Partial Damage ” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in 6 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction.  Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

 

(b)           “ Premises Total Destruction ” shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in 6 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction.  Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total (the “ Partial/Total Notice ”).

 

(c)           “ Insured Loss ” shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

 

(d)           “ Replacement Cost ” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.

 

(e)           “ Hazardous Substance Condition ” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance as defined in Paragraph 6.2(a), in, on, or under the Premises which requires repair, remediation, or restoration.

 

9.2           Partial Damage — Insured Loss.  If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor’s election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $10,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make insurance proceeds equal to the amount of the damage (less any deductible for which Lessee shall be responsible) available to Lessee for that purpose.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, Lessor shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds (except as to the deductible which is Lessee’s responsibility) as and when required to complete said repairs.  In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within 10 days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor.  If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said 10 day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.  If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may

 

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

13



 

nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within 10 days thereafter to:  (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or (ii) have this Lease terminate 30 days thereafter.  Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction.  Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

 

9.3           Partial Damage — Uninsured Loss.   If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage.  Such termination shall be effective 60 days following the date of such notice.  In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within 10 days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor.  Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days after making such commitment.  In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available.  If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.

 

9.4           Total Destruction.   See Addendum.

 

9.5           Damage Near End of Term.  If at any time during the last 6 months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds four month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, then either Lessor or Lessee may terminate this Lease effective 60 days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to the other party within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is 10 days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires.  If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor’s commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.  If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee’s option shall be extinguished.

 

9.6           Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies.

 

(a)           Abatement.   In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition which is not intentionally caused by Lessee, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee’s use of the Premises is

 

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

14



 

impaired.  All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

 

(b)           Remedies.   If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within 60 days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than 60 days following the giving of such notice.  If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within 30 days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice.  If the repair or restoration is commenced within such 30 days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.  “Commence” shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.  Additionally, of any repairs required of Lessor hereunder are not substantially completed within 12 months following Lessor’s notice of such damage (provided that such 12 month period shall be subject to extension on a day-to-day basis on account of any tenant delays), then Lessee shall have the right to terminate the Lease by delivering written notice of such election to Lessor following the expiration of such 12 month period (as the same may be extended hereunder), but prior to Lessor’s substantial completion of the repairs.

 

9.7           Termination; Advance Payments.   Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor.  Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

 

9.8           Waive Statutes.   Lessor and Lessee agree that the terms of this Lease shall govern the effect of any damage to or destruction of the Premises with respect to the termination of this Lease and hereby waive the provisions of any present or future statute to the extent inconsistent herewith.

 

10.           Real Property Taxes.

 

10.1         Definition.   As used herein, the term “ Real Property Taxes ” shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income, capital gains taxes or estate taxes), improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Premises or the Project, Lessor’s right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing (including, without limitation, all taxes levied pursuant to Chapter 171 of the Texas Tax Code or any amendment, adjustment or replacement thereof), by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Building address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Premises are located.  Real Property Taxes shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein:  (i) imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, (but expressly excluding a change in the ownership of the Premises (other than the change in ownership pursuant to which Lessor is

 

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

15



 

acquiring the Project), and (ii) levied or assessed on machinery or equipment provided by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to this Lease.

 

10.2         Payment of Taxes.  In addition to Base Rent, Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to the Real Property Tax installment due at least 20 days prior to the applicable delinquency date, provided that Lessee shall be provided with a copy of the relevant tax bill within 30 days of Lessor’s receipt of such bill.  If any such installment shall cover any period of time prior to or after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessee’s share of such installment shall be prorated.  In the event Lessee incurs a late charge on any Rent payment, Lessor may estimate the current Real Property Taxes, and require that such taxes be paid in advance to Lessor by Lessee monthly in advance with the payment of the Base Rent.  Such monthly payments shall be an amount equal to the amount of the estimated installment of taxes divided by the number of months remaining before the month in which said installment becomes delinquent.  When the actual amount of the applicable tax bill is known, the amount of such equal monthly advance payments shall be adjusted as required to provide the funds needed to pay the applicable taxes.  If the amount collected by Lessor is insufficient to pay such Real Property Taxes when due, Lessee shall pay Lessor, upon demand, such additional sum as is necessary. Advance payments may be intermingled with other moneys of Lessor and shall not bear interest.  In the event of a Breach by Lessee in the performance of its obligations under this Lease, then any such advance payments may be treated by Lessor as an additional Security Deposit.

 

10.3         Joint Assessment.   If the Premises are not separately assessed, Lessee’s liability shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be conclusively determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available.

 

10.4         Personal Property Taxes.   Lessee shall pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations, Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee.  When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor.  If any of Lessee’s said property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within 30 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee’s property.

 

10.5         Tax Protest.   For property tax purposes, Lessee waives all rights to protest or appeal the appraised value of the Premises and all rights to receive notices of reappraisement as set forth in Sections 41.413 and 42.015 of the Texas Tax Code.

 

11.           Utilities and Services.   Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together with any taxes thereon.  If any such services are not separately metered or billed to Lessee, Lessee shall pay a reasonable proportion, to be determined by Lessor, of all charges jointly metered or billed.  Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Lease, there shall be no abatement of rent and Lessor shall not be liable in any respect whatsoever for the inadequacy, stoppage, interruption or

 

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

16



 

discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike, labor dispute, breakdown, accident, repair or other cause beyond Lessor’s reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions.

 

12.           Assignment and Subletting.

 

12.1         Lessor’s Consent Required.

 

(a)           Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively “ assign or assignment ”) or sublet all or any part of Lessee’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

(b)           [Intentionally Omitted]

 

(c)           [Intentionally Omitted]

 

(d)           An assignment or subletting which requires Lessor’s consent and which is made without consent shall, at Lessor’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(d).

 

(e)           Lessee’s remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

 

(f)            Lessor may reasonably withhold consent to a proposed assignment or subletting if Lessee is in Breach at the time consent is requested.

 

(g)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, allowing a diminimus portion of the Premises, ie. 20 square feet or less, to be used by a third party vendor in connection with the installation of a vending machine or payphone shall not constitute a subletting.

 

12.2         Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

 

(a)           Regardless of Lessor’s consent, no assignment or subletting shall:  (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.

 

(b)           Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment.  Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor’s right to exercise its remedies for Lessee’s Default or Breach.

 

(c)           Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

 

(d)           In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

 

(e)           Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including

 

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

17



 

but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $500 as consideration for Lessor’s considering and processing said request.  Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested.  (See also Paragraph 36).

 

(f)            Any assignee of, or sublessee under,  this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment, entering into such sublease, or entering into possession of the Premises or any portion thereof, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

 

(g)           Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not transfer to the assignee or sublessee any Option granted to the original Lessee by this Lease unless such transfer is specifically consented to by Lessor in writing.  (See Paragraph 39.2)

 

12.3         Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting.   The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under the Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

 

(a)           Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent.  In the event that the amount collected by Lessor exceeds Lessee’s then outstanding obligations any such excess shall be refunded to Lessee.  Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee.  Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease.  Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.

 

(b)           In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

 

(c)           Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

 

(d)           No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

 

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

18



 

(e)           Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice.  The sublessee shall have a right to reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

 

13.           Default; Breach; Remedies.

 

13.1         Default; Breach.   A “ Default ” is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or Rules and Regulations under this Lease.  A “ Breach ” is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:

 

(a)           The abandonment of the Premises for more than 90 days; or the vacating of the premises for more than 90 days without providing a commercially reasonable level of security.

 

(b)           The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, where such failure continues for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee..

 

(c)           The commission of waste act or acts constituting public or private nuisance, and/or an illegal activity on the Premises by Lessee, where such actions continue for a period of 5 business days following written notice to Lessee.

 

(d)           The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guaranty and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 42, (viii) material safety data sheets (MSDS), or (ix) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of 10 business days following written notice to Lessee.

 

(e)           A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 40 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b), (c) or (d), above, where such Default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee’s Default is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

 

(f)            The occurrence of any of the following events:  (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S.C. §101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph is

 

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

19



 

contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

 

(g)           The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

 

(h)           If the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed:  (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee’s failure, within 60 days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

 

13.2         Remedies.   If Lessee fails to perform any of is affirmative duties or obligations, within 10 business days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals.  Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to 100% of the actual and reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in such performance upon receipt of an invoice therefor.  In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:

 

(a)           Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor.  In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee:  (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease.  The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent.  Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee’s Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover damages under Paragraph 12.  If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such

 

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

20


 

proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit.  If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1.  In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

 

(b)                                  Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations.  Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor’s interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee’s right to possession.

 

(c)                                   Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located.  The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee’s right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises.

 

(d)                                  The provisions hereof shall override and control any conflicting provisions of Section 93.002 of the Texas Property Code (as amended).

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Lessee shall never be liable under this Lease to Lessor for consequential damages, punitive damages, exemplary damages or special damages.

 

13.3                         [Intentionally Omitted]

 

13.4                         Late Charges.  Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain.  Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender.  Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within 5 days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall immediately pay to Lessor a one-time late charge (“ Late Charge ”) equal to 5% of each such overdue amount or $100, whichever is greater.  The Parties hereby agree that such Late Charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment.  Acceptance of such  Late Charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of  Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.

 

13.5                         Interest.   Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due as to scheduled payments (such as Base Rent) or within 30 days following the date on which it was due for non-scheduled payment, shall bear interest from the date when due, as to scheduled payments, on the 31st day after it was due as to non-scheduled payments.  The interest (“ Interest ”) charged shall be computed at the rate of 5% per annum but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law.  Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

 

21



 

13.6                         Breach of Lessor.

 

(a)                                  Notice of Breach.   Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor.  For purposes of this Paragraph, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than 30 days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

 

(b)                                  Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor.   In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within 30 days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee’s expense and offset from Rent the actual and reasonable cost to perform such cure, provided, however, that such offset shall not exceed an amount equal to two month’s Base Rent, reserving Lessee’s right to seek reimbursement from Lessor for any such expense in excess of such offset.  Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.

 

(c)                                   Lessee’s Remedies.   Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Lessor shall never be liable under this lease for consequential damages, punitive damages, exemplary damages or special damages.

 

14.                                Condemnation.  If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively “ Condemnation ”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs.  If a substantial portion of the Building, or the Premises is taken by Condemnation such that Lessee is prevented from using the remainder of the Premises or the Building for the Agreed Use, Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, to be exercised in writing within 30 days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within 30 days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession.  If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the  Premises caused by such Condemnation.  Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation for Lessee’s relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph.  All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be  considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor.  In the event that

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

 

22



 

this Lease is not terminated by reason of Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

 

15.                                Brokerage Fees.

 

15.1                         [Intentionally Omitted]

 

15.2                         [Intentionally Omitted]

 

Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than Lessee’s Broker) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection herewith.  Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

 

16.                                Estoppel Certificates.

 

(a)                                  Each Party (as “ Responding Party ”) shall within 10 days after written notice from the other Party (the “ Requesting Party ”) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current “ Estoppel Certificate ” form published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

 

(b)                                  If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such 10 day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that:  (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party’s performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month’s rent has been paid in advance.  Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party’s Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate.

 

(c)                                   If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee’s financial statements for the past 3 years.  All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

 

17.                                Definition of Lessor.  The term “ Lessor ” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee’s interest in the prior lease.  In the event of a transfer of Lessor’s title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor.  Except as provided in Paragraph 15, upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

 

23



 

of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the  Lessor.  Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

 

18.                                Severability.  The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

 

19.                                Days.  Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word “ days ” as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.

 

20.                                Limitation on Liability.  The obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor or its partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Premises, and to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against Lessor’s partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.

 

21.                                Time of Essence.   Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

 

22.                                No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer.  This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective.

 

23.                                Notices.

 

23.1                         Notice Requirements.   All notices required or permitted by this Lease or applicable law shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier including nationally recognized overnight courier) or may be sent by certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23.  Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee’s address for notice.  A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.  See Addendum Paragraph 23.3

 

23.2                         Date of Notice.  Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon.  Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantee next day delivery shall be deemed given as of the next business day after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier.  Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt (confirmation report from fax machine is sufficient), provided a copy is also delivered

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

 

24



 

via delivery or mail.  If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

 

24.                                Waivers.  No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof.  Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent.  The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee.  Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

 

25.                                Intentionally Omitted.

 

26.                                No Right To Holdover.  Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease.  In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to 150% of the Base Rent applicable immediately preceding the expiration or termination.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

 

27.                                Cumulative Remedies.   No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

 

28.                                Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement.  All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions.  In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease.  Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa.  This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole as if both parties had prepared it.

 

29.                                Binding Effect; Choice of Law.  This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located.  Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

 

30.                                Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

 

30.1                         Subordination.  This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively “ Security Device ”), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

 

25



 

thereof.  Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred as “ Lender ”) shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease.  Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

 

30.2                         Attornment.  In the event that Lessor transfers title to the Premises, or the Premises are acquired by another upon the foreclosure or termination of a Security Device to which this Lease is subordinated (i) Lessee shall, subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3 attorn to such new owner, and this Lease will automatically become a new lease between Lessee and such new owner for the remainder of the term hereof, and (ii) Lessor shall thereafter be relieved of any further obligations hereunder and such new owner shall assume all of Lessor’s obligations, except that such new owner shall not:  (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (b) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, (c) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent, or (d) be liable for the return of any security deposit paid to any prior lessor.

 

30.3                         Non-Disturbance.  With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (a “ Non-Disturbance Agreement ”) from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee’s possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises.

 

30.4                         Self-Executing.  Subject to the terms and requirements of Paragraph 30.3 above, the agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

 

31.                                Attorneys’ Fees.  If any Party brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees.  Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment.  The term “ Prevailing Party ” shall include, without limitation, a Party who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party of its claim or defense.  The attorneys’ fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule but be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred.

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

 

26



 

32.                                Lessor’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs.  Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable prior notice for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining of utilities, services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long as there is no material adverse effect to Lessee’s use of the Premises.  All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee.

 

33.                                Auctions.  Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.

 

34.                                Signs.  Lessor may place on the Premises ordinary “For Sale” signs at any time and ordinary “For Lease” signs during the last 6 months of the term hereof.  Lessee shall have the right to install, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, Building signage on the Premises displaying Lessee’s business or trade name and certain brand identified signs, provided that all such signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements, and Lessee shall remove such signage upon the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of the Lease, and Lessee shall repair any damage to the Building or Premises resulting from the removal of such signage.

 

35.                                Termination; Merger.  Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies.  Lessor’s failure within 10 days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

 

36.                                Consents.  Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Lessor’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including but not limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor.  Lessor’s consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent.  The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor’s consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

 

27



 

being given.  In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish it reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within 10 business days following such request.

 

37.                                Guarantor.

 

37.1                         [Intentionally Omitted]

 

37.2                         [Intentionally Omitted]

 

38.                                Quiet Possession.  Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.

 

39.                                Intentionally Omitted.

 

40.                                [Intentionally Omitted]

 

41.                                Security Measures.  Lessee hereby acknowledges that the Rent payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same.  Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

 

42.                                Reservations.  Lessor reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, and to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps and restrictions do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee.  Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate any such easement rights, dedication, map or restrictions.

 

43.                                Performance Under Protest.  If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum.  If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay.  A Party who does not initiate suit for the recovery of sums paid “under protest” within 6 months shall be deemed to have waived its right to protest such payment.

 

44.                                Authority; Multiple Parties; Execution.

 

(a)                                  If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

 

28



 

represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf.  Each Party shall, within 30 days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

 

(b)                                  If this Lease is executed by more than one person or entity as “Lessee” each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder.  It is agreed that any one of the named Lessees shall be empowered to execute any amendment to this Lease or other document ancillary thereto and bind all of the named Lessees, and Lessor may rely on the same as if all of the named Lessees had executed such document.

 

(c)                                   This Lease may be executed by the Parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

45.                                Conflict.   Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

 

46.                                Offer.  Preparation of this Lease by either Party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party.  This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

 

47.                                Amendments.  This Lease may be modified only in writing signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification.

 

48.                                Waiver of Jury Trial.  THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE PROPERTY OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

 

49.                                Mediation and Arbitration of Disputes.  An Addendum requiring the Mediation and/or the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease o is x  is not attached to this Lease.

 

50.                                Americans with Disabilities Act.  Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) is dependent upon Lessee’s specific use of the Premises, except as expressly otherwise provided under this Lease, Lessor makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises comply with ADA or any similar legislation.  In the event that Lessee’s use of the Premises requires modifications or additions to the Premises in order to be in ADA compliance, except as expressly otherwise provided under this Lease, Lessee agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Lessee’s expense.

 

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO.  THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

 

29



 

THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

 

ATTENTION :  NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES.  THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO;

 

1.                                       SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

 

2.                                       RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES.  SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO:  THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE’S INTENDED USE.

 

WARNING :  IF THE PREMISES IS LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES IS LOCATED.

 

The Parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

By LESSOR:

 

By LESSEE:

 

 

 

DF/HILLTOP, LLC,

 

BLUE APRON, INC.,

a California limited liability company

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

SEE ATTACHED SIGNATURE PAGE

 

By

SEE ATTACHED SIGNATURE PAGE

Name Printed:

 

 

Name Printed:

 

Title:

 

 

Title:

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name Printed:

 

 

Name Printed:

 

Title:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

 

30


 

NOTE:  These forms are often modified to meet the changing requirements of law and industry needs.  Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form:  AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION, 700 So. Flower Street, Suite 600, Los Angeles, California 90017.  ( 213 ) 687-8777.  Fax No.  ( 213 ) 687-8616

 

©Copyright 2001 — By AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.  All Rights reserved.
No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

JLL UPDATED Dreisbach-Blue Apron Single Tenant Lease (373858-00003)

 

 

 

/s/ MS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

 

31



 

SIGNATURE PAGE

 

This signature page is attached to that certain STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL SINGLE-TENANT LEASE-NET (“Addendum”) made and entered into by and between DF/HILLTOP, LLC, a California limited liability company (“LESSOR”), and BLUE APRON, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Lessee”), and dated as of the date first written above.

 

 

“LESSOR”

DF/HILLTOP, LLC,

 

 

a California limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jason W. Dreisbach

 

 

Name:

Jason W. Dreisbach

 

 

Its:

Attorney in Fact Dreisbach Family Trust

 

 

 

 

“LESSEE”

BLUE APRON, INC.

 

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matt Salzberg

 

 

Name:

Matt Salzberg

 

 

Its:

CEO

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

LEGAL DESCRIPTION
(TERRANT COUNTY)

 

BEING a tract of land situated in the M. Harris Survey, Abstract No. 704, City of Arlington, Tarrant County, Texas, the subject tract being all of Site 29, Sub-Tract 8-Z, Tract VIII, Six Flags Business Park, according to the plat recorded in Volume 388-106, Page 59 of the Plat Records, Tarrant County, Texas (PRTCT), the subject tract being more particularly described as follows:

 

BEGINNING at ½” iron rod found on the south line of the T. & P. G.S.C. Railroad, a 53 foot right-of-way, for the northeast corner of said Site 29 and being the northwest corner of Site 30, Sub-Tract 8-Z, Tract VIII, Six Flags Business Park, according to the plat recorded in Volume 388-107, Page 30 PRTCT;

 

THENCE S 14º46’34” E, 340.00 feet along the common line thereof to an “X” set in concrete on the north line of Centennial Drive, a 60 foot public right-of-way, for the common corner between Site 29 and Site 30;

 

THENCE S 75º13’26” W, 357.81 feet along the north line thereof to an “X” set in concrete;

 

THENCE continuing along the north line thereof, around a tangent curve to the right having a central angle of 14º11’30”, a radius of 860.68 feet a chord of S 82º19’11” W — 212.64 feet an arc length of 213.18 feet to a point from which a 5/8” iron rod found bears N 67º49’34” W, 0.86 feet, said point being the south end of a corner clip being the intersection of Centennial Drive with the east line of Six Flags Drive, a 60 foot public right-of-way;

 

THENCE along said corner clip, around a compound curve to the right having a central angle of 90º00’00”, a radius of 25.00 feet a chord of N 45º35’04” W — 35.36 feet an arc length of 39.27 feet to a ½” iron rod with plastic cap stamped “SPIARSENG” set;

 

THENCE N 00º35’04” W, 345.00 feet along the east line of Six Flags Drive to a ½” iron rod with plastic cap stamped “SPIARSENG” set at the intersection said east line with the south line of said railroad;

 

THENCE N 89º24’56” E, 147.54 feet along the south line thereof to a 5/8” iron rod found;

 

THENCE continuing along the south line thereof, around a tangent curve to the left having a central angle of 14º11’30”, a radius of 489.28 feet a chord of N 82º19’11” E — 120.88 feet an arc length of 121.19 feet to a ½” iron rod found;

 

THENCE N 75º13’26” E, 239.35 feet continuing along the south line thereof to the POINT OF BEGINNING with the subject tract containing 192,640 square feet or 4.422 acres of land.

 



 

ADDENDUM TO STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL
SINGLE-TENANT LEASE - NET

 

THIS ADDENDUM TO STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL SINGLE-TENANT LEASE-NET (“Addendum”) is made and entered into by and between DF/HILLTOP, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Lessor”), and BLUE APRON, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Lessee”), as of the date set forth on the first page of that certain Standard Industrial/Commercial Single-Tenant Lease - Net (the “Lease”) between Lessor and Lessee to which this Addendum is attached and incorporated.  The terms, covenants and conditions set forth herein are intended to and shall have the same force and effect as if set forth at length in the body of the Lease.  To the extent that the provisions of this Addendum are inconsistent with any provisions of the Lease, the provisions of this Addendum shall supersede and control.

 

1.3                                Commencement Date; Contingency .  Lessee hereby acknowledges that, as of the date hereof, Lessor is under contract to purchase the Premises (the “Acquisition”), but as of the date hereof, Lessor has not yet closed on such purchase and does not yet own the Premises.  As referenced in this Lease, the “Commencement Date” shall be the closing date for the Acquisition.  The effectiveness of this Lease is subject to and conditioned upon the closing of the Acquisition whereby Lessor shall acquire fee title to the Premises (the “Contingency”).  In the event the Contingency is not satisfied on or before sixty (60) days after the date hereof, either Lessor or Lessee may terminate this Lease by written notice provided to the other party (“Contingency Notice”).  This Lease shall be null and void as of the delivery of any such Contingency Notice and Lessor shall thereafter return to Lessee the Security Deposit and the prepaid monthly Base Rent, and neither party shall have any further obligations to the other hereunder.

 

1.5                                Base Rent .  Throughout the Term, Lessee shall pay monthly installments of Base Rent for the Premises in the amounts set forth below.  For purposes of the Lease, “Lease Year” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Term commencing on the Commencement Date.

 

Lease Year

 

Annual Base Rent

 

Monthly Installment of Base
Rent

 

1

 

$

433,023.17

 

$

36,085.26

 

2

 

$

441,683,64

 

$

36,806.97

 

3

 

$

450,517.31

 

$

37,543.11

 

4

 

$

459,527.66

 

$

38,293.97

 

5

 

$

468,718.21

 

$

39,059.85

 

6

 

$

478,092.57

 

$

39,841.05

 

7

 

$

487,654.42

 

$

40,637.87

 

8

 

$

497,407.51

 

$

41,450.63

 

9

 

$

507,355.66

 

$

42,279.64

 

10

 

$

517,505.78

 

$

43,125.23

 

 

2.5                                Lessor Work .  Notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, Lessor shall complete the following improvements (collectively, the “ Lessor Work ”), at Lessor’s sole cost and expense, following full execution and delivery of this Lease:  (i) replace the existing roof or install new roofing material over the existing roof of the building located at

 

1



 

the Premises (the “Building”) which is adequate to cause the Building roof to be water-tight for a duration equal to or longer than the Term; (ii) repair, as needed, the dock doors, enclosures, levelers, high speed doors and cooler man doors to the extent required to cause such items to be in good working order; (iii) repair the pit drainage system to the extent required to cause such item to be in good working order; (iv) power wash the interior of the Building’s cooler, (v) cause the existing HVAC, plumbing and electrical systems to be in working order upon delivery, provided that any upgrades or replacements of such systems required in connection with any improvements or alterations to the Premises made by Lessee shall be Lessee’s sole obligation, (vi) remove and replace portions of the Building concrete flooring which has been damaged by battery acid, and (vii) perform the initial power wash of the interior of coolers.  Lessee acknowledges and agrees that (a) the cooler panels and curbing, and (b) the refrigeration and floor heating systems shall be its sole responsibility.  The Lessor Work shall be substantially completed by Lessor on or before the date which is ninety (90) days following the Commencement Date (provided that such date shall be subject to extension on a day-for-day basis on account of any tenant delays) (the “Lessor Work Completion Date” ), and Lessee shall receive an abatement of rent for each day following the Lessor Work Completion Date (as the same may be extended hereunder) that (i) the Lessor Work is not substantially completed, and (ii) such failure to timely substantially complete the Lessor Work interferes with Lessee’s use and enjoyment of the Premises or its ability to operate its business from the Premises.

 

2.6                                Lessee Improvements .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Paragraph 2, Lessee shall be entitled to a one-time improvement allowance (the “Lessee Improvement Allowance”) in the amount of One Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($125,000.00) for costs relating to the repair of the existing refrigeration system located within the Building as of the date of this Lease (the “Lessee Improvements”).  In no event shall Lessor be obligated to make disbursements pursuant to this Paragraph 2.6 in a total amount which exceeds the Lessee Improvement Allowance.  Lessee shall not be entitled to receive any cash payment or credit against Rent or otherwise for any portion of the Lessee Improvement Allowance which is not used to pay for the Lessee Improvement Allowance Items (as hereinafter defined).  The Lessee Improvement Allowance shall be disbursed to Lessee within thirty (30) days after Lessor’s receipt of:  (i) reasonably particularized written invoices for such costs; (ii) executed mechanic’s lien releases from all of Lessee’s subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers used in connection with the Lessee Improvements, which shall comply with the appropriate provisions, as reasonably determined by Lessor, of Texas law; and (iii) all other information reasonably requested by Lessor.  Lessee shall provide written notice to Lessor of all alterations and improvements constructed by or for Lessee at the Premises, provided that Lessor’s prior consent to any alterations and improvements shall only be required to the extent they affect the Building roof, structure, foundation, or fire-life safety system.

 

9.4                                Total Destruction .  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction shall occur, Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor’s sole discretion, to terminate the Lease, in which event Lessor shall within thirty (30) days following delivery of the Partial/Total Notice (as defined in Paragraph 9.l(b) of the Lease) (the “Lessor Notice Date” ) , give notice of such termination to Lessee, and thereupon the Lease shall terminate ten (10) days after such notice is given and Lessee shall vacate the Premises and surrender the same to Lessor.  In the event a Premises Total Destruction shall occur and Lessor does not elect to terminate the Lease as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, Lessee may elect, no later than thirty

 

2



 

(30) days after the Lessor Notice Date, to terminate this Lease by written notice to Lessor effective as of the date specified in the notice, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such notice is given by Lessee.  Additionally, in the event a Premises Total Destruction shall occur and neither Lessor nor Lessee has elected to terminate the Lease as provided above, and the repairs to the Premises are not substantially complete within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of such Premises Total Destruction, then Lessee shall have the right to terminate the Lease upon delivery of notice to Lessor not more than thirty (30) days after the expiration of the foregoing one hundred eighty (180) day period, which termination shall be effective as of the date of the delivery of such written notice to Lessor.

 

10.6                         Real Property Tax Assessments .  In the event that any special tax assessments are permitted by the governing taxing authority or by applicable law to be paid in installments, Lessee shall have the right to pay such special tax assessments in the maximum number of installments permitted by such governing taxing authority or applicable law; provided, however, in the event that any such special tax assessments is assessed against the Premises relates solely to the period of time consisting of the Term of this Lease (as the same shall be extended pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 1.3, above), then notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall pay the entire of amount of such special tax assessments prior to the expiration of the Term of this Lease.  Lessor shall be obligated to pay any installment of such special tax assessments which is applicable to any period following the expiration of this Lease.

 

11.                                Interruption of Utilities .  In the event that any utility service provided to the Premises shall cease or be interrupted and such interruption renders the Premises untenantable for the uses permitted under this Lease and thereby prevents Lessee from (and Lessee, in fact ceases) conducting its business operations therein and such cessation or interruption results from a failure by Lessor to perform any of its obligations hereunder, then if such cessation or interruption and the resulting untenantability continues for a period of five (5) consecutive business days after Lessee gives Lessor written notice of said interruption or cessation, then Lessee shall be entitled to an appropriate abatement of rent from the fifth (5 th ) day after said notice is received by Lessor until the service is restored and the Premises rendered tenantable.

 

12.3                         Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting .  If the rent and other monies payable by any sublessee to Lessee, on a per rentable square foot basis, for or in connection with the use and occupancy of any sublet space shall be in excess of the Rent payable by Lessee under this Lease on a per rentable square foot basis, Lessee shall so notify Lessor and Lessee shall pay to Lessor fifty percent (50%) of all such excess received by Lessee, after deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Lessee for (i) reasonable changes, alterations and improvements in the Premises in connection with such sublease, (ii) reasonable brokerage commissions incurred in connection with such sublease, (iii) any free rent reasonably provided to such sublessee, and (iv) any reasonable marketing fees incurred in connection with such sublease.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Paragraph 12, Lessee shall be permitted to assign this Lease, or sublet all or a portion of the Premises, to an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) of Lessee without the prior consent of Lessor, if all of the following conditions are satisfied:

 

3



 

(a)                                  an event of Breach by Lessee does not then exist;

 

(b)                                  a fully executed copy of such assignment or sublease, the assumption of this Lease by the assignee or acceptance of the sublease by the sublessee, and such other information regarding the assignment or sublease as Lessor may reasonably request, shall have been delivered to Lessor;

 

(c)                                   any such assignment is not conducted as a subterfuge to avoid the obligations of Lessee under Paragraph 12 or otherwise under the Lease;

 

(d)                                  Lessee gives Lessor at least 30 days prior written notice of any such assignment or sublease to an Affiliate; and

 

(e)                                   Lessee shall remain fully liable for all obligations to be performed by Lessee under this Lease notwithstanding any such assignment or transfer.

 

As used herein the term “Affiliate” shall mean (i) an entity which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, Lessee, (ii) a successor-in-interest to Lessee by way of merger or consolidation, or by sale of all or substantially all of the stock of Lessee or of all of the assets of Lessee, or (iii) any entity to which a majority of the capital stock, partnership or other equity or legal or beneficial interest of Lessee are transferred, so long as the tangible net worth of the surviving or successor entity following such transaction is at least as much as the tangible net worth of Lessee immediately preceding the transaction or at the Commencement Date, whichever is lesser.  “Control” shall mean ownership of fifty-one percent (51%) or more of the voting securities or rights of the controlled entity.

 

23.3                         Notice Requirements .  All notices shall be sent to the following addresses:

 

If to Lessor:

 

DF/Hilltop, LLC

 

 

2530 East 11th Street

 

 

Oakland, California 94601

 

 

Attn: Mr. Jason Dreisbach

 

 

Facsimile No.: (510) 533-6600

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory & Natsis LLP

 

 

1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1800

 

 

Los Angeles, California 90067

 

 

Attn: Alain M. R’bibo, Esq.

 

 

Facsimile No.: (310) 788-2410

 

 

 

If to Lessee:

 

Blue Apron, Inc.

 

 

5 Crosby Street, 3rd Floor

 

 

New York, New York 10013

 

 

Attn: Mr. Matt Salzberg

 

 

Facsimile No.:

 

51.                                Financial Statements and Other Information .  Lessee shall provide Lessor and any of Lessor’s mortgagee(s) or lender(s) audited or reviewed financial statements compiled by a

 

4



 

certified public accountant to the extent requested by Lessor or Lessor’s lender or prospective lender in connection with any financing transaction of Lessor.  Lessee shall also deliver such additional financial information as may reasonably be requested by Lessor’s mortgagee(s) or lender(s), provided the same is of a type normally maintained by Lessee or can be obtained without undue cost or burden on Lessee’s personnel.

 

52.                                DTPA Waiver .  Lessee certifies that it is not a “consumer” within the meaning of the Texas Deceptive Trade Practices - Consumer Protection Act, Subchapter E of Chapter 17, Section 17.41, et seq. , of the Texas Business and Commerce Code, as amended, or any similar state statute relating to the protection of consumers (“DTPA”).  LESSEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IF ANY DTPA IS APPLICABLE TO THIS LEASE, THEN LESSEE, AFTER CONSULTATION WITH ATTORNEYS OF ITS OWN SELECTION, HEREBY VOLUNTARILY WAIVES AND RELEASES ALL OF ITS RIGHTS AND REMEDIES UNDER ANY DTPA THAT MAY BE APPLICABLE TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS LEASE.

 

53.                                Excluded Expenses .  Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, in no event shall Lessor have the right to seek reimbursement from Lessee for the cost of any of the following:  (a) ground rents and loan prepayment penalties, premiums, fees or other charges in connection therewith and other non-operating debts of Lessor; (b) omitted or additional real estate taxes assessed during the Term but relating to a period prior to the Commencement Date or after the Expiration Date; (c) expenses which are reimbursed by insurance or warranties; (d) the amount of any refundable deposits; (e) Federal, State or local income, revenue or excise taxes imposed on Lessor or any inheritance, estate, succession, transfer, gift, capital stock, franchise, or excess profit taxes; (f) annual management fees in excess of 1.5% of the annual Base Rent then in effect under the Lease; (g) costs of repairs, replacements and alterations for which and to the extent that Lessor is actually reimbursed therefor; (h) expenses arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor or its agents, servants or employees or from Lessor’s breach of its obligations under this Lease and that would not have otherwise been incurred but for such gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach; (i) costs and expenses incurred by Lessor to remove, enclose or encapsulate hazardous substances existing in the Premises as of the Commencement Date in violation of any laws, rules and regulations then in effect; (j) fines, penalties, interest or legal fees incurred as a result of Lessor’s late payment of taxes, utility bills or any other costs of the Premises; or (k) any capital improvements performed by Lessor in connection with the Building structure, roof or foundation.

 

54.                                Fire-Life Safety System .  Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, the repair and maintenance of the fire-life safety system for the Building shall be the responsibility of Lessor, provided that Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for any costs incurred by Lessor in connection with such repair and maintenance within thirty (30) days following Lessor’s written request therefor.

 

55.                                Hazardous Substances .  Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, Lessor shall be responsible, at Lessor’s sole cost and expense, for the removal and remediation of any Hazardous Substances existing at the Premises as of the Commencement Date to the extent that the presence of such Hazardous Substances violates Applicable Requirements or interferes with Lessee’s use of the Premises, provided that Lessee shall be solely responsible for

 

5



 

any remediation of Hazardous Substances which is necessitated or triggered by any improvements or alterations performed by Lessee in the Premises, or Lessee’s particular use of the Premises.

 

56.                                Removal of Personal Property .  Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, Lessee acknowledges and agrees that upon the Commencement Date, the Premises are being delivered with certain existing racking and refrigeration equipment (collectively, the “ Existing FF&E ”) and Lessee shall not remove, dispose of or replace such Existing FF&E without prior written notice to Lessor.  In the event that Lessee elects to dispose of any portion of the Existing FF&E which constitutes racking equipment, then Lessor shall have the right to recover such racking equipment and shall cause such racking equipment to be stored and/or delivered away from the Premises at Lessor’s sole cost and expense.  In the event that Lessee elects to dispose of any portion of the Existing FF&E which constitutes refrigeration equipment, then upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Lessee shall replace such refrigeration equipment with refrigeration equipment comparable to the Existing FF&E refrigeration equipment (in the condition of such equipment as of the Commencement Date) to Lessor’s reasonable satisfaction.  Subject to the foregoing, upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Lessee shall have the right to remove any furniture, fixtures or equipment installed by Lessee in the Premises which were paid for by Lessee.

 

57.                                Compliance with Applicable Requirements .  Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, to the extent that any improvements are required at the Premises to cause the Premises to comply with Applicable Requirements, then Lessor shall be responsible, at Lessor’s sole cost and expense, for making any such improvements to the extent such improvements (i) pertain to any Applicable Requirement which is in effect as of the Commencement Date, (ii) are required in the absence of any improvements or alterations performed by Lessee at the Premises and are not triggered by any Lessee improvements or alterations, (iii) are not required to correct any “grandfathered” or similar legal non-conforming portions of the Premises, and (iv) are then being required by any applicable governmental authority, or are required in order for Lessee to use the Premises as intended for its business operations.  Except for Lessor’s express obligations hereinabove, Lessee shall otherwise be responsible for causing the Premises to comply with Applicable Requirements.

 

58.                                Capital Improvements .  Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, and except for any capital improvements pertaining to the Building structure, roof or foundation for which Lessee shall have no obligation, to the extent that during the Term, any capital improvements are required at the Premises (including the replacement of base building systems such HVAC, electrical and plumbing), such improvements shall be coordinated with Lessor (including Lessor’s prior written approval of plans and specifications) and made by Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, provided that Lessor shall deliver payment to Lessee, within 30 days following receipt of written request therefor together with reasonable supporting documentation, in an amount equal to the percentage of the cost of such item which is equal to the percentage of the useful life of such item (as determined by GAAP) which occurs following the Expiration Date.  The terms of this Paragraph 58 shall not apply with respect to Lessee’s initial improvements at the Premises for which Lessor shall have no responsibility.

 

6



 

59.                                Efforts to Relet Upon Termination of Lease .  Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, in the event of the termination of the Lease as a result of any Breach by Lessee, and provided that Lessee has vacated the Premises, Lessor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to relet the Premises by listing the Premises with a reputable real estate broker for lease at market rates.

 

60.                                Property Management Fee.  Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, Lessor shall have the right to charge Lessee a monthly property management fee in an amount equal to 1.5% of the monthly Base Rent then in effect under the Lease, and which amount shall be paid within 30 days of Lessor’s written request therefor or paid together with any other pass through expenses billed by Lessor to Lessee in accordance with the terms of the Lease.

 

7


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessor and Lessee have executed this Addendum concurrently with the Lease of even date herewith.

 

 

“LESSOR”

DF/HILLTOP, LLC,

 

 

a California limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jason W. Dreisbach

 

 

Name:

Jason W. Dreisbach

 

 

Its:

Attorney in Fact Dreisbach Family Trust

 

 

 

 

“LESSEE”

BLUE APRON, INC.

 

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matt Salzberg

 

 

Name:

Matt Salzberg

 

 

Its:

CEO

 

8




Exhibit 10.17

 

SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS SUBLEASE AGREEMENT (this “Sublease”) is made and entered into as of the 25th day of November, 2015, by and between East Coast Warehouse & Distribution Corp. (“Sublessor”), a New Jersey corporation, and Blue Apron, Inc. (“Sublessee”), a Delaware corporation.

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, Cabot Acquisition. LLC (the “Base Lessor”), as Landlord, entered into a Lease Agreement. dated for reference February 1, 2006 (the “Original Lease”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of April 18, 2007 (the “First Amendment”), that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of April 13. 2010 (the “Second Amendment”), that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated as of November 21, 2013 (the “Third Amendment”) and that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease dated as of August 27, 2015 (the “Fourth Amendment”), collectively, the “Base Lease”), with Sublessor. as Tenant whereby a portion of the building and improvements thereon (the “Property”) located at Port Industrial Marine Center V. 202 Port Jersey Blvd., Jersey City.  Hudson County, New Jersey (such building, together with all improvements and appurtenances thereto, the “Building”), and more particularly described in Exhibit “A” attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference for all purposes were leased unto Sublessor; and

 

WHEREAS, Sublessor desires to sublease a portion of the Property to Sublessee, and Sublessee wishes to sublease from Sublessor the Demised Premises which consists of 89,000 square feet of interior warehouse space and approximately one (l) acre of exterior parking, as more particularly described in Exhibit “B” attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference for all purposes (the “Demised Premises”), together with the non-exclusive right to use the common exterior areas on the Property for access only.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing recitals and for the further consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, Sublessor and Sublessee agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Term .

 

1.1                                Primary Term.  Sublessor hereby subleases the Demised Premises to Sublessee, and Sublessee hereby subleases the Demised Premises from Sublessor for a term commencing on December 15, 2015 (the ‘‘Commencement Date’’), and ending on November 30, 2018 (the “Primary Term”), upon the terms and conditions set forth herein; provided, Sublessee may, at any time, shorten the Term (as defined below) of this Sublease by providing three full calendar months’ written notice to Sublessor and in such case the Term will be deemed to end on the last day of the third full calendar month that follows Sublessor’s receipt of such notice and thereafter, the parties shall have no obligations or liabilities to each other under this Sublease except for those items which specifically survive the termination or earlier expiration hereof. On the Commencement Date, Sublessor shall deliver the Demised Premises (except the Parking Area (as defined below) which is already occupied by Sublessee) to Sublessee vacant

 

1



 

and, subject to Section 8, in a condition reasonably suitable for Sublessee’s use of the Demised Premises (the “Delivery Condition”).

 

1.2                                Renewal Options.  Subject to Section 1.3 and providing no event of material default exists at the time each option is exercised or at the time the renewal is to commence, Sublessee shall have the option to renew this Sublease for two (2) successive terms of one-year each (each, a “Renewal Term,” and to the extent exercised, with the Primary Term, the “Term”).  The Renewal Terms shall begin and end as follows:

 

1st one-year option:

December 1, 2018 - November 30, 2019

2nd one-year option:

December 1, 2019 - November 30, 2020

 

The terms and conditions of the Sublease for each Renewal Term shall be identical with the Primary Term, except for rent, as discussed in Article 2 below.

 

1.3                                Renewal Option Notification.  As a condition precedent to its exercise of any option to renew this Sublease under either of the aforementioned Renewal Terms, Sublessee will give to Sublessor not less than one hundred twenty (120) days’ advance written notice of its desire to exercise its renewal option.  The giving of such notice will be sufficient to make the lease binding for the Renewal Term without further act of the parties.

 

1.4                                Holdover.  If Sublessee has not fully vacated, and caused all of its products and personal property to be removed from, the Demised Premises by the end of the Term or termination of this Sublease, whichever occurs first, Sublessee will (i) indemnify Sublessor for any and all claims against Sublessor, from Base Lessor or third parties, and other expenses incurred related to or arising from Sublessee’s failure to timely and completely vacate the Demised Premises, (ii) pay as hold-over rental for each month or portion thereof of the hold-over tenancy an amount equal to one hundred fifty (150%) percent of the then-current rent (due pursuant to Section 2 hereof), and (iii) pay any reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Sublessor to defend itself, enforce its rights, or collect amounts owed related to Sublessee’s failure to vacate or cause its products to be removed from the Demised Premises, and (iv) pay all other amounts incurred by Sublessor arising therefrom.

 

1.5                                Sublessor’s Early Termination Option.  Sublessor will notify Sublessee within thirty (30) days of Sublessor’s notice to Base Lessor of Sublessor’s intent to exercise the Termination Option set forth in the Fourth Amendment.

 

2.                                       Rent .  The parties hereto agree that the rent per month for the Term is as outlined in this paragraph (provided that the rent for the periods beginning December 1, 2018 and December 1, 2019 shall only be applicable in the event Sublessee validly exercises the renewal options pursuant to Sections 1.2 and 1.3 to extend the Term for the first and second Renewal Term, respectively).  In the event the Commencement Date is not the first day of a month, the rent due for the month in which the Commencement Date occurs shall be pro-rated based on the total number of days in the month.  Rent will be paid on or before the 1st day of each month without setoff or deduction at Sublessor’s office. as designated herein, without notice or demand.  If a monthly rental payment is not received by Sublessor on or before the 10th day of the month

 

2



 

in which said payment is due, a service charge of five percent (5%) thereof will be paid by Sublessee in addition to the payment due.

 

Commencement Date- November 30, 2016

$63,042 per month

December l, 2016 - November 30, 2017

$64,933 per month

December l, 2017 - November 30, 2018

$66,881 per month

December 1, 2018 - November 30, 2019

$68,887 per month

December 1, 2019 - November 30, 2020

$70,954 per month

 

3.                                       Security Deposit .  Sublessee agrees to deposit with Sublessor upon execution of this Sublease an amount equal to $126,084 (the “Security Deposit”).  The Security Deposit will be made, in Sublessee’s sole discretion, in the form of either (i) a cash payment to be held by Sublessor or (ii) an Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit in favor of Sublessor issued by a bank and under terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Sublessor.  The Security Deposit will be held by or for the benefit of Sublessor as security for the faithful performance by Sublessee of all the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Sublease to be kept and performed by Sublessee and not as an advance rental deposit or as a measure of Sublessor’s damage in case of Sublessee’s default.  Upon the occurrence of any event of default by Sublessee or a breach by Sublessee of Sublessee’s covenants under this Sublease, Sublessor may, from time to time, without prejudice to any other remedy, use any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any rent or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any amount which Sublessor may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Sublessee’s default, or to compensate Sublessor for any other loss or damage which Sublessor may suffer by reason of Sublessee’s default.  If any portion is so used, Sublessee will within five (5) days after written demand therefor, deposit with Sublessor an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount and the Sublessee’s failure to do so will be a material breach of this Sublease.  The Sublessor will return the Security Deposit or any balance thereof to Sublessee within thirty (30) days after the end of the Term, so long as Sublessee has performed all obligations under the Sublease.

 

4.                                       Base Lease .  Except to the extent that the terms of the Base Lease are inconsistent with specific terms set forth herein, and subject to the last sentence of this Section 4, the terms and conditions of the Base Lease are hereby incorporated herein by reference for all purposes, and by Sublessee’s execution hereof, Sublessee acknowledges that Sublessor has furnished Sublessee with a copy of the Base Lease.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Sublease, Sublessee hereby agrees to comply in all respects with the terms and conditions of the Base Lease, including, without limitation, limitations on use; maintenance and repairs; alterations, additions, and improvements; compliance with laws; and prohibitions against assignment and subletting. Sublessor covenants and agrees that it will perform and observe all of the provisions contained in the Base Lease to be performed and observed by the “Tenant” thereunder except for those obligations which are expressly assumed by Sublessee pursuant to this Sublease.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublessee shall have no obligation to (i) cure any default of Sublessor under the Base Lease (unless caused by Sublessee’s default under this Sublease), (ii) perform any obligation of Sublessor under the Base Lease which arose prior to the Commencement Date, (iii) repair any damage to the Demised Premises caused by Sublessor, or (iv) discharge any liens on the Demised Premises or the Building which arise out of any work performed, or claimed to be performed, by or at the direction of Sublessor.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary and subject to Section 35, Sublessee will have no

 

3



 

rights, claims, or causes of action against Sublessor or Base Lessor based on Sublessor’s failure to perform or observe any provisions in the Base Lease.  The following provisions of the Base Lease shall not be incorporated into this Sublease: 2, 3.1, 4, 5, 7.2.l (i) and (ii), 7.4, 11, 13, 19.3, 28, 39, 40, Exhibit A, Exhibit B, the First Amendment. the Second Amendment, the Third Amendment and the Fourth Amendment; provided, Sections 7.2.1(i), 7.2.1(ii) and 13 shall be incorporated to the extent such Sections apply to the Demised Premises.

 

This Sublease is subject and subordinate to all terms. covenants, and conditions of the Base Lease and to all of the rights of the Base Lessor under the Base Lease.  In the event that the Base Lease terminates before the expiration of this Sublease, Sublessee will, at the option of the Base Lessor, attorn to the Base Lessor and waive any rights Sublessee may have to terminate this Sublease or to surrender possession of the Demised Premises as a result of the termination of the Base Lease.

 

If for any reason the Base Lease terminates prior to the expiration or termination of this Sublease, Sublessee will not have any claim whatsoever against Sublessor arising from or related to such termination of the Base Lease or for other amounts Sublessee incurs in connection therewith.

 

5.                                       Parking Area .  As set fo1th in Appendix B, the Demised Premises includes the identified exterior parking area (the “Parking Area”).  Sublessee may use and occupy the Parking Area as needed for parking of vehicles by it and its customers, employees, service providers, guests, and other visitors (collectively “Users.’’).  Users will have access to the Parking Area twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week during the Term.  Sublessee will (if it has not previously done so) provide for and bear all costs related to the installation and maintenance of a fence surrounding the Parking Area (the “Fence”).  For the avoidance of doubt, Sublessee will be responsible for all utilities and maintenance related to the Parking Area as set forth in Section 6 and Section 9.

 

6.                                       Utilities .

 

6.1                                Sublessee will contract separately and independently with providers to supply all electrical, beating, fuel oil, and alarm services to the Demised Premises.  All costs associated with such services, including, but not limited to fees or expenses related to re-routing utility conduits (including, without limitation, for fuel oil) in order that the Demised Premises is suitable for Sublessee’s operation and separation of the foregoing utilities set-up costs. activation fees, maintenance, usage, and other charges, will be the responsibility of Sublessee.  Sublessee will work with Base Lessor as necessary to effect the proper separation of the foregoing utilities so Sublessee can contract for such utilities independently and Sublessee will bear all costs related to or arising from such separation. Sublessor will reasonably facilitate communication between Sublessee and Base Lessor for the foregoing purposes.  For all other utilities provided to the Demised Premises, including, but not limited to hot and cold water services and other utilities which are not reasonably capable of submetering, Sublessor will bill Sublessee, based on Sublessee’s proportionate use of the Property, twenty eight and one half percent (28.5%) of Sublessor’s total costs of such utilities for the Property (the “Utilities Invoice”).  The Utilities Invoice will also include one hundred percent (100%) of Sublessor’s costs related to the Extra Power (as defined below).  Amounts owed to Sublessor for the Utilities Invoice will be paid

 

4



 

within thirty (30) days of Sublessee’s receipt of Sublessor’s statement therefor.  If such amounts are not received by Sublessor on or before the date in which said payment is due, a service charge of five percent (5%) thereof will be paid by Sublessee in addition to the payment due.

 

6.2                                Sublessor agrees to provide Sublessee with access to an additional four hundred (400) Kilowatts of electricity output that is available on the Property (the “Extra Power”); provided, Sublessee will be responsible for all costs related to Sublessee’s use of the Extra Power including, without limitation, (i) the initial assessment to determine the extent of the Extra Power available, (ii) Sublessor’s installation of a submetering device and other modifications necessary to provide for separate metering, (iii) expenses incurred by Sublessor to break applicable usage contracts in order to provide the Extra Power, and (iv) all other applicable costs including, without limitation, set-up costs, activation fees, maintenance, and usage charges.  The work and services performed under this Section 6.2 may be done or overseen by an employee of Sublessor and billed back to Sublessee. Other than the initial assessment referenced in subsection (i) of this Section 6.2, which has already been conducted, all work to be performed related to the Extra Power will not commence without Sublessee’s approval.

 

7.                                       Property Taxes, Insurance, and other Building Fees .

 

7.1                                Sublessee will pay to Sublessor based on Sublessee’s proportionate use of the Property, twenty eight and one half percent (28.5%) of all real property taxes, assessments, and other governmental charges of any kind or nature which at any time during the Term of this Sublease may be assessed, levied, or imposed upon Sublessor under the Base Lease or relating to the Demised Premises (the “Real Estate Taxes”).  Sublessee will pay all taxes levied or imposed by all governmental authorities upon Sublessee’s furnishings, trade fixtures, equipment, or other personal property located on the Demised Premises.  Nothing contained in this Sublease will require Sublessor to pay any estate, inheritance, succession. capital levy, or transfer or sales tax to Sublessee, nor to pay any taxes of any kind whatsoever that are based upon or measured by the income of Sublessee.  Nothing contained in this Sublease will require Sublessee to pay any income, estate, inheritance, succession, capital levy, or transfer or sales taxes to Sublessor, nor to pay any taxes of any kind whatsoever other than the Real Estate Taxes.  Under no circumstances will either party be liable for franchise taxes assessed against the other party.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, except to the extent due to a breach by Sublessee of this Sublease, including, without limitation, Sublessee’s failure to timely make the Estimated Payment (as defined below), in no event shall Real Estate Taxes include any penalties or interest.

 

7.2                                Sublessee will pay to Sublessor, based on Sublessee’s proportionate use of the Property, twenty eight and one half percent (28.5%) of all premiums paid by Sublessor for all insurance policies relating to the Property which Sublessor is required to maintain under the terms of the Base Lease (the “Property Premiums”).  Payments made to Sublessor under this Section 7.2 are in addition to Sublessee’s insurance requirements set forth in Article 12. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, except to the extent due to a breach by Sublessee of this Sublease, including, without limitation, Sublessee’s failure to timely make the Estimated Payment, in no event shall Real Property Premiums include any penalties or interest.

 

5



 

7.3                                Sublessee will pay to Sublessor, based on Sublessee’s proportionate use of the Property, twenty eight and one half percent (28.5%) of all other fees and expenses it is responsible for under the Base Lease relating to the Property that are not included in Section 9.4 (the “Sublease Building Expenses”).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, except to the extent due to a breach by Sublessee of this Sublease, including, without limitation, Sublessee’s failure to timely make the Estimated Payment, in no event shall Sublease Building Expenses include any penalties or interest.

 

7.4

 

7.4.1                      Sublessee will make a monthly payment of the Real Estate Taxes. Property Premiums, and Sublease Building Expenses based Sublessor’s reasonable estimate of 1/12 of the annual combined amount of such items (the “Estimated Payment”).  Sublessor’s current Estimated Payment is ten thousand two hundred thirty dollars ($10,230), which is subject to change on not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Sublessee, which notice will contain reasonably acceptable backup information concerning the new Estimated Payment. Sublessee will make the Estimated Payment on the 1st day of each calendar month during the Term, in addition to other amounts owed under this Sublease including rent, and continuing until such time as Sublessor delivers a subsequent written Estimated Payment (if any), Sublessee will pay to Sublessor the then-current Estimated Payment.  If such payment is not received by Sublessor on or before the 10th day of the month which said payment is clue, a service charge of five percent (5%) thereof will be paid by Sublessee in addition to the payment due.  Within ninety (90) days of the time Sublessor may determine the actual amounts of the Real Estate Taxes, Property Premiums, and Sublease Building Expenses for the preceding tax year, Sublessor will furnish Sublessee a statement (the “Expense Statement”) showing the actual Real Estate Taxes, Property Premiums, and Sublease Building Expenses incurred during such tax year (minus any late payment fees) and showing the Estimated Payments made by Sublessee with respect to such tax year.  If the aggregate Estimated Payments made by Sublessee with respect to such tax year exceed the actual Real Estate Taxes, Property Premiums, and Sublease Building Expenses for such tax year, then Sublessee will receive a credit for the excess against the next installment(s) of rent due to Sublessor (or, if the Term has expired, Sublessor will refund such overpayment to Sublessee within thirty (30) days after the parties’ good faith determination of such overpayment); if said payments are less than said Real Estate Taxes, Property Premiums and Sublease Building Expenses incurred during such tax year, Sublessee will pay to Sublessor the deficiency, without interest, within thirty (30) days thereafter (or, if the Term has expired, Sublessee will make such underpayment to Sublessor within thirty (30) days after the parties’ good faith determination and written notice of such underpayment).

 

8.                                       Acceptance of the Demised Premises by Sublessee . Sublessee acknowledges that (i)Sublessee has fully inspected the Demised Premises and, except as otherwise provided herein, accepts the same in their present condition “as is, where is, with all faults,” (ii) Sublessee accepts the Demised Premises as suitable for the purposes for which the same are leased, (iii) Sublessee accepts the Demised Premises and each and every part and appurtenance thereof as being in good and satisfactory condition, (iv) except as set forth herein, Sublessor has made no warranties or representations to Sublessee whatsoever with respect to the condition of the Demised Premises, and (v) Sublessee waives any defects (except latent defects) in the Demised Premises and its appurtenances and in all other parts of the Property and the appurtenances thereto which

 

6



 

would be discoverable at the time of Sublessee’s inspection.  Upon the expiration or termination of this Sublease, Sublessee agrees to return the Demised Premises to Sublessor in the condition required by the Base Lease.  As soon as practicable after Sublessee takes possession of the Demised Premises, representatives of Sublessor and Sublessee will make a joint inspection of the Demised Premises, and the results thereof will be reduced to writing and such writing will be approved and executed on behalf of each party and then will constitute a part of this Sublease and be conclusive with respect to the condition of the Demised Premises on such date, except with respect to latent defects of which Sublessee delivers written notice to Sublessor within the later of (x) thirty (30) days after the date Sublessee takes possession of the Demised Premises and (y) thirty (30) days after the discovery thereof by Sublessee, and, in each case, Sublessor will commence repair of such latent defects within ninety (90) days of Sublessee’s notice of same; provided, there shall be no obligation to repair defects that existed and were discoverable by Sublessee prior to the Commencement Date.

 

9.                                       Repair and Maintenance by Sublessee and Surrender .

 

9.1                                Sublessee will maintain in good repair and condition at Sublessee’s sole cost, expense, and risk, all of the Demised Premises and all fixtures, equipment, and personal property on the Demised Premises, reasonable wear and tear excepted.

 

9.2                                Sublessee will, throughout the Term, take good care of the Demised Premises and all fixtures, equipment, and personal property on the Demised Premises and keep them free from waste or nuisance and at the expiration or termination of this Sublease, vacate the Demised Premises, deliver the keys to the Demised Premises to Sublessor, and deliver the Demised Premises clean and free of trash and in good repair and condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted.  Upon termination of this Sublease or by the end of the Term, whichever occurs first, Sublessee will, at Sublessee’s sole cost, remove all unattached removable trade fixtures, office furniture and equipment installed by Sublessee unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Sublessor.  Sublessee also will repair any damage caused by such removal.  If Sublessee does not so remove these items within ten (10) days of termination or by the end of the Term, whichever occurs first, Sublessor may determine that Sublessee has abandoned all property not removed and assume title thereto, or may remove and store such property at Sublessee’s expense. Sublessee will indemnify the Sublessor against any loss or liability resulting from delay by Sublessee in so surrendering the Demised Premises, inch1ding, without limitation, any claim made against Sublessor or Base Lessor by any succeeding tenant founded on such delay.  No agreement to accept a surrender of the Demised Premises prior to termination as otherwise provided herein will be valid unless the same be made in writing and accepted by Sublessor.

 

9.3                                Except (a) to the extent that the maintenance or repair of same is the responsibility of Base Lessor pursuant to the terms of the Base Lease or (b) to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Sublessor, Sublessee will be solely responsible for the costs and procurement of all repairs and maintenance obligations related to the Demised Premises, including, without limitation: (i) snow removal from parking areas, sidewalks, and driveways within the Demised Premises, (ii) trash and debris removal from the Demised Premises, (iii) janitorial services for the Demised Premises, (iv) pest control for the Demised Premises, and (v) maintenance and repair related to heating and air conditioning and lighting of the Demised Premises. Sublessee will perform or cause to be performed all of its obligations

 

7



 

under this Section 9.3 in a good and workmanlike manner consistent with practices at similar institutional properties.

 

9.4                                Sublessee will pay Sublessor, based on Sublessee’s proportionate use of the Property, twenty eight and one half percent (28.5%) of any and all common area maintenance or other amounts due from Sublessor to the Base Lessor under the Base Lease (the ‘‘CAM Payment”). The CAM Payment will be paid monthly and will initially be one thousand five hundred seventy five dollars ($1,575), subject to change upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Sub1essee, and will be paid to Sublessor by Sublessee on the 1st day of each calendar month during the Term, in addition to other amounts owed under this Sublease including rent.  If such payment is not received by Sublessor on or before the 10th day of the month which said payment is due. a service charge of five percent (5%) thereof will be paid by Sublessee in addition to the payment due.  The Base Lessor. from time to time, may increase or decrease amounts Sublessor owes for common area maintenance or repair.  If such action by the Base Lessor results in Sublessee’s underpayment for its proportionate share of common area maintenance, Sublessee will pay Sublessor the deficit within thirty (30) days’ of Sublessee’s receipt of written notice thereof.  If such action by Base Lessor results in Sublessee’s overpayment for its proportionate share of common area maintenance. Sublessor will pay Sublessee such overpayment within thirty (30) days of Sublessor’s knowledge of such overpayment.

 

10.                                Maintenance by Sublessor .  Sublessor will not be responsible for maintenance of the Demised Premises.  In the event any maintenances made by “Base Lessor, Sublessee will, at Sublessee’s sole cost and expense, promptly remove Sublessee’s furniture, inventory, and other property and equipment maintained by Sublessee to the extent required to enable Base Lessor to perforrn such maintenance.  Except in the event of gross negligence or willful misconduct, in no event will Sublessor or Base Lessor be liable to Sublessee for damage to Sublessee’s fixtures, inventory, and other property or equipment.

 

11.                                Indemnification .  Sublessor will not be liable and Sublessee hereby waives all claims against the Sublessor for any damage to any property or any injury to any person in or about the Demised Premises by or from any cause whatsoever (including without limiting the foregoing, rain or water leakage of any character from the roof, windows, walls, basement, pipes, plumbing works, or appliances, the Demised Premises not being in good condition or repair, gas, fire, oil, electricity, or theft), except to the extent caused by or arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Sublessor or its authorized agents, employees, or contractors.  Sublessee will protect, indemnify, and hold the Sublessor harmless from and against any and all loss, claims, liability, or costs (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) included by reason of (a) any damage to any property (including but not limited to property of the Sublessor) or any injury (including but not limited to death) to any person occurring in, on, or about the Demised Premises or the Property to the extent that such injury or damage is caused by or arises from any actual or alleged act, neglect, fault, or omission by or of Sublessee or any of its authorized agents, employees, or contractors to meet any standards imposed by any duty with respect to the injury or damage; (b) the conduct or management of any work or thing whatsoever done by the Sublessee in or about the Demised Premises; (c) Sublessee’s failure to comply with any and all material government laws, ordinances, and regulations applicable to a condition caused by Sublessee or use of the Demised Premises or its occupancy by Sublessee; or (d) any

 

8



 

breach or default on the part of Sublessee in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of the Sublessee to be performed pursuant to this Sublease.  The provisions of this Section 11 will survive the termination of this Sublease with respect to any claims or liability accruing prior to such termination.  Sublessor agrees that Sublessee has the right to defend against all matters as identified in any section where indemnification will apply. subject to Sublessor’s prior approval of counsel selected by Sublessee, and Sublessor’s right to be separately represented if Sublessor reasonably determines that dual representation presents a conflict of interest.

 

12.                                Liability Insurance .

 

12.1                         Sublessee will keep in force throughout the Term: (a) a Commercial General Liability insurance policy or policies to protect the Sublessor against any liability to the public or to any invitee of Sublessee or Sublessor incidental to the use of or resulting from any accident occurring in or upon the Demised Premises with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence and not less than $2,000,000 in the annual aggregate, or such larger amounts as Sublessor may prudently require from time to time, covering bodily injury and property damage liability and $1,000,000 products/completed operations aggregate; (b) Business Auto Liability covering owned, non-owned, and hired vehicles with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 per accident; (c) insurance protecting against liability under Worker’s Compensation Laws with limits at least as required by statute with Employers Liability with limits of $500,000 each accident._ $500,000 disease policy limit, $500,000 disease—each employee, or such greater amount required by applicable law; (d) All Risk or Special Form coverage protecting Sublessee against loss of or damage to Sublessee’s alterations, additions, improvements, carpeting, floor coverings, panelings, decorations, fixtures, inventory, and other business personal property situated in or about the Demised Premises to the full replacement value of the property so insured; and (e) Business Interruption Insurance with a limit of liability representing loss of at least approximately six (6) months of income.

 

12.2                         The aforesaid policies will (a) be provided at Sublessee’s expense; (b) name the Sublessor as an additional insured (General Liability); and (c) be issued by an insurance company with a minimum Best’s rating of “A:VII’’ during the Term. Sublessee shall promptly provide Sublessor written notice of any notice of cancellation or non-payment of premium received by Sublessee with respect to the aforesaid insurance policies. A certificate of liability insurance on ACORD Form 25 (or other form reasonably acceptable to Sublessor) and a certificate of property insurance on ACORD Form 27 (or other form reasonably acceptable to Sublessor) will be delivered to Sublessor by Sublessee upon the commencement date of the Sublease and at least thirty (30) days prior to each renewal of said insurance.

 

12.3                         Whenever Sublessee undertakes any alterations, additions, or improvements in, to, or about the Demised Premises (“Work”), the aforesaid insurance protection must extend to and include injuries to persons and damage to property arising in connection with such Work, and such other insurance as Sublessor requires; and the policies of or certificates evidencing such insurance must be delivered to Sublessor prior to the commencement of any such Work.

 

9



 

13.                                Damage by Fire or Other Casualty .

 

13.1                         In the event the Demised Premises, the Property or the Building are damaged by fire or other cause, this Sublease will remain in full force and effect; provided, that in Base Lessor’s reasonable estimation such damage can be materially restored within one hundred fifty (150) days after the date of such damage.  Any such restoration performed will be the responsibility of Base Lessor pursuant to the Base Lease.  Sublessee will be entitled to a proportionate abatement in rent from the date such damage occurs, to the extent there is damage to the Demised Premises.  Such abatement of rent will be made pro rata in accordance with the extent to which the damage and the making of such repairs interferes with the use and occupancy by Sublessee of the Demised Premises for its normal business operations from time to time.  Sublessor will notify Sublessee, in writing, of Base Lessor’s reasonable estimation of the date of which material restoration can be made (the “Restoration Estimate”) within ten (10) days from the date Base Lessor provides the Restoration Estimate to Sublessor.  For purposes of this Sublease, the Building, Property or Demised Premises will be deemed “materially restored” if they are in such condition as would not prevent or materially interfere with Sublessee’s use of the Demised Premises for the purpose for which it was being used immediately before such damage occurred.

 

13.2                         If such repairs cannot be made within one hundred fifty (150) days based on the Restoration Estimate, Sublessor and Sublessee will each have the option of giving the other, at any time within thirty (30) days after Sublessee’s receipt of the Restoration Estimate, notice terminating this Sublease as of the date of such damage.  In the event of the giving of such notice, this Sublease will expire and all interest of the Sublessee in the Demised Premises will terminate as of the date of such damage as if such date had been originally fixed in this Sublease as the date of expiration of the Term.  In the event that neither Sublessor nor Sublessee exercises its option to terminate this Sublease, then the rent hereunder will be proportionately abated as provided in Section 13.1 until such time as Base Lessor materially restores the Building, Property or Demised Premises pursuant to the Base Lease.

 

13.3                         Sublessor will not be required to repair or replace any damage or loss by or from fire or other cause to any panelings, decorations, partitions, additions, railings, dropped ceilings, floor coverings, office fixtures, or any other property or improvements installed on the Demised Premises by, or belonging to, Sublessee, unless damaged by the gross negligence or willful misconduct Sublessor or its authorized agents, employees, or contractors.  Any insurance which may be carried by Sublessor or Sublessee against loss or damage to the Building, Property or Demised Premises will be for the sole benefit of the party carrying such insurance and under its sole control.

 

13.4                         In the event that Base Lessor should fail to complete or arrange for the completion of such repairs within thirty (30) days after the Restoration Estimate, as extended by this Section 13.4.  Sublessee may at its option and as its sole remedy terminate this Sublease by delivering written notice to Sublessor, within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of said period of time, whereupon the Sublease will end on the date of such notice or such later date fixed in such notice as if the date of such notice was the date originally fixed in this Sublease as the date of expiration of the Term; provided, however, that if repairs are delayed because of changes, deletions, or additions in construction requested by Sublessee, strikes, lockouts, casualties, Acts of God, war, material or labor shortages, government regulation or control, or other causes beyond the reasonable control of Sublessor, the period for repair will be extended for the amount

 

10



 

of time Sublessor is so delayed, but in no event more than ninety (90) days after the Restoration Estimate.

 

13.5                         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13, as provided for in the Base Lease, Base Lessor will not have any obligation whatsoever to repair, reconstruct, or restore the Demised Premises when the damages resulting from any casualty covered by the provisions of this Article 13 occur during the last twelve (12) months of the term of the Base Lease, but if Base Lessor determines not to repair such damages, Sublessor will notify Sublessee and if such damages render any material portion of the Demised Premises untenantable, Sublessee will have the right to terminate this Sublease by notice to Sublessor within fifteen (15) days after receipt  of Sublessor’s notice.

 

13.6                         In the event of any damage or destruction to the Building, Property or Demised Premises by any peril covered by the provisions of this Article 13, it will be Sublessee’s responsibility to reasonably secure the Demised Premises and upon notice from Sublessor to remove forthwith, at its sole cost and expense, such portion of all of the property belonging to Sublessee or its licensees from such portion or all of the Property or Demised Premises as Sublessor reasonably requests.

 

14.                                Condemnation of Demised Premises . If all or any substantial part of the Demised Premises is taken or appropriated by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain, or conveyance in lieu of such appropriation, either party to this Sublease will have the right, at its option. of giving the other, at any time within thirty (30) days after such taking, notice terminating this Sublease.  If neither party to this Sublease elects to terminate this Sublease, the rental thereafter to be paid will be adjusted based on the actual square footage taken or appropriated.  In addition to the rights above, if any substantial art of the Building is taken or appropriated by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain or conveyance in lieu thereof, and regardless of whether the Demised Premises or any part thereof are so taken or appropriated, either party will have the right to terminate this Sublease. Sublessor will be entitled to any and all income, rent, award, or any interest whatsoever in or upon any such sum, which may be paid or made in connection with any such public or quasi-public use or purpose, and Sublessee hereby assigns to Sublessor any interest it may have in or claim to all or any part of such sums other than any separate award which may be made with respect to Sublessee’s trade fixtures and moving expenses; Sublessee will make no claim for the value of any remaining period in the Term.

 

15.                                Initial Movement of Goods .  Sublessor will, prior to the Commencement Date, transfer all of Sublessor’s property from the Demised Premises such that the Demised Premises may be delivered to Sublessee in Delivery Condition (the “Initial Services”).  Sublessor will invoice Sublessee separately for its reasonable and documented out of pocket charges actually incurred by it in respect of the Initial Services and such invoice(s) will contain sufficient detail to determine how such charges were calculated.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublessee’s obligation to reimburse Sublessor for the Initial Services will not exceed $40,000.  Amounts owed to Sublessor for the Initial Services will be paid within thirty (30) days of Sublessee’s receipt of Sublessor’s invoice.  If such amounts are not received by Sublessor on or before the date in which said payment is due, a service charge of five percent (5%) thereof will be paid by Sublessee in addition to the payment due.

 

11


 

16.          Alterations, Improvements, and Additions .  Sublessee may not make any alterations, improvements. or additions to the Demised Premises without the express prior written consent Sublessor, provided that Sublessor will not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to any alterations, improvements or additions if Base Lessor consents to same (it being expressly understood that Sublessor’s condition that upon termination or expiration of the Term, the Demised Premises be returned to the same condition before such alteration, improvement, or addition was made is not unreasonable).  Unless otherwise provided in writing by Sublessor, upon termination or expiration of the Term, all alterations. improvements, and addition, including, without limitation, the Initial Improvements (as defined below) will, at Sublessee’s sole expense, be removed by Sublessee and the Demised Premises will be restored to the same condition that existed before such alterations, improvements, or additions were made.  Any alterations. additions, or improvements to which the Sublessor consents must be constructed and installed in accordance with (i) all requirements contained in the Base Lease and (ii) any reasonable requirements imposed by Sublessor to protect Sublessor’s interest in the Base Lease and/or in the Demised Premises.  All of Sublessee’s improvements. if an), will be paid for solely by Sublessee and installed by contractors, subcontractors, or other persons selected by Sublessee and approved in writing by Sublessor (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) as Sublessee directs.  In the event that Sublessor does not provide its written approval of any such contractor, subcontractor or other person in any applicable instance within four (4) business days of Sublessee’s request therefor, Sublessor will be deemed to have provided its approval in respect thereof.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein, Sublessor hereby consents to Sublessee making the improvements, alterations and additions to the Demised Premises related to (x) mold remediation, (y) the construction of new offices and employee areas. and (z) the construction of additional refrigerated space (the “Initial Improvements”.  The final specifications of the Initial Improvements will be delivered and approved by Sublessor and Base Lessor before any work related to the Initial Improvements is performed on the Demised Premises.  In no event shall (I) Sublessee’s failure to deliver such specifications or (II) Base Lessor’s or Sublessor’s failure to approve within a reasonable period such specifications prevent this Sublease from commencing on the Commencement Date.

 

Without limiting the foregoing, Sublessor has approved, and Sublessee, at its sole expense, has agreed to install, the Fence and an interior wall to segregate the interior of Demised Premises from the remainder of the Property (the “Wall”).  The specifications related to the Wall will be supplied by Sublessor.  Any material conditions not included in such specifications including, without limitation. the location, materials to be used, and configuration, must be reasonably approved by Sublessor before construction of the Wall commences.  At the conclusion of the Term, Sublessee will remove the Wall and Fence at its sole expense, unless Sublessor, at its sole option, has, more than thirty (30) days prior to the end of the expiration of the Term, notified Sublessee of Sublessor’s desire to have either or both the Wall and Fence remain on the Demised Premises.  In the event either or both the Wall and Fence remain on the Demised Premises following conclusion of this Sublease, the Wall and/or Fence will be considered part of the Property.

 

17.          Lien Claims .  In the event that a mechanic’s, materialman’s, or other type of lien or lien claim is filed against the Demised Premises, the Base Lessor’s interest in the Demised Premises and/or in the Base Lease, Sublessor’s interest in the Demised Premises and/or in the Base Lease and/or in this Sublease, or Sublessee’s interest in this Sublease arising or resulting

 

12



 

from acts or omissions by Sublessee, Sublessee will promptly secure the release of the same, or if Sublessee wishes to contest any such lien or claim, Sublessee may do so, but only if Sublessee complies with the Base Lease and furnishes Sublessor with surety bonds or escrow funds sufficient in amount in Sublessor’s sole opinion to protect Sublessor’s and the Base Lessor’s interests in the Demised Premises and/or in the Base Lease and Sublessor and Sublessee’s interests in this Sublease during the pendency of such contest and to pay such lien or claim if it is found to be valid upon the conclusion of such contest (“Sublessor’s Security”).  If Sublessee does not secure such release or furnish Sublessor’s Security, Sublessor may, after fifteen (15) days prior written notice to Sublessee, pay such lien or claim and secure such release, and Sublessee will be obligated to reimburse Sublessor for all sums expended by Sublessor in paying such lien or claim upon demand.

 

18.          Sublessor’s Right of Entry .  Sublessor and Sublessor’s authorized representatives will have the right, at all reasonable times during normal business hours. upon not less than two (2) business days· prior written notice, to enter the Demised Premises, (i) to inspect the general condition and state of repair thereof, (ii) to take any actions permitted under this Sublease, (iii) to show the Demised Premises to any prospective purchaser, tenant (provided that no prospective tenant will be shown the Demised Premises unless (A) the Term is scheduled to expire in less than one hundred twenty (120) days or (B) it is within sixty (60) days of the date (hat Sublessor must provide notice to Base Lessor of renewal or extension of the Base Lease. as applicable). or mortgagee, or (iv) for any other reasonable and lawful purpose; provided, that Sublessor will have the right to immediately enter the Demised Premises to perform emergency repairs or alterations which are in the reasonable judgment of Sublessor necessary to prevent imminent material damage to the Demised Premises and/or the improvements thereon.  In exercising any rights of entry to the Demised Premises, Sublessor, and any third parties entering the Demised Premises at Sublessor’s invitation or request, shall not interfere with or disrupt the nominal operation of Sublessee’s business. Sublessor and any third parties entering the Demised Premises at Sublessor’s invitation or request, shall at all times strictly observe Sublessee· reasonable rules relating to security and confidentiality (as such rules may be in effect from time to time).  Sublessee shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to designate a representative to accompany Sublessor. or any such third party, while on the Demised Premises.

 

19.          Default by Sublessor .  No default by Sublessor hereunder will constitute an eviction or disturbance of Sublessee’s use and possession of the Demised Premises or render Sublessor liable for damages or entitle Sublessee to be relieved from any of Sublessee’s obligations hereunder (including the obligation to pay rent) or grant Sublessee any right of deductions, abatement, setoff. or recoupment or entitle Sublessee to take any action whatsoever with regard to the Demised Premises or Sublessor until twenty (20) days after Sublessee has given Sublessor written notice specifically setting forth such default by Sublessor, and Sublessor has failed to cure such default within said twenty (20) day period, or, in the event such default cannot be cured within said twenty (20) day period, then within an additional reasonable period of time so long as Sublessor has commenced curative action within said twenty (20) day period and thereafter is diligently attempting to cure such default.  In the event that Sublessor fails to cure such default within said twenty (20) day period. or within said additional reasonable period of time, Sublessee will be entitled to (i) cure such default, in which event Sublessor will reimburse Sublessee on demand for all costs and expenses expended or incurred by Sublessee in curing such default together with interest thereon at the highest legal contractual rate until

 

13



 

reimbursement is made to Sublessee by Sublessor, (ii) exercise all rights and remedies provided by law, and/or (iii) immediately terminate this Sublease.

 

20.          Licenses and/or Permits; Compliance with Law .  Sublessee will obtain at Sublessee’s sole cost and expense, all necessary certificates, licenses, or permits to do business or perform Work in the Demised Premises, which may be required by any governmental authorities.  Sublessee will obey all laws, rules, and regulations applicable to it as they apply to the Demised Premises.

 

21.          Default by Sublessee .  In addition to the events of default defined in the Base Lease, it is understood and agreed that Sublessee will be in default and that an event of default will have occurred under this Sublease if Sublessee fails in any way to fully comply with the terms and conditions of the Base Lease or of this Sublease for twenty (20) days after receipt of written notice from Sublessor specifically setting forth such default or event of default, and Sublessee has failed to cure such default or event of default within said twenty (20) day period, or, in the event such default or event of default cannot be cured within twenty (20) days, then within an additional reasonable period of time so long as Sublessee has commenced curative action within said twenty (20) day period and thereafter is diligently attempting to cure such default. In the event that any of such events of default occurs, including those defined in the Base Lease. Sublessor will be entitled to (i) all the rights and remedies reserved by or granted to the Base Lessor in the Base Lease after an event of default, (ii) cure such default, in which event Sublessee will reimburse Sublessor on demand for all costs and expenses expended or incurred by Sublessor in curing such default together with interest thereon at the highest legal contractual rate until reimbursement is made to Sublessor by Sublessee. (iii) exercise all rights and remedies provided by law, and/or (iv) immediately terminate this Sublease.

 

Nothing in this Lease will be construed as imposing any duty upon Sublessor to relet the Demised Premises. Except as required by applicable law, Sublessor will have no duty to mitigate or minimize Sublessor’s damages by virtue of Sublessee’s default.  Any duty imposed by law on Sublessor to mitigate damages after a default by Sublessee under this Sublease will be satisfied in full if Sublessor undertakes to lease the Demised Premises to another tenant (a “Substitute Tenant”) in accordance with the following criteria:

 

(1)           Sublessor will have no. obligation to solicit or entertain negotiations with any other prospective tenants for the Demised Premises until Sublessor obtains full and complete possession of the Demised Premises including, without limitation, the final and unappeasable legal right to relet the Demised Premises free of any claim of Sublessee;

 

(2)           Sublessor will not be obligated to lease or show the Demised Premises on a priority basis, or offer the Demised Premises to a prospective tenant when other space in the Property suitable for the prospective tenant’s use is (or soon will be) available;

 

(3)           Sublessor will not be obligated to lease the Demised Premises to a Substitute Tenant for a rent less than the current fair market rent then prevailing for similar uses in comparable buildings in the same market area as the Property, nor will Sublessor be obligated to enter into a new lease under other terms and conditions that are unacceptable to Sublessor under Sublessor’s then current leasing policies for comparable space in the Property: and would:

 

14



 

(4)           Sublessor will not be obligated to enter into a lease with a Substitute Tenant whose use

 

(i)            violate any restriction, covenant, or requirement contained in the lease of another tenant of the Property;

 

(ii)           adversely affect the reputation of the Property; or

 

(iii)          be incompatible with other uses of the Property.

 

22.          Net Rental .  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Sublease, it is understood and agreed that the rent due under this Sublease is intended to be an absolutely net return to Sublessor for the Term, and that Sublessee will pay all costs and expenses relating to the occupancy and operation of the Demised Premises and the business carried on therein.  Any amount of obligation relating to the Demised Premises that is not expressly declared (under this Sublease) to be that Sublessor will be deemed to be an obligation Sublessee to be performed by Sublessee, at Sublessee’s expense.

 

23.          Costs of Enforcement .  In the event that either party hereto commences an action to enforce any of the provisions of this Sublease, the prevailing party in such action will be entitled to collect all of the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses of such action actually incurred by such prevailing party, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs, from the non-prevailing party.

 

24.          Cumulative Rights and Remedies .  No right of remedy contained herein, in the Base Lease, or provided by law is intended to be exclusive of any other right of remedy, but will be cumulative in addition to every other right or remedy.

 

25.          Assignment and Subletting . Sublessee will not have the right to assign or pledge this Sublease or to sublet the whole or any part of the Demised Premises, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or permit the use or occupancy of the Demised Premises by anyone other than Sublessee, without (i) Sublessee obtaining and furnishing to Sublessor the written consent of the Base Lessor to such assignment or sublease, (ii) Sublessee’s obtaining Sublessor’s prior written consent of each assignment or sublease, which Sublessor consent will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned if Base Lessor has consented to such assignment or sublease, and (iii) Sublessee’s sub-tenant agreeing to indemnify Sublessor to the same extent Sublessor is indemnified under this Sublease.  Such restriction will be binding upon any assignee or sublettee to which Sublessor has consented.  In the event that Sublessee wishes Sublessor’s consent to a specific subletting or assignment, Sublessee will give written notice thereof to Sublessor at least thirty (30) days but no more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the proposed commencement date of such specific subletting or assignment, which notice will set forth the name of the proposed sublettee or assignee, the proposed use of a portion or all of the Demised Premises by the sublettee or assignee, and copies of financial information on the proposed sublettee or assignee.  Notwithstanding any permitted assignment or subletting, Sublessee will at all times remain directly, primarily, and fully responsible for and liable for the payment of the rent herein specified and for compliance with all Sublessee’s other obligations under the terms, provisions, and covenants of this Sublease.  Upon the occurrence of an event of

 

15



 

default by Sublessee, if the Demised Premises or any part thereof are then assigned or sublet, Sublessor, in addition to any other remedies herein provided, or provided by law, may, at Sublessor’s option, collect directly from assignee or sublettee, all rents due and becoming due to Sublessor under such assignment or sublease and apply such rent against any sums due to Sublessor from Sublessee hereunder, and no such collection will be construed to constitute a novation or a release Sublessee from the further performance of Sublessee’s obligations hereunder.  Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing, either party may assign this Sublease in connection with a sale of all or substantially all of such party’s assets or business or a merger, reorganization, consolidation, or other change of control transaction or to any of its affiliates.

 

26.          Hazardous Waste and Environmental .

 

26.1        Sublessee represents that it will not conduct any hazardous waste storage or hazardous waste disposal operations (including but not limited to hazardous waste transportation operations or special waste transportation operations) on the Demised Premises; nor will it store any hazardous waste (in drums or other containers) at the Demised Premises; nor will Sublessee have hazardous waste generators at this site; nor will Sublessee permit the use or storage upon the premises of hazardous waste in any form by others who Sublessee may bring on to the Demised Premises or conduct business with. Sublessee will defend, indemnify, any bold harmless Sublessor from and against any and all losses, claims, liabilities, damages demands, tines, costs, and expenses (including attorney’s fees) of whatever kind and nature resulting from breach of Sublessee’s warranties in this Section 26.1 or from any accident, occurrence, or condition caused by the release by Sublessee or Sublessee’s employees, agents, servants, customers and invitees of any toxic or hazardous substance or waste in, on, under, about or -affecting the Demised Premises or arising from or related to Sublessee’s occupancy of the Demised Premises, including, but not limited to, fuel and oil leakage or spills and disposal of any solvents, soaps, and chemicals used in truck and container washing operations, which results in injury or death to any person or damage to any property or which requires a removal or treatment of such hazardous or toxic substance or waste or any other remedial action or fine under the terms of any applicable law, regulation, rule, or directive of any federal, state, or local governmental authority.

 

26.2        Sublessor represents and warrants that it has not conducted any hazardous waste storage or hazardous waste disposal operations (including but not limited to hazardous waste transportation operations or special waste transportation operations) on the Property; nor has it stored any hazardous waste (in drums or other containers) on the Property; nor has Sublessor had any hazardous waste generators on the Property; nor has Sublessor permitted the use or storage upon the Property of hazardous waste in any form by others.  Sublessor represents and warrants that the Demised Premises complies and shall on the Commencement Date comply with all applicable environmental laws and rules and regulations, including, but not be limited to, all matters relating to or concerning the Foreign Substance and Odor (as defined in Section 1.1 of the Base Lease).  Sublessor will defend, indemnify. and hold harmless Sublessee from and against any and all losses, claims, liabilities, damages, demands, fines, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) of whatever kind and nature resulting from the breach of any of Sublessor’s representations or warranties contained in this Section 26.2, or from any accident, occurrence, or condition to the extent such was caused by the release by Sublessor or Sublessor’s employees, agents, servants, customers and invitees of any toxic or

 

16



 

hazardous substance or waste in, on, under, about or affecting the Prope1ty or arising from the condition of the Property prior to the occupancy of the same by Sublessee, including, but not limited to, fuel and oil leakage or spills and disposal of any solvents, soaps, and chemicals used in truck and container washing operations, which results in injury or death to any person or damage to any property or which requires a removal or treatment of such hazardous or toxic substance or waste or any other remedial action or fine under the terms of any applicable law, regulation, rule, or directive of any federal, state, or local governmental authority.

 

27.          Notices .  All notices and demands which may be or are required to be given by either party to the other hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed received when sent by first class certified return receipt United States mail, postage prepaid. addressed to the Sublessee or to the Sublessor at the following addresses:

 

Sublessor:

East Coast Warehouse & Distribution Corp.
1140 Polaris Street
Elizabeth, NJ 07201
Attn: James G. Overley

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Scudder Law Firm
411 S. 14th St. Suite 200
Lincoln, NE
68508
Attn: Heidi Homung-Scherr

 

 

Base Lessor:

Cabot Acquisition, LLC
c/o CB Richard Ellis
Park 80 West, Plaza II, 6th Floor
Saddle Brook, NJ 07663
Attn: Michael Franzese

 

 

Sublessee:

Blue Apron, Inc.
5 Crosby St.
New York, NY 10013
Attn: General Counsel
Email:  legalnotices@blueapron.com

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Riker Danzig Scherer Hyand & Perretti LLP
Headquarters Plaza
One Speedwell Avenue
Morristown, NJ 07962-1981
Attn: Cathleen Giuliana and Joshua Greenfield 

 

28.          Complete Agreement and Amendment . This Sublease sets forth the complete agreement between Sublessor and Sublessee with respect to the subject matter hereof. and this

 

17



 

Sublease may not be terminated, amended, or modified in any respect except by agreement in writing executed by both Sublessor and Sublessee.

 

29.          Survival .  Sections 11, 24, and 26 through 33 of this Sublease, as well as any other provisions of this Sublease which by their terms or nature are intended to or should survive, shall survive any such expiration or termination of this Sublease and continue in full force and effect (for the period contemplated thereby, to the extent applicable).  All duties and obligations of Sublessee under this Sublease which are unperformed will survive the termination or expiration of this Sublease.

 

30.          Binding Effect .  Except as limited by Section 25 of this Sublease, this Sublease and all the terms and conditions hereof will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both Sublessor and Sublessee and their respective successors, legal representatives, and assigns.

 

31.          Rules and Regulations .  Since the Demised Premises are part of a larger facility used by others, Sublessor reserves the right to impose reasonable rules and regulations upon Sublessee’s use thereof including the common areas and parking areas appurtenant thereto; provided that such rules and regulations are not more restrictive than any rules and regulations imposed upon Sublessor in the Base Lease.  For the avoidance of doubt, Sublessee’s failure to abide by the rules and regulations so imposed by Sublessor will constitute a breach of this Sublease and be governed by the default provisions in Section 21.

 

32.          Damages .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere in this Sublease or provided for under any applicable law, no party will, in any events be liable to the other, either in contract or in tort, for any consequential, incidental, indirect special, or punitive damages of such other party, including loss of future revenue, income or profits, diminution of value, business interruption, or loss of business reputation or opportunity relating to the breach or alleged breach hereof, regardless of whether the possibility of such damages has been disclosed to the other party in advance or could have been reasonably foreseen by such other party.

 

33.          Miscellaneous .  This Sublease will be governed by the laws of the State of New Jersey and venue will be in any court of competent jurisdiction in Hudson County, New Jersey.

 

33.1        It is agreed that Sublessor, its agents, and employees, have not made any statement, promise, representation warranty, either express or implied, or agreement, or taken upon itself any engagement whatsoever verbally or in writing in conflict with the terms of this Sublease or that in any way modifies, varies, alters, enlarges, or invalidates any of its provisions, and no obligations of Sublessor will be implied in addition to the obligations herein stated.  It is hereby covenanted and & greed that should Sublessor’s interest in the Demised Premises cease to exist for any reason during the Term, then notwithstanding the happening of such event, this Sublease nevertheless will remain unimpaired and in full force and effect, and Sublessee hereunder agrees to attorn to the then owner Sublessor’s interest in the Demised Premises.

 

33.2        Each and every covenant and agreement contained in this Sublease is and will be construed to be a separate and independent covenant and agreement.  If any term or provision of this Sublease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance is held to any extent invalid and unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this

 

18



 

Sublease or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is invalid and unenforceable will not be affected thereby.

 

33.3        Whenever a period of time is herein prescribed for action (other than the payment of money) to be taken by either party, such party will not be liable or responsible for. and there will be excluded from the computation for any such period of time any delays due to strikes, riots, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, governmental laws, regulations or restrictions, or any other cause of any kind whatsoever which are beyond the control of the party who is responsible to take the subject action.

 

33.4        Sublessor warrants that it has the full right and lawful authority to enter into this Sublease and that it is lawfully seized of the leasehold estate in the Property and the Demised Premises and that Sublessee, upon paying the rent herein reserved and performing and observing each and every covenant to be observed and performed by Sublessee under this Sublease. may peacefully hold and enjoy the Demised Premises during the Term.

 

33.5        It is understood that references in this Sublease to expenses being passed through at twenty eight and one half percent (28.5%) of Sublessor’s total costs of same are based on the Property containing a total square footage of 312,412.  In the event the Base Lease is modified such that the square footage of the Property is different than as set forth in the preceding sentence, the percentage of passed-through expenses under this Sublease will be adjusted to the extent and in proportion to the amount that Sublessor’s costs are so adjusted.

 

33.6        Sublessor and Sublessee each represent to the other that it has not dealt with any other broker in connection with this transaction.  Sublessor and Sublessee each indemnify and hold harmless the other from and against all claims, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and other charges) arising out of any claim, demand or proceeding for commissions, fees, reimbursement for expenses or other compensation by any person or entity who shall claim to have dealt with the indemnifying party in connection with this Sublease.

 

34.          Services to be performed by Base Lessor . Pursuant to the Base Lease, certain services, repairs, restorations, equipment and access to and for the Demised Premises are to be provided by Base Lessor. Sublessee shall be entitled to have the benefit of all services to be provided by Base Lessor in or to the Demised Premises and all other obligations to be performed by Base Lessor pursuant to the Base Lease (except to the extent modified hereby) provided, Sublessee will have no rights, claims, or causes of action against Sublessor or Base Lessor based on Base Lessor’s failure to provide any services or fulfill any obligations under the Base Lease. Sublessor shall cooperate reasonably with Sublessee in obtaining for Sublessee’s benefit, the performance by Base Lessor of its obligations under the Base Lease; provided, Sublessee will have no rights, claims, or causes of action against Sublessor or Base Lessor based on Base Lessor’s failure to fulfill any obligations under the Base Lease or Sublessor’s failure to cooperate.

 

19



 

35.          Remedies .

 

35.1        Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Sublessee may (A) immediately terminate this Sublease upon the occurrence of (i) Sublessor’s failure to remit to Base Lessor rent and other amounts received from Sublessee, to the extent such amounts are owed to Base Lessor and such failure to remit impairs Sublessee’s use of the Demised Premises or (ii) Sublessor’s material breach of any representation or warranty contained in Section 26.2 or (B) bring an action against Sublessor (i) to the extent provided in Section 26.2 or (ii) for Sublessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct to the extent provided in Sections 10 and 13.3; provided, Sublessor’s maximum liability under this Subsection 35.1 (B) will be the total amount of rent then received pursuant to Section 2 of this Sublease.

 

35.2        Section 35.1 of this Sublease sets forth the sole and exclusive remedies with respect to any and all rights, claims, and causes of action between Sublessor, Sublessee, and Base Lessor relating to the subject matter of this Sublease and the transactions contemplated hereby, whether arising under or based upon any law or otherwise (including any right, whether arising at law or in equity, to seek indemnification, contribution, cost recovery, damages, or any other recourse or remedy, including as may arise under common law).

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

20



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Sublease to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

SUBLESSOR:

 

 

 

 

 

East Coast Warehouse & Distribution Corp.,

 

a New Jersey corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James G. Overley

 

Name: James G. Overley

 

Title: C.E.O.

 

 

 

 

 

SUBLESSEE:

 

 

 

 

 

Blue Apron, Inc.

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Salzberg

 

Name: Matthew Salzberg

 

Title: CEO

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

Property

 

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

 




Exhibit 10.18

 

LEASE

 

THIS LEASE (this “Lease”) is executed this 21 st  day of March, 2016, by and between DUKE LINDEN, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and BLUE APRON, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

ARTICLE 1 - LEASE OF PREMISES

 

Section 1.01 Basic Lease Provisions and Definitions .

 

(a)                                  (i)                                      “Leased Premises” means the Building Land, together with the Improvements (as defined below) thereon, as shown outlined on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

(ii)                                   “Building” shall mean the building in the process of being constructed (in accordance with the provisions of Article 2 hereof) on the Building Land, together with all permanent fixtures that, at the commencement of or during the Lease Term, are thereto attached, and any and all renewals and replacements thereof, additions thereto and substitutes therefor made in accordance with the provisions of this Lease.

 

(iii)                                “Building Land” shall mean that certain parcel of land located in the City of Linden, County of Union, State of New Jersey, commonly known as 901 West Linden Avenue, Linden, New Jersey 07036.

 

(iv)                               “Improvements” shall mean all buildings (including, without limitation, the Building), appurtenant structures and other improvements of any kind located on the Building Land from time to time, whether existing now or in the future, and whether above, on or below the Leased Premises surface, including, without limitation, outbuildings, loading areas, canopies, walls, waterlines, sewer, electrical and gas distribution facilities, parking facilities, walkways, streets, curbs, roads, rights-of-way, fences, hedges, exterior plantings, poles and signs.

 

(b)                                  “Rentable Area”:  approximately 495,121 square feet, subject to adjustment in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.01(b) .  Within thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right to have the Leased Premises measured by an architect reasonably acceptable to Landlord using accepted BOMA Standards.  The square footage so certified by such architect shall conclusively determine the rentable square footage of the Leased Premises.  If the rentable square footage of the Leased Premises differs from 495,121 square feet by more than one percent (1%), then (i) the Minimum Annual Rent (and Monthly Rental Installments) shall be adjusted on the basis of the rentable square footage of the Leased Premises so certified by such architect, using the rental rates set forth in Section 1.01(d)  below on a square foot basis, and (ii) the Tenant Allowance set forth in Exhibit B hereto shall be adjusted accordingly on a square foot basis.  If Tenant does not elect to have the Leased Premises remeasured in accordance with this Section 1.01(b) , then the rentable square footage of the Leased Premises shall be deemed to be as set forth above.

 

(c)                                   “Tenant’s Proportionate Share”:  100% (provided, however, Tenant’s Proportionate Share with respect to the Shared Areas, defined below, shall be 50%).

 

(d)                                  “Minimum Annual Rent” (subject to adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.01(b)  above):

 

1



 

Year 1

 

$

2,792,482.44

 

Year 2

 

$

3,779,159.57

 

Year 3

 

$

3,854,742.76

 

Year 4

 

$

3,931,837.62

 

Year 5

 

$

4,010,474.37

 

Year 6

 

$

4,090,683.86

 

Year 7

 

$

4,172,497.53

 

Year 8

 

$

4,255,947.48

 

Year 9

 

$

4,341,066.43

 

Year 10

 

$

4,427,887.76

 

Year 11

 

$

1,112,425.00

 

 

(e)                                   “Monthly Rental Installments”:

 

Months 1 – 3

 

$

0.00

 

Months 4 – 15

 

$

310,275.83

 

Months 16 – 27

 

$

316,481.34

 

Months 28 – 39

 

$

322,810.97

 

Months 40 – 51

 

$

329,267.18

 

Months 52 – 63

 

$

335,852.54

 

Months 64 – 75

 

$

342,569.60

 

Months 76 – 87

 

$

349,421.00

 

Months 88 – 99

 

$

356,409.43

 

Months 100 – 111

 

$

363,537.60

 

Months 112 – 123

 

$

370,808.37

 

 

The parties agree that Month 4 shall run from the day after the date that is three (3) months following the Commencement Date and end on the last day of the first full month following the day after the date that is three (3) months following the Commencement Date and Tenant shall pay, in addition to the standard Monthly Rental Installment for such month, a prorated amount pursuant to Section 3.01 below.  For example purposes only, if the Commencement Date is June 15, 2016, Month 4 will begin on September 16, 2016 and end on October 31, 2016 and Tenant will pay a Monthly Rental Installment of $465,413.75 for such period (as may be adjusted pursuant to subsection (b) above).

 

(f)                                    Intentionally Omitted.

 

(g)                                   “Target Commencement Date”:  June 1, 2016.

 

(h)                                  “Lease Term”:  Ten (10) years and three (3) months.

 

(i)                                      “Security Deposit”:  $1,671,033.38, subject to adjustment as set forth in Article 4 below.

 

(j)                                     “Broker(s)”:  Duke Realty Services, LLC representing Landlord and CBRE, Inc. representing Tenant.

 

(k)                                  “Permitted Use”:  General office, commercial kitchen, cafeteria for Tenant’s employees, warehousing, storage, and the manufacturing, processing, packing, preparation, transportation and/or distribution of food, food products, wine and kitchenware, and any purposes related or incidental thereto.

 

2



 

(l)                                      Address for notices and payments are as follows:

 

Landlord:

 

Duke Linden, LLC

 

 

c/o Duke Realty Corporation

 

 

Attn:  New Jersey Market, Vice President,

 

 

Asset Management & Customer Service

 

 

4900 Seminary Road, Suite 900

 

 

Alexandria, VA 22311

 

 

 

With Payments to:

 

Duke Linden, LLC

 

 

75 Remittance Drive, Suite 3205

 

 

Chicago, IL 60675-3205

 

 

 

Tenant:

 

Blue Apron, Inc.

 

 

5 Crosby Street, 3 rd  Floor

 

 

New York, NY 10013

 

 

Attn.: General Counsel

 

 

 

And for notices under Article 13 only,

with a copy to:

 

Riker Danzig Scherer Hyland & Perretti, LLP

 

 

Headquarters Plaza

 

 

One Speedwell Avenue

 

 

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1981

 

 

Attn.:  Cathy Giuliana, Esq.

 

(m)                              “Guarantor(s)”:  None.

 

(n)                                  Exhibits:

 

Exhibit A:

 

Site Plan of Leased Premises

Exhibit B:

 

Workletter

Exhibit B-1:

 

Building Specifications

Exhibit B-2:

 

Preliminary Plans

Exhibit C:

 

Form of Letter of Understanding

Exhibit D:

 

Rules and Regulations

Exhibit E:

 

Form of Hazardous Substances Certificate

Exhibit F:

 

Form of Irrevocable Letter of Credit

Exhibit G:

 

Intentionally Omitted

Exhibit H:

 

Form of Subordination, Nondisturbance and Attornment Agreement

Exhibit I:

 

Floor Load

Exhibit J:

 

HVAC Maintenance Criteria

 

Section 1.02 Lease of the Leased Premises .  Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Leased Premises, under the terms and conditions herein.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant acknowledges that the Leased Premises include a non-exclusive right to use the following: (a) the shared drive between 801 West Linden Avenue and the Leased Premises and all improvements thereon, including, without limitation, the monument sign (the “Shared Drive”), (b) the shared light poles between the trailer storage areas for 801

 

3



 

West Linden Avenue and the Leased Premises (the “Shared Light Poles”; the Shared Drive and the Shared Light Poles being referred to hereinafter, collectively, as the “Shared Areas”).

 

ARTICLE 2 - LEASE TERM AND POSSESSION

 

Section 2.01 Lease Term .  The Lease Term shall commence (the “Commencement Date”) as of the later of (i) June 1, 2016, and (ii) the date that Substantial Completion (as defined in Exhibit B hereto) of the Building Improvements (as defined in Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof) occurs.

 

Section 2.02 Construction of the Building and Tenant Improvements .

 

(a)                                  Landlord shall construct and install the Building Improvements in accordance with the workletter attached hereto as Exhibit B and made a part hereof (the “Workletter”).

 

(b)                                  Tenant shall construct and install all leasehold improvements to the Building (collectively, the “Tenant Improvements”) in accordance with the Workletter.

 

Section 2.03 Surrender of the Leased Premises .  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, immediately (a) surrender the Leased Premises to Landlord in broom-clean condition and in good order, condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear and damage by casualty or condemnation excepted, (b) remove from the Leased Premises or where located (i) Tenant’s Property (as defined in Section 8.01 below), (ii) all data and communications equipment, wiring and cabling (including above ceiling, below raised floors and behind walls), (iii) any striping applied to the floors of the Building, and (iv) any alterations required to be removed pursuant to Section 7.03 below, and (c) repair any damage caused by any such removal.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to remove epoxy floor coverings installed within the Building.  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, all of Tenant’s Property that is not removed within ten (10) days following Landlord’s written demand therefor shall be conclusively deemed to have been abandoned and Landlord shall be entitled to dispose of Tenant’s Property at Tenant’s cost, without incurring any liability to Tenant.  This Section 2.03 shall survive the expiration or any earlier termination of this Lease.

 

Section 2.04 Holding Over .  If Tenant retains possession of the Leased Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall be a tenant at sufferance at one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Monthly Rental Installments and Annual Rental Adjustment (as hereinafter defined) for the Leased Premises in effect upon the date of such expiration or earlier termination, and otherwise upon the terms, covenants and conditions herein specified, so far as applicable.  Acceptance by Landlord of Rent (as defined in Section 3.03 below) after such expiration or earlier termination shall not result in a renewal of this Lease, nor shall such acceptance create a month-to-month tenancy.  In the event a month-to-month tenancy is created by operation of law, either party shall have the right to terminate such month-to-month tenancy upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the other, whether or not said notice is given on the date that any Rent is due.  This Section 2.04 shall not be deemed a consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, nor limit Landlord’s remedies in such event.

 

ARTICLE 3 - RENT

 

Section 3.01 Rent .  Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Minimum Annual Rent in the amounts of the Monthly Rental Installments set forth in Section 1.01(e)  above, in advance, without demand, abatement, counterclaim, recoupment, deduction or offset (except as otherwise expressly set forth

 

4



 

herein), on the Commencement Date, and, thereafter, on or before the first day of each and every calendar month thereafter during the Lease Term.  The Monthly Rental Installments for partial calendar months shall be prorated on the basis of the total number of days in the applicable calendar month.  Tenant shall be responsible for delivering the Monthly Rental Installments to the payment address set forth in Section 1.01(l)  above in accordance with this Section 3.01 .

 

Section 3.02 Annual Rental Adjustment Definitions .

 

(a)                                  “Annual Rental Adjustment”: the amount of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses for a particular calendar year.

 

(b)                                  “Operating Expenses”: the amount of all of Landlord’s actual costs and expenses paid or incurred in operating, repairing, replacing and maintaining the Leased Premises in good condition and repair in accordance with the provisions of this Lease, including by way of illustration and not limitation, the following: all Real Estate Taxes (as defined in Section 3.02(d)  below), insurance premiums and commercially reasonable deductibles; water, sewer, electrical and other utility charges other than the separately billed electrical and other utility charges paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease; exterior painting; stormwater discharge fees; tools and supplies (to the extent used exclusively for the maintenance and repair of the Leased Premises); repair costs; landscape maintenance costs; access patrols; license, permit and inspection fees (except those incurred in connection with Landlord’s initial construction of the Building); management fees (which shall not exceed two percent (2%) of the Rent for any period); costs, wages and related employee benefits payable for the management, maintenance and operation of the Leased Premises (not to exceed $7,500 per calendar year); subject to Section 7.01 below, maintenance, repair and replacement of the driveways, parking areas, curbs and sidewalk areas (including snow and ice removal), landscaped areas, drainage strips, sewer lines, exterior walls, foundation, structural frame, roof, gutters and lighting; and maintenance and repair costs, dues, fees and assessments incurred under any easements or covenants (subject to Section 5.02 below).  The cost of any Operating Expenses that are capital in nature (“Capital Expenses”) shall be amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the improvement (using generally accepted accounting principles, or successor accounting standards, consistently applied in good faith), and in each calendar year of the Lease Term only the amortized portion of such Capital Expenses shall be included, and such amortized portion shall be prorated with respect to any partial calendar year during the Lease Term.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Operating Expenses will in no event include the following:

 

(i)                                      cost of repairs or replacements incurred by reason of (A) fire or other casualty to the extent reimbursed by insurance proceeds (or would have been reimbursed by insurance proceeds had Landlord complied with the insurance requirement imposed upon it under the terms of this Lease), or (B) condemnation to the extent reimbursed by condemnation proceeds;

 

(ii)                                   legal, accounting, leasing commission, advertising and promotional expenditures related to procuring tenants;

 

(iii)                                fines or penalties incurred by Landlord due to violations of or non-compliance with any Laws other than those that are the responsibility of Tenant hereunder;

 

(iv)                               any principal or interest on borrowed money or debt amortization;

 

(v)                                  any costs incurred by Landlord associated with payment of damages as a result of any breach of this Lease by Landlord;

 

5



 

(vi)                               costs incurred to test, survey, cleanup, contain, abate, remove, or otherwise remedy asbestos-containing materials or other materials from the Leased Premises that have been classified as Hazardous Substances under Environmental Laws (as those terms are defined under Section 15.01(a)  of the Lease) as of the date of this Lease;

 

(vii)                            fees in connection with disputes between Landlord and any mortgagee;

 

(viii)                         any amounts paid to a person, firm, corporation, or other entity related to Landlord which is materially in excess of the amount charged by unaffiliated parties for comparable goods or services;

 

(ix)                               any debt service (including principal and interest) or payments of any judgments or other liens against Landlord;

 

(x)                                  sums incurred as late payment fees, penalties or interest;

 

(xi)                               ground rent;

 

(xii)                            costs for which Landlord is actually reimbursed by a third party;

 

(xiii)                         costs arising from Landlord’s political or charitable contributions;

 

(xiv)                        promotional gifts, events, parties, celebrations, entertainment, dining or travel expenses;

 

(xv)                           depreciation;

 

(xvi)                        costs and fees associated with the sale or refinancing of the Leased Premises and any associated debt;

 

(xvii)                     reserves for anticipated future expenses, bad debts or rental loss;

 

(xviii)                  all costs to the extent resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, contractors or employees;

 

(xix)                        costs of all Tenant Improvements constructed and installed by Tenant; and

 

(xx)                           repair and replacement costs for which Landlord is responsible pursuant to the warranty set forth in Section 1(d) of the Workletter.

 

(c)                                   “Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses”: an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying Tenant’s Proportionate Share by the Operating Expenses for the applicable calendar year.

 

(d)                                  “Real Estate Taxes”: any form of real estate tax or assessment or service payments in lieu thereof or water or sewer tax or charges, and any license fee, commercial rental tax, improvement bond, charges in connection with an improvement district or other similar charge or tax imposed upon the Leased Premises, or against Landlord’s business of leasing the Building and/or Leased Premises, by any

 

6



 

authority having the power to so charge or tax, together with costs and expenses of contesting the validity or amount of the Real Estate Taxes.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Real Estate Taxes shall not include:

 

(i)                                      income, excise, profits, estate, inheritance, succession, gift, transfer, or capital tax imposed upon Landlord;

 

(ii)                                   fine, penalty, cost or interest for any tax or assessment, or part thereof, which Landlord or its lender failed to timely pay (except if same are caused by Tenant’s default hereunder);

 

(iii)                                assessment for a public improvement arising from the initial construction or expansion of the Building (it being agreed that all assessments imposed during the Lease Term which are permitted to be included within Real Estate Taxes hereunder shall, for the purposes of computing Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses, be deemed to have been paid in the maximum number of installments permitted by the applicable taxing authority); and

 

(iv)                               fees imposed upon Landlord in connection with Landlord’s development of the Leased Premises (including, without limitation, trip generation fees).

 

If Landlord elects to contest Real Estate Taxes applicable to the Leased Premises for a particular tax period during the Lease Term, Landlord shall, at least thirty (30) days prior to initiating such contest, inform Tenant of such contest (the “Tax Notice”), and Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cooperate in such contest.  If Landlord does not elect to contest Real Estate Taxes applicable to the Leased Premises for a particular tax period during the Lease Term, Tenant may request that Landlord contest such taxes by written notice to Landlord.  Landlord may then elect either to contest such taxes or to allow Tenant to so contest such taxes (such election to be delivered by Landlord to Tenant within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s request).  If Landlord allows Tenant to contest such taxes, then (x) such tax contest shall be conducted at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, (y) the firm or individual hired to conduct such contest shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval, and (z) Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant, including, without limitation, by executing any and all documents required in connection therewith and, if required by any governmental authority having jurisdiction, join with Tenant in the prosecution thereof (at no cost to Tenant).  If, as a result of any contest or otherwise, any rebate or refund of Real Estate Taxes is received, Tenant shall be entitled to Tenant’s Proportionate Share thereof (after reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Landlord and/or Tenant in connection with such contest are paid to the party that incurred such expense).  If Landlord elects to contest Real Estate Taxes applicable to the Leased Premises for a particular tax period during the Lease Term and Tenant notifies Landlord within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s receipt of the Tax Notice that it does not wish to contest Real Estate Taxes for such tax period and Landlord elects to proceed with the contest of such taxes, Tenant shall not be responsible for the cost of such contest to the extent such costs exceed the savings actually realized by Tenant in connection with such contest.

 

Section 3.03 .   Payment of Additional Rent .

 

(a)                                  Any amount required to be paid by Tenant hereunder (other than Minimum Annual Rent) and any charges or expenses incurred by Landlord on behalf of Tenant under the terms of this Lease shall be considered “Additional Rent” payable in the same manner and upon the same terms and conditions as the Minimum Annual Rent reserved hereunder, except as set forth herein to the contrary.  Minimum Annual Rent and Additional Rent are sometimes referred to herein, collectively, as “Rent”.  The total rent

 

7



 

reserved under this Lease shall equal all Minimum Annual Rent and Additional Rent referred to in this Lease.  This Section 3.03(a)  shall survive the expiration or any earlier termination of this Lease.

 

(b)                                  In addition to the Minimum Annual Rent specified in this Lease, commencing as of the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent for the Leased Premises, in each calendar year or partial calendar year during the Lease Term, an amount equal to the Annual Rental Adjustment for such calendar year or partial calendar year, as the case may be.  Landlord shall estimate the Annual Rental Adjustment annually, and written notice thereof shall be given to Tenant prior to the beginning of each calendar year.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord each month, at the same time the Monthly Rental Installment is due, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the estimated Annual Rental Adjustment.  Tenant shall be responsible for delivering the Additional Rent to the payment address set forth in Section 1.01(l)  above in accordance with this Section 3.03 .  If Operating Expenses increase during a calendar year, Landlord may, on not less than thirty (30) days’ notice to Tenant, increase the estimated Annual Rental Adjustment during such calendar year by giving Tenant written notice to that effect, and thereafter Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in each of the remaining months of such calendar year, an amount equal to the amount of such increase in the estimated Annual Rental Adjustment divided by the number of months remaining in such calendar year.  Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall prepare and deliver to Tenant a statement showing the actual Annual Rental Adjustment for such calendar year.  If the estimated Annual Rental Adjustment payments made by Tenant are less than the actual Annual Rental Adjustment, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord the difference between the actual Annual Rental Adjustment for the preceding calendar year and the estimated payments made by Tenant during such calendar year within thirty (30) days after receipt of the aforementioned statement; provided, however, in the event Landlord fails to deliver the aforementioned statement within one hundred eighty (180) days following the end of the applicable calendar year, Landlord shall be deemed to have waived its right to require that Tenant pay the difference between the actual Annual Rental Adjustment and the estimated payments made by Tenant for such calendar year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, such waiver (i) shall not apply to bills or invoices first received by Landlord after the end of the applicable calendar year (provided such bills or invoices are presented to Tenant within one (1) year after Landlord’s receipt of same), and (ii) shall not deprive Tenant of its right to recover from Landlord if Tenant’s estimated payments exceed the amounts actually due from Tenant for Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 3.06 below.  In the event that the estimated Annual Rental Adjustment payments made by Tenant are greater than the actual Annual Rental Adjustment, then Landlord shall credit the amount of such overpayment toward the next Monthly Rental Installment(s) and the next monthly estimated Annual Rental Adjustment payment(s) due under this Lease until such overpayment is recovered by Tenant in full (or remit such amount to Tenant in the event that this Lease shall have expired or terminated).  This Section 3.03 shall survive the expiration or any earlier termination of this Lease.

 

Section 3.04 Late Charges .  Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall incur certain additional unanticipated administrative and legal costs and expenses if Tenant fails to pay timely any payment required hereunder.  Therefore, in addition to the other remedies available to Landlord hereunder, if any payment required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall become overdue, such unpaid amount shall bear interest from the due date thereof to the date of payment at the prime rate of interest, as reported in the Wall Street Journal (the “Prime Rate”) plus six percent (6%) per annum.

 

Section 3.05 Maximum Increase in Operating Expenses .  Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant will be responsible for Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Real Estate Taxes, insurance premiums, utilities, snow removal, and landscaping (“Uncontrollable Expenses”), without regard to the level of increase in any or all of the above in any year or other period of time.  Tenant’s

 

8



 

obligation to pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses that are not Uncontrollable Expenses (herein “Controllable Expenses”) shall be limited to a five percent (5%) per annum increase over the amount the Controllable Expenses per square foot for the immediately preceding calendar year would have been had the Controllable Expenses per square foot increased at the rate of five percent (5%) in all previous calendar years beginning with the actual Controllable Expenses per square foot for the calendar year ending December 31, 2017.

 

Section 3.06 Inspection and Audit Rights .

 

(a)                                  Tenant shall have the right to inspect, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, during the twelve (12) month period following the delivery of Landlord’s statement of the actual amount of the Annual Rental Adjustment, or, if Landlord fails to deliver such statement within one hundred twenty (120) days following the expiration of such calendar year, then during the twelve (12) month period following the expiration of such one hundred twenty (120) days (the “Inspection Period”), such of Landlord’s books of account and records as pertain to and contain information concerning the Annual Rental Adjustment for the prior calendar year in order to verify the amounts thereof.  Landlord shall keep reasonably detailed records of all Operating Expenses for a given calendar year at least until the expiration of the Inspection Period with respect to such calendar year.  Such inspection shall take place at Landlord’s office upon at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice from Tenant to Landlord.  Only Tenant or a certified public accountant that is not being compensated for its services on a contingency fee basis shall conduct such inspection.  Landlord and Tenant shall act reasonably in assessing the other party’s calculation of the Annual Rental Adjustment.  Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of its findings within thirty (30) days after completion of the audit.  Tenant’s failure to exercise its rights hereunder within the Inspection Period shall be deemed a waiver of its right to inspect or contest the method, accuracy or amount of such Annual Rental Adjustment.

 

(b)                                  If Landlord and Tenant agree that Landlord’s calculation of the Annual Rental Adjustment for the inspected calendar year was incorrect, the parties shall enter into a written agreement confirming such undisputed error and then Landlord shall make a correcting payment in full to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the determination of the amount of such error or credit such amount against future Additional Rent if Tenant overpaid such amount, and Tenant shall pay Landlord within thirty (30) days after the determination of such error if Tenant underpaid such amount.  In the event of any errors on the part of Landlord that Landlord agrees were errors costing Tenant in excess of two percent (2%) of Tenant’s actual Operating Expense liability for any calendar year, Landlord will also reimburse Tenant for the costs of an audit reasonably incurred by Tenant in an amount not to exceed $10,000 within the above thirty (30) day period.  If Tenant provides Landlord with written notice disputing the correctness of Landlord’s statement, and if such dispute shall have not been settled by agreement within thirty (30) days after Tenant provides Landlord with such written notice, Tenant may submit the dispute to a reputable firm of independent certified public accountants (the “Third Party CPAs”) selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord, and the decision of such Third Party CPAs shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties.  If such Third Party CPAs decide that there was an error, Landlord will make correcting payment if Tenant overpaid such amount, and Tenant shall pay Landlord if Tenant underpaid such amount.  The fees and expenses involved in such decision shall be borne by the party required to pay for the audit.

 

(c)                                   To the extent information is obtained through Tenant’s inspection with respect to financial matters (including, without limitation, costs, expenses and income) and any other matters pertaining to Landlord and/or the Leased Premises as well as any compromise, settlement or adjustment reached between Landlord and Tenant relative to the results of the inspection shall be held in strict

 

9


 

confidence by Tenant and its officers, agents, and employees; and Tenant shall cause its independent professionals to be similarly bound.  The obligations within the preceding sentence shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Tenant is legally compelled (by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information, or documents, deposition, other discovery, subpoena, civil or other investigative demand, court order, or similar process) to make any disclosure that is prohibited by this Section 3.06(c) , Tenant may make the required disclosure, provided that Tenant delivers reasonable prior notice to Landlord, unless such notice (i) would be prohibited by applicable law or regulation, or (ii) prohibited by the requirements of any regulatory authority or law enforcement agency.

 

ARTICLE 4 - SECURITY DEPOSIT

 

Section 4.01 Security Deposit .

 

(a)                                  Upon execution and delivery of this Lease by Tenant, Tenant will deliver to Landlord, at Tenant’s option, either (i) an Irrevocable Letter of Credit (the “Letter of Credit”) in the amount of the Security Deposit, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit F and made a part hereof or other form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, from a financial institution acceptable to Landlord, or (ii) a check in the amount of the Security Deposit.

 

(b)                                  If Tenant elects to deliver the Letter of Credit under subsection (a) above, (i) Tenant shall cause the Letter of Credit to be maintained in full force and effect throughout the Lease Term and during the sixty (60) day period after the later of (A) the expiration of the Lease Term or (B) the date that Tenant delivers possession of the Leased Premises to Landlord, as security for the performance by Tenant of all of Tenant’s obligations contained in this Lease, and (ii) in the event that, during the Lease Term, Tenant fails to deliver to Landlord a renewal or replacement to the Letter of Credit by a date no later than thirty (30) days prior to its expiration date, Landlord shall have the right to demand and receive payment in full under the Letter of Credit and to hold the cash proceeds as the Security Deposit under this Lease.  Tenant shall have the right to replace the Letter of Credit with a replacement Letter of Credit in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, from a financial institution reasonably acceptable to Landlord, at any time and from time to time.  At any time Tenant is entitled to the return of a Letter of Credit, including in the event Tenant provides a replacement Letter of Credit, Landlord will return such Letter of Credit and reasonably cooperate with Tenant in providing documentation authorizing the issuing bank of the Letter of Credit to terminate same.

 

(c)                                   In the event of a Default by Tenant, Landlord may apply all or any part of the Security Deposit to cure all or any part of such Default; provided, however, that any such application by Landlord shall not be or be deemed to be an election of remedies by Landlord or considered or deemed to be liquidated damages.  Tenant agrees to promptly deposit (either in cash or in the form of a Letter of Credit, at Tenant’s option), upon demand, such additional sum with Landlord as may be required to maintain the full amount of the Security Deposit.  All sums held by Landlord pursuant to this Article 4 shall be without interest and may be commingled by Landlord.  Provided that Tenant has fully and faithfully performed all of the provisions of this Lease, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord shall return the Letter of Credit or cash Security Deposit, as applicable, to Tenant, and with respect to a Letter of Credit, execute and deliver to the issuer of the Letter of Credit such instruments as may be reasonably required by such issuer to effectuate the termination of the Letter of Credit.

 

10



 

Section 4.02 Reduction of Security Deposit .

 

(a)                                  Commencing as of the last day of the twelfth (12 th ) month of the Lease Term and continuing on the last day of each twelve (12) month period thereafter through and including the last day of the sixtieth (60 th ) month of the Lease Term, the Security Deposit shall be reduced by Two Hundred Seventy-Eight Thousand Five Hundred Five and 56/100 Dollars ($278,505.56), provided that Tenant is not in default hereunder (provided that if there is a default hereunder that has occurred, but the cure period related thereto has not expired, the Security Deposit shall be reduced so long as Tenant does cure such default within such cure period).  Following each such reduction in the Security Deposit represented by the Letter of Credit, Landlord shall (at no cost to Landlord) (i) accept from the issuer of the Letter of Credit an amendment to the Letter of Credit reducing the Letter of Credit by Two Hundred Seventy-Eight Thousand Five Hundred Five and 56/100 Dollars ($278,505.56), but which does not otherwise amend or modify the same, and (ii) execute and deliver to the issuer of the Letter of Credit such instruments as may be reasonably required by such issuer to effectuate such reduction.  Following each such reduction in the Security Deposit represented by cash, Landlord shall refund to Tenant, at Tenant’s option, by check or wire transfer or credit against the next Monthly Rental Installment(s) due, Two Hundred Seventy-Eight Thousand Five Hundred Five and 56/100 Dollars ($278,505.56).

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above, in no event shall the Security Deposit be reduced to an amount less than Two Hundred Seventy-Eight Thousand Five Hundred Five and 58/100 Dollars ($278,505.58).

 

(c)                                   For illustrative purposes, the table below shows the schedule of Security Deposit reductions pursuant to this Section 4.02 provided Tenant has met all requirements set forth above.

 

Date of Reduction

 

Amount of Reduction

 

Remaining Security Deposit

 

Last day of twelfth (12 th ) month of the Lease Term

 

$

278,505.56

 

$

1,392,527.82

 

Last day of twenty-fourth (24 th ) month of the Lease Term

 

$

278,505.56

 

$

1,114,022.26

 

Last day of thirty-sixth (36 th ) month of the Lease Term

 

$

278,505.56

 

$

835,516.70

 

Last day of forty-eight (48 th ) month of the Lease Term

 

$

278,505.56

 

$

557,011.14

 

Last day of sixtieth (60 th ) month of the Lease Term

 

$

278,505.56

 

$

278,505.58

 

 

Section 4.03 Increase of Security Deposit .  In the event Tenant exercises its option to amortize the cost of a portion of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with Section 5(e) of the Workletter, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord an amount equal to one-half (½) of the Amortized Amount (as defined in the Workletter) (the “Additional Security Deposit”), which Additional Security Deposit shall be deemed a part of the Security Deposit for all purposes under the Lease.  The Additional Security Deposit shall accompany Tenant’s delivery of its written notice to Landlord exercising such amortization option.  In the event the Security Deposit is increased as set forth in this Section 4.03 , the amounts set forth in Sections 4.02(a) , (b)  and (c)  above shall be adjusted accordingly.

 

11



 

ARTICLE 5 - OCCUPANCY AND USE

 

Section 5.01 Use .  Tenant shall use the Leased Premises for the Permitted Use and for no other purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

Section 5.02 Covenants of Tenant Regarding Use .

 

(a)                                  Tenant shall (i) use and maintain the Leased Premises and conduct its business thereon in a safe, careful, reputable and lawful manner, (ii) comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders, ordinances, directions and requirements of any governmental authority or agency, now in force or which may hereafter be in force (collectively, the “Laws”), including, without limitation, those Laws which shall impose upon Landlord or Tenant any duty with respect to or triggered by a change in the use or occupation of, or any improvement or alteration to, the Leased Premises, and (iii) comply with and obey all reasonable directions, rules and regulations of Landlord, including the Building rules and regulations attached hereto as Exhibit D and made a part hereof (the “Rules and Regulations”), as such Rules and Regulations may be reasonably modified from time to time by Landlord upon reasonable notice to Tenant.  In the event of a conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the provisions of this Lease, the provisions of this Lease shall govern and control.  Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord agrees that it will not voluntarily consent to any future covenants that would encumber the Leased Premises if such covenants will increase Tenant’s cost to operate in the Leased Premises for the Permitted Use by more than a nominal amount, or if such a covenant will materially and adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Leased Premises for the Permitted Use.

 

(b)                                  Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Leased Premises that will in any way cause a nuisance.  Tenant shall not overload the floors of the Building beyond their designed weight-bearing capacity, as shown on Exhibit I attached hereto and made a part hereof.  All damage to the floor structure or foundation of the Building due to improper positioning or storage of items or materials shall be repaired by Landlord at the sole expense of Tenant, who shall reimburse Landlord promptly therefor upon demand.  Tenant shall not use the Leased Premises, nor allow the Leased Premises to be used, for any purpose or in any manner that would increase the rate of premiums payable on any such insurance policy unless Tenant reimburses Landlord for any such increase in premiums charged.

 

Section 5.03 Landlord’s Rights Regarding Use .  In addition to Landlord’s rights specified elsewhere in this Lease, (a) Landlord shall have the right at any time, without notice to Tenant, to control, change or otherwise alter the Building Land or Improvements (excluding the Building) in such manner as it deems necessary or proper so long as any such control, change or alteration does not materially and adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Leased Premises for the Permitted Use, and (b) Landlord, its agents, employees, representatives, consultants, contractors and any mortgagees of the Leased Premises, shall have the right (but not the obligation) to enter any part of the Leased Premises (other than the Building) at any time without prior notice, and any part of the Building at reasonable times upon not less than two (2) business days’ notice (except in the event of an emergency where no notice shall be required), for the purposes of (i) examining or inspecting the same (including, without limitation, to perform any and all environmental inspections, testing and other environmental activities as Landlord may deem reasonably necessary or desirable and testing to confirm Tenant’s compliance with this Lease), (ii) showing the same to prospective purchasers or mortgagees, (iii) during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term and any time Tenant is in Default hereunder, showing the same to prospective tenants, and (iv) making such repairs, alterations or improvements to the Leased Premises as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary or desirable.  Landlord shall incur no liability to Tenant for such entry, nor shall such entry constitute an eviction of Tenant or a termination of this Lease, or entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent therefor.  In exercising any rights of entry to the Building, Landlord shall

 

12



 

use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any disturbance to or interruption of Tenant’s use of the Leased Premises and the normal operation of Tenant’s business conducted therein, including reasonable efforts to coordinate with Tenant in the scheduling of such non-emergency entry.  Landlord, and any third parties entering the Building at Landlord’s invitation or request shall at all times strictly observe Tenant’s rules relating to security and confidentiality at the Building (including, but not limited to, a requirement to execute a reasonable confidentiality agreement prior to entering the Building).  Tenant shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to designate a representative to accompany Landlord, or any third parties, while they are at the Building.

 

Section 5.04 Signage .  Tenant may, at its own expense, place (i) its identification sign on the exterior of the Building, and (ii) Tenant’s name on the monument sign to be constructed and installed by Landlord on the Building Land.  All signage (including the signage described in the preceding sentence) in or about the Leased Premises shall be first approved by Landlord and shall be in compliance with applicable Laws.  Tenant agrees to maintain any sign installed by or on behalf of Tenant in a good state of repair, and, upon the expiration of the Lease Term, Tenant agrees to promptly remove such signs and repair any damage to the Leased Premises.

 

Section 5.05 Parking .  Tenant shall be entitled to the exclusive use of the parking spaces located on the Building Land (the “Parking Area”).  Tenant shall have the right to designate certain parking spaces as assigned or reserved and to enforce same in accordance with applicable Laws.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no obligation to police or monitor the use of any parking.  No vehicle may be repaired or serviced in the parking area and any vehicle brought into the parking area by Tenant, or any of Tenant’s employees, agents, representatives, contractors, customers, guests or invitees, and deemed abandoned by Landlord will be towed and all costs thereof shall be borne by the Tenant.

 

Section 5.06 Compliance with Law .

 

(a)                                  Existing Governmental Regulations .  If any federal, state or local laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations or requirements (collectively, “Governmental Requirements”) in existence as of the date of the Lease require an alteration or modification of the Leased Premises (a “Code Modification”) and such Code Modification (i) is not made necessary as a result of the specific use being made by Tenant of the Leased Premises (as distinguished from an alteration or improvement which would be required to be made by the owner of any warehouse building comparable to the Building irrespective of the use thereof by any particular occupant), and (ii) is not made necessary as a result of any alteration of the Leased Premises by Tenant, such Code Modification shall be performed by Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense.

 

(b)                                  Governmental Regulations — Landlord Responsibility .  If, as a result of one or more Governmental Requirements that are not in existence as of the date of this Lease, it is necessary from time to time during the Lease Term, to perform a Code Modification to the Leased Premises that (i) is not made necessary as a result of the specific use being made by Tenant of Leased Premises (as distinguished from an alteration or improvement which would be required to be made by the owner of any warehouse building comparable to the Building irrespective of the use thereof by any particular occupant), and (ii) is not made necessary as a result of any alteration of the Leased Premises by Tenant, such Code Modification shall be performed by Landlord and the cost thereof shall be included in Operating Expenses without being subject to any applicable cap on expenses set forth herein.

 

(c)                                   Governmental Regulations — Tenant Responsibility .  If, as a result of one or more Governmental Requirements, it is necessary from time to time during the Lease Term to perform a Code

 

13



 

Modification to the Leased Premises that is made necessary as a result of the specific use being made by Tenant of the Leased Premises or as a result of any alteration of the Leased Premises by Tenant, such Code Modification shall be the sole and exclusive responsibility of Tenant in all respects; provided, however, that Tenant shall have the right to retract its request to perform a proposed alteration in the event that the performance of such alteration would trigger the requirement for a Code Modification.

 

ARTICLE 6 - UTILITIES AND OTHER BUILDING SERVICES

 

Section 6.01 Services to be Provided .  Landlord shall furnish to Tenant, except as noted below, the following utilities and other services:

 

(a)                                  Water service for lavatory and drinking purposes;

 

(b)                                  Sewer service;

 

(c)                                   Maintenance, repair and replacement of the Improvements (other than the Building), including the removal of rubbish (which shall not include tenant dumpsters), ice and snow;

 

(d)                                  Replacement of all lamps, bulbs, starters and ballasts for the lighting located on the Building Land as required from time to time as a result of normal usage; and

 

(e)                                   Repair and maintenance to the extent expressly specified elsewhere in this Lease.

 

Section 6.02 Payment of Utilities .  Tenant shall obtain in its own name and pay directly to the appropriate supplier the cost of all separately metered utilities or services serving the Building.

 

Section 6.03 Interruption of Services .

 

(a)                                  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any one or more of the utilities or other services identified in Sections 6.01 above or otherwise hereunder may be interrupted by reason of accident, emergency or other causes beyond Landlord’s control, or may be discontinued or diminished temporarily by Landlord or other persons until certain repairs, alterations or improvements can be made.  Landlord shall not be liable in damages or otherwise for any failure or interruption of any utility or other Building service and, except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, no such failure or interruption shall entitle Tenant to terminate this Lease or withhold sums due hereunder.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that (i) an interruption of utility service to the Leased Premises occurs, (ii) the restoration of such utility service is within Landlord’s reasonable control, and (iii) such interruption renders all or a portion of the Leased Premises untenantable (meaning that Tenant is unable to use, and does not use, such space in the normal course of its business for the Permitted Use) for more than three (3) consecutive business days, then Minimum Annual Rent shall abate proportionately with respect to the portion of the Leased Premises rendered untenantable on a per diem basis for each day after such three (3) business-day period during which such portion of the Leased Premises remains untenantable.  Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Section 6.03 or in Section 13.03 below, such abatement shall be Tenant’s sole remedy for Landlord’s failure to restore service as set forth above, and Tenant shall not be entitled to damages (consequential or otherwise) as a result thereof.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that (i) an interruption of utility service to the Leased Premises occurs, (ii) the restoration of such utility service is within Landlord’s reasonable

 

14



 

control, and (iii) such interruption renders all or a portion of the Leased Premises untenantable (meaning that Tenant is unable to use, and does not use, such space in the normal course of its business for the Permitted Use) for more than ninety (90) consecutive days, then Tenant shall have the right to elect to terminate this Lease within ten (10) days after the expiration of said ninety (90) day period without penalty, by delivering written notice to Landlord of its election thereof within said ten (10) day period.  The foregoing termination right shall not apply if the interruption of utility service is due to fire or other casualty.  Instead, in such an event, the terms and provisions of Article 9 of this Lease shall apply.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant shall continue to be entitled to its abatement as described in this Section 6.03 during the period during which such portion of the Leased Premises remains untenantable until the effective date of termination of the Lease as described herein.

 

ARTICLE 7 - REPAIRS, MAINTENANCE AND ALTERATIONS

 

Section 7.01 Repair and Maintenance of Building .  Landlord shall make all necessary repairs, replacements and maintenance to the roof, life-safety system, exterior walls, foundation, structural frame of the Building and the parking and landscaped areas.  The cost of all replacements to the roof, exterior walls, foundation (including, without limitation, footings) and structural frame of the Building shall be at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, and the cost of all other such repairs, replacements and maintenance shall be included in Operating Expenses to the extent provided in Section 3.02 ; provided however, to the extent any such repairs, replacements or maintenance are required because of the negligence, misuse or default of Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors, customers or invitees, Landlord shall make such repairs at Tenant’s sole but reasonable expense.  In addition, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, make all necessary repairs, replacements and maintenance to the Engineering Controls and vapor mitigation systems of the Building.

 

Section 7.02 Repair and Maintenance of Leased Premises .  Subject to Landlord’s repair and replacement obligations set forth above, Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, maintain the Building in good condition, regularly servicing and promptly making all repairs and replacements thereto, including but not limited to the electrical system, plumbing lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning (“HVAC”) system, plate glass, floors, windows and doors, and dock doors, dock levelers and dock locks.  Tenant shall obtain a preventive maintenance contract on the HVAC system and provide Landlord with a copy thereof.  The preventive maintenance contract shall meet or exceed Landlord’s standard maintenance criteria attached hereto as Exhibit J , and shall provide for the inspection and maintenance of the HVAC system on at least a semi-annual basis.

 

Section 7.03 Alterations .

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise expressly set forth in Section 7.03(b)  below, Tenant shall not permit alterations in or to the Leased Premises unless and until Landlord has approved the plans therefor in writing.  Landlord shall have five (5) business days after receipt of the plans for Tenant’s alterations (or twenty (20) business days after receipt of the plans for Tenant’s alterations if the alterations are structural or mechanical in nature) in which to review said plans and in which to give to Tenant notice of its approval or disapproval (and in the case of disapproval, reasonable detail for the disapproval) of said plans.  In the event Landlord fails to respond within said five (5) (or twenty (20), if applicable) business day period, Tenant shall provide a second notice to Landlord.  If Landlord fails to respond within five (5) business days following Landlord’s receipt of such second notice, the plans submitted by Tenant shall be deemed approved.  As a condition of such approval, Landlord may require Tenant to remove the alterations and restore the Leased Premises to its pre-alterations condition upon termination of this Lease; otherwise, all such alterations shall, at Landlord’s option, become a part of the realty and the

 

15



 

property of Landlord and shall not be removed by Tenant.  Tenant has the right, however, to remove Tenant’s Property at any time and from time to time during the Lease Term.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to make alterations to the interior of the Building, without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent provided that (i) such alterations do not exceed Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($500,000.00) in cost in any one instance during the Lease Term (exclusive of the cost of any equipment being installed in connection with such alteration); (ii) such alterations are non-structural and non-mechanical in nature; (iii) for alterations that will cost in excess of Two Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($200,000.00) (exclusive of the cost of any equipment being installed in connection with such alteration), Tenant provides Landlord with prior written notice of its intention to make such alterations, stating in reasonable detail the nature, extent and estimated cost of such alterations, and if plans and specifications are being prepared in connection with such alterations, then Tenant shall deliver a copy of such plans and specifications; and (iv) at Landlord’s option, Tenant must remove such alterations and restore the Leased Premises upon termination of this Lease.

 

(c)                                   If (i) the City of Linden’s approval is required in connection with any alterations, and (ii) such alterations require (x) Landlord’s approval pursuant to Section 7.03(a) , or (y) Tenant to notify Landlord of such alterations pursuant to Section 7.03(b) , Tenant shall notify Landlord accordingly, and Landlord shall be given the opportunity to participate in any applicable discussions with the City of Linden.

 

(d)                                  Tenant shall ensure that all alterations shall be made in accordance with all applicable Laws, in a good and workmanlike manner and of quality at least equal to the original construction of the Leased Premises.  No person shall be entitled to any lien derived through or under Tenant for any labor or material furnished to the Leased Premises, and nothing in this Lease shall be construed to constitute Landlord’s consent to the creation of any lien.  If any lien is filed against the Leased Premises for work claimed to have been done for or material claimed to have been furnished to Tenant, Tenant shall cause such lien to be discharged of record or bonded over within thirty (30) days after Tenant receives written notice thereof.  Tenant shall indemnify Landlord from all costs, losses, expenses and attorneys’ fees in connection with any construction or alteration by Tenant to the Leased Premises and any related lien.  Notwithstanding any contrary provisions contained in this Lease, in no event shall Landlord’s consent to any alterations or approval of any plans, specifications, work orders or any other documents in connection with any alterations constitute written authorization by Landlord of any contract entered into by Tenant for or in connection with any such alterations pursuant to N.J.S.A. 2A:44-A-3.

 

ARTICLE 8 - INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE

 

Section 8.01 Release .  All of Tenant’s trade fixtures, merchandise, inventory, special fire protection equipment, telecommunication and computer equipment, supplemental air conditioning equipment, kitchen equipment and other personal property located in or about the Leased Premises, which is deemed to include the trade fixtures, merchandise, inventory and personal property of others located in or about the Leased Premises at the invitation, direction or acquiescence (express or implied) of Tenant (all of which property shall be referred to herein, collectively, as “Tenant’s Property”), shall be and remain at Tenant’s sole risk.  Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or to any other person for, and subject to Section 8.03 below, Tenant hereby releases Landlord (and its affiliates, property managers and mortgagees) from (a) any and all liability for theft of or damage to Tenant’s Property, and (b) any and all liability for any injury to Tenant or its employees, agents, representatives, contractors, customers, guests and invitees in or about the Leased Premises, except to the extent caused by the negligence (or more

 

16



 

culpable act) or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors.  Nothing contained in this Section 8.01 shall limit (or be deemed to limit) the waivers contained in Section 8.06 below.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of Section 8.06 below and this Section 8.01 , the provisions of Section 8.06 shall prevail.  This Section 8.01 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

Section 8.02 Indemnification by Tenant .  Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, its agents, employees and contractors from and against any and all claims, damages, demands, penalties, costs, liabilities, losses, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses at the trial and appellate levels) to the extent (a) arising out of or relating to any act, omission, negligence (or more culpable act), or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, representatives, employees, or contractors in or about the Leased Premises, (b) arising out of or relating to any of Tenant’s Property, or (c) arising out of any other act or occurrence within the Building, in all such cases except to the extent proximately caused by the negligence (or more culpable act) or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors.  Nothing contained in this Section 8.02 shall limit (or be deemed to limit) the waivers contained in Section 8.06 below.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of Section 8.06 below and this Section 8.02 , the provisions of Section 8.06 shall prevail.  This Section 8.02 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

Section 8.03 Indemnification by Landlord .  Landlord shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Tenant, its agents, employees and contractors of all tiers from and against any and all claims, damages, demands, penalties, costs, liabilities, losses and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses at the trial and appellate levels) to the extent arising out of or relating to any act, omission, negligence (or more culpable act) or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s agents, representatives, guests, employees or contractors.  Nothing contained in this Section 8.03 shall limit (or be deemed to limit) the waivers contained in Section 8.06 below.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of Section 8.06 below and this Section 8.03 , the provisions of Section 8.06 shall prevail.  This Section 8.03 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

Section 8.04 Tenant’s Insurance .

 

(a)                                  During the Lease Term (and any period of early entry or occupancy or holding over by Tenant, if applicable), Tenant shall maintain the following types of insurance, in the amounts specified below:

 

(i)  Liability Insurance .  Commercial General Liability Insurance, ISO Form CG 00 01, or its equivalent, covering Tenant’s use of or occupancy at the Leased Premises against claims for bodily injury or death or property damage, which insurance shall be primary and non-contributory and shall provide coverage on an occurrence basis with a per occurrence limit of not less than $10,000,000 for each policy year, which limit may be satisfied by any combination of primary and excess or umbrella per occurrence policies.

 

(ii)                                   Property Insurance .  Special Form Insurance in the amount of the full replacement cost of Tenant’s Property (including, without limitation, alterations or additions performed by Tenant following the Commencement Date pursuant hereto, but excluding those improvements, if any, made pursuant to Section 2.02 above), which insurance shall waive coinsurance limitations.

 

17


 

(iii)                                Worker’s Compensation Insurance .  Worker’s Compensation insurance in amounts required by applicable Laws; provided, if there is no statutory requirement for Tenant, Tenant shall still obtain Worker’s Compensation insurance coverage.

 

(iv)                               Business Interruption Insurance .  Business Interruption Insurance with limits not less than an amount equal to $1,000,000.

 

(v)                                  Automobile Insurance .  Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance insuring bodily injury and property damage arising from all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles, if any, with minimum limits of liability of $1,000,000 combined single limit, per accident.

 

(b)                                  All insurance required to be carried by Tenant hereunder shall be issued by one or more insurance companies reasonably acceptable to Landlord, licensed to do business in the State in which the Leased Premises is located and having an AM Best’s rating of A IX or better.  Tenant shall promptly provide notice to Landlord if Tenant is notified that coverage is materially changed, canceled or permitted to lapse.  In addition, Tenant shall name Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, and any mortgagee requested by Landlord, as additional insureds under Tenant’s Commercial General Liability Insurance, excess and umbrella policies (but only to the extent of the limits required hereunder).  On or before the Commencement Date (or the date of any earlier entry or occupancy by Tenant), and thereafter, prior to the expiration of each such policy, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with certificates of insurance in the form of ACORD 25 (or other evidence of insurance reasonably acceptable to Landlord), evidencing all required coverages, and that with the exception of Workers’ Compensation insurance, such insurance is primary and non-contributory.  Upon Tenant’s receipt of a request from Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of all insurance policies, including all endorsements, evidencing the coverages required hereunder.  If Tenant fails to carry such insurance and furnish Landlord with such certificates of insurance or copies of insurance policies (if applicable), Landlord may, upon ten (10) business days’ notice to Tenant, obtain such insurance on Tenant’s behalf and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the cost thereof as Additional Rent.  Landlord reserves the right from time to time (but not more than once every five (5) years) to require Tenant to obtain higher minimum amounts or different types of insurance if it becomes customary for other landlords of similar buildings in the area to require similar sized tenants in similar industries to carry insurance of such higher minimum amounts or of such different types.

 

Section 8.05 Landlord’s Insurance .  During the Lease Term, Landlord shall maintain the following types of insurance, in the amounts specified below (the cost of which shall be included in Operating Expenses):

 

(a)                                  Liability Insurance .  Commercial General Liability Insurance, ISO Form CG 00 01, or its equivalent, against claims for bodily injury or death and property damage, which insurance shall provide coverage on an occurrence basis with a per occurrence limit of not less than $10,000,000 for each policy year, which limit may be satisfied by any combination of primary and excess or umbrella per occurrence policies.

 

(b)                                  Property Insurance .  Special Form Insurance in the amount of the full replacement cost of the Building, including, without limitation, any improvements, if any, made pursuant to Section 2.02 above, but excluding Tenant’s Property and any other items required to be insured by Tenant pursuant to Section 8.04 above.

 

18



 

Section 8.06 Waiver of Subrogation .  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, each of Landlord (and its affiliates, property managers and mortgagees) and Tenant (and its affiliates) hereby waives any and all rights of recovery, claims, actions or causes of action against the other party, or such other party’s employees, agents or contractors, for any loss or damage to the Leased Premises and to any personal property of such party, arising from any risk which is required to be insured against by Sections 8.04(a)(ii) , 8.04(a)(iii)  and 8.05(b)  above.  The effect of such waiver is not limited by the amount of such insurance actually carried or required to be carried, or to the actual proceeds received after a loss or to any deductible applicable thereto, and either party’s failure to carry insurance required under this Lease shall not invalidate such waiver.  The foregoing waiver shall apply regardless of the cause or origin of any such claim, including, without limitation, the fault or negligence of either party or such party’s employees, agents or contractors.  The Special Form Insurance policies and Workers’ Compensation Insurance policies maintained by Landlord and Tenant as provided in this Lease shall include an express waiver of any rights of subrogation by the insurance company against Landlord or Tenant, as applicable.

 

ARTICLE 9 - CASUALTY

 

Section 9.01 Casualty Restoration .  In the event of total or partial destruction of the Leased Premises by fire or other casualty, Landlord agrees promptly to restore and repair same; provided, however, Landlord’s obligation hereunder with respect to the Leased Premises shall be limited to the reconstruction of such of the improvements as were originally required to be made by Landlord pursuant to the Workletter.  Rent shall proportionately abate during the time that the Building or part thereof is unusable or inaccessible because of any such damage.  Within sixty (60) days after such casualty, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant written notice (the “Casualty Notice”) setting forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate for substantial completion of the required restoration and repair work.  If the Casualty Notice provides that the Leased Premises is destroyed to the extent that it cannot be repaired or rebuilt within one hundred eighty (180) days from the casualty date, then either Landlord or Tenant may, upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the other party, terminate this Lease with respect to matters thereafter accruing.  In the event Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to reject Landlord’s termination in which case the Lease shall remain in full force and effect; provided, however, if the remaining Lease Term following Landlord’s estimated completion date is less than five (5) years, the Lease Term shall be automatically extended as follows: Tenant may elect to either (x) exercise a remaining option to extend the Lease Term pursuant to Section 17.01 below, in which case any right to retract its exercise of an option to extend set forth in Section 17.01 shall be null and void and the applicable Extension Term shall commence upon the expiration of the preceding term, or (y) keep any remaining options to extend (if any) unaffected by the casualty, in which case the Lease Term shall be extended to the last day of the fifth (5 th ) year following Landlord’s substantial completion of the restoration and repair work in connection with such casualty, and the Minimum Annual Rent per square foot for any resulting extension term shall be an amount equal to one hundred two percent (102%) of the Minimum Annual Rent per square foot for the period immediately preceding such extension term for the first twelve (12) months of such extension term, with an increase of two percent (2%) for each successive twelve (12) month period of such extension term.

 

Section 9.02 Landlord Termination .  Notwithstanding Section 9.01 above, if the Building is destroyed by a casualty that is not covered by the insurance required to be carried by Landlord hereunder or, if covered, such insurance proceeds are insufficient to rebuild the Building, then, provided that Landlord complied with the insurance requirements under this Lease, Landlord may, by delivering written notice to Tenant within sixty (60) days after such casualty, terminate this Lease with respect to matters thereafter accruing.

 

19



 

Section 9.03 .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if a casualty occurs during the last year of the Lease Term and the Casualty Notice provides that the repair is estimated to take more than ninety (90) days from the date of the casualty to complete, Landlord or Tenant may terminate the Lease effective as of the date of such casualty by written notice given to the other delivered within ten (10) days after Landlord’s delivery of the Casualty Notice, whereupon the Lease shall terminate and all Rent and other charges under the Lease will be apportioned as of the date of such casualty.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) Landlord elects to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section 9.03 , (ii) more than two hundred eighty (280) days remain in the Lease Term at the time of Landlord’s termination, (iii) Tenant has at least one (1) remaining right to extend the Lease Term pursuant to Section 17.01 , and (iv) Tenant satisfies all of the conditions set forth in said Section 17.01 , then Tenant may, within ten (10) days following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s termination notice, reject Landlord’s notice of termination by exercising its right to extend the Lease Term pursuant to Section 17.01 , in which case any right to retract its option to extend set forth in Section 17.01 shall be null and void, Landlord’s termination notice shall be rendered null and void, and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.  Tenant hereby waives any rights under applicable Laws inconsistent with the terms of this Article 9 .

 

ARTICLE 10 - EMINENT DOMAIN

 

If all or any substantial part of the Leased Premises shall be acquired by the exercise of eminent domain, Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Tenant on or before the date possession thereof is so taken.  If all or any material part of the Leased Premises shall be acquired by the exercise of eminent domain, Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Landlord as of the date possession thereof is so taken.  In the event of the exercise of eminent domain that does not result in termination of this Lease, Rent shall be equitably reduced based on the amount of the Leased Premises taken.  All damages awarded shall belong to Landlord; provided, however, that Tenant may claim an award for Tenant’s personal property (including removable fixtures) and for relocation expenses but only if such amount is not subtracted from Landlord’s award and does not otherwise diminish or adversely affect any award to Landlord.

 

ARTICLE 11 - ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASE

 

Section 11.01 Assignment and Sublease .

 

(a)                                  Tenant shall not assign this Lease or sublet the Leased Premises in whole or in part without Landlord’s prior written consent.  In the event of any permitted assignment or subletting, Tenant shall remain primarily liable hereunder, and, except for a sublet or assignment to a Permitted Transferee (as hereinafter defined), any extension, expansion, rights of first offer, rights of first refusal or other options granted to Tenant under this Lease shall be rendered void and of no further force or effect.  The acceptance of rent by Landlord from any other person or entity shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or to be a consent to the assignment of this Lease or the subletting of the Leased Premises.  Any assignment or sublease consented to by Landlord shall not relieve Tenant (or its assignee) from obtaining Landlord’s consent to any subsequent assignment or sublease hereunder.

 

(b)                                  By way of example and not limitation, Landlord shall be deemed to have reasonably withheld consent to a proposed assignment or sublease if in Landlord’s opinion (i) the Leased Premises are or may be materially adversely affected; (ii) the business reputation of the proposed assignee or subtenant is unacceptable; (iii) the financial worth of the proposed assignee or subtenant is insufficient to

 

20



 

meet the obligations of Tenant hereunder, or (iv) the prospective assignee or subtenant is a current tenant of Landlord or its affiliate in 301 or 801 (each as defined in Section 17.02 below) or is a bona-fide third-party prospective tenant of Landlord or its affiliate in 301 or 801 and Landlord then has substantially similar space available for lease.  Landlord further expressly reserves the right to refuse to give its consent to any subletting if the proposed rent is publicly advertised to be less than the rent publicly advertised for similar premises in the Building.  Landlord agrees that Landlord shall not have the right to withhold consent to a proposed assignment or sublease if such proposed assignee or subtenant meets the requirements of clauses (i), (ii) and (iv) above and has a tangible net worth of at least $200,000,000.00.

 

(c)                                   Tenant agrees to pay Landlord $500.00 upon demand by Landlord for reasonable accounting and attorneys’ fees incurred in conjunction with the processing and documentation of any requested assignment, subletting or any other hypothecation of this Lease or Tenant’s interest in and to the Leased Premises as consideration for Landlord’s consent.  The provisions of this Section 11.01(c)  shall not apply to a Permitted Transferee.

 

Section 11.02 Permitted Transfer .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 11.01 above, Tenant shall have the right, without Landlord’s consent, but upon ten (10) days’ prior notice to Landlord, to (a) sublet all or part of the Leased Premises to any related corporation or other entity which controls Tenant, is controlled by Tenant or is under common control with Tenant; (b) provided that the tangible net worth of the successor entity after any such transaction is not less than the tangible net worth of Tenant as of the date hereof and provided further that such successor entity assumes all of the obligations and liabilities of Tenant, assign this Lease to any related corporation or other entity which controls Tenant, is controlled by Tenant, or is under common control with Tenant, or to a successor entity into which or with which Tenant is merged, reorganized or consolidated or which acquires all or substantially all of Tenant’s stock, assets or property; or (c) effectuate any public offering of Tenant’s or any of its affiliates’ stock on the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ over the counter market or any other nationally recognized securities exchange (any such entity hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Transferee”).  For the purpose of this Article 11 and Section 17.01(a) , (i) “control” shall mean ownership of not less than fifty percent (50%) of all voting stock or legal and equitable interest in such corporation or entity, and (ii) “tangible net worth” shall mean the excess of the value of tangible assets (i.e. assets excluding those which are intangible such as goodwill, patents and trademarks) over liabilities.  Any such transfer shall not relieve Tenant of its obligations under this Lease.  Nothing in this Section 11.02 is intended to nor shall permit Tenant to transfer its interest under this Lease as part of a fraud or subterfuge to intentionally avoid its obligations under this Lease (for example, transferring its interest to a shell corporation that subsequently files a bankruptcy), and any such transfer shall constitute a Default hereunder.  Any change in control of Tenant resulting from a merger, consolidation, or a transfer of partnership or membership interests, a stock transfer, or any sale of substantially all of the assets of Tenant that do not meet the requirements of this Section 11.02 shall be deemed an assignment or transfer that requires Landlord’s prior written consent pursuant to Section 11.01 above.

 

ARTICLE 12 - TRANSFERS BY LANDLORD

 

Section 12.01 Sale of the Leased Premises .  Landlord shall have the right to sell the Leased Premises or any portion thereof at any time during the Lease Term, subject to the rights of Tenant hereunder; and such sale shall operate to release Landlord from liability accruing hereunder after the date of such conveyance, but such covenants and obligations shall be binding upon and shall be deemed to have been assumed by each new owner of the Leased Premises as of the date of such conveyance without the need of a further agreement.

 

21



 

Section 12.02 Estoppel Certificate .

 

(a)                                  Within ten (10) days following receipt of a written request from Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, without cost to Landlord, an estoppel certificate in such form as Landlord may reasonably request certifying (i) that this Lease is in full force and effect and unmodified or stating the nature of any modification, (ii) the date to which Rent has been paid, (iii) that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (iv) any other factual matters or state of facts reasonably required respecting this Lease.  Such estoppel may be relied upon by Landlord and by any purchaser or mortgagee of all or any portion of the Leased Premises.

 

(b)                                  Within ten (10) days following receipt of a written request from Tenant, Landlord shall execute and deliver to Tenant, without cost to Tenant, an estoppel certificate in such form as Tenant may reasonably request certifying (i) that this Lease is in full force and effect and unmodified or stating the nature of any modification, (ii) the date to which Rent has been paid, (iii) that there are not, to Landlord’s knowledge, any uncured defaults or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (iv) any other factual matters or state of facts reasonably required respecting this Lease.  Such estoppel may be relied upon by Tenant and by any party designated by Tenant.

 

Section 12.03 Subordination .  Subject to the conditions provided in this Section 12.03 , this Lease is and shall be expressly subject and subordinate at all times to the lien of any future mortgage or deed of trust encumbering fee title to the Leased Premises.  Landlord represents and warrants that as of the date hereof, no mortgage or deed of trust encumbers fee title to the Leased Premises.  If any such mortgage or deed of trust be foreclosed, upon request of the mortgagee or beneficiary, as the case may be, Tenant will attorn to the purchaser at the foreclosure sale provided such mortgagee or beneficiary recognizes Tenant’s rights hereunder.  The subordination of this Lease to any future mortgage or trust deed shall be conditioned upon Landlord delivering to Tenant a subordination, nondisturbance and attornment agreement from the mortgagee of each mortgage encumbering the Leased Premises and from the ground lessor under each ground lease of the Leased Premises, substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto or otherwise reasonably acceptable to Tenant.  Tenant shall execute and deliver same, provided, however, in no event shall Tenant’s failure to execute such agreement affect Tenant’s obligation to subordinate this Lease, and in the event Tenant so fails to execute such agreement, this Lease and Tenant’s rights hereunder shall nonetheless be subordinate to each mortgage or ground lease upon the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit H .

 

ARTICLE 13 - DEFAULT AND REMEDY

 

Section 13.01 Default .  The occurrence of any of the following shall be a “Default”:

 

(a)                                  Tenant fails to pay any Monthly Rental Installments or Additional Rent (i) within five (5) days following written notice from Landlord on the first occasion in any twelve (12) month period, or (ii) within five (5) days after the same is due on any subsequent occasion within said twelve (12) month period.

 

(b)                                  Tenant fails to perform or observe any other term, condition, covenant or obligation required under this Lease (other than those governed by subsections (c) through (e) below) for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord; provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required to cure, then such default

 

22



 

shall be deemed to have been cured if Tenant commences such performance within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently completes the required action within a reasonable time.

 

(c)                                   Tenant shall vacate or abandon the Leased Premises, or fail to occupy the Leased Premises or any substantial portion thereof for a period of thirty (30) days.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may vacate the Leased Premises during the term of this Lease provided (i) Tenant adequately secures the Leased Premises to prevent damage, destruction or vandalism to the Leased Premises; (ii) Tenant continues such utilities to the Leased Premises as will prevent any damage to the Leased Premises; and (iii) Tenant continues to provide insurance for the Leased Premises and Tenant pays any increased premium resulting from a lack of a tenant in the Leased Premises.

 

(d)                                  Tenant shall assign or sublet all or a portion of the Leased Premises in violation of the provisions of Article 11 of this Lease.

 

(e)                                   All or substantially all of Tenant’s assets in the Leased Premises or Tenant’s interest in this Lease are attached or levied under execution (and Tenant does not discharge the same within sixty (60) days thereafter); a petition in bankruptcy, insolvency or for reorganization or arrangement is filed by or against Tenant (and Tenant fails to secure a stay or discharge thereof within sixty (60) days thereafter); Tenant makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; Tenant takes the benefit of any insolvency action or law; the appointment of a receiver or trustee in bankruptcy for Tenant or its assets if such receivership has not been vacated or set aside within thirty (30) days thereafter; or, dissolution or other termination of Tenant’s corporate charter if Tenant is a corporation.

 

Section 13.02 Remedies .  Upon the occurrence of any Default, Landlord shall have the following rights and remedies, in addition to those stated elsewhere in this Lease and those allowed by law or in equity, any one or more of which may be exercised without further notice to Tenant:

 

(a)                                  Landlord may re-enter the Leased Premises and cure any such Default of Tenant, and Tenant shall, promptly upon demand, reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, for any documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses that Landlord thereby incurs; and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage that Tenant may sustain by reason of Landlord’s action, except in the case of Landlord negligence or willful misconduct not otherwise waived by Tenant pursuant to Section 8.06 above or any other provision of this Lease.

 

(b)                                  Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving Tenant notice of termination, in which event this Lease shall expire and terminate on the date specified in such notice of termination and all rights of Tenant under this Lease and in and to the Leased Premises shall terminate, except with respect to any provisions thereunder that expressly survive such termination.  Tenant shall remain liable for all obligations under this Lease arising up to the date of such termination, and Tenant shall surrender the Leased Premises to Landlord on the date specified in such notice.  Furthermore, in the event that Landlord terminates this Lease, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for the unamortized balance of any leasehold improvement allowance and brokerage fees paid in connection with this Lease.

 

(c)                                   Without terminating this Lease, Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Leased Premises, and thereafter, neither Tenant nor any person claiming under or through Tenant shall be entitled to possession of the Leased Premises.  In such event, Tenant shall immediately surrender the Leased Premises to Landlord, and Landlord may re-enter the Leased Premises and dispossess Tenant and any other occupants of the Leased Premises by any lawful means and may remove their effects, without prejudice to any other remedy that Landlord may have.  Upon termination of possession,

 

23



 

Landlord may re-let all or any part thereof as the agent of Tenant for a term different from that which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Lease Term and for rent and on terms and conditions different from those contained herein, whereupon Tenant shall be immediately obligated to pay to Landlord an amount equal to (i) the difference between the rent provided for herein and that provided for in any lease covering a subsequent re-letting of the Leased Premises, for the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Lease Term had this Lease not been terminated (said period being referred to herein as the “Remaining Term”),  (ii) the costs of recovering possession of the Leased Premises and all other expenses, actual loss or damage incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s Default (“Default Damages”), which shall include, without limitation, expenses of preparing the Leased Premises for re-letting, demolition, repairs, tenant finish improvements, brokers’ commissions and attorneys’ fees, and (iii) all unpaid Minimum Annual Rent and Additional Rent that accrued prior to the date of termination of possession, plus any interest and late fees due hereunder (the “Prior Obligations”).  Neither the filing of any dispossessory proceeding nor an eviction of personalty in the Leased Premises shall be deemed to terminate this Lease.

 

(d)                                  Landlord may terminate this Lease and recover from Tenant all damages Landlord may incur by reason of Tenant’s default, including, without limitation, an amount which, at the date of such termination is equal to the sum of the following:  (i) the present value of the excess, if any, discounted at the Prime Rate, of (A) the Minimum Annual Rent, Additional Rent and all other sums that would have been payable hereunder by Tenant for the Remaining Term, less (B) the aggregate reasonable rental value of the Leased Premises for the Remaining Term, as determined by a real estate broker licensed in the State of New Jersey who has at least ten (10) years of experience, (ii) all of the Default Damages, and (iii) all Prior Obligations.  Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the payment of the amount set forth in clause (i) above shall not be deemed a penalty, but shall merely constitute payment of liquidated damages, it being understood that actual damages to Landlord are extremely difficult, if not impossible, to ascertain.  It is expressly agreed and understood that all of Tenant’s liabilities and obligations set forth in this subsection (d) shall survive termination of this Lease.

 

(e)                                   Intentionally omitted.

 

(f)                                    Landlord may sue for injunctive relief or to recover damages for any loss resulting from the Default.

 

(g)                                   In no event shall Tenant be liable to Landlord under this Lease for any indirect, special, incidental, consequential, exemplary or punitive damages.

 

Section 13.03 Landlord’s Default and Tenant’s Remedies .

 

(a)                                  Landlord shall be in default if it fails to perform any term, condition, covenant or obligation required under this Lease for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Tenant to Landlord; provided, however, that if the term, condition, covenant or obligation to be performed by Landlord is such that it cannot reasonably be performed within thirty (30) days, such default shall be deemed to have been cured if Landlord commences such performance within said thirty-day period and thereafter diligently undertakes to complete the same.  Upon the occurrence of any such default by Landlord, Tenant may sue for injunctive relief or to recover damages for any loss directly resulting from such default, but Tenant shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease or withhold, offset or abate any sums due hereunder.  In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any consequential or punitive damages in connection with this Lease.

 

24



 

(b)                                  As to Landlord’s maintenance and repair obligations hereunder, if Landlord has not cured or commenced to cure a maintenance or repair default set forth in said notice from Tenant within said 30-day period, Tenant may undertake all reasonable action to cure Landlord’s failure of performance.  If Tenant elects to cure said default, Tenant shall, prior to commencement of said work, provide to Landlord a specific description of the work to be performed by Tenant and the name of Tenant’s contractor.  Any materials used shall be of equal or better quality than currently exists in the Building and Tenant’s contractor shall be adequately insured and of good reputation. Landlord agrees to reimburse Tenant on demand for all reasonable, third party out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Tenant in connection therewith, provided that Tenant delivers to Landlord adequate bills or other supporting evidence substantiating said cost.  If Landlord does not reimburse Tenant or give Tenant notice of objection to such reimbursement within ninety (90) days following Tenant’s demand, and if Landlord’s objection to such reimbursement is resolved against Landlord by agreement of the parties or by a court of competent jurisdiction to which the dispute has been submitted by the parties, Tenant shall have the right to set off said reimbursement from the rental payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder.

 

(c)                                   In the event that (i) there is an interruption of utility service to the Leased Premises, (ii) the restoration of such utility service is within Landlord’s reasonable control, and (iii) such interruption renders all or a portion of the Leased Premises untenantable (meaning that Tenant is unable to use, and does not use, such space in the normal course of its business for the Permitted Use) for more than three (3) consecutive business days, then if Landlord has not repaired or commenced to repair such utility interruption within three (3) business days after notice from Tenant, Tenant may undertake all reasonable action to cure Landlord’s failure of performance.  If Tenant elects to cure said utility interruption, Tenant shall, prior to commencement of said work, provide to Landlord a specific description of the work to be performed by Tenant and the name of Tenant’s contractor.  Any materials used shall be of equal or better quality than currently exists in the Building and Tenant’s contractor shall be adequately insured and of good reputation. Landlord agrees to reimburse Tenant on demand for all reasonable, third party out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Tenant in connection therewith, provided that Tenant delivers to Landlord adequate bills or other supporting evidence substantiating said cost.  If Landlord does not reimburse Tenant or give Tenant notice of objection to such reimbursement within ninety (90) days following Tenant’s demand, and if Landlord’s objection to such reimbursement is resolved against Landlord by agreement of the parties or by a court of competent jurisdiction to which the dispute has been submitted by the parties, Tenant shall have the right to set off said reimbursement from the rental payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder.

 

Section 13.04 Limitation of Landlord’s Liability .  If Landlord shall fail to perform any term, condition, covenant or obligation required to be performed by it under this Lease, and if Tenant shall, as a consequence thereof, recover a money judgment against Landlord, Tenant agrees that it shall look solely to Landlord’s right, title and interest in and to the Leased Premises (and the proceeds thereof) for the collection of such judgment; and Tenant further agrees that no other assets of Landlord shall be subject to levy, execution or other process for the satisfaction of Tenant’s judgment.

 

Section 13.05 Nonwaiver of Defaults .  Neither party’s failure nor delay in exercising any of its rights or remedies or other provisions of this Lease shall constitute a waiver thereof or affect its right thereafter to exercise or enforce such right or remedy or other provision at that time or in the future.  No waiver of any default shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other default.  Landlord’s receipt of less than the full rent due shall not be construed to be other than a payment on account of rent then due, nor shall any statement on Tenant’s check or any letter accompanying Tenant’s check be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance due or to pursue any other remedy available to Landlord.  No act or omission by Landlord or its

 

25



 

employees or agents during the Lease Term shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Leased Premises, and no agreement to accept such a surrender shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord.

 

Section 13.06 Attorneys’ Fees .  If either party defaults in the performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, covenants or obligations contained in this Lease and the non-defaulting party obtains a judgment against the defaulting party, then the defaulting party agrees to reimburse the non-defaulting party for reasonable and documented out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees incurred in connection therewith.  In addition, if a monetary Default shall occur and Landlord engages outside counsel to exercise its remedies hereunder, and then Tenant cures such monetary Default, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on demand, all reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord as a result thereof, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs and expenses actually incurred.

 

ARTICLE 14 - LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO RELOCATE TENANT

 

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

 

ARTICLE 15 - TENANT’S RESPONSIBILITY REGARDING

ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES

 

Section 15.01 Environmental Definitions .

 

(a)                                  “Environmental Laws” shall mean all Laws applicable to or related to Hazardous Substances or human health or the environmental, including, without limitation,  Laws in any way related to a Discharge of Hazardous Substances.

 

(b)                                  “Hazardous Substances” shall mean those substances included within the definitions of “hazardous substances”, “hazardous materials”, “hazardous waste”, “toxic substances”, “pollution”, “pollutant”, “contaminant”, “solid waste” or “infectious waste” under Environmental Laws and petroleum products.  Where any Laws define any of these terms more broadly than another, the broader definition shall apply.

 

(c)                                   “Discharge” shall mean the releasing, spilling, leaking, leaching, disposing, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, treating or dumping of Hazardous Substances at, into, onto or migrating from or onto the Leased Premises or the immediately surrounding area (including, without limitation, the soil, surface water, subsurface water or groundwater), regardless of whether the result of an intentional or unintentional action or omission.

 

(d)                                  “Engineering Control” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term under N.J.S.A. 58:10B-1 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(e)                                   “Institutional Control” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term under N.J.S.A. 58:10B-1 and the regulations promulgated thereunder, including without limitation any “Deed Notice” (as that term is defined in Environmental Laws).

 

(f)                                    “ISRA” shall mean the Industrial Site Recovery Act, N.J.S.A. 13:1K-6 et   seq ., the regulations promulgated thereunder and any amending and successor legislation and regulations.

 

26



 

(g)                                   “LSRP” shall mean a licensed site remediation professional as defined in the Site Remediation Reform Act, N.J.S.A. 58:10C-2, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(h)                                  “NJDEP” shall mean the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection or its successor.

 

(i)                                      “RAO” shall mean a response action outcome as defined under N.J.S.A. 58:10B-1 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(j)                                     “Remediation” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term under N.J.S.A. 13:1K-8 and N.J.S.A. 58:10B-1 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(k)                                  “Remediation Certification” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term under ISRA.

 

Section 15.02 Restrictions on Tenant .  Tenant shall not cause or permit the use, generation, Discharge, manufacture, refining, production, processing, storage or disposal of any Hazardous Substances on, under or about the Leased Premises, or the transportation to or from the Leased Premises of any Hazardous Substances, except as necessary or appropriate for its Permitted Use in which case the use, storage or disposal of such Hazardous Substances shall be performed in compliance with the Environmental Laws and the commercially reasonable standards prevailing in the industry.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Tenant have the right to use Hazardous Substances in such quantities that would cause the Leased Premises to be deemed a “Major Facility” under the New Jersey Spill Compensation and Control Act or a treatment, storage or disposal facility requiring a RCRA permit (as defined in Environmental Laws).

 

Section 15.03 Notices, Affidavits, Etc .  Tenant shall promptly, upon becoming aware of same, (a) notify Landlord of (i) any material violation by Tenant, its employees, agents, representatives, customers, invitees or contractors of any Environmental Laws with respect to the Leased Premises, or (ii) the presence or suspected presence of any Hazardous Substances on, under or about the Leased Premises in violation of Environmental Laws, and (b) deliver to Landlord any written notice received by Tenant relating to (a)(i) and (a)(ii) above from any source.  During the Lease Term and subsequently, upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord all environmental documents that are reasonably required to demonstrate its compliance with Environmental Laws and with Tenant’s obligations under this Article 15 , whether currently or hereafter existing.

 

Section 15.04 ISRA Compliance .

 

(a)                                  Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that as of the date hereof Tenant’s North American Industrial Classification System Number (“NAICS Number”) applicable to Tenant’s business is 454111 — electronic shopping, which is not subject to ISRA.  Throughout the Lease Term and any renewals thereof, as the case may be, Tenant shall not change Tenant’s Permitted Use at the Leased Premises in a manner that shall result in a change of Tenant’s NAICS Number to a NAICS Number subject to ISRA without obtaining consent of Landlord, which consent Landlord shall have the right to withhold in its sole discretion; any amendment to ISRA that would subject the Permitted Use to the requirements of ISRA shall not constitute a breach of this provision or this Lease by Tenant.  In the event any use of or operations at the Leased Premises shall become subject to the provisions of ISRA (but in no event is Landlord consenting to such use or operations, which is expressly prohibited), then Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, comply with ISRA prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.  Tenant’s obligations under ISRA shall arise if there is a triggering event which triggers the applicability

 

27


 

of ISRA, regardless of whether triggered by Landlord or Tenant, including, without limitation, a closing of operations, a transfer of ownership or operations, or a change in ownership at or otherwise affecting the Leased Premises pursuant to ISRA.  Provided this Lease is not previously cancelled or terminated by either party or by operation of Laws, Tenant shall commence its submission to the NJDEP in anticipation of the end of this Lease no later than six (6) months prior to the expiration of this Lease.  If applicable, because a triggering event is unrelated to a cessation of operations by Tenant, Tenant shall comply with ISRA prior to the closing of such triggering event, and shall, at its own cost and expense, undertake and complete all filings including, without limitation, entering into a Remediation Certification with the NJDEP and posting a remediation funding source satisfactory to the NJDEP and Landlord so that the closing of the triggering event may move forward as scheduled, and thereafter Tenant shall complete compliance with ISRA in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease and all applicable Laws.

 

(b)                                  Upon notice of a triggering event pursuant to ISRA or the cessation of Tenant’s operations or no later than six (6) months prior to the expiration of this Lease, if requested by Landlord, Tenant shall promptly provide to Landlord a certification (the “Certification”) upon which Landlord may rely, that shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, which Certification shall identify facts to establish that ISRA does not apply to Tenant’s operations.  Upon notice of Landlord’s triggering event pursuant to ISRA (i.e., transfer or change of ownership), if requested by Landlord, Tenant shall promptly provide to Landlord a Certification upon which Landlord may rely, that shall be in the form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, which Certification shall identify facts to establish that ISRA does not apply to Tenant’s operations, provided that Landlord shall reimburse Tenant’s reasonable costs and expenses related to its preparation of such Certification, including attorneys’ fees, not to exceed $5,000.00.

 

Section 15.05 Tenant Remediation .  Should any assessment, investigation or sampling performed with respect to the Leased Premises reveal the existence of a Discharge of Hazardous Substances by Tenant or any assignee or subtenant of Tenant, or any of their respective employees, agents, contractors, representatives,  customers or invitees, then Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, promptly, diligently and in a continuous manner, undertake all action reasonably required by Landlord and any governmental authority, to perform a Remediation of the Discharge to the satisfaction of all applicable governmental authorities and the requirements of this Lease, including, without limitation, promptly: (a) retaining an LSRP; (b) preparing and submitting to the appropriate governmental authority, all required assessment, investigation, sampling and remedial action plans and reports, and other documents; (c) implementing the approved assessment, investigation, sampling and remedial action plans and reports in accordance with all Laws; (d) allowing Landlord a reasonable opportunity to review and provide comment to Tenant on any workplans or reports (i.e., key submittals to the NJDEP); (e) establishing a remediation funding source and/or financial assurance if required by, and in the amount required by, Environmental Laws; (f) paying all filing and oversight fees of the NJDEP; (g) addressing all required natural resource restoration and satisfying any natural resource damage claims as required by Environmental Laws; and (h) obtaining and delivering to Landlord a RAO.  Promptly upon completion of all required activities, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, and to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, restore the affected areas of the Leased Premises from any damage or condition caused by the investigatory or remedial work.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 15.05 , in no event shall Tenant’s Remediation involve Engineering Controls or Institutional Controls, except such controls as are required by Environmental Laws (e.g., classification exception area).  Tenant’s Remediation may utilize restricted use remediation standards and the Engineering Controls or Institutional Controls currently proposed by Landlord for the Leased Premises and then existing (i.e., site cap, deed notice, classification exception area and remedial action permit) provided that the contaminants

 

28



 

arising from the Discharge to be remediated by Tenant are the same contaminants at no higher concentrations (or similar contaminants and concentrations, at the commercially reasonable discretion of Landlord) than as were identified by Landlord’s investigation and, following Landlord’s remedial activities, remained at the Leased Premises as documented in Landlord’s Deed Notice and submissions to NJDEP, including but not limited to historic fill and contaminants that may be associated therewith.  Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant and execute such documents as reasonably required to implement Tenant’s Remediation.

 

Section 15.06 Hold-Over Tenancy .  If prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant: (a) fails, pursuant to ISRA, and this Lease, to obtain and to deliver to Landlord, either (i) the Certification, (ii) a de minimus quantity exemption issued by the NJDEP, or (iii) a RAO issued by an LSRP, and address all required natural resource restoration and satisfy all natural resource damage claims (“ISRA Clearance”); or (b) fails to Remediate all Hazardous Substances pursuant to the requirements of this Article 15 , and deliver to Landlord a RAO (the “Environmental Clearance”); then upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Landlord shall have the option, in addition to all other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease and pursuant to Law or equity, either to consider this Lease as having ended or to treat Tenant as a holdover Tenant in possession of the Leased Premises in accordance with Section 2.04 above; provided that Landlord shall be obligated to demonstrate that all or part of the Leased Premises are untenantable as a result of the failure to provide the ISRA Clearance or Environmental Clearance.  If Landlord considers this Lease as having ended or treats tenant as a holdover tenant in possession of the Leased Premises, then Tenant shall nevertheless be obligated to promptly obtain and deliver to Landlord the ISRA Clearance or the Environmental Clearance, as the case may be, and otherwise fulfill all of the obligations of Tenant set forth in this Article 15 .

 

Section 15.07 Environmental Questionnaire .  Prior to executing this Lease, Tenant has completed and delivered to Landlord Tenant’s initial hazardous materials disclosure (the “Initial Hazardous Substances Disclosure”), the form of which is attached here to as Exhibit E .  Tenant covenants, represents and warrants to Landlord that, to the knowledge of Tenant after commercially reasonable inquiry, the information in the Initial Hazardous Substances Disclosure is true and correct and accurately describes the use(s) of Hazardous Substances that may be stored and/or used on the Leased Premises by Tenant.  Following Landlord’s written request (which shall be limited to no more than one (1) time per calendar year), Tenant shall complete and deliver to Landlord a Hazardous Substances Disclosure (the “Hazardous Substances Disclosure”) describing Tenant’s then present storage and/or use of Hazardous Substances at the Leased Premises.

 

Section 15.08 Tenant’s Acknowledgements Concerning ISRA Compliance and Other Remediation Activities .  Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has advised Tenant (a) that Landlord is obligated to the NJDEP to remediate certain property formerly owned by General Motors Corporation, a Delaware Corporation (“GM”) including but not limited to the Leased Premises in connection with former operations of GM and assumption of GM’s responsibility under ISRA and other applicable Environmental Laws, including but not limited to RCRA, (“Landlord’s Remediation”) with respect to certain property formerly owned by GM, including but not limited to the land on which the Leased Premises is located; (b) there is a Remedial Action Workplan for Soils that contemplates, among other things, the filing of a Deed Notice and the use of Engineering and Institutional Controls in connection with the land; (c) there is a Groundwater Monitoring Plan with respect to certain groundwater contamination beneath the land, that Landlord is continuing to implement; and (d) as a result of such groundwater contamination, Landlord has installed a passive vapor mitigation system beneath the Building and Landlord may require access to all or part of the Leased Premises to perform certain sampling required by the NJDEP with respect to such system and/or to undertake other activities required by the NJDEP in connection with such system.  Any such access to the

 

29



 

Building by Landlord shall (except to the extent of an emergency) be conducted following reasonable notice to and in cooperation with Tenant, at commercially reasonable times and in a manner to minimize any interruption to Tenant’s use of the Building for the Permitted Use.  Landlord represents, warrants and covenants that it shall not post any signage at the Leased Premises or at 301 or 801 (provided that 301 and 801 continue to be owned by Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord) that identifies the ISRA Compliance or investigation or remediation of Hazardous Substances, including but not limited to any signage permitted pursuant to N.J.A.C. 7:26C-1.7.   In the event that Landlord is required to make further public notification or outreach with respect to investigation or remediation, then Landlord shall provide Tenant prior notice and a commercially reasonable opportunity to review and comment on such notification or outreach.  Landlord shall continue to perform Landlord’s Remediation concerning the Leased Premises with commercially reasonable speed and diligence so as to deliver to Tenant a Soils Only RAO addressing the entirety of the Leased Premises and, thereafter, any remaining groundwater remediation of the Leased Premises in compliance with Environmental Laws in order to obtain a site-wide RAO applicable to the Leased Premises.  Landlord shall advise Tenant and provide updates on the status of Landlord’s Remediation as reasonably requested by Tenant.

 

Section 15.09 Deed Notices Tenant acknowledges that following the construction of the Building, a Deed Notice will be recorded that shall not materially and adversely affect or restrict the Permitted Use of the Leased Premises.  Landlord will provide Tenant with a copy of the Deed Notice.  Tenant shall not, and shall ensure that any assignee or subtenant and any of Tenant’s or Tenant’s assignee’s or subtenant’s respective employees, agents, contractors, representatives, guests, customers or invitees do not, violate any Deed Notice.  Landlord shall be responsible for compliance with the Deed Notice and any Engineering Controls therein, including but not limited to monitoring, inspection or repair of the Engineering Controls, certification or reporting with respect to the Engineering and Institutional Controls, Financial Assurance, any Remedial Action Permit, and all costs and expenses thereof (which shall not be included as a component of Rent except to the extent comprising general common area maintenance, such as landscaping).

 

Section 15.10 Tenant’s Indemnification .  Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s managing agent from and against any and all third party claims, losses, liabilities, costs, expenses, penalties and damages, including attorneys’ fees, costs of testing and remediation costs, incurred by Landlord in connection with any breach by Tenant of Tenant’s obligations under this Article 15 .

 

Section 15.11 Existing Conditions .  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 15 to the contrary, Tenant shall not have any liability to Landlord under this Article 15 resulting from any conditions existing, or events occurring, or any Hazardous Substances existing or generated, at, in, on, under or in connection with the Leased Premises prior to the Commencement Date of this Lease (or any earlier occupancy of the Leased Premises by Tenant) except to the extent that Tenant or any assignee or subtenant of Tenant, or any of their respective employees, agents, contractors, representatives, guests, customers or invitees exacerbates the same.

 

Section 15.12 Landlord’s Indemnity .  Landlord hereby agrees to indemnify Tenant and hold Tenant harmless from and against any clean-up costs, remedial costs, and/or any governmental fees, costs, expenses, losses, damages, charges or the like incurred by Tenant and arising from any presence of any Hazardous Substances upon or within the Leased Premises that were on, in, at or migrating to or under the Leased Premises prior to the Commencement Date (other than claims by or on behalf of Tenant or any assignee or subtenant of Tenant, or any of their respective employees), or to the extent any Discharge or release of Hazardous Substances is caused by Landlord, its agents, employees or

 

30



 

contractors.  Nothing in this Section 15.12 shall be interpreted as imposing any liability on Landlord for any consequential damages or lost sales or profits of Tenant resulting from any such presence.

 

Section 15.13 Interpretation .  The obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Article 15 are in addition to and are not intended to limit, but to expand upon, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under the remaining provisions of this Lease.

 

Section 15.14 Survival .  The covenants and obligations under this Article 15 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 16 - MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 16.01 Benefit of Landlord and Tenant .  This Lease shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and their respective successors and assigns.

 

Section 16.02 Governing Law .  This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction where the Leased Premises are located.

 

Section 16.03 Force Majeure .  Each of Landlord and Tenant (except with respect to the payment of any monetary obligation) shall be excused for the period of any delay in the performance of any obligation hereunder when such delay is occasioned by causes beyond its control, including, but not limited to, work stoppages, boycotts, slowdowns or strikes; shortages of materials, equipment, labor or energy; unusual weather conditions; or acts, omissions or delays of actions of governmental or political bodies (any such occurrence herein referred to as “Force Majeure”).

 

Section 16.04 Examination of Lease .  Submission of this instrument by Landlord to Tenant for examination or signature does not constitute an offer by Landlord to lease the Leased Premises.  This Lease shall become effective, if at all, only upon the execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.  Execution and delivery of this Lease by Tenant to Landlord constitutes an offer to lease the Leased Premises on the terms contained herein.

 

Section 16.05 Indemnification for Leasing Commissions .  Each of Landlord and Tenant hereby represents and warrants that the only real estate brokers involved in the negotiation and execution of this Lease are the Brokers and that no other party is entitled, as a result of its actions, to a commission or other fee resulting from the execution of this Lease.  Each of Landlord and Tenant shall indemnify the other from any and all liability for the breach of this representation and warranty on its part and shall pay any compensation to any other broker or person claiming a commission or other compensation through the indemnifying party.  Landlord shall pay any commissions due the Brokers based on this Lease pursuant to separate agreements between Landlord and Brokers.

 

Section 16.06 Notices .  Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Lease or by any Laws shall be deemed to have been given if it is written and delivered in person or by overnight courier or mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid, to the party who is to receive such notice at the address specified in Section 1.01(l) .  If delivered in person, the notice shall be deemed given as of the delivery date.  If sent by overnight courier, the notice shall be deemed to have been given as of the date of delivery.  If mailed by certified mail, the notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date that is three (3) business days following mailing.  Rejection or other refusal by the addressee to accept or the inability of the carrier to deliver because of a changed address of which no notice was given shall be

 

31



 

deemed to be the receipt of the notice sent. Either party may change its address by giving written notice thereof to the other party.

 

Section 16.07 Partial Invalidity; Complete Agreement .  If any provision of this Lease shall be held to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect.  This Lease represents the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant covering everything agreed upon or understood in this transaction.  There are no oral promises, conditions, representations, understandings, interpretations or terms of any kind as conditions or inducements to the execution hereof or in effect between the parties.  No change or addition shall be made to this Lease except by a written agreement executed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

Section 16.08 Financial Statements .  During the Lease Term and any extensions thereof, Tenant shall provide to Landlord on an annual basis, within one hundred twenty (120) days following the end of Tenant’s fiscal year, a copy of Tenant’s most recent financial statements prepared as of the end of Tenant’s fiscal year.  Such financial statements shall be signed by Tenant or an officer of Tenant, if applicable, who shall attest to the truth and accuracy of the information set forth in such statements, or if the Minimum Annual Rent hereunder exceeds $100,000.00, said statements shall be certified and audited.  All financial statements provided by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the provisions of this Section 16.08 will not apply at any time when Tenant’s stock is listed on a nationally recognized securities exchange.

 

Section 16.09 Representations and Warranties .

 

(a)                                  Tenant hereby represents and warrants that (i) Tenant is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (if applicable) in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction under which it was organized; (ii) Tenant is authorized to do business in the jurisdiction where the Leased Premises are located; and (iii) the individual(s) executing and delivering this Lease on behalf of Tenant has been properly authorized to do so, and such execution and delivery shall bind Tenant to its terms.

 

(b)                                  Landlord hereby represents and warrants that (i) Landlord is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (if applicable) in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction under which it was organized; (ii) Landlord is authorized to do business in the jurisdiction where the Leased Premises are located; and (iii) the individual(s) executing and delivering this Lease on behalf of Landlord has been properly authorized to do so, and such execution and delivery shall bind Landlord to its terms.

 

Section 16.10 Consent or Approval .  Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, where the consent or approval of a party is required, such consent or approval will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

Section 16.11 Time .  Time is of the essence of each term and provision of this Lease.

 

Section 16.12 Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions .  For purposes hereof, (a) “Anti-Corruption Laws” shall mean all Laws applicable to a pertinent party from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or anti-corruption; (b) “Sanctions” shall mean all applicable economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (i) the U.S. federal government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, the United States Department of Treasury (“OFAC”) or the U.S. Department of State, or (ii) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, any European Union member state in which a pertinent party or any of its subsidiaries

 

32



 

conduct operations or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom; and (c) “Sanctioned Person” shall mean, at any time, (i) any person or entity listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated persons or entities maintained by OFAC, the U.S. Department of State, or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any European Union member state in which the pertinent party or any of its subsidiaries conducts operations, (ii) unless otherwise authorized by OFAC, any person or entity operating, organized or resident in any country or territory which is itself the subject or target of any full-scope (non-list based) Sanctions, or (iii) any ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of an entity by persons or entities described in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii).  Each of Landlord and Tenant represents and warrants that neither it nor any of its subsidiaries, nor to its knowledge, their respective directors, officers, employees or agents, is a Sanctioned Person.  Each party further represents that it and its subsidiaries, and to its knowledge, their respective directors, officers, employees and agents, complies and shall continue to comply in all material respects with all Sanctions and with all Anti-Corruption Laws.  Each party will use reasonable efforts to notify the other in writing if any of the foregoing representations and warranties are no longer true or have been breached or if such party has a reasonable basis to believe that they may no longer be true or have been breached.  In the event of any violation of this Section, the non-violating party will be entitled to immediately terminate this Lease and take such other actions as are permitted or required to be taken under law or in equity.

 

Section 16.13 Cooperation .  Tenant shall use reasonable efforts to cooperate with Landlord, without cost to Tenant, in connection with the completion of any written surveys or evaluations relating to the Leased Premises or Landlord.

 

Section 16.14 Quiet Enjoyment .  Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, so long as Tenant has not committed a Default hereunder that remains uncured, Landlord agrees that Tenant shall have the right to quietly use, possess and enjoy the Leased Premises (including, without limitation, the non-exclusive right to use the Shared Areas) for the Lease Term, without hindrance by anyone claiming by, through or under Landlord.

 

ARTICLE 17 - SPECIAL STIPULATIONS

 

Section 17.01 Options to Extend .

 

(a)                                  Grant and Exercise of Options .  Provided that (i) no default has occurred and is then continuing, (ii) if (I) a monetary default has occurred at any time during the immediately preceding twenty-four (24) months and such default continued for more than five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt of notice thereof, or (II) prior to the immediately preceding twenty-four (24) months, more than one monetary default has occurred during any consecutive twelve (12) month period that continued for more than five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt of notice thereof, then Tenant’s tangible net worth (as defined in Section 11.02 ) is greater than $45,000,000, and (iii) Tenant originally named herein or a Permitted Transferee is in possession of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Leased Premises as of the date of exercise and the commencement of the applicable Extension Term (as defined below), Tenant shall have the option to extend the Lease Term for two (2) additional periods of five (5) years each (each an “Extension Term”).  Each Extension Term shall be upon the same terms and conditions contained in the Lease except (x) this provision giving two (2) extension options shall be amended to reflect the remaining options to extend, if any, (y) any improvement allowances or other concessions applicable to the Leased Premises under the Lease shall not apply to the Extension Term, and (z) the Minimum Annual Rent shall be adjusted as set forth below (the “Rent Adjustment”).  Tenant shall exercise each option by delivering to Landlord, no later than two hundred seventy (270) days prior to the expiration of the preceding term, written notice of Tenant’s desire to extend the Lease Term.  Tenant’s failure to timely

 

33



 

exercise such option shall be deemed a waiver of such option and any succeeding option.  Landlord shall notify Tenant of the amount of the Rent Adjustment no later than one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the commencement of the Extension Term.  Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Rent Adjustment if it fails to deliver to Landlord a written objection thereto within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof.  If Tenant properly exercises its option to extend, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to the Lease reflecting the terms and conditions of the Extension Term within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s acceptance (or deemed acceptance) of the Rent Adjustment.

 

(b)                                  Rent Adjustment .  The Minimum Annual Rent for the applicable Extension Term shall be an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Rent.  “Fair Market Rent” shall be the rent that a willing bona fide tenant would pay at the time in question to a willing bona fide owner for a lease of the Leased Premises in its then condition and state of repair, commencing at that time, on the same terms and conditions as this Lease.  In determining the Fair Market Rent, the fair market rental value of untenanted space of similar size and similar condition in comparable northern New Jersey warehouse buildings (including the Building) available for a comparable term and that reflects adjustments for any free rent, work allowance or other economic terms that would be granted in such a lease, as well as all other relevant factors shall be taken into account; provided, however, that in no event shall the Minimum Annual Rent during any Extension Term be less than the highest Minimum Annual Rent payable during the immediately preceding term.  Without limiting the foregoing, if Tenant delivers to Landlord a written objection to Landlord’s calculation of the Rent Adjustment within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s determination of the Rent Adjustment, and the parties cannot agree on a Rent Adjustment within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s written objection then Tenant may retract its exercise of its option to extend, or Tenant may choose arbitration to determine the Rent Adjustment.  If Tenant chooses arbitration, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of its desire to seek arbitration within three (3) days after expiration of such ten (10) business day period (“Arbitration Notice”).  Within ten (10) days after Tenant provides Landlord with its Arbitration Notice, the parties shall each appoint an appraiser to determine the Rent Adjustment for the Leased Premises.  Each appraiser so selected shall be either a MAI appraiser or a licensed real estate broker, each having at least ten (10) years prior experience in the appraisal or leasing of comparable space in the metropolitan area in which the Leased Premises are located and with a working knowledge of current rental rates and practices.  If the two appraisers cannot agree upon the Rent Adjustment for the Leased Premises within twenty (20) days after their appointment, then, within ten (10) days after the expiration of such twenty (20) day period, the two appraisers shall select a third appraiser meeting the above criteria.  Once the third appraiser has been selected as provided for above, then such third appraiser shall within ten (10) days after appointment make its determination of the Rent Adjustment.  The average of the two closest determinations of the Rent Adjustment shall be used as the Minimum Annual Rent for the applicable Extension Term and shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant.  Landlord and Tenant shall each bear the cost of its appraiser and shall share the cost of the third.  If Tenant fails to provide the Arbitration Notice as provided above, then Tenant’s exercise of its option to extend shall be deemed retracted; provided, however, if Tenant’s right to retract its option to extend is null and void pursuant to Article 9 above, then Tenant shall be deemed to have provided the Arbitration Notice.  The Monthly Rental Installments shall be an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the Minimum Annual Rent for the Extension Term and shall be paid at the same time and in the same manner as provided in the Lease.

 

Section 17.02 Exclusive Use .

 

(a)                                  Exclusive Use .  To induce Tenant to execute this Lease, and subject to all of the terms and provisions of this Section 17.02 , Landlord covenants and agrees that neither Landlord nor any affiliate of Landlord shall lease or rent any premises in the buildings known as 301 Pleasant Street

 

34



 

(“301”) and 801 West Linden Avenue (“801”) to any new tenant (including, without limitation, any assignee, sublessee, licensee or other occupant of such new tenant) that operates a Competing Business (as hereinafter defined) without Tenant’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion.   For the purpose of this Section 17.02 , a “Competing Business” shall mean any entity, or any business, division, operation or affiliate thereof that devotes or intends to devote square footage within 301 or 801 to selling, directly or indirectly, meal kits that include recipes, together with pre-portioned ingredients to prepare such recipes, to consumers, such as but not limited to, Hello Fresh and Plated.  For the avoidance of doubt, “Competing Business” shall not be deemed to include items found on grocery store shelves that do not contain any fresh ingredients, such as macaroni and cheese or hamburger helper.  In the event of any monetary or any material non-monetary default under this Lease by Tenant that continues beyond any applicable cure periods, Landlord shall have the right, upon written notice to Tenant, to declare this Section 17.02 null and void and of no further force or effect.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, this Section 17.02 shall only apply to 301 to the extent Landlord (or any affiliate of Landlord) is the Landlord hereunder and the owner or ground lessee of 301, and this Section 17.02 shall only apply to 801 to the extent Landlord (or any affiliate of Landlord) is the Landlord hereunder and the owner or ground lessee of 801.  In addition, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, this Section 17.02 shall not apply to any existing tenants or occupants of 301 and/or 801 as of the date of this Lease (or any subsequent assignees, sublessees, licensees or other occupants of such existing tenants).

 

(b)                                  Personal .  The right of exclusive use provided in subparagraph (a) above is personal to Blue Apron, Inc. (or any Permitted Transferee) and shall automatically terminate and be of no further force and effect in the event that Blue Apron, Inc. assigns its interest in the Lease or sublets greater than fifty percent (50%) of the Building and/or Leased Premises to any entity other than a Permitted Transferee.

 

(c)                                   Breach .  Upon breach of the aforesaid covenant and agreement by Landlord (which breach shall not include a situation in which the lease between Landlord (or any affiliate of Landlord) and any tenant in 301 or 801 prohibits the tenant therein from violating the exclusive rights granted to Tenant in this Section and despite such prohibition, such tenant violates such exclusive rights, unless Landlord fails to comply with any of the provisions of subparagraph (d) below), the Minimum Annual Rent payable hereunder shall be reduced by fifty percent (50%) for so long as such violation shall continue.

 

(d)                                  Rogue Tenant .  If Landlord has actual knowledge that any person or entity other than Landlord has violated any of the exclusive provisions herein set forth, or such person or entity indicates in writing to Landlord that it intends to violate any of said provisions, Landlord shall promptly notify Tenant and Tenant shall have the right (i) to conduct and prosecute legal proceedings (including, without limitation, an action for injunctive relief) in its own name, at its own expense, or (ii) in the event the right set forth in (i) above is not permitted to be exercised under applicable Laws, to conduct and prosecute such legal proceedings in the name of Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, and Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant with respect to such prosecution (including, without limitation, by executing any documentation or authorization reasonably required by Tenant in connection with such prosecution and by appearing at any hearing or trial with respect to such prosecution).  The preceding sentence shall not apply to tenants, subtenants, licensees or other occupants of 301 or 801 whose agreements are dated prior to the date of this Lease.

 

35



 

Section 17.03 Incentives .

 

(a)                                  Grant .  Tenant shall be entitled to receive any and all Incentives (hereinafter defined) that Tenant may negotiate with, or derive from governmental, non-governmental, private or public utility, or other entities pertaining to construction and/or remodeling of the Leased Premises by Tenant, hiring of employees, or other business operations of Tenant which would cause an owner or occupant of the Leased Premises to be entitled to an Incentive.  As used herein, the term “Incentive” shall include, without limitation,  any cost reduction, refund, voucher, credit, tax relief, abatement, or other monetary inducement (such as, for examples only, energy efficiency incentives, property tax abatements or grants, sales tax refunds or grants, tax credits, governmental grants, utility rebates or refunds, or any other benefit or amount negotiated by, or otherwise allowed to Tenant).  If any such Incentive is required to be paid or credited directly to Landlord, then: (i) Landlord shall elect to take the Incentive in a lump sum, or if that is not permitted, then in the shortest number of installments possible, so as to permit Tenant to recoup the full amount of the Incentive during the Lease Term, and (ii) within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Incentive, Landlord shall pay Tenant for such amount, or in the alternative, Tenant may elect to have such amount credited against the next Monthly Rental Installment(s) due under this Lease.  All costs relating to the pursuit of Incentives shall be borne by Tenant.

 

(b)                                  Contingency .  Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that under New Jersey law, the grant of an Incentive may be vetoed by the Governor of New Jersey at any time during the ten (10) day period following the granting of such Incentive (the “Appeal Period”).  If, as of the date of this Lease, Tenant has been granted an Incentive, however the Appeal Period related thereto has not expired, then Tenant’s obligation hereunder shall be contingent upon the expiration of such Appeal Period without a veto having been exercised by said Governor.  In the event the Governor vetoes an Incentive theretofore granted to Tenant within the Appeal Period, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by providing notice to Landlord within three (3) business days following the Governor’s veto, and in all events no later than the third (3 rd ) business day following the expiration of the Appeal Period.  In the event that Tenant validly exercises such termination option in accordance with this Section 17.03(b) , this Lease shall terminate effective as of the date Tenant’s termination notice is received by Landlord, and thereafter neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further obligations hereunder, except with respect to any obligations that expressly survive any such termination.  If Tenant fails to terminate this Lease as aforesaid, this Section 17.03 shall be deemed null and void and the Lease shall continue in full force and effect.  Landlord shall have no obligation to pay all or any portion of the Tenant Allowance or any commission due under this Lease or incur any other costs with respect to the Leased Premises until and unless Tenant’s right to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section 17.03(b)  is waived by Tenant or expires by its terms.

 

Section 17.04 Roof Rights .

 

(a)                                  Roof Area .  “Roof Area” shall mean the surface of the roof of the Building.

 

(b)                                  Roof Equipment .  “Roof Equipment” shall mean miscellaneous equipment including, but not limited to, antennae, HVAC units, satellite dishes, and related equipment, which equipment shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval.

 

(c)                                   License of Roof Area .  Provided (i) Tenant is not in Default under the Lease, (ii) Tenant complies with all zoning and other municipal and county rules and regulations, and all applicable restrictions of record, and (iii) Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, determines that the structural integrity of the roof would not be compromised, Tenant shall have the right, at its own cost and expense and subject to the terms hereof, to install, operate and maintain the Roof Equipment on the Roof Area, so long as the Roof Equipment is used exclusively for the use of an occupant of the Leased Premises and not

 

36


 

sold to or utilized in any manner by a third party.  Tenant shall be solely responsible for obtaining any necessary permits and licenses required to install and operate the Roof Equipment.  Copies of such permits and licenses shall be provided to Landlord.

 

(d)                                  Installation of the Roof Equipment .

 

(i)                                      The size, location, design and manner of installation of the Roof Equipment and all related wiring shall be designated and approved by Landlord.  Landlord, in its sole discretion, may require Tenant to install screening around the Roof Equipment.  After obtaining Landlord’s written approval, Tenant shall have reasonable access to the roof for installation, maintenance, repair and replacement of the Roof Equipment and shall have the right to install all reasonable wiring related thereto.  Unless otherwise approved by Landlord in writing, however, in no event shall Tenant be permitted to penetrate the roof membrane in connection with the installation or maintenance of the Roof Equipment.  Tenant shall be responsible for repairing any damages caused by the installation or maintenance of the Roof Equipment.

 

(ii)                                   Tenant shall use a roofing company specified by Landlord to perform any work affecting the roof that may adversely affect the roof warranty or otherwise penetrate the roof membrane, provided the costs charged by such roofer are competitive with charges for similar services within the same geographic region.  All cable runs, conduit and sleeving shall be installed in a good and workmanlike manner.  Cables and transmission lines shall be routed and attached in accordance with current industry practices.  The Roof Equipment shall be identified with permanently marked, weather proof tags at the following locations:  (A) each dish or other type bracket; (B) at the transmission line building entry point; (C) at the interior wall feed through or any other transmission line exit point; and (D) at any transmitter combiner, duplexer, or multifed receive port.  In addition, all Tenant telephone blocks, demarcs, and cables shall be clearly identified with Tenant’s name, type of line, and circuit number.

 

(iii)                                Tenant shall install, operate and maintain the Roof Equipment in accordance with all federal, state and local laws and regulations.  Prior to installation of the Roof Equipment, Tenant shall confirm that its installer carries sufficient insurance coverage.

 

(e)                                   Roof Work .  If, during the Lease Term, as same may be extended, Landlord needs to perform maintenance work to Landlord’s equipment on the roof of the Building or repair or replace the roof of the Building (“Roof Work”), Tenant agrees to cooperate and work with Landlord (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) to temporarily remove or relocate the Roof Equipment as reasonably necessary in connection with the applicable Roof Work.  Landlord agrees to provide at least thirty (30) days’ notice to Tenant of Landlord’s intention to perform said work; except in the case of emergency Roof Work, in which case Landlord shall give as much notice as possible under the circumstances.  Such Roof Work may require the relocation of any portion of the Roof Equipment at Tenant’s sole cost and expense or Tenant’s installation of temporary equipment. Moreover, if a temporary relocation of the Roof Equipment is required to accommodate the Roof Work, Landlord agrees to exercise commercially reasonable efforts to identify a technically feasible alternative location for the relocation portion of the Roof Equipment that will not impede the Roof Work.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord does not warrant and represent that an alternative location will be available and, consequently, Landlord’s obligation to provide such alternative location is subject to the availability of such space.  Under no circumstances shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any consequential damages as a result of such relocation, including, but not limited to, loss of business income or opportunity.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall move the Roof

 

37



 

Equipment back to its original location after the Roof Work is completed unless the parties agree to utilize the relocated area permanently.

 

(f)                                    Emergencies .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an emergency situation exists which Landlord reasonably determines, in its sole discretion, to be attributable to the Roof Equipment, Landlord shall immediately notify Tenant verbally, who shall act diligently and expediently to remedy the emergency situation.  Should Tenant fail to so remedy the emergency situation or should Landlord reasonably determine that the response time by Tenant is not adequate given the nature of the emergency, Landlord may then shut down the Roof Equipment and Tenant shall have no recourse against Landlord as a result of such action.

 

(g)                                   Removal of the Roof Equipment upon Termination .  Following any termination or expiration of the Lease, Tenant shall remove the Roof Equipment from the Building.  In performing such removal, Tenant shall restore the Roof Area and any personal property and fixtures thereon to as good a condition as existed prior to the installation or placement of the Roof Equipment, reasonable wear and tear excepted.  If Tenant fails to remove the Roof Equipment within ten (10) days after expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Landlord may remove and dispose of the Roof Equipment and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the costs of such removal and restoration of the Roof Area.  Moreover, Landlord may deem the Roof Equipment abandoned, in which event the Roof Equipment shall become Landlord’s property.  This subsection (g) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

 

(h)                                  Utilities .  Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining and paying for all utilities to operate the Roof Equipment.

 

(i)                                      Indemnification .  Any language in the Lease notwithstanding, Landlord shall not be liable and Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all liability, damages (including but not limited to personal injury, death, or property damages), costs and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees actually incurred, without regard to statutory interpretation) incurred by Landlord arising from any Roof Equipment related cause whatsoever, including those arising from the installation, use, maintenance and removal thereof.

 

Section 17.05 Zoning .  Landlord will provide notice to Tenant in the event Landlord elects to apply for any zoning change or zoning, building code, signage, or related variance with respect to the Leased Premises.  Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord will not seek any zoning change or zoning, building code, signage, or related variance with respect to the Leased Premises, which, if granted, could materially and adversely affect Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Leased Premises for the Permitted Use without Tenant’s prior consent.

 

Section 17.06 Outside Storage Area .

 

(a)                                  Throughout the Lease Term and any extensions thereof, Tenant shall have the right, without additional charge, to use the area of the Leased Premises labeled “Outside Storage” on Exhibit A for outside storage of Tenant’s inventory and materials (the “Outside Storage Area”).  The Outside Storage Area and Tenant’s use thereof shall be in accordance with all Laws and this Lease.  Tenant shall be solely responsible for obtaining any necessary permits and licenses required in connection with the Outside Storage Area.  Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, install screening around the Outside Storage Area, as Landlord may reasonably require.

 

38



 

(b)                                  On or before the expiration of the Lease Term (or at any earlier time in the event any governmental entity or applicable Laws requires removal thereof or Tenant fails to materially comply with the terms stated herein), Tenant shall remove its inventory and materials from the Outside Storage Area and restore the Outside Storage Area to its original condition.

 

Section 17.07 Fencing .  Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall have the right to install fencing (the “Fencing”) around the perimeter of the Leased Premises, excluding the Shared Areas; provided, however, that Landlord shall have the right to access the fenced area in the event of an emergency or for other permitted access to the Leased Premises.  The Fencing style and location shall be mutually and reasonably agreeable to Landlord and Tenant and shall comply with all Laws.  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove the Fencing and repair any damage caused by such removal.

 

Section 17.08 Card Access System .  Tenant shall have the right to install a key card access system (the “Access System”) at the Building; provided, however, that Tenant shall provide Landlord with any necessary key cards for emergency access or other permitted access to the Leased Premises.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall be responsible for the cost to install and maintain the Access System.  Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove the Access System upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

Section 17.09 Commencement Date Credit .  On or before the fifth (5 th ) business day following the Commencement Date, Landlord shall deliver a credit to Tenant (at Tenant’s option, in the form of a check or as a credit against the next Monthly Rental Installment(s) due under the Lease) in the amount of Three Hundred Eighty-Two Thousand Two Hundred Eleven and 31/100 Dollars ($382,211.31).

 

Section 17.10 Confidentiality .  During the term of this Lease and for one (1) year after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, each party shall and shall cause their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates, representatives and legal, accounting and financial advisors to keep confidential all information concerning the other party’s proprietary business procedures, products, services, operations or plans received or obtained during the negotiation or performance of this Lease, including this Lease, the provisions hereof, and any related documents, whether such information is oral or written, and whether or not labeled as confidential by such party, including, for the avoidance of doubt, (a) any financial statements of Tenant, (b) the Hazardous Substances Disclosure, (c) any alterations plans of Tenant, including plans for the Tenant Improvements (excluding any portion thereof that requires submittal to any governmental or quasi-governmental authority), and (d) the existence of a default under this Lease (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, either party may disclose Confidential Information of the other party (i) to those of its directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates, representatives and legal, accounting and financial advisors and other consultants reasonably requiring access to such Confidential Information and who are bound by obligations of confidentiality and non-use with respect to such information at least as restrictive as those contained herein, (ii) with the other party’s prior written consent, (iii) as may be required by applicable law, rule, regulation, regulatory authority or other applicable judicial or governmental order or legal process, including any disclosures required by the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the filing of a registration statement or otherwise, (iv) in the case of Tenant, any proposed or permitted subtenants or assignees of Tenant who are bound by obligations of confidentiality and non-use with respect to such information at least as restrictive as those contained herein, (v) in the case of Landlord, actual or prospective lenders, purchasers, investors or shareholders of Landlord who are bound by obligations of confidentiality and non-use with respect to such information at least as restrictive as those contained herein, and (vi) to the extent required to do so in connection with any action brought to

 

39



 

enforce this Lease.  Furthermore, neither party shall issue or release any external announcement, statement, press release or publicity or marketing materials relating to the Lease or its relationship with the other party, or otherwise use the other party’s trademarks, service marks, trade names, logos, symbols or brand names, in each case, without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

(SIGNATURES CONTAINED ON THE FOLLOWING PAGES)

 

40



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

 

 

DUKE LINDEN, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Duke Realty Limited Partnership, an Indiana limited partnership, sole member

 

 

 

 

Date of execution:

3/21/16

 

 

By:

Duke Realty Corporation, an Indiana corporation, sole general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey D. Palmquist

 

 

 

 

 

Jeffrey D. Palmquist

 

 

 

 

 

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

BLUE APRON, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matt Salzberg

Date of execution:

3-17-2016

 

 

Name: Matt Salzberg

 

 

 

Title: CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attest:

/s/ Christopher Livingston

 

 

 

Name: Christopher Livingston

 

 

 

Title: Corporate Counsel

 

41


 

EXHIBIT A

 

SITE PLAN OF LEASED PREMISES

 

 

1



 

EXHIBIT B

 

WORKLETTER

 

1.                                       Construction of the Building .

 

(a)                                  Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, construct the Leased Premises in a good and workmanlike manner, in compliance with all Laws and in accordance with the Building Specifications attached as Exhibit B-1 (the “Building Improvements”).  Landlord shall keep Tenant reasonably apprised of the status of the construction of the Building Improvements.

 

(b)                                  Early Access .  If and to the extent permitted by applicable Laws, Tenant shall have the right to enter the Leased Premises for thirty (30) days prior to the scheduled date for Substantial Completion of the Building Improvements (as may be modified from time to time) in order to construct and install the Tenant Improvements and otherwise prepare the Leased Premises for occupancy, which right shall expressly exclude making any structural modifications unless approved in writing by Landlord.  During any entry prior to the Commencement Date (i) Tenant shall comply with all terms and conditions of this Lease other than the obligation to pay Rent, (ii) Tenant shall not interfere with Landlord’s completion of the Building Improvements, (iii) Tenant shall cause its personnel and contractors to comply with the terms and conditions of Landlord’s rules of conduct (which Landlord agrees to furnish to Tenant upon request), and (iv) Tenant shall not begin operation of its business.  Tenant acknowledges that Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining all applicable permits and inspections relating to any such early access by Tenant.

 

(c)                                   Tenant Delay .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, if Substantial Completion of the Building Improvements is delayed as a result of Tenant Delay (as hereinafter defined), then, for purposes of determining the Commencement Date, Substantial Completion of the Building Improvements shall be deemed to have occurred on the date that Substantial Completion of the Building Improvements would have occurred but for such Tenant Delay.  Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable speed and diligence to Substantially Complete the Building Improvements on or before the Target Commencement Date.  For purposes of this Lease, “Tenant Delay” shall mean any delay in the completion of the Building Improvements attributable to Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors.  Within five (5) business days after Landlord has knowledge of the occurrence of a Tenant Delay, Landlord shall notify Tenant, in reasonable detail, of the nature and existence of such Tenant Delay and the estimated delay in Substantial Completion of the Building Improvements as a result of the Tenant Delay.  Landlord’s failure to so notify Tenant of such Tenant Delay within said five (5) business day period shall be deemed a waiver of such Tenant Delay.

 

(d)                                  Warranty .  Landlord hereby warrants to Tenant, which warranty shall survive for the one (1) year period following the date of Substantial Completion of the Building Improvements (provided that such warranty shall survive for three (3) years from the date of Substantial Completion with respect to latent defects), that (a) the materials and equipment furnished by Landlord’s contractors in the completion of the Building Improvements will be of good quality and new, and (b) such materials and equipment and the work of such contractors shall be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted hereunder.  This warranty shall exclude damages or defects caused by Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors, improper or insufficient maintenance if such maintenance is Tenant’s responsibility under the Lease, improper operation by Tenant, its employees, agents or contractors, or normal wear and tear under normal usage.  In addition, Landlord shall use good faith efforts to enforce and pass through to Tenant the benefit of any warranties held by Landlord with respect to the Leased Premises.

 

1



 

(e)                                   Substantial Completion .  For purposes of this Lease “Substantial Completion” (or any grammatical variation thereof) shall mean completion of construction of the Building Improvements so that they can be used for their intended purposes, subject only to punchlist items.

 

(f)                                    Building Improvements Punchlist .  Upon Substantial Completion of the Building Improvements, a representative of Landlord and a representative of Tenant together shall inspect the Leased Premises and generate a punchlist of defective or uncompleted items relating to the completion of construction of the Building Improvements.  Landlord shall, within sixty (60) days after such punchlist is prepared and agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, complete such incomplete work and remedy such defective work as are set forth on the punchlist; provided however, that to the extent that completion of any items on the punchlist may be affected by weather or seasonal conditions, or require unusually long lead times, such 60-day period shall be extended as reasonably necessary.

 

(g)                                   Penalty .  Landlord agrees that if Substantial Completion of the Building Improvements is delayed beyond August 1, 2016, as such date may be extended as a result of Tenant Delay or Force Majeure (such date, as may be so extended, being referred to herein as the “Outside Date”), Tenant shall receive one (1) day of free rent for each day after the Outside Date that the Building Improvements are not Substantially Complete.  Except as set forth in this Section  1(g) , no liability whatsoever shall arise or accrue against Landlord by reason of its failure to Substantially Complete the Building Improvements on or before August 1, 2016.

 

2.                                       Construction of the Tenant Improvements .

 

(a)                                  Tenant shall construct and install the Tenant Improvements in a good and workmanlike manner, in compliance with all Laws and in accordance with this Exhibit B .  Tenant’s proposed architect/engineer, general contractor, and fire protection, plumbing, HVAC and electrical subcontractors are subject to Landlord’s prior approval.  Promptly following the selection and approval of the architect/engineer, Tenant shall forward to said architect/engineer (and copy Landlord on the transmittal) Landlord’s building standards heretofore delivered to Tenant, and Tenant shall cause said architect/engineer to comply with said building standards.  Promptly following the selection and approval of the general contractor, Tenant shall forward to said general contractor (and copy Landlord on the transmittal) Landlord’s fire protection, plumbing, HVAC and electrical specifications and Landlord’s rules of conduct, all of which have been delivered to Tenant prior to the date of this Lease, and Tenant shall cause said general contractor to comply with said specifications and rules of conduct.  At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall coordinate a meeting among Landlord (who will reasonably make its representative available for such meeting), Tenant and Tenant’s general contractor to discuss the Building systems and other matters related to the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

 

(b)                                  Promptly following the date hereof, Tenant shall prepare and submit to Landlord a set of permittable construction drawings (the “CDs”), based on the preliminary plans attached hereto as Exhibit B-2 and made a part hereof (the “Preliminary Plans”), covering all work to be performed by Tenant in constructing the Tenant Improvements.  Tenant shall have no right to make any Tenant Improvements that would materially alter the exterior appearance of the Building or the Building systems without Landlord’s prior approval.  Landlord shall have fifteen (15) days after receipt of the CDs in which to review the CDs and in which to give Tenant written notice of its approval of the CDs or its requested changes to the CDs in reasonably sufficient detail so as to allow Tenant to make the requested changes (provided that Landlord shall not be permitted to request a change that is inconsistent with the Preliminary Plans).  If Landlord requests any changes to the CDs, Tenant shall make such changes and

 

2



 

shall, within fifteen (15) days of its receipt of Landlord’s requested changes (if any), submit the revised portion of the CDs to Landlord.  Landlord shall have five (5) business days after receipt of the revised CDs in which to review said revised CDs and in which to give to Tenant written notice of its approval of the revised CDs or its requested changes thereto.  This process shall continue until such time, if at all, that Landlord approves the CDs in accordance with this Section 2 .  Tenant shall at all times in its preparation of the CDs, and of any revisions thereto, act reasonably and in good faith.  Landlord shall at all times in its review of the CDs, and any revisions thereto, act reasonably and in good faith.

 

3.                                       Construction of Tenant Improvements .  Prior to commencing the construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (a) evidence of Tenant’s insurance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, which insurance shall be maintained throughout the construction of the Tenant Improvements, and (b) a project schedule in detail reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.  In addition, Tenant shall require its general contractor to carry appropriate insurance, as determined by Tenant, but which shall include, without limitation, Commercial General Liability, Commercial Auto Liability and Workers Compensation, in amounts necessary to insure the project and the work related thereto against claims for bodily injury or death or property damage.  Tenant’s contractors of all tiers shall name Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, and any mortgagee requested by Landlord as additional insured on all liability policies required pursuant to this Section 3 .  Throughout the construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall notify Landlord promptly of any material deviations from such project schedule.  Tenant or its contractor shall construct the Tenant Improvements in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with the CDs and all applicable governmental regulations.  If Tenant shall fail to complete the Tenant Improvements by the Commencement Date, Tenant’s obligation to pay Minimum Annual Rent and Additional Rent hereunder shall nevertheless begin on the Commencement Date.  Tenant shall keep Landlord reasonably notified regarding all material meetings with contractors and/or governmental officials regarding the Tenant Improvement work and Landlord shall have the right to attend such meetings.  In addition, Landlord shall have the right, from time to time throughout the construction process, upon not less than two (2) business days’ notice, to enter upon the Leased Premises to perform periodic inspections of the Tenant Improvements.  Tenant agrees to respond to and address promptly any reasonable concerns raised by Landlord during or as a result of such inspections.

 

4.                                       Completion .  Upon substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements, a representative of Landlord and a representative of Tenant together shall inspect the Leased Premises.

 

5.                                       Improvement Costs .  Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the Improvement Costs (as hereinafter defined) incurred in constructing the Tenant Improvements, up to an amount equal to Three Million Three Hundred Forty-Two Thousand Sixty-Six and 75/100 Dollars ($3,342,066.75) (the “Tenant Allowance”), as follows:

 

(a)                                  Landlord shall pay the Tenant Allowance, less a holdback (the “Holdback”) equal to ten percent (10%), to Tenant upon Tenant’s request (which request shall be made no more than once per any thirty (30) day period), within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the following:

 

(i)                                      copies of paid invoices covering all Tenant Improvements for which payment is being requested, together with reasonable evidence that the Tenant Improvements for which payment is being requested have been completed (e.g., a certificate from Tenant’s architect); and

 

(ii)                                   Partial lien waivers for the portion of the Tenant Improvements for which payment is requested from Tenant’s general contractor for all subcontractors and all material suppliers having performed any work at the Leased Premises relating to the construction of the portion of the Tenant Improvements for which payment is requested, provided that lien waivers shall not be required

 

3



 

for any subcontractors or material suppliers who provided less than Ten Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($10,000.00) worth of goods or services in connection with the Tenant Improvements.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything contained in subsection (a) above, Tenant shall not be entitled to any payments from the Tenant Allowance unless and until (i) Tenant has delivered to Landlord a copy of Tenant’s building permit; and (ii) Tenant has received Landlord’s written approval of the CDs.

 

(c)                                   Landlord shall pay the Holdback to Tenant upon substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements.

 

(d)                                  Landlord shall be entitled to a construction management fee in an amount equal to two percent (2%) of the Improvement Costs, but in no event more than One Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($100,000.00) (the “Fee”).  At Landlord’s option, the Fee shall either be (A) applied against the Tenant Allowance, or (B) billed to Tenant (in which case Tenant shall pay the Fee to Landlord within ten (10) days following Landlord’s delivery of an invoice to Tenant).

 

(e)                                   For purposes of this Lease, the term “Improvement Costs” shall mean the cost of the CDs and the cost to construct and install the Tenant Improvements.  Tenant shall be responsible for all Improvement Costs in excess of the Tenant Allowance.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, Tenant shall have the option which option shall be exercised, if at all, by written notice to Landlord delivered on or before July 1, 2016, to amortize over the initial Lease Term, at an annual rate of eight percent (8%), up to One Million Seven Hundred Thirty-Two Thousand Nine Hundred Twenty-Three and 50/100 Dollars ($1,732,923.50) (the “Amortized Amount”) of the cost of the Tenant Improvements that exceeds the Tenant Allowance, which amortization payments shall commence on the later of (i) the Commencement Date and (ii) the date that Landlord disburses the Amortized Amount to Tenant, which payments shall be paid monthly in the same manner as Monthly Rental Installments.  At the request of either party, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an amendment to this Lease confirming such amortization.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon an early termination of the Lease for any reason (including, but not limited to, casualty or condemnation) other than for a Landlord default, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord all accrued and unpaid interest, together with the unamortized portion of the Amortized Amount.

 

6.                                       Certificate of Occupancy .  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall have no right to conduct its business at the Leased Premises unless and until Tenant delivers to Landlord an original temporary certificate of occupancy to the extent required by applicable Laws, provided that Tenant shall, if required by applicable Laws, pursue a final certificate of occupancy with reasonable speed and diligence.

 

7.                                       Letter of Understanding .  Promptly following the Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall execute Landlord’s Letter of Understanding in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

4


 

EXHIBIT B-1 BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS INDUSTRIAL BUILDING DESCRIPTION BUILDING 11 LEGACY COMMERCE CENTER Site Development and Building Core and Shell Description March 3, 2016 TABLE OF CONTENTS PROJECT SUMMARY 2 GENERAL OUTLINE 4 GENERAL CONDITIONS 4 SITEWORK 5 CONCRETE 6 STRUCTURAL STEEL AND MISCELLANEOUS METALS 7 CARPENTRY 8 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS .. . 8 FINISHES 9 FIRE PROTECTION 10 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING 10 PLUMBING 10 ELECTRICAL 11 Exhibit B-1 Page 1 of 12

 


INDUSTRIAL BUILDING DESCRIPTION PROJECT SUMMARY » Location: Legacy Commerce Center 901 West Linden Avenue Linden, NJ 07036 Project Completion: June 1, 2016 * Site Acreage: Approximately 23.96 Acres » Square Footage: 495,121 RSF Building Type: Cross-Dock Loading Building Dimensions: 1,050' x 470' Bay Sizes: Dock bays - 50' x 60' Interior bays - 50' x 50' Clear Height: 36' as measured from the top of the slab at the bottom of the structure inside the first interior column line Pavement: Reinforced concrete and heavy duty asphalt pavement at truck courts. Light duty asphalt pavement at automobile stalls. Truck Court 135' deep Trailer Parking: 94 spaces Car Parking: 290 spaces Foundations: Shallow, spread footings Slab on Grade: 8" thick, 4,000 psi unreinforced concrete Exterior Walls: Tilt-Up Concrete Panels Structural Steel: Gray tube steel columns, painted white deck and gray joists Roofing: Mechanically attached .60 mil TPO with R-22 insulation Floor Sealer 1 coat of Diamond Hard or Ashford Formula Dock Doors: Seventy (69) 9' x10' manual overhead doors, with knock-outs for an additional forty-two (43) doors Four (4) 14' x 14' automatic drive-in doors Exhibit B-1 Page 2 of 12

 


INDUSTRIAL BUILDING DESCRIPTION Dock Equipment: Seventy (69) 40,000lb 6' x 8' Mechanical levelers, dock seals, bumpers and swing-arm lights Office Finish: Not Applicable. Fire Protection: E5FR per NFPA 13 HVAC: Two [2) air changes per hour Heat provided for freeze protection only Electrical Service: 2,500 amp service Interior Lighting: T-5 fixtures designed to provide 3D foot-candles at 36" AFF Exhibit B-1 Page 3 of 12

 


INDUSTRIAL BUILDING DESCRIPTION GENERAL OUTLINE Executive Summary This site consists of an approximately 495.121 square foot industrial building, located in Legacy Commerce Centre in Linden, New Jersey. The building is to be located on approximately 23.9 acres. The building shall consist of a 1,050' X 470'-0' structure with 36'-0" clear height as measured from the top of the slab to the bottom of the structure inside the first interior column line. The building will be enveloped by load bearing tilt-up concrete wall panel system and conventionally framed with column, beam, and open web steel joists steel superstructure. The following Outline Specifications are generally described according to the Construction Specification Institute format. Schedule The total duration of the project from start of construction to availability for occupancy is approximately 10 months. Permit and Impact Fees Includes all permitting, tap and impact fees required for the shell project. Duke Realty shall make application for, secure and pay for all permit fees and impact fees required by the authorities having jurisdiction over the shell project All taxes required for the shell building construction are included. Geotechnical Engineering All geotechnical work such as soil borings, site and building survey, and compaction testing are included. Warranty A one (1) year labor and material warranty from the date of substantial completion will be provided. Please refer to the Thermal and Moisture Protection section for additional roof and/or caulking warranties. Duke Really will provide the Tenant with one (1) copy of all maintenance manuals for the facility. Manuals shall include copies of all record drawings, equipment specifications and respective warranties. GENERAL CONDITIONS General Conditions have been provided based on proposed project schedule of 10 months, including support personnel, utilities, and structures for on-site supervision. All zoning, building related variances, permits. utility extension, and tap fees will be provided. All Geotechnical work such as soil borings, site and building survey, and compaction testing are included. Soil, concrete and structural connection testing will be provided. Final cleaning and set-up of mechanical systems will be provided before occupancy. All architectural, civil, structural, mechanical, and electrical engineering, landscape design and construction documents will be provided. The building will be designed and constructed to meet ADA compliance. Exhibit B-1 Page 4 of 12

 


INDUSTRIAL BUILDING DESCRIPTION Included is a ore (1) year warranty for labor and material. SITEWORK Earthwork All site work including cut-to-fill, grading, utilities, and backfill necessary for construction are included. Sedimentation and erosion control measures will be provided per code. Duke Realty will employ a certified testing agency to provide testing and field inspection during earthwork procedures to confirm that compaction is completed in accordance with plans and specifications. Site Utilities All utilities [electric, telephone, water and sanitary) are available at the property line and shall be extended to the building and final connections made. Domestic water: There will be one (1) 4" service line that will connect to city water main. A 2" irrigation domestic water branch and backflow preventer is included. Fire Water There will be one (1) 10" service line connected to the city water main and extended to service exterior fire hydrants as well building service points. Sanitary sewer There will be one (4), 6" service line connected to existing sewer main. The main will extend as necessary to provide underground to future office areas. All storm sewers for site drainage, detention and approvals will be provided. Pavement Asphalt paving in automobile parking and drive areas shall be light duty. West drive connecting trailer parking area with auto parking is light duty. Light-duty pavement shall consist of a 11" total pavement thickness including 8" graded aggregate base, 1.5" base course asphalt and 1.5" surface course asphalt. Asphalt paving in Tractor/Trailer areas and drives shall be of heavy-duty design. Heavy-duty pavement shall consist of a 1 SO" total pavement thickness including 10" graded aggregate base, 3" base course asphalt and 2" surface course asphalt. All pavement sections will include prime and tack coats as needed. Site concrete consists of concrete dolly areas located along both dock walls [60' depth]. The concrete is 6" the first 3D' from the building and thickens to 8" over the final 3D' from the building. Concrete strength shall be 4,000 psi at 28 days. Dock area depth is 135' - 0", from the face of the building to the edge of pavement. All pavement will be striped to indicate frailer storage, parking stalls, handicapped parking locations, fire lanes and traffic control features in accordance with the site design. Traffic control and handicapped parking Exhibit B-1 Page 5 of 12

 


INDUSTRIAL BUILDING DESCRIPTION signage will be provided in accordance with (the site design and code requirements. Parking lot lighting will be provided to meet all zoning, local and state codes. Sidewalks Sidewalks will be provided at the entries as shown on the Site Plan. Landscaping and Irrigation An Allowance of $315,000 is included and for Landscaping. The design will include designing all trees, plants, grass, mulch, and soil preparation as needed to meet city minimum zoning requirements or park covenants. The fully operational irrigation system shall be complete with piping, sleeves, fittings, heads, valves, valve boxes, wiring, controllers and other required appurtenances. Site Improvements An Allowance of $15,000 is included for an exterior building monument sign. CONCRETE Foundations The building foundation system is a combination of shallow spread foundations for interior columns and a continuous perimeter foundation for the exterior load bearing walls. The building foundation system is a combination of shallow spread foundations for interior columns and a continuous perimeter foundation for the exterior load bearing walls. Foundations will be constructed with 4,000 psi concrete to depths are assumed to be 30" below finished floor. Floor Slabs The concrete slab on grade will consist of 6" thick, unreinforced high strength concrete designed with 4,000 psi compressive strength. The slab-on-grade will receive a one (1)-coat application of Ashford Formula penetrating sealer/hardener. Granular fill shall be placed under slab-on-grade. The fill depth shall be 6° under slab-on-grade. Floor flatness and levelness tolerances shall meet overall values of Ff=35 and Fl=25 and shall be tested by a professional testing agency within 72 hours of placement. Control joints will be saw-cut into the slab utilizing the soft blade method in a regular pattern within 24 hours of concrete placement to control shrinkage cracking. Kevways and/or slip dowels will be utilized at cold joints to control differential vertical settling Under slab vapor mitigation system of the entire slab-on-grade is included as a gas vapor barrier and passive venting system, and includes: Exhibit B-1 Page 6 of 12

 


INDUSTRIAL BUILDING DESCRIPTION Land Science Technologies three-layer composite Geo-Seal gas vapor intrusion barrier (or approved alternate manufacturer) Land Science Technologies Vapor-Vert gas collection system transitioning to 4" PVC riser pipes (or approved alternate manufacturer) Passive vent risers completed through the interior space of tire building, exhausting above roof level. Exterior Walls Structural Concrete Tilt-up wall panels shall be load bearing and will be complete with the necessary reinforcements and embedments. These panels shall be constructed with 5,000 psi concrete. Exterior of the panels will have a textured finish with a three [3) coat application of elastomeric paint and urethane caulking to match the paint color. The interior surface of the panel will have a broom finish. STRUCTURAL STEEL AND MISCELLANEOUS METALS Building Frame The building structural system will consist of conventional steel tube columns, open web bar joists, joist girders and metal roof deck. Structural steel will be designed, detailed, fabricated and erected in accordance with the Standard Specifications and Load Tables of the AISC. All surfaces of steel will receive a shop coat of gray primer paint. Steel roof deck shall be prime painted white, and conform to the basic design specifications and code of recommended practice of the Steel Deck Institute (SDI). Metal deck will he welded in accordance with SDI criteria to resist lateral forces. Design loads for roof framing is as follows: Live Load 21 PSF Wind Exposure C Seismic Site Class D Dead Loads 15 PSF Total Design Load 36 PSF The building framing shall be as follows: Clear Height: 36'-0" to the lowest horizontal member as measured from the top of slab to the bottom of the structure inside the first interior column line. Length: 1.050'-0"= 21 bays at 50-0 wide Width: 470'-0" = Two (2) exterior dock bays at 60'-0" wide and seven (7) interior bays at 50'-0" wide. No allowances have been provided for concentrated loads, major penetrations, or other structural modifications as may be required to accommodate undefined Tenant-related requirements. Exhibit B-1 Page 7 of 12

 


INDUSTRIAL BUILDING DESCRIPTION Miscellaneous Metals Miscellaneous metal items provided include: Roof equipment support frames Roof ladder and hatch Bollards (6" diameter, concrete-filled 4' high) at exterior stair landings, drive-in doors (interior and exterior jambs), fie risers, exposed electrical panels, and electric transformer. Stair and handrails at dock man door exits. CARPENTRY Miscellaneous wood rough blocking will be provided as required for roof blocking, wall blocking and curb nailers. All lumber to be pressure treated or fire treated where required by code. Plywood backboards will be provided for all telephone systems as required. THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Roofing The roof system shall be a single-ply 60 mil mechanically fastened TPO membrane roof over 2 layers of 2" rigid cell polyisocyanu rate roof insulation attached to the roof decking. The roof system shall be installed per the manufacturer's recommendations. The roof shall carry the manufacturers standard twenty (20} year prorated membrane warranty and a ten (10) year labor and material watertight warranty. The roof shall also have the contractor's two (2) year warranty covering all other roof related items. Internal downspouts and overflows shall be provided internally on the loading dock sides of the building to remove storm water from the roof areas, and tie into the underground. Steel downspout guards shall be provided at each downspout. One roof scuttle and walk protection pads around each mechanical unit are included. Caulking and Sealants Joints exposed to the weather will be caulked with a multi-part non-sag urethane sealant. A five (5) year labor and material warranty against water infiltration will be provided. Joint sealant shall be provided at the interior and exterior precast wall panel joints, and at the interior and exterior perimeter of the aluminum storefront and entrance system. One (1) coat of floor hardener (Diamond Hard, Ashford, L&M Sealhard, Vexon Starseal or equal) shall be provided for within the warehouse area at the application rate of approximately 225 sf per gallon. Insulation R-13 batt insulation with foil facing will be installed from 12'-0" above finished floor to the roof deck along tilt-up walls. Insulation will be left out directly above vertical lift Overhead Doors. Exhibit B-1 Page 8 of 12

 


INDUSTRIAL BUILDING DESCRIPTION DOORS AND WINDOWS Doors. Frames and Hardware Exterior man doors shall be 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" insulated hollow metal doors and frames as required for egress per code. Both doors and frames shall receive a factory-applied, baked-on, rust-inhibitive primer. All doors and frames will be prepared to receive hardware as required by the specific door and its location. Door hardware shall conform to the requirements of the Mew Jersey Building Code. All door hardware will be satin chrome finish as manufactured by Best Lock Co., or approved equal. Overhead Doors Seventy (69) each, 9'-0" x 10'-0" manually operated dock doors are provided as indicated on architectural drawings. The doors shall have a 26 ga. galvanized flush steel face and a polystyrene core. The doors will be finished with a factory-applied, baked-on finish, polyester primer and include weather stripping, and vertical lift hardware. Four (4) each, 14'-0" x 14'-0" motor operated drive-in door is provided as indicated on architectural drawings. All doors shall have a 24 ga. galvanized flush steel face and a polystyrene cone. The door will be finished with a factory-applied, baked-on finish, polyester primer. Dock height at the trailer area shall be 48°. Dock equipment shall be provided as follows: Dock Levelers - Seventy (69) 6'x8' mechanical levelers with 40,000 lb. capacity (Pentalift or equal), Dock Bumpers -One-hundred Thirty Eight (138) 4-1/2° laminated dock bumpers (Pentalift or equal) Dock Seals - Seventy (69) compressible dock seals (Pentalift or equal) Swing-arm lights - Severity (69 swing-arm lights are to be provided. Aluminum Storefront and Entrances An aluminum storefront is included at four (4) comers of the building. This storefront shall have clear anodized aluminum framing with 1" insulated tinted glass. A pair of manually operated aluminum entrance doors will be provided at each entry, with medium stiles, rails and bottoms with manufacturer's standard hardware. Aluminum storefront framing shall be YKK, Vistawall. Kawneer, or equal. Twenty (2D) Clerestory windows (3' x 6') are included on the North and South elevations to provide natural lighting throughout the warehouse. Clearstory framing shall be clear anodized aluminum with 1/4 tinted glass. FINISHES Office Finish Tenant Improvements are not included. Exhibit B-1 Page 9 of 12

 


INDUSTRIAL BUILDING DESCRIPTION Painting All hollow metel doors aid frames, handrails, guard posts, pipe bollards, roof ladders, and downspout guards/scuppers, shall receive acrylic semi-gloss exterior paint. The exterior of the precast concrete wall panels shall receive elastorneric paint and urethane caulking to match the paint color. Building columns one column from dock walls shall be painted to a height of 10'-0° AFF in safety yellow. All fire riser piping shall be painted red to the height of the bar joists. Specialties Fire Extinguishers shall be provided at each of the columns as required by code. Building address signage shall be provided per municipal requirements. FIRE PROTECTION Fire protection for the building shall be provided by a fully operational ESFR sprinkler system per NFPA 13. The city fire main shall be extended to the facility and connection made to the building fire protection system. The system shall include all necessary components to provide a complete system that complies with all governmental and fire department agencies. Fire extinguishers are provided to accommodate local fire code. Warehouse hose valve drops, if required, shall be provided based on an open floor plan. HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING Heating The warehouse area includes six (6) gas-fired Cambridge roof-top units with localized controls. Twenty (20) roof-mounted 30,000cfm exhaust fans are also included. Freeze protection is provided in the warehouse to maintain 56° F inside when the outside temperature is 10° F. One (1) electric unit heater and thermostat is included for the pump room. Ventilation A ventilation and smoke exhaust system capable of two (2) air changes per hour shall be provided for the warehouse area. Pending the final racking and storage layout, additional exhaust fans may be required to meet local municipality smoke exhaust requirements. If additional exhaust fans are required, Duke Realty shall perform a pricing adjustment as necessary. PLUMBING Domestic Water A 4° Domestic water service w/ tee valve shall be provided into the building with connection made to the city water main. The domestic water line shall be run overhead (the entire length of the building to serve any current and future office locations. Exhibit B-1 Page 10 of 12

 


INDUSTRIAL BUILDING DESCRIPTION A 2" irrigation domestic water branch and backflow preventer are included. Sanitary Sewer Sanitary sewer seivice shall be provided into the building with connection made to the city sewer main. The sanitary line shall extend the entire length of the building at an appropriate depth below grade to allow for future expansion. Gas Gas service shall be provided into the building with connection made to the gas meter furnished by the local utility service provider. The gas line shall extend to all required freeze protection equipment. ELECTRICAL Service and Distribution One (1) 2,500 amp, 480/277v, 3 phase, 4-wire electrical service shall be provided to the building. Electrical distribution will be provided for shell warehouse mechanical equipment and lighting, as necessary. Power distribution for shell building loading dock equipment and shell building convenience outlets will be provided as necessary throughout building. Power distribution for non-base shell building or tenant specific items has not been included. Site Lighting Exterior lighting shall be provided via a combination of pole lights and building mounted wall pack fixtures. All exterior lighting shall be controlled via time switches with photo control override. The exterior lighting shall be designed as 400W metal halide fixtures to provide an average maintained 0.5 foot-candles at 60' out from the building. Interior Lighting Lighting of the warehouse shall be provided with Fluorescent T5 fixtures. The lighting shall be designed to provide an output of 30 foot-candles at 36" above finished floor based on an open floor plan. Emergency lighting and exit signage shall be installed as required by code for the warehouse area. Telephone and Data Three (3) 4" conduits shall be brought into the building for future telephone and data service. One (1) 4' x 8' telephone backboard is provided with grounding and dedicated 20amp double duplex 120V circuit. Power Requirements Power shall be provided to all freeze protection, fire protection, H.V.A.C. equipment, irrigation control box and all other required building components as outlined in this Building Description. Duplex outlets shall be installed on every other dock door. Exhibit B-1 Page 11 of 12

 


INDUSTRIAL BUILDING DESCRIPTION Systems A basic fine alarm to monitor fire suppression systems shall be provided. Fire alarm system shall be provided for monitoring flow and tamper switches with auto dialer to central station monitor. Lightning protection, warehouse power distribution for non-base base building items, energy management system, Telecommunicatior/Data low voltage systems, security and CCTV systems are not included. Exhibit B-1 Page 12 of 12

 

 

EXHIBIT B-2

 

PRELIMINARY PLANS

 

 

1


 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF LETTER OF UNDERSTANDING

 

Duke Linden, LLC

 

Attn:                                      , Property Manager

 

 

 

RE:                            Lease between Duke Linden, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and Blue Apron, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”) for the Leased Premises located at 901 West Linden Avenue, Suite 100, Linden, New Jersey 07036 (the “Leased Premises”), within Legacy Commerce Center, dated                  (the “Lease”).

 

Dear                                   :

 

The undersigned, on behalf of Tenant, certifies to Landlord as follows:

 

1.                                       The Commencement Date under the Lease is                             .

 

2.                                       The rent commencement date is                    .

 

3.                                       The expiration date of the Lease is                    .

 

4.                                       The Lease (including amendments or guaranty, if any) is the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant as to the leasing of the Leased Premises and is in full force and effect.

 

5.                                       Landlord has completed the improvements designated as Landlord’s obligation under the Lease (excluding punchlist items as agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant), if any, and Tenant has accepted the Leased Premises as of the Commencement Date.

 

6.                                       To the best of the undersigned’s knowledge, there are no uncured events of default by either Tenant or Landlord under the Lease.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Letter of Understanding to be executed this      day of                  , 20    .

 

EXHIBIT ONLY — NOT TO BE EXECUTED

 

1



 

EXHIBIT D

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

Unless otherwise set forth in the Lease or permitted by Landlord:

 

1.                                       The sidewalks, entrances, driveways and roadways serving and adjacent to the Leased Premises shall not be obstructed or used for any purpose other than ingress and egress.

 

2.                                       No awnings or other projections shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building.  No curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Building other than Landlord standard window coverings without Landlord’s prior written approval.  Neither the interior nor the exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without written consent of Landlord.

 

3.                                       No sign, advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by any tenant at the Leased Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.  In the event of the violation of the foregoing by any tenant, Landlord may remove or stop same without any liability, and may charge the expense incurred in such removal or stopping to such tenant.

 

4.                                       The sinks and toilets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purpose other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, or other substances shall be thrown therein.  All damages resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose subtenants, assignees or any of their servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees shall have caused the same.

 

5.                                       Subject to Section 7.03 of the Lease, no boring or laying of any floor coverings shall be permitted, except with the prior written consent of Landlord and as Landlord may direct.  Landlord shall direct electricians as to where and how telephone or data cabling are to be introduced.  The location of telephones, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Building shall be subject to the approval of Landlord.

 

6.                                       No vehicles, birds or animals of any kind (except service animals) shall be brought into or kept in or about the Leased Premises.

 

7.                                       The Leased Premises shall not be used for manufacturing, unless such use conforms to the zoning applicable to the area, and Landlord provides written consent.  No tenant shall occupy or permit any portion of the Leased Premises to be occupied as an office for the manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics, or tobacco in any form, or as a medical office, or as a barber or manicure shop, or a dance, exercise or music studio, or any type of school or daycare or copy, photographic or print shop or an employment bureau without the express written consent of Landlord.  The Leased Premises shall not be used for lodging or sleeping or for any immoral or illegal purpose.

 

8.                                       No tenant shall make, or permit to be made any unseemly, excessive or disturbing noises or disturb or interfere with occupants of neighboring premises, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonograph, unusual noise, or in any other way.  No tenant shall throw anything out of doors, windows or down the passageways.

 

1



 

9.                                       No tenant, subtenant or assignee nor any of its servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees, shall at any time bring or keep upon the Leased Premises any flammable, combustible or explosive fluid, chemical or substance or firearm in violation of any Laws.

 

10.                                Subject to Section 17.08 of the Lease, no additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the exterior doors or windows by any tenant, nor shall any changes be made to existing locks or the mechanism thereof for exterior doors.  Each tenant must upon the termination of his tenancy, restore to Landlord all keys of doors, offices, and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, such tenant and in the event of the loss of keys so furnished, such tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing the same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such changes.

 

11.                                Each tenant shall be responsible for all persons entering the Leased Premises at tenant’s invitation, express or implied.  Landlord shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Leased Premises of any person.  In case of an invasion, mob riot, public excitement or other circumstances rendering such action advisable in Landlord’s opinion, Landlord reserves the right without any abatement of rent to require all persons to vacate the Leased Premises and to prevent access to the Leased Premises (or portion thereof) during the continuance of the same for the safety of the tenants and the protection of the Leased Premises and the property at the Leased Premises.

 

12.                                Intentionally omitted.

 

13.                                Intentionally omitted.

 

14.                                Intentionally omitted.

 

15.                                The Building is a smoke-free Building.  Smoking is strictly prohibited within the Building.  Smoking shall only be allowed in areas designated as a smoking area by Landlord.  Tenant and its employees, representatives, contractors or invitees shall not smoke within the Building or throw cigar or cigarette butts or other substances or litter of any kind in or about the Building, except in receptacles for that purpose.  Landlord may, at its sole discretion, impose a charge against monthly rent of $50.00 per violation by tenant or any of its employees, representatives, contractors or invitees, of this smoking policy.

 

16.                                Tenants will insure that all doors are securely locked, and water faucets, electric lights and electric machinery are turned off before leaving the Leased Premises.

 

17.                                Tenant, its employees, customers, invitees and guests shall, when using the parking facilities in and around the Leased Premises, observe and obey all signs regarding fire lanes and no-parking and driving speed zones and designated handicapped and visitor spaces, and when parking always park between the designated lines.  Landlord reserves the right to tow away, at the expense of the owner, any vehicle which is improperly parked or parked in a no-parking zone or in a designated handicapped area, and any vehicle which is left in any parking lot in violation of the foregoing regulation.  All vehicles shall be parked at the sole risk of the owner, and Landlord assumes no responsibility for any damage to or loss of vehicles.

 

18.                                Tenant shall be responsible for and cause the proper disposal of medical waste, including hypodermic needles, created by its employees.

 

19.                                Tenant shall not store any non-containerized, loose substances or materials on the floor of the Leased Premises.

 

2



 

20.                                No outside storage is permitted except as otherwise set forth in the Lease or as permitted by Landlord.

 

21.                                No tenant shall be allowed to conduct an auction from the Leased Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

It is Landlord’s desire to maintain in the Leased Premises the highest standard of dignity and good taste consistent with comfort and convenience for tenants.  Any action or condition not meeting this high standard should be reported directly to Landlord.  Landlord reserves the right to make such other and further rules and regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be necessary for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Leased Premises, and for the preservation of good order therein.  In the event of any conflict between these Rules and Regulations and the terms of the Lease, the terms of the Lease shall control in every instance.

 

3



 

EXHIBIT E

 

FORM OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES DISCLOSURE

 

Your cooperation in this matter is appreciated.  Initially, the information provided by you in this Hazardous Substances Disclosure is necessary for Landlord (identified below) to evaluate and finalize a lease agreement with you as tenant.  After a lease agreement is signed by you and Landlord (the “Lease”), upon request in accordance with the provisions of the signed Lease, you are to provide an update to the information initially provided by you in this disclosure.  The information contained in the initial Hazardous Substances Disclosure and each updated disclosure provided by you thereafter will be maintained in confidentiality by Landlord subject to release and disclosure as required by (i) any lenders and owners and their respective environmental consultants, (ii) any prospective purchaser(s) of all or any portion of the property on which the Leased Premises are located, (iii) Landlord to defend itself or its lenders, partners or representatives against any claim or demand, and (iv) any laws, rules, regulations, orders, decrees, or ordinances, including, without limitation, court orders or subpoenas.  Any and all capitalized terms used herein, which are not otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning ascribed to such term in the signed Lease.  Any questions regarding this disclosure should be directed to, and when completed, the disclosure should be delivered to:

 

Landlord:                                           Duke Linden, LLC

 

Name of (Prospective) Tenant:  Blue Apron, Inc.

 

Mailing Address:

 

Contact Person, Title and Telephone Number(s):

 

Contact Person for Hazardous Substances Management and Manifests and Telephone Number(s):

 

 

Address of (Prospective) Leased Premises:

 

Length of (Prospective) Lease Term:

 

1.                                       GENERAL INFORMATION:

 

Describe the initial proposed operations to take place in, on, or about the Leased Premises, including, without limitation, principal products processed, manufactured or assembled services and activities to be provided or otherwise conducted.  Existing tenants should describe any proposed changes to on-going operations.

 

 

 

2.                                       USE, STORAGE AND DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES:

 

2.1                                Will any Hazardous Substances be used, stored or disposed of in, on or about the Leased Premises (excluding nominal amounts of ordinary household cleaners and janitorial supplies which are not regulated by any Environmental Laws)? Existing tenants should

 

1



 

describe any Hazardous Substances which continue to be used, generated, stored or disposed of in, on or about the Leased Premises.

 

2.2                                Identify the proposed location(s) and method of disposal for each Hazardous Substance or category of Hazardous Substances, including, the estimated frequency, and the proposed contractors or subcontractors.  Existing tenants should attach a list setting forth the information requested above and the identification of any variations in such information from the prior year’s certificate.

 

3.                                       WASTE MANAGEMENT

 

3.1                                Has your company been issued an EPA Hazardous Waste Generator I.D. Number for the Leased Premises?   Existing tenants should describe any additional identification numbers issued since the previous certificate.

 

Yes                                                                                                                                                                             No

 

3.2                                Has your company filed a biennial or quarterly report as a hazardous waste generator for the Leased Premises?  Existing tenants should respond with respect to any report filed since the last disclosure.

 

Yes                                                                                                                                                                             No

 

If yes, attach a copy of the most recent report filed.

 

4.                                       HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES DISCLOSURES

 

4.1                                Has your company prepared or will it be required to prepare a Hazardous Substances management plan for the Lease Premises (“Management Plan”) pursuant to Fire Department or other governmental or regulatory agencies’ requirements?

 

Yes                                                                                                                                                                             No

 

If yes, attach a copy of the Management Plan.  Existing tenants should attach a copy of any required updates to the Management Plan if previously provided.

 

5.                                       ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS AND COMPLAINTS

 

5.1                                With respect to Hazardous Substances or Environmental Laws, has your company ever been subject to any agency enforcement actions, administrative orders, consent decrees or notices of violation regarding its operations of similar nature to the space in question?  Existing tenants should indicate whether or not any such actions, order, decrees or notices have been, or are in the process of being, undertaken or if any such requests have been received with respect to the Leased Premises.

 

Yes                                                                                                                                                                             No

 

If yes, describe the actions, orders, decrees, notices of violation and any continuing compliance obligations imposed as a result of such documents.  Existing tenants should

 

2



 

describe and attach a copy of any new actions, orders, decrees, requests, notices or demands with respect to the Leased Premises.

 

 

 

5.2                                Have there ever been or are there now pending lawsuits against your company related to the release or discharge of Hazardous Substances?  Existing tenants should indicate whether or not any such lawsuit has been filed against your company since the initial disclosure?

 

6.                                       PERMITS AND LICENSES

 

6.1    Attach copies of all Hazardous Substances permits and licenses including a Transporter Permit number, if any,  issued to your company with respect to its proposed operations in, on or about the Leased Premises, including, without limitation, any wastewater discharge permits, air emissions permits, and use permits or approvals or advised that no such permits are required.  Existing tenants should attach copies of any new permits and licenses as well as any renewals of permits or licenses previously issued.

 

3


 

EXHIBIT F

 

FORM OF IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT

 

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER

 

ISSUE DATE:

 

ISSUING BANK:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

3003 TASMAN DRIVE

2ND FLOOR, MAIL SORT HF210

SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA 95054

 

BENEFICIARY:

Duke Linden, LLC

c/o Duke Realty Corporation

Attention:  Washington DC Market Attorney

3715 Davinci Court, Suite 300

Peachtree Corners, Georgia  30092

 

WITH A COPY TO:

Duke Linden, LLC

c/o Duke Realty Corporation

600 East 96 th  Street, Suite 100

Indianapolis, Indiana  46240

Attention: General Counsel

 

APPLICANT:

BLUE APRON, INC.

5 CROSBY STREET

3RD FLOOR

NEW YORK NY 10013

 

AMOUNT:                                     US$1,671,033.38 (ONE MILLION SIX HUNDRED SEVENTY ONE THOUSAND THIRTY THREE AND 00/100 U.S. DOLLARS)

 

EXPIRATION DATE:                          (ONE YEAR FROM ISSUANCE)

 

LOCATION:                                                                           SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA

 

DEAR SIR/MADAM:

 

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF       IN YOUR FAVOR AVAILABLE BY YOUR DRAFTS DRAWN ON US AT SIGHT IN THE FORM OF EXHIBIT “A” ATTACHED AND ACCOMPANIED BY THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

 

1



 

1.               THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY.

2.               BENEFICIARY’S DATED AND SIGNED STATEMENT STATING AS FOLLOWS:

 

“AN EVENT OF DEFAULT (AS DEFINED IN THE LEASE) HAS OCCURRED BY BLUE APRON, INC. AS TENANT UNDER THAT CERTAIN LEASE, DATED MARCH [   ], 2016, BY AND BETWEEN TENANT, AND DUKE LINDEN LLC AS LANDLORD (THE “LEASE”).

 

THIS DRAW IN THE AMOUNT OF                 U.S. DOLLARS (US$           ) UNDER YOUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF       REPRESENTS FUNDS DUE TO US UNDER THE LEASE BY REASON OF TENANT’S DEFAULT.”

 

OR

 

“BENEFICIARY HAS RECEIVED A NOTICE FROM SILICON VALLEY BANK THAT IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF       WILL NOT BE EXTENDED AND APPLICANT HAS FAILED TO PROVIDE TO BENEFICIARY AN ACCEPTABLE REPLACEMENT LETTER OF CREDIT WITHIN 30 DAYS PRIOR TO THE CURRENT EXPIRY DATE.”

 

PARTIAL DRAWS AND MULTIPLE PRESENTATIONS ARE ALLOWED. THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AVAILABLE TO BE DRAWN SHALL BE REDUCED BY THE AMOUNT OF ANY SUCH DRAWING.

 

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED FOR AN ADDITIONAL PERIOD OF ONE YEAR, WITHOUT AMENDMENT, FROM THE PRESENT OR EACH FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE UNLESS AT LEAST 60 DAYS PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE WE SEND YOU A NOTICE BY REGISTERED MAIL OR OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE AT THE ABOVE ADDRESS (OR ANY OTHER ADDRESS INDICATED BY YOU, IN A WRITTEN NOTICE TO US THE RECEIPT OF WHICH WE HAVE ACKNOWLEDGED, AS THE ADDRESS TO WHICH WE SHOULD SEND SUCH NOTICE) THAT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL NOT BE EXTENDED BEYOND THE CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE. IN NO EVENT SHALL THIS LETTER OF CREDIT BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED BEYOND NOVEMBER 1, 2026.

 

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS TRANSFERABLE ONE OR MORE TIMES, AT THE REQUEST OF THE BENEFICIARY, BUT IN EACH INSTANCE ONLY TO A SINGLE BENEFICIARY AS TRANSFEREE AND ONLY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT, ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE WOULD BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THEN APPLICABLE LAW AND REGULATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE REGULATIONS OF THE U. S. DEPARTMENT OF TREASURY AND U. S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE.  AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US AT OUR ADDRESS INDICATED IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TOGETHER WITH OUR TRANSFER FORM ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT “B” DULY EXECUTED.  THE CORRECTNESS OF THE SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF THE PERSON SIGNING THE TRANSFER FORM MUST BE VERIFIED BY BENEFICIARY’S BANK. BENEFICIARY SHALL PAY OUR TRANSFER FEE OF ¼ OF 1% OF THE TRANSFER AMOUNT (MINIMUM US$250.00) UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

 

2



 

DRAFT(S) AND DOCUMENTS MUST INDICATE THE NUMBER AND DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

 

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, THIS UNDERTAKING IS NOT SUBJECT TO ANY AGREEMENTS, REQUIREMENTS OR QUALIFICATIONS.  OUR OBLIGATION UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS OUR INDIVIDUAL OBLIGATION AND IS IN NO WAY CONTINGENT UPON REIMBURSEMENT WITH RESPECT THERETO, OR UPON OUR ABILITY TO PERFECT ANY LIEN, SECURITY INTEREST OR ANY OTHER REIMBURSEMENT.  THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS NOT SUBJECT TO OFFSET OF ANY KIND BY THE ISSUER, WHETHER FOR CLAIMS AGAINST YOU, THE APPLICANT OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY, REGARDLESS OF HOW SUCH CLAIMS ARISE.  THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY NOT BE REVOKED OR AMENDED WITHOUT YOUR WRITTEN APPROVAL AND SHALL REMAIN IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT UNTIL IT EXPIRES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS HEREOF.

 

ALL DEMANDS FOR PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE BY PRESENTATION OF  THE ORIGINAL APPROPRIATE DOCUMENTS  ON A BUSINESS DAY AT OUR OFFICE (THE “BANK’S OFFICE”) AT: SILICON VALLEY BANK, 3003 TASMAN DRIVE, SANTA CLARA, CA 95054, ATTENTION: STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NEGOTIATION SECTION

 

FACSIMILE PRESENTATIONS ARE PERMITTED. SHOULD BENEFICIARY WISH TO MAKE PRESENTATIONS UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT ENTIRELY BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION IT NEED NOT TRANSMIT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY. EACH FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION SHALL BE MADE AT: (408) 496-2418 OR (408) 969-6510 ; AND SIMULTANEOUSLY UNDER TELEPHONE ADVICE TO: (408) 654-6274 OR (408) 654-7716, ATTENTION: STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NEGOTIATION SECTION WITH ORIGINALS TO FOLLOW BY OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THE BANK WILL DETERMINE HONOR OR DISHONOR ON THE BASIS OF  PRESENTATION BY FACSIMILE ALONE, AND WILL NOT EXAMINE THE ORIGINALS.

 

IF A PRESENTATION IS MADE HEREUNDER BY SIGHT DRAFT OR BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION AS PERMITTED HEREUNDER, BY 11:00: A.M. CALIFORNIA TIME, AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH PRESENTATION CONFORM TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE TO YOU, OR TO YOUR DESIGNEE, OF THE AMOUNT SPECIFIED, IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS, NOT LATER THAN 2:00 P.M., CALIFORNIA TIME, ON THE NEXT SUCCEEDING BUSINESS DAY. IF A PRESENTATION IS MADE HEREUNDER AFTER THE TIME SPECIFIED ABOVE, AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH PRESENTATION CONFORMS TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE TO YOU, OR TO YOUR DESIGNEE, OF THE AMOUNT SPECIFIED, IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS, NOT LATER THAN 2:00 P.M., CALIFORNIA TIME ON THE SECOND SUCCEEDING BUSINESS DAY. IF A DEMAND FOR PAYMENT MADE BY YOU HEREUNDER DOES NOT, IN ANY INSTANCE, CONFORM TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, WE SHALL GIVE YOU NOTICE WITHIN ONE (1) BUSINESS DAY THAT THE DEMAND FOR PAYMENT WAS NOT EFFECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, STATING THE REASONS THEREFOR AND THAT WE WILL UPON YOUR INSTRUCTIONS HOLD ANY DOCUMENTS AT YOUR DISPOSAL OR RETURN THE SAME TO YOU.  UPON BEING NOTIFIED THAT THE DEMAND FOR PAYMENT WAS NOT EFFECTED IN CONFORMITY WITH THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, YOU MAY ATTEMPT TO CORRECT ANY SUCH NON-CONFORMING DEMAND FOR PAYMENT TO THE EXTENT THAT YOU ARE ENTITLED TO DO SO AND WITHIN THE VALIDITY OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

 

3



 

WE HEREBY AGREE WITH THE BENEFICIARY THAT DRAFTS DRAWN UNDER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL BE DULY HONORED UPON PRESENTATION TO US ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT OR ANY AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED EXPIRATION DATE.

 

IF ANY INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING A DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST THAT PAYMENT IS TO BE MADE BY TRANSFER TO YOUR ACCOUNT WITH ANOTHER BANK, WE WILL ONLY EFFECT SUCH PAYMENT BY FED WIRE TO A U.S. REGULATED BANK, AND WE AND/OR SUCH OTHER BANK MAY RELY ON AN ACCOUNT NUMBER SPECIFIED IN SUCH INSTRUCTIONS EVEN IF THE NUMBER IDENTIFIES A PERSON OR ENTITY DIFFERENT FROM THE INTENDED PAYEE.

 

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES ISP98, INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, PUBLICATION NO. 590 (“ISP98”) AND AS TO MATTERS NOT GOVERNED BY ISP98 WILL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

4



 

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER

 

EXHIBIT A

 

DATE:

 

REF. NO.

 

 

 

A T SIGHT OF THIS DRAFT

 

 

 

 

 

P AY TO THE ORDER OF

 

US$

 

 

 

US DOLLARS

 

 

 

 

 

DRAWN UNDER SILICON VALLEY BANK, SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA, STANDBY

LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER NO.                         DATED

 

 

 

 

 

 

T O: SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

3003 TASMAN DRIVE

 

 

SANTA CLARA, CA 95054

 

(BENEFICIARY’S NAME)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signature

 

GUIDELINES TO PREPARE THE DRAFT

 

1.               DATE: ISSUANCE DATE OF DRAFT.

2.               REF. NO.: BENEFICIARY’S REFERENCE NUMBER, IF ANY.

3.               PAY TO THE ORDER OF: NAME OF BENEFICIARY AS INDICATED IN THE L/C (MAKE SURE BENEFICIARY ENDORSES IT ON THE REVERSE SIDE).

4.               US$: AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN FIGURES.

5.               USDOLLARS: AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN WORDS.

6.               LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER: SILICON VALLEY BANK’S STANDBY L/C NUMBER THAT PERTAINS TO THE DRAWING.

7.               DATED: ISSUANCE DATE OF THE STANDBY L/C.

8.               BENEFICIARY’S NAME: NAME OF BENEFICIARY AS INDICATED IN THE L/C.

9.               AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE: SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED SIGNER OF BENEFICIARY.

 

IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS RELATED TO THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT PLEASE CONTACT US AT               .

 

5



 

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER

 

EXHIBIT B

TRANSFER FORM

 

DATE:

 

TO: SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

3003 TASMAN DRIVE

RE: IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT

SANTA CLARA, CA 95054

NO.               ISSUED BY

ATTN:INTERNATIONAL DIVISION.

SILICON VALLEY BANK, SANTA CLARA

STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT

L/C AMOUNT:

 

GENTLEMEN:

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY TRANSFERS TO:

 

 

(NAME OF TRANSFEREE)

 

 

(ADDRESS)

 

ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY TO DRAW UNDER THE ABOVE LETTER OF CREDIT UP TO ITS AVAILABLE AMOUNT AS SHOWN ABOVE AS OF THE DATE OF THIS TRANSFER.

 

BY THIS TRANSFER, ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT ARE TRANSFERRED TO THE TRANSFEREE. TRANSFEREE SHALL HAVE THE SOLE RIGHTS AS BENEFICIARY THEREOF, INCLUDING SOLE RIGHTS RELATING TO ANY AMENDMENTS, WHETHER INCREASES OR EXTENSIONS OR OTHER AMENDMENTS, AND WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER MADE. ALL AMENDMENTS ARE TO BE ADVISED DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFEREE WITHOUT NECESSITY OF ANY CONSENT OF OR NOTICE TO THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY.

 

THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT IS RETURNED HEREWITH, AND WE ASK YOU TO ENDORSE THE TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE THEREOF, AND FORWARD IT DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFEREE WITH YOUR CUSTOMARY NOTICE OF TRANSFER.

 

 

SINCERELY,

 

SIGNATURE AUTHENTICATED

 

 

 

 

 

The name(s), title(s), and signature(s) conform to that/those on file with us for the company and the signature(s) is/are authorized to execute this instrument.

(BENEFICIARY’S NAME)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(SIGNATURE OF BENEFICIARY)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Name of Bank)

(NAME AND TITLE)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Address of Bank)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(City, State, ZIP Code)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Authorized Name and Title)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Authorized Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Telephone number)

 


 

EXHIBIT G

 

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

1



 

EXHIBIT H

 

FORM OF SUBORDINATION, NONDISTURBANCE

AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT, made as of the       day of               , 201  , by and between                   , a                       [corporation] [limited] [general] [partnership] [national banking association] , having an office at                         (the “ Mortgagee” ) and BLUE APRON, INC., a Delaware corporation having an office at 5 Crosby St., 3 rd  Floor, New York, NY 10013 (the “ Tenant” ).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, Mortgagee is the holder of a mortgage (the “ Mortgage” ), covering a parcel of land owned by                                    (the “ Landlord” ) together with the improvements [to be] erected thereon (said parcel of land and improvements thereon being hereinafter referred to as the “ Property” and being more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof); and

 

WHEREAS, by a certain Lease Agreement heretofore entered into between Landlord and Tenant dated as of               , 2016 (as amended and/or modified, the “ Lease” ), Landlord leased to Tenant a portion of the Property, as more particularly described in the Lease (the “ Premises” ); and

 

WHEREAS, a copy of the Lease has been delivered to Mortgagee, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged; and

 

WHEREAS, Section    of the Lease provides that the Lease shall become subject and subordinate to a mortgage encumbering the fee interest of Landlord in and to the Property if and when a non-disturbance agreement is entered into with respect to such mortgage; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to effect the subordination of the Lease to the Mortgage and to provide for the non-disturbance of Tenant by Mortgagee.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Mortgagee hereby consents to and approves the Lease and the term thereof, including the options to extend the term as set forth in the Lease, and covenants and agrees that the exercise by Tenant of any of the rights, remedies and options therein contained shall not constitute a default under the Mortgage.

 

2.                                       Tenant covenants and agrees with Mortgagee that the Lease hereby is made and shall continue hereafter to be subject and subordinate to the lien of the Mortgage, and to all modifications and extensions thereof (and such subordination shall not lessen or diminish Tenant’s rights under the Lease), subject, however, to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

3.                                       Mortgagee agrees that so long as the Lease shall be in full force and effect, and so long as Tenant shall not be in default under the Lease beyond any applicable notice and grace period:

 

1



 

(a)                                  Tenant shall not be named or joined as a party or otherwise in any suit, action or proceeding for the foreclosure of the Mortgage or to enforce any rights under the Mortgage or the bond or note or other obligation secured thereby;

 

(b)                                  The possession by Tenant of the Premises and Tenant’s rights thereto shall not be disturbed, affected or impaired by, nor will the Lease or the term thereof be terminated or otherwise affected by (i) any suit, action or proceeding brought upon the Mortgage or the bond or note or other obligation secured thereby, or for the foreclosure of the Mortgage or the enforcement of any rights under the Mortgage, or by any judicial sale or execution or other sale of the Premises or the Property, or any deed given in lieu of foreclosure, or by the exercise of any other rights given to any holder of the Mortgage or other documents as a matter of law, or (ii) any default under the Mortgage or the bond or note or other obligation secured thereby; and

 

(c)                                   All condemnation awards and insurance proceeds paid or payable with respect to the Premises or any other part of the Property shall be applied and paid in the manner set forth in the Lease.

 

4.                                       If Mortgagee or any future holder of the Mortgage shall become the owner of the Property by reason of foreclosure of the Mortgage or otherwise, or if the Property shall be sold as a result of any action or proceeding to foreclose the Mortgage, or transfer of ownership by deed given in lieu of foreclosure, the Lease shall continue in full force and effect, without necessity for executing any new lease, as a direct lease between Tenant and the then owner of the Property, as “landlord”, upon all of the same terms, covenants and provisions contained in the Lease, and in such event:

 

(a)                                  Tenant shall be bound to such new owner under all of the terms, covenants and provisions of the Lease for the remainder of the term thereof (including the Renewal Periods, if Tenant elects or has elected to exercise its options to extend the term) and Tenant hereby agrees to attorn to such new owner and to recognize such new owner as “landlord” under the Lease; and

 

(b)                                  Such new owner shall be bound to Tenant under all of the terms, covenants and provisions of the Lease for the remainder of the term thereof (including the Renewal Periods, if Tenant elects or has elected to exercise its options to extend the term) which such new owner hereby agrees to assume and perform and Tenant shall, from and after the date such new owner succeeds to the interest of “landlord” under the Lease, have the same remedies against such new owner for the breach of any covenant contained in the Lease that Tenant might have had under the Lease against Landlord if such new owner had not succeeded to the interest of “landlord”; provided , however , that such new owner shall not be:

 

(i)                                      liable for any act or omission of any prior landlord (including Landlord) unless such act or omission continues from and after the date upon which the new owner succeeds to the interest of such prior landlord;

 

(ii)                                   subject to any defenses which Tenant may have against any prior landlord (including Landlord) unless resulting from any default or breach by such prior landlord

 

2



 

which continues from and after the date upon which the new owner succeeds to the interest of such prior landlord;

 

(iii)                                subject to any offsets which Tenant may have against any prior landlord, except to the extent such offsets are expressly provided under the Lease and Mortgagee has received notice thereof and the opportunity to cure within the applicable time periods set forth in the Lease (it being further agreed that offsets under the Lease that were deducted by Tenant prior to the date upon which the new owner succeeds to the interest of such prior landlord shall not be subject to challenge);

 

(iv)                               bound by any fixed rent or additional rent which Tenant might have paid for more than one month in advance of its due date under the Lease to any prior landlord (including Landlord), unless such additional rent is paid in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Lease; or

 

(v)                                  bound by any amendment or modification of the Lease made without its consent (unless Mortgagee’s consent is not required under the terms of the Mortgage); notwithstanding the foregoing, Mortgagee acknowledges that the Lease specifically provides for amendments thereof upon the occurrence of certain events described in the Lease (such as, for example, an amendment to the Lease confirming the measurement of the Premises), and, by its execution below, Mortgagee agrees to recognize such amendments as part of the Lease, and Mortgagee further agrees that such new owner shall also be bound by such amendment(s) to the Lease, without any consent on the part of Mortgagee or such new owner.

 

(c)                                   Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall be effective only so long as Mortgagee is bound to Mortgagee’s obligations hereunder.

 

5.                                       Tenant will notify Mortgagee of any default by Landlord under the Lease which would entitle Tenant to terminate the Lease or abate the rent payable thereunder and agrees that notwithstanding any provision of the Lease, no notice of termination thereof nor any abatement shall be effective unless Mortgagee has received the aforesaid notice and has failed to cure the subject default within the same time period allowed Landlord under the Lease.  It is understood that the abatement provisions of this Section relate to abatements by reason of Landlord’s default and do not apply to provisions of the Lease whereby Tenant has the automatic right to abate rentals such as, for example, abatement upon casualty or condemnation.

 

6.                                       Neither the Mortgage nor any other security instrument executed in connection therewith shall encumber or be construed as subjecting in any manner to the lien thereof, any trade fixtures, signs or other personal property at any time furnished or installed by or for Tenant or its subtenants or licensees on the aforementioned property regardless of the manner or mode of attachment thereof.

 

7.                                       Any notices of communications given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by any recognized overnight mail carrier, with proof of delivery slip, postage prepaid, (a) if to Mortgagee, at the address of Mortgagee

 

3



 

as hereinabove set forth or at such other address or persons as Mortgagee may designate by notice in the manner herein set forth, or (b) if to Tenant, at the address of Tenant as hereinabove set forth, with duplicate copies to           , or such other address or persons as Tenant may designate by notice in the manner herein set forth.  All notices given in accordance with the provisions of this Section shall be effective upon receipt (or refusal of receipt) at the address of the addressee.

 

8.                                       This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be binding upon and enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, and sublessees.

 

9.                                       This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties and cannot be changed, modified, waived or canceled except by an agreement in writing executed by the party against whom enforcement of such modification, change, waiver or cancellation is sought.

 

10.                                This Agreement and the covenants herein contained are intended to run with and bind all lands affected thereby.

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

MORTGAGEE :

 

 

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Title:

 

 

 

[SEAL]

 

 

 

 

TENANT :

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

BLUE APRON, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Title:

 

 

 

[SEAL]

 

 

 

5



 

[INSERT APPROPRIATE JURAT FOR MORTGAGEE]

 


 

[INSERT APPROPRIATE JURAT FOR TENANT:]

 

6


 

EXHIBIT I FLOOR LOAD SLAB ON GRADE ALLOWABLE LOADING CONDITIONS THE 8" UNREINFORCED SLAB ON GRADE HAS BEEN DESIGNED FOR THE FOLLOWING ALLOWABLE LOADING CONDITIONS. MORE THAN ONE CONDITION SHALL NOT BE APPLIED SIMULTANEOUSLY TO THE SAME SLAB AREA. SEE SLAB LOAD DIAGRAM ON S300 FOR CRITERIA. UNIFORM LOAD 1000 PSF MAXIMUM WHEEL LOAD: 12,000 LBS STORAGE RACK SYSTEM MAXIMUM POST LAOD: 10,000 LBS (SINGLE POST) 12,500 LBS (BACK TO BACK POSTS) THE ABOVE ALLOWABLE LOADING CONDITIONS ARE BASED ON 8" THICK UNREINFORCED SLAB OF CLASS B CONCRETE, MINIMUM CONCRETE FLEXURAL STRENGTH = 700 PSI, MINIMUM SUBGRADE MODULUS = 200 PCI. Exhibit I Page 1 of 1

GRAPHIC

 


EXHIBIT J HVAC MAINTENANCE CRITERIA HVAC PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM Duke Realty Corporation is pleased to provide the following Industrial Occupancy HVAC Preventative Maintenance Guidelines. These guidelines have been developed by an HVAC maintenance specialist, and win satisfy the Landlord's minimum standard requirements of your Lease Agreement. These guidelines will further enable you to adequately maintain your HVAC systems to provide optimum comfort for you and your employees during all seasons. In addition, costly repairs can be held to a minimum and provide longer life for HVAC systems If these tasks are performed by a qualified Heating and Cooling technician, Duke Realty Corporation can recommend several qualified HVAC maintenance companies, which can provide bids for preventative maintenance in accordance with these guidelines. The following tasks and systems should be inspected routinely on an annual basis, Items indicated should be addressed during the Spring Cooling Season Start-Up (CSU), the Summer Cooling Routine Inspection (RI), the Fall Heating Season Start-Up (HSU) and Winter Heating Routine Inspection (Rl). Exhibit J Page 1 of 3

GRAPHIC

 


System Description CSU HSU Rl Split System Electric Heat/Electric Cool Or Gas Fired Heat/Electric Cool Condenser Fan Motor x Condenser Fan x Air Cooled Condenser Coll x Control Panel x Compressor x Compressor Motor (Gas) x Cooling Coil x Drain x Electrical Disconnect x Filter Replacement x Supply Fan x Healing Element (Electric) x Heal Exchanger (Gas) x Gas Train (Gas) x Flue Pipe (Gas) x Burner (Gas) x Thermostat x Exhibit J Page 2 of 3

GRAPHIC

 


System Description CSU HSU Rl Rooftop Unit Electric Heat/Electric Cool Or Gas Heat/Electric Cool Electrical Disconnect x x Condenser Fart x x Motor Starter x X Condenser Fan Motor x x Condenser Coil x x Control Panel x x PAC Compressor x x DX Coil X x Filter Replacement x x Fresh Air Damper x x Return Air Damper x x Exhaust Air Damper x x Supply Fan x x Heating Element (Electric) x x Heat Exchanger (Gas) x x PAC Burner (Gas) x x Thermostat x x System Description CSU HSU RI Gas Fired Warehouse Unit Heater Fan Housing x Fan Impeller x Motor x Burner x Control x Exhibit J Page 3 of 3

GRAPHIC

 



Exhibit 10.19

 

SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

 

This Sublease Agreement (this “ Sublease ”), made as of the 24 th  day of March, 2016, by and between APPNEXUS INC., a Delaware corporation, having an office at 28 West 23rd Street, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10010 (hereinafter referred to as “ Sublandlord ”), and BLUE APRON, INC., a Delaware corporation, having an office at 5 Crosby Street, 3 rd  Floor, New York, NY 10013 (hereinafter referred to as “ Subtenant ”);

 

W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H  :

 

WHEREAS, by a lease agreement dated as of July 5, 2012, as amended by that certain First Lease Modification and Extension Agreement, dated April 2, 2013 (the “ Overlease ”), 23 rd  Street Properties LLC (hereinafter referred to as “ Overlandlord ”) leased to Sublandlord, as lessee, (a) the entire rentable area of the fifth (5 th ) floor, in the building known as 28 West 23 rd  Street, New York, New York (the “28 Building”); (b)  the entire rentable area of the fifth floor and mezzanine in the building known as 40 West 23 rd  Street, New York, NY (the “40 Building”); (c) the entire rentable area of the fourth (4 th ) floor in the 28 Building and the 40 Building (the 40 Building and the 28 Building are hereinafter collectively, referred to as the “ Building ”); (c) the entire rentable area of the second 2 nd  floor in the 28 Building and the 40 Building; (d); and (e) the entire rentable area of the sixth (6 th ) floor and penthouse in the 40 Building (collectively, the “ Premises ”), upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Overlease; and

 

WHEREAS, Subtenant desires to sublet a portion of the Premises comprised of approximately 43,000 square feet of rentable area comprising the entire fifth (5 th ) floor and the mezzanine in the 40 Building (the “ Sublease Premises ”) from Sublandlord upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, for themselves, their successors and assigns, mutually covenant and agree as follows:

 

1.              Capitalized Terms .  Any capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Sublease shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Overlease.

 

2.              Demise .  Sublandlord does hereby sublease to Subtenant, and Subtenant does hereby sublease from Sublandlord, for the Term and upon the conditions hereinafter provided, the Sublease Premises as more particularly delineated on Exhibit A attached hereto and made part hereof.  Subtenant represents that it has thoroughly examined the Building and the Sublease Premises and that the same are accepted by Subtenant in their “as is”, “where is” condition existing on the date of this Sublease except for latent defects.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Sublease Premises shall be delivered to Subtenant on the Term Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined) in compliance with all applicable laws, including the Americans with Disabilities Act, and all systems serving the Sublease Premises, including the HVAC, in good working order. Sublandlord represents that on the date hereof, Sublandlord does not have any knowledge of any non-compliance with any applicable laws or any defects or repairs required to be made to any system serving the Sublease Premises.

 



 

3.              Term .

 

(a)            The term of this Sublease (“ Term ”) shall commence on the date (the “ Term Commencement Date ”) which is the later to occur of (i) the date that Sublandlord shall deliver to Subtenant the Overlandlord Sublease Consent (as defined in Section 19 hereof), and (ii) the date upon which Sublandlord delivers possession of the Sublease Premises to Subtenant in the condition required under Section 2 hereof, and shall end on the last day of the eighteenth (18 th ) full calendar month following the Rent Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined), or on such earlier date upon which said Term may expire or be terminated pursuant to any of the conditions or limitations or other provisions of this Sublease or pursuant to law (which date for the termination of the term hereof shall hereafter be called the “Termination Date”).  Subtenant shall surrender the Sublease Premises upon the Termination Date in the condition required under the Overlease, provided that Subtenant shall have no obligation to remove any alterations or improvements existing in the Sublease Premises as of the Term Commencement Date.

 

(b)            So long as this Sublease is in full force and effect and Subtenant is not in default, beyond applicable periods of notice and grace, of any monetary or material non-monetary provisions of this Sublease at the Notice Date (defined below) and at the commencement of any Extension Term (defined below), Subtenant shall have two (2) options to extend the Term of this Sublease, each for a period of six (6) months.  Each such extension is an “ Extension Term ” and both such Extensions are the “ Extension Terms .”  To exercise each Extension Term, Subtenant shall provide written notice to Sublandlord no later than sixty (60) days prior to the end of the then current term of this Sublease (the “ Notice Date ”).  Sublandlord and Subtenant agree that upon Subtenant’s exercise of an Extension Term in accordance with this Section 2(b), the Term of this Sublease shall be extended without the execution of additional documents (though the parties may execute an amendment to this Sublease in confirmation thereof) on all of the terms and provisions of this Sublease, except that (i) the Monthly Base Rent for the first Extension Term shall be the same as the Monthly Base Rent payable for the last full calendar month of the initial Term (i.e., $222,166.67) and (ii) the Monthly Base Rent for the second (2 nd ) Extension Term shall be $229,333.33 per month.  Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Subtenant’s failure to exercise any Extension Term in a timely manner in accord with this Section 2(b) (with time being of the essence) shall void any such Extension Term.

 

4.              Base Rent .  From and after the date that is thirty (30) days after the Term Commencement Date (the “ Rent Commencement Date ”), the Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord, as Base Rent, the amounts set forth below, in advance on the first (1st) day of each calendar month during the Term of this Sublease, without set-off, abatement, deduction or demand.  Base Rent due for any partial month at the beginning or end of the term shall be pro rated on a per diem basis.  Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord, simultaneously with the execution and delivery by Subtenant of this Sublease, an amount equal to $215,000.00, representing payment of the first monthly installment of Base Rent due from Subtenant hereunder.

 

2



 

TERM

 

MONTHLY BASE RENT

 

Months 1-12 (i.e. from the Rent Commencement Date – the date that is 12 full calendar months thereafter)

 

$

215,000.00

 

Months 13-18

 

$

222,166.67

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Subtenant shall receive a credit against the installment of Base Rent payable with respect to second full calendar month following the Rent Commencement Date in the amount of $18,096.20.

 

5.              Electricity .  In addition to the Base Rent, throughout the term of the Sublease, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord $3.00 per annum per square foot of rentable area in the Sublease Premises as an electricity charge (the “ Electricity Charge ”).  The Electricity Charge shall be paid monthly, without set-off, abatement, deduction or demand, on the first of each month during the Term (as the same may be extended) in the amount of $10,750.00 per month, with Electricity Charges for any partial month pro rated on a per diem basis.  Notwithstanding the incorporation of Article 45 of the Overlease in this Sublease, Subtenant shall have no obligation to pay the charges for electricity set forth therein or elsewhere in the Overlease and it is expressly agreed that Subtenant’s only obligation with respect to the fee or consideration paid for the supply of electricity to the Sublease Premises is the payment of Electricity Charge as provided in this Section 5 regardless of the amount of electricity used in the Sublease Premises (though Subtenant shall have no right to use more than a customary amount of electricity for a typical office use which shall be deemed to include the provision of HVAC to the Sublease Premises), and regardless of the exercise of Overlandlord of any right to adjust the rate paid by Sublandlord under the Overlease, any such adjustment shall have no effect on the Electricity Charge.  In addition, in the event of a discontinuous of service from the Overlandlord resulting from Sublandlord’s actions, Sublandlord shall be responsible for all commercially reasonable costs and expenses which may be incurred to continue to deliver electricity to the Sublease Premises throughout the Term (as the same may be extended).

 

6.              Security Deposit .

 

(a)            Simultaneously with the execution of this Sublease by Subtenant (or within thirty (30) days after the execution of this Sublease by Subtenant if Subtenant initially provides Cash Security pending delivery of the Letter of Credit in the Required Amount), Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord, and Subtenant shall maintain in effect at all times during the Term, as collateral for the full and faithful performance and observance by Subtenant of Subtenant’s covenants and obligations under this Sublease, an unconditional, irrevocable letter of credit (each such letter of credit and such extensions or replacements thereof, as the case may be, is hereinafter referred to as a “ Letter of Credit ”) in the amount of $700,000.00 (the “ Required Amount ”), in form attached hereto as Exhibit D or otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Sublandlord.  Sublandlord hereby approves of Silicon Valley Bank as issuer of the Letter of Credit.  The Letter of Credit shall be issued by and drawable upon a commercial bank, trust company, national banking association or other banking institution reasonably satisfactory to Sublandlord and having a credit rating with respect to certificates of deposit, short term deposits or commercial paper of at least P-1 (or equivalent) by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc., or at least A/A-1 (or equivalent) by Standard & Poors Corporation (and is not on credit-watch or similar

 

3



 

credit review with negative implication), have combined capital, surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000 and have offices for banking and drawing purposes in the city or county in which the Sublease Premises are located (or, alternatively, allow for drawing by facsimile).  Any Letter of Credit shall name Sublandlord as the beneficiary, have an expiration date no earlier than the first anniversary of the date of issuance thereof and shall be automatically renewed from year to year through the date that is sixty (60) days after expiration of the Term unless terminated by the issuer thereof by notice to Sublandlord given not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration thereof, be fully transferable by Sublandlord without payment of any fees or charges, permit partial draws and be payable at sight upon presentment of a simple sight draft signed by Sublandlord.  Subtenant shall, throughout the Term of this Sublease, deliver to Sublandlord, in the event of the termination of any such Letter of Credit, a replacement Letter of Credit in lieu thereof no later than fifteen (15) days prior to the expiration date of the preceding Letter of Credit and complying with all of the requirements of this Section 6.  If Subtenant shall fail to obtain any replacement of or amendment to a Letter of Credit within any of the applicable time limits set forth in this Section 6, such failure shall constitute an immediate default under this Sublease without any additional notice or cure period applicable thereto, and Sublandlord shall have the right (but not the obligation), at its option, to draw down the full amount of the existing Letter of Credit and use, apply and retain the same as security hereunder.

 

(b)            If Subtenant defaults in respect of the full and prompt payment and performance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Sublease beyond notice (the delivery of which shall not be required for purposes of this Section 6 if Sublandlord is prevented or prohibited from delivering the same under applicable law, including, but not limited to, all applicable bankruptcy and insolvency laws) and the expiration of any applicable cure periods, including, but not limited to, the payment of Base Rent and Electricity Charges, Sublandlord may, at its election, (but shall not be obligated to) draw down the Letter of Credit or any portion thereof to the extent necessary to remedy the default and use or apply the whole or any part of the security, as the case may be, represented by the Letter of Credit to the extent required for the payment of: (i) Base Rent, Electricity Charges or any other sum as to which Subtenant is in default and (ii) any sum which Sublandlord may have been required to expend or may be required to expend by reason of Subtenant’s default in respect of any of the terms, provisions, covenants, and conditions of this Sublease.

 

(c)            If Sublandlord utilizes all or any part of the security represented by the draw on the Letter of Credit (as provided in Section 6(b) above) but does not terminate this Sublease, Sublandlord may, in addition to exercising its rights as provided in Section 6(b) above, retain the unapplied and unused balance of the portion of the Letter of Credit drawn down by Sublandlord (herein called the “ Cash Security ”) as security for the faithful performance and observance by Subtenant thereafter of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Sublease, and may use, apply, or retain the whole or any part of said Cash Security to the extent required for payment of any of the amounts specified in Section 6(b) above.  In the event Sublandlord uses, applies or retains any portion or all of the security represented by the Letter of Credit, Subtenant shall forthwith restore the amount so used, applied or retained (at Subtenant’s option, either by the deposit with Sublandlord of cash or the provision of a replacement Letter of Credit) so that at all times the amount of the security represented by the Letter of Credit and the Cash Security (if any) shall be not less than the Required Amount.  If Subtenant shall initially deliver Cash Security, Subtenant shall provide a Letter of Credit satisfying the requirements of this Section 6

 

4



 

within thirty (30) days after the execution of this Sublease by Subtenant.  Sublandlord shall, within three (3) business days of its receipt of the Letter of Credit, reimburse Subtenant the cash deposit by wire transfer, immediately available funds to an account designated by Subtenant.

 

(d)            In addition to and without limitation of Sublandlord’s other rights under this Section 6, if the credit rating of the issuer of the Letter of Credit (other than Silicon Valley Bank) is reduced below P-1 (or equivalent) by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc., or below A/A-1 (or equivalent) by Standard & Poors Corporation, or if the financial condition of such issuer changes in any other materially adverse way, then Sublandlord may immediately draw upon the Letter of Credit and use, apply and retain the same as Cash Security hereunder and Sublandlord shall have the right, by giving Subtenant written notice of such requirement, to require that Subtenant obtain from a new issuer a replacement Letter of Credit, which issuer and replacement Letter of Credit both comply in all respects with the requirements of this Section 6.  In the event that Subtenant shall not have delivered to Sublandlord a replacement Letter of Credit within fifteen (15) Business Days after Subtenant’s receipt of such notice, Sublandlord shall have the right (but not the obligation), at its option, to draw down the full amount of the existing Letter of Credit and use, apply and retain the same as security hereunder.  At any time and from time to time, Subtenant shall be permitted to obtain from a new issuer a replacement Letter of Credit, which issuer and replacement Letter of Credit both comply in all respects with the requirements of this Section 6.  At any time Subtenant is entitled to the return of a Letter of Credit, including in the event Subtenant provides a replacement Letter of Credit, Sublandlord will return such Letter of Credit and reasonably cooperate with Subtenant in providing documentation authorizing the issuing bank of the Letter of Credit to terminate same.

 

(e)            If Subtenant shall have fully paid and performed all of Subtenant’s obligations under this Sublease, the Letter of Credit and the Cash Security (if any) then held by Sublandlord shall be returned to Subtenant within thirty (30) days after the date fixed as the end of this Sublease and after delivery to Sublandlord of entire possession of the Sublease Premises in the condition required under this Sublease; provided, however, that if Subtenant is in breach of this Sublease as of the expiration of this Sublease, then such 30-day period shall not commence until such breach is fully cured and in no event shall any such return be construed as an admission by Sublandlord that Subtenant has performed all of its obligations hereunder.

 

7.              Insurance .   Subtenant shall obtain and maintain all insurance types and coverage as specified in the Overlease to be obtained and maintained by Sublandlord, as lessee, in amounts not less than those specified in the Overlease.  All such policies of insurance shall name Overlandlord and Sublandlord as additional insureds thereunder.  Subtenant’s insurance shall be primary over Overlandlord’s and Sublandlord’s insurance.

 

8.              Indemnification .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Sublease or the Overlease to the contrary, Subtenant will save Overlandlord and Sublandlord harmless, and indemnify Overlandlord and Sublandlord, from and against any and all claims, liabilities (including reasonable legal fees) or penalties asserted by or on behalf of any person, firm, corporation or public authority:

 

(a)            On account of or based upon any injury to person, or loss of or damage to property sustained or occurring in the Sublease Premises on account of or based upon the act,

 

5



 

omission, fault, negligence or misconduct of any person whomsoever (other than Overlandlord and Sublandlord or their respective agents, contractors or employees);

 

(b)            On account of or based upon any injury to person or loss of or damage to property, sustained or occurring elsewhere (other than on the Sublease Premises) in or about the Building (and, in particular, without limiting the generality of the foregoing on or about the elevators, stairways, public corridors, sidewalks, concourses, arcades, malls, galleries, vehicular tunnels, approaches, areaways, roof, or other appurtenances and facilities used in connection with the Building or the Sublease Premises) arising out of the negligent act or omission or willful misconduct of Subtenant, its agents, employees or invitees;

 

(c)            On account of or based upon (including monies due on account of) any work or thing whatsoever done (other than by Overlandlord or Sublandlord or their respective contractors, agents or employees of either) in the Sublease Premises during the Term of this Sublease and during the period of time, if any, prior to the Term Commencement Date that Subtenant may have been given access to the Sublease Premises; and

 

(d)            On account of or resulting from the failure of Subtenant to perform and discharge any of its covenants and obligations under this Sublease.

 

If either of the Overlandlord or the Sublandlord shall, without fault on its part, be made a party of any litigation commenced by or against the Subtenant, then the Subtenant shall protect, indemnify and hold the Overlandlord or the Sublandlord harmless and shall pay all costs, expenses and reasonable legal fees incurred or paid by the Overlandlord or the Sublandlord in connection with such litigation.  The Subtenant shall also pay all costs, expenses and reasonable legal fees (on a solicitor and his client basis) that may be incurred or paid by the Overlandlord or the Sublandlord in enforcing the terms, covenants and conditions in this Sublease unless a Court shall decide otherwise.

 

Subtenant shall neither do nor permit anything to be done which would cause a default under the Overlease, or termination or forfeiture by reason of any right of termination or forfeiture, reserved or vested in the Overlandlord under the Overlease, and Subtenant shall indemnify and hold Sublandlord harmless from and against all claims of any kind whatsoever by reason of breach or default on the part of Subtenant, or termination or forfeiture which is the consequence of any such breach or default.

 

Sublandlord shall not enter into an agreement with Overlandlord for the early termination of the Overlease and shall keep the Overlease in full force and effect throughout the Term and, to the extent applicable, any Extension Term.  Sublandlord shall indemnify and hold Subtenant harmless from and against all claims of any kind whatsoever by reason of breach or default on the part of Sublandlord of the covenants set forth in this Sublease, or termination or forfeiture of the Overlease or this Sublease which is the consequence of any such breach or default.

 

9.              Terms of Overlease .  Except as expressly otherwise provided in this paragraph 9 and in paragraphs 5, 10, 11, 12 or 13, or otherwise inconsistent with this Sublease, and except to the extent not applicable to the Sublease Premises, as between the parties hereto, all of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of the Overlease are incorporated herein by reference and hereby made a part of this Sublease.  However, for purposes of such incorporation by reference, all references to Landlord and Tenant shall be deemed references to Sublandlord and Subtenant,

 

6



 

respectively, all references to the demised premises or the Original Demised Premises shall be deemed references to the Sublease Premises hereunder and all references to the term of the Overlease shall be deemed references to the Term of this Sublease.  Subtenant shall be entitled to the same notice and cure periods, less three (3) business days, as Sublandlord is afforded under the Overlease unless such time period afforded Sublandlord under the Overlease is 5 days or less in which Subtenant shall be provided the same number of days as Overlandlord less one business day.  Sublandlord shall have all of the rights of the Overlandlord under the Overlease as against Subtenant and, as between the parties hereto, Subtenant agrees to observe and perform all of the terms, covenants and conditions on Sublandlord’s part to be observed and performed under the Overlease.

 

10.           Overlandlord’s Services and Obligations under the Overlease .  Notwithstanding anything in this Sublease to the contrary, including without limitation paragraph 9 hereof, Subtenant agrees that Sublandlord shall not be obligated to furnish for Subtenant any services of any nature which are to be performed by Overlandlord by the terms of the Overlease, including, without limitation, climate control, elevator service, cleaning services, security, electrical energy and miscellaneous power services, water and other public utilities and construction of any improvements at the Sublease Premises; provided, nevertheless, that in the event of any such default or failure of performance by Overlandlord, Sublandlord agrees, upon notice from Subtenant, to use reasonable efforts to enforce Sublandlord’s rights under the Overlease to cause Overlandlord to perform its obligations under the Overlease.

 

11.           Sublandlord’s Approval of the Subtenant’s Alterations and Improvements .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Article 3 of the Overlease as incorporated herein by reference, Sublandlord may withhold its consent to any request by Subtenant with respect to any proposed alterations, installments, removals, additions or improvements to any part of the Sublease Premises, whether or not Overlandlord has granted its approval, but in any event Sublandlord’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Nothing in this Sublease shall be construed as an agreement that Sublandlord has any obligation to perform any alterations, installments, removals, additions or improvements for Subtenant whatsoever other than to deliver the Sublease Premises in the condition required in Section 2 hereof.  Subtenant shall remove any Specialty Alterations performed by Subtenant in the Sublease Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of the term of this Sublease.

 

In addition to satisfying the requirements in the Overlease for any proposed alterations, installments, removals, additions or improvements, to the extent plan submission is required under the Overlease, Subtenant shall also submit the same plans to Sublandlord for its review and approval prior to commencing any alterations, additions or improvements to the Sublease Premises, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Sublandlord shall not charge Subtenant any fees or costs in connection with Sublandlord’s review of such plans.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Sublandlord hereby consents to the performance by Subtenant of the work described on the plans annexed hereto as Exhibit E (“ Subtenant’s Initial Work ”).

 

7


 

12.          Certain Overlease Provisions Not Incorporated .  The following provisions of the Overlease are expressly not incorporated into this Sublease:  Original Lease: Insert 8.5 to Article 8, Section 41, Section 48(A), Articles 52, 56, 59, 62 (second paragraph), 68, 72, 73, 74.C, 75, 76, 77, and 79; the First Lease Modification and Extension Agreement: Sections 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 (to the extent the same relates to access to any space other than the Sublease Premises and the lobby), 17, 18, 19(iii), 21, Exhibit A, Exhibit B.  Sublandlord represents that the copy of the Overlease annexed hereto as Exhibit B is a true and complete copy of the Overlease and all amendments thereto.   Subtenant acknowledges that, except for the redacted portions thereof, it has reviewed the Overlease attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit B , and that it is familiar with the contents thereof.

 

13.          HVAC .   Sublandlord acknowledges that Subtenant may desire to make modifications or Alterations to the HVAC system serving the Sublease Premises or otherwise to the Sublease Premises in accordance with the terms of the Overlease in connection with the heating/cooling of the Sublease Premises, including without limitation, the use and/or installation of temporary or moveable heating/cooling equipment (collectively, the “HVAC Alterations”) .  Subject to Subtenant’s compliance with the terms of this Sublease and the Overlease including, without limitation, the provisions concerning Alterations and Building systems and the requirement to submit plans for any such work to Sublandlord and Overlandlord for the prior written approval, Sublandlord shall provide Subtenant with a Base Rent credit for actual, out of pocket design costs and hard costs (including, without limitation, the cost of the purchase and installation of machinery or equipment) of such HVAC Alterations up to a maximum of $110,000.  Such Base Rent credit shall be provided to Subtenant in the month following Subtenant’s completion of such HVAC Alterations and Subtenant’s delivery of reasonable documentation of such costs and, to the extent applicable, fully executed, unconditional lien waivers from all contractors and vendors providing work or services for such HVAC Alterations.  Sublandlord shall have no liability to Subtenant nor any obligation to provide any rent credit to Subtenant in the event Overlandlord fails to consent to such HVAC Alterations. Throughout the Term of this Sublease, HVAC service shall be available to the Sublease Premises on 24 hours per day, 7 days per week and 365 days per year.  Subtenant shall pay Sublandlord $0.50 per annum per square foot of rentable area in the Sublease Premises for Subtenant’s use of overtime HVAC (the “HVAC Charge”) (i.e. Subtenant shall have no obligation to pay any hourly charge for such usage.)   The HVAC Charge shall be paid monthly, without set-off, abatement, deduction or demand, on the first of each month during the Term (as the same may be extended) in the amount of $1,791.67 per month, with HVAC Charges for any partial month pro-rated on a per diem basis.  Notwithstanding the incorporation of Article 71 of the Overlease in this Sublease, Subtenant shall have no obligation to pay the charges for HVAC set forth therein or elsewhere in the Overlease and it is expressly agreed that Subtenant’s only obligation with respect to the fees for the supply of HVAC to the Sublease Premises is the payment of the HVAC Charges as provided in this Section 13.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Sublease by virtue of incorporation of certain provisions of the Overlease herein, throughout the term of this Sublease, Sublandlord shall maintain the HVAC system at Sublandlord’s sole cost and expense, unless any such maintenance, repair or replacement results from Subtenant’s misuse or abuse of the HC equipment serving the Sublease Premises.  Nothing contained in this Sublease whether stated expressly or incorporated herein shall be deemed to be an assumption by Subtenant of any obligation to maintain, repair or replace the HVAC system and equipment.

 

8



 

14.          Notice .  Any and all communications delivered hereunder shall be in writing and delivered or served in accordance with Article 48 of the Overlease addressed as follows:  if to Overlandlord:  as provided in the Overlease; if to Sublandlord:  Appnexus Inc., 28 West 23 rd  Street, 4 th  Floor, New York, NY 10010 Attention: General Counsel; and if to Subtenant:  Blue Apron, Inc., 5 Crosby Street, 3 rd  Floor, New York, New York 10013, Attention:  General Counsel, and by email at: legalnotice@blueapron.com, or to such other address and attention as any of the above shall notify the others in writing.

 

15.          Successors and Assigns .  This Sublease and everything herein contained shall extend to and bind and inure to the benefit of Sublandlord and its successors and assigns and Subtenant and its heirs, executors, administrators and permitted successors and assigns.  No rights shall inure to the benefit of any assignee, subtenant or occupant unless the provisions of Articles 11, 43 and 53 of the Overlease are complied with.

 

16.          Assignment and Subletting .  It is expressly acknowledged and agreed that the provisions of Articles 11, 43 and 53 of the Overlease shall control in the event of any proposed sublease or assignment by Subtenant (and such provisions are hereby incorporated into the terms of this Sublease), provided however, in each instance where the consent of Landlord is required such provision shall be deemed to refer to both the consent of both Sublandlord and the Overlandlord and, provided further that in the event Overlandlord’s consent is either not required or is granted, Sublandlord’s consent shall automatically be deemed granted.

 

17.          Miscellaneous .  Neither Sublandlord nor any agent or representative of Sublandlord has made or is making, and Subtenant in executing and delivering this Sublease is not relying upon, any warranties, representations, promises or statements whatsoever, except to the extent expressly set forth in this Sublease.  All understandings and agreements, if any, heretofore had between the parties are merged into this Sublease, which alone fully and completely expresses the agreement of the parties.  No surrender of possession of the Sublease Premises or of any part thereof or of any remainder of the term of this Sublease shall release Subtenant from any of its obligations hereunder unless accepted by Sublandlord in writing.  The receipt and retention by Sublandlord of Base Rent from anyone other than Subtenant shall not be deemed a waiver of the breach by Subtenant of any covenant, agreement, term or provision of this Sublease, or as the acceptance of such other person as a tenant, or as a release of Subtenant from the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions herein contained.  The receipt and retention by Sublandlord of Base Rent or additional rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant, agreement, term, provision or condition herein contained shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach.  This Sublease shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

18.          Sublandlord’s Consent .  Whenever Sublandlord’s consent is required under this Sublease, Sublandlord’s rejection of a request made by Subtenant shall not deemed unreasonable, in any case, if such rejection is based on Overlandlord’s rejection of such request.

 

19.          Consent of Overlandlord under the Overlease .  This Sublease is subject to and conditioned upon Sublandlord obtaining the written consent of Overlandlord hereto (hereinafter referred to as “ Overlandlord Sublease Consent ”).   The Overlandlord Sublease Consent shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Subtenant and shall expressly include the consent

 

9



 

of Overlandlord to the performance by Subtenant of Subtenant’s Initial Work.  Sublandlord shall promptly request and use due diligence to obtain such consent.  Subtenant shall cooperate with Sublandlord in connection therewith.  Sublandlord agrees to pay all actual and reasonable costs, expenses and fees which Sublandlord is required to pay to Overlandlord in connection with obtaining such consent.  If such consent is refused or if Overlandlord shall otherwise fail to grant such consent within thirty (30) days from the date of full execution and delivery hereof, then Subtenant may, upon written notice to Sublandlord given at any time prior to the granting of such consent, terminate and cancel this Sublease, whereupon Sublandlord shall refund to Subtenant any Rent and Security Deposit paid in advance hereunder. In the event such consent is refused or if Overlandlord shall otherwise fail to grant such consent within ninety (90) days from the date of full execution and delivery hereof, then either party may, upon written notice to the other given at any time prior to the granting of such consent, terminate and cancel this Sublease, whereupon Sublandlord shall refund to Subtenant any Rent and Security Deposit paid in advance hereunder.  Upon the making of such refund, neither party shall have any further obligations to the other under this Sublease, except to the extent that the provisions of this Sublease expressly survive the termination hereof.

 

20.          Signage .  Subject to Overlandlord’s consent: Subtenant may install Building-standard signage in the elevator lobby on Subtenant’s floor and at the entrance to the Sublease Premises and Subtenant shall be entitled to its pro rata share of listings on the Building lobby directory.

 

21.          Brokers .  Subtenant hereby represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker other than CBRE, Inc. in connection with this Sublease for the Sublease Premises.  Subtenant shall indemnify Sublandlord against any cost or liability resulting from Subtenant’s breach of the foregoing representation and warranty.  Sublandlord shall be responsible for any commissions owed to the foregoing named broker, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of a separate agreement.

 

22.          Furniture .  Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby acknowledge that Sublandlord’s furniture, fixtures and equipment listed on Exhibit C hereto (the “ Furniture ”) is located in the Sublease Premises on the date hereof and will be in the Sublease Premises on the Term Commencement Date.  Subtenant shall have the right to use such Furniture during the Term, which is provided for Subtenant’s use without representation or warranty of any kind.  Subtenant shall have the right (but not the obligation), at is option, to dispose of the Furniture from time to time during the term of this Sublease without liability to Sublandlord, however, Subtenant may surrender the Sublease Premises with any remaining items of Furniture on the Expiration Date and shall have no obligation to remove the same from the Sublease Premises; provided that, Subtenant shall provide ten (10) business days’ prior written notice to Sublandord before disposing of any such Furniture and Sublandlord shall have ten (10) business days thereafter to require removal of such items of Furniture to Sublandlord’s storage facility.

 

23.          Termination of Overlease .  In the event of a default under the Overlease that results in the termination of the Overlease, Subtenant shall, at the option of Overlandlord, attorn and recognize Overlandlord as Sublandlord hereunder pursuant to the then executory terms of this Sublease and shall, promptly upon Overlandlord’s request, execute and deliver all

 

10



 

instruments necessary or appropriate to confirm such attornment and recognition; provided that Sublandlord’s default was not caused by a default by Subtenant under the Overlease.

 

[BALANCE OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sublandlord and Subtenant have duly executed this Sublease, as an instrument under seal, as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

SUBLANDLORD:

 

 

 

APPNEXUS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kris Heinrichs

 

 

Name: Kris Heinrichs

 

 

Title: VP Finance

 

 

 

 

 

SUBTENANT:

 

 

 

BLUE APRON, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matt Salzberg

 

 

Name: Matt Salzberg

 

 

Title: CERO

 

12


 

EXHIBIT A

 

PLAN OF SUBLEASE PREMISES

 

 

13



 

EXHIBIT C

 

FURNITURE

 

Furniture

 

Quantity

CHAIRS

 

 

Rolling Chairs

 

410

Couches, Grey

 

13

Single Seat Couches, Grey

 

1

High Top Stools, Yellow

 

21

Plastic Chairs, Red

 

110

Big Red Chair

 

8

Bean Bags

 

1

Round Stools, Red & Blue

 

8

Square Seat

 

3

Couches, Blue

 

3

TABLES, DESKS, & SHELVES

 

 

Reception Desk

 

1

End Tables, White

 

13

Coffee Tables

 

6

High Top Tables, White

 

1

Desks, White

 

290

Standing Desks

 

15

Canteen Tables

 

15

Long Conference Tables

 

4

Round Conference/Dining Tables

 

25

Shelving Units, Books & Storage

 

42

Filling Cabinets

 

187

Silver High Tops

 

9

Kitchen High Tops, White & Silver

 

2

Kitchen High Tops, Marble

 

4

KITCHEN & MISC

 

 

Clock

 

21

Trash Bins

 

194

White Boards

 

11

Shag Rugs, Grey

 

2

Tall Kitchen Trash Bins

 

10

Refrigerator

 

3

Microwaves

 

3

Ice Machines

 

1

Dish Washers

 

2

Red Telephone Booth

 

2

Rolling White Boards

 

11

Ice Cream Freezer

 

1

Coat Racks

 

3

Light Fixtures

 

All

 

Equipment

 

Quantity

TVs

 

 

Sharp 48” TVs

 

10

Sharp 60” TVs

 

2

Sharp 70” TVs

 

5

Sharp 90” TVs

 

2

Sharp Mobile TV

 

1

Webcams

 

 

Logitech 1080p HD webcam

 

9

Speakers

 

 

Revolabs

 

3

Crestron wall Speakers

 

1 set

Crestron ceiling Speakers

 

2 sets

Cisco mic/speaker, large with dial pad

 

3

Cisco external speaker, small

 

3

Storage

 

 

4 Tier ULINE Shelf

 

1

Security equipment

 

 

S2 Netbox Controller

 

1

Card Readers

 

4

Cameras

 

3

Dropcarns

 

2

Networking Gear

 

 

Networking Racks in IDF

 

2

 

14


 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

 

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER

 

ISSUE DATE:

 

ISSUING BANK:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

3003 TASMAN DRIVE

2ND FLOOR, MAIL SORT HF210

SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA 95054

 

BENEFICIARY:

APPNEXUS INC.

28 WEST 23RD STREET

4TH FLOOR

NEW YORK, NY 10010

 

APPLICANT:

BLUE APRON, INC.

5 CROSBY STREET

3RD FLOOR

NEW YORK NY 10013

 

AMOUNT:            US$700,000.00 (SEVEN HUNDRED THOUSAND AND 00/100 U.S. DOLLARS)

 

EXPIRATION DATE:                        (ONE YEAR FROM ISSUANCE)

 

LOCATION:                         SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA

 

DEAR SIR/MADAM:

 

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF       IN YOUR FAVOR AVAILABLE BY YOUR DRAFTS DRAWN ON US AT SIGHT IN THE FORM OF EXHIBIT “A” ATTACHED AND ACCOMPANIED BY THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

 

1.               THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY.

2.    BENEFICIARY’S DATED AND SIGNED STATEMENT STATING AS FOLLOWS:

 

15



 

“A DEFAULT HAS OCCURRED BY BLUE APRON, INC. AS SUBTENANT UNDER THAT CERTAIN SUBLEASE AGREEMENT, DATED MARCH [   ], 2016 [INSERT DATE], BY AND BETWEEN SUBTENANT, AND APPNEXUS, INC. AS SUBLANDLORD (THE “SUBLEASE”). THIS DRAW IN THE AMOUNT OF                 U.S. DOLLARS (US$           ) [INSERT AMOUNT] UNDER YOUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF       REPRESENTS FUNDS DUE TO US UNDER THE SUBLEASE BY REASON OF SUBTENANT’S DEFAULT.”

 

PARTIAL DRAWS AND MULTIPLE PRESENTATIONS ARE ALLOWED.

 

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED TO DECEMBER 31, 2017, WITHOUT AMENDMENT, FROM THE PRESENT EXPIRATION DATE UNLESS AT LEAST 60 DAYS PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE WE SEND YOU A NOTICE BY REGISTERED MAIL OR OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE AT THE ABOVE ADDRESS (OR ANY OTHER ADDRESS INDICATED BY YOU, IN A WRITTEN NOTICE TO US THE RECIEPT OF WHICH WE HAVE ACKNOWLEDGED, AS THE ADDRESS TO WHICH WE SHOULD SEND SUCH NOTICE) THAT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL NOT BE EXTENDED BEYOND THE CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE.   IN NO EVENT SHALL THIS LETTER OF CREDIT BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED BEYOND DECEMBER 31, 2017. IN THE EVENT OF SUCH NOTICE OF NON-EXTENSION, YOU MAY DRAW HEREUNDER WITH A DRAFT STATED ABOVE AND ACCOMPANIED BY THIS ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY, ALONG WITH YOUR SIGNED STATEMENT STATING THAT YOU HAVE RECEIVED A NON-EXTENSION NOTICE FROM SILICON VALLEY BANK AND YOU HAVE NOT RECEIVED A REPLACEMENT LETTER OF CREDIT ACCEPTABLE TO YOU.

 

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS TRANSFERABLE ONE OR MORE TIMES, BUT IN EACH INSTANCE ONLY TO A SINGLE BENEFICIARY AS TRANSFEREE AND ONLY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT, ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE WOULD BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THEN APPLICABLE LAW AND REGULATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE REGULATIONS OF THE U. S. DEPARTMENT OF TREASURY AND U. S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE.  AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US AT OUR ADDRESS INDICATED IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TOGETHER WITH OUR TRANSFER FORM ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT “B” DULY EXECUTED.  THE CORRECTNESS OF THE SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF THE PERSON SIGNING THE TRANSFER FORM MUST BE VERIFIED BY BENEFICIARY’S BANK.  BENEFICIARY SHALL PAY OUR TRANSFER FEE OF ¼ OF 1% OF THE TRANSFER AMOUNT (MINIMUM US$250.00) UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

 

DRAFT(S) AND DOCUMENTS MUST INDICATE THE NUMBER AND DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

 

16



 

ALL DEMANDS FOR PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE BY PRESENTATION OF  THE ORIGINAL APPROPRIATE DOCUMENTS  ON A BUSINESS DAY AT OUR OFFICE (THE “BANK’S OFFICE”) AT: SILICON VALLEY BANK, 3003 TASMAN DRIVE, SANTA CLARA, CA 95054, ATTENTION: STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NEGOTIATION SECTION

 

FACSIMILE PRESENTATIONS ARE PERMITTED. SHOULD BENEFICIARY WISH TO MAKE PRESENTATIONS UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT ENTIRELY BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION IT NEED NOT TRANSMIT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY. EACH FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION SHALL BE MADE AT: (408) 496-2418 OR (408) 969-6510 ; AND SIMULTANEOUSLY UNDER TELEPHONE ADVICE TO: (408) 654-6274 OR (408) 654-7716, ATTENTION: STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NEGOTIATION SECTION WITH ORIGINALS TO FOLLOW BY OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THE BANK WILL DETERMINE HONOR OR DISHONOR ON THE BASIS OF  PRESENTATION BY FACSIMILE ALONE, AND WILL NOT EXAMINE THE ORIGINALS.  IN ADDITION, ABSENCE OF THE AFORESAID TELEPHONE ADVICE SHALL NOT AFFECT OUR OBLIGATION TO HONOR ANY DRAW REQUEST.

 

WE HEREBY AGREE WITH THE BENEFICIARY THAT DRAFTS DRAWN UNDER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL BE DULY HONORED UPON PRESENTATION TO US ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT OR ANY AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED EXPIRATION DATE.

 

IF ANY INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING A DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST THAT PAYMENT IS TO BE MADE BY TRANSFER TO YOUR ACCOUNT WITH ANOTHER BANK, WE WILL ONLY EFFECT SUCH PAYMENT BY FED WIRE TO A U.S. REGULATED BANK, AND WE AND/OR SUCH OTHER BANK MAY RELY ON AN ACCOUNT NUMBER SPECIFIED IN SUCH INSTRUCTIONS EVEN IF THE NUMBER IDENTIFIES A PERSON OR ENTITY DIFFERENT FROM THE INTENDED PAYEE.

 

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES (ISP98), INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, PUBLICATION NO. 590.

 

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATUR

 

17



 

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER

 

EXHIBIT A

 

DATE:

REF. NO.

 

A T SIGHT OF THIS DRAFT

 

P AY TO THE ORDER OF                 US$

 

US DOLLARS

 

DRAWN UNDER SILICON VALLEY BANK, SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA, STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER NO.                         DATED

 

T O:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

3003 TASMAN DRIVE

 

 

SANTA CLARA, CA 95054

(BENEFICIARY’S NAME)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signature

 

\

 

GUIDELINES TO PREPARE THE DRAFT

 

1.               DATE: ISSUANCE DATE OF DRAFT.

2.               REF. NO.: BENEFICIARY’S REFERENCE NUMBER, IF ANY.

3.               PAY TO THE ORDER OF: NAME OF BENEFICIARY AS INDICATED IN THE L/C (MAKE SURE BENEFICIARY ENDORSES IT ON THE REVERSE SIDE).

4.               US$: AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN FIGURES.

5.               USDOLLARS: AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN WORDS.

6.               LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER: SILICON VALLEY BANK’S STANDBY L/C NUMBER THAT PERTAINS TO THE DRAWING.

7.               DATED: ISSUANCE DATE OF THE STANDBY L/C.

8.               BENEFICIARY’S NAME: NAME OF BENEFICIARY AS INDICATED IN THE L/C.

9.               AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE: SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED SIGNER OF BENEFICIARY.

 

IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS RELATED TO THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT PLEASE CONTACT US AT               .

 

18



 

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER

 

EXHIBIT B

TRANSFER FORM

 

DATE:

 

TO:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

RE: IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.              ISSUED BY SILICON VALLEY BANK, SANTA CLARA L/C AMOUNT:

 

3003 TASMAN DRIVE

 

SANTA CLARA, CA 95054

 

ATTN:INTERNATIONAL DIVISION.

 

STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

GENTLEMEN:

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY TRANSFERS TO:

 

 

(NAME OF TRANSFEREE)

 

 

(ADDRESS)

 

ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY TO DRAW UNDER THE ABOVE LETTER OF CREDIT UP TO ITS AVAILABLE AMOUNT AS SHOWN ABOVE AS OF THE DATE OF THIS TRANSFER.

 

BY THIS TRANSFER, ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT ARE TRANSFERRED TO THE TRANSFEREE. TRANSFEREE SHALL HAVE THE SOLE RIGHTS AS BENEFICIARY THEREOF, INCLUDING SOLE RIGHTS RELATING TO ANY AMENDMENTS, WHETHER INCREASES OR EXTENSIONS OR OTHER AMENDMENTS, AND WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER MADE. ALL AMENDMENTS ARE TO BE ADVISED DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFEREE WITHOUT NECESSITY OF ANY CONSENT OF OR NOTICE TO THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY.

 

THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT IS RETURNED HEREWITH, AND WE ASK YOU TO ENDORSE THE TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE THEREOF, AND FORWARD IT DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFEREE WITH YOUR CUSTOMARY NOTICE OF TRANSFER.

 

SINCERELY,

 

SIGNATURE AUTHENTICATED

 

 

 

 

 

The name(s), title(s), and signature(s) conform to that/those on file with us for the company and the signature(s) is/are authorized to execute this instrument.

(BENEFICIARY’S NAME)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(SIGNATURE OF BENEFICIARY)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(NAME AND TITLE)

 

(Name of Bank)

 

 

 

 

 

(Address of Bank)

 

 

 

 

 

(City, State, ZIP Code)

 

 

 

 

 

(Authorized Name and Title)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Authorized Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

(Telephone number)

 



 

EXHIBIT E

 

SUBTENANT’S INITIAL WORK

 

See attached.

 

20


 

 

21



 

 

22



 

 

23



 

 

24



 

 

25



 

 

26



 

 

27



 

 

28



 

 

29



 

 

30



 

 

31


 

AMENDMENT TO SUBLEASE

 

This AMENDMENT TO SUBLEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is executed as of May 12, 2017 between AppNexus Inc., a Delaware corporation, having an office at 28 West 23 rd  Street, Fourth Floor, New York, New York 10010 (the “ Sublandlord ”) and Blue Apron, LLC (f/k/a Blue Apron, Inc.), a Delaware limited liability company, having an office at 5 Crosby Street, Third Floor, New York, New York 10013 (the “ Subtenant ”), for the purpose of amending the Sublease Agreement between Sublandlord and Subtenant dated March 2016 (the “ Sublease ”).

 

WITNESSETH :

 

WHEREAS, by a lease agreement dated as of July 5, 2012, as amended by that certain First Lease Modification and Extension Agreement, dated April 2, 2013 (the “ Overlease ”), 23rd Street Properties LLC (the “ Overlandlord ”) leased to Sublandlord, as tenant, (a) the entire rentable area of the fifth (5th) floor, in the building known as 28 West 23rd Street, New York, New York (the “ 28 Building ”); (b) the entire rentable area of the fifth floor and mezzanine in the building known as 40 West 23rd Street, New York, NY (the “ 40 Building ”); (c) the entire rentable area of the fourth (4th) floor in the 28 Building and the 40 Building (the 40 Building and the 28 Building are hereinafter collectively, referred to as the “ Building ”); (d) the entire rentable area of the second 2nd floor in the 28 Building and the 40 Building; and (e) the entire rentable area of the sixth (6th) floor and penthouse in the 40 Building (collectively, the “ Premises ”), upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Overlease;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Sublease, Subtenant sublets a portion of the Premises comprised of approximately 43,000 square feet of rentable area comprising the entire fifth (5 ) floor and the mezzanine in the 40 Building (the “ Existing Premises ”) from Sublandlord upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Sublease;

 

WHEREAS, Subtenant desires to sublet an additional portion of the Premises comprised of approximately 24,500 square feet of rentable area comprising the entire fifth (5 th ) floor of 28 Building (the “ Expansion Premises ”) identified on Exhibit A annexed hereto; and

 

WHEREAS, Sublandlord has agreed to such expansion on the terms and conditions contained in this Amendment.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties to this Amendment, for themselves, their successors, and assigns, mutually covenant and agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Capitalized Terms . Any capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Sublease.

 

2.                                       Expansion Premises; Term . From and after the Expansion Premises Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined), Sublandlord subleases to Subtenant, and Subtenant subleases from Sublandlord the Expansion Premises for the term and upon the conditions provided in this Amendment.  The term of the sublease of the Expansion Premises shall commence on the date (the “ Expansion Premises Commencement Date ”) which is the latest to occur of the following:  (a) Sublandlord and Subtenant have executed this Amendment; (b) OverLandlord has consented in writing to this Amendment and such consent shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Subtenant; (c) Sublandlord shall deliver the Expansion Premises to Subtenant in the condition required by the terms of this Amendment; and (d) May 24, 2018. Landlord represents that the Expansion Premises Commencement Date is anticipated to be on or before May 24, 2018 (the “ Target Commencement Date ”).  From and after the Expansion Premises

 

1



 

Commencement Date, all references in the Sublease to the “ Subleased Premises ” shall mean the Existing Premises and the Expansion Premises.  Upon the issuance of the Overlandlord Amendment Consent (as defined in Paragraph 10), the Term of this Sublease is hereby extended and the Expiration Date as defined in the Sublease shall be October 31, 2019.  For avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that the Term for the sublease of the Existing Premises shall be coterminous with that of the term for the Expansion Premises.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Expansion Premises Commencement Date does not occur on or before October 31, 2018, Subtenant shall have the right to terminate this Sublease (i) as it pertains to the Expansion Premises or (ii) in its entirety, provided either election is made upon written notice (the “ Subtenant’s Early Termination Notice ”) to Sublandlord.  Upon delivery of such notice, the sublease of the Expansion Premises or the entire Sublease Premises, as the set forth in Subtenant’s Early Termination Notice, shall expire as of the date set forth in Subtenant’s Early Termination Notice as if such date was the Expiration Date set forth in the Sublease, but no earlier than thirty (30) days following the submission of Subtenant’s Early Termination Notice.

 

3.                                       Base Rent .

 

a.               On and after the Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date through the Expiration Date, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord, as Base Rent for the Expansion Premises, the sum of $134,750.00 per month.

 

b.               Base Rent for the Existing Premises shall be as follows:

 

i.              for the period from the date hereof through and including April 30, 2018, the Monthly Base Rent is $222,166.67;

 

ii.           for the period from May 1, 2018 to October 31, 2018, the Monthly Base Rent is $229,333.33;

 

iii.        for the period from November 1, 2018 through the Expiration Date, the Monthly Base Rent is $236,500.00.

 

c.                As of the Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined), the term “ Base Rent ” as used in the Sublease shall refer to the sum of the Base Rent payable for the Existing Premises and the Base Rent payable for the Expansion Premises.

 

d.               Base Rent payable with respect to the Expansion Premises shall commence the date (the “ Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date ”) which is thirty (30) days following the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, subject to adjustment as set forth herein.  Base Rent for any partial month shall be pro-rated on a per diem basis.  In the event the Expansion Premises Commencement Date does not occur by June 1, 2018, the Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date shall be the date which is (i) thirty (30) days following the Expansion Premises Commencement Date plus (ii) the number of days the Expansion Premises Commencement Date is delayed beyond the Target Commencement Date.

 

e.                Notwithstanding the foregoing, Subtenant shall receive a credit against the first full installment of Base Rent payable by Subtenant following the Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date in the amount of $75,567.21.

 

2



 

4.               Option to Extend .

 

a.               Subtenant shall have two (2) options to extend the Term of this Sublease, each for a period of six (6) months (each six-month period, an “Extension Period”) each by providing Sublandlord with written notice delivered no less than nine (9) months but no more than twelve (12) months prior to the commencement of the applicable Extension Period.  Sublandlord and Subtenant agree that upon Subtenant’s exercise of an Extension Period in accordance with the Paragraph, the Term of this Sublease shall be extended without the execution of additional documents (though the parties may execute an amendment to this Sublease in confirmation thereof) on all of the terms and provisions of this Sublease except as expressly provided in this Paragraph 4.

 

b.               The Base Rent for the entire Sublease Premises for each of the Extension Periods shall be $382,500.00 per month.  There shall be no other cost increases to Subtenant.

 

c.                Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Sublandlord can reject Subtenant’s exercise of the second option to extend by delivering written notice (the “ Sublandlord’s Rejection Notice ”) of its rejection to Subtenant within thirty (30) days of Sublandlord’s receipt of Subtenant’s notice of its election to extend the Term for the second Extension Period, TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE with respect to the delivery of Sublandlord’s Rejection Notice.  Sublandlord’s Rejection Notice shall contain a representation from an officer of Sublandlord stating that Sublandlord intends to use the Sublease Premises for its own business.  If Sublandlord’s Rejection Notice is timely delivered, Subtenant’s exercise of the second Extension Period shall be null and void in which case the Term shall Expire as of the expiration of the first Extension Period and Subtenant shall surrender the Premises to Sublandlord on or before the then Expiration Date.

 

5.                                       Security Deposit .  Subtenant has deposited with Sublandlord, and Sublandlord currently holds a letter of credit in the amount of $700,000.00 (the “Original Required Amount”) with respect to the Existing Premises.  As of the date hereof, the Requirement Amount as defined in Paragraph 6 of the Sublease shall be $1,100,000.  Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Amendment, Subtenant shall deliver a replacement Letter of Credit to Sublandlord in the Required Amount substantially in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit C .  In addition to Silicon Valley Bank, Sublandlord hereby approves Morgan Stanley as issuer of the Letter of Credit.  Following delivery of such Letter of Credit, all references in the Sublease to the Letter of Credit shall refer to such Letter of Credit and any subsequent replacements thereof.  Sublandlord shall return the Letter of Credit in the Original Required Amount to Subtenant within five (5) business days of its receipt of the Letter of Credit in the Required Amount.  In the event the Overlandlord Amendment Consent is not obtained and this Amendment is of no further force and effect as provided in Paragraph 10 hereof, the Required Amount shall immediately be reduced to the Original Required Amount.  Subtenant may deliver a replacement Letter of Credit in the Original Required Amount and Sublandlord shall return the Letter of Credit in the amount of $1,100,000 to Subtenant within five (5) business days of its receipt of a Letter of Credit in such reduced amount.  Thereafter, all references to the Required Amount shall be mean $700,000.00.  The provisions of this Paragraph 5 shall survive the termination of this Amendment.

 

6.                                       Delivery Condition .  Sublandlord shall deliver the Expansion Premises to Subtenant vacant and in broom-clean condition, other than the FF&E (as defined below) with all building systems (including existing HVAC) in good working order, and in compliance with all applicable laws and codes, including the Americans with Disability Act.  Sublandlord represents that on the date hereof, Sublandlord

 

3



 

does not have any knowledge of any non-compliance with any applicable laws or any defects or repairs required to be made to any system serving the Expansion Premises.

 

7.                                       Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment .  Sublandlord and Subtenant acknowledge and agree that Subtenant has elected to use furniture, fixtures and equipment in the Expansion Premises, as listed in Exhibit B (the “ FF&E ”). Subtenant shall have the right to use the FF&E in the Expansion Premises during the Term, and Sublandlord shall at its sole cost and expense remove all other furniture, fixtures and equipment from the Expansion Premises prior to the Expansion Premises Commencement Date.  Subtenant shall have the right (but not the obligation), at its option, to dispose of the FF&E from time to time during the Term without liability to Sublandlord, however, Subtenant shall have no obligation to remove the FF&E from the Expansion Premises prior to the Expiration Date; provided that, Subtenant shall provide ten (10) business days’ prior written notice to Sublandlord before disposing of any such FF&E and Sublandlord shall have ten (10) business days thereafter to remove such items of FF&E. However, Subtenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment shall be removed by Subtenant prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.

 

8.                                       Signage .  Subtenant shall have the same rights of signage with respect to the Expansion Space as provided in Paragraph 20 of the Sublease.

 

9.                                       Brokers .  Sublandlord and Subtenant each represent and warrant to the other that it has not dealt with any broker other than CBRE, Inc. and Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. in connection with this Amendment for the Sublease Premises.  Sublandlord and Subtenant shall each indemnify the other against any cost or liability resulting from such its breach of the foregoing representation and warranty. Sublandlord shall be responsible for any commissions owed to the foregoing named brokers, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of a separate agreement.

 

10.                                Consent of Overlandlord under the Overlease . This Amendment is subject to and conditioned upon Sublandlord obtaining the written consent of Overlandlord (the “ Overlandlord Amendment Consent ”). The Overlandlord Amendment Consent shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Subtenant. Sublandlord shall promptly request and use due diligence to obtain such consent, and Subtenant shall cooperate with Sublandlord in connection with obtaining such consent. Sublandlord agrees to pay all actual and reasonable costs, expenses and fees which Sublandlord is required to pay to Overlandlord in connection with obtaining such consent. In the event such consent is refused or if Overlandlord shall otherwise fail to grant such consent within ninety (90) days from the date of full execution and delivery hereof, then either party may, upon written notice to the other party given at any time prior to the granting of such consent, terminate and cancel this Amendment. Upon such termination for failure to obtain Overlandlord Amendment Consent, neither party shall have any further obligations to the other under this Amendment, except that Sublandlord shall coordinate in good faith with Subtenant for the return of the Letter of Credit delivered concurrently herewith upon receipt by Sublandlord of a replacement Letter of Credit in the Original Required Amount and any other obligations to the extent that the provisions of this Amendment expressly survive the termination of this Amendment.

 

11.                                Consistency .  In the event of any inconsistency between this Amendment and the Sublease, the provisions of this Amendment shall govern.

 

[ Signatures on following page. ]

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sublandlord and Subtenant have duly executed this Amendment, as an instrument under seal, as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

SUBLANDLORD :

 

 

 

 

APPNEXUS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kris Heinrichs

 

 

Name:

Kris Heinrichs

 

 

Title:

SVP Finance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUBTENANT :

 

 

 

 

BLUE APRON, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Salzberg

 

 

Name:

Matthew Salzberg

 

 

Title:

President

 

5



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Sublease Premises

 

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

Expansion Premises FF&E

 

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

Form of Morgan Stanley Letter of Credit

 




Exhibit 10.20

 

LEASE AGREEMENT
(Single Tenant Facility)

 

ARTICLE ONE:  BASIC TERMS .

 

This Article One contains the Basic Terms of this Lease Agreement (this “ Lease ”) between Landlord and Tenant named below.  Other Articles, Sections and Paragraphs of the Lease referred to in this Article One explain and define the Basic Terms and are to be read in conjunction with the Basic Terms.

 

Terms .

 

Section 1.01.  Execution Date :  August 23, 2016 (“ Execution Date ”)

 

Section 1.02.  Landlord :  GATEWAY 80 INDUSTRIAL, LLC,

 

a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”).

 

Section 1.03.  Tenant :  BLUE APRON, INC.,
a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

 

a)                                      Land : Approximately 20.849 acres of land, located at Building A within the Gateway 80 Business Park, 2950 Cordelia Road, Fairfield, California, as further legally described in Exhibit “A” (the “ Land ”).  The Land is more particularly depicted on the Premises Site Plan that is attached hereto as Exhibit “C” and incorporated herein.

 

b)                                      Premises : The “ Premises ” will be comprised of the Land and a concrete tilt up building containing approximately 430,500 square feet of industrial and warehouse space and other improvements that will be constructed in accordance with the terms hereof (the “ Building ”).

 

c)                                       Project :  The Premises are part of a business center known as Gateway 80 Business Park (“ Project ”) that includes two other parcels of land as more particularly depicted on the Premises Site Plan and any improvements thereon.

 

Section 1.04.  Lease Term :  The term of this Lease shall commence on the date that both LI Substantial Completion (as hereinafter defined in Section 23.01(c) ) and “LI Substantial Completion” under that certain Lease Agreement by and between Landlord and Tenant dated as of the Execution Date (the “ Parking Lease ”) have occurred (such date, the “ Commencement Date ”) and expire on the date which is the last day of the full calendar month One Hundred Twenty-Six (126) months thereafter (“ Lease Term ”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if applicable, the Commencement Date shall be extended to be the earlier of (i) forty-five (45) days following the start of Tenant’s right to early access (as described in Section 2.04 ); or (ii) commencement of commercial operation of Tenant’s business at the Building.  The initial “ Lease Year ” shall consist of any partial month following the Commencement Date, and the subsequent twelve (12) full calendar months.  Each subsequent Lease Year shall consist of a consecutive period of twelve (12) full calendar months thereafter.  Upon determination of the

 

1



 

Commencement Date and square footage of the Building pursuant to Article Nineteen , Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute an acknowledgment form setting forth the actual Commencement Date, acceptance of the Premises and confirmation of the square footage of the Building.  Failure to execute such acknowledgment shall not affect the actual Commencement Date or expiration of this Lease.  Tenant shall have two (2) options to extend the Lease Term of this Lease for consecutive terms of five (5) years each, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Article Twenty One in the Riders to Lease Agreement.

 

Section 1.05.  Permitted Uses (See Article Five ):  The Premises may be used by Tenant for any business and industrial purpose and associated office and ancillary uses (the “ Permitted Use ”) and related lawful uses in compliance with (a) all zoning and approval requirements, (b) that certain Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions Busch Corporate Center by Anheuser-Busch, Inc., a Missouri corporation, recorded on May 23, 1980 in Book 22670 at Page 36876 in the official records of Solano County, California (as amended, the “ ABC CC&Rs ”) and (c) that certain Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions and Grant of Easements by Gateway 80 Industrial, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, recorded on June 9, 2016 as Document Number 201600047908 in the official records of Solano County, California (the “ Gateway CC&Rs ” and, together with the ABC CC&Rs, the “ CC&Rs ”).  As of the Execution Date, Tenant’s intended use of the Premises is for the purpose of selling boxed meals and ingredient kits to consumers, and preparing such meals and ingredient kits.  Tenant agrees to comply during the Lease Term and any Early Access Period with all federal, state and local governmental laws, rules, regulations, Environmental Laws (defined below) and regulations, codes, and ordinances applicable to the use of the Premises, the Building, the Project, or Tenant’s use of the Premises.  Landlord covenants and agrees that during the Lease Term and only for so long as Landlord is the Declarant under the Gateway CC&Rs, Landlord shall not permit the Gateway CC&Rs to be modified in any way that materially adversely affects Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use in compliance with Applicable Laws and the CC&R’s.  If at any time Landlord is no longer the Declarant under the Gateway CC&Rs, Landlord shall not vote for, or consent to, any modification of the Gateway CC&Rs that materially adversely affects Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use in compliance with Applicable Laws and the CC&R’s.  Landlord shall provide Tenant with prior written notice of any modifications to the CC&Rs applicable to the Premises.

 

Section 1.06.  Intentionally Deleted .

 

Section 1.07.  Brokers (See Article Fourteen ):  Jones, Lang, LaSalle represents Landlord and CBRE, Inc. represents Tenant (collectively, the “ Brokers ”).

 

Section 1.08.  Commission payable to Brokers (See Article Fourteen ):  Landlord shall pay a commission to the Brokers in accordance with a separate agreement with Landlord.

 

Section 1.09.  Security Deposit (See Section 3.02 ):  $1,343,160 (subject to reduction in accordance with Section 3.02(g) ).  The Security Deposit shall be provided via the LOC (defined below) pursuant to Section 3.02 .

 

Section 1.10.  Vehicle Parking Spaces Allocated to Tenant :  Tenant shall be entitled to the exclusive use of all parking spaces located at the Premises in the area specifically identified

 

2



 

as Tenant’s parking area on the Premises Site Plan that is attached hereto as Exhibit “C” (the “ Tenant’s Parking Area ”); provided, however that Landlord shall not be required to monitor the use of the parking spaces located at the Premises to ensure that third parties do not use the parking spaces in the Tenant’s Parking Area located at the Premises.  Subject to Applicable Laws and emergencies, Tenant shall be entitled to enforce its exclusive right to all parking spaces located at the Premises in Tenant’s Parking Area.  Tenant (which includes but is not limited to Tenant or its employees, agents, invitees or contractors) shall not be permitted to park in any other parking spaces at the Project except in the Tenant’s Parking Area and the “Tenant’s Parking Area” under the Parking Lease.  Landlord and/or the applicable authorities under the CC&R’s (subject to Applicable Laws and emergencies) shall be entitled to enforce parking at the Project if Tenant parks outside the Tenant’s Parking Area or the “Tenant’s Parking Area” under the Parking Lease.

 

Section 1.11.  Rent and Other Charges Payable by Tenant :

 

a)                                      Base Rent :  Starting on the date that is six (6) months following the Commencement Date (the “ Base Rent Commencement Date ”), subject to Section 2.03 Tenant will pay Base Rent calculated on the basis of $0.52 per rentable square foot of the Building per month (determined in accordance with Article Nineteen below), and continuing for the next six (6) months.  Thereafter the Base Rent will increase on an annual basis by three percent (3%) starting on month thirteen (13) of the Lease Term, in accordance with the following chart:

 

Months

 

Monthly Rent

 

1-6**

 

$

223,860.00

**

7-12

 

$

223,860.00

 

13-24

 

$

230,575.80

 

25-36

 

$

237,493.07

 

37-48

 

$

244,617.87

 

49-60

 

$

251,956.40

 

61-72

 

$

259,515.09

 

73-84

 

$

267,300.55

 

85-96

 

$

275,319.56

 

97-108

 

$

283,579.15

 

109-120

 

$

292,086.52

 

121-126

 

$

300,849.12

 

 

3



 


*Assumes that completed Building is 430,500 rentable square feet.  These amounts may be adjusted per Article Nineteen .

 

**Abated Rent; Month 1 represents the month following the Commencement Date as defined in Section 1.04 .

 

Tenant shall have a period of Abated Rent during the six (6) month period between the Commencement Date and the Base Rent Commencement Date, represented as Months 1-6 in the Base Rent table in Section 1.11 above.  The Base Rent that would otherwise be paid during such six (6) month period is referred to herein as the “ Abated Rent ”.  For the purposes of calculating a repayment of Abated Rent (see Section 10.04 ), monthly Abated Rent shall equal the Base Rent as of the Base Rent Commencement Date.

 

b)                                      Other Periodic Payments :  For purposes of this Lease, “ Other Periodic Payments ” shall mean and include:  (i) Real Property Taxes (See Section 4.02 ); (ii) Utilities (See Section 4.03 ); (iii) Landlord’s insurance premiums and costs (See Section 4.04 ); (iv) Impounds for Insurance Premiums and Property Taxes (See Section 4.04(c) ); (v) Maintenance, Repairs and Alterations (See Article Six ); and Common Area Charges (See Section 4.09 ).  Tenant shall pay one hundred percent (100%) of all periodic payments.  All Other Periodic Payments shall be due during the six (6) month Abated Rent period.

 

c)                                       Commencement Date Credit :  Commencing upon the Base Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall be entitled to a further abatement of Base Rent in the amount of Three Hundred Fifty Five Thousand One Hundred Eighty and 19/100 Dollars ($355,180.19) (the “ Additional Abated Rent ”), to be applied against the next monthly installments of Base Rent due under the Lease following the Base Rent Commencement Date.  The Additional Abated Rent shall be fully earned and payable to Tenant as of the Execution Date and shall not be subject to repayment by Tenant at any time under Section 10.04 or otherwise.

 

Section 1.12.  Landlord’s Share of Profit upon Assignment or Sublease (See Section 9.05 ):  Fifty percent (50%) of the profit (the “ Landlord’s Share ”).

 

Section 1.13.  Riders and Exhibits :  The following Riders and Exhibits are attached to and made a part of this Lease:

 

ARTICLE TWENTY-ONE:

 

OPTION(S) TO EXTEND

 

 

 

ARTICLE TWENTY-TWO:

 

LANDLORD’S IMPROVEMENTS

 

 

 

ARTICLE TWENTY-THREE:

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

 

 

ARTICLE TWENTY-FOUR:

 

INTENTIONALLY DELETED

 

 

 

ARTICLE TWENTY-FIVE:

 

USE EXCLUSIVITY

 

4



 

ARTICLE TWENTY-SIX:

 

TENANT’S SECURITY SYSTEM

 

 

 

ARTICLE TWENTY-SEVEN:

 

ROOF

 

Exhibit A:

 

Land Legal Description

Exhibit B:

 

Tenant LEED Compliance Requirements

Exhibit C:

 

Premises Site Plan

Exhibit D:

 

Form of Memorandum of Lease

Exhibit E:

 

Work Letter

Exhibit F:

 

Specifications for Landlord’s Improvements

Exhibit G:

 

Letter of Credit

Exhibit H:

 

Form of Subordination Non-Disturbance Agreement

 

ARTICLE TWO:  LEASE TERM .

 

Section 2.01.  Lease of Premises for Lease Term .  Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases the Premises from Landlord for the Lease Term.  The Lease Term is for the period stated in Section 1.04 above and shall begin and end on the dates specified in Section 1.04 above, unless the beginning or end of the Lease Term is changed under any provision of this Lease.

 

Section 2.02.  Intentionally Deleted .

 

Section 2.03.  Delay in Commencement .  Landlord will deliver the Premises to Tenant upon LI Substantial Completion.  Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to achieve LI Substantial Completion on or before May 15, 2017 (the “ Target Delivery Date ”), subject to Force Majeure (pursuant to Section 13.13 ) and Tenant Delays (as defined in Section 22.01 ).  Each day of delay due to Tenant Delay and/or Force Majeure events (under either this Lease and/or the Parking Lease) shall extend the Target Delivery Date by one (1) day, provided that Landlord provides written notice to Tenant of any claimed Force Majeure delay not later than ten (10) business days following the commencement thereof.  Except as otherwise set forth herein, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant in the event Landlord fails to achieve LI Substantial Completion by the Target Delivery Date and such failure shall not affect this Lease or the obligations of Tenant under this Lease except that the Base Rent Commencement Date shall be extended for a period equal to the delay in Landlord’s achievement of LI Substantial Completion beyond the Target Delivery Date.  If the entire Premises is not made available to Tenant by the Target Delivery Date, as may be extended by Force Majeure and Tenant Delays, then Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Base Rent equal to one (1) day of Base Rent for each day until the entire Premises are made available to Tenant in the condition required hereunder.  If the Premises are not delivered by July 31, 2017 (the “ Termination Date ”), as may be extended due to Force Majeure (up to an aggregate maximum of ninety (90) days) and Tenant Delays (without limitation), Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by providing notice to Landlord within ten (10) business days following the Termination Date but prior to the date that the entire Premises are actually delivered to Tenant in the condition required herein.  In the event of such termination, Tenant shall be entitled to the return of all Rent that it has paid to Landlord up to the

 

5



 

date of termination and shall be required to reimburse Landlord for all costs and fees paid or to be paid by Landlord that are attributable to any and all alterations, modifications and/or improvements to the Premises requested or approved in writing by Tenant with respect to Tenant’s use and/or occupancy of the Premises.  In the event of termination pursuant to this Section 2.03 , Landlord shall have no obligation to fund the TI Allowance (defined in Section 22.02 ).  If only a portion of the Premises is ready for Tenant’s occupancy, Tenant may elect to occupy such portion while also earning Base Rent abatements for the unoccupied portion under this Section 2.03 until the date that the entire Premises are delivered to Tenant in the condition required hereunder.  Prior to any occupancy by Tenant of only a portion of the Premises as described above, Tenant must first obtain the consent of Landlord (in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion) and Landlord and/or Tenant must first have obtained all necessary City of Fairfield (“ City ”) approvals necessary for such partial occupancy.

 

Section 2.04.  Early Access .  Landlord shall allow Tenant early access to the Premises approximately forty five (45) days prior to LI Substantial Completion, provided that all of the following have occurred:  (i) this Lease is fully executed and delivered by Landlord and Tenant; (ii) Tenant has paid to Landlord the first month’s Base Rent pursuant to Section 3.01 and the Security Deposit pursuant to Section 3.02 ; and (iii) Tenant has delivered to Landlord certificates evidencing all insurance required to be carried by Tenant hereunder and similar insurance coverage for any and all of Tenant’s vendors and/or contractors.  Tenant’s early access period will be deemed to begin on the date that Landlord delivers written notice of the commencement of the early access period, subject to the conditions for early access above.  Tenant’s failure to meet any of the conditions for early access shall not extend or delay the Commencement Date.  The purpose of Tenant’s early access is only for Tenant to install racking and other improvements and for no other purpose.  Tenant’s early access to the Premises shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.  However, early access of the Premises shall not advance the expiration date of this Lease.  Tenant shall notify Landlord promptly upon commencing commercial operation of Tenant’s business at the Premises.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably cooperate in order to ensure that Tenant’s early occupancy does not interfere with the work of Landlord or its contractors and in the event of any interference, Landlord shall have the right to immediately terminate Tenant’s early access rights and time lost due to such interference shall be considered a Tenant Delay.  Any materials of Tenant or its contractors, agents or vendors stored in the Premises during such early access period shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and Landlord will have no obligation to secure the Premises prior to the Commencement Date.  Tenant shall access the Premises during the period of early access at Tenant’s sole risk.  Landlord shall not be liable for any destruction, theft, vandalism or any other damage to any personal property placed, kept or stored by or on behalf of Tenant or permitted to be placed, kept or stored by Tenant during any period of early access.  Tenant may not operate out of the Premises until Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, has obtained a temporary or permanent Certificate of Occupancy permitting Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Uses.  The early access period shall end upon the occurrence of the Commencement Date defined in Section 1.04 .

 

Section 2.05.  Holding Over .  Tenant shall vacate the Premises upon the expiration of the Lease Term or earlier termination of this Lease in the condition required under Section 6.06 .  Tenant shall pay Base Rent to Landlord on a per diem basis for each day of any hold over, at a rate equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent then in effect and Tenant shall

 

6



 

reimburse Landlord for and defend and indemnify Landlord against actual damages which Landlord incurs from Tenant’s delay.  If Tenant does not vacate the Premises upon the expiration of the Lease Term or earlier termination of the Lease in accordance with the terms of this Lease and Landlord thereafter accepts Rent from Tenant, Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises shall be a “month to month” tenancy, subject to all of the terms of this Lease, other than the payment of Base Rent, which shall be paid at a per diem rate as set forth above, and Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease and Tenant’s right to occupy the Premises on thirty (30) days’ notice.  Acceptance by Landlord of any Rent after such expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall not constitute a consent to a holdover hereunder or result in a renewal of the Lease or any lease and nothing in this Section 2.05 shall limit or restrict Landlord from pursuing any remedies against Tenant for failure to timely vacate the Premises.  If Landlord provides Tenant at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of such potential damages, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for and defend and indemnify Landlord against actual, incidental and consequential damages which Landlord incurs solely from Tenant’s holdover.

 

ARTICLE THREE:  BASE RENT .

 

Section 3.01.  Time and Manner of Payment .  Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord the Rent for the first month of the Lease Term, to be credited to the first month after the Base Rent Commencement Date.  On the first day of the second month after the Base Rent Commencement Date and each month thereafter, Tenant shall pay Landlord the Base Rent and Additional Rent in advance, without offset, deduction or prior demand (except as expressly set forth herein).  Rent shall be payable by wire/ACH to such account as Landlord may designate in writing.

 

Section 3.02.  Security Deposit .

 

a)                                      Intentionally Deleted.

 

b)                                      Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days following the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease, cause to be delivered to Landlord the Security Deposit in form of an “ever-green” unconditional, irrevocable letter of credit (“ LOC ”) naming Landlord as beneficiary and in an original amount equal to $1,343,160 (the “ LOC Amount ”), subject to reduction during the Lease Term as set forth in Section 3.02(g)  below.  The LOC shall be in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit “G” and shall be issued by a bank selected by Tenant and acceptable to Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (the “ LOC Bank ”).  Without limiting the foregoing, the LOC must permit Landlord to make partial draws on the LOC by sight draft, and must expressly permit one or more transfers of the LOC by Landlord in connection with any sale, assignment, mortgage, encumbrance, or other transfer or disposition (“ Transfer ”) of the Premises and this Lease (except as required by Lender).  In the event that any transfer fee or other consideration is to be charged by the LOC Bank in connection with such Transfer, the amount thereof shall be paid by Landlord and must be stated as a not to exceed dollar sum and must be reasonably acceptable to Landlord.  The LOC shall be maintained in effect, whether through renewal, amendment, extension or replacement from the date of delivery thereof through

 

7



 

the date which is thirty (30) days following the date of expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.  Within thirty (30) days following the date of expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord shall return the LOC and any remaining balance of the LOC or Security Deposit to Tenant.  A LOC Bank shall be a bank that accepts deposits, maintains accounts and has an office in the Fairfield, California area that will negotiate a letter of credit or otherwise will accept draws by Federal Express or other reputable overnight carriers, has a credit rating and financial condition reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.  Tenant shall pay all costs, expenses, points, and fees incurred by Tenant in obtaining the LOC.  The LOC shall not be mortgaged, assigned or encumbered in any manner whatsoever by Tenant without the prior written consent of Landlord.  Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer or mortgage its interest in the Project, the Premises, the Building and in this Lease and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer or mortgage, Landlord shall have the right to transfer or assign the LOC and/or the LOC Security Deposit (as defined below) to the transferee or mortgagee, and in the event of such Transfer, Tenant shall look solely to such transferee or mortgagee for the return of the LOC and/or the LOC Security Deposit.

 

c)                                       Tenant may, from time to time, replace any existing LOC with a new LOC if the new LOC (i) becomes effective at least ten (10) business days before expiration of the LOC that it replaces; (ii) is in the required LOC Amount; (iii) is issued by a LOC Bank reasonably acceptable to Landlord; and (iv) otherwise complies with the requirements of this Section 3.02 .  If the new LOC complies with the terms of this Section 3.02 , Landlord shall return the prior LOC to Tenant within ten (10) business days thereafter and reasonably cooperate with Tenant in providing documentation authorizing the issuing bank of the prior LOC to terminate same.

 

d)                                      Landlord shall hold the LOC as security and support for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.  If Tenant defaults on any provision of this Lease, after notice (if such notice is required by this Lease) and failure to cure (if cure is permitted by this Lease) within any applicable period provided in this Lease, Landlord may, without prejudice to or limitation of any other remedy it has, draw on all or any portion of the LOC necessary to (i) pay Base Rent, Additional Rent, or other sums in default; (ii) pay or reimburse Landlord for any amount that Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend in exercising Landlord’s rights under Article Ten ; and/or (iii) compensate Landlord for any expense, loss, liability, or damage that Landlord may suffer because of Tenant’s default.  If Tenant fails to renew or replace the LOC at least thirty (30) days before its expiration, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy it has, draw on the entire amount of the LOC as a LOC Security Deposit (as defined below).

 

e)                                       Any amount of the LOC that is drawn on by Landlord but not applied by Landlord shall be held by Landlord as a security deposit (the “ LOC Security Deposit ”).

 

8



 

f)                                        If Landlord draws on any portion of the LOC in accordance with the terms of this Article Three , Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days after written demand by Landlord, either (i) deposit cash with Landlord in an amount that, when added to the amount remaining under the LOC and the amount of any LOC Security Deposit, shall equal the LOC Amount then required under this Section 3.02 ; or (ii) reinstate the LOC to the full LOC Amount, in which event any LOC Security Deposit then held by Landlord in excess of the then full LOC Amount shall be returned to Tenant within ten (10) business days.  Tenant’s failure to comply with this Section 3.02(f)  shall be a material default under this Lease.

 

g)                                       If at any time during the Lease Term any of the interests in or stock of Tenant is or becomes publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ and Tenant is subject to compliance with the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended), the LOC Amount shall be promptly reduced to an amount equal to $447,720.

 

Section 3.03.  Termination; Advance Payments .  Within thirty (30) days after expiration of the Lease Term or an earlier termination of this Lease that does not arise from Tenant’s default, provided Tenant has vacated the Premises as required by this Lease, Landlord shall refund to Tenant any unapplied advance Rent or other advance payments made by Tenant to Landlord, and any amounts paid for real property taxes and other reserves which apply to any time periods after termination of the Lease, subject to any off-set for any Tenant obligation to reimburse Landlord for costs which are unpaid.

 

ARTICLE FOUR:  OTHER CHARGES PAYABLE BY TENANT .

 

Section 4.01.  Additional Rent .  All charges, costs and amounts payable by Tenant under this Lease other than Base Rent are called “ Additional Rent ”.  The term “ Rent ” shall mean Base Rent and Additional Rent.  Notwithstanding any provision in this Lease to the contrary, Additional Rent will begin to accrue beginning on the Commencement Date and shall be payable in advance based upon the amount set forth in an Estimate (as defined below) but subject to adjustment after the end of the year on the basis of the actual amounts for such year.  The Additional Rent set forth in the Estimate, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.11 herein, shall be due and payable at the same time and in the same manner as the time and manner of the payment of monthly Base Rent as provided herein.

 

Section 4.02.  Property Taxes .

 

a)                                      Real Property Taxes .  Tenant shall pay all Real Property Taxes on the Premises (including without limitation any fees, taxes or assessments against, or as a result of (i) any change of ownership, except excise taxes or other “transfer taxes,” (ii) reassessment, and (iii) improvements installed on the Premises by or for the benefit of Tenant) during the Lease Term.

 

b)                                      Definition of “Real Property Tax” .  “ Real Property Tax ” means all real property taxes, assessments and similar charges in connection with the Premises, including, without limitation:  (i) any fee, license fee, license tax, business license fee, excise

 

9



 

tax, commercial rental tax, levy charge, assessment, interest or tax imposed by any taxing authority against the Premises; (ii) any tax or charge for fire protection, streets, sidewalks, road maintenance, refuse or other services provided to the Premises by any governmental agency; (iii) any real estate tax imposed upon this transaction or based upon a re-assessment of the Premises due to a change of ownership, as defined by Applicable Laws, or as a result of additional improvements to the Premises; (iv) any tax or charge for a local improvement district; and (v) any charge or fee replacing any tax previously included within the definition of real property tax.  Real Property Tax does not, however, include Landlord’s federal or state income, business and operations, capital stock, corporate stock, capital gains, gift, franchise, inheritance, estate, interest, penalties, excise or other “transfer” taxes.

 

c)                                       Joint Assessment .  If the Premises is not separately assessed, Landlord shall reasonably determine the Real Property Tax attributable to the Premises from the assessor’s worksheets or other reasonably available information.

 

d)                                      Personal Property Taxes .

 

(i)                                      Tenant shall be responsible for payment of all taxes charged against trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment or any other personal property located on the Premises prior to the same becoming delinquent.  Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to have its personal property taxed separately from the Premises.

 

(ii)                                   If any of Tenant’s personal property is taxed with the Premises, Tenant shall pay Landlord the taxes for Tenant’s personal property within thirty (30) days after Tenant receives a written statement from Landlord for such personal property taxes accompanied with a copy of the personal property tax bill.

 

e)                                       Except as otherwise expressly provided below, only Landlord may institute proceedings to reduce the assessed valuation of the Premises or to contest the Real Property Taxes, and the continuation of any such proceeding by Tenant without Landlord’s consent after notice and the expiration of applicable cure periods shall constitute a default.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, following receipt of an assessed value notification or Real Property Tax bill (“ Tax Charge ”) from Solano County Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing, not less than thirty (30) days prior to the final date that any appeal of the Tax Charge must be filed, and whether or not Landlord intends to appeal the Tax Charge.  Landlord shall, if Landlord declines to contest such Tax Charge, allow Tenant to contest such Tax Charge (in which event, Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in performing ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Tenant to contest such Tax Charge, provided that Tenant’s indemnity of Landlord as set forth in Section 5.05 below shall apply with respect to any and all costs, losses, damages, injuries and liabilities related in any way to Landlord’s performance of such ministerial acts).  Any costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ and consultants fees) incurred by Landlord in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize the Valuation shall be included in Real Property Taxes in the year such

 

10


 

expenses are paid.  If Tenant elects to contest the Valuation on Landlord’s behalf as provided hereinabove, then Tenant shall pay all costs and expenses incurred in pursuing such contest (including, without limitation, any documented out-of-pocket costs reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection with its cooperation, which shall be reimbursed by Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice therefor).

 

Section 4.03.  Utilities .  Tenant shall pay, directly to the appropriate utility provider (or to Landlord for services not billed directly to Tenant, the cost of all natural gas, electric, heat, light, power, sewer service, telephone, water, snow removal, refuse disposal and all other utilities and services supplied to the Premises.

 

Section 4.04.  Insurance Policies .

 

a)                                      Liability Insurance .  During the Lease Term, Tenant shall maintain a policy of commercial general liability insurance insuring Tenant and the Premises against liability for bodily injury, property damage (including without limitation loss of use of property) and personal injury arising out of the operation, use or occupancy of the Premises.  The general liability policy shall be on an occurrence form.  Tenant shall name Landlord, and Landlord’s property manager, Landlord’s lender and any other party requested by Landlord, as additional insured’s under such policy.  The initial coverage amount of such insurance shall be FIVE MILLION DOLLARS ($5,000,000.00) per occurrence and in the aggregate.  Tenant may use a combination of primary and umbrella policies to achieve the limits listed above.  The liability insurance obtained by Tenant under this Section 4.04(a)  shall:  (i) be primary and non-contributory to any insurance carried by Landlord; (ii) contain severability of interests endorsements, (iii) contain cross-liability endorsements; and (iv) insure Landlord against Tenant’s performance under Section 5.05 , if the matters giving rise to the indemnity under Section 5.05 result from the negligence of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees.  Landlord’s insurance shall be excess and non-contributory with respect to Tenant’s insurance.  The amount and coverage of such insurance shall not limit Tenant’s liability nor relieve Tenant of any other obligations under this Lease.

 

b)                                      Property and Rental Income Insurance .  During the Lease Term, Landlord shall maintain “all-risk” policies of insurance covering loss of or damage to the Premises in the full amount of the replacement value thereof.  Such policy shall provide protection against all perils included within the classification of fire, extended coverage, vandalism, malicious mischief, special extended perils (all risk including earthquake), sprinkler leakage and any other perils which Landlord deems reasonably necessary or which are required by Landlord’s lender.  Landlord may also, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, obtain comprehensive general liability insurance in an amount and with coverage to be determined by Landlord insuring Landlord against liability arising out of the ownership, operation or use of the Premises by Landlord.  The policy obtained by Landlord shall not be contributory and shall not provide primary insurance.

 

11



 

Landlord shall not obtain insurance for Tenant’s fixtures or equipment or building improvements installed by or on behalf of Tenant in or on the Premises.  During the Lease Term, Landlord shall also maintain business interruption coverage, with loss payable to Landlord, in an amount equal to one (1) year’s Base Rent, plus estimated Real Property Taxes and insurance premiums.  Tenant, at its own expense, also shall maintain during the Lease Term, fire and extended coverage property insurance covering (i) the replacement cost of all alterations, additions, partitions and improvements installed or placed on or around the Premises, or on the Land, for the benefit of Tenant, and (ii) the full replacement cost of all personal property contained within the Premises or the Land and (iii) business interruption insurance (collectively, “ Tenant’s Property Insurance ”).  Tenant’s Property Insurance shall provide protection against all perils included within the classification of fire, extended coverage, vandalism, malicious mischief, special extended perils (all risk including earthquake), sprinkler leakage and any other perils which Tenant deems reasonably necessary.  Tenant shall also carry at all times Workers Compensation insurance as required by applicable law.

 

c)                                       Pollution Legal Liability insurance .  During the Lease Term and any early access period, Tenant shall maintain pollution legal liability insurance insuring Tenant against liability for bodily injury, property damage (including loss of use of property), legal defense and remediation, and personal injury arising out of the operation, use or occupancy of the Premises.  The pollution legal liability insurance shall be in an initial amount of not less than FIVE MILLION DOLLARS ($5,000,000.00) per occurrence and in the aggregate.  Tenant shall name Landlord, and Landlord’s property manager, Landlord’s lender, and any other party that Landlord may request, as additional insured’s under such policy.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the current occupant at the Premises’ use of the Premises is primarily limited to the use set forth in Article 25 (Use Exclusivity), the foregoing requirement of this Section 4.04(c)  shall be inapplicable to Tenant and of no force or effect.

 

d)                                      Payment of Premiums .  During the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay one hundred percent (100%) of all premiums for Landlord’s insurance policies described in this Section 4.04 , as Additional Rent, and Tenant shall pay one hundred percent (100%) of all premiums for Tenant’s insurance policies described in this Section 4.04 .  If insurance policies maintained by Landlord cover improvements on real property other than the Premises, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement of the premium applicable to the Premises showing in reasonable detail how Tenant’s share of the premium was computed.  Before the Commencement Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord insurance certificates for insurance which Tenant is required to maintain under this Section 4.04 .  Prior to the expiration of any such policy, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a replacement or renewal of such policy.

 

12



 

e)                                       General Insurance Provisions .

 

(i)                                      Any insurance which Tenant is required to maintain under this Lease shall include a provision which requires the insurance carrier to endeavor to give Landlord not less than thirty (30) days’ written notice prior to any cancellation or modification of such coverage.

 

(ii)                                   If Tenant fails to deliver to Landlord a policy or renewal required under this Lease within the prescribed time period or if any such policy is cancelled or modified during the Lease Term without Landlord’s consent and not replaced by Tenant prior to the effective date of such cancellation, Landlord may obtain such insurance, in which case Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such insurance within fifteen (15) days after receipt of a statement that indicates the cost of such insurance.

 

(iii)                                Tenant shall maintain all insurance required under this Lease with companies holding a “ General Policy Rating ” of A-, VIII, or better, as set forth in the most current issue of “ Best Key Rating Guide ”.  Landlord and Tenant make no representation as to the adequacy of such insurance to protect Landlord’s or Tenant’s interests.  Therefore, each party may obtain any such additional property or liability insurance which each deems necessary to protect its interests.

 

(iv)                               Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.05 , Landlord and Tenant each hereby release each other and their respective agents and employees, from responsibility and liability for and waive any and all rights of recovery against the other, or against the members, managers, officers, employees, agents or representatives of the other, for loss of or damage to its property, if such loss or damage is covered by any insurance policy in force (whether or not described in this Lease) or required to be carried by each of them at the time of such loss or damage.  Upon obtaining the required policies of insurance, each party shall provide notice to the insurance carrier or carriers of this mutual waiver, as required by such policies, and shall cause its respective insurance carriers to waive all rights of subrogation against the other.

 

(v)                                  If a loss covered by insurance is incurred, Tenant shall be liable for the payment of any deductible amount under Tenant’s insurance policies maintained pursuant to this Section 4.04 and up to twenty five thousand dollars ($25,000.00) per occurrence of any deductible under Landlord’s policies maintained pursuant to this Section 4.04 .  The deductible amount for Tenant’s policies for all risks other than earthquake shall not exceed TWENTY FIVE THOUSAND DOLLARS ($25,000.00) per occurrence.  Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done which invalidates any such insurance policies.

 

Section 4.05.  Late Charges .  Tenant’s failure to pay Rent promptly may cause Landlord to incur unanticipated costs.  The exact amount of such costs is impractical or extremely difficult to ascertain.  Such costs may include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord by any ground lease for, or mortgage or trust deed encumbering, the Premises.  Therefore, if Landlord does not receive any Rent payment within ten (10) days after it becomes due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to five

 

13



 

percent (5%) of the overdue amount as Additional Rent; provided that there shall be no late charge for the first late payment of Rent in any calendar year so long as such late payment is made in full within twenty (20) days of its original due date.  The parties agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of such late payment.

 

Section 4.06.  Interest on Past Due Obligations .  Any amount owed by Tenant to Landlord which is not paid when due shall bear interest at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum from the due date of such amount until paid in full.  However, interest shall not be payable on late charges to be paid by Tenant under this Lease.  The payment of interest on such amounts shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease.  If the interest rate specified in this Section is higher than the rate permitted by Applicable Laws, the interest rate is hereby decreased to the maximum legal interest rate permitted by Applicable Laws.

 

Section 4.07.  Impounds for Other Periodic Payments .  Tenant shall pay Landlord a sum equal to Landlord’s reasonable estimate (an “ Estimate ”) of the amount that is one-twelfth (1/12) of the annual Other Periodic Payments payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease.  Landlord shall deliver the Estimate for each calendar year to Tenant not later than January 31 of such calendar year.  If Landlord fails to deliver the Estimate for a calendar year, then Tenant shall pay its share of Other Periodic Payments based upon the Estimate for the prior calendar year until an updated Estimate is received.  Tenant shall pay the applicable Estimate together with each payment of Base Rent.  Landlord shall hold such payments in a non-interest bearing impound account.  At the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall reconcile the amount of all Other Periodic Payments made by Tenant pursuant to Estimates for such calendar year (the “ Reconciliation ”) and shall deliver the Reconciliation to Tenant not later than May 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year that is the subject of the Reconciliation.  If Tenant’s total Other Periodic Payments paid pursuant to this Lease for the period subject to such Reconciliation are less than Tenant’s share of the actual Other Periodic Payments made by Landlord, including all costs and fees related thereto and permitted to be charged to Tenant hereunder for such period, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord the difference within thirty (30) days following demand therefor.  If Tenant’s total Other Periodic Payments paid pursuant to this Lease for the period subject to such Reconciliation are more than Tenant’s share of the actual Other Periodic Payments made by Landlord for such Other Periodic Payments, including all costs and fees related thereto and permitted to be charged to Tenant hereunder for such period, Landlord shall promptly refund the balance of such excess to Tenant after first crediting the excess to the next monthly payment by Tenant for Tenant’s share of such Other Periodic Payments.

 

Section 4.08.  Management Fees .  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord monthly for management fees and expenses, including without limitation property management accounting fees, incurred by Landlord in connection with the Premises (“ Management Fees ”) in an amount not greater than one and three fourths percent (1.75%) of the Rent billed to Tenant in the applicable month, however Landlord shall not assess a separate management fee in addition to actual Management Fees incurred by Landlord.

 

Section 4.09.  Common Area Charges .  “ Common Area Charges ” shall mean the actual out-of-pocket amount (without markup or profit) of reasonably necessary arm’s length costs

 

14



 

incurred by the Landlord, if applicable, for maintenance, repairs and replacements to the portions of the Project, if any, that jointly benefit the Premises and all or some of the remaining parcels in the Project (“ Common Areas ”).  Tenant shall pay only its Pro Rata Share of Common Area Charges in monthly escrows to Landlord as part of the Other Periodic Payments set forth in Section 1.11(b)  of this Lease.  The Common Area Charges shall include, without limitation, the following costs:  utility charges from the utility provider for house meter/exterior electricity and street lighting in the Common Areas, repair, maintenance and replacements to the Common Area drives and sidewalks, maintenance, repairs and replacements to Common Area signage structures, maintenance of landscaping of the Common Areas, routine irrigation (water/sewer) for the Common Areas, Common Area snow removal, routine backflow testing for irrigation.  Tenant’s initial “ Pro Rata Share ” of the Common Area Charges shall mean (i) except as relates to the detention ponds and storm water/ storm drainage systems, the percentage calculated as the number of rentable acreage of the Land as provided in this Lease divided by the number of rentable acreage of all the parcels in the Project as applicable to the charge(s), and (ii) as it relates to the detention ponds and storm water/ storm drainage systems, the percentage calculated as the number of rentable acreage of the Land as provided in this Lease divided by the number of rentable acreage of all the land within parcels 1, 2, and 3 of the Project as the same are described/depicted on Exhibit “C” .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent expenses and charges within the Common Areas are separately metered or otherwise billed individually to each parcel in the Project, the Pro Rata Share concept will not apply and charges will be passed through to the Tenant as incurred.  With the limited exception of the Common Area Charges, Tenant shall be responsible for one hundred percent (100%) of all other charges for the Premises that Landlord is entitled to pass through to Tenant elsewhere under this Lease.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Common Area Charges shall not include:  (i) depreciation of the Project or any equipment used or located therein; (ii) real estate brokerage commissions; (iii) legal fees incurred in connection with:  (a) leasing at the Project, (b) any sale or financing of the Premises or Project, (c) violations of Applicable Law which Landlord is responsible for remedying hereunder or (d) disputes with tenants, lenders or prospective purchasers; (iv) capital expenditures (except when such capital expenditures are incurred to comply with applicable laws, ordinances or regulations first enacted after the Commencement Date, in which case such expenditures shall be amortized over their useful life); (v) the cost of tenant installations and construction allowances provided to other tenants; (vi) interest or principal payments on any mortgage or deed of trust or any ground lease payments; (vii) any cost or expenditure for which Landlord is reimbursed other than through reimbursements by tenants of Common Area Charges; (viii) costs of any services furnished to other tenants but which Landlord does not furnish to Tenant; (ix) expenses incurred for repairs or maintenance if such repairs or maintenance is required (a) because of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or (b) to bring the Project into compliance with applicable code regulations effective as of the Commencement Date; (x) the cost of original land of the Project or any subsequent land acquisition related to the Project; (xi) the cost of original construction of the Project or any additional or new construction pursuant to expansion; (xii) costs resulting from defects in design, construction or workmanship of the Premises, including Landlord’s Improvements; (xiii) insurance costs (a) for Landlord’s errors and omissions insurance, (b) for Landlord’s pollution legal liability insurance (so long as the current occupant at the Premises’ use of the Premises is primarily limited to the use set forth in Article 25 (Use Exclusivity)), or (c) on any other tenant’s space; (xiv) the cost of any hazardous materials remediation work; (xv) costs of Landlord related

 

15



 

to the formation of the ownership entity constituting Landlord or its members; (xvi) any bad debt loss or rent loss; (xvii) costs in the nature of penalties or fines (unless arising directly from the acts or omissions of Tenant); (xviii) wages, salaries, and other compensation paid to any executive of Landlord or Landlord’s property manager above the grade of property manager for the Project; or (xviii) reserves for future expenses.

 

Section 4.10.  Cap on Controllable Expenses .  Notwithstanding any provision in this Lease to the contrary, Controllable Expenses (as hereinafter defined) shall not increase by more than four percent (4%) per annum, on a cumulative and compounding basis, throughout the Lease Term (as may be extended).  For purposes of this Section, “ Controllable Expenses ” shall mean the sum of all Other Periodic Payments which the Landlord is responsible for, as determined in accordance with the terms of this Lease, other than (i) Real Property Taxes; (ii) insurance premiums; (iii) utilities; (iv) snow and ice removal expenses; (v) security; (vi) trash service; (vii) fire protection monitoring; (viii) alarm monitoring; (ix) municipal fees or charges; and (x) maintenance costs under Sections 6.03(a)(i) , 6.03(a)(iv) , and 6.03(a)(v)  (to the extent such maintenance costs under Section 6.03(a)(v)  relate to the Common Areas).

 

Section 4.11.  Audit .  In the event of any dispute as to any Other Periodic Payments due hereunder which Landlord is responsible for, Tenant, an officer of Tenant or an independent, certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Landlord (the “ Accountants ”) shall have the right, within one hundred eighty (180) days following receipt of the Reconciliation, after reasonable notice and at reasonable times to inspect Landlord’s books and records (including, without limitation, applicable invoices) as shall be necessary for Tenant to verify, at Tenant’s cost and expense, actual Other Periodic Payments for the then most recent calendar year of the Lease Term (an “ Audit ”) and Tenant shall promptly deliver such Audit to Landlord.  If Landlord disputes the results of such Audit, a certification as to the proper amount of Other Periodic Payments and the amount due to or payable by Tenant shall be made by an independent certified public accountant mutually agreed to by Landlord and Tenant.  If Landlord and Tenant cannot mutually agree to an independent certified public accountant, then the parties agree that Tenant shall choose an independent certified public accountant to conduct the certification as to the proper amount of Tenant’s share of Other Periodic Payments due by Tenant for the period in question (the “ Certification ”); provided, however, such certified public accountant shall not be the accountant who conducted Landlord’s initial calculation of Other Periodic Payments to which Tenant is now objecting or the accountant who conducted Tenant’s Audit.  If the Certification reflects that Tenant has overpaid Tenant’s share of Other Periodic Payments for the period in question, then Landlord shall credit such excess to Tenant’s next payment of Base Rent or, at the request of Tenant, promptly refund such excess to Tenant and the cost of the Certification and the Audit shall be paid by Landlord and conversely, if Tenant has underpaid Tenant’s share of Other Periodic Payments, Tenant shall promptly pay such additional share of Other Periodic Payments to Landlord within thirty (30) days after demand therefor by Landlord and the cost of the Certification and the Audit shall be paid by Tenant.  If no Certification process occurs and any Audit shows that the aggregate amount of Other Periodic Payments paid by Tenant in the applicable period was overstated by Landlord pursuant to the reports described above by more than five percent (5%), Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable, out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Tenant in connection with such Audit.

 

16



 

ARTICLE FIVE:  USE OF PROPERTY .

 

Section 5.01.  Permitted Uses .  Tenant may use the Premises only for the Permitted Uses set forth in Section 1.05 above.

 

Section 5.02.  Manner of Use .  Tenant shall not cause or permit the Premises to be used in any way which constitutes a violation of any statute, law, including without limitation all environmental laws, the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Occupational Safety and Health Act and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and any similar state statute, as may be amended (“ ADA ”), code, ordinance, rule or regulation, matter of record, or governmental regulation or order (collectively, the “ Applicable Laws ”), or which violates the provisions of the CC&Rs, or which constitutes a public nuisance or waste.  Tenant shall obtain and pay for all permits, licenses and approvals required for Tenant’s use of the Premises and shall promptly take all actions necessary to comply with all Applicable Laws.  Tenant’s city approved commodity and/or specific use of the Premises may require specific costs and/or work to be performed related to emergency egress lighting, hose racks, in rack sprinklers or any other fire and/or life safety requirements.  Any and all such costs and work to be performed related thereto shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.  Tenant may use and access the Premises twenty four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, three hundred sixty five (365) days per year.

 

Section 5.03.  Hazardous Materials .

 

a)                                      As used in this Lease, the term “ Hazardous Material ” or “ Hazardous Substance ” means any flammable items, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous or toxic substances, material or waste or related materials, including without limitation any substances defined as or included in the definition of “ hazardous substances ”, “ hazardous wastes ”, “ hazardous materials ” or “ toxic substances ” now or subsequently regulated under any applicable federal, state or local laws or regulations, collectively, “ Environmental Laws ”.

 

b)                                      Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials to be generated, used, stored, treated, released, or disposed of in or about the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which Landlord may withhold in its sole discretion, provided that Tenant may use and store Hazardous Materials used in the normal course of Tenant’s operation of its day to day business, so long as such materials are used in accordance with Environmental Laws.  Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, in no event shall the installation or use of any storage tanks on the Premises be permitted.

 

c)                                       Landlord has provided Tenant with a copy of the Phase I Environmental Site Assessment prepared by Cardno ATC, dated March 30, 2015 and the Limited Phase II ESA and Irrigation Well Decommissioning Report prepared by ATC Group Services LLC and dated April 19, 2016 (collectively the “ Environmental Report ”).  Tenant shall in no event have any liability to Landlord or any third party with regard to any such pre-existing condition of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date of this Lease, or any earlier occupancy of the Premises by Tenant except and to the extent any such condition is aggravated or exacerbated

 

17



 

by Tenant.  Tenant shall provide to Landlord in writing a list of any materials and products to be stored, used or otherwise managed at the Premises that may be considered Hazardous Materials by the Commencement Date of this Lease and annually thereafter, and will in any event use, store and dispose of such materials and products in accordance with all Applicable Laws.  Landlord and Tenant shall each promptly deliver to the other a copy of any notice of violation of any Applicable Law issued to such party and relating to the Premises.

 

d)                                      Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, subject to Landlord’s written approval, as to the means of removal and disposal, shall promptly and in any event within the time period required by Applicable Law and/or governmental authority, remove all Hazardous Materials stored, disposed of, or released in violation of the terms of this Lease or Applicable Law (to the extent caused or permitted to be caused by the acts or omissions of Tenant or its employees, agents, invitees, or contractors) onto or from the Premises, in a manner that (i) complies with all Applicable Law; and (ii) does not require the recording of any deed restriction or notice regarding the Premises.  If Tenant fails to perform such work in accordance with the terms of this Lease, Landlord may at its discretion but without obligation to do so, and without waiving any other right or remedy available under this Lease or at law or equity (including without limitation an action to compel Tenant to perform such work), perform such work and Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord for all such costs incurred by Landlord and such obligation shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

e)                                       Landlord shall have access to, and a right to perform inspections and tests of, the Premises (in each case at Landlord’s sole cost and expense unless a violation is discovered for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease, in which event Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs in connection with such tests and inspections) to determine Tenant’s compliance with Applicable Laws, its obligations under this Section 5.03 , and/or the environmental condition of the Premises.  Such access by Landlord shall be upon reasonable prior notice (except in the event of an emergency) to Tenant and shall be subject to Tenant’s reasonable safety and security requirements.

 

Section 5.04.  Signs and Auctions .  Landlord shall have no obligation to construct any monument signage.  However, in the event that monument signage for the Premises is constructed at the Premises, Tenant shall be entitled to a minimum of one panel space at the top of ( i.e. , appearing above any other tenants’ names) such monument signage for the Premises (i.e. with respect only to the Building), the design of which shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval and the size of which shall be as set forth in the signage guidelines in the Gateway CC&Rs.  Tenant shall have the right to place signage on the exterior of the Building identifying Tenant, the size, location and design of which shall be in accordance with Applicable Laws and pursuant to the signage guidelines set forth in the applicable CC&Rs.  Tenant shall be entitled to the entirety of such monument sign so long as the Tenant is the sole Tenant in the Building.  Tenant shall not conduct or permit any auctions or sheriff’s sales at the Premises.  All signage will be at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, and Tenant shall first obtain all required permits and approvals by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction.  Tenant shall be responsible for all

 

18



 

costs in connection with Tenant’s signage, including without limitation, design, installation, maintenance, repair, and removal.  Tenant shall maintain all such signage in good condition in repair and shall remove all such signage (except for the monument base structure, if applicable) at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and promptly repair any damage to the Premises caused by such removal, all at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

Section 5.05.  Indemnity .

 

a)                                      Except to the extent arising out of Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Tenant shall indemnify defend, and hold Landlord harmless from any and all costs, claims, actions, suits, expenses, and liability arising out of or in connection with:  (i) the use or occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees during the Lease Term or early access period; (ii) the conduct of Tenant’s business or anything else done or permitted by Tenant to be done in or about the Premises, including any contamination of the Premises caused by Tenant or its agents, employees or contractors during the Lease Term or early access period; (iii) any breach or default in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; (iv) any misrepresentation or breach of warranty by Tenant under this Lease; and (v) any other negligent or willful acts or omissions of Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors, licensees or invitees with respect to the Project.  Tenant shall defend Landlord against any such cost, claim or liability at Tenant’s expense with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord.  As a material part of the consideration to Landlord, Tenant assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in or about the Premises arising from any cause and Tenant hereby waives all claims in respect thereof against Landlord, except for any claim arising out of Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  As used in this Section 5.05 , the term Tenant shall include Tenant’s Affiliates and the term Landlord shall include Landlord’s Affiliates.

 

b)                                      This Section 5.05 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.  As used in this Section 5.05 , the term Tenant shall include Tenant’s Affiliates and the term Landlord shall include Landlord’s Affiliates.  “ Affiliates ” means with respect to a party (i) that party’s partners, co-members and joint venturers, (ii) each corporation or other entity that is a parent or subsidiary of that party, (iii) each corporation or other entity that is controlled by or under common control of a parent of such party, and (iv) the directors, officers, members, managers, employees and agents of that party and each person or entity described in clauses (i) through (iii).

 

The indemnification obligations contained in this Section 5.05 shall not be limited by any worker’s compensation, benefit or disability laws, and Tenant hereby waives any immunity that Tenant may have under any worker’s compensation, benefit or disability laws.  LANDLORD AND TENANT ACKNOWLEDGE BY THEIR EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE THAT EACH INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION OF THIS LEASE (INCLUDING THOSE RELATING TO WORKER’S COMPENSATION BENEFITS AND LAWS) WAS SPECIFICALLY NEGOTIATED AND AGREED TO BY LANDLORD AND TENANT.

 

19



 

Section 5.06.  Landlord’s Access .  Landlord or its agents may enter the Premises at all reasonable times, subject to Tenant’s reasonable confidentiality, health, safety and security requirements, to show the Premises to potential buyers, lenders, or investors and to conduct such tests and inspections as required in connection therewith by such potential buyers, lenders or investors (and to prospective tenants during the last nine (9) months of the Lease Term or earlier if Tenant fails to exercise its Option to Extend or vacates the Premises or terminates the Lease in accordance with the terms of this Lease); to inspect and conduct tests in order to monitor Tenant’s compliance with the terms of this Lease and all Applicable Laws; and to perform any work required of Landlord under this Lease.  Tenant shall have the right to accompany Landlord at any time that Landlord is in the Premises and any entry may be subject to the requirement that all entrants comply with Tenant’s reasonable customary security policies related to such entry, notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s consent to Landlord’s access shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Landlord shall give Tenant notice one (1) business day in advance of such entry, except in the case of an emergency.  Landlord may place customary “For Sale” signs on the Premises at any time and “For Lease” signs on the Premises during the last nine (9) months of the Lease Term or earlier if the Tenant fails to exercise its Option to Extend or vacates the Premises or terminates the Lease in accordance with the terms of this Lease Term.

 

Section 5.07.  Quiet Possession .  So long as Tenant is not in default of this Lease beyond any applicable cure period, Landlord shall not disturb Tenant’s quiet possession of the Premises and Tenant may occupy and enjoy the Premises for the full Lease Term, subject to the provisions of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE SIX:  CONDITION OF PROPERTY; MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS .

 

Section 6.01.  Existing Conditions .  Except as otherwise specifically provided herein (including Landlord’s representations set forth in Section 17.01 ) and subject to completion of the Landlord’s Improvements, Tenant accepts the Premises in its “As Is”, “where is” and “with all faults” condition as of Tenant’s execution of this Lease, subject to all Applicable Laws.  Except as otherwise specifically provided herein (including Landlord’s representations set forth in Section 17.01 ), Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any other party on behalf of Landlord has made any representation as to the condition of the Premises or the suitability of the Premises for Tenant’s intended use and Tenant waives any and all rights under California Civil Code Sections 1941 and 1942.  Tenant has made its own inspection of and inquiry regarding the condition of the Premises, including without limitation zoning and is not relying on any representations of Landlord or any other party on behalf of Landlord in any respect except as set forth in this Lease.

 

Section 6.02.  Exemption of Landlord from Liability .  Landlord shall not be liable for any damage or injury to the person, business (or any loss of income therefrom), goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Tenant, Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, licensees, invitees, customers or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from: (a) fire, steam, electricity, water, gas or rain; (b) the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning or lighting fixtures or any other cause; or (c) conditions arising in or about the Premises, or from other sources or places.  Landlord shall not be liable for any such damage or

 

20


 

injury even though the cause of or the means of repairing such damage or injury are not accessible to Tenant.  The provisions of this Section 6.02 shall not, however, exempt Landlord from liability for Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

Section 6.03.  Landlord’s Obligations .

 

a)                                      Except as provided in Article Seven (Damage or Destruction) and Article Eight (Condemnation), and subject to the warranties set forth in Article Seventeen , Landlord shall maintain, repair and replace, as necessary, the following in order to keep the same in good order, condition and repair:  (i) the Common Areas, (ii) all structural elements of the Building, including without limitation, the foundations, exterior walls, structural integrity of the floor slab (excluding floor surface, coatings, and coverings), (iii) all components of electrical and plumbing systems and facilities located outside the Building, (iv) all parking areas, driveways, sidewalks, lighting and landscaped areas located in or around the Premises and serving the Premises, and (v) maintenance and repair of the portions of the Premises located outside of the Building, including without limitation landscaping and snow or ice removal.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be responsible for repair or replacement of Tenant’s installations and/or modifications whether or not such improvements were installed as Tenant Improvements (as defined in Section 22.02 below).  Landlord shall be responsible for replacement of the Building’s roof structure, but not repairs, which shall be the obligation of the Tenant.

 

b)                                      Tenant shall pay or reimburse Landlord for all costs Landlord incurs under Section 6.03(a)  above as Additional Rent, with the limited exception of costs in connection with repairs of the structural portions of the exterior walls, slab (excluding freezer area), and roof.  The Building is subject to a minimum LEED Certification requirement.  Landlord shall be responsible for the costs of obtaining LEED certification.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s obligations set forth in Exhibit “B” are not included as costs Landlord incurs under this Section 6.03(b) .

 

c)                                       Upon written request by Tenant, Landlord shall grant, upon commercially reasonable terms, and subject to lender approval, a non-exclusive license coterminous with the Lease Term to one or more reputable telecommunications utility provider(s) designated by Tenant (any such utility, an “ Approved Fiber Provider ”), to permit any such Approved Fiber Provider:  (i) to bring such Approved Fiber Provider’s conduit and fiber to the Premises from locations outside the Premises and within the Project if required in order to access the Premises and (ii) to permit any such Approved Fiber Provider to maintain and operate, at the sole cost and expense of such Approved Fiber Provider, such conduit and fiber at the Project and Premises.  Landlord shall not charge any Approved Fiber Provider any rent or fees in connection with any such license granted pursuant to this Section.

 

21



 

Section 6.04.  Tenant’s Obligations .

 

a)                                      Except as provided in Article Seven (Damage Destruction) and Article Eight (Condemnation), and except for Landlord’s obligations set forth in Section 6.03 and Section 22.01 hereof, Tenant shall keep all portions of the Premises in good order, condition and repair, including all the nonstructural, interior portions of the Premises in good order, condition and repair, including Tenant’s improvements, the electrical and plumbing systems and facilities located inside the Building and serving the Premises, including within the walls of the Building, all windows, doors, plate glass and interior walls and partitions (including without limitation those surrounding structural columns entirely or partly within the Building), the interior drywall on exterior structural walls; the frames, casements, doors, windows and openings installed in or on the improvements described in the foregoing or that provide entry/exit to/from the Building, all hardware, fixtures, cabinetry, railings, paneling, and finishes in the Premises or that are installed in or on the improvements described in the foregoing, integrated ceiling systems (including without limitation grid, panels and lighting), floor surface, coatings, and coverings, kitchen, rest room, laboratory or other similar facilities that exclusively serve the Premises (including without limitation plumbing fixtures, toilets, sinks and built-in appliances), sprinkler, plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, electrical, metering, lighting, communications, security systems, drainage, sewage, waste disposal, vertical transportation systems, fire/life safety systems, and other mechanical, electronic, physical or informational systems that exclusively serve the Premises, including without limitation the parts of each system that are connected from the common point of distribution for each system to and throughout the Premises.  Subject to the warranties set forth in Article Seventeen Tenant shall be responsible for maintenance, but not replacement, of the Building’s roof system.  If any portion of the Premises or any system or equipment in the Premises which Tenant is obligated to repair cannot be fully repaired or restored, Tenant shall promptly replace such portion of the Premises or system or equipment in the Premises, regardless of whether the benefit of such replacement extends beyond the Lease Term; but if the benefit or useful life of such replacement extends beyond the Lease Term (as such term may be extended by exercise of any options), the useful life of such replacement shall be prorated over the remaining portion of the Lease Term (as may be extended), and Tenant shall be liable only for that portion of the cost which is applicable to the Lease Term (as may be extended).  Tenant shall maintain throughout the Lease Term a preventative maintenance contract providing for the regular inspection and maintenance of all heating and/or air conditioning systems within the Premises by a licensed heating and air conditioning contractor reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant shall provide a copy of the same to Landlord upon Landlord’s request.  It is the intention of Landlord and Tenant that at all times Tenant shall maintain the portions of the Premises which Tenant is obligated to maintain in good state of repair and operational.  Landlord will assign to Tenant all warranties for any Building component or system to be maintained by Tenant that are assignable and pass through to Tenant the benefit thereof to the extent not assignable.  For avoidance of doubt, Tenant shall have the right at all times during commercial operation at the Premises to designate the set point for the Building’s

 

22



 

heating, ventilation and air-conditioning systems.  In the event that Tenant ceases commercial operation at the Premises, then its right to designate the set point for the Building’s heating, ventilation and air-conditioning systems shall cease and shall become a right of Landlord’s.

 

b)                                      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, but subject to the waiver of subrogation set forth in Section 4.04(e)(iv) , if any part of the Premises is damaged by any negligent or willful act or omission of Tenant, or its agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees, Tenant shall promptly repair (or if necessary, replace) the same as provided herein, or at Landlord’s election pay Landlord the full cost of repairing or replacing such damaged property, whether or not Landlord would otherwise be obligated to pay the cost of repairing or replacing such property.

 

c)                                       Tenant shall fulfill all of Tenant’s obligations under this Section 6.04 , at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.  If Tenant fails to maintain, repair or replace the Premises as required by this Section 6.04 , Landlord may, upon ten (10) business days’ prior notice to Tenant (except that no notice shall be required in the event of an emergency), enter the Premises and perform such maintenance or repair (including replacement, as needed) on behalf of Tenant.  In such case, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all reasonable and documented third-party costs incurred by Landlord in performing such maintenance, repair or replacement within thirty (30) days following demand.

 

Section 6.05.  Alterations, Additions, and Improvements .

 

a)                                      Tenant shall not make any improvements to the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, except for non-structural alterations or improvements which are not visible from the outside of the Building and which do not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in the aggregate annually.  Landlord shall respond to any request for approval of alterations or improvements requiring Landlord’s consent not later than ten (10) business days following receipt of request, and if Landlord fails to respond within such ten (10) business day period, then Tenant shall provide notice to Landlord of such failure and Landlord shall have a second period of five (5) business day period to respond to the request.  If Landlord fails to respond within such second five (5) business day period, then Landlord shall be deemed to have consented to the applicable alteration or improvement.  A response by Landlord seeking clarification of Tenant’s request shall not be deemed a failure to respond if delivered within the foregoing periods.  Tenant shall promptly remove any alterations, additions, or improvements constructed in violation of this Section 6.05(a)  upon Landlord’s written request.  All alterations, additions, and improvements shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformity with all Applicable Laws, lien free, by a licensed contractor and, if Landlord’s consent is required, approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Upon completion of any alterations, additions, or improvements by Tenant, Tenant shall provide Landlord

 

23



 

with “as built” plans, copies of all construction contracts and proof of payment for all labor and materials.

 

b)                                      Tenant shall pay when due all claims for labor and material furnished to the Premises and keep the Premises free and clear of all liens and encumbrances for work contracted for by Tenant.  In the event a lien is filed against the Premises, upon Tenant’s receipt of notice of any such lien, Tenant shall cause such lien to be released from the Premises within ten (10) business days of receipt of such notice.  Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) business days’ prior written notice of the commencement of any work on the Premises, regardless of whether Landlord’s consent to such work is required and Landlord may elect to record and post notices of non-responsibility on the Premises.

 

Section 6.06.  Condition upon Termination .  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord, broom clean and in good condition and repair, except for ordinary wear and tear which Tenant is not otherwise obligated to remedy under any provision of this Lease.  In addition, Landlord may require at the time it provides approval thereof, that Tenant remove any alterations, additions or improvements, all at Tenant’s expense and without damage to the Premises; provided that if Landlord does not provide notice of the requirement to remove at the time of approval, Tenant shall not be required to remove the applicable alterations, additions or improvements.  If no Landlord consent is required to an alteration, addition or improvement and Tenant does not request Landlord’s determination of whether such alteration, addition or improvement must be removed upon Lease termination at the time Tenant constructs same, then, unless otherwise agreed by Landlord, Tenant shall be required to remove the applicable alterations, additions or improvements upon expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.  All alterations, additions and improvements which Landlord has not required Tenant to remove and which are not removed by Tenant shall become Landlord’s property and shall be surrendered to Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, except that Tenant may remove any of Tenant’s machinery or equipment which can be removed without damage to the Premises.  Tenant shall repair, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, any damage to the Premises caused by the removal of any alterations, additions or improvements or any fixtures, machinery, equipment or other personal property.  In no event, however, shall Tenant remove any of the following materials or equipment (which shall be deemed Landlord’s property) without Landlord’s prior written consent:  any power wiring or power panels except electrical drops; lighting or lighting fixtures except task lighting; wall coverings; drapes, blinds or other window coverings; carpets or other floor coverings; heaters, air conditioners or any other heating or air conditioning equipment; fencing or security gates except inventory fencing; or other similar building operating equipment and decorations.  Landlord shall have the right to dispose of any personal property left on the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease without any obligation to account to Tenant or any other party therefor.  In the event that Tenant fails to put the Premises in the condition required by the terms of this Section 6.06 at such time as this Lease expires or terminates, or if Tenant leaves any personal property on the Premises, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Section 6.06 and all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith, including without limitation removal of alterations, additions or improvements, repair of damage to the Premises, and disposal costs of any personal property left on the Premises, shall be paid to Landlord by

 

24



 

Tenant upon demand and such obligation shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.  The amount due shall bear interest at the rate set forth in Section 4.06 from the date each item of expense was incurred until paid in full.

 

ARTICLE SEVEN:  DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION .

 

Section 7.01.  Partial Damage to Premises .

 

a)                                      Landlord and Tenant shall notify each other in writing immediately upon obtaining knowledge of the occurrence of any damage to the Premises due to any casualty.  Landlord shall have a qualified general contractor review such damage and provide an estimate (the “ Damage Repair Estimate ”) of the time period required to repair such damage to the condition existing prior to the occurrence thereof.  Landlord shall deliver the Damage Repair Estimate to Tenant promptly upon its receipt of same.  If the Premises is only partially damaged (i.e., less than seventy five percent (75%) of the Premises is untenantable as a result of the damage) or the Damage Repair Estimate provides that the time period to repair such damage is less than twelve (12) months, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and Landlord shall commence repair of the damage within a reasonable time, not to exceed thirty (30) days after receipt of the Damage Repair Estimate.

 

b)                                      If the insurance proceeds received by Landlord are not sufficient to pay the entire cost of repair, or if the cause of the damage is not covered by the property insurance policy which Landlord maintains or is required to maintain under Section 4.04(b)  (“ Landlord’s Required Insurance ”), Landlord may elect either to (i) repair the damage within a reasonable time not to exceed the time period set forth in the Damage Repair Estimate, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect or (ii) terminate this Lease.  If the difference between the cost of repair and the insurance proceeds is less than the coverage deductible, then such insurance proceeds shall be deemed sufficient.  If an insufficiency of insurance proceeds is solely caused by Landlord’s failure to meet the insurance obligations of Landlord under Section 4.04(b) , then such insurance proceeds shall be deemed sufficient.  Landlord shall notify Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Damage Repair Estimate whether Landlord elects to repair the damage or terminate the Lease; provided, however, that if Landlord notifies Tenant of its intent to terminate the Lease pursuant to subsection (ii) above (“ Landlord Termination Notice ”), then Tenant may by written notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days following receipt of the Landlord Termination Notice elect to pay the actual reasonable cost of the repair of the damage that is not covered by Landlord’s Required Insurance in which case the Lease shall not be terminated and Landlord shall commence repairs pursuant to subsection (i) above.  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord such repair costs within thirty (30) days following (A) receipt by Tenant of written evidence and supporting documentation reasonably acceptable to Tenant evidencing such costs and (B) completion of all repairs strictly to the condition of the Premises existing prior to the damage, subject to changes approved by Tenant in advance in writing, and receipt from the applicable governmental authorities of a fully signed certificate of occupancy or

 

25



 

its local equivalent.  Tenant shall provide Landlord with notice of such election within thirty (30) days following receipt of the Landlord Termination Notice.  If Landlord elects to repair the damage, and fails to complete such repairs within the time period set forth in the Damage Repair Estimate, subject to events of Force Majeure for up to ninety (90) days in the aggregate, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days’ prior notice to Landlord at any time following the expiration of the period set forth in the Damage Repair Estimate until such repairs are completed.

 

c)                                       If the damage to the Premises occurs during the last year of the Lease Term and the Damage Repair Estimate is for more than sixty (60) days, either Landlord or Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease, regardless of the sufficiency of any insurance proceeds.  The party electing to terminate this Lease shall give written notification to the other party of such election within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Damage Repair Estimate.  If (w) Landlord elects to terminate this Lease pursuant to the foregoing sentence, (x) the damage to the Premises is not a substantial or total destruction under Section 7.02 , (y) Tenant has not exercised an Option to Extend which is available to Tenant and (z) the Extension Notice Deadline has not passed, then Tenant may elect to exercise such Option to Extend during such thirty (30) day period, in which case Landlord’s notice of election to terminate shall be null and void and the provisions of Section 7.01(a)  and (b)  shall govern the repair of the applicable damage.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the damage to the Premises occurs during the last year of the Lease Term and the Damage Repair Estimate is for more than sixty (60) days but Tenant has exercised an Option to Extend, this Section 7.01(c)  shall have no force or effect.

 

Section 7.02.  Substantial or Total Destruction .  If the Premises is totally destroyed by any cause whatsoever (i.e., the damage to the Premises is greater than partial damage as described in Section 7.01 ), Tenant and Landlord shall immediately upon obtaining knowledge thereof notify each other of such total destruction, and Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to terminate this Lease by providing notice to the other party within thirty (30) days after receipt of notification of such damage.  If the Premises is not totally destroyed and the Damage Repair Estimate provides that the time period to repair such damage is greater than twelve (12) months, Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to terminate this Lease by providing notice to the other party within thirty (30) days after receipt by Tenant of the Damage Repair Estimate.  In addition, if the Lease is not terminated pursuant to Section 7.01 hereof or this Section 7.02 , and Landlord, subject to events of Force Majeure for up to ninety (90) days in the aggregate, fails to complete the repairs within sixty (60) days following the end of the time period set forth in the Damage Repair Estimate, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon written notice to Landlord at any time following the expiration of such sixty (60) day period until such repairs are completed.

 

Section 7.03.  Temporary Reduction of Rent .  If the Premises is destroyed or damaged and Landlord or Tenant repairs or restores the Premises pursuant to the provisions of this Article Seven , any Rent payable during the period of such damage, repair and/or restoration shall be reduced according to the degree, if any, to which Tenant’s use of the Premises is materially impaired and to which Tenant does not use the Premises.  Except for such possible reduction in

 

26



 

Rent Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation, reduction, or reimbursement from Landlord as a result of any damage, destruction, repair, or restoration of or to the Premises.

 

Section 7.04.  Waiver .  Tenant waives the protection of any statute, code or judicial decision which grants a tenant the right to terminate a lease in the event of damage to or destruction of the leased property.  Tenant agrees that the provisions of Section 7.02 above shall govern the rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant in the event of any damage of or destruction to the Premises.

 

ARTICLE EIGHT:  CONDEMNATION .

 

If all or any portion of the Premises is taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of that power (all of which are called “ Condemnation ”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken or sold on the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever occurs first.  If more than fifty percent (50%) of the rentable area of the Premises is taken, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever occurs first, by delivering written notice to the other within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within ten (10) days after the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever occurs first).  If neither Landlord nor Tenant terminates this Lease, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises not taken, except that the Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in the square footage of the Building.  Any Condemnation award or payment shall be the property of Landlord whether as compensation for reduction in the value of the leasehold, the taking of the fee, the taking of Landlord’s interest in any ground lease, or otherwise.  Tenant shall have the right to pursue a Condemnation award to recover its damages; provided that such aware is separate from and does not otherwise reduce any award to Landlord.  If this Lease is not terminated, Landlord shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by the Condemnation, except that Landlord shall not be obligated to repair any damage for which Tenant has been reimbursed by the condemning authority.  If the damages received by Landlord for repair of the Premises are not sufficient to pay for such repair, Landlord shall have the right to either terminate this Lease or make such repair at Landlord’s expense; provided, however, that if Landlord notifies Tenant of its intent to terminate the Lease due to insufficient funds (“ Landlord Condemnation Notice ”), then Tenant may by written notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days following receipt of the Landlord Condemnation Notice elect to pay the actual reasonable cost of the repair of the damage that is not covered by the Condemnation proceeds in which case the Lease shall not be terminated and Landlord shall commence repairs pursuant to this Article Eight .  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord such repair costs within thirty (30) days following (A) receipt by Tenant of written evidence and supporting documentation reasonably acceptable to Tenant evidencing such costs and (B) completion of all repairs strictly to the condition of the Premises existing prior to the damage, subject to changes approved by Tenant in advance in writing, and receipt from the applicable governmental authorities of a fully signed certificate of occupancy or its local equivalent.  Tenant shall provide Landlord with notice of such election within thirty (30) days following receipt of the Landlord Condemnation Notice.

 

27



 

ARTICLE NINE:  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING .

 

Section 9.01.  Landlord’s Consent Required .  Except as otherwise provided in this Article Nine , no portion of the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease may be acquired by any other person or entity, whether by sale, assignment, mortgage, sublease, transfer or act of Tenant, without Landlord’s prior written consent which is not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed consistent with the terms of this Lease.  As such, Landlord has the right to grant or withhold its consent as provided in Section 9.05 below.  Any attempted transfer without consent, to the extent Landlord’s consent is required, shall be void and shall constitute a material breach of this Lease.  If Tenant is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, or other entity, any cumulative transfer of more than forty nine percent (49%) of the stock, partnership, membership, or other equity interests in such entity, as the case may be (an “ Interest Transfer ”), shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease, subject to and with the benefit of the provisions of this Article Nine .

 

Section 9.02.  Permitted Transfers .  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.01 hereof, Tenant, with prior written notice to Landlord, may assign this Lease or sublease all or any portion of the Premises, without Landlord’s consent, to any entity which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant, or to any entity resulting from the sale, merger of or consolidation with Tenant, or to any entity acquiring all or substantially all of the assets or beneficial interests in or of Tenant (any of the foregoing, a “ Permitted Transferee ”).  In such case, any Permitted Transferee shall assume in writing all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.  For avoidance of doubt, an Interest Transfer shall be deemed an assignment to a Permitted Transferee and Landlord’s consent shall not be required in connection therewith.

 

Section 9.03.  Release of Tenant .  No transfer permitted by this Article Nine , whether with or without Landlord’s consent or any assumption of Tenant’s obligation under this Lease, including without limitation any transfer under Section 9.02 , shall release Tenant or any guarantor or change Tenant’s primary liability to pay the Rent and to perform all other obligations of Tenant under this Lease.  Landlord’s acceptance of Rent from any other party is not a waiver of any provision of this Article Nine .  Consent to one transfer is not a consent to any subsequent transfer.  If Tenant’s transferee defaults under this Lease, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without pursuing remedies against the transferee.  Landlord shall not consent to subsequent assignments, subleases, transfers, or modifications of this Lease by Tenant’s transferee, without Tenant’s approval, to be given or denied in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

Section 9.04.  Intentionally Deleted .

 

Section 9.05.  Landlord’s Consent .

 

a)                                      Tenant’s request for consent to any transfer required under the terms of this Article Nine shall set forth in writing the details of the proposed transfer, including the name, business and financial condition of the prospective transferee, financial details of the proposed transfer (e.g., the term of and the rent and security deposit payable under any proposed assignment or sublease), and any other information Landlord reasonably deems relevant.  Landlord shall have the right to reasonably withhold consent, based on the following factors:  (i) the business of the proposed assignee or subtenant and the proposed use of the

 

28



 

Premises, including whether such business or use is not appropriate for an industrial facility in this location or would require the storage or use of Hazardous Materials in greater amounts or different types than Tenant’s use per Article 25 (Use Exclusivity), (ii) the net worth, profitability and financial condition of the proposed assignee or subtenant is not sufficient to satisfy the applicable obligations hereunder or of the subtenant under the sublease and (iii) such other factors as Landlord may reasonably deem relevant.  In addition, during the portion of the final year of the original Lease Term prior to the delivery of an Extension Notice (as defined herein) or in the event Tenant fails to timely deliver an Extension Notice, in no event will Landlord be required to consent to a transfer to a transferee that has been a prospective tenant of the Premises for the period following expiration of the Lease Term.  Landlord shall inform Tenant of Landlord’s decision to grant or withhold its consent within thirty (30) days of receiving Tenant’s request for such consent and, if Landlord decides to withhold consent, Landlord shall inform Tenant of the basis for withholding consent.  If Landlord fails to respond within the thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall be deemed to have granted consent to the proposed transfer.

 

b)                                      If Tenant assigns or subleases, the following shall apply:

 

(i)                                      Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent under the Lease the Landlord’s Share (stated in Section 1.12 ) of the Profit (defined below) on such transaction as and when received by Tenant.  The “ Profit ” means (A) all amounts paid to Tenant for such assignment or sublease, including without limitation “key” money, monthly rent in excess of the monthly rent payable under this Lease, and all fees and other consideration attributable to the assignment or sublease, less (B) documented arm’s length, third-party costs and expenses directly incurred by Tenant in connection with the marketing, execution and performance of such assignment or sublease, real estate broker’s commissions, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and costs of renovation or construction of tenant improvements required under such assignment or sublease.  Tenant is entitled to recover such amounts before Tenant is obligated to pay the Landlord’s Share to Landlord.  The Profit in the case of a sublease of less than all the Premises is the rent allocable to the subleased space as a percentage on a square footage basis.

 

(ii)                                   Tenant shall provide Landlord a written statement certifying all amounts to be paid from any assignment or sublease of the Premises within thirty (30) days after the transaction documentation is signed, and Landlord may inspect Tenant’s books and records to verify the accuracy of such statement.  On written request, Tenant shall promptly furnish to Landlord copies of all the transaction documentation, all of which shall be certified by Tenant to be complete, true and correct.  Landlord shall have the right to audit Tenant’s books and records in connection with any such sublease or assignment, at Landlord’s cost, except that if Landlord discovers a discrepancy of two percent (2%) or more in the Profit, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the costs of Landlord’s audit.  Landlord’s receipt of Landlord’s Share shall not be deemed consent to any further

 

29



 

assignment or subletting.  The breach of Tenant’s obligation under this Section 9.05(b)  shall be a material default of this Lease.

 

Section 9.06.  No Merger .  No merger shall result from Tenant’s sublease of the Premises under this Article Nine , Tenant’s surrender of this Lease or the termination of this Lease in any other manner.  In any such event, Landlord may terminate any or all subtenancies or succeed to the interest of Tenant as sublandlord under any or all subtenancies.

 

Section 9.07.  Assignment by Landlord .  If Landlord sells or otherwise transfers its interest in the Premises, of if Landlord assigns its interest in the Lease, such purchaser, transferee or assignee thereof shall be deemed to have assumed Landlord’s obligations hereunder and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

 

ARTICLE TEN:  DEFAULTS; REMEDIES .

 

Section 10.01.  Covenants and Conditions; Time of Essence .  Tenant’s performance of each of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease is a condition as well as a covenant.  Tenant’s right to continue in possession of the Premises is conditioned upon such performance.  Time is of the essence in the performance of all covenants, obligations and conditions of this Lease by Tenant.

 

Section 10.02.  Defaults .  Any of the following shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” under this Lease:

 

a)                                      If Tenant abandons the Premises and ceases to perform any of its obligations under this Lease or if Tenant’s vacation of the Premises results in the cancellation of any insurance described in Section 4.04 ;

 

b)                                      If Tenant fails to pay Rent or any other charge within five (5) business days after written notice from Landlord that such amounts are past due;

 

c)                                       If Tenant fails to deliver any estoppel or SNDA or financial statements required under Section 11.04 within five (5) business days following written notice from Landlord that the applicable time period set forth herein for such delivery has expired;

 

d)                                      If Tenant fails to perform any of Tenant’s other non-monetary obligations under this Lease for a period of thirty (30) days (or such longer period as is reasonably necessary to cure such failure, provided Tenant commences cure within such thirty (30) day period and diligently pursues the cure thereafter) after written notice from Landlord setting forth the exact nature of such non-performance (unless said time period is shorter as specifically provided in this Lease).

 

e)                                       (i) If Tenant makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) if a petition for adjudication of bankruptcy or for reorganization or rearrangement is filed by or against Tenant and is not dismissed within thirty (30) days; (iii) if a trustee or receiver is appointed to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease and possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; or (iv) if Tenant’s interest in this

 

30


 

Lease is subjected to attachment, execution or other judicial seizure which is not discharged within thirty (30) days.  If a court of competent jurisdiction determines that any of the acts described in this subparagraph (d) is not a default under this Lease, and a trustee is appointed to take possession (or if Tenant remains a debtor in possession) and such trustee or Tenant transfers Tenant’s interest hereunder, then Landlord shall receive, as Additional Rent, the excess, if any, of the Rent (or any other consideration) paid in connection with such assignment or sublease over the Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease.

 

The notices required by this Section 10.02 are intended to satisfy any and all notice requirements imposed by law on Landlord and are not in addition to any such requirements.

 

Section 10.03.  Remedies .  On the occurrence of any Event of Default by Tenant, Landlord may, at any time thereafter, with or without notice or demand and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any right or remedy which Landlord may have:

 

a)                                      Terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord.  In such event, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant all damages incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s default, including (i) the worth at the time of the award of the unpaid Base Rent, Additional Rent and other charges which Landlord had earned at the time of the termination; (ii) the worth at the time of the award of the amount by which the unpaid Base Rent, Additional Rent and other charges which Landlord would have earned after termination until the time of the award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves Landlord could have reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of the award of the amount by which the unpaid Base Rent, and other charges which Tenant would have paid for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves Landlord could have reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s default or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including, but not limited to, any costs or expenses Landlord incurs in maintaining or preserving the Premises after such default, the reasonable and documented out of pocket cost of recovering possession of the Premises, reasonable and documented out of pocket expenses of reletting, including without limitation necessary renovation or alteration of the Premises or other tenant improvements not paid by the subsequent tenant, Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fee incurred in connection therewith, and any real estate commission paid or payable.  As used in subparts (i) and (ii) above, the “worth at the time of the award” is computed by allowing interest on unpaid amounts at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum, or such lesser amount as may then be the maximum lawful rate.  As used in subpart (iii) above, the “worth at the time of the award” is computed by discounting such amount at the rate equal to the Prime Rate of the largest commercial bank operating in Solano County, California, at the time of the award.  If Tenant has abandoned the Premises and has ceased to perform its obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall have the option of (i) retaking possession of the

 

31



 

Premises and recovering from Tenant the amount specified in this Section 10.03(a) , or (ii) proceeding under Section 10.03(b) ;

 

b)                                      Maintain Tenant’s right to possession, in which case this Lease shall continue in effect whether or not Tenant has abandoned the Premises.  In such event, Landlord shall be entitled to enforce all of Landlord’s rights and remedies under this Lease, including without limitation the right to recover the Rent as it becomes due.  Landlord’s remedies shall include those provided by Section 1951.4 of the California Civil Code; and

 

c)                                       Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Landlord in equity and/or under the laws or judicial decisions of the state in which the Premises is located.

 

Section 10.04.  Repayment of Abated Rent .  Tenant acknowledges that its right to receive credit for the Abated Rent is absolutely conditioned upon Tenant’s full and timely performance of its obligations under this Lease.  In the event that (a) Tenant commits an Event of Default beyond the applicable notice and cure period provided herein, and (b) in connection with such Event of Default by Tenant (i) Tenant files or has filed against it a petition for voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy, or otherwise becomes subject, voluntarily or involuntarily, to any proceeding under any domestic or foreign bankruptcy or insolvency law, which is not fully stayed within seven (7) business days or is not dismissed or vacated within thirty (30) days after filing; (ii) Landlord has enforced its right to possession of the Premises in a court of competent jurisdiction; or (iii) the Lease is terminated, then a portion of the Abated Rent shall immediately become due and payable in full by Tenant as follows:

 

Time Period

 

Amount of Repayment

During Lease Year 1

 

6 months of Abated Rent

During Lease Year 2

 

6 months of Abated Rent

During Lease Year 3

 

5 months of Abated Rent

During Lease Year 4

 

4 months of Abated Rent

During Lease Year 5

 

3 months of Abated Rent

During Lease Year 6

 

2 months of Abated Rent

During Lease Year 7

 

1 months of Abated Rent

During Lease Year 8 or later

 

None

 

Section 10.05.  Automatic Termination .  Notwithstanding any other term or provision hereof to the contrary, this Lease shall terminate on the occurrence of any act which affirms Landlord’s intention to terminate the Lease as provided in Section 10.03 hereof, including the filing of an unlawful detainer action against Tenant.  On such termination, Landlord’s damages for default shall include without limitation all costs and fees, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees, that Landlord incurs in connection with the filing, commencement, pursuing and/or defending of any action in any bankruptcy court or other court with respect to this Lease; the obtaining of relief from any stay in bankruptcy restraining any action to evict Tenant; or the pursuing of any action with respect to Landlord’s right to possession of the Premises.  All such damages suffered (apart from Rent payable hereunder) shall constitute pecuniary damages which must be reimbursed to Landlord prior to assumption of the Lease by

 

32



 

Tenant or any successor to Tenant in any bankruptcy or other proceeding.  All payment obligations of Tenant under this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

Section 10.06.  Cumulative Remedies .  Landlord’s exercise of any right or remedy shall not prevent it from exercising any other right or remedy.

 

Section 10.07.  Tenant Remedies .  Subject to any express limitations set forth herein to the contrary, the remedies provided for in this Lease are in addition to all other remedies available to Tenant at law or in equity by statute or otherwise.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if Landlord fails to pay or reimburse Tenant when due any undisputed amount owed to Tenant under this Lease, including, without limitation: (i) Tenant fails to receive any TI Allowance or other amounts owed to Tenant in connection with construction of the Tenant Improvements (as defined below) after submission of all required documents and information as required by this Lease; (ii) Landlord fails to pay when due any brokerage commissions payable to Tenant’s Broker in connection with this Lease; or (iii) monetary damages awarded to Tenant in any arbitration proceeding or by a court in any legal proceeding, then Tenant shall have the right, in addition to all other remedies available to Tenant at law or in equity by statute or otherwise, to either off-set against Rent due under this Lease or otherwise abate payments of Base Rent or Additional Rent to (a) the applicable undisputed amounts owed to Tenant plus (b) interest on the amounts owed to Tenant from the date incurred until such off-set occurs at eight percent (8%).

 

Section 10.08.  Termination of Parking Lease .  If the Parking Lease is terminated for any reason (including, but not limited to, under Section 7 or 8 of the Parking Lease) other than due to a breach by Tenant thereunder, then Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease in its sole and absolute discretion.  If the Parking Lease is only partially terminated under Section 7 or 8, then Tenant may elect to partially terminate this Lease by an amount up to the same proportion that the reduced premises under the Parking Lease bears to the original premises under the Parking Lease prior to reduction.  Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord of such election not later than thirty (30) days following the date that Tenant receives notice of the termination (or partial termination, as applicable) of the Parking Lease.  If Tenant elects to terminate this Lease in whole or in part and provides notice of such election in accordance with this Section, then this Lease shall terminate (or partially terminate, as applicable) on the same date that the Parking Lease terminates.

 

ARTICLE ELEVEN:  PROTECTION OF LENDERS .

 

Section 11.01.  Subordination .  This Lease shall be subordinate to any ground lease, deed of trust or mortgage encumbering the Premises, any advances made on the security thereof and any renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements or extensions thereof, whenever made or recorded.  Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and any lender which has or is acquiring a security interest in the Premises or this Lease by executing such further commercially reasonable documents and assurances, including a commercially reasonable subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement, per terms of Exhibit “H” or as such lender may reasonably require, confirming the foregoing and providing for additional mortgagee protection provisions described in Section 11.02(b)  below, and Tenant’s failure to do so or to provide

 

33



 

comments to any proposed form within twenty (20) business days after written request shall, at the sole option of Landlord constitute a default hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s right to quiet possession of the Premises during the Lease Term shall not be disturbed by the holder of any deed of trust or mortgage if Tenant pays the Rent and performs all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease and is not otherwise in default, whether this Lease is dated prior to or subsequent to the date of such deed of trust or mortgage.  If any beneficiary or mortgagee elects to have this Lease prior to the lien of its deed of trust or mortgage and gives written notice thereof to Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed prior to such deed of trust or mortgage whether this Lease is dated prior or subsequent to the date of said deed of trust or mortgage or the date of recording thereof.

 

Section 11.02.  Attornment .

 

a)                                      If Landlord’s interest in the Premises is acquired by any ground lessor, beneficiary under a deed of trust, mortgagee, or purchaser at a foreclosure sale or in acquiring Landlord’s interest in the Premises in lieu of foreclosure Tenant shall attorn to the transferee or successor to Landlord’s interest in the Premises and recognize such transferee or successor as Landlord under this Lease, provided however, that such transferee or successor agrees in writing not to disturb Tenant’s tenancy hereunder and agrees to be bound by and assume the terms, conditions and obligations of Landlord under this Lease, except that such assumption shall not be deemed of itself an acknowledgment by such purchaser or successor of the validity of any then-existing claims of Tenant against any prior landlord (including Landlord).  Tenant shall execute such further commercially reasonable documents and assurances as such lender or such purchaser or successor may require.  Tenant’s failure to do so within twenty (20) business days after written request shall at the sole option of Landlord constitute a default hereunder.  Tenant waives the protection of any statute or rule of law which gives or purports to give Tenant any right to terminate this Lease or surrender possession of the Premises upon the transfer of Landlord’s interest.

 

b)                                      Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in this Lease to the contrary, neither any such lender nor such other purchaser or successor shall in any event be:

 

(i)                                      Liable for any acts or omissions of any prior landlord (including Landlord);

 

(ii)                                   Obligated to cure any defaults of any prior landlord (including Landlord) which occurred prior to the time that such lender or such other purchaser or successor succeeded to the interest of such prior landlord under the Lease, unless such default is ongoing;

 

(iii)                                Subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant may be entitled to assert against any prior landlord (including Landlord);

 

(iv)                               Bound by any payment of Rent by Tenant to any prior landlord (including Landlord) for more than one month in advance unless actually received;

 

34



 

(v)                                  Bound by any amendment or modification of the Lease made without the written consent of such lender or such other purchaser or successor; or

 

(vi)                               Liable or responsible for, or with respect to, the retention, application and/or return to Tenant of any security deposit paid to any prior landlord (including Landlord), whether or not still held by such prior landlord, unless and until such lender or such other purchaser or successor has actually received for its own account as landlord the full amount of such security deposit.

 

Section 11.03.  Estoppel Certificates .

 

a)                                      Upon Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a written statement certifying, to the extent true at the time:  (a) that none of the terms or provisions of this Lease have been changed (or if they have been changed, stating how they have been changed); (b) that this Lease has not been cancelled or terminated; (c) the last date of payment of the Base Rent and other charges and the time period covered by such payment; (d) that Landlord is not in default under this Lease (or, if Landlord is claimed to be in default, stating why); and (e) such other factual information with respect to Tenant or the Lease as Landlord may reasonably request or which any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the Premises, or any leasehold beneficiary, may reasonably require.  Tenant shall deliver such statement to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request.  If Tenant fails to do so then Landlord may send a second request to Tenant which states in twelve (12) point font at the top of such request “SECOND NOTICE PURSUANT TO SECTION 11.03 OF THE LEASE, FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN FIVE BUSINESS DAYS WILL CONSTITUTE TENANT’S DEEMED ACCEPTANCE OF TENANT ESTOPPEL”, and if Tenant fails to respond within such five (5) business day period, Tenant shall conclusively be deemed, without exception, to have acknowledged the correctness of the statements set forth in the form of certificate which Landlord requested that Tenant deliver, and Tenant shall be estopped from denying the correctness of each such statement, such that a mortgagee or purchaser may rely on the correctness of the statements in such form of certificate, as if made and certified by Tenant.  Landlord may give any such statement by Tenant to any third party and such third party may rely conclusively upon such statement as true and correct.

 

b)                                      Landlord shall, within ten (10) business days’ after receipt of a written request from Tenant, execute and deliver (or provide written comments to any proposed certificate delivered by Tenant) to Tenant a statement certifying:  (i) the date of commencement and expiration of this Lease; (ii) the fact that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications to this Lease, that this Lease is in full force and effect, as modified, and stating the date and nature of such modifications); (iii) the date to which the Rent and other sums payable under this Lease have been paid; (iv) the fact that there are no current defaults under this Lease by either Landlord or Tenant except as specified in Landlord’s statement; and (v) such other factual matters as may be reasonably

 

35



 

requested by Tenant.  Landlord agrees that any statement delivered pursuant to this Section 11.03 may be relied upon by any assignee, lender, subtenant or investor of Tenant.  Landlord irrevocably agrees that if Landlord fails to execute and deliver such certificate within such ten (10) business days period (or provide written comments to any proposed certificate delivered by Tenant), Tenant may provide to Landlord a second written request with respect to such estoppel certificate which written notice must state in bold and all caps “FAILURE TO RESPOND TO THIS WRITTEN NOTICE WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS AFTER RECEIPT HEREOF WILL CONSTITUTE LANDLORD’S DEEMED ACCEPTANCE OF LANDLORD’S ESTOPPEL.” If Landlord provides written comments to any estoppel certificate received from Tenant, then Landlord shall have five (5) business days following receipt of a revised estoppel certificate to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Tenant such revised estoppel certificate (or provide written comments to any such revised estoppel certificate delivered by Tenant) and the same process described above shall apply with respect to Landlord’s failure to timely execute, acknowledge and deliver such revised estoppel certificate (or provide written comments to any proposed certificate delivered by Tenant).

 

Section 11.04.  Tenant’s Financial Condition .  Within thirty (30) days after written request from Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord such financial statements as Landlord may reasonably require to facilitate the financing, refinancing, or sale of the Premises.  Tenant will represent and warrant to Landlord that, to Tenant’s knowledge, such financial statements are a true and accurate statement as of the date of such statement.  All financial statements shall be confidential (and any party that may review such financial statements shall execute Tenant’s standard form of non-disclosure agreement prior to receipt of any financial statements) and shall be used only for the purposes set forth in this Lease.  During any period that the ownership interests in Tenant are publicly traded on a national stock exchange or other exchange, Tenant shall have no obligations under this Section 12.01 .  In no event will Tenant be required to provide any financial information to any Tenant Competitor (as defined below).

 

ARTICLE TWELVE:  LEGAL COSTS .

 

Section 12.01.  Legal Proceedings .  In any action or proceeding between Landlord and Tenant, including any appellate or alternative dispute resolution proceeding, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the non-prevailing party all of its costs and expenses in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees actually incurred.  Such costs shall include reasonable legal fees and costs incurred for the negotiation of a settlement, enforcement of rights, including collection costs, or otherwise.  Furthermore, if any legal proceeding for breach of or to enforce the provisions of this Lease is commenced, or for a declaration of or review, including proceedings rights hereunder, in bankruptcy or otherwise, the court in such action shall award to the party in whose favor a judgment is entered a reasonable sum as attorneys’ fees and costs at trial or upon appeal.  The losing party in such action shall pay such attorneys’ fees and costs.  Tenant shall also indemnify Landlord against and hold Landlord harmless from all costs, expenses, demands and liability Landlord may incur if Landlord becomes or is made a party to any claim or action (a) instituted by Tenant against any third party, or by any third party against Tenant, relating to this Lease, the Premises or Tenant’s operations at

 

36



 

the Premises, or by or against any person holding any interest under or using the Premises by license of or agreement with Tenant; (b) for foreclosure of any lien for labor or material furnished to or for Tenant or such other person at the Premises; (c) otherwise arising out of or resulting from any act or transaction of Tenant or such other person, related to this Lease, the Premises or Tenant’s operations at the Premises; or (d) necessary to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease in a bankruptcy proceeding, or other proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, except to the extent such costs, expenses demands or liability arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord.  Tenant shall defend Landlord against any such claim or action at Tenant’s expense with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord or, at Landlord’s election, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for reasonable legal fees or costs Landlord incurs in any such claim or action.

 

Section 12.02.  Landlord’s Consent .  Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent under Article Nine , or in connection with any other act which Tenant proposes to do and which requires Landlord’s consent.

 

ARTICLE THIRTEEN:  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS .

 

Section 13.01.  Non-Discrimination .  Tenant agrees to comply with all Applicable Laws pertaining to discrimination on the basis of race, color, sex, creed, national origin or ancestry in the leasing, subleasing, transferring, occupancy, tenure or use of the Premises or any portion thereof.

 

Section 13.02.  Landlord’s Liability; Certain Duties .

 

a)                                      Any landlord who transfers its title or interest is relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations of Landlord under this Lease to be performed on or after the date of transfer, and upon transfer of Landlord’s interest or title, the transferee, by accepting such transfer, shall be deemed to have assumed Landlord’s obligations under this Lease.  However, each landlord shall deliver to its transferee all funds that Tenant previously paid if such funds have not yet been applied under the terms of this Lease.

 

b)                                      Notwithstanding any term or provision herein to the contrary, the liability of Landlord for the performance of its duties and obligations under this Lease is limited to Landlord’s interest in the Premises, as the same may from time to time be encumbered, and the proceeds of the transfer, casualty or condemnation thereof, and neither Landlord nor its direct or indirect partners, shareholders, members, managers, officers, directors, employees, agents, or other principals shall have any personal liability under this Lease.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, except as permitted under Section 2.05 , in no event shall Landlord or Tenant be liable for incidental, general, consequential, speculative, indirect, or punitive damages.

 

Section 13.03.  Severability .  A determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provision of this Lease or any part thereof is illegal or unenforceable shall not cancel or

 

37



 

invalidate the remainder of such provision or this Lease, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Section 13.04.  Interpretation .  The captions of the Articles and Sections of this Lease are to assist the parties in reading this Lease and are not a part of the terms or provisions of this Lease.  Whenever required by the context of this Lease, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular.  The masculine, feminine and neuter genders shall each include the other.  In any provision relating to the conduct, acts or omissions of Tenant, the term “ Tenant ” shall include Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors, licensees, invitees, successors, assigns and others using the Premises with Tenant’s express or implied permission.

 

Section 13.05.  Incorporation of Prior Agreements; Modifications .  This Lease is the only agreement between the parties pertaining to the lease of the Premises and relationship between Landlord and Tenant solely with respect to the Premises and no other agreements with respect thereto are effective.  All amendments to this Lease shall be in writing and signed by Landlord and Tenant.  Any other attempted amendment shall be void.

 

Section 13.06.  Notices .  All notices required or permitted under this Lease and Applicable Law shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered, sent by overnight express delivery by a nationally recognized courier or sent by registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid.  All notices shall be effective upon personal delivery or actual delivery as evidenced by the return receipt.  Notices may be sent hereunder by electronic mail with a confirmation courtesy copy delivered by another method set forth in this Section; provided that no such notice shall be effective until actual delivery of such courtesy copy.  Either party may change its notice address upon written notice to the other party in accordance with the terms of this Section 13.06 .

 

Notices to Tenant shall be delivered to:

 

Blue Apron, Inc.
5 Crosby St., 3rd Floor,
New York, NY 10013
Attn:  General Counsel
Email:  ben@blueapron.com

 

With a copy to:

 

Paul Hastings LLP
55 Second St., 24th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94105
Attn:  Stephen I. Berkman, Esq.
Email:  steveberkman@paulhastings.com

 

Notice to Landlord shall be delivered to:

 

Gateway 80 Industrial, LLC
c/o Panattoni Development Company, Inc.
8775 Folsom Blvd., Suite 200

 

38



 

Sacramento, California 95826
Attention:  Timothy W. Schaedler
Email:  tschaedler@panattoni.com

 

With a copy to:

 

CVM Law Group, LLP
20411 SW Birch Street, Suite 200
Newport Beach, CA 92660
Attention:  Fredric I. Albert
Email:  falbert@cvmlaw.com

 

Section 13.07.  Waivers .  All waivers must be in writing and signed by the waiving party.  Landlord’s failure to enforce any provision of this Lease or its acceptance of Rent shall not be a waiver and shall not prevent Landlord from enforcing that provision or any other provision of this Lease in the future.  No statement on a payment check from Tenant or in a letter accompanying a payment check shall be binding on Landlord.  Landlord may, with or without notice to Tenant, negotiate such check without being bound to the conditions of such statement.

 

Section 13.08.  Memorandum .  Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Lease, the parties shall promptly execute and Landlord shall record, at its sole cost and expense, a short form memorandum in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit “D” .  Within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s written request following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord in recordable form, a quitclaim deed designating Landlord as the transferee.

 

Section 13.09.  Binding Effect .  This Lease binds any party who legally acquires any rights or interest in this Lease from Landlord or Tenant, except as otherwise set forth in this Lease.  However, Landlord shall have no obligation to Tenant’s successor unless the rights or interests of Tenant’s successor are acquired in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

 

Section 13.10.  Choice of Law .  The laws of the State of California shall govern this Lease without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

Section 13.11.  Authority .  Each person signing this Lease represents and warrants that he, she or it has full authority to do so on behalf of the respective party signed for.  If Tenant is a partnership or a limited liability company, each person or entity signing this Lease for Tenant represents and warrants that he or it is a general partner of the partnership or a managing member of the limited liability company, as the case may be, that he, she or it has full authority to sign for the partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be, and that this Lease binds the partnership and all general partners of the partnership and the limited liability company, as the case may be.

 

Section 13.12.  Joint and Several Liability .  All parties signing this Lease as Tenant on the Execution Date as well as on any future amendments to this Lease shall be jointly and severally liable for all obligations of Tenant under this Lease.

 

39



 

Section 13.13.  Force Majeure .  With the exception of the obligation to pay Rent or any other monetary obligations hereunder, the time provided for either party to perform its obligations hereunder shall be extended by a period of time equal to the duration of events beyond their control, including but not limited to delay in the issuance of building permits or other required approvals (provided the party responsible for obtaining such permits or approvals is diligently pursuing the issuance thereof), delay by governmental authorities beyond such party’s control, acts of God, terrorism, riot, war, civil commotion, labor disputes which do not affect solely the delayed party, strikes which do not affect solely the delayed party, fire, flood or other casualty, shortages of labor or material which do not affect solely the delayed party, government regulation and weather conditions causing delay (“ Force Majeure ”).  Force Majeure shall not include any period of delay arising out of Landlord’s failure to comply with the PLA (as defined below).  The party claiming the benefit of this Section 13.13 will, promptly upon becoming aware of such event, notify the other party of any Force Majeure event.

 

Section 13.14.  Execution of Lease; Electronic Signatures .  This Lease may be executed in counterparts and, when all counterpart documents are executed, the counterparts shall constitute a single binding instrument.  Execution copies of this Lease may be delivered by facsimile or email, and the parties hereto agree to accept and be bound by facsimile signatures or scanned signatures transmitted via email hereto, which signatures shall be considered as original signatures with the transmitted Lease having the same binding effect as an original signature on an original Lease.  Neither party may raise the use of a facsimile machine or scanned document or the fact that any signature was transmitted through the use of a facsimile machine or email as a defense to the enforcement of this Lease.

 

Section 13.15.  Survival .  The representations and warranties of each party in this Lease shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

Section 13.16.  Not an Offer .  Landlord’s delivery of this Lease to Tenant shall not be deemed to be an offer to lease and shall not be binding upon either party until executed and delivered by both parties.

 

Section 13.17.  OFAC .  Landlord advises Tenant hereby that the purpose of this Section 13.17 is to provide to Landlord information and assurances to enable Landlord to comply with the law relating to OFAC.

 

a)                                      Tenant hereby represents, warrants and covenants to Landlord, either that (i) Tenant is regulated by the SEC, FINRA or the Federal Reserve (a “Regulated Entity”) or (ii) neither Tenant nor any person or entity that directly or indirectly (a) controls Tenant or (b) has an ownership interest in Tenant of twenty-five percent (25%) or more, appears on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (“OFAC List”) published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

 

b)                                      If, in connection with this Lease, there is one or more guarantors of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, then Tenant further represents, warrants and covenants either that (i) any such guarantor is a Regulated Entity or (ii) neither guarantor nor any person or entity that directly or indirectly (a) controls such

 

40


 

guarantor or (b) has an ownership interest in such guarantor of twenty-five percent (25%) or more, appears on the OFAC List.

 

c)                                       Tenant covenants during the term of this Lease to provide to Landlord information reasonably requested by Landlord including without limitation, organizational structural charts and organizational documents which Landlord may deem to be necessary (“Tenant OFAC Information”) in order for Landlord to confirm Tenant’s continuing compliance with the provisions of this Section 13.17 .  Tenant represents and warrants that the Tenant OFAC Information it has provided or to be provided to Landlord or Landlord’s Broker in connection with the execution of this Lease is true and complete.

 

Section 13.18.  Statutory Disclosure .  To Landlord’s actual knowledge, the property being leased or rented under this Lease has not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist.  The foregoing disclosure does not affect Landlord’s or Tenant’s respective responsibilities for compliance of construction-related accessibility standards as specifically provided in this Lease.

 

Section 13.19.  Intentionally Deleted .

 

Section 13.20.  LEED Rating .  The Building and the Premises are or may become in the future certified under the LEED rating system.  Landlord’s sustainability practices do or may address whole-building operations and maintenance issues, including chemical use; indoor air quality; energy efficiency; water efficiency; recycling programs; exterior maintenance programs; and systems upgrades to meet green building energy, water, indoor air quality and lighting performance standards.  Tenant’s construction and maintenance methods and procedures, material purchases and disposal of waste with respect to the Premises shall be in compliance with Tenant’s LEED Requirements, as set forth in Exhibit “B” , in addition to any requirements under applicable laws with respect thereto.

 

Section 13.21.  Drafting .  Each party has been represented by legal counsel in connection with the drafting and negotiation of this Lease.  Each party and its counsel have had an opportunity to review and suggest revisions to the language of this Lease.  Accordingly, no provision of this Lease shall be construed for or against or interpreted to the benefit or disadvantage of any party by reason of any party having or being deemed to have structured or drafted such provision.

 

Section 13.22.  Utility Disclosures .  Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord’s compliance with all disclosures and information related to utilities disclosures required by applicable laws or LEED requirements, including, without limitation by providing copies of utility bills and authorizing all applicable utility companies to release such information to Landlord upon Landlord’s request.  Tenant’s obligation under this paragraph shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease for a period of one (1) year.

 

Section 13.23.  California Waivers .  Except as expressly set forth herein to the contrary, Tenant waives any and all rights under California Civil Code Sections 1932(2), 1933(4), and 3275 and California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 473, 1265.130, 1174, and 1179.

 

41



 

ARTICLE FOURTEEN:  BROKERS .

 

Section 14.01.  Broker’s Fee .  Any real estate commission paid by Landlord shall be pursuant to a separate written agreement with Landlord.  Nothing contained in this Lease shall impose any obligation on Landlord to pay a commission or fee to any party other than to the Brokers identified in Section 1.08 .

 

Section 14.02.  Agency Disclosure; No Other Brokers .  Landlord and Tenant each warrant that they have dealt with no other real estate broker(s) in connection with this transaction except the Brokers identified in Section 1.07 .  Each party hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend and hold the other party harmless against any claim that may arise as a result of any breach of the foregoing warranty by the indemnifying party.  The terms of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE FIFTEEN:  COMPLIANCE .  Notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary other than in connection with Landlord’s warranties hereunder, the TI Allowance and construction of the Tenant Improvements, in no event shall Landlord be required to make any alterations, improvements, modifications, or additions in the Premises, or to pay any costs in connection therewith, when the requirement thereof results from or is triggered by Tenant’s specific use of the Premises or due to alterations, additions, or improvements made by or at the request of Tenant, and all costs of such compliance shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant.

 

ARTICLE SIXTEEN:  LANDLORD’S LIEN .  Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that any and all of Tenant’s movable furniture, furnishings, trade fixtures and equipment at the Premises (“ Tenant’s Property ”) may be financed by a third-party lender or lessor (an “ Equipment Lienor ”), and, except for any for Tenant’s Property paid or reimbursed from the TI Allowance (defined in Section 22.02 ) Landlord hereby (i) waives any rights to Tenant’s Property, and (ii) agrees to recognize the rights of any such Equipment Lienor, subject to and in accordance with a commercially reasonable waiver agreement to be entered into by and between Landlord and the Equipment Lienor following request by Tenant.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no such agreement shall be deemed commercially reasonable unless it requires the Equipment Lienor to complete removal of Tenant’s Property within thirty (30) days after Lease termination, to pay Base Rent for any such period in advance, to indemnify Landlord with respect to any entry, repair any damage, and to name Landlord as an additional insured on a commercially reasonable liability policy.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no sales or auctions may be held on the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

ARTICLE SEVENTEEN:  REPRESENTATIONS .

 

Section 17.01.  To induce Tenant to execute this Lease, and in addition to the other representations and warranties of Landlord contained in this Lease, Landlord warrants and represents that:

 

a)                                      As of the Commencement Date, the Common Areas and the Premises shall comply with all Laws (including, without limitation, zoning, building, fire and energy codes).

 

42



 

b)                                      As of the Commencement Date, the Common Areas and the Premises shall be in good condition and repair commensurate with other first-class industrial buildings and the Common Systems shall be in good working order and repair.

 

c)                                       As of the Execution Date, to Landlord’s knowledge no person or entity (except Tenant, governmental authorities (pursuant to a condemnation proceeding), the Affiliates of Landlord, and any lender of Landlord in the event of foreclosure following default by Landlord) has any right to purchase, ground lease or otherwise acquire any fee or leasehold interest in the Project.

 

d)                                      Landlord is the sole owner in fee simple of the Project.

 

e)                                       Landlord is duly incorporated (or organized) and validly existing under the Laws of its state of incorporation (or organization).  Landlord is qualified to do business in California.  Landlord has full right, power and authority to enter into this Lease and to perform all of Landlord’s obligations hereunder.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Lease has been duly authorized by Landlord and each person signing this Lease on behalf of the Landlord is duly and validly authorized to do so.

 

f)                                        As of the Execution Date:  (i) Landlord is the owner of all of the real property which is subject to the Gateway CC&Rs, (ii) Landlord as the declarant under the Gateway CC&R’s has no objection to the Tenant’s intended use of the Premises set forth in Section 1.05 , (iii) Landlord has received an Estoppel Certificate from the declarant under the ABC CC&Rs dated September 11, 2015 indicating declarant has waived its right to repurchase the Project and (iv) the Landlord has received approval under the ABC CC&Rs for the Project depicted on Exhibit C and the master sign criteria in the Gateway CC&R’s .

 

g)                                       As of the Execution Date, the Landlord has received the following permits from the City of Fairfield:  Construction Permit:  Grading Only for the Project, Permit Number BLD15-02834 issued 4/5/2016 and Construction Permit:  Gateway 80 Business Park Building A, Permit Number BLD15- 02785 issued 6/20/16.

 

Section 17.02.  To induce Landlord to execute this Lease, and in addition to the other representations and warranties of Tenant contained in this Lease, Tenant warrants and represents that:  Tenant is duly incorporated (or organized) and validly existing under the Laws of its state of incorporation (or organization).  Tenant is qualified to do business in California.  Tenant has full right, power and authority to enter into this Lease and to perform all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Lease has been duly authorized by Tenant and each person signing this Lease on behalf of the Tenant is duly and validly authorized to do so.

 

ARTICLE EIGHTEEN:  Intentionally Deleted .

 

ARTICLE NINETEEN:  REMEASUREMENT .  Within sixty (60) days after the Commencement Date, upon request of Tenant, Landlord shall have its architect (“ Landlord’s Architect ”) measure the final Building to determine the number of rentable square feet therein, in

 

43



 

accordance with the 2012 Industrial Buildings:  Standard Methods of Measurement as adopted by the Building Owners and Managers Association (ANSI/BOMA Z65.2-2012 (provided, however, that in no event shall the TI Allowance or any item of Rent be increased by more than one percent (1%) as a result of such measurement) and thereafter the results thereof shall be presented to Tenant in writing.  If Tenant disputes the measurement of Landlord’s Architect, Tenant shall notify Landlord within five (5) business days after receipt by Tenant of such measurement, together with a detailed justification for such dispute.  Tenant shall then have fifteen (15) days to have an architect selected by Tenant (“ Tenant’s Architect ”) measure the Building using the procedures set forth herein.  If Tenant’s Architect disputes the findings of Landlord’s Architect, both Architects shall meet in good faith for a period not to exceed fifteen (15) days and try to reach agreement on the number of rentable square feet.  If the Architects cannot reach agreement within such period, the Architects shall in good faith select a third, independent architect (the “ Resolution Architect ”) to measure the Building.  The measurement of the Resolution Architect shall be final and binding on all parties.  All fees and costs payable to Landlord’s Architect and/or Tenant’s Architect shall be paid by Tenant.  Tenant and Landlord shall each be responsible for one-half of the fees and costs payable to the Resolution Architect.  If the Lease Term commences prior to such final determination, 430,500 rentable square feet shall be utilized until a final determination is made, whereupon an appropriate adjustment, if necessary, shall be made retroactively, and Landlord or Tenant shall make appropriate payment (if applicable).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have no obligation to repay any Abated Rent to Tenant in the event such remeasurement results in a decrease in Rent.

 

ARTICLE TWENTY:  Tenant Self-Help .  In the event Landlord defaults under the terms and conditions of this Lease, beyond any applicable notice or cure periods, Tenant may, at its option (in addition to all other rights and remedies specifically set forth in this Lease), upon further written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s intention to exercise its self-help remedies hereunder and after providing Landlord with an additional ten (10) day cure period thereafter, incur any reasonable expense necessary to perform the obligation of Landlord specified in such notice and bill landlord for the reasonable and actual costs thereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an emergency shall exist which requires immediate action in order to prevent death, bodily injury, or significant property damage and/or prevent a material interference with Tenant’s business operations at the Premises, Tenant may cure such default with only reasonable (under the circumstances) notice to Landlord being required.  If Landlord has not reimbursed Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s bill and copies of paid invoices, then Tenant may deduct the reasonable cost of such expense from the Rent next becoming due (but in no event more than fifty percent (50%) of the Rent due in any applicable month), together with interest thereon at 8%.

 

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS ARE SET FORTH IN A RIDER OR RIDERS ATTACHED HERETO.

 

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

44



 

Landlord and Tenant have signed this Lease as of the date first shown above.  “LANDLORD”

 

LANDLORD

 

GATEWAY 80 INDUSTRIAL, LLC,

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

Gateway 80 Industrial PG, LLC

 

 

a Delaware limited liability company,

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

PDC Sacramento LLC,

 

 

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

Its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy W. Schaedler

 

 

 

 

Timothy W. Schaedler, Local Partner

 

 

TENANT

 

BLUE APRON, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Salzberg

 

Name:

Matt Salzberg

 

Title:

CEO

 

 

Signature Page

 


 

RIDERS TO
LEASE AGREEMENT

 

ARTICLE TWENTY-ONE:  OPTION(S) TO EXTEND .

 

Section 21.01.  Grant of Options.  Provided Tenant is not then in breach of any of the terms or covenants of this Lease, beyond the expiration of any applicable grace or cure period, and Tenant or a Permitted Transferee is physically occupying at least fifty percent (50%) of the Premises at the time of such election, Tenant may extend this Lease for up to two (2) additional periods of five (5) years each (each, an “ Extension Term ”) on the terms and conditions as provided in this Lease (“ Option to Extend ”), by delivering written notice of the exercise thereof (the “ Extension Notice ”) to Landlord not earlier than twelve (12) and not later than nine (9) months before the expiration of the original Lease Term or the first Extension Term, as applicable (the “ Extension Notice Deadline ”).  Upon the commencement of any Extension Term, the applicable Extension Term shall be deemed part of the “ Lease Term ”.

 

Section 21.02.  Extension Term Rent .

 

a)                                      Tenant’s exercise of an Option to Extend will not affect any terms or conditions of the Lease except that:  (i) the Lease Term shall be extended as provided above; (ii) the cap on Management Fees (as provided in Section 4.08 ) may be adjusted upwards (at Landlord’s election) to reflect the Fair Market Management Fee Cap as defined below; and (iii) Base Rent for the initial twelve (12) months of each Extension Term will be the Fair Market Rent as determined below, and the Base Rent will increase on an annual basis by three percent (3%) starting on each anniversary of commencement of the Extension Term.  No tenant improvements or rental abatements will be provided by Landlord in connection with the exercise of an Option to Extend, which shall be considered in the determination of Fair Market Rent.

 

b)                                      If Tenant has properly exercised an Option to Extend, Landlord will, not later than thirty (30) days after receipt by Landlord of Tenant’s Extension notice (“ Extension Rent Notice Deadline ”) provide Tenant with written notice of the adjustment made by Landlord, if any, to the cap on Management Fees and the monthly Base Rent payable during the first twelve (12) month period of the applicable Extension Term (“ Extension Rent Notice ”) based on the current fair market base monthly rent for the Premises (“ Fair Market Rent ”) and, if election is made to adjust the cap on Management Fees the current fair market cap on the management fee percentage of Rent which a tenant and a landlord would accept for Comparable Transactions (“ Fair Market Management Fee Cap ”).  If Landlord fails to provide the Extension Rent Notice by the Extension Rent Notice Deadline, Tenant will notify Landlord within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s failure to provide the Extension Rent Notice, and Landlord will have an additional thirty (30) days to provide the Extension Rent Notice after receiving Tenant’s notice.  Fair Market Rent shall mean the monthly base rent amount per rentable square foot which a tenant would pay and which a willing landlord would accept for space in industrial warehouse projects, within the Fairfield/Cordelia/Benicia

 

Riders- 1



 

metropolitan area, of standards comparable to the Premises (except as set forth below), for the period for which such rental is to be paid and for a lease on terms substantially identical to those of the Lease (including, without limitation, those applicable to Additional Rent), based on prevailing market conditions in such similar projects at the time such determination is made (“ Comparable Transactions ”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in considering the condition of the Premises as compared to Comparable Transactions, the value of (a) any (i) improvements, (ii) alterations or (iii) other modifications to the base building constructed at Tenant’s expense and (b) upgrades to Landlord’s Improvements requested by Tenant either prior to or following the Execution Date and paid for by Tenant including by reduction of the TI Allowance (as defined below), shall not be considered, the intent of the parties being that Fair Market Rent shall not increase as a result of improvements to the Premises paid for solely by Tenant.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Comparable Transactions shall be for a term similar to the Extension Term and for space comparable in use, layout, level, square footage and location within a first class project; however, leases of unusual or odd shaped spaces shall not be considered.  In any determination of Fair Market Rent, the stated or contract monthly base rent in Comparable Transactions shall be appropriately adjusted to take into account the different terms and conditions prevailing in such transactions and those present in the Lease.

 

c)                                       Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord on or before the later to occur of (the “ Tenant Response Deadline ”) the Extension Notice Deadline or the date that is thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Extension Rent Notice, whichever date is later, of its acceptance or rejection of the Base Rent amount and/or adjusted cap on Management Fees.  If Tenant accepts the Base Rent amount before the Extension Notice Deadline, the Base Rent for the Extension Term will be Fair Market Rent set forth by Landlord in the Extension Rent Notice.  If Tenant accepts the adjusted cap on Management Fees before the Extension Notice Deadline, the cap on Management Fees for the Extension Term will be Fair Market Management Fee Cap set forth by Landlord in the Extension Rent Notice.  If Tenant fails to notify Landlord of its acceptance by the Tenant Response Deadline, Landlord will notify Tenant within fifteen (15) days of Tenant’s failure to respond and Tenant will have an additional fifteen (15) days to provide its response.  If Tenant does not respond within such second fifteen (15) days period for any reason, Tenant will be deemed to have accepted Landlord’s determinations.  If Tenant does not agree with Landlord’s determinations of the Base Rent amount and/or adjusted cap on Management Fees, and delivers written notice thereof, then the parties shall submit the matter to arbitration in accordance with the procedures set forth below.

 

Section 21.03.  Arbitration .

 

a)                                      For a period of thirty (30) days after Tenant rejects Landlord’s Base Rent and/or Management Fee cap proposal, Landlord and Tenant shall negotiate in good faith to resolve any such disagreement.  If, within the thirty (30) day negotiation period

 

Riders- 2



 

described herein Landlord and Tenant cannot reach an agreement as to the Fair Market Rent and/or the Fair Market Management Fee Cap, Tenant shall make demand for arbitration in writing within ten (10) days after the expiration of the thirty (30) day negotiation period, specifying therein the name and address of the person to act as an arbitrator on its behalf, who shall be a real estate broker and shall have been active over the ten (10) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing of industrial warehouse properties in the Fairfield/Cordelia/Benicia metropolitan area.  The arbitration shall be conducted and determined in Solano County in accordance with the then prevailing rules of the American Arbitration Association or its successor for arbitration of commercial disputes except to the extent that the procedures mandated will be deemed to modify such rules.  Failure on the part of Tenant to make a timely and proper demand for such arbitration shall constitute a waiver of the right thereto, and Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted Landlord’s determination of Fair Market Rent and Fair Market Management Fee Cap set forth in the Extension Rent Notice.  Within ten (10) business days after the receipt of Tenant’s demand for arbitration, Landlord shall give notice to Tenant, specifying the name and address of the person designated by Landlord to act as arbitrator on its behalf who shall be similarly qualified.  If Landlord fails to designate an arbitrator by with the ten (10) business day period, Tenant will notify Landlord of Landlord’s failure to designate an arbitrator and Landlord will have an additional five (5) days to designate an arbitrator.  If Landlord does not designate an arbitrator by the end of such five (5) day period, Tenant shall notify Landlord within five (5) days of such failure and Landlord shall have an additional five (5) days to designate an arbitrator.  If Landlord does not designate an arbitrator by the end of such second five (5) day period, Tenant’s arbitrator shall be the sole arbitrator to determine Fair Market Rent and the Fair Market Management Fee Cap.

 

b)                                      The two (2) arbitrators so appointed shall within ten (10) days of the date of appointment of the last appointed arbitrator agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator who shall be similarly qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the first two (2) arbitrators.  Within ten (10) days of the appointment of the third arbitrator, Landlord and Tenant will each submit its estimate of the Fair Market Rent and/or the Fair Market Management Fee Cap to the arbitrator(s), which estimate may be any amount and may be different than the amount stated in the Extension Rent Notice or otherwise discussed between the parties.  The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Fair Market Rent and/or Fair Market Management Fee Cap is the closest to the actual Fair Market Rent and/or Fair Market Management Fee Cap of the Premises, as determined by the arbitrators.  No ex parte communications with the third arbitrator ( i.e. , no hearing) shall be allowed unless agreed in writing by both Landlord and Tenant.  The three (3) arbitrators shall within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the third arbitrator reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Fair Market Rent and/or Fair Market Management Fee Cap as the Base Rent and/or cap on Management Fees for the Extension Term, and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof.  The decision of the majority of the three (3)

 

Riders- 3



 

arbitrators shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.  If the two (2) arbitrators fail to agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator within the ten (10) day period provided above, then Landlord shall prepare and submit to Tenant a list of three (3) proposed arbitrators that possess the required qualifications as set forth above; provided that none of such proposed arbitrators nor the firm for which any of them works shall be a current or past affiliate of either Landlord or Tenant or currently retained or employed by Landlord or Tenant or any of their Affiliates.  Within five (5) business days after receipt of such list, Tenant shall select an arbitrator therefrom and such person shall be the third arbitrator hereunder.  If Tenant fails to make such selection with such five (5) business day period, then Landlord shall select the third arbitrator from such list.  Each party shall pay the cost of the arbitrator which it first selects and the parties shall share equally the cost of the third arbitrator.

 

Section 21.04.  Option Is Not Assignable .  The Option to Extend granted to Tenant in this Article is personal to the Tenant named in this Lease and cannot be assigned to a third party, except as part of an assignment of this Lease or sublease of the entire Premises to a Permitted Transferee.

 

ARTICLE TWENTY-TWO:  LANDLORD’S IMPROVEMENTS .

 

Section 22.01.

 

a)                                      Landlord, at its own cost and expense, shall construct a cold dark shell building containing certain warehouse improvements on the Land.  Landlord shall construct the shell building, including certain warehouse improvements, and site improvements in accordance with the “ Specifications for Landlord’s Improvements ” attached hereto as Exhibit “F” and incorporated herein by reference (“ Landlord’s Improvements ”), subject to any changes or modifications required by Applicable Law existing at the time of provision.  With the exception of changes and modifications required by Applicable Law, Landlord shall construct Landlord’s Improvements in compliance with the Specifications for Landlord’s Improvements unless Tenant approves in writing in advance any deviation therefrom.  Landlord will assign to Tenant all warranties for any building component or system to be maintained by Tenant that are assignable and pass through to Tenant the benefit thereof to the extent not assignable.  Landlord will enforce all warranties not assigned to Tenant.  Landlord will pass through, for benefit of Tenant, any subcontractor warranties provided on Landlord’s Improvements.

 

b)                                      Tenant shall make no changes or modifications to the Specifications for Landlord’s Improvements without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may withhold consent if such change or modification would:  (i) directly or indirectly delay LI Substantial Completion, unless Tenant agrees that any such delay shall constitute a Tenant Delay; (ii) increase the cost of designing or constructing any of Landlord’s Improvements,

 

Riders- 4



 

unless Tenant agrees to pay for such increased cost as if such increased cost were a Change Order Cost (as defined below); (iii) be of a quality lower than the quality of the Landlord’s Improvements set forth in the Specifications for Landlord’s Improvements; (iv) violate any Applicable Laws and/or (v) result in the Building being reclassified from its current classification as warehouse/industrial use, unless Tenant agrees to pay the reasonable costs of restoration at the end of the Lease Term.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, in the event that Tenant shall request any changes or substitutions to the Specifications for Landlord’s Improvements and such changes, differences and/or substitutions result in increased costs in excess of the costs of those Landlord’s Improvements set forth on the Specifications for Landlord’s Improvements, then, to the extent of any remaining unused portion of the TI Allowance (as defined in Section 22.02 ), Landlord shall construct such approved changes at Landlord’s cost and expense and shall receive a credit towards the TI Allowance for such expense.  To the extent that such costs exceed the TI Allowance, Tenant shall pay such excess costs to Landlord within ten (10) business days of receipt of an invoice from the Contractor to the Landlord incorporating such changes.  In the event that any Tenant requested changes result in a delay, such delay shall be deemed a Tenant Delay.  If Tenant desires any change to the Specifications for Landlord’s Improvements, such changes may only be requested by the delivery to Landlord by Tenant of a proposed written “ Change Order ” specifically setting forth in detail the requested change.  Landlord shall have ten (10) business days from the receipt of the proposed Change Order to provide the following items:  (A) a reasonable summary of any estimated increase or decrease (if any) in the cost of Landlord’s Improvements caused by such proposed change (“ Change Order Cost ”) and (B) a statement of the estimated number of days of any delay or acceleration (if any) to the LI Substantial Completion caused by such proposed change, including, without limitation, design and construction delays, as reasonably determined by Landlord, the architect and the Contractor (the “ Change Order Delay ”).  If applicable, Tenant shall then have ten (10) business days to approve the Change Order Cost and the Change Order Delay in writing to Landlord.  If Tenant fails to respond to Landlord within said 10-business day period, the Change Order Cost and the Change Order impact shall be deemed disapproved by Tenant and Landlord shall have no further obligation to perform any work set forth in the proposed Change Order unless and until Tenant provides an updated Change Order.  If Tenant approves the Change Order Cost and Change Order Delay, (i) the parties shall be deemed to have accelerated or extended the date of LI Substantial Completion, Target Delivery Date, Termination Date, and the Commencement Date by the number of days of the Change Order Delay, (ii) Landlord shall, promptly execute the Change Order and cause the appropriate changes to the Specifications for Landlord’s Improvements to be made and constructed at Landlord’s cost and expense and (iii) Landlord shall receive a credit towards the remaining TI Allowance for the Change Order Cost and Tenant, to the extent that such Change Order Cost exceeds the remaining TI Allowance, shall reimburse Landlord for the Change Order Cost within thirty (30) days following receipt of invoice from the

 

Riders- 5



 

Contractor and, if requested by Tenant, reasonable backup documentation.  The Change Order Cost shall include all reasonable and customary costs solely associated with the Change Order, including, without limitation, architectural fees, engineering fees and construction costs, as reasonably determined by the Architect and the Contractor, respectively, a four percent (4%) management fee, general contractor’s fees, and any applicable permits and inspections.

 

c)                                       As used herein, “ Tenant Delay ” means any delay, including without limitation a delay in the design, construction and/or completion of the Landlord’s Improvements (under either this Lease and/or the Parking Lease) resulting from any or all of the following:  (a) Tenant’s failure to timely perform any of its obligations pursuant to this Lease, including without limitation Tenant’s failure to provide approvals, disapprovals and/or make payments within the time frames described herein; or if no time period is prescribed, then within five (5) business days after receipt of such request; (b) any requested modifications to any of the Specifications for Landlord’s Improvements that cause an extension to the LI Substantial Completion; (c) Tenant’s request for materials, finishes, or installations which are not readily available that cause an extension to the LI Substantial Completion; (d) Change Order Delays; (e) Tenant’s construction of the Tenant Improvements; or (f) any other delay, action or failure to act by Tenant, Tenant’s Representative, Tenant’s employees, agents, independent contractors, subcontractors, consultants and/or any other person performing or required to perform services on behalf of Tenant, including without limitation interference with Landlord, the Contractor or subcontractors during Tenant’s early occupancy of the Premises under Section 2.04 , in each case that causes an extension to the date of LI Substantial Completion (under this Lease and/or the Parking Lease).  Landlord shall provide Tenant with notice of such Tenant Delay not more than ten (10) days following the earlier of (i) the commencement thereof or (ii) the date that Landlord first becomes aware of such Tenant Delay.

 

Section 22.02.  Tenant Improvements .  Tenant may also build certain additional improvements to the Premises (the “ Tenant Improvements ”), as more particularly described in the Work Letter attached as Exhibit “E” .  Landlord has included a Tenant Improvement allowance of Six Dollars ($6.00) per square foot of the Building (“ TI Allowance ”) (i.e., if the Building is 430,500 square feet, $2,583,000.00) for design, construction drawings, permits and actual construction of the Tenant Improvements and for payment of any Change Order Costs.  Tenant shall be entitled to seek disbursement from the available TI Allowance to be paid, at Tenant’s election, either to Tenant to the extent Tenant has previously paid such amounts or directly to Tenant’s contractors, their subcontractors, and suppliers for the cost of any Tenant Improvements constructed or installed by such contractors, subcontractors, and/or suppliers.  Landlord shall provide said disbursement within thirty (30) days after receipt of a written request for disbursement, provided that Tenant is in compliance with the following:  (i) Landlord must receive a written request for disbursement from Tenant together with complete invoices with all back up including copies of invoices from subcontractors to support general contractor invoices; (ii) Landlord must have received W-9s for each contractor, subcontractor or supplier to paid; (iii) Landlord must receive conditional upon progress lien waivers for each contractor, subcontractor or supplier to paid along with unconditional upon progress lien waivers for all previous

 

Riders- 6



 

disbursements; and (iv) Tenant is not in default of any of its obligations under this lease.  All Tenant Improvements shall be constructed in the manner set forth in the Work Letter.  All invoices shall be subject to a ten percent (10%) retention to be held either under the applicable construction contract, or if no retention thereunder, by Landlord.  Payment of the ten percent (10%) retention shall be made upon Landlord’s receipt of the “as-built” drawings of the Tenant Improvements.  Invoices must be received by the 5th of the month to be paid within thirty (30) days.

 

ARTICLE TWENTY-THREE:  GENERAL PROVISIONS .

 

Section 23.01.  General Provisions .  The following provisions will apply to Landlord’s Improvements:

 

a)                                      The Premises is subject to a Project Labor Agreement by and between Alston Construction and UA Plumbers and Steamfitters Union, Local 343, International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers Union, Local 180, Sheet Metal Workers Union, Local 104 dated as of October 2, 2015 (the “ PLA ”).

 

b)                                      All fees and permits necessary for Landlord’s Improvements (including but not limited to electrical, mechanical, and fire and life safety equipment) shall be paid for by Landlord, except any costs in connection with Tenant delays or any additional costs to Landlord’s Improvements resulting from a Change Order to the Specifications for Landlord’s Improvements.

 

c)                                       Except for Landlord’s completion of the LI Punchlist (as defined below) items, Landlord’s obligations to complete Landlord’s Improvements pursuant to the Lease shall be satisfied (“ LI Substantial Completion ”) upon the date of completion of Landlord’s Improvements (except LI Punchlist items) in compliance with the Specifications for Landlord Improvements, subject to Change Orders approved by Tenant in advance in writing, and receipt from the governmental authorities having jurisdiction over Landlord’s Improvements of a fully signed permit card or its local equivalent for Landlord’s Improvements.  Landlord shall promptly notify Tenant of the date of LI Substantial Completion, and provide a copy of the permit card or its local equivalent to Tenant.  Tenant shall, at no out-of-pocket cost to Tenant, make all reasonable efforts to cooperate and assist Landlord in obtaining the permit card or its local equivalent.  LI Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Improvements is estimated to occur on or about the Target Delivery Date.

 

d)                                      Landlord shall notify Tenant approximately five (5) business days prior to the date of LI Substantial Completion to schedule an inspection of Landlord’s Improvements.  Tenant and Landlord shall inspect the Premises for the purpose of determining those items of work, if any, that remain unperformed, incomplete, not constructed in accordance with the plans therefor, improperly constructed, not in compliance with Applicable Law or otherwise not reasonably acceptable to Tenant.  Within five (5) business days after such inspection, Tenant and Landlord shall establish an itemized list of such items of work (“ LI Punchlist ”) and

 

Riders- 7



 

Landlord shall provide the expected timeframe for Landlord to complete each item on the LI Punchlist.  Landlord shall complete all items on the LI Punchlist within sixty (60) days after the date of LI Substantial Completion.

 

ARTICLE TWENTY-FOUR:  Intentionally Deleted .

 

ARTICLE TWENTY-FIVE:  Use Exclusivity .  For so long as (i) Tenant is not in default of this Lease beyond the applicable cure period, if any and (ii) Tenant continues to Lease the Premises from Landlord, Landlord will not lease any other space in the Gateway 80 Business Park to any entity or any business, division, operation or Affiliate thereof that is in the primary business of directly or indirectly, selling boxed meals or recipes and/or the pre-portioned ingredients to prepare such meals or recipes to consumers (a “ Tenant Competitor ”).

 

ARTICLE TWENTY-SIX:  Tenant’s Security System .  Tenant shall be entitled to install a separate security system for the Premises and may include, key-card systems, access gates, security lighting and video monitoring equipment (“ Tenant’s Security System ”), either as an alteration or as a part of the Tenant Improvements; provided, however, the installation of Tenant’s Security System shall otherwise be subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease and/or the Work Letter, as applicable.  In addition, Landlord may reject any proposed improvement under this Section which restricts access to or harms the marketability of any other building in the Project; provided, that Tenant shall have the right to install fencing at the Premises in compliance with the CC&Rs and Applicable Law so long as Tenant first obtains the consent of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Tenant shall have the right to contract directly with Landlord’s security contractor as well as utilize its own employees or third parties to perform security services within the Premises.

 

ARTICLE TWENTY-SEVEN:  Roof .  Tenant shall have, at Tenant’s sole risk, use of the Building’s roof in compliance with all Applicable Laws, the CC&Rs and applicable terms of this Lease including without limitation, installation (with the prior approval of Landlord, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and maintenance, each at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, subject to the application of the TI Allowance, satellite dishes/antennae on the roof of the Building (and reasonable equipment and cabling related thereto), for receiving of signals or broadcasts (as opposed to the generation or transmission of any such signals or broadcasts) (all such equipment is defined collectively as the “ Telecommunications Equipment ”), as well as the installation, use and maintenance of HVAC equipment, conduit and other related equipment (the “ Ancillary Equipment ”) (Telecommunications Equipment and Ancillary Equipment, collectively the “ Roof Equipment ”).  In installing and maintaining any Roof Equipment, Tenant shall (i) take no action which would void any existing warranties for the Premises or the Building or any systems or equipment serving the Premises or the Building; and (ii) coordinate with Landlord’s roof contractor prior to installation of any Roof Equipment to ensure that existing warranties shall not be violated.  Prior to the installation of any Roof Equipment by Tenant, Tenant shall provide Landlord with all applicable plans and specifications related to such Roof Equipment and Tenant shall first obtain the consent of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Landlord makes no representations or warranties whatsoever with respect to the condition of the roof of the Building, or the fitness or suitability of the roof of the Building for the installation, maintenance and operation of the Telecommunications Equipment or the Ancillary Equipment, including, without limitation, with respect to the quality and clarity

 

Riders- 8



 

of any receptions and transmissions to or from the Telecommunications Equipment and the presence of any interference with such signals whether emanating from the Building or otherwise.  Tenant shall maintain such Telecommunications Equipment and Ancillary Equipment in good repair and condition at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.  Tenant shall remove such Telecommunications Equipment upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, and shall return the affected portion of the roof and the Premises to the condition the roof and the Premises would have been in had no such Telecommunications Equipment (reasonable wear and tear excepted) been installed.  Removal of any Ancillary Equipment shall be in accordance with Section 6.06 .  Notwithstanding any such review or approval by Landlord, Tenant shall remain solely liable for any damage to any portion of the roof or roof membrane, specifically including any penetrations, in connection with Tenant’s installation, use, maintenance and/or repair of such Telecommunications Equipment and/or Ancillary Equipment, and Landlord shall have no liability therewith.  Such Telecommunications Equipment and Ancillary Equipment shall, in all instances, comply with Applicable Laws.  LANDLORD SHALL HAVE NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY TO TENANT, ITS AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, CONTRACTORS, VISITORS OR INVITEES FOR, LOSSES, DAMAGES OR INJURY TO PERSONS OR PROPERTY CAUSED BY, RELATED TO, OR ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY SUCH CONNECTION TO, USE OF, OR FAILURE, NON-PERFORMANCE OR INADEQUATE PERFORMANCE OF, THE ROOF EQUIPMENT, AND TENANT HEREBY AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD HARMLESS LANDLORD FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS AND LIABILITY FOR SUCH LOSSES, DAMAGES OR INJURY, EVEN IF CAUSED BY THE PARTIAL NEGLIGENCE OF LANDLORD OR ITS EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS (BUT NOT TO THE EXTENT CAUSED BY THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF LANDLORD OR ITS EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS) .

 

Riders- 9


 

Exhibit “A”
Land Legal Description

 

Parcel 2 as shown on that certain map entitled “Parcel Map for Panattoni Development Company, Inc.” filed June 9, 2016 in Book 51 of Maps, at Page 64-65, Solano County Records, as further depicted on the Premises Site Plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit C.

 

A- 1



 

Exhibit “B”
Tenant LEED Compliance Requirements

 

Tenant Design & Construction Guidelines

 

Gateway 80 - Building A

 

2950 Cordelia Rd.
Fairfield, CA 94534

 

Tenant Space Requirements

 

In order to fulfill the LEED-CS v2009 requirements, tenants will be responsible for meeting certain criteria for the LEED credits as described in this section.  These are required of all tenants during the build-out of their respective spaces.

 

Tenant are encouraged, but are not required, to pursue additional green building strategies, including those outlined by the LEED for Commercial Interiors Rating System.

 

The following requirements are formatted into to four (4) categories of the U.S. Green Building Council (“USGBC”) Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (“LEED”) green building rating system:

 

1.                                       Water Efficiency

 

2.                                       Energy & Atmosphere

 

3.                                       Indoor Environmental Quality

 

4.                                       Innovation in Design/Operations

 

The requirements outlined in this Exhibit are based on three (3) sources:

 

·                   LEED for Core and Shell (LEED CS) v2009 Green Building Rating System

 

·                   LEED for Commercial Interior Construction (LEED CI) v2009 Green Building Rating System

 

·                   Landlord’s Tenant Design & Construction Guidelines

 

The LEED credits required by the Lease are listed below and are accompanied by a short overview of the credit.  For details about LEED CS or LEED CI, please refer to the applicable

 

B- 1



 

USGBC Reference Manuals.  This Exhibit does not serve as the Landlord’s Design & Construction Guideline, which includes comprehensive recommendations for green building strategies; however, this provides details for sustainable design & construction practices which are required to be implemented in the tenant’s work in accordance with the Lease Agreement.

 

Additional information, including updates to the rating system can be found on the USGBC website:  http://www.usgbc.org.

 

WATER EFFICIENCY (WE)

 

Water Use Reduction:  20% Reduction (WE Prerequisite 1)
Water Use Reduction:  40% Reduction (WE Credit 3)
To maximize water efficiency by a minimum of 40% within the building, tenants will be required to use low flush and flow fixtures with maximum flow rates as follows:

 

Water Closet - 1.28 gpf
Urinal- 0.125 gpf
Lavatory faucet - 0.35 gpm with sensor
Kitchen faucet- 1.0 gpm

 

ENERGY AND ATMOSPHERE (EA)

 

Fundamental Refrigerant Management (EA Prerequisite 3)
Tenants will be required to use no CFC-based refrigerants in new HVAC equipment or fire suppression systems.

 

Minimum Energy Performance (EA Prerequisite 2)
Optimize Energy Performance (Energy & Atmosphere Credit 1)
Tenant improvements will install lighting control devices per Title 24 Section 110.9 including daylight controls within 15’ of all perimeter glazing.  Tenant improvements must use water heaters with an efficiency to exceed ASHRAE 90.1-2007, Table 7.8 or California Title 24 Section 110.3, whichever is more stringent.  Tenant improvement interior warehouse lighting shall have a lighting power density not to exceed 0.60 W/sf.

 

INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY (EQ)

 

Minimum Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Performance (IEQ Prerequisite 1)
Tenant will install mechanical ventilation systems to meet the minimum outdoor air ventilation rates as described in the ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality, using the Ventilation Rate Procedure.

 

Construction IAQ Management Plan (IEQ Credit 3)
During construction, tenants will be required to develop and implement an Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Management Plan to mitigate dust and particulates and protect building materials from absorbing toxic chemicals.  This plan will comply with the requirements of the Sheet Metal and Air-Conditioning Contractors’ National Association (SMACNA) by incorporating measures in the 5 areas below.

 

B- 2



 

·                   HVAC Protection

 

·                   Pathway Interruption

 

·                   Housekeeping

 

·                   Scheduling

 

·                   Source Control

 

B- 3


 

Exhibit “C”
Premises Site Plan

 

 

C- 1



 

 

C- 2


 

EXHIBIT “D”
Form of Memorandum of Lease

 

MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

 

THIS MEMORANDUM OF LEASE (this “ Memorandum ”) is made and entered into as of      day of           , 2016, by and between Gateway 80 Industrial, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and Blue Apron, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the tenant (“ Tenant ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Landlord owns that certain real property in Solano County, California, commonly known as Gateway 80 Industrial Park, being more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Property ”); and

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant have entered into that certain unrecorded Lease Agreement (Single Tenant Facility), dated as of         , 2016, (as the same may be amended or restated from time to time, the “ Lease ”) whereby Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord, a portion of the Property (said leased premises hereafter the “ Premises ”); and

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to enter into and record this Memorandum in order to evidence the Lease and so that third parties may have notice of the Lease and Tenant’s leasehold interest and rights under the Lease with respect to the Premises.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and sufficient consideration acknowledged in the lease, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

1.             Lease Incorporation; Purpose of Memorandum .  This Memorandum is subject to all conditions, terms and provisions of the Lease, which is hereby adopted and incorporated hereto by reference, in the same manner as if fully set forth herein, and nothing contained herein shall be deemed or construed to amend, modify, change, alter, amplify, interpret or supersede any of the terms and provisions of the Lease.  This Memorandum has been executed for the purpose of recordation and evidencing the Lease and in order to give notice to third parties of the Lease, and is not a complete summary of the Lease.

 

2.             Term .  The initial term of the Lease is presently intended to commence on            and expire on              unless extended by Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Lease.

 

3.             Successors and Assigns .  This Memorandum and the Lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective heirs, successors and assigns.

 

4.             Conflict .  In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Lease and this Memorandum, the Lease shall prevail.  Reference should be made to the Lease for a more detailed description of all matters contained in this Memorandum.

 

D- 1



 

5.             Counterparts .  This Memorandum may be executed by Landlord and Tenant in separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6.             Defined Terms .  All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

 

[Signatures Appear on the Following Pages]

 

D- 2



 

LANDLORD

 

GATEWAY 80 INDUSTRIAL,

 

LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

By:

Gateway 80 Industrial PG, LLC

 

 

a Delaware limited liability company,

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

PDC Sacramento LLC,

 

 

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

Its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Timothy W. Schaedler, Local Partner

 

 

TENANT

 

BLUE APRON, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

D- 3



 

A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document, to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document.

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

)

 

)

COUNTY OF

)

 

On                      , before me,                            , Notary Public, personally appeared                                                , who proved me on the basis of satisfactory evidence, to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

 

 

(SEAL)

Notary Public Signature

 

 

D- 4



 

A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document, to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document.

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

)

 

)

COUNTY OF

)

 

On                      , before me,                            , Notary Public, personally appeared                                                , who proved me on the basis of satisfactory evidence, to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

 

 

(SEAL)

Notary Public Signature

 

 

D- 5


 

EXHIBIT A

 

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPERTY

 

Parcel 2 as shown on that certain map entitled “Parcel Map for Panattoni Development Company, Inc.” filed June 9, 2016 in Book 51 of Maps, at Page 64-65, Solano County Records

 

D- 6



 

EXHIBIT “E”
Work Letter

 

ARTICLE ONE:  DESCRIPTION OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS .

 

All items of Tenant Improvements shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s expense in accordance with Tenant’s final Plans (as defined below) and specifications as approved by Landlord and in accordance with all of requirements of the Lease and this Exhibit “E” .  Tenant Improvements, for which Tenant shall be entitled to reimbursement from the TI Allowance (subject to available funds remaining), shall include, but shall not be limited to, all architectural and engineering fees, permits, approvals, licenses, and special assessments, taxes or fees relating to Tenant Improvements.

 

ARTICLE TWO:  REQUIRED ITEMS .

 

Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s written approval the following items (hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Required Items ”).

 

Section 2.01.  Complete detailed drawings and specifications in sufficient detail for Tenant to obtain all necessary building permits (hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Plans ”) for all Tenant Improvements.  For avoidance of doubt, while Tenant shall be required upon completion to provide a complete set of “As-Built” Plans, Tenant shall have the right from time to time to submit Plans to Landlord with respect to a particular portion or portions of the Tenant Improvements.

 

Section 2.02.  Prior to the commencement of Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall submit certificates evidencing all insurance required to be carried by Tenant or its contractors under the Lease naming Landlord, Landlord’s lender, and any other party requested by Landlord, as additional insureds under such policy.

 

Section 2.03.  Tenant must obtain Landlord’s written approval of the Required Items for an applicable portion of the Tenant Improvements prior to commencing work on such portion of the Tenant Improvements at the Premises.  Landlord’s consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may withhold consent to any Plans if such Plans show that the applicable Tenant Improvements would:  (i) directly or indirectly delay LI Substantial Completion, unless Tenant agrees that any such delay shall constitute a Tenant Delay; (ii) be of a quality lower than the quality of the Landlord’s Improvements set forth in the Specifications for Landlord’s Improvements; (iii) violate any Applicable Laws and/or (iv) result in the Building being reclassified from its current classification as warehouse/industrial use, unless Tenant agrees to pay the reasonable costs of restoration at the end of the Lease Term.  Landlord shall have ten (10) business days from receipt of Plans to provide its approval or describe in reasonable detail the reasons for its disapproval.  Failure of Landlord to respond to a request for approval of Plans within such ten (10) business day period shall be deemed Landlord’s approval thereof.  A response from Landlord seeking clarification of Tenant’s Plans shall not be deemed a failure to respond if delivered within the foregoing review period.  Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s Plans shall not constitute an

 

E- 1



 

affirmation by Landlord that they conform to Applicable Law or impose any liability whatsoever on Landlord.

 

Section 2.04.  Tenant has provided a preliminary depiction of the Tenant Improvements, which is attached hereto as Exhibit E-1 (“ Tenant’s Preliminary Plans ”).  Landlord hereby approves the general interior layout of Tenant’s Preliminary Plans, subject to Tenant’s receipt of all necessary government approvals and Tenant’s compliance with all Applicable Laws and the CC&Rs, and subject to further review and approval of the Plans therefor.  Landlord shall retain its approval right with respect to any detail element which is not depicted or included in Tenant’s Preliminary Plans.

 

ARTICLE THREE:  OTHER REQUIREMENTS .

 

Section 3.01.  Tenant shall comply with all Applicable Laws during its work and, when completed, Tenant Improvements must comply with all Applicable Laws.  Upon completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall obtain and deliver to Landlord:  (i) final lien waivers, as well as paid invoices or statements, from all contractors and subcontractors who performed work at the Premises and all materialmen and suppliers who provided materials and/or equipment used in connection with Tenant Improvements at the Premises, and (ii) a copy of the certificate of occupancy (or its local equivalent) for the Premises.  If a temporary certificate of occupancy is issued, Tenant shall deliver a copy of that document to Landlord and then, upon issuance of a permanent certificate of occupancy or local equivalent thereof, promptly forward a copy of it to Landlord.

 

Section 3.02.  If Landlord or its representative inspects the Premises and determines that Tenant Improvements are not being performed substantially in accordance with the approved Plans, Tenant shall promptly correct any deficiencies or omissions following receipt of written notice thereof.

 

Section 3.03.  Tenant shall not permit any mechanic’s or other lien to be filed either against the Premises or Tenant’s leasehold interest by reason of work, labor, services or materials supplied.  If any lien is filed, Tenant shall comply with the provisions of this Lease regarding liens.  Nothing herein shall be construed as the consent or request of Landlord to any contractor, subcontractor, laborer or materialman to perform work or furnish materials.

 

Section 3.04.  Within ten (10) business days after completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall cause a notice of completion to be recorded in the office of the recorder of the County in which the Premises is located in accordance with applicable statutes, and shall furnish a copy thereof to Landlord upon such recordation.  If Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may execute and file the same on behalf of Tenant as Tenant’s agent for such purpose, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

Section 3.05.  Tenant shall cause reproducible “ As-Built drawings ” to be delivered to Landlord and/or Landlord’s representative not later than ninety (90) days after the completion of the Tenant Improvements.  In the event these drawings are not received by such date, Landlord may, at its election, cause said drawings to be obtained and Tenant shall pay the Landlord, as additional rental, the costs of producing these drawings.

 

E- 2



 

Exhibit “E-1”
Tenant’s Preliminary Plans

 

 

E- 3



 

 

E- 4


 

EXHIBIT “F”
Specifications for Landlord’s Improvements

 

SCOPE DESCRIPTION:

 

Building “A” 430,500 sqft. Building “A” will be 36” clear, and bays are approximately 54’ x 55’.

 

DIVISION 2

 

On-Site Earthwork Construction - Mass grading, place fill to grades.  Finish grade for building pads, parking lot concrete flatwork, concrete curbs, and rough grade for landscape planters.

 

On-Site Wet Utilities - Install storm drain pipe to drain into pretreatment swales on site & drain to the existing drainage easement.  Include (1) storm drain pump station for the park, per drawings.  Connect to existing sewer stubs at property line with new 6” sewer piping to building location per drawings.  Include (1) sewer pump station for the park, per drawings.  Connect to existing water stubs at property line with (2) new 10” double check detectors for the park; 10” sprinkler risers as needed for each building, fire hydrants to code, 4” domestic lines on site and 2.5” stubs into building.  The 4” will neck down to 2” at the water meter.

 

On-site Asphalt Paving -All auto & Truck paving will have at least a TI of 7 for truck paved areas made with 6.75” concrete over 6” AB section over compacted soil.  High traffic areas, like driveways, will be at least TI of 7.5 or 7” concrete over 6” AB over compacted soil.  Striping and signage as shown on site plan.

 

Off-Site Construction -Frontage landscape & sidewalks only, per drawings.

 

On-site Concrete - Full depth barrier curb, curb and gutter, on site flatwork walkways natural gray broom finished.  Truncated domes and curb ramps.  Trash enclosure slabs and dock aprons of 6.5” reinforced concrete.  Exact quantities and paving sections per drawings.

 

Fencing - none.  No permanent fencing is included.

 

Landscaping - Improvements to frontage to meet local jurisdiction requirements.  Design build landscaping and Irrigation plan with plant selection to meet project budget.  Dripline irrigation only where required by code.  In the drainage easement, native seeding only.  Exact quantities per drawings.

 

DIVISION 3

 

Building Concrete -continuous footing at building perimeter; includes a nominal 7” thick slab with 4,000 PSI compressive strength concrete in all areas.  Reinforced with #4 rebar at 18” O.C. each way throughout slab, control joints spaced no more than 15’ apart, slip joints at column lines with ½” diameter smooth dowels at 24” O.C., greased on one end.  Slab to have hard trowel finish and laser screeded to an overall average Ff. of 45 and Fl of 35. 12” AB under the slabs.

 

Soft cut control joints, membrane cure.

 

Site tilt panel to be approximately 42’ off finish floor.

 

F- 1



 

DIVISION 4

 

Masonry - Concrete masonry block trash enclosures and fire pump rooms to be standard color split-faced block.

 

DIVISION 5

 

Structural/Misc Steel - Steel column support roof structure loading conditions specified per drawing sheets S7.1A and S7.1 B).  Trash enclosure gates and roof access ladder.  Brace frame bays per drawings.

 

DIVISION 6

 

Rough Carpentry - Hybrid roof system.

 

DIVISION 7

 

Thermal & Insulation - 60-mil TPO “cool” roofing with 20 year NDL material warranty.  Exterior panel joints caulked.

 

DIVISION 8

 

Doors and Frames - Exterior doors to be metal frames and metal doors.  Closers where required by code to be Dorma.

 

OH Doors;

 

Building A total is 84 dock doors and 4 each grade level doors, 24-gauge.  9’ x 10’ non- insulated sectional vertical lift dock doors and 12’ x 14 non-insulated grade level doors.  All OH doors to be manually operated.

 

Storefront and Glazing - Exterior storefront systems to be dual pane glass.  Glass systems at front of building to be 10’ or less in height.  All glass to be standard color, low e.
Building A total is 5,236 sqft with a total of 6 double entry doors.

 

Skylight / smoke vent - 2% of the roof area for each building, each 4’ x8’ double domed.  Smoke vents will be to code and the balance to be standard skylights.

 

DIVISION 9

 

Painting - (1) coat primer and (2) coats elastomeric paint are included over exposed tilt wall finishes on the exterior.  One coat latex on interior walls.

 

DIVISION 11

 

Dock Equipment - Bumpers only.

 

DIVISION 13

 

Fire Sprinklers - Design build fire sprinkler system with ESFR system and 2,000 GPM diesel fire pump, for each building.  Fire pump house located on site.

 

DIVISION 15

 

Plumbing - 6” PVC waste piping to four locations at buildings A, Terminate waste line 5’ outside building at an invert depth between +/- 5’ and +/- 7’.  Sewer will run 5’ inside building and terminate at a floor cleanout.  (1) 2.5” domestic water stub from 5’ outside building to 8’ above floor terminated with a valve.

 

F- 2



 

HVAC- None.

 

DIVISION 16

 

Electrical

 

Site Utilities :

 

·                   Furnish and install (2) 5” PVC empty conduits from “JT” line shown on drawing to building service.  Distance from “JT” to Building A (95’).  SEI will supply and install (1) PG&E type concrete pull box to intercept “JT”.  Supply PG&E rated transformer pad that will be located in direct line within 10’ of the main switchboard.  From the PG&E transformer location Building A will receive 4000 amp aluminum outdoor bussing to connect utility power to the main switchboard.

 

·                   SEI will supply and install (2) 4” PVC schedule 40 conduits from “JT’ line shown on drawing to each building.  Building A (120’).  SEI will supply and install (1) AT&T type concrete pull box to intercept “JT”.

 

·                   Supply 40 amp 3 phase feeder to diesel Fire Pump Equipment located per A1 .1 Site Plan v2.4 rev1drawing.

 

Building Power :

 

·                   Building A will receive a 4000 amp indoor 277/480 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, multi-meter switchgear with (1) 200 amp house meter section.  Provisions will be made for future capabilities to expand the service to accept multi-meter tenant sections.  Each house loads will be supplied by (1)200 amp 277/480 volt panel, (1) 75 kVA transformer and (1) 120/208 volt panel.

 

·                   Dedicated pathway for solar ready area indicated on drawing A2.1.1.

 

Site Lighting :

 

·                   Building site will consist of:  (20) Surface building mounted LED parking lot flood lights and (4) 27’ to 22’ LED pole mounted parking lot flood lights.  (24) Exterior emergency egress LED lights located above each emergency exit door.  (1) Illuminated exterior building mounted sign circuit.

 

Building Lighting :

 

·                   Building will consist of:  (1) Strip fixture ceiling mounted in switchgear room.  (8) Exit signs wall mounted above exit doors.  (24) “Bug-Eye” emergency exit fixtures located above each emergency exit door.  (4) Interior ceiling mounted fluorescent lights for general area illumination.  No other interior lighting included.

 

Building Fire Alarm :

 

·                   Building will receive:  (1) Fire Alarm Control Panel, (1) Smoke Detector at FACP, (1) Pull Station at FACP, (3) Monitoring Mods for Sprinklers (Waterflow/Tamper/PIVor Backflow), (1) FA Horn/Strobe and (1) Exterior FA Strobe.  Furnish (3) waterflow, (3) Tamper/PIV for installation by others.

 

Inclusions :

 

·                   Excavation & backfill for electrical underground.

 

·                   Concrete pole bases.

 

F- 3



 

·                   Fire-caulking and fire-rated putty pads for electrical conduit and box penetrations where required by code.

 

·                   Storm Drain pump is located near the North Retention Pond behind building A approximately 1250’ from electrical service.

 

·                   Sanitary Sewer pump is located near South Detention Pond in front of building B approximately 150’ from electrical service.

 

·                   Irrigation controller power connection are included and assumed to be within each electrical room.

 

·                   Perform acceptance testing for Title 24.

 

·                   Grounding for Telecom at service entry points for each building.

 

F- 4



 

EXHIBIT “G”
Letter of Credit

 

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER

 

ISSUE DATE:

 

ISSUING BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
3003 TASMAN DRIVE
2ND FLOOR, MAIL SORT HF210
SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA 95054

 

BENEFICIARY:
Gateway 80 Industrial, LLC
8775 Folsom Blvd., Suite 200
Sacramento, California 95826

 

APPLICANT:
BLUE APRON, INC.
5 CROSBY STREET
3RD FLOOR
NEW YORK NY 10013

 

AMOUNT:            US $1,343,160.00 (ONE MILLION THREE HUNDRED FORTY THREE THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED SIXTY AND 00/100 U.S. DOLLARS)

 

EXPIRATION DATE:        (ONE YEAR FROM ISSUANCE)

 

LOCATION:                           SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA

 

DEAR SIR/MADAM:

 

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF       IN FAVOR OF THE AFORESAID ADDRESSEE (“BENEFICIARY”) FOR DRAWINGS UP TO US$1,343,160.00 (ONE MILLION THREE HUNDRED FORTY THREE THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED SIXTY AND 00/100 U.S. DOLLARS) EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY, AVAILABLE BY YOUR DRAFTS DRAWN ON US AT SIGHT IN THE FORM OF EXHIBIT “A” ATTACHED.

 

WE HEREBY UNDERTAKE TO PROMPTLY HONOR YOUR SIGHT DRAFT(S) DRAWN ON US, INDICATING OUR LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVB      , FOR ALL OR ANY PART OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IF PRESENTED AT OUR OFFICE SPECIFIED BELOW ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRY DATE OR ANY AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED EXPIRY DATE TOGETHER WITH THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL AMENDMENTS, IF ANY.  PARTIAL DRAWS AND MULTIPLE PRESENTATIONS ARE ALLOWED.

 

G- 1



 

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, THIS UNDERTAKING IS NOT SUBJECT TO ANY AGREEMENT, CONDITION, OR QUALIFICATION.  THE OBLIGATION OF SILICON VALLEY BANK UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS THE INDIVIDUAL OBLIGATION OF SILICON VALLEY BANK, AND IS IN NO WAY CONTINGENT UPON REIMBURSEMENT WITH RESPECT THERETO.

 

IT IS A CONDITION OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT THAT IT IS DEEMED TO BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED FOR AN ADDITIONAL PERIOD OF ONE YEAR, WITHOUT AMENDMENT, FROM THE PRESENT OR EACH FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE UNLESS AT LEAST 60 DAYS PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE WE SEND YOU A NOTICE BY REGISTERED MAIL OR OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE AT THE ABOVE ADDRESS THAT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL NOT BE EXTENDED BEYOND THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THIS LETTER OF CREDIT BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED BEYOND JUNE 30, 2028.

 

ALL DEMANDS FOR PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE BY PRESENTATION OF THE ORIGINAL APPROPRIATE DOCUMENTS ON A BUSINESS DAY AT OUR OFFICE (THE “BANK’S OFFICE”) AT:  SILICON VALLEY BANK, 3003 TASMAN DRIVE, SANTA CLARA, CA 95054, ATTENTION:  STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NEGOTIATION SECTION

 

PRESENTATIONS BY OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE ARE PERMITTED.  SHOULD BENEFICIARY WISH TO MAKE PRESENTATIONS UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT ENTIRELY BY OVERNIGHT COURIER, ALL ORIGINALS MAY BE SENT BY OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE TO THE BANK’S OFFICE ADDRESS NOTED ABOVE.

 

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS TRANSFERABLE BY THE ISSUING BANK AS REQUESTED BY THE BENEFICIARY ONE OR MORE TIMES, BUT IN EACH INSTANCE ONLY TO A SINGLE BENEFICIARY AS TRANSFEREE AND ONLY IN ITS ENTIRETY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT IN FAVOR OF ANY NOMINATED TRANSFEREE, ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE WOULD BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THEN APPLICABLE LAW AND REGULATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE REGULATIONS OF THE U. S. DEPARTMENT OF TREASURY AND U. S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE.  AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US, THE ISSUING BANK, AT OUR ADDRESS INDICATED IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TOGETHER WITH OUR TRANSFER FORM ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT “B” DULY EXECUTED.  APPLICANT SHALL PAY OUR TRANSFER FEE ¼ OF 1/4% OF 1 % OF THE TRANSFER AMOUNT (MINIMUM US$250.00) UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND SHALL NOT BE A CONDITION TO TRANSFER OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT BY BENEFICIARY AND OUR OBLIGATION TO TRANSFER THE LETTER OF CREDIT IS NOT CONTINGENT UPON APPLICANT’S ABILITY TO PAY OUR TRANSFER FEE OR OUR RECEIPT OF THE TRANSFER FEE.  THE CORRECTNESS OF THE SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF THE PERSON SIGNING THE TRANSFER FORM MUST BE VERIFIED BY BENEFICIARY’S BANK AS PROVIDED FOR IN EXHIBIT “B”, PROVIDED THAT IN LIEU OF SUCH BANK AUTHENTICATION, BENEFICIARY MAY

 

G- 2



 

PROVIDE THE ISSUING BANK WITH ALTERNATIVE DOCUMENTATION TO EVIDENCE THE SIGNER’S AUTHORITY TO EXECUTE THE TRANSFER INSTRUMENT ON BEHALF OF THE BENEFICIARY, SUCH AS AN INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE OR OTHER DOCUMENTATION AS MAY BE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUING BANK.

 

IN THE EVENT THAT THE ISSUING BANK INCURS ADDITIONAL FEES (OTHER THAN THE TRANSFER FEE SPECIFIED ABOVE) RELATED TO THE REVIEW OF SUCH ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION, SUCH FEES SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF APPLICANT.  ANY TRANSFER OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY NOT CHANGE THE PLACE OR DATE OR EXPIRATION OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT FROM OUR BELOW-SPECIFIED OFFICE.  EACH TRANSFER SHALL BE EVIDENCED BY OUR ENDORSEMENT ON THE REVERSE OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT AND WE SHALL FORWARD THE ORIGINAL OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT SO ENDORSED TO THE TRANSFEREE.

 

DRAFT(S) AND DOCUMENTS MUST INDICATE THE NUMBER AND DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

 

DOCUMENTS MUST BE FORWARDED TO US BY OVERNIGHT DELIVERY SERVICE TO:  SILICON VALLEY BANK, 3003 TASMAN DRIVE, SANTA CLARA CA 95054, ATTN:  INTERNATIONAL DIVISION.

 

WE HEREBY AGREE WITH THE BENEFICIARY THAT THE DRAFTS DRAWN UNDER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE DULY HONORED UPON PRESENTATION TO US ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

 

IF ANY INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING A DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST THAT PAYMENT IS TO BE MADE BY TRANSFER TO YOUR ACCOUNT WITH ANOTHER BANK, WE WILL ONLY EFFECT SUCH PAYMENT BY FED WIRE TO A U.S. REGULATED BANK, AND WE AND/OR SUCH OTHER BANK MAY RELY ON AN ACCOUNT NUMBER SPECIFIED IN SUCH INSTRUCTIONS EVEN IF THE NUMBER IDENTIFIES A PERSON OR ENTITY DIFFERENT FROM THE INTENDED PAYEE.

 

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES (ISP98), INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, PUBLICATION NO. 590.

 

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER

 

G- 3



 

EXHIBIT “A”

 

Date:

 

 

REF. NO.

 

 

 

AT SIGHT OF THIS DRAFT

 

 

 

PAY TO THE ORDER OF         US$

 

 

 

US DOLLARS

 

 

 

DRAWN UNDER SILICON VALLEYBANK, SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA, 

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER NO.

DATED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TO:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

(BENEFICIARY’S NAME)

 

3003 TASMAN DRIVE
SANTA CLARA, CA 95054

 

 

Authorized Signature

 

GUIDELINES TO PREPARE THE DRAFT

 

1.                                       DATE:  ISSUANCE DATE OF DRAFT.

 

2.                                       REF. NO.:  BENEFICIARY’S REFERENCE NUMBER, IF ANY.

 

3.                                       PAY TO THE ORDER OF:  NAME OF BENEFICIARY AS INDICATED IN THE L/C (MAKE SURE BENEFICIARY ENDORSES IT ON THE REVERSE SIDE).

 

4.                                       US$:  AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN FIGURES.

 

5.                                       USDOLLARS:  AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN WORDS.

 

6.                                       LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER:  SILICON VALLEY BANK’S STANDBY L/C NUMBER THAT PERTAINS TO THE DRAWING.

 

7.                                       DATED:  ISSUANCE DATE OF THE STANDBY L/C.

 

8.                                       BENEFICIARY’S NAME:  NAME OF BENEFICIARY AS INDICATED IN THE L/C.

 

9.                                       AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE:  SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED SIGNER OF BENEFICIARY.

 

IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS RELATED TO THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT PLEASE CONTACT US AT                                .

 

G- 4



 

EXHIBIT B
TRANSFER FORM

 

DATE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

TO: SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

RE: IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.         
ISSUED BY SILICON VALLEY BANK, SANTA CLARA L/C AMOUNT:               

3003 TASMAN DRIVE

 

SANTA CLARA, CA 95054

 

ATTN: INTERNATIONAL DIVISION,

 

STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

 

 

 

 

GENTLEMEN:

 

 

 

 

 

FOR VALUED RECEIVED, THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY TRANSFERS TO:

 

 

(NAME OF TRANSFEREE

 

 

(ADDRESS)

 

ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY TO DRAW UNDER THE ABOVE LETTER OF CREDIT UP TO ITS AVAILABLE AMOUNT AS SHOWN ABOVE AS OF THE DATE OF THIS TRANSFER.

 

BY THIS TRANSFER, ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT ARE TRANSFERRED TO THE TRANSFEREE.  TRANSFEREE SHALL HAVE THE SOLE RIGHTS AS BENEFICIARY THEREOF, INCLUDING SOLE RIGHTS RELATING TO ANY AMENDMENTS, WHETHER INCREASES OR EXTENSIONS OR OTHER AMENDMENTS, AND WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER MADE.  ALL AMENDMENTS ARE TO BE ADVISED DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFEREE WITHOUT NECESSITY OF ANY CONSENT OF OR NOTICE TO THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY.

 

THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT IS RETURNED HEREWITH, AND WE ASK YOU TO ENDORSE THE TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE THEREOF, AND FORWARD IT DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFEREE WITH YOUR CUSTOMARY NOTICE OF TRANSFER.

 

 

 

SIGNATURE AUTHENTICATED

 

 

 

 

(BENEFICIARY’S NAME)

The names(s), title(s), and signature(s) conform to that/those on file with us for the company and the signature(s) is/are authorized to execute this instrument.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Printed Name:

 

 

G- 5



 

 

 

Title:

 

(Name of Bank)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Address of Bank)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(City, State, Zip Code)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print Authorized Name and Title)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Authorized Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Telephone Number)

 

 

 

G- 6


 

EXHIBIT “H”
Form of Subordination Non-Disturbance Agreement

 

PREPARED BY AND UPON
RECORDATION RETURN TO:
Paul Hastings LLP
55 Second Street, 24th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94105
Attention:  Stephen I. Berkman, Esq.

                    

 

 

(space above line for recorder’s use only)

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
(Mortgagee)
- and -
BLUE APRON, INC.
(Tenant)
- and -
GATEWAY 80 INDUSTRIAL, LLC
(Landlord)

 


 

SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE
AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

 


 

Dated:  as of August   , 2016
Location:  Fairfield, California
County:  Solano

 

H- 1


 

SUBORDINATION, NON DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS SUBORDINATION, NON DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the     day of August, 2016, by and among JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., a national banking association (“Mortgagee”), BLUE APRON, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and GATEWAY 80 INDUSTRIAL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”).

 

RECITALS:

 

A.                                     Landlord owns the land (“Land”) described in Exhibit A attached hereto and any buildings and related improvements now or hereafter existing on the Land (the “Building”; the Land and Building are collectively referred to as the “Property”).

 

B.                                     Under the terms of that certain Lease Agreement (Single Tenant Facility) (the “Lease”) dated August      , 2016 by and between Tenant and Landlord, Tenant has leased the Premises, as more particularly described in the Lease (the “Demised Premises”).

 

C.                                     Landlord has executed that certain Construction Deed of Trust and Security Agreement in favor of Mortgagee dated as of           and recorded as document number       (the “Mortgage”) in the official records of Solano County (the “Official Records”) pursuant to which Landlord has encumbered Landlord’s interest in the Land, Building and Lease to secure, among other things, the payment of certain indebtedness owing by Landlord to Mortgagee as described therein and in all other documents evidencing, securing or guaranteeing such indebtedness (collectively, and including the Mortgage, the “Loan Documents”).

 

D.                                     The parties hereto desire to have the Lease be subordinate to the Mortgage and the lien thereof, subject to the terms hereof, to establish certain rights of non disturbance for the benefit of Tenant under the Lease, and further to define the terms, covenants and conditions precedent for such rights.

 

AGREEMENT:

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto mutually agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Subordination .  The Lease, as the same may hereafter be modified, amended or extended, and all of the terms, covenants and provisions thereof and all rights, remedies and options of Tenant thereunder are and shall at all times continue to be subject and subordinate in all respects to the Mortgage, including without limitation, all renewals, increases, modifications, consolidations, extensions and amendments thereof with the same force and effect as if the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents had been executed, delivered and (in the case of the Mortgage) recorded prior to the execution and delivery of the Lease.

 

2.                                       Non-Disturbance .  In the event of foreclosure of the Mortgage or conveyance in lieu of foreclosure, which foreclosure or conveyance occurs prior to the expiration of the term of the Lease, including any extensions and renewals of such term now provided thereunder, and so long as Tenant is not in default under any of the terms, covenants and

 

H- 2



 

conditions of the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, Mortgagee agrees on behalf of itself, its successors and assigns, including any purchaser at such foreclosure (each being referred to herein as an “Acquiring Party”), that Tenant shall not be named as a party therein unless such joinder shall be required by law, provided, however, such joinder shall not result in the termination of the Lease or disturb the Tenant’s possession, quiet enjoyment or use of the Demised Premises, and the sale of the Property in any such action or proceeding and the exercise by Mortgagee of any of its other rights under the Mortgage shall be made subject to all rights of Tenant under the Lease (subject to the terms of this Agreement); provided, further, however, that Mortgagee and Tenant agree that the following provisions of the Lease (if any) shall not be binding on Mortgagee or Acquiring Party:  any option to purchase or any right of first refusal to purchase with respect to the Property.

 

3.                                       Attornment .  In the event of foreclosure of the Mortgage or conveyance in lieu of foreclosure, which foreclosure or conveyance occurs prior to the expiration date of the term of the Lease, including any extensions and renewals of such term now provided thereunder, Tenant shall, at the election of the Acquiring Party, either:  (i) attorn to and recognize the Acquiring Party as the new landlord under the Lease, which Lease shall thereupon become a direct lease between Tenant and the Acquiring Party for the remainder of the term of the Lease (including all extension periods which have been or are hereafter exercised) upon the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Lease (subject to the terms of this Agreement); or (ii) if any Landlord default under the Lease is not susceptible to cure and results in the termination of the Lease, or the Lease is terminated for any other reason, including, without limitation, as a result of rejection in a bankruptcy or similar proceeding, then upon receiving the written request of the Acquiring Party, Tenant shall enter into a new lease of the Demised Premises with the Acquiring Party (a “New Lease”), which New Lease shall be upon substantially the same terms, covenants and conditions as are set forth in the Lease (subject to the terms of this Agreement) for the remainder of the term of the Lease (including all extension periods which have been or are hereafter exercised).  Nothing in this Section 3 shall be deemed to constitute a limitation or waiver of any rights or remedies of Tenant under the Lease, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 4 below.  In either such event described in the preceding clauses (i) or (ii) of this Section 3, Tenant hereby agrees to pay and perform all of the obligations of Tenant pursuant to the Lease (or the New Lease, as applicable) for the benefit of the Acquiring Party.  For all purposes of this Agreement, the word “Lease” shall be deemed to mean the Lease or any such New Lease, as applicable.

 

4.                                       Limitation of Liability .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Lease, in the event of foreclosure of the Mortgage or conveyance in lieu of foreclosure, which foreclosure or conveyance occurs prior to the expiration date of the term of the Lease, including any extensions and renewals of such term now provided thereunder, the liability of Mortgagee, its successors and assigns, or the Acquiring Party, as the case may be, shall be limited to its interest in the Property, including, without limitation, property insurance, condemnation, sale or rental proceeds received by Mortgagee or the Acquiring Party; provided, however, that Mortgagee or the Acquiring Party, as the case may be, and their respective successors and assigns, shall in no event and to no extent:

 

(a)                                  be liable to Tenant for any past act, omission or default on the part of any prior landlord (including Landlord) and Tenant shall have no right to assert the same or

 

H- 3



 

any damages arising therefrom as an offset, defense or deficiency against Mortgagee, Acquiring Party or the successors or assigns of either of them except for repair and maintenance obligations of a continuing nature imposed on Landlord under the Lease and Mortgagee or the Acquiring Party was furnished with written notice and opportunity to cure the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement prior to taking possession of the Demised Premises;

 

(b)                                  be liable for any payment of rent or additional rent which Tenant might have paid for more than one month in advance of the due date thereof or any deposit, rental security or any other sums deposited with any prior landlord (including Landlord), except to the extent such monies are actually received by Mortgagee or the Acquiring Party, as applicable;

 

(c)                                   be bound by any material amendment, modification or termination of the Lease or by any waiver or forbearance on the part of any prior landlord (including Landlord) (except to the extent specifically permitted by the Lease (i.e. termination rights for default, casualty and condemnation, extension rights or other options or waivers expressly set forth in the Lease)), unless Mortgagee or the Acquiring Party consents in writing to such amendment, termination, cancellation, waiver or surrender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed;

 

(d)                                  be liable for or subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against any prior landlord (including Landlord) except to the extent the Mortgagee or Acquiring Party was furnished with notice and opportunity to cure the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement prior to taking possession of the Demised Premises;

 

(e)                                   be liable to Tenant for construction or restoration obligations of any prior landlord (including Landlord), or delays by any prior landlord (including Landlord) in construction or restoration, of the Building or the Demised Premises, or for the obligations of any prior landlord (including Landlord) to reimburse Tenant for or indemnify Tenant against any costs, expenses or damages arising from such construction or any delay in Tenant’s occupancy of the Demised Premises; provided, however, Mortgagee shall be subject to all remedies Tenant may have as set forth in the Lease (excluding a claim for damages against acquiring party) including specifically, without limitation, self-help, offset, abatement and/or termination rights and remedies; or

 

(f)                                    be liable to Tenant for payment of any tenant improvement allowance or other similar payment or reimbursement obligation of the landlord (including Landlord) under the terms of the Lease; provided, however, Mortgagee shall be subject to all remedies Tenant may have as set forth in the Lease (excluding a claim for damages against acquiring party) including specifically, without limitation, self-help, offset, abatement casualty and condemnation restoration provisions and/or termination rights and remedies.

 

5.                                       Rent .  Tenant hereby agrees to and with Mortgagee that, upon receipt from Mortgagee of a notice of any default by Landlord under the Mortgage, Tenant will pay to Mortgagee directly all rents, additional rents and other sums then or thereafter due under the Lease.  In the event of the foregoing, Landlord hereby authorizes Tenant to pay to Mortgagee directly all rents, additional rents and other sums then or thereafter due under the Lease without

 

H- 4



 

further notice to or consent of Landlord, all of which shall be credited towards Tenant’s obligations under the Lease.  In addition, Landlord hereby indemnifies and holds Tenant harmless from and against any and all claims, causes of actions, demands, liabilities and losses of any kind or nature, including but not limited, to attorney’s fees and expenses, sustained by Tenant as a result of any and all claims by Landlord or third parties claiming through Landlord all or any portion of the rent, additional rents, and other sums due under the Lease which are paid by Tenant directly to Mortgagee in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.

 

6.                                       Further Documents .  The foregoing provisions shall be self- operative and effective without the execution of any further instruments on the part of any party hereto.  Tenant agrees, however, to execute and deliver to Mortgagee or the Acquiring Party, as the case may be, or such other person to whom Tenant herein agrees to attorn such other instruments as such party shall reasonably request in order to effectuate said provisions.

 

7.                                       Notice and Cure .  Tenant agrees that if there occurs a default by Landlord under the Lease, Tenant shall give Mortgagee written notice of such default and Mortgagee or its successors a period of time to remedy any such default by Landlord equal to the greater of (a) thirty (30) days or (b) the curative period afforded to Landlord under the Lease with respect to such default, such period to commence upon the receipt by Mortgagee or its successors (if such successor shall have given written notice to Tenant of its acquisition of Mortgagee’s (for the benefit of the lenders) interest in the loan made pursuant to the Loan Documents and shall have designated the address to which such notice is to be directed) of written notice of such default.  Mortgagee shall have the right (but not the obligation) to remedy any Landlord default under the Lease, or to cause any default of Landlord under the Lease to be remedied and shall be allowed the time period set forth in the preceding sentence to remedy such default.

 

8.                                       Default .  Tenant shall not be in default under this Agreement unless Tenant’s failure to perform or observe any term, covenant, agreement or condition to be performed or kept under this Agreement is not cured within five (5) days’ written notice of such failure if the default is a failure by Tenant to pay rent hereunder in accordance with Section 5, or within thirty (30) days’ written notice of such failure for all other defaults hereunder.

 

9.                                       Notices .  All notices, demands, approvals and requests given or required to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been properly given upon receipt when personally served or sent by overnight delivery service or upon the third (3rd) business day after mailing if sent by U.S. registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

Mortgagee:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
2200 Ross Avenue, 9th Floor
Dallas, TX 75201-2787
Attention:  Manager, Real Estate Group

 

with a copy to:

Locke Lord LLP
600 Congress Avenue, Suite 2200

 

H- 5



 

Austin, TX 78701
Attention:  Brad B. Hawley, Esq.

 

Landlord:

 

Gateway 80 Industrial, LLC
c/o Panattoni Development Company
8775 Folsom Boulevard, Suite 200
Sacramento, CA 95826
Attention:  Timothy W. Schaedler

 

with a copy to:

 

CVM Law Group, LLP
20411 SW Birch Street, Suite 200
Newport Beach, CA 92660
Attention:  Fredric I. Albert

 

Tenant:

 

Blue Apron, Inc.
5 Crosby Street, 3rd Floor,
New York, NY 10013
Attention:  General Counsel

 

with a copy to:

 

Paul Hastings LLP
55 Second Street, 24th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94105
Attention:  Stephen I. Berkman, Esq.

 

or to such other address in the United States as such party may from time to time designate by written notice to the other parties.

 

10.                                Binding Effect .  The terms, covenants and conditions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Mortgagee, Landlord and Tenant and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

11.                                No Oral Modifications .  This Agreement may not be modified in any manner or terminated except by an instrument in writing executed by all the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest.

 

12.                                Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed, construed, applied and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

13.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one document.

 

H- 6



 

14.                                Inapplicable Provisions .  If any term, covenant or condition of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to be enforceable, or if such modification is not practicable, such provision shall be deemed deleted from this Agreement, and the other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

15.                                Authority .  Each of the undersigned parties represents and warrants to the other parties hereto that the person executing this Agreement on behalf of each such party hereto has been duly authorized to so execute this Agreement and to cause this Agreement to be binding upon such party and its successors and assigns.

 

16.                                Tenant’s Personal Property .  It is expressly agreed to between Mortgagee, Landlord and Tenant that in no event shall the Mortgage cover or encumber (and shall not be construed as subjecting in any manner to the lien thereof) any of Tenant’s moveable trade fixtures, business equipment, furniture, signs or other personal property at any time placed in, on or about the Property.

 

17.                                Waiver of Jury Trial .  LANDLORD, TENANT AND MORTGAGEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

18.                                Number and Gender .  Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used herein shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural and vice versa.

 

19.                                Recording .  Any party to this Agreement shall have the right to record this Agreement in the Official Records.

 

20.                                Broker Commissions .  Nothing in this Agreement shall limit Tenant’s rights against Landlord if Landlord fails to pay when due any brokerage commissions payable to Tenant’s broker in connection with the Lease.  Mortgagee or the Acquiring Party, as the case may be, and their respective successors and assigns, shall in no event and to no extent be liable to Tenant for any such broker commission.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

H- 7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

MORTGAGEE

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

 

a national banking association

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

LANDLORD

 

GATEWAY 80 INDUSTRIAL, LLC,

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

Gateway 80 Industrial PG, LLC

 

 

a Delaware limited liability company,

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

By:

PDC Sacramento LLC,

 

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

Its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Timothy W. Schaedler, Local Partner

 

 

TENANT

 

BLUE APRON, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

H- 8



 

A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document, to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document.

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

)

 

)

COUNTY OF

)

 

On                      , before me,                            , Notary Public, personally appeared                                                , who proved me on the basis of satisfactory evidence, to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

 

 

(SEAL)

Notary Public Signature

 

 

H- 9



 

A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document, to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document.

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

)

 

)

COUNTY OF

)

 

On                      , before me,                            , Notary Public, personally appeared                                                , who proved me on the basis of satisfactory evidence, to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

 

 

(SEAL)

Notary Public Signature

 

 

 

 

H- 10



 

A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document, to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document.

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

)

 

)

COUNTY OF

)

 

On                      , before me,                            , Notary Public, personally appeared                                                , who proved me on the basis of satisfactory evidence, to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

 

 

(SEAL)

Notary Public Signature

 

 

H- 11


 

EXHIBIT A
LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPERTY

 

Parcel 2 as shown on that certain map entitled “Parcel Map for Panattoni Development Company, Inc.” filed June 9, 2016 in Book 51 of Maps, at Page 64-65, Solano County Records.

 

H- 12




Exhibit 10.21

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

CUSIP: 09523HAB7

 

 

 

REVOLVING CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

 

dated as of

 

August 26, 2016

 

among

 

BLUE APRON, INC.,
as the Company,

 

the other OBLIGORS party hereto,

 

the LENDERS and ISSUING BANKS party hereto

 

and

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
as the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

CITIBANK, NA,
GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

and

SUNTRUST ROBINSON HUMPHREY, INC.,
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

 

Section 1.01.

Defined Terms

 

1

Section 1.02.

Classification of Loans and Borrowings

 

37

Section 1.03.

Terms Generally

 

37

Section 1.04.

Accounting Terms; GAAP

 

38

Section 1.05.

Borrower Agent

 

38

Section 1.06.

Obligations Joint and Several

 

39

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

 

 

 

Section 2.01.

Loans

 

39

Section 2.02.

[Reserved]

 

40

Section 2.03.

Issuance of Letters of Credit and Purchase of Participations Therein

 

40

Section 2.04.

Pro Rata Shares; Availability of Funds

 

46

Section 2.05.

Evidence of Debt; Register; Lenders’ Books and Records; Notes

 

47

Section 2.06.

Interest on Loans

 

48

Section 2.07.

[Reserved]

 

49

Section 2.08.

Default Interest

 

49

Section 2.09.

Fees

 

50

Section 2.10.

Prepayment of Loans

 

51

Section 2.11.

Voluntary Prepayments/Commitment Reductions

 

51

Section 2.12.

Mandatory Prepayments

 

52

Section 2.13.

Application of Prepayments/Reductions

 

53

Section 2.14.

General Provisions Regarding Payments

 

53

Section 2.15.

Interest Elections

 

54

Section 2.16.

Making or Maintaining Eurodollar Rate Loans

 

55

Section 2.17.

Increased Costs

 

57

Section 2.18.

Taxes

 

58

Section 2.19.

Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs

 

62

Section 2.20.

Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders

 

63

Section 2.21.

[Reserved]

 

64

Section 2.22.

Defaulting Lenders

 

64

Section 2.23.

Incremental Facilities

 

66

Section 2.24.

Notices

 

68

Section 2.25.

Additional Borrowers

 

68

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

 

 

 

Section 3.01.

Organization; Powers

 

68

Section 3.02.

Authorization; Enforceability

 

69

 

i



 

Section 3.03.

Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts

 

69

Section 3.04.

Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change

 

69

Section 3.05.

Properties

 

70

Section 3.06.

Litigation and Environmental Matters

 

70

Section 3.07.

No Defaults

 

70

Section 3.08.

Compliance with Laws and Agreements

 

71

Section 3.09.

Investment Company Status

 

71

Section 3.10.

Taxes

 

71

Section 3.11.

Disclosure

 

71

Section 3.12.

Subsidiaries

 

71

Section 3.13.

ERISA

 

72

Section 3.14.

Solvency

 

73

Section 3.15.

Anti-Terrorism Law

 

73

Section 3.16.

FCPA; Anti-Corruption

 

74

Section 3.17.

Federal Reserve Regulations

 

74

Section 3.18.

Collateral Documents

 

74

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4

CONDITIONS

 

 

 

 

Section 4.01.

Effective Date

 

75

Section 4.02.

Each Credit Event

 

77

Section 4.03.

Initial Credit Event in Respect of Each Additional Borrower

 

78

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

 

 

 

Section 5.01.

Financial Statements and Other Information

 

79

Section 5.02.

Notices of Material Events

 

81

Section 5.03.

Existence; Conduct of Business

 

81

Section 5.04.

Payment of Taxes and Other Claims

 

82

Section 5.05.

Maintenance of Properties; Insurance

 

82

Section 5.06.

Books and Records; Inspection Rights

 

82

Section 5.07.

Compliance with Laws and Agreements

 

83

Section 5.08.

ERISA-Related Information

 

83

Section 5.09.

Use of Proceeds

 

84

Section 5.10.

Further Assurances

 

84

Section 5.11.

Guarantors

 

86

Section 5.12.

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

 

86

Section 5.13.

Collateral Release

 

88

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

 

 

 

Section 6.01.

Indebtedness

 

89

Section 6.02.

Liens

 

91

 

ii



 

Section 6.03.

Fundamental Changes; Asset Sales; Conduct of Business

 

94

Section 6.04.

Restricted Payments

 

96

Section 6.05.

Transactions with Affiliates

 

97

Section 6.06.

Investments

 

98

Section 6.07.

Restrictive Agreements

 

99

Section 6.08.

Use of Proceeds

 

100

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7

[RESERVED]

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8

GUARANTY

 

 

 

 

Section 8.01.

Guaranty of the Obligations

 

101

Section 8.02.

Payment by Guarantors

 

101

Section 8.03.

Liability of Guarantors Absolute

 

101

Section 8.04.

Waivers by Guarantors

 

103

Section 8.05.

Guarantors’ Rights of Subrogation, Contribution, Etc.

 

104

Section 8.06.

Subordination of Other Obligations

 

105

Section 8.07.

Continual Guaranty

 

105

Section 8.08.

Authority of Guarantors or the Borrower

 

105

Section 8.09.

Financial Condition of the Borrower

 

105

Section 8.10.

Bankruptcy, Etc.

 

106

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

 

 

 

Section 9.01.

Events of Default

 

106

Section 9.02.

Application of Funds

 

109

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10

THE AGENTS

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

 

Section 11.01.

Notices

 

114

Section 11.02.

Waivers; Amendments

 

115

Section 11.03.

Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver

 

117

Section 11.04.

Successors and Assigns

 

119

Section 11.05.

Survival

 

124

Section 11.06.

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

 

124

Section 11.07.

Severability

 

125

Section 11.08.

Right of Setoff

 

125

Section 11.09.

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

 

126

Section 11.10.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

 

126

Section 11.11.

Headings

 

127

Section 11.12.

Confidentiality

 

127

 

iii



 

Section 11.13.

Interest Rate Limitation

 

129

Section 11.14.

No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility

 

129

Section 11.15.

Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents

 

130

Section 11.16.

USA PATRIOT Act

 

130

Section 11.17.

Release of Guarantors

 

130

Section 11.18.

Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions

 

130

 

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 2.01

Revolving Commitments and Letter of Credit Issuer Sublimit

 

 

BORROWER DISCLOSURE LETTER

 

Section 1.01A

Holdco Transactions

Section 1.01B

Permitted Holders

Section 1.01C

Specified Acquisition

Section 3.12

Subsidiaries

Section 5.10

Material Real Estate Assets

Section 5.11

Guarantors

Section 5.12

Unrestricted Subsidiaries

Section 6.01

Existing Debt

Section 6.02

Existing Liens

Section 6.06

Investments

Section 6.07

Restrictive Agreements

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

Exhibit A

Form of Assignment and Assumption

Exhibit B

Form of Administrative Questionnaire

Exhibit C

Form of Interest Election Request

Exhibit D

Form of Note

Exhibit E

Form of Solvency Certificate

Exhibit F

Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit G

Form of Funding Notice

Exhibit H

Form of Issuance Notice

Exhibit I

Form of Intercompany Note

Exhibit J

Form of Joinder Agreement

Exhibit K

Form of Security Agreement

Exhibit L

Form of Tax Forms

 

iv


 

This REVOLVING CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT, dated as of August 26, 2016, among BLUE APRON, INC., a Delaware corporation, as the company (the “ Company ”), the ADDITIONAL BORROWERS from time to time party hereto, the GUARANTORS from time to time party hereto, the LENDERS and the ISSUING BANKS from time to time party hereto and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

 

The Borrower has requested the Lenders (such term and each other capitalized term used and not otherwise defined herein having the meaning assigned to it in Article 1), to make Loans to the Borrower on a revolving credit basis on and after the date hereof and at any time and from time to time prior to the Maturity Date.

 

The proceeds of borrowings hereunder are to be used for the purposes described in Section 5.09. The Lenders are willing to establish the credit facility referred to in the preceding paragraph upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01.                           Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

 

ABR ” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

 

Acquisition Consideration ” means the purchase consideration for any Permitted Acquisition and all other payments by the Obligors or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries in exchange for, or as part of, or in connection with, any Permitted Acquisition, whether paid in cash or by exchange of Equity Interests or of properties or otherwise and whether payable at or prior to the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or deferred for payment at any future time, whether or not any such future payment is subject to the occurrence of any contingency, and includes any and all payments representing the purchase price and any assumptions of Indebtedness, “earn-outs” and other agreements to make any payment the amount of which is, or the terms of payment of which are, in any respect subject to or contingent upon the revenues, income, cash flow or profits of any person or business acquired in connection with such Permitted Acquisition, but excluding therefrom (a) any cash of the seller(s) and its/their Affiliates used to fund any portion of such consideration and (b) any cash or Cash Equivalents acquired in connection with such Acquisition; provided that any such future payment that is subject to a contingency shall be considered Acquisition Consideration only to the extent of the reserve to be established in respect thereto or the amount thereof to be recorded as a liability by any Obligor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if any, in each case, as required under GAAP at the time of the consummation of the applicable Permitted Acquisition.

 



 

Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions resulting in the acquisition by any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets of, all of the Equity Interests of, or a business line or unit or a division of, any Person.

 

Additional Borrower ” means each Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a “Borrower” hereunder pursuant to Section 2.25, in each case, unless and until such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a “Borrower” hereunder.

 

Additional Borrower Joinder Agreement ” means an agreement pursuant to which a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Additional Borrower, executed by the Company and the applicable Additional Borrower in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

Adjusted LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate.

 

Administrative Agent ” means Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder, or any successor administrative agent.

 

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in substantially the form of Exhibit B or a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

 

Affected Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(b).

 

Affected Loans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(b).

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

 

Agent Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(c).

 

Agents ” means the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent or any of their respective successors or assigns.

 

Agreed L/C Cash Collateral Amount ” means 103% of the total outstanding Letter of Credit Usage.

 

Aggregate Total Exposure ” means, as at any date of determination, the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Loans and (ii) the Letter of Credit Usage.

 

Agreement ” means this Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, as the same may hereafter be modified, supplemented, extended, amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time.

 

2



 

Alternate Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1 / 2  of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for an Interest Period of 1 month commencing on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1.00%. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively; provided that, if determined pursuant to the foregoing, the Alternative Base Rate is below zero, the Alternate Base Rate will be deemed to be zero.

 

Anti-Corruption Laws ” means all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, in effect from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption, including, without limitation the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, the Bank Secrecy Act, the USA Patriot Act, and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where any Obligor and any of its Subsidiaries conduct business, and the rules and regulations (if any) thereunder enforced by any governmental agency.

 

Anti-Terrorism Laws ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.15(a).

 

Applicable Percentage ” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total Revolving Commitments represented by such Lender’s Revolving Commitment. If the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Revolving Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments.

 

Applicable Period ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Applicable Rate.

 

Applicable Rate ” means the following percentages per annum, based upon the Total Net Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.01(c):

 

Applicable Rate

 

Pricing
Level

 

Total Leverage
Ratio

 

LIBO Rate
Margin

 

Base Rate
Margin

 

1

 

> 2.00:1.00

 

2.00

%

1.00

%

2

 

<2.00:1.00 but
> 1.00:1.00

 

1.75

%

0.75

%

3

 

<1.00:1.00

 

1.50

%

0.50

%

 

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Total Net Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(c); provided that if a Compliance Certificate is not delivered when due in accordance with such Section, then, upon the request of the Required Lenders, Pricing Level 1 shall apply as of the first Business Day after

 

3



 

the date on which such Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered and shall remain in effect until the date on which such Compliance Certificate is delivered. The Applicable Rate in effect from the Effective Date through the date immediately preceding the first Business Day following delivery of the Compliance Certificate for the first full Fiscal Quarter following the Effective Date shall be determined based upon Pricing Level 1. In the event that any financial statement or certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 is shown to be inaccurate and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Rate for any period (an “ Applicable Period ”) than the Applicable Rate applied for such Applicable Period, then (a) the Borrower shall promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent corrected financial statements and a corrected Compliance Certificate for such Applicable Period, (b) if such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have resulted in a higher Applicable Rate, the Applicable Rate shall be deemed to be such higher Applicable Rate for the Applicable Period, and (c) the Borrower shall immediately pay to the Administrative Agent the accrued additional interest owing as a result of such increased Applicable Rate for such Applicable Period.

 

Application ” means the Letter of Credit application in the form as may approved by the applicable Issuing Bank and executed and delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank, requesting such Issuing Bank issue a Letter of Credit.

 

Applicant Borrower has the meaning set forth in Section 2.25.

 

Applicant Borrower Amendments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.25.

 

Approved Fund ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.04(b)(ii)(F).

 

Arrangers ” means Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Citibank, NA, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., in their capacities as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, and any successors thereto.

 

Asset Sale ” means a sale, lease (as lessor or sublessor), sale and leaseback, license (as licensor or sublicensor), exchange, transfer or other disposition to, any Person, in one transaction or a series of transactions, of all or any part of the businesses, assets or properties of any kind, whether real, personal, or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, whether now owned or hereafter acquired of any Obligor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any Equity Interests (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not including Equity Interests of the Parent), other than (i) inventory (or other assets, including intangible assets) sold, leased or licensed out in the ordinary course of business, (ii) obsolete, surplus or worn-out property, (iii) sales of Cash Equivalents for the fair market value thereof, (iv) dispositions of property (including the sale of any Equity Interest owned by such Person) from (A) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Obligor to any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Obligor or to any Obligor or (B) any Obligor to any other Obligor; (v) dispositions of property resulting from casualty or condemnation events; (vi) dispositions of past due accounts receivable in connection with the collection, write down or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business, (vii) dispositions of property to the extent that (x) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (y) the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property, (viii) any abandonment, failure to maintain non-renewal or other disposition of any intellectual property (or rights

 

4



 

relating thereto) that is no longer desirable in the conduct of any Obligor’s or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries’ business, as determined in good faith by such Obligor or such Restricted Subsidiary, (ix) any sale of property or series of related sales of property where the total consideration received by the Obligors and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries (valued at the initial principal amount thereof in the case of non-cash proceeds consisting of notes or other debt securities and valued at the fair market value thereof in the case of other non-cash proceeds) does not exceed $500,000 for any single sale or series of related sales and $5,000,000 for all such sales in the aggregate since the Effective Date, (x) cancellations of employee notes, (xi) real property leases in the ordinary course of business, (xii) transfers of property or assets to an Unrestricted Subsidiary by another Unrestricted Subsidiary, (xiii) expirations of contracts in accordance with their terms, (xiv) terminations of leases in the ordinary course of business, and (xv) the sale or disposition of the Equity Interests in Unrestricted Subsidiaries so long as the consideration for such Equity Interests is in an amount at least equal to the fair market value thereof.  The treatment of a transaction as a sale-leaseback as a result of the application of “build to suit” accounting in accordance with GAAP shall not, in and of itself, constitute an Asset Sale for purposes of this Agreement.

 

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 11.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

 

Available Excess Cash Flow ” means, at any date of determination, an amount, not less than zero and determined on a cumulative basis, that is equal to 50% of the aggregate cumulative sum of Excess Cash Flow for each Fiscal Year ending after the Effective Date and prior to such date, commencing with the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2016.

 

Available Amount ” means, at any date of determination, (a) the amount of Available Excess Cash Flow, plus (b) the proceeds received by any Obligor or any other Restricted Subsidiary during the period from and including the day immediately following the Effective Date through and including such date of determination in connection with cash returns, cash profits, cash distributions and similar cash amounts, including cash principal repayments of loans, in each case received in respect of any Investment made after the Effective Date pursuant to Section 6.06(g) (in an amount not to exceed the original amount of such Investment made in reliance on the Available Amount), minus (c) the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 6.04(c), plus (ii) the aggregate amount of Investments made pursuant to Section 6.06(g), in each case, after the Effective Date and on or prior to such date of determination.

 

Availability ” means, as of any time of determination, an amount equal to (a) the aggregate amount of Revolving Commitments in effect at such time, minus (b) the Aggregate Total Exposure at such time.

 

Bail-In Action ” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

 

5



 

Bail-In Legislation ” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

Bankruptcy Code ” means Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time and any successor statute and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Bankruptcy Event ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or institutes, applies for or consents to any such proceeding or appointment; provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof, so long as, such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person.

 

Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest at the Alternate Base Rate.

 

Base Rate Margin ” means for any day, the amount in the applicable column under (and determined for such day in accordance with) the definition of “Applicable Rate”.

 

Beneficiary ” means each Agent, Lender and Issuing Bank and each other Secured Party.

 

Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

 

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Parent.

 

Borrower ” means the Company and each Additional Borrower.

 

Borrower Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.05.

 

Borrower Disclosure Letter ” means the disclosure letter delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, dated as of the Effective Date.

 

Borrowing ” means Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

 

Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in New York City; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “ Business Day ” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

 

6



 

Build to Suit Obligations ”  means any obligations relating to a lease or other obligation accounted for using “build to suit” accounting in accordance with GAAP.

 

Capital Lease Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof accounted for as a liability on the balance sheet as determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that (a) any obligations relating to a lease that was accounted for by such Person as an operating lease as of the Effective Date and any lease entered into after the Effective Date by such Person that would have been accounted for as an operating lease under GAAP as in effect as of the Effective Date shall be accounted for as obligations relating to an operating lease and not as Capital Lease Obligations and (b) Build to Suit Obligations shall not constitute Capital Lease Obligations.

 

Carry-Forward Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(g).

 

Cash ” means money, currency or a credit balance in any demand or Deposit Account.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means:

 

(a)                                  Dollars;

 

(b)                                  U.S. Government Obligations or certificates representing an ownership interest in U.S. Government Obligations with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition;

 

(c)                                   (i) demand deposits, (ii) time deposits and certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, (iii) bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition and (iv) overnight bank deposits, in each case with any bank or trust company organized or licensed under the laws of the United States or any State thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $500,000,000 whose short-term debt is rated “A-2” or higher by S&P or higher by Moody’s;

 

(d)                                  repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the type described in clauses (b) and (c) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (c) above;

 

(e)                                   commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or A-1 by S&P and maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

 

(f)                                    securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A-1 by Moody’s;

 

7



 

(g)                                   securities with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any Lender or any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (c) of this definition;

 

(h)                                  any repurchase agreement having a term of 30 days or less entered into with any Lender or any commercial banking institution satisfying, at the time of acquisition thereof, the criteria set forth in clause (c)(i) which (i) is secured by a fully perfected security interest in any obligation of the type described in clause (a), and (ii) has a market value at the time such repurchase agreement is entered into of not less than 100% of the repurchase obligation of such Lender or commercial banking institution thereunder;

 

(i)                                      money market funds at least 90% of the assets of which consist of investments of the type described in clauses (a) through (h) above.

 

Cash Collateralize ” means, in respect of an Obligation, to provide and pledge (as a first priority perfected security interest) cash collateral in Dollars, at a location and pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank (and “ Cash Collateralization ” has a corresponding meaning). “ Cash Collateral ” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

 

CFC ” means a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

 

Change in Control ” means (a) prior to an IPO, the failure by the Permitted Holders to own, beneficially and of record, Equity Interests in the Parent representing at least 50.1% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in the Parent; (b) after an IPO, the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder), other than the Permitted Holders, of Equity Interests in the Parent representing more than 35% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in the Parent; (c) if during any period of 24 months, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Parent cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of such Board of Directors on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to such Board of Directors was approved by individuals referred to in clause (c)(i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of such Board of Directors or (iii) whose election or nomination to the Board of Directors was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (c)(i) and (c)(ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of the Board of Directors; (d) prior to the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, the Company shall cease to own and control, beneficially and of record, directly or indirectly, 100% of the aggregate ordinary voting power of each Additional Borrower free and clear of all Liens (except Liens securing the Obligations); (e) on and following the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, Holdings shall cease to own and control, beneficially and of record, directly or indirectly, 100% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower free and clear of all Liens (except Liens securing the Obligations); provided that the consummation of a Holdco Transaction shall not be a Change in Control.

 

8



 

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of, or compliance by any Lender or any Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.17(b), any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any) with, any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “ Change in Law ”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

 

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

Collateral ” means, collectively, all of the real, personal and mixed property (including Equity Interests) in which Liens are granted or purported to be granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents as security for the Obligations.

 

Collateral Agent ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

 

Collateral Documents ” means the Security Agreement and all other instruments, documents and agreements delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents in order to grant to, or perfect in favor of, the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a first priority security interest and Lien on the Collateral.

 

Collateral Release Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.13(a).

 

Collateral Release Period ” means the period from and after a Collateral Release Date until the occurrence of a Collateral Redelivery Trigger.

 

Collateral Redelivery Trigger ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.13(b).

 

Commitment Fee Rate ” means 0.15%.

 

Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. §1 et seq .).

 

Communications ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(c).

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

 

Compliance Certificate ” means a compliance certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F .

 

9


 

Connection Income Taxes ” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

 

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA ” means, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus without duplication and to the extent reflected as a charge in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of (a) income tax expense, (b) interest expense, amortization or write-off of debt discount and debt issuance costs and commissions, discounts and other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness (including the Loans), (c) depreciation and amortization expense, (d) amortization of intangibles (including, but not limited to, goodwill) and organization costs, (e) any extraordinary charges or losses determined in accordance with GAAP, (f) non-cash stock option and other equity-based compensation expenses, (g) (i) non-cash costs or expenses resulting from purchase accounting adjustments and (ii) non-cash costs or expenses resulting from Build to Suit Obligations, (h) proceeds from business interruption insurance not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income and to the extent offsetting lost operating income received during such period, (i) all customary fees, costs and expenses incurred or paid in connection with (A) Investments permitted hereunder (including Permitted Acquisitions) whether or not such Investment is consummated, (B) Asset Sales permitted hereunder and (C) the issuance, prepayment or amendment or refinancing of Indebtedness permitted hereunder or the issuance of Equity Interests of the Parent (including costs and expenses (including exploratory and preparatory costs) in connection with any IPO), (j) non-recurring signing costs, retention or completion bonuses and costs related to curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities), (k) the aggregate amount of one-time, non-recurring and extraordinary settlements of legal proceedings and regulatory matters; provided that the aggregate amount that may be added back pursuant to this clause (k) may not exceed $25,000,000 for any period, (l) non-recurring restructuring and similar charges, severance, relocation costs, integration and facilities opening costs and other business optimization expenses, transition costs, costs related to closure and consolidation of facilities; provided that the aggregate amount that may be added back pursuant to this clause (l) and the following clause (m) shall not exceed 25% of aggregate Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for any period (determined without giving effect to any such adjustment pursuant to this clause (l) and the following clause (m)), (m) the amount of net cost savings and synergies projected in good faith to be realized as a result of actions taken after the Effective Date that are otherwise permitted hereunder (including pursuant to internal procedures), in each case, no later than the date that is 18 months following the consummation of such action (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (i) a duly completed certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent certifying that such cost savings and synergies are reasonably identifiable, factually supportable and reasonably expected to have a continuing impact, (ii) the benefits resulting therefrom are reasonably anticipated to be realized not later than 18 months of such actions having been taken, (iii) the aggregate amount that may be added back pursuant to the preceding clause (l) and this clause (m) shall not exceed 25% of aggregate Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for any period (determined without giving effect to any such adjustment pursuant to the preceding clause (l) and this clause (m)), and (iv) no cost savings or synergies shall be added pursuant to this clause (m) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges otherwise added to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, whether through

 

10



 

a pro forma adjustment or otherwise, for such period, (n) all costs, charges, fees and expenses related to the Transactions and (o) any other non-cash charges, non-cash expenses or non-cash losses of the Obligors or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, including, for the avoidance of doubt, non-cash foreign currency translation losses and any unrealized losses in respect of Swap Agreements (including non-cash losses related to currency remeasurement of Indebtedness) (excluding any such charge, expense or loss incurred in the ordinary course of business that constitutes an accrual of, or a reserve for, cash charges for any future period); provided , however , that cash payments made in such period or in any future period in respect of such non-cash charges, expenses or losses (excluding any such charge, expense or loss incurred in the ordinary course of business that constitutes an accrual of, or a reserve for, cash charges for any future period) shall be subtracted from Consolidated Net Income in calculating Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in the period when such payments are made, and, minus , to the extent included in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of (a) income tax benefit, (b) interest income, (c) any extraordinary income or gains determined in accordance with GAAP and (d) any other non-cash income (excluding any items that represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period that are described in the parenthetical to clause (g) above), all as determined on a consolidated basis; provided that, (i) with respect to the period ending June 30, 2016, actual Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the period from January 1, 2016, until such date, multiplied by 2, and (ii) with respect to the period ending September 30, 2016, actual Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the period from January 1, 2016, until such date, multiplied by 4/3; provided , further , that with respect to all assets and Persons acquired or disposed of, the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA will be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

 

Consolidated Capital Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period determined on a consolidated basis that, in accordance with GAAP, are or should be included in “purchase of property and equipment”, “development of internal use software” or similar items, or which should otherwise be capitalized, reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided all expenditures arising from Build to Suit Obligations shall not constitute Consolidated Capital Expenditures.

 

Consolidated Current Assets ” means, as at any date of determination, the total assets of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that may properly be classified as current assets in conformity with GAAP, excluding cash, Cash Equivalents and any assets treated as current assets solely as a result of being Build to Suit Obligations.

 

Consolidated Current Liabilities ” means, as at any date of determination, the total liabilities of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that may properly be classified as current liabilities in conformity with GAAP, excluding the current portion of long term debt and Build to Suit Obligations.

 

Consolidated Total Net Debt ” means, at any date of determination, (a) Consolidated Total Debt, minus (b) the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, each as of such date; provided that the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash deducted pursuant to clause (b) shall not exceed $50,000,000.

 

11



 

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the net income or loss of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded (a) the income of any Person (other than the Parent) that is not a Restricted Subsidiary except to the extent of the amount of cash dividends or similar cash distributions actually paid by such Person to the Company or, subject to clauses (b) and (c) below, any Restricted Subsidiary (other than, following the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, the Company) during such period, (b) the income of, and any amounts referred to in clause (a) above paid to, any Restricted Subsidiary (other than, following the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, the Company) to the extent that, on the date of determination, the declaration or payment of cash dividends or similar cash distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary is not permitted without any prior approval of any Governmental Authority that has not been obtained or is not permitted by the operation of the terms of the organizational documents of such Restricted Subsidiary, any agreement or other instrument binding upon such Restricted Subsidiary or any law applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary, unless such restrictions with respect to the payment of cash dividends and other similar cash distributions have been legally and effectively waived, and (c) the income or loss of, and any amounts referred to in clause (a) above paid to, any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Parent to the extent such income or loss or such amounts are attributable to the noncontrolling interest in such Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Consolidated Total Assets ” means, as of any date of determination, the amount that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date, excluding any assets treated as current assets solely as a result of a lease being accounted for using “build to suit” accounting in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Total Debt ” on any date, means all Indebtedness of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, as would be required to appear as a liability on a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Working Capital ” means, as at any date of determination, the excess of Consolidated Current Assets of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries over Consolidated Current Liabilities of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment ” means, for any period on a consolidated basis, the amount (which may be a negative number) by which Consolidated Working Capital as of the beginning of such period exceeds (or is less than) Consolidated Working Capital as of the end of such period. In calculating the Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment there shall be excluded the effect of reclassification during such period of current assets to long term assets and current liabilities to long term liabilities and the effect of any Acquisition and the designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary during such period; provided that (a) there shall be included with respect to any Acquisition during such period an amount (which may be a negative number) equal to the difference between the Consolidated Working Capital acquired in such Acquisition as at the time of such Acquisition and the Consolidated Working Capital from such Acquisition at the end of such period, and (b) there shall be included with respect to any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is

 

12



 

designated as a Restricted Subsidiary during such period an amount (which may be a negative number) equal to the difference between the Consolidated Working Capital gained in such designation as at the time of such designation and the Consolidated Working Capital from such designation at the end of such period.

 

Contractual Obligations ” means, with respect to a Person, the obligations under each mortgage, indenture, security agreement, loan agreement or credit agreement and each other agreement, contract or instrument that such Person is a party to.

 

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to (i) direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise the outstanding voting power, by contract or otherwise or (ii) vote 10% of more of Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or any similar governing body) of a Person. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

 

Credit Date ” means the date of a Credit Extension.

 

Credit Event ” means each Borrowing, Credit Extension, New Revolving Loan Commitment or extension of a Letter of Credit.

 

Credit Extension ” means the making of a Loan, the issuing of a Letter of Credit or a Letter of Credit Disbursement.

 

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

 

Default ” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

 

Defaulting Lender ” means, subject to Section 2.19(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder, (ii) fund within two Business Days any portion of its participation in Letters of Credit or (iii) pay to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within three Business Days of the date when due, unless, in each case, such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that one or more conditions precedent to such funding or payment (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Borrower, any Lender or the Administrative Agent in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the

 

13



 

Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations and participation in the outstanding Letters of Credit hereunder ( provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and the Borrower), (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity or (e) has become the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Equity Interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender.  Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any of clauses (a) through (e) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.19(b)) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower and each Lender.

 

Deposit Account ” means a demand, time, savings, passbook or like account with a bank, savings and loan association, credit union or like organization, other than an account evidenced by a negotiable certificate of deposit.

 

Disqualified Equity Interest ” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests which are not otherwise Disqualified Equity Interests), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Equity Interests which are not otherwise Disqualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (c) provides for scheduled payments or scheduled dividends in cash, or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness (but solely such portion that is so convertible would be deemed to be a Disqualified Equity Interest) or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is 120 days after the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, except, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), if as a result of a change of control or asset sale, so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of such a change of control or asset sale event are subject to the prior expiration or termination of the Commitments, the payment in full of the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder and the cancellation or expiration or Cash Collateralization of all Letters of Credit.

 

Disqualified Institution” means, as of any date, (a) any Person designated by the Company as a “Disqualified Institution” by written notice delivered to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Effective Date, (b) any Person that is a competitor or potential competitor of any Obligor or any its respective Subsidiaries (in each case as determined in good faith by the Company) that has been designated by the Company as a “Disqualified Institution” by written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (including by posting such notice to the

 

14



 

Platform) from time to time and (c) any Person whose primary activity is the trading or acquisition of distressed debt that has been designated by the Company as a “Disqualified Institution” by written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (including by posting such notice to the Platform) from time to time and approved by the Administrative Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided that (i) any person that becomes a “Disqualified Institution” after the applicable Trade Date for an assignment or participation interest shall not apply to retroactively make such person a “Disqualified Institution” with respect to such assignment or participation interest or any previously acquired assignment of or participation interest in the Loans, but such Person shall not be able to increase its Revolving Commitments under, or participation interests in, the Loans; provided , however , that, in each case, “Disqualified Institutions” shall exclude any Person that the Borrower has designated as no longer being a “Disqualified Institution” by written notice delivered to the Administrative Agent from time to time, and (ii) clause (c) above shall not apply if an Event of Default under Sections 9.01(a), (b), (g), (h) or (i) has occurred and is continuing.

 

Dollars ” or “ $ ” refers to lawful money of the United States.

 

Domestic Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of any political subdivision of the United States, excluding (a) any Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist of Equity Interests in (or Equity Interests and debt of) one or more CFCs and (b) any such Subsidiary that is owned (directly or indirectly) by a Subsidiary that is described in clause (a) of this definition or a CFC.

 

DQ List ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.04(h).

 

EEA Financial Institution ” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

 

EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

 

EEA Resolution Authority ” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

 

Effective Date ” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 11.02).

 

Environmental Laws ” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or

 

15



 

reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.

 

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) noncompliance with any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Equity Interests ” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity interest; provided that Equity Interests shall not include any debt securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for any combination of Equity Interests and/or cash until any such conversion or exchange.

 

ERISA ” means the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means any person that for purposes of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code would be deemed at any relevant time to be a single employer or otherwise aggregated with any Obligor or any of its respective Subsidiaries under Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

 

ERISA Event ” means any one or more of the following: (a) any reportable event, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA, with respect to a Plan, as to which the PBGC has not waived under PBGC Regulation Section 4043 the requirement of Section 4043 of ERISA that it be notified of such event; (b) the taking of any action to terminate any Plan under Sections 4041 or 4101A of ERISA; (c) the institution of proceedings by the PBGC under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan; (d) the failure to make a required contribution to any Plan that would result in the imposition of a lien or other encumbrance or the provision of security under Section 430 of the Code or Sections 303 or 4068 of ERISA, or the arising of such a lien or encumbrance; (e) the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived; (f) the filing pursuant to Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (g) the receipt of a written determination that any Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at-risk” status within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA; (h) engaging in a non-exempt “prohibited transaction” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA with respect to which the Borrower, any Guarantor, or any of their respective Subsidiaries is a “disqualified person” within the meaning of Section 4975 the Code or a “party in interest” within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or could otherwise reasonably be expected to be liable; (i) the incurrence by the Borrower, any Guarantor, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial

 

16



 

withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan or a withdrawal from a Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which such entity was a “substantial employer” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA; (j) the receipt by the Borrower, any Guarantor, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate from any Multiemployer Plan of any notice concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA or in “endangered” or “critical” status within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA.

 

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor Person), as in effect from time to time.

 

Eurodollar ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to a Loan, or the Loans comprising a Borrowing, that bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

 

Eurodollar Borrowing ” means a Borrowing made at the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

 

Eurodollar Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01.

 

Excess Cash Flow ” means, for any period, an amount (if positive) equal to:

 

(a)                                  the sum, without duplication, of the amounts for such period of (i) Consolidated Net Income, plus , (ii) to the extent reducing Consolidated Net Income, the sum, without duplication, of amounts for non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income, including for depreciation and amortization (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual or reserve for potential cash charge in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash gain that was paid in a prior period), plus (iii) the Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment (if positive), minus

 

(b)                                  the sum, without duplication, of (i) the amounts for such period paid from internally generated cash of (x) repayments of Indebtedness for borrowed money (excluding repayments of the Loans except to the extent the Revolving Commitments are permanently reduced in connection with such repayments) and repayments of Capital Lease Obligations (excluding any interest expense portion thereof), (y) Consolidated Capital Expenditures and (z) the purchase price of Acquisitions, except to the extent funded with the Available Amount, plus (ii) other non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any such non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for potential cash gain in any prior period), plus (iii) the absolute amount of the Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment (if negative).

 

Excluded Subsidiary ” means (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary, (b) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (c) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation or by any Contractual Obligation to which such Subsidiary is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets is bound from guaranteeing the Obligations; provided that any such Contractual

 

17



 

Obligation (i) is in existence on the Effective Date (or, with respect to a Subsidiary acquired or formed after the Effective Date, as of the date such acquisition or formation) and (ii) in the case of a Subsidiary acquired or formed after the Effective Date, was not entered into in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition or formation or (d) any Subsidiary with respect to which guaranteeing the Obligations would require consent, approval, license or authorization from any Governmental Authority, unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been obtained or would, contemporaneous with the Effective Date or, in the case of a Subsidiary acquired or formed after the Effective Date, the date on which such Subsidiary is acquired or formed, be obtained.  For the avoidance of doubt, an Additional Borrower shall not be an Excluded Subsidiary.

 

Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Revolving Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Revolving Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 2.20) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.18, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.18(g) and (d) Taxes imposed under FATCA.

 

Executive Order ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.15(a).

 

Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding Loans of such Lender.

 

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation rules or official practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code.

 

FCPA ” means the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, (15 U.S.C. §§ 78dd-1, et seq.).

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as

 

18



 

published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

 

FEMA ” means the Federal Emergency Management Agency.

 

Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Parent.

 

Fiscal Quarter ” means a Fiscal Quarter of any Fiscal Year.

 

Fiscal Year ” means the Fiscal Year of the Parent and its Subsidiaries ending on December 31 of each calendar year.

 

Flood Hazard Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(b)(iv).

 

Flood Insurance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(b)(iv).

 

Foreign Lender ” means a Lender that is not a U.S. Person.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary other than a Domestic Subsidiary.

 

Funding Notice ” means a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit G .

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

Governmental Acts ” means any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future Governmental Authority.

 

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

 

Guarantee ” of or by any Person (the “ guarantor ”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account

 

19



 

party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness; provided that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business, or customary indemnification obligations entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets or of other entities, in each case, that is permitted hereunder (other than to the extent that the primary obligations that are the subject of such indemnification obligation would be considered Indebtedness hereunder).

 

Guaranteed Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01.

 

Guarantors ” means, collectively,(a)  the Subsidiary Guarantors, (b) with respect to the Obligations of any Additional Borrower, the Company, and (c) on and after the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, Holdings.

 

Guaranty ” means, collectively, the guaranty of the Obligations by the Guarantors pursuant to Section 8.01 of this Agreement.

 

Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

Hedging Transaction ” means (a) any interest-rate transaction, including any interest-rate swap, basis swap, forward rate agreement, interest rate option (including a cap, collar or floor), and any other instrument linked to interest rates that gives rise to similar credit risks (including when-issued securities and forward deposits accepted) and (b) any currency exchange-rate transaction, including any cross-currency interest-rate swap, any forward foreign-exchange contract, any currency option, and any other instrument linked to exchange rates that gives rise to similar credit risks.

 

Holdings ” has the meaning set forth in the defined term Holdco Transaction.

 

Holdco Transaction ” means a transaction (or series of transactions) which will, among other things,  cause (x) the Company to convert to a limited liability company and (y) 100% of the Equity Interests in the Company and its other existing Subsidiaries to be held by a newly-formed entity organized under the laws of any political subdivision of the United States (“ Holdings ”), which transactions will be substantially in accordance with the steps described on Section 1.01A of the Borrower Disclosure Letter; provided that (a) the owners of 100% of the Equity Interests in Holdings immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and the amount of such Equity Interests owned by each such person) are identical to the owners of 100% of the Equity Interests in the Company immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction (and the amount of such Equity Interests owned by each such person; provided that, such Equity Interests of such owners may be held in different classes (including common and preferred Equity Interests) of Equity Interests of Holdings with different voting rights), (b) Holdings shall have entered into Collateral Documents, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, pursuant to which Holdings shall pledge its interest in the Collateral, including without limitation, the Equity Interests in the Borrower, to the Collateral Agent for the

 

20



 

benefit of the Secured Parties, and (c) Holdings shall have entered into a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall have provided such other documentation as would be required in connection with a joinder of a Guarantor pursuant to Section 5.11.

 

Immaterial Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, any Subsidiary of the Parent and that has been designated by the Company by written notice to the Administrative Agent as an “Immaterial Subsidiary” from time to time and in relation to which the fair market value of its Consolidated Total Assets as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period, as the case may be, do not exceed 7.5% of the fair market value of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date and (b) whose revenues for the most recently ended Test Period, as the case may be, are available do not exceed 7.5% of the consolidated revenues of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such Test Period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that (i) the Consolidated Total Assets of all such Immaterial Subsidiaries as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period shall not exceed 15% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date and (ii) the revenues of all such Immaterial Subsidiaries for the most recently ended Test Period shall not exceed 15% of the consolidated revenues of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.  For any determination made as of or prior to the time any Person becomes an indirect or direct Subsidiary of the Borrower, such determination and designation shall be made based on financial statements provided by or on behalf of such Person in connection with the Acquisition of such Person or such Person’s assets to the extent reasonably available. If such financial statements are not reasonably available, the Parent shall make such determination in reasonable good faith. The Company may change the designation of any Subsidiary as an Immaterial Subsidiary by providing notice to the Administrative Agent.

 

Increased Amount Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.23(a).

 

Indebtedness ” of any Person at any date means, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than current trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under or in respect of bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit, surety bonds or similar arrangements, (g) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above, (h) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation and (i) all Disqualified Equity Interests in such Person, valued, as of the date of determination, at the greater of (i) the maximum aggregate amount that would be payable upon maturity, redemption, repayment or

 

21



 

repurchase thereof (or of Disqualified Equity Interests or Indebtedness into which such Disqualified Equity Interests are convertible or exchangeable) and (ii) the maximum liquidation preference of such Disqualified Equity Interests. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor. For purposes of this definition, (i) the amount of any Indebtedness described in clause (g) above shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the principal amount of the obligations guaranteed and outstanding and (B) the maximum amount for which the guaranteeing Person may be liable in respect of such obligations, and (ii)  the amount of any Indebtedness described in clause (h) above shall be the lower of the amount of the obligation and the fair market value of the assets of such Person securing such obligation. For the avoidance of doubt, Build to Suit Obligations shall not constitute Indebtedness.

 

Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Obligor under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

 

Indemnitee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.03(b).

 

Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.12.

 

Intellectual Property Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.05(b).

 

Intercompany Note ” means an intercompany note substantially in the form of Exhibit I .

 

Interest Election Request ” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.15(b) and in substantially the form of Exhibit C attached hereto.

 

Interest Payment Date ” means (a) with respect to any Base Rate Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period.

 

Interest Period ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months (or, with the consent of each Lender, twelve months or less than one month) thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing only, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (b) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Borrowing that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar

 

22



 

month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

 

Interest Rate Determination Date ” means, with respect to any Interest Period, the date that is two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period.

 

Investment ” means any loan, advance (other than advances to employees for moving, entertainment and travel expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business and Consolidated Capital Expenditures), extension of credit (by way of Guarantee or otherwise) or capital contributions by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any other Person (other than an Obligor or any other Restricted Subsidiary).

 

IPO ” means a bona fide underwritten sale to the public of common stock of the Parent on a nationally recognized securities exchange.

 

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

ISP 98 ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be reasonably acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank and in effect at the time of issuance of such Letter of Credit).

 

Issuance Notice ” means an Issuance Notice substantially in the form of Exhibit H .

 

Issuing Bank ” means each Lender (or affiliate thereof) with a Letter of Credit Issuer Sublimit on Schedule 2.01 hereof, as Issuing Bank hereunder, and any other Lender (or affiliate thereof) that shall agree in writing, at the request of the Borrower and with the consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), to become an “Issuing Bank”, in each case together with its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity. Any Issuing Bank may issue Letters of Credit through any of its branch offices or through any of its affiliates or any of the branch offices of its affiliates.

 

Joinder Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.11.

 

Joint Venture ” means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form; provided in no event shall any Subsidiary of any Person be considered to be a Joint Venture.

 

Lenders ” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption or pursuant to a transaction contemplated by Section 2.23, in each case, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.

 

23


 

Letter of Credit ” means a standby letter of credit issued or to be issued by an Issuing Bank pursuant to this Agreement in such form as may be approved from time to time by the applicable Issuing Bank. Letters of Credit shall be issued in Dollars.

 

Letter of Credit Disbursement ” means a payment made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

 

Letter of Credit Issuer Sublimit ” means (a) with respect to each Issuing Bank as of the Effective Date, as set forth on Schedule 2.01 , and (b) with respect to any other Issuing Bank, an amount as shall be agreed to by the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank and the Borrower.

 

Letter of Credit Sublimit ” means the lesser of (a) $20,000,000 and (b) the aggregate unused amount of the Revolving Commitments then in effect.

 

Letter of Credit Usage ” means, as at any date of determination, the sum of (a) the maximum aggregate amount which is, or at any time thereafter may become, available for drawing under all Letters of Credit then outstanding and (b) the aggregate amount of all drawings under Letters of Credit honored by any Issuing Bank and not theretofore reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower or with the proceeds of a Loan.  For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired without being drawn by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.13 or 3.14 of the ISP 98 or because a drawing was presented under such Letter of Credit on or prior to the last date permitted for presentation thereunder but has not yet been honored or dishonored, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

 

LIBO Rate ” means:

 

(a)                                  with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowings for any Interest Period, the rate appearing on Bloomberg screen LIBOR01 (or any successor to or substitute for such service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for deposits in Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; provided that in the event such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “LIBO Rate” with respect to such Eurodollar Borrowing for such Interest Period shall be the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average of the rates per annum at which deposits in Dollars are offered for such relevant Interest Period to major banks in the London interbank market by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date that is two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period; and

 

(b)                                  for any rate calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to the LIBO Rate described in paragraph (a) above, at or about 11:00 a.m., London time determined two Business Days prior to such date for U.S. Dollar deposits with a term of one month commencing that day;

 

24



 

provided that to the extent that any such rate is below zero, the LIBO Rate described in paragraph (a) above will be deemed to be zero; provided , further that to the extent a comparable or successor rate is approved by the Administrative Agent in connection with any rate set forth in this definition, the approved rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided , further that to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such approved rate shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent.

 

LIBO Rate Margin ” means for any day, the amount in the applicable column under (and determined for such day in accordance with) the definition of “Applicable Rate”.

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

 

Limited Conditions Acquisition ” means any Acquisition permitted by this Agreement whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing.

 

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement (including any amendment hereto or waiver hereunder), the Notes (if any), any Joinder Agreement, the Collateral Documents, and any documents or certificates executed by the Borrower in favor of an Issuing Bank relating to Letters of Credit.

 

Loans ” means the loans (including any Base Rate Loan or Eurodollar Rate Loan) made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, including any New Revolving Loans.

 

Margin Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Regulation U of the Board of Governors as in effect from time to time.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to perform their payment obligations hereunder, or (c) the rights of or remedies, taken as a whole, available to the Agents or the Lenders under the Loan Documents.

 

Material Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (other than any Indebtedness under the Loan Documents), or obligations in respect of one or more Swap Agreements, of any one or more of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in a principal amount exceeding $15,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “ principal amount ” of the obligations of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Swap Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Swap Agreement were terminated at such time.

 

25



 

Material Real Estate Asset ” means any domestic fee owned Real Estate Asset having a fair market value in excess of $2,000,000; provided that the New Fulfillment Center shall not constitute a Material Real Estate Asset for so long as the fair market value of the owned real estate associated with such New Fulfillment Center and improvements thereon is less than or equal to $50,000,000.

 

Maturity Date ” means August 26, 2019 (and if such date is not a Business Day, then the preceding Business Day).

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investor Services, Inc.

 

Mortgage ” means a mortgage, deed of trust or other similar instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

 

Mortgaged Property ” means any Material Real Estate Asset acquired by the Borrower or any Obligor after the Effective Date or any Real Estate Asset that becomes a Material Real Estate Asset (whether by renovation to, addition to or otherwise).

 

Multiemployer Plan ” any multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, which is or has been contributed to by (or to which there is an obligation to contribute by) any Obligor, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate, and each such plan for the five-year period immediately following the latest date on which any Obligor, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate that contributed to or had an obligation to contribute to such plan.

 

Net Asset Sale Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, an amount equal to: (a) Cash payments (including any Cash received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received) received by the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale, minus (b) any bona fide direct costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with such Asset Sale, including (i) taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable by the seller as a result of or in connection with such Asset Sale, (ii) payment of the outstanding principal amount of, premium or penalty on, if any, and interest on any Indebtedness (other than the Loans) that is secured by a Lien on the stock or assets in question and that is required to be repaid under the terms thereof as a result of such Asset Sale, and (iii) the Company’s good faith estimate of payments required to be made with respect to unassumed liabilities or indemnities or other contingent obligations relating to the assets sold (provided that, to the extent such cash proceeds are not so used within 180 days of such Asset Sale, such cash proceeds shall constitute Net Asset Sale Cash Proceeds).

 

New Fulfillment Center ” means the fulfillment center to be acquired and/or constructed by Parent or one of its Subsidiaries after the Effective Date.

 

New Revolving Loan Commitments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.23(a).

 

New Revolving Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.23(a).

 

New Revolving Loan Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.23(a).

 

NFIP ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(b)(iv).

 

26



 

Non-Consenting Lender ” means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (a) requires the approval of all Lenders or all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 11.02 and (b) has been approved by the Required Lenders.

 

Non-Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

 

Non-U.S. Plan ” means any plan, fund (including, without limitation, any superannuation fund) or other similar program established, contributed to (regardless of whether through direct contributions or through employee withholding) or maintained outside the United States by any Obligor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries primarily for the benefit of employees, or beneficiaries thereof, of any Obligor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries residing outside the United States, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement or payments to be made upon termination of employment, and which plan is not subject to ERISA or the Code.

 

Non-U.S. Plan Event ” means with respect to any Non-U.S. Plan: (a) the existence of unfunded liabilities in excess of the amount permitted under any applicable law, or in excess of the amount that would be permitted absent a waiver from a Governmental Authority; (b) the failure to make the required contributions or payments, under any applicable law, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments; (c) the receipt of a notice by a Governmental Authority relating to the intention to terminate any such Non-U.S. Plan or to appoint a trustee or similar official to administer any such Non-U.S. Plan, or alleging the insolvency of any such Non-U.S. Plan; (d) the incurrence of any liability by any Obligor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under applicable law on account of the complete or partial termination of such Non-U.S. Plan or the complete or partial withdrawal of any participating employer therein; or (e) the occurrence of any transaction that is prohibited under any applicable law and that would reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any liability by any Obligor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or the imposition on any Obligor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any fine, excise tax or penalty resulting from any noncompliance with any applicable law.

 

Note ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(c).

 

Notice ” means a Funding Notice, Issuance Notice or Interest Election Request.

 

Obligations ” means all amounts owing by any Obligor to the Agents (including former Agents), Arrangers, any Issuing Bank or any Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, in each case whether for principal, interest (including, in each case, all interest which accrues after the commencement of any case or proceeding in bankruptcy after the insolvency of, or for the reorganization of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, whether or not allowed in such case or proceeding), reimbursement of amounts drawn on Letters of Credit, fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise.

 

Obligors ” means, collectively, the Borrower and the Guarantors.

 

Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered,

 

27



 

become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

 

Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.20).

 

Parent ” means, prior to the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, the Company, and as of and following the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, Holdings.

 

Participant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.04(c)(i).

 

Participant Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.04(c)(iii).

 

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

 

Pension Plan ” means any “employee pension benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA and is maintained in whole or in part by any Obligor, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which any of any Obligor, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate has an obligation to contribute, and each such plan for the five-year period immediately following the latest date on which the any Obligor, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate maintained or made contributions (or had an obligation to make contributions).

 

Perfection Certificate ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Security Agreement.

 

Permitted Acquisition means any transaction or series of related transactions resulting in the acquisition by any Obligor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets or Equity Interests of, or a business line or unit or a division of, any Person; provided the following are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 11.02:

 

(i)                                      immediately prior to, and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom; provided , in the in the case of any Limited Conditions Acquisition being funded, in whole or in part, with the proceeds of New Revolving Loan Commitments substantially concurrently with the effectiveness of such New Revolving Loan Commitments, this clause (i) shall be limited to the absence of an Event of Default under Sections 9.01(a), (b), (g), (h) and (i);

 

28



 

(ii)                                   all transactions in connection therewith shall be consummated, in all material respects, in accordance with all applicable laws and in conformity with all applicable government approvals;

 

(iii)                                the Company shall take, or shall cause to be taken, promptly after the date such Permitted is consummated, each of the actions set forth in Section 5.10 or Section 5.11, if and as applicable;

 

(iv)                               the Company shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent (x) with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions involving Acquisition Consideration of more than $30,000,000, at least three Business Days prior to such proposed acquisition, notice of the aggregate Acquisition Consideration for such acquisition and (y) with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions involving Acquisition Consideration of more than $30,000,000, promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent, (1) a copy of the acquisition agreement related to the proposed Permitted Acquisition (and any related documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent) and (2) to the extent reasonably available, quarterly and annual financial statements of the Person whose Equity Interests or assets are being acquired for the twelve month period immediately prior to such proposed Permitted Acquisition, including any audited financial statements that are available;

 

(v)                                  any Person or assets or division as acquired in accordance herewith shall be engaged in or related to a business permitted under Section 6.03(c); and

 

(vi)                               the total Acquisition Consideration paid in connection with all Permitted Acquisitions occurring on or after the Effective Date pursuant to which the Person whose Equity Interests are acquired does not become an Obligor or, in the case of an asset acquisition, the assets that are acquired are not held by an Obligor, shall not exceed, from the date of this Agreement, plus the aggregate amount of Investments pursuant to Section 6.06(c) and the aggregate amount of the sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions made pursuant to Section 6.03(a)(ii), an amount equal to $40,000,000.

 

Permitted Encumbrances ” means:

 

(a)                                  Liens imposed by law for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04;

 

(b)                                  carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, landlord’s, supplier’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 60 days or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04;

 

(c)                                   pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations;

 

(d)                                  deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

29



 

(e)                                   Uniform Commercial Code financing statements filed (or similar filings under applicable law) solely as a precautionary measure in connection with operating leases;

 

(f)                                    judgment liens and deposits to secure obligations under appeal bonds or letters of credit in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (j) of Section 9.01;

 

(g)                                   easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way, encroachments and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and

 

(h)                                  Liens representing any interest or title of a licensor, lessor or sublicensor or sublessor, or a licensee, lessee or sublicensee or sublessee, in the property subject to any lease (including Capital Lease Obligations subject to Section 6.01(c)), license or sublicense or concession agreement, in each case to the extent permitted by this Agreement.

 

Permitted Holders ” means the Persons listed on Section 1.01B of the Borrower Disclosure Letter.

 

Person ” or “ person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

 

Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA maintained by any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or with respect to which any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries could have any liability.

 

Platform ” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 11.01(c).

 

Pledged Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Security Agreement.

 

Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the “ Money Rates ” or successor section of The Wall Street Journa l as being the “ Prime Lending Rate ” or, if more than one rate is published as the “ Prime Lending Rate ”, then the highest of such rates (each change in the Prime Rate to be effective as of the date of publication in The Wall Street Journal of a “ Prime Lending Rate ” that is different from that published on the preceding Business Day); provided that in the event that The Wall Street Journal shall, for any reason, fail or cease to publish the “ Prime Lending Rate ”, the Administrative Agent shall choose a reasonably comparable index or source to use as the basis for the “ Prime Lending Rate ”.

 

Principal Office ” for each of the Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank, means such Person’s “Principal Office” as set forth on Appendix B, or such other office or office of a third party or sub-agent, as appropriate, as such Person may from time to time designate in writing to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender.

 

Pro Forma Basis ” means, with respect to any determination of the Total Net Leverage Ratio, (i) that such determination of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is made for the relevant

 

30



 

Test Period, but that (x) any material acquisitions or material dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations or discontinuances of operations during such Test Period or subsequent thereto and on or prior to the date of determination or with the proceeds of or in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness for which the Total Net Leverage Ratio is being determined (each, a “ Pro Forma Event ”) shall be deemed for this purpose to have occurred on the first day of such Test Period and to have given effect to the designation as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such designation had occurred on the first day of each such period, and (y) if since the beginning of such Test Period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Test Period shall have undertaken any Pro Forma Event that would have required adjustment pursuant to clause (x) above if taken by a Restricted Subsidiary, then such ratio or amount shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such Test Period as if such Pro Forma Event had occurred at the beginning of such Test Period and (ii) that such determination of Consolidated Total Debt is determined after giving effect to the incurrence of the Indebtedness (and all simultaneous incurrences of Indebtedness) for which such ratio is being tested, and the application of proceeds thereof.  For purposes of this definition, “material” shall mean one or a series of related transactions with an aggregate value in excess of $500,000. “ Pro Forma Event ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the definition of “Pro Forma Basis”.

 

Pro Rata Share ” means with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to the Revolving Commitment or Loans of any Lender or any Letters of Credit issued or participations purchased therein by any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the Revolving Exposure of that Lender by (b) the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders.

 

Projections ” means the projections of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period of Fiscal Year 2016 through and including Fiscal Year 2019, prepared on a quarterly basis for the 2016 Fiscal Year and the 2017 Fiscal Year and annually thereafter.

 

Qualified Equity Interest ” of any person shall mean any Equity Interests of such person that are not Disqualified Equity Interests.

 

Real Estate Asset ” means, at any time of determination, any interest (fee, leasehold or otherwise) then owned by the Borrower or any Obligor in any real property.

 

Recipient ” means (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Lender and (c) any Issuing Bank, as applicable.

 

Refinanced Indebtedness ” has the meaning given thereto in the definition of “Refinancing Indebtedness”.

 

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means refinancings, renewals, or extensions of Indebtedness (and the continuation or renewal of any Permitted Liens related thereto) so long as:

 

(a)                                  such refinancing, renewal, or extension does not result in an increase in the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) (other than any accrued or capitalized amounts) of the Indebtedness so refinanced, renewed, or extended (the “ Refinanced

 

31



 

Indebtedness ”), other than by the amount equal to the premiums paid thereon in connection with such refinancing, renewal or extension and fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith and by the amount of existing unfunded commitments thereunder,

 

(b)                                  such refinancing, renewal, or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the Refinanced Indebtedness and, except in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness, does not have a shorter Weighted Average Life to Maturity,

 

(c)                                   to the extent the terms or conditions of such refinancing, renewal or extension differ from the terms and conditions of the Refinanced Indebtedness, such term and conditions, taken as a whole, are not and would reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders,

 

(d)                                  if the Refinanced Indebtedness was subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such refinancing, renewal, or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) as those that were applicable to the Refinanced Indebtedness, and

 

(e)                                   no person is an obligor with respect to such refinancing, renewal or replacement that was not an obligor with respect to such Refinanced Indebtedness.

 

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b).

 

Reimbursement Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(d).

 

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

 

Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having more than 50% of the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments or, if the Revolving Commitments shall have been terminated, holding more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans at such time. The Revolving Commitment and Loans of any Defaulting Lender and Disqualified Lender shall be disregarded in determining Required Lenders at any time.

 

Responsible Officer ” means any of the President, Chief Executive Officer, Treasurer, director, General Counsel and Chief Financial Officer of the applicable Obligor, or any person designated by any such Obligor in writing to the Administrative Agent from time to time, acting singly.

 

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend, repurchase, redemption or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property other than Qualified Equity Interests of such Person) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property other than Qualified Equity Interests of such Person), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests of such Person or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests of such Person.

 

32



 

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon the occurrence of any Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “ Restricted Subsidiary ”.  Unless otherwise stated, any reference to the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries herein or in any other Loan Document shall, prior to the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, include any Additional Borrower and, on and after the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, shall include the Company and each Additional Borrower.

 

Revolving Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender’s Loans hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.11 or Section 2.12, (b) increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.23 and (c) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.20 or Section 11.04. The initial amount of each Lender’s Revolving Commitment as of the Effective Date is set forth on Schedule 2.01. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Commitments as of the Effective Date is $150,000,000.

 

Revolving Commitment Period ” means the period from the Effective Date to but excluding the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

 

Revolving Commitment Termination Date ” means the earliest to occur of (i) the Maturity Date, (ii) the date the Revolving Commitments are permanently reduced to zero pursuant to Section 2.11 or 2.12, and (iii) the date of the termination of the Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 9.01.

 

Revolving Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender as of any date of determination, (i) prior to the termination of the Revolving Commitments, that Lender’s Revolving Commitment; and (ii) after the termination of the Revolving Commitments, the sum of (a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans of that Lender, (b) in the case of Issuing Banks, the aggregate Letter of Credit Usage in respect of all Letters of Credit issued by that Lender (net of any participations by the Lenders in such Letters of Credit) and (c) the aggregate amount of all participations by that Lender in any outstanding Letters of Credit or any unreimbursed drawing under any Letter of Credit.

 

S&P ” means Standard and Poor’s, a Division of the McGraw Hill Financial, Inc.

 

Sanctioned Country ” means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is itself, or whose government is, the subject or target of any Sanctions (including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, Syria and the Crimea Region of the Ukraine).

 

Sanctioned Entity ” means, at any time, (a) a Sanctioned Country or (b) an agency of the government of a country, an organization directly or indirectly controlled by a country or its government or a person or entity resident in or determined to be resident in a country or territory, in each case, that is subject to or target of any Sanctions.

 

Sanctioned Person ” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S.

 

33



 

Department of the Treasury, by the U.S. Department of State or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any European Union member state, (b) any Person operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country, or (c) any Person owned or controlled by any such Person or Persons described in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b).

 

Sanctions ” means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom.

 

Secured Parties ” means the Agents, the Issuing Banks, any Lender or any Indemnitee (or any of their respective successors or assigns).

 

Security Agreement ” means the Pledge and Security Agreement to be executed between the Obligors and the Collateral Agent, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit K (as such agreement may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time).

 

Security Supplement ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Security Agreement.

 

Series ” means a series of Loans.

 

Solvency Certificate ” means a Solvency Certificate of a Financial Officer of the Parent substantially in the form of Exhibit E .

 

Solvent ” means, with respect to the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a particular date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the present assets of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities, of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, on their debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) the Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, do not intend to, and do not believe that they will, incur debts or liabilities (including current obligations and contingent liabilities) beyond their ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature in the ordinary course of business and (d) the Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are not engaged in business or a transaction, and are not about to engage in business or a transaction, in relation to which their property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 5).

 

Specified Acquisition ” means the acquisition to be effected after the Effective Date and described in Section 1.01C of the Borrower Disclosure Letter.

 

34


 

Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations ” means, with respect to an Limited Conditions Acquisition, the representations and warranties contained in the acquisition agreement in respect to such Limited Conditions Acquisition as are material to the interests of the Lenders providing such New Revolving Loan Commitments, but only to the extent that the Company or any of its Affiliates has the right (taking into account applicable cure provisions) to terminate its respective obligations under such acquisition agreement (or the right not to consummate such Limited Conditions Acquisition pursuant to such acquisition agreement) (in each case, in accordance with the terms thereof) as a result of a failure of such representation or warranty to be true and correct.

 

Specified Representations ” means, in respect of any Limited Conditions Acquisition, each representation and warranty set forth in Sections 3.01, 3.02, 3.03(c), 3.09, 3.14, 3.15, 3.16, and 3.17.

 

Statutory Reserve Rate ” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one, minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject for Eurodollar funding (currently referred to as “ Eurocurrency Liabilities ” in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

 

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of any Obligor, as applicable. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” of or to the “Subsidiaries” of the Parent herein or in any other Loan Document shall include the Borrower (other than prior to the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, the Company).

 

subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent and which is required by GAAP to be consolidated in the consolidated financial statements of the parent.

 

Subsidiary Guarantors ” means those Subsidiaries listed on Section 5.11 of the Borrower Disclosure Letter and party hereto and any future Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower that has delivered a joinder agreement pursuant to Section 5.11 hereof.

 

Swap Agreement ” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic,

 

35



 

financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Parent and its Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement.

 

Taxes ” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholdings), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

A “ Test Period ” in effect at any time means, subject to the proviso in the definition of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, the period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters ended on or prior to such time (taken as one accounting period) in respect of which financial statements for each such Fiscal Quarter have been or were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01.

 

Title Insurance Company ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(b)(iii).

 

Title Policy ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(b)(iii).

 

Total Exposure ” means, for any Lender at any time, the sum of  (i) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Loans of such Lender plus (ii) such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Letter of Credit Usage.

 

Total Net Leverage Ratio ” means, at any date, the ratio of (i) Consolidated Total Net Debt as of such date to (ii) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the prior four Fiscal Quarter period ending on or most recently prior to such date (determined, with respect to periods ending prior to December 31, 2016, in accordance with the proviso contained in the definition of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA).

 

Trade Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.04(e).

 

Transactions ” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Obligors of each Loan Document to which it is a party, the borrowing of Loans, the payment of related fees and expenses and the use of the proceeds thereof.

 

Type ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

 

Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(d).

 

Unrestricted Cash ” means, as of any date of determination, such Cash that (a) does not appear (and is not required to appear) as “restricted” on the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent (unless such appearance is related to the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent to secure the Obligations), (b) is not subject to any Lien in favor of any Person other than the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and (c) is otherwise generally available for use by the Parent or any other Obligor.

 

36



 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Parent and that at the time of determination has previously been designated, and continues to be, an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 5.12. The Subsidiaries of the Parent that are Unrestricted Subsidiaries as of the Effective Date are set forth on Section 5.12 of the Borrower Disclosure Letter.

 

USA Patriot Act ” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended from time to time.

 

U.S. ” or “ United States ” means the United States of America.

 

U.S. Government Obligations ” means obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. or by any agent or instrumentality thereof, provided that the full faith and credit of the U.S. is pledged in support thereof.

 

U.S. Person ” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

 

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” means, any as to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person of which such Person owns, directly or indirectly through one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, all of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary other than directors qualifying shares or shares held by nominees.

 

Withdrawal Liability ” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Title IV of ERISA.

 

Withholding Agent ” means any Obligor and the Administrative Agent.

 

Write-Down and Conversion Powers ” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

Section 1.02.                           Classification of Loans and Borrowings . For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Type ( e.g. , a “ Eurodollar Rate Loan ”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Type ( e.g. , a “ Eurodollar Borrowing ”).

 

Section 1.03.                           Terms Generally . The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun

 

37



 

shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, amendments and restatements, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement, (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights and (f) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.  Unless the context indicates otherwise and except as set forth in Section 1.05, reference herein to “the Borrower” shall be deemed to refer to the Company and any Additional Borrower, as applicable.

 

Section 1.04.                           Accounting Terms; GAAP . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, with respect to any amounts incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of this Agreement that requires compliance with a financial ratio or test, at all times prior to the first delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), compliance shall be determined based on the consolidated financial statements of the Company with respect to the Fiscal Quarter ended June 30, 2016, and delivered pursuant to Section 3.04(a) hereof.

 

Section 1.05.                           Borrower Agent . Each Additional Borrower hereby appoints the Company as its representative and agent for all purposes under the Loan Documents, including requests for Loans and Letters of Credit, designation of interest rates, delivery or receipt of communications, preparation and delivery of financial reports, receipt and payment of Obligations, requests for waivers, amendments or other accommodations, actions under the Loan Documents (including in respect of compliance with covenants), and all other dealings with the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks or any Lender, and each Additional Borrower releases the Company from any

 

38



 

restrictions on representing several Persons and self-dealing under any applicable laws or regulations (the Company, acting on its behalf and on behalf of any Additional Borrower pursuant to such agency, the “ Borrower Agent ”).  The Company hereby accepts such appointment as representative and agent of each Additional Borrower.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:

 

i.                                           each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, any notice or communication (including any Funding Notice or any Interest Election Request) delivered on behalf of an Additional Borrower by the Borrower Agent;

 

ii.                                        the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders may give any notice to or make any other communication with any Additional Borrower hereunder to or with the Borrower Agent (and shall not be required to give any notice to or make any other communication to any other Borrower);

 

iii.                                     in the case of any provision requiring the consent of, or consultation with, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders may seek the consent of, or consult with any Additional Borrower or the Borrower Agent (and shall not be required to seek the consent of, or consult with, any other Borrower);

 

iv.                                    the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders shall have the right, in its discretion, to deal exclusively with the Borrower Agent for any or all purposes under the Loan Documents; and

 

v.                                       each Additional Borrower agrees that any notice, election, communication, representation, agreement or undertaking made on its behalf by the Borrower Agent shall be binding upon and enforceable against it.

 

Section 1.06.                           Obligations Joint and Several.  Each agreement in any Loan Document by the Company or any other Borrower to make any payment, to take any action or otherwise to be bound by the terms thereof is a joint and several agreement of the Borrower (including the Company and any Additional Borrower), and each obligation the Company or any other Borrower under any Loan Document shall be a joint and several obligation of the Borrower (including the Company and any Additional Borrower).

 

ARTICLE 2
LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

Section 2.01.                           Loans. (a)  Revolving Commitments . During the Revolving Commitment Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender severally agrees to make Loans to the Borrower in Dollars from time to time, in an aggregate amount such that, after giving effect thereto, the Total Exposure of such Lender does not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Commitment; provided , that after giving effect to the making of any Loans, in no event shall the Aggregate Total Exposure exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect. Amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.01(a) may be repaid and reborrowed during the Revolving Commitment Period. Each Lender’s Revolving Commitment shall expire on the Revolving

 

39



 

Commitment Termination Date, and all Loans and all other amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Loans and the Revolving Commitments shall be paid in full no later than such date.

 

(b)                                  Borrowing Mechanics for Loans .

 

(i)                                      Except pursuant to Section 2.03(d), Loans that are Base Rate Loans shall be made in an aggregate minimum amount of $500,000 and integral multiples of $500,000 in excess of that amount, and Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in an aggregate minimum amount of $500,000 and integral multiples of $500,000 in excess of that amount.

 

(ii)                                   Subject to Section 2.24, whenever the Borrower desires that Lenders make Loans, Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a fully executed and delivered Funding Notice no later than (x) in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) at least three Business Days in advance of the proposed Credit Date and (y) in the case of a Base Rate Loan, either (1) not later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) at least one Business Day in advance of the proposed Credit Date or (2) not later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the proposed Credit Date; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Loans requested pursuant to this Section 2.01(b)(ii)(y)(2) on any one day shall not exceed $20,000,000. Except as otherwise provided herein, a Funding Notice for a Loan that is a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be irrevocable on and after the related Interest Rate Determination Date, and the Borrower shall be bound to make a Borrowing in accordance therewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent may agree to shorter time periods with respect to the requirements set forth above.

 

(iii)                                Notice of receipt of each Funding Notice in respect of Loans, together with the amount of each Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof, if any, together with the applicable interest rate, shall be provided by the Administrative Agent to each applicable Lender with reasonable promptness.

 

(iv)                               Each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the applicable Credit Date by wire transfer of same day funds in Dollars, at the Principal Office of the Administrative Agent. Except as provided herein, upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent specified herein, the Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Loans available to the Borrower on the applicable Credit Date by causing an amount of same day funds in Dollars equal to the proceeds of all such Loans received by the Administrative Agent from Lenders to be credited to the account of the Borrower at the Principal Office designated by the Administrative Agent or such other account as may be designated in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower.

 

Section 2.02.                           [Reserved] .

 

Section 2.03.                           Issuance of Letters of Credit and Purchase of Participations Therein .

 

(a)                                  Letters of Credit . During the Revolving Commitment Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Issuing Bank agrees to issue Letters of Credit (or amend, renew,

 

40



 

increase or extend an outstanding Letter of Credit) at the request and for the account of the Borrower in the aggregate amount up to but not exceeding the Letter of Credit Sublimit; provided that (i) each Letter of Credit shall be denominated in Dollars; (ii) the stated amount of each Letter of Credit shall not be less than $100,000 or such lesser amount as is acceptable to such Issuing Bank; (iii) after giving effect to such issuance or increase, in no event shall (x) the Aggregate Total Exposure exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect or (y) any Lender’s Total Exposure exceed such Lender’s Revolving Commitment; (iv) after giving effect to such issuance or increase, in no event shall the Letter of Credit Usage exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit then in effect, (v) after giving effect to such issuance or increase, unless otherwise agreed to by the applicable Issuing Bank in writing, in no event shall the Letter of Credit Usage with respect to the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank exceed the Letter of Credit Issuer Sublimit of such Issuing Bank then in effect and (vi) in no event shall any Letter of Credit have an expiration date later than the earlier of (A) the fifth Business Day prior to the Maturity Date and (B) the date which is twelve months from the original date of issuance of such Letter of Credit. Subject to the foregoing, an Issuing Bank may agree that a standby Letter of Credit will automatically be extended for one or more successive periods not to exceed one year each, unless such Issuing Bank elects not to extend for any such additional period and provides notice to that effect to the Borrower; provided that such Issuing Bank is not required to extend any such Letter of Credit if it has received written notice that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time such Issuing Bank must elect to allow such extension; provided , further , that if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue, amend, extend or increase any Letter of Credit unless the applicable Issuing Bank has entered into arrangements satisfactory to it and the Borrower to eliminate such Issuing Bank’s risk with respect to the participation in Letters of Credit of the Defaulting Lender, including by Cash Collateralizing such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Letter of Credit Usage (in an amount equal to the Agreed L/C Cash Collateral Amount with respect thereto) at such time on terms reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable Issuing Bank and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, the rules of the ISP 98 shall apply to each Letter of Credit.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, an Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue a Letter of Credit if the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate any laws binding upon such Issuing Bank and/or the issuance of such Letters of Credit would violate any policies of the Issuing Bank applicable to Letters of Credit generally.

 

(b)                                  Notice of Issuance . Subject to Section 2.24, whenever the Borrower desires the issuance of a Letter of Credit, it shall deliver to each of the Administrative Agent and an Issuing Bank an Issuance Notice and Application no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least five Business Days in advance of the proposed date of issuance or such shorter period as may be agreed to by such Issuing Bank in any particular instance. Such Application shall be accompanied by documentary and other evidence of the proposed beneficiary’s identity as may reasonably be requested by such Issuing Bank to enable such Issuing Bank to verify the beneficiary’s identity or to comply with any applicable laws or regulations, including, without limitation, the USA Patriot Act or as otherwise customarily requested by such Issuing Bank. Upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02, such Issuing Bank shall issue the requested Letter of Credit only in accordance with such Issuing Bank’s standard operating procedures. Upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit or amendment or modification to a Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent,

 

41



 

and the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of such issuance, which notice shall be accompanied by a copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment or modification to a Letter of Credit and the amount of such Lender’s respective participation in such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.03(e).

 

(c)                                   Responsibility of Issuing Bank With Respect to Requests for Drawings and Payments . In determining whether to honor any drawing under any Letter of Credit by the beneficiary thereof, an Issuing Bank shall be responsible only to accept the documents delivered under such Letter of Credit that appear on their face to be in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary. As between the Borrower and each Issuing Bank, the Borrower assumes all risks of the acts and omissions of, or misuse of the Letters of Credit issued by each Issuing Bank, by the respective beneficiaries of such Letters of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Issuing Banks shall not be responsible for: (i) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any document submitted by any party in connection with the application for and issuance of any such Letter of Credit, even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged; (ii) the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign any such Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason; (iii) failure of the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit to comply fully with any conditions required in order to draw upon such Letter of Credit; (iv) errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex or otherwise, whether or not they be in cipher; (v) errors in interpretation of technical terms; (vi) any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under any such Letter of Credit or of the proceeds thereof; (vii) the misapplication by the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit of the proceeds of any drawing under such Letter of Credit; or (viii) any consequences arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Banks, including any Governmental Acts; none of the above shall affect or impair, or prevent the vesting of, any of the Issuing Banks’ rights or powers hereunder. Without limiting the foregoing and in furtherance thereof, any action taken or omitted by an Issuing Bank under or in connection with the Letters of Credit or any documents and certificates delivered thereunder, if taken or omitted in good faith, shall not give rise to any liability on the part of such Issuing Bank to the Borrower. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.03(c), the Borrower shall retain any and all rights it may have against any Issuing Bank for any liability solely resulting from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Issuing Bank as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(d)                                  Reimbursement by the Borrower of Amounts Drawn or Paid Under Letters of Credit . In the event an Issuing Bank has determined to honor a drawing under a Letter of Credit, it shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and the Borrower shall reimburse such Issuing Bank on or before the Business Day immediately following the date on which such drawing is honored (the “ Reimbursement Date ”) in an amount in Dollars and in same day funds equal to the amount of such honored drawing. If the Borrower fails to timely reimburse an Issuing Bank on the Reimbursement Date, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Reimbursement Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. In

 

42



 

such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Reimbursement Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.01 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Revolving Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Any notice given by an Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(d) may be given by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such a prompt confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) unless the Borrower shall have notified the Administrative Agent and such Issuing Bank prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date such drawing is honored that the Borrower intends to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank for the amount of such honored drawing with funds other than the proceeds of Loans, the Borrower shall be deemed to have given a timely Funding Notice to the Administrative Agent requesting the Lenders to make Loans that are Base Rate Loans on the Reimbursement Date in an amount in Dollars equal to the amount of such honored drawing, and (ii) subject to satisfaction or waiver of the conditions specified in Section 4.02, the Lenders shall, on the Reimbursement Date, make Loans that are Base Rate Loans in the amount of such honored drawing, the proceeds of which shall be applied directly by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank for the amount of such honored drawing; and provided, further , if for any reason proceeds of Loans are not received by such Issuing Bank on the Reimbursement Date in an amount equal to the amount of such honored drawing, the Borrower shall reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank, on demand, in an amount in same day funds equal to the excess of the amount of such honored drawing over the aggregate amount of such Loans, if any, which are so received. Nothing in this Section 2.03(d) shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to make Loans on the terms and conditions set forth herein, and the Borrower shall retain any and all rights it may have against any such Lender resulting from the failure of such Lender to make such Loans under this Section 2.03(d).

 

(e)                                   Lenders’ Purchase of Participations in Letters of Credit . Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender having a Revolving Commitment shall be deemed to have purchased, and hereby agrees to irrevocably purchase, from the applicable Issuing Bank a participation in such Letter of Credit and any drawings honored thereunder in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the maximum amount which is or at any time may become available to be drawn thereunder. In the event that the Borrower shall fail for any reason to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank as provided in Section 2.03(d), such Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent (who, in turn, will promptly notify each Lender) of the unreimbursed amount of such honored drawing and of such Lender’s respective participation therein based on such Lender’s Pro Rata Share. Each Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent, for the account of such Issuing Bank, an amount equal to its respective participation, in Dollars and in same day funds, no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the first Business Day (under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Principal Office of the Administrative Agent is located) after the date notified by such Issuing Bank. In the event that any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent on such Business Day the amount of such Lender’s participation in such Letter of Credit as provided in this Section 2.03(e), an Issuing Bank shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon for three Business Days at the rate customarily used by the applicable Issuing Bank for the correction of errors among banks and thereafter at the Alternate

 

43



 

Base Rate. Nothing in this Section 2.03(e) shall be deemed to prejudice the right of any Lender to recover from an Issuing Bank any amounts made available by such Lender to such Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section 2.03 in the event that the payment with respect to a Letter of Credit in respect of which payment was made by such Lender constituted gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct (as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction) on the part of such Issuing Bank. In the event an Issuing Bank shall have been reimbursed by other Lenders pursuant to this Section 2.03(e) for all or any portion of any drawing honored by such Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit, such Issuing Bank shall distribute to the Administrative Agent (who, in turn, will distribute to each Lender which has paid all amounts payable by it under this Section 2.03(e) with respect to such honored drawing such Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof) all payments subsequently received by such Issuing Bank from the Borrower in reimbursement of such honored drawing when such payments are received. Any such distribution shall be made to a Lender at its primary address set forth below its name on its Administrative Questionnaire or at such other address as such Lender may request.

 

(f)                                    Obligations Absolute . The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse each Issuing Bank for drawings honored under the Letters of Credit issued by it and to repay any Loans made by the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.03(d) and the obligations of the Lenders under Section 2.03(e) shall be unconditional and irrevocable and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms hereof under all circumstances including any of the following circumstances: (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit; (ii) the existence of any claim, set off, defense or other right which the Borrower or any Lender may have at any time against an actual or purported beneficiary or any actual or purported transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Persons for whom any such actual or purported transferee may be acting), any Issuing Bank, any Lender or any other Person or, in the case of a Lender, against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, whether in connection herewith, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transaction (including any underlying transaction between the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries and the actual or purported beneficiary for which any Letter of Credit was procured); (iii) any draft or other document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; (iv) payment by an Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document which does not substantially comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; (v) any adverse change in the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower or any Subsidiaries; (vi) any breach hereof or any other Loan Document by any party thereto; (vii) the occurrence or continuance of an Event of Default or a Default or (viii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

 

(g)                                   Indemnification . Without duplication of any obligation of the Borrower under Section 11.03, in addition to amounts payable as provided herein, the Borrower hereby agrees to protect, indemnify, pay and save harmless each Issuing Bank from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages and losses, and all reasonable and documented costs, charges and out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable and documented fees, out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements of outside counsel (limited to one outside counsel per applicable jurisdiction and, in the case of a conflict of interest where the person affected by such conflict informs the Borrower of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, of another outside counsel per applicable jurisdiction for such affected person)), which such Issuing Bank may

 

44



 

incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (A) the issuance of any Letter of Credit by an Issuing Bank, other than as a result of the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of Issuing Bank as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, (B) the wrongful dishonor by an Issuing Bank of a proper demand for payment made under any Letter of Credit issued by it, or (C) the failure of Issuing Bank to honor a drawing under any such Letter of Credit as a result of any Governmental Act.

 

(h)                                  Resignation and Removal of Issuing Bank . An Issuing Bank may resign as an Issuing Bank upon 60 days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower. An Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank ( provided that no consent will be required if the replaced Issuing Bank has no Letters of Credit or reimbursement obligations with respect thereto outstanding) and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of such Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement or resignation shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank. From and after the effective date of any such replacement or resignation, any successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter.  After the replacement or resignation of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto to the extent that Letters of Credit issued by it remain outstanding and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement or resignation, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

 

(i)                                      Cash Collateral . If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders demanding the deposit of Cash Collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the Agreed L/C Cash Collateral Amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon on or before the Business Day following the day of such demand (or if such demand is given to the Borrower prior to 4:00 p.m. on a Business Day, on such Business Day); provided that the obligation to deposit such Cash Collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in Section 9.01(g), (h) or (i) or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated. Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the Obligations. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse an Issuing Bank for any disbursements under Letters of Credit made by it and for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the Letter of Credit Usage at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Issuing Banks with Letter of Credit Usage representing greater than 50% of the total

 

45



 

Letter of Credit Usage), be applied to satisfy the other Obligations.  If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of Cash Collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Company within seven Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived, so long as no other Event of Default occurs prior to the return of such Cash Collateral to the Company.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if as of the expiration date of any Letter of Credit any obligation thereunder  remains outstanding, the Borrower shall, at the request of the applicable Issuing Bank, deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the Agreed L/C Cash Collateral Amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon on or before the Business Day following the day of such request (or if such request is given to the Borrower prior to 4:00 p.m. on a Business Day, on such Business Day).

 

(j)                                     Application . To the extent that any provision of any Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 2.03, the provisions of this Section 2.03 shall apply.

 

Section 2.04.                           Pro Rata Shares; Availability of Funds .

 

(a)                                  Pro Rata Shares . All Loans shall be made, and all participations purchased, by the Lenders simultaneously and proportionately to their respective Pro Rata Shares, it being understood that no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in such other Lender’s obligation to make a Loan requested hereunder or purchase a participation required hereby nor shall any Revolving Commitment of any Lender be increased or decreased as a result of a default by any other Lender in such other Lender’s obligation to make a Loan requested hereunder or purchase a participation required hereby.

 

(b)                                  Availability of Funds . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the applicable Credit Date that such Lender does not intend to make available to the Administrative Agent the amount of such Lender’s Loan requested on such Credit Date, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such Credit Date and the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, but shall not be obligated to, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount on such Credit Date. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon, for each day from such Credit Date until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent, at the customary rate set by the Administrative Agent for the correction of errors among banks for three Business Days and thereafter at the Alternate Base Rate. In the event that (i) the Administrative Agent declines to make a requested amount available to the Borrower until such time as all applicable Lenders have made payment to the Administrative Agent, (ii) a Lender fails to fund to the Administrative Agent all or any portion of the Loans required to be funded by such Lender hereunder prior to the time specified in this Agreement and (iii) such Lender’s failure results in the Administrative Agent failing to make a corresponding amount available to the Borrower on the Credit Date, at the Administrative Agent’s option, such Lender shall not receive interest hereunder with respect to the requested amount of such Lender’s Loans for the period commencing with the time specified in this Agreement for receipt of payment by the

 

46



 

Borrower through and including the time of the Borrower’s receipt of the requested amount. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, and the Administrative Agent has already made such corresponding amount available to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, and the Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent together with interest thereon, for each day from such Credit Date until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent, at the rate payable hereunder for Base Rate Loans for such Type of Loans. Nothing in this Section 2.04(b) shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Revolving Commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

 

Section 2.05.                           Evidence of Debt; Register; Lenders’ Books and Records; Notes .

 

(a)                                  Lenders’ Evidence of Debt . Each Lender shall maintain on its internal records an account or accounts evidencing the Obligations of the Borrower to such Lender, including the amounts of the Loans made by it and each repayment and prepayment in respect thereof. Any such recordation shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower, absent manifest error; provided that the failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect any Lender’s Revolving Commitments or the Borrower’s Obligations in respect of any applicable Loans; provided, further , in the event of any inconsistency between the Register and any Lender’s records, the recordations in the Register shall govern.

 

(b)                                  Register . The Administrative Agent (or its agent or sub-agent appointed by it) shall maintain at its Principal Office a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of Lenders and the Revolving Commitments and Loans of, and principal amount of and interest on the Loans owing to, and drawings under Letters of Credit owing to, each Lender from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice; provided that the information contained in the Register which is shared with each Lender (other than the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates) shall be limited to the entries with respect to such Lender including the Revolving Commitment of, or principal amount of and stated interested on the Loans owing to such Lender. The Administrative Agent shall record, or shall cause to be recorded, in the Register the Revolving Commitments and the Loans in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.04, and each repayment or prepayment in respect of the principal amount of the Loans, and any such recordation shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and each Lender, absent manifest error; provided that failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect any Lender’s Revolving Commitments or the Borrower’s Obligations in respect of any Loan. The Borrower hereby designates the Administrative Agent to serve as the Borrower’s agent solely for purposes of maintaining the Register as provided in this Section 2.05, and the Borrower hereby agrees that, to the extent the Administrative Agent serves in such capacity, the Administrative Agent and its officers, directors, employees, agents, sub-agents and Affiliates shall constitute “ Indemnitees ” entitled to the benefits of Section 11.03.

 

47


 

(c)           Notes . If so reasonably requested by any Lender by written notice to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) at least two Business Days prior to the Effective Date, or at any time thereafter, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any Person who is an assignee of such Lender pursuant to Section 11.04) on the Effective Date (or, if such notice is delivered after the Effective Date, promptly after the Borrower’s receipt of such notice) a note or notes in substantially the form of Exhibit D to evidence such Lender’s Loan (each, a “ Note ”).

 

Section 2.06.         Interest on Loans .

 

(a)           Except as otherwise set forth herein, each Type of Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date made through repayment (whether by acceleration or otherwise) thereof as follows:

 

(i)            if a Base Rate Loan, at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Base Rate Margin; and

 

(ii)           if a Eurodollar Rate Loan, at the LIBO Rate plus the LIBO Rate Margin.

 

(b)           The basis for determining the rate of interest with respect to any Loan, and the Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be selected by the Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent and Lenders pursuant to the applicable Funding Notice or Interest Election Request, as the case may be.

 

(c)           In connection with Eurodollar Rate Loans there shall be no more than seven Interest Periods outstanding at any time.  In the event the Borrower fails to specify between a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan in the applicable Funding Notice or Interest Election Request, such Loan (if outstanding as a Eurodollar Rate Loan) will be automatically converted into a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the then current Interest Period for such Loan (or if outstanding as a Base Rate Loan will remain as), or (if not then outstanding) will be made as, a Base Rate Loan. In the event the Borrower fails to specify an Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate Loan in the applicable Funding Notice or Interest Election Request, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month. As soon as practicable after 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each Interest Rate Determination Date, the Administrative Agent shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) the interest rate that shall apply to the Eurodollar Rate Loans for which an interest rate is then being determined for the applicable Interest Period and shall promptly give notice thereof (in writing) to the Borrower and each Lender.

 

(d)           Interest payable pursuant to Section 2.06(a) shall be computed (i) in the case of Base Rate Loans on the basis of a 365 day or 366 day year, as the case may be, and (ii) in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, on the basis of a 360 day year, in each case for the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which it accrues. In computing interest on any Loan, the date of the making of such Loan or the first day of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or, with respect to a Base Rate Loan being converted from a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the date of conversion of such Eurodollar Rate Loan to such Base Rate Loan, as the case may be, shall be

 

48



 

included, and the date of payment of such Loan or the expiration date of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or, with respect to a Base Rate Loan being converted to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the date of conversion of such Base Rate Loan to such Eurodollar Rate Loan, as the case may be, shall be excluded; provided , if a Loan is repaid on the same day on which it is made, one day’s interest shall be paid on that Loan.

 

(e)           Except as otherwise set forth herein, interest on each Loan (i) shall accrue on a daily basis and shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date with respect to interest accrued on and to each such payment date; (ii) shall accrue on a daily basis and shall be payable in arrears upon any prepayment of that Loan, whether voluntary or mandatory, to the extent accrued on the amount being prepaid; and (iii) shall accrue on a daily basis and shall be payable in arrears at maturity of the Loans, including final maturity of the Loans.

 

(f)            The Borrower agrees to pay to the applicable Issuing Bank, with respect to drawings honored under any Letter of Credit, interest on the amount paid by such Issuing Bank in respect of each such honored drawing from the date such drawing is honored to but excluding the date such amount is reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at a rate equal to (i) for the period from the date such drawing is honored to but excluding the applicable Reimbursement Date, the rate of interest otherwise payable hereunder with respect to Base Rate Loans, and (ii) thereafter, a rate which is 2% per annum in excess of the rate of interest otherwise payable hereunder with respect Base Rate Loans.

 

(g)           Interest payable pursuant to Section 2.06(f) shall be computed on the basis of a 365/366 day year for the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which it accrues, and shall be payable on demand or, if no demand is made, on the date on which the related drawing under a Letter of Credit is reimbursed in full. Promptly upon receipt by the applicable Issuing Bank of any payment of interest pursuant to Section 2.06(f), such Issuing Bank shall distribute to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender, out of the interest received by such Issuing Bank in respect of the period from the date such drawing is honored to but excluding the date on which such Issuing Bank is reimbursed for the amount of such drawing (including any such reimbursement out of the proceeds of any Loans), the amount that such Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the letter of credit fee that would have been payable in respect of such Letter of Credit for such period if no drawing had been honored under such Letter of Credit. In the event an Issuing Bank shall have been reimbursed by the Lenders for all or any portion of such honored drawing, such Issuing Bank shall distribute to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender which has paid all amounts payable by it under Section 2.03(e) with respect to such honored drawing such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any interest received by such Issuing Bank in respect of that portion of such honored drawing so reimbursed by the Lenders for the period from the date on which such Issuing Bank was so reimbursed by the Lenders to but excluding the date on which such portion of such honored drawing is reimbursed by the Borrower.

 

Section 2.07.         [Reserved] .

 

Section 2.08.         Default Interest . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 9.01(a), (b), (g), (h) or (i) hereunder, to the then-outstanding overdue principal amount of the Loans and, to the extent permitted by law, any interest payments

 

49



 

or draws thereunder or any other fees overdue hereunder and such fees shall thereafter bear interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under Debtor Relief Laws) payable on demand at a rate that is 2% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder with respect to the applicable Loans (or, in the case of any such interest and fees, at a rate which is 2% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder for Base Rate Loans); provided , in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, upon the expiration of the Interest Period in effect at the time any such increase in interest rate is effective, such Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be automatically converted into Base Rate Loans and shall thereafter bear interest payable upon demand at a rate which is 2% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder for Base Rate Loans. Payment or acceptance of the increased rates of interest provided for in this Section 2.08 is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

Section 2.09.         Fees .

 

(a)           The Borrower agrees to pay to Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders):

 

(i)            unused commitment fees equal to (A) the average of the daily difference between (1) the Revolving Commitments and (2) the aggregate principal amount of (x) all outstanding Loans plus (y) the Letter of Credit Usage, multiplied by (B) the Commitment Fee Rate; and

 

(ii)           a Letter of Credit participation fee equal to the Commitment Fee Rate, multiplied by the aggregate undrawn amount of the Letters of Credit (regardless of whether any conditions for drawing could then be met and determined as of the close of business on any date of determination).

 

All fees referred to in this Section 2.09(a) shall be paid to the Administrative Agent at its Principal Office and upon receipt, the Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to each Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof.

 

(b)           The Borrower agrees to pay directly to the applicable Issuing Bank, for its own account, the following fees:

 

(i)            a fronting fee equal to 0.125%, per annum, multiplied by the face amount of such Letters of Credit issued during such year without regard to whether any such Letter of Credit remains outstanding; and

 

(ii)           such documentary and processing charges for any issuance, amendment, transfer or payment of a Letter of Credit as are in accordance with the applicable Issuing Bank’s standard schedule for such charges and as in effect at the time of such issuance, amendment, transfer or payment, as the case may be.

 

(c)           All fees referred to in Section 2.09(a) and Section 2.09(b)(i) shall be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year and the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day) and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year during the Revolving Commitment Period,

 

50



 

commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date, and on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

 

(d)           In addition to any of the foregoing fees, the Borrower agrees to pay to Agents such other fees in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon.

 

Section 2.10.         Prepayment of Loans . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, without premium or penalty (subject to the requirements of Section 2.11), subject to prior notice as provided for herein.

 

Section 2.11.         Voluntary Prepayments/Commitment Reductions .

 

(a)           Voluntary Prepayments.

 

(i)            Any time and from time to time:

 

(1)                                       with respect to Base Rate Loans, the Borrower may prepay any such Loans on any Business Day in whole or in part, in an aggregate minimum amount of $500,000 and integral multiples of $500,000 in excess of that amount (or if less, the remaining outstanding principal amount of such Loans); and

 

(2)                                       with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, the Borrower may prepay any such Loans on any Business Day in whole or in part in an aggregate minimum amount of $500,000 and integral multiples of $500,000 in excess of that amount (or if less, the remaining outstanding principal amount of such Loans).

 

(ii)           All such prepayments shall be made:

 

(1)                                       upon written notice on the date of such prepayment in the case of Base Rate Loans; and

 

(2)                                       upon not less than three Business Days’ prior written notice in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans.

 

in each case given to the Administrative Agent by 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date required (and the Administrative Agent will promptly transmit such original notice by telefacsimile or other electronic image scan transmission (e.g., pdf via email) to each Lender). Upon the giving of any such notice, the principal amount of the Loans specified in such notice shall become due and payable on the prepayment date specified therein; provided , however , if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination, such notice may be revoked by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date of prepayment, subject to Section 2.16(c). Any such voluntary prepayment shall be applied as specified in Section 2.13(a).

 

51



 

(b)           Voluntary Commitment Reductions.

 

(i)            The Borrower may, upon not less than three Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent (which original written notice the Administrative Agent will promptly transmit by telefacsimile or other electronic image scan transmission (e.g., pdf via email) to each applicable Lender), at any time and from time to time terminate in whole or permanently reduce in part, without premium or penalty, the Revolving Commitments in an amount up to the amount by which the Revolving Commitments exceed the Aggregate Total Exposure at the time of such proposed termination or reduction; provided , any partial reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be in an aggregate minimum amount of $5,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess of that amount.

 

(ii)           The Borrower’s notice to the Administrative Agent shall designate the date (which shall be a Business Day) of such termination or reduction and if the Revolving Commitments are not being terminated, the amount of any partial reduction, and such termination or reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be effective on the date specified in the Borrower’s notice and shall reduce the Revolving Commitment of each Lender proportionately to its Pro Rata Share thereof; provided , however , if a notice of commitment termination or reduction is given in connection with a conditional transaction or financing, such notice may be revoked by written notice to the Administrative Agent given on or prior to the date of such termination or reduction, subject to Section 2.16(c).

 

(iii)          If, after giving effect to any reduction of the Revolving Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Revolving Commitments, such sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess (including a corresponding reduction to each Issuing Bank’s Letter of Credit Issuer Sublimit (ratably) unless otherwise agreed by the Borrower and each applicable Issuing Bank).

 

Section 2.12.         Mandatory Prepayments .

 

(a)           No later than the tenth calendar day following the date of receipt by any Obligor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Net Asset Sale Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale, the Company shall apply all such Net Asset Sale Cash Proceeds to repay any outstanding Loans as set forth in Section 2.13(a); provided that, if the Borrower provides written notice to the Administrative Agent within seven calendar days of the date any such Net Asset Sale Cash Proceeds are so received of its intention to undertake such an investment, then so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Company shall have the option, directly or indirectly or through one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to invest such Net Asset Sale Cash Proceeds within twelve months of receipt thereof in assets of the general type used in the business of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , further , that, if any portion of such Net Asset Sale Cash Proceeds have not been so reinvested at the end of such twelve-month period, the Borrower shall apply an amount equal to the amount of Net Asset Sale Cash Proceeds that have not been so reinvested as set forth in Section 2.13(a).

 

(b)           If at any time, the Aggregate Total Exposure exceeds the aggregate Revolving Commitments then in effect, the Borrower shall forthwith prepay first , Loans, and second Cash

 

52



 

Collateralize the outstanding amount of Letter of Credit Usage at the Agreed L/C Cash Collateral Amount, to the extent necessary so that the Aggregate Total Exposure shall not exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect (or, in the case of Letter of Credit Usage, such amounts are fully Cash Collateralized in compliance with the Agreed Cash Collateral Amount).

 

(c)           If, after giving effect to any termination of or reduction of the Revolving Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Revolving Commitments, such sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess (including a corresponding reduction to each Issuing Bank’s Letter of Credit Issuer Sublimit (ratably) unless otherwise agreed by the Borrower and each applicable Issuing Bank).

 

Section 2.13.         Application of Prepayments/Reductions .

 

(a)           Any prepayment of any Loan pursuant to Section 2.11 shall be applied as specified by the Borrower in the applicable notice of prepayment; provided , in the event the Borrower fails to specify the Loans to which any such prepayment shall be applied, such prepayment shall be applied as follows:

 

first , to repay outstanding Base Rate Loans to the full extent thereof; and

 

second , to repay outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loans to the full extent thereof, as the Administrative Agent may determine.

 

(b)           Considering each Type of Loans being prepaid separately, any prepayment thereof shall be applied first to Base Rate Loans to the full extent thereof before application to Eurodollar Rate Loans, in each case in a manner which minimizes the amount of any payments required to be made by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.16(c).

 

Section 2.14.         General Provisions Regarding Payments .

 

(a)           All payments by the Borrower of principal, interest, fees and other Obligations shall be made in Dollars in immediately available funds, without defense, recoupment, setoff or counterclaim, free of any restriction or condition, and delivered to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date due at the Principal Office of the Administrative Agent for the account of Lenders; for purposes of computing interest and fees, funds received by the Administrative Agent after that time on such due date may, in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been paid by the Borrower on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

(b)           All payments in respect of the principal amount of any Loan shall be accompanied by payment of accrued interest and any other related amounts owed, including pursuant to Section 2.16(c), on the principal amount being repaid or prepaid, and all such payments (and, in any event, any payments in respect of any Loan on a date when interest is due and payable with respect to such Loan) shall be applied to the payment of interest then due and payable before application to principal.

 

(c)           The Administrative Agent (or its agent or sub-agent appointed by it) shall promptly distribute to each Lender at such address as such Lender shall indicate in writing, such

 

53



 

Lender’s applicable Pro Rata Share of all payments and prepayments of principal and interest due hereunder, together with all other amounts due thereto, including all fees payable with respect thereto, to the extent received by the Administrative Agent.

 

(d)           Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions hereof, if any Interest Election Request is withdrawn as to any Affected Lender or if any Affected Lender makes Base Rate Loans in lieu of its Pro Rata Share of any Eurodollar Rate Loans, the Administrative Agent shall give effect thereto in apportioning payments received thereafter.

 

(e)           Subject to the provisos set forth in the definition of “Interest Period” as they may apply to Loans, whenever any payment to be made hereunder with respect to any Loan shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of the payment of interest hereunder or of the Revolving Commitment fees hereunder.

 

(f)            The Borrower hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to charge the Borrower’s accounts with the Administrative Agent in order to cause timely payment to be made to the Administrative Agent of all principal, interest, fees and expenses due hereunder (subject to sufficient funds being available in its accounts for that purpose).

 

(g)           Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans.

 

Section 2.15.         Interest Elections .

 

(a)           Each Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the Funding Notice and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Funding Notice. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section 2.15. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing.

 

(b)           To make an election pursuant to this Section 2.15(b), the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by email or telephone by the time that a Funding Notice would be required under Section 2.01(b) if the Borrower were requesting a Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each

 

54



 

such telephonic request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery, telecopy or other electronic image scan transmission (e.g., pdf via email) of an Interest Election Request to the Administrative Agent.

 

(c)           Each Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.01(b):

 

(i)            the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

 

(ii)           the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

 

(iii)          whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and

 

(iv)          if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”.

 

(d)           Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

 

(e)           If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

 

(f)            Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to elect to convert or continue to any Borrowing of Loans if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

 

Section 2.16.         Making or Maintaining Eurodollar Rate Loans .

 

(a)           Inability to Determine Applicable Interest Rate . In the event that the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto, absent manifest error), on any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loans, that by reason of circumstances affecting the London interbank market adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate applicable to such Loans on the basis provided for in the definition of Adjusted LIBO Rate, the

 

55



 

Administrative Agent shall on such date give notice (by telefacsimile, other electronic image scan transmission (e.g., pdf via email) or by telephone confirmed in writing) to the Borrower and each Lender of such determination, whereupon (i) no Loans may be made as, or converted to, Eurodollar Rate Loans until such time as the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, and (ii) any Funding Notice or Interest Election Request given by the Borrower with respect to the Loans in respect of which such determination was made shall be deemed to be rescinded by the Borrower or, at the Borrower’s request, made as a Base Rate Loan.

 

(b)           Illegality or Impracticability of Eurodollar Rate Loans . In the event that on any date any Lender shall have determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) that the making, maintaining or continuation of its Eurodollar Rate Loans (i) has become unlawful as a result of compliance by such Lender in good faith with any law, treaty, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order (or would conflict with any such treaty, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order not having the force of law even though the failure to comply therewith would not be unlawful), or (ii) has become impracticable, as a result of contingencies occurring after the date hereof which materially and adversely affect the London interbank market or the position of such Lender in that market, then, and in any such event, such Lender shall be an “ Affected Lender ” and it shall on that day give notice (by telefacsimile, other electronic image scan transmission (e.g., pdf via email) or by telephone confirmed in writing) to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of such determination (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each other Lender). If the Administrative Agent receives a notice from (x) any Lender pursuant to clause (i) of the preceding sentence or (y) a notice from Lenders constituting the Required Lenders pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, then (w) the obligation of the Lenders (or, in the case of any notice pursuant to clause (i) of the preceding sentence, such Lender) to make Loans as, or to convert Loans to, Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until such notice shall be withdrawn by each Affected Lender, (x) to the extent such determination by the Affected Lender relates to a Eurodollar Rate Loan then being requested by the Borrower pursuant to a Funding Notice or an Interest Election Request, the Lenders (or in the case of any notice pursuant to clause (i) of the preceding sentence, such Lender) shall make such Loan as (or continue such Loan as or convert such Loan to, as the case may be) a Base Rate Loan, (y) the Lenders’ (or in the case of any notice pursuant to clause (i) of the preceding sentence, such Lender’s) obligations to maintain their respective outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loans (the “ Affected Loans ”) shall be terminated at the earlier to occur of the expiration of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the Affected Loans or when required by law, and (z) the Affected Loans shall automatically convert into Base Rate Loans on the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent a determination by an Affected Lender as described above relates to a Eurodollar Rate Loan then being requested by the Borrower pursuant to a Funding Notice or an Interest Election Request, the Borrower shall have the option, subject to the provisions of Section 2.16(c), to rescind such Funding Notice or Interest Election Request as to all Lenders by giving written or telephonic notice (promptly confirmed by delivery of written notice thereof) to the Administrative Agent of such rescission on the date on which the Affected Lender gives notice of its determination as described above or at any time thereafter prior to the date of the applicable Borrowing, continuation or conversion, as applicable (which notice of rescission the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each other Lender).

 

56



 

(c)           Compensation for Breakage or Non Commencement of Interest Periods . The Borrower shall compensate each Lender, upon written request by such Lender (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amounts), for all reasonable losses, expenses and liabilities (including any interest paid or payable by such Lender to Lenders of funds borrowed by it to make or carry its Eurodollar Rate Loans and any loss, expense or liability sustained by such Lender in connection with the liquidation or re-employment of such funds but excluding loss of anticipated profits) which such Lender may sustain: (i) if for any reason (other than a default by such Lender) a borrowing of any Eurodollar Rate Loan does not occur on a date specified therefor in a Funding Notice or a telephonic request for borrowing, or a conversion to or continuation of any Eurodollar Rate Loan does not occur on a date specified therefor in an Interest Election Request or a telephonic request for conversion or continuation; (ii) if any prepayment or other principal payment of, or any conversion of, any of its Eurodollar Rate Loans (including in connection with the replacement of a Lender pursuant to Section 2.20) occurs on a date prior to the last day of an Interest Period applicable to that Loan; or (iii) if any prepayment of any of its Eurodollar Rate Loans is not made on any date specified in a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower. The Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 2.16(c) for any losses, expenses and liabilities incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender delivers written request for compensation to the Borrower.

 

(d)           Booking of Eurodollar Rate Loans . Any Lender may make, carry or transfer Eurodollar Rate Loans at, to, or for the account of any of its branch offices or the office of an Affiliate of such Lender.

 

Section 2.17.         Increased Costs .

 

(a)           If any Change in Law shall:

 

(i)            impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement (including any compulsory loan requirement, insurance charge or other assessment) against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or any Issuing Bank;

 

(ii)           subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

 

(iii)          impose on any Lender or any Issuing Bank or the applicable interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

 

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Rate Loan (or, in the case of a Change in

 

57



 

Law with respect to Taxes, any Loan) or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan, or to increase the cost to such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such other Recipient of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such other Recipient hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrower will pay to such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such other Recipient, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such other Recipient, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

 

(b)           If any Lender or any Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Revolving Commitments hereunder or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender to a level below that which such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s bona fide policies and the bona fide policies of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity requirements), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

 

(c)           A certificate of a Lender or an Issuing Bank setting forth in reasonable detail the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within fifteen days after receipt thereof.

 

(d)           Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or any Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or an Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section 2.17 for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefore; provided, further, that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive (or has retroactive effect), then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

 

Section 2.18.         Taxes .

 

(a)           For purposes of this Section 2.18, the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Bank and the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.

 

58


 

(b)           Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Obligor under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Obligor shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

 

(c)           The Obligors shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

 

(d)           The Obligors shall jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(e)           Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Obligor has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Obligors to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 11.04(c) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (e).

 

(f)            As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Obligor to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.18, such Obligor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental

 

59



 

Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(g)           (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.18(g)(ii)(A), (ii)(B), (ii)(D) and (iii) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

 

(ii)           Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,

 

(1)                                       any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

 

(2)                                       any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(A)          in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN, if applicable) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN, if applicable) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

 

60



 

(B)          executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI;

 

(C)          in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L- 1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN, if applicable); or

 

(D)          to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN, if applicable), a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L-2 or Exhibit L-3 , IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

 

(3)                                       any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

 

(4)                                       if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations

 

61



 

under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

(iii)          Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

 

(h)           If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.18 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section), it shall pay to the applicable indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 2.18(h) with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (h) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (h), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (h) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

 

(i)            Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.18 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Revolving Commitments, or the requirement to Cash Collateralize Letters of Credit and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

 

Section 2.19.         Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs .

 

(a)           If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal then due to such parties.

 

62



 

(b)           If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender or a Disqualified Institution) or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant. The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

 

(c)           If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.23(b) or this paragraph (c) or paragraph (b) of this Section 2.19, then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

 

Section 2.20.         Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

 

(a)           If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.16 or Section 2.17, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.18, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.16, Section 2.17 or Section 2.18, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

 

(b)           If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.17, (ii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to  Section 2.18, (iii) any Lender is an Affected Lender (and Lenders constituting Required Lenders are not Affected Lenders) or (iv) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and

 

63



 

effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 11.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts), (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation pursuant to Section 2.17 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.18, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments, (iv) in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender becoming an Affected Lender, the applicable assignee shall not be an Affected Lender, (v) such assignment does not conflict with applicable law and (v) in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, (x) the applicable assignee shall have consented to, or shall consent to, the applicable amendment, waiver or consent and (y) the Borrower exercises its rights pursuant to this clause (b) with respect to all Non-Consenting Lenders relating to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

 

Section 2.21.         [Reserved] .

 

Section 2.22.         Defaulting Lenders . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

 

(a)           (i) fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Revolving Commitment of a Defaulting Lender, and (ii) no Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any Revolving Commitment fees pursuant to Section 2.09(a) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender);

 

(b)           the Revolving Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 11.02); provided that this clause (b) shall not apply to the vote of a Defaulting Lender in the case of an amendment, waiver or other modification requiring the consent of each Lender or each Lender affected thereby;

 

(c)           if any Letter of Credit Usage exists at the time such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

 

64



 

(i)            all or any part of the Letter of Credit Usage of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages but only to the extent that (x) the sum of all Non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage does not exceed the total of all Non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Commitments, and (y) the sum of any Non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Exposure plus its Pro Rata Share of such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage does not exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment; provided that no reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation;

 

(ii)           if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, within one Business Day following notice by Administrative Agent, Cash Collateralize for the benefit of each applicable Issuing Bank only the Borrower’s obligations corresponding to such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.03(i) for so long as such Letter of Credit Usage is outstanding;

 

(iii)          if the Borrower Cash Collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage pursuant to clause (i) above, the Borrower shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.09(a)(ii) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage during the period such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage is Cash Collateralized;

 

(iv)          if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage is reallocated pursuant to clause (i) above, then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.09(a)(i) and Section 2.09(a)(ii) shall be adjusted in accordance with such Non-Defaulting Lenders’ Applicable Percentages; and

 

(v)           if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage is neither reallocated nor Cash Collateralized pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of any Issuing Bank or any other Lender hereunder, all letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.09(a)(ii) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage that is not so reallocated or Cash Collateralized shall be payable to the applicable Issuing Bank until and to the extent that such Letter of Credit Usage is reallocated and/or Cash Collateralized; and

 

(d)           so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender, no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure and the Defaulting Lender’s then outstanding Letter of Credit Usage will be 100% covered by the Revolving Commitments of the Non-Defaulting Lenders and/or Cash Collateral will be provided by the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.22(c)(ii), and participating interests in any newly issued or increased Letter of Credit shall be allocated among Non-Defaulting Lenders

 

65



 

in a manner consistent with Section 2.22(c)(i) (and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein).

 

If (i) a Bankruptcy Event with respect to a holding company of any Lender shall occur following the date hereof and for so long as such event shall continue or (ii) an Issuing Bank has a good faith belief that any Lender has defaulted in fulfilling its obligations under one or more other agreements in which such Lender commits to extend credit, the applicable Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless such Issuing Bank shall have entered into arrangements with the Borrower or such Lender, reasonably satisfactory to such Issuing Bank to defease any risk to it in respect of such Lender hereunder.

 

In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and each of the Issuing Banks each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Letter of Credit Usage of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.

 

Section 2.23.         Incremental Facilities .

 

(a)           The Borrower may by written notice to the Administrative Agent elect to request prior to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, an increase to the existing Loan Commitments (any such increase, the “ New Revolving Loan Commitments ”) by an amount not in excess of $50,000,000 in the aggregate and not less than $10,000,000 individually in the case of the first such New Revolving Loan Commitment and not less than $5,000,000 individually in the case of each subsequent New Revolving Loan Commitment (or, in each case, such lesser amount which shall be approved by the Administrative Agent). Each such notice shall specify (i) the date (each, an “ Increased Amount Date ”) on which the Borrower proposes that the New Revolving Loan Commitments shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than seven Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may agree) and (ii) the identity of each Lender or other Person that is an eligible assignee under Section 11.04(b) (which, if not a Lender, an Approved Fund or an Affiliate of a Lender), shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks (in each case, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (each, a “ New Revolving Loan Lender ”) to whom the Borrower proposes any portion of such New Revolving Loan Commitments be allocated and the amounts of such allocations; provided that any Person approached to provide all or a portion of any New Revolving Loan Commitments may elect or decline to participate in its sole discretion.  Such New Revolving Loan Commitments shall become effective, as of such Increased Amount Date; provided that (1) both before and after giving effect to such New Revolving Loan Commitments, as applicable, each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (with the exception of Section 4.02(a)) shall be satisfied, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the making of the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.04(b) hereof ( provided that, in the case of any New Revolving Loan Commitments the proceeds of which are to be used primarily to consummate a Limited Conditions Acquisition substantially concurrently with the effectiveness of such New Revolving Loan Commitments, to the extent agreed to by the Borrower and the Lenders providing such New Revolving Loan

 

66



 

Commitments, (x) the only representations and warranties the accuracy of which shall be a condition to the effectiveness of such New Revolving Loan Commitments shall be the Specified Representations and the Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations, and (y) the condition set forth in Section 4.02(c) shall be tested on the date the acquisition agreement with respect to such Limited Conditions Acquisition is signed ( provided that, on the date such New Revolving Loan Commitments are effective, no Event of Default under Section 9.01(a), (b), (g), (h) or (i) shall exist or result therefrom)); (2) any New Revolving Loan Commitments and New Revolving Loans made pursuant hereto shall be on the same terms as the existing Revolving Commitments and Loans made pursuant thereto (including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to maturity date and pricing), as set forth in and pursuant to the Loan Documents, with such additional amendments thereto as may be necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the Administrative Agent to effect such New Revolving Loan Commitments, and (3) as a condition to the effectiveness of such New Revolving Loan Commitments, the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered any customary legal opinions or other certificates reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction. Each joinder agreement with a New Revolving Loan Lender not previously a Lender shall be subject to the consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the Issuing Banks.

 

(b)           On any Increased Amount Date on which New Revolving Loan Commitments are effected, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (i) each of the Lenders with Revolving Exposure shall assign to each of the New Revolving Loan Lenders, and each of the New Revolving Loan Lenders shall purchase from each of the Lenders, at the principal amount thereof (together with accrued interest), such interests in the Loans outstanding on such Increased Amount Date as shall be necessary in order that, after giving effect to all such assignments and purchases, such Loans will be held by existing Loan Lenders and New Revolving Loan Lenders ratably in accordance with their Revolving Commitments after giving effect to the addition of such New Revolving Loan Commitments to the Revolving Commitments, (ii) each New Revolving Loan Commitment shall be deemed for all purposes a Revolving Commitment and each loan made thereunder (a “ New Revolving Loan ”) shall be deemed, for all purposes, a Loan, (iii) each New Revolving Loan Lender shall become a Lender with respect to the New Revolving Loan Commitment and all matters relating thereto, and (iv) each existing Lender immediately prior to such increase will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each New Revolving Loan Lender, and each New Revolving Loan Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed, a portion of such Lender’s participations hereunder in outstanding Letters of Credit such that, after giving effect to each deemed Assignment and Assumption of participations, all of the Lenders’ (including each New Revolving Loan Lender) participations hereunder in Letters of Credit shall be held on a pro rata basis on the basis of their respective Loan Commitments (after giving effect to any increase in the Loan Commitment pursuant to this Section 2.23). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, pro rata borrowing and pro rata payment requirements contained elsewhere in this Agreement shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to this paragraph (b) .

 

(c)           The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receipt of the Borrower’s notice of each Increased Amount Date and in respect thereof (i) the New Revolving Loan Commitments and the New Revolving Loan Lenders and (ii) each Lender’s Revolving

 

67



 

Commitment Loans and participation interests in Letters of Credit after giving effect to the assignments contemplated by this Section 2.23.

 

Section 2.24.         Notices . Any Notice shall be executed by a Responsible Officer in a writing delivered to the Administrative Agent. In lieu of delivering a Notice, the Borrower may give the Administrative Agent telephonic or email notice by the required time of any proposed borrowing, conversion/continuation or issuance of a Letter of Credit, as the case may be; provided each such telephonic notice shall be promptly confirmed in writing by delivery of the applicable Notice to the Administrative Agent on or before the close of business on the date that such telephonic notice is given. In the event of a discrepancy between a telephone notice and the written Notice, the written Notice shall govern. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall incur any liability to the Borrower in acting upon any notice (telephonic or written) referred to above that the Administrative Agent believes in good faith to have been given by a Responsible Officer or other person authorized on behalf of the Borrower or for otherwise acting in good faith.

 

Section 2.25.         Additional Borrowers   The Company may, upon not less than ten (10) Business Days’ written notice (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, request that the Administrative Agent approve the designation of any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary (an “ Applicant Borrower ”) that is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Parent as an Additional Borrower hereunder by delivery to the Administrative Agent of an Additional Borrower Joinder Agreement executed by such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary and the Company.  An Applicant Borrower shall become an Additional Borrower upon (i) the approval of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders, and (ii) the receipt by the Administrative Agent of the Company’s written approval of such amendments or other modifications to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, if any, as may reasonably be requested by the Administrative Agent to effect the addition of such Applicant Borrower as an Additional Borrower (collectively, the “ Applicant Borrower Amendments ”), it being understood, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 11.02, that any Applicant Borrower Amendments shall be effective when executed and delivered by the Company and the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall send a notice to the Lenders specifying the effective date upon which the requested Applicant Borrower shall constitute an Additional Borrower for purposes hereof, whereupon each of the Lenders agrees to permit such Additional Borrower to receive Loans hereunder, on the terms and conditions set forth herein (as amended by the Applicant Borrower Amendments), and each of the parties hereto agrees that such Applicant Borrower shall for all purposes of this Agreement be a party hereto and an Additional Borrower under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

The Borrower and each other Obligor represents and warrants to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks that:

 

Section 3.01.         Organization; Powers . Each of the Obligors and its respective Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all

 

68



 

requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.

 

Section 3.02.         Authorization; Enforceability . The Transactions are within the Borrower’s and each Guarantor’s corporate or other organizational powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational and, if required, equity holder action. Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors has duly executed and delivered each of the Loan Documents to which it is party, and each of such Loan Documents constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

Section 3.03.         Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts . The Transactions  (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) those approvals, consents, registrations, filings or other actions, the failure of which to obtain or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, will not violate any applicable law or regulation or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate any charter, by-laws or other organizational document of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, (d) except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or its or their respective assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, and (e) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and, after the Effective Date, the Liens permitted under Section 6.02).

 

Section 3.04.         Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change .

 

(a)           The Company has heretofore furnished to the Administrative Agent its consolidated balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows (i) as of and for the Fiscal Years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, reported on by Ernst & Young and (ii) as of and for the Fiscal Quarters ended March 31, 2016 and June 30, 2016. As of the Effective Date, such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the statements referred to in clause (ii) above.

 

(b)           Since December 31, 2015, no event, development or circumstance exists or has occurred that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

69


 

Section 3.05.         Properties .

 

(a)           Each of the Obligors and its Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to, or valid leasehold interests in or rights to use, all its real and tangible personal property material to its business, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes and except where the failure to have such title would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. Such properties and assets are free and clear of Liens (other than Liens permitted by Section 6.02).

 

(b)           Each of the Obligors and its Subsidiaries owns or is licensed to use or otherwise has the rights to use, all trademarks, trade names, service marks. copyrights, patents, designs, software, internet domain names, trade secrets, know-how and other intellectual property rights, including any registrations and applications for registration of, and all goodwill associated with, the foregoing (“ Intellectual Property Rights ”), reasonably necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as currently conducted, except to the extent such failure to own or be licensed or otherwise have the rights to use any such Intellectual Property Rights, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect: (i) to the knowledge of the Obligors, the use of such Intellectual Property as described in the first sentence of this clause (b) by the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries and the operation of the respective businesses of the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries as currently conducted does not infringe upon, misappropriate or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property Rights of any other Person and (ii) no such claims or litigations are pending or, to the knowledge of the Obligors, threatened in writing.

 

(c)           As of the Effective Date, Section 5.10 of the Borrower Disclosure Letter contains a true, accurate and complete list of all Material Real Estate Assets.

 

Section 3.06.         Litigation and Environmental Matters .

 

(a)           There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Obligors, affecting any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or threatened in writing against any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries (i) that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) that involve this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the Transactions.

 

(b)           Except with respect to any matters that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, none of the Obligors or their respective Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) has knowledge of any fact that would subject the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to any Environmental Liability.

 

Section 3.07.         No Defaults . None of the Obligors or their respective Subsidiaries is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any of its material Contractual Obligations, and no condition exists

 

70



 

which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, except in each case or in the aggregate, where the consequences, direct or indirect, of such default or defaults, if any, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.08.         Compliance with Laws and Agreements . Each of the Obligors and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.09.         Investment Company Status . None of the Obligors or their respective Subsidiaries is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

Section 3.10.         Taxes . Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each of the Obligors and its Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed with respect to income, properties or operations of the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries, (ii) such returns accurately reflect in all material respects all liability for Taxes of the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries as a whole for the periods covered thereby and (iii) each of the Obligors and its Subsidiaries has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and, to the extent required by GAAP, for which such Obligor or such Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP.

 

Section 3.11.         Disclosure . All written information (other than any f inancial projections, budgets, estimates, forecasts and other forward looking information and other than information of a general economic or industry nature) that has been or will be made available by or on behalf of the Obligors to the Administrative Agent or any Lender or potential Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement, in connection with the Transactions or delivered hereunder or under any Loan Document is, and will be at the time it is delivered, when taken as a whole, accurate in all material respects and does not and will not at the time it is delivered, when taken as a whole, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were or are made (giving effect to all supplements and updates thereto); provided that, with respect to any projected financial information or other forward looking information, each of the Obligors represents only that such information has been or will be prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time delivered (it being understood that such projected financial information is subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, are based on information reasonably available at the time of preparation, that no assurance can be given that any particular projections will be realized and that actual results may differ and such differences may be material).

 

Section 3.12.         Subsidiaries . Section 3.12 of the Borrower Disclosure Letter sets forth as of the Effective Date a list of all Subsidiaries and the percentage ownership (directly or indirectly) of the Parent therein. The Equity Interests or other ownership interests of all Subsidiaries of the Parent are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by the Parent, directly

 

71



 

or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens other than Liens permitted under Section 6.02.  The Equity Interests or other ownership interests of the Borrower (other than, prior to the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, the Equity Interests or other ownership interests of the Company) are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by the Parent and, on and after the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, will be and will remain owned by the Parent, directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens.

 

Section 3.13.         ERISA .

 

(a)           Each Plan is in compliance in form and operation with its terms and with ERISA and the Code (including without limitation the Code provisions compliance with which is necessary for any intended favorable tax treatment) and all other applicable laws and regulations, except where any failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Plan (and each related trust, if any) which is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS to the effect that it meets the requirements of Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code, as applicable, covering all applicable tax law changes or is comprised of a master or prototype plan that has received a favorable opinion letter from the IRS, and, nothing has occurred since the date of such determination that would adversely affect such determination (or, in the case of a Plan with no determination, nothing has occurred that would materially adversely affect the issuance of a favorable determination letter or otherwise materially adversely affect such qualification). No ERISA Event or Non-U.S. Plan Event has occurred other than as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)           Except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, the excess of each Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA did not exceed the current value of such Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions for funding by the Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the most recently computed plan year.

 

(c)           If each of the Obligors and its Subsidiaries and the ERISA Affiliates were to withdraw in a complete withdrawal as of the date this assurance is given, the Withdrawal Liability that would be incurred to Multiemployer Plans would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d)           There are no actions, suits or claims pending against or involving a Plan (other than routine claims for benefits) or, to the knowledge of the Obligors, threatened, which would reasonably be expected to be asserted successfully against any Plan and, if so asserted successfully, would reasonably be expected either singly or in the aggregate to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e)           Each Non-U.S. Plan has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders and has been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

72



 

Section 3.14.         Solvency . As of the Effective Date, the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis are, and after giving effect to the Transactions and the incurrence of all Indebtedness and other Obligations being incurred in connection herewith will be, Solvent.

 

Section 3.15.         Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

(a)           None of the Obligors or their respective Subsidiaries is in violation of any legal requirement relating to U.S. economic sanctions or any laws with respect to terrorism or money laundering, including Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing effective September 24, 2001 (the “ Executive Order ”), the USA Patriot Act, the laws comprising or implementing the Bank Secrecy Act to the extent applicable and the laws administered by the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Asset Control (each as from time to time in effect) (collectively, “ Anti-Terrorism Laws ”).

 

(b)           None of (x) the Obligors or their respective Subsidiaries, or any of their respective directors or officers or (y) to the knowledge of the Obligors, any of the employees of the Obligors or their respective Subsidiaries, is any of the following:

 

(i)            a Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order;

 

(ii)           a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order;

 

(iii)          a Person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law;

 

(iv)          a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in the Executive Order; or

 

(v)           a Sanctioned Entity or a Sanctioned Person.

 

(c)           None of the Obligors or their respective Subsidiaries (i) conducts any business with, or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of, a Person described in Section 3.15(b)(i)-(v) above, except as permitted under U.S. law, (ii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to the Executive Order, or (iii) engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any applicable Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

(d)           No part of the proceeds of the Loans or any Letter of Credit will be used or otherwise made available, directly or indirectly, to any Person described in Section 3.15(b)(i)-(v) above, for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person described in Section 3.15(b)(i)-(v) above or in any other manner that would violate any Anti-Terrorism Laws or applicable Sanctions.

 

73



 

(e)           The Company has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to promote compliance by the Obligors, their respective Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with applicable Anti-Terrorism Laws, Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions, and the Obligors, their respective Subsidiaries and the officers and directors of the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries, and, to the knowledge of the Obligors, the employees of the Obligors or their respective Subsidiaries, are in compliance in all material respects with applicable Anti-Terrorism Laws, Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions.

 

Section 3.16.         FCPA; Anti-Corruption .

 

(a)           None of the Obligors or their respective Subsidiaries, any of the directors or officers of the Obligors or their respective Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Obligors, any of the employees of the Obligors or their respective Subsidiaries, has taken or will take any action, with respect to the business of the Obligors or their respective Subsidiaries, in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or giving of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any person while knowing that all or some portion of the money or value will be offered, given, or promised to anyone to improperly influence official action, to obtain or retain business or otherwise to secure any improper advantage, in each case in violation of any applicable Anti-Corruption Law.

 

(b)           No part of the proceeds of the Loans or any Letter of Credit will be used or otherwise made available, directly or indirectly, in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of the FCPA or any applicable Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

(c)           No action, suit or proceeding is pending or, to the knowledge of the Obligors, threatened, by or before any court or governmental or regulatory authorities or any arbitrator against any Obligor or any of their respective Subsidiaries for its or their violation of applicable Anti- Corruption Laws.

 

Section 3.17.         Federal Reserve Regulations. None of the Obligors or their respective Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock. No part of the proceeds of any Loan or any Letter of Credit will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose that entails a violation of, or that is inconsistent with, the provisions of the Regulations of the Board of Governors, including Regulation T, U or X.

 

Section 3.18.         Collateral Documents .

 

(a)           The Security Agreement, upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, will create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) and the proceeds thereof and (i) when the Pledged Collateral is delivered to the Administrative Agent (together with a properly completed and signed stock power or endorsement), the Lien created under the Security Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected first priority Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Obligors in such

 

74



 

Pledged Collateral to the extent security interests in such Pledged Collateral can be perfected by such delivery, prior and superior in right to any other Person, and (ii) when financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified in the Perfection Certificate, the Lien created under the Security Agreement will constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Obligors in such Collateral to the extent security interests in such Collateral can be perfected by the filing of financing statements, prior and superior in right to any other Person, other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.02.

 

(b)           Upon the recordation of the Security Agreement (or a short-form security agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Administrative Agent) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, together with the financing statements in appropriate form filed in the offices specified in the Perfection Certificate, the Lien created under the Security Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Obligors in the United States registered and applied for Intellectual Property (as defined in the Security Agreement) in which a security interest may be perfected by such filing in the United States and its territories and possessions, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person, other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.02 (it being understood that subsequent recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office may be necessary to perfect a Lien on registered trademarks and patents, trademark and patent applications and registered copyrights filed, issued or acquired by the Obligors after the date hereof).

 

(c)           Each of the Mortgages (if any) is effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a valid Lien on the Mortgaged Properties described therein and proceeds thereof, and when the Mortgages are filed in the offices specified therein, each such Mortgage shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Obligors in the Mortgaged Properties and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations (as defined in the relevant Mortgage), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (except Liens permitted by Section 6.02).

 

ARTICLE 4
CONDITIONS

 

Section 4.01.         Effective Date . This Agreement shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 11.02):

 

(a)           The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party hereto a counterpart of this Agreement and each other Loan Document to which any Obligor is a party, signed on behalf of such party.

 

(b)           The Administrative Agent shall have received a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note in advance of the Effective Date.

 

(c)           The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders and dated the date of

 

75



 

the date hereof) of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinion.

 

(d)           The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) certified copies of the resolutions of the board of directors (or comparable governing body) of each Obligor approving the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents to which such Obligor is a party and the execution and delivery of such Loan Documents to be delivered by such Obligor on the Effective Date, and all documents evidencing other necessary corporate (or other applicable organizational) action and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to the Loan Documents and (ii) all other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent relating to the organization, existence and good standing of such Obligor and authorization of the transactions contemplated hereby (including, but not limited to, a copy of the current constitutional documents of each Obligor).

 

(e)           The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer of each Obligor certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of such Obligor authorized to sign the Loan Documents to which it is a party, to be delivered by such Obligor on the Effective Date and the other documents to be delivered hereunder on the Effective Date.

 

(f)            The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed on behalf of the Parent by a Responsible Officer of the Parent, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of Section 4.02 as of the Effective Date.

 

(g)           I n order to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a valid, perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral (subject to Liens permitted by Section 6.02), each Obligor shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent:

 

(i)            a completed Perfection Certificate dated the Effective Date and executed by a Responsible Officer of each Obligor, together with all attachments contemplated thereby;

 

(ii)           all Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office required to be filed in order to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected Lien on the Collateral described in the Collateral Documents in proper form for filing; and

 

(iii)          (x) originals of certificated securities pledged pursuant to the Collateral Documents, together with an undated stock power or other appropriate instrument of transfer (if any) for each such certificated security executed in blank by a Responsible Officer of the pledgor thereof and (y) originals of each promissory note (if any) required to be pledged to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Documents endorsed in blank (or accompanied by an executed instrument of transfer form in blank) by a Responsible Officer of the pledger thereof.

 

76



 

(h)           The Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall have received all fees required to be paid by the Borrower on or prior to the Effective Date, and all expenses required to be reimbursed by the Borrower for which invoices have been presented at least three Business Days prior to the Effective Date, on or before the Effective Date.

 

(i)            The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least five Business Days prior to the Effective Date (or such shorter period as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent), to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders at least ten Business Days prior to the Effective Date, all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “ know-your-customer ” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act.

 

(j)            The Administrative Agent shall have received an executed Solvency Certificate in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and demonstrating that the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis are, and after giving effect to the Transactions and incurrence of all Indebtedness and Obligations being incurred in connection herewith will be, Solvent.

 

(k)           The Administrative Agent shall have received the financial statements described in Section 3.04(a) and the Projections.

 

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Parent and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding. Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Article 10, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Effective Date specifying its objection thereto.

 

Section 4.02.         Each Credit Event . The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing (other than a Borrowing consisting solely of a conversion of Loans of one Type to another Type) and of the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit, and the effectiveness of any New Revolving Loan Commitment pursuant to Section 2.23, is subject to the satisfaction, or waiver in accordance with Section 11.02, of the following conditions:

 

(a)           except in the case of the effectiveness of any New Revolving Loan Commitment pursuant to Section 2.23, the Administrative Agent (and in the case of an issuance of a Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank) shall have received a fully executed and delivered Funding Notice or Issuance Notice, as the case may be;

 

(b)           the representations and warranties of the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries, set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Event; provided that (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date and (ii) in each case such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that are already qualified

 

77



 

by materiality in the text thereof; provided , further , that, if such Credit Event consists of a Borrowing of Loans the proceeds of which shall be used primarily to fund a Limited Conditions Acquisition to be consummated on the date of such Borrowing, the condition set forth in this clause (b) shall be limited to the accuracy of the Specified Representations and the Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations;

 

(c)           at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Credit Event, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; provided that, if such Credit Event consists of a Borrowing of Loans the proceeds of which shall be used primarily to fund a Limited Conditions Acquisition to be consummated on the date of such Borrowing, the condition set forth in this clause (c) shall be limited to the absence of an Event of Default under Sections 9.01(a), (b), (g), (h) and (i); and

 

(d)           on or before the date of issuance of any Letter of Credit, the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Banks shall have received all other information required by the applicable Issuance Notice and Application.

 

Each Credit Event shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that the conditions specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 4.02 have been satisfied as of the date thereof.

 

Section 4.03.         Initial Credit Event in Respect of Each Additional Borrower . The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans to and of the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit for the account of each Additional Borrower not a party hereto on the date hereof shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following additional conditions precedent on the date of the initial Borrowing by or Letter of Credit issuance for such Additional Borrower:

 

(a)     the Administrative Agent shall have received such documents, legal opinions and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the formation, existence and good standing (to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction) of such Additional Borrower, the authorization of the Transactions insofar as they relate to such Additional Borrower and any other legal matters relating to such Additional Borrower, its Additional Borrower Joinder Agreement or such Transactions, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

 

(b)     the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, shall have received all documentation and other information with respect to such Additional Borrower required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act.

 

ARTICLE 5
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Until the Revolving Commitments have expired or been terminated, the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees and expenses and other amounts payable hereunder shall have

 

78



 

been paid in full and the cancellation or expiration or Cash Collateralization of all Letters of Credit on terms reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank in an amount equal to the Agreed L/C Cash Collateral Amount (or other credit support satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank has been provided), the Borrower and each other Obligor covenants and agrees with the Lenders and the Issuing Banks that:

 

Section 5.01.         Financial Statements and Other Information . The Parent will furnish to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to each Lender):

 

(a)           (i) prior to an IPO, within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, and (ii) on and after an IPO, within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all reported on by Ernst & Young, or other independent public accountants of recognized international standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception (other than a qualification related to the maturity of the Revolving Commitments and the Loans at the Maturity Date) and, except in the case of any Subsidiary or business acquired by the Borrower or the Subsidiaries, in respect of events prior to the acquisition thereof, without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

 

(b)           within 45 days after the end of each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year, its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such Fiscal Quarter and the then elapsed portion of the Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous Fiscal Year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

 

(c)           concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Parent in substantially the form of Exhibit F attached hereto (i) certifying as to whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date thereof and, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date thereof, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) if and to the extent that any change in GAAP that has occurred since the date of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.04(a) (or the most recent financial statements delivered under clause (a) or (b) above) had an impact on such financial statements, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate, (iii) setting forth the Total Net Leverage Ratio calculation and (iv) certifying as to the current list of Unrestricted Subsidiaries appropriately designated as such pursuant to Section 5.12(a);

 

79


 

(d)           prior to an IPO, concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) above, an annual plan for the Parent and its Subsidiaries to include balance sheets, statements of income and cash flows for each Fiscal Quarter of such Fiscal Year prepared in detail and, in summary form and accompanied by a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Parent stating that such plan is based on estimates, information and assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time prepared;

 

(e)           promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries with any national securities exchange or regulator, including without limitation the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of its functions in each case that is not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

 

(f)            promptly following any request in writing (including any electronic message) therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Obligors or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) may reasonably request, subject to the restrictions in the last section of Section 5.06;

 

(g)           except during a Collateral Release Period, upon the annual renewal of the applicable insurance policy, a certificate from the Borrower’s insurance broker(s) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent outlining all material insurance coverage under such policy maintained as of the date of such certificate by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(h)           each year, except during any Collateral Release Period, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with respect to the preceding Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 5.01(a), the Parent shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a certificate of its Responsible Officer (i) either confirming that there has been no change in the information contained in the Perfection Certificate since the Effective Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section and/or identifying such changes in the form of a Security Supplement delivered pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Security Agreement and (ii) certifying that, to the knowledge of the Parent, all Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (including fixtures filings, as applicable) or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations have been filed of record in each governmental, municipal or other appropriate office in each jurisdiction identified in the documents delivered pursuant to clause (i) above to the extent necessary to effect, protect and perfect the security interests under the Collateral Documents (except as noted therein with respect to any continuation statements to be filed within such period); and

 

(i)            each quarter, except during any Collateral Release Period, at the time of delivery of quarterly financial statements with respect to the preceding Fiscal Quarter pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as applicable, the Parent shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a certificate of its Responsible Officer (i) either confirming that there has been no change in the information relating to the Intellectual Property Rights of each Obligor contained in the Perfection Certificate since the Effective Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this

 

80



 

Section and/or identifying such changes in the form of a Security Supplement delivered pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Security Agreement.

 

The Borrower and other Obligors promptly will cooperate with requests by any Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank with respect to providing “know-your-customer” or similar information.

 

Following an IPO, information required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or Section 5.01(b) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Parent posts such information, or provides a link thereto on the Parent’s website on the Internet at http://www.blueapron.com (or any successor page) or at http://www.sec.gov; or (ii) on which such information is posted on the Parent’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which the Lenders and the Administrative Agent have been granted access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that, (x) to the extent the Administrative Agent or any Lender so requests, the Parent shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent or such Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent or such Lender and (y) the Parent shall notify the Administrative Agent (by facsimile or email) of the posting of any such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to herein, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Parent with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

 

Section 5.02.         Notices of Material Events . Promptly upon obtaining knowledge thereof, the Parent will furnish to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to each Lender) prompt written notice of the following:

 

(a)           the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

 

(b)           the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting any Obligor or any other Subsidiary thereof that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

(c)           any other development that results in, or would reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Each notice delivered under this Section 5.02 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer or other executive officer of the Parent setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

 

Section 5.03.         Existence; Conduct of Business . The Borrower and each other Obligor will, and will cause each of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence (with respect to the Parent and the Borrower, in a United States jurisdiction) and the rights (charter and statutory), licenses, permits, privileges, approvals, franchises and Intellectual Property Rights material to the conduct of its business; provided that (a) the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, disposition, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 6.03 and

 

81



 

(b) none of the Borrower or any other Obligor or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to preserve, renew or keep in full force and effect its rights (charter and statutory), licenses, permits, privileges, approvals, franchises or Intellectual Property Rights where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.04.         Payment of Taxes and Other Claims . The Borrower and each other Obligor will, and will cause each of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay all Tax liabilities, including all Taxes imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or upon any properties belonging to it that, if not paid, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, and all lawful claims other than Tax liabilities which, if unpaid, have or would become a Lien upon any properties of the Borrower or any other Obligor or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under Section 6.02, in each case except where (a) in the case of any Tax or claim, (i) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and (ii) to the extent required by GAAP, the Borrower, any other Obligor or such Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (b) except during any Collateral Release Period, in the case of any Tax or claim which has or would become a Lien against any of the Collateral, such contest proceedings operate to stay the sale of any portion of the Collateral to satisfy such Tax or Claim.

 

Section 5.05.         Maintenance of Properties; Insurance . The Borrower and each other Obligor will, and will cause each of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all property used in the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty events excepted, except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (b) maintain insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, including any Flood Insurance as required by Section 5.10. Except as otherwise agreed by the Collateral Agent, except during a Collateral Release Period, (i) each such policy shall (a) name the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, and in the case of any liability insurance policy, each Secured Party, as an additional insured thereunder as its interests may appear and (b) in the case of each casualty insurance policy, contain a loss endorsement, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Collateral Agent, that names the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as the loss payee thereunder and provides for at least thirty days’ prior written notice to the Collateral Agent of cancellation of such policy and (ii) promptly deliver evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent of the requirements set forth in clause (i), but in any event, for policies required to be in effect on the Effective Date, within 30 days of the Effective Date (or such later date as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent).

 

Section 5.06.         Books and Records; Inspection Rights . The Borrower and each other Obligor will, and will cause each of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which entries full, true and correct in all material respects are made and are sufficient to prepare financial statements in accordance with GAAP. The Borrower and each other Obligor will, and will cause each of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender (pursuant to a request made through the Administrative Agent), upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and

 

82



 

inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts of its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants ( provided that the Borrower, such other Obligor or such Restricted Subsidiary shall be afforded the opportunity to participate in any discussions with such independent accountants), all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested (but no more than once annually if no Event of Default exists). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, none of the Borrower, the other Obligors or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (a) constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (b) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives) is prohibited by applicable law or (c) is subject to attorney, client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work-product.

 

Section 5.07.         Compliance with Laws and Agreements .

 

(a)           The Borrower and each Obligor will, and will cause each of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all Contractual Obligations binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)           The Company has, and will maintain in effect and enforce (and, on and after a Holdco Transaction, Holdings will have and will maintain) policies and procedures designed to promote compliance by the Parent, the Borrower, their respective Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with applicable Anti-Terrorism Laws, Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions.

 

Section 5.08.         ERISA-Related Information .  The Parent and/or the Company shall supply to the Administrative Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Administrative Agent so requests): (a) promptly, and in any event within 30 days, after the Borrower, any Guarantor, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that any ERISA Event that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect has occurred, a certificate of the most senior Financial Officer of the Parent describing such ERISA Event and the action, if any, proposed to be taken with respect to such ERISA Event and a copy of any notice filed with the PBGC or the IRS pertaining to such ERISA Event and any notices received by such Borrower, Guarantor, Restricted Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or any other governmental agency with respect thereto; provided that, in the case of ERISA Events under paragraph (b) of the definition thereof that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, in no event shall notice be given later than the occurrence of the ERISA Event; and (b) promptly, and in any event within 30 days, after becoming aware that there has been (i) a material increase in unfunded pension liabilities that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the existence of potential withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, if the Borrower, any Guarantor, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliates withdraw from any Multiemployer Plan, or (iii) the adoption of, or commencement of contributions to, or any amendment to, a Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section

 

83



 

302 of ERISA that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, a detailed written description thereof from the most senior Financial Officer of the Parent.

 

Section 5.09.         Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Loans or the Letters of Credit will be used only for working capital and general corporate purposes including, without limitation, to finance Permitted Acquisitions. No part of the proceeds of any Loan or Letter of Credit will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X or any other violations of any/and rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority. The Borrower will not request any Borrowing or Letter of Credit, and the Obligors shall not use, directly or indirectly, and shall procure that their respective Subsidiaries and its and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents shall not use, directly or indirectly, the proceeds of any Borrowing or Letter of Credit, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, (a) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of the FCPA or any Anti-Corruption Laws, (b) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Person, or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding, financing or facilitating, is, or whose government is, a Sanctioned Person or Sanctioned Entity or (c) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.

 

Section 5.10.         Further Assurances .

 

(a)           At any time or from time to time upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and each other Obligor will, at its expense, promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver such further documents and take such further actions as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may reasonably request in order to effect fully the purposes of the Loan Documents. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Borrower and each other Obligor shall take such actions as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may reasonably request from time to time to ensure that the Obligations are (i) guaranteed by the Guarantors and (ii) except during a Collateral Release Period, are secured by (x) substantially all of the assets of the Obligors and their respective Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) and (y) all of the outstanding Equity Interests of the Subsidiaries of the Obligors (subject, in each case to the limitations and exceptions contained in the Loan Documents and the Collateral Documents, including that only 65% of the outstanding voting Equity Interests of any CFC or Foreign Subsidiary need be pledged). If at any time the Collateral Agent receives a notice from a Lender or otherwise becomes aware that any Mortgaged Property has become a Flood Hazard Property, the Collateral Agent shall, within 45 days of receipt of such notice, deliver such notice to the Borrower, and the Borrower shall take, or shall cause to be taken, all actions as described in Section 5.10(b)(iv) required as a result of such change; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to take, or cause to be taken, such actions during a Collateral Release Period; provided, however, if a Collateral Redelivery Trigger subsequently occurs, the Borrower shall take, or cause to be taken, all actions as described in Section 5.10(b)(i) that have not been taken and would have been required if a Collateral Release Date had not occurred.

 

84



 

(b)           Unless a Collateral Release Period is then in effect, with respect to each Mortgaged Property, prior to the Collateral Release Date, the Borrower or such other Obligor (as applicable) shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Collateral Agent, within 90 days of the date upon which the Mortgaged Property is acquired or becomes a Mortgaged Property:

 

(i)            a fully executed Mortgage encumbering the Mortgaged Property in form suitable for recording or filing in all filing or recording offices that the Collateral Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable in order to create a valid and subsisting perfected Lien on the property and/or rights described therein in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties;

 

(ii)   an opinion of counsel (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent) in the state in which the Mortgaged Property is located with respect to the enforceability of the Mortgage to be recorded and such other matters as are customary and as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent;

 

(iii)  (A) a lender’s policy or policies or marked up unconditional binder of title insurance issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company (each, a “ Title Insurance Company ”) insuring the Lien of the Mortgage as a valid first Lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein, free of any other Liens except Permitted Encumbrances, in an amount acceptable to the Collateral Agent (but not to exceed the fair market value), together with such customary endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Collateral Agent may request and which are available at commercially reasonable rates in the jurisdiction where such Mortgaged Property is located (each, a “ Title Policy ”), and (B) evidence satisfactory to the Collateral Agent that the Borrower or such Obligor has paid to the title company or to the appropriate governmental authorities all expenses and premiums of the title company and all other sums required in connection with the issuance of each Title Policy and all recording and stamp taxes (including mortgage recording and intangible taxes) payable in connection with recording the Mortgage for the Mortgaged Property;

 

(iv)          (A) a completed standard “life of loan” flood hazard determination form, (B) if the improvement(s) to the Mortgaged Property is located in a special flood hazard area as set forth by FEMA (any such Mortgaged Property, a “ Flood Hazard Property ”) a notification to the Borrower or such Obligor, countersigned by the Borrower or such Obligor, that such improvement(s) is located in a special flood hazard area and (if applicable) notification that flood insurance coverage under the National Flood Insurance Program (“ NFIP ”) is not available because the community where the Mortgaged Property is located does not participate in the NFIP, and (C) if the notice described in clause (B) is required to be given and flood insurance is available in the community in which the property is located, a copy of one of the following: a flood insurance policy with such coverage reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent (“ Flood Insurance ”), the Borrower’s or such Obligor’s application for Flood Insurance plus proof of premium payment, a declaration page confirming that Flood Insurance has been issued, or such other evidence of Flood Insurance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent;

 

85



 

(v)           a survey of the Mortgaged Property showing all improvements, easements and other customary matters for which all necessary fees (where applicable) have been paid and which is complying in all material respects with the minimum detail requirements of the American Land Title Association and American Congress of Surveying and Mapping as such requirements are in effect on the date of preparation of such survey, certified to the Collateral Agent and the Title Insurance Company and in a form sufficient for the Title Insurance Company to delete the standard survey exception; and

 

(vi)          if requested by the Collateral Agent and required to comply with the Federal Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, as amended, an appraisal of the Mortgaged Property.

 

Section 5.11.         Guarantors . (a) If any Person shall have become a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Parent (other than an Excluded Subsidiary), then the Parent, as applicable, shall, within 45 days thereafter (or such longer period of time as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion), cause such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary to (i) enter into a joinder agreement (a “ Joinder Agreement ”) in substantially the form of Exhibit J hereto, (ii) become a Grantor under the Security Agreement and enter into a Joinder Agreement (as defined in the Security Agreement) and (iii) take all such actions and execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all such documents, instruments, agreements and certificates reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent or required under the Loan Documents. If requested by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall receive an opinion of counsel for the Parent in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in respect of matters reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent relating to any Joinder Agreement delivered pursuant to this Section 5.11, dated as of the date of such Joinder Agreement.

 

(b)           Substantially simultaneously upon the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, Holdings shall become a Guarantor hereunder, in which case (i) Holdings shall pledge its interest in the Collateral, including without limitation 100% of the Equity Interests in the Company, and (ii) thereafter, each reference in this Agreement to the Parent shall be deemed to be a reference to Holdings.

 

Section 5.12.         Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries .

 

(a)           The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary of the Parent (other than the Borrower), including a newly acquired or created Subsidiary, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it meets the following qualifications:

 

(i)            such Subsidiary does not own any Equity Interest of any Obligor or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(ii)           the Parent would be permitted to make an Investment at the time of the designation in an amount equal to the aggregate fair market value of all Investments of the Obligors and their Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary;

 

86



 

(iii)          any guarantee or other credit support thereof by any Obligor or any other Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under Section 6.01 or Section 6.06;

 

(iv)          none of the Obligors or their respective Restricted Subsidiaries has any obligation to subscribe for additional Equity Interests of such Subsidiary or to maintain or preserve its financial condition or cause it to achieve specified levels of operating results except to the extent permitted by Section 6.01 or Section 6.06;

 

(v)           immediately before and after such designation, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such designation; and

 

(vi)          no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a “restricted subsidiary” or a “guarantor” (or any similar designation) for any other Indebtedness of the Obligors or their respective Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Once so designated, the Subsidiary will remain an Unrestricted Subsidiary, subject to subsection (b).

 

(b)           A Subsidiary previously designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary which fails to meet the qualifications set forth in subsections 5.12(a)(i), 5.12(a)(iii), 5.12(a)(iv) or 5.12(a)(vi) of this Section 5.12 will be deemed to become at that time a Restricted Subsidiary, subject to the consequences set forth in subsection (d). The Board of Directors may designate an Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if the designation would not cause an Event of Default.

 

(c)           Upon a Restricted Subsidiary becoming an Unrestricted Subsidiary,

 

(i)            all existing Investments of the Obligors and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries therein (valued at the Borrower’s proportional share of the fair market value of its assets less liabilities) will be deemed made at that time;

 

(ii)           all existing Indebtedness of any Obligor or its Restricted Subsidiaries held by it will be deemed incurred at that time, and all Liens on property of any Obligor or its Restricted Subsidiaries held by it will be deemed incurred at that time;

 

(iii)          all existing transactions between it and any Obligor or any Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed entered into at that time;

 

(iv)          it is released at that time from the Loan Documents to which it is a party and all related security interests on its property shall be released; and

 

(v)           it will cease to be subject to the provisions of this Agreement as a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

(d)           Upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming, or being deemed to become, a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.12(b),

 

(i)            all of its Indebtedness will be deemed incurred at that time for purposes of Section 6.01;

 

87



 

(ii)           Investments therein previously charged under Section 6.06 will be credited thereunder;

 

(iii)          if it is a Domestic Subsidiary and a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Parent (unless it is an Excluded Subsidiary), it shall be required to become a Guarantor pursuant to this Agreement; and

 

(iv)          it will thenceforward be subject to the provisions of this Agreement as a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

(e)           Any designation by the Board of Directors of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Effective Date will be evidenced to the Administrative Agent by promptly filing with the Administrative Agent a copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors giving effect to the designation and a certificate of an officer of the Parent certifying that the designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

 

Section 5.13.         Collateral Release .  (a)Following the delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01 (a) or (b) (commencing with the financial statements for the period ending December 31, 2016) evidencing results for the most recent consecutive four Fiscal Quarter period of which (i) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA exceeds $100,000,000 and (ii) the Total Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the Test Period covered by such financial statements is less than 3.00:1.00, then, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Parent shall have the right, by written notice to the Collateral Agent, to request that all Collateral then in effect be released from the security interest created by the Collateral Documents and the Collateral Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such release to occur, and at the Obligors’ expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Obligor such documents as such Obligor may reasonably request to evidence the release of the Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted pursuant to the Loan Documents, within 30 days of the Parent’s request (the date of such request, the “ Collateral Release Date ”).

 

(b)           If, at any time following a Collateral Release Date, financial statements delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) demonstrate that (x) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is equal to or below $100,000,000 and (ii) the Total Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the Test Period covered by such financial statements is equal to or greater than 3.00:1.00, (any such failure, event or condition, a “ Collateral Redelivery Trigger ”) each Obligor shall, at the Obligors’ expense, execute, acknowledge and deliver all instruments, agreements and other documents as the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request in order to cause the Obligations to be secured by a first priority perfected Lien on (x) substantially all of the assets of the Obligors and their respective Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) and (y) all of the outstanding Equity Interests of the Subsidiaries of the Parent (subject, in each case to the limitations and exceptions contained in the Loan Documents and the Collateral Documents, including that only 65% of the outstanding voting Equity Interests of any CFC or Foreign Subsidiary need be pledged), including, without limitation, any actions described in Section 5.10 that were not previously taken by the Borrower or another Obligor due to the existence of a Collateral Release Period, in each case, within 60 days of the occurrence of such Collateral Redelivery Trigger unless such Collateral is foreign

 

88



 

Collateral, in which case, each Obligor shall comply with clauses (x) and (y) within 90 days of the occurrence of such Collateral Redelivery Trigger.

 

ARTICLE 6
NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Until the Revolving Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees and expenses and other amounts payable hereunder shall have been paid in full and the cancellation or expiration or Cash Collateralization of all Letters of Credit on terms reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank in an amount equal to the Agreed L/C Cash Collateral Amount (or other credit support reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank has been provided), the Borrower and each other Obligor covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

 

Section 6.01.         Indebtedness . The Borrower and each other Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur or assume, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness, except:

 

(a)           Obligations of the Obligors under the Loan Documents;

 

(b)           Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Section 6.01 of the Borrower Disclosure Letter and any refinancing, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof;

 

(c)           Capital Lease Obligations, purchase money Indebtedness and loans incurred to acquire or improve equipment or other physical plant or real property of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Indebtedness does not exceed the purchase price plus expenses of the asset or assets acquired (or the improvement thereon, as applicable) and (ii) any Lien that secures such Indebtedness does not apply to any other property or assets of the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, further the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (c) shall not exceed, at any time outstanding, the greater of (x) $150,000,000 or (y) the amount of such Indebtedness and purchase money Indebtedness, if, immediately after giving effect thereto, the Total Net Leverage Ratio determined on a Pro Forma Basis, is less than 3.00:1.00.

 

(d)           Indebtedness of (i) any Restricted Subsidiary to any Obligor or to any other Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) any Obligor to any other Obligor or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) except during a Collateral Release Period, all such Indebtedness shall be evidenced by the Intercompany Note, and, if owed to an Obligor, shall be subject to a Lien under the Collateral Documents, (ii) all such Indebtedness shall be unsecured and, if owed by an Obligor, subordinated in right of payment to payment in full of the Obligations, as set forth in the Intercompany Note, and (iii) such Indebtedness is permitted as an Investment under Section 6.06(c);

 

(e)           Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations (including, Indebtedness consisting of the deferred purchase price of property acquired in an Acquisition permitted hereunder), or from guaranties or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing the performance of the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary

 

89



 

pursuant to such agreements, in connection with Acquisitions permitted hereunder or permitted dispositions of any business or assets (including stock of a Subsidiary);

 

(f)            Indebtedness in respect of any Hedging Transaction entered into for the purpose of hedging risks associated with the operations of the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries and not for speculative purposes;

 

(g)           Indebtedness of the Obligors and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries which may be deemed to exist pursuant to any Guarantees, performance, statutory or similar obligations (including in connection with workers’ compensation) or obligations in respect of letters of credit, surety bonds, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto incurred in the ordinary course of business, or pursuant to any appeal obligation, appeal bond or letter of credit in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (j) of Section 9.01;

 

(h)           Guarantees by the Parent of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary or Guarantees by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect, in each case, to Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01; provided , that (i) if the Indebtedness that is being guaranteed is unsecured and/or subordinated to the Obligations, the Guarantee shall also be unsecured and/or subordinated to the Obligations and (ii) in the case of Guarantees by an Obligor of the obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Guarantees shall be permitted by Section 6.06(c);

 

(i)            Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary (or of any Person not previously a Subsidiary that is merged or consolidated with or into a Subsidiary in a transaction permitted hereunder) after the date hereof, and refinancing of such Indebtedness in respect thereof; provided that (i) such Indebtedness exists at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (or is so merged or consolidated) and is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a Subsidiary (or such merger or consolidation) and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all such outstanding Indebtedness permitted by this clause (i) shall not exceed $25,000,000 at any time;

 

(j)            other Indebtedness of the Borrower and the other Restricted Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted by this Section 6.01 so long as, immediately after giving effect thereto, the Total Net Leverage Ratio determined on a Pro Forma Basis, would not exceed 2.50:1.00;

 

(k)           (i) Indebtedness owing to insurance companies to finance insurance premiums or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case under clause (i) or (ii), in the ordinary course of business;

 

(l)            Indebtedness under or in connection with (i) any commercial credit card program, (ii) purchasing or “p-card” program or (iii) similar programs, arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(m)          Indebtedness consisting of incentive, non-compete, consulting, deferred compensation or other similar arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business with an officer or employee of any Obligor or its Subsidiaries;

 

90


 

(n)           Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and otherwise in connection with deposit accounts;

 

(o)           Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued to support performance obligations and trade letters of credit (other than obligations in respect of other Indebtedness) in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

 

(p)           other unsecured Indebtedness not permitted by the foregoing in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not exceeding $20,000,000;

 

(q)           Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances supporting facility leases in an aggregate principal or face amount not exceeding $5,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(r)            Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Sections 6.01(b), 6.01(c), 6.01(h), 6.01(j), 6.01(p) and 6.01(t);

 

(s)            Disqualified Equity Interests in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $5,000,000; and

 

(t)            Indebtedness incurred by the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiary to acquire, construct or improve the New Fulfillment Center; provided that (i) such Indebtedness does not exceed the purchase price of the New Fulfillment Center (or improvement thereon, as applicable) plus expenses, and (ii) any Lien that secures such Indebtedness does not apply to property or assets of the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries other than assets that are or will be a part of the New Fulfillment Center; provided, further that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (t) shall not exceed, at any time outstanding, $50,000,000.

 

Section 6.02.         Liens . The Borrower and each other Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it except:

 

(a)           Permitted Encumbrances;

 

(b)           any Lien on any property or asset of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the date hereof and set forth in Section 6.02 of the Borrower Disclosure Letter and any modifications, renewals and extensions thereof and any Lien granted as a replacement or substitute therefor; provided that (i) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than improvements thereon or proceeds thereof and (ii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date hereof and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

 

(c)           any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the date hereof prior to the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case

 

91



 

may be, (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary and (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

 

(d)           Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or improved by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Liens secure Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(c), (ii) such security interests and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred prior to or within 180 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement, (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed 100% of the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed capital assets plus expenses, and (iv) such security interests shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(e)           (i) non-exclusive licenses, non-exclusive sublicenses, leases or subleases and (ii) licenses of intellectual property that are exclusive as to territory only as to geographical areas outside of the United States, granted to others in the ordinary course of business not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Obligors or any of their respective Subsidiaries;

 

(f)            the interest and title of a lessor under any lease, license, sublease or sublicense entered into by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business and other statutory and common law landlords’ Liens under leases;

 

(g)           in connection with the sale or transfer of any assets in a transaction not prohibited hereunder, customary rights and restrictions contained in agreements relating to such sale or transfer pending the completion thereof;

 

(h)           in the case of any Joint Venture, any put and call arrangements related to its Equity Interests set forth in its organizational documents or any related Joint Venture or similar agreement, in each case, in favor of the other parties to such Joint Venture;

 

(i)            Liens securing Indebtedness to finance insurance premiums owing in the ordinary course of business to the extent such financing is not prohibited hereunder;

 

(j)            Liens on earnest money deposits of Cash or Cash Equivalents made in connection with any Acquisition not prohibited hereunder;

 

(k)           bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to Cash and Cash Equivalents on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to such bank or banks with respect to cash management and operating account arrangements;

 

(l)            Liens in the nature of the right of setoff in favor of counterparties to contractual agreements not otherwise prohibited hereunder with the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

92



 

(m)          any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or existing on any property or assets of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the date hereof prior to the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) such Lien does not apply to any other property or assets of any Obligor or any Restricted Subsidiary, and (iii) such Lien secures only (x) those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be and (y) any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto;

 

(n)           Liens on cash deposits in respect of rental agreements in the ordinary course of business;

 

(o)           Liens securing the Obligations;

 

(p)           Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(j); provided that (i) the Obligations shall be equally and ratably secured (or secured on a senior basis) by the collateral securing such Indebtedness on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (ii) the agreements governing such Indebtedness shall provide that such Indebtedness shall be unsecured at any time that a Collateral Release Period is in effect;

 

(q)           Liens consisting of restricted cash balances not exceeding $5,000,000 at any time to secure merchant credit card processing and similar services in the ordinary course of business;

 

(r)            Liens on cash pledged to secure obligations in respect of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances permitted under Section 6.01(q);

 

(s)            Liens arising out of consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

(t)            Liens on goods in favor of customs and revenues authorities imposed by applicable law arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the importation of such goods;

 

(u)           Liens arising by operation of law under Article 2 of the UCC in favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods;

 

(v)           Liens on securities that are the subject of repurchase agreements constituting Permitted Investments;

 

(w)          Liens on amounts deposited to secure obligations in connection with the making or entering into of bids, tenders, agreements or leases in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money;

 

(x)           Liens on the New Fulfillment Center or improvements thereon; provided that (i) such Liens secure Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(t) (and Refinancing Indebtedness in relation to such Indebtedness), (ii) such security interests and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred prior to or within 180 days after such acquisition or the completion of such

 

93



 

construction or improvement, (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed 100% of the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving the New Fulfillment Center plus expenses, and (iv) such security interests shall not apply to property or assets of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary other than assets that are or will be a part of the New Fulfillment Center; and

 

(y)           Liens not otherwise permitted by the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.02 securing Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement or other obligations of the Obligors or their respective Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed (i) prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date, $15,000,000 or (ii) on and after the first anniversary of the Effective Date, $20,000,000, in each case, outstanding at any one time.

 

Section 6.03.         Fundamental Changes; Asset Sales; Conduct of Business .

 

(a)           The Borrower and each other Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, (x) merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, (y) sell, transfer, lease, enter into any sale-leaseback transactions with respect to, or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the assets of the Obligors and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or (z) liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

 

(i)            any Subsidiary or any other Person (other than Holdings) may merge into or consolidate with the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving entity; provided that any such merger or consolidation involving the Company must result in the Company as the surviving entity;

 

(ii)           any Person (other than the Borrower or Holdings) may merge into or consolidate with any Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a Subsidiary; provided that any such merger or consolidation involving a Guarantor must result in a Guarantor as the surviving entity;

 

(iii)          any Subsidiary that is an Obligor may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to another Subsidiary that is not an Obligor; provided that the aggregate amount of sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions under this clause (a)(iii), plus the aggregate amount of Investments pursuant to Section 6.06(c) and the aggregate amount of Acquisition Consideration paid pursuant to clause (vi) of the definition “Permitted Acquisition”, shall not exceed $40,000,000; provided , further , that any such sale, transfer, lease or other disposal must comply with Section 6.05;

 

(iv)          (x) any Obligor may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to any other Obligor, and (y) any Subsidiary that is not an Obligor may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to any Obligor or any other Subsidiary;

 

(v)           in connection with any Acquisition permitted hereunder, any Subsidiary may merge into or consolidate with any other Person, so long as the Person

 

94



 

surviving such merger or consolidation shall be a Subsidiary; provided that (x) any such merger or consolidation involving an Obligor must result in an Obligor as the surviving entity, and (y) any such merger or consolidation involving the Borrower must result in the Borrower as the surviving entity;

 

(vi)          any Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) may liquidate or dissolve if the Parent determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of Parent and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders; provided that if such Subsidiary is an Obligor, the entity receiving the assets of such Subsidiary upon such liquidation or dissolution shall also be an Obligor; and

 

(vii)         a Holdco Transaction may be consummated.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, including the foregoing, no sale or other disposition of all or substantially all assets of the Obligors and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be permitted.

 

(b)           The Borrower and each other Obligor will not, and will not permit any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, sell, lease (as lessor or sublessor), sell and leaseback or license (as licensor or sublicensor), exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose to, any Person, in one transaction or a series of transactions any property of the Obligors or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries (including receivables and leasehold interests), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, including, in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary, issuing or selling any shares of such Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests to any Person, except for:

 

(i)            any sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition not constituting an Asset Sale;

 

(ii)           dispositions of assets acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition consummated within 12 months of the date of such Permitted Acquisition is consummated; provided that (v) the consideration for such assets shall be in an amount at least equal to the fair market value thereof, (w) no less 75% of the consideration received shall be in Cash or Cash Equivalents, (x) the assets to be so disposed are not necessary or economically desirable in the reasonable business judgement of the Parent in connection with the business of the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (y) the assets to be so disposed are readily identifiable as assets acquired pursuant to such Permitted Acquisition, and (z) such Obligor or such Restricted Subsidiary shall comply with its obligations, if any, in respect of Asset Sales under Section 2.12; and

 

(iii)          any other sale, lease (as lessor or sublessor), sale and leaseback or license (as licensor or sublicensor), exchange, transfer or otherwise disposition pursuant to this clause (ii) by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, so long as (w) the Net Asset Sale Cash Proceeds of all such Asset Sales since the Effective Date do not exceed $150,000,000, (x) the consideration for such assets shall be in an amount at least equal to the fair market value thereof, (y) no less than 75% of the consideration received shall be in Cash or Cash Equivalents, and (z) the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary shall comply with its obligations, if any, in respect of Asset Sales under Section 2.12.

 

95



 

(c)           The Borrower and each other Obligor will not, and will not permit any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any business other than the type conducted by the Obligors and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries on the Effective Date or businesses reasonably related or complementary thereto.

 

Section 6.04.         Restricted Payments . The Borrower and each other Obligor will not, and will permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, declare, make, order, pay any sum for, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment except for:

 

(a)           in the case of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, the declaration and payment of dividends or other distributions to its equity holders, so long as any such dividends or other distributions to the Obligors and other Restricted Subsidiaries that are equity holders are at least pro rata to the relevant portion of equity held by such Obligor and such other Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(b)           in the case of the Parent and any of its Subsidiaries, the declaration and payment of dividends or other distributions payable solely in its Equity Interests;

 

(c)           after the issuance by the Parent of its Equity Interests in connection with an IPO, Restricted Payments by the Parent to holders of its Equity Interests in an amount not exceeding 6% per annum of the net proceeds received in such IPO; provided that immediately prior to, and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

 

(d)           Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount pursuant to this clause (d) not in excess of the Available Amount; provided that (i)  immediately prior to, and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and (ii) immediately after giving effect thereto, the Total Net Leverage Ratio determined on a Pro Forma Basis, does not exceed 2.50:1.00;

 

(e)           the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Parent, the other Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent and other holders of its equity securities, provided that the portion of any Restricted Payments paid to holders of its equity securities other than the Obligors and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries is not greater than the percentage of equity securities of such Obligor or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, owned by such other Persons;

 

(f)            the Parent may (i) repurchase Equity Interests upon the exercise of stock options if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options, (ii) make cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares representing insignificant interests in the Parent in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests in the Parent and (iii) “net exercise” or “net share settle” warrants or options; provided that the aggregate principal amount of all such Restricted Payments permitted by this clause (f) shall not exceed (x) $15,000,000 in any Fiscal Year prior to an IPO or (y) 5% of the total market capitalization of the Parent following an IPO;

 

96



 

(g)           The Parent may repurchase its Equity Interests owned by employees of the Obligors or their respective Subsidiaries or make payments to employees of the Obligors or their respective Subsidiaries upon termination of employment in connection with the exercise of stock options, stock appreciation rights or similar equity incentives or equity based incentives pursuant to management incentive plans or in connection with the death or disability of such employees in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 in any Fiscal Year and $30,000,000 in the aggregate since the Effective Date;

 

(h)           so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or be caused thereby, other Restricted Payments not permitted by the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.04 in an aggregate amount not to exceed $7,5000,000 in any Fiscal Year; provided that, to the extent the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made during any Fiscal Year pursuant to this clause (h) is less than $7,500,000, an amount equal to (i) $7,500,000, minus (ii) the amount of Restricted Payments made in such Fiscal Year in reliance on this clause (g) (such amount, the “ Carry-Forward Amount ”) may be carried forward into the immediately succeeding Fiscal Year; provided , however , that (i) no Carry-Forward Amount may be carried-forward beyond the Fiscal Year immediately following the Fiscal Year in which it arose; and (ii) any Restricted Payments made in a Fiscal Year with respect to which any Carry-Forward Amount is available shall be counted against such Carry-Forward Amount prior to the use of the amount otherwise permitted pursuant to this clause (h) with respect to such Fiscal Year;

 

(i)            so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or be caused thereby, other Restricted Payments not permitted by the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.04 in an aggregate amount not to exceed $30,000,000; and

 

(j)            so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or be caused thereby, other Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted by this Section 6.04, so long as, immediately after giving effect thereto, the Total Net Leverage Ratio determined on a Pro Forma Basis, does not exceed 2.00:1.00.

 

Section 6.05.         Transactions with Affiliates . The Borrower and each other Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates except:

 

(a)           any such transaction on terms and conditions not less favorable to such Obligor or such Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties; provided that after an IPO, any such transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value exceeding $25,000,000 shall be approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors;

 

(b)           payment of reasonable directors’ fees, customary out-of-pocket expense reimbursement, indemnities (including the provision of directors and officers insurance) and compensation arrangements for members of the board of directors, officers or other employees of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(c)           transactions between or among Obligors;

 

97



 

(d)           transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods and services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise not prohibited hereby;

 

(e)           Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.04 and Investments permitted by Section 6.06;

 

(f)            following an IPO, the distribution or dividend of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests permitted by Section 6.01(s)) of the Parent to the management of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries; and

 

(g)           any other transactions involving payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000 at any time.

 

Section 6.06.         Investments . The Borrower and each other Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make or own any Investment in any Person, including any Joint Venture, except:

 

(a)           Investments existing on the date hereof or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the date hereof and, except in the case of Investments by the Obligors and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries in their respective Subsidiaries, set forth on Section 6.06 of the Borrower Disclosure Letter;

 

(b)           Investments in any Subsidiary Guarantor or Additional Borrower and, in the case of Holdings, following the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, the Company;

 

(c)           Investments in Joint Ventures, Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors; provided that the aggregate amount for all Investments under this clause (c), plus the aggregate amount of sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions pursuant to Section 6.03(a)(iii) and the aggregate amount of Acquisition Consideration paid pursuant to clause (vi) of the definition “Permitted Acquisition”, shall not exceed $40,000,000;

 

(d)           payroll, travel and similar advances to directors and employees of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances to be treated as expenses of such Obligor or such Subsidiary for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

 

(e)           loans or advances to directors and employees of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries made in the ordinary course of business; provided that the aggregate amount of such loans and advances outstanding at any time shall not exceed $500,000;

 

(f)            Permitted Acquisitions; provided that the total Acquisition Consideration (other than any Acquisition Consideration paid by issuance or exchange of Equity Interests, or with the net proceeds from a substantially concurrent sale of Equity Interests) paid in connection with all Permitted Acquisitions occurring on or after the Effective Date shall not exceed, from the date of this Agreement, an amount equal to $100,000,000;

 

98



 

(g)           Investments in an aggregate amount pursuant to this clause (g) not to exceed the Available Amount; provided that immediately prior to, and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

 

(h)           (i) in the event that any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries forms any Subsidiary in accordance with the terms hereof, Investments consisting of the Equity Interests issued by such Person to such Obligor or such Subsidiary; and (ii) Investments consisting of any additional Equity Interests issued by a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of a Person to such Person;

 

(i)            non-cash loans and advances to employees, officers, and directors of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries for the purpose of purchasing Equity Interests in the Parent so long as the proceeds of such loans are used in their entirety to purchase such Equity Interests in the Parent;

 

(j)            Investments acquired in connection with the settlement of delinquent accounts in the ordinary course of business or in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers or customers;

 

(k)           Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements of negotiable instruments for collection or deposit;

 

(l)            Investments consisting of Guarantees or other contingent obligations permitted under Section 6.01;

 

(m)          Investments which are required by law to maintain a minimum net capital requirement or as may be otherwise required by applicable law;

 

(n)           extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;

 

(o)           the Specified Acquisition; and

 

(p)           Investments not otherwise permitted by the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.06 in an aggregate amount in an aggregate amount for all such Investments under this clause (p) not to exceed $35,000,000 at any time outstanding.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Borrower and each other Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, allow or cause any Domestic Subsidiary to be a subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary (other than any Domestic Subsidiary that is an existing subsidiary of an acquired Foreign Subsidiary at the time of the Permitted Acquisition).

 

Section 6.07.         Restrictive Agreements . The Borrower and each other Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets to secure the Obligations or (b) the ability of (i) any Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to any Obligor or any other Restricted

 

99



 

Subsidiary, (ii) on and after the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, Holdings to repay loans or advances to the Borrower or (iii) any Obligor or any other Restricted Subsidiary to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Obligor under the Loan Documents (other than Indebtedness with respect to which such Person is the primary obligor); provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by law or by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to prohibitions, restrictions and conditions existing on the date hereof identified on Section 6.07 of the Borrower Disclosure Letter (and any amendments or modifications thereof that do not materially expand the scope of any such prohibition, restriction or condition), (iii) the foregoing shall not apply to customary prohibitions, restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) or assets of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries pending such sale; provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary or assets to be sold and such sale is not prohibited hereunder, (iv) the foregoing shall not apply to any agreement, prohibition, or restriction or condition in effect at the time any Restricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such agreement was not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (and any amendments or modifications thereof that do not materially expand the scope of any such prohibition restriction or condition), (v) the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to Joint Ventures, (vi) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to purchase money Indebtedness or Capital Lease Obligations permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (vii) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in leases, licenses, sub-leases and sub-licenses and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof, (viii) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions set forth in any agreement governing Indebtedness not prohibited by Section 6.01; provided that such restrictions and conditions are customary for such Indebtedness and are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than the comparable restrictions and provisions in the Loan Documents; provided , further , that such restrictions and prohibitions do not prohibit the Obligations from being equally and ratably secured as required by this Agreement (or secured on a senior basis) on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (ix) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions on cash or other deposits (including escrowed funds) imposed under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business or restrictions imposed by the terms of a Lien permitted under Section 6.02 on the property subject to such Lien and (x) the foregoing shall not apply to any consents or approvals required by the Organizational Documents (as defined in the Security Agreement) of the Parent or any stockholder’s or investor’s rights or similar agreements of the Parent.

 

Section 6.08.         Use of Proceeds .  The Borrower will not request any Borrowing, and the Obligors shall not use, and shall procure that their respective Subsidiaries and its and their respective directors and senior officers shall not use, the proceeds of any Loan or issuance of any Letter of Credit (a) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of the FCPA or any applicable Anti-Corruption Laws or Anti-Terrorism Laws, (b) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Person, or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding, financing or facilitating, is, or whose government is, a Sanctioned Person or Sanctioned Entity or (c) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.

 

100


 

ARTICLE 7
[RESERVED]

 

ARTICLE 8
GUARANTY

 

Section 8.01.         Guaranty of the Obligations . The Guarantors jointly and severally hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guaranty to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Beneficiaries the due and punctual payment in full of all Obligations (other than, in the case of any Guarantor, any such Obligations with respect to which such Person is the primary obligor) when the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of any automatic stay or similar provision of any Debtor Relief Law) (collectively, the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”).

 

Section 8.02.         Payment by Guarantors . The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree, in furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Beneficiary may have at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, that upon the failure of the Borrower to pay any of the Guaranteed Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of any automatic stay or similar provision of any Debtor Relief Law), Guarantors will upon demand pay, or cause to be paid, in Cash, to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of Beneficiaries, an amount equal to the sum of the unpaid principal amount of all Guaranteed Obligations then due as aforesaid, accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (including interest which, but for the Borrower’s becoming the subject of a case under any Debtor Relief Law, would have accrued on such Guaranteed Obligations, whether or not a claim is allowed against the Borrower for such interest in the related bankruptcy case) and all other Guaranteed Obligations then owed to Beneficiaries as aforesaid.

 

Section 8.03.         Liability of Guarantors Absolute . Each Guarantor agrees that its obligations hereunder are irrevocable, absolute, independent and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance that constitutes a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor or surety other than payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, each Guarantor agrees as follows:

 

(a)           this Guaranty is a guaranty of payment when due and not of collectability and this Guaranty is a primary obligation of each Guarantor and not merely a contract of surety;

 

(b)           the Administrative Agent may enforce this Guaranty during the continuation of an Event of Default notwithstanding the existence of any dispute between the Borrower and any Beneficiary with respect to the existence of such Event of Default;

 

(c)           the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Borrower and the obligations of any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor), and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against such Guarantor whether or not

 

101



 

any action is brought against the Borrower or any of such other guarantors and whether or not the Borrower is joined in any such action or actions;

 

(d)           payment by any Guarantor of a portion, but not all, of the Guaranteed Obligations shall in no way limit, affect, modify or abridge any Guarantor’s liability for any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations which has not been paid. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Administrative Agent is awarded a judgment in any suit brought to enforce any Guarantor’s covenant to pay a portion of the Guaranteed Obligations, such judgment shall not be deemed to release such Guarantor from its covenant to pay the portion of the Guaranteed Obligations that is not the subject of such suit, and such judgment shall not, except to the extent satisfied by such Guarantor, limit, affect, modify or abridge any other Guarantor’s liability hereunder in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations;

 

(e)           any Beneficiary, upon such terms as it deems appropriate under the relevant Loan Document, without notice or demand and without affecting the validity or enforceability hereof or giving rise to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination of any Guarantor’s liability hereunder, from time to time may (i) renew, extend, accelerate, increase the rate of interest on, or otherwise change the time, place, manner or terms of payment of the Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) settle, compromise, release or discharge, or accept or refuse any offer of performance with respect to, or substitutions for, the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement relating thereto and/or subordinate the payment of the same to the payment of any other obligations; (iii) request and accept other guaranties of the Guaranteed Obligations and take and hold security for the payment hereof or the Guaranteed Obligations; (iv) release, surrender, exchange, substitute, compromise, settle, rescind, waive, alter, subordinate or modify, with or without consideration, any security for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, any other guaranties of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any other obligation of any Person (including any other Guarantor) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations; (v) enforce and apply any security now or hereafter held by or for the benefit of such Beneficiary in respect hereof or the Guaranteed Obligations and direct the order or manner of sale thereof, or exercise any other right or remedy that such Beneficiary may have against any such security, in each case as such Beneficiary in its discretion may determine consistent herewith and any applicable security agreement, including foreclosure on any such security pursuant to one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, whether or not every aspect of any such sale is commercially reasonable, and even though such action operates to impair or extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of any Guarantor against any other Obligor or any security for the Guaranteed Obligations; and (vi) exercise any other rights available to it under the Loan Documents; and

 

(f)            this Guaranty and the obligations of Guarantors hereunder shall be valid and enforceable and shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination for any reason (other than payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made and the cancellation or expiration or Cash Collateralization of all Letters of Credit in the Agreed L/C Cash Collateral Amount on terms reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank (or other credit support satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank has been provided))), including the occurrence of any of the following, whether or not any Guarantor shall have had notice or knowledge of any of them: (i) any failure or omission to assert or enforce or agreement or election not to assert or

 

102



 

enforce, or the stay or enjoining, by order of court, by operation of law or otherwise, of the exercise or enforcement of, any claim or demand or any right, power or remedy (whether arising under the Loan Documents, at law, in equity or otherwise) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement relating thereto, or with respect to any other guaranty of or security for the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any consent to departure from, any of the terms or provisions (including provisions relating to events of default) hereof, any of the other Loan Documents or any agreement or instrument executed pursuant thereto, or of any other guaranty or security for the Guaranteed Obligations, in each case whether or not in accordance with the terms hereof or such Loan Document or any agreement relating to such other guaranty or security; (iii) the Guaranteed Obligations, or any agreement relating thereto, at any time being found to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect; (iv) the application of payments received from any source (other than payments received pursuant to the other Loan Documents or from the proceeds of any security for the Guaranteed Obligations, except to the extent such security also serves as collateral for indebtedness other than the Guaranteed Obligations) to the payment of indebtedness other than the Guaranteed Obligations, even though any Beneficiary might have elected to apply such payment to any part or all of the Guaranteed Obligations; (v) any Beneficiary’s consent to the change, reorganization or termination of the corporate structure or existence of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and to any corresponding restructuring of the Guaranteed Obligations; (vi) any failure to perfect or continue perfection of a security interest in any collateral which secures any of the Guaranteed Obligations; (vii) any defenses, set offs or counterclaims which the Borrower may allege or assert against any Beneficiary in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, including failure of consideration, breach of warranty, payment, statute of frauds, statute of limitations, accord and satisfaction and usury; and (viii) any other act or thing or omission, or delay to do any other act or thing, which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor as an obligor in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Guarantor under this Agreement shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render its obligations under this Agreement subject to avoidance as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance under applicable law.

 

Section 8.04.         Waivers by Guarantors . Each Guarantor hereby waives, for the benefit of Beneficiaries: (a) any right to require any Beneficiary, as a condition of payment or performance by such Guarantor, to (i) proceed against the Borrower, any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held from the Borrower, any such other guarantor or any other Person, (iii) proceed against or have resort to any balance of any Deposit Account or credit on the books of any Beneficiary in favor of any Obligor or any other Person, or (iv) pursue any other remedy in the power of any Beneficiary whatsoever; (b) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of the Borrower or any other Guarantor including any defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of the Borrower or any other Guarantor from any cause other than payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made and the cancellation or expiration or Cash Collateralization of all Letters of Credit in the Agreed L/C Cash Collateral Amount on terms reasonably satisfactory to the applicable

 

103



 

Issuing Bank (or other credit support satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank has been provided)); (c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal; (d) any defense based upon any Beneficiary’s errors or omissions in the administration of the Guaranteed Obligations, except behavior which amounts to bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment); (e) (i) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with the terms hereof and any legal or equitable discharge of such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (ii) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting such Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement hereof, (iii) any rights to set offs, recoupments and counterclaims, (iv) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any Beneficiary protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto, and (v) notices, demands, presentments, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance hereof, notices of default hereunder or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement related thereto, notices of any extension of credit to the Borrower and notices of any of the matters referred to in Section 8.03 and any right to consent to any thereof; and (f) any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms hereof.

 

Section 8.05.         Guarantors’ Rights of Subrogation, Contribution, Etc. Until the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) and the Revolving Commitments shall have terminated and all Letters of Credit shall have expired without being drawn or been cancelled or Cash Collateralized (or other credit support satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank has been provided), each Guarantor hereby waives any claim, right or remedy, direct or indirect, that such Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against the Borrower or any other guarantor (including the Guarantors) or any of its assets in connection with this Guaranty or the performance by such Guarantor of its obligations hereunder, in each case whether such claim, right or remedy arises in equity, under contract, by statute, under common law or otherwise and including (i) any right of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification that such Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against the Borrower or any other guarantor (including the Guarantors) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) any right to enforce, or to participate in, any claim, right or remedy that any Beneficiary now has or may hereafter have against the Borrower or any other guarantor (including the Guarantors), and (iii) any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any collateral or security now or hereafter held by any Beneficiary. In addition, until the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made and the cancellation or expiration or Cash Collateralization of all Letters of Credit in the Agreed L/C Cash Collateral Amount on terms reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank (or other credit support satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank has been provided)) and the Revolving Commitments shall have terminated and all Letters of Credit shall have expired without being drawn or been cancelled or Cash Collateralized in the Agreed L/C Cash Collateral Amount on terms reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank (or other credit support satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank has been provided), each Guarantor shall withhold exercise of any right of contribution such Guarantor may have against any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the Guaranteed Obligations. Each

 

104



 

Guarantor further agrees that, to the extent the waiver or agreement to withhold the exercise of its rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification and contribution as set forth herein is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void or voidable for any reason, any rights of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification such Guarantor may have against the Borrower or against any collateral or security, and any rights of contribution such Guarantor may have against any such other guarantor (including the Guarantors), shall be junior and subordinate to any rights any Beneficiary may have against the Borrower, to all right, title and interest any Beneficiary may have in any such collateral or security, and to any right any Beneficiary may have against such other guarantor. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of any such subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification or contribution rights at any time when all Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held in trust for the Administrative Agent on behalf of Beneficiaries and shall forthwith be paid over to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of Beneficiaries to be credited and applied against the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Section 8.06.         Subordination of Other Obligations . Any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor now or hereafter held by any Guarantor is hereby subordinated in right of payment to the Guaranteed Obligations, and any such Indebtedness collected or received by such Guarantor after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing shall be held in trust for the Administrative Agent on behalf of Beneficiaries and shall forthwith be paid over to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of Beneficiaries to be credited and applied against the Guaranteed Obligations but without affecting, impairing or limiting in any manner the liability of such Guarantor under any other provision hereof.

 

Section 8.07.         Continual Guaranty . This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall remain in effect until all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been paid in full and the Revolving Commitments shall have terminated and all Letters of Credit shall have expired without being drawn or been cancelled or Cash Collateralized in the Agreed L/C Cash Collateral Amount (or other credit support satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank has been provided). Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Guaranty as to future transactions giving rise to any Guaranteed Obligations.

 

Section 8.08.         Authority of Guarantors or the Borrower . It is not necessary for any Beneficiary to inquire into the capacity or powers of any Guarantor or the Borrower or the officers, directors or any agents acting or purporting to act on behalf of any of them.

 

Section 8.09.         Financial Condition of the Borrower . Any Credit Extension may be made to the Borrower or continued from time to time without notice to or authorization from any Guarantor regardless of the financial or other condition of the Borrower at the time of any such grant or continuation, as the case may be. No Beneficiary shall have any obligation to disclose or discuss with any Guarantor its assessment, or any Guarantor’s assessment, of the financial condition of the Borrower. Each Guarantor has adequate means to obtain information from the Borrower on a continuing basis concerning the financial condition of the Borrower and its ability to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, and each Guarantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping informed of the financial condition of the Borrower and of all circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations. Each

 

105



 

Guarantor hereby waives and relinquishes any duty on the part of any Beneficiary to disclose any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, operations or conditions of the Borrower now known or hereafter known by any Beneficiary.

 

Section 8.10.         Bankruptcy, Etc.

 

(a)           So long as any Guaranteed Obligations remain outstanding, no Guarantor shall, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent acting pursuant to the instructions of Required Lenders, commence or join with any other Person in commencing any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency case or proceeding of or against the Borrower or any Guarantor. The obligations of Guarantors hereunder shall not be reduced, limited, impaired, discharged, deferred, suspended or terminated by any case or proceeding, voluntary or involuntary, involving the bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization, liquidation or arrangement of the Borrower or any other Guarantor or by any defense which the Borrower or any other Guarantor may have by reason of the order, decree or decision of any court or administrative body resulting from any such proceeding.

 

(b)           Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that any interest on any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations which accrues after the commencement of any case or proceeding referred to in Section 8.10(a) above (or, if interest on any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations ceases to accrue by operation of law by reason of the commencement of such case or proceeding, such interest as would have accrued on such portion of the Guaranteed Obligations if such case or proceeding had not been commenced) shall be included in the Guaranteed Obligations because it is the intention of Guarantors and Beneficiaries that the Guaranteed Obligations which are guaranteed by Guarantors pursuant hereto should be determined without regard to any rule of law or order which may relieve the Borrower of any portion of such Guaranteed Obligations. Guarantors will permit any trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person to pay the Administrative Agent, or allow the claim of the Administrative Agent in respect of, any such interest accruing after the date on which such case or proceeding is commenced.

 

(c)           In the event that all or any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations are paid by the Borrower, the obligations of Guarantors hereunder shall continue and remain in full force and effect or be reinstated, as the case may be, in the event that all or any part of such payment(s) are rescinded or recovered directly or indirectly from any Beneficiary as a preference, fraudulent transfer or otherwise, and any such payments which are so rescinded or recovered shall constitute Guaranteed Obligations for all purposes hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 9
EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Section 9.01.         Events of Default . If any of the following events (each, an “ Event of Default ”) shall occur:

 

(a)           the Borrower shall fail to pay (i) any principal of any Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof, the Maturity Date, or at a date

 

106



 

fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise (as applicable) or (ii) when due any amount payable to any Issuing Bank in reimbursement of any drawing under any Letter of Credit;

 

(b)           the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Section 9.01) payable under any of the Loan Documents, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days;

 

(c)           any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Parent or any Subsidiary in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made or, in the case of any such representation or warranty qualified by materiality, incorrect in any respect;

 

(d)           The Borrower or any other Obligor shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.02, Section 5.03, Section 5.09 or in Article 6;

 

(e)           The Borrower or any other Obligor shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any of the Loan Documents (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Section 9.01), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after the earlier of (i) notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower (which notice will be given at the request of any Lender) or (ii) receipt by the Administrative Agent of the notice required to be given by the Borrower pursuant to Section 5.02(a);

 

(f)            The Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary shall (i) fail to pay any principal, interest or other amount, regardless of amount, due in respect of any Material Indebtedness (other than the Obligations), when and as the same shall become due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) beyond any applicable grace period or (ii) after giving effect to any grace period, fail to observe or perform any other term, covenant, condition or agreement contained in any agreement or instrument evidencing or governing any such Material Indebtedness, if the failure referred to in this clause (ii) is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness or a trustee or other representative on its or their behalf (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) to cause, such Material Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity (or in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee in respect of Indebtedness to become payable) or become subject to a mandatory offer purchase by the obligor.

 

(g)           an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Debtor Relief Law or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

 

107


 

(h)           the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (g) of this Section 9.01, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any binding action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

 

(i)            the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

(j)            one or more judgments for the payment of money in excess of $15,000,000 in the aggregate shall be rendered against the Parent, any Restricted Subsidiary or any combination thereof (to the extent not paid or covered by a reputable and solvent independent third-party insurance company which has not disputed coverage) and the same shall remain undischarged or unpaid for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment and such action shall not be stayed;

 

(k)           a Change in Control shall occur;

 

(l)            one or more ERISA Events or Non-U.S. Plan Events shall have occurred, other than as would not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

(m)          at any time after the execution and delivery thereof, (i) the Guaranty for any reason, other than the satisfaction in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made and the cancellation or expiration or Cash Collateralization of all Letters of Credit in the Agreed L/C Cash Collateral Amount on terms reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank (or other credit support reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank has been provided)) shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms) or shall be declared to be null and void or any Guarantor shall repudiate its obligations thereunder, (ii) this Agreement or any Collateral Document ceases to be in full force and effect (other than by reason of a release of Collateral in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof or the satisfaction in full of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made and the cancellation or expiration or Cash Collateralization of all Letters of Credit in the Agreed L/C Cash Collateral Amount on terms reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank (or other credit support reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank has been provided)) in accordance with the terms hereof) or shall be declared null and void, or at any time other than during a Collateral Release Period, Collateral Agent shall not have or shall cease to have a valid and perfected Lien in any material portion of the Collateral purported to be covered by the Collateral Documents with the priority required by the relevant Collateral Document, in each case for any reason other than the failure of Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to take any

 

108



 

action within its control, or (iii) any Obligor shall contest the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document in writing or deny in writing that it has any further liability, including with respect to future advances by the Lenders or Letters of Credit to be issued, under any Loan Document to which it is a party or shall contest in writing the validity or perfection of any Lien in any material portion of the Collateral purported to be covered by the Collateral Documents;

 

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to any Obligor described in clause (g), (h) or (i) of this Section 9.01), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Revolving Commitments and the obligations of the Issuing Banks to issue any Letter of Credit, and thereupon the Revolving Commitments shall terminate immediately, (ii)(A) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower and (B) require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the Letters of Credit in the Agreed L/C Cash Collateral Amount; and in case of any event with respect to the any Obligor described in clause (g), (h) or (i) of this Section 9.01, the Revolving Commitments shall automatically terminate, each Issuing Bank shall have no obligation to issue Letters of Credit hereunder and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower or such Guarantor accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by each Obligor, and (iii) Administrative Agent may cause the Collateral Agent to enforce any and all Liens and security interests created pursuant to the Collateral Documents.

 

Section 9.02.         Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 9.01 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

 

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest but including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Agents and amounts payable pursuant to Sections 2.17 and 2.18) payable to the Agents in their capacity as such;

 

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and fees payable to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders and the Issuing Banks and amounts payable pursuant to Sections 2.17 and 2.18)), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

 

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid fees and interest on the Loans, Letter of Credit Usage and other Obligations, ratably among

 

109



 

the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

 

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal and Letter of Credit Usage, ratably among the Secured Parties, in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

 

Fifth , to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Issuing Banks, to Cash Collateralize that portion of Letter of Credit Usage comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit at the Agreed L/C Cash Collateral Amount; and

 

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

Subject to Section 2.03(c), amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clauses Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit or amounts due on account of such Obligations as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired without being drawn, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above, and thereafter applied as provided in clause “ Last ” above.

 

ARTICLE 10
THE AGENTS

 

Each of the Lenders (including in any Lender’s other capacity hereunder) and each of the Issuing Banks (each of the foregoing referred to as the “Lenders” for purposes of this Article 10) hereby irrevocably appoints Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as each of the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and authorizes each Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to any Agent by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Agent is hereby expressly authorized by the Lenders to (i) execute any and all documents (including any release) with respect to the Collateral, as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document, (ii) negotiate, enforce or settle any claim, action or proceeding affecting the Lenders in their capacity as such, at the discretion of the Required Lenders, which negotiation, enforcement or settlement will be binding upon each Lender and (iii) to approve or disapprove of any transaction described in Section 6.03. Except, in each case, as set forth in the sixth paragraph of this Article 10, the provisions of this Article 10 are solely for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, and the Borrower shall not have rights as a third party beneficiary of any such provisions.

 

The Person serving as the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as an Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the

 

110



 

Parent or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not an Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

 

Neither Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither Agent: (a) shall be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that such Agent is required to exercise in writing as directed by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 11.02 or in the other Loan Documents); provided that such Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law, and (c) shall, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, nor shall it be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as such Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. Neither Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 11.02) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Agents shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to such Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and such Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article 4 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to such Agent.

 

Each Agent and each Arranger shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. Each Agent and each Arranger may also rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. Each Agent and each Arranger may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall

 

111



 

not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

 

Each Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by it. Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of each Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as an Agent.

 

Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Agent as provided in this paragraph, either Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders and the Borrower; provided that in no event shall any such successor Administrative Agent be a Defaulting Lender or a Disqualified Institution. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Parent, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States; so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Parent shall have the right to consent to such successor Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as either Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent (as applicable), and the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent (as applicable) shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Article 10). The fees payable by the Borrower to any successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After an Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article 10 and Section 11.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as an Agent.

 

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon either Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

 

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Arrangers shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents,

 

112



 

except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, an Issuing Bank or a Lender hereunder.

 

Further, each Secured Party hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent:

 

(a)           to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon satisfaction of any conditions to release specified in any Collateral Document, (ii) that is disposed of or to be disposed of as part of or in connection with any disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document to any Person other than an Obligor, (iii) subject to Section 11.02, if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders or such other percentage of Lenders required thereby, (iv) owned by a Guarantor upon release of such Guarantor from its obligations under this Agreement, (v) in accordance with Section 5.13(a) or (vi) as expressly provided in the Collateral Documents;

 

(b)           to release any Guarantor from its obligations hereunder if such Person ceases to be a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder; and

 

(c)           upon request of the Borrower, to take such actions as shall be required to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to the Collateral Agent to the holder of a Lien permitted by Section 6.02 or to enter into any intercreditor agreement with the holder of any such Lien.

 

Upon request by the Collateral Agent at any time, the Required Lenders (or Lenders, as applicable) will confirm in writing the Collateral Agent’s authority to release its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations hereunder pursuant to this paragraph. In each case as specified in this Article 10, the Collateral Agent will, at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Obligor such documents as such Obligor may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted pursuant to the Loan Documents, or to release such Guarantor from its obligations hereunder, in each case in accordance with the terms of this Article 10.

 

Anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lender and each other Secured Party hereby agree that (i) no Secured Party (other than the Collateral Agent) shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce the Guaranty, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof and all powers, rights and remedies under the Collateral Documents may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent and (ii) in the event of a foreclosure by the Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Collateral Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition and the Collateral Agent, as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the

 

113



 

Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by the Collateral Agent at such sale or other disposition.

 

Any such release of Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise shall be deemed subject to the provision that such Guaranteed Obligations shall be reinstated if after such release any portion of any payment in respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

 

ARTICLE 11
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 11.01.      Notices. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, (and subject to paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy (or other electronic image scan transmission (e.g., pdf via email)), as follows:

 

(i)            if to the Borrower or any other Obligor, to the Company at:

 

Blue Apron, LLC
5 Crosby Street
Attention: Brad Dickerson, Chief Financial Officer
Email Address: brad.dickerson@blueapron.com
Telephone No.: 1.888.278.4349

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
101 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10178-0060
Attention: Matthew Edward Schernecke
Email Address: matthew.schernecke@morganlewis.com
Telephone No.: 1.212.309.6135

 

(ii)           if to the Administrative Agent, to it at Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., 1 New York Plaza, 41 st  Floor, New York, New York, 10004, Attention: Agency Team, with a copy to Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Four Times Square, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Stephanie L. Teicher; and

 

(iii)          if to any Lender or Issuing Bank to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

 

114



 

Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in clause (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such clause (b).

 

(b)           Notices and other communications to the Lenders or any Issuing Bank hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article 2 unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender or Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

 

(c)           Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

 

The Borrower and each other Obligor agrees that the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may make the Communications (as defined below) available to the Lenders or the Issuing Banks by posting the Communications on IntraLinks, the Internet or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”). THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE”. The Agent Parties (as defined below) do not warrant the adequacy of the Platform and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the communications effected thereby (the “ Communications ”). No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent Party in connection with the Communications or the Platform. In no event shall the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any of their respective Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) be responsible or liable for damages arising from the unauthorized use by others of information or other materials obtained through internet, electronic, telecommunications or other information transmission, except to the extent that such damages have resulted from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Agent Party (as determined in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction).

 

Section 11.02.      Waivers; Amendments. (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan

 

115



 

Document or consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Obligor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 11.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which it is given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default or Event of Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default or Event of Default at the time.

 

(b)           None of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the other Obligors and the Required Lenders or by the Borrower and the other Obligors and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided , however , that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall: (i) extend or increase the Revolving Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or Letter of Credit or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender or Issuing Bank directly affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Revolving Commitment, or extend the expiration date for any Letter of Credit beyond the Maturity Date, without the written consent of each Lender or Issuing Bank directly affected thereby; provided , however , that notwithstanding clause (ii) or (iii) of this Section 11.02(b), (x) only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the default rate set forth in Section 2.08 and (y)  any waiver of a Default or any modification of the definition of “Total Net Leverage Ratio” or any component thereof shall not constitute a reduction of interest for this purpose, (iv) change Section 2.19(a), Section 2.19(b), or any other Section hereof providing for the ratable treatment of the Lenders or change the definition of “Pro Rata Share”, in each case in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) release all or substantially all of the value of any Guaranty, or the Collateral without the written consent of each Lender and each Issuing Bank, except to the extent the release of any Guarantor or Collateral is permitted pursuant to Section 5.13(a), Article 10 or Section 11.17 (in which case such release may be made by the Collateral Agent and/or the Administrative Agent acting alone), (vi) change any of the provisions of this Section or the percentage referred to in the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender, (vii) waive any condition set forth in Section 4.01 (other than as it relates to the payment of fees and expenses of counsel), or, in the case of any Loans made or Letters of Credit issued on the Effective Date, Section 4.02, without the written consent of each Lender and each Issuing Bank (as applicable) and (viii) affect the rights or duties of an Issuing Bank hereunder without the prior written consent of such Issuing Bank.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (i) no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, (ii) no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender

 

116



 

may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Revolving Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender more adversely than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender and (iii) this Agreement may be amended to provide for a New Revolving Loan Commitment in the manner contemplated by Section 2.23 without the consent of the Required Lenders.

 

Section 11.03.      Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .

 

(a)           The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the Arrangers in connection with the syndication of the Loans and with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and any security arrangements in connection therewith and any amendment, waiver or other modification (including proposed amendments, waivers or other modifications) with respect thereto (including reasonable fees, out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements of outside counsel (limited to one outside counsel per applicable jurisdiction and, in the case of a conflict of interest where the Person affected by such conflict informs the Borrower of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, of another outside counsel per applicable jurisdiction for such affected Person)) for the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders, taken as a whole; provided that the Borrower’s obligations under this clause (i), solely with respect to the preparation, execution and delivery of the Loan Documents on the Effective Date, shall be subject to the limitations provided for in the Engagement Letter and (ii)  all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders (including reasonable fees, out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements of outside counsel (limited to one outside counsel per applicable jurisdiction and, in the case of a conflict of interest where the Person affected by such conflict informs the Borrower of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, of another outside counsel per applicable jurisdiction for such affected Person)) in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including its rights under this Section 11.03, or in connection with the Loans made hereunder, including all such reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans.

 

(b)           The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, Arrangers, the Collateral Agent, each Issuing Bank and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, reasonable out-of-pocket costs or expenses, including the reasonable legal fees and expense of any outside counsel (limited to one outside counsel per applicable local jurisdiction and, in the case of an actual or potential conflict of interest where the Person affected by such conflict informs the Borrower of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, of another outside counsel per applicable jurisdiction for such affected Person) for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower or any other Obligor arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective

 

117



 

obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) any Loan or the use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Obligors or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Obligors or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (and regardless of whether such matter is initiated by a third party or the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower); provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available (w) with respect to Taxes (and amounts relating thereto) (other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim), the indemnification for which shall be governed solely and exclusively by Section 2.18, (x) with respect to such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or reasonable and documented expenses that are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee and (y) resulting from any dispute between and among Indemnitees, that does not involve an act or omission by the Obligors or their respective Subsidiaries (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable decision) (other than any proceeding against the Agents, the Issuing Banks or the Arrangers or any other Person acting as an agent or arranger with respect to the revolving credit facility provided hereunder, in each case, acting in such capacity).

 

(c)           To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 11.03, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, in its capacity as such.

 

(d)           Without limiting in any way the indemnification obligations of the Borrower pursuant to Section 11.03(b) or of the Lenders pursuant to Section 11.03(c), to the extent permitted by applicable law, each party hereto shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions or any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

118


 

(e)            All amounts due under this Section 11.03 shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor.

 

Section 11.04.       Successors and Assigns .

 

(a)            The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) neither the Borrower, nor, on and after the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, Holdings may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each Issuing Bank (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower or Holdings without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 11.04. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby), Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section 11.04) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

(b)            (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b) (ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (but not to any Obligor, any Subsidiary or an Affiliate thereof or any Disqualified Institution or any natural person) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Revolving Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

 

(1)                                        the Company; provided that no consent of the Company shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund immediately prior to such assignment or, if an Event of Default under Section 9.01(a), (b), (g), (h) or (i) has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee; provided, further that the Company shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten (10) days after having received notice thereof;

 

(2)                                        the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment to any Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; and

 

(3)                                        the Issuing Banks; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment to any Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.

 

(ii)            Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

 

(1)                                        except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Revolving Commitment or Loans, the amount of the Revolving Commitment or

 

119



 

Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $1,000,000 (or a greater amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000) unless each of the Company and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent; provided that no such consent of the Company shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

(2)                                        each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement;

 

(3)                                        unless otherwise agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500;

 

(4)                                        the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower and its Related Parties or its securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws;

 

(5)                                        no such assignment shall be made to (1) any Obligor nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate of a Obligor, (2) any Defaulting Lender or any of its subsidiaries, or (3) any Person, who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (5); and

 

(6)                                        in connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Company and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

 

120



 

For the purposes of this Section 11.04, the term “ Approved Fund ” has the following meaning:

 

Approved Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

 

(iii)           Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section 11.04, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.16, Section 2.17, Section 2.18 and Section 11.03); provided that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 11.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section 11.04.

 

(iv)           The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a Register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Revolving Commitment of, and amounts on the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive (absent manifest error), and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities of whatsoever nature which may be imposed on, asserted against or incurred by the Administrative Agent in performing its duties under this Section 11.04(b)(iv), except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent. The Loans (including principal and interest) are registered obligations and the right, title, and interest of any Lender or its assigns in and to such Loans shall be transferable only upon notation of such transfer in the Register. In no event shall the Administrative Agent be obligated to

 

121



 

ascertain, inquire into or monitor as to whether any Lender or prospective assignee is a Disqualified Institution or enforce compliance with the provisions hereof relating to Disqualified Institutions.

 

(v)            Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b)(ii)(C) of this Section 11.04 and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b)(i) of this Section 11.04, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning Lender or the assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.14(g), Section 2.19(c) or Section 11.03(c), the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

 

(c)            (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or any other Obligor, the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (but not to the Parent, any Subsidiary or an Affiliate thereof or any natural person) (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Revolving Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Banks and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 11.02(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (c) (ii) of this Section 11.04, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.16, Section 2.17 ( provided that it complies with the obligations contained therein) and Section 2.18 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 11.04. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.08 as though it were a Lender; provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.19(b) as though it were a Lender.

 

(ii)            A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.17 or Section 2.18 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation.

 

122



 

(iii)           Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

 

(d)            Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or Central Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

(e)            (i)  No assignment shall be made to any Person that was a Disqualified Institution as of the date (the “ Trade Date ”) on which the assigning Lender entered into a binding agreement to sell and assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to such Person (unless the Company has consented to such assignment in writing in its sole and absolute discretion, in which case such Person will not be considered a Disqualified Institution for the purpose of such assignment).  For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any assignee that becomes a Disqualified Institution after the applicable Trade Date (including as a result of the delivery of a notice pursuant to, and/or the expiration of the notice period referred to in, the definition of “Disqualified Institution”), (x) such assignee shall not retroactively be disqualified from becoming a Lender, and (y) the execution by the Company of an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignee will not by itself result in such assignee no longer being considered a Disqualified Institution. Any assignment in violation of this clause (e)(i) shall not be void, but the other provisions of this clause (e) shall apply.

 

(f)             If any assignment is made to any Disqualified Institution without the Company’s prior written consent in violation of clause (e)(i) above, or if any Person becomes a Disqualified Institution after the applicable Trade Date, the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to the applicable Disqualified Institution and the Administrative Agent, terminate any Revolving Commitment of such Disqualified Institution and repay all obligations of the Borrower owing to such Disqualified Institution in connection with such Revolving Commitment.

 

123



 

(g)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Disqualified Institutions (i) will not (x) have the right to receive information, reports or other materials provided to Lenders by the Obligors, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, (y) attend or participate in meetings attended by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, or (z) access any electronic site established for the Lenders or confidential communications from counsel to or financial advisors of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders and (ii) (x) for purposes of any consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of, or any action under, and for the purpose of any direction to the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, each Disqualified Institution will be deemed to have consented in the same proportion as the Lenders that are not Disqualified Institutions consented to such matter, and (y) for purposes of voting on any Plan, each Disqualified Institution party hereto hereby agrees (1) not to vote on such Plan, (2) if such Disqualified Institution does vote on such Plan notwithstanding the restriction in the foregoing clause (1), such vote will be deemed not to be in good faith and shall be “designated” pursuant to Section 1126(e) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision in any other Debtor Relief Laws), and such vote shall not be counted in determining whether the applicable class has accepted or rejected such Plan in accordance with Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision in any other Debtor Relief Laws) and (3) not to contest any request by any party for a determination by the Bankruptcy Court (or other applicable court of competent jurisdiction) effectuating the foregoing clause (2).

 

(h)            The Administrative Agent shall have the right, and the Borrower hereby expressly authorizes the Administrative Agent, to (i) post the list of Disqualified Institutions provided by the Borrower and any updates thereto from time to time (collectively, the “ DQ List ”) on the Platform, including that portion of the Platform that is designated for “public side” Lenders and/or (ii) provide the DQ List to each Lender requesting the same.

 

Section 11.05.       Survival . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any Loans, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid and so long as the Revolving Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Section 2.16, Section 2.17, Section 2.18 and Section 11.03 and Article 10 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Revolving Commitments or the Letters of Credit, the resignation of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, the replacement of any Issuing Bank, any Lender, or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

Section 11.06.       Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which

 

124



 

shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or other electronic image scan transmission (e.g., pdf via email) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

Section 11.07.       Severability . Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.07, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

 

Section 11.08.       Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower and each other Obligor against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower and each other Obligor now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.22 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender under this Section 11.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have. Each Lender agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

 

125



 

Section 11.09.       Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .

 

(a)            THIS AGREEMENT ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE UNDER, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT (AT LAW OR IN EQUITY), TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW RULES THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF A DIFFERENT GOVERNING LAW.

 

(b)            THE BORROWER AND EACH OTHER OBLIGOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE OR, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY ISSUING BANK OR ANY LENDER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST THE BORROWER OR ANY OTHER OBLIGOR OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION. THE BORROWER AND EACH OTHER OBLIGOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY LEGALLY AND EFFECTIVELY DO SO, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION 11.09(B). EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

 

(c)            EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11.01. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

 

Section 11.10.       WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER

 

126



 

BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 11.10.

 

Section 11.11.       Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

 

Section 11.12.       Confidentiality .

 

(a)            Each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below) and to not use the Information for any purpose except in connection with the Loan Documents, or other services provided to the Obligors or their Subsidiaries except that Information may be disclosed (i) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, legal counsel, independent auditors, professionals and other experts, agent or advisors, or to any credit insurance provider relating to the Borrower and its obligations, in each case whom it reasonably determines needs to know such information in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and advised of their obligation to keep such Information confidential), (ii) pursuant to the order of any court or administrative agency or in any pending legal, judicial or administrative proceeding, or otherwise as required by applicable law or compulsory legal process or to the extent requested or required by governmental and/or regulatory authorities, in each case based on the reasonable advice of their legal counsel (in which case the Administrative Agent and/or the Lenders, as applicable, agree (except with respect to any audit or examination conducted by bank accountants or any governmental bank regulatory authority exercising examination or regulatory authority or in cases where any governmental and/or regulatory authority had requested otherwise), to the extent practicable and not prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation, to inform the Borrower promptly thereof prior to disclosure), (iii) upon the request or demand of any regulatory authority having or purporting to have jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent or the Lenders or any of their respective affiliates (in which case the Administrative Agent and/or the Lenders agree, as applicable, to the extent practicable and not prohibited by applicable law, to inform the Borrower promptly thereof prior to disclosure (except with respect to any audit or examination conducted by bank accountants or any governmental bank regulatory authority exercising examination or regulatory authority or in cases where any governmental and/or regulatory authority had requested otherwise)), (iv) to any other party to this Agreement, (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (vi) to the extent that such information is received by the Administrative Agent or any Lender from a third party that is not, to the Administrative Agent’s or such Lender’s knowledge, as applicable, subject to contractual or fiduciary confidentiality obligations owing to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, (vii) to the extent that such information is independently developed by the Administrative Agent

 

127



 

or any Lender without use of the Information, (viii) to any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (B) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations; provided that the disclosure of any such information to any assignee or prospective assignee or Participants or prospective Participants shall be made subject to the acknowledgment and acceptance by such assignee or prospective assignee or Participant or prospective Participant that the Information is being disseminated on a confidential basis (on substantially the terms set forth in this Section 11.12 or other provisions that are at least as restricted as this Section 11.12 or as is otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, including, without limitation, in accordance with customary market standards for dissemination of such type of information), (ix) with the written consent of the Borrower, or (x) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 11.12. For the purposes of this Section 11.12, “ Information ” means all written information received from the Borrower, relating to the Borrower or its business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 11.12 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information, but not less than a reasonable degree of care.  In addition, the Agents and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry and service providers to the Agents and the Lenders in connection with the administration of this Agreement and the Revolving Commitments.

 

(b)            EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 11.12(a) FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING THE BORROWER AND ITS RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

(c)            ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS, FURNISHED BY THE BORROWER OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT THE BORROWER AND ITS RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER AND EACH ISSUING BANK REPRESENTS TO THE BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW.

 

128


 

Section 11.13.      Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

 

Section 11.14.      No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility .

 

(a)           In connection with all aspects of each Transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Obligors acknowledge and agree, and acknowledge their respective Subsidiaries’ understanding, that: (a) (i) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Obligors and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Arrangers, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders, on the other hand, (ii) the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (iii) the Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the Transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (b) (i) each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Arrangers, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, or any other Person and (ii) none of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Arranger, the Issuing Banks nor any Lender has any obligation to any Obligor or any of its Affiliates with respect to the Transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (c) the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Arrangers, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Obligors and their respective Affiliates, and none of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Arranger, the Issuing Banks nor any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to any Obligor or its Affiliates. Each of the Borrower and other Obligors agrees that it will not claim that any of the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Issuing Banks, the Lenders and their respective affiliates has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect or owes a fiduciary duty or similar duty to it in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

 

(b)           The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible or have any liability for, or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into or monitor as to whether any Participant, Lender or prospective assignee or Participant is a Disqualified Institution or enforce compliance with the

 

129



 

provisions hereof relating to Disqualified Institutions. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not (x) be obligated to ascertain, inquire into or monitor as to whether any Participant, Lender or prospective assignee or Participant is a Disqualified Institution or enforce compliance with the provisions hereof relating to Disqualified Institutions or (y) have any liability with respect to or arising out of any assignment or participation of Loans, or disclosure of confidential information, to any Disqualified Institution.

 

Section 11.15.      Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

Section 11.16.      USA PATRIOT Act . Each Issuing Bank and each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower and each other Obligor, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and each other Obligor and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower and each other Obligor in accordance with the USA Patriot Act. The Borrower shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act.

 

Section 11.17.      Release of Guarantors. In the event that all the Equity Interests in any Guarantor are sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of to a Person that is not, and is not required to become, an Obligor, in a transaction permitted under this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall, at the Borrower’s expense, promptly take such action and execute such documents as the Borrower may reasonably request to terminate the guarantee of such Guarantor.

 

Section 11.18.      Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

 

130



 

(a)           the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

 

(b)           the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

 

(i)            a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

 

(ii)           a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

 

the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

 

131



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

BLUE APRON, INC.,

 

as the Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brad Dickerson

 

 

Name:

Brad Dickerson

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

 

as Administrative Agent, as Collateral Agent, as Issuing Bank and as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Earls

 

 

Name:

Andrew Earls

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A.,

 

as a Lender and Issuing Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bill Allen

 

 

Name:

Bill Allen

 

 

Title:

SVP/Team Leader

 

 

 

 

 

JP MORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

 

as a Lender and Issuing Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lauren Baker

 

 

Name:

Lauren Baker

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

SUNTRUST BANK,

 

as a Lender and Issuing Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Nicholas Hahn

 

 

Name:

Nicholas Hahn

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

 

This Assignment and Assumption (the “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [NAME OF ASSIGNOR] (the “ Assignor ”) and [NAME OF ASSIGNEE] (the “ Assignee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement identified below (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, and/or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex I attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

 

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the revolving facility identified below (including without limitation any Letters of Credit and Guarantees included therein) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the Transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1.

Assignor:

 

 

 

 

[Assignor [is] [is not] a Defaulting Lender]

 

 

 

 

 

2.

Assignee:

 

 

 

 

[and is an Affiliate of [identify Lender]]

 

 

 

 

 

3.

Borrower:

Blue Apron, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”)

 

 

 

4.

Administrative Agent: Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement

 

 

 

5.

Credit Agreement: Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2016, among the Company, the other Obligors party thereto from time to time, the

 

A- 2



 

 

Lenders and Issuing Banks party thereto, the Administrative Agent and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as the Collateral Agent.

 

 

6.

Assigned Interest:

 

Facility Assigned

 

Aggregate Amount of
Revolving
Commitment/Loans for all
Lenders

 

Amount of Revolving
Commitment/Loans
Assigned

 

Percentage Assigned of
Commitment/Loans(1)

 

Revolving Commitment/Loans

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

%

 

Effective Date:    , 20 [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

 

The Assignee agrees to deliver to the Administrative Agent a completed Administrative Questionnaire in which the Assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the Assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws.

 

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

 

 

ASSIGNOR

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 


(1)          Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Revolving Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.

 

A- 3



 

 

Consented to and Accepted:

 

 

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., AS

 

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF ISSUING BANK], AS ISSUING BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

[Consented to:

 

 

 

 

 

BLUE APRON, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:](2)

 


(2)          To be added only if the consent of the Company is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

A- 4


 

ANNEX I

 

BLUE APRON, INC. CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

Standard Terms and Conditions for
Assignment and Assumption

 

1. Representations and Warranties.

 

1.1 Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim, (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and (iv) it is [not] a Defaulting Lender; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Obligors, any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

 

1.2. Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements to be an assignee under Section 11.04 of the Credit Agreement (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required thereunder), if any, specified in the Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received and/or had the opportunity to review a copy of the Credit Agreement to the extent it has in its sole discretion deemed necessary, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to (or referenced to in) Section 3.04(a) and/or Section 5.01(a) and 5.01(b) thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has in its sole discretion deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and (vi) attached to this Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; (b) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents; (c) appoints and authorizes each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to or otherwise conferred upon

 

A-I- 1



 

the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (d) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender, including compliance with the confidentiality provisions of Section 11.12.

 

2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

 

3. Effect of Assignment . Upon the delivery of a fully executed original hereof to the Administrative Agent, as of the Effective Date, (i) the Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (ii) the Assignor shall, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Assumption, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

4. General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy or other means of electronic imaging shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

A-I- 2



 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF
ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE

 

[See attached.]

 

B- 1



 

BLUE APRON

ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS REPLY FORM

 

 

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.

Return to: David Min

Primary Docs

Telephone: 212-276-7315

1 New York Plaza

Fax: 718-233-2132

New York, NY 10004

E-mail : primarydocs@morganstanley.com

 

(cc : David.Min@morganstanley.com)

 

ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE FOR:

 

Blue Apron, Inc.

 

Please accurately complete the following information and return via e-mail or fax to the attention of David Min at Morgan Stanley as soon as possible. It is very important that all of the requested information is accurately completed and returned promptly.

 

LEGAL NAME OF LENDING INSTITUTION TO APPEAR IN DOCUMENTATION:

 

 

NUMBER OF LINES NEEDED FOR SIGNATURE PAGE:

 

 

 

GENERAL INFORMATION—DOMESTIC LENDING OFFICE:

 

Institution Name:

 

 

 

Street Address:

 

 

 

City, State, Zip Code:

 

 

 

CREDIT CONTACTS/NOTIFICATION METHODS:

 

Contact Name:

 

 

 

Street Address:

 

 

 

City, State, Zip Code:

 

 

 

Telephone Number:

 

 

 

Fax Number:

 

 

 

E-Mail Address:

 

 

TAX STATUS:

 

Is your institution a non-Resident Alien, foreign corporation or partnership?

 

Yes             

No             

 

 

If yes:

 

1



 

·                   What is the country of incorporation or organization?

 

·                   Tax Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN, if applicable), or W-8ECI or W-81MY (with required attachments) should be enclosed as per the Tax Section of the referenced Credit Agreement. Failure to properly complete and return the applicable form will subject your institution to withholding tax.

 

If no:

 

·                   Please submit Tax Form W-9

 

Lender’s Tax Identification Number:

 

 

 

CONTACTS/NOTIFICATION METHODS:

 

ADMINISTRATIVE CONTACTS—BORROWINGS, PAYDOWNS, INTEREST, FEES, ETC.

 

 

Contact Name:

 

 

 

Street Address:

 

 

 

City, State, Zip Code:

 

 

 

Telephone Number:

 

 

 

Fax Number:

 

 

 

E-Mail Address:

 

 

 

BID LOAN NOTIFICATION: (IF APPLICABLE)

 

 

Contact Name:

 

 

 

Street Address:

 

 

 

City, State, Zip Code:

 

 

 

Telephone Number:

 

 

 

Fax Number:

 

 

 

E-Mail Address:

 

 

 

PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS:

 

Name of Bank where funds are to be transferred:

 

2



 

Routing Transit/

ABA Number of Bank where funds are to be

transferred:

 

 

 

Name of Account, if applicable:

 

 

 

Account Number:

 

 

 

Additional Information:

 

 

 

Swift Code:

 

 

 

Wiring Contact Name and Phone Number:

 

 

3



 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF
INTEREST ELECTION REQUEST

 

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Administrative Agent
for the Lenders party to the
Credit Agreement referred to below

 

1 New York Plaza
41st Floor
New York, New York 10004
Attention: Agency Team

 

[Date](1)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned, [NAME OF BORROWER], a [         ] (the “ Borrower ”), refers to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, supplemented, and/or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; the capitalized terms used but not defined herein being used herein as therein defined), among the Borrower, [Blue Apron, Inc., a Delaware corporation,](2) the other Obligors party thereto from time to time, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”) and you, as the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent for such Lenders, and hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.15 of the Credit Agreement, that the undersigned hereby requests to [convert] [continue] the Borrowing of Loans referred to below, and in that connection sets forth below the information relating to such [conversion] [continuation] (the “ Proposed [Conversion] [Continuation] ”) as required by Section 2.15 of the Credit Agreement:

 

(i)                                      The Proposed [Conversion] [Continuation] relates to the Borrowing of Loans originally made on [                       ], 20[      ] (the “ Outstanding Borrowing ”) in the principal amount of $                    and currently maintained as a Borrowing of [Base Rate Loans] [Eurodollar Rate Loans with an Interest Period ending on [                    ], 20[     ].

 

(ii)                                   The Business Day of the Proposed [Conversion] [Continuation] is [                    ], 20[    ].

 


 

(1)          Shall be a Business Day at least one Business Day in advance of the date of the proposed election or the date of the proposed election in the case of Base Rate Loans that do not exceed $20,000,000 and at least three Business Days in advance of the proposed election in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, provided that any such notice shall be deemed to have been given on a certain day only if given before 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on such day.

 

(2)          Include if Blue Apron, Inc. is not the Borrower.

 

C- 1



 

(iii)                                The Outstanding Borrowing shall be [continued as a Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans with an Interest Period of                    ] [converted into a Borrowing of [Base Rate Loans] [Eurodollar Rate Loans with an Interest Period of [one/two/three/six/twelve months][ insert period less than one month ](3) ].(4)

 

[The undersigned hereby certifies that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the Proposed [Conversion] [Continuation] or will have occurred and be continuing on the date of the Proposed [Conversion] [Continuation]].(5)

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 


(3)          Interest Periods of twelve months or less than one month only available with the consent of each Lender.

 

(4)          In the event that either (x) only a portion of the Outstanding Borrowing is to be so converted or continued or (y) the Outstanding Borrowing is to be divided into separate Borrowings with different Interest Periods, the Borrower should make appropriate modifications to this clause to reflect same.

 

(5)          In the case of a Proposed Conversion or Continuation, insert this sentence only in the event that the conversion is from a Base Rate Loan to a Eurodollar Rate Loan or in the case of a continuation of a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

 

C- 2



 

The Borrower has caused this Interest Election Request to be executed and delivered by its Responsible Officer as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[BORROWER]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

C- 3


 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF
NOTE

 

[Date]

 

New York, New York

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Blue Apron, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Delaware and each Additional Borrower (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) (collectively, the “ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to [        ] or its registered assigns (the “ Lender ”), in Dollars, in immediately available funds, at Principal Office (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) of Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (the “ Administrative Agent ”), the unpaid principal amount of all Loans (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, payable at such times and in such amounts as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

 

The Borrower promises also to pay to the Lender interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan incurred by the Borrower from the Lender in like money at said office from the date such Loan is made until paid in full at the rates and at the times specified in the Credit Agreement.

 

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2016, among the Borrower, the other Obligors party thereto from time to time, the lenders (including the Lender) and the Issuing Banks party thereto, the Administrative Agent and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as the Collateral Agent (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, and/or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; the capitalized terms used but not defined herein being used herein as therein defined) and is entitled to the benefits thereof and of the other Loan Documents. As provided in the Credit Agreement, this Note is subject to voluntary prepayment, in whole or in part, prior to the Maturity Date, and the Loans may be converted from one Type into another Type to the extent provided in the Credit Agreement.

 

In case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued interest on this Note may be declared to be immediately due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Credit Agreement.

 

The Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind in connection with this Note.

 

THIS NOTE AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE UNDER, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT (AT LAW OR IN EQUITY), TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW RULES

 

D- 1



 

THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF A DIFFERENT GOVERNING LAW.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

D- 2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Note to be executed and delivered by its Responsible Officer on the date first written above.

 

 

 

 

BLUE APRON, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[[ADDITIONAL BORROWERS]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:   ](1)

 

 

 

 

 


 

(1)  Add as applicable.

 

D- 3



 

EXHIBIT E

 

FORM OF
SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

 

THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.             I am the [Chief Financial Officer](1) of [Parent], a [      ] (the “ Parent ”).

 

2.             Reference is made to that certain Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, and/or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; the capitalized terms used but not defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among the Parent, the other Obligors party thereto from time to time, the Lenders and Issuing Banks party thereto from time to time and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as the Administrative Agent and as the Collateral Agent.

 

3.             I am generally familiar with the businesses and assets of the Parent and its Subsidiaries and am duly authorized to execute this Solvency Certificate on behalf of the Parent pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

 

4.             I have reviewed the terms of the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, Articles 3 and 4 of the Credit Agreement and the definitions and provisions contained in the Credit Agreement relating thereto), together with each of the Loan Documents, and, in my opinion, have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable me to express an informed opinion as to the matters referred to herein.

 

5.             Based upon my review and examination described in paragraph 4 above, I certify in my capacity as a Financial Officer of the Parent and not in any individual capacity that as of the date hereof, after giving effect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, the Parent and its Subsidiaries are on a consolidated basis, and after giving effect to the Transactions and incurrence of all Indebtedness and Obligations being incurred in connection with the Credit Agreement, will be, Solvent.

 

The foregoing certifications are made and delivered as of [   ].

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title: [Financial Officer]

 


(1)          This certificate shall be signed by the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Parent.

 

 

E- 1



 

EXHIBIT F

 

FORM OF
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

[Date]

 

This Compliance Certificate is delivered to you pursuant to Section 5.01(c) of the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, and/or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; the capitalized terms used but not defined herein being used herein as therein defined), among Blue Apron, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the other Obligors party thereto from time to time, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

 

1.             I am the duly elected, qualified and acting [Chief Financial Officer][Principal Accounting Officer][Treasurer][Controller] of [the Company] [[     ], [             ]](1) (the “ Parent ”).

 

2.             I have reviewed and am familiar with the contents of this Certificate. I am providing this Compliance Certificate solely in my capacity as a Financial Officer of the Parent and not in an individual capacity.

 

3.             I have reviewed the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The financial statements for the Fiscal [Quarter] [Year] of the Parent ended [                       ] attached hereto as ANNEX 1 or otherwise delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the requirements of Section 5.01 of the Credit Agreement (the “ Financial Statements ”) present fairly in all material respects as of the date of each such statement the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied[, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes](2).

 

4.             No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof[, except for                        ](3).

 

5.             There has been no material change in GAAP or in the application thereof applicable to the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries since the date of [the audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.04(a) of the Credit Agreement](4) [the most recent financial

 


(1)          Insert if the Company is not the Parent.

 

(2)          To be included only if the Compliance Certificate is certifying the quarterly financials.

 

(3)          Specify the details of any Default or Event of Default, if any, and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

 

(4)          To be included in the first Compliance Certificate.

 

F- 1



 

statements delivered under Section 5.01(a) or (b) of the Credit Agreement](5) that has had an impact on the Financial Statements [, except for                               , the effect of which on the Financial Statements has been [    ]](6).

 

6.             Attached hereto as Schedule 1 is a calculation of the Total Net Leverage Ratio as of the end of the most recent Fiscal Quarter, which calculation is true and correct.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 


 

(5)          To be included in Compliance Certificates after the initial Compliance Certificate.

 

(6)          If and to the extent that any change in GAAP that has occurred since the date of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.04(a) of the Credit Agreement (or the most recent financial statements delivered under Section 5.01(a) or (b) of the Credit Agreement) had an impact on such financial statements, specify the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying this Compliance Certificate.

 

F- 2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Compliance Certificate as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

 

PARENT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[            ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

F- 3



 

ANNEX I

TO EXHIBIT F

 

[Financial Statements to be attached]

 

F-I- 1


 

SCHEDULE 1

TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

The descriptions of the calculations set forth in this certificate are sometimes abbreviated for simplicity, but are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the calculations provided in the Credit Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Compliance Certificate and the Credit Agreement, the Credit Agreement shall control, and any Schedule attached to an executed Compliance Certificate shall be revised as necessary to conform in all respects to the requirements of the Credit Agreement in effect as of the delivery of such executed Compliance Certificate.

 

(A)

Total Net Leverage Ratio: Consolidated Total Net Debt to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Consolidated Total Net Debt as of []:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

all Indebtedness of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, as would be required to appear as a liability on a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP:

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

minus the aggregate amount of cash of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries that: (a) does not appear (and is not required to appear) as “restricted” on the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent (unless such appearance is related to the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent to secure the Obligations), (b) is not subject to any Lien in favor of any Person other than the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and (c) is otherwise generally available for use by the Parent or any other Obligor; provided that the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash deducted pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed $50,000,000.

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Total Net Debt (the sum of items 1(a) and 1(b)):

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the period ending []:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Consolidated Net Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

i.

net income or loss of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP:

 

$

 

 

1



 

 

 

ii.

minus (a) the income of any Person (other than Parent) that is not a Restricted Subsidiary except to the extent of the amount of cash dividends or similar cash distributions actually paid by such Person to the Company or, subject to clauses (b) and (c) below, any Restricted Subsidiary (other than, following the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, the Company) during such period, (b) the income of, and any amounts referred to in clause (a) above paid to, any Restricted Subsidiary (other than, following the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, the Company) to the extent that, on the date of determination, the declaration or payment of cash dividends or similar cash distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary is not permitted without any prior approval of any Governmental Authority that has not been obtained or is not permitted by the operation of the terms of the organizational documents of such Restricted Subsidiary, any agreement or other instrument binding upon such Restricted Subsidiary or any law applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary, unless such restrictions with respect to the payment of cash dividends and other similar cash distributions have been legally and effectively waived, and (c) the income or loss of, and any amounts referred to in clause (a) above paid to, any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Parent to the extent such income or loss or such amounts are attributable to the noncontrolling interest in such Restricted Subsidiary:

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

plus (without duplication and to the extent reflected as a charge in the statement of Consolidated Net Income for such period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

i.

income tax expense:

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

interest expense, amortization or write-off of debt discount and debt issuance costs and commissions, discounts and other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness (including the Loans):

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

depreciation and amortization expense:

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iv.

amortization of intangibles (including, but not limited to, goodwill) and organization costs:

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

v.

any extraordinary charges or losses determined in accordance with GAAP

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

vi.

non-cash stock option and other equity-based compensation expenses:

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

vii.

non-cash costs or expenses resulting from purchase accounting adjustments and non-cash costs or expenses resulting from Build to Suit Obligations:

 

$

 

 

2



 

 

 

viii.

proceeds from business interruption insurance not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income and to the extent offsetting lost operating income received during such period:

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ix.

all customary fees, costs and expenses incurred or paid in connection with (A) Investments permitted under the Credit Agreement (including Permitted Acquisitions) whether or not such Investment is consummated, (B) Asset Sales permitted under the Credit Agreement and (C) the issuance, prepayment or amendment or refinancing of Indebtedness permitted under the Credit Agreement or the issuance of Equity Interests of the Parent (including costs and expenses (including exploratory and preparatory costs) in connection with any IPO):

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x.

non-recurring signing costs, retention or completion bonuses and costs related to curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities):

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

xi.

the aggregate amount of one-time, non-recurring and extraordinary settlements of legal proceedings and regulatory matters; provided that the aggregate amount that may be added back pursuant to this item 2(b)(xi) may not exceed $25,000,000 for any period:

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

xii.

non-recurring restructuring and similar charges, severance, relocation costs, integration and facilities opening costs and other business optimization expenses, transition costs, costs related to closure and consolidation of facilities; provided that the aggregate amount that may be added back pursuant to this item 2(b)(xii) and the following item 2(b)(xiii) shall not exceed 25% of aggregate Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for any period (determined without giving effect to any such adjustment pursuant to this item 2(b)(xii) and the following item 2(b)(xiii)):

 

$

 

 

3



 

 

 

xiii.

the amount of net cost savings and synergies projected in good faith to be realized as a result of actions taken after the Effective Date that are otherwise permitted under the Credit Agreement (including pursuant to internal procedures), in each case, no later than the date that is 18 months following the consummation of such action (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (i) a duly completed certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent certifying that such cost savings and synergies are reasonably identifiable, factually supportable and reasonably expected to have a continuing impact, (ii) the benefits resulting therefrom are reasonably anticipated to be realized not later than 18 months of such actions having been taken, (iii) the aggregate amount that may be added back pursuant to the preceding item 2(b)(xii) and this item 2(b)(xiii) shall not exceed 25% of aggregate Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for any period (determined without giving effect to any such adjustment pursuant to the preceding item 2(b)(xii) and this item 2(b)(xiii)), and (iv) no cost savings or synergies shall be added pursuant to this item 2(b)(xiii) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges otherwise added to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, whether through a pro forma adjustment or otherwise, for such period:

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

xiv.

all costs, charges, fees and expenses related to the Transactions:

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

xv.

any other non-cash charges, non-cash expenses or non-cash losses of Obligors or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, including, for the avoidance of doubt, non-cash foreign currency translation losses and any unrealized losses in respect of Swap Agreements (including non-cash losses related to currency remeasurement of Indebtedness) (excluding any such charge, expense or loss incurred in the ordinary course of business that constitutes an accrual of, or a reserve for, cash charges for any future period); provided , however , that cash payments made in such period or in any future period in respect of such non-cash charges, expenses or losses (excluding any such charge, expense or loss incurred in the ordinary course of business that constitutes an accrual of, or a reserve for, cash charges for any future period) shall be subtracted from Consolidated Net Income in calculating Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in the period when such payments are made:

 

$

 

 

4



 

 

(c)

minus (to the extent included in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period the sum of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

i.

income tax benefit:

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

interest income:

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

any extraordinary income or gains determined in accordance with GAAP:

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iv.

any other non-cash income (excluding any items that represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period that are described in the parenthetical to item 2(b)(vii) above), all as determined on a consolidated basis:

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (item 2(a)(1)  minus item 2(a)(ii)  plus the sum of items 2(b)(i) through 2(b)(vii)  minus the sum of items 2(c)(i) through 2(c)(iv)):

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Net Debt to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA(1)

 

         : 1.00

 


(1)          [ provided that, (i) with respect to the period ending June 30, 2016, actual Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the period from January 1, 2016, until such date, multiplied by 2, and (ii) with respect to the period ending September 30, 2016, actual Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the period from January 1, 2016, until such date, multiplied by 4/3; provided, further , that with respect to all assets and Persons acquired or disposed of, the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA will be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

 

5



 

EXHIBIT G

 

FORM OF
FUNDING NOTICE

 

Reference is made to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, and/or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; the capitalized terms used but not defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among [NAME OF BORROWER], a [       ] (the “ Borrower ”), [Blue Apron, Inc., a Delaware corporation,](1) the other Obligors party thereto from time to time, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks party thereto from time to time and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

 

Pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower desires that Lenders make the following Loans to the Borrower in accordance with the applicable terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement on [mm/dd/yy] (the “ Credit Date ”):

 

Revolving Loans

 

o

Base Rate Loans:

$

[       ,       ,       ]

 

 

 

 

 

o

Eurodollar Rate Loans, with an initial Interest Period of           month(s):

$

[       ,       ,       ]

 

 

The Borrower hereby certifies that:

 

(i)            after making the Loans requested on the Credit Date, the Aggregate Total Exposure shall not exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect;

 

(ii)           on and as of the Credit Date, the representations and warranties of the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries, set forth in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects; provided that (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date and (ii) in each case such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that are already qualified by materiality in the text thereof; and

 

(iii)          on and as of the Credit Date, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the Borrowing contemplated hereby.

 


(1)  Include if Blue Apron, Inc. is not the Borrower.

 

G- 1



 

The account details of the Borrower’s account into which the proceeds of the Loans requested on the Credit Date are to be made available by Administrative Agent to the Borrower are as follows:

 

G- 2



 

 

 

Bank Name:

 

 

Bank Address:

 

 

ABA Number:

 

 

Account Number:

 

 

Attention:

 

 

Reference:

 

 

 

 

Date: [mm/dd/yy]

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

 

 

[BORROWER]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

G- 3



 

EXHIBIT H

 

FORM OF
ISSUANCE NOTICE

 

Reference is made to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, and/or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; the capitalized terms used but not defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among [NAME OF BORROWER], a [         ], (the “ Borrower ”), [Blue Apron, Inc., a Delaware corporation,](1) the other Obligors party thereto from time to time, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks party thereto from time to time and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

 

Pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower desires a Letter of Credit to be issued in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement on [mm/dd/yy] (the “ Credit Date ”) in an aggregate face amount of $[          ,          ,          ].

 

Attached hereto for each such Letter of Credit are the following:

 

(a)           the name and address of the beneficiary;

 

(b)           the expiration date; and

 

(c)           either (i) the verbatim text of such proposed Letter of Credit, or (ii) a description of the proposed terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit, including a precise description of any documents to be presented by the beneficiary which, if presented by the beneficiary prior to the expiration date of such Letter of Credit, would require the applicable Issuing Bank to make payment under such Letter of Credit.

 

The Borrower hereby certifies that:

 

(i)            after issuing such Letter of Credit requested on the Credit Date, the Aggregate Total Exposure shall not exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect;

 

(ii)           on and as of the Credit Date, the representations and warranties of the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries, set forth in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects; provided that (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date and (ii) in each case such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that are already qualified by materiality in the text thereof; and

 


(1)  Include if Blue Apron, Inc. is not the Borrower.

 

H- 1



 

(iii)          on and as of the Credit Date, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the Borrowing contemplated hereby.

 

H- 2



 

Date: [mm/dd/yy]

BORROWER:

 

 

 

[BORROWER]

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

H- 3


 

EXHIBIT I

 

FORM OF
INTERCOMPANY NOTE

 

[   ], 2016

 

Each of the parties identified on Schedule 1 hereto (each, an “ Issuer ”) hereby promises to pay, on demand, to the order of each applicable party identified on Schedule 2 hereto (each, a “ Holder ” and, together with the Issuers, a “ Note Party ”), in the currency owed in immediately available funds, at such locations as each such Holder shall from time to time designate, all amounts as may be owing from time to time on and after the date hereof by each such Issuer to such Holder in consideration of Indebtedness (as defined in the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, and/or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; the capitalized terms used but not defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among Blue Apron, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Delaware (the “ Company ”), the other Obligors party thereto from time to time, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks from time to time a party thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent).

 

Each Issuer shall pay all amounts owing under this Note to each applicable Holder on demand of such Holder or Holders. Any Holder may make demand for all or any subset of the amounts owing to such Holder under this Note, by any Issuer, without the consent or permission of any Issuer.

 

Upon the commencement of any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency, receivership or liquidation or similar proceedings of any jurisdiction relating to any Issuer, all amounts owed by such Issuer to any Holder shall become immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind in connection with this Note. FURTHER, ANY AND ALL INDEBTEDNESS REPRESENTED BY THIS NOTE IS FULLY SUBORDINATED TO THE PAYMENT IN CASH IN FULL OF ALL OBLIGATIONS (AS DEFINED IN THE CREDIT AGREEMENT).

 

Each Issuer hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind whatsoever. No delay on the part of any Holder in the exercise of any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. No amendment, modification or waiver of, or consent with respect to, any provision of this Note shall in any event be effective against any party hereto unless the same shall be in writing and signed and delivered by such party. This Note shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each loan, advance or other extension of credit owed by an Issuer to a Holder and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any such Issuer or Holder with respect to such loan, advance or other extension of credit without the approval of any other party hereto and without affecting the obligations of any other Issuer hereunder.

 

I- 1



 

Upon execution and delivery after the date hereof by any Obligor of a counterpart signature page hereto, such Obligor shall become a Note Party hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Note Party hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Note Party hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Note Party as a party to this Note.

 

Pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents, this Note shall be pledged by the Holders that are parties to the Credit Agreement in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement and such Collateral Documents.

 

THIS NOTE AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE UNDER, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT (AT LAW OR IN EQUITY), TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW RULES THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF A DIFFERENT GOVERNING LAW.

 

[The Remainder of this Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

I- 2



 

 

[NAME OF OBLIGOR]

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY]

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

I- 3



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

ISSUERS

 

SCHEDULE 2

 

HOLDERS

 

I- 4



 

FORM OF NOTE POWER

 

For value received, each signatory hereto hereby sells, transfers and assigns unto                      all of its right, title and interest in that certain Intercompany Note dated [   ], 2016 (the “Note”), and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                      attorney to transfer the Note with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF OBLIGOR]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

I- 5



 

EXHIBIT J

 

FORM OF
JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

Reference is made to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, and/or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ,” capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement) among Blue Apron, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the other Obligors party thereto from time to time, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as the Administrative Agent and as the Collateral Agent.

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the Obligors have entered into the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make the Loans for the benefit of Borrower; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 5.11 of the Credit Agreement subject to certain limitations and exceptions set forth therein, the undersigned Subsidiary (the “ New Loan Party ”) is required to become a Guarantor under the Credit Agreement by executing a Joinder Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and the New Loan Party hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             Joinder as Guarantor. In accordance with Section 5.11 of the Credit Agreement, the New Loan Party by its signature below becomes a Guarantor under the Credit Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor, but in any event subject to the same terms, provisions and limitations set forth in Article 8 of the Credit Agreement. The New Loan Party hereby agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement applicable to it as a Guarantor. Each reference to a Guarantor in the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Loan Party.

 

2.             Representations and Warranties. The New Loan Party represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document and applicable to the undersigned is true and correct in all material respects both before and after giving effect to this Joinder Agreement, except to the extent that any such representation and warranty relates solely to any earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty is true and correct as of such earlier date; provided that, in each case, such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof.

 

3.             Severability. Any provision of this Joinder Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any

 

J- 1



 

such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

4.             Counterparts. This Joinder Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Joinder Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Joinder Agreement.

 

5.             No Waiver. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

6.             Notices. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the New Loan Party, any Agent or any Lender shall be governed by the terms of Section 11.01 of the Credit Agreement.

 

7.             Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

J- 2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Joinder Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

[NAME OF NEW LOAN PARTY]

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

J- 3


 

EXHIBIT K

 

FORM OF
SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

[See attached.]

 

K- 1



 

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

 

dated as of

 

August 26, 2016

 

 

among

 

BLUE APRON, INC.,
as the Company,

 

 

the other GRANTORS party hereto

 

 

and

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
as the Collateral Agent

 



 

Table of Contents

 

Contents

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS; RULES OF INTERPRETATION

 

1

 

 

 

 

Section 1.1

Definition of Terms Used Herein

 

1

Section 1.2

UCC

 

1

Section 1.3

General Definitions In this Agreement:

 

2

Section 1.4

Rules of Interpretation

 

8

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2 GRANT OF SECURITY

 

9

 

 

 

 

Section 2.1

Grant of Security

 

9

Section 2.2

Certain Exclusions

 

10

Section 2.3

Grantors Remain Liable

 

11

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

11

 

 

 

 

Section 3.1

Title

 

11

Section 3.2

Names, Locations

 

12

Section 3.3

Filings, Consents

 

12

Section 3.4

Security Interests

 

13

Section 3.5

Accounts Receivable

 

13

Section 3.6

Pledged Collateral, Deposit Accounts

 

13

Section 3.7

Intellectual Property

 

15

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4 COVENANTS

 

17

 

 

 

 

Section 4.1

Change of Name; Place of Business

 

17

Section 4.2

Periodic Certification

 

17

Section 4.3

Protection of Security

 

17

Section 4.4

Insurance

 

17

Section 4.5

Equipment and Inventory

 

18

Section 4.6

Accounts Receivable

 

18

Section 4.7

Pledged Collateral

 

20

Section 4.8

Intellectual Property

 

25

Section 4.9

Covenants in Credit Agreement

 

26

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5 FURTHER ASSURANCES; ADDITIONAL GRANTORS

 

26

 

 

 

 

Section 5.1

Further Assurances

 

26

Section 5.2

Additional Grantors

 

28

 

i



 

SECTION 6 COLLATERAL AGENT APPOINTED ATTORNEY-IN-FACT

 

28

 

 

 

 

Section 6.1

Power of Attorney

 

28

Section 6.2

No Duty on the Part of Collateral Agent or Secured Parties

 

31

Section 6.3

Authority, Immunities and Indemnities of Collateral Agent

 

31

 

 

 

 

SECTION 7 REMEDIES

 

32

 

 

 

 

Section 7.1

Remedies Upon Event of Default

 

32

Section 7.2

Intellectual Property

 

35

Section 7.3

Application of Proceeds

 

35

Section 7.4

Securities Act, Etc.

 

36

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8 STANDARD OF CARE; COLLATERAL AGENT MAY PERFORM

 

37

 

 

 

 

SECTION 9 MISCELLANEOUS

 

38

 

 

 

 

Section 9.1

Notices

 

38

Section 9.2

Security Interest Absolute

 

38

Section 9.3

Survival of Agreement

 

38

Section 9.4

Binding Effect, Successors and Permitted Assigns

 

38

Section 9.5

Collateral Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification

 

39

Section 9.6

Applicable Law

 

39

Section 9.7

Waivers; Amendment

 

39

Section 9.8

Waiver of Jury Trial

 

40

Section 9.9

Severability

 

40

Section 9.10

Counterparts; Effectiveness

 

40

Section 9.11

Section Headings

 

41

Section 9.12

Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process

 

41

Section 9.13

Termination, Release

 

42

 

EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF SECURITY SUPPLEMENT

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT C

FINANCING STATEMENTS

EXHIBIT D-1

FORM OF PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT D-2

FORM OF TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT D-3

FORM OF COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT E

FORM OF PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

 

ii


 

This PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated August 26, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), among BLUE APRON, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the other Obligors (as defined in the Credit Agreement referenced below) from time to time party hereto  (collectively, with the Company, the “ Grantors ”), and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (herein in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

 

RECITALS

 

1.                                       The Company and the other Obligors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto, MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and the Collateral Agent have entered into a Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”).

 

2.                                       The Credit Agreement requires each Grantor to deliver a duly executed copy of this Agreement as a condition precedent to the initial extensions of credit thereunder.

 

In consideration of the premises and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which the parties hereto hereby acknowledge, each Grantor and the Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and each other Secured Party (and each of their respective permitted successors, assigns and novatees), hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1

 

DEFINITIONS; RULES OF INTERPRETATION

 

Section 1.1                                    Definition of Terms Used Herein

 

Unless the context otherwise requires, and except as set forth in Section 1.2, all capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 

Section 1.2                                    UCC

 

Terms used herein that are defined in the UCC but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the UCC (and if defined in more than one Article of the UCC, shall have the meaning given in Article 8 or 9 thereof), including the following which are capitalized herein:

 



 

Account Debtor
Account
Certificate of Title
Certificated Security
Chattel Paper
Commercial Tort Claim
Commodity Account
Commodity Contract
Commodity Intermediary
Deposit Account
Document
Electronic Chattel Paper
Equipment
Fixtures
General Intangible
Goods
Instrument
Inventory
Investment Property
Jurisdiction of Organization
Letter-of-Credit Right
Money
Payment Intangible
Proceeds
Record
Securities Account
Securities Intermediary
Security
Security Entitlement
Supporting Obligation
Tangible Chattel Paper
Uncertificated Security

 

Section 1.3                                    General Definitions In this Agreement:

 

Accounts Receivable ” means (a) all rights to payment, whether or not earned by performance, for goods or other property sold, leased, licensed, assigned or otherwise disposed of, or services rendered or to be rendered, including all such rights constituting or evidenced by any Account, Chattel Paper, Instrument, General Intangible or Investment Property, together with all right, title and interest, if any, in any goods or other property giving rise to such right to payment, including any rights to stoppage in transit, replevin, reclamation and resales, and all related security interests, Liens and pledges, whether voluntary or involuntary, in each case whether now existing or owned or hereafter arising or acquired, and all Collateral Support and Supporting Obligations related to the foregoing and (b) rights to receive amounts payable under the following:

 

(i)                                      any and all rights to license products retained by any Grantor;

 

2



 

(ii)                                   all sales, leases or licenses of any other goods or products or the rendering of any other services and all collateral security and guaranties of any kind given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing;

 

(iii)                                any and all tax refunds and tax refund claims; and

 

(iv)                               all money, reserves and property relating to any of the foregoing whether now or at any time hereafter in the possession or under the control of any Grantor or any agent or custodian for any Grantor.

 

Additional Grantor ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.2.

 

Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble.

 

Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2.2.

 

Collateral Agent ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble.

 

Collateral Support ” means all property (real or personal) collaterally assigned, hypothecated or otherwise securing any Collateral described in Section 2.1(a) through (q) and includes any security agreement or other agreement granting a Lien in such real or personal property.

 

Contracts ” means all contracts, leases and other agreements entered into by any Grantor.

 

Copyright Licenses ” means any and all agreements and  licenses (whether a Grantor is licensee or licensor, thereunder) (whether or not in writing) providing for the granting of any right in or to any Copyright, including without limitation agreements referred to in Schedule 11B of the Perfection Certificate.

 

Copyrights ” means all United States and foreign copyrights, including but not limited to copyrights in software and in and to databases, all protected designs within the meaning of 17 U.S.C. § 1301 et seq. and community designs, and all mask works fixed in semiconductor chip products (as defined in 17 U.S.C. § 901(a)(1)), whether statutory or common law, whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished, as well as all moral rights, reversionary interests, and termination rights, now or hereafter in force throughout the world, and, with respect to any and all of the foregoing: (i) all registrations and pending applications therefor in the applicable Intellectual Property Registry including, without limitation, the registrations referred to in Schedule 11B of the Perfection Certificate, (ii) all extensions and renewals thereof, (iii) the right to sue or otherwise recover for past, present and future infringements, misappropriations, or other violations of any of the foregoing and (iv) all

 

3



 

Proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, license fees, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit.

 

Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals.

 

Dividends ” means, in relation to any Equity Interests, all present and future: (a) dividends and distributions of any kind and any other sum received or receivable in respect of such Equity Interests, (b) rights, shares, money or other assets accruing or offered by way of redemption, substitution, exchange, bonus, option, preference or otherwise in respect of such Equity Interests, (c) allotments, offers and rights accruing or offered in respect of such Equity Interests and (d) other rights and assets attaching to, deriving from or exercisable by virtue of the ownership of, such Equity Interests.

 

Excluded Assets ” means, collectively, (a) motor vehicles and other equipment for which Certificates of Title have been issued, (b) Letter-of-Credit Rights, (c) all leasehold interests in real property (other than fixtures) and all fee interests in real property (other than fixtures) that are not Material Real Estate Assets, (d) (i) any asset, licensed right or property right of Grantor of any nature if the grant of such security interest shall constitute or result in (A) the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of such asset or property right or such Grantor’s loss of use of such asset or property right or (B) a breach, termination or default under any lease, license, contract or agreement (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law (including the Bankruptcy Code) or principles of equity) to which such Grantor is party and (ii) any asset or property right of any Grantor of any nature to the extent that any applicable law or regulation prohibits the creation of a security interest thereon (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law or principles of equity); provided that in any event, immediately upon the ineffectiveness, lapse or termination of any such provision or prohibition described in clauses (d)(i) and (d)(ii), the term “Excluded Assets” shall not include all such rights and interests, (e) Equity Interests in any Person acquired after the Effective Date (other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary) to the extent the pledge of such Equity Interests is not permitted by the terms of such Person’s Organizational Documents or any joint venture documents (other than as a result of provisions entered into or created in contemplation of this clause (e)), (f) any Equity Interest which is specifically excluded from the definition of Pledged Stock, Pledged Partnership Interests, or Pledged LLC Interests by virtue of the proviso to the respective definition thereof, (g) any Equity Interest constituting Margin Stock, (h) any United States trademark or service mark application filed on the basis of a Grantor’s intent-to-use such mark filed pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. § 1051, prior to the filing and acceptance by the US Patent and Trademark Office of a verified “Statement of Use” pursuant to Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act or an “Amendment to Allege Use” pursuant to Section 1(c) of the Lanham Act with respect thereto, solely to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of any registration that issues from such intent-to-use application under applicable federal law, (i) any Commercial Tort Claims, (j) any tangible or intangible assets of a Grantor as to which the cost of obtaining a security interest therein is

 

4



 

excessive in relation to the benefit to the Secured Parties of the security to be afforded thereby, as agreed by the Collateral Agent and the Company, which agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld, (k) any plant or equipment or other property subject to a Capital Lease Obligation or any other arrangement to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such Capital Lease Obligation or similar arrangement or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than any Grantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary) (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law or principles of equity) and (l) any Excluded Deposit Account.

 

Exclusive Copyright Licenses ” means any and all Copyright Licenses pursuant to which a Grantor is granted an exclusive license in respect of any Copyright registered with the United States Copyright Office.

 

Excluded Deposit Account ” means any Deposit Account (a) used exclusively for payroll, payroll taxes or other employee wage and benefit payments or (b) having an average monthly credit balance equal to or less than $125,000 individually and an aggregate balance in all such accounts equal to or less than $250,000.

 

Grantor ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble.

 

Insurance ” means all contracts and policies of insurance of any kind now or in the future taken out by or on behalf of any Grantor or (to the extent of such Grantor’s interest) in which it now or in the future has an interest.

 

Intellectual Property ” means, collectively, all intellectual property, whether arising under the United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including without limitation, Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks, Trade Secrets, Copyright Licenses, Patent Licenses, Trademark Licenses, Trade Secret Licenses, intangible rights in internet domain names, software and databases not otherwise included in the foregoing, and the right to sue at law or in equity or otherwise recover for any past, present and future infringement, dilution, misappropriation, or other violation or impairment thereof, including the right to receive all Proceeds therefrom, including without limitation license fees, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit, now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto.

 

Intellectual Property Registry ” means the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office, any state intellectual property registry and any foreign counterpart of any of the foregoing.

 

Intellectual Property Security Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.8(a).

 

5



 

Joinder Agreement ” means a joinder agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B to this Agreement, executed by an Additional Grantor and delivered to the Collateral Agent.

 

LLC ” means (a) as of the date of this Agreement, any limited liability company set forth in Section 1(a) of the Perfection Certificate and (b) any limited liability company in which any Grantor acquires an interest after the date of this Agreement.

 

LLC Agreement ” means the limited liability company agreement or such analogous agreement governing the operation of any LLC.

 

Margin Stock ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U issued by the Federal Reserve Board of Governors.

 

Partnership ” means (a) any partnership set forth in Section 1(a) of the Perfection Certificate and (b) any partnership in which any Grantor acquires an interest after the date of this Agreement.

 

Partnership Agreement ” means the partnership agreement of any Partnership or such analogous agreement governing the operation of any Partnership.

 

Patent Licenses ” means all agreements and licenses (whether a Grantor is licensee or licensor thereunder) (whether or not in writing) providing for the granting of any right in or to any Patent.

 

Patents ” means all United States and foreign patents, certificates of invention and industrial designs, and pending applications for any of the foregoing throughout the world, including, without limitation: (i) each patent and patent application referred to in Schedule 11A of the Perfection Certificate, and (ii) all divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, reissues, renewals, reexaminations or extensions of the foregoing, (iii) the right to sue or otherwise recover for past, present and future infringements, misappropriations or other violations of any of the foregoing and (iv) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including license fees, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit.

 

Perfection Certificate ” means, with respect to any Grantor, a certificate dated as of the date hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit E (with any changes that such Grantor and the Collateral Agent shall have approved), completed and supplemented with the schedules contemplated thereby to the reasonable satisfaction of the Collateral Agent, and signed by a Responsible Officer of such Grantor.

 

Pledged Collateral ” means, collectively, the Pledged Notes, the Pledged Stock, the Pledged Partnership Interests, the Pledged LLC Interests, any other Investment Property of any Grantor to the extent that the same constitutes Collateral, all certificates or other instruments representing any of the foregoing, all Security Entitlements of any Grantor in respect of any of the foregoing and all Dividends, interest distributions, cash, warrants, rights, instruments and other property or Proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in

 

6



 

exchange for any or all of the foregoing. Pledged Collateral may be General Intangibles, Investment Property, Instruments or any other category of Collateral.

 

Pledged LLC Interests ” means all of any Grantor’s right, title and interest as a member of any LLC and all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under any LLC Agreement to which it is a party, to the extent that the same constitutes Collateral; provided that “Pledged LLC Interest” shall not include more than 65% of the total outstanding voting membership interest of any Foreign Subsidiary.

 

Pledged Notes ” means all of any Grantor’s right, title and interest in each Instrument evidencing Indebtedness with an outstanding principal balance of $500,000 or more individually and $2,500,000 in the aggregate owed to such Grantor, and all cash, Instruments and other property or Proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such Indebtedness.

 

Pledged Partnership Interests ” means all of any Grantor’s right, title and interest as a limited and/or general partner in any Partnership and all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under any Partnership Agreement to which it is a party to the extent that the same constitutes Collateral (subject to Section 2.2 hereof); provided that “Pledged Partnership Interest” shall not include more than 65% of the total outstanding voting Partnership interest of any Foreign Subsidiary.

 

Pledged Stock ” means (a) the shares of Stock listed in Schedule 7 of the Perfection Certificate and (b) any shares of Stock and any other Equity Interests (excluding Pledged LLC Interests and Pledged Partnership Interests) in which any Grantor acquires an interest after the date of this Agreement, in each case, to the extent that the same constitutes Collateral; provided that “Pledged Stock” shall not include more than 65% of the total outstanding voting Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary.

 

Secured Obligations ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1.

 

Security Interest ” means, collectively, the continuing security interests in the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 2.1.

 

Security Supplement ” means any supplement to this Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit A, executed by a Responsible Officer of the applicable Grantor.

 

Stock ” means shares of capital stock (whether denominated as common stock or preferred stock) of or in a corporation, whether voting or non-voting and all rights to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any of the foregoing.

 

Trade Secret Licenses ” means any and all agreements and licenses (whether a Grantor is licensee or licensor thereunder) (whether or not in writing) providing for the granting of any

 

7



 

right in or to Trade Secrets and all extensions and renewals thereof and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreements, licenses and covenants.

 

Trade Secrets ” means all trade secrets and all other confidential and proprietary information, know-how, processes, designs, inventions, technology, compilations, data, databases, and computer programs (whether in source code, object code, or other form) and all rights in documentation (including without limitation user manuals and training materials) related thereto, and proprietary methodologies and algorithms, to the extent not covered by the definitions of Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights, whether or not reduced to a writing or other tangible form, and with respect to any and all of the foregoing, (i) the right to sue or otherwise recover for past, present and future infringements, misappropriations, and other violations thereof and (ii) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, license fees, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit.

 

Trademark Licenses ” means any and all agreements and licenses (whether a Grantor is licensee or licensor thereunder) (whether or not in writing) providing for the granting of any right in or to any Trademark.

 

Trademarks ” means all United States, state and foreign trademarks, trade names, trade dress, service marks, certification marks, collective marks, slogans, logos and other source or business identifiers, all registrations and pending applications for any of the foregoing, whether registered or unregistered, and whether or not established or registered in an Intellectual Property Registry in any country or any political subdivision thereof, and with respect to any and all of the foregoing: (i) all common law rights related thereto, (ii) the trademark registrations and pending applications referred to in Schedule 11A of the Perfection Certificate, (iii) all extensions, continuations, reissues and renewals of any of the foregoing, (iv) all of the goodwill of the business connected with the use of and symbolized by the foregoing, (v) the right to sue or otherwise recover for past, present and future infringements, misappropriations, dilutions or other violations of any of the foregoing or for any injury to goodwill and (vi) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, license fees, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit.

 

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code enacted in the State of New York, as amended from time to time; provided that if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, the perfection, the effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority of, or remedies with respect to a security interest is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code or other personal property security laws of any jurisdiction other than New York, “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code or other personal property security laws as in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for the purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, priority or remedies and for the definitions related to such provisions.

 

Section 1.4                                    Rules of Interpretation

 

The rules of interpretation specified in Section 1.03 of the Credit Agreement shall be applicable to this Agreement; provided that, unless the context requires otherwise, all references herein to

 

8



 

Sections and Exhibits shall be construed to refer to Sections of, and Exhibits to, this Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, the Exhibits to this Agreement, in each case as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof, are incorporated herein by reference. Other than this Section 1.4, if any conflict or inconsistency exists between this Agreement and the Credit Agreement, the Credit Agreement shall govern. If any conflict or inconsistency exists between this Agreement and any Loan Document other than the Credit Agreement, this Agreement shall govern. All references herein to provisions of the UCC include all successor provisions under any subsequent version or amendment to any Article of the UCC.

 

SECTION 2

 

GRANT OF SECURITY

 

Section 2.1                                    Grant of Security

 

As security for the prompt and complete payment and performance in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise, including the payment of amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code) of all Obligations at any time owed or owing to the Secured Parties (or any of them) (collectively, the “ Secured Obligations ”), each Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a continuing security interest in and Lien on all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the following, in each case whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located (collectively, the “ Collateral ”):

 

(a)                                  all Accounts;

 

(b)                                  all Chattel Paper;

 

(c)                                   all Contracts, including without limitation all Trademark Licenses, Copyright Licenses, Patent Licenses and Trade Secret Licenses;

 

(d)                                  all Documents;

 

(e)                                   all General Intangibles, including without limitation all Intellectual Property owned by such Grantor and that portion of the Pledged Collateral constituting General Intangibles;

 

(f)                                    all Goods whether tangible or intangible, wherever located, including without limitation all Inventory, Equipment, Fixtures and Money;

 

9



 

(g)                                   all Instruments, including without limitation that portion of the Pledged Collateral constituting Instruments;

 

(h)                                  all cash and Deposit Accounts;

 

(i)                                      all Insurance;

 

(j)                                     all Investment Property, including without limitation that portion of the Pledged Collateral constituting Investment Property;

 

(k)                                  all Accounts Receivable;

 

(l)                                      all Pledged Stock, Pledged Partnership Interests and Pledged LLC Interests;

 

(m)                              all books and Records;

 

(n)                                  all Money or other property of any kind which is received by such Grantor in connection with refunds with respect to taxes, assessments and governmental charges imposed on such Grantor or any of its property or income;

 

(o)                                  all causes of action and all Money and other property of any kind received therefrom, and all Money and other property of any kind recovered by any Grantor;

 

(p)                                  all Collateral Support and Supporting Obligations relating to any of the foregoing; and

 

(q)                                  all Proceeds of each of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for and rents, profits and products of or in respect of any of the foregoing, and any and all Proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to any Grantor from time to time with respect to the foregoing.

 

Section 2.2                                    Certain Exclusions

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the term “Collateral” include, and no Grantor shall be deemed to have granted a Security Interest in, any of its right, title or interest in any Excluded Assets (but only for so long as such property shall constitute Excluded Assets); provided , however , that, in any event, the Pledged Stock, Pledged Partnership Interests, and Pledged LLC Interests identified in Schedule 7 of the Perfection Certificate hereof shall constitute “Collateral”.

 

10


 

Section 2.3                                    Grantors Remain Liable

 

(a)                                  Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding:

 

(i)                                      except to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement, each Grantor shall remain liable under any contracts and agreements to which it is a party or affecting its property, to the extent set forth therein, to perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed;

 

(ii)                                   the exercise by the Collateral Agent of any of its rights hereunder shall not release any Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under any such contracts and agreements; and

 

(iii)                                neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any such contracts and agreements by reason of this Agreement, nor shall the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of any Grantor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.

 

(b)                                  Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party nor any purchaser at a foreclosure sale under this Agreement shall be obligated to assume any obligation or liability under any contracts and agreements unless the Collateral Agent, such other Secured Party or such purchaser, as the case may be, otherwise expressly agrees in writing to assume any or all of said obligations.

 

SECTION 3

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Each Grantor represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, on and as of the Effective Date, that:

 

Section 3.1                                    Title

 

Such Grantor owns the Collateral purported to be owned by it free and clear of any and all Liens, other than Permitted Encumbrances. Such Grantor has not filed or consented to the filing of (a) any financing statement or analogous document under the UCC or any other applicable laws covering any Collateral, (b) any assignment in which such Grantor assigns any Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Collateral with any Intellectual Property Registry in any jurisdiction or (c) any assignment in which such Grantor assigns any Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Collateral with any foreign governmental, municipal or other office, which financing statement or analogous document, assignment, security agreement or similar instrument is still in effect, except, in each case, for (i) filings with respect to Permitted Encumbrances and (ii) any financing statement or analogous

 

11



 

document, assignment, security agreement or similar instrument or Record evidencing Liens being terminated on or prior to the date hereof.

 

Section 3.2                                    Names, Locations

 

(a)                                  The Perfection Certificate sets forth with respect to such Grantor, (i) under Section 1(a), its exact legal name, as such name appears in the public record of its Jurisdiction of Organization which shows such Grantor to have been organized, (ii) under Section 1(d), each other legal name that such Grantor has had in the past five years, together with the date of the relevant change (if applicable), (iii) under Section 1(f), the United States federal employer identification number of such Grantor (if any) and (iv) under Section 1(e), the jurisdiction of organization of such Grantor and its organizational identification number or statement that such Grantor has no such number.

 

(b)                                  Section 2 of the Perfection Certificate sets forth, with respect to such Grantor, the chief executive office and “location” (within the meaning of Section 9-307 of the UCC) of such Grantor. Except as set forth in Section 1(d) of the Perfection Certificate, such Grantor has not changed its jurisdiction of organization, chief executive office or other such “location” in the past five years.

 

(c)                                   Schedule 2(g) of the Perfection Certificate sets forth with respect to such Grantor, the names and addresses of all Persons other than such Grantor or the Collateral Agent that have actual possession of any of the Collateral of such Grantor with a value in excess of $100,000 per Person and $600,000 in the aggregate.

 

(d)                                  Except as set forth in Section 1(d) of the Perfection Certificate, such Grantor has not changed its identity or organizational structure in any way in the past five years. Changes in identity or organizational structure would include mergers, consolidations and acquisitions, as well as any change in the form or jurisdiction of organization of such Grantor. If any such change has occurred, Section 1(d) of the Perfection Certificate sets forth the date of such change and the exact legal name of each acquiree or constituent party to a merger or consolidation.

 

Section 3.3                                    Filings, Consents

 

Attached hereto as Exhibit C are copies of all UCC financing statements required to be made in each relevant jurisdiction. Such financing statements are all of the filings that are necessary to perfect a Security Interest in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Collateral in which the Security Interest may be perfected by the filing of a UCC-1.

 

12



 

Section 3.4                                    Security Interests

 

The Security Interest constitutes a legal and valid security interest in all Collateral that is subject to Article 8 or Article 9 of the UCC securing the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations. Subject to the completion of the filings described in Section 3.3 and to value being given, the Security Interest is, and shall be, a validly created and perfected security interest in all Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by filing of a financing statement in the United States pursuant to the UCC, prior to any other Lien on any of the Collateral, other than Permitted Encumbrances that have priority as a matter of law.

 

Section 3.5                                    Accounts Receivable

 

No Account Receivable constituting Collateral of an amount greater than $125,000 individually and $250,000 in the aggregate is evidenced by, or constitutes an Instrument or Chattel Paper that has not been delivered to, or otherwise subjected to the control (within the meaning of Section 9-105 of the UCC) of, the Collateral Agent to the extent required by, and in accordance with, Section 4.6.

 

Section 3.6                                    Pledged Collateral, Deposit Accounts

 

(a)                                  Schedule 10 of the Perfection Certificate sets forth all of the Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts in which such Grantor has an interest. Such Grantor is the sole entitlement holder of each such Securities Account and Commodity Account listed thereon beside its name, and such Grantor has not consented to, and is not otherwise aware of, any Person having “control” (as defined in Sections 8-106 and 9-106 of the UCC) over, or any other interest in, any such Securities Account or Commodity Account or any Securities or other property credited thereto, in each case subject to Permitted Encumbrances.

 

(b)                                  Schedule 9 of the Perfection Certificate sets forth all of the Deposit Accounts in which such Grantor has an interest and such Grantor is the sole account holder of each such Deposit Account and such Grantor has not consented to, and is not otherwise aware of, any Person having “control” (as defined in Section 9-104 of the UCC) over, or any other interest in, any such Deposit Account or any money or other property deposited therein, in each case subject to Permitted Encumbrances. Each Deposit Account listed in Schedule 9 of the Perfection Certificate and designated with an asterisk is an Excluded Deposit Account on and as of the Effective Date.

 

(c)                                   Schedule 8 of the Perfection Certificate sets forth all of the Pledged Notes.

 

(d)                                  Schedule 7 of the Perfection Certificate sets forth all Pledged Stock, Pledged Partnership Interests and Pledged LLC Interests of such Grantor. The Pledged Stock, Pledged Partnership Interests and Pledged LLC Interests pledged hereunder by each Grantor constitute, as of the date hereof, that percentage of the issued and outstanding equity of all classes of each issuer thereof as set forth in

 

13



 

Schedule 7 of the Perfection Certificate. Schedule 7 of the Perfection Certificate identifies any such Pledged Stock, Pledged Partnership Interests or Pledged LLC Interests that are represented by Certificated Securities.

 

(e)                                   All of the Pledged Stock, Pledged Partnership Interests and Pledged LLC Interests have been duly and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(f)                                    As of the date hereof, no Person other than such Grantor (or its agent or designee) or the Collateral Agent has “control” (as defined in Sections 8-106 and 9-106 of the UCC) over any Pledged Collateral of such Grantor and, other than the Pledged Partnership Interests and the Pledged LLC Interests that constitute General Intangibles, there is no Pledged Collateral other than Pledged Collateral that is represented by Certificated Securities, Instruments or Tangible Chattel Paper that has been, or will be, substantially concurrently with the effectiveness of this agreement, delivered to the Collateral Agent (or its agent or designee)).

 

(g)                                   There are no restrictions on transfer in the LLC Agreement governing any Pledged LLC Interests or in the Partnership Agreement governing any Pledged Partnership Interests or in any stockholders’ agreement or other similar agreement governing the Pledged Collateral which would limit or restrict (i) the grant of a security interest in the Pledged LLC Interests, the Pledged Partnership Interests or the Pledged Stock, (ii) the perfection of such security interest, (iii) the exercise of remedies in respect of such perfected security interest in the Pledged LLC Interests, the Pledged Partnership Interests or the Pledged Stock or (iv) the transfer of the Pledged LLC Interests, the Pledged Partnership Interests or the Pledged Stock, in each case as contemplated by this Agreement. Further, the terms of any Pledged LLC Interests and Pledged Partnership Interests either (i) expressly provide, and any certificates representing such Pledged LLC Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests expressly provide, that they are securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect from time to time in any jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the “issuer’s jurisdiction” (as such term is defined in the UCC in effect in such jurisdiction) of each issuer thereof, or (ii) (A) are not traded on securities exchanges or in securities markets, (B) are not “investment company securities” (as defined in Section 8-103(b) of the UCC) and (C) do not provide, in the related LLC Agreement or Partnership Agreement, as applicable, certificates, if any, representing such Pledged LLC Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests, as applicable, or otherwise that they are securities governed by the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction.

 

(h)                                  To the knowledge of the relevant Grantor, each of the Pledged Notes constitutes the legal and valid obligation of the obligor with respect thereto, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, and general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

14



 

Section 3.7                                    Intellectual Property

 

(a)                                  Schedule 11A and 11B of the Perfection Certificate sets forth a true and complete list of (i) all United States, state and foreign registrations of and applications for Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights issued or registered by, or applied-for with, an Intellectual Property Registry and, in each case, owned by such Grantor (the “ Registered Intellectual Property ”) and (ii) all Exclusive Copyright Licenses (including all Copyrights licensed therein).

 

(b)                                  Such Grantor is the sole and exclusive owner of the entire right, title, and interest in and to all Registered Intellectual Property listed as owned by such Grantor in Schedule 11A and 11B of the Perfection Certificate, free and clear of all Liens, other than licenses of Intellectual Property granted in the ordinary course of business that do not materially interfere with such Grantor’s ability to conduct its business as currently conducted.

 

(c)                                   On the date hereof, all Registered Intellectual Property and all applications or registrations for Intellectual Property that are exclusively licensed by such Grantor are subsisting and have not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, nor are any of the Patents included in the Collateral the subject of a reexamination proceeding, except in each case as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and such Grantor has performed all acts and has paid all renewal, maintenance, and other fees and taxes required to maintain in full force and effect any and all Registered Intellectual Property owned by and material to the business of such Grantor.

 

(d)                                  Such Grantor owns, licenses or otherwise has the right to use all Intellectual Property material or necessary to conduct its business as currently conducted, taken as a whole, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Encumbrances).

 

(e)                                   No holding, decision, or judgment has been rendered in any action or proceeding before any court or administrative authority challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of, or such Grantor’s right to register, own or use, any Intellectual Property (except for non-final, ordinary course office actions related to any United States or foreign Intellectual Property registration efforts), and no such action or proceeding is pending or, to the best of such Grantor’s knowledge, threatened in writing, except, in each case, as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(f)                                    Such Grantor has been using appropriate statutory notice of registration in connection with its use of registered Trademarks, proper marking practices in connection with the use of Patents, and appropriate notice of copyright in connection with the publication of Copyrights, except, in each case, to the extent that any failure to so comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

15



 

(g)                                   Such Grantor controls the nature and quality in accordance with industry standards of all products sold and all services rendered under or in connection with all Trademarks material to the business of the Obligors and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in each case, consistent with industry standards, and has taken commercially reasonable action necessary to ensure that all licensees of such Trademarks comply with the standards of quality of the Obligors and their Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(h)                                  Such Grantor has taken commercially reasonable steps to protect the confidentiality of its Trade Secrets constituting Intellectual Property material to the business of the Obligors and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to maintain the confidentiality of all such Trade Secrets the value of which to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is contingent upon maintaining the confidentiality thereof.

 

(i)                                      To the knowledge of such Grantor, the conduct of such Grantor’s business does not infringe, misappropriate, dilute or otherwise violate any Intellectual Property owned or controlled by any other Person, except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No claim has been made against such Grantor, or, to such Grantor’s knowledge, threatened in writing, that the use of any Intellectual Property owned or used by such Grantor (or any of its respective licensees) infringes, misappropriates, dilutes or otherwise violates the asserted rights of any Person, except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(j)                                     To such Grantor’s knowledge, no Person is infringing, misappropriating, diluting or otherwise violating any rights in any Intellectual Property included in the Collateral, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(k)                                  No settlement or consents, covenants not to sue, co-existence agreements, non-assertion assurances, or releases in relation to rights to Intellectual Property included in the Collateral, have been entered into by such Grantor or bind such Grantor in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (it being understood that such Grantor shall have the right to enter into or become bound by settlements, consents, covenants not to sue, co-existence agreements, non-assertion assurances or releases that such Grantor determines in good faith and in its reasonable business judgment are desirable and in the reasonable best interests of the business of the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries).

 

16



 

SECTION 4

 

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.1                                    Change of Name; Place of Business

 

Unless a Grantor has given the Collateral Agent at least 10 days prior written notice (or such shorter period as the Collateral Agent may agree), such Grantor will not change (i) its legal name, (ii) its jurisdiction of organization, (iii) in the case of a Grantor that is not a registered organization formed under the law of a state of the United States, the location of its chief executive office or “location” (within the meaning of Section 9-307 of the UCC), (iv) its type of organization or (v) its organizational identification number (if any) or federal employer identification number (if any). Each Grantor agrees to cooperate with the Collateral Agent, at the expense of the Grantors, in making all filings that are required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times following any such change to have a legal, valid and perfected first-priority Security Interest (subject to Permitted Encumbrances) in all the Collateral.

 

Section 4.2                                    Periodic Certification

 

In accordance with Section 5.01(g) of the Credit Agreement and from time to time as requested by the Collateral Agent following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent the information required by Section 5.01(g) of the Credit Agreement and a Security Supplement, together with all amendments or supplements to the schedules to the Perfection Certificate.

 

Section 4.3                                    Protection of Security

 

Each Grantor shall, at its own cost and expense, take (a) any and all actions necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to maintain the Security Interest of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien (except Permitted Encumbrances) and (b) commercially reasonable actions of deemed to be prudent in the applicable Grantor’s reasonable business judgment to defend the Collateral and such Security Interest against the claims and demands of all Persons, subject in each case to such claims or demands permitted by the Credit Agreement and the rights (if any) of such Grantor under the Loan Documents to dispose of, or settle claims with respect to, Collateral. Except as permitted by the Credit Agreement and the express rights (if any) of such Grantor under the Loan Documents to dispose of, or settle claims with respect to, Collateral, or otherwise consented to by the Collateral Agent, no Grantor shall take or cause to be taken any action that could be reasonably expected to impair the Collateral Agent’s rights in the Collateral.

 

Section 4.4                                    Insurance

 

Each Grantor irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Collateral Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Collateral Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent

 

17



 

(and attorney-in-fact) for the purpose of making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of the Collateral under Insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the Proceeds of such Insurance and for making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto; provided , however , that the Collateral Agent shall not take any of such actions until after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default. In the event that any Grantor at any time or times shall fail to obtain or maintain any of the Insurance required by the Credit Agreement or to pay any premium in whole or part relating thereto, the Collateral Agent may, without waiving or releasing any obligation or liability of such Grantor hereunder or without waiving any Event of Default, in its sole discretion and at such Grantor’s expense, obtain and maintain such Insurance and pay such premium and take any other actions with respect thereto as the Collateral Agent deems advisable.

 

Section 4.5                                    Equipment and Inventory

 

(a)                                  Each Grantor hereby covenants and agrees that except as permitted by the Credit Agreement, it shall not deliver any Document evidencing any of its Equipment or Inventory to any Person other than (i) the issuer of such Document to claim the Goods evidenced thereby, (ii) the Collateral Agent (or its agent or designee) or (iii) any other Grantor.

 

(b)                                  Each Grantor hereby covenants and agrees that, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such Grantor shall not permit any Equipment, Inventory or other Goods of such Grantor having a value greater than $1,000,000, individually, or $3,000,000, in the aggregate, to be in the possession or control of any third party (including warehousemen, bailees, agents or processors) at any time, unless such third party shall have been notified of the Collateral Agent’s Security Interest. The requirements of this Section 4.5(b) shall not apply to Equipment, Inventory or other Goods in transit, out for repair or at other locations for purposes of onsite maintenance, repair or demonstration, movable computer equipment and related hardware and software that is temporarily removed by employees or Equipment consisting of tools leased by Grantor to its customers, in each case in the ordinary course of the applicable Grantor’s business.

 

Section 4.6                                    Accounts Receivable

 

(a)                                  Each Grantor hereby covenants and agrees that it shall keep and maintain at its own cost and expense records of its Accounts Receivable, and its material dealings therewith, in each case consistent with such Grantor’s ordinary course of business and complete and accurate in all material respects. At any time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon the Collateral Agent’s request and at the expense of the relevant Grantor, such Grantor shall promptly (i) cause independent public accountants or others reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent to furnish to the Collateral Agent reports showing reconciliations, aging and test verifications of, and trial balances

 

18



 

for, the Accounts Receivable, (ii) deliver to the Collateral Agent all original and other documents evidencing, and relating to, the agreements and transactions which gave rise to the Accounts Receivable, including all original orders, invoices and shipping receipts and (iii) furnish to the Collateral Agent the contact information and other information regarding any Account Debtor under any Accounts Receivable.

 

(b)                                  The Collateral Agent shall have the right at any time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default to notify (with a copy to the relevant Grantor), or require any Grantor to notify, any Account Debtor of the Collateral Agent’s Security Interest in the Accounts Receivable and any Supporting Obligation and the Collateral Agent may in such circumstances: (i) direct the Account Debtors under any Accounts Receivable to make payment of all amounts due or to become due to any Grantor thereunder directly to the Collateral Agent, (ii) notify, or require a Grantor to notify, each Person maintaining a lockbox or similar arrangement to which Account Debtors under any Accounts Receivable have been directed to make payment to remit all amounts representing collections on checks and other payment items from time to time sent to or deposited in such lockbox or other arrangement directly to the Collateral Agent, (iii) communicate with obligors under the Accounts Receivable to verify with them to the Collateral Agent’s satisfaction the existence, amount and terms of any Accounts Receivable and (iv) enforce, at the expense of any Grantor, collection of any such Accounts Receivable and to adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment thereof. If the Collateral Agent notifies a Grantor that it has elected to collect the Accounts Receivable in accordance with the preceding sentence, all amounts and Proceeds (including cash, checks, non-cash items and other instruments) received by such Grantor in respect of the Accounts Receivable, any Supporting Obligation or Collateral Support shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent hereunder and shall be segregated from other funds of such Grantor and such Grantor shall not adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment of any Accounts Receivable, or release wholly or partly any Account Debtor or obligor thereof, or allow any credit or discount thereon without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent. All amounts and Proceeds while held by the Collateral Agent (or by a Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties) shall continue to be held as collateral security for all of the Secured Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as provided in Section 7.3 hereof.

 

(c)                                   If at any time any Grantor shall take a security interest in any property of an Account Debtor or any other Person to secure payment and performance of an Account in excess of $250,000, to the extent permissible under the document granting a security interest without the requirement of any notice to, or consent or other action by, such Account Debtor or such other Person, such Grantor shall promptly assign such security interest to the Collateral Agent. Such assignment need not be filed of public record unless necessary to continue the perfected status

 

19



 

of the security interest against creditors of and transferees from the Account Debtor or other Person granting the security interest.

 

(d)                                  With respect to any Accounts Receivable in excess of $125,000 individually or $250,000 in the aggregate that is evidenced by, or constitutes, Chattel Paper, each Grantor shall cause each originally executed copy thereof to be delivered to the Collateral Agent (or its agent or designee) appropriately indorsed to the Collateral Agent or indorsed in blank: (i) with respect to any such Accounts Receivable in existence on the date hereof, on or prior to the date hereof and (ii) with respect to any such Accounts Receivable hereafter arising, as soon as practicable, and in any event within ten days of such Grantor acquiring rights therein. With respect to any Accounts Receivable in excess of $125,000 individually or $250,000 in the aggregate that constitutes Electronic Chattel Paper, each Grantor shall take all steps necessary to give the Collateral Agent “control” (as defined in Section 9-105 of the UCC) over such Accounts Receivable (x) with respect to any such Accounts Receivable in existence on the date hereof, on or prior to the date hereof and (y) with respect to any such Accounts Receivable hereafter arising, within ten days of such Grantor acquiring rights therein. Any Accounts Receivable not otherwise required to be delivered or subjected to the control of the Collateral Agent in accordance with this Section 4.6 shall be delivered or subjected to such control upon the request of the Collateral Agent following the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default.

 

Section 4.7                                    Pledged Collateral

 

(a)                                  Except as permitted by the Credit Agreement, each Grantor hereby covenants and agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent, it shall not vote or take any other action to amend or terminate any Partnership Agreement, LLC Agreement, certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other Organizational Documents in any way that adversely affects the validity, perfection or priority of the Collateral Agent’s Security Interest. Each Grantor hereby covenants and agrees that, on or after the date hereof, without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent, it will not designate or specify in any applicable document or contract that any of the Pledged LLC Interests or the Pledged Partnership Interests are governed by Article 8 of the UCC unless it shall cause certificates to be issued in respect of such Equity Interest and deliver such certificates to the Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms of Section 4.7(e)(iii) hereof.

 

(b)                                  Each Grantor will cause any Indebtedness held by such Grantor having a principal amount greater than $500,000 individually and $2,500,000 in the aggregate (other than Investment Property held through a Securities Intermediary) to be evidenced by a duly executed promissory note, bond, debenture or similar instrument that is pledged and delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms hereof and, if required for perfection purposes, duly indorsed to the order of the Collateral

 

20



 

Agent or in blank (or accompanied by a customary instrument of transfer executed in blank).

 

(c)                                   Each Grantor hereby covenants and agrees that, in the event it establishes or acquires rights in any Pledged Stock, Pledged Partnership Interests, Pledged LLC Interests (or any certificates or other instruments representing any of the foregoing), Securities Accounts, Commodity Accounts or Deposit Accounts (other than any Excluded Deposit Accounts) or any Excluded Deposit Account ceases to be an Excluded Deposit Account, such Grantor shall promptly deliver to the Collateral Agent, but in any event not later than the delivery of the Compliance Certificate with respect to the Fiscal Quarter in which such event occurred (or such later date as is acceptable to the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion), a completed Security Supplement together with all supplements to the relevant Perfection Certificate, reflecting such new Pledged Stock, Pledged Partnership Interests, Pledged LLC Interests (or any certificates or other instruments representing any of the foregoing), Securities Accounts, Commodity Accounts or Deposit Accounts (with each Excluded Deposit Account listed in such supplements to the Perfection Certificate being indicated by an asterisk). Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that the Security Interest of the Collateral Agent shall attach to all Pledged Collateral, Securities Accounts, Commodities Accounts and Deposit Accounts (other than Excluded Deposit Accounts) immediately upon such Grantor’s acquisition of rights therein (or upon a Deposit Account ceasing to be an Excluded Deposit Account) and shall not be affected by the failure of such Grantor to deliver a Security Supplement or any required supplement to the Perfection Certificate as required hereby.

 

(d)                                  Each Grantor hereby covenants and agrees that it shall enforce its rights with respect to any Pledged Collateral, Deposit Accounts, Commodity Accounts and Securities Accounts as is consistent with its ordinary course of business.

 

(e)                                   Each Grantor agrees that with respect to any Pledged Collateral and any Securities, Instruments, Tangible Chattel Paper, that it shall comply with the provisions of this Section 4.7(e) promptly, and in any event, except as set forth below, within 15 days (or such later date as is acceptable to the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion) of such Grantor acquiring rights therein, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

 

(i)             With respect to any Pledged Collateral constituting Certificated Securities and any Instruments or Tangible Chattel Paper acquired or pledged on or after the date hereof, other than as agreed to by the Collateral Agent in its reasonable discretion, it shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Collateral Agent (or its agent or designee) all such Certificated Securities, Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper, stock powers duly executed in blank or other instruments of transfer reasonably satisfactory to the

 

21



 

Collateral Agent and all other instruments and documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request or that are necessary to give effect to the pledge granted hereby; provided , however that any such Pledged Collateral owned on the Effective Date shall be delivered to the Collateral Agent on the Effective Date.

 

(ii)            With respect to any Pledged Collateral constituting Uncertificated Securities, upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, it shall cause the issuer thereof either (i) to register the Collateral Agent as the registered owner of such Uncertificated Security, upon original issue or registration of transfer or (ii) to promptly (but in any event within 30 days of such request (or such later date as the Collateral Agent may agree in its sole discretion)) agree in writing with such Grantor and the Collateral Agent that such issuer will comply with instructions originated by the Collateral Agent with respect to such Uncertificated Security without further consent of such Grantor, such agreement to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

 

(iii)           Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent shall have the right, without notice to the Grantors, to (A) transfer all or any portion of the Pledged Collateral to its name or the name of its nominee or agent and (B) exchange any certificates or Instruments representing any Investment Property for certificates or Instruments of smaller or larger denominations.

 

(f)                                    Voting and Distributions

 

(i)                                      So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

 

(A)                                except as otherwise provided in this Section 4.7 or elsewhere herein or in the Credit Agreement, each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise or refrain from exercising any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents, unless the result thereof could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the rights and remedies of any of the Secured Parties under this Agreement, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or the ability of the Secured Parties to exercise the same;

 

22


 

(B)                                the Collateral Agent shall promptly execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered), at the expense of such Grantor, to each Grantor all proxies and other instruments as such Grantor may from time to time reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and other consensual rights when and to the extent that it is entitled to exercise the same pursuant to clause (f)(i)(A) above and to receive the cash Dividends that it is entitled to receive pursuant to clause (f)(i)(C) below; and

 

(C)                                each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all cash Dividends, interest, principal, distributions, Securities or other property paid on the Pledged Collateral to the extent and only to the extent that such cash Dividends, interest, principal, distributions, Securities or other property are permitted by, and otherwise paid in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable laws. All noncash Dividends, interest, principal, distributions, Securities or other property, and all Dividends, interest, principal, distributions, Securities or other property paid or payable in cash or otherwise in connection with a partial or total liquidation or dissolution, return of capital, capital surplus or paid-in surplus, and all other distributions made on or in respect of the Pledged Collateral, whether paid or payable in cash or otherwise, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Equity Interests of the issuer of any Pledged Collateral or received in exchange for Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Collateral without any further action.

 

(ii)                                   Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(A)                                (i) the Collateral Agent shall have the sole and exclusive right to receive any and all Dividends, payments or other Proceeds paid in respect of the Pledged Stock and other Investment Property and make application thereof to the Secured Obligations in the manner set forth in Section 9.02 of the Credit Agreement, (ii) the Collateral Agent shall have the sole and exclusive right (but shall be under no obligation) to register any or all of the Pledged Collateral in

 

23



 

the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee, (iii) all rights of each Grantor to exercise or refrain from exercising the voting, corporate, consensual and other rights and privileges pertaining to the Pledged Collateral to which such Grantor would otherwise be entitled shall automatically cease and become vested in the Collateral Agent, and (iv) the Collateral Agent or its nominee shall have (except to the extent, if any, specifically waived in each instance by the Collateral Agent in writing in its sole discretion) the sole and exclusive right to exercise or refrain from exercising, but under no circumstances is the Collateral Agent obligated by the terms of this Agreement or otherwise to exercise, (x) all voting, corporate or other organizational, consensual and other rights and privileges pertaining to the Pledged Collateral, whether at any meeting of shareholders of the relevant issuer, by written consent in lieu of a meeting or otherwise, and (y) any and all rights of conversion, exchange and subscription and any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to the Pledged Collateral as if it were the absolute owner thereof (including the right to exchange, at its discretion, any and all of the Pledged Collateral upon the merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other fundamental change in the corporate structure of any issuer, or upon the exercise by any Grantor or the Collateral Agent of any right, privilege or option pertaining to the Pledged Collateral, and in connection therewith, the right to deposit and deliver any and all of the Pledged Collateral with any committee, depositary, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms and conditions as the Collateral Agent may determine in its sole discretion), all without liability, but the Collateral Agent shall have no duty to any Grantor or any other Person to exercise any such right, privilege or option and shall not be responsible for any failure to do so or delay in so doing.

 

(B)                                Each Grantor hereby appoints the Collateral Agent as such Grantor’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, and grants to the Collateral Agent this IRREVOCABLE PROXY, to vote all or any part of the Pledged Stock and other Investment Property from time to time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, in each case in any manner the Collateral Agent deems advisable in its sole discretion for or against any or all matters submitted, or which may be submitted, to a vote of shareholders, partners or members,

 

24



 

as the case may be, and to exercise all other rights, powers, privileges and remedies to which any such shareholders, partners or members would be entitled. The power-of-attorney and irrevocable proxy granted hereby are effective automatically upon the occurrence of an Event of Default without the necessity that any action (including, without limitation, that any transfer of any of the Pledged Collateral be recorded on the books and records of the issuer of the relevant Pledged Collateral or that any of the Pledged Collateral be registered in the name of the Collateral Agent or otherwise) be taken by any Person (including the issuer of the relevant Pledged Collateral or any officer or agent thereof), are coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable, shall survive the bankruptcy, dissolution or winding up of each relevant Grantor, and shall terminate only on the termination of this Agreement.

 

(C)                                upon written notice by the Collateral Agent to the Grantors, all rights of the Grantors to Dividends, interest or principal that any Grantor is authorized to receive pursuant to clause (f)(i)(C) above shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to receive and retain such Dividends, interest or principal and to apply them to the Obligations in accordance with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

After all Event of Defaults have been cured or waived or the underlying notice (if applicable) has been rescinded, each Grantor will have the right to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers that it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to the terms of clause (f)(i) above.

 

Section 4.8                                    Intellectual Property

 

(a)                                  In the case of any Collateral (whether now owned or hereafter filed or acquired) consisting of (i) registrations of or applications for U.S. Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights, or (ii) Exclusive Copyright Licenses, each Grantor shall execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent short-form security agreements substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1, Exhibit D-2 or Exhibit D-3 (each, an “ Intellectual Property Security Agreement ”)  covering all such Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Exclusive Copyright Licenses, respectively, in appropriate form for recordation with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office with respect to the Security Interest of the Collateral Agent on the Effective Date and, in respect of Collateral hereafter filed or acquired, pursuant to paragraph (b) below.

 

25



 

(b)                                  In the event that any Grantor, either itself or through any agent, employee, licensee or designee, files or acquires a registration of or application (unless an Excluded Asset) for any U.S. Patent, Trademark or Copyright with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, United States Copyright Office or any successor thereto, or becomes a party to any Exclusive Copyright License,  during any Fiscal Quarter, such Grantor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a completed Security Supplement together with all supplements to Section 11A and 11B with respect to the Perfection Certificate not later than the delivery of the Compliance Certificate for such Fiscal Quarter, and shall execute and deliver Intellectual Property Security Agreements covering all such Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Exclusive Copyright Licenses, respectively, in appropriate form for recordation with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office and any and all other agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Collateral Agent’s Security Interest in such Patent, Trademark, Copyright or Exclusive Copyright License.

 

(c)                                   Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all requisite consents or approvals by the licensor of each Copyright License, Patent License, Trademark License or Trade Secret License to effect the assignment of all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest thereunder to the Collateral Agent or its designee.

 

Section 4.9                                    Covenants in Credit Agreement

 

Each Grantor shall take, or refrain from taking, as the case may be, each action that is necessary to be taken or not taken, so that no breach of the covenants in the Credit Agreement pertaining to actions to be taken, or not taken, by such Grantor will result.

 

SECTION 5

 

FURTHER ASSURANCES; ADDITIONAL GRANTORS

 

Section 5.1                                    Further Assurances

 

(a)                                  Each Grantor agrees that from time to time, at its expense, it shall promptly execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent (or its agent or designee) all further instruments and documents and take all further action that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to create and/or maintain the validity, perfection or priority of and protect any Security Interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable the Collateral Agent, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such Grantor shall:

 

26



 

(i)                                      execute, acknowledge, deliver or cause to be duly filed (as applicable) all such further instruments, documents, endorsements, powers of attorney or notices, and take all such actions as the Collateral Agent may deem necessary (by notice to such Grantor) or from time to time reasonably request, to preserve, protect and perfect the Security Interest and the rights and remedies created hereby, including the payment of any fees and taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the Security Interest and the filing of any financing statements or other documents in connection herewith or therewith;

 

(ii)                                   take all actions the Collateral Agent may deem necessary (by notice to such Grantor) or from time to time reasonably request, to ensure the recordation of appropriate evidence of the Security Interest granted hereunder in the Intellectual Property owned by a Grantor with any Intellectual Property Registry in which said Intellectual Property is registered or in which an application for registration is pending; and

 

(iii)                                at the Collateral Agent’s request, appear in and defend any action or proceeding that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect such Grantor’s title to or the Collateral Agent’s Security Interest in all or any part of the Collateral.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no Grantor shall be required to take any action hereunder (including, without limitation, with respect to the perfection or priority of the Security Interest granted herein) to the extent that the cost or burden of such action is excessive in relation to the benefit to the Secured Parties of the taking of such action as reasonably agreed by the Collateral Agent and the Company.

 

(b)                                  All instruments, agreements or other documents executed, authorized or delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) shall contain terms and conditions no more onerous or burdensome with respect to any Grantor than the terms and provisions of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent, following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, with notice thereof to such Grantor, to supplement this Agreement by supplementing the Perfection Certificate or adding additional schedules hereto to identify specifically any asset or item of Collateral that constitutes registered or applied-for Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks or any Exclusive Copyright Licenses.

 

(c)                                   Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent, at the expense of the Grantor, to file a Record or Records, including financing statements, continuation statements and, in each case, amendments thereto, in all United States

 

27



 

jurisdictions and with all filing offices as the Collateral Agent may determine, in its reasonable discretion, are necessary or advisable to perfect (or release) the Security Interest granted to the Collateral Agent herein, without the signature of such Grantor, which Records, in any event, shall include the financing statements attached hereto as Exhibit C. Such financing statements may describe the Collateral in the same manner as described herein or may contain an indication or description of the Collateral that describes such property in any other manner as the Collateral Agent may determine, in its reasonable discretion, is necessary, advisable or prudent to ensure the perfection of the Security Interest in the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent herein, including describing such property as “all assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired” or words of similar import. The Collateral Agent agrees to make available copies of all such Records to the applicable Grantor upon the recordation thereof by each applicable filing office. Each Grantor agrees that a photographic or other reproduction of a financing statement shall be sufficient as a financing statement and may be filed as a financing statement in the jurisdictions listed in Section 2(c) of the Perfection Certificate.

 

Section 5.2                                    Additional Grantors

 

From time to time subsequent to the date hereof, additional Persons may become parties hereto as additional Grantors (each, an “ Additional Grantor ”) by executing a Joinder Agreement. Upon delivery of any such Joinder Agreement to the Collateral Agent, notice of which is hereby waived by the Grantors, each Additional Grantor shall be a Grantor and shall be as fully a party hereto as if such Additional Grantor were an original signatory hereto. Each Grantor expressly agrees that its obligations arising hereunder shall not be affected or diminished by the addition or release of any other Grantor hereunder, nor by any election of the Collateral Agent not to cause any Subsidiary to become an Additional Grantor hereunder. This Agreement shall be fully effective as to any Grantor that is or becomes a party hereto regardless of whether any other Person becomes or fails to become or ceases to be a Grantor hereunder.

 

SECTION 6

 

COLLATERAL AGENT APPOINTED ATTORNEY-IN-FACT

 

Section 6.1                                    Power of Attorney

 

For the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent to exercise the rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents at such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor hereby irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Collateral Agent (and all duly authorized officers or agents designated by the Collateral Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor, the Collateral Agent or otherwise, from time to time in the Collateral Agent’s reasonable discretion, to take any and all actions and to execute any and all instruments and documents that the

 

28



 

Collateral Agent may deem reasonably necessary to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, including but not limited to the following:

 

(a)                                  solely upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing,

 

(i)                                      to receive, endorse, assign, collect and deliver any and all notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other instruments, documents and Chattel Paper or other evidences of payment relating to the Collateral;

 

(ii)                                   to ask for, demand, collect, sue for, recover, compound, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral;

 

(iii)                                to sign the name of such Grantor on any invoice, Document, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, notices or other document relating to any of the Collateral;

 

(iv)                               to send verifications of Accounts Receivable or Contracts to any Account Debtor or parties to the Contracts, as applicable;

 

(v)                                  to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Collateral;

 

(vi)                               to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any claims, actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the Collateral;

 

(vii)                            to notify and direct, or to require such Grantor to notify and direct, Account Debtors or parties to the Contracts to make payment directly to the Collateral Agent or as the Collateral Agent shall direct;

 

(viii)                         to exercise the right to vote the Pledged Stock, Pledged LLC Interests and Pledged Partnership Interests, and all other rights, powers, privileges and remedies to which a holder of such Pledged Collateral would be entitled (including without limitation giving or withholding written consents of stockholders, calling special meetings of stockholders and voting at such meetings), with full power of substitution to do so; and such proxy shall be effective automatically and without the necessity of any action (including any transfer of any Pledged Stock, Pledged LLC Interests or

 

29



 

Pledged Partnership Interests on the record books of the issuer thereof) by any Person (including, without limitation, the issuer of the Pledged Stock, Pledged LLC Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests, or any officer or agent thereof);

 

(ix)                               to collect and receive all cash dividends, interest, principal and other distributions made on the Pledged Stock, Pledged LLC Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests;

 

(x)                                  to use, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral;

 

(xi)                               to prepare, sign and file for recordation in any Intellectual Property Registry, appropriate evidence of the Security Interest granted herein in Intellectual Property included in the Collateral in the name of such Grantor as assignor;

 

(xii)                            to take or cause to be taken all actions necessary to perform or comply or cause performance or compliance with the terms of this Agreement, including to pay or discharge Taxes or Liens (other than Permitted Encumbrances) levied or placed upon or threatened against the Collateral, the legality or validity thereof and the amounts necessary to discharge the same to be determined by the Collateral Agent in its discretion, any such payments made by the Collateral Agent to become obligations of such Grantor to the Collateral Agent, due and payable immediately without demand; and

 

(xiii)                         generally to sell, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and to do, at the Collateral Agent’s option and such Grantor’s expense, at any time or from time to time, all acts and things that the Collateral Agent deems reasonably necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Collateral Agent’s Security Interest therein in order to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do, and

 

(b)                                  to prepare, execute and file Records (including UCC financing statements) as further described in Section 5.1(c).

 

30


 

Section 6.2                                    No Duty on the Part of Collateral Agent or Secured Parties

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and without limiting any provision of the Credit Agreement, nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Collateral Agent, any other Secured Party or any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered thereby, and no action taken or omitted to be taken by the Collateral Agent, any other Secured Party or any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof shall give rise to any defense, counterclaim or offset in favor of any Grantor or to any claim or action against the Collateral Agent, any other Secured Party or any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents. It is understood and agreed that the appointment of the Collateral Agent as the agent and attorney-in-fact of each Grantor for the purposes set forth above is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable as to each Grantor until this Agreement is terminated and all Security Interests created hereby with respect to the Collateral of such Grantor are released. The provisions of this Section 6.2 shall in no event relieve any Grantor of any of its obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or impose any obligation on the Collateral Agent, any other Secured Party or any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents to proceed in any particular manner with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof, or in any way limit the exercise by the Collateral Agent, any other Secured Party or any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents of any other or further right that it may have on the date of this Agreement or hereafter, whether hereunder, under any other Loan Document, by law or otherwise. The Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to the Grantors for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non appealable judgment.

 

Section 6.3                                    Authority, Immunities and Indemnities of Collateral Agent

 

Each Grantor acknowledges, and, by acceptance of the benefits hereof, each Secured Party agrees, that the rights and responsibilities of the Collateral Agent under this Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Collateral Agent or the exercise or non-exercise by the Collateral Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Agreement shall, as among the Secured Parties, also be governed by the Credit Agreement and that the Collateral Agent shall have, in respect thereof, all rights, remedies, immunities and indemnities granted to it in the Credit Agreement. By acceptance of the benefits hereof, each Secured Party that is not a Lender agrees to be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement applicable to the Collateral Agent, including Article 10 thereof, as fully as if such Secured Party were a Lender. The Collateral Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the Secured Parties with full and valid authority

 

31



 

so to act or refrain from acting, and no Grantor shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

 

SECTION 7

 

REMEDIES

 

Section 7.1                                    Remedies Upon Event of Default

 

(a)                                  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it at law or in equity, all the rights and remedies of a secured party on default under the UCC (whether or not the UCC applies to the affected Collateral) or any other applicable law, and without limiting the foregoing, also may pursue any of the following separately, successively or simultaneously:

 

(i)             with respect to any Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property, on demand, cause the Security Interest to become an assignment, transfer and conveyance of any or all of such Collateral by the applicable Grantors to the Collateral Agent, or to license or sublicense, whether general, special or otherwise, and whether on an exclusive or non-exclusive basis, any such Collateral throughout the world on such terms and conditions and in such manner as the Collateral Agent shall determine (other than in violation of any then-existing licensing arrangements to the extent that waivers cannot be obtained);

 

(ii)            require a Grantor to, and each Grantor hereby agrees that it shall at its expense and promptly upon request of the Collateral Agent forthwith, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Collateral Agent and make it available to the Collateral Agent at a place to be designated by the Collateral Agent that is reasonably convenient to both parties;

 

(iii)           with or without legal process and with or without prior notice or demand for performance, to take possession of the Collateral and to enter without breach of the peace any premises owned or leased by the Grantors where the Collateral may be located for the purpose of taking possession of or removing the Collateral;

 

(iv)           prior to the disposition of the Collateral, store, process, repair or recondition the Collateral or otherwise prepare the Collateral for

 

32



 

disposition in any manner to the extent the Collateral Agent deems appropriate;

 

(v)            exercise dominion and control over any Cash Collateral Account maintained with the Collateral Agent constituting part of the Collateral;

 

(vi)           without prior notice except as specified below, sell, assign, lease, license (on an exclusive or non-exclusive basis) or otherwise dispose of the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, at any of the Collateral Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, at such time or times and at such price or prices and upon such other terms as the Collateral Agent may deem reasonable; provided that (A) the Collateral Agent shall be authorized at any such sale (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, (B) upon consummation of any such sale the Collateral Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold, (C) each such purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and (D) each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay, valuation and appraisal that such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted;

 

(vii)          with respect to any Collateral consisting of contracts or agreements, the Collateral Agent may notify or require a Grantor to notify any counterparty to such contract or agreement to make all payments thereunder directly to the Collateral Agent; and

 

(viii)         each Grantor hereby agrees to cause (in the case of any issuer that is not a Subsidiary of the Parent, to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause) the issuer of any Pledged Collateral to reflect the right of the Collateral Agent to vote such Pledged Collateral in the applicable books and records of such issuer (including any share register of such issuer).

 

(b)                                  The Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may be the purchaser of any or all of the Collateral at any sale thereof and the Collateral Agent, as collateral agent for and representative of the Secured Parties, shall be entitled, for the

 

33



 

purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Secured Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any Collateral payable by the Collateral Agent at such sale.

 

(c)                                   Each Grantor hereby waives notice of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale or other disposition of all or any part of the Collateral may be made. To the extent such notice may not be waived under the UCC or other applicable law, any notice made shall be deemed reasonable if sent to such Grantor or the Company, addressed as set forth in the notice provisions of the Credit Agreement, at least ten days prior to (i) the date of any such public sale or (ii) the time after which any such private sale or other disposition may be made. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral, or portion thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times during ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Collateral Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Collateral Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Collateral Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Collateral Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Collateral Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Collateral Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and the Grantors shall not be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, even if, after the Collateral Agent shall have entered into such an agreement, all Events of Default are remedied and the Secured Obligations paid in full. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Collateral Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose upon the Collateral and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. Each Grantor hereby waives any claims against the Collateral Agent arising by reason of the fact that the price at which any Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price that might have been

 

34



 

obtained at a public sale, even if the Collateral Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Collateral to more than one offeree.

 

(d)                                  If the Proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay the entire outstanding amount of the Secured Obligations, the Grantors shall be jointly and severally liable for any deficiency. Each Grantor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section will cause irreparable injury to the Collateral Agent, that the Collateral Agent has no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this Section shall be specifically enforceable against the Grantors, and the Grantors hereby waive and agree not to assert any defenses in an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing under the Credit Agreement. Nothing in this Section shall in any way alter the rights of the Collateral Agent hereunder.

 

(e)                                   The Collateral Agent may sell the Collateral without giving any warranties as to the Collateral. The Collateral Agent may specifically disclaim or modify any warranties of title or the like. This procedure will not be considered to adversely affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.

 

(f)                                    The Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to marshal any of the Collateral.

 

Section 7.2                                    Intellectual Property

 

For the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement at such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, and for no other purpose, each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties only, an irrevocable during the term of this Agreement, non-exclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to the Grantors) to use, license or sub-license any of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property subject, in the case of Trademarks, to sufficient rights to quality control and inspection in favor of such Grantor to avoid the risk of invalidation of such Trademarks, now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and wherever the same may be located, or Patent Licenses, Trademark Licenses or Copyright Licenses, and including in such license reasonable access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof; provided that only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default following any applicable cure period, may such license to the Collateral Agent be exercised, at the option of the Collateral Agent.

 

Section 7.3                                    Application of Proceeds

 

At such intervals as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Collateral Agent, or, if and whenever any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Collateral Agent shall apply

 

35



 

all or any part of the Proceeds consisting of Collateral or the Collateral as set forth in Section 9.02 of the Credit Agreement.

 

Section 7.4                                    Securities Act, Etc.

 

(a)                                  Each Grantor understands that compliance with United States federal securities laws, including but not limited to the Securities Act, might very strictly limit the course of conduct of the Collateral Agent if the Collateral Agent were to attempt to dispose of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral, and might also limit the extent to which or the manner in which any subsequent transferee of any Pledged Collateral could dispose of the same. Similarly, there may be other legal restrictions or limitations affecting the Collateral Agent in any attempt to dispose of all or part of the Pledged Collateral under applicable “blue sky” laws or other state securities laws or similar laws analogous in purpose or effect. Each Grantor recognizes that in light of such restrictions and limitations the Collateral Agent may, with respect to any sale of the Pledged Collateral, limit the purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Pledged Collateral for their own account, for investment, and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that in light of such restrictions and limitations, the Collateral Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion exercised in good faith, (a) may proceed to make such a sale whether or not a registration statement for the purpose of registering such Pledged Collateral or part thereof shall have been filed under United States federal securities laws and (b) may approach and negotiate with a single potential purchaser to effect such sale. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such sale might result in prices and other terms less favorable to the seller than if such sale were a public sale without such restrictions. In the event of any such sale, the Collateral Agent shall incur no responsibility or liability for selling all or any part of the Pledged Collateral at a price that the Collateral Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, may in good faith deem reasonable under the circumstances, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price might have been realized if the sale were deferred until after registration as aforesaid or if more than a single purchaser were approached. The provisions of this Section 7.4 will apply notwithstanding the existence of a public or private market upon which the quotations or sales prices might exceed substantially the price at which the Collateral Agent sells.

 

(b)                                  If the Collateral Agent shall determine to exercise its right to sell any or all of the Pledged Stock pursuant to Section 7.1, and if in the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent it is necessary or advisable to have the sale of the Pledged Stock, or that portion thereof to be sold, registered under the provisions of the Securities Act, the relevant Grantor will use commercially reasonable efforts (i) to cause the issuer thereof to execute and deliver, and cause the directors and officers of such issuer to execute and deliver, all such instruments and documents, and do or cause to be done all such other acts as may be, in the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent, necessary or advisable to register the sale of Pledged Stock, or that portion thereof to be sold, under the provisions of the Securities Act, (ii) to

 

36



 

cause the registration statement relating thereto to become effective and to remain effective for a period of six months from the date of the first public offering of the Pledged Stock, or that portion thereof to be sold and (iii) to make all amendments thereto and/or to the related prospectus which, in the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent, are necessary or advisable, all in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission applicable thereto. Each Grantor agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such issuer to comply with the provisions of the applicable “blue sky” laws or other state securities laws or similar laws analogous in purpose or effect of any and all jurisdictions which the Collateral Agent shall reasonably designate and to make available to its security holders, as soon as practicable, an earnings statement (which need not be audited) which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.

 

(c)                                   Each Grantor agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to do or cause to be done all such other acts as may be necessary to make such sale or sales of all or any portion of the Pledged Stock pursuant hereto valid and binding and in compliance with any and all other applicable laws. Each Grantor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section will cause irreparable injury to the Collateral Agent, that the Collateral Agent has no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this Section shall be specifically enforceable against the Grantors, and the Grantors hereby waive and agree not to assert any defenses in an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing under the Credit Agreement. Nothing in this Section shall in any way alter the rights of the Collateral Agent hereunder.

 

SECTION 8

 

STANDARD OF CARE; COLLATERAL AGENT MAY PERFORM

 

The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent hereunder are solely to protect its interest in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon it to exercise any such powers. Except for the exercise of reasonable care in the custody of any Collateral in its possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, the Collateral Agent shall have no duty as to any Collateral or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral. The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment at least substantially equal to that which the Collateral Agent accords its own property. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon all or any part of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of the Grantors or otherwise.

 

37



 

SECTION 9

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 9.1                                    Notices

 

All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 11.01 of the Credit Agreement.

 

Section 9.2                                    Security Interest Absolute

 

All rights of the Collateral Agent hereunder, the Security Interest and all obligations of the Grantors hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Secured Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on collateral other than the Collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any Collateral Document or guarantee securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Secured Obligations or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Grantors in respect of the Secured Obligations or this Agreement (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Secured Obligations).

 

Section 9.3                                    Survival of Agreement

 

All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Grantors herein and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and be considered to have been relied upon by the Secured Parties and shall survive the making by the Secured Parties of any Credit Extension, regardless of any investigation made by the Secured Parties or on their behalf, and shall continue in full force and effect until this Agreement shall terminate.

 

Section 9.4                                    Binding Effect, Successors and Permitted Assigns

 

This Agreement will be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and each of the Secured Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that no Grantor may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest in the Collateral (and any such assignment or transfer shall be null and void) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement, and nothing herein, express or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and permitted assigns and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby or

 

38



 

the Credit Agreement, Affiliates of each of the Agents and Lenders and other Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement or any Collateral. All references to any Grantor will include any Grantor as a debtor-in-possession and any receiver or trustee for such Grantor in any insolvency, bankruptcy or similar proceeding.

 

Section 9.5                                    Collateral Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification

 

This Agreement incorporates herein the indemnity and reimbursement provisions set forth in the Credit Agreement as if such provisions were set forth herein, mutatis mutandis.

 

Section 9.6                                    Applicable Law

 

THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY CLAIMS SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW OR TORT LAW ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND ANY DETERMINATIONS WITH RESPECT TO POST-JUDGMENT INTEREST) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 9.7                                    Waivers; Amendment

 

(a)                                  No failure or delay on the part of the Collateral Agent to exercise any power, right or privilege hereunder shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a power, right or privilege, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or privilege. The powers, rights, privileges and remedies of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and shall be in addition to and independent of all rights, powers and remedies existing by virtue of any statute or rule of law or in any of the other Loan Documents. No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by the Grantors therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraphs (b) or (c) below, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Grantor in any case shall entitle such Grantor or any other Grantor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

 

(b)                                  Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into

 

39



 

by the Collateral Agent and the Grantors, subject to any consent required in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral Agent may, with the consent of the Grantors and without the consent of any Lender, Secured Party or other Person, amend, modify or supplement this Agreement in writing to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, so long as such amendment, modification or supplement does not adversely affect the rights of any Lender or any Issuing Bank.

 

Section 9.8                                    Waiver of Jury Trial

 

EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

Section 9.9                                    Severability

 

In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 9.10                             Counterparts; Effectiveness

 

This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto or in connection herewith may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together will constitute but one and the same instrument; signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to the same document. This Agreement will become effective upon the execution and delivery to the Collateral Agent of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed

 

40



 

counterpart hereof. The Collateral Agent may also require that any such facsimile or electronic transmission signatures be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile or electronic transmission signature delivered.

 

Section 9.11                             Section Headings

 

Section headings herein are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

 

Section 9.12                             Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process

 

(a)                                  ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE UNDER, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT (AT LAW OR IN EQUITY), TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW RULES THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF A DIFFERENT GOVERNING LAW.

 

(b)                                  THE COMPANY AND EACH OTHER OBLIGOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE OR, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY ISSUING BANK OR ANY LENDER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AGAINST THE COMPANY OR ANY OTHER OBLIGOR OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION. THE COMPANY AND EACH OTHER OBLIGOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY LEGALLY AND EFFECTIVELY DO SO, ANY

 

41



 

OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN THIS SECTION 9.12(B). EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

 

(c)                                   EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11.01 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

 

Section 9.13                             Termination, Release

 

(a)                                  This Agreement, the Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate in accordance with Article 10 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)                                  A Grantor (other than the Parent or the Borrower) shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Security Interest in the Collateral of such Grantor shall be automatically released upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Grantor ceases to be a Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent.

 

(c)                                   Upon a Collateral Release Date, each Grantor shall be released from its obligations hereunder and the Security Interest in the Collateral of such Grantor shall be released in accordance with Section 5.13 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Upon any sale or other disposition by any Grantor of any Collateral that is permitted under the Credit Agreement, or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the Security Interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to the Credit Agreement or this Agreement, the Security Interest in such Collateral shall be automatically released.

 

(e)                                   In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraphs (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this Section 9.13, the Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver to any Grantor at such Grantor’s expense, all UCC termination statements, releases and similar documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release; provided , however , that no such documents shall be required unless (i) in the case of paragraph (c), the Guarantors have complied with Section 5.13 of the Credit Agreement and (ii) in the case of paragraphs (a), (b), or

 

42



 

(d), such Grantor shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent, at least ten Business Days prior to the date such documents are required by such Grantor, or such lesser period of time as agreed by the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion, written request for release describing the item of Collateral and the consideration, if any, to be received in the sale, transfer, other disposition or other transaction and any expenses in connection therewith, together with a form of release for execution by the Collateral Agent and a certificate by such Grantor to the effect that the sale, transfer, other disposition or other transaction is in compliance with the Loan Documents. Any execution and delivery of termination statements, releases, or other documents pursuant to this Section 9.13 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

43


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Grantors and the Collateral Agent have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective authorized officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

BLUE APRON, INC., as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

[Signature Page to Pledge and Security Agreement]

 



 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

[Signature Page to Pledge and Security Agreement]

 



 

EXHIBIT A
TO
PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF SECURITY SUPPLEMENT

 

This SECURITY SUPPLEMENT , dated as of [                       ], 20[   ], is delivered pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2016 (as it may from time to time be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or supplemented, the “ Security Agreement ”), among BLUE APRON, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the other OBLIGORS from time to time party thereto (collectively, with the Company, the “ Grantors ”) and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (herein in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).  Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein are used with the meanings given them in the Security Agreement.

 

Each Grantor confirms that it pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as set forth in and subject to the terms and conditions of the Security Agreement, a continuing security interest in and Lien on all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral, in each case whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located, as security for the prompt and complete payment and performance in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise, including the payment of amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code) of all Secured Obligations.

 

Each Grantor represents and warrants as of the date hereof that the attached supplements to the Perfection Certificate accurately and completely set forth all additional information required pursuant to the Security Agreement and hereby agrees that such supplements to the Perfection Certificate shall constitute part of the Perfection Certificate to the Security Agreement.

 

This Security Supplement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto or in connection herewith may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together will constitute but one and the same instrument; signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to the same document. This Agreement will become effective upon the execution and delivery of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. The Collateral Agent may also require that any such facsimile or electronic transmission signatures be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile or electronic transmission signature delivered.

 

1



 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each Grantor has caused this Security Supplement to be duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer as of [                        , 20[  ]].

 

 

 

[GRANTOR]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[ADDITIONAL GRANTORS]

 

3



 

EXHIBIT B
TO PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

This JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of [                          ], 20[  ], is delivered pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2016 (as it may from time to time be amended restated, amended and restated, modified or supplemented, the “ Pledge and Security Agreement ”), among BLUE APRON (the “ Company ”), the other OBLIGORS from time to time party thereto (collectively, with the Company, the “ Grantors ”) and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (herein in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein are used with the meanings given them in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

 

By executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement, the undersigned, as provided in Section 5.2 of the Pledge and Security Agreement, hereby becomes a party to the Pledge and Security Agreement as a Grantor thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor therein and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby:

 

(a) pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a continuing security interest in and Lien on all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral, in each case whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located, as security for the prompt and complete payment and performance in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise, including the payment of amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code) of all Secured Obligations;

 

(b) expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Grantor under the Pledge and Security Agreement; and

 

(c) hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent, at the expense of the Grantor, to file a Record or Records, including financing statements, continuation statements and, in each case, amendments thereto, in all United States jurisdictions and with all filing offices as the Collateral Agent may determine, in its reasonable discretion, are necessary or advisable to perfect (or release) the Security Interest granted to the Collateral Agent herein, without the signature of such Grantor, which Records, in any event, shall include the financing statement attached hereto as Exhibit A. Such financing statements may describe the Collateral in the same manner as described herein or may contain an indication or description of the Collateral that describes such property in any other manner as the Collateral Agent may determine, in its reasonable discretion, is necessary, advisable or prudent to ensure the perfection (or release) of the Security Interest in the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent herein, including describing such property as

 

1



 

“all assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired” or “all personal property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired” or words of similar import.

 

The information set forth in Exhibit B hereto is hereby added to the information set forth in the Perfection Certificate to the Pledge and Security Agreement.

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties contained in Section 3 (Representations and Warranties) of the Pledge and Security Agreement applicable to it is true and correct (subject to all materiality qualifiers contained therein) as if made on and as of the date hereof; provided that to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct (subject to all materiality qualifiers contained therein) on and as of such earlier date.

 

This Joinder Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto (including, without limitation, any claims sounding in contract law or tort law arising out of the subject matter hereof and any determinations with respect to post-judgment interest) shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflict of laws principles thereof that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the state of New York. The terms and provisions of Section 9.12 of the Pledge and Security Agreement are incorporated by reference herein with respect hereto as if fully set forth herein.

 

This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto or in connection herewith may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together will constitute but one and the same instrument; signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to the same document. This Agreement will become effective upon the execution and delivery of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. The Collateral Agent may also require that any such facsimile or electronic transmission signatures be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile or electronic transmission signature delivered.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has caused this Joinder Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

[ADDITIONAL GRANTOR]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

2



 

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED

 

 

 

 

as of the date first above written:

 

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

3


 

 

EXHIBIT D-1
TO PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT , dated as of                                              , 20   (as amended restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), among each OBLIGOR listed on the signature pages hereto (all of the foregoing, each a “ Grantor ” and collectively, the “ Grantors ”), and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement referred to below) (herein in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

 

RECITALS

 

(A)                                BLUE APRON, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the other OBLIGORS party thereto, the LENDERS and the ISSUING BANKS from time to time party thereto, MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and the Collateral Agent, have entered into a Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”).

 

(B)                                The Grantors are party to a Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2016, in favor of the Collateral Agent (as amended, restated, amended and restated supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Pledge and Security Agreement ”), pursuant to which certain Grantors are required to execute and deliver this Agreement.

 

(C)                                Under and subject to the terms of the Pledge and Security Agreement, the Grantors have pledged and granted to the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement) a continuing security interest in and Lien on certain Collateral (as set forth in and defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement), including without limitation certain Intellectual Property (as set forth in and defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement) of the Grantors, and have agreed to execute this Agreement for recording with the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

 

(D)                                In consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth in the Credit Agreement, the Pledge and Security Agreement and this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1



 

SECTION 1          Defined Terms

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Pledge and Security Agreement or provided by reference in the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 2          Grant of Security Interest in Patent Collateral

 

As security for the prompt and complete payment and performance in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise, including the payment of amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code) of all Secured Obligations, each Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a continuing security interest in and Lien on all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all Patent Collateral, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located.

 

“Patent” means all United States and foreign patents, certificates of invention and industrial designs, and pending applications for any of the foregoing throughout the world, including, without limitation: (i) each patent and patent application referred to in Schedule 11A of the Perfection Certificate, and (ii) all divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, reissues, renewals, reexaminations or extensions of the foregoing, (iii) the right to sue or otherwise recover for past, present and future infringements, misappropriations or other violations of any of the foregoing and (iv) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including license fees, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit.

 

Patent Collateral ” means each Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under:

 

(a)           all Patents owned by such Grantor, including those referred to on Schedule I hereto; and

 

(b)           to the extent not already included in the foregoing, all Proceeds of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for and rents, profits and products of or in respect of any of the foregoing, and any and all Proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to any Grantor from time to time with respect to the foregoing.

 

SECTION 3          Certain Exclusions

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Patent Collateral include and no Grantor shall be deemed to have granted a Security Interest in, any of its right, title or interest in any Patent if the grant of such Security Interest shall constitute or result in the abandonment of, invalidation of or rendering unenforceable any of its right, title or interest therein.

 

2



 

SECTION 4          Pledge and Security Agreement

 

This Agreement has been executed and delivered by each Grantor for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. The security interest granted pursuant to this Agreement is granted concurrently in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof, and each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Patent Collateral made and granted hereby is more fully set forth in the Pledge and Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Pledge and Security Agreement, the terms of the Pledge and Security Agreement shall govern.

 

SECTION 5          Termination, Release

 

(a)           This Agreement, the Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate in accordance with Section 9.13 of the Pledge and Security Agreement.

 

(b)           A Grantor (other than the Parent or the Borrower) shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Security Interest in the Collateral of such Grantor shall be automatically released upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Grantor ceases to be a Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent.

 

(c)           Upon a Collateral Release Date, each Grantor shall be released from its obligations hereunder and the Security Interest in the Collateral of such Grantor shall be released in accordance with Section 5.13 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(d)           Upon any sale or other transfer by any Grantor of any Collateral that is permitted under the Credit Agreement, or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the Security Interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to the Credit Agreement or the Pledge and Security Agreement, the Security Interest in such Collateral shall be automatically released.

 

(e)           In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 5, the Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver to any Grantor at such Grantor’s expense, all UCC termination statements, releases and similar documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release; provided , however, that no such documents shall be required unless such Grantor shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent, at least ten Business Days prior to the date such documents are required by such Grantor, or such lesser period of time as agreed by the Collateral Agent, written request for release describing the item of Collateral and the

 

3


 

consideration to be received in the sale, transfer, or other disposition and any expenses in connection therewith, together with a form of release for execution by the Collateral Agent and a certificate by such Grantor to the effect that the transaction is in compliance with the Loan Documents. Any execution and delivery of termination statements, releases, or other documents pursuant to this Section 5 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent.

 

SECTION 6          Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction

 

THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF SECTION 9.12 OF THE PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT ARE INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE HEREIN WITH RESPECT HERETO AS IF FULLY SET FORTH HEREIN.

 

SECTION 7          Counterparts

 

This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto or in connection herewith may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together will constitute but one and the same instrument; signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to the same document. This Agreement will become effective upon the execution and delivery of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. The Collateral Agent may also require that any such facsimile or electronic transmission signatures be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile or electronic transmission signature delivered.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each Grantor has caused this Patent Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized offer as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

 

[                           ]

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

[ADDITIONAL GRANTORS]

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

5



 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.
, as Collateral Agent

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

6



 

SCHEDULE I

 

PATENTS

 

(A)                                PATENTS

 

Patent No.

 

Country

 

Name of Invention

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B)                                PATENT APPLICATIONS

 

Patent No.

 

Country

 

Name of Invention

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7



 

EXHIBIT D-2
TO PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT , dated as of                                           , 20   (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), among each OBLIGOR listed on the signature pages hereto (all of the foregoing, each a “ Grantor ” and collectively, the “ Grantors ”), and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement referred to below) (herein in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

 

RECITALS

 

(C)                                BLUE APRON, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the other OBLIGORS party thereto, the LENDERS from time to time party thereto, MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and the Collateral Agent, have entered into a Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”).

 

(D)                                The Grantors are party to a Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2016, in favor of the Collateral Agent (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Pledge and Security Agreement ”), pursuant to which certain Grantors are required to execute and deliver this Agreement.

 

(E)                                 Under and subject to the terms of the Pledge and Security Agreement, the Grantors have pledged and granted to the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement) a continuing security interest in and Lien on certain Collateral (as set forth in and defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement), including without limitation certain Intellectual Property (as set forth in and defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement) of the Grantors, and have agreed to execute this Agreement for recording with the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

 

(F)                                  In consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth in the Credit Agreement, the Pledge and Security Agreement and this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1



 

SECTION 1          Defined Terms

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Pledge and Security Agreement or provided by reference in the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 2          Grant of Security Interest in Trademark Collateral

 

As security for the prompt and complete payment and performance in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise, including the payment of amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code) of all Secured Obligations, each Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a continuing security interest in and Lien on all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all Trademark Collateral, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located.

 

Trademark ” means all United States, state and foreign trademarks, trade names, trade dress, service marks, certification marks, collective marks, slogans, logos and other source or business identifiers, all registrations and pending applications for any of the foregoing, whether registered or unregistered, and whether or not established or registered in an Intellectual Property Registry in any country or any political subdivision thereof, and with respect to any and all of the foregoing: (i) all common law rights related thereto, (ii) the trademark registrations and pending applications referred to in Schedule 11A of the Perfection Certificate, (iii) all extensions, continuations, reissues and renewals of any of the foregoing, (iv) all of the goodwill of the business connected with the use of and symbolized by the foregoing, (v) the right to sue or otherwise recover for past, present and future infringements, misappropriations, dilutions or other violations of any of the foregoing or for any injury to goodwill and (vi) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, license fees, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit.

 

Trademark Collateral ” means each Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under:

 

(a)                                  all Trademarks owned by such Grantor, including those referred to on Schedule I hereto; and

 

(b)                                  to the extent not already included in the foregoing, all Proceeds of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for and rents, profits and products of or in respect of any of the foregoing, and any and all Proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to any Grantor from time to time with respect to the foregoing.

 

2



 

SECTION 3          Certain Exclusions

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall (i) the Trademark Collateral include and no Grantor shall be deemed to have granted a Security Interest in, any of its right, title or interest in any Trademark if the grant of such Security Interest shall constitute or result in the abandonment of, invalidation of or rendering unenforceable any of its right, title or interest therein, or (ii) the security interest granted under Section 2 hereof attach to any United States trademark or service mark application filed on the basis of a Grantor’s intent-to-use such mark filed pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. § 1051, prior to the filing and acceptance by the US Patent and Trademark Office of a verified “Statement of Use” pursuant to Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act or an “Amendment to Allege Use” pursuant to Section 1(c) of the Lanham Act with respect thereto, solely to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of any registration that issues from such intent-to-use application under applicable federal law.

 

SECTION 4          Pledge and Security Agreement

 

This Agreement has been executed and delivered by each Grantor for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. The security interest granted pursuant to this Agreement is granted concurrently in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof, and each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Trademark Collateral made and granted hereby is more fully set forth in the Pledge and Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Pledge and Security Agreement, the terms of the Pledge and Security Agreement shall govern.

 

SECTION 5          Termination, Release

 

(a)           This Agreement, the Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate in accordance with Section 9.13 of the Pledge and Security Agreement.

 

(b)           A Grantor (other than the Parent or the Borrower) shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Security Interest in the Collateral of such Grantor shall be automatically released upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Grantor ceases to be a Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent.

 

(c)           Upon a Collateral Release Date, each Grantor shall be released from its obligations hereunder and the Security Interest in the Collateral of such Grantor shall be released in accordance with Section 5.13 of the Credit Agreement.

 

3



 

(d)           Upon any sale or other transfer by any Grantor of any Collateral that is permitted under the Credit Agreement, or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the Security Interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to the Credit Agreement or the Pledge and Security Agreement, the Security Interest in such Collateral shall be automatically released.

 

(e)           In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 5, the Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver to any Grantor at such Grantor’s expense, all UCC termination statements, releases and similar documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release; provided, however, that no such documents shall be required unless such Grantor shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent, at least ten Business Days prior to the date such documents are required by such Grantor, or such lesser period of time as agreed by the Collateral Agent, written request for release describing the item of Collateral and the consideration to be received in the sale, transfer, or other disposition and any expenses in connection therewith, together with a form of release for execution by the Collateral Agent and a certificate by such Grantor to the effect that the transaction is in compliance with the Loan Documents. Any execution and delivery of termination statements, releases, or other documents pursuant to this Section 5 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent.

 

SECTION 6          Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction

 

THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF SECTION 9.12 OF THE PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT ARE INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE HEREIN WITH RESPECT HERETO AS IF FULLY SET FORTH HEREIN.

 

SECTION 7          Counterparts

 

This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto or in connection herewith may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together will constitute but one and the same instrument; signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to the same document. This Agreement will become effective upon the execution and delivery of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. The Collateral Agent may also require that any such facsimile or electronic transmission signatures be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver

 

4



 

the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile or electronic transmission signature delivered.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each Grantor has caused this Trademark Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized offer as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

 

[                              ]

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

[ADDITIONAL GRANTORS]

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

6



 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.
, as Collateral Agent

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

7



 

SCHEDULE I

 

TRADEMARKS

 

(G)                                REGISTERED TRADEMARKS

 

Trademark

 

Country

 

Reg. No.

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(H)                               TRADEMARK APPLICATIONS

 

Trademark

 

Country

 

App. No.

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8



 

EXHIBIT D-3
TO PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT , dated as of                                , 20   (as amended, restated, amended and restated,  supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), among each OBLIGOR listed on the signature pages hereto (all of the foregoing, each a “ Grantor ” and collectively, the “ Grantors ”), and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement referred to below) (herein in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

 

RECITALS

 

(I)                                    BLUE APRON, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the other Obligors party thereto, the LENDERS and the ISSUING BANKS from time to time party thereto, and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and the Collateral Agent, have entered into a Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”).

 

(J)                                    The Grantors are party to a Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2016, in favor of the Collateral Agent (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Pledge and Security Agreement ”), pursuant to which certain Grantors are required to execute and deliver this Agreement.

 

(K)                                Under and subject to the terms of the Pledge and Security Agreement, the Grantors have pledged and granted to the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement) a continuing security interest in and Lien on certain Collateral (as set forth in and defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement), including without limitation certain Intellectual Property (as set forth in and defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement) of the Grantors, and have agreed to execute this Agreement for recording with the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

 

(L)                                 In consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth in the Credit Agreement, the Pledge and Security Agreement and this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1



 

SECTION 8          Defined Terms

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Pledge and Security Agreement or provided by reference in the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 9          Grant of Security Interest in Copyright Collateral

 

As security for the prompt and complete payment and performance in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise, including the payment of amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code) of all Secured Obligations, each Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a continuing security interest in and Lien on all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all Copyright Collateral, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located.

 

Copyright ” means all United States and foreign copyrights, including but not limited to copyrights in software and in and to databases, all protected designs within the meaning of 17 U.S.C. § 1301 et seq. and community designs, and all mask works fixed in semiconductor chip products (as defined in 17 U.S.C. § 901(a)(1)), whether statutory or common law, whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished, as well as all moral rights, reversionary interests, and termination rights, now or hereafter in force throughout the world, and, with respect to any and all of the foregoing: (i) all registrations and pending applications therefor in the applicable Intellectual Property Registry including, without limitation, the registrations referred to in Schedule 11B of the Perfection Certificate, (ii) all extensions and renewals thereof, (iii) the right to sue or otherwise recover for past, present and future infringements, misappropriations, or other violations of any of the foregoing and (iv) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, license fees, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit.

 

Copyright Collateral ” means each Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under:

 

(a)           all Copyrights owned by such Grantor, including those referred to on Schedule I hereto; all Copyright Licenses pursuant to which a Grantor receives an exclusive license in respect of any Copyright registered with the United States Copyright Office; and

 

(b)           to the extent not already included in the foregoing, all Proceeds of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for and rents, profits and products of or in respect of any of the foregoing, and any and all Proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to any Grantor from time to time with respect to the foregoing.

 

2



 

SECTION 10        Certain Exclusions

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Copyright Collateral include and no Grantor shall be deemed to have granted a Security Interest in, any of its right, title or interest in any Copyright if the grant of such Security Interest shall constitute or result in the abandonment of, invalidation of or rendering unenforceable any of its right, title or interest therein.

 

SECTION 11        Pledge and Security Agreement

 

This Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Grantor for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the United States Copyright Office. The security interest granted pursuant to this Agreement is granted concurrently in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof, and each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Copyright Collateral made and granted hereby is more fully set forth in the Pledge and Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Pledge and Security Agreement, the terms of the Pledge and Security Agreement shall govern.

 

SECTION 12        Termination, Release

 

(a)           This Agreement, the Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate in accordance with Section 9.13 of the Pledge and Security Agreement.

 

(b)           A Grantor (other than the Parent or the Borrower) shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Security Interest in the Collateral of such Grantor shall be automatically released upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Grantor ceases to be a Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent.

 

(c)           Upon a Collateral Release Date, each Grantor shall be released from its obligations hereunder and the Security Interest in the Collateral of such Grantor shall be released in accordance with Section 5.13 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(d)           Upon any sale or other transfer by any Grantor of any Collateral that is permitted under the Credit Agreement, or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the Security Interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to the Credit Agreement or the Pledge and Security Agreement, the Security Interest in such Collateral shall be automatically released.

 

3



 

(e)           In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 5, the Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver to any Grantor at such Grantor’s expense, all UCC termination statements, releases and similar documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release; provided , however, that no such documents shall be required unless such Grantor shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent, at least ten Business Days prior to the date such documents are required by such Grantor, or such lesser period of time as agreed by the Collateral Agent, written request for release describing the item of Collateral and the consideration to be received in the sale, transfer, or other disposition and any expenses in connection therewith, together with a form of release for execution by the Collateral Agent and a certificate by such Grantor to the effect that the transaction is in compliance with the Loan Documents. Any execution and delivery of termination statements, releases, or other documents pursuant to this Section 5 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent.

 

SECTION 13        Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction

 

THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF SECTION 9.12 OF THE PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT ARE INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE HEREIN WITH RESPECT HERETO AS IF FULLY SET FORTH HEREIN.

 

SECTION 14        Counterparts

 

This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto or in connection herewith may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together will constitute but one and the same instrument; signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to the same document. This Agreement will become effective upon the execution and delivery of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. The Collateral Agent may also require that any such facsimile or electronic transmission signatures be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile or electronic transmission signature delivered.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

4


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each Grantor has caused this Copyright Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized offer as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

 

[                              ]

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

[ADDITIONAL GRANTORS]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

5



 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.
, as Collateral Agent

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

6



 

SCHEDULE I

 

COPYRIGHTS

 

(M)                             REGISTERED COPYRIGHTS

 

Title

 

Country

 

Copyright Reg. No.

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(N)                                COPYRIGHT APPLICATIONS

 

Title

 

Country

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(O)                                EXCLUSIVE INBOUND U.S. COPYRIGHT LICENSES

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7


 

 

EXHIBIT L-1

 

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of August  26, 2016 (the “ Credit Agreement ”, the capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement), among Blue Apron, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the other Obligors party thereto from time to time, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as the Administrative Agent and as the Collateral Agent.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.18(g) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

 

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN, if applicable). By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

 

[NAME OF LENDER]

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

                                                         , 20[   ]

 

L- 1



 

EXHIBIT L-2

 

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of August  26, 2016 (the “ Credit Agreement ”, the capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement), among Blue Apron, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the other Obligors party thereto from time to time, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as the Administrative Agent and as the Collateral Agent.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.18(g) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

 

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN, if applicable). By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

                                                         , 20[   ]

 

L- 2



 

EXHIBIT L-3

 

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of August  26, 2016 (the “ Credit Agreement ”, the capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement), among Blue Apron, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the other Obligors from time to time, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as the Administrative Agent and as the Collateral Agent.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.18(g) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect to such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

 

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN, if applicable) or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

                                                         , 20[   ]

 

L- 3



 

EXHIBIT L-3

 

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of August  26, 2016 (the “ Credit Agreement ”, the capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement), among Blue Apron, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the other Obligors party thereto from time to time, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as the Administrative Agent and as the Collateral Agent.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.18(g) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

 

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN-E or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN, if applicable), W-8ECI or W-9 from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

 

[NAME OF LENDER]

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

                                                         , 20[   ]

 

L- 3


 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO REVOLVING CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO REVOLVING CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT , dated as of May 3, 2017 (this “ Amendment No. 1 ”), is by and among MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC. , as administrative and collateral agent (in such capacity, “ Administrative Agent ”) on behalf of the lenders from time to time party to the Credit Agreement (individually, each a “ Lender ” and collectively, “ Lenders ”) and the Issuing Banks (this and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein being used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement), the Lenders party hereto,  BLUE APRON, LLC (F/K/A BLUE APRON, INC.) , a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ” and, together with each other party that is an Additional Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the “ Borrower ”) and the other Obligors party hereto.

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, Administrative Agent, Lenders, Issuing Banks, the Borrower and the other Obligors have entered into financing arrangements pursuant to which Lenders (or Administrative Agent on behalf of Lenders) have made and may make Loans and provide other financial accommodations to Borrower as set forth in the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2016 (the “ Existing Credit Agreement ”, and as the same is amended hereby and as may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and among Administrative Agent, Lenders, the Issuing Banks, the Borrower and the other Obligors, and the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, this Amendment No. 1;

 

WHEREAS, Holdings has requested to incur Convertible Debt in an aggregate original principal amount not to exceed $100,000,000 at any time outstanding; and

 

WHEREAS, Administrative Agent and Lenders have agreed to amend the provisions of the Credit Agreement to, among other things, permit the incurrence of the Convertible Debt, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements and covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.     Amendments to Credit Agreement .  For purposes of this Amendment No. 1, all terms used herein which are not otherwise defined herein, including but not limited to those terms used in the recitals hereto, shall have the respective meanings assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement.  As of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date (as defined below), pursuant to Section 11.02 of the Existing Credit Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions herein, the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended as set forth below in this Section 1 .

 

(a)     The following new definitions are added to Section 1.01 of the Existing Credit Agreement in proper alphabetical order:

 

“‘ Amendment No. 1 ’ means Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2017 (the “ Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ”), by and among the Borrower, the other Obligors, Administrative Agent and the Lenders party thereto.

 

Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ’ as defined in the definition of Amendment No. 1.

 



 

Convertible Debt ’ means subordinated unsecured convertible Indebtedness of Holdings owing to one or more purchasers pursuant to the Convertible Debt Documents.

 

Convertible Debt Documents ’ means the Convertible Debt Purchase Agreement, the Convertible Debt Notes and all other agreements, certificates, instruments or documents entered into from time to time (including note purchase agreements and notes) and documenting or relating to the Convertible Debt or any Refinancing Indebtedness thereof, in each case, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented, modified, refinanced or replaced, from time to time as permitted by this Agreement, including Section 6.09.

 

Convertible Debt Notes ’ means the subordinated unsecured convertible promissory notes issued by Holdings to each Purchaser (as defined therein) pursuant to the Convertible Debt Purchase Agreement in the form of Exhibit B to the Convertible Debt Purchase Agreement (the “ Initial Convertible Debt Note ”) and any other subordinated unsecured convertible promissory notes issued by Holdings to any purchaser from time to time pursuant to any other note purchase agreement as permitted by this Agreement, including Section 6.09.

 

Convertible Debt Purchase Agreement ’ means the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2017, between Holdings and the Purchasers (as defined therein) (the “ Initial Convertible Debt Purchase Agreement ”) and any other subordinated unsecured convertible note purchase agreement entered into by Holdings and any purchaser from time to time as permitted by this Agreement, including Section 6.09.

 

‘Initial Convertible Debt Note’ as defined in the definition of “Convertible Debt Notes.”

 

‘Initial Convertible Debt Purchase Agreement’ as defined in the definition of “Convertible Debt Purchase Agreement.”“

 

(b)     Section 6.01 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended by

 

(i)        restating in its entirety clause (r) appearing therein to read as follows:

 

“(r) Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Sections 6.01(b), 6.01(c), 6.01(h), 6.01(j), 6.01(p), 6.01(t) and 6.01(u);”

 

(ii)       removing the word “and” appearing before clause (t) appearing therein,

 

(iii)      removing the “.” appearing at the present end of clause (t) appearing therein and inserting the following in replacement thereof: “; and”, and

 

(iv)     inserting a new clause (u) immediately following the present end of clause (t) appearing therein to read as follows:

 

“(u) Convertible Debt issued pursuant to the Convertible Debt Documents in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $100,000,000 at any time outstanding; provided such amount shall be incurred within 45 days of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, and no Convertible Debt shall be permitted to be incurred pursuant to this clause (u) after the date that is 45 days after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.”

 

2



 

(c)     The Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following Section 6.09 immediately following Section 6.08:

 

“6.09              Convertible Debt . (a) Each Obligor shall not (x) prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy at any time (including on the scheduled maturity thereof), in any manner, any Indebtedness under any Convertible Debt Document, or (y) make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of, or subordination or intercreditor agreement applicable to, any Indebtedness under any Convertible Debt Document, except, in the case of clauses (x) and (y), for payments solely consisting of the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Holdings, or otherwise as the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders may agree in their sole discretion.

 

(b)   Each Obligor shall not, and such Obligor shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly enter into any Convertible Debt Document whose terms, when compared with the terms of the Initial Convertible Debt Notes and the Initial Convertible Debt Purchase Agreement are materially adverse to the Administrative Agent or Lenders, or amend, supplement, waive or otherwise modify any provision of any Convertible Debt Document in a manner that is materially adverse to the Administrative Agent or Lenders, in each case, except as the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders may otherwise agree in their sole discretion; provided that, (x) with respect to any Convertible Debt Document entered into following the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, any changes in the provisions with respect to interest rate, maturity and subordination that result in such provisions being inconsistent with Section 1, 2 (other than an extension of the stated maturity date thereof or a reduction in the cash interest rate stated therein) and/or 7 of the Initial Convertible Debt Note shall be deemed materially adverse to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and (y) any amendment, supplement, waiver or other modification with respect to Section 1, 2 (other than an extension of the stated maturity date thereof or a reduction in the cash interest rate stated therein) and/or 7 of any Initial Convertible Debt Note shall be deemed materially adverse to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.”

 

2.     Representations and Warranties .  Each Obligor, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to Administrative Agent and Lenders as follows, which representations and warranties are continuing and shall survive the execution and delivery hereof:

 

(a)     This Amendment No. 1 has been duly executed and delivered by each Obligor that is a party hereto, is in full force and effect, and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Obligor enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

(b)   The execution, delivery and performance by each Obligor of this Amendment No. 1 to which such Person is a party has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other organizational action.  The execution, delivery and performance by each Obligor of this Amendment No. 1 and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Amendment No. 1:  (A) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) those approvals, consents, registrations, filings or other actions, the failure of which to obtain or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (B) except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, will not violate any applicable law or regulation or any order of any Governmental Authority, (C) will not violate any charter, by-laws or other organizational document of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, (D) except as would not

 

3



 

reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or its or their respective assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, and (E) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Obligors or any of their respective Subsidiaries (other than the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and the Liens permitted under Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement).

 

(c)   The representations and warranties of the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries, set forth in this Amendment No. 1, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof; provided that (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date and (ii) in each case such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that are already qualified by materiality in the text thereof.

 

(d)     As of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Amendment No. 1, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing.

 

3.     Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment No. 1 shall not become effective until the date on which the following conditions are satisfied (or waived by the Lenders) (the “ Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ”):

 

(a)     The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party hereto a counterpart of this Amendment No. 1 signed on behalf of such party. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding. Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Article 10 of the Credit Agreement, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 3 , each Lender that has signed this Amendment No. 1 shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Amendment No. 1 Effective Date specifying its objection thereto.

 

(b)     The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received (i) the forms of the Initial Convertible Debt Note and the Initial Convertible Debt Purchase Agreement and shall be reasonably satisfied with the terms and conditions thereof and (ii) duly executed copies of the Initial Convertible Debt Note and the Initial Convertible Debt Purchase Agreement signed on behalf of the parties thereto entered into on or before the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

4.     General .

 

(a)     Effect of this Amendment No. 1 .  This Amendment No. 1 shall constitute a “Loan Document” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Except as expressly set forth herein, no other changes or modifications to the Loan Documents are intended or implied, and in all other respects the Loan Documents are hereby specifically ratified, restated and confirmed by all parties hereto as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date and Obligors shall not be entitled to any other or further consent, waiver or amendment by virtue of the provisions of this Amendment No. 1 or with respect to the subject matter of this Amendment No. 1.  To the extent of conflict between the terms of this Amendment No. 1 and the other Loan Documents, the terms of this

 

4



 

Amendment No. 1 shall control.  The Credit Agreement and this Amendment No. 1 shall be read and construed as one agreement.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Obligor hereby confirms, ratifies and reaffirms its payment obligations, guarantees, pledges, grants of Liens and security interests and other obligations, as applicable, under and subject to the terms of this Amendment No. 1 and each other Loan Document to which it is a party, and acknowledges and agrees that all such payment obligations, guarantees, pledges, grants of Liens and security interests and other obligations shall be valid and enforceable (subject to Liens permitted under Section 6.02) and shall not be impaired or limited by the execution or effectiveness of this Amendment No. 1 or any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(b)     Governing Law .  THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE UNDER, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT (AT LAW OR IN EQUITY), TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW RULES THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF A DIFFERENT GOVERNING LAW.

 

(c)     Miscellaneous .  The provisions of Section 11.07, 11.09(b), 11.09(c) and 11.10 of the Existing Credit Agreement shall apply to this Amendment No. 1 mutatis mutandis .

 

(d)     Headings .  Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Amendment No. 1 and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Amendment No. 1.

 

(e)     Binding Effect .  This Amendment No. 1 shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted by the Credit Agreement.

 

(f)     Counterparts, etc.   This Amendment No. 1 shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto and receipt by Borrower and Administrative Agent of written notification of such execution and authorization of delivery thereof.  This Amendment No. 1 may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment No. 1 by facsimile or in electronic format (i.e., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment No. 1.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment No. 1 to be duly executed and delivered by their authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

BLUE APRON, LLC,

 

as the Company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brad Dickerson

 

Name:

Brad Dickerson

 

Title:

CFO/Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.,

 

as an Obligor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brad Dickerson

 

Name:

Brad Dickerson

 

Title:

CFO/Treasurer

 

[Signatures continue on following page]

 

Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement (Blue Apron)

 


 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC. ,

 

as Administrative Agent, as Collateral Agent, as Issuing Bank and as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan Kerner

 

 

Name: Jonathan Kerner

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Signatures continue on following page]

 

Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement (Blue Apron)

 



 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS, LLC ,

 

as a Lender and Issuing Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ushma Dedhiya

 

 

Name: Ushma Dedhiya

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signatures continue on following page]

 

Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement (Blue Apron)

 



 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

 

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tony Yung

 

 

Name: Tony Yung

 

 

Title: Executive Director

 

[Signatures continue on following page]

 

Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement (Blue Apron)

 



 

 

Citibank, N.A.,

 

as [Issuing Bank and as Lender]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Varun Gupta

 

 

Name: Varun Gupta

 

 

Title: SVP

 

[Signatures continue on following page]

 

Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement (Blue Apron)

 



 

 

SunTrust Banks, Inc.,

 

as a Lender and Issuing Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Marshall T. Mangum, III

 

 

Name: Marshall T. Mangum, III

 

 

Title: Director

 

[Signatures continue on following page]

 

Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement (Blue Apron)

 


 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO REVOLVING CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO REVOLVING CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT, dated as of May 11, 2017 (this “ Amendment No. 2 ”), is by and among MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC. , as administrative and collateral agent (in such capacities, “Administrative Agent”) on behalf of the lenders from time to time party to the Credit Agreement (individually, each a “Lender” and collectively, “Lenders”), the New Revolving Lender (as defined below) and each Issuing Bank , BLUE APRON, LLC (F/K/A BLUE APRON, INC.) , a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company” and, together with each other party that is an Additional Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the “Borrower”) and the other Obligors party hereto.

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, Administrative Agent, Lenders, Issuing Banks, the Borrower and the other Obligors have entered into financing arrangements pursuant to which Lenders (or Administrative Agent on behalf of Lenders) have made and may make Loans and provide other financial accommodations to the Borrower as set forth in the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2016 (as the same has been amended by Amendment No. 1, the “ Existing Credit Agreement ”, and as the same is amended hereby and as may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and among Administrative Agent, Lenders, the Issuing Banks, the Borrower and the other Obligors, and the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, this Amendment No. 2;

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested an increase in the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Commitments in the form of New Revolving Loan Commitments pursuant to Section 2.23 of the Existing Credit Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the New Revolving Loan Lender has agreed to provide $25,000,000 in New Revolving Commitments.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements and covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.     Amendments to Credit Agreement .  For purposes of this Amendment No. 2, all capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined herein, including the capitalized terms used in the preamble and recitals hereto, shall have the respective meanings assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement. As of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date (as defined below), pursuant to Section 2.23 and Section 11.02 of the Existing Credit Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions herein, the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended as set forth below in this Section 1 .

 

(a)   Section 1.01 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended by restating in its entirety the definition of “Revolving Commitment” appearing therein to read as follows:

 

“‘ Revolving Commitment ’ means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender’s Loans hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.11 or Section 2.12, (b) increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.23 and (c) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to

 



 

assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.20 or Section 11.04.  The amount of each Lender’s Revolving Commitment as of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date is set forth on Schedule 2.01 .  The aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Commitments as of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date is $175,000,000.”

 

(b)   The following new definitions are added to Section 1.01 of the Existing Credit Agreement in their proper alphabetical order:

 

Amendment No. 2 ” means Amendment No. 2 to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 11, 2017, by and among the Borrower, the other Obligors, Administrative Agent, the New Revolving Lender party thereto and each Issuing Bank.

 

Amendment No. 2 Effective Date ” means the first date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 of Amendment No. 2 are satisfied, which date is May 11, 2017.

 

(c)   Schedule 2.01 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing Schedule 2.01 of the Existing Credit Agreement in its entirety with Schedule 2.01 attached hereto as Annex A .

 

2.     Representations and Warranties .  Each Obligor, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to Administrative Agent and Lenders as follows, which representations and warranties are continuing and shall survive the execution and delivery hereof:

 

(a)   This Amendment No. 2 has been duly executed and delivered by each Obligor that is a party hereto, is in full force and effect, and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Obligor enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

(b)   The execution, delivery and performance by each Obligor of this Amendment No. 2 to which such Person is a party has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other organizational action.  The execution, delivery and performance by each Obligor of this Amendment No. 2 and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Amendment No. 2:  (A) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) those approvals, consents, registrations, filings or other actions, the failure of which to obtain or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (B) except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, will not violate any applicable law or regulation or any order of any Governmental Authority, (C) will not violate any charter, by-laws or other organizational document of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, (D) except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or its or their respective assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, and (E) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Obligors or any of their respective Subsidiaries (other than the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and the Liens permitted under Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement).

 

(c)   The representations and warranties of the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries, set forth in this Amendment No. 2, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof; provided that (i) to the extent that such

 

2



 

representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date and (ii) in each case such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that are already qualified by materiality in the text thereof.

 

(d)   As of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Amendment No. 2, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing.

 

3.             Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment No. 2 shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived by the Lenders):

 

(a)   The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party hereto a counterpart of this Amendment No. 2 signed on behalf of such party.

 

(b)   The Administrative Agent shall have received a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note in advance of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

(c)   The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated the date of the date hereof) of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.  The Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinion.

 

(d)   The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) certified copies of the resolutions of the board of directors (or comparable governing body) of each Obligor approving the transactions contemplated by the Amendment No. 2 and the execution and delivery of Amendment No. 2 to be delivered by such Obligor on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, and all documents evidencing other necessary corporate (or other applicable organizational) action and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to this Amendment No. 2 and (ii) all other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent relating to the organization, existence and good standing of such Obligor and authorization of the transactions contemplated hereby (including, but not limited to, a copy of the current constitutional documents of each Obligor).

 

(e)   The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer of each Obligor certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of such Obligor authorized to sign this Amendment No. 2 and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, to be delivered by such Obligor on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date and the other documents to be delivered hereunder on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

(f)    The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date and signed on behalf of the Parent by a Responsible Officer of the Parent, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (c) and (d) of Section 2 as of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

(g)   The Administrative Agent shall have received all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act.

 

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding. Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Article 10 of the Credit Agreement, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified

 

3



 

in this Section 3 , each Lender that has signed this Amendment No. 2 shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Amendment No. 2 Effective Date specifying its objection thereto.

 

4.             General .

 

(a)   Reallocation . On the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, (a) each of the existing Lenders immediately prior to the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date (the “ Existing Lenders ”) shall assign to the New Revolving Loan Lender party hereto (the “ New Revolving Loan Lender ”), and the New Revolving Loan Lender shall purchase from each Existing Lender, at the principal amount thereof (together with accrued interest), such interests in the Loans and Letter of Credit Usage outstanding on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date as shall be necessary in order that, after giving effect to all such assignments and purchases, such Loans and participation interests in Letter of Credit Usage will be held by Existing Lenders and the New Revolving Loan Lender ratably in accordance with their Revolving Commitments after giving effect to this Amendment No. 2 and (b) the New Revolving Loan Lender shall become a Lender for all purposes under the Credit Agreement.  On the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, the Letter of Credit Issuer Sublimit of each Issuing Bank shall be as set forth on Annex A attached hereto.

 

(b)   New Revolving Loan Lender . The New Revolving Loan Lender hereby: (i) confirms that a copy of the Credit Agreement and the other applicable Loan Documents, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Amendment No. 2 has been made available to it by the Administrative Agent; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or agent and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement or the other applicable Loan Documents, including this Amendment No. 2; (iii) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (iv) acknowledges and agrees that, upon the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, it shall be a “Lender”, under, and for all purposes of, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall be subject to and bound by the terms thereof, and shall perform all the obligations of and shall have all rights of a Lender thereunder.

 

(c)   Effect of this Amendment No. 2 .  This Amendment No. 2 shall constitute a “Loan Document” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Except as expressly set forth herein, no other changes or modifications to the Loan Documents are intended or implied, and in all other respects the Loan Documents are hereby specifically ratified, restated and confirmed by all parties hereto as of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, and the Obligors shall not be entitled to any other or further consent, waiver or amendment by virtue of the provisions of this Amendment No. 2 or with respect to the subject matter of this Amendment No. 2.  To the extent of conflict between the terms of this Amendment No. 2 and the other Loan Documents, the terms of this Amendment No. 2 shall control.  The Credit Agreement and this Amendment No. 2 shall be read and construed as one agreement.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Obligor hereby confirms, ratifies and reaffirms its payment obligations, guarantees, pledges, grants of Liens and security interests and other obligations, as applicable, under and subject to the terms of this Amendment No. 2 and each other Loan Document to which it is a party, and acknowledges and agrees that all such payment obligations, guarantees, pledges, grants of Liens and security interests and other obligations shall be

 

4



 

valid and enforceable (subject to Liens permitted under Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement) and shall not be impaired or limited by the execution or effectiveness of this Amendment No. 2 or any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(d)   Governing Law .  THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE UNDER, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT (AT LAW OR IN EQUITY), TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW RULES THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF A DIFFERENT GOVERNING LAW.

 

(e)   Miscellaneous .  The provisions of Section 11.07, 11.09(b), 11.09(c) and 11.10 of the Existing Credit Agreement shall apply to this Amendment No. 2 mutatis mutandis .

 

(f)    Headings .  Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Amendment No. 2 and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Amendment No. 2.

 

(g)   Binding Effect .  This Amendment No. 2 shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted by the Credit Agreement.

 

(h)   Counterparts, etc.   This Amendment No. 2 shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto and receipt by the Company and Administrative Agent of written notification of such execution and authorization of delivery thereof.  This Amendment No. 2 may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment No. 2 by facsimile or in electronic format (i.e., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment No. 2.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

5


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment No. 2 to be duly executed and delivered by their authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

BLUE APRON, LLC,

 

as the Company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brad Dickerson

 

Name:

Brad Dickerson

 

Title:

Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.,

 

as an Obligor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brad Dickerson

 

Name:

Brad Dickerson

 

Title:

Treasurer

 

[Signatures continue on following page]

 

Amendment No. 2 to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement (Blue Apron)

 



 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

 

as Administrative Agent and as an Issuing Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lisa Hanson

 

 

Name: Lisa Hanson

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Signatures continue on following page]

 

Amendment No. 2 to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement (Blue Apron)

 



 

 

CITIBANK, NA,

 

as an Issuing Bank

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Varun Gupta

 

 

Name: Varun Gupta

 

 

Title: SVP

 

Amendment No. 2 to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement (Blue Apron)

 



 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC,

 

as an Issuing Bank

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ushma Dedhiya

 

 

Name: Ushma Dedhiya

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

Amendment No. 2 to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement (Blue Apron)

 



 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

 

as an Issuing Bank

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tony Yung

 

 

Name: Tony Yung

 

 

Title: Executive Director

 

Amendment No. 2 to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement (Blue Apron)

 



 

 

SUNTRUST BANK INC. ,

 

as an Issuing Bank

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Marshall T. Mangum, III

 

 

Name: Marshall T. Mangum, III

 

 

Title: Director

 

Amendment No. 2 to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement (Blue Apron)

 



 

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

 

as an Issuing Bank and as a New Revolving Loan Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robby Kumar

 

 

Name: Robby Kumar

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

Amendment No. 2 to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement (Blue Apron)

 


 

Annex A

 

SCHEDULE 2.01

 

Revolving Commitments

 

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.

$

 50,000,000

Citibank, NA

$

 25,000,000

Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC

$

 25,000,000

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

$

 25,000,000

SunTrust Bank

$

 25,000,000

Barclays Bank PLC

$

 25,000,000

Total

$

 175,000,000

 

Letter of Credit Issuer Sublimit

 

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.

 

$

 5,714,285.71

Citibank, NA

 

$

 2,857,142.86

Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC

 

$

 2,857,142.86

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

 

$

 2,857,142.86

SunTrust Bank

 

$

 2,857,142.86

Barclays Bank PLC

 

$

 2,857,142.86

Total

 

$

 20,000,000

 




Exhibit 21.1

 

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization

 

 

 

Blue Apron, LLC

 

Delaware

BAW Holdco I, LLC

 

Delaware

BAW Holdco II, LLC

 

Delaware

BAW Holdco III, LLC

 

Delaware

BAW, Inc.

 

Delaware

Blue Apron Market, LLC

 

Delaware

BN Ranch, LLC

 

Delaware

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our report dated March 31, 2017, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. for the registration of shares of its Class A common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
New York, New York
June 1, 2017




QuickLinks


Exhibit 99.1

 

Consent of Euromonitor International Limited

 

We hereby consent to the use of our name and our industry data and reports in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto) to be filed by Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. a Delaware corporation, and in the prospectus contained therein.

 

 

Dated: May 10, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

EUROMONITOR INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Cleveland

 

 

 

 

Name:

David Cleveland

 

 

 

 

Title:

Consulting Director

 

 




Exhibit 99.2

 

Consent of Lightspeed, LLC

 

We hereby consent to the use of our name and our industry data and reports in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto) to be filed by Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. a Delaware corporation, and in the prospectus contained therein.

 

 

Dated:  May 10, 2017

 

 

LIGHTSPEED, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy Engart

 

 

 

 

Name:

Timothy Engart

 

 

 

 

Title:

VP Finance Americas